IPC Definitions - October 20, 2015

A01 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Plant

Any of a kingdom (Plantae) of multicellular eukaryotic mostly photosynthetic organisms typically lacking locomotive movement or obvious nervous or sensory organs and possessing cellulose cell walls.

A01B - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Seat constructions

A47C

Wheels

B60B

Shelters for drivers

B60J

Seats specially adapted for vehicles, arrangement or mounting of seats in vehicles

B60N 2/00

Wheel scrapers

B60S 1/68

A01D - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Methods, apparatus or hand tools for

Separation of useful parts of plants (e.g. seeds, fruits, roots, stalks or leaves) from the remainder of the plants in the place where the plants are grown;

Mowing of plants (e.g. grass or cereals), regardless of whether the intention is to make use of the mown plants or not;

Gathering of whole plants (e.g. root crops or onions) or their useful parts (e.g. fallen fruit) from where the plants grow or from the ground;

Haymaking, i.e. working on mown forage crop lying on the ground with the intention to make hay.

Hand rakes.

Forks.

Non-abrasive sharpening devices for scythes, sickles or the like.

Containers for whetstones for use during harvesting.

Machines specially adapted for binding of harvested hay, straw or similar crops in the field.

Arrangements for making or setting of stacks, used in connection with harvesting.

Vehicles specially adapted for carrying harvested crops with means for self-loading or unloading.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Combined or convertible apparatus

This subclass covers mowers combined with apparatus performing additional operations (e.g. threshing) while mowing, mowers convertible to apparatus for purposes other than mowing (e.g. for sweeping snow), and mowers capable of performing operations other than mowing (e.g. soil-working). The non-mowing parts of such mowers are only covered by this subclass if they are immediately associated with the mowing parts or the mowing process. Otherwise they are covered by the places for the non-mowing operations.

This subclass covers digging harvesters (e.g. for root crops) combined with apparatus performing additional operations (e.g. topping, separating or planting) while harvesting. The non-harvesting parts of such combinations are only covered by this subclass if they are immediately associated with the harvesting parts or the harvesting process. Otherwise they are covered by the places for the non-harvesting operations.

Hand tools for soil working

This subclass covers hand tools for soil working when specially adapted for harvesting, for example of root crops. This subclass also covers rakes and forks. A01B covers hand tools for soil working in general, e.g. spades, shovels or hoes, with the exception of rakes and forks.

Binding

This subclass covers apparatus specially adapted for binding of harvested hay, straw or similar crops, with the exception of stationary apparatus or hand tools, which are covered by A01F 1/00, and binding apparatus specially adapted for baling presses, which is covered by A01F 15/14. Binding in general is covered by B65B, for example B65B 13/00 and B65B 27/12.

Shredding or pulverising

This subclass covers the shredding or pulverising of stubble or other vegetation in situ, e.g. for the purpose of producing mulch, but does not cover other mechanical destruction of unwanted vegetation, which is covered by group A01M 21/02.

References

Limiting references:

Soil working tools or machines for weeding or thinning

A01B

e.g.

A01B 1/16, A01B 39/18, A01B 41/00

Transplanting

A01C 11/00, A01G 23/04

Machines for cutting sods or turf from lawns or meadows

A01B 45/04

Cutting implements specially adapted for horticultural purposes, e.g. flower shears, fruit shears, secateurs or hedge shears

A01G 3/00

Delimbing of standing trees

A01G 3/00

Uprooting or felling of trees

A01G 23/02

Tapping of tree juices

A01G 23/10

Apparatus for destruction of unwanted vegetation

A01M 21/00

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Machines that pick up mown material from the ground and bale it

A01F 15/00

Machines that pick up mown material from the ground and cut it, e.g. field choppers

A01F 29/01

Informative references:

Agricultural soil working in general

A01B

Gatherers for removing stones, undesirable roots or the like from the soil

A01B 43/00

Parts, details or accessories of agricultural machines in general

A01B 51/00-A01B 76/00

Threshing

A01F 5/00-A01F 12/00, A01F 17/00-A01F 21/00

Baling of hay, straw or the like

A01F 13/00-A01F 21/00

Stacks for storing of harvested products

A01F 25/04

Cutting machines specially adapted for hay, straw or the like

A01F 29/00

Floral handling

A01G 5/00

"Harvesting" of oysters, mussels, sponges or the like

A01K 80/00

Treatment of harvested fruit or vegetables, not otherwise provided for, e.g. extracting juice, cleaning of vegetables or topping of onions

A23N

Preparation of tobacco

A24B

Making harvesting tools

B21

e.g.

e.g.

B21D 53/68, B21D 53/72, B21H 7/08, B21H 7/10, B21K 11/08, B21K 11/14, B21K 19/00

Sharpening of cutting edges in general

B24B, B24D

e.g.

e.g.

B24B 3/00, B24D 15/06

Handles for hand implements in general

B25G

Hand-held cutting tools in general

B26B

Cutting in general

B26D

Wheels

B60B

Vehicles specially adapted for load transportation, or for transporting, carrying or comprising special loads or objects, in general

B60P

Wheel scrapers

B60S 1/68

Conveyers in general

B65G

Hoisting or lifting in general, e.g. hay hoists

B66

e.g.

B66C 11/24

Removing undesired matter from land, not otherwise provided for

E01H 15/00

Dredging or soil-shifting in general

E02F

e.g.

E02F 3/28, E02F 5/28

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Combine (noun)

Harvester or mower combined with a threshing device.

Fork

Hand tool having two or more tines that are used for lifting, digging or pitching.

Harvest (verb)

Perform one of the methods defined in the definition statement in order to make use of the separated, mown or gathered plantmaterial.

Hay

Mown forage crop in a dry or partially dry state.

Haymaking

Working on mown forage crop lying on the ground with the intention to make hay.

Mow (verb)

Cut down grass, cereals or other standing plants.

Thresh (verb)

Separate grains or seeds from harvested plants or plant parts (e.g. cereals, maize/corn, peas, beans or pine cones) by mechanical action (e.g. shaking, stamping, rubbing, beating or applying intermittent pressure).

A01D 3/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Abrasive or similar sharpening devices

B24D 15/06

A01D 5/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Whetting implements

B24D 15/00

A01D 7/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Haymakers, crop conditioners

A01D 76/00-A01D 84/00

A01D 23/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Processing of harvested produce in bulk

A01F 29/00, A23N

A01D 37/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Features relating to mowing only

A01D 34/00

Features relating to binding only

A01D 39/00

A01D 41/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Threshing devices for combines

A01F 7/00-A01F 12/00

A01D 59/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Bundling articles for packaging in general

B65B 13/00

A01D 59/12 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Twine balls or their manufacture

B65H

A01D 61/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Conveying in general

B65G

Hoisting, lifting, in general

B66

A01D 75/08 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Sharpening machines or devices per se

B24B, B24D

A01D 75/18 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Safety devices in general

F16P

A01D 75/20 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Safety devices in general

F16P

A01D 87/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Loading in general

B65G, B66

A01D 90/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Load transporting vehicles modified to facilitate loading, in general

B60P

Bucket cars, i.e. having scraper bowls

E02F 3/64

A01F - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The scope of this subclass is composed of five separate parts, relating to the five parts of the subclass title. For ease of reference each section of these definitions is separated under five corresponding simplified headings: "Threshing", "Baling", "Bundling", "Cutting" and "Storing".

Threshing (relating to main groups A01F 5/00-A01F 12/00 and A01F 17/00-A01F 21/00):

Methods and apparatus for separating grains or seeds from harvested plants or plant parts by mechanical action.

Baling (relating to main groups A01F 13/00-A01F 21/00):

Methods and apparatus for forming bales of straw, hay or like harvested products of plant origin.

Bundling (relating to main group A01F 1/00):

Stationary apparatus or hand tools for forming or binding bundles of straw, hay or like harvested products of plant origin.

Cutting (relating to main groups A01F 3/00 and A01F 29/00):

Apparatus specially adapted for cutting or disintegrating straw, hay or like already harvested products of plant origin.

Storing (relating to main group A01F 25/00):

Mechanical aspects (e.g. materialhandlingaspects) of apparatus (e.g. silos) or methods that are specially adapted for storing harvested agricultural or horticultural crops.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Threshing

Main groups A01F 5/00-A01F 12/00 and A01F 17/00-A01F 21/00 provide for threshing devices and for accessories that are directly connected with threshing. Combines, and details of combines that are not directly connected with the threshing action (e.g. mowing, feeding or vehicular features) are covered by A01D.

Baling

Main groups A01F 13/00-A01F 21/00 are application-oriented places for methods or apparatus for baling that are specially adapted for straw, hay or like harvested products of plant origin. Baling of compressible fibrous material in general is provided for in B65B 27/12. Baling presses in general is provided for in B30B 9/30. Bales of material are provided for in B65D 71/00.

Bundling

Main group A01F 1/00 is an application-oriented place for stationary apparatus or hand tools for bundling, which are specially adapted for straw, hay or like harvested products of plant origin. Binding of harvested products by mobile apparatus in the field is provided for in A01D, for example in A01D 37/00, A01D 39/00 and A01D 59/00. Bundling of compressible fibrous material in general is provided for in B65B 27/12. Bundling of articles in general is provided for in B65B 13/00.

Cutting

Main groups A01F 3/00 and A01F 29/00 are application-oriented places for apparatus or methods that are specially adapted for cutting up or disintegrating straw, hay or like already harvested products of plant origin. Mowing and other cutting down of standing plants is covered by A01D and A01G. Cutting in general is covered by B26. Disintegrating in general, e.g. by rotating knives, is covered by B02C.

Storing

Main group A01F 25/00 is an application-oriented place for mechanical aspects (e.g. materialhandlingaspects) of apparatus or methods that are specially adapted for storing harvested agricultural or horticultural crops. Containers for storage of articles or materials in general is covered by B65D. Storing and associated handling of bulk material or articles in general is covered by B65G. Civil-engineering aspects of silos or similar bulk storage containers are covered by section E, for example E04H 7/00.

References

Limiting references:

Threshing

Separation of grains or seeds from plants in the place where they grow

A01D

e.g.

e.g.

A01D 41/08, A01D 45/00, A01D 46/00

Combines

A01D 41/00, A01D 45/00, A01D 57/00, A01D 61/00-A01D 75/00

Field threshers with windrow pick-up apparatus

A01D 41/10

Pick-ups for harvested crop

A01D 89/00

Coring or stoning of fruit

A23N 3/00, A23N 4/00, A47J 23/00, A47J 25/00

Removing seed-containing sections from fruit

A23N 4/00, A23N 7/08

Hulling, husking or cracking of nuts

A23N 5/00, A47J 43/26

Baling

Arrangements for making or setting stacks

A01D 85/00

Pick-ups for harvested crop

A01D 89/00

Bundling

Arrangements for making or setting stacks in connection with harvesting

A01D 85/00

Cutting

Cutting or disintegrating in combination with mowing

A01D 43/08

Pick-ups for harvested crop

A01D 89/00

Shredding tea leaves

A23F 3/12

Fodder mashers for preparing animal feeding-stuff

A23N 17/02

Cutting tobacco

A24B 7/00

Spice mills

A47J 42/00

Storing

Arrangements for making or setting stacks, used in connection with harvesting

A01D 85/00

Devices for preserving flowers

A01G 5/06

Arrangements in barns for treatment of tobacco

A24B 1/02

Suspending devices for tobacco leaves

A24B 1/08

Cabinets for perishable goods

A47B 71/00

Fruit or potato storage cabinets, racks or tray for domestic use

A47B 75/00

Closed containers for foodstuffs

A47J 47/02

Drying or storing hops

C12C 3/02, C12C 3/04

Civil engineering aspects of bulk storage containers, e.g. silos

E04H 7/00

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Baling

Vehicles for carrying harvested crops with bale-forming means additionally used for loading

A01D 90/08

Packing or pressing tobacco

A24B 1/10

Bundling

Apparatus for binding bouquets or wreaths of flowers

A01G 5/02

Packing or pressing tobacco

A24B 1/10

Informative references:

Threshing

Separating solids using pneumatic tables or jigs

B03B

Separating solids from solids by dry methods, in general

B07B

Hulling, husking, decorticating or removing awns otherwise than in connection with threshing

B02B 3/00

Conveying in general

B65G

Baling

Forming of bundles of straw, hay or like material of plant origin

A01D 37/00, A01D 39/00, A01D 57/00-A01D 75/00, A01F 1/00

Loaders for bales

A01D 87/12, A01D 90/08

Baling of compressible fibrous material in general

B65B 27/12

Baling presses in general

B30B 9/30

Bales of material

B65D 71/00

Conveying in general

B65G

Bundling

Mobile binders for use while harvesting

A01D 37/00, A01D 39/00, A01D 57/00-A01D 75/00

Loaders for sheaves

A01D 87/12

Forming of bales

A01F 13/00, A01F 15/00

Bundling of compressible fibrous material in general

B65B 27/12

Bundling of articles in general

B65B 13/00

Cutting

Mowing

A01D

Cutting implements specially adapted for horticultural purposes, e.g. flower shears, fruit shears, secateurs or hedge shears

A01G 3/00

Apparatus for destruction of unwanted vegetation

A01M 21/00

Household implements for mashing potatoes or other foodstuff

A47J 19/04

Disintegrating in general

B02C

Hand-held cutting tools

B26B

Cutting in general

B26D

Conveying in general

B65G

Storing

Protecting growing plants

A01G 13/00

Preservation of plants or parts thereof

A01N 3/00

Preserving flour by storage in an inert atmosphere

A21D 4/00

Preservation of fruits or vegetables

A23B 7/00

Preservation of edible seeds

A23B 9/00

Preservation of edible oils or fat

A23D 7/06, A23D 9/06

Preservation of materials to produce animal feeding stuff

A23K 30/00

Preservation of foods or foodstuffs in general

A23L 3/00

Containers for storage of articles or materials in general

B65D

Storage and associated handling of bulk material or articles in general

B65G

Conserving hops

C12C 3/04

Refrigerators, cold rooms, or the like

F25D

Drying in general

F26B

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Bale (noun)

A compressed, solid package of harvested material, which is either held together by thread or webs or formed by the material itself (with or without additives) to maintain its shape.

Bundle (noun)

A relatively loose package of harvested material, normally consisting of straws or stalks that are oriented in parallel to each other. It can either be held together by thread or webs or be formed by the material itself.

Combine (noun)

Harvester or mower combined with a threshing device.

Harvest (verb)

Separate useful parts from growing plants in situ, mow plants, or gather whole plants or their useful parts from the ground or from where the plants grow, with the intention to make use of the separated, mown or gathered plantmaterial.

Mow (verb)

Cut down grass, cereals or other standing plants.

Threshing

Separation of grains or seeds from harvested plants or plant parts (e.g. cereals, maize/corn, peas, beans or pine cones) by mechanical action (e.g. shaking, stamping, rubbing, beating or applying intermittent pressure).

A01H - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

New plants (including multicellular algae, multicellular fungi and lichens).

Processes for modifying genotypes or phenotypes.

Plant reproduction by tissue culture techniques.

Methods or apparatus for producing changes in chromosome number.

References

Limiting references:

Unicellular algae

C12N 1/12

Fungal micro-organisms

C12N 1/14

Specific mutations prepared by genetic engineering on plant cell or plant tissues

C12N 15/00

Informative references:

Influencing the growth of plants without producing new plants, non-chemically.

A01G 7/00

Influencing the growth of plants without producing new plants, chemically.

A01N 25/00-A01N 65/00

A01K - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Equipment and methods for the care, culture or rearing of all animals or for obtaining their products, not otherwise provided for

Equipment and methods for fishing

Equipment for angling

Methods of breeding animals, not otherwise provided for

New breeds of animals

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Whilst A01K provides for equipment and methods associated with the care, nurturing, handling and rearing of all animals, and the harvesting of their products, devices and accessories for milking are classified in A01J. Furthermore, shoes for animals (e.g. horses, oxen and other solipeds) and associated accessories are classified in A01L. Devices for maintaining the appearance and welfare of animals (e.g. washing and grooming devices, shearing equipment, dehorners, horn trainers) are classified here, whilst veterinary equipment and methods for the medical treatment of animals are classified in A61D. A01K provides for fastening and tethering/restraining equipment for animals (e.g. halters, neck-bars, leads, collars), yet equine or similar harnesses and devices used in connection therewith are classified in B68B. A01K provides for new breeds of animals, irrespective of the manner of their production, including new breeds of multicellular animals, e.g. transgenic animals. It also provides for processes of obtaining such new animals. Processes and methods for genetic engineering and mutation per se are classified in C12N. Where genetic engineering or mutation techniques are used to produce new breeds of animals, multi-aspect classification in A01K 67/00 and C12N 15/00 should be applied. Breeding of animals not otherwise provided for is covered by A01K 67/00, whilst instruments or methods for reproduction or fertilisation (e.g. artificial insemination) is classified in A61D 19/00.

References

Limiting references:

Milking; Accessories therefor

A01J 1/00A01J 9/00

Shoeing of animals

A01L

Veterinary instruments, implements, tools, or methods

A61D

Harnesses; Devices used in connection therewith

B68B

Informative references:

New plants or processes for obtaining them; Plant reproduction by tissue culture techniques

A01H

Manufacture of dairy products, other than milking

A01J 11/00A01J 27/00

Catching, trapping or scaring of animals; Apparatus for the destruction of noxious animals

A01M

Preservation of bodies of animals or parts thereof; Pest repellants or attractants

A01N

Feeding-stuffs specially adapted for animals; Methods specially adapted for production thereof

A23K

Fencing, e.g. fences, enclosures, corrals

E04H 17/00

Construction of valves

F16K

Electric circuits or apparatus specially designed for use in equipment for killing, stunning, enclosing or guiding living beings

H05C

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Angling

A form of fishing using a hook and line. A rod or pole is often additionally used, e.g. for sport fishing.

Game

Wild mammals or birds hunted for sport or food.

Honeycomb

A structure of hexagonal wax cells, made by bees to store honey and larvae.

Poultry

Domesticated fowl, such as chickens, ducks, turkeys and geese.

Stock

Domesticated animals bred and kept for their produce.

A01K 1/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Ventilating buildings

F24F

A01K 1/06 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Halter

An arrangement of straps fixed around an animal's head and used to lead or tie-up livestock.

Neck-bar

A mechanical device for restraining animals (e.g. cows) by clamping their necks in a releasable frame or cage.

A01K 1/08 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Starting stalls, e.g. for horses or greyhounds

A63K 3/02

A01K 1/10 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Devices for impeding movement of animals

A01K 15/04

A01K 3/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Construction of fencing in general

E04H 17/00

A01K 5/00 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Stock

Animals kept or raised for use or pleasure

A01K 5/015 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Salt blocks

A23K 10/40

A01K 7/00 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Stock

Animals kept or raised for use or pleasure

A01K 9/00 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Stock

Animals kept or raised for use or pleasure

A01K 11/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Lead-sealing pliers

B25B 7/20

A01K 13/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Milking machine accessories for cleaning udders or teats

A01J 7/04

Washing devices specially adapted to veterinary purposes

A61D 11/00

Informative references:

Bandages, poultices

A61D

Scissors

B26B

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Fetlock ring

A ring (typically rubber) placed around the fetlock joint to prevent a horse kicking its own feet when walking, and to encourage a wider gait. Often used for horses with close hind feet.

A01K 15/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Appliances for supporting or fettering animals for operative purposes

A61D 3/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Hobble

A device restricting an animal's leg movement to impede its ability to stray or run.

A01K 17/00 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Horn trainer

A device fitted to an animal's horns to influence how they grow.

A01K 21/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Covering boxes

A01K 15/00

A01K 27/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Devices specially adapted or mounted for storing and repeatedly paying-out and re-storing lengths of material

B65H 75/34

A01K 31/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Individual entry or exit registers

G07C 9/00

A01K 43/08 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Sorting according to weight in general

B07C 5/16

A01K 61/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Harvesting oysters, mussels, sponges or the like

A01K 80/00

A01K 63/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Filters in general

B01D

Water treatment in general

C02F

A01K 63/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Fixed electric lighting devices

F21S

Electric heating

H05B 1/00, H05B 3/00

A01K 65/00 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Fish stringer

A device for fastening together multiple caught fish to aid their transport.

A01K 67/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Veterinary methods for reproduction or fertilisation

A61D 19/00

Medicinal preparations containing sperm

A61K 35/52

Apparatus for in vitro animal cell culture

C12M 3/00

in vitro animal cell culture (e.g. oocytes, sperm cells and embryos)

C12N 5/00

Mutation or genetic engineering

C12N 15/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Breeding

Obtaining animals up to and including their birth or hatching.

A01K 67/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Covering boxes

A01K 15/00

Devices for assisting or preventing mating

A01K 21/00

A01K 67/033 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Non-chemical sterilisation of invertebrates

A01M

A01K 75/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Floats for angling

A01K 93/00

A01K 75/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Sinkers for angling

A01K 95/00

A01K 79/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Electric circuits or apparatus specially designed for catching fish

H05C

A01K 80/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Fishing nets

A01K 73/00, A01K 74/00

Dredgers

E02F

A01K 85/08 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Fly tying devices

A01K 97/26

A01K 91/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Floats

A01K 93/00

A01K 97/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Feeding-stuffs for particular animals

A23K 50/00

A01K 97/14 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Gaff

A pole with a sharp hook at the distal end, used to spear and lift large fish out of the water.

A01M - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Catching or killinginsects

Special adaptations or arrangements or liquid- or powder-spraying apparatus for the purposes covered by this subclass

Fumigators

Flame-throwers specially adapted for the purposes covered by this subclass

Apparatus for the destruction of vermin, noxiousanimals or unwanted vegetation

Traps for animals

Devices or apparatus for killinganimals by dispensing poison, or by projectiles

Scaring or repelling devices

Hunting appliances

Relationship between large subject matter areas

A01M provides for the catching, trapping or scaring of animals, yet when these processes are used for the purposes of fishing and apiculture/bee-keeping they are classified in A01K. Furthermore, electric circuits or apparatus specially adapted for catching, trapping and control of animals or adapted for the destruction of insects and animals are classified in H05C. Mechanical devices/apparatus for the destruction of vermin, noxiousanimals and unwanted plants and vegetation is classified in A01M, yet biocides, pest repellants, attractants and plant growth regulators are classified in A01N.

References

Limiting references:

Appliances for catching swarms; Drone-catching devices

A01K 57/00

Fishing

A01K 69/00 - A01K 99/00

Biocides, pest repellants or attractants

A01N

Electric circuits or apparatus specially designed for use in equipment for killing, stunning, enclosing or guiding living beings

H05C

Informative references:

Slaughtering or stunning of animals

A22B

Spraying or atomising apparatus, in general

B05B

Equipment for fitting in or to aircraft for dropping or releasing powdered, liquid or gaseous matter, e.g. pesticides, herbicides

B64D 1/16

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Animal

Bon-human members of the kingdom Animalia, including, but not limited to, mammals, birds and insects.

Destruction

To destroy or cause the death of a living organism; the non-chemical sterilisation of invertebrates.

Fumigator

Apparatus used to disinfect or purify an area using the fumes of selected chemicals.

Insect

A class of arthropod animals characterised by an exoskeleton supporting a three-part body (comprising a head, thorax and abdomen), six legs and two antennae.

Killing

To destroy or cause the death of a living organism; the non-chemical sterilisation of invertebrates.

Noxious

Harmful, poisonous or undesirable.

Snare

An anchored noose typically made from wire or cable which tightens around an animal, preventing release or escape.

Vermin

Wild animals, e.g. rodents, which may spread disease or be harmful to crops.

A01M 15/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Flame-throwers in general

F41H 9/02

A01M 21/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Biocides, plant growth regulators

A01N 25/00 - A01N 65/00

Soil-conditioning or soil-stabilising materials

C09K 17/00

A01M 23/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Housing animals

A01K 1/00

A01M 25/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Devices or methods for introducing solid, liquid, or gaseous remedies or other materials into or onto the bodies of animals

A61D 7/00

A01M 27/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Smallarms, e.g. pistols, rifles

F41C

A01M 29/10 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Stationary means for catching or killing insects by using illumination

A01M 1/04, A01M 1/08

A01M 29/12 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Poisoning, narcotising, or burning insects

A01M 1/20

Fumigators; Apparatus for distributing gases

A01M 13/00

A01M 29/14 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Flame-throwers

A01M 15/00

A01M 29/16 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Beater rattles for hunting

A01M 31/04

A01M 29/22 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Beater rattles for hunting

A01M 31/04

Special rules of classification

A01M 29/16 takes precedence.

A01M 29/24 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Apparatus for the destruction of noxious animals, other than insects, by hot water, steam, hot air, or electricity

A01M 19/00

Electric traps

A01M 23/38

Electrified wire fencing

A01K 3/00

A01M 29/28 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Killing insects by electric means

A01M 1/22

A01M 29/30 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Fencing, e.g. fences, enclosures, corrals

E04H 17/00

A01M 29/34 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Adhesive bands or coatings for trees

A01M 1/18

A01M 31/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Folding seats

A47C

A01N - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Compositions, physical forms thereof, and the application or method of use of specific materials, compositions, or single compounds for the following purposes:

Preserving or preventing the decay of dead human or animal bodies or parts thereof

Preserving living parts of human or animal bodies

Preserving or maintaining the freshness of plants or plant parts

Reducing the noxious effect of active ingredients on organisms other than unwanted organisms

Killing or preventing the growth or proliferation of unwanted organisms (e.g. insects, weeds, micro-organisms)

Repelling (i.e. resisting, warding off) or luring pests

Affecting plant growth through a chemical modification of the metabolism of plants using plant growth regulators, such as auxins.

Compositions used to protect the wound and scions of newly grafted plants or to cover the wounds on pruned plants (i.e. grafting wax).

Chemical agents used for the sexual sterilization of invertebrates (e.g. insects).

Relationship between large subject matter areas

While substances that chemically modify a plant's metabolism are classified in A01N, compositions that affect the growth of a plant solely by supplying nutrients ordinarily required for growth, e.g. fertiliser, plant food, are classified in C05. Materials used to prevent or cure mineral deficiencies in plants, such as iron chelates used to cure iron chlorosis, are also classified in C05.

The activities (e.g. rodenticidal, herbicidal) of biocidal, pest repellent, pest attractant or plant growth regulatory preparations must also be classified in A01P, when such activities are determined to be invention information.

When biocides, pest repellents, pest attractants or plant growth regulators are compounds or contain compounds which are determined to be invention information, the compounds must also be classified in C01, C07, C08, or C12N. When these compounds are considered to be of interest for search purposes, they may also be classified in C01, C07, C08, or C12N.

References

Limiting references:

Apparatus therefor

A01G 5/06

Preservation of food or foodstuff, e.g. pasteurizing, sterilizing

A23B, A23K 30/00, A23L 3/00

Preservation or chemical ripening of harvested fruits or vegetables

A23B 7/00

Compositions for medical, dental or toilet purposes which kill or prevent the growth or proliferation of unwanted organisms

A61K

Sex sterilants for animals other than invertebrates

A61K

Mixtures of pesticides with fertilisers

C05G

Fungicidal, bactericidal, insecticidal, disinfecting or antiseptic paper

D21H

Informative references:

Plant grafting

A01G 1/06

Devices for preserving flowers

A01G 5/06

Electric or magnetic treatment of plants for promoting growth

A01G 7/04

Sterilising soil by steam

A01G 11/00

Protecting plants (e.g. protective covers; devices for generating heat, smoke or fog; devices protecting against animals)

A01G 13/00

Means for catching or killing insects

A01M 1/00, A01M 5/00

Apparatus for destroying vermin in soil or food stuffs

A01M 17/00

Apparatus for the destruction of vegetation

A01M 21/00

Scaring devices e.g. bird-scaring apparatus

A01M 29/00

Hunting decoys

A01M 31/06

Methods or apparatus for disinfection or sterilisation of materials not characterized by the agent employed

A61L 2/00, A61L 12/00

Paints containing biocides, e.g. fungicides, insecticides, pesticides

C09D 5/14

Anti-fouling paints and underwater paints

C09D 5/16

Soil-conditioning materials or soil-stabilising materials

C09K 17/00

Undifferentiated human, animal or plant cells or tissues and their cultivation and maintenance

C12N 5/00

Biocidal agents (e.g. fungicidal, bactericidal, or insecticidal agents) which are in or on paper

D21H 21/36

Special rules of classification

In groups A01N 27/00-A01N 65/00, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, classification is made in the last appropriate place for an active ingredient.

A composition, i.e. a mixture of two or more active ingredients is classified in the last of groups A01N 27/00-A01N 65/00 that provides for at least one of these active ingredients.

Any part of a composition which is not identified by classification according to the last appropriate place of an active ingredient, and which itself is determined to be novel and non-obvious, must also be classified. The part can be either a single ingredient or a composition in itself.

Any part of a composition which is not identified by the classification according the last appropriate place, and which is considered to represent information of interest for search, may also be classified. This can for example be the case when it is considered of interest to enable searching of compositions using a combination of classification symbols. Such non-obligatory classification should be given as "additional information".

Where a compound is described as existing in tautomeric forms, it is classified as if existing in the form which is classified last in the system.

Compounds that are covered by different main groups because of alternatively specified functional groups or other structural features of their formulae are classified in each relevant main group.

Salts formed between two or more organic compounds are classified as the compound providing the essential ion and is also classified as the compound providing the other ion.

Salts or metal chelates of an organic compound are classified as the compound.

In this subclass, a foodstuff is not considered to be an active ingredient.

Different materials applied in sequence, at different times, are considered to be a mixture of all materials employed.

Synergistic or potentiated compositions are classified as if the synergist or potentiator is an active ingredient.

In groups A01N 25/00-A01N 65/00, the symbol X means nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur or a halogen; Y means nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur. A dotted line between atoms indicates an optional bond, e.g. .... indicates one or two single bonds or a double bond.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Acaricide

Any substance or mixture of substances intended for preventing or destroying mites and ticks or making them less harmful.

Alkali metal

One of the following elements: Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs, Fr.

Alkaline earth metal

One of the following elements: Ca, Sr, Ba, Ra.

Arthropodicide

Any substance or mixture of substances intended for preventing or destroying arthropods, e.g. insects, arachnids, crustaceans or making them less harmful.

Biocide

Any substance or mixture of substances intended for preventing, destroying, or mitigating any living organism (e.g., plant, animal). Examples of a biocide are: acaricide, arthropodicide, fungicide, insecticide, molluscicide, rodenticide (see Synonyms and Keywords).

Disinfectant

Any substance or mixture of substances intended for preventing, destroying, or mitigating microorganisms.

Fungicide

Any substance or mixture of substances intended for preventing or destroying moulds and fungi or making them less harmful.

Halogen

One of the following elements: F, Cl, Br, I, At.

Heavy metal

A metal other than light metal.

Herbicide

Any substance or mixture of substances intended for preventing or destroying plant life or making it less harmful.

Insecticide

Any substance or mixture of substances intended for preventing or destroying insects or making them less harmful.

Light metal

One of the following elements: alkali metal, alkaline earth metal, Be, Al, Mg.

Metal

An element other than non-metal.

Molluscicide

Any substance or mixture of substances intended for preventing or destroying molluscs, e.g. snails, clams or making them less harmful.

Non-metal

One of the following elements: H, B, C, Si, N, P, O, S, Se, Te, noble gas, halogen.

Pesticide

Any substance or mixture of substances intended for preventing or destroying any pest (e.g., insects, rodents) or making it less harmful.

Plant

A young tree, shrub, vegetable, or flower newly planted, or intended for planting

Plant growth regulator

Materials which alter the plant or may affect plant growth through a chemical modification of the plant metabolism, such as auxins.

Rodenticide

Any substance or mixture of substances intended for preventing or destroying rodents, e.g. rats, mice or making them less harmful.

A01N 25/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Apparatus for the destruction of noxious animals or noxious plants

A01M

A01N 25/18 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Fumigators

A01M 13/00

A01N 31/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A01N0031140000_0.gif

A01N 33/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A01N0033180000_0.gif

A01N 35/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A01N0035060000_0.gif

A01N 37/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A01N0037220000_0.gif

A01N 37/52 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A01N0037520000_0.gif

A01N 43/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A01N0043280000_0.gif

A01N 43/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A01N0043360000_0.gif

A01N 43/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A01N0043380000_0.gif

A01N 43/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A01N0043400000_0.gif

A01N 43/60 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A01N0043600000_0.gif

2. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A01N0043600000_1.gif

3. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A01N0043600000_2.gif

A01N 43/64 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A01N0043640000_0.gif

2. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A01N0043640000_1.gif

3. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A01N0043640000_2.gif

A01N 43/653 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A01N0043653000_0.gif

A01N 43/70 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A01N0043700000_0.gif

A01N 43/713 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A01N0043713000_0.gif

A01N 43/78 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A01N0043780000_0.gif

A01N 43/80 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A01N0043800000_0.gif

2. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A01N0043800000_1.gif

3. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A01N0043800000_2.gif

A01N 43/82 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A01N0043820000_0.gif

2. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A01N0043820000_1.gif

3. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A01N0043820000_2.gif

4. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A01N0043820000_3.gif

5. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A01N0043820000_4.gif

6. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A01N0043820000_5.gif

A01N 43/84 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A01N0043840000_0.gif

2. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A01N0043840000_1.gif

A01N 43/86 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A01N0043860000_0.gif

2. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A01N0043860000_1.gif

A01N 43/88 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A01N0043880000_0.gif

2. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A01N0043880000_1.gif

3. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A01N0043880000_2.gif

4. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A01N0043880000_3.gif

5. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A01N0043880000_4.gif

6. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A01N0043880000_5.gif

7. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A01N0043880000_6.gif

8. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A01N0043880000_7.gif

9. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A01N0043880000_8.gif

A01N 43/90 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A01N0043900000_0.gif

2. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A01N0043900000_1.gif

A01N 47/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A01N0047040000_0.gif

A01N 47/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A01N0047060000_0.gif

A01N 47/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A01N0047100000_0.gif

A01N 47/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A01N0047240000_0.gif

A01N 47/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A01N0047300000_0.gif

2. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A01N0047300000_1.gif

A01N 47/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A01N0047360000_0.gif

A01N 47/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A01N0047380000_0.gif

A01N 47/42 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A01N0047420000_0.gif

A01N 47/46 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A01N0047460000_0.gif

A01N 47/48 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A01N0047480000_0.gif

A01N 55/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A01N0055040000_0.gif

A01N 57/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A01N0057140000_0.gif

A01N 57/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A01N0057160000_0.gif

A01N 57/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A01N0057200000_0.gif

A01N 57/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A01N0057280000_0.gif

A23B - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Methods for preserving meat, sausages, fish, fish products, eggs, egg products, fruit, vegetables (preservation of raw potatoes) or edible seeds by heating, drying, freezing, irradiating, smoking, using chemicals or micro-organisms, etc. and compositions therefor.

Apparatus for preserving meat, sausages, fish, fish products, eggs, egg products, fruit, vegetables or edible seeds using liquids, solids or gases.

Apparatus, methods, and compositions for coating meat, sausages, fish, fish products, eggs, egg products, fruit, vegetables or edible seeds with a protective layer.

Apparatus for compressing sauerkraut.

Chemical ripening of fruit or vegetables with liquids, solids or gases.

Preserved, ripened or canned products (i.e., meat, sausages, fish, fish products, eggs, egg products, fruit, vegetables or edible seeds), per se.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Preservation of foods or foodstuffs in general is classified in group A23L 3/00 while A23B includes the methods of preserving meat, sausages, fish, , fish products, eggs, egg products, fruit, vegetables or edible seeds as well as the chemical ripening of fruit or vegetables. A classification in A23B is proper if the preservation method is for specific types of foods which are covered in A23B. If a food in general is being preserved by a specific preservation method it is classified in A23L 3/00.

Preserving, protecting, or purifying packages or package contents in association with packaging and apparatus therefor are classified in B65B 55/00. Preserving meat, sausages, fish, fish products, eggs, egg products, fruit, vegetables or edible seeds and apparatus therefor not restricted to packaging are classified in A23B.

B65D 81/00 deals with containers, packaging elements or packages, for contents presenting particular transport or storage problems, or adapted to be used for non-packaging purposes after removal of contents. More specifically, B65D 81/28 deals with applications of food preservatives, fungicides, pesticides or animal repellants to the container or the packaging material, per se to prevent deterioration or decay. A23B deals with preserving meat, sausages, fish, fish products, eggs, egg products, fruit, vegetables or edible seeds, per se.

References

Limiting references:

Marmalades; Jams; Jellies; Other similar fruit or vegetable compositions; Simulated fruit products; Their preparation or treatment

A23L 21/10

Preparation of cooked potatoes

A23L 19/12

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Applying food preservatives in packages

B65D 81/28

Informative references:

Preparation of fruits or vegetables

A23L 19/00

Preparation of fruits or vegetables by pickling, e.g. sauerkraut

A23L 19/20

Preserving foodstuffs in general

A23L 3/00

Machines for washing or blanching fruits or vegetables in bulk in combination with subsequent drying

A23N 12/06

Machines for drying or roasting fruits or vegetables in bulk

A23N 12/08

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Egg product

All or portion of the contents found inside eggs separated from the shell and that may be pasteurized in a food processing plant, with or without added ingredients, intended for human consumption, such as dried frozen or liquid eggs. Egg products do not include food which contains eggs only in a relatively small proportion, such as cake mixes.

Fish

Any fish, including shellfish and crustaceans, and marine animals (marine being defined as "of, found in, produced by the sea"), and any parts, products or by-products thereof.

Fish product

A product containing a predominant amount of fish

A23B 4/20 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Acid fermentation

A23B 4/12

A23B 5/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Preserving dough or bakery products

A21D

A23B 7/154 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Acid fermentation

A23B 7/10

A23D - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Edible oil or fat compositions containing an aqueous phase, e.g. margarines, and their working-up and the preservation of finished products.

Other edible oils or fats, e.g. shortenings, cooking oils, microbial oils and their working-up and the preservation of finished products.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Foods or foodstuffs containing edible oils or fats are classified in the relevant parts A21D, A23G, A23L. Fats derived from milk are classified in A23C (e.g. A23C 13/00 and A23C 15/00).

C07C covers acyclic and carbocyclic compounds, e.g. esters of carboxylic acids (C07C 69/00), but not their use in food stuff which is covered by A23D.

C11B covers the production and purification/refining of oils and fats as well as their recovery from waste material, but not limited to those oils and fats which are suitable for use in foodstuffs. C11B does not cover mixtures of fats or oils with water or other edible oils or fats, which are covered by A23D.

C11C covers fatty acids that are not or no longer esterified with glycerol (although the process or esterification of said fatty acids with glycerol is covered) and their modifications, as well as candles.

A23L 33/00 covers food with modified nutritive qualities, e. g. dietetic food, functional food.

References

Informative references:

Animal-feeding stuff

A23K 10/00

Use of substance as emulsifying, wetting, dispersing or foam-producing agents

B01F 17/00

Mineral oil (kerosene, paraffin waxes, petroleum, gasoline, diesel), biodiesel

C10

Preparation of fats or fatty oils by using microorganism or enzymes

C12P 7/64

Investigating or analyzing edible oils or fats by specific methods

G01N 33/03

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Oil

An oil is a substance that is in a viscous liquid state ("oily") at ambient temperatures or slightly warmer, and is both hydrophobic (immiscible with water) and lipophilic (miscible with other oils, literally). This general definition includes compound classes with otherwise unrelated chemical structures, properties, and uses, including vegetable oils, petrochemical oils, and volatile essential oils. Oil is a nonpolar substance.

The word "oil" is used for any substance that does not mix with water and has a greasy feel, such as petroleum (or crude oil) and heating oil, regardless of its chemical structure.

Edible oil

Edible or cooking oil is fat of plant, animal or microbial origin, which is liquid at room temperature and is suitable for food use.

Some of the many different kinds of edible vegetable oils include: olive oil, palm oil, soybean oil, canola oil, pumpkin seed oil, corn oil, sunflower oil, safflower oil, peanut oil, grape seed oil, sesame oil, argan oil and rice bran oil. Many other kinds of vegetable oils are also used for cooking.

The generic term "vegetable oil" when used to label a cooking oil product refers to a blend of a variety of oils often based on palm, corn, soybean or sunflower oils.

Edible oil of animal origin is e.g. fish oil. Microbial oil are also encompassed.

Fat

Fats consist of a wide group of compounds that are generally soluble in organic solvents and largely insoluble in water. Chemically, fats are generally triesters of glycerol and fatty acids. Fats may be either solid or liquid at normal room temperature, depending on their structure and composition. Although the words "oils", "fats", and "lipids" are all used to refer to fats, "oils" is usually used to refer to fats that are liquids at normal room temperature, while "fats" is usually used to refer to fats that are solids at normal room temperature. "Lipids" is used to refer to both liquid and solid fats, along with other related substances.

Fats form a category of lipid, distinguished from other lipids by their chemical structure and physical properties. This category of molecules is important for many forms of life, serving both structural and metabolic functions. They are an important part of the diet of most heterotrophs (including humans). Fats or lipids are broken down in the body by enzymes called lipases produced in the pancreas.

Shortening

is a fat used in food preparation, especially baked goods, and is so called because it promotes a "short" or crumbly texture (as in shortbread). The term "shortening" can be used more broadly to apply to any fat that is used for baking and which is solid at room temperature, such as lard, but as used in recipes it refers to a hydrogenated vegetable oil that is solid at room temperature. Shortening generally has a higher smoke point than butter and margarine, and it may have 100% fat content, compared to about 80% for butter and margarine.

A23D 7/05 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Essential cooling

The cooling is an essential, i.e. indispensable characteristic of the working-up.

A23F - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Tea.

Tea substitutes, e.g. mate, lemon balm, rose hips.

Extracts or infusions of tea and tea substitutes.

Tea flavour, tea oil.

Methods of manufacturing, preparing and modifying tea and tea substitutes, e.g. oxidation, fermentation, removing caffeine, extraction, drying, concentrating, flavouring.

Coffee.

Coffee substitutes, e.g. grain coffee.

Extracts or infusions of coffee and coffee substitutes.

Coffee flavour, coffee oil.

Methods of manufacturing, preparing and modifying coffee and coffee substitutes, e.g. treating green coffee, roasting, grinding, removing caffeine, extraction, drying, concentrating, flavouring.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

This subclass does not cover chemical compounds, e.g. alkaloids such as caffeine, theophylline, theobromine, or their preparation as such, which subject matter is covered by classes C07 (organic chemistry) and C08 (organic macromolecular compounds).

Physical or chemical processes or apparatus in general, e.g. boiling, extraction or filtration, are covered by class B01.

References

Limiting references:

Picking of tea

A01D 46/04

Picking of coffee

A01D 46/06

Synthetic tea flavours

A23L 27/20

Synthetic coffee flavours

A23L 27/28

Machines for cleaning, blanching, drying or roasting fruits or vegetables, e.g. coffee

A23N 12/00

Coffee mills

A47J 42/00

Medicinal preparations containing plantmaterial from tea or tea substitutes or from coffee or coffee substitutes

A61K 36/00

e.g.

e.g.

A61K 36/74, A61K 36/82, A61K 36/28

Informative references:

Chocolate, confectionery or ice-cream containing coffee or tea

A23G

Preservation of foods or foodstuffs, in general, e.g. freeze-drying or spray-drying

A23L

Shaping or working of foodstuffs, not fully covered by a single other subclass, e.g. agglomerating, granulating or tabletting

A23P

Coffee or tea pots

A47G 19/14

Tea infusers, e.g. egg-shaped infusers

A47G 19/16

Tea or coffee pot cosies

A47G 19/20

Apparatus for making beverages, e.g. coffee or tea

A47J 31/00

Packaging of substances, e.g. tea, which are intended to be infused in the package, i.e. filling tea bags

B65B 29/02

Attaching, or forming and attaching, string handles or tags to tea bags

B65B 29/04

Disposable containers or packages with contents which are infused or dissolved in situ

B65D 85/804

Disposable tea bags

B65D 85/808

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Alkaloid

The stimulant xanthine drugs caffeine, theobromine and theophylline contained in coffee beans and/or tea leaves.

Coffee

Stimulant product or beverage made from roasted seeds, commonly called coffee beans, which come from a plant of the genus Coffea, e.g. Coffea arabica or Coffea canephora.

Coffee substitutes

Coffee substitutes (solid or liquid) are non-coffeeproducts normally without caffeine, used to substitute coffee while preserving its taste. Grain coffee and other substitutes can be made by roasting or decocting various organic substances. Common ingredients include acorn, barley and malt, beech nut, chicory root, corn, fig and rye.

Decaffeination

Process of removing the alkaloid caffeine from coffee beans or tea leaves.

Herbal tea

Any Camellia sinensis-free product or beverage prepared by hot water infusion of plantmaterial, usually leaves but also including fruits, flowers and possibly even bark or other parts. Herbal teas are belonging to the group of tea substitutes.

Tea

Stimulant product or beverage made from the leaves of the traditional teaplant (Camellia sinensis).

Tea substitutes

Tea substitutes (solid or liquid) are non-teaproducts, i.e. not coming from the traditional teaplant (Camellia sinensis), e.g. mate (Ilex paraguariensis), lemon balm (Melissa officinalis), rose hips (Rosa canina), etc.; cf. herbal tea.

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the words "Lyophilisation" and "freeze-drying" are often used as synonyms.

A23J - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Obtaining of protein compositions for foodstuffs, e.g. from meat, fish or sea animals, blood, eggs, hair, cereals, leguminous or other vegetable seeds, waste water, yeasts or milk.

Bulk opening of eggs and separation of yolks from whites.

Working-up of proteins for foodstuffs, e.g. by texturising using freezing, extrusion, expansion, coagulation from or in a bath; by hydrolysis using chemical agents or enzymes.

Phosphatide compositions for foodstuffs, e. g. lecithin.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Phosphatides in oils or fats are classified in C11B

References

Limiting references:

Treatment of flour or dough by adding proteins before or during baking

A21D 2/26

Dairy products, e.g. milk, butter, cheese; milk or cheese substitutes; making thereof 

A23C 9/00, A23C 11/00, A23C 17/00-A23C 23/00

Cocoa products

A23G 1/44

Sweetmeats, confectionery or marzipan

A23G 3/44

Chewing gum

A23G 4/14

Frozen sweets containing peptides or proteins

A23G 9/38

Food or foodstuffs containing proteins as gelling or thickening agents

A23L 29/281

Dietetic products containing proteins as additive

A23L 33/17

Proteins as adding ingredients for non-alcoholic beverages

A23L 2/66

Informative references:

Animal feeding-stuff

A23K 10/00

Protein compositions or phosphatide compositions for pharmaceuticals or cosmetics

A61K 8/64, A61K 9/38, A61K 9/64

Phosphatides per se

C07F

General processes for the preparation of peptides

C07K 1/00

Peptides e.g. oligopeptides, proteins

C07K 4/00-C07K 14/00

Immunoglobulins

C07K 16/00

Carrier-bound or immobilised peptides and preparation thereof

C07K 17/00

Hybridpeptides

C07K 19/00

Macromolecular materials from blood

C08H

Preparation of glue

C09H

Gelatin not for foodstuffs

C09H 1/00-C09H 9/04

Analysis of food

G01N 33/02

Enzymes and preparation thereof

C12N 9/00

Preparation of peptides or proteins using fermentation or enzymes

C12P 21/00

Use of substances as emulsifying, wetting, dispersing or foam-producing agents

B01F 17/30

Special rules of classification

In groups A23J 3/04-A23J 3/20, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, classification is made in the last appropriate place.

Subject matter classified in groups A23J 3/22-A23J 3/30 is also classified in groups A23J 3/04-A23J 3/20, if the nature of the protein is of interest.

A23K - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Feeding-stuffs that are specially adapted, processed or formulated for non-human animals;

Processes that are specially adapted for production of such animal feeding-stuffs;

Processes that are specially adapted for preservation of materials (e.g. grass or roots) in order to produce such animal feeding-stuffs.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Animal feeding-stuffs

This subclass only covers feeding-stuffs that are disclosed as being specially adapted, processed or formulated for non-human animals. Foods or foodstuffs that are of unspecified use or specially adapted for human beings are covered by other subclasses for foodstuffs (see the references below), for example the other subclasses of A23.

Production of animal feeding-stuffs

Processes for production of foods or foodstuffs that are of unspecified use, or specially adapted for human beings, are covered by the relevant subclasses therefor, see the references below.

Apparatus that is specially adapted for production of animal feeding-stuffs is covered by A23N 17/00.

Mechanical aspects that are of general utility are covered by other subclasses, see the references below.

Preservation of materials in order to produce animal feeding-stuffs

This subclass only covers processes for preservation that are specially adapted for production of animal feeding-stuffs. Preservation of foods or food-stuffs that are of unspecified use or specially adapted for human beings, are covered by the relevant subclasses therefor, for example A23Band A23L 3/00 (see the references below).

Mechanical aspects of processes for preservation of materials in order to produce animal feeding-stuffs are classified in other subclasses, for example A01F 25/00 and F26B(see the references below).

Haymaking

Haymakers, i.e. apparatus for working on mown forage crop lying on the ground with the intention to make hay, are classified in A01D 76/00-A01D 84/00. Haymakers may include means for mechanical treatment of mown crops in the field, for example for crop-conditioning.

References

Limiting references:

Mechanical aspects of methods that are specially adapted for storing agricultural or horticultural crops (e.g. in silos)

A01F 25/00

Informative references:

Apparatus specially adapted for cutting or disintegrating straw, hay or like harvested products of plant origin

A01F 29/00

Manufacture of dairy products

A01J

Animal husbandry; Care of birds, fishes or insects

A01K

Preparation of bait for angling

A01K 97/04

Preservation of plants in general

A01N 3/00

Biocides, pest repellants or pest attractants

A01N 25/00-A01N 65/00

Machines or equipment for making or processing doughs

A21C

Treating of flour or dough

A21D

Processing meat, poultry or fish

A22C

Preserving meat, fish, eggs, fruit, vegetables or edible seeds; The preserved products

A23B

Dairy products; Making dairy products

A23C

Edible oils or fats

A23D

Protein compositions for foodstuffs; Working-up proteins for foodstuffs; Phosphatide compositions for foodstuffs

A23J

Foods or foodstuffs not covered by subclasses A23Bto A23J Their preparation or treatment

A23L 5/00-A23L 35/00

Preservation of foods or foodstuffs in general

A23L 3/00

Machines or apparatus for treating harvested fruit or vegetables in bulk, not otherwise provided for

A23N 1/00-A23N 15/00

Apparatus specially adapted for preparing animal feeding-stuffs

A23N 17/00

Shaping or working of foodstuffs

A23P

Veterinary methods

A61D

Medicinal preparations

A61K

Mixing in general

B01F

Disintegrating in general

B02C

Granulating materials

B01J 2/00

Cutting in general

B26D

Presses in general, e.g. for making briquettes

B30B

Polysaccharides; Derivatives thereof

C08B

Derivatives of natural macromolecular compounds

C08H

Producing animal or vegetable oils, fats, fatty substances or waxes

C11B

Preparation of fats, oils, or fatty acids

C11C

Micro-organisms or enzymes; Compositions thereof

C12N

Fermentation or enzyme-using processes to synthesise a desired chemical compound or composition

C12P

Sugar industry

C13

Drying solid materials

F26B

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the expressions "feed" and "feedstuff" are often used instead of "feeding-stuffs", which is used in the classification scheme of this subclass.

A23K 10/24 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Proteins from blood

A23J 1/06

A23L - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Any foods, foodstuffs or non-alcoholic beverages that are not covered by the following subclasses:

A21D (Treatment, e.g. preservation, of flour or dough for baking, e.g. by addition of materials; Baking; Bakery products; Preservation thereof)

A23B (Preserving, e.g. by canning, meat, fish, eggs, fruit, vegetables, edible seeds; Chemical ripening of fruit or vegetables; The preserved, ripened, or canned products)

A23C (Dairy products, e.g. milk, butter, cheese; Milk or cheese substitutes; Making thereof)

A23D (Edible oils or fats, e.g. margarines, shortenings, cooking oils)

A23F (Coffee; Tea; Their substitutes; Manufacture, preparation, or infusion thereof)

A23G (Cocoa; Cocoa products, e.g. chocolate; Substitutes for cocoa or cocoa products; Confectionery; Chewing gum; Ice-cream; Preparation thereof)

A23J (Protein compositions for foodstuffs; Working-up proteins for foodstuffs; Phosphatide compositions for foodstuffs).

Examples of foods, foodstuffs or non-alcoholic beverages covered by this subclass are:

Foods or foodstuffs containing gelling or thickening agents;

Marmalades, jams, jellies or similar products;

Honey, royal jelly or other apiculture products;

Cereal-derived products including pasta;

Malt products, puddings or cream substitutes;

Spices, flavouring agents or condiments, whether natural or synthetic; artificial sweeteners; table salts;

Meat, poultry, egg, fish or seafood products;

Food consisting mainly of nut meat or seeds, e.g. peanut butter;

Soups or sauces; and

Non-alcoholic beverages, e.g. fruit or vegetable juices; dry compositions or concentrates thereof; preparation thereof.

Preparation or treatment of the above foods, foodstuffs or non-alcoholic beverages provided for in this subclass, including:

Cooking e.g. by roasting or frying;

Removing unwanted matter;

Physical treatment e.g. with wave energy, electric or magnetic fields;

Preparation of fruit or vegetables, e.g. to make snacks, chips, sauerkraut or pickles;

Colouring or decolouring; and

Modifying the nutritive qualities, e.g. by adding vitamins, minerals or dietary fibres.

Modification of such foods or beverages to change their nutritional content for dietary reasons, and these modified foods or beverages per se.

Preservation of foods or foodstuffs in general, e.g. by pasteurising, sterilising, heating, freezing, drying, pressurising, irradiation or treatment with chemicals, specially adapted for foods or foodstuffs.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

In relation to foods, foodstuffs or non-alcoholic beverages per se, and in relation to their preparation and treatment including physical treatment, this subclass is residual to subclasses A21D, A23B, A23C, A23D, A23F, A23G or A23J. These subclasses relate to flour or dough (A21D), dairy products (A23C), edible oils or fats (A23D), coffee, tea or their substitutes (A23F), cocoa, chocolate, confectionery or ice-cream (A23G) and protein compositions (A23J).

In relation to preservation of foods or foodstuffs in general, this subclass is the primary home for this subject-matter. However, preservation subject matter specifically adapted for certain foods can also be found in any of the above subclasses. For example, preservation of flour or dough or bakery products is subject-matter for subclass A21D, and preservation of meat, fish, eggs, fruit, vegetables and edible seeds e.g. cereals is subject matter for subclass A23B. Preservation of milk or milk preparations is subject matter for subclass A23C.

In relation to preservation, deciding between this subclass and the other subclasses listed above is generally a matter of function or application (see Guide Paragraphs 85-87). Where the particular preservation technology is the main point of interest classification is made in this subclass, and where the application to particular foodstuffs is the main interest classification is made in the subclasses listed above. Some double-classification is evident.

References

Limiting references:

Treating harvested fruit or vegetables in bulk

A23N

Machines or apparatus for extracting juice

A23N 1/00, A47J 19/00

Shaping or working of foodstuffs not fully covered by this or a single other subclass

A23P

Preserving foods or foodstuffs in association with packaging

B65B 55/00

Packages for foodstuffs with provision for absorbing fluids

B65D 81/26

Preparation of malt for brewing

C12C

Preparation of non-alcoholic beverages by removal of alcohol

C12H 3/00

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Edible extracts or preparations for medicinal purposes

A61K

Places in relation to which this subclass is residual:

See above.

Informative references:

Apiculture

A01K 47/00-A01K 59/00

Machines for making

A21C

Enriched flour

A21D 2/00

Processes specially adapted for particular foods or foodstuffs

A23

Milk products

A23C

Milk preparations

A23C 9/00

Milk substitutes, coffee whitener compositions

A23C 11/00

Coffee, tea or their substitutes

A23F

Natural coffee or tea flavour

A23F 3/40, A23F 5/46

Working-up proteins for foodstuffs

A23J 3/00

Animal foods

A23K

Apparatus for baking, roasting, grilling or frying

A47J 37/00

Emulsifiers in general

B01F 17/00

Purifying water, e.g. by ion-exchange

C02F, C02F 1/42

Essential oils in general

C11B 9/00

Preservation of alcoholic beverages

C12H

Devices for drying foodstuffs

F26B

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Food

In addition to the commonly accepted foods or foodstuffs, the term in this subclass also extends to cover less traditional items such as thickening agents (e.g. starch), flavouring agents, artificial sweeteners, food colouring agents, etc.

A23L 7/122 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Hollow ready-to-eat cereals coated, filled or multilayered, e.g. cheese snack comprising a cereal-based core and a cheese coating.

A23L 7/126 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Cereals grains or pieces bonded, shaped or compacted to form snacks, e.g. cereal bars with or without fruits, baked snack comprising fibrous cereals, apple.

A23L 7/13 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Formed cereal dough fried oil to make snacks, e.g. corn-based snack made by frying a corkscrew-shaped food piece, crisp-fried tortilla chips.

References

Limiting references:

Donuts, churros and soft tortillas. They are not considered as snacks as they contain higher water content compared to snack and they are classified in

A21D 13/00

A23L 7/135 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Flakes, granules in individual form, loose blends of individual pieces not agglomerated, e.g. cereal-based flakes easily dispersed in a cold liquid.

A23L 7/139 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Individual flakes made from wholegrain or grains pieces, e.g. cereal grains.

A23L 7/161 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Puffed cereals, e.g. "natural" release of pressure from the cereals under heat.

A23L 7/165 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Puffed cereals preparation comprising a step comprising meal or dough making before the final step for obtaining the aerated cereals.

A23L 7/17 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Puffed cereals prepared with a step involving meal or dough making followed by a step of extrusion.

A23L 7/174 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Puffed cereals prepared from whole grain or grain pieces with no step of meal or dough making.

A23L 7/178 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Puffed cereals prepared from whole grain or grain pieces by pressure release, i.e. external pressure, e.g. mechanical, being applied and released e.g. puffed-food starch material snack prepared from starch material grain such as corn and expansion of the food starch in a puffing chamber.

A23L 7/183 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Puffed cereals prepared from whole grain or grain pieces by heating without the use of external pressurizing device, e.g. process for the preparation of expanded millets comprising the step of treating dried polished grains at high temperature in order to obtain the puffed millets.

A23L 7/187 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Puffed cereals prepared from whole grain or grain pieces by heating without pressure release in an apparatus working intermittently, e.g. domestic apparatus for making pop-corn.

Industrial processes, i.e. continuous processes for making popcorn are not classified in this group.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Meal

The edible whole or coarsely ground grains of a cereal grass

Farinaceous

Made from, rich in, or consisting of starch, having a mealy or powdery texture

Snack

Food products with low water content and a long shelf life

Semi-finished or partly finished products e.g. oil

Food products that needs an extra step, frying, before being ready-to-eat

A23L 27/12 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Essential oil

A concentrated, hydrophobic liquid containing volatile aromatic compounds from plants

A23L 33/20 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Nutritive value

The nutritive value represents the energetic or calorific content of nutrition

A41C - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Corsets or girdles being a special type of undergarments for shaping or correction of a figure, with or without stays or steels, auxiliary belts, straps or fasteners; corsets with or without brassieres, e.g. of annular or tubular shape; girdles, e.g. with high waist part, with open bottom, or girdles of panty type, e.g. with elongated thigh part with or without suspenders.

Brassieres being a type of undergarments for supporting or shaping breast having connected or separate cups including strapless, backless brassieres, e.g. self-adhesive bra cups, or brassieres with stiffening or bust-forming inserts, e.g. with pads containing gel or foam filling, with pockets; bra specially adapted for nursing mothers, e.g. fold-down convertible bra or with replaceable absorbing pads or cups; bra cups with massage elements.

Details of corsets, girdles or brassieres relating to materials used in making process thereof, e.g. elastic corsets including corsets made of rubber, or of layered materials; special materials for nursing mother brassieres or brassieres for sport activities.

Machines or appliances for manufacturing corsets or brassieres, such as integrated manufacturing system or production lines including, e.g. cutting or sewing machines, ironing-machines, attachment mechanisms for assembling component parts, circular knitting machines, machine for molding cup-shaped parts.

Methods for manufacturing corsets or brassieres, mostly the combination of individual process steps such as mechanical treatment e. g. pattern cutting or sewing, physical treatment with the use of high temperature or pressure e.g. hot pressing forming die for a brassiere cup, thermoforming for shape retention or hardening of the articles, high temperature adhering and pressing process without sewing, ultrasonic adhering, antibacterial treatment, aromatizing or steeping by perfume, chemical methods for densification of the knitted stitches; methods of manufacturing one piece bra; finishing edges.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Group A41B 17/00 "Selection of special materials for underwear" is used not only with groups A41B 9/00 Undergarments or A41B 13/00 Baby linen but it should be also used together with groups A41C 1/00 and A41C 3/00 if the material of articles is of interest.

Manufacturing of corsets, girdles or bras is classified in group A41C 5/00 "Machines, appliances, or methods for manufacturing corsets or brassieres". However provided that a subject of the invention concerns also an individual step of the combined method or an individual machine of the aggregated plant such information can be separately classified in the appropriate places of the IPC in section B or section D, e.g. in groups:

B32B 37/00 Methods or apparatus for laminating, e.g. by curing or by ultrasonic bonding;

B29C 51/00 Shaping by thermoforming, e.g. shaping sheets in matched moulds or by deep-drawing; Apparatus therefore;

D04B 1/24 Weft knitting processes for the production of fabrics or articles not dependent on the use of particular machines; Fabrics or articles defined by such processes specially adapted for wearing apparel;

D04B 21/14 Fabrics characterized by the incorporation by knitting, in one or more thread, fleece, or fabric layers, of reinforcing, binding, or decorative threads; Fabrics incorporating small auxiliary elements, e.g. for decorative purposes;

D06C 29/00 Finishing or dressing, of textile fabrics;

D06M 23/14 Processes for the fixation or treatment of textile materials in three-dimensional forms

D05C 7/00 Special-purpose or automatic embroidering machines

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Non-implantable mammary prostheses

A61F 2/52

Orthopaedic corsets

A61F 5/02

Nursing devices in the form of corsets or bandages for abdomen, teat, or breast support, with or without pads

A61F 5/03

Bandages specially adapted for breast or abdomen

A61F 13/14

Absorbent pads for external application to the body

A61F 13/15

Informative references:

Combined undergarment

A41B 9/08

Waistbands forming part of the undergarments

A41B 9/14

Shoulder-straps forming part of undergarments

A41B 9/16

Maternity clothing

A41D 1/22

Swim-suits, beach suits

A41D 7/00

Corset fasteners

A41F 1/04

Shoulder or like straps in general

A41F 15/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Corset

(n) tight-fitting undergarments often reinforced by stays, worn to support and shape the waistline, hips, and breasts.

Girdle

(n) a woman's corset extending from waist to thigh

Stay

(n) a flat strip of steel, plastic, etc., used especially for stiffening corsets, collars, etc.

(in.pl.) hist. a corset esp. with whalebone etc. stiffening, and laced

Steel

(n) a steel stiffener in a corset, etc.

Synonyms and Keywords

Bra

Brassiere

In patent documents the following expressions/words "girdle", "stays" and "corset" are often used as synonyms.

In patent documents the expression/word "foundation garment" is often used instead of "bra" which is used in the classification scheme of this subclass.

A42C - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Manufacturing hats;

Appliances for hat-making;

Apparatus for changing the form or size of finished hats;

Fittings or trimmings for hats;

Manufacturing helmets by processes not otherwise provided for.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Subclass A42C covers manufacturing or trimming hats or other head coverings. Hats or head coverings per se are classified in subclass A42B.

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the following terms "headwear", "hat", "helmet", "headpiece", "headgear", "head covering" and "bonnet" are often used as synonyms.

A42C 1/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Making textile fabrics, e.g. from fibres or filamentary material; fabrics made by such processes or apparatus, e.g. felts, non-woven fabrics

D04H

A42C 5/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Ventilating arrangements for helmets

A42B 3/28

Informative references:

Artificial flowers or feathers

A41G

A44B - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The following fasteners or their essential parts:

Buttons;

Pins;

Buckles or strap fasteners that are actuated or operated directly by hand and intended to releasably connect either (1) the ends of a single web or strap, or (2) the ends of two or more webs or straps together (e.g. safety belt buckles);

Slide fasteners;

"Other types" of fasteners that are actuated or operated directly by hand and frequently utilized or associated with accoutrements, garments, or haberdashery (e.g. snap fasteners, collar-studs). Appropriate 'other types' of fasteners must also be readily reusable and their normal securing or releasing operation not destructive or damaging to either the fastener itself or the structure it secures.

Making slide fasteners, touch-and-close fasteners (e.g. VELCRO®, hook-and-loop, barb-and-pile fabrics), and other fasteners of this subclass.

Accessories or ancillary devices for the fasteners of this subclass when they are used exclusively with one of the varieties of fasteners (e.g. button cards) or have their operations either influencing or being influenced by the operation of the fastener (e.g. slide fastener pulling cords).

The following additional devices associated with either the fasteners of this class or accoutrements, garments, and haberdashery:

key rings;

clamping or holding devices; and

mock-fastening devices that merely look like the fasteners, or one of their essential parts, of this subclass but do not function as fasteners (e.g. ornamental buttons on coats, fake zippers on clothing).

Note

The only "other types" of fasteners appropriate for this subclass are those that are capable of use with or actually used with accoutrements, garments, or haberdashery. Therefore, it must be either a commonly known practice to use a particular type of fastener with accoutrements, garments, or haberdashery (e.g., snap fasteners) or the patent documents for a particular type of fastener must frequently disclose their use with accoutrements, garments, or haberdashery. However, it is not required that all, or even the majority, of the fasteners covered by a particular category of fastener be specially adapted for use, or disclose their intended use, with accoutrements, garments, or haberdashery.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

General relationship of A44B with F16B

Fasteners per se that either (a) require a tool for completing their normal fastening (e.g. screws, nails, stitches) or (b) are destroyed or destructively deformed to fasten or unfasten (e.g. staples, rivets) are excluded from A44B. These fasteners per se

However, when F16B types of fasteners or other tool driven or deformed fasteners are used to mount fasteners or fastener components appropriate for A44B, and are attached to or cooperate with at least one of their components, they are properly classified within A44B as an additional feature of the fasteners with which they are utilized.

General relationship of A44B with subclasses for accoutrements, garments, or haberdashery

Fasteners appropriately classified within A44B are often broadly claimed or disclosed in combination with the structure they secure or fasten. If the detail of the structure they secure or fasten specifies only the portion of the structure (e.g. dress belt tip or holes) necessary for either completing the fastening operation or mounting the fastening means, the combinations are proper for A44B.

If the details of the accoutrements, garments, or haberdashery being secured are more than that needed to complete the fastening operation or mount the fastener, then the combination is appropriate for the accoutrements, garments, or haberdashery subclasses (e.g. A41D, A41F).

References

Limiting references:

Fastening devices specially adapted for specific types of garments

A41F

Buttonholes or eyelets for buttonholes

A41F 1/02

Corset fasteners

A41F 1/04

Glove fasteners

A41F 1/06

Garter fasteners

A41F 1/08

Belts, girdles, or waistbands for trousers or skirts

A41F 9/00

Thumbtacks

B43M 15/00

Devices for fastening or securing constructional elements or machine parts together

F16B

Hand-manipulated hooks or eyes (e.g. swivel hook for dog leash)

F16B 45/00

Places covering apparatus or methods for making, or for positioning on the structure being fastened, fasteners or components of fasteners appropriate for this subclass

Appliances or methods for marking-out, perforating, or making buttonholes

A41H 25/00

Appliances or methods for setting fasteners on garments

A41H 37/00

Processing sheet metal, tubes or profiles to make haberdashery

B21D 53/46

Processing sheet metal, tubes or profiles to make buttons

B21D 53/48

Processing sheet metal, tubes or profiles to make metal slide fasteners parts

B21D 53/50

Wire-working to produce devices for fastening (e.g. slide fastener elements, buttons)

B21F 45/16

Pressure or injection die casting of slide fasteners and slide fastener parts

B22D 17/16

Producing slide fastener elements from plastic or other substances in a plastic state

B29D 5/00

Producing buttons or semi-finished button parts from plastic or other substances in a plastic state

B29D 19/00

Informative references:

For garments in general

A41D

For protective aprons having fastening devices

A41D 13/04

For neckties having fastening or holding devices associated with the knot or collar

A41D 25/00

For hats having fastening devices

A42B 1/00

For head covering fastening means other than hatpins

A42B 7/00

For laces in general and for footwear having fastening devices

A43C

For machines, tools, equipment, or methods for setting fasteners on footwear

A43D 100/00

For brooches or clips having decorative or ornamental aspects

A44C 1/00

For medals or badges having pin fastening devices

A44C 3/00

For hair-holding devices

A45D 8/00

For work bench type holding clamps

B25B 5/00

For paper clips or like paper fasteners for temporarily attaching sheets together

B42F 1/02

For elements specially adapted for fastening, fixing, or finishing upholstery

B68G 7/12

For sewing apparatus or machines with mechanism for lateral movement of the needle or the work or both for making ornamental pattern seams, for sewing buttonholes, for reinforcing openings, or for fastening articles (e.g. buttons) by sewing

D05B 3/00

For sewing needles

D05B 85/00

For hand operated latches or bolts for doors or windows (e.g., door hooks)

E05C

Special rules of classification

Decorative mock-fastening devices that do not function as fasteners (e.g. ornamental buttons on coats, fake zippers on clothing), but that look like the fasteners or one of their essential parts covered by A44B, are classified within the main groups of this subclass that provide for the fasteners they are intended to resemble.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Button

A hand manipulated fastener that includes a rigid or semirigid portion (i.e. button) which is attached (e.g. sewn) to the structure it is intended to fasten or secure (e.g. clothing) in a manner that allows its reorientation by either movement about its attachment or movement of the structure it secures. A button is intended to be used with a complementary opening having a flaccid portion (e.g. buttonholes, looped cords) that forms the second essential part of the fastener.

Buckle

A hand manipulated fastener including engaging or holding means and structure for guiding during fastening, which can selectively hold a cooperating strap or belt that is either the structure secured (e.g. end of a dress belt) or a second portion of the fastener (e.g. securing strap of a backpack flap).

Pin

A hand manipulated fastener that includes both (1) a portion specifically shaped (e.g. pointed) to facilitate impaling of and penetration into the structure fastened or secured and (2) a remaining portion (e.g. head) intended to be manually pushed on that does not penetrate the structure fastened or secured.

Slide fastener

A hand manipulated fastener that includes (1) two, opposed, elongated, configured surfaces that are each attached by mounting means to a secured structure and are intended to directly contact and interlock with each other when fastened and (2) a sliding device that is much shorter in length than the surfaces and which travels along their length to forcibly shift them into or out of interlocking engagement.

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the words slide fastener and zipper are often used as synonyms.

In patent documents the words cufflink and sleeve-link are often used as synonyms.

A44B 1/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Setting on garments

A41H 37/10

Setting on footwear

A43D 100/08

Processing sheet metal, tubes or profiles to make buttons

B21D 53/48

Producing buttons or semi-finished parts of buttons from plastic or other substances in a plastic state

B29D 19/00

Special machines for making cotton buttons

D05C 7/12

A44B 9/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Other fastening means for head coverings

A42B 7/00

A44C - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Brooches or clips in their decorative or ornamental aspect;

Medals; Badges;

Bracelets; Wrist-watch straps; Fastenings for bracelets or wrist-watch straps;

Ear-rings; Devices for piercing the ear-lobes;

Finger-rings;

Watch chains; Ornamental chains;

Jewellery;

Gems or the like;

Devices for preventing pilfering of watches or jewellery;

Coins;

Rosaries;

Fancy ware for personal wear, e.g. crosses, crucifixes, charms;

Making jewellery or other personal adornments.

References

Informative references:

Jewel boxes

A45C 11/16

Frames or housings for storing medals, badges, or the like

A47G 1/12

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the following terms "bracelet", "arm band", "armlet" and "bangle" are often used as synonyms.

Also, "necklace", "necklet", "locket", and "pendant" can be used as keywords.

A44C 1/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Brooches with safety pins

A44B 9/16

A44C 3/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Frames or housings for storing same

A47G 1/12

A44C 5/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Buckles; Similar fasteners for interconnecting straps or the like, e.g. for safety belts

A44B 11/00

Informative references:

Cases; Suspending devices, supports, or stands for time-pieces in so far as they form part of the case

G04B 37/14

Wearable computers, e.g. on a belt

G06F 1/16

Identification tags

G09F 3/00

Portable transmitters, e.g. to be carried on the body

H04B 1/034

Portable receivers, e.g. to be carried on the body

H04B 1/08

A44C 21/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Coins specially adapted to operate coin-freed mechanisms

G07F 1/06

Informative references:

Machines or apparatus for embossing decorations or marks, e.g. embossing coins

B44B 5/00

A45B - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Sticks covers walking sticks and sticks for umbrellas, including sticks with supporting, hanging or carrying means, sticks combined with other objects, hunting sticks and details such as details of the handles or heads.

Umbrellas covers sunshades similar in construction to umbrellas; umbrellas characterised by their shape or attachment, umbrellas with detachable covers, tiltable, foldable or telescopic umbrellas, umbrellas convertible into walking sticks and details of umbrellas such as umbrellas’ frames, runners, crowns and others.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

General relationship of A45B with A61H.

A61H covers physical therapy apparatus. A61H 3/00 covers appliances for aiding patients or disabled persons to walk about. Specifically, A61H 3/06 covers walking aids for blind persons.

References

Limiting references:

Cane or umbrella stands or holders

A47G 25/12

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a large system:

Walking aids for blind persons

A61H 3/06

Informative references:

Crutches

A61H 3/02

Umbrella type tents

E04H 15/28

Supports for positioning apparatus nor articles; Means for steadying hand-held apparatus or articles; for use as a walking-cane

F16M 13/08

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the following terms "walking stick", "cane", "walking aid", "stick", "crutch" and "rod" are often used as synonyms. Also, these terms can be used as keywords.

In patent documents the following terms "umbrella", "brolly", "sunshade", "parasol" and "gamp" are often used as synonyms. Also, these terms can be used as keywords.

A45B 1/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Holders or carriers for hand articles or for use while travelling or camping

A45F 5/00

A45B 3/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Structural combinations of lighting devices with other articles

F21V 33/00

A45B 5/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Stools for specified purposes

A47C 9/00

A45B 7/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Crutches for aiding patients or disabled persons to walk about

A61H 3/02

Ski-sticks

A63C 11/22

A45B 25/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Walking sticks; sticks for umbrellas

A45B 1/00A45B 9/00

Sticks combined with illuminating devices

A45B 3/02

Umbrella with detachable covers

A45B 15/00

Sticks with name-plates or the like

A45B 9/06

A45C - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Purses; money-bags; wallets;

Flexible luggage or hand bags;

Rigid or semi-rigid luggage;

Collapsible or extensible luggage, bags or the like;

Luggage or bags convertible into objects for other use;

Receptacles for other purposes;

Details and accessories therefor;

Purses, bags, luggage or other receptacles combined with other articles.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

General relationship of A45C with A45F

A45F covers traveling or camp equipment, attention should be paid specially for sacks or packs carried on the body, A45F 3/00.

General relationship of A45C with B65D

B65D covers containers for storage or transport of articles or materials, e.g. bags, barrels, bottles, boxes, cans, cartons; accessories, closures, or fittings therefor; packaging elements; packages. B65D 27/00B65D 37/00 cover general kinds of flexible containers, such as sacks, bags or like containers and details or accessories therefor.

References

Informative references:

Travelling or camp equipment; sacks or packs carried on the body

A45F

Containers for storage or transport of articles or materials, e.g. bags, barrels, bottles, boxes, cans, cartons; accessories, closures, or fittings therefor

B65D

Making articles from leather, canvas, or the like

B68F

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Flexible bags

bags deformed by, or taking up the shape of, their contents; and bags adapted to be permanently deformed to expel their contents.

Rigid or semi-rigid bags

bags not deformed by, or not taking up the shape of, their contents; bags adapted to be temporarily deformed to expel their contents.

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the following terms "luggage", "baggage" and "equipment" are often used as synonyms. Also, these terms can be used as keywords.

In patent documents the following terms "bag", "handbag", "pack", "sack", "case", "clutch", "purse" and "pocket" are often used as synonyms. Also, these terms can be used as keywords.

A45C 1/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Bags or wallets for holding keys

A45C 11/32

Informative references:

Holders or carriers for hand articles or for use while travelling or camping

A45F 5/00

Containers, packaging elements, or packages, for contents presenting particular transport or storage problems; adapted to be used for non-packaging purposes after removal of contents

B65D 81/36

Safes or strong-rooms for valuables

E05G 1/00

Handling of coins or of paper currency or similar valuable papers

G07D

A45C 3/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Collapsible or extensible luggage, bags or the like

A45C 7/00

Informative references:

Pocket or handbag mirrors

A45D 42/04

Sacks or packs carried on the body by means of one or two strap(s) passing over the shoulder(s)

A45F 3/02, A45F 3/04

A45C 5/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Collapsible or extensible luggage, bags or the like

A45C 7/00

Informative references:

Making articles from leather, canvas, or the like

B68F

A45C 9/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Travelling or trunk wardrobes

A47B 61/06

Trunk beds; travelling-case or like beds

A47C 17/82

Sacks or packs carried on the body and convertible into other articles

A45F 4/02

Informative references:

Garments convertible into other articles

A41D 15/04

Furniture convertible into other kinds of furniture

A47B 85/00

Trunk chairs, i.e. chairs collapsible to trunk shape

A47C 4/52

A45C 11/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Boxes, cases, etuis or the like specially adapted therefor for manicure or pedicure sets

A45D 29/20

Receptacles for hair brushes or tooth brushes as travelling equipment

A45D 44/18

Sewing kits

A45F 3/48

Informative references:

Holders or carriers for hand articles; Holders or carriers for use while travelling or camping

A45F 5/00

Making paper articles; working paper

B31

Writing implement receptacles functioning as, or combined with, writing implements

B43K 31/00

Containers, packaging elements or packages, specially adapted for particular articles or materials; for pencils or pens

B65D 85/28

Containers, packaging elements or packages, specially adapted for particular articles or materials; for optical or other delicate measuring, calculating, or control apparatus

B65D 85/38

A45C 13/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Detachable handles; Handles foldable into the luggage

A45C 13/22

Handles for carrying purposes for use while travelling or camping

A45F 5/10

Informative references:

Haberdashery; jewellery

A44

Containers for storage or transport of articles or materials, e.g. bags, barrels, bottles, boxes, cans, cartons; accessories, closures, or fittings therefor

B65D

Handles for rigid or semi-rigid containers

B65D 25/28

Handles for sacks or bags

B65D 33/06

Non-removable lids or covers; hinged for upward or downward movement

B65D 43/16

Locks; accessories therefor

E05B

Devices holding the wing by magnetic or electromagnetic attraction

E05C 19/16

Hinges or other suspension devices for doors, windows, or wings

E05D

A45C 15/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Combinations of purses and wallets

A45C 1/08

Bags combined with hand-muffs

A45C 3/14

A45D - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes of waving, straightening or curling hair;

Hair-curling or hair-waving appliances, e.g. curling-tongs;

Devices for heating or accessories for hair curling appliances;

Hair holding devices;

Devices for washing or colouring the hair or scalp;

Hair drying devices or accessories therefor;

Devices for removing superfluous hair, e.g. tweezers;

Hair combs or accessories therefor;

Shaving accessories;

Manicuring or pedicuring implements;

Artificial nails;

Containers, casings or accessories for handling toilet or cosmetic substances;

Sachet pads for liquid substances;

Hand, pocket, or shaving mirrors;

Hairdressers’ equipment, e.g. protecting mantles, stands for performing hairdressing work, specially adapted furniture;

Other toilet or cosmetic equipment.

References

Limiting references:

Removing hair using electrosurgical instruments

A61B 18/04

Removing hair using electrosurgical instruments

A61B 18/18

Preparations for care of the hair

A61Q 5/00

Preparations for removing hair or for aiding hair removal

A61Q 9/00

Devices for sharpening razor blades

B24D 15/06

Scissors combined with auxiliary implements, e.g. manicure instruments

B26B 13/22

Hair-trimming devices using a razor blade

B26B 21/00

Devices for dispensing new razor blades

B65D 83/10

Informative references:

Receptacles in general, e.g. etuis for traveling

A45C 11/00

Hairdressers’ chairs

A47C 1/04

Handbags or purses with mirrors

A45C 15/04

Cabinets for shaving tackle

A47B 67/02

Mirrors as household equipment

A47G 1/02

Devices for collecting used scalpel blades

A61B 17/3217

Chiropodists’ instruments

A61B 17/54

Wigs, toupees or the like

A61G 3/00

Guards or sheaths for hand cutting tools

B26B 29/00

Sample tables or the like

G09F 5/00

A45D 2/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Base clamps per se

A45D 6/08

A45D 2/34 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Base clamps per se

A45D 6/10

A45D 7/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Preparations for waving or straightening the hair

A61K 8/00, A61Q 5/04

A45D 27/22 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Cabinets for shaving tackle

A47B 67/02

Containers in general

B65D

A45D 27/42 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Masks for marking lips or eyelashes

A45D 40/30

Ear, face or lip protectors for other toilet or cosmetic purposes

A45D 44/12

A45D 29/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Chiropodists' instruments

A61B 17/54

A45D 29/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Hand cutting tools with two jaws which come into abutting contact

B26B 17/00

A45D 29/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Files in general

B23D 71/00

A45D 29/20 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Receptacles for travelling or like purposes

A45C 11/00

A45D 33/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

For applying therapeutic or disinfecting substances

A61M 35/00

A45D 40/26 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

For applying liquid paint

A45D 34/04

A45D 42/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Mirrors as household equipment

A47G 1/02

A45D 44/08 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Hairdressers' coats

A41D 13/00

A45D 44/10 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Combined with chairs

A47C 1/10, A47C 7/36

A45F - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Travelling or camp articles such as water-bottles, mess-tins, cups, hammocks and accessories for them, hanging seats, picnic sets, sewing kits, map cases, nets affording protection against insects;

Travelling or camp articles which may be converted into articles for other use, e.g. coats or capes convertible into tent coverings

Sacks or packs carried on the body by means of one strap passing over the shoulder or by means of two straps passing over the two shoulders including sacks or packs specially adapted for military purposes;

Sacks and packs specially adapted for children , e.g. for schoolchildren;

Carrying-frames and frames combined with sacks; carrying-straps, e.g. with adjustable fastenings of straps or belts; shoulder-pads;

Sacks or packs carried on the body and convertible into other articles e.g. into tents, beds or mattresses, hammocks, litters or sleeping-bags, boats, sledges, coats or capes

Holders or carriers for hand articles and holders or carriers for use while travelling or camping, such as fastening articles to the garment, handles, book-carriers; holders for spades, hatchets or the like

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Travelling or camp equipment is normally classified in the classes for the equipment concerned, e.g. in subclasses A47B (for example, travelling or trunk tables A47B 3/10; tables specially adapted for use in the open air A47B 37/04), A47C (for example, travelling or camp beds A47C 17/64; suspended beds A47C 17/84, foldable, collapsible or dismountable chairs A47C 4/00, camp, travelling, or sports stools A47C 9/10), A47G (for example, travelling rugs A47G 9/06; sleeping bags A47G 9/08), A47J (for example, camp cooking devices A47J 33/00, A47J 36/26).

References

Limiting references:

Lunch or picnic boxes

A45C 11/20

Travelling rugs

A47G 9/06

Informative references:

Hand implements for working earth, e.g. shovels, picks

A01B 1/00

Veils

A01K 55/00

Boxes for needles or pins

A41H 19/00

Hand carried bags or luggage

A45C

Handles for suitcases or bags

A45C 13/26

Straps, bands as travelling accessories

A45C 13/30

Wheeled carriers

A45C 13/38

Camping vehicles

B60P 3/32

Foldable sledges

B62B 13/16

Foldable vessels

B63B 7/00

Rigid or semi-rigid containers

B65D 1/00

Sacks, bags or like containers

B65D 30/00

Transportable devices to obtain potable water

C02F 1/18

Matches for starting fires

C06F 5/00

Tools, implements, or accessories for hand sewing

D05B 91/00

Tents convertible, e.g. from one type tent to another type tent

E04H 15/30

Stands or trestles as supports for apparatus or articles placed thereon

F16M 11/00

Portable lighting

F21L

Stoves with special adaptation for travelling, e.g. collapsible:

stoves in which the type of fuel or energy supply is not specified

stoves in which the type of fuel or energy supply is not specified

F24C 1/16

stoves for gaseous fuels

F24C 3/14

stoves for liquid fuels

F24C 5/20

stoves heated by electric energy

F24C 7/10

Portable water heaters

F24H 1/06

Gun-slings

F41C 33/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Knapsack

A bag with shoulder straps, carried on the back

Synonyms and Keywords

"water-bottle ", "canteen" and "flask;

"knapsack", "sack", "pack", "backpack" and "rucksack".

A47B - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Storing articles in warehouses or magazines

B65G 1/00

Built-in cupboards as part of a building

E04F 19/08

Step-stools

A47C 12/00

Furniture joints

F16B

A47J - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices for domestic (or restaurant) use for preparing, cooking, or warming food or for making beverages. Storing and handling arrangements for these devices. Devices for storing food.

Preparing, cooking, or warming food refers to the various possible stages when preparing a meal:

food is prepared before cooking / consumption: e.g. peeled, cut, shaped, strained, mashed, sifted, washed, opening of eggs, separating contents of eggs, nut cracking, introducing fat etc. into meat

food is cooked: e.g. boiled, fried, deep fat fried, broiled, braised, grilled, roasted, toasted, baked, steamed (i.e. a raw potato becomes a cooked one)

food is prepared after cooking: e.g. mashed, held or clamped during cutting after being cooked

food is warmed: cold prepared or cooked food is warmed for consumption (i.e. a cold cooked potato becomes a warmcooked potato)

Devices for preparing, cooking, or warming food therefore include:

Domestic implements or machines for preparing food, e.g.

for shaping butter or the like,

for peeling, stringing, or paring foodstuffs,

for mashing or straining foodstuffs,

for coring, for stoning, or for removing stalks from, fruit,

kitchen robots, devices for mixing, beating, stirring, grating, whipping food

for holding, gripping or clamping food, e.g. during peeling or during cutting after being cooked

Cutting boards

Coffee mills, spice mills

Domestic cooking implements, e.g.

Cooking vessels or accessories therefor

Household vessels or apparatuses for boiling, frying, deep fat frying, broiling, stewing, grilling, roasting, toasting, baking, steaming, e.g. pressure cookers, steamers, rice cookers, deep fat fryers

Egg cookers

Camp cooking devices without integral heating means

Devices for warming drinks or food

Warming vessels containing drinks or food

Heat insulated chambers to warm or to keep food warm

Devices for gripping, lifting or supporting above devices (pincers, pads)

Culinary hand implements for handling or supporting food during preparing/cooking/warming

Making beverages refers to:

extracting flavor from solids by a liquid: e.g. extracting flavor from coffee grounds or tea leaves by brewing with hot water

diluting concentrate powders or liquids by diluents: e.g. diluting coffee concentrate with hot water

changing the consistency of a beverage: shaking a beverage, foaming milk

Devices for making beverages therefore include:

Household apparatuses for making beverages, e.g. by brewing or diluting

Beverage shakers, devices for foaming milk

Storing and handling of devices for preparing, cooking, or warming food or for making beverages refer to:

fastening these devices in order to immobilise them for use , irremovably fixing them

arranging these devices when temporally not in use or for warming them

Storing and handling arrangements therefore include:

Devices for fastening kitchen utensils to tables, walls, or the like

Stands, or holders for kitchen articles

Grids, racks, or other supports irremovably mounted in, on, or over sinks

Devices for warming kitchen utensils, e.g. dishes

Storing food refers to:

storing food or ingredients to be prepared/cooked/warmed or ingredients for making beverages, e.g. storage containers for flour, sugar, coffee beans, ground coffee, tea leaves or rice, storage boxes for leftovers

storing prepared/cooked/warmed food or beverages, e.g. thermally insulated vessels or flasks

Devices for storing food therefore include:

Kitchen containers

Thermally insulated vessels, e.g. flasks, jugs or jars

Relationship between large subject matter areas

This subclass is primarily intended for domestic kitchen equipment for preparing/cooking/warming food. Preparing/cooking/warming foodstuff on an industrial scale is not covered by this subclasses and will be classified in the following places:

subclass A01J for machines or implements for shaping butter or the like used in dairies, e.g. for forming slabs of butter

subclass A21B for bakers’ ovens, machines or equipment for industrial baking

subclass A23J for industrial machines for opening eggs

subclass A23N for machines for preparing foodstuffs or fruit in bulk, e.g. peeling vegetables or fruit in bulk

Implements for table use will be classified in A47G.

Subclass A47J further covers the domestic making of (hot) beverages, in particular the preparing of tea or coffee by extraction with hot water. Other apparatuses and methods for preparing beverages mostly on industrial scale are classified in the following subclasses:

subclass A23F for the industrial making of coffee or tea

subclass C12C for brewing of beer

subclass C12G for preparation of wine or other alcoholic beverages

subclass B67D for dispensing beverages, e.g. on draught

subclass A23L for preparation of non-alcoholic beverages, e.g. by adding ingredients to fruit or vegetable juices

In relation to the subclasses that cover domestic stoves or ranges for solid or liquid fuel in general, this subclass is an application place. Features of stoves or ranges which are of general interest should be classified in the relevant general place, such as F24B, F24C.

Storing arrangements in A47J does not cover cabinets or racks in general even with provision for attachment of kitchen implements. This subject matter is classified with the subclass for cabinets or general details of furniture A47B. Devices for fastening household utensils are classified in A47G. Storage containers (both thermally insulated as without thermal insulation) in general are classified in B65D.

References

Limiting references:

Apparatus for treating milk in dairies, e.g. appliances for preventing or destroying milk foam, aerating or de-aerating milk

A01J 11/00

Hand devices for forming slabs of butter in dairies

A01J 19/00

Machines for forming slaps of butter in diaries

A01J 21/00

Apparatus for smoking food

A23B 4/044

Machines or apparatus for treating harvested fruit or vegetables in bulk

A23N

Machines or apparatus for extracting juice

A23N 1/00

Machines for coring or stoning fruits in bulk

A23N 3/00

Machines for stoning fruits or removing seed containing sections

A23N 4/00

Peeling vegetables or fruit in bulk

A23N 7/00

Machines for removing stalks from fruit

A23N 15/00

Making ice cream

A23G 9/00

Washing or rinsing machines for crockery or table-ware

A47L 15/00

Apparatus or implements used in manual washing or cleaning of crockery, table-ware, cooking-ware or the like

A47L 17/00

Drying devices for crockery or table-ware, e.g. tea-cloths

A47L 19/00

Polishing of table-ware, e.g. knives, forks, spoons

A47L 21/00

Table devices or equipment, e.g. table ware

A47G

Brewing of beer

C12C

Preparation of wine or other alcoholic beverages

C12G

Traveling cookers heated by gaseous fuels

F24C 3/14

Domestic stoves or ranges

F24B, F24C

Microwave ovens

F24C 7/02, H05B 6/64

Induction heating hobs

H05B 6/12

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Lunch boxes, picnic boxes or the like

A45C 11/20

Table service

A47G 19/00

Vessels or pots for table use

A47G 19/12

Coffee or tea pots

A47G 19/14

Tea infusers, e.g. tea eggs

A47G 19/16

Table ware

A47G 21/00

Devices for fastening household utensils, or the like, to tables, walls, or the like

A47G 29/087

Weighing spoons

G01G 19/56

Informative references:

Bakers’ ovens, non-domestic baking apparatus or equipment

A21B

Machines or equipment for making or processing dough; handling baked articles made from dough

A21C

Provers, i.e. apparatus permitting dough to rise

A21C 13/00

Preparation of non-alcoholic beverages, e.g. by adding ingredients to fruit or vegetable juices

A23L 2/00

Machines for roasting coffee in bulk

A23N 12/08

Racks or shelf units

A47B

Kitchen cabinets

A47B 77/00

Disintegrating, e.g. mincing

B02C

Spouts in general

B05B 1/22

Hand-held cutting tools not otherwise provided for

B26B

Cutting characterised by the cutting member or nature of the cut performed; Details of apparatus for severing

B26D

Containers with thermal insulation in general

B65D 81/38

Dispensing beverages on draught

B67D 1/00

Removing cooking fumes from domestic stoves or ranges

F24C 15/20

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

cooking

boiling, braising, steaming, pressure cooking, frying, baking, roasting, grilling or barbecuing food

note: in A47J/27 cooking includes only boiling, braising, steaming and pressure cooking

boiling

cooking food by submerging it in boiling water, or other water-based liquid (stock, milk); keeping liquid foodstuff (or water) at a boiling temperature

braising

cooking food with moist heat , e.g. stewing, pot roasting

steaming

cooking food in an atmosphere with hot steam

pressure cooking

cooking food at a pressure different than that of the atmosphere

super-atmospheric cooking

pressure cooking at a pressure higher than that of the atmosphere

note: often called "pressure cooking"

sub-atmospheric cooking

pressure cooking at a pressure lower than that of the atmosphere, e.g. by using a pump to remove the air from the cooking environment

note: sometimes called "vacuum cooking", although "vacuum cooking" refers more often to vacuum flask cooking

vacuum flask cooking

cooking food inside a removable pot sealed inside a vacuum flask for prolonged heating with minimum heat loss

frying

Cooking food in hot oil or fat, e.g. pan frying, deep frying

Frying inside a frying pan or wok

cooking food on a hot surface such as a frying pan, wok, griddle or grill pan, usually in a thin layer of hot oil or fat

note:

frying pan: called skillet in American English

griddle: a sheet of metal of appropriate thickness with a flat frying surface

grill pan: frying pan which has raised metal ridges for the food to sit on (often used for "frying" without the use of oil or fat, to get a pattern similar than that achieved by direct barbecuing, called "grilling" in American English)

deep (fat) frying

cooking food by submerging it in hot oil or fat

baking

cooking food by dry heat acting by conduction

note: normally in an oven, but also in hot ashes, or on hot stones; baked food products are dough-based products like pastries, cakes or bread, or baked potatoes, baked apples, baked beans,...

roasting

cooking food with dry high heat, in an oven or near hot coals

note: usually resulting in a caramelised surface; the food surface is often basted during roasting

grilling

applying direct dry high heat to food, most commonly from above, with heat transfer primarily via thermal radiation, e.g. by using the upper heating element of an electric oven, or inside a drawer below the flame of a gas oven

note: grilled food products are for instance the grilled cheese on top of lasagna or the caramelised surface of crème brûlée; grilling is called "broiling" in American English

barbecuing

cooking food with a "barbecue" by the heat and hot gases of a fire, smoking wood or hot coals of charcoal, or of an electrical heating element

note: depending on the heat source, the barbecues are called gas barbecues, electrical barbecues or charcoal barbecues

barbecuing, direct method

barbecuing food directly over high heat, e.g. food is cooked on a grate directly over hot charcoal, or food is cooked in a frying vessel on a grate directly over hot charcoal

note: this method is sometimes called "grilling" in American English; meat is often marinated before direct barbecuing

barbecuing

barbecuing food using indirect heat and/or hot smoke, i.e. a slow barbecue-cooking process, e.g. food is cooked on a grate with the coals dispersed to the sides of the food, or at a significant distance of the food

note: this method is sometimes called "barbecuing" in American English

smoking

flavoring, cooking or preserving food by exposing it to the smoke from burning or smoldering plant materials, most often wood

note: smokers are not classified in A47J, only smoking inserts as accessories for a barbecue

cooking by smoking on a barbecue

very slow cooking of food on a barbecue with hot smoke which is drawn past the food by convection

toasting

browning sliced bread by exposure to dry radiant heat, i.e. grilling of sliced bread on both sides

warming

raising temperature of food, not cooking it

grating

disintegrating e.g. cheese with tool with several sharp protrusions; different from slicing, no specific shape of cut particles of food

A47J 27/05 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Tier cooking-vessels in general

A47J 27/13

A47J 27/082 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Inserts for cooking-vessels in general

A47J 36/16

A47J 27/212 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Signalling milk-boiling vessels

A47J 27/57

A47J 27/56 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Preventing foaming in boiling in general

B01B 1/02

A47J 31/18 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Infusing bags

A47G 19/16

A47J 33/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Other travelling cookers heated by petroleum, gasoline, spirit, or the like

F24C

A47J 36/14 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Spouts in general

B05B 1/22

A47J 36/38 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Removing cooking fumes from domestic stoves or ranges

F24C 15/20

A47J 41/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Containers with thermal insulation in general

B65D 81/38

A47J 42/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

As part of universal or multi-purpose machines

A47J 43/04, A47J 44/00

Grinding or pulverising in general

B02C

A47J 42/48 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Attachment of household machines in general to tables, walls, or the like

A47J 45/02

A47J 42/52 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Coffee-roasting devices per se

A23N 12/00

A47J 45/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

For household utensils

A47G 29/087

A47J 45/08 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Of detachable type

A47J 45/07

A47L - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Pneumatically taking-up undesirable matter from roads or like surfaces

E01H 1/08

A61B - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Apparatus, instruments, implements, or processes that are either specially adapted or intended to be solely utilized for evaluating, examining, measuring, monitoring, studying, or testing particular characteristics and aspects of either living or dead human and animal bodies for medical purposes (i.e., diagnosis). Diagnosis consists of scrutinizing the following characteristics or aspects of bodies:

internal or external portions of the bodies (e.g., lungs),

abnormal bodily conditions (e.g., sickness, broken bones, detecting foreign bodies, pregnancy),

mental conditions (e.g., psychotechnics), and

bodily functions (e.g., heart beat, vision).

Apparatus, instruments, implements, or processes that are either specially adapted or intended to be solely utilized for medical procedures employing physical actions (e.g., laser cutting, pressure of fluid) on portions of human or animal bodies to correct, enhance, or inspect (e.g., autopsies) them for medical purposes (i.e., surgery). Surgery consists of the following medical procedures:

repositioning (e.g. aligning broken bones, opening wounds) parts of bodies,

stabilizing (e.g., inserting bone pins) to prevent harmful movement of parts of bodies,

repairing (e.g., fastening skin together, removing cancerous tissue) bodies,

facilitating the occurrence of naturally occurring bodily functions (e.g., child birth, passing kidney stones) that are out of the ordinary,

introducing, collecting, or removing cells and organs (e.g., inseminations, tissue sampling, hair transplants, skin grafting, biopsies, organ harvesting) to or from bodies, and

introducing or taking out foreign objects (e.g., replacement heart valves, bullets) to or from bodies.

Apparatus, instruments, implements, or processes that are either specially adapted or intended to be solely utilized in procedures for identifying individual human beings (e.g., finger printing, by recognition of shape or dimension of body part) using unique characteristics of their bodies or behaviour (i.e. identification).

Adjunct or supplementary means specially adapted for use in, or intended for exclusive use in, diagnosis, surgery, or identification. These adjunct or supplementary means contribute to the effectiveness (e.g., surgical drapes) or safety (e.g., operating gloves) of a medical procedure, but may or may not (e.g., protective covers for scalpels) themselves involve any direct contact with a body.

Components of diagnosis, surgery, or identification means with structural features limiting their usefulness to medical procedures.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Several subclasses provide for subject matter that is used for 'diagnosis'. The relationship between these subclasses with regard to the type of 'diagnosis' covered by each is as follows:

Subclass A61B provides for diagnosis in general.

A61B also provides for any surgical or identification apparatus or methods when

the apparatus or methods are combined with diagnosis means or

the apparatus can be used for diagnosis and either surgery or identification.

A61B additionally provides for any diagnostic apparatus or methods combined with therapy apparatus or method normally covered by subclass A61H or A61N when

the same apparatus or methods are used for both purposes or

combined together but only useable separately.

Subclass A61H provides for diagnostic means or steps that are combined with massage and physical therapy apparatus or methods used for the treatment of disease or disability (i.e., an abnormal condition of the body) by utilization of direct mechanical energy; when the diagnostic means or step is used solely for operational feedback purposes to enhance therapy.

Subclass A61N provides for diagnostic means or steps that are combined with medical treatment therapy apparatus or methods used for the treatment of disease or disability by utilization of forms of energy other than direct mechanical energy; when the means or step is used solely for operational feedback purposes to enhance therapy.

References

Limiting references:

Tools or instruments for operating on the mouth portion of a human being (e.g., tooth saws)

A61C 3/00

Saliva removers combined with instruments for opening or keeping open the mouth (e.g., mouth props, tongue guards, tongue depressors, cheek spreaders)

A61C 17/10

Medical instruments, implements, tools, or methods specially adapted so as to limit their usefulness to only animals

A61D

Methods or devices for treatment of eyes, putting in contact lenses, eye surgery, or correcting squinting

A61F 9/00

Ear surgery

A61F 11/00

Physical therapy apparatus that includes diagnostic feedback means for influencing operation

A61H

Syringes and suction, pumping or atomizing devices for medical use (e.g. cups, breast relievers, irrigators, sprays, powder insufflators, atomizers, inhalers), apparatus for general or local anesthetics, devices or methods for causing a change in the state of consciousness, catheters, dilators, and apparatus for introducing medicines into the body other than orally

A61M

Non-surgical treatment of medical conditions or physical injuries by utilization of forms of energy not directly generated by mechanical apparatus, devices, or means that includes diagnostic feedback means for influencing its operation

A61N

Clinical thermometers for measuring the temperature of body parts

G01K 5/00

Informative references:

Operating tables and auxiliary devices for these tables

A61G 13/00

Operating chairs

A61G 15/00

Apparatus for artificial respiration or heart stimulation

A61H 31/00

Containers specially adapted for medical or pharmaceutical purposes

A61J 1/00

Devices for administering medicines orally

A61J 7/00

Materials for surgical sutures or for ligaturing blood vessels

A61L 17/00

Surgical adhesives or cements and adhesives for colostomy devices

A61L 24/00

Materials for colostomy devices

A61L 28/00

Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes or micro organisms

C12Q 1/00

Analyzing samples of biological material

G01N

Obtaining records using waves other than optical waves and viewing such records by using optical means

G03B 42/00

A61B 1/24 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Mouth openers for animals

A61D 15/00

A61B 3/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Devices for treatment of the eyes

A61F 9/00

Exercisers for the eyes

A61H 5/00

Optical systems in general

G02B

A61B 3/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Lenses per se

G02C 7/02

A61B 3/125 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Contact lenses per se

G02C 7/04

A61B 5/0215 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Solid probes

A61B 17/00, A61M 25/09, A61M 29/00

Catheters

A61M 25/00

A61B 5/025 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Electric stethoscopes

A61B 7/04

A61B 5/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Electrically conductive preparations for use in therapy or testing in vivo

A61K 50/00

A61B 5/055 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Arrangements or instruments for measuring magnetic variables involving electronic or nuclear magnetic resonance, in general

G01R 33/20

A61B 5/103 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Measuring aids for tailors

A41H 1/00

A61B 5/117 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Methods or arrangements for reading or recognizing patterns, e.g. fingerprints

G06K 9/00

Recognizing, identifying, or verifying the identity of human beings by analyzing their voice or speech

G10L 17/00

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system: (style "S" for this standard text only)

Identification means for patients specially adapted for use in surgery or diagnosis

A61B 90/90

Informative references:

Dental impression cups

A61C 9/00

Articulators

A61C 11/00

A61B 5/22 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Measuring of work or force, in general

G01L

A61B 6/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

X-ray contrast preparations

A61K 49/04

Preparations containing radioactive substances

A61K 51/00

X-ray photographic processes

G03C 5/16

X-ray apparatus or circuits therefor

H05G 1/00

Irradiation devices

G21K

Radiation therapy per se

A61N 5/00

A61B 6/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Stereoscopic photography

G03B 35/00

A61B 6/03 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Data processing equipment for medical or biological purposes

G06F 17/00, G06F 19/00

A61B 6/10 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Protection against dangerous radiation in general

G21F

A61B 8/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Ultrasound therapy

A61N 7/00

Systems using the reflection or reradiation of acoustic waves, e.g. acoustic imaging

G01S 15/00

A61B 8/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Measuring volume flow in general

G01F, G01F 1/66, G01F 1/72

Measuring speed of fluids in general

G01P 5/00

A61B 10/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Vaccination prophylaxis, vaccination therapy

A61B 17/20

Menstruation tables

G06C 3/00

A61B 17/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Drainage appliances for wounds

A61M 27/00

A61B 17/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Suture materials

A61L 17/00

A61B 17/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Nerve needles for teeth

A61C 5/02

A61B 17/10 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Containers, packaging elements or packages specially adapted for particular articles or with special means for dispensing contents

B65D 83/00, B65D 85/00

A61B 17/12 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Specially adapted for vas deferens or fallopian tubes

A61F 6/20

Informative references:

Materials for ligaturing blood vessels

A61L 17/00

A61B 17/135 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

For measuring blood pressure

A61B 5/022

Informative references:

Inflatable pressure pads

A61F 5/34

A61B 17/20 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Diagnosis by vaccination

A61B 10/00

A61B 17/22 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

For biopsy

A61B 10/02

Gynaecological or obstetrical instruments or methods

A61B 17/42

Places in relation to which this subclass is residual:

Dilators

A61M 29/00

Informative references:

Ultrasound therapy

A61N 7/00

A61B 17/225 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Ultrasound therapy

A61N 7/00

A61B 17/42 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Dilators

A61M 29/00

A61B 17/425 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Specially adapted for use with animals

A61D 19/00

A61B 17/46 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

For animals

A61D 1/10

A61B 17/50 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Locating otherwise

A61B 5/06

Locating by radiation

A61B 6/00

A61B 17/56 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Orthopaedic methods or devices for non-surgical treatment of bones or joints

A61F 5/00

A61B 17/60 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Bandages, dressings or absorbent pads

A61F 13/00

A61B 18/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Electrically conductive preparations for use in therapy or testing in vivo, e.g conductive adhesives or gels to be used with electrodes

A61K 50/00

A61B 18/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Hyperthermia using electric or magnetic fields, radiation or ultrasound

A61N

A61B 50/10 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Supports for surgeons

A61B 90/60

Supports for patients

A61G 13/00, A61G 15/00

A61B 50/20 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Supports for surgical microscopes

A61B 90/25

Supports for devices illuminating a surgical field

A61B 90/35

Supports for surgical instruments

A61B 90/50

A61C - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Apparatus (i.e. instruments, implements, machines, structures, tools) or processes that are specially adapted for, or limited to use in, creating artificial teeth, mounting artificial teeth, supporting artificial teeth, or repairing artificial teeth or their supports (e.g. denture articulators), and wherein the dental prostheses made or fixed by the apparatus or process are used exclusively for humans or both humans and animals.

Apparatus or methods utilized to prevent, discourage, or cure oral diseases (i.e. diseases occurring exclusively within the oral cavity such as enamel caries or periodontitis) in humans or both humans and animals.

Apparatus, devices, or methods used for one or more of the following:

correcting abnormalities or injuries that prevent the proper or desired bringing together of the cooperating surfaces of natural teeth, or their artificial replacements that are permanently affixed within the mouth, located on opposite jaws;

preserving or rectify the appropriate or desired relative positioning, separation gaps, or alignment of natural teeth; or

preventing or repairing damage to natural teeth or their appropriate or desired relative positioning, separation gaps, or alignment (e.g. devices that surround or cover teeth to prevent grinding).

Apparatus (i.e. instruments, implements, machines, structures, tools) or processes that are specially adapted for, or limited to use in, the treatment, reconstruction, removal, insertion, replacement, repair, transfixing or testing of either natural teeth, artificial teeth that are permanently affixed within the oral cavity, gums, or other portions of the oral cavity having an effect on their operation (e.g. portions of jawbone supporting teeth), and wherein the apparatus or processes are used exclusively for humans or both humans and animals.

Apparatus, devices, or methods used for

sanitizing the oral cavity or dental prostheses (e.g. gargling devices, washing means);

removing foreign matter (e.g. food) or undesirable naturally occurring matter (e.g. plaque, calculus) from the surfaces of teeth, gums, or dental prostheses; or

stimulating gums.

Dental prostheses devices or artificial dental implant devices per se or their components (e.g. artificial teeth, mounting or attaching means for artificial teeth, devices for supplementing jawbones, crowns) used within the oral cavity.

Dental implants formed from biological material or consisting of oral cavity parts originating either from a donor source or from the patient that are intended to be introduced, or reintroduced, into the patient’s oral cavity to correct a dental or oral hygiene problem (e.g. modified natural teeth or jawbone material from a donor).

Adjunct, auxiliary, or supplementary means or structures that contribute to the effectiveness or safety of dental procedures or their products and are specially adapted to be used either:

during dentistry procedures (e.g. saliva removers, medication suppliers, drainage treatment);

with the products of dental procedures (e.g. artificial teeth supports); or

during the making of dental prostheses (e.g. stands for impression trays).

Specially adapted components of apparatus having structural features limiting them to use with at least one of the dental apparatus types specified above (e.g. dust collectors, illumination devices).

Accessories specially adapted for use with at least one of the above types of apparatus, means, or structures (e.g. devices for measuring the length of the root canal of a tooth).

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Subclass A61C(this subclass) provides for devices used by others to clean an individual’s teeth. It also provides for devices used by individuals upon their own teeth to remove foreign matter from the surface of their teeth or enhance the appearance of their teeth when the device is not specifically provided for elsewhere.

Subclass A46Bcovers manually moved or powered brushes, and in particular toothbrushes, used for cleaning that are not specifically provided for elsewhere. It also covers arrangements of brush bristles per se and the handle structure for brushes.

Subclass A61Dcovers devices used by individuals to remove foreign matter from the surface of the teeth of animals or enhance the appearance of the teeth of animals when the device is not specifically provided for elsewhere and is limited to use solely on animals.

Subclass A61Kcovers preparations that are used for medical, dental, or cosmetic purposes in the oral cavity.

References

Limiting references:

Manual toothbrushes

A46B

Positioning or arrangements of toothbrush bristles per se for manual or powered toothbrushes

A46B 9/04

Instruments for depressing the tongue

A61B 13/00

Tongue scrapers

A61B 17/24

Dental apparatus and methods peculiar to animals

A61D 5/00

Preparations used in dentistry for purposes other than cleaning

A61K 6/00

Preparations used for cosmetic cleaning of teeth or mouth

A61K 8/00

Dental or operating chairs

A61G 15/00

Dental work stands

A61G 15/14

Dental hypodermic syringes

A61M 5/178

Informative references:

Non-dental implants or prostheses

A61F

Apparatus for passive exercising

A61H 1/00

Gum massage

A61H 13/00

Exercising apparatus specially adapted for particular parts of the body

A63B 23/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Oral cavity

The part of human or animal mouth that includes the inside lining of the lips and cheeks (buccal mucosa), the teeth or their artificial permanently affixed replacements, the gums, the front two-thirds of the tongue, the floor of the mouth below the tongue, the bony roof of the mouth (hard palate), and the area immediately behind the wisdom teeth (retromolar trigone).

A61C 1/18 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Flexible shafts in general

F16C

Clutches in general

F16D

A61C 13/08 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Kilns for artificial teeth

F27B

A61C 13/225 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Bases for prostheses

A61C 13/01

A61C 13/38 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Implanting tools

A61C 8/00

A61C 17/10 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Mouth opening devices per se

A61B 1/24

Tongue depressors per se

A61B 13/00

A61D - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Apparatus (i.e. instruments, implements, machines, structures, tools) or processes for enhancing or controlling the breeding of companion, domesticated, exotic, or wild animals (e.g. artificial vaginas, uterus disinfecting means), wherein the apparatus or processes are specially adapted to be only usable with animals.

Apparatus (i.e. instruments, implements, machines, structures, tools) or processes limited to use in the treatment, reconstruction, removal or replacement of the teeth, gums, or other parts within the mouth of companion, domesticated, exotic, or wild animals for medical purposes (i.e. dentistry), wherein the apparatus or processes are specially adapted to be only usable with animals and for dental procedures.

Apparatus (i.e. instruments, implements, machines, structures, tools) or processes for introducing medication (e.g. vaccines) or other material having an effect on bodily functions (e.g. seminal fluids, euthanasia poisons, stimulants) into or onto the bodies of companion, domesticated, exotic, or wild animals, wherein the apparatus or processes are specially adapted to be only usable with animals and for medical purposes.

Apparatus (i.e. instruments, implements, machines, structures, tools) or processes for medical procedures that employ physical actions on portions of companion, domesticated, exotic, or wild animal bodies to correct, enhance, inspect, or treat them (i.e. surgery), wherein the apparatus or processes are specially adapted to be only usable with animals and for medical procedures. Animal surgery consists of the following medical procedures:

repositioning (e.g. aligning broken bones, opening wounds) or removing (e.g. cropping tails) parts of animal bodies;

stabilizing (e.g. inserting bone pins) to prevent harmful movement of parts of animal bodies;

repairing (e.g. cauterizing beaks) animal bodies;

facilitating the occurrence of naturally occurring bodily functions (e.g. degassing stomachs, death) that are out of the ordinary;

introducing, collecting, or removing cells or organs to or from animal bodies; and

introducing or taking out foreign objects (e.g. bullets) to or from animal bodies.

Apparatus (i.e. instruments, implements, machines, structures, tools) or processes for evaluating, examining, measuring, monitoring, studying, or testing particular characteristics and aspects of the bodies of companion, domesticated, exotic, or wild animals (i.e. diagnosis), wherein the apparatus or processes are specially adapted to be only usable with animals and for medical purposes. Animal diagnosis consists of scrutinizing the following characteristics or aspects of animal bodies:

internal (e.g. lungs) or external (e.g. hooves) portions of the bodies,

abnormal bodily conditions (e.g. detecting foreign bodies),

inappropriate mental conditions (e.g. neurobiological-based compulsions or unacceptable psychological behavior), and

bodily functions (e.g. vision).

Implements, devices, or materials that are:

designed to be placed on or cover sores (e.g. blisters, boils) or wounds (e.g. cuts, abrasions) for extended periods of time (i.e. at least several minutes, but frequently for days) during their healing process to absorb fluids from, protect, or medicate them (e.g. poultices) and

specially adapted to be only usable with companion, domesticated, exotic, or wild animals.

Adjunct, auxiliary, or supplementary structures or means (e.g. operating tables, clean rooms) that are specially adapted to be only usable with companion, domesticated, exotic, or wild animals during their diagnosis, dentistry, surgery, or for other medical purposes. These adjunct, auxiliary, or supplementary structures or means contribute to the effectiveness (e.g. washing devices) or safety (e.g. handling gloves, mouth openers) of medical procedures, but may or may not themselves involve direct contact with the animal's body (e.g. thermometer holder).

Specially adapted components of apparatus having structural features limiting them to use with diagnostic, dental, or surgical apparatus for animals.

Accessories specially adapted for use with the above types of apparatus, means, or structures.

All other types of apparatus (i.e. instruments, implements, machines, structures, tools) or processes that are not specifically provided for in another subclass which are

utilized for medical treatment of companion, domesticated, exotic, or wild animals,

typically used only in an animal hospital-like facility or by animal medical personnel, and

only useable with animals.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Embodiments of apparatus, instruments, implements, structures, tools, or processes that are used on both humans and animals (i.e. have a more general utility) for maintaining their health or for other medical purposes are classified in another subclass based on their human usage and not in subclass A61D.

References

Limiting references:

Apparatus or methods normally used by non-medical personnel in the care of animals to maintain their health e.g. animal husbandry

A01K

Animal feed bags

A01K 5/00

Sucking apparatus for young stock

A01K 9/00

Animal dehorners

A01K 17/00

Apparatus to help wean animals

A01K 19/00

Devices for assisting or preventing mating

A01K 21/00

Animal feeding-stuffs with antibiotics

A23K 20/195

Mouth openers for use on humans and animals

A61B 1/24

A61D 1/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Milking catheters

A01J 3/00

A61D 3/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Apparatus for fettering animals to be slaughtered

A22B 1/00

A61D 7/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Syringes

A61M

A61D 9/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Fetlock-joint protecting rings

A01K 13/00

A61D 11/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Accessories for milking machines for treating of udders or teats

A01J 7/04

A61D 15/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Fetlock-joint protecting rings or devices to prevent crib-biting

A01K 13/00

A61F - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Apparatus, devices or methods for physically correcting or altering the body of patients or disabled persons that are directly and for prolonged periods of time (i.e. not just during acute exceptional circumstances) used on or in the body of the patient or the disabled person:

Stents and similar devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body;

Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body that are either implantable into the body (e.g. blood vessels, eye parts, heart valves, bones, joints) or not implantable in the body (e.g. mammary prostheses, artificial arms, hands, legs or feet or parts thereof);

Specially adapted electrical, bioelectrical or fluid operating or control means for prostheses or sphincters;

Specially adapted means for connecting prostheses with or to the body (e.g. bandages, harnesses, sockets, stockings for the limb stump);

Specially adapted means for protecting prostheses;

Filters implantable into blood vessels;

Lengthening pieces for natural legs;

Orthopaedic methods or devices for non-surgical treatment of bones or joints, e.g. splints, casts, corsets, devices for stretching including equipment for beds or treatment tables, medical insertions for shoes, pressure pads, suspensory bandages;

Methods or devices for physically treating or correcting of the eyes (e.g. eye surgery using laser);

Apparatus specially adapted for guiding the blind by supplementing or replacing their visual perception;

Methods or devices for treatment of the ears, e.g. surgical.

Methods or devices (e.g. head or eye-gaze-direction actuated control devices, oral communication actuated control devices) for enabling patients or disabled persons to operate independent apparatus or machines (i.e. apparatus such as room lights or doors that is not a part of, or used in conjunction with the functioning of, artificial or natural parts of their body) without the application of direct force from the part of the human body that would normally be used by individuals for controlling operation of the independent apparatus or machine such as a hand, foot or their artificial equivalents.

Contraceptive devices for males (e.g. condoms, vas deferens occluders) or females (e.g. pessaries, intra-uterine type, fallopian occluders).

Devices for medical or hygienic care of living individuals that are worn by the individual or directly contact the body of the individual during their care:

Devices worn by the patient for reception of urine, faeces; colostomy devices;

Bandages or dressings, e.g. plasters, elastic stockings;

Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, absorbent garments, e.g. diapers, tampons, e.g. catamenial tampons, surgical swabs; supporting and fastening means for pads.

Heating or cooling devices for medical or therapeutic treatment of the human body and for body cavities, e.g. compresses, warming pads, pans or mats, hot water bottles, ice bags.

Protective devices for the eyes, e.g. goggles, eye-masks worn to prevent particulates or chemicals from striking the eyes.

Devices for inserting contact lenses.

Protective devices for the ears, e.g. ear plugs or earmuffs.

Auxiliary appliances for wound dressings; dispensing containers for dressings or bandages; packages or wrapping arrangements for used pads, e.g. for disposal.

Containers having various emergency medical supplies such as bandages, simple medical tools, and medicines (i.e. first-aid kits) that are intended to be used for administering initial treatment to injured or sick individuals.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

If an apparatus, method, device, or material is usable for both humans and animals for the same purpose and in the same manner, and it is otherwise proper for this subclass, classification is made only in subclass A61F. Similar devices or processes to those covered by subclass A61F that are usable exclusively for animals or are used in animals in a different manner or for different purposes than for humans, are classified in subclass A61D.

Surgical apparatus or processes in general are covered by subclass A61B.

Subclass A61H provides for massage, chiropractic, or physical therapy apparatus or processes used for the treatment of disease, injuries or disability (i.e. an abnormal condition of the body) by utilization of direct mechanical energy.

Chemical and materialaspects of prostheses, structures inserted into tubular structures of human bodies, bandages, dressings, absorbent pads or surgical articles are covered by subclass A61L.

With regard to human organs and their parts, the exact distinction between the artificial devices implantable into human bodies that are proper for subclass A61F and those proper for subclass A61M is somewhat imprecise. Therefore, for analogous situations that are not specifically covered by existing groups of these subclasses, the following listings are intended to provide guidance.

Subclass A61F provides for the following replacements or substitutes for internal body organs or their parts: hollow or tubular parts of organs (e.g. bladders, tracheae, bronchi, heart valves and blood vessels, bile ducts), structural supporting or maintaining devices for such parts (e.g. stents), artificial eyes and artificial ears.

Subclass A61M provides for the following replacements or substitutes for internal body organs or their parts: artificial hearts (based on catchword index), artificial livers, artificial lungs, artificial pancreas, artificial kidneys and catheters in general.

Devices for introducing media into or onto the body, devices for taking media from the body are also covered by subclass A61M.

Spectacles, sunglasses, contact lenses or goggles insofar as they have the features of vision correction or protection against high levels of visible and ultraviolet light are covered by subclass G02C.

References

Limiting references:

Brassieres

A41C 3/00

Cosmetic articles, e.g. wigs, hair pieces

A41G

Caps with means for protecting the eyes or the ears

A42B 1/06

Ordinary arch supports for shoes

A43B 7/14

Artificial nails

A45D 31/00

Heating or cooling means in connection with bedsteads or mattresses

A47C 21/00

Surgical instruments

A61B 17/00

Devices for closing wounds, or holding wounds closed

A61B 17/03

Dental prostheses

A61C 13/00

Chiropractic methods or devices

A61H 1/00

Appliances for aiding patients or disabled persons to walk

A61H 3/00

Massage of the genitals

A61H 19/00

Chemical aspects of contraception

A61K

Chemical aspects of, or use of materials for, bandages, dressings or absorbent pads

A61L 15/00, A61L 26/00

Adhesives for costolomy devices

A61L 24/00

Surgical adhesives or cements

A61L 24/00

Materials for prostheses

A61L 27/00

Materials for costolomy devices

A61L 28/00

Artificial hearts, kidneys

A61M 1/00

Irrigators

A61M 3/02

Drainage appliances for wounds

A61M 27/00

Dilators

A61M 29/00

Valves specially adapted for medical use

A61M 39/00

Making artificial eyes from organic plastic material

B29C, B29D 11/02

Arm rests for use as writing aids

B43L 15/00

Arrangements of tyre-inflating valves to tyres or rims

B60C 29/00

Safety devices for welding in general

F16P 1/06

Removable contact lenses

G02C 7/04

Sunglasses or goggles having the same features as spectacles

G02C

Electric heating elements

H05B

Informative references:

Undergarments

A41B 9/00

Baby linen

A41B 13/00

Corsets or girdles

A41C 1/00

Surgical drapes

A61B 46/00

Transdermal drug delivery patches

A61K 9/70

Exercising apparatus specially adapted for particular parts of the body

A63B 23/00

Goggles for swimming

A63B 33/00

Diving masks

B63C 11/12

Materials for prostheses

A61L 27/00

Balloon catheters

A61M 25/10

Dilators

A61M 29/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Absorbent articles

Articles adapted to absorb liquid excreted by the body.

Dilator

A (surgical) device or instrument used to dilate, distend, enlarge, expand, stretch an opening, organ, passage, tube, canal or cavity of a human or animal body (e.g. urethrotomy, tracheotomy, nasal, anal or cervix (Hegar's dilator) or vaginal dilation, bougienage, percutaneous dilation of tissues (Byrd dilator), whereas stents are not dilators but prostheses for providing patency, or preventing collapsing of tubular structures of the body.

Disabled person

A human being that is unable to do certain basic physical tasks (e.g. walking) due to a physical or mental impairment/condition.

Patient

A human being awaiting or undergoing any form of (a) medical care (e.g. testing) or treatment by medical staff (e.g. doctors, dentists, midwives, chiropractors), or (b) physical tending (e.g. feeding) by care giver (e.g. hospice or nursing home staff) due to impairment.

Stent

Balloon- or self-expandable tubular device for use in the treatment of duct-like organs typified for example by a blood vessel, biliary tract, urinary tract, digestive tract, and the like providing patency.

Stent graft

Stent with a tubular member made of a synthetic resin affixed to the inside or outside of the stent.

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the expression "device for fluid management" is often used with the meaning of incontinence article.

A61F 2/07 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Stent-grafts for blood vessels. Stent-grafts are tubular grafts with stents embedded therein or attached to the graft material. The stent-graft for blood vessels is usually deployed within an aneurysm. The stent anchors the graft to the blood vessel wall. The graft is usually made from fabric material.

References

Informative references:

Stent-grafts for tubular structures of the body other than blood vessels

A61F 2/04

A61F 2/82 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Stents with tubular structures deployed within a stenosis in order to widen and support the vessel. The stent is usually made from a rigid material, e.g. metal or polymer.

References

Limiting references:

Instruments for closing wounds, or holding wounds closed

A61B 17/03

Dilators

A61M 29/00

Stent-grafts for tubular structures of the body other than blood vessels

A61F 2/04

Stent-grafts for blood vessels

A61F 2/07

Instruments for placement or removal of stents or stent-grafts

A61F 2/95

A61F 2/856 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Single tubular stent with a passage in side of the stent for allowing access to secondary lumen (see passage 60 in the example drawing).

1. A61F0002856000_0.gif

A61F 2/89 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Stent rings which are connected in order to allow flexibility of the whole structure (see connectors 4 between stent rings 2 in the example drawing).

1. A61F0002890000_0.gif

A61F 2/90 - Definition fr

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the words "net", "net-like", "mesh" and "mesh-like" are often used as synonyms.

A61F 2/91 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Net- or mesh-like stents made from perforated sheet material or tubes. Perforated sheet material or tubes are created by methods including, for example, laser cutting, etching or some other techniques.

1. A61F0002910000_0.gif

A61F 2/915 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Stents having a meander or wave-like pattern. The stent comprises several meander bands. Each meander band forms peaks and throughs. The bands are connected to each other by struts (see connector 50 between bands 40 and 60 in the example drawing) or directly connected without struts.

1. A61F0002915000_0.gif

A61F 2/92 - Definition fr

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the words "rolled-up" and "coiled" are often used as synonyms.

A61F 2/95 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Instruments for closing wounds, or holding wounds closed

A61B 17/03

Catheters; hollow probes

A61M 25/00

A61F 5/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Arm-rests for use as writing aids

B43L 15/00

A61F 5/34 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Connection of valves to inflatable elastic bodies

B60C 29/00

A61F 5/458 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Connection of valves to inflatable elastic bodies

B60C 29/00

A61F 7/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Electric heating elements

H05B

A61F 9/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Appliances for aiding patients or disabled persons to walk

A61H 3/00

A61G - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Specially adapted vehicles (e.g., ambulances), handling apparatus (e.g., wheelchair lifts), or methods or devices (e.g., stretchers) for moving patients or disabled persons who are passive participants in their relocation (e.g., the persons are handled in a manner similar to loads).

Personal conveyances

Specially adapted structures (e.g., hospital or treatment rooms for medical purposes, baby incubators) or devices (e.g., bedpans, hospital beds, trapeze or pull-up bars) used

by patients or disabled persons for their personal physical needs and convenience or

for controlling the local environment of patients or disabled persons during treatment or recovery.

Specially adapted supporting surfaces for sustaining patients in a recumbent or seated position during recovery, surgery, dental work, or similar types of medical treatment.

Funeral devices

Auxiliary appliances (e.g., trolleys for medicine) or accessories (e.g., prescription list) specially adapted for use with the other invention information covered by this subclass.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

General relationship of A61G with subclasses for care or alteration of the human body

A61G does not cover apparatus or methods that are directly used on an individual's body to perform medical care and therapy or to alter it after death. The types of medical care, therapy, and body alterations not covered by A61G consist of:

treating a part of the body (e.g., filling teeth - A61C),

monitoring the body (e.g., eye testing - A61B),

determining a medical condition or illness of the body (e.g., radiation diagnosis – A61B),

investigating the body (e.g., autopsy equipment – A61B),

physically correcting or altering the body of living individuals (e.g., cataract surgery – A61F), and

physically preparing or altering the body of deceased individuals (e.g., embalming equipment - A01N, cremation furnaces – F23G).

Subclasses A01N, A61B, A61C, A61F, A61H, A61K, A61M, A61N, and F23G provide appropriately for apparatus or methods for medical care, therapy, or body alterations of these types. The specific classifications that are of interest for search purposes are specified in the references of A61G or its groups.

However, A61G does provide for specific structural modifications that merely facilitate the use of apparatus or methods of these types for medical care or therapy when in combination with subject matter that is otherwise appropriate for this subclass (e.g., special supports for patients with burns).

A61G also provides for life supporting or sustaining devices that control the local environment during treatment or recovery of patients (e.g., baby incubators).

General relationship of A61G with vehicles adapted for use by disabled

A61G covers personal conveyances and "vehicle-like" conveyances (e.g., wheelchairs, stretchers) that are explicitly designed for use by only a single patient or disabled person and intended to normally travel relatively short distances along the ground or similar support surface (e.g., hallway).

The subclass for a specific type of standard roadway vehicle (i.e., vehicles designed and intended for general thoroughfare usage over long distances, such as B62K for cycles) covers their vehicles that have been specially adapted for use by a disabled operator.

The subclass for a specific type of "special-utility" vehicle (i.e., vehicles that have another primary purpose other than transport, such as riding lawn mowers or forklifts) covers their vehicles that have been specially adapted for use by a disabled operator.

References

Limiting references:

Devices per se for enabling disabled persons to operate an apparatus or device not forming part of the body

A61F 4/00

Restraining devices for the body or for body parts and restraining shirts that are used for non-surgical treatment of patients' bones or joints

A61F 5/37

Equipment for beds, treatment tables, floor frames or the like for extending or stretching

A61F 5/045

Appliances for aiding invalids to walk about

A61H 3/00

Bathing devices for special therapeutic or hygienic purposes

A61H 33/00

For bicycles specially adapted for disabled riders

B62K 3/16

Inclined lifts associated with stairways for transporting disabled persons or wheelchairs

B66B 9/08

Illumination of operating tables

F21L, F21S, F21V

Informative references:

For preserving of the dead bodies of humans, animals, or the parts thereof

A01N 1/00

For sanitary equipment not otherwise provided for

A47K

For body washing or cleaning implements

A47K 7/00

For sanitary closets or urinals without flushing and chamber pots

A47K 11/00

For appliances for supporting or fettering animals during operations

A61D 3/00

For vehicles adapted to transport meat

B60P 3/05

For vehicles adapted to transport refrigerated goods

B60P 3/20

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Disabled person

a human being that is unable to do a basic physical task (e.g., walking) due to a physical or mental impairment/condition.

Funeral device

apparatus associated with (e.g., coffin) or for performing (e.g., casket lowering device) activities connected with the burial, cremation, entombment, or other methods of honoring or disposing of (e.g., freeze drying) the remains of the body of a deceased individual.

Patient

a human being awaiting or undergoing any form of (a) medical care (e.g., testing) or treatment by medical staff (e.g., doctors, dentists, midwifes, chiropractors) or (b) physical tending (e.g., feeding) by caretakers (e.g., hospice or nursing home staff) due to impairment.

Personal conveyance

a vehicle-like device (e.g., wheelchairs) that is:

not specifically adapted for traveling significant distances (e.g., between cities) along thoroughfares (e.g., railways, roads, sidewalks) with normal traffic (e.g., trucks),

explicitly designed (i.e., not merely adaptations of a standard production vehicle) for carrying, and intended to be limited to use by, a single patient or disabled person at any given time, and

potentially capable of having either its movement controlled or powered by the patient or disabled person carried by it.

A61G 1/003 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Devices in general for lifting patients or disabled persons

A61G 7/10

A61G 1/007 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Ski vehicles

A63C 5/00

A61G 1/01 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Restraining devices used in nursing

A61F 5/37

A61G 5/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Chairs with toilet conveniences

A47K 11/04

Running gear or propulsion features

B60K

A61G 7/16 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Chair beds

A47C 17/04

A61G 10/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Dust-free laboratory rooms

B01L 1/04

Decompression arrangements

B63C 11/32

Arrangements or adaptations in aircraft

B64D 13/00

Air-conditioning in general

F24F

A61G 12/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Service or tea tables, trolleys or wagons

A47B 31/00

A61G 13/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Adjustability of tables in general

A47B 9/00

A61G 15/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Barbers' chairs

A47C 1/04

A61G 17/08 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Columbaria

E04H 13/00

A61H - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Apparatus or processes which are not used for surgical purposes utilizing mechanical energy transmitted by direct physical contact with the external surface of the thorax portion of human bodies to induce or supplement normal breathing (e.g. iron lungs).

Apparatus or processes, which are not used for surgical purposes that are specially adapted to improve or promote the optical functioning of individuals (e.g. rectify defective vision, improve the natural operation of their eyes) by:

contacting eyes or their muscles directly to move the eyes,

subjecting the eyes of individuals to controlled muscle strain,

utilizing stimulators, such as flash illumination, to cause movement of eyes of individuals in a controlled manner, or

facilitating or training individuals though practice to move their own eyes in a beneficial manner.

Apparatus or devices that are explicitly designed for use by a single patient or disabled person for the purpose of helping them overcome a physical condition that impairs their ability to walk unassisted across the ground or similar support surface (e.g. crutches).

Apparatus or processes utilizing mechanical energy directly applied upon human bodies for therapy (e.g. massage). These therapy apparatus and processes are intended to facilitate the healing of diseases, promote or assist normal operation of a malfunctioning body part, reduce the impact of injuries, or beneficially influence the condition of disabled body parts either by the physical movement of body parts (e.g. devices for exercising a passive body member) or other types of physical stimulation (e.g. touching) transmitted though contact with:

external body surfaces or

surfaces of naturally occurring body cavities.

Apparatus or processes which are not used for surgical purposes utilizing mechanical energy directly applied to human bodies by physical contact therewith (e.g. chiropractic) to treat, alleviate the effects of, or prevent disease or bodily malfunctions (e.g. misalignments of bone, aberrant joint) solely by manipulation, adjustment, or realignment of at least a portion of the skeletal system of the body (e.g. bone joints, tendons, spinal columns) by either:

impacting external surfaces of bodies to manipulate or adjust portions of their skeletons containing unbroken bones or

pulling or pushing on the external surfaces of bodies to extend or compress portions of their skeletons containing unbroken bones.

Apparatus or processes which are not used for surgical purposes utilizing mechanical energy directly applied upon human bodies by physical contact (e.g. massage) to rub, stroke, knead, tap, vibrate, or otherwise move a portion of the external surface of human bodies, or the surfaces of their naturally occurring body cavities, to either:

physically relax individuals,

physically arouse or stimulate individuals, or

counteract or relieve bodily pains.

Apparatus or processes which are not used for surgical purposes (e.g. baths) that are specially adapted for covering, soaking, or immersing human bodies, or portions of bodies, within fluids (e.g. steam, water) or fluent materials (e.g. sand, mud) in a manner that is distinct from the common bathing process for cleaning human bodies and is intended to either:

counteract or relieve bodily pains,

physically relax individuals,

promote or assist healing of injured bodies or their parts, or

restore to health, or alleviate the effects of sicknesses or other types of abnormal conditions on, bodies or their parts.

Apparatus or processes (e.g. breast baths) specially adapted for covering, soaking, or immersing only one particular part of the human body within fluids (e.g. steam, water) or fluent materials (e.g. sand, seaweed) .

Articles of clothing (e.g. sweating suits for therapy) that at least partially enclose human bodies for the primary purpose of increasing the local temperature (e.g. insulated, include heating elements) or humidity (e.g. constructed of partially air tight material) of the portion of the human bodies covered to a point where the localized temperature or humidity is beyond the range that human beings normally consider physically comfortable (i.e. creates localized sauna-like environment) for therapy.

Specially adapted components for the above types of apparatus.

Auxiliary appliances or accessories specially adapted for use with any of the above types of apparatus or process (e.g. reflex point locators).

Other types of apparatus or processes which are not used for surgical (e.g. acupuncture devices) purposes that utilize mechanical energy directly applied to human bodies by physical contact for improving their functioning that are not specifically provided for elsewhere in another subclass.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

When used with animals

If an apparatus or process is usable for both humans and animals for the same purpose and in the same manner, and it is otherwise proper for this subclass, classification is made only in subclass A61H. Similar devices or processes to those covered by subclass A61H that are usable exclusively for animals, or are used in animals in a different manner or for different purposes than for humans, are classified in subclass A61D.

When used for physical relaxation

Subclass A61H covers apparatus or processes that are specially adapted to physically relax or stimulate individuals due either to

mechanical energy being directly applied upon human body parts to cause their physical movement, or stimulation, by direct physical contact with external surfaces of the body or surfaces of naturally occurring cavities in the body (i.e. massage) or

the calming or invigorating effects of bathing.

Subclass A61M covers devices or processes which are specially adapted to cause or precipitate a change in the state of consciousness of humans (e.g. induce sleep, awaken), or to increase or decrease the mental activity of humans while awake, which may also involve relaxing or stimulating individuals.

Medical Treatment

Several subclasses provide for apparatus or processes that are used for treating humans for medical conditions. The relationship between these subclasses is as follows:

Subclass A61B provides for surgical apparatus or processes in general.

Subclass A61B also provides for surgical apparatus or processes when

surgical apparatus or processes are combined with means used for other types of treatment (e.g. therapy, massage) for medical conditions or

the apparatus can be used both for surgery and for other types of treatment for medical conditions.

Subclass A61H provides for massage, chiropractic, or physical therapy apparatus or processes used for the treatment of disease, injuries, or disability (i.e. an abnormal condition of the body) by utilization of direct mechanical energy.

Subclass A61N provides for apparatus or processes used for the treatment of disease, injuries, or disability by utilization of forms of energy other than direct mechanical energy.

References

Limiting references:

Training or exercising equipment for animals

A01K 15/02

Garments with controlled internal environment

A41D 13/002

Ventilating, cooling or heating means in connection with bedsteads or mattresses

A47C 21/04

Apparatus for helping babies to walk

A47D 13/04

Baths; Showers; Appurtenances therefor for merely cleaning human bodies

A47K 3/00

Body washing or cleaning implements for merely cleaning human bodies

A47K 7/00

Dental implements for therapeutic treatment

A61C 19/06

Orthopedic devices or methods

A61F 5/00

Devices for treatment of the eyes

A61F 9/00

Means for washing bed-ridden persons

A61G 7/00

Beds for promoting or observing sleep

A61G 7/043

Blood pumps or devices for mechanical circulatory assistance

A61M 1/10

Subaquatic intestinal cleaning

A61M 9/00

Devices for influencing the respiratory system of patients by gas treatment, e.g. mouth-to-mouth respiration

A61M 16/00

Devices for producing or ending sleep by mechanical, optical, or acoustical means (other than alarm clocks or the like)

A61M 21/00

Electrotherapy, magnetotherapy, radiation therapy, ultrasound therapy

A61N

Electromedical massage devices applying continuous direct current by contact electrodes

A61N 1/26

Electrotherapy devices applying alternating or intermittent currents by contact electrodes

A61N 1/32

Applying ionized fluids to the human body for therapy

A61N 1/44

Exercising apparatus specially adapted for conditioning the cardio-vascular system, for training agility or co-ordination of movements

A63B 22/00

Exercising apparatus specially adapted for particular parts of the body

A63B 23/00

Exercising devices for feet or toes

A63B 23/10

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Accessory implements for clippers or shavers carrying out massage or other functions than cutting hair

B26B 19/48

Informative references:

Methods or devices enabling patients or disabled persons to operate an apparatus or a device not forming part of the body

A61F 4/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Therapy

Any medical treatment of an abnormal condition of a human or animal body (e.g. disease, impaired organ, injured limb) by means, instruments, devices, or methods that utilize forms of energy (e.g. mechanical energy) and which is not used for surgical purposes. In general, the treatment time for therapy is long-term relative to that for surgery which usually has a much more immediate effect on the body.

Disabled person

A human being that is unable to do a basic physical task (e.g. walking) without assistance due to a physical or mental impairment/condition.

Patient

A human being awaiting or undergoing any form of (a) medical care (e.g. testing) or treatment by medical staff (e.g. doctors, dentists, midwives, chiropractors) or (b) physical tending (e.g. feeding) by care providers (e.g. hospice or nursing home staff) due to impairment.

A61H 1/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Percussion or vibration massage

A61H 23/00

A61H 3/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Exercising apparatus for the feet or toes

A63B 23/10

A61H 3/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Walking sticks

A45B

A61H 7/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Brushes in general

A46

Bathing sponges, brushes, gloves or similar cleaning or rubbing implements not specially for massage

A47K 7/02

Suction devices for nursing

A61M 1/06, A61M 1/08

A61H 33/08 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Hair-driers

A45D 20/00

Body-drying devices

A47K 10/48

Electric heating elements

H05B

A61H 33/14 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Production of ozone or hydrogen

C01B, C25B 1/02

A61H 39/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Locating by bioelectric signal detection

A61B 5/04

Locating by using electric currents or magnetic fields

A61B 5/05

A61H 39/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Massage or pressure on general areas

A61H 9/00-A61H 23/00

A61H 39/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Heating or cooling appliances for medical treatment of general areas of the human body

A61F 7/00

A61J - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Apparatus, devices, or methods specially adapted for changing or fashioning bulk medicines, or their essential constituents, into pharmaceutical products having specific physical forms designed to either:

facilitate their accurate dispensing to, or proper usage by, humans (e.g., tablets of specified dosage),

enhance their desirability so as to improve their likelihood of being consumed or used (e.g., candy coated tablets, impregnated food, lubricated suppositories),

improve their ability to, or make them physically able to, be consumed or used (e.g., encapsulated fish oil, ointments), or

increase their effectiveness.

Apparatus, devices, or methods specially adapted for administering medications or pharmaceutical products to humans though their oral cavity.

Receptacles that are not designed to be ingestible and are specially adapted for holding or containing medicines or pharmaceutical products prior to their usage or consumption by humans.

Receptacles specially adapted to hold, contain, or transport pharmaceutical, surgical, or therapy related materials other than medicines or pharmaceutical products (e.g., containers for storing blood).

Hollow flexible conduits specially adapted, or solely intended, for the purpose of providing nutriments in fluid or fluent forms to humans by insertion of the conduits into an orifice of their bodies (e.g., enteral feeding using functioning gastrointestinal tract).

Containers specially adapted for holding water or nutriments in fluid or fluent forms (e.g., feeding bottles) that is withdrawn by the sucking of infants, young children, or other humans (e.g., patients, disabled persons) on orally engaged portions or subcomponents of the containers.

The orally engaged subcomponents per se of the containers of the preceding paragraph (e.g., compressible rubber teats for feeding bottles) which are specially adapted for infants, young children, or other humans to suck upon to withdraw water or nutriments in fluid or fluent forms from the containers.

Other types of apparatus or devices specially adapted for orally administering only nutriments in fluid or fluent forms to infants, patients or disabled persons.

Devices that are not designed to be ingestible and are specially adapted, or solely intended, for either:

soothing, calming, or relaxing infants or young children by relieving a physical craving (e.g., oral pacifier) or

allowing infants or young children to relieve minor irritations or inflammations themselves though usage of the devices (e.g., teething devices for gum irritation).

Devices or receptacle specially adapted, or solely intended, for receiving spittle, phlegm, or other forms of naturally occurring oral discharge from humans.

Devices specially adapted to prevent irritation of the teat portion of the mammary gland of humans from abrasive or rubbing contact.

Specially adapted subcomponents or steps for the above types of apparatus, containers, devices or methods of the preceding paragraphs that are not provided for in another subclass.

Auxiliary appliances or accessories specially adapted for use with the apparatus, containers, or devices of the preceding paragraphs to facilitate either:

the proper dispensation or usage of medications or pharmaceutical products (e.g., medication reminders, pill counters) or

the taking of food orally by humans.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

When used with animals

If an apparatus, device, or method is usable for both humans and animals for the same purpose and in the same manner, and it is otherwise proper for this subclass, classification is made only in subclass A61J

Similar apparatus, devices, or methods to those covered by subclass A61Jthat are usable exclusively for animals, or are used in animals in a different manner or for different purposes than for humans, are classified in subclass A61D

Baby comforters, food, and toys

Devices that may be interesting to a baby (e.g., they have a specific shape such as an animal that the baby may manipulate) and are intended to serve to relieve a physical craving, irritation, or inflammation of the baby are covered by subclass A61J

Devices that are primarily intended to be played with by a baby to entertain it, but might also incidentally emotionally calm it (e.g., stuffed bear at bedtime), are covered by subclass A63H

References

Limiting references:

Infusion devices

A61M 5/14

Syringe ampoules or cartridges

A61M 5/28

Time release microcapsules for introduction of media into body and other devices for introducing or retaining media in cavities of the body

A61M 31/00

Time release medication patches for application to human bodies

A61M 35/00

Tubes, tube connectors, valves or tube couplings specially adapted for medical use

A61M 39/00

Informative references:

Foods, foodstuffs, or their preparation or treatment

A23L 5/00-A23L 35/00

Spoon type tableware

A47G 21/04

Drinking vessels used for table service

A47G 19/22

Protective casings or covers for appliances or instruments

A61B 42/10, A61B 50/00

Medical preparations characterized by special physical form

A61K 9/00

Suppositories

A61K 9/02

Capsules

A61K 9/48

Devices for introducing media into or on the body

A61M

Droppers or containers for laboratory use

B01L 3/00

Containers for storage or transport of articles or materials in general or their accessories, closures, or fittings

B65D

Containers specially constructed to be opened by cutting or piercing, or by tearing of frangible member or portion

B65D 17/00

Details of bottles or jars not otherwise provided for

B65D 23/00

Dropper type dispensers for closing containers

B65D 47/18

Closures for containers with means for discouraging their opening or removal without authorization or required level of physical aptitude

B65D 50/00

Blister packages

B65D 75/36

Applying closure members to bottles, jars, or similar containers

B67B

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Medicine, Medication

Chemical or biological substance intended to be used for the diagnosis, treatment, mitigation, alleviation, or prevention of diseases, disorders, injuries, or any other abnormal physical or mental state in humans.

Pharmaceutical product

Man made or natural medicines specially adapted by manufactures or pharmacies into forms that facilitate their internal or external usage by humans.

Patient

Human being awaiting or undergoing any form of (a) medical care (e.g., testing) or treatment by medical staff (e.g., doctors, dentists, midwives, chiropractors) or (b) physical tending (e.g., feeding) by care providers (e.g., hospice or nursing home staff) due to impairment.

Disabled person

A human being that is unable to do a certain basic physical task (e.g., walking) without assistance due to a physical or mental impairment/condition.

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the following expressions/words "teat" and "nipple" are often used as synonyms for the orally engaged portion of feeding bottles.

In patent documents the following expressions/words "feeding bottle", "nursing bottle", and "baby bottle" are often used as synonyms.

In patent documents the following expressions/words "spittoon", and "cuspidor" are often used as synonyms.

A61J 1/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Antithrombogenic treatment of articles for conditioning blood

A61L 33/00

Devices for introducing media into or onto the body

A61M

A61J 3/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Pulverising in general

B02C

A61J 7/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Calibrated capacity measures for fluids or fluent solid material

G01F 19/00

A61J 9/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Electric heating elements

H05B

A61J 13/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Breast-pumps

A61M 1/06

A61J 15/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Drinking tubes as table-ware

A47G 21/18

A61K - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Compositions which are:

Used as preparations for dentistry, e.g. for artificial teeth, for filling or for capping teeth, or for taking dental impressions.

Used for cosmetic purposes for treating the skin, hair, nails, teeth or oral cavity with a view to cleaning them, changing their appearance, correcting body odours, protecting them or keeping them in good condition.

Used for medicinal purposes, e.g. drugs, biological compositions, when they are capable of:

preventing, alleviating, treating or curing abnormal or pathological conditions of the living body by such means as destroying a parasitic organism, or limiting the effect of the disease or abnormality by chemically altering the physiology of the host or parasite;

maintaining, increasing, decreasing, limiting, or destroying a physiological body function, e.g. vitamin compositions, sex sterilants, fertility inhibitors, growth promotors, or the like;

diagnosing a physiological condition or state by an in vivo test, e.g. X-ray contrast or skin patch test compositions.

Processes

of preparing these compositions, and

of using these compositions or single compounds for medical, dental, or toilet purposes.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

A01N covers the preservation of bodies of humans or animals or plants or parts thereof; biocides, e.g. as disinfectants, as pesticides, as herbicides .

Compounds per se are classified in C01, C07 or C08.

C08K covers the use of substances as compounding ingredients.

Compositions per se containing polymers are classified in C08L.

Micro-organisms per se are classified in C12N.

Multiple classification

The therapeutic activity of medicinal preparations is further classified in A61P.

The use of cosmetics or similar toilet preparations is further classified in A61Q.

References

Limiting references:

Sex sterilants for invertebrates per se

A01N

Artificial nails per se

A45D 31/00

Devices or methods specially adapted for bringing pharmaceutical products into particular physical or administering forms

A61J

Disinfections, sterilisation or deodorization of air; Chemical aspects of, or use of materials for, bandages, dressings, absorbent pads or surgical articles

A61L

Essential oils, perfumes

C11B 9/00

Detergent compositions

C11D

Informative references:

Biocides, pest repellants or attractants per se

A01N 25/00-A01N 65/00

Wigs

A41G 3/00

Hair pieces, inserts, rolls, pads or the like

A41G 5/00

Processes of waving, straightening or curling hair

A45D 7/00

Containers or accessories specially adapted for handling toilet or cosmetic substances

A45D 34/00

Diagnosis; Surgery; Identification

A61B

Dentistry

A61C

Electrotherapy; Magnetotherapy; Radiation therapy; Ultrasound therapy

A61N

Mixing, dissolving, emulsifying, dispersing

B01F

Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes or micro-organisms; Compositions or test papers therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions; Condition-responsive control in microbiological or enzymological processes

C12Q

Investigating or analysing materials by determining their chemical or physical properties

G01N

Special rules of classification

Attention is drawn to the definitions of groups of chemical elements following the title of section C.

In this subclass, with the exception of group 8/00, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, classification is made in the last appropriate place.

Attention is drawn to the Notes in class C07, for example the Notes following the title of the subclass C07D, setting forth the rules for classifying organic compounds in that class, which rules are also applicable, if not otherwise indicated, to the classification of organic compounds of A61K.

A composition, i.e. a mixture of two or more ingredients is classified in the last of groups A61K 31/00-A61K 47/00 that provides for at least one of these ingredients.

Any part of a composition which is not identified by classification according to the last appropriate place of an active ingredient, and which itself is determined to be novel and non-obvious, must also be classified. The part can be either a single ingredient or a composition in itself.

Any part of a composition which is not identified by the classification according the last appropriate place, and which is considered to represent information of interest for search, may also be classified. This can for example be the case when it is considered of interest to enable searching of compositions using a combination of classification symbols. Such non-obligatory classification should be given as "additional information".

A61K 6/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Dentistry

A61C

A61K 6/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Alloys per se

C22C

A61K 6/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Cements per se

C04B

A61K 6/08 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Resins per se

C08

A61K 6/10 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Impression methods

A61C 9/00

A61K 8/00 - Definition fr

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Casings or accessories for storing or handling of solid or pasty toilet or cosmetic substances are classified in A45D 40/00

A61K 9/00 - Definition fr

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Nuclear magnetic resonance contrast preparations or magnetic resonance imaging contrast preparations are classified in group A61K 49/18

Praparations containing radioactive substances are classified in group A61K 51/12

A61K 9/68 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Non-medicinal aspects, preparing chewing gum

A23G 4/00

A61K 9/70 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Bandages, dressings or absorbent pads

A61F 13/00

A61K 31/01 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031010000_0.gif

A61K 31/015 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031015000_0.gif

A61K 31/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031020000_0.gif

A61K 31/025 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031025000_0.gif

A61K 31/03 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031030000_0.gif

A61K 31/035 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031035000_0.gif

A61K 31/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031040000_0.gif

A61K 31/045 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031045000_0.gif

A61K 31/047 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031047000_0.gif

A61K 31/05 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031050000_0.gif

A61K 31/055 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031055000_0.gif

A61K 31/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031060000_0.gif

A61K 31/065 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031065000_0.gif

A61K 31/07 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031070000_0.gif

A61K 31/075 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031075000_0.gif

2. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031075000_1.gif

A61K 31/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031080000_0.gif

A61K 31/085 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031085000_0.gif

A61K 31/09 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031090000_0.gif

A61K 31/095 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031095000_0.gif

2. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031095000_1.gif

3. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031095000_2.gif

A61K 31/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031100000_0.gif

2. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031100000_1.gif

3. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031100000_2.gif

A61K 31/105 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031105000_0.gif

A61K 31/11 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031110000_0.gif

A61K 31/115 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031115000_0.gif

A61K 31/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031120000_0.gif

A61K 31/121 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031121000_0.gif

A61K 31/122 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031122000_0.gif

A61K 31/125 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031125000_0.gif

A61K 31/13 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031130000_0.gif

A61K 31/131 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031131000_0.gif

A61K 31/132 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031132000_0.gif

A61K 31/133 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031133000_0.gif

A61K 31/135 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031135000_0.gif

A61K 31/136 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031136000_0.gif

A61K 31/137 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031137000_0.gif

A61K 31/138 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031138000_0.gif

A61K 31/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031140000_0.gif

A61K 31/145 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031145000_0.gif

A61K 31/15 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031150000_0.gif

2. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031150000_1.gif

3. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031150000_2.gif

A61K 31/155 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031155000_0.gif

A61K 31/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031160000_0.gif

A61K 31/164 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031164000_0.gif

A61K 31/165 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031165000_0.gif

A61K 31/166 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031166000_0.gif

A61K 31/167 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031167000_0.gif

A61K 31/17 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031170000_0.gif

A61K 31/175 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031175000_0.gif

A61K 31/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031180000_0.gif

A61K 31/185 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031185000_0.gif

A61K 31/19 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031190000_0.gif

A61K 31/191 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031191000_0.gif

A61K 31/192 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031192000_0.gif

A61K 31/194 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031194000_0.gif

A61K 31/195 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031195000_0.gif

A61K 31/196 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031196000_0.gif

A61K 31/197 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031197000_0.gif

A61K 31/198 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031198000_0.gif

A61K 31/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031200000_0.gif

A61K 31/201 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031201000_0.gif

A61K 31/202 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031202000_0.gif

A61K 31/203 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031203000_0.gif

A61K 31/205 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031205000_0.gif

A61K 31/21 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031210000_0.gif

A61K 31/215 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031215000_0.gif

A61K 31/216 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031216000_0.gif

A61K 31/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031220000_0.gif

A61K 31/221 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031221000_0.gif

A61K 31/222 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031222000_0.gif

A61K 31/223 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031223000_0.gif

A61K 31/225 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031225000_0.gif

A61K 31/23 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031230000_0.gif

A61K 31/231 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031231000_0.gif

A61K 31/232 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031232000_0.gif

A61K 31/235 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031235000_0.gif

A61K 31/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031240000_0.gif

A61K 31/245 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031245000_0.gif

A61K 31/25 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031250000_0.gif

A61K 31/255 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031255000_0.gif

A61K 31/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031260000_0.gif

A61K 31/265 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031265000_0.gif

A61K 31/27 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031270000_0.gif

A61K 31/275 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031275000_0.gif

A61K 31/277 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031277000_0.gif

A61K 31/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031280000_0.gif

A61K 31/282 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031282000_0.gif

A61K 31/285 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031285000_0.gif

A61K 31/29 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031290000_0.gif

A61K 31/295 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031295000_0.gif

A61K 31/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031300000_0.gif

A61K 31/305 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031305000_0.gif

A61K 31/31 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031310000_0.gif

A61K 31/315 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031315000_0.gif

A61K 31/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031320000_0.gif

A61K 31/325 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031325000_0.gif

A61K 31/327 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031327000_0.gif

A61K 31/33 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031330000_0.gif

A61K 31/335 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031335000_0.gif

A61K 31/336 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031336000_0.gif

A61K 31/337 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031337000_0.gif

A61K 31/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031340000_0.gif

A61K 31/341 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031341000_0.gif

A61K 31/343 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031343000_0.gif

A61K 31/345 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031345000_0.gif

A61K 31/351 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031351000_0.gif

A61K 31/352 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031352000_0.gif

A61K 31/353 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031353000_0.gif

A61K 31/355 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031355000_0.gif

A61K 31/357 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031357000_0.gif

A61K 31/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031360000_0.gif

A61K 31/366 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031366000_0.gif

A61K 31/37 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031370000_0.gif

A61K 31/375 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031375000_0.gif

A61K 31/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031380000_0.gif

A61K 31/381 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031381000_0.gif

A61K 31/382 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031382000_0.gif

A61K 31/385 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031385000_0.gif

A61K 31/39 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031390000_0.gif

A61K 31/395 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031395000_0.gif

A61K 31/396 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031396000_0.gif

A61K 31/397 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031397000_0.gif

A61K 31/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031400000_0.gif

A61K 31/401 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031401000_0.gif

A61K 31/4015 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031401500_0.gif

A61K 31/402 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031402000_0.gif

A61K 31/4025 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031402500_0.gif

A61K 31/403 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031403000_0.gif

A61K 31/4035 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031403500_0.gif

A61K 31/404 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031404000_0.gif

A61K 31/4045 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031404500_0.gif

A61K 31/405 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031405000_0.gif

A61K 31/407 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031407000_0.gif

A61K 31/409 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031409000_0.gif

A61K 31/41 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031410000_0.gif

A61K 31/415 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031415000_0.gif

A61K 31/4152 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031415200_0.gif

A61K 31/4155 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031415500_0.gif

A61K 31/416 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031416000_0.gif

A61K 31/4162 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031416200_0.gif

A61K 31/4164 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031416400_0.gif

A61K 31/4166 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031416600_0.gif

A61K 31/4168 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031416800_0.gif

A61K 31/417 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031417000_0.gif

A61K 31/4172 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031417200_0.gif

A61K 31/4174 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031417400_0.gif

A61K 31/4178 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031417800_0.gif

A61K 31/4184 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031418400_0.gif

A61K 31/4188 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031418800_0.gif

A61K 31/4192 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031419200_0.gif

A61K 31/4196 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031419600_0.gif

A61K 31/42 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031420000_0.gif

A61K 31/421 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031421000_0.gif

A61K 31/422 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031422000_0.gif

A61K 31/423 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031423000_0.gif

A61K 31/424 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031424000_0.gif

A61K 31/4245 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031424500_0.gif

A61K 31/425 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031425000_0.gif

A61K 31/426 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031426000_0.gif

A61K 31/427 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031427000_0.gif

A61K 31/428 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031428000_0.gif

A61K 31/429 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031429000_0.gif

A61K 31/43 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031430000_0.gif

A61K 31/431 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031431000_0.gif

A61K 31/433 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031433000_0.gif

A61K 31/435 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031435000_0.gif

A61K 31/4353 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031435300_0.gif

A61K 31/4355 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031435500_0.gif

A61K 31/436 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031436000_0.gif

A61K 31/4365 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031436500_0.gif

A61K 31/437 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031437000_0.gif

A61K 31/4375 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031437500_0.gif

A61K 31/438 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031438000_0.gif

A61K 31/439 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031439000_0.gif

A61K 31/44 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031440000_0.gif

A61K 31/4402 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031440200_0.gif

A61K 31/4406 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031440600_0.gif

A61K 31/4409 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031440900_0.gif

A61K 31/4412 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031441200_0.gif

A61K 31/4415 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031441500_0.gif

A61K 31/4418 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031441800_0.gif

A61K 31/4422 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031442200_0.gif

A61K 31/4425 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031442500_0.gif

A61K 31/4427 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031442700_0.gif

A61K 31/443 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031443000_0.gif

A61K 31/4433 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031443300_0.gif

A61K 31/4436 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031443600_0.gif

A61K 31/4439 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031443900_0.gif

A61K 31/444 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031444000_0.gif

A61K 31/445 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031445000_0.gif

A61K 31/4453 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031445300_0.gif

A61K 31/4458 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031445800_0.gif

A61K 31/4462 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031446200_0.gif

A61K 31/4465 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031446500_0.gif

A61K 31/4468 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031446800_0.gif

A61K 31/45 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031450000_0.gif

A61K 31/451 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031451000_0.gif

A61K 31/4515 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031451500_0.gif

A61K 31/452 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031452000_0.gif

A61K 31/4523 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031452300_0.gif

A61K 31/4525 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031452500_0.gif

A61K 31/453 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031453000_0.gif

A61K 31/4535 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031453500_0.gif

A61K 31/4545 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031454500_0.gif

A61K 31/455 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031455000_0.gif

A61K 31/46 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031460000_0.gif

A61K 31/465 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031465000_0.gif

A61K 31/47 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031470000_0.gif

2. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031470000_1.gif

A61K 31/4704 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031470400_0.gif

A61K 31/4706 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031470600_0.gif

A61K 31/4709 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031470900_0.gif

A61K 31/472 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031472000_0.gif

A61K 31/4725 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031472500_0.gif

A61K 31/473 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031473000_0.gif

A61K 31/4738 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031473800_0.gif

A61K 31/4741 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031474100_0.gif

A61K 31/4743 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031474300_0.gif

A61K 31/4745 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031474500_0.gif

A61K 31/4747 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031474700_0.gif

A61K 31/4748 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031474800_0.gif

A61K 31/475 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031475000_0.gif

A61K 31/48 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031480000_0.gif

A61K 31/485 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031485000_0.gif

A61K 31/49 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031490000_0.gif

A61K 31/495 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031495000_0.gif

A61K 31/496 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031496000_0.gif

A61K 31/4965 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031496500_0.gif

A61K 31/497 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031497000_0.gif

A61K 31/498 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031498000_0.gif

A61K 31/4985 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031498500_0.gif

A61K 31/499 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031499000_0.gif

A61K 31/4995 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031499500_0.gif

A61K 31/50 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031500000_0.gif

A61K 31/501 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031501000_0.gif

A61K 31/502 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031502000_0.gif

A61K 31/5025 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031502500_0.gif

A61K 31/503 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031503000_0.gif

A61K 31/504 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031504000_0.gif

A61K 31/505 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031505000_0.gif

A61K 31/506 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031506000_0.gif

A61K 31/51 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031510000_0.gif

A61K 31/513 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031513000_0.gif

A61K 31/515 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031515000_0.gif

A61K 31/517 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031517000_0.gif

A61K 31/519 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031519000_0.gif

A61K 31/52 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031520000_0.gif

A61K 31/522 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031522000_0.gif

A61K 31/525 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031525000_0.gif

A61K 31/527 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031527000_0.gif

A61K 31/529 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031529000_0.gif

A61K 31/53 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031530000_0.gif

A61K 31/535 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031535000_0.gif

A61K 31/5355 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031535500_0.gif

A61K 31/536 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031536000_0.gif

A61K 31/5365 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031536500_0.gif

A61K 31/537 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031537000_0.gif

A61K 31/5375 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031537500_0.gif

A61K 31/5377 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031537700_0.gif

A61K 31/538 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031538000_0.gif

A61K 31/5383 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031538300_0.gif

A61K 31/5386 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031538600_0.gif

A61K 31/539 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031539000_0.gif

A61K 31/5395 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031539500_0.gif

A61K 31/54 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031540000_0.gif

A61K 31/541 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031541000_0.gif

A61K 31/5415 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031541500_0.gif

A61K 31/542 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031542000_0.gif

A61K 31/545 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031545000_0.gif

A61K 31/546 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031546000_0.gif

A61K 31/547 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031547000_0.gif

A61K 31/548 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031548000_0.gif

A61K 31/549 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031549000_0.gif

A61K 31/55 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031550000_0.gif

A61K 31/551 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031551000_0.gif

A61K 31/5513 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031551300_0.gif

A61K 31/5517 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031551700_0.gif

A61K 31/553 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031553000_0.gif

A61K 31/554 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031554000_0.gif

A61K 31/555 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031555000_0.gif

A61K 31/557 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031557000_0.gif

A61K 31/5575 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031557500_0.gif

A61K 31/5578 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031557800_0.gif

A61K 31/558 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031558000_0.gif

A61K 31/559 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031559000_0.gif

A61K 31/56 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031560000_0.gif

A61K 31/565 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031565000_0.gif

A61K 31/566 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031566000_0.gif

A61K 31/567 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031567000_0.gif

A61K 31/568 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031568000_0.gif

A61K 31/5685 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031568500_0.gif

A61K 31/569 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031569000_0.gif

A61K 31/57 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031570000_0.gif

A61K 31/573 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031573000_0.gif

A61K 31/575 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031575000_0.gif

A61K 31/58 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031580000_0.gif

A61K 31/585 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031585000_0.gif

A61K 31/59 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031590000_0.gif

A61K 31/592 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031592000_0.gif

A61K 31/593 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031593000_0.gif

A61K 31/60 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031600000_0.gif

A61K 31/603 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031603000_0.gif

A61K 31/606 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031606000_0.gif

A61K 31/609 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031609000_0.gif

A61K 31/612 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031612000_0.gif

A61K 31/616 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031616000_0.gif

A61K 31/618 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031618000_0.gif

A61K 31/621 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031621000_0.gif

A61K 31/625 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031625000_0.gif

A61K 31/63 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031630000_0.gif

A61K 31/635 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031635000_0.gif

A61K 31/64 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031640000_0.gif

A61K 31/65 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031650000_0.gif

A61K 31/66 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031660000_0.gif

A61K 31/661 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031661000_0.gif

A61K 31/665 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031665000_0.gif

A61K 31/67 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031670000_0.gif

A61K 31/675 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031675000_0.gif

A61K 31/685 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031685000_0.gif

A61K 31/7004 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031700400_0.gif

A61K 31/7008 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031700800_0.gif

A61K 31/7012 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031701200_0.gif

A61K 31/7016 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031701600_0.gif

A61K 31/702 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031702000_0.gif

A61K 31/7024 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031702400_0.gif

A61K 31/7028 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031702800_0.gif

A61K 31/7032 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031703200_0.gif

A61K 31/7034 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031703400_0.gif

A61K 31/7036 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031703600_0.gif

A61K 31/704 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031704000_0.gif

A61K 31/7048 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031704800_0.gif

A61K 31/7056 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031705600_0.gif

A61K 31/706 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031706000_0.gif

A61K 31/7064 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031706400_0.gif

A61K 31/7068 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031706800_0.gif

A61K 31/7072 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031707200_0.gif

A61K 31/7076 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031707600_0.gif

A61K 31/708 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031708000_0.gif

A61K 31/7084 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031708400_0.gif

A61K 31/7105 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031710500_0.gif

A61K 31/711 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031711000_0.gif

A61K 31/7115 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031711500_0.gif

A61K 31/714 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031714000_0.gif

A61K 31/715 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031715000_0.gif

A61K 31/717 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031717000_0.gif

A61K 31/745 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031745000_0.gif

A61K 31/75 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031750000_0.gif

A61K 31/755 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031755000_0.gif

A61K 31/76 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031760000_0.gif

A61K 31/77 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

A61K0031770000_0.gif

A61K 50/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Electrodes specially adapted for electrocardiography

A61B 5/0408

Electrodes specially adapted for foetal cardiography

A61B 5/0448

Electrodes specially adapted for electroencephalography

A61B 5/0478

Electrodes specially adapted for electromyography

A61B 5/0492

Electrodes for electrotherapy

A61N 1/04

A61L - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Apparatus or methods specifically adapted for use in treating air either:

by destroying noxious micro-organisms within the air,

by removing micro-organisms from the air,

by otherwise rendering air aseptic,

by removing unwanted odor constituents from air, or

by covering up unwanted odor constituents, or potential constituents, by adding scent to air.

Apparatus or methods of general applicability for use in destroying noxious micro-organisms on or otherwise rendering completely aseptic articles or materials (e.g., destroying bacteria or fungus).

Apparatus or methods that are not covered as a whole in another subclass and are specially adapted for use in destroying noxious micro-organisms on or otherwise rendering completely aseptic specific articles (e.g., contact lenses) or specific materials (e.g., refuse).

Materials that are specially adapted for devices that are to be affixed to, placed on, placed within, or cover either:

portions of the surfaces of human bodies having sores (e.g., blisters, boils) or wounds (e.g., cuts, abrasions) for extended periods of time (i.e. at least several minutes, but frequently for days) during their healing process to absorb fluids from, protect, or medicate them (e.g., poultices),

naturally occurring cavities of or passageways within human bodies to absorb bodily discharges or other fluids from bodies (e.g., urine), protect, or medicate them (e.g. sanitary towels, tampons), or

incisions or openings in human bodies formed during surgery.

Chemical compounds or compositions that are used in conjunction with, or compose a portion of, the above type of specially adaptive devices or their materials and increase their effectiveness by:

enhancing their ability to heal or treat sores, wounds, surgical incisions, or surgical openings,

changing in some manner the absorbability of the devices or materials, or

otherwise influencing their operation (e.g., prolongs useful life) of the devices or materials.

Materials specially adapted to be used in devices that:

joining together the edges of wounds, surgical incisions, or surgical openings (e.g., sutures) or

forming a tissue mass by compressively encircling the mass and holding it (e.g., ligatures).

Adhesives specially adapted for surgical uses.

Materials specially adapted for forming devices used as substitutes for a part of the body that is missing or non-functional or materials specially adapted for coating these devices (e.g., skin grafts).

Materials specially adapted to be used in:

surgical construction of artificial excretory openings from colons or

devices that travel up colons to inspect, clean, or treat them.

Materials specially adapted for use within the structure of hollow flexible tubes that are intended to be:

inserted into human bodies to put in or take out fluids (e.g. cannulae, catheters),

used to open up or close blood vessels, passageways, or body cavities, or

passed inside of blood vessels, passageways, or body cavities for diagnostic or treatment purposes (e.g. endoscopes).

Materials specially adapted to be used for other surgical uses or devices (e.g. stents, materials for adhesion prevention).

Materials specially adapted for use as antithrombogenic treatments for at least one of the above type of devices or materials or the chemical compounds or compositions that form, or compose a portion of, these antithrombogenic treatments.

Specially adapted components or steps for at least one of the above types of apparatus, methods, or devices.

Auxiliary appliances or accessories specially adapted for use with at least one of the above types of apparatus or devices (e.g., devices for testing effectiveness of sterilization).

References

Limiting references:

Preservation of bodies or disinfecting characterised by the agent employed

A01N

Shape or structure of prostheses

A61F 2/00

Shape or structure of bandages, dressings, or absorbent pads

A61F 13/00

Preparations for medical, dental or toilet purposes

A61K

Shape or structure of catheters

A61M 25/00

Sterilisation of packages or package contents in association with packaging

B65B 55/00

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Sterilising food or foodstuffs

A23

Preservation of milk, milk preparations, or dairy products by sterilization

A23C 3/00

Devices specifically adapted for cleaning or disinfection shavers or razors

A45D 27/46

Apparatus or methods for destroying solid waste or transforming solid waste using sterilization into something useful or harmless

B09B 3/00

Devices for adding disinfecting agents to lavatories

E03D 9/02

Pasteurisation, sterilisation, preservation, purification, clarification, or ageing of alcoholic beverages

C12H 1/00

Air conditioning systems including air purification or sterilisation means

F24F 3/16

Sanitary or hygienic devices for transducer mouthpieces or earpieces

H04R 1/12

Informative references:

Surgical instruments

A61B 17/00

Operating gloves

A61B 42/10

Surgical drapes

A61B 46/00

Dental prosthetics

A61C 9/00

Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents

A61F 2/82

Bandages, dressings, or absorbent pads

A61F 13/00

Tracheal tubes

A61M 16/04

Catheters

A61M 25/00

Tubes, valves

A61M 39/00

Processes for making harmful chemical substances harmless, or less harmful, by effecting a chemical change in the substance

A62D 3/00

Preparation of ozone

C01B 13/10

Special rules of classification

Sets of groups wherein Last-place rule is applied

Within each one of the following sets of groups, at each hierarchical level, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, classification is made in the last appropriate place:

A61L 15/08-A61L 15/12

A61L 15/18-A61L 15/40

A61L 17/04-A61L 17/14

A61L 24/02-A61L 24/04

A61L 27/02-A61L 27/40

A61L 29/02-A61L 29/12

A61L 31/02-A61L 31/12

A61L 33/02-A61L 33/18

Secondary classification based on use of materials characterised by particular function or physical properties when of interest

When the inventive thing is classified based upon its chemical composition within one of the sets of groups A61L 15/08-A61L 15/12, A61L 15/18-A61L 15/40, A61L 27/02-A61L 27/40, A61L 29/02-A61L 29/12, or A61L 31/02-A61L 31/12; classification of this subject matter is also made to cover its function or physical properties for each set of groups into their corresponding group, (i.e., respectively group A61L 15/14, A61L 15/42, A61L 27/50, A61L 29/14, or A61L 31/14) when this aspect is of interest.

Secondary classification based on use of materials with antithrombogenic properties

When the inventive thing is fully provided for and classified within groups A61L 17/00, A61L 24/00, A61L 26/00, A61L 27/00, A61L 28/00, A61L 29/00, and A61L 31/00 classification should also be made within group A61L 33/00 if a material used is antithrombogenic in nature.

Use of indexing codes

When classifying in group A61L 2/00-A61L 12/00, it is desirable to add the indexing codes of group A61L 101/00, relating to the chemical composition of materials used in disinfecting, sterilising or deodorising.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Antithrombogenic

A substance, composition, or material that prevents or reduces coagulation, clotting, depositing, or precipitation of blood, plasma protein, or a component of blood (e.g., anticoagulant).

A61L 2/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

For contact lenses

A61L 12/00

A61L 2/28 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Methods involving enzymes or micro-organisms

C12Q 1/00

A61L 9/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Body deodorants

A61K 8/00, A61Q 15/00

Separating dispersed particles from gases or vapours

B01D 45/00-B01D 51/00, B03C 3/00

A61L 9/015 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Production of ozone

C01B 13/10

A61L 17/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Surgical adhesives

A61L 24/00

Surgical instruments, devices or methods for suturing or ligaturing

A61B 17/04, A61B 17/12

Supports or packages for suture materials

A61B 17/04

A61M - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices or processes specially adapted to be used to insert or place media into human bodies (e.g., pumps, syringes, atomisers, insufflators, inhalers) and that do so either

by an artificial method (i.e., a human created or contrived method that cannot occur naturally such as hypodermic-syringe injections) or

by enhancing a naturally occurring method (e.g., inhalers used in conjunction with normal breathing) other than oral.

Devices or processes specially adapted to be used to place media upon human bodies (e.g., percutaneous devices, radioactive dressings) and that do so either

by an artificial method or

by enhancing a naturally occurring method (e.g., standard absorption, rubbing substances onto skin).

Devices or processes which are specially adapted to be used to direct, lead, convey, or carry media up to, away from, or within human bodies (e.g., tubes for carrying oxygen, medical pumps, artificial hearts, mechanical blood circulatory assistors, blood oxygenation devices, devices for artificial respiration by treatment with gas or air) and that do so either

by an artificial method (e.g., dialysis systems) or

by enhancing a naturally occurring method (e.g., standard circulation of blood, standard discharging of bodily waste).

Devices or processes specially adapted to be used to remove, eject, or expel media from human bodies (e.g., suction type breast relievers, discharge draining devices for wounds) and that do so

by an artificial method (e.g., subaquatic intestinal cleaning systems) or

by enhancing a naturally occurring method (e.g., babies sucking on breast, boils natural discharging).

Devices or processes specially adapted to cause or provoke a change in the state of consciousness of humans (e.g., induce sleep, fully awaken) and that do so in a manner other than one which commonly occurs (e.g., falling asleep on a good mattress, physical exhaustion).

Devices or processes specially adapted to increase or decrease the mental activity of humans while awake (e.g., relax, stimulate) and that do so in a manner other than that which commonly occurs (e.g., creating boredom, reading long definitions).

Accessories specially adapted for use with at least one of the above devices and that contribute to the effectiveness or safety of the device or its use.

Specially adapted components having structural features limiting them to use with a device of one of the types specified above.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

When used with animals

If a device or process is usable for both humans and animals for the same purpose and in the same manner, and it is otherwise proper for this subclass, classification is made only in subclass A61M Similar devices or processes to those covered by subclass A61Mthat are usable exclusively for animals, or are used in animals in a different manner or for different purposes than for humans, are classified in subclass A61D

When used with living or dead human bodies

Patent documents for general-purpose medical devices or processes that are otherwise proper for subclass A61Mare classified in subclass A61Mwhen they either disclose only being used on living human bodies or broadly disclose being used on humans. Patent documents for general -purpose medical devices or processes that are otherwise proper for subclass A61Mand fully identified as being used on both living and dead human bodies are classified in subclass A61Mand subclass A01Nor A61B Patent documents for similar devices or processes to those covered by subclass A61Mthat are specially adapted for use exclusively on dead humans are classified only in subclass A01Nor A61B

Implantable prostheses or artificial organ replacements

With regard to human organs and their parts, the exact distinction between the artificial devices implantable into human bodies that are proper for subclass A61Fand those proper for subclass A61Mis somewhat imprecise. Therefore, for analogous situations that are not specifically covered by existing groups of these subclasses, the following listings are intended to provide guidance.

Subclass A61Fprovides for the following replacements or substitutes for internal body organs or their parts: artificial hollow or tubular parts of organs (e.g., bladders, tracheae, bronchi, hearts valves and blood vessels, bile ducts), structural supporting or maintaining devices for such parts or their natural equivalents (e.g., stents), artificial eyes, and artificial ears.

Subclass A61Mprovides for the following replacements or substitutes for internal body organs or their parts: artificial hearts, artificial livers, artificial ventilators, artificial pancreas, and artificial kidneys.

References

Limiting references:

Applications or methods that use specific materials, compositions, or single compounds for the preservation of human bodies or for the preservation of living parts of human bodies

A01N 1/00

Devices or methods for handling cosmetic or toilet substances

A45D

Surgical introduction or removal of body parts or their substitutes

A61B

Devices specially adapted for taking blood samples

A61B 5/15

Devices specially adapted for vivisection or autopsy

A61B 16/00

Devices or methods for introducing solid, liquid, or gaseous remedies or other materials into or onto the bodies of animals

A61D 7/00

Prostheses implantable into a human body

A61F 2/02

Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form

A61K 9/00

Chemical aspects of bandages, dressings, absorbent pads, or other surgical articles placed upon into human body

A61L

Electrotherapy, e.g. producing anaesthesia by the use of alternating or intermittent currents

A61N 1/34

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Prostheses implantable into human blood vessels

A61F 2/01

Means for inserting tampons

A61F 13/26

Means for withdrawing tampons

A61F 13/34

Absorbent pads having means integral therewith for supplying media to the absorbent material

A61F 13/40

Devices for orally administering food or medication

A61J

Containers for collecting, storing or administering blood, plasma or medical fluids

A61J 1/05

Informative references:

Devices worn by patients for reception of urine, faeces, catamenial, or other bodily discharges

A61F 5/44

Application swabs

A61F 13/15

Devices for receiving spittle

A61J 19/00

Special rules of classification

When a device or method covered by subclass A61Mincludes a separating process for body-liquids that utilizes chromatography, and features of general interest related to chromatography are usefully disclosed but not claimed, the features should also be non-obligatorily classified within group B01D 15/08.

Main group A61M 36/00 takes precedence over all other main groups of subclass A61M

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Media

Solid, liquid, or gaseous substances or devices (e.g., medicine, food, in vivo testing material, catheters) which are either used by or within human bodies for medical or physical purposes, components of or substances naturally within human bodies (e.g., artificial heart, blood, insulin), or bodily discharge or waste created by human bodies or medical processes taking place within human bodies (e.g., urine).

A61M 1/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Implements for holding wounds open

A61B 17/02

Pumps in general

F04

A61M 1/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Feeding-bottles

A61J 9/00

A61M 1/10 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Artificial heart valves

A61F 2/24

A61M 1/14 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Processes of separation using semi-permeable membranes

B01D 61/00

A61M 5/14 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Suction in pumping blood transfusion

A61M 1/02

A61M 5/24 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Ampoules or cartridges

A61J 1/06

A61M 5/36 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Dialysis systems, blood oxygenators

A61M 1/14

Hemofiltration equipment

A61M 1/34

A61M 11/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Sprayers or atomisers specially adapted for therapeutic purposes in general

B05B

A61M 13/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

For the destruction of noxious animals or noxious plants

A01M

A61M 16/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Respiratory apparatus in general

A62B

Respirators for working under water

B63C 11/00

A61M 16/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Catheters in general

A61M 25/00

A61M 16/22 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Cartridges with absorbing substances for respiratory apparatus

A62B 19/00

A61M 19/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Syringes therefor

A61M 5/00

Cooling blood in a bypass of the arterial system

A61M 1/36

A61M 25/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Dilators

A61M 29/00

A61M 29/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Instruments for performing visual medical inspections of cavities or tubes of the body

A61B 1/00

A61N - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Specially adapted apparatus, instruments, devices, or processes for the following types of therapy:

electrotherapy, e.g. iontophoresis;

magnetotherapy;

radiation therapy;

ultrasound therapy.

Components having specialized structural features that limit their use to the apparatus, instruments, or devices for the types of therapy appropriate for this subclass.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Several subclasses provide for subject matter that is used for therapy. The relationship between these subclasses in regard to the type of therapy covered by each is as follows:

Subclass A61N provides for medical treatment-type therapy by apparatus or methods utilizing forms of energy other than direct mechanical energy when they are not used for surgical purposes and they are intended to either

destroy, control, or advance the recovery of sick or abnormal cells within body tissue while minimizing undesirable destruction of adjoining healthy cells, or

treat other types of abnormal conditions of the body (e.g., disease, impaired organ, injured limb).

In particular, subclass A61N covers implanted devices, when the implanted device is not a replacement or supplementation of an actual portion of the organ or part, utilizing forms of energy other than direct mechanical energy to stimulate organs or body parts in a manner that facilitates, regulates, or improves their normal functioning.

Subclass A61H provides for massage and physical-type therapy apparatus or methods for the treatment of disease or disability (i.e., an abnormal condition of the body) by utilization of direct mechanical energy. The apparatus or methods appropriate for this subclass do not surgically alter any portion of the bodies during treatment. Usually, the massage and therapy apparatus and methods of this subclass are intended to facilitate the healing of diseases, reduce the impact of injuries, or beneficially influence the condition of disabled body parts by physically moving a part of a body (e.g., devices for exercising a passive body member) solely by direct physical contact with, or stimulation of, external surfaces of the body or naturally occurring cavities in the body. However, stimulation of internal organs or body parts, such as artificial respiration and stimulation of the heart, when it is done by direct mechanical energy is also considered proper for this subclass.

Subclass A61K and Subclass A61P provide for drug-type therapy using chemical compounds or medicinal preparations specially adapted for use in healing, benefiting, or destroying abnormal conditions of the body (e.g., diseases, birth defects) and the specific therapeutic activities that the chemical compounds and medicinal preparations are used for.

Subclass A61B provides for surgery and surgical-type therapy that alters or repairs organs and body parts. It also provides for any surgical or diagnostic apparatus or methods that would otherwise be proper for subclass A61H or A61N when the apparatus or methods are used for both purposes or combined together. In particular, subclass A61B provides for surgical instruments, devices, or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body (e.g., electromagnetic radiation surgery) to alter or repair it.

References

Limiting references:

Apparatus for diagnosis or surgery combined with, or applicable also as, therapy apparatus

A61B

Apparatus for radiation diagnosis

A61B 6/00

Surgical instruments, devices or methods for transferring non-mechanical forms of energy to or from the body (e.g., radiation surgery, electro-surgery)

A61B 18/00

Instruments, implements, tools, or methods specially adapted so as to limit their use to only animals

A61D

Apparatus or methods utilizing direct mechanical energy in therapy intended to treat disease or disability

A61H

Percussion or vibration massage apparatus (e.g. using supersonic vibration)

A61H 23/00

Apparatus or methods for stimulating specific reflex points by heating or cooling within the cell-life limits

A61H 39/06

Devices for applying radioactive material to the body

A61M 36/00

Informative references:

Measuring bioelectrical signals of the body or body parts

A61B 5/04

Surgical accessories

A61B 34/00, A61B 90/00

Artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body

A61F 2/00

Heating or cooling appliances for medical or therapeutic treatment

A61F 7/00

Saunas

A61H 33/06

Radiopharmaceuticals

A61K 51/12

Anaesthetic apparatus in general

A61M

Artificial hearts and circulatory assistance means intended for implantation

A61M 1/12

Pressure infusion pumps

A61M 5/142

Devices or methods to cause a change in the state of consciousness by mechanical, optical or acoustical means, e.g. audiovisual stimuli

A61M 21/00

Therapeutic chemical compounds or medicinal preparation used to treat sicknesses or abnormal conditions of the body

A61P

Measurement of nuclear X-radiation

G01T

Techniques for handling of particles or electromagnetic radiation

G21K

Incandescent lamps having general utility

H01K

Infrared radiators for heating

H05B

A61N 1/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Irradiation apparatus

A61N 5/00

A61N 1/08 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Measuring electric variables

G01R

Control of generator output in general

H02P, H03L

A61N 1/38 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

For producing shock effects in general

H05C 1/00

A61N 1/40 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Microwave apparatus

A61N 5/00

A61N 5/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Ultrasound therapy

A61N 7/00

A61P - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Therapeutic activity of chemical compounds or medicinal preparations.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

For medicinal, dental or cosmetic preparations to be appropriate for this subclass, it must also be appropriate for one of the following: subclasses A61K or C12N, or classes C01, C07, and C08.

References

Informative references:

Preparations brought into direct contact with the skin for affording protection against external influences

A61Q 17/00

Special rules of classification

In this subclass, all of the different therapeutic activities stated in the claims or significantly disclosed as examples in the disclosure are classified in all appropriate places.

The classification symbols of this subclass are not listed first when assigned to patent documents.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Drug(s)

includes chemical compounds or compositions with therapeutic activity, i.e. having the ability to cause a physiological, pharmacological or biological effect.

A61Q - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The use of cosmetics or similar toilet preparations.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

For a cosmetic or similar toilet preparation to be appropriate for this subclass, it must also be appropriate for one of the following: main group A61K 8/00 , subclasses C07C, C07D, C07F, C07G, C07H, C07J, C07K, C11D and C12N or classes C01 and C08.

References

Limiting references:

Deodorisation of air

A61L 9/00

Drugs for dermatological disorders

A61P 17/02-A61P 17/16

Essential oils or perfumes per se

C11B 9/00

Special rules of classification

In this subclass, all uses of cosmetics or similar toilet preparations stated in the claims or significantly disclosed as examples in the disclosure are classified in all appropriate places.

The classification symbols of this subclass are not listed first when assigned to patent documents.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Cosmetics or similar toilet preparations

include compositions or preparations for the skin, hair, nails, teeth or oral cavity which are used to clean them, change their appearance, correct body odours, and protect or keep them in good condition.

A61Q 7/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Preparations with therapeutic activity

A61P 17/14

A61Q 13/00 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Essential oil

A concentrated, hydrophobic liquid containing volatile aromatic compounds from plants

A61Q 17/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Drugs for treating burns

A61P 17/02

A61Q 17/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Pest repellants

A01N

A62D - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Compositions:

for fire-extinguishing;

of materials for coverings or clothing affording protection against harmful chemical agents;

of materials for transparent parts of gas-masks, respirators, breathing bags or helmets;

of chemical substances for use in breathing apparatus.

Use of chemical substances in extinguishing fires.

Chemical, bio-chemical or physico-chemical processes for chemically altering harmful chemical substances into safe or less dangerous substances.

References

Limiting references:

Fire prevention, fire containment or fire fighting, e.g. portable extinguishers or fire-fighting vehicles

A62C

Informative references:

Fireproof paints

C09D 5/18

Fireproofing materials

C09K 21/00

A62D 3/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes for chemically altering harmful chemical substances into safe or less-dangerous substances.

These processes can be chemical, bio-chemical or physico-chemical processes, e.g. use of special chemical reagents for chemical fixing, which result in the decomposition or transformation of the harmful chemical substances into harmless or less harmful substances because of a change in their chemical structure.

These processes can comprise the step of dissolving or dispersing the harmful chemical substances in water for the purpose of treating them, or the step of producing, for treatment, a gaseous product from a non-gaseous harmful chemical substance.

The harmful chemical substance can be one component of a mixture, e.g. a component in contaminated sludge.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

The disposal of solid waste or the reclamation of contaminated soil is classified elsewhere, i.e. in class B09. However, the treatment of a specific harmful chemical substance in solid waste resulting in the change of its chemical constitution to make it harmless or less harmful is covered by A62D.

In the same way, treatment of sludge is not classified here with the exception of the treatment of a specific harmful chemical substance in the sludge, e.g. in residues from industrial processes (excluding contaminants from municipal sewage treatment) resulting in the change of its chemical constitution to make it harmless or less harmful.

Preventive chemical treatments, e.g. to prevent the formation of harmful chemical substances are classified elsewhere, depending on the kind of treatment and/or the context of application.

References

Limiting references:

Detoxification of foods or foodstuffs

A23L 5/20

Apparatus for chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general

B01

Treatment of gases, e.g.:

Chemical or biological purification of smoke or fumes, e.g. flue gas

Chemical or biological purification of smoke or fumes, e.g. flue gas

B01D 53/34

Purification or modifying the chemical compositions of combustible gases containing carbon monoxide

C10K

Exhaust or silencing apparatus having means for purifying, rendering innocuous, or otherwise treating exhaust

F01N 3/00

Consuming noxious gases by combustion

F23G 7/06

Chemical processes resulting in the production of a useful product, e.g.:

using untreated contaminated fly ash as raw material in the manufacture of cement

using untreated contaminated fly ash as raw material in the manufacture of cement

C04B 7/26

metals obtained from residues or scrap

C22B

Treatment of radioactively-contaminated waste

G21F 9/00

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Treatment of waste water, sewage or sludge

C02F

Making explosives harmless by detonation

F42D 5/04

Informative references:

Disinfection or sterilizing methods specially adapted for refuse

A61L 11/00

Waste or refuse as compounding ingredient for glass, cement, mortar, concrete, artificial stone or ceramics

C03, C04B

Materials for absorbing liquids to remove pollution, e.g. oil, gasoline, fat

C09K 3/32

Destructive distillation of carbonaceous materials

C10B

Destructive hydrogenation of carbonaceous materials

C10G 1/06

Micro-organisms, enzymes or compositions thereof

C12N

Consuming waste by combustion

F23G

Removal or treatment of combustion products or combustion residues

F23J

Special rules of classification

In this main group, at each hierarchical level, in the absence of an indication to the contrary classification is made in the first appropriate place.

When classifying in groups A62D 3/00 to A62D 3/40, a harmful chemical substance which is considered to represent information of interest for search, may be indexed in one or more of groups A62D 101/00 to A62D 101/49.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Catalyst

Substance which either increases or decreases the speed of a chemical reaction, without itself undergoing a permanent chemical change.

Catalyst

Catalyst

Chalcogen

Also known as chalcogenides, specifically O, S, Se, Te.

Harmful

Directly toxic to living organisms, with the exception of toxic to plants only.

Harmful chemical substances

Chemical waste substances which are too hazardous or toxic to be discarded in an ordinary municipal landfill.

Halogens

The elements F, Cl, Br ,I , At.

Physico-chemical

Having at least one chemical step and one physical step.

Sludge

Residue (normally viscous) from an industrial, residential, or agricultural process.

A62D 3/11 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes for making harmful chemical substances harmless, or less harmful, by effecting a chemical change in the substances, including at least one eletrochemical step, e.g. electrodialysis, electrophoresis or electro-osmosis.

A62D 3/13 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes for making harmful chemical substances harmless, or less harmful, by effecting a chemical change in the substances, including at least one step utilizing wave energy in the form of pressure waves moving through a gaseous medium.

A62D 3/15 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes for making harmful chemical substances harmless, or less harmful, by effecting a chemical change in the substances, including at least one step utilizing particle type radiation, i.e. the radiation of energy by means of small fast-moving particles that have energy and mass such as molecules, atoms, protons, and electrons.

A62D 3/19 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes for making harmful chemical substances harmless, or less harmful, by effecting a chemical change in the substances, including at least one step utilizing the chemical action of the substance with either:

highly ionized matter in equilibrium of positive or negative ions which is at an extremely high temperature, i.e. hot plasma, or

highly ionized matter in equilibrium of positive or negative ions within a vacuum, i.e. cold plasma.

A62D 3/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes for making harmful chemical substances harmless, or less harmful, by effecting a chemical change in the substances, including at least one step utilizing the thermal property of water and heat, e.g. vapor and hot air mixture, hot water, super critical water, super heated water, or steam, directly on the harmful chemical substance to cause chemical change.

A62D 3/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes for making harmful chemical substances harmless, or less harmful, by effecting a chemical change in the substances, including at least one step where at least one distinct chemical material is added to the environment of the harmful chemical substance to react with it.

The actual harmful chemical substances being treated by the process may be combined within a mixture of waste including in addition non-hazardous or nontoxic substances. However, to be proper for this group, the harmful chemical substances must react with the added chemical agents to render it harmless or less harmful, or be an intermediate step in rendering the substance harmless or less harmful.

A62D 3/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes for making harmful chemical substances harmless, or less harmful, by effecting a chemical change in the substances, wherein the harmful chemical substances react with a distinct chemical reagent which is normally a solid at room temperature but is added to the environment where the reaction takes place in its molten state or is caused to become molten for reaction with the harmful chemical substance.

A62D 3/33 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes for making harmful chemical substances harmless, or less harmful, by effecting a chemical change in the substances, including a process step wherein a distinct chemical material is added which either

reacts with the harmful chemical substances to chemically change its composition and fix it in its changed state or

reacts with chemically altered residue of the harmful chemical substances from a previous process step to fix the residue in its present state.

A62D 3/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes for making harmful chemical substances harmless, or less harmful, by effecting a chemical change in the substances, wherein the harmful chemical substances include halogen and wherein the process includes a process step in which a distinct chemical material (e.g. alkali metal alcoholates, etc.) is added which reacts with the harmful chemical substance in a manner that removes the halogen from the harmful chemical substance.

The removal of halogen from the harmful chemical substance may render it harmless or less harmful, or be an intermediate step in rendering the substance harmless or less harmful.

References

Limiting references:

Electrolytic degradation of harmful substances

A62D 3/115

Dehalogenation in molten chemical reagents

A62D 3/32

A62D 3/35 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes for making harmful chemical substances harmless, or less harmful, by effecting a chemical change in the substances, including a process step wherein a distinct chemical material is added which contains water in its ionic form that chemically reacts with the harmful chemical substances to decompose it.

References

Limiting references:

Electrolytic degradation of harmful substances

A62D 3/115

A62D 3/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes for making harmful chemical substances harmless, or less harmful, by effecting a chemical change in the substances, including a process step wherein a distinct chemical material is added, which is an acidic or basic reagent that chemically reacts with the harmful chemical substance to render it harmless or less harmful by changing its composition.

The acidic or alkaline reagent may either react with the harmful chemical substance to render it harmless or less harmful, or be an intermediate step in rendering the substance harmless or less harmful.

A62D 3/37 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes for making harmful chemical substances harmless, or less harmful, by effecting a chemical change in the substances, including a process step wherein a distinct chemical material is used in a reductive-type reaction with the harmful chemical substance, i.e. to decrease the positive valence (oxidation state) of the harmful chemical substance.

The reduction reaction splits up the harmful chemical substance into two or more of its components) which is caused by the transfer of one or more electrons from the distinct chemical material to the substance, i.e. the distinct chemical material is oxidized (loses electrons) and the harmful chemical substance is reduced (gains electrons).

A62D 3/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes for making harmful chemical substances harmless, or less harmful, by effecting a chemical change in the substances, including a process step wherein a distinct chemical material is used in an oxidative-type reaction with the harmful chemical substance, i.e. to increase the positive valence (oxidation state) of the harmful chemical substance.

The reduction reaction splits up the harmful chemical substance into two or more of its components which is caused by the transfer of one or more electrons from the harmful chemical substance to the distinct chemical material, i.e. the harmful chemical substance is oxidized (loses electrons) and the distinct chemical material is reduced (gains electrons).

A62D 3/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes for making harmful chemical substances harmless, or less harmful, by effecting a chemical change in the substances, including at least one step that uses heat and the thermal properties of the harmful chemical substance to effect the chemical degradation of the harmful chemical substance.

A62D 7/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Materials for minimising adherence of ice or water to surfaces

C09K 3/18

A62D 9/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Production of oxygen-generating compounds in general

C01B 13/00

Processes for the production of oxygen from chemicals in general

C25B 1/02

A62D 101/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Specific harmful chemical substances made harmless, or less harmful , by effecting chemical change by processes which as such are already classified in main group A62D 3/00

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Group A62D 101/00 is used to index the harmful chemical substances, if of interest, in order to allow the search of combination of process with substances. This indexing scheme can be used only in combination with group A62D 3/00

Special rules of classification

When indexing a substance in groups A62D 101/02-A62D 101/08, indexing according to its chemical structure is also made in one or more of the groups A62D 101/20-A62D 101/40 of interest.

A62D 101/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

These substances include nerve, blister, vesicant, blood, and pulmonary affecting substances.

A62D 101/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Harmful chemical substances intended to prevent, repel, destroy, or mitigate pests.

A pest is a plant or animal which is detrimental to humans or human concerns, e.g. agriculture or livestock production.

A62D 101/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Harmful chemical substances consisting of chemical compounds or mixtures that are explosive, e.g. bombs or TNT, a chemical reaction propellant, e.g. for rockets or bullets, or a pyrotechnic, e.g. fireworks, flares or napalm.

A62D 101/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Harmful chemical substances consisting of chemical compounds that are by-products of combustion or can be components of mixtures that are by-products of combustion.

A62D 101/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Harmful organic chemical substances containing halogens, i.e. fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, or astatine.

A62D 101/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Harmful organic substances containing one or more metals other than: Lithium (Li), Sodium (Na), Potassium (K), Rubidium (Rb), Cesium (Cs), Francium (Fr), Calcium (Ca), Strontium (Sr), Barium (Ba), Radium (Ra), Beryllium (Be), Magnesium (Mg), and Aluminum (Al).

The harmful chemical substances may contain lithium (Li), sodium (Na), Potassium (K), Rubidium (Rb), Cesium (Cs), Francium (Fr), Calcium (Ca), Strontium (Sr), Barium (Ba), Radium (Ra), Beryllium (Be), Magnesium (Mg), or Aluminum (Al) if they also have a metal appropriate for this group.

A62D 101/41 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Harmful inorganic substances containing one or more components that are fibrous.

The fibers may be naturally occurring or man-made from inorganic substances, e.g. made primarily from rock, clay, slag or glass.

A62D 101/43 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Harmful inorganic substances containing one or more metals other than: lithium (Li), sodium (Na), Potassium (K), Rubidium (Rb), Cesium (Cs), Francium (Fr), Calcium (Ca), Strontium (Sr), Barium (Ba), Radium (Ra), Beryllium (Be), Magnesium (Mg), and Aluminum (Al).

The harmful chemical substances may contain lithium (Li), sodium (Na), Potassium (K), Rubidium (Rb), Cesium (Cs), Francium (Fr), Calcium (Ca), Strontium (Sr), Barium (Ba), Radium (Ra), Beryllium (Be), Magnesium (Mg), or Aluminum (Al) if they also have a metal appropriate for this group.

A62D 101/49 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Harmful inorganic substances containing a halogen, i.e. fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, or astatine.

A63B - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Gymnastic or exercising apparatus or equipment, of which examples are:

Horizontal or parallel bars, balance beams, tightropes or similar apparatus;

Apparatus for jumping e.g. pole-vaulting poles, spring-boards, trampolines, high-jump apparatus, skipping-ropes;

Mats for absorbing the shock of landing, e.g. in pole-vaulting;

Freely-suspended apparatus e.g. swinging rings, trapezes, climbing-ropes;

Climbing poles, frames or stages, clubs, hoop exercising apparatus;

Exercising apparatus for developing or strengthening muscles or joints against a counterforce, e.g. in weight training;

Apparatus for conditioning the cardio-vascular system, e.g. exercise bikes, treadmills;

Apparatus for conditioning particular parts of the body, e.g. particular muscle groups;

Electric or electronic controls for such apparatus.

Climbing or mountaineering apparatus, including apparatus for climbing trees or poles.

Swimming aids or equipment, e.g. flippers, goggles.

Balls for ball games including:

Solid balls, e.g. golf balls, cricket balls, marbles;

Hollow non-inflatable balls, e.g. for squash rackets or tennis;

Hollow inflatable balls e.g. for football, rugby, American football;

Balls with special arrangements e.g. handles or eccentric centres of gravity (e.g. in bowling balls); and

Apparatus or methods for manufacturing balls or for handling or treating them, e.g. cleaning.

Rackets, bats or other striking implements for ball games, e.g. tennis rackets and similar, golf clubs, baseball bats, cricket bats, hockey sticks.

Accessories for golf; accessories for other ball games.

Targets or goals for ball games; tennis and similar nets and accessories therefor.

Implements for throwing, e.g. darts, javelins, spears, throwing-hammers, boomerangs, discus discs, quoits, juggling clubs.

Miscellaneous sporting games, e.g. miniature golf, juggling, curling, badminton, shuttlecock or like games, games using a hockey puck; projectiles for these games which do not fall into the above category of balls for ball games.

Training appliances for particular sports, e.g. for fencing, riding, skiing, rowing, punching-balls for boxing, golf swing trainers, artificial mountain slopes.

Other games or sports accessories, e.g. indicating or scoring devices, body protectors.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Some sporting subject matter is to be found in other subclasses of class A63. Skates, skis and their bindings, roller skates, skate-boards and the design or layout of playing-courts, rinks, bowling-greens or water-skiing areas or the like are classified in A63C. Bowling-alleys, bowling-games and equipment for bowls (but not the balls which are in A63B) and billiards or snooker are classified in A63D. Merry-go-rounds, swings, rocking-horses, toy animals for riding, chutes, switchbacks, water roundabouts, helter-skelters or the like are classified in A63G. Toys are in A63H. Racing, riding sports and equipment and accessories therefore, including race-courses and race-tracks, are in A63K.

In relation to apparatus or methods for manufacturing balls, it should be borne in mind that working of plastics or substances in a plastic state is classified in class B29 and the chemical or compositional aspects of balls is in Section C, e.g. compositions for making golf balls are usually in subclass C08L.

References

Limiting references:

Protective equipment in the form of clothing or garments for sporting purposes

A41D 13/00

in the form of caps or hats

A42B 1/08

Helmets

A42B 3/00

Apparatus for passive exercising or massage

A61H

Unicycles

B62K 1/00

Vessels or like floating structures for pleasure or sport

B63B 35/71, B63B 35/73

Life-saving in water

B63C 9/00

Breathing aids for swimming, e.g. snorkels

B63C 11/12

Divers' sleds or like craft

B63C 11/46

Training of parachutists

B64D 23/00

Archers' finger tabs

F41B 5/16

Traps for clay-pigeon targets

F41J 9/18

Devices for exercising or strengthening of fingers or arms in teaching music

G09B 15/06

In relation to climbing or mountaineering equipment:

Non-skid devices or attachments for footwear, e.g. crampons

A43C 15/00

Breathing masks or helmets for use at high altitudes

A62B 18/00

Safety belts for climbers

A62B 35/00

Picks

B25D 7/00

Ladders attached to fixed structures

E06C 9/04

Informative references:

Measuring muscular strength

A61B 5/22

Connecting valves to inflatable elastic bodies

B60C 29/00

Throwing weapons

F41B

e.g. sling-weapons

F41B 3/00

Stop watches

G04F

Timing devices

G07C

A63B 41/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Valves, e.g. self-closing valves

F16K

A63B 41/12 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Air pumps per se for flowing up balls

F04

A63B 51/005 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Measuring force in general

G01L

A63B 51/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Mechanical methods or apparatus in the manufacture of artificial filaments, threads, fibres, bristles or ribbons

D01D

Yarns or threads characterised by the purpose for which they are designed

D02G 3/44

Ropes or cables in general

D07B

Strings for musical instruments

G10D 3/10

A63B 55/60 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Running gear or propulsion features for wheeled carriers for golf bags

B60

A63B 57/60 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Cleaning footwear

A47L 23/00

A63B 59/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Bat with a ball tethered thereto

A63B 67/20

A63B 59/20 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Juggling games with integral catching arrangements

A63B 67/08

A63B 59/80 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Stringed rackets for tennis or the like

A63B 49/00

A63B 60/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Clubs for gymnastics or the like having a weight movable along the longitudinal axis of the clubs due to centrifugal forces

A63B 15/00

A63B 60/42 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Clubs for gymnastics or the like having a weight movable along the longitudinal axis of the clubs due to centrifugal forces

A63B 15/00

A63B 60/56 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Ball holders in general

A63B 47/00

A63C - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Sport and recreation equipment with runners, rollers or any surface traversing device, where steering is achieved by body movement alone. The body movement can be supported by means on the surface traversing device, e.g. by means for leaning or handlebars without direct steering function. In particular:

Roller skates; inline skates, skateboards or roller skis, Accessories therefor

Skis and snowboards; Bindings therefor

Devices preventing skis or snowboards from slipping back, e.g. stoppers or brakes

Accessories for skiing or snowboarding

Snow shoes

Sport courts, in particular:

Design or layout of playing courts, rinks, or areas for water-skiing

Covers therefor

References

Limiting references:

Footwear for skating, skiing or snowboarding

A43B 5/00

Training devices for skiing, snowboarding or skating

A63B 69/00

Fittings on vehicles for carrying skis

B60R 9/12

Non-motorised scooters; Kickboards

B62K 3/00

Sledges with runners

B62B 13/00

Ice boats or sailing sledges

B62B 15/00

Waterskis; Watersledges

B63B 35/81

Informative references:

Bowling-alleys; Boccia courts

A63D 1/00

Chutes; Helter skelters

A63G 21/00

Race courses; Race tracks

A63K 1/00

Handcarts

B62B

Surfboards

B63B 35/79

Water shoes; Bog shoes

B63B 35/83

Surface construction for playgrounds or sports

E01C 13/00

A63C 5/075 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Vibration dampers per se

F16F 7/00

A63C 10/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Bindings for monoskis

A63C 9/00

Water skis or wakeboards

B63B 35/81

Special rules of classification

When classifying in this group, classification is made in all appropriate subgroups.

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the expression/word "step-in" is often used with the meaning "mechanism that ensures that, when pressing the shoe on the binding, the shoe will be automatically locked to the holder".

A63C 10/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Snowboard bindings particular suited for soft boots for encompassing the shoe from the upper side and tighten it against the boot. Most of the shoe holders are made from a strap or soft cover. This group further comprises:

details how the strap or cover is attached to the binding base;

adjustment systems to position the strap or cover on the binding base;

releasable connections between strap and base to allow easy entry of the boot;

shoe holders passing over the shoe which are not a strap or soft cover (see figure).

1. A63C0010040000_0.gif

A63C 10/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Details of straps which encompass the shoe from upper side, e.g. structure of the strap, tensioning means for the strap, cushioning of the strap, relative arrangement between front and rear strap.

1. A63C0010060000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

Clamp-buckle fastenings; Fastenings with toggle levers

A43C 11/14

A63C 10/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Snowboard bindings dedicated to hard boots, i.e. to boots whose structure is rigid enough to hold the foot tight and transmit front to rear holding forces. Consequently only a small part of the boot is held by a stirrup (ref. 5 on the example drawing) or a clamp (ref. 6,7 on the example drawing).

1. A63C0010080000_0.gif

A63C 10/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Step-in snowboard bindings where a part, or several parts, of the shoe are specially adapted to interact with specific parts of the binding. In general this part is made out of rigid material (ref. 20 in the example drawing) which is fastened to the outsole of the boot. This kind of bindings usually allow easy fastening and manual release of the boot and are particular suited for a semi-rigid boots.

1. A63C0010100000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

Safety ski bindings using parts which are fixed on the shoe of the user and are releasable from the ski bindings

A63C 9/086

A63C 10/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Calf or heel supports which are mostly used for non-rigid type boots, where the back part of the shaft is soft and pliable. These types of supports are mostly found in combination with the bindings of groups A63C 10/04 and A63C 10/10. Calf and heel support allow the transmission of forces pointing to the heel when riding on the back edge of the snowboard. A calf support is usually called high back (ref. 30 in the first example drawing, ref. 2 in the second example drawing). Heel supports are usually in the form of a heel loop (ref. 56 in the first example drawing, ref. 17 in the second example drawing).

1. A63C0010240000_0.gif

2. A63C0010240000_1.gif

A63C 10/26 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Skis or snowboards ; Vibration dampers

A63C 5/075

A63C 11/08 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Ski waxes

C09G 3/00

A63C 19/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Bowling-alleys; Boccia courts

A63D 1/00

Water roundabouts

A63G 3/00

Construction of surfaces or foundations

E01C

Roofs

E04B 7/00

Buildings or groups of buildings for sports

E04H 3/10

Swimming or splash baths or pools

E04H 4/00

Coverings for baths

E04H 4/06

A63C 19/10 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Chutes

A63G 21/00

Ski-lifts

B61B 11/00

Making or maintaining surfaces of snow or ice suitable for traffic or sporting purposes

E01H 4/00

Removing snow or ice

E01H 5/00

Production of ice or snow

F25C 3/00

A63D - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Bowling alleys and boccia courts, including features such as portability, form or material of the surface, stands for players and tracks for returning or circulating the balls;

Table alleys, miniature bowling-alleys and accessories therefor;

Pins; games of pins, e.g. ninepins, with tethered balls;

Bagatelle and similar games e.g. children’s bagatelle;

Billiards, similar games such as snooker and pool, and pocket billiards, including tables and accessories therefor, e.g. cushions, cues, means for roughening cue-tips and scoring or registering devices.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

All aspects of these games are covered by this subclass except for the balls, which are covered by A63B, and devices for propelling, projecting or rolling-off balls which are covered by A63F 7/24.

References

Limiting references:

Billiard tables convertible into beds

A47C 17/62

Indoor games using small moving playing bodies, e.g. balls

A63F 7/00

Informative references:

Balls

A63B

Devices for propelling, projecting or rolling-off balls

A63F 7/24

Counting mechanisms in general

G06M

Coin-freed mechanisms e.g. for releasing balls for use

G07F

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Bagatelle

A modification of billiards in which the players’ object is to strike the balls so that they, and perhaps other balls, shall fall into numbered holes that determine the score. Usually the bagatelle table has a rounded far end and a channel on the right hand side along which the balls are propelled.

Boule-type games

Games, for example bowls, pétanque and boccia, with the general object of throwing or rolling balls or similar rolling objects in order for them to knock, or come to rest as close as possible to, a target. The target may be a smaller ball, commonly known as a ‘jack’. These games can be played by individuals or teams, indoors or outdoors on a range of surfaces, including gravel, grass or specially built courts. The balls can be made from a variety of materials and are generally spherical or ovoid in shape.

A63F 13/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Structural or hardware-related aspects of video games: accessories, optional for the execution of the game; constructional details of game devices; input devices specially adapted for playing video games; output devices specially adapted for playing video games.

Details specific to network games: characteristics of the network topology when used in network games; details of servers specially adapted for providing network games.

Software aspects of video games, played locally or in a network: the mapping of input signals into game commands; the animation of the virtual camera in a video game; indicators added to the game scene; time aspects of video games; simulation of game objects or characters; the generation or alteration of the game content; game management; the provision of additional services to game players.

The following diagram provides some guidance on the structure of the higher-level subgroups:

1. A63F0013000000_0.gif

Relationship between large subject matter areas

This group is an "application place" with respect to more functional places such as G06F, G06T or H04L.

This group covers systems using computer and telecommunication technologies, which have been specially adapted for providing video games, as seen above.

The scope of this group differs from that of G07F 17/32 which covers games providing financial rewards, played by electronic means, e.g. online poker, waging or betting.

The scope of this group also differs from that of main groups A63F 1/00-A63F 11/00 which cover traditional games such as puzzles and card, board and dice games, and from that of A63F 9/24 which covers traditional games played by electronic means.

The scope of this group differs from that of A63H, which covers toys.

This group covers features of input devices specially adapted to video games. The corresponding function place for generic computer input devices is G06F 3/01-3/03.

This group is in particular an application place for computer graphics. Animation and 3D graphics in general are covered by G06T 13/00-G06T 19/00.

This group is an application place for telecommunication, in particular with respect to network games. Data network services are covered by H04L 29/06.

References

Informative references:

Roulette games

A63F 5/00

Indoor games using falling playing bodies or playing bodies running on an inclined surface

A63F 7/02

Coin-freed apparatus and like for games

G07F 17/32

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Arcade machine

coin-operated entertainment device placed in a public venue.

Combo

a sequence of commands which has by design a greater effect when executed within a fixed time period than the mere succession of these commands.

Fiducial (marker)

real object used in the field of view of an imaging system which appears in the image produced, for use as a point of reference or a measure; the object can exist naturally in the scene (features of a face) or be added for the purpose of tracking (light-emitting diode, retro-reflective patch).

Force feedback

outputting forces, vibrations, and/or motions to the player to provide haptic feedback.

Game character

a game entity simulating a sentient being; the simulated being can be real, e.g. a person or an animal, or fictitious, e.g. a dragon or a speaking mirror.

Game client

game device connected to a game server through a network

Game command

game-specific representation of a control signal, e.g. "pause" or "shoot" command

Game console

consumer electronics system specially adapted to execute video games, offering reduced functions with respect to generic personal computers; it differs from arcade machines, which are also specially adapted for video games, but for commercial purposes

Game content

data required for the execution of the game program, e.g. bitmap images, three-dimensional models; the content is usually created by the game makers before the game release, but can also be created afterwards by the player, e.g. using level editors

Game device

a data-processing apparatus enabling performing of the video game; the apparatus is connected to a display and input means, e.g. a controller or a mouse; it is either handheld or stationary; the device can be dedicated to the execution of game programs, e.g. a game console, an arcade game machine, a portable game machine, or a generic computer, e.g. a personal computer

Game mode

distinct method of operation within the game program, usually relating to distinct game mechanics or goals, e.g. single player mode, multiplayer mode, capture the flag mode

Game model

abstract description of the game's inner workings and the possible interactions with the player, conditioning her tactical possibilities. The game model includes game parameters, such as the score, and the procedures and constraints governing their evolution. The game specification usually includes a model of some physical systems, be they fictitious or real. However, this model is not part of the game model if its sole purpose is to provide a realistic simulation.

Game object

a game entity simulating a thing (excluding sentient beings); the simulated thing can be real, e.g. a tennis ball, or fictitious, e.g. a laser gun

Game parameter

a variable of the game model. Some variables of the game specification are not game parameters. For instance, the position of the virtual camera in a hand-to-hand fighting game is a game parameter if the position is chosen to be closer to the fighter with the lowest life meter. On the contrary, calculating a natural position of a fighter's elbow using the positions and orientations of his hands and shoulders, does not belong to the game model.

Game program

a computer readable program comprising instructions and data adapted to perform a video game when executed on a data-processing apparatus. To produce the video game program, the game designer communicates the game model in the game specifications to the developer team, who creates or adapts a game engine to implement the game model and optimize its implementation.

Game progress

any change in one of the game parameters (see game model)

Game scene

data describing the main virtual space used in the game's representation, e.g. describing a maze, a race circuit or the room where the player character is located, and its content. By extension, the image resulting from processing this data. The structure used for this data is usually a scene graph.

Game server

a data-processing apparatus or system connected to a network, not adapted for accepting directly player-generated signals, facilitating at least part of the execution of a video game (e.g. receiving inputs from the game clients, executing the game for the game clients and providing processed game information to the game clients for presentation to the player)

Player generated signal

an action made by the player to convey a decision, e.g. move circularly the arm, push a button with a finger

Virtual camera

virtual viewpoint in world space with position and view direction to render an image of the game

Synonyms and Keywords

3D

three-dimensional

AI

Artificial Intelligence

AR

Augmented Reality

D-pad

Directional pad

FOV

Field Of View

FPS

First Person Shooter (game)

HUD

Head-Up Display

LOD

Level Of Detail

MMORPG

Massively multiplayer online role-playing game

MOG

Multiplayer online game

MUD

Multi-User Dungeon

PC/NPC

Player Character/Non-Player Character

POV

Point Of View

PvP

Player versus Player (mode)

RPG

Role Playing Game

RTS

Real Time Strategy (game)

VR

Virtual Reality

Directional pad

In the technical literature, the following terms (or expressions) are often used:set of neighbouring switches mounted on a game controller, usually thumb-operated, for indicating one direction, e.g. four-way digital cross

First person / third person mode

in a first person mode, the game is viewed from the point of view of the player character/object; in a third person mode, the game is viewed from above, below or aside of the player character/object

Game engine

core portion of the game program which masks the hardware platform and can be re-used when developing other game programs. The game engine components typically include a rendering engine, a physics engine, and frameworks for e.g. sound, scripting, animation, artificial intelligence, networking, streaming, memory management, threading, localization support, and scene graph management.

Game mechanics

the procedures and constraints expressed in the game model

Gamepad

handheld game controller, where the fingers (especially thumbs) are used to provide input; gamepads generally feature a set of action buttons handled with the right thumb and a direction controller handled with the left; the direction controller has traditionally been a four-way digital cross (see D-pad), but most modern controllers additionally (or as a substitute) feature an analog stick

Gameplay

the interaction process taking place between the player and the game

Joypad

a game controller or a directional pad

Nonlinear game

a game providing challenges that can be completed in a number of different sequences.

Physics engine

component of the game engine which provides an approximate simulation of physical systems in real-time

Pseudo-3D

simulation of a 3D environment using 2D techniques, such as the axonometric projection, parallax scrolling or skyboxing.

Rendering engine

component of the game engine which generates an image from a scene model

Open World, Sandbox

a game mode providing no explicit goal

A63F 13/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Only input devices, which have been specially adapted for playing games.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Generic input devices such as a mouse which could also be used in a game are covered in the function place G06F 3/00.

References

Informative references:

input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer

G06F 3/01

pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user

G06F 3/033

A63F 13/21 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The use of commonplace sensors for unforeseen purposes, e.g. a pedal controlling the stand up/crouch position of a player-character, and devices using unforeseen sensors, e.g. electronic noses.

The subgroups under this group cover the physical parameters to be sensed and the means of detection.

A63F 13/211 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Input devices sensing acceleration, angular acceleration, velocity, angular velocity, position or orientation. A typical setup includes 3 mono-dimensional accelerometers, arranged perpendicularly, where the measured acceleration values are integrated to compute velocity and further, the device's position. The inertial sensor can be included in the game controller. The sensor can simply detect the motion in a given direction, without providing a measure of its intensity, e.g. to detect a push.

References

Informative references:

acceleration sensors per se

G01P 7/00, G01P 15/00

processing of the acceleration values to recognize a pattern, a gesture or a trajectory

A63F 13/428

A63F 13/212 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Wearable sensors which register a biosignal, such as electroencephalogram, or the motion of the player.

Communication between the input device and the game device is usually wireless, but can be wired.

References

Informative references:

hand-held video game devices

A63F 13/92

A63F 13/213 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Cameras and image sensors used in video games.

Photo-detecting means, e.g. photodiodes or infrared detectors, included in the game controller.

Typically, a camera is placed close to the main screen and registers the player's motions (see for example ref. 20 of the drawing). To ease tracking, fiducials such as objects with specific colours, shapes or reflectivity can be used. The output information is typically bi-dimensional. Alternatively, photodetecting means are included in the game controller and register the position of infrared light sources. Some imaging systems also provide depth information, using a range sensor, or using several cameras.

1. A63F0013213000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

photodetecting means used to detect where the game controller points to on the screen

A63F 13/219

image processing to generate game commands

A63F 13/42

A63F 13/214 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Sensors for detecting a variation of a physical quantity measured at a location on a surface.

Devices using a plurality of discrete switches, e.g. dance mats.

Detecting the location of player's fingers by non-contact methods, e.g. reflected light.

1. A63F0013214000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

contact sensors

A63F 13/218

game devices locating a contact using a camera

A63F 13/213

processing of position series to recognize a pattern or a trajectory

A63F 13/426

A63F 13/2145 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Direct interactions with the game display. Typically, the screen and the sensor are provided in one form-factor. However, the display can be composed of a projector and a projecting surface, also used to detect contact.

References

Informative references:

input device providing a touch screen as a secondary display

A63F 13/26

A63F 13/215 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Sensors allowing the player to enter a voice command, to sing or to blow. Microphone arrays used for source localization are also classified here.

References

Informative references:

processing to convert the acoustic signal into game commands

A63F 13/424

beam-formers

H04R 3/00

A63F 13/216 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Use of geographical information obtained directly, e.g. by GPS, or indirectly, e.g. by triangulation of cellular telephone base stations.

Use of geographical information as a game input, or for a "treasure hunt", or as a game parameter, e.g. for matching the day/night cycle of the game to local time.

A63F 13/219 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Use of photo-sensing cells to detect scanning lines on a monitor screen and using synchronization information to calculate the scan line position at the time of detection.

Use of photo-sensing cells to detect IR emitters placed nearby the display.

A63F 13/22 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

mapping of keys to a specific game's commands

A63F 13/42

A63F 13/23 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Connectors specially adapted for video game input devices.

Peripherals-to-port assignments.

Methods to provide additional data on standard connection.

Devices to allow more controllers than the number of ports on the game device.

Arrangements to daisy-chain game controllers.

References

Informative references:

other constructional details or arrangements of video game devices

A63F 13/90

control or interface arrangements for pointing devices

G06F 3/038

A63F 13/235 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Wireless controllers

Specific interface protocols, aspects regarding battery management, use of RFID and other wireless transponders for game data input.

References

Informative references:

small scale wireless networks; flat hierarchical wireless networks

H04W 84/10

transmission through free space

H04B 10/11

A63F 13/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Construction of input devices having several mechanical degrees of freedom, for example allowing rotation or twisting.

Details of mechanical contact between elements of game controller, e.g. sliding or rotating contact.

References

Informative references:

apparatus modifying mechanically an input device

A63F 13/98

A63F 13/245 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Input devices mimicking real world objects, which are used in the game simulation such as steering wheels, pedals, throttles, guns, rifles, fishing rods, guitars, keyboards, drums.

References

Informative references:

accessories attached to an input device

A63F 13/98

Special rules of classification

The type of game should be additionally classified under A63F 13/90.

A63F 13/25 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

digital output to display devices

G06F 3/14

control of displays in general

G09G

A63F 13/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Game controllers with a small-size display device, allowing to display additional views of the game or player-specific information.

Arcade game devices with additional display devices showing additional views, such as rear- or side-mirror view in a driving game or mounted outside a booth allowing spectators to watch the game.

Multi-screen game systems

A63F 13/28 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

controlling visual or acoustic output signals based on the game progress

A63F 13/50

A63F 13/285 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Generating forces to give tactile feedback.

Generating vibrations.

A63F 13/30 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

interconnection arrangements in generic data networks

H04L

A63F 13/31 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

communication control characterised by protocols

H04L 29/06

A63F 13/32 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

LAN in general

H04L 12/28

A63F 13/323 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Communication between handheld game devices and a home game devices.

Communication between portable game devices and arcade machines.

Typically, the game devicesare designed by the same company, which simplifies the data exchange. However, this group also covers communications between game devices with different hardware characteristics executing different Operating Systems.

1. A63F0013323000_0.gif

A63F 13/327 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Arrangements for locally connecting game devices using an air interface.

Connections based on standardized protocols are used such as IEEE 802.11 (WiFi) or Bluetooth.

Connections based on game device specific protocols using for example the Infrared interface of hand-held devices.

1. A63F0013327000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

small scale wireless networks; flat hierarchical wireless networks

H04W 84/10

transmission through free space

H04B 10/11

A63F 13/33 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

WAN in general

H04L 12/28

A63F 13/332 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

wireless communication networks

H04W

A63F 13/335 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

IP networks per se

H04L 29/06

A63F 13/338 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

interactive television

H04N 21/00

A63F 13/34 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

peer-to-peer networking in general

H04L 29/08

A63F 13/352 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Arrangements of hierarchies of game servers and players.

In the exemplary drawing below, references 10, 12, 14, 20, 22, 24 show the different layers in the server hierarchy with increasing geographical coverage.

1. A63F0013352000_0.gif

A63F 13/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Aspects of the use of input signals for facilitating the game interaction process.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Details of the generation of these signals, e.g. transduction from tactile or acoustic input, are classified in the corresponding function places.

References

Limiting references:

input arrangements for game devices

A63F 13/20

A63F 13/42 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The linear mapping of input signals into game commands.

The contextual, dynamic or non-linear mapping of signals received from an input switch or lever to game commands. For example, a fully inclined joystick might trigger a barrel roll instead of a simple turn:

1. A63F0013420000_0.gif

A63F 13/422 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The insertion of additional commands in the command sequence, i.e. to produce combos, and correcting the player's input to improve her accuracy.

A63F 13/424 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

input arrangements for game devices comprising means for detecting acoustic signals

A63F 13/215

evaluation based on rhythm only

A63F 13/44

Informative references:

evaluating musical performance in general

G10H 1/00

evaluating musical performance for karaoke

G10H 1/36

evaluating musical performance with respect to rhythm or tempo

G10H 1/40

evaluating musical performance with respect to pitch

G10H 3/12

speech recognition

G10L 15/00

microphones

H04R

A63F 13/426 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Non-trivial mappings to game scene (e.g. use of 2D position for pointing to a game object in 3D environment), sequences of operations (e.g. drawing the trajectory of a sword on screen) and their recognition (e.g. symbol drawn to cast spell).

A63F 13/428 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The processing of signals representing motion of the controller, e.g. swinging, as detected by accelerometers, to produce game commands.

The mapping of signals, e.g. from accelerometers, onto game object parameters.

Detection and recognition of sequences of operation, e.g. rotating a controller such as a lever for 720 degrees.

Noise resistant procedures.

1. A63F0013428000_0.gif

References

Limiting references:

input arrangements for game devices using inertial sensors

A63F 13/211

A63F 13/44 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Evaluation of timing actions, e.g. in rhythm games, time-dependent sequences of commands, e.g. combos, and the displays associated to timing.

In the exemplary drawing below, each time slot T1, T2, T3, T4 has subdivisions defining the optimal timing of an action.

1. A63F0013440000_0.gif

A63F 13/46 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Details of scoring methods, such as fuzzy evaluations of score, management of experience points or rewards scheme.

1. A63F0013460000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

comparisons of scores and rankings

A63F 13/798

A63F 13/47 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The control of the game's narrative. A narrative structure can be implemented trivially as a sequence, but also as a tree or as a set of goals or tasks randomly assigned to NPC, to provide nonlinear gameplay.

The exemplary drawing below shows different branching points in the narrative (410,420,430) with the possible alternative segments.

1. A63F0013470000_0.gif

A63F 13/49 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The storage of game data in internal or external memory. Both "save" and "pause" commands can be triggered by the player or automatically, e.g. pausing when receiving a phone call on the same device or auto-save feature. Typically, a multiplayer game played over a network requires a protocol to pause or end the game. For instance, a player closes her own handheld apparatus. Prior to setting of a sleep mode, the game apparatus notifies all other game apparatuses of the interruption of the communication game, and then the game apparatus saves parameters necessary to execute a game main processing program to interrupt the execution of the game main processing program.

A63F 13/493 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Methods for retrieving game status and value of the game parameters as they were when the game was suspended

Methods for compensating discontinuities in memory or input when resuming. For instance, if a game using a controller with a tilt sensor is paused, then the change of position during pause will cause a discontinuity in the input coordinates.

A63F 13/497 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Backward replay allowing the player to roll back to a previous state, e.g. before her character's death.

Forward replay allowing to display past game events.

Summary or recap techniques for shortening the replay.

A63F 13/50 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Aspects of the use of such signals for facilitating the game interaction process.

Use of signals not directed to the screen or the speakers.

A63F 13/52 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

two dimensional image generation

G06T 11/00

animation in general

G06T 13/00

three dimensional image rendering

G06T 15/00

A63F 13/525 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The control of virtual cameras to facilitate the interactions between the player and the game.

The use of game variables for this control. For instance, in a fighting game, the camera can be placed closer to the fighter with the lowest life meter.

References

Informative references:

Navigation in three-dimensional environments

G06T 19/00

A63F 13/5252 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Techniques that enable rendering of scenes from multiple perspectives.

In the exemplary drawing below, virtual cameras 401, 402 are placed on both sides of the wall, allowing rendering the scene from 2 perspectives (figure (b), (c))

1. A63F0013525200_0.gif

A63F 13/5255 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Direct control of the camera by the player to e.g. resolve projection ambiguities or occlusions. This control can be explicit, e.g. using a dedicated lever, or implicit. For instance, the orientation of the virtual camera can be set to the real orientation of a camera, to produce an augmented reality game. Alternatively, the head of the player can be tracked and the virtual viewpoint's position be updated accordingly, to produce an autostereoscopic display.

In the exemplary drawing below, the player can select view 160A or 160B using the input device 120.

1. A63F0013525500_0.gif

A63F 13/5258 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Methods for setting dynamical parameters of the virtual camera according to the dynamical parameters of a game object or character, allowing to implement cinematographic camera effects in video games.

Typically, speeds will be similar but the virtual camera may accelerate or decelerate according to a predefined game event. The relative height or angle of the virtual camera provides also the desired view of the game scene.

For example, if the player's car approaches an obstacle such as a tree or building, the viewpoint is positioned to quickly approach the player's car by increasing the moving speed.

In the further exemplary drawing below, virtual camera C tracks the virtual skier and changes its height and direction between C1 and C2 according to the game course.

1. A63F0013525800_0.gif

A63F 13/53 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The display of game state variables which are not expressed in the game scene or of information to improve the game-player interaction. For instance, a magnified view of the target is displayed in a shooting game or a gauge for controlling the timing of the pitch in a baseball game.

1. A63F0013530000_0.gif

2. A63F0013530000_1.gif

A63F 13/533 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Methods for prompting the player by presenting a display of control buttons, a keyboard, a menu, or the like.

References

Informative references:

interactions techniques for graphical user interfaces

G06F 3/048

A63F 13/537 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Indicators related to the experience or health of characters, for example, power gauges and life indicators.

1. A63F0013537000_0.gif

A63F 13/5372 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Indicators used to show the current selection or the target for the next game command. The selection can be controlled by the player, or automatic, e.g. highlighting the closest team member in a soccer game.

1. A63F0013537200_0.gif

A63F 13/5375 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Techniques to help the player choosing her next command. Typically, a textual advice or a drawing of the game controller is overlaid. It is also used to provide information on a part of the game scene which is not visible on the screen, e.g. the position of the soccer team members on the field.

Hints as part of an in-game tutorial.

Indicators linked to an object in the scene.

1. A63F0013537500_0.gif

2. A63F0013537500_1.gif

References

Informative references:

indicator expressing the timing of operation

A63F 13/44

A63F 13/5378 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Overlaid windows with a two-dimensional map of the game scene.

1. A63F0013537800_0.gif

References

Limiting references:

Using two or more virtual cameras concurrently

A63F 13/5252

A63F 13/54 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Sound effects in video games.

In the first example below, sound characteristics are generated depending on the status of the car (idling, moving). In the second example, the reverberation from obstacles 901, 902 is be simulated.

1. A63F0013540000_0.gif

2. A63F0013540000_1.gif

References

Informative references:

sound-producing devices

G10H, G10K, H04R

A63F 13/55 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

animation in general

G06T 13/00

3d image rendering

G06T 15/00

A63F 13/56 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Methods for moving automatically non-player characters in the game scene according to the game progress. For example, virtual soldiers follow their leaders in a strategy games or virtual soccer characters are positioned to receive or intercept the ball.

In the first example below, characters 51 and 52 are moving automatically to a location according to player input on a touch screen. In the other example, non-player characters 11 and 12 are approaching automatically the player character.

1. A63F0013560000_0.gif

2. A63F0013560000_1.gif

A63F 13/57 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Techniques for simulating the law of physics applied to game objects

In the example below, tyre load (front, rear, left or right) is computed according to the longitudinal or transversal acceleration of the virtual racing car and indicated by the shading.

1. A63F0013570000_0.gif

A63F 13/573 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The impact of calculated trajectories on the game process.

In the examples below, the trajectories of the tennis or soccer ball are used to determine the landing point on the game field.

1. A63F0013573000_0.gif

2. A63F0013573000_1.gif

A63F 13/577 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The determination if an object or character has entered the collision zone of other objects or characters.

The triggering of a corresponding game action if collision has occurred.

In the examples below, the results of collision determination are used to find out if the player character has broken a glass surface with a ball, has been hit by an arrow or could catch a flying object.

1. A63F0013577000_0.gif

2. A63F0013577000_1.gif

3. A63F0013577000_2.gif

References

Informative references:

collision detection in image processing

G06T 19/00

A63F 13/58 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The computation of parameters associated with game characters, which need to be continuously updated in the game course.

The use of those parameters to influence the game course as they typically have a significant impact on the outcome of the game.

The dashboard of the exemplary drawing below shows the different skill parameters of a game character in a soccer video game.

1. A63F0013580000_0.gif

A63F 13/61 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Techniques for embedding advertising information in video games.

Techniques for associating advertising information to video games.

In the example below, a virtual billboard displays an advertisement in a video racing game.

1. A63F0013610000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

advertising per se

G09F

marketing, e.g. advertising

G06Q 30/02

A63F 13/63 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Means allowing the player to create new game items, or to add music or a personalised sound track to the game.

A63F 13/65 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Collecting images and data from real world games, races, etc., and the processing and use of this information to create a virtual event, for example a race between a player's virtual car and real cars.

A63F 13/655 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Techniques for embedding photos in video games.

Techniques for associating photos to video games.

In the example below, photos of other players are used to tag enemy characters 22 and 24.

1. A63F0013655000_0.gif

References

Limiting references:

input arrangements for game device comprising photodetecting means

A63F 13/213

A63F 13/67 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Simulation of cognitive functions for NPC

Artificial intelligence game engines

Automatic adaptation of the game difficulty to the player's skill and style of play

A63F 13/71 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

network security

H04L 29/06

A63F 13/73 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Techniques restricting player access to game devices

Techniques restricting access to the content of a game recording medium

Techniques restricting access to game information files, being stored locally or distributed via a network.

In the example below, security devices 710 are entitled by a gaming authority 760 and provide conditional access to game device 702.

1. A63F0013730000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

computer security

G06F 21/00

A63F 13/75 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The detection and classification of player's activity into foul play and the imposition of game penalties.

A63F 13/77 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Techniques for executing or distributing game software based on hardware of software characteristics of game servers or game devices

A63F 13/792 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

payment protocols

G06Q 20/00

apparatus actuated by coins or the like for games

G07F 17/32

A63F 13/795 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Inviting players to multi-player games running on a network.

Associating players with a group of players based on preferences.

Using information from social network services in a game.

A63F 13/798 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Evaluating players and producing ranking lists in multi-player games running on a network.

References

Limiting references:

computing the game score

A63F 13/46

A63F 13/803 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

simulators for teaching control of vehicles or other crafts

G09B 9/02

A63F 13/814 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

evaluating musical performance in general

G10H 1/00

evaluating musical performance for karaoke

G10H 1/36

evaluating musical performance for rhythm or tempo

G10H 1/40

evaluating musical performance for pitch

G10H 3/12

A63F 13/843 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Techniques for providing multiplayer games on the same game device by offering each player her own input device. Typically, a different view is displayed for each character on a different output area of the display device if they are too far one from the other, and a single view is used when the characters are close enough.

In the examples below, the screen is subdivided horizontally or vertically into two regions, allowing to render the game from the perspective of each of the two players.

1. A63F0013843000_0.gif

2. A63F0013843000_1.gif

A63F 13/87 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The use of peer-to-peer or one-to-many communications in multi-player games running on a network.

A63F 13/90 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Structural or electrical aspects of the game device hardware.

In the example below, an arcade machine has changeable input means, which can be fixed to the housing but later replaced if the type of game changes.

1. A63F0013900000_0.gif

References

Limiting references:

input arrangements of video game devices

A63F 13/20

output arrangements of video game devices

A63F 13/25

Informative references:

constructional details of input arrangements

A63F 13/24

A63F 13/92 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Dedicated game devices, where the form factor, size, weight, button arrangements or compact design make them suitable to be held at least in a hand. Such devices depart from generic hand-held devices, such as PDA or mobile phones, which can run games but are not specially designed for playing.

A63F 13/95 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Recording medium specially adapted to game devices

Use of storage medium before, during or after game execution, e.g. game loading from a disk

In the example below, a dedicated game cartridge storing a game program can be inserted into a game machine.

1. A63F0013950000_0.gif

A63F 13/98 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Accessories, which are optional for playing the game (i.e. as opposed to input means, which are essential). They may add for example comfort or convenience to the game experience.

In the examples below, accessories are used to support a hand-held game device or a game controller.

1. A63F0013980000_0.gif

2. A63F0013980000_1.gif

References

Informative references:

input arrangements for game devices

A63F 13/20

output arrangements for game devices

A63F 13/25

A63H - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Toys of the following types:

Tops, e.g. with winding devices, musical tops or yo-yo's.

Dolls, e.g. stuffed, inflatable or flat, and including toy animals.

Musical or noise-producing devices for additional toy effects other than acoustical.

Toy figures, including toy figures led or propelled by the user, self-movable toy figures (including figures powered by rotating eccentric weights, jumping toys, walking toys), toy figures with self-moving parts with or without movement of the figure as a whole (including egg-laying toy animals, toy roundabouts, jack-in-the-box toys) or gravity-operated toy figures (including self-righting toys).

Toy vehicles, e.g. cars, trucks, railways, boats, aircraft, helicopters, ornithopters, or other flying vehicles.

Accessory and ancillary devices for use with toy vehicles or their highways, railways or trackways, e.g. passenger stations, filling stations, toy garages, signalling systems, lighting or steering devices.

Floating toys or other aquatic devices.

Flying toys, e.g. kites or balloons.

Highways, railways or trackways, including their bridges, interchanges, ramps and branch lines, for guiding toy vehicles or other toys (e.g. toy balls) along a path.

Drive mechanisms, remote-control arrangements or gearing specially adapted for toys.

Joke or gag devices, surprise toys, confetti, streamers or other types of party or dance favours.

Other toys, including toy steam, gas or compressed air engines, toy building blocks, hoops, folded paper toys, throwing toys, soap-bubble toys, toy windmills, toy parachutes, imitation telephones, moulds for playing with sand, picture books with additional toy effects, e.g. pop-up or slide displays.

Special methods or compositions for the manufacture of dolls, toy animals, toy figures or parts thereof.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Toys are often imitations or miniatures of "genuine", "full-size" working devices, machines or apparatus with a practical use. However toys normally have structural details that make them unsuitable for operation similar to that of a full-size equivalent. For the full-size working device, the relevant subclass should be consulted, for example "proper" vehicles, aircraft, etc. should be classified in classes B60-B64 and gearing in general (instead of gearing for toys) is in subclass F16H. In borderline cases where it is difficult to distinguish between a toy and a full-size working device, it may be necessary to classify in several places.

References

Limiting references:

Blowing smoke-rings

A24F 13/30

Dolls' footwear

A43B 3/28

Changeable or secret pictures

B44F 1/10

Firecrackers

F42B 4/04

Hand-thrown impact-exploded noise makers

F42B 4/16

Kaleidoscopes

G02B 27/08

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Throwing toys as part of a game

A63F 9/02

Traffic games with figures moved by players

A63F 9/14

Spring toy guns

F41B 7/08

Examples (not mentioned above) of devices, articles or apparatus which are applicable to humans instead of toys, or of "full-size" working devices or machines with a practical use:

Eyelashes, eyebrows for humans

A41G

Artificial eyes for humans

A61F 2/14

Picture books

B42D 1/00

Parachutes for aeronautics

B64D

Ultra-small engines, e.g. for driving models

F02B 75/34

Models or scenery for general purposes

G09B

Music, sound or noise production in general

G10

Transformers

H01F

Electric motors per se

H02K

Converters

H02M

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Toy

A plaything to be actively played with by children or others; something contrived for amusement rather than for practical or serious use.

Toy figure

A toy that is a caricature or a stylised or symbolic form of a human being, animal, cartoon, fictional character or mythological being.

A63H 3/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Connection of valves to inflatable elastic bodies

B60C 29/00

A63H 3/42 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Artificial eyes for human beings

A61F 2/14

A63H 3/44 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Wigs, eyelashes, eyebrows for humans

A41G

A63H 5/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Music, sound or noise production in general

G10

A63H 17/385 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Remote-control arrangements specially adapted for toys

A63H 30/00

A63H 19/36 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Models or scenery for general purposes

G09B

A63H 27/10 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Connection of valves to inflatable elastic bodies

B60C 29/00

A63H 27/127 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Flying discs

A63B 65/10

A63H 27/24 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Ultra-small engines per se, e.g. for driving models

F02B 75/34

Electric motors per se

H02K

A63H 30/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Transformers

H01F

Converters

H02M

A63H 31/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Gearing in general

F16H

A63H 33/20 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Parachutes for aeronautics

B64D

A63H 33/30 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Savings boxes

A45C 1/12

Toy ticket punches

G07B 9/02

A63H 33/38 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Picture books

B42D 1/00

A63H 33/42 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Models or scenery for general purposes

G09B

A63J - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices for theatres, circuses or the like places for public entertainment or amusement, e.g. cinemas;

Conjuring appliances or the like appliances for performing magic or illusionary effects;

Stage arrangements;

Equipment for, or arrangement of, circuses or arenas;

Auxiliaries for producing special effects on stages, or in circuses or arenas;

Auxiliary apparatus for artistes;

Centrifugal tracks, loop-the-loops, or the like;

Labyrinths;

Panoramas, dioramas, stereoramas, or the like;

Peep-shows; Kaleidoscopic or the other opalescence exhibitions;

Apparatus for performing colour-music;

Puppet, marionette, or shadow shows or theatres;

Conjuring appliances; Auxiliary apparatus for conjurers;

Equipment specially adapted for cinemas.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

General relationship of A63J with E04B and E04H.

E04B covers general building constructions; walls, e.g. partitions; roofs; floors; ceilings; insulation or other protection of buildings. For example, E04B 7/00 covers typical arena roof construction.

E04H covers buildings or like structures for particular purposes; swimming or splash baths or pools; masts; fencing; tents or canopies, in general. For example, E04H 3/00 covers buildings or groups of buildings for public or similar purposes and their constructional features; E04H 15/00 covers tent types.

General relationship of A63J with A63G and A63H

A63G covers devices for public for public amusement, especially rotating or rocking devices for fun-fairs. A63H covers toys for similar amusements, toy scenery, or hand puppets used by artists for their performance.

References

Informative references:

Chutes; Helters-skelters

A63G 21/00

Vehicles adapted to transport, to carry or to comprise theatres or stages

B60P 3/025

General building constructions; walls; roofs; floors; ceilings; insulation or other protection of buildings

E04B

Buildings or like structures for particular purposes; swimming or splash baths or pools; masts; fencing; tents or canopies, in general

E04H

Buildings or groups of buildings for meetings, entertainments, or sports

E04H 3/10

Theatres; Concert halls; Studios for cinematography, constructional features of stages or auditoriums in theatres or the like

E04H 3/22

Tents in general, e.g. circus tents

E04H 15/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Conjuring

The art or skill of performing tricks or illusions for entertainment.

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the following terms "conjuring", "prestidigitation" and "sleights of hand" are often used as synonyms. Also, these terms can be used as keywords.

In patent documents the following terms "track", "path", "raceway", "racetrack", are often used as synonyms. Also, these terms can be used as keywords.

A63J 1/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Devices for drawing domestic curtains

A47H 5/00

Fire-proof curtains

A62C 2/10

Capstans; winches; tackles

B66D

Fabrics for theatre decorations, for costumes, for curtains

D03D

Structural arrangements of stage or theatre

E04H

Models of scenic effects, e.g. trees, rocks, water surfaces other than for stage purposes

G09B 25/08

A63J 3/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Circus buildings

E04B

Buildings or like structures for particular purposes; swimming or splash baths or pools; masts; fencing; tents or canopies, in general

E04H

A63J 5/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Lifts in, or associated with, buildings

B66B 9/00

Platform lifts

B66F 7/00

Shiftable or portable platforms of stages

E04H 3/28

Lighting arrangements for stages, or in circuses or arenas, e.g. for producing special lighting effects

F21S

Electrophonic musical instruments; instruments in which the tones are generated by electromechanical means or electronic generators, or in which the tones are synthesised from a data store

G10H

Electric lighting not otherwise provided for; Circuit arrangements for electric light sources in general; Controlling

H05B 37/02

A63J 5/12 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Elevators, escalators or moving walkways

B66B 9/00

A63J 7/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Masks for theatrical use

A41G 7/00

Hand-puppets

A63H 3/14

A63J 9/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Looping-the loop swings for public amusments

A63G 9/08

Chutes for public amusement

A63G 21/00

A63J 13/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Model railway units in combination with scenics for toy purposes

A63H 19/36

Toy models or toy scenery not otherwise provided for

A63H 33/42

Models for full-sized devices for demonstration purposes, for surveying or for geography, e.g. relief models

G09B 25/00

A63J 15/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Optical, colour, or shadow toys

A63H 33/22

Kaleidoscopes

G02B 27/08

A63J 17/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Controlling arrangements in circuits for electric light sources, in general

H05B 37/02

Electrophonic musical instruments; instruments in which the tones are generated by electromechanical means or electronic generators, or in which the tones are synthesised from a data store

G10H

A63J 19/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Hand-puppets

A63H 3/14

Jumping jacks

A63H 3/18

B01D - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes and apparatus for evaporation, distillation, sublimation, crystallisation, solvent extraction, chromatography, sedimentation, filtration, dust precipitation, gas cleaning, absorption, adsorption, separation of isotopes.

Cold traps, cold baffles.

Treating liquids by displacement, adsorption, separation or degasification.

Treating gases or vapours by separation, recovering, chemical or biological purification of waste gases.

Separation using semi-permeable membranes, dialysis, osmosis, ultrafiltration.

Separation of suspended particles from liquids by sedimentation, flocculation, settling, filtration or other processes.

Separation of dispersed particles from gases or vapours, by filtration, gravity, inertia or centrifugal forces, or using liquid as separating agent.

Similar processes which are not concerned with, or limited to, separation.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

For apparatus used in drying or evaporation, F26B takes precedence over this subclass.

Separation of isotopes of the same chemical element is covered by group B01D 59/00, whatever process or apparatus is employed; this group therefore takes precedence over other subclasses of class B01.

References

Limiting references:

Separating solids from solids by wet methods

B03B, B03D

Separating solids from solids using liquids or using pneumatic jigs or tables

B03B

Magnetic or electrostatic separation of solid materials from solid materials or fluids, separation by high-voltage electric fields

B03C

Flotation, differential sedimentation

B03D

Separating solids from solids by dry methods, e.g. sieving, screening, sifting or using gas currents

B07B

Centrifuges

B04B

Vortex apparatus, e.g. cyclones

B04C

Presses per se for squeezing-out liquid from liquid-containing material

B30B 9/02

Making single crystals

C30B

Into single crystals

C30B 23/00

Manufacture of hollow fibres

D01D 5/24, D01F 1/08

Separation of difficult-to-condense gases or air by liquefaction

F25J 3/00

Condensers

F28B

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Blood or infusion liquid filters

A61M 5/165

Screens or sieves per se

B07B 1/00

Extrusion filters

B29C 47/68

Filtering spinning solution or melt

D01D 1/10

Filtration of lubricants

F16N 39/06

Suction cleaner filters

A47L 9/10

Filters for breathing-protection purposes

A62B 23/00

Filtering air for vehicles

B60H 3/06

Separating pneumatically-conveyed materials from propelling gas

B65G 53/60

Exhaust or silencing apparatus for machines or engines having means for removing solid constituents of exhaust

F01N 3/02

Air cleaners for the intakes of gas-turbine or jet-propulsion plants

F02C 7/05

Air cleaners for the intakes of combustion engines

F02M 35/024

Air cleaners for the intakes of compressors

F04B 39/16

Filtering in air-conditioning

F24F 3/16

Arrangement or mounting of filters in air-conditioning, air-humidification or ventilation

F24F 13/28

Purification or separation of nitrogen

C01B 21/04

Working-up unidentified gaseous mixtures obtained by cracking hydrocarbon oils

C10G 70/00

Cleaning coal gas

C10K

Working-up of natural gas, or synthetic natural gas

C10L 3/10

Investigating materials

G01N 30/00

Treatment of milk by dialysis, reverse osmosis or ultrafiltration

A23C 9/142

Treatment of milk by electrodialysis

A23C 9/144

Artificial kidneys

A61M 1/14

Treatment of water e.g. softening of water by ion-exchange

C02F, C02F 1/42

Treatment of water by dialysis, osmosis or reverse osmosis

C02F 1/44

Treatment of water by electrodialysis

C02F 1/469

Apparatus for enzymology or microbiology with dialysis means

C12M 1/12

Production or purification of sugar juices, e.g. by osmosis

C13B 20/16

Extraction of sugar from molasses, e.g. by osmosis

C13B 35/08

Diaphragms for electrolysis

C25B 13/00, C25C 7/04

Osmosis as energy source

F03G 7/00

Special rules of classification

Group B01D 59/00 (separation of isotopes) takes precedence over other groups of this subclass since it covers separation of isotopes of the same chemical element, whatever process or apparatus is employed.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Filtration

The separation of a fluid-solid mixture, involving passage of most of the fluid through a porous barrier which retains most of the solid particulates contained in the mixture; includes straining solids from fluids.

Filter medium

A porous barrier or porous arrangement of material, which lets a fluid pass while retaining most of the solids which were mixed with it.

Filtering element

A section of filter medium in addition to parts to which the medium is demountably or permanently fixed, including other sections of medium, end caps, peripheral frames or edge strips, but excluding housings.

Filter housing

The fluid-constraining impervious vessel, whether open or closed, which contains, or is adapted to contain one or more filtering elements or filter media.

Filter chamber

The space within a housing where filtering elements or filter media are located; partitions may divide a single housing into a plurality of chambers.

Filtering apparatus

Filtering elements combined with housings, cleaning arrangements, motor or like parts, which are characteristic of the particular type of apparatus. Ancillary devices such as pumps or valves are considered part of a filtering apparatus when inside the apparatus. Ancillary devices performing similar or different unit operations such as comminutors, mixers or non-filtering separators, whether or not inside the apparatus, are not considered part of a filtering apparatus. The term does not extend to apparatus, e.g. washing machines, of which the filter forms only a part.

B01D 1/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Preparation of starch

C08B 30/00

Informative references:

Prevention of incrustation

C23F

B01D 1/20 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Sprayers in general

B05B

B01D 3/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Preparation of alcoholic beverages by distillation

C12G 3/12

Informative references:

Gas chromatography

B01D 15/08

Destructive distillation

C10B

B01D 3/16 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Packing elements

B01J 19/30, B01J 19/32

B01D 8/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Pumps for evacuating by condensing or freezing

F04B 37/08

B01D 15/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Treating liquids with moving adsorbents.

Non-selective adsorption treatment of liquids with ion-exchange materials in processes where no ion-exchange occurs (e.g. purification or regeneration treatments).

Selective adsorption treatments of liquids with ion-exchange materials as adsorbents.

Separation processes and apparatus using selective adsorption e.g. chromatography.

References

Limiting references:

Separating processes involving the treatment of liquids with liquid sorbents

B01D 11/00

Preparative gas chromatography

B01D 53/02

Separation of isotopes of the same chemical element

B01D 59/00

Sorbent materials in general

B01J 20/00

Sorbents for chromatography

B01J 20/281

Ion-exchange processes or materials

B01J 39/00-B01J 49/00

Treatment of water

C02F

e.g. softening of water by ion-exchange

C02F 1/42

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Investigative or analytical chromatography

G01N 30/00

Informative references:

Sorption and chromatography relating to particular applications, or relating to treating particular compounds or groups of compounds, may be classified in the following non-exhaustive list:

Modifying dairy products by dialysis, osmosis, filtration or ion-exchange

A23C 9/14

Treating blood or products derived therefrom

A61K 35/14

Separation of optically active compounds

C07B 57/00

Purification of hydrocarbons by adsorption

C07C 7/12

Extraction, separation or purification of peptides by chromatography

C07K 1/16

Refining hydrocarbon oils with solid sorbents

C10G 25/00

Refining fats or fatty oils by adsorption

C11B 3/10

Purification of alcoholic beverages with ion-exchange or adsorption material

C12H 1/04

Separating or purifying micro-organisms or enzymes

C12N 9/00

Purification of sugar juices using adsorption agents

C13B 20/12

Special rules of classification

In order that group B01D 15/08 may provide a basis for a complete search with respect to chromatography, all subject matter of interest should also be classified in this group even when it is classified primarily in application-oriented place(s) (see Informative References).

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Adsorption

A separation process which involves the transfer and resulting equilibrium distribution of one or more solutes between a fluid phase and adsorbing particles.

Sorbent

A material which separates a constituent from a fluid mixture containing such constituents. The action in most instances is that of selective retention (i.e. the sorbent removes only the part of the fluid mixture for which it has the greatest affinity). The retained constituent cannot be removed by shaking, brushing or similar mechanical action, but generally can be removed by heating, pressure reduction, or use of a stripping or denuding fluid.

Chromatography

A process in which a liquid is flowed along a linear path comprising a sorbent, with which the liquid competes in affinity for a constituent of the liquid. The constituent is sorbed from the moving liquid by the relatively immobile sorbent and re-dissolved by a later passing portion of the liquid until an equilibrium of the sorbing-dissolving step is set up causing the constituent to concentrate in a specific volume of the sorbent and to move along the path of the liquid at a rate slower than such liquid.

Adsorption chromatography

Separation is based mainly on differences between the adsorption affinities of the sample components for the surface of an active solid.

Partition chromatography

Separation is based mainly on differences between the solubilities of the sample components in the stationary phase (gas chromatography) or on differences between the solubilities of the components in the mobile and stationary phases (liquid chromatography).

Exclusion chromatography

Separation is based mainly on exclusion effects, such as differences in molecular size (size-exclusion chromatography) and/or shape or charge

Affinity chromatography

The particular variant of chromatography in which the unique biological specificity of the analyte and ligand interaction is utilised for the separation.

Bonded phase

A stationary phase which is covalently bonded to the support particles or to the inside wall of the column tubing.

Synonyms and Keywords

HPLC

High performance liquid chromatography, sometimes also referred to as high pressure liquid chromatography

B01D 17/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Places in relation to which this subclass is residual:

Devices for separating or removing fatty or oily substances or similar floating material from water, waste water, or sewage

C02F 1/40

Cleaning or keeping clear the surface of open water from oil or like materials

E02B 15/04

Arrangements for separating lubricants from refrigerants

F25B 43/02

B01D 19/02 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Foam dispersion or prevention during boiling

B01B 1/02

Foam dispersion or prevention during fermentation

C12

B01D 21/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Devices for separating or removing fatty or oily substances or similar floating material from water, waste water, or sewage

C02F 1/40

B01D 21/01 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Using flocculating agents for purifying water

C02F 1/52

Using flocculating agents for liquid radioactive waste

G21F 9/10

B01D 21/26 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Centrifuges

B04B

Cyclones

B04C

B01D 33/052 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Presses per se for squeezing out liquid using an endless pressing band

B30B 9/24

B01D 39/18 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Making filter paper

D21F 11/14

B01D 39/20 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Porous ceramic material

C04B 38/00

Making alloys by powder metallurgy

C22C 1/04

B01D 47/14 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Packing elements

B01J 19/30, B01J 19/32

B01D 51/00 - Definition fr

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Preventing dust fires is classified in subclass A62C

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Pretreatment specially adapted for magnetic separation

B03C 1/005

Pretreatment specially adapted for electrostatic separation

B03C 3/01

B01D 53/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Separation of difficult-to-condense gases or air by liquefaction

F25J

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

For the separation of specific gases or vapours, see the relevant places, e.g. for purification or separation of nitrogen

C01B 21/04

Working-up undefined gaseous mixtures obtained by cracking hydrocarbon oils

C10G 70/00

Cleaning coal gas

C10K

Working-up of natural gas, or synthetic natural gas

C10L 3/10

For investigating materials

G01N 30/00

B01D 53/18 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Packing elements

B01J 19/30, B01J 19/32

B01D 53/22 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Manufacturing semi-permeable membranes

B01D 67/00

Form, structure or properties of semi-permeable membranes

B01D 69/00

Material for semi-permeable membranes

B01D 71/00

B01D 57/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Treatment of water, waste water, sewage or sludge by electrophoresis

C02F 1/469

Electrophoretic production of compounds or non-metals

C25B 7/00

Investigating or analysing materials by using electrophoresis

G01N 27/26

B01D 59/38 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Separation by electrochemical methods in general

B01J

B01J - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

- Granulation processes or devices, e.g. by dividing liquid material into drops, in drums, in fluidised beds, by expressing the material through sieves, making particulate materials hydrophobic

- Chemical or physical processes or apparatus therefor concerning:

chemical or physical change of matter by the use of pressure

feed or outlet regulating devices,

calcining, fusing,

apparatus for generating gases

solidifying liquids

direct application of electric or wave energy

production of inert gas mixtures

stationary, nozzle-type reactors

- Chemical processes involving a gas. e.g. gas passing through fixed beds or fluidised beds, reacting liquid with gaseous media other than in presence of solid particles, reacting gaseous media with gaseous media, reacting gaseous media with non-particulate solids

- Chemical processes involving a liquid, e.g. liquids passing through fixed beds or fluidised beds, reacting liquid with gaseous media, reacting liquid with liquids, reacting liquids with non-particulate solids

- Production of colloidal materials or their solutions, e.g. making microcapsules by physical drying, spraying, coacervation, polymerisation

- Sorbent or filter aid compositions comprising inorganic or organic material, sorbents specially adapted for chromatography and processes for preparing or regenerating thereof

- Catalysts :

catalysts containing elements or inorganic compounds, e.g. magnesium, silica, copper, noble metals, sulfides, halides, carbides

Raney catalysts, e.g. Raney nickel

catalysts comprising molecular sieves, e.g. silicalites, crystalline zeolites, clays, phosphates

catalysts comprising metal hydrides, organic compounds, coordination complexes

catalysts carriers in general; catalysts characterised by their form or physical properties

Preparation processes, protection, activation, e.g. impregnation, coating, reducing

Regeneration or reactivation of catalysts, e.g. by heat treatment, treatment in liquid phase

- Ion exchange processes, e.g. cation, anion, amphoteric ion-exchange; regeneration of ion-exchangers and apparatus therefor

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Process or apparatus for specific application are classified in the relevant places for these processes or apparatus, e.g. F26B 3/08, C08J 3/12

Separation, e.g. distillation, also combined with chemical reaction, is classified in B01D

Apparatus used for reforming reactions is classified in B01J. C01B covers mainly the process aspects of the reforming and B01J the aspects relating to the types of the apparatus used.

References

Limiting references:

Separation also combined with chemical reactions

B01D

Free vortex flow apparatus

B04C

Generating specific gases

C01B, C10J

Catalysts used only in polymerization reactions

C08

Pressure vessels for containing or storing compressed, liquefied or solidified gases

F17C

Furnaces, rotary drum furnaces

F27B, F27B 7/00

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Treatment of milk

A23C 9/14

General methods or apparatus for disinfection or sterilizing of materials

A61L 2/00

Use of solid sorbent compositions in liquid separation, e.g. ion-exchange adsorbents

B01D 15/00, B01D 15/04

Ion-exchange chromatography processes,

B01D 15/08, B01D 15/36

Use of filter aid compositions

B01D 37/02

Auxiliary pretreatment of gases or vapours by ultrasonic

B01D 51/08

Separation of gases or vapours

B01D 53/00

Use of sorbent compositions in gas separation

B01D 53/02, B01D 53/14

Separation of isotopes

B01D 59/00

Electrodialysis, electro-osmosis

B01D 61/42

Use of substances as emulsifying, wetting, dispersing or foam producing agents

B01F 17/00

Cleaning involving contact with liquid by sonic or ultrasonic vibration

B08B 3/12

Apparatus for compacting or sintering metal powders

B22F 3/00

Granulating metals

B22F 9/00

Making granules from plastics or from substances in a plastic state

B29B 9/00

Active carbon

C01B 31/08

Treatment of water by ion-exchange

C02F 1/42

Packings, fillings or grids for biological treatment of water, waste water or sewage

C02F 3/10

Processes for granulating fertilisers characterised by their chemical composition

C05B - C05G

Granulating molten slag

C04B 5/02

Chemical aspects of granulating macromolecular substances

C08J 3/12

Refining of hydrocarbon oils, in the absence of hydrogen, with solid sorbents

C10G 25/00

Purification of sugar using ion-exchange materials

C13B 20/14

Extraction of sugar from molasses using ion exchange

C13B 35/06

Granulating ores or scrap

C22B 1/14

Extraction of metal compounds from ores or concentrates by wet processes, e.g. adsorption, ion-exchange

C22B 3/00

Physical treatment of fibres, threads, yarns, fabrics

D06M 10/00

Pressure vessels in general

F16J 12/00

Combustion apparatus in which combustion takes place in a fluidised bed of fuel or other particles

F23C 10/00

Drying solid materials to form a fluidised bed

F26B 3/08

Blasting cartridges for producing gas under pressure

F42B 3/04

Splashing boards or grids specially adapted for trickle coolers

F28F 25/08

Using ion-exchange for investigating or analyzing materials

G01N 30/96

Pressure vessels for nuclear reactors

G21C 13/00

Treating radioactively contaminated material

G21F 9/02

Informative references:

Evaporating by spraying

B01D 1/16

Fractionating columns in which vapour bubbles through liquid

B01D 3/16

Pressure vessels or autoclaves used in laboratory

B01L

Centrifuges

B04B

Presses in general

B30B

Oxides

C01B - C01G

Chemical vapor deposition processes

C23C 16/00

Refractory details of furnaces

F27D

Heat exchange apparatus

F28C, F28D

Blasting

F42D

Generating or handling plasma

H05H 1/00

Special rules of classification

In group B01J 20/00 and in each set of groups B01J 21/00 - B01J 31/00, B01J 32/00 - B01J 38/00 and B01J 39/00 - B01J 49/00, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, classification is made in the last appropriate place.

Pure compounds or elements, or their recovery from solid sorbent compositions, filter aid compositions, or catalysts, are classified in the appropriate subclass for chemical compounds or elements. However, when it is explicitly stated that the pure compound or element, in a particular form, is especially useful as a solid sorbent, filter aid, or catalyst, it is further classified in group B01J 20/00 or B01J 35/00.

Metal catalysts or metal oxide catalysts activated or conditioned by halogens, sulfur or phosphorous, or compounds thereof are classified in the appropriate groups for metal catalysts or metal oxide catalysts

When classifying in groups B01J 32/00 - B01J 38/00, any part of a catalyst that is not identified by this classification, and which itself is determined to be novel and non-obvious, must also be classified in groups B01J 21/00 - B01J 31/00. Such a part of a catalyst can be either a single substance or a composition in itself.

Any part of a catalyst which is not identified by the classification according to the point above, and which is considered to represent information of interest for search, may also be classified. This can, for example, be the case when it is considered of interest to enable searching of catalysts using a combination of classification symbols. Such non-obligatory classification should be given as "additional information"

In groups B01J 39/00 - B01J 49/00 ion-exchange covers all processes whereby ions are exchanged between the solid exchanger and the liquid to be treated and wherein the exchanger is not soluble in the liquid to be treated;

Ion-exchange processes cover also ion-exchange in combination with complex or chelate forming reactions.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Catalyst

Any substance that increases the rate of a reaction without itself being consumed. Catalysts are commonly used in their pure form or in combination with suitable carriers

Chromatography

A process in which a fluid is caused to flow along a linear path comprising a sorbent, with which the fluid competes in affinity for a constituent of the fluid. The constituent is sorbed from the moving fluid by the relatively immobile sorbent and re-dissolved by a later passing portion of the fluid until an equilibrium of the sorbing-dissolving step is set up causing the constituent to concentrate in a specific volume of the sorbent and to move along the path of the fluid at a rate slower than such fluid

Fluidised particles

finely divided solid particles lifted and agitated by a stream of fluid

Fluidised-bed

fluidized-solid contacting technique in which finely divided particles are lifted and agitated by a rising stream of fluid

Molecular sieve

materials (e.g. zeolitic, mesoporous) having cavities and channels which by their size allow some molecules to pass through, but prevent others

solid particles

Particles whether catalysts, reactants or inert in solid, semi-solid or pasty state

Sorbent

A material which separates a constituent from a fluid mixture containing such constituents. The action in most instances is that of selective retentiom (i.e. the sorbent removes only the part of the fluid mixture for which it has the greatest affinity)

Zeolites

(i) Crystalline aluminosilicates with base-exchange and molecular sieve properties, having three dimensional, microporous latice framework structure of tetrahedral oxide units;

(ii) Compounds isomorphous to those of the former category, wherein the aluminium or silicon atoms in the framework are partly or wholly replaced by atoms of other elements, e.g. gallium, germanium, phosphorus or boron.

B01J 2/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Evaporating by spraying

B01D 1/16

B01J 3/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Presses in general

B30B

B01J 3/08 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Blasting

F42D

B01J 19/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Refractory details of furnaces

F27D

B01J 19/08 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Generating or handling plasma

H05H 1/00

B01J 19/28 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Centrifuges

B04B

B03D - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Apparatus or methods using liquids for the separation of solids from solids, such apparatus or methods consisting of the following:

Flotation type separation apparatus or methods that may include one or more of the following:

chemical and mechanical aspects such as flotation agents (organic, inorganic or macromolecular), where the agents can act as collectors, frothers or depressants and the material treated by the flotation agent could be an ore, e.g. a coal or phosphate ore;

froth-flotation processes;

flotation machines, including pneumatic machines and machines with impellers;

subaeration machines;

subsequent treatment of concentrated product; and

agent recovery.

Differential sedimentation type separation apparatus or methods that may include coagulation or flocculation.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

In Section B, the separation of different materials, e.g. of different matter, size or state, is predominantly found in the following subclasses: B01D, B03B, B03C, B03D, B04B, B04C, B07B, B07C.

The classifying characteristics of these subclasses are:

the physical state of the matter to be separated;

the principle of the process used;

particular kinds of apparatus.

The first of these characteristics involves six different aspects, assembled in three groups:

liquid/liquid or liquid/gas and gas/gas;

solid/liquid or solid/gas;

solid/solid.

These subclasses are to be used according to the following general rules:

B01D is the most general subclass as far as separation other than solids from solids is concerned.

Apparatus for separating solids from solids are covered by B03B when the process concerned is regarded as the equivalent of "washing" in the sense of the mining art, even if such apparatus is a pneumatic one, especially pneumatic tables or jigs. Screens per se are not covered by this subclass but are classified in B07B, even if they are being used in a wet process. All other apparatus for the separation of solids from solids according to dry methods are classified in B07B.

If the separation takes place as a result of the detection or measurement of some feature of the material or articles to be sorted it is classified in B07C.

It should also be noted that the separation of isotopes of the same chemical element is covered by B01D 59/00, whatever process or apparatus is employed.

References

Limiting references:

Combinations of dry separating apparatus with wet separating apparatus

B03B

Sink-float separation

B03B 5/28

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Separating isotopes

B01D 59/00

Treatment of water, waste water or sewage by flotation

C02F 1/24

Flotation apparatus for enzymology or microbiology

C12M 1/09

Informative references:

Processes or devices capable of general use, for removing adhering liquid from separated materials

B01D

Froth dispersion

B01D 19/02

Sedimentation in general

B01D 21/00

Devices for feeding measured quantities of reagents

B01J 4/02

Conditioners

B03B 1/00

Centrifuges

B04B

Separating by dry methods

B07

Detergents, soaps

C11D

Special rules of classification

In groups B03D 1/001-B03D 1/018 (advanced level), in the absence of an indication to the contrary, classification is made in the last appropriate place.

In groups B03D 1/001-B03D 1/018 (advanced level), it is desirable to add the appropriate indexing code(s) from each of groups B03D 101/00 or B03D 103/00.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Coagulation

The process by which a liquid changes to a thickened, curdlike, insoluble state by some kind of chemical or physical process, excluding by evaporation.

Differential sedimentation

A separation process using gravity or centrifugal force to initiate differential settling of suspended solids, for example at the bottom of a tank. Different solid materials settle at different rates.

Flocculation

This refers to a process where a solute comes out of solution in the form of floc or "flakes". The term is also used to refer to the process by which fine particulates are caused to clump together into floc. The floc may then float to the top of the liquid, settle to the bottom of the liquid, or can be readily filtered from the liquid. Sodium silicate is a common flocculating agent.

Flotation

(Also known as froth flotation) A separation process whereby water and chemicals are added to a mixture of solids to form a pulp while developing differences in surface tension between the various species in the solids mixture. The pulp is then copiously aerated and the preferred (aerophilic) species clings to bubbles and floats as a mineralized froth, which is then skimmed off.

B03D 1/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Conditioning for flotation, general arrangement of plant

B03B 1/00, B03B 9/00

B03D 1/001 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Conditioners

B03B 1/04

B03D 1/08 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Froth dispersion

B01D 19/02

B03D 1/10 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Processes or devices capable of general use

B01D

B03D 1/14 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Flotation apparatus for enzymology or microbiology

C12M 1/09

B04B - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Centrifuges that are intended for separating, mixing, drying, extracting, purifying or other ways of treating mixtures composed of matter in the following physical states:

liquid/liquid, liquid/gas or gas/gas mixtures;

solid/liquid or solid/gas mixtures; or

solid/solid mixtures.

Such centrifuges may comprise centrifuges with rotary bowls provided with solid jackets for separating predominantly liquid mixtures with or without solid particles; centrifuges with rotary bowls in which solid particles or bodies become separated by centrifugal force and simultaneously sifted or filtered; or other centrifuges including radial chamber apparatus such as butyrometers or counter-current apparatus.

Elements or accessories of centrifuges such as casings, lids, rotary bowls, drives, gearing, suspending or balancing of rotary bowls, feeding, charging or discharging of bowls, control arrangements, heating, cooling or suppressing the formation of foam.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Separation of isotopes of the same chemical element is covered by B01D 59/00, whatever process or apparatus is employed. Processes for separation of different isotopes of the same chemical element by centrifuging are covered by B01D 59/20.

Processes in general that use centrifugal force for separating, extracting or purifying components of mixtures are covered in subclasses B01D and B07B, and not in subclass B04B with the apparatus for accomplishing these processes. Examples of such processes can be found in the "References relevant to classification in this subclass" section below, in the subsection entitled "Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system".

References

Limiting references:

High-speed drum mills

B02C 19/11

Cyclone separators

B04C

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Centrifuges for producing filtered coffee

A47J 31/22

Dental appliances for receiving spittle, with or without rinsing means therefore, e.g. dental basins, spittoons or cuspidors

A61C 17/14

Suction or pumping devices for medical purposes, other treatment of blood in a by-pass of the natural circulatory system

A61M 1/36

Processes for separation of non-miscible liquids by centrifugal force

B01D 17/038

Processes for using centrifuges for separating sediment

B01D 21/26

Processes for separating dispersed particles from gases or vapours by gravity, inertia or centrifugal forces

B01D 45/00, B01D 45/12

Processes for separation of gases or vapours or for recovering vapours of volatile solvents from gases by centrifugal force

B01D 53/24

Processes using centrifugal force for selective separation of solid materials carried by, or dispersed in, gas currents

B07B 7/08

Centrifugal casting machines

B22D

Treatment of water, waste water or sewage by centrifugal separation

C02F 1/38

Domestic spin dryers

D06F

Lubrication of machines or engines in general, details of lubricant purifying means

F01M 11/03

Exhaust or silencing apparatus for machines or engines having means for removing solid constituents of exhaust, using inertial or centrifugal separators

F01N 3/037

Drying solid material by using centrifuges

F26B 5/08

Informative references:

Filters in general

B01D

Separation in general

B01D

Magnetic or electrostatic separators

B03C

Sieves in general

B07B

Shock absorbers, vibration dampers

F16F

Analysing materials by determining their physical or chemical properties e.g. during centrifuging

G01N

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Centrifuge

Machine or apparatus for separating, mixing, drying, extracting, purifying, or like treating in which centrifugal effects are generated by rotary bowls or other rotors. Where such a machine or apparatus involves pumping effects, such effects must be incidental or subsidiary to the treating.

B04B 5/10 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Magnetic or electrostatic separators

B03C

B04B 7/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Shock absorbers, vibration dampers

F16F

B04B 7/08 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Centrifugal casting machines

B22D

B04B 7/16 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Filters in general

B01D

Sieves in general

B07B

B04B 7/18 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Filters in general

B01D

Sieves in general

B07B

B04B 9/14 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Balancing in general

G01M

B04C - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Apparatus for separating, mixing or like treating (e.g. drying, extracting, purifying) in which centrifugal or centripetal effects are generated by free vortex flow, otherwise than by rotary bowls, rotors or curved passages. The free vortex flow generated may follow a flat spiral, have an unchanged or constant axial direction, or have a reversible axial direction. The mixtures treated are composed of the following physical states of matter:

liquid/liquid, liquid/gas or gas/gas mixtures;

solid/liquid or solid/gas mixtures; or

solid/solid mixtures.

Combinations of such apparatus with other devices, e.g. fans.

Accessories for such devices e.g. safety or control devices.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Separation of isotopes of the same chemical element is covered by B01D 59/00, whatever process or apparatus is employed.

Processes in general that use free vortex flow, e.g. cyclones, for separating, extracting or purifying components of mixtures are covered in subclass B01D, and not in subclass B04C with the apparatus for accomplishing these processes.

References

Limiting references:

Combinations of cyclones with filters, for separating particles from gases or vapours

B01D 50/00

Combinations of cyclones with electrostatic precipitating arrangements

B03C 3/14

Cyclonic type combustion apparatus using fluent fuel

F23C 3/00

Vortex burners e.g. for cyclone-type combustion apparatus

F23D 1/00

Informative references:

Arrangement or disposition of cyclones or other devices with centrifugal action, in suction cleaners

A47L 9/16

Separation in general

B01D

Jet mills

B02C 19/06

Magnetic or electrostatic separators

B03C

Centrifugal separators

B04B

Selective separation of solid materials carried by or dispersed in gas currents, using centrifugal force

B07B 7/08

Mounting or connecting of lubricant purifying means relative to a machine or engine

F01M 11/03

Crankcase ventilating or breathing having means for purifying air before leaving crankcase, e.g. removing oil

F01M 13/04

Exhaust or silencing apparatus for machines or engines having means for removing solid constituents of exhaust, using inertial or centrifugal separators

F01N 3/037

Fluid dynamics in general

F15D

Compression machines, plant or systems using vortex effect

F25B 9/04

Analysing materials by determining their physical or chemical properties, e.g. while the centrifugal or centripetal effects generated by a vortex flow are acting on the sample

G01N

B04C 5/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Fluid dynamics in general

F15D

B05B - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Apparatus for the release or projection of drops or droplets into the atmosphere or into a chamber to form a mist or the like. The materials to be projected may be suspended in a stream of gas or vapour.

Apparatus as above, for the release or projection of streams or sprays of other fluent materials into the atmosphere or into a chamber.

Examples of such apparatus, and subcomponents thereof covered by this subclass, include:

Nozzles, spray heads, shower heads, roses, perforated pipes, spouts or other outlets, with or without auxiliary devices such as valves or heating means.

Spraying or sprinkling apparatus with moving outlet elements or moving deflecting elements.

Electrostatic spraying apparatus.

Spraying apparatus for discharge of liquids or other fluent materials from two or more sources, e.g. of liquid and air or powder and gas.

Single-unit, i.e. unitary, hand-held apparatus in which flow of liquid is produced by the operator at the moment of use, e.g. by pumping, by squeezing a liquid container or by compressing a compressible bulb.

Spraying plants, e.g. with means for supporting or feeding work; spray booths.

Other spraying-type machines or apparatus, including fountains.

Means for heating, mixing or pressurising of gases, liquids or other fluent materials that are sprayed, sprinkled, misted, released or projected using the apparatus of this subclass.

Delivery control means or other details or accessories for use with the apparatus of this subclass.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Subclass B05C relates to apparatus for applying liquids or other fluent materials to surfaces in general. This subject matter generally relates to contact methods e.g. spreading, pouring, dipping, rubbing, using rollers, using fluidized bed techniques etc. but not to spraying or atomising apparatus which is covered by subclass B05B. B05C also relates to apparatus for projecting liquids or other fluent materials onto surfaces (B05C 5/00) or to the inside of hollow work (B05C 7/02), and further to apparatus specially adapted for the projection of particulate material onto surfaces (B05C 19/04). In B05C, ‘projection’ relates to the application of a continuous stream of liquid or other fluent (e.g. particulate) material to a surface. In B05B, ‘projection’ relates to the release of a discontinuous stream of drops, droplets or a cloud of particulate material into the atmosphere or into a chamber to form a mist or the like.

Subclass B05D relates to processes (including processes performed by spraying) for applying liquids or other fluent materials to surfaces in general.

References

Limiting references:

Spray-mixers with nozzles

B01F 5/20

Aerosol containers

B65D 83/14

Drinking fountains

E03B 9/20

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Nozzles for bathing devices for special therapeutic or hygienic purposes

A61H 33/00

Sprayers or atomisers specially adapted for therapeutic purposes

A61M 11/00

Inhalators

A61M 15/00

Nozzles specially adapted for fire-extinguishing

A62C 31/02

Machines or devices for abrasive blasting with particulate material

B24C 3/00

Nozzles for injection moulding

B29C 45/20

Nozzles for ink-jet printing mechanisms

B41J 2/135

Dropping or releasing powdered, liquid or gaseous matter in flight by spraying, e.g. insecticides

B64D 1/18

Nozzles for introducing articles or materials into containers or wrappers

B65B 39/00

Filling nozzles for transferring liquid from bulk storage containers or reservoirs into vehicles or into portable containers, e.g. in vehicle service stations

B67D 7/42

Nozzles for delivery of liquid or semi-liquid contents by internal gaseous pressure

B65D 83/28

Nozzles for drilling by liquid or gas jets

E21B 7/18

Supplying combustion engines in general with combustible mixtures or constituents thereof

F02M

Atomising devices for mist lubrication

F16N 7/34

Informative references:

Watering gardens, fields, sports grounds or the like

A01G 25/00

Dish washing or rinsing machines with spray devices

A47L 15/00

Flow mixers

B01F 5/00

Cleaning in general by methods involving the use or presence of a liquid

B08B 3/00

Making metallic powder by atomising or spraying

B22F 9/08

Coating of articles during shaping of substances in a plastic state

B29C 39/10, B29C 39/18, B29C 41/20, B29C 41/30, B29C 43/18, B29C 43/28, B29C 45/14, B29C 47/02

Forming layered products

B32B

Conveying articles or workpieces through baths of liquid

B65G 49/02

Surface treatment of glass by coating

C03C 17/00, C03C 25/10

Coating or impregnation of mortars, concrete, stone or ceramics

C04B 41/45, C04B 41/61, C04B 41/81

Paints, varnishes, lacquers

C09D

Enamelling of metals, applying a vitreous layer to metals, chemical cleaning or degreasing of metallic objects

C23

Electroplating

C25D

Treating of textile materials by liquids, gases or vapours

D06B

Treating roads

E01C

Anti-splash devices for water taps

E03C 1/08

Means for pumping fluids

F04

Valves, e.g. water-taps

F16K

Burners using a direct spraying action of liquid droplets or vaporised liquid into the combustion space

F23D 11/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Coating

The applied material. A coating may be a solidified layer originally applied as a liquid (e.g. dried paint) or a layer of material which, once applied, remains in a liquid or semi-liquid state (e.g. lubricant).

Liquid or fluent

designates materials which can flow, e.g. liquids, including solutions, dispersions and suspensions, as well as semi-liquids, pastes, melts and particulate materials.

Particulate materials

Solid materials in the form of very small pieces, e.g. powders, granules, short fibres or chips.

B05B 1/28 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Means for limiting the area of spray, or for the collection or re-use of excess material

B05B 15/04

B05B 9/08 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Details or components, e.g. casings, bodies, of portable power-driven tools not particularly related to the operation performed

B25F 5/00

B05B 12/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Controlling in general

G05

B05B 15/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Accessories applicable to other methods of applying liquids or other fluent materials to surfaces

B05C

B05B 15/12 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Enclosures, e.g. booths, for applying liquids or other fluent materials to surfaces

B05C 15/00

B05C - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Apparatus or hand tools, in general, for applying liquids or other fluent materials to a surface or part thereof, by any mechanical or physical method, in particular apparatus for obtaining a uniform distribution of liquids or other fluent materials on a surface.

Apparatus in which liquids or other fluent materials are applied by bringing the work into contact with a member carrying liquid or other fluent materials or into contact with a bulk quantity of liquid or other fluent materials (e.g. using immersion baths or tanks).

Apparatus in which liquid or other fluent materials is projected, poured or allowed to flow on to the surface of the work.

Apparatus specially designed for applying liquids or other fluent materials to the inside of a hollow work.

Means for manipulating or holding work, e.g. for separate articles, to facilitate the application of liquids or other fluent materials thereto.

Enclosures and booths to accommodate apparatus for applying liquids or other fluent materials to surfaces.

Hand tools for the application or partial removal of liquids or other fluent materials from surfaces.

Apparatus specially adapted for applying particulate materials to surfaces.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Subclass B05B relates to spraying, sprinkling and atomising apparatus, including nozzles, for the release or projection of drops or droplets into the atmosphere or into a chamber to form a mist or the like. The material to be sprayed or atomised may be suspended in a stream of gas or vapour. Accordingly, B05B covers spray heads, sprinkling apparatus, electrostatic spraying apparatus, hand-held spraying apparatus, spraying plants (e.g. spray booths), delivery control means associated with such apparatus, and the like. Also covered are means for heating, mixing or pressurising of the materials to be sprayed, sprinkled or atomised. Whilst spray booths are covered by B05B 15/12, enclosures for the general application of liquids or other fluent materials to surfaces are covered by B05C 15/00.

Subclass B05D relates to processes (including processes performed by spraying) for applying liquids or other fluent materials to surfaces in general. Also included in this subclass are the processes of dipping, flocking and the application of liquids or other fluent materials to surfaces using brushes, pads or rollers. The process of fluidised-bed technique to coat surfaces is covered in B05D 1/22, whilst the apparatus used for such is classified in B05C 19/02. Pre-treatment of surfaces, after-treatment of applied coatings and processes to obtain special surface effects using liquids and other fluent materials are also covered by B05D.

References

Limiting references:

Brushes

A46B

Implements for writing and drawing

B43K

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Apparatus for coating or filling sweetmeats or confectionery

A23G 3/20

Apparatus for coating or filling frozen sweets

A23G 9/24

Appliances specially adapted for applying liquid cosmetic or toilet substances, e.g. using roller or ball

A45D 34/04

Hand implements for shoe-cleaning with applicators for shoe polish

A47L 23/05

Inking arrangements or devices for printing machines or presses

B41F 31/00

Ball-point pens

B43K 7/00

Hand or desk devices of the office or personal type for applying liquid, other than ink, by contact to surfaces, e.g. for applying adhesive

B43M 11/00

Accessories or implements for use in connection with painting or artistic drawing

B44D 3/00-B44D 3/38

Pliable tubular containers adapted to be permanently deformed to expel contents for applying contents to surfaces

B65D 35/36

Container closures with pads or like contents-applying means

B65D 47/42

Hot-dipping or immersion apparatus for applying the coating metal in the molten state without affecting the shape

C23C 2/00

Liquid processing apparatus for processing exposed photographic materials

G03D 3/00, G03D 5/00

Apparatus for coating photoresists in photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces

G03F 7/16

Apparatus for coating conductors or cables with impervious material

H01B 13/32

Apparatus for applying conductive material to the surface of the insulating support in the manufacture of printed circuits

H05K 3/02, H05K 3/10

Informative references:

Containers of accessories specially adapted for handling liquid toilet or cosmetic substances, e.g. perfumes

A45D 34/00

Casings or accessories specially adapted for storing or handling solid or pasty toilet or cosmetic substances, e.g. shaving soap, lipstick or make-up

A45D 40/00

Domestic cleaning

A47L

Amalgam presses or mixers for filling or capping teeth

A61C 5/06

Forming layered products

B32B

Implements or apparatus for removing dry paint from surfaces

B44D 3/16

Conveying workpieces through baths of liquid

B65G 49/02

Paints, varnishes or lacquers

C09D

Laundering

D06F

Repairing buildings, e.g. filling cracks

E04G 23/02

Drying ovens

F26B

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Coating

The applied material. A coating may be a solidified layer originally applied as a liquid (e.g. dried paint) or a layer of material which, once applied, remains in a liquid or semi-liquid state (e.g. lubricant).

Fluidised-bed technique

A technique used to cause dry particulate material to behave like a fluid. This is commonly achieved by the introduction of a pressurised fluid into the material and promotes a high degree of contact between the fluid and material.

Liquid or fluent

designates materials which can flow, e.g. liquids, including solutions, dispersions and suspensions, as well as semi-liquids, pastes, melts and particulate materials.

Particulate materials

Solid materials in the form of very small pieces, e.g. powders, granules, short fibres or chips.

B05C 3/15 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Web or filament feeding arrangements

B65H

B05C 5/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Spraying or electrostatic spraying

B05B

B05C 11/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Spray booths

B05B 15/12

B05C 11/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Controlling supply of liquid or other fluent material

B05C 11/10

Implements for after- treatment of plaster or the like, e.g. smoothing tools, profile trowels

E04F 21/16

B05C 17/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Absorbent pads, e.g. swabs, for removing media from the human body

A61F 13/15

Devices for applying media, e.g. remedies, on the human body

A61M 35/00

B05C 17/005 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Grease guns

F16N 3/12

Informative references:

Containers or packages with special means for dispensing fluent material by means of a piston or the like

B65D 83/76

B05C 17/06 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Stencils used in connection with printing plates or foils

B41N 1/24

Informative references:

Drawing accessories

B43L 13/00

B05C 19/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Fluidised-bed technique, in general

B01J 8/24

B05C 19/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Spraying or electrostatic spraying

B05B

B05D - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes for applying liquids or other fluent materials to a surface or part of a surface, in general, by any mechanical or physical method and particularly processes producing a uniform distribution of liquids or other fluent materials on a surface.

Pretreatment of surfaces to which liquids or other fluent materials are to be applied.

After-treatment of applied coatings.

Processes for applying liquids or other fluent materials to surfaces to obtain special surface effects, finishes or structures.

Processes specially adapted for applying liquids or other fluent materials to particular surfaces (e.g. to macromolecular substances, to wood, to leather, to metal, to wires, to internal surfaces).

Processes specially adapted for applying particular liquids or other fluent materials (e.g. processes adapted for the application of lacquers or varnishes)

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Subclass B05B relates to spraying, sprinkling and atomising apparatus, including nozzles, for the release or projection of drops or droplets into the atmosphere or into a chamber to form a mist or the like. The material to be sprayed or atomised may be suspended in a stream of gas or vapour. Accordingly, B05B covers spray heads, sprinkling apparatus, electrostatic spraying apparatus, hand-held spraying apparatus, spraying plants (e.g. spray booths), delivery control means associated with such apparatus, and the like. Also covered are means for heating, mixing or pressurising of the materials to be sprayed, sprinkled or atomised. Whilst B05B covers spraying apparatus, the processes for applying liquids and other fluent materials to surfaces by spraying (including electrostatic spraying processes) are covered by groups B05D 1/02-B05D 1/14.

Subclass B05C relates to apparatus for applying liquids or other fluent materials to surfaces in general. This subject matter generally relates to contact methods e.g. spreading, pouring, dipping, rubbing, using rollers, using fluidised-bed techniques etc. B05C also relates to apparatus for projecting liquids or other fluent materials onto surfaces (B05C 5/00) or to the inside of hollow work (B05C 7/02), and further to apparatus specially adapted for the projection of particulate material onto surfaces (B05C 19/04). ‘Projection’ relates to the application of a continuous stream of liquid or other fluent material to a surface, where the stream is not divided into droplets or a cloud of particulate material as by the apparatuses covered by B05B. Apparatus for application of particulate materials to surfaces using fluidised-bed technique is classified in B05C 19/02, whilst surface dip-coating processes using fluidised beds are covered by B05D 1/22.

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Producing layered products by applying coatings of pasty or pulverulent plastics

B29C 41/00, B32B 37/00

Dyeing or printing textiles; Dyeing leather, furs, or solid macromolecular substances in any form

D06P

Insulating electric cables by passing through, or dipping in, a liquid bath

H01B 13/16

Electrolytic coating other than with metals

C25D 9/00

Electrolytic coating by surface reaction

C25D 11/00

Electrophoretic coating

C25D 13/00

Informative references:

Domestic cleaning

A47L

Cladding or plating by soldering or welding

B23K

Forming layered products

B32B

Handling webs or filaments in general

B65H

Surface treatment of glass; Surface treatment of fibres or filaments from glass, minerals or slags

C03C

Paints, varnishes, lacquers

C09D

Laundering

D06F

Wall, floor, or like covering materials, e.g. linoleum, oilcloth, artificial leather, roofing felt, consisting of a fibrous web coated with a layer of macromolecular material

D06N

Impregnating or coating of paper

D21H

Drying ovens

F26B

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Coating

The applied material. A coating may be a solidified layer originally applied as a liquid (e.g. dried paint) or a layer of material which, once applied, remains in a liquid or semi-liquid state (e.g. lubricant).

Flocking

The deposition of fibre particles (‘flock’) upon a surface where the particles land non-parallel to the surface. The process may be facilitated by the application of electrostatic charge to the flock to cause its attraction to an adhesive-coated surface (‘electrostatic flocking’). This results in the fibres standing perpendicular to the surface.

Fluidised-bed technique

A technique used to cause dry particulate material to behave like a fluid. This is commonly achieved by the introduction of a pressurised fluid into the material and promotes a high degree of contact between the fluid and material.

Liquid or fluent

designates materials which can flow, e.g. liquids, including solutions, dispersions and suspensions, as well as semi-liquids, pastes, melts and particulate materials.

Particulate materials

Solid materials in the form of very small pieces, e.g. powders, granules, short fibres or chips.

B05D 1/22 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Fluidised-bed technique, in general

B01J 8/24

B05D 1/38 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Intermediate treatment of an applied coating prior to subsequent applications of liquids or other fluent materials

B05D 3/00

B05D 3/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Successively applying liquids or other fluent materials

B05D 1/36

B05D 5/08 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Rendering particulate materials free-flowing in general, e.g. making them hydrophobic

B01J 2/30

B05D 7/02 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Chemical treatment or coating of shaped articles made of macromolecular substances

C08J 7/00

B05D 7/12 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Chemical treatment of leather

C14C

B05D 7/14 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Chemical surface treatment of metallic material by reaction of the surface with a reactive liquid, leaving reaction products of surface material in the coating, e.g. conversion coatings, passivation of metals

C23C 22/00

B05D 7/20 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Insulating electric cables by passing through, or dipping in, a liquid bath

H01B 13/16

B07B - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Apparatus or methods for the separation of solids from solids that include:

Any sorting or grading of bulk material or loose articles fit to be handled like bulk material which results automatically from the construction of the apparatus and properties of the material or articles, e.g. by a trap opening under an object of a certain minimum weight, by an aperture of graduated size.

Sorting of articles in so far as the same conditions apply, e.g. sorting of timber by passing it over successively longer openings; the articles may or may not be orientated for the purpose of sorting.

Sieving, screening, sifting or sorting solid materials using networks, gratings, grids or the like.

Separating solids from solids that are initially a mixture using apparatus or methods that subject the mixture to a gas current, dispenses the mixture within a gas, carries the mixture on a gas current while it is being separated, or uses a gas current on it to cause separation, including combinations of disparate types of apparatus utilizing gas currents in the separation of solids from solids.

Other types of apparatus for directly controlled dry method grading or sorting of solid materials in a bulk form or of loose articles that are being handled like solid type bulk material, e.g. grading according to size or weight or using momentum effects.

Constructional features of screens per se, or screens and their driving mechanisms, which are used in dry or wet separating methods.

Combinations of disparate types of apparatus or methods for separating solids from solids that applicable to bulk material or to loose articles fit to be handled like bulk material.

Accessories that are specially adapted for, or arranged in conjunction with, the above types of separating, sorting or grading of bulk material or articles.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

In Section B, the separation of different materials, e.g. of different matter, size, or state, is predominantly found in the following subclasses: B01D, B03B, B03C, B03D, B04B, B04C, B07B, B07C.

The classifying characteristics of these subclasses are:

the physical state of the matter to be separated;

the principle of the process used;

particular kinds of apparatus.

The first of these characteristics involves six different aspects, assembled in three groups:

liquid/liquid or liquid/gas and gas/gas;

solid/liquid or solid/gas;

solid/solid.

These subclasses are to be used according to the following general rules:

B01D is the most general class as far as separation other than solids from solids is concerned.

Apparatus for separating solids from solids are covered by B03B when the process concerned is regarded as the equivalent of "washing" in the sense of the mining art, even if such apparatus is a pneumatic one, especially pneumatic tables or jigs. Screens per se are not covered by this subclass but are classified in B07B, even if they are being used in a wet process. All other apparatus for the separation of solids from solids according to dry methods are classified in B07B.

If the separation takes place as a result of the detection or measurement of some feature of the material or articles to be sorted it is classified in B07C.

It should also be noted that the separation of isotopes of the same chemical element is covered by B01D 59/00, whatever process or apparatus is employed.

Sorting peculiar to particular materials or adapted to a specific purpose may be covered in other classes, see for example the non-exhaustive list of places for special adaptions in the following subsection.

References

Limiting references:

Separating isotopes

B01D 59/00

Combinations of dry separating apparatus with wet separating apparatus or pneumatic tables

B03B

Separating solids from solids using pneumatic tables or jigs

B03B 4/00

Hand sorting, postal sorting, sorting by switching or other devices actuated in response to detection or measurement of some feature of articles or samples of material

B07C

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Grading or sorting of eggs

A01K 43/00, A01K 43/04

Machines for sorting heel lifts in shoe-making

A43D 33/06

Sorting arrangements forhandling work specially combined with, or arranged in, or specially adapted for use in connection with, machine tools

B23Q 7/12

Straining or screening of pulp in paper-making

D21D 5/02

Rotary screen-drums used in paper-making

D21D 5/06

Sorting of coins

G07D

Informative references:

Separation in general; solid/gas separation in general

B01D

Wet separating processes, sorting by processes using fluent material in the same way as liquid

B03

Wet separating using liquids

B03B, B03D

Using wet methods

B03B 7/00

Sorting by magnetic or electrostatic separation of solid materials from solid materials or fluids, separation by high-voltage electric fields

B03C

Centrifuges or vortex apparatus for carrying out physical processes, e.g.

B04

Centrifuges

Centrifuges

B04B

Cyclones

Cyclones

B04C

B07B 7/08 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Centrifuges

B04B

Cyclones

B04C

B07B 13/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Grading eggs

A01K 43/04

B07C - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Tube mail systems

B65G 51/04

Sorting information records, e.g. punched cards

G06F 7/10

B21B - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Processes for changing of physical properties of metals

C21D, C22F

B21B 17/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Control of tube rolling

B21B 37/78

B21B 19/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Control of tube rolling

B21B 37/78

B21B 21/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Control of tube rolling

B21B 37/78

B21B 23/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Control of tube rolling

B21B 37/78

B21B 25/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Control of tube rolling

B21B 37/78

B21C - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Processes for changing of physical properties of metals

C21D, C22F

Informative references:

Continuous casting

B22D 11/00

Soldering, welding, flame-cutting

B23K

Pressure welding by means of a rolling mill

B23K 20/04

B21D - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes and apparatus for the mechanical working of sheet metal or metal tubes, rods or profiles without essentially removing material. Typical metal profiles are structural steel shapes like I-beams.

Processes and apparatus for punching, i.e. press-cutting, sheet metal or other metal stock material, as a particular mechanical working which removes material.

It further covers the following parts and devices related to those apparatus:

Tools as parts of those machines;

Feeding, positioning or storing devices combined with, or arranged in, or specially adapted for use in connection with, those apparatus;

Ejecting or stripping-off devices arranged in those machines or tools;

Associations of cutting devices with those apparatus;

Special measures to adapt those apparatus for working metal foils, e.g. gold foils;

Safety devices protecting the machine or the operator, specially adapted for those apparatus.

The mechanical working covers treatments characterised by their function, comprising methods for

straightening, restoring form or removing local distortions,

bending or twisting,

corrugating, bending into wave form or forming single grooves,

edge treatments, e.g. for flanging tubes

shaping without cutting by stamping, spinning, deep-drawing or by applying fluid pressure or magnetic forces,

shaping by press cutting, i.e. punching, e.g. for cutting-out or perforating,

stretching sheet metal of limited length,

stabbing, piercing, expanding, hammering, beating, peen forming or other methods,

processes combining those methods.

The processing of sheet metal or metal tubes, rods or profiles covers the application of those mechanical metal-working treatments or methods for the following particular purposes

in order to connect objects or parts,

in order to expand tubes,

in order to alter the diameter of tube ends,

in the manufacture of finished or semi-finished articles, comprising rigid structural elements or units, hollow objects and other particular articles,

for sheathing or stiffening objects.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Input products

B21B covers rolling of metal. B21C covers the manufacture of metal sheets, rods, tubes, profiles or like semi-manufactured products otherwise than by rolling. Operations of the kind involved in the manufacture of metal sheets or metal tubes, rods or profiles are therefore covered by subclasses B21B and B21C. However, the semi-finished products manufactured by the operations of B21B (e.g. sheet metal coils, tubes, profiles) or B21C (e.g. tubes, concrete rods, profiles) may be input products for the metal-working and processing covered by B21D.

The mechanical working of wire, which is a further semi-finished product manufactured by the operations of B21C, is covered by the specific subclass B21F.

The mechanical working of metal foils in a manner analogous to the working of paper is covered by B31F, except for the perforating, cutting, or otherwise severing, of metal foils, which is covered by B26D and B26F. Other special measures in connection with working metal foils, e.g. for adapting apparatus of B21D therefore, are covered by main group B21D 33/00.

Presses

Presses in general, e.g. characterised by their pressing member or the drive there for, and details thereof, or accessories there for (e.g. the construction of the frame or control arrangements) are covered by B30B. The special adaptation of presses for the purposes of stamping, deep-drawing or punching sheet metal or metal tubes, rods or profiles is covered by B21D, especially by main group B21D 24/00 for special deep-drawing arrangements in, or in connection with, presses.

Manufacturing particular articles

The manufacture of some articles made from input material for the mechanical working of B21D is covered by places in other subclasses.

The making of chains or chain parts, e.g. from metal rods or strips, is covered by B21L.

Making pins, nails, or the like by cutting from strip or sheet material is covered by B21G 3/26

The making of hollow articles is covered by main group B21D 51/00 in so far as sheet metal or essentially uniform thin-walled tubes are processed by working methods covered by this subclass. If thick-walled or non-uniform tubes are used, the making of hollow articles by forging, pressing, or hammering operations is covered by B21K 21/00.

References

Limiting references:

Working or processing of wire, e.g. for making wire fabrics

B21F

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Pressing or stamping ornamental design on surfaces

B44C 1/24

Stamping or bending processes for producing ornamental structures

B44C 3/08

Making nails, pins or the like by cutting from strips or sheet material

B21G 3/26

Making chains or chain parts

B21L

Informative references:

Rolling of metal in general

B21B

Manufacture of metal sheets, rods, tubes, profiles or like semi-manufactured products otherwise than by rolling; Auxiliary operations used in connection with metal-working operations without essentially removing material

B21C

Forging; Hammering; Pressing; Riveting

B21J

Working metal by removing material there from

B23

Shearing or similar cutting of metal, e.g. tubes or profiles

B23D

Features of cutting or severing devices or machines in general

B26

Presses in general, e.g. safety devices there for

B30B

Safety devices in general

F16P

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

profiles

constructional elements in form of metal bars with a particular cross section different from those of tubes or rods, e.g. a load supporting I-beam

B21D 1/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Working sheet metal of limited length by stretching

B21D 25/00

Working sheet metal localised hammering

B21D 31/06

B21D 3/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Bending, e.g. for straightening rails or rail joints

E01B 31/08

Reconditioning of well casings, e.g. straightening

E21B 29/10

B21D 3/12 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Straightening or restoring form by twisting only

B21D 11/14

B21D 5/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Corrugating sheet metal

B21D 13/00

Bending sheet metal along straight lines as edge treatment

B21D 19/00

B21D 9/15 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Filling of tubes with such material

B21D 9/16

B21D 11/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Corrugating or bending into wave form

B21D 13/00, B21D 15/00

Flanging

B21D 19/00

B21D 11/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Working sheet metal of limited length by stretching

B21D 25/00

B21D 11/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Making helically seamed tubing

B21C 37/12

B21D 13/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Corrugating tubes

B21D 15/00

B21D 15/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Wrinkle-bending using mandrels or the like

B21D 9/14

B21D 17/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Grooving or notching of bolts, studs, or the like

B21K 1/54

B21D 19/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Connecting by making use of folds

B21D 39/02

Flaring out tube ends

B21D 41/02

B21D 19/02 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Edge-curling

B21D 19/12

B21D 22/22 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Shaping over a die without external former

B21D 11/02

B21D 26/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Stamping using resilient pads

B21D 22/10

B21D 26/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices and methods for deforming sheet metal blanks in the form of sheets or thin plates, tubes with or without bottom, or profiles, by applying fluid pressure.

References

Informative references:

Making other parts for vehicles, e.g. cowlings, mudguards

B21D 53/88

Special rules of classification

Multi-aspect classification is applied to technical subjects under this subgroup with respect to the features of the deformation process or device according to subgroups B21D 26/021-B21D 26/051 and with respect to the particular material features of the bodies to be deformed according to subgroups B21D 26/053-B21D 26/059.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Fluid

Comprises gas, liquids, fluent particulate materials (e.g. sand) and materials which easily show plastic flow (e.g. soft metals such as lead).

B21D 26/021 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices and methods for deforming sheet metal in the form of flat sheets or thin plates, whether layered or not, by applying fluid pressure.

Special rules of classification

When the invention is characterized by the shape of the bodies to be deformed in combination with a particular material feature of the bodies to be deformed, the invention shall also be classified in B21D 26/053 and subgroups thereof.

B21D 26/023 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices and methods for deforming sheet bodies by fluid pressure and performing a piercing, perforating, caulking, marking or other additional treatment by applying fluid pressure to the bodies being deformed.

References

Informative references:

Shaping by press-cutting

B21D 28/00

Perforating by punching

B21D 28/24

Stabbing or piercing

B21D 31/02

Combined processes according to methods covered by groups B21D 1/00-B21D 31/00

B21D 35/00

Application of shaping procedures without cutting in order to connect objects or parts, e.g. coating with sheet metal otherwise than by plating

B21D 39/00

Uniting components by forging or pressing to form integral members

B21K 25/00

Press-fitting, force-fitting, or shrinking in general

B23P 11/00

B21D 26/025 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Those control means that are characterized by the control of clamping the mould and opening the mould, e.g. control of the pressure to be applied on the moulds when clamping or opening moulds.

B21D 26/027 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Those control means for controlling supply pressure, temperature or other variables of the fluid at the time of supply. Means for merely controlling pumps are not included.

B21D 26/029 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Those means and details that are relevant for the sealed or airtight closing of the mould.

References

Informative references:

Sealings

F16J 15/00

B21D 26/031 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Constructional features or details of the mould, e.g. a mould of which some portion is movable, which are not covered by other subgroups of B21D 26/021.

References

Limiting references:

Means for controlling the clamping or opening of the moulds

B21D 26/025

Means for controlling fluid parameters, e.g. pressure or temperature

B21D 26/027

Closing or sealing means

B21D 26/029

B21D 26/033 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices and methods for deforming sheet metal in the form of metal tubes, e.g. cylinders, with or without bottom, by applying fluid pressure.

References

Limiting references:

Corrugating tubes by applying fluid pressure

B21D 15/03, B21D 15/10

Informative references:

Tube expanders

B21D 39/08

Special rules of classification

When the invention is characterized by the shape of the bodies to be deformed in combination with a particular material feature of the bodies to be deformed, the invention shall also be classified in B21D 26/053 and subgroups thereof.

B21D 26/035 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices and methods for deforming tubular bodies by fluid pressure and performing a piercing, perforating, caulking, marking or other additional treatment by applying fluid pressure on the bodies being deformed.

References

Informative references:

Shaping by press-cutting

B21D 28/00

Perforating by punching

B21D 28/24

Stabbing or piercing

B21D 31/02

Combined processes according to methods covered by groups B21D 1/00-B21D 31/00

B21D 35/00

Application of shaping procedures without cutting in order to connect objects or parts, e.g. coating with sheet metal otherwise than by plating

B21D 39/00

Uniting components by forging or pressing to form integral members

B21K 25/00

Press-fitting, force-fitting, or shrinking in general

B23P 11/00

B21D 26/037 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices and methods for deforming metal tubular bodies by applying fluid pressure specially adapted to obtain branched tubes.

References

Informative references:

Making branched tube fittings, e.g. T-pieces for connecting pipes

B21C 37/29

B21D 26/039 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Those control means that are characterized by the control of clamping the mould and opening the mould, e.g. control of the pressure to be applied on the moulds when clamping or opening moulds.

B21D 26/041 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Those control means for controlling supply pressure, temperature or other variables of the fluid at the time of supply. Means for merely controlling pumps are not included.

B21D 26/043 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Those control means that are characterized by the control of the axial movement (speed, timing, steps) of, the counter-pressure applied to, or other variables of the axial pusher during the deformation process.

B21D 26/045 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Those details that are relevant for the sealed or airtight closing of the mould.

References

Informative references:

Sealings

F16J 15/00

B21D 26/047 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Constructional features or details of the mould, e.g. a mould of which some portion is movable, which are not covered by other subgroups of B21D 26/033.

References

Limiting references:

Forming branched tubes

B21D 26/037

Means for controlling the clamping or opening of the moulds

B21D 26/039

Means for controlling fluid parameters, e.g. pressure or temperature

B21D 26/041

Means for controlling the axial pusher

B21D 26/043

Closing or sealing means

B21D 26/045

B21D 26/049 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices and methods for deforming metal tubular bodies having a bottom, i.e. a closed end, by applying fluid pressure.

Special rules of classification

When the invention is characterized by the shape of the bodies to be deformed in combination with a particular material feature of the bodies to be deformed, the invention shall also be classified in B21D 26/053 and subgroups thereof.

B21D 26/051 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices and methods for deforming metal double-walled tubular bodies by applying fluid pressure.

Special rules of classification

When the invention is characterized by the shape of the bodies to be deformed in combination with a particular material feature of the bodies to be deformed, the invention shall also be classified in B21D 26/053 and subgroups thereof.

B21D 26/053 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices and methods for deforming metal bodies by applying fluid pressure which are characterized by the material, composition or constituents of the bodies to be deformed.

Special rules of classification

When the invention is characterized by the adaptation to deforming metal bodies with a particular material feature in combination with the shape of the bodies to be deformed, the invention shall also be classified in B21D 26/021 or B21D 26/033 and their subgroups.

B21D 26/055 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices and methods adapted for deforming metal bodies comprising a material having super-plastic properties, e.g. a super-plastic alloy, by applying fluid pressure.

B21D 26/057 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices and methods adapted for deforming metal bodies preassembled from different pieces, e.g. pieces of different materials or pieces of different thickness, by applying fluid pressure.

B21D 26/059 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices and methods adapted for deforming layered blanks by applying fluid pressure.

References

Informative references:

Layered products essentially comprising metal

B32B 15/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Layered blank

Blank consisting of several layers of material that becomes characteristic by being layered, e.g. a blank from a sheet metal coated with resins or a laminate of sheet metals with different degrees of hardness.

B21D 28/02 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Cutting nails or pins from strips or sheet material

B21G 3/26

B21D 31/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Methods and apparatus or machines for working sheet metal, metal tubes, rods or profiles without essentially removing material but otherwise than by straightening, bending, corrugating, flanging, stamping, spinning, deep-drawing, stretching, or shaping by fluid pressure or magnetic forces.

References

Limiting references:

Working of sheet metal, metal tubes, rods or profiles without essentially removing material

B21D 1/00 - B21D 26/00

Shaping by press-cutting; Perforating

B21D 28/00

Informative references:

Working metal by removing material therefrom

B23

B21D 31/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Dimpling

B21D 22/04

Perforating by punching

B21D 28/24

B21D 31/04 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Enlarging tube ends

B21D 41/02

B21D 31/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Forging hammers

B21J 7/00

B21D 33/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Special measures to adapt sheet metal working methods or apparatus according to subclass B21D for working metal foils, e.g. gold foils.

References

Informative references:

Manufacture of metal foils from a thick stock

B21C 37/02

Cutting, perforating, punching; cutting-out, stamping-out or severing by means other than cutting metal foils or non-metallic sheet material like paper

B26D, B26F

Mechanical working, or mechanical deformation without removing material, of metal foils in a manner analogous to the working of paper, e.g. embossing or corrugating

B31F 1/00

B21D 39/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Methods or arrangements of apparatus for connecting objects or parts comprising sheet metal, metal tubes, rods or profiles by operations for deforming or punching sheet metal, metal tubes, rods or profiles covered by groups B21D 1/00 - B21D 31/00, e.g. for connecting sheet metal parts by folding them.

Tube expanders.

References

Limiting references:

Joining sub-units or components to body shell or other sub-units or components of motor vehicles or trailers

B62D 65/02

Connecting or fastening roof covering slabs or stiff sheets by permanent deformation of, or by forcing together, the marginal portions of adjacent slabs or sheets, e.g. by folding the edges

E04D 3/367, E04D 3/368

Apparatus for working, e.g. connecting, roof coverings comprising slabs, sheets or flexible material

E04D 15/04

Methods or apparatus for setting of, e.g. expandable, casings, screens or liners in wells

E21B 43/10

Apparatus or processes specially adapted for forming connections of electric conductors by deformation, e.g. crimping tools

H01R 43/04

Informative references:

Flanging or other edge treatment, e.g. of tubes

B21D 19/00

Welding, e.g plating

B23K, B23K 20/00

Press-fitting, force-fitting, or shrinking in general

B23P 11/02, B23P 19/02

Connecting constructional elements or machine parts by adhesives

F16B 11/00

B21D 43/20 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Piling or unpiling articles or sheet material in general

B65G, B65H

B21D 47/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processing sheet metal or metal tubes, or processing metal profiles, according to any of groups B21D 1/00 - B21D 45/00 in the manufacture of finished or semi-finished rigid structural elements or units, e.g. honeycomb structures, beams or pillars.

B21D 49/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processing sheet metal or metal tubes, or processing metal profiles, according to any of groups B21D 1/00 - B21D 45/00 for sheathing or stiffening objects.

References

Informative references:

by winding wire or tape thereon

B65H 54/00, B65H 81/00

specially adapted for manufacturing conductors or cables

H01B 13/26

B21D 51/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processing sheet metal or metal tubes, or processing metal profiles, according to any of groups B21D 1/00 - B21D 45/00 in the manufacture of finished or semi-finished hollow objects, e.g. characterised by their structure, e.g. shape, or by their use, e.g. vessels, high-pressure containers, cans or tins.

B21D 51/14 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Making tubes from doubled flat material

B21C 37/14

B21D 51/26 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Welding or soldering

B23K

Closing containers or receptacles after filling

B65B 7/00

B21D 53/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processing sheet metal or metal tubes, or processing metal profiles, according to any of groups B21D 1/00 - B21D 45/00 in the manufacture of other particular articles, which are not covered by main groups B21D 47/00 - B21D 51/00. The processing is specially adapted for the manufacture of a particular articles, e.g. heat exchangers, wheels, parts for vehicles or aircrafts.

References

Informative references:

Making wire fabrics

B21F

B21D 53/08 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Connecting tubes in openings

B21D 39/06

B21D 55/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Safety devices for presses in general

B30B

Safety devices in general

F16P

B21F - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Processes for changing of physical properties of metals

C21D, C22F

B21J - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Working metallic powder

B22F

B21K - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Working metallic powder

B22F

B21L - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Soldering, welding, flame-cutting

B23K

B22D 33/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Arrangement of indicating or measuring devices

B22D 2/00

B22D 35/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Arrangement of indicating or measuring devices

B22D 2/00

B22D 37/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Arrangement of indicating or measuring devices

B22D 2/00

B22D 39/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Arrangement of indicating or measuring devices

B22D 2/00

B22D 41/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Arrangement of indicating or measuring devices

B22D 2/00

B22D 43/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Arrangement of indicating or measuring devices

B22D 2/00

B22D 45/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Arrangement of indicating or measuring devices

B22D 2/00

B22F - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Special treatment of metallic powder, e.g. thermal, thermo-mechanical or chemical treatments, making agglomerates, mixing with lubricants or binders;

Manufacture of workpieces or articles from metallic powder characterised by the manner of compacting or sintering or by the special shape of the product;

Manufacture of composite layers, workpieces, or articles, comprising metallic powder, by sintering the powder, with or without compacting;

Manufacture of articles from scrap or waste metal particles;

Making metallic powder or suspensions thereof using physical or chemical processes;

Powder metallurgical apparatus or equipment specifically adapted therefor, e.g. furnaces, retorts, sintering apparatus;

Metallic powders, per se., e.g. powder, mixture of powders or a mixture of a powder with a lubricating or binding agent.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

B22F covers the making of metallic powder including a metal powder with specific physical characteristics. Non-metal particles or inorganic compounds coated with metal as well as metal particles coated with non-metals or inorganic compounds are classified in subclass B22F. B22F covers powders containing a substantial proportion of non-metallic material. It means that when the metal is in proportion relevant so that it could not be seen as a impurity in the metallurgic process it must be classified in B22F. When the metal is present only as impurity, or when the subject matter does not refer to the manufacturing process itself but only refers to the use of it (e.g. dental implants using metal powder are classified in A61C 8/00), it is classified in the other places of IPC.

C22B 1/14 covers preliminary treatment of ores or scrap with organic or inorganic binders, e.g., agglomerating; briquetting, granulating; sintering.

C22C 1/05; C22C 1/10; C22C 33/02; C22C 47/14 cover the making of alloys by powder metallurgy using mixtures of metal powder with non-metallic powder, fibres or filaments.

C22F covers changing the physical structure of non-ferrous metals or alloys by heat treatment or by hot or cold working, including special physical methods, e.g. treatment with neutrons.

C04B covers preparing or treating powders of inorganic compounds in preparation to the manufacturing of ceramic products, e.g., C04B 35/622. When the proportion of metal powder is present not like as impurity in the compounds, it is classified at B22F.

C08K covers use of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients, including metals as inorganic ingredient, e.g., C08K 5/56 organic compounds containing a metal-to-carbon bond.  These compounds are not considered metal per se.

B01J 2/00 covers chemical or physical processes or devices for granulating materials in general.

B02C covers crushing, grinding or milling in general.

References

Limiting references:

Non-ferrous alloys compositions made by powder metallurgy

C22C 1/04

Making alloys from mixtures of metal powder with non-metallic powder

C22C 1/05, C22C 1/10

Alloys based on metal compounds

C22C 29/00

Non-ferrous alloys containing other metal compounds

C22C 32/00

Making ferrous alloys by powder metallurgy

C22C 33/02

Making alloys containing metallic or non-metallic fibres or filaments by powder metallurgy

C22C 47/14

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Making ceramics by compacting or sintering

C04B

Shaped ceramic products characterised by their composition

C04B 35/00

Burning or sintering process for ceramic compositions

C04B 35/64

Production or refining of metals; Pretreatment of raw materials

C22B

Sintering; Agglomerating for ores or scrap

C22B 1/16

Electrolytic production, recovery of refining of metal powder or metal masses

C25C 5/00

Magnets made by metals or alloys in the form of particles, e.g. powder, pressed, sintered or bound together

H01F 1/08, H01F 1/22

Cores made from powder

H01F 3/08

Devices using superconductivity or hyperconductivity characterised by the material

H01L 39/12

Informative references:

Dental implants

A61C 8/00

Prostheses implantable into the body

A61F 2/02

Use of preparations for artificial teeth, for filling or for capping teeth

A61K 6/04

Materials for prostheses or for coating prostheses

A61L 27/04

Chemical or physical processes or devices for granulating materials in general

B01J 2/00

Catalysts comprising metals

B01J 23/00

Methods for preparing or activation of catalysts

B01J 37/00

Crushing, grinding or milling in general

B02C

Disposal of solid waste

B09B

Mechanical metal-working

B21C 23/00

Metal parts in the mould of a casting process

B22D 23/00

Soldering or unsoldering; Welding; Cladding or plating by soldering or welding

B23K

Abrasive tools

B24D

Cutting tools

B26D, B26F

Presses specially adapted for forming articles from material in particulate or plastic state

B30B 11/00

Layered products characterised by features of a layer formed of particles, e.g. chips, chopped fibres, powder

B32B 5/16

Printing

B41J, B41M

Chemical aspects of powdering or granulating of macromolecular substances

C08J 3/12

Metallic pigments or fillers

C09C 1/62

Compressing powdered coating material, e.g. by milling

C23C 24/06

Drilling tools

E21B 10/00, E21B 11/00, E21B 12/00

Parts of bearings; Use of special materials or surface treatments, e.g. for rust-proofing

F16C 33/12

Conductive material dispersed in non-conductive organic material

H01B 1/22

Magnets or magnetic bodies characterised by the magnetic materials therefore; Selection of materials for their magnetic properties in the form of particles, e.g. powder

H01F 1/20

Selection of the material for the legs of the junction comprising metals only

H01L 35/20

Elements or alloys used in electrodes

H01M 4/38

Printed circuits

H05K

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Compacting

join or press firmly together.

Metallic powder

covers powders which in addition to metals may contain a substantial proportion of non-metallic material.

Powder

may include somewhat larger particles which are worked, obtained or behave in a manner similar to powder, e.g. fibres.

Sintering

coalesce or cause to coalesce from powder into solid by heating.

Alloy

a composition of plural elements at least one of which is a free metal. Also includes material containing any combination of fibres, filaments, whiskers and particles, e.g. carbides, diamond, oxides, borides, nitrides or sulfides, embedded in a metallic matrix..

Furnace

covers kilns, ovens or retorts

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the following words "apparatus", "equipment" and "device" are often used as synonyms.

In the case of areas related to recycling the following keywords "residue", "waste", "remains", "scrap", "rejects" and "shred" would be useful to a searcher.

In patent documents the following keywords "compacting" and "compressing" would be useful to a searcher.

B22F 1/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Electrolytic production, recovery or refining of metal powders

C25C 5/00

B22F 3/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Mechanical metal-working without essentially removing material; Punching metal

B21D

Forging; Hammering; Pressing; Forge Furnaces

B21J

Making forged or pressed products

B21K

Furnaces, Kilns, Ovens, or retorts in general; Open sintering or like apparatus

F27B

B22F 3/105 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Manufacture of workpieces or articles from metallic powder characterised by the manner of sintering; Apparatus specially adapted therefor

B22F 3/11

Informative references:

Electric heating

H05B

Dental prostheses

A61C 13/00

Producing shape articles from the material

B28B 1/00

Shaping or joining plastics or substances in plastic state

B29C 67/00

B22F 7/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Layered products characterised by the relation between layers

B32B 7/00

B22F 9/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Processes or devices for granulating materials, in general

B01J 2/00

Metallic powder obtained by crushing, pulverising, disintegrating in general; milling grain

B02C

B22F 9/26 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Controlled atmosphere, or pulverulent material; Adjusting the composition of the atmosphere

C21D 1/76

B23B - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

For surgical purposes

A61B 17/16

Earth or rock drilling

E21B

B23D - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Surgical saws

A61B 17/14

Sawing wood or similar material

B27B

Informative references:

Punching, perforating, making articles by processing sheet metal, tubes or profiles

B21D

Grinding

B24

B23D 67/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Sharpening saw teeth thereby

B23D 63/10

B23D 69/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Sharpening saw teeth thereby

B23D 63/10

B23D 71/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Sharpening saw teeth thereby

B23D 63/10

B23D 73/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Sharpening saw teeth thereby

B23D 63/10

B23K - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Essentially requiring the use of welding machines or welding equipment, see the relevant groups for the welding machines or welding equipment

B23K 26/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Laser working for making a weakened layer, with or without removing material

Laser shock processing

Apparatus for laser surface treatment

Laser ablation

References

Limiting references:

Laser sintering of metallic powder

B22F 3/105

Laser sintering of plastics

B29C 67/04

Laser sintering of glass

C03B 19/06

Laser sintering of ceramics

C04B 35/64

Laser assisted deposition

C23C

Laser assisted chemical etching

C23F 1/00

Informative references:

Lasers per se

H01S 3/00, H01S 5/00

B23K 26/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Automatic generation of focusing signals for optical elements

G02B 7/28

B23K 26/035 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Automatically aligning laser beams

B23K 26/042

B23K 26/14 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Working by laser in a special environment or atmosphere

B23K 26/12

B23K 26/16 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Removal of by-products by a fluid stream

B23K 26/142

B23K 26/18 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Observing devices provided with laser radiation protection devices

B23K 26/03

B23K 26/20 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Soldering by means of radiant energy

B23K 1/005

Joining of preformed plastics by heating using laser beam

B29C 65/16

B23K 26/322 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Using absorbing layers on the workpiece

B23K 26/18

B23K 26/348 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Laser beam for starting a welding or cutting arc

B23K 9/067

B23K 26/352 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Surface treatment of glass

C03C 15/00 - C03C 25/00

for modifying the physical structure of ferrous metals

C21D

for changing the physical structure of non-ferrous metals or non-ferrous alloys

C22F

Re-melting of metals by laser

C22B 9/22

After-treatment of crystalline material

C30B 33/00

B23K 26/36 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

for creating voids inside the workpiece, e.g. for forming flow passages of flow patterns

B23K 26/55

with laser beam entering a face of the workpiece form which it is transmitted through the workpiece material to work on a different workpiece face

B23K 26/57

Laser assisted chemical etching

C23F 1/00

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Processing photosensitive materials by stripping

G03F 7/42

Ablation for laser recording

G11B 7/00

Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits

H05K 3/00

Informative references:

Laser removal of surface material for decorative purposes

B44C 1/22

B23K 26/361 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

for trimming or tuning of electrical components

B23K 26/351

B23P - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Punching, perforating, making articles by processing sheet metal, tubes, or profiles

B21D

Grinding

B24

B24B - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Grinding or polishing processes not particular to specific machines, devices or work, including the use of auxiliary equipment in connection with such processes, e.g. of grinding with ultrasonic frequency;

Machines, devices or processes for sharpening cutting edges, or accessories therefor, adapted e.g. to the cutting edges of milling cutters, turning or planing tools, drills or cutting blades;

Machines, devices or processes for grinding, or accessories therefor,

adapted to surfaces on work with particular geometric shapes, e.g. surfaces of revolution or plane, lens shaped or spherical surfaces,

adapted to particular surface elements on work, e.g. to edges, bevels, grooves, seat surfaces, or to burr removal

adapted to surfaces of particular work, e.g. turbine blades, dies, work of non-circular cross section, such as shafts of polygonal cross-section, sharp pointed workpieces or workpieces with arcuate surfaces,

adapted to properties of the material of non-metallic articles to be ground,

adapted for grinding controlled by patterns, drawings, magnetic tapes or the like, e.g. by deriving a required shape from a pattern, of the same or a different shape or scale, by a mechanism controlled by a member following the pattern,

embodied as a particular form of machine, e.g. using grinding or polishing belts, as portable grinding machine or as grinding machine of universal type,

whereby in connection with glass the terms "grinding" and "polishing" are treated as being equivalent.

Machines, devices or processes for polishing or finishing surfaces, or accessories therefor, according to the kind of operation performed, which are

polishing or finishing surfaces on work by means of tools made of soft or flexible material, with or without the application of solid or liquid polishing agents, e.g. using buffing wheels or polishing belts,

polishing or abrading surfaces on work by means of tumbling apparatus, including abrading-bodies specially designed therefor, or by means of other apparatus in which the work or the abrasive material is loose, e.g. using a magnetically consolidated grinding powder or a plastically deformable grinding compound, moved relatively to the workpiece under the influence of pressure,

honing, i.e. abrading by means of fine grit abrasive blocks along a controlled path of combined movements in order to smoothen a surface or to produce a defined surface texture,

superfinishing, i.e. by means of abrading blocks reciprocating with high frequency,

lapping, i.e. rubbing the surface of the work and the surface of a lapping tool, in general of corresponding shapes, against each other and with loose abrasives rolling and sliding between the surfaces, whereby the abrasives may be loosely dispersed in a liquid medium or adhered to a lapping pad,

burnishing, i.e. requiring pressure members for compacting the surface zone, e.g. rollers or balls;

Component parts, accessories, or auxiliary devices, of general applicability for grinding, polishing or finishing machines or devices, comprising

component parts, such as frames, beds, carriages, headstocks or work supports,

means for securing grinding or polishing wheels on rotary arbors,

drives or gearings including equipment therefor, e.g. for the exact control of the position of the tool or work at the start of the operation or for preventing backlash,

measuring or gauging equipment for controlling the feed movement of the tool or work, as well as arrangements of indicating or measuring equipment, e.g. for indicating the start of the grinding operation,

arrangements for automatic control of a series of individual steps in grinding or polishing a workpiece,

devices or means for dressing or conditioning abrasive surfaces,

safety devices for grinding or polishing machines,

accessories fitted to grinding or polishing machines for keeping tools or parts of the machine in good working condition,

devices for feeding, applying, grading or recovering grinding, polishing or lapping agents.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Abrasive machining

Subclass B24C complements the abrasive grinding and polishing operations covered by B24B by abrasive blasting with particulate material, whereby blasting is defined as using a blast of any particles or pellets dispersed in air, gas or liquid, or an equivalent jet of material projected or energised by other means, for the treatment of surfaces or cutting of materials, the particles usually being of abrasive material.

When abrading internal surfaces, e.g. of a tube, by operations known in the art as abrasive flow machining, extrude honing or hydro-erosive grinding, the operations is considered as abrading surfaces either by a blast or jet of abrasive particles through the tube (B24C 3/32) or by means of a plastically deformable grinding compound under the influence of pressure (B24B 31/116), when the viscosity of carrier medium is higher than water.

Subclass B24D covers the grinding, polishing and sharpening tools used with the machines and devices covered by subclass B24B. The tools specially designed for the particular grinding or polishing operations of tumbling (B24B 31/14), honing (B24B 33/08) or lapping (B24B 37/11) are however covered by B24B. B42B further provides places for the tools specially adapted for grinding or polishing optical surfaces on lenses (B24B 13/01) as a particular kind of work. Devices or means for securing grinding or polishing wheels on rotary arbors of the machines or for dressing or conditioning abrasive surfaces of the tools are as well covered by B24B.

Machining metal by electro-erosion for surface improvement or improvement of the dimensional accuracy is covered by subclass B23H, including electrical discharge or electrochemical machining combined with mechanical working, e.g. grinding or honing (B23H 5/00). Electrolytic etching or polishing for the same purposes is covered by main group C25F 3/00, covering the working of metallic and non-metallic materials, especially the electrolytic polishing of semiconductor materials (C25F 3/30).

Abrasive materials and polishing compositions

Abrasive particles, powders or compositions per se are covered by group C09K 3/14, which may be used in abrasive tools or in suspensions or pastes for polishing. Polishing compositions, suitable for the operations covered by B24B 29/00, are covered by main group C09G 1/00. When they contain abrasives or grinding agents (C09G 1/02) they are as well suitable for lapping (B24B 37/00).

References

Limiting references:

Abrasive or related blasting with particulate material

B24C

Working metal by electro-erosion, e.g. electrolytic grinding

B23H, B23H 5/08

Electrolytic etching or polishing

C25F 3/00

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Grinding of gear teeth

B23F

Grinding of screw threads

B23G 1/36, B23G 1/42

Grinding arrangements for use on assembled railway tracks

E01B 31/17

Places in relation to which this subclass is residual:

none

Informative references:

Tools for grinding, buffing or sharpening

B24D

Polishing compositions containing abrasives or grinding agents

C09G 1/02

Abrasives

C09K 3/14

Details, components, or accessories for machine tools, in general

B23Q 1/00 - B23Q 35/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Grinding

Grinding means machining by fixed abrasive particles in its most general sense and covers "corrective" operations, such as correction of dimension, e.g. diameter, or shape, e.g. roundness. It is characterised by a comparatively high material removal rate.

Polishing

Polishing means abrading a work so as to improve, e.g. smoothen, its surface, without substantial change of dimension or shape of the work as would occur in grinding.

Abrading

Abrading is used in its most general sense to mean mechanically removing material by a multitude of fixed or loose particles that are forced into the surface of the work so that each particle cuts away small chips of material

Honing

Honing means abrading by means of one or more, often compliant, fine grit abrasive blocks or stones along a controlled path of combined movements, including a reciprocating movement, in order to smoothen a surface or to produce a defined surface texture such as a cross-hatch pattern.

Superfinishing

Superfinishing means abrading by means of one or more fine grit abrading blocks or an abrasive band pressed by a shoe (bandfinishing) along a controlled path of combined movements. Typically, the block or shoe is oscillated with a short stroke and relatively high frequency while the work is rotated, in order to improve surface finish or produce a defined surface texture such as a cross-hatch pattern. Superfinishing is also referred to as microfinishing, or short-stroke honing, in the art.

Lapping

Lapping is surface finishing by rubbing the surface of the work and the surface of a lapping tool, e.g. a lapping plate or lapping pad, that is mostly shaped corresponding to the work surface, against each other, mainly with loose abrasives rolling and sliding between the surfaces; the abrasives may be dispersed in a liquid medium, i.e. a slurry, or in a paste, or fixed to the lapping pad

Burnishing

Burnishing means plastically deforming a work on a small scale by means of rubbing or rolling a tool, e.g. a roller or ball, on the work. It is not an abrading operation but used as an alternative to abrasive finishing operations in order to improve the surface finish or surface hardness of the work.

Conditioning

Conditioning is used in its most general sense to mean

truing by removing material from the abrasive tool to maintain tool geometry, e.g. concentricity, or to (re-) profile a form into the abrasive surface,

sharpening by removing small amounts of binding material from the abrasive surface to expose abrasive grains or by breaking abrasive grains to produce sharper cutting edges on the grain,

cleaning the surface of an abrasive tool or a lapping pad in order to remove debris from the space between the grains or pores of the pad.

Dressing

Dressing is used as a synonym for conditioning

Synonyms and Keywords

It is noted that the above terms overlap in material removal rate and surface roughness such that a clear distinction by these parameters is not possible.

In groups B24B 1/00 - B24B 27/00, in connection with glass the terms "grinding" and "polishing" are treated as being equivalent.

B24B 3/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Sharpening of saw teeth

B23D 63/12

Sharpening of files or rasps

B23D 73/00

B24B 5/18 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Centreless grinding of threads

B23G 1/42

Informative references:

Centreless turning

B23B 5/08

B24B 5/50 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Cutting profiles into the treads of tyres

B29D 30/68

B24B 7/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Involving a reciprocatingly-moved grinding wheel in combination with a stationary work-table

B24B 7/07

B24B 7/10 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Grinding tools or machines specially adapted for use on assembled railway track

E01B 31/17

B24B 7/14 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Portable grinding machines designed for fastening on workpieces

B24B 23/08

B24B 7/16 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

For grinding edges or bevels on work

B24B 9/00

B24B 7/18 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Machines or devices for cleaning floorings

A47L 11/00, A47L 13/00

B24B 11/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Specially designed for optical surfaces

B24B 13/00

For seat surfaces

B24B 15/00

B24B 17/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Machines or devices so-controlled for grinding the edges of lenses

B24B 9/14

For grinding or polishing optical lens surfaces

B24B 13/06

For grinding non-circular cross-sections

B24B 19/08

For grinding trochoidal surfaces

B24B 19/09

For grinding cams

B24B 19/12

For grinding turbine blades or the like

B24B 19/14

Informative references:

Such control means per se:

Methods for copying

B23Q 33/00

Control systems or devices for copying directly from a pattern or a master model; Devices for use in copying manually

B23Q 35/00

Controlling; Regulating

G05

B24B 19/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Tapering, chamfering or relief cutting of taps or reamers

B24B 3/20, B24B 3/22

B24B 19/11 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Grinding end faces

B24B 7/16, B24B 7/17

B24B 19/14 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Using grinding belts

B24B 21/16

B24B 19/16 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Grinding bevels on diamonds or sapphires

B24B 9/16

B24B 19/18 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Devices for sharpening card-clothings built in, or attachable to, carding machines

D01G

B24B 19/20 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

For grinding walls of very fine holes, e.g. in drawing-dies

B24B 5/48

B24B 19/26 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Grinding of spherical surfaces in general

B24B 11/00

Of optical surfaces on lenses or surfaces of similar shape on other work

B24B 13/00

B24B 19/28 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Of brake drum hubs

B24B 5/06

Of brake discs

B24B 7/17

B24B 21/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

For sharpening cutting edges of tools

B24B 3/00

B24B 21/16 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Single purpose machines for grinding cams or camshafts

B24B 19/12

B24B 23/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

For grinding seat surfaces

B24B 15/00

Grinders for cutting-off

B24B 27/08

Informative references:

Having a flexible shaft

B24B 27/027

Details or components, e.g. casings, bodies, of portable power-driven tools not particularly related to the operation performed

B25F 5/00

B24B 29/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Machines or devices for grinding or polishing glass

B24B 7/24, B24B 9/08, B24B 13/00

Informative references:

Polishing tools in general

B24D 13/00

B24B 31/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Machines or devices for grinding or polishing glass

B24B 7/24, B24B 9/08, B24B 13/00

B24B 31/12 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

In general

B24B 55/00

B24B 33/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Gauging in general

G01B

Controlling in general

G05

B24B 37/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Lapping machines or devices and accessories for surface finishing by rubbing the surface of the work and the surface of a tool, e.g. a lapping plate or lapping pad, generally shaped corresponding to the work surface, against each other, mainly with loose abrasives rolling or sliding between the surfaces. The abrasives may be dispersed in a liquid medium, i.e. a slurry, or in a paste, or fixed to the lapping pad.

References

Informative references:

Polishing compositions containing abrasives or grinding agents

C09G 1/02

Anti-slip materials; Abrasives

C09K 3/14

Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of electric solid state devices not otherwise provided for 

H01L 21/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Lapping

surface finishing by rubbing the surface of the work and the surface of a lapping tool, e.g. a lapping plate or lapping pad, that is mostly shaped corresponding to the work surface, against each other, mainly with loose abrasives rolling and sliding between the surfaces; the abrasives may be dispersed in a liquid medium, i.e. a slurry, or in a paste, or fixed to the lapping pad.

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the following expressions/words "lap" and "lapping tool" are often used as synonyms.

B24B 37/005 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Systems, devices or methods specially adapted for the control or regulation of lapping machines or devices and operations performed by them.

References

Informative references:

Special adaptations of machines or devices for grinding controlled by patterns, drawings, magnetic tapes or the like

B24B 17/00

Measuring or gauging equipment for controlling the feed movement of the grinding tool or work; Arrangements of indicating or measuring equipment

B24B 49/00

Arrangements for automatic control of a series of individual steps in grinding a workpiece

B24B 51/00

Automatic control or regulation of feed movement or position of tool or work

B23Q 15/00

Control or regulating systems in general; Functional elements of such systems

G05B

Systems for controlling or regulating non-electric variables or for regulating electric or magnetic variables

G05D, G05F

B24B 37/013 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Measuring or gauging equipment for controlling the feed movement of the grinding tool or work according to the instantaneous size and required size of the workpiece acted upon

B24B 49/02

Measuring or gauging equipment for controlling the feed movement of the grinding tool or work involving electrical or optical means, or taking regard of the load

B24B 49/10, B24B 49/12, B24B 49/16

B24B 37/015 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Systems, devices or methods for cooling, or temperature control of, the work, a component of the lapping machine, the ambient air, or the slurry specially adapted for lapping purposes.

References

Informative references:

Measuring or gauging equipment for controlling the feed movement of the grinding tool or work taking regard of the temperature during grinding

B24B 49/14

Accessory equipment fitted to grinding or polishing machines for cooling the grinding surfaces, including devices for feeding coolant

B24B 55/02

Methods or arrangements for maintaining a constant temperature in parts of machine tools in general

B23Q 11/14

Arrangements for cooling work, tools or parts of machine tools in general

B23Q 11/10, B23Q 11/12

B24B 37/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices or methods for lapping surfaces or parts of surfaces of revolution, e.g. cylindrical surfaces, on a single work piece or on a plurality of work pieces. Typically, a plurality of work pieces, such as balls or cylinders are lapped by rolling the work pieces held between two lapping plates that are relatively rotating to each other. One lapping plate may be replaced by a holding structure, such as a holding plate or holding rollers.

B24B 37/025 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Machines or devices designed for grinding balls involving grinding wheels acting by the front faces, e.g. of plane, grooved, or beveled shape

B24B 11/06

B24B 37/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Single purpose machines or devices designed for grinding plane surfaces on inorganic material, e.g. stone, ceramics, porcelain

B24B 7/22

apparatus specially adapted for the mechanical treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof to change the physical characteristics of their surfaces, or to change their shape, e.g. grinding or polishing

H01L 21/304

B24B 37/07 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices and methods defined by features that relate to the type of movement in the plane of contact of the work or its carrier and the lapping tool with respect to each other. Typically, the work or carrier can either be driven, e.g. rotatably or in a combined or superposed movement, or can be loosely arranged on the lapping tool without direct drive for movement in a quasi random manner.

B24B 37/12 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Lapping plate

A lapping plate is a rigid, self-supporting structure used as the lapping tool itself or as a support for a lapping pad

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the expressions "platen" or " polishing table" are often used instead of "lapping plate" which is used in the classification scheme of this subclass.

B24B 37/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Lapping plates characterised by the shape or geometry of the lapping plate surface contacting the work or lapping pad, e.g. provided with particular holes, grooves or recesses.

B24B 37/20 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Grinding or buffing wheels having flexibly-acting working parts acting by the front face

B24D 13/14

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Lapping pad

A lapping pad is made of relatively soft material, usually provided on a support structure, i.e. the lapping plate, for holding the loose abrasive temporarily during lapping or having the abrasive incorporated therein (fixed abrasive)

B24B 37/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Lapping pads characterised by being composed of two or more layers, e.g. to obtain an advantage resulting from the association or combination of the layers.

B24B 37/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Lapping pads characterised by the selection of a particular material, based on its composition or properties, e.g. for a particular layer of the lapping pad.

B24B 37/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Lapping pads characterised by the shape or geometry of the lapping pad surface contacting the work, e.g. provided with grooves of particular cross section or location on the pad.

B24B 37/30 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Work supports, e.g. adjustable steadies, of grinding machines or devices

B24B 41/06

Apparatus specially adapted for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components thereof using specially adapted carriers

H01L 21/673

B24B 37/34 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Devices or means for dressing, cleaning or otherwise conditioning lapping tools

B24B 53/017

Devices for feeding, applying, grading or recovering grinding, polishing or lapping agents

B24B 57/00

Combinations or associations of metal-working machines comprising features relating to transfer of work between machines

B23Q 41/02

Apparatus specially adapted for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components thereof for conveying, e.g. between different work stations, for positioning, orientation or alignment, or for supporting or gripping

H01L 21/677, H01L 21/68, H01L 21/683

B24B 39/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Modifying the physical properties or structure of metal by burnishing

C21D 7/08, C22F 1/00

B24B 45/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Suppression of vibrations in systems

F16F 15/00

Testing static or dynamic balancing of machines

G01M 1/00

B24B 49/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Gauging instruments in general

G01B

B24B 53/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Compensation for grinding wheel abrasion resulting from dressing

B24B 47/25

B24B 53/095 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Cooling the grinding surfaces

B24B 55/02

B24B 55/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Of general applicability for machine tools

B23Q 11/00

In general

F16P

B24B 55/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Cooling or lubricating during dressing operation

B24B 53/095

B24D - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subclass B24D covers tools for grinding, polishing, or sharpening, for working on any material. It covers in particular

physical features of abrasive bodies, or sheets, e.g. abrasive surfaces of special nature or physical properties enhanced by additives, and abrasive bodies or sheets characterised by their abrasive constituents, e.g. used as bonding agent,

bonded abrasive wheels, or wheels with inserted abrasive blocks, as well as bushings or mountings therefor,

wheels having flexibly-acting working parts, e.g. buffing wheels, as well as mountings therefor

constructional features of flexible abrasive materials and special features in the manufacture of such materials, as well as wheels or drums supporting in exchangeable arrangement a layer of such flexible abrasive material, e.g. sandpaper,

hand tools or other devices for non-rotary grinding, polishing, or stropping,

and the manufacture of grinding tools, e.g. wheels, not otherwise provided for.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Subclass B24B covers predominantly the machines or devices for grinding, polishing or sharpening using tools covered by B24D, including the headstocks holding the tools. B24B covers as well the tools specially designed for the particular grinding or polishing operations of tumbling, honing or lapping. It further provides places for the tools specially adapted for grinding or polishing optical surfaces on lenses as a particular kind of work.

Complementary to B24D 3/00, C09K 3/14 covers abrasive materials eligible as constituents of abrasive bodies or sheets and C09G 1/02 covers polishing compositions containing abrasives or grinding agents.

The manufacture of abrasive articles or shaped materials containing macromolecular substances, e.g. as bonding agent, is covered by C08J 5/14. B24D provides with main group B24D 18/00 a residual group for the manufacture of grinding tools, e.g. wheels, not otherwise provided for.

References

Limiting references:

Abrading-bodies specially designed for tumbling apparatus, e.g. abrading-balls

B24B 31/14

Honing tools

B24B 33/08

Lapping tools

B24B 37/11

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Floor surfacing or polishing machines with driven tools

A47L 11/02

Grinding discs or grinding worms specially adapted for use in machines for manufacturing gear teeth

B23F 21/02

Tools specially designed, e.g. bowl-like, for grinding or polishing optical surfaces on lenses or surfaces of similar shape on other work

B24B 13/01

Informative references:

Headstocks as component parts of grinding machines or devices, especially grinding heads

B24B 41/04

Devices or means for dressing or conditioning, e.g. truing or cleaning, abrasive surfaces of grinding tools

B24B 53/00

Manufacture of abrasive articles or shaped materials containing macromolecular substances

C08J 5/14

Polishing compositions containing abrasives or grinding agents

C09G 1/02

Abrasives

C09K 3/14

Friction linings; Attachment thereof; Selection of co-acting friction substances or surfaces

F16D 69/00

Special rules of classification

Tools for grinding, buffing or sharpening, specially designed for a particular purpose, which purpose is provided for in a single other place, are classified in that place, e.g. in B23F 21/02 for grinding tools specially adapted for use in machines for manufacturing gear teeth.

A tool specially designed for a particular purpose is adapted to a particular kind of work and may have a special form, e.g. bowl-like for grinding or polishing optical surfaces on lenses, B24B 13/01.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

grinding

Grinding means machining by fixed abrasive particles in its most general sense and covers "corrective" operations, such as correction of dimension, e.g. diameter, or shape, e.g. roundness. It is characterised by a comparatively high material removal rate.

polishing

Polishing means abrading a work so as to improve, e.g. smoothen, its surface, without substantial change of dimension or shape of the work as would occur in grinding.

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the word "polishing" is often used instead of "buffing" which is used in the classification scheme of this subclass.

In patent documents the word "sharpening" is often used instead of "stropping" which is used in the classification scheme of this subclass.

B24D 3/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Shaped ceramic products characterised by their composition

C04B 35/00

Composition of friction linings

F16D 69/02

B24D 5/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Zonally-graded wheels

B24D 5/14

B24D 7/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Zonally-graded wheels

B24D 7/14

B24D 7/18 - Definition fr

Special rules of classification

If a wheel is specially designed for a particular purpose provided for in a single other class, that class takes precedence.

B24D 9/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Wheels or drums as machine elements in general

F16C 13/00

B24D 15/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Hand tools are non-driven devices, e.g. abrasive blocks without mechanisms. They may have a grip or holder to move the hand tool with relative to the workpiece. Other devices for non-rotary grinding, polishing, or stropping are usually stationary or hand-held and the workpiece is moved by hand with respect to the device, e.g. a flexible strip of leather for stropping a razor blade.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Main group B24B 3/00 covers motor, hand or foot driven machines for sharpening cutting edges, e.g. hand-driven devices with mechanically-operated parts.

References

Informative references:

Edge-sharpeners for treating skis or snowboards

A63C 11/06

Hand-held or hand-operated filing or rasping devices

B23D 67/12

Hand files or hand rasps

B23D 71/04

B24D 18/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Manufacture of grinding tools or other grinding devices, using particular manufacturing operations or methods, e.g. particular moulding or press shaping operations, electrolytic deposition, impregnation, impressing abrasive powder in a matrix, application of adhesives, not otherwise provided for.

References

Limiting references:

Places in relation to which this main group is residual:

Setting gems or the like on metal parts, e.g. diamonds on tools

B23P 5/00

Special features in the manufacture of flexible abrasive materials

B24D 11/00

Shaped ceramic products characterised by their composition; Forming processes therefor; Processing powders of inorganic compounds preparatory to the manufacturing of ceramic products

C04B 35/00

Manufacture of abrasive or friction articles or materials containing macromolecular substances

C08J 5/14

B25D - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Hand tools for carrying out strokes, e.g. hammers or picks.

Hand tools for transmitting strokes, e.g. chisels or punches.

Portable power-driven percussive tools with fluid-pressure drive, electromotor drive or electromagnetic drive, e.g. compressed-air hammers.

Portable percussive tools using centrifugal or rotary impact elements.

Portable percussive machines with superimposed rotation, e.g. drill hammers.

Details of, or accessories for, portable power-driven percussive tools.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

This subclass is a function-oriented place for classifying percussive hand tools and portable power-driven percussive tools, the primary function of which is to generate percussive action.

Hand tools and portable power-driven tools with percussive action for supporting another primary function, e.g. cutting or drilling, are classified in the relevant places for the primary function. For example, hand-held cutting tools employing percussive action for cutting, such as axes or hatchets, are classified in B26B 23/00. Impact drilling machines with percussive action for supporting the drilling operation are classified in B23B 45/16.

Hand tools and portable power-driven tools with percussive action which are specially adapted or used for a particular purpose are classified in the relevant application-oriented places. For example, hand tools especially for nailing or stapling are classified in subclass B25C, e.g. nail punches. Pick hammers and chisels especially for mining or quarrying are classified in E21C 37/24 and E21C 37/26. Mortise chisels for wood-working are classified in B27G 17/08.

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Non-abrasive sharpening devices for scythes, sickles, or the like with percussive tools

A01D 3/02

Hand-operated implements for threshing

A01F 5/00

Meat pounders

A22C 9/00

Carpet beaters

A47L 13/36

Instruments for medical or veterinary examination by percussion

A61B 9/00

Hand-held nailing or stapling tools

B25C

Combination or multi-purpose hand tools not otherwise provided for

B25F 1/00

Mortise chisels for wood-working

B27G 17/08

Pick hammers for mining or quarrying, specially adapted for dislodging minerals

E21C 37/24

Chisels for mining or quarrying

E21C 37/26

Informative references:

Golf clubs

A63B 53/00

Bats, rackets, or the like, for other games

A63B 59/00

Disintegrating by mills having rotary beater elements

B02C 13/00

Processes or apparatus for generating mechanical vibrations making use of mechanical energy

B06B 1/10

Deforming sheet metal, tubes or profiles by sequential impacts, e.g. hammering

B21D 31/06

Forging machines with hammers or die jaws acting by impact

B21J 7/00, B21J 11/00

Hand-held drilling machines with superimposed percussive action

B23B 45/16

Treating or finishing surfaces by hammering

B23P 9/04

Impact wrenches or screwdrivers

B25B 19/00

Portable power-driven screw or nut setting or loosening tools with means for imparting impact to screwdriver blade or nut socket

B25B 21/02

Hand tools for fitting together or separating parts employing impacting means

B25B 27/067

Axes or hatches

B26B 23/00

Working stone or stone-like materials by impact tools, e.g. by chisels

B28D 1/26

Knocking devices for preventing bridge formation in large containers

B65D 88/66

Tamping apparatus for consolidating or finishing laid-down unset paving material

E01C 19/30

Tampers for compacting soil

E02D 3/046

Methods or apparatus for placing sheet pile bulkheads, piles, mould-pipes, or other moulds by driving

E02D 7/00

Percussion drilling of earth or rock

E21B 1/00, E21B 4/06, E21B 6/00, E21B 10/36

Fishing for or freeing objects in boreholes or wells using impact means for releasing stuck parts

E21B 31/107

Cutting machines slitting solely by one or more percussive tools moved through the seam in mining or quarrying applications

E21C 25/02

Percussion or firing pins or hammers of firearms

F41A 19/13, F41A 19/14

Batons, truncheons, sticks, shillelaghs

F41B 15/02

Percussive musical instruments

G10D 13/00

Clappers or other strikers for bells

G10K 1/10

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Hand hammer

Hand tool for carrying out a stroke with a striking face which is not intended to penetrate the material or object to be struck.

Pick

Hand tool for carrying out a stroke with a pointed striking tip or edge which is intended to penetrate the material or object to be struck.

B25D 7/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Combined with other tools

B25F

B25D 9/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Portable drilling machines driven by fluid pressure or pneumatic power

B23B 45/04

B25D 16/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Portable drilling machines with superimposed percussive action

B23B 45/16

B25D 17/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Details or components, e.g. casings, bodies, of portable power-driven tools not particularly related to the operation performed

B25F 5/00

B25D 17/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Percussion drill bits for drilling earth or rock

E21B 10/36

B25D 17/10 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

In general

F16P

B25D 17/11 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Noise damping in general

G10K 11/16

B25D 17/14 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Flushing boreholes while drilling earth or rock

E21B 21/00

B25D 17/26 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

In general

F16N

B25F - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Combination or multi-purpose hand tools not otherwise provided for, e.g. with interchangeable or adjustable tool elements;

Associations of tools for different working operations with one portable power-drive means and adapters therefor, e.g. a Proxxon®-type rotary power tool with exchangeable tools for boring, milling, grinding, polishing, etc;

Details or components of portable power-driven tools not particularly related to the operations performed and not otherwise provided for, e.g. construction of casings, bodies or handles.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

B25F covers combination or multi-purpose hand tools and combination or multi-purpose portable power-driven tools. When the tools have a clear primary function they are classified in other relevant places of IPC, for instance: subclass B25B covers hand tools having a clear primary function of fastening, connecting, disengaging or holding, e.g. spanners, wrenches or screwdrivers.

Subclass B25F further covers details or components of portable power-driven tools not particularly related to the operations performed and not otherwise provided for. Even if a portable power-driven tool has a clear primary function, its details or components, which are not particularly related to this primary function, are classified in subclass B25F, if not otherwise provided for.

Details or components of hand tools with a clear primary function are classified in the relevant subclass for the hand tool, for instance: subclass B25B covers details of or accessories for spanners, wrenches or screwdrivers; subclass B25G covers handles for hand implements, subclass B25C covers tools for driving both nails or staples.

More specifically, B23B 45/00 and B23B 47/00 cover hand-held or like portable drilling machines and constructional features of components specially designed for boring or drilling machines. B67B 7/44 covers combination tools for opening closed containers, e.g. comprising cork-screws, can pierces, crown-cap removers. B25B 33/00 covers hand tools not covered by any other group in subclass B25B.

References

Limiting references:

Places in relation to which this subclass is residual:

Hand-held or like portable drilling machines and constructional features of components specially designed for boring or drilling machines

B23B 45/00, B23B 47/00

Tools or bench devices not otherwise provided for, for fastening, connecting, disengaging, or holding

B25B

Hand tools not covered by any other group in subclass B25B

B25B 33/00

Hand-held nailing or stapling tools; manually-operated portable stapling tools

B25C

Handles of portable power-driven percussive tools

B25D 17/04

Handles for hand implements, in general

B25G

Hand- or power-operated combination tools for opening closed containers, e.g. comprising cork-screws, can piercers, crown-cap removers

B67B 7/44

Informative references:

Cutting implements specially adapted for horticultural purposes; Delimbing standing trees

A01G 3/00

Multi-purpose kitchen machines for preparing food

A47J 44/00

Power-driven cleaning or polishing devices for dentistry

A61C 17/16

Machines, devices or processes for planing, slotting, shearing, broaching, sawing, filing, scraping

B23D

Portable grinding machines; Accessories therefor

B24B 23/00

Hand-held cutting tools, e.g., hand knives, hand shears, scissors and razors

B26B

Portable hand-operated wood-milling machines; Routers

B27C 5/10

Portable power-driven circular saws for manual operations

B27B 9/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Portable

Capable of being easily carried or conveyed.

Multi-purpose tool

Device having or serving several purposes, which may be either manual or power-driven, eg a tool with interchangeable tool elements.

Combination hand tools

Manually operated object involving two, or possibly more than two (but a confined number of), clearly defined purposes (having two or more tools put together for different purposes), e.g. Gerber® multi-plier tool.

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the following keywords "power-driven" and "power assisted" would be useful to a searcher.

In patent documents the following terms "hand tool", "hand-held", "hand device", "hand operated" and "hand actuated" are often used as synonyms. Also, these terms can be used as keywords.

In patent documents the following keywords "portable machine" and "portable equipment" would be useful to a searcher.

B25H - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Workshop equipment, used when performing a task, of the following types and adapted for the indicated purposes:

Work benches, e.g. with provision for shielding the work area;

Portable stands or supports for positioning portabletools or work to be operated on by portabletools, e.g. those of table or trestle type;

Tool, instrument or work supports used in association with vehicles;

Workers supports, e.g. mechanics creepers;

Workshop equipment for marking-out or setting-out work, e.g. scribers for marking;

Storage means for workshops adapted for the following purposes useful when performing a task:

Storage means or arrangements for workshops facilitating access to, or handling of, work, tools or instruments, e.g. boxes, racks or trays;

Tool, instrument or work storage means used in association with vehicles.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

B25H covers workshop equipment, e.g. work benches, portable stands or supports for positioning tools or workpieces, storage means tools, workpieces or instruments and marking-out or setting-out workpiece.

A47B 37/00, A47B 81/00 cover tables, cabinets, racks or shelf units or similar furniture specially adapted for other particular purposes, A47C 9/02 covers workshop stools and A47F 1/00 cover racks or containers for dispensing merchandise. B25B cover tools or bench devices not otherwise provided for, for fastening connecting, disengaging, or holding. B60P 3/14 cover vehicles adapted to transport objects, e.g. workshop for servicing and B63B 35/44 cover floating workshops. B65D cover storing and packing and B65G 1/00, B65G 37/02 covers other storage arrangements and flow sheets for conveyer combinations in warehouses, magazines, or workshops. F16M 11/00, F16M 13/00 cover stands or trestles as supports for apparatus or articles placed thereon. Hoisting or lifting equipment is covered by B66C 23/48; B66F 5/00.

References

Limiting references:

Appliances or methods for marking-out, perforating, or making buttonholes

A41H 25/00

Centre punches

B25D 5/00

Cord lines chalkers

B44D 3/38

Informative references:

Holders or carriers for hand articles; Fastening articles to the garment

A45F 5/02

Tables, cabinets, racks or shelf units specially adapted for other particular purposes

A47B 37/00, A47B 81/00

Workshop stools

A47C 9/02

Racks for dispensing merchandise

A47F 1/00

Arrangements or auxiliary devices for supporting or guiding torches, electrodes and carriages for supporting the welding or cutting element

B23K 5/24, B23K 7/10, B23K 9/28, B23K 37/02

Working by laser beam, e.g. for marking or protecting purposes

B23K 26/18

Devices holding, supporting or positioning work or tools, e.g. work-table or tool-slide

B23Q 3/00, B23Q 3/02

Protectors for storage tools or cutters when not in operation

B23Q 13/00

Component parts of grinding machines or devices, such as frames, beds, carriages or headstocks; work supports

B24B 23/00, B24B 41/06

Portable devices for holding and guiding nails; Nails dispensers

B25C 3/00

Combination or multi-purpose hand tools, details or components of portable power-driven tools

B25F 1/00, B25F 5/00

Handle constructions with provision for storing tool elements

B25G 1/08

Cutting work characterised by the nature of the cut made, e.g. beveling, grooving, scoring, incising, slitting or splitting

B26D 3/00

Means for holding or positioning work, e.g. clamping

B26D 7/02

Components or accessories for saws, e.g. saw benches, frames, pillars, or beds and work-tables

B27B 5/16, B27B 11/08, B27B 13/04

Log or timber loading equipment for traveling carriages

B27B 31/02

Arrangements for guiding or supporting the tool, e.g. tool rests

B27C 7/06

Accessories for supporting or holding work

B28D 7/04

Straight edges

B43L 7/00

Vehicles adapted to transport objects, e.g. workshop for servicing

B60P 3/14

Separate supports or holders for parking or storing cycles

B62H 3/00

Floating workshops

B63B 35/44

Nestable, stackable or joinable containers; Containers of variable capacity

B65D 21/00

Clamping or other pressure-applying devices for securing or retaining closure members

B65D 45/00

Containers or packages for dispensing, e.g. rod-shaped, annular, disc-shaped, or spherical or like small articles

B65D 83/02, B65D 83/04

Containers or packages specially adapted for dispensing, e.g. welding electrodes, ball bearings, washers, machines or engines

B65D 85/26, B65D 85/58, B65D 85/68

Storing articles, individually or in orderly arrangement, in warehouses or magazines or workshops

B65G 1/00

Storage devices mechanical with relatively-movable racks to facilitate insertion or removal of articles

B65G 1/10

Flow sheets for conveyer combinations in warehouses, magazines, or workshops

B65G 37/02

Manually-movable jib cranes for use in workshops

B66C 23/48

Mobile jacks of the garage type mounted on wheels or rollers

B66F 5/00

Ladders mounted on vehicles

E06C 5/00

Stands or trestles as supports for apparatus or articles placed thereon

F16M 11/00, F16M 13/00

Instruments characterised by the use of mechanical measuring means, e.g. rulers or tapes, compasses, micrometers and gauges

G01B 3/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Tool

means a hand-held, manually operated unit or a portable power-driven unit

Workshop

A room or small building where portabletools and machines are operated by one or more workers for manufacturing or repairing manufactured goods or vehicles.

Vehicles

All varieties of apparatus (e.g. automobiles) intended to carry people or goods significant distances (e.g. inside a room, between cities, to or from separate building complexes) across land, over water, or through the air except those restricted to one of the following types: rail vehicles, waterborne vessels, aircraft, space vehicles, hand carts, cycles, animal-drawn vehicles, or sledges.

Portable

Capable of being easily carried or conveyed.

B25H 1/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Work benches of trestle type; Portable stands or supports of trestle type for positioning portabletools or work to be operated on thereby.

1. B25H0001060000_0.gif

B25H 3/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Containers or packages with special means for dispensing contents

B65D 83/00

B25H 5/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Means for holding wheels or parts thereof

B60B 30/00

B25H 7/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Measuring, gauging

G01

Optical apparatus

G02B

By photographic means

G03C

B25H 7/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices, e.g. scribers, for marking-out work.

1. B25H0007040000_0.gif

B26B - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

For horticultural purposes

A01G

Bone shears

A22C 17/06

Metal shears

B23D

B26D - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Cutting of non-metallic sheet material or metal foil in general;

Cutting other forms of non metallic materials not otherwise provided for;

Apparatus or machines therefor; cutting members therefor

Characterised by the nature or movement of a cutting member which does not travel with the work, e.g. stationary or linearly movable cutting members reciprocating or rotating cutting members;

Characterised by the nature or movement of a cutting member which travels with the work, i.e. flying cutter, e. g. mounted on a movable arm or carriage;

Characterised by the nature of the cut made, e. g. beveling, grooving, scoring, forming notches, or splitting/separating layers by cutting; Apparatus therefore;

Arrangements for operating and controlling machines or devices for cutting, cutting-out, stamping out, punching, perforating and also for severing by means other than cutting, e. g.

Means for moving the cutting member into its operative position for cutting, or for actuating the cutting member to effect the cut;

Arrangements with interrelated action between the cutting member and work feed, or between work feed and clamp, or with means operable by the moving work to initiate the cutting action;

Details of apparatus for cutting, cutting-out, stamping out, punching, perforating and also for severing by means other than cutting

Means for holding, positioning, clamping or for removing cut-out material or waste;

Means for mounting or adjusting the cutting member or the stroke of the cutting member;

Means for treating work or cutting member to facilitate cutting, e.g. by sharpening the cutting member;

Means for performing other operations combined with cutting, e. g. counting the number of cuts, conveying ,weighting the cut product;

Cutting beds;

Safety devices specially adapted for cutting machines;

Cutting apparatus combined with punching or perforating apparatus or with dissimilar cutting apparatus or combinations of several similar cutting apparatus

Relationship between large subject matter areas

- With regard to the aspect of cutting itself, irrespective of the material:

The term cutting as used in groups of subclass B26D covers severing material with a sharp edge penetrating into the material, e.g. a blade as cutting member, without removing material in the form of chips. Therefore severing otherwise than by cutting, e.g. by shearing or tearing, and cutting whereby chips of material are removed, e.g. working material by turning, boring, milling, sawing is not covered by the subclass B26D.

Perforating, cutting-out, punching, stamping-out or severing by means other than cutting regardless of the material is covered by other places especially by B26F or B21D.

Hand- held cutting tools are covered by subclass B26B, particularly hand- held motor- driven cutting tools.

- With regard to the material to be cut:

For the material aspect, subclass B26D covers cutting non-metallic sheet material or metal foil in general, whereby metal foils are covered in so far as they are workable in a manner analogous to paper (as typical non-metallic sheet material). Other forms of non-metallic materials not otherwise provided for are also covered by subclass B26D.

B26D does not cover cutting metal other than the aforementioned metal foils:

Cutting by machine tools used for working metal by removing material is covered by class B23, e.g. for turning, boring, milling, planing, slotting, sawing metal.

Shearing or similarly severing metal is covered by B23D 15/00 - B23D 35/00.

Cutting of sheet metal or other metal stock material like metal rods, metal tubes or metal profiles, is covered by subclass B21D, e.g. press-cutting in B21D 28/00. Cutting or splitting metal wire is covered by B21F 11/00 and B21F 13/00.

Particular aspects of cutting other forms of non-metallic materials are covered by places within subclasses of B27 for wood and similar materials and within main group B28D 1/00 for stone or stone-like materials. B27L covers for example cutting veneer strips from trunks or splitting wood, B28D 1/22 covers working stone by cutting, e.g. by incising with cutting discs.

Cutting plastic material (or other non-metallic materials) is covered by places within subclasses of B23, where the term 'metal working' covers other materials unless the context requires otherwise.

- With regard to details common to machines for severing:

This subclass also covers features specific to machines for cutting, perforating, punching, cutting-out, stamping-out, or severing by means other than cutting, which relate to a requirement or problem of a nature which is not peculiar to a machine for these purposes, that is, details of or arrangements for operating or controlling such machines, although the realisation of such features may differ according to the kind of machine concerned. This subclass covers such features in general even if the feature, in any particular case, is to some extent peculiar to, or is claimed only for, a machine designed for perforating, punching, cutting-out, stamping-out, or for severing other than by cutting.

If the details or arrangements have no essential features specific to cutting, perforating, punching, cutting-out, stamping-out or severing machines, the more general classes, e.g. F16, take precedence.

References

Limiting references:

Disintegrating by knives or other cutting or tearing members which chop material into fragments

B02C 18/00

Blast guns generating high velocity abrasive fluid jets for cutting materials

B24C 5/02

Hand-held cutting tools

B26B

Cutting-out or stamping-out

B26F 1/38

Severing with heated members

B26F 3/08

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Soil-working

A01B

Harvesting or mowing

A01D

Hand-operated implements for cutting-up straw, hay or the like

A01F 3/00

Cutting of straw, hay or the like

A01F 29/00

Cutting implements specially adapted for horticulture and forestry

A01G

Cutting of butter during butter manufacturing

A01J 21/02, A01J 23/00

Cutting, stamping, slotting, slitting or perforating of dough and cutting or slicing of baked articles other than bread

A21C

Slaughtering

A22B

Processing meat, poultry, or fish

A22C

Cutting for tobacco, cigars or cigarettes

A24B 7/00, A24C, A24F 13/24

Marking-out, perforating or making buttonholes

A41H 25/00

Manufacturing or repairing footwear

A43D

Brushmaking

A46D

Surgical cutting instruments

A61B 17/32

Devices or methods specially adapted for bringing pharmaceutical products into particular physical or administering forms

A61J 3/00

Cutting of the kind used for metal working

B23

Cutting of wood or similar materials

B27B, B27C, B27D, B27F, B27L, B27M

Cutting shaped articles made of clay or other ceramic compositions

B28B 11/00

Cutting of stone or stone like materials

B28D 1/00

Working of plastics or substances in a plastic state

B29

Moulds with means for cutting plastic articles

B29C

Making boxes, cartons, envelopes or bags, of paper or similarly worked materials, e.g. metal foil

B31B

Cutting related to typewriters or selective printing mechanisms

B41J 3/24, B41J 11/66

Auxiliary cutting of sheets in rotary printing presses

B41F 13/54

Cutting related to apparatus or devices for manifolding, duplicating, or printing or related to addressing machines or like series-printing machines

B41L

Sharpeners for pencils or leads

B43L 23/00

Devices for opening envelopes

B43M 7/00

Cutting for severing webs for packaging, or for separating joined packages

B65B 61/06

Cutting-off the web for changing web rolls

B65H 19/20, B65H 19/26

Article or web delivery apparatus incorporating cutting or line-perforating devices

B65H 35/00

Hand- or power-operated cutting devices for opening closed containers

B67B 7/46

Cutting of leather or upholstery

B68F, B68G, C14B

Cutting of glass

C03B

Cutting explosives

C06B 21/00

Making matches

C06F 1/00

Cutting of peat

C10F 7/00

Cutting of soap

C11D 13/22

Reducing the size of material from which sugars are to be extracted

C13B 5/00

Cutting of sugar

C13B 45/00

Cutting of textile material

D06H 7/00

Working rails, sleepers, baseplates, or the like

E01B 31/00

Forming cuts into roads or like surfaces

E01C 23/09

Cutting in earth or rock drilling and mining

E21B, E21C, E21D

Cutting in connection with devices or accessories for making or mounting lamellar blinds or parts thereof

E06B 9/266

Devices for withdrawing samples by cutting

G01N 1/04

Preparing the ends of light guides, e.g. cutting

G02B 6/25

Cutting processed photographic material

G03D 15/04

Cutting of a semiconductor body into separate parts

H01L 21/304

Cutting for removing insulation or armouring from cables

H02G 1/12

Informative references:

Crushing, pulverising or disintegrating in general

B02C

Punching or perforating of metal

B21D 28/00

Sharpening cutting edges

B24B 3/00

B26D 1/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Cup or like cutting members

B26D 1/44

B26D 1/12 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Cup or like cutting members

B26D 1/44

B26D 1/36 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

For flying cutting

B26D 1/62

B26D 1/56 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Flying shears for metal

B23D 25/00

Flying saws for metal

B23D 45/18

B26D 3/14 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

By punching

B26F 1/12

B26D 3/18 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Ice harvesting

F25C 5/02

B26D 3/28 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Recovery of plastics or other constituents of waste material containing plastics

B29B 17/00

B26D 5/42 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Work clamping arrangements

B26D 7/02

B26D 7/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Cutters

B26D 1/00

Arrangements for guiding hand cutting tools

B26B 29/06

Punching tools or dies, cutting-out knives or dies

B26F

B26D 7/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Feeding or discharging sheets, webs, or filaments

B65H

B26D 7/22 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Safety devices in general

F16P

B27G - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Accessory machines for working wood and similar materials

Machines or devices for removing knots or other irregularities or for filling up holes

Devices for removing bark-zones, chips, wood waste or dust specially designed or adapted for wood working machines or in wood-working plants

Machines or devices for making mitre joints with even abutting ends. The mitre joints can be made by sawing, planning, shearing or milling

Applying glue for joining wooden parts

Cutter blocks or other rotary cutting tools

Boring, turning or drilling tools; Augers

Manually operated tools for working wood, e.g. hand planes, scrapers, rasps

Safety guards or devices specially designed or adapted for wood saws

Safety guards or devices specially designed or adapted for other wood working machines

Auxiliary devices for facilitating proper operation of wood saws or other wood working machines

Gauging means specially adapted or designed for adjusting tools or guides for wood working machines, e.g. adjusting cutting blades in cutter blocks

Accessories or tools for applying, preparing or warming up glue, e.g. glue guns

Accessories for keeping open a saw kerf, e.g. riving knives, wedge plates

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Grinding and sanding of wood is classified in B24B;

Sawing of wood is classified in B27B;

Removing wood chips from a cutting zone is classified in B23Q 11/00;

Wood adhesives are classified in C09J.

References

Limiting references:

Grinding tools

B24D

Guide fences for timber in sawing machines

B27B 27/00

Sawing tools

B27B 33/00

Tools for slotting or mortising machines

B27F 5/02

Tools for the manufacture of wood shavings, chips, powder, or the like

B27L 11/00

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Other working of veneer or plywood specially adapted to veneer of plywood

B27D 5/00

Machines or devices for making joints with tenon or like connections

B27F

Machines for debarking or removing vestiges of branches from trees or logs

B27L 1/00

Informative references:

Clamping devices for mitre joints, presses for producing frames, press frames, or cages equipped with clamping devices

B25B

Woodworkers' benches

B25H

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Auger

Wood augers are wood drills that have a screw to pull them into the wood, as a gimlet has, and a cutting lip that slices out the bottom of the hole. The auger bit (or drill) also has cutting spurs to cut a clean circle deeper than where the lips scrape out the wood

Cutter block

Block for mounting cutters

Gimlet

Hand tool for drilling small holes without splitting the wood

Kerf

The groove or slit created by cutting a workpiece; an incision; the width of the groove made while cutting

Mitre

Angled cut, commonly 45 degrees

Mitre joint

Joint made by bevelling each of two parts to be joined, often at a 45° angle, to form a corner, usually a 90° angle. The mitre joints can be made by sawing, planning, shearing or milling

Shearing

Cutting

Spokeshaves

Tool used to shape and smooth wooden rods and shafts such as wheel spokes and chair legs by shaving off small amounts of wood

B27G 5/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

With tenon or like connections

B27F

B27G 11/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Applying liquids, e.g. liquid adhesives, to surfaces in general

B05C, B05D

Adhesive processes

C09J 5/00

B27G 17/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Equipped with power-driven cutter blocks

B27C 1/10

B27G 19/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Safety guards or devices in general

F16P

B27J 7/00 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Plant

Any of a kingdom (Plantae) of multicellular eukaryotic mostly photosynthetic organisms typically lacking locomotive movement or obvious nervous or sensory organs and possessing cellulose cell walls.

B27K - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Methods and apparatus for the following treatments of wood:

Dampening;

Impregnating;

Staining;

Dyeing;

Bleaching;

Softening;

Hardening.

Other methods and apparatus for treating of wood with permeant liquids, unless provided for in other subclasses.

Methods and apparatus for bleaching or impregnatingwood in combination with drying.

Methods and apparatus for chemical or physical treatment of cork.

Methods and apparatus for chemical or physical treatment of cane, reed, straw, bamboo or similar fibrous material of plant origin.

Selection of chemical substances for the treatments covered by this subclass, unless provided for in other subclasses.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

This subclass covers the selection of chemical substances, i.e. the use thereof, for the treatments covered by the subclass. The structure or composition of the chemical substances selected is covered by pure chemistry classes C01, C07 or C08. Special activities or special properties of the chemical substances selected are covered in places for these activities or properties, for example in A01N (biocides), A62D 1/00 (fire extinguishing compositions), C09B (dyes), C09D (stains) or C09K (anti-oxidant compositions or fireproofing materials).

References

Limiting references:

Bending of wood

B27H

Impregnation of stoppers for bottles, jars, or similar containers

B67B 1/03

Impregnation of matches

C06F 1/06, C06F 3/04

Places in relation to which this subclass is residual:

Manufacture or after-treatment of articles made by dry processes from particles or fibres consisting of wood or other lignocellulosic or like organic material

B27N

Debarking wood by chemical treatment

B27L 3/00

Impregnating fibreboard manufactured by wet processes

D21J 1/08

After-treatment, e.g. hardening, of fibreboard manufactured by wet processes

D21J 1/10

Informative references:

Biocides, Pest repellants

A01N

Fire-extinguishing compositions

A62D 1/00

Apparatus for applying liquids or other fluent materials to surfaces in general

B05C

Processes for applying liquids or other fluent materials to surfaces in general

B05D

Processes, other than flocking, specially adapted for applying liquids or other fluent materials to wood

B05D 7/06

Mechanical working of veneer or plywood

B27D

Applying adhesives or glue to surfaces of wood to be joined

B27G 11/00

Mechanical working of cane or the like

B27J 1/00

Mechanical working of cork

B27J 5/00

Mechanical working of tree or plant material not otherwise provided for

B27J 7/00

Burning or charring of wood

B27M 1/06

Manufacture or reconditioning of specific semi-finished or finished articles of wood

B27M 3/00

Artistic painting or surface treatment

B44D

Organic dyes; Mordants; Lakes

C09B

Coating compositions, e.g. paints

C09D

Woodstains

C09D 15/00

Water repellent coating compositions based on oils, fats or waxes

C09D 191/00

Drying-oils

C09F 5/00, C09F 7/00

Siccatives, i.e. compounds to be used as driers

C09F 9/00

Anti-oxidant compositions; Compositions inhibiting chemical change

C09K 15/00

Fireproofing materials

C09K 21/00

Impregnating materials for pulp

D21H 17/00, D21H 21/00

Protection of building elements, e.g. against pests or fire

E04B 1/62

Drying solid material in general

F26B

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Wood

Natural whole wood, or wood-based products other than those made from fibres, for example plywood or laminated veneer lumber.

Impregnating

Incorporating a substance into the pores of a material by absorption, adsorption or penetration, for example by soaking the material in the substance or by treating the material with the substance under pressure. Impregnating can for example be done in order to protect a material against destructive outside influences, such as fungal decay, pests or water.

Staining

Treating a surface with a paint that is formulated to transport the pigment into the pores of the surface, rather than creating a film on top of the surface.

Dyeing

Treating a material with a soluble colouring substance that has an affinity to the material to which it is applied (as opposed to colouring with a pigment, which is usually insoluble).

Dampening

Treating wood, for example with steam, in order to increase its water content.

Synonyms and Keywords

LVL

Laminated veneer lumber

PSL

Parallel strand lumber

LSL

Laminated strand lumber

OSB

Oriented strand board

B27K 5/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Bleaching wood pulp

D21C 9/10

B28C - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Mixers in general

B01F

Concrete paving mixers combined with distributing devices

E01C 19/00

Machines for preparing mixtures of road-metal with bitumen

E01C 19/10

B29C - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Processing doughs

A21C

Working chocolate

A23G

Working cement, clay

B28

Working glass

C03B

Candle making

C11C 5/02

Making soap

C11D 13/00

Manufacture of artificial filaments, threads, fibres, bristles or ribbons

D01D, D01F

Manufacture of articles from cellulosic fibrous suspensions or from papier-mâche

D21J

B29D - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes and apparatus which are characteristic for the production of particular articles from plastics or from substances in a plastic state. The particular articles can be defined:

by their global structure, e.g. flat, hollow, or tubular articles;

by structural features, e.g. provided with screw threads, corrugations, grooves or projections;

by their purpose, e.g. buttons, optical elements, tyres or footwear.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

As it is for the whole B29 class, this subclass does not cover the working of plastics sheet material in a manner analogous to the working of paper, which is covered by class B31.

B29D covers the production of plastic or plastic-like articles. This subclass is often connected with the following areas:

B29K, related to indexing codes associated with subclasses B29D so as to provide information concerning moulding materials or materials for reinforcements, fillers or preformed parts, e.g. inserts;

C08, related to organic macromolecular compounds, including polysaccharides, rubbers, natural macromolecular compounds, their working-up and composition thereof;

B29C, related to shaping or joining of plastics, shaping of substances in a plastic state, in general, and after-treatment of the shaped products;

B29B, related to preparation or pretreatment of material to be shaped, making granules or preforms, recovery of plastics or plastic constituents of waste material;

B32B, related to layered products (products built-up of strata of flat or non-flat, e.g. cellular or honeycomb form);

G02B, related to optical elements, characterised by the material of which they are made, and also optical systems or apparatus that make use thereof;

B60C, related to several aspects of vehicle tyres, such as, tyre inflation, tyre changing, connecting valves to inflatable elastic bodies in general, devices or arrangements related to tyres;

A43, related to footwear, including features, fastenings or attachments, machines, tools, equipment or methods for manufacturing or repairing.

References

Limiting references:

Making granules

B29B 9/00

Making performs

B29B 11/00

Manufacture of layers comprising fibrous parallel reinforcements of substantial or continuous length

B29C 70/20

Connection of valves to inflatable elastic bodies

B60C 29/00

Informative references:

Collars made of plastic

A41B 3/16

Seats or covers made of plastic materials for all kinds of closets

A47K 13/02

Manufacture of rings from wire

B21F 37/00

Machines, devices or processes for grinding or polishing of optical elements

B24B

Conditioning or physical treatment of the material to be shaped

B29B 13/00

Pretreatment of the material to be shaped, e.g. of reinforcements, fillers or inserts

B29B 15/00

Heating or curing, e.g. crosslinking, for shaping plastics; Apparatus therefor, e.g. for vulcanising

B29C 35/02

Methods or apparatus for making layered products; Treatment of the layers or of the layered products

B32B 37/00-B32B 41/00

Means for holding wheels or parts thereof for mounting, holding or assembling wheels

B60B 30/00

Construction of tires or parts thereof

B60C

Sealings formed by liquid or plastic material

B65D 53/00

Woven fabrics, methods of weaving and looms

D03D

Making nets by knotting of filamentary material, making knotted carpets or tapestries and knotting not otherwise provided for

D04G

Protection helmets of plastics or Plastic head-shields

F41H 1/08

Driving belts made of plastics with reinforcement bonded by the plastic material

F16G 1/16

V-belts made of plastics with reinforcement bonded by the plastic material

F16G 5/14

Testing of tyres of wheeled vehicles

G01M 17/02

Optical elements, systems or apparatus

G02B

Spectacles; sunglasses or goggles insofar as they have the same features as spectacles; contact lenses

G02C

Plastic bearings for clocks or watches

G04B 31/016

Information storage based on relative movement between record carrier and transducer, the transducer directly producing, or being directly actuated by, modulation in the track being recorded

G11B

Special rules of classification

The working of plastics is, as far as possible, classified primarily according to the particular shaping technique used, e.g. in subclass B29C;

Classification according to production of particular articles in subclass B29D is restricted to:

Aspects which are characteristic for the production of a particular article, and not classifiable in subclass B29B or B29C;

combined operations for making the particular article which are not fully classifiable in subclass B29C.

Products per se are not classified in this class. However, if a product is characterised by the way it is produced and not by its structure or composition, the production method should be classified in this class;

In this subclass, it is desirable to add the indexing codes of subclass B29K.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Bearing

Plastic device to allow constrained relative motion between two or more parts, typically rotation or linear movement.

Bush

Thin plastic sleeve or tubular lining serving as a bearing or guide.

Carrier of records

a body, such as a cylinder, disc, card, tape, or wire, capable of permanently holding information, which can be read-off by a sensing element movable relatively to the record carrier.

B29D 35/00 - Definition fr

Special rules of classification

Classification is made in this group if the moulding technique is of interest.

The assembling of individual parts by mechanical joining is classified in subclass A43D, e.g. by gluing shoe parts A43D 25/00.

B29K - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

This subclass constitutes an indexing scheme associated with subclasses B29B, B29C or B29D, which provides information concerning moulding materials (composition, condition, form or state) or compositions for reinforcements, fillers and preformed parts, e.g. as inserts.

The following polymeric substances as moulding material, reinforcement, filler and/or preformed parts:

cellulose, cellulose derivatives and rubbers;

polyalkenes, vinyl-polymers, polymers of unsaturated acids, polymers of unsaturated cyclic compounds having no unsaturated aliphatic groups;

polyacetals, condensation polymers of aldehydes or ketones, epoxy resins, polyesters, polycarbonates, polyethers, polyureas or polyurethanes, polyamides;

other polymers having oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, silicon or others in the main chain;

specific polymers obtained by polymerisation involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, polycondensation or polyaddition;

waxes (except as reinforcement), bituminous materials, resin-bonded materials; and

other specified or unspecified macromolecular materials.

The following substances as reinforcement, filler and/or preformed parts:

metals, their alloys or their compounds, elements other than metals, other inorganic materials, other natural products or their composites.

Condition, form or state of moulded plastics or substances in a plastic state.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

The indexing codes as provided for in this subclass follow the same structure as in subclass C08L, e.g. C08L 71/00 refers to the composition of polyethers as such. B29K 71/00 refers to the use of polyethers as moulding material, B29K 271/00 refers to the use of polyethers as reinforcement, B29K 471/00 refers to the use of polyethers as filler and B29K 671/00 refers to the use of polyethers as preformed parts, e.g. inserts. Similarly, corresponding indexing codes B29K 75/00, B29K 275/00, B29K 475/00 and B29K 675/00 are provided for compositions of polyureas and polyurethanes as defined in C08L 75/00.

Special rules of classification

The indexing codes provided in this subclass can only be applied in association with classification symbols of the subclasses B29B, B29C or B29D.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Rubber

(a) natural or conjugated diene rubbers.

(b) rubber in general (for a specific rubber, other than a natural rubber or a conjugated diene rubber, see the group provided for such macromolecular compounds).

Block

Part of a polymer composed by a same monomeric unity.

Reinforcement

Structure in the form of fibres, wires, rods, bars, sections, plates or blocks, which improves the strength of an article

Filler

Relatively inert substance in the form of particles, powder, beads, flakes or spheres, which improves the physical properties or increases the bulk or weight of an article

Preformed part

Any material, being completely shaped to have a determined form and which is not used as a reinforcement, e.g. wires or nets forced only into the surface of an article

Insert

Preformed part incorporated in an article during moulding

B31C - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Making wound articles of material in a plastic state

B29C 53/56

B31D - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Making cardboard or paper

D21F, D21H

B31D 5/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this main group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Assembly of garlands

A41G 1/00

Places in relation to which this main group is residual:

Making receptacles or containers

B31B

Making tubes

B31B, B31C

B31F - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Cutting or trimming, in general

B26

Incising or scoring, in general

B26D 3/08

Multi-ply material of paper or cardboard, manufacture thereof

D21H

B31F 1/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this main group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Producing decorative effects by processes for stamping ornamental designs on surfaces

B44C 1/24

Informative references:

Mechanical deformation during paper or board making

D21F, D21G

B31F 1/07 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Machines or apparatus for embossing decorations or marks

B44B 5/00

Artists hand tools for embossing

B44B 11/04

B31F 1/20 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Corrugating veneer

B27D

B31F 5/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this main group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Stapling in making boxes, bags or the like

B31B, e.g. B31B 1/68, B31B 19/68

Attaching the replacement web to the expiring web during web-roll changing

B65H 19/18

Apparatus for splicing webs during handling

B65H 21/00

Informative references:

Means for applying adhesive or glue

B05C

B32B - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Layered products comprising different kinds of material.

Layered products not characterized by the kind of material used.

Products similar to layered products but comprising only material in the form of a sheet or network embedded in a mass of plastics or of physically-similar substances which mass penetrates the said sheet or network and lies on both sides of the latter (e.g. so that the sheet or network reinforces the plastics substance) provided that the embedded sheet or network extends coherently or connectedly over substantially the whole area of the product; thus the embedded sheet or network may be a fabric or a series of rods connected by cross wires.

Methods or apparatus for making layered products; Method or apparatus for treating layers or layered products either preliminary to or subsequent to their manufacture.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

The classification of layered products is provided for in many places, most of which are confined to a particular kind of material. However, in order that this subclass may provide a basis for making a complete search with respect to layered products, any similar layered products that specify relevant useful information are classified in this subclass even though it may also be classified in other classes.

However, this subclass does not cover:

Processes or apparatus used in, or in connection with, the production or treatment of any product, if the process or apparatus is solely applicable to and fully classifiable in a single other class or subclass for processes or apparatus, e.g., B05, C08J, C09J, C23, B29, B44D.

Compositions or preparation or treatment thereof, unless they are essentially restricted to layered products and cannot be fully classified in another class without ignoring this restriction;

References

Limiting references:

Etched metallic patterns on the surface of a printed circuit board

H05K 1/00

Special rules of classification

In groups B32B 1/00-B32B 33/00, at each level of indentation, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, classification is made in the first appropriate place.

In groups B32B 9/00-B32B 29/00 a "specific substance" covers specified alternative substances if they are all covered by a single main group.

Layered products are classified in groups B32B 37/00 or B32B 38/00 if not characterized by their structure or composition.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

adhesive

substance applied in any state or in any manner, which is incorporated for the purpose of bonding.

laminating

the combining of a base layer formed from a sheet (e.g., a fabric) or network (e.g., a series of rods connected by cross wires) of material and a mass of plastic, or another physically similar substance, that surrounds or embeds the base layer (i.e., it covers at least the outer surfaces of the opposite elongated sides of the layer) by encasement or penetration of the layer.

partial laminating

laminating wherein one layer does not fully cover a surface of another layer.

layer

sheet or strip or stratum having a small thickness relative to its other dimensions which, together with at least one other layer, exists in a product, whether it pre-existed, e.g. as a separate sheet or strip, or was formed during the production of the layered product. It may or may not be homogeneous or cohesive; it may be an assembly of fibres or pieces of material. It may be discontinuous, e.g. in the form of a grating, honeycomb, or frame. It may or may not be in complete contact with the next layer, e.g. a corrugated layer against a flat layer.

layered product

product composed of layers (continuous, discontinuous, or with gaps) of any form (e.g., honeycomb, corrugated) secured together in any way. Normally of substantially uniform thickness overall (i.e., ignoring local variations such as are produced by a corrugated face layer); may be in the form of an article, e.g., a container. This term is of wider scope than "laminate", covering material with voids between or in any layer.

filamentary layer

a layer of threads or filaments of any substance (e.g. wires) of more or less unlimited length placed in an orderly arrangement and secured together; it may be woven, knitted, braided, or netted, or formed of threads crossed or laid side and bonded together.

fibrous layer

a random assembly of fibres or filaments, usually of limited length, e.g. felt, fleece; the fibres may or may not be interengaged or connected, e.g. by adhesive.

particulate layer

layer that is composed from numerous small separate particles, e.g. chips, finely chopped fibres, powder.

film

formed on a layer by spreading a substance thereon; a film is not considered to constitute a layer itself if it serves only as an adhesive or it purpose is merely to finish the surface of a layer.

B33Y - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Technologies involving the use or application of processes or apparatus that produce three-dimensionally shaped structures by selectively depositing successive layers of material one upon another. In particular it covers processes, apparatus, materials, and other aspects of additive manufacturing, i.e., making, repairing, or modifying articles of manufacture by the selective application of multiple layers of material. The applied layers may be applied directly, as in a printing process, or by selective solidification of material onto a substrate or previously developed layers, for example, by selective sintering of a particulate.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

In order to be considered additive manufacturing for this subclass each layer of material successively applied must essentially be formed directly on the previously applied layer of material, or on a substrate or support in the case of the first applied layer. In this regard, laminating premade layers together is not an aspect of additive manufacturing, and is classified per se in B32B 37/00.

Likewise, build-up welding, for the purpose of restoring dimensional integrity to worn objects, is not an aspect of additivive manufacturing, and is classified per se in B23K 9/04 or B23K 26/342. This subclass does cover build-up welding that creates objects per se, or missing or broken pieces of existing objects.

References

Informative references:

Preparation of food or foodstuffs

A23L 5/00-A23L 35/00

Preparation of cocoa products

A23G

Making of dental protheses

A61C 13/00

Coating apparatus, in general

B05C

Coating processes, in general

B05D

Manufacture of workpieces or articles from metallic powder characterised by the manner of compacting or sintering

B22F 3/00

Milling, in general

B23C

Producing shaped articles from ceramic or cementitous material

B28B 1/00

Shaping by coating a mould, core or other substrate, i.e. by depositing material and stripping-off the shaped article

B29C 41/00

Moulding by agglomeration

B29C 67/02

Forme preparation

B41C 1/00

Typewriters or selective printers

B41J 2/00

Superimposing layers to produce ornamental structures

B44C 3/02

Braille printing

B41M 3/16

Sintering of ceramic materials

C04B 35/64

Culture of undifferentiated human, animal or plant cells

C12N 5/00

Coating by vacuum evaporation, by sputtering or by ion implantation of the coating forming material

C23C 14/00

Photosensitive materials

G03C, G03F 7/004

Photomechanical production of patterned surfaces

G03F 7/00

Electrographic processes using a charge pattern

G03G 13/00

Manufacture of semiconductor or otherwise not provided for electric solid state devices

H01L 21/00

Programme-control systems for surface or curve machining, making 3D objects, e.g. desktop manufacturing

G05B 19/4099

General purpose image data processing

G06T 1/00

Image enhancement for 2D or 3D images

G06T 5/00

Image analysis for 2D or 3D images

G06T 7/00

Image coding, e.g. from bit-mapped to non bit-mapped

G06T 9/00

3D [Three dimensional] image rendering

G06T 15/00

3D [Three dimensional] modelling, e.g. data description of 3D objects

G06T 17/00

Manipulating 3D models or images for computer graphics

G06T 19/00

Geography, e.g. relief models

G09B 25/06

Electron-beam or ion-beam tubes for localised application of thin layers on objects

H01J 37/317

Manufacturing printed circuits by printing of conductive patterns

H05K 3/12

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

3D printing

Additive manufacturing where the buildup of successive layers of material includes the use of a printer-like device having a servo controlled head for dispensing materials that form the layers, similar to that used by inkjet printers

Stereolithography

Additive manufacturing technique where the successive layers of material are formed by selectively hardening regions of polymeric material successively applied to the structure, typically by the use of laser light.

Synonyms and Keywords

SLS

Selective laser sintering

DTM

Desktop manufacturing

LOM

Laminated Object Modelling

3DP, 3D-printing

Three-dimensional printing

SFF

Solid Freeform Fabrication

FDM

Fused Deposition Modelling

3DD

Three-dimensional deposition

SDM

Selective Deposition Modelling

LDM

Layered deposition modelling

3DM

Three-dimensional modelling

BPM

Ballistic Particle Modelling

B33Y 30/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Machines and systems for carrying out additive manufacturing methods to produce objects

Subcombinations of machines that carry out additive manufacturing methods to produce objects

Accessories for machines that carry out additive manufacturing methods. Accessories include things attachable to or used in conjunction with an additive manufacturing machine that have a direct association with the additive manufacturing machine, per se. Examples of accessories included in this group are devices to protect operators from harm by additive manufacturing machines, platforms to support structures being manufactured, and devices for calibrating additive manufacturing machines.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Apparatus for treating or handling the raw materials for creating objects or the objects themselves outside of the additive manufacturing apparatus are classified in B33Y 40/00.

B33Y 40/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The handling or treating of materials used in an additive manufacturing process, or the subsequent treating or handling of objects produced by an additive manufacturing process. Also covered are ancillary components or process steps not directly involving the additive manufacturing process or apparatus, per se, such as cleaning raw materials used in the additive manufacturing process, or recycling residual material from the manufacturing process.

B33Y 50/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Data processing aspects related to an object to be manufactured in an additive manufacturing process, for example, combining together data from different sources to produce composite production data for said object to be made.

Acquiring, sending, or receiving data that will be used in additive manufacturing, either internal or external to the additive manufacturing apparatus.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

1. B33Y0050000000_0.gif

B33Y 50/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Data processing specially adapted for managing the additive manufacturing process performed by one or more additive manufacturing apparatuses.

Illustrative example of subject matter classified in this group:

1. B33Y0050020000_0.gif

B33Y 70/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter related to the composition, structure, or other properties of the materials used in an additive manufacturing process to make an object.

B33Y 80/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter related to the technical field in which the product produced by additive manufacturing is used.

B41F - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Machines or presses that include a fixed or static printingforme, usually a printing plate, carrying a graphical and/or alphanumerical design forming the printing image; after applying ink on the surface of said printingforme, said inked image is applied by contact pressure onto the surface of a substrate which will form the printed matter.

The whole machines or presses i. e. platen presses, cylinder presses, rotary machines e. g. offset printing machines, screen printers, transfer printing apparatus, printing apparatus or machines of special types or for particular use e. g. for printing on wires, tubes or curved surfaces is covered by B41F 1/00-B41F 17/38.All parts, details, all mechanic, hydraulic or electric controls or features specifically adapted for use in such machines, e.g. cylinders, rollers, bars, arrangements for inserting latest news or for printing over selected areas, devices for attaching printing elements, formes or coverings, inking arrangements or devices is covered by B41F 13/004-B41F 13/016, B41F 13/08-B41F 13/52, B41F 27/00-B41F 33/18.

Devices or parts for feeding and/or handling of substrates to be printed upon from the in-feed device through the whole machine down to the delivery device is covered by B41F 13/02-B41F 13/06, B41F 21/00-B41F 21/14 and B41F 25/00.

Auxiliary folding, cutting, collecting and depositing specifically adapted for printing machines or presses is covered by B41F 13/54-B41F 13/70.

Devices or apparatus for printing in connection or in combination with operations for the treating of substrates to be printed on e. g. drying, dampening, heating, cooling, cleaning, powdering, embossing, numbering is covered by B41F 19/00-B41F 19/08, and B41F 23/00-B41F 23/08.

Means preventing smudging of machine parts or articles are covered by B41F 22/00. Cleaning arrangements for cylinders or inking rolls are covered by B41F 35/00.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Subclasses B41C and B41D relate to processes or apparatus for the manufacturing, reproduction or shaping of printing surfaces.

Subclass B41J relates among other to selective printing mechanisms that print single letters or selective points, i.e. mechanisms that print otherwise than from a forme, i. e. digital printing.

Subclass B41L relates to apparatus or devices for manifolding, duplicating, or printing for office purposes and is intended to cover letterpress and lithographic printing apparatus only in so far as it is specially adapted for office or other commercial purposes; the general constructions or features of apparatus of these types are classified in subclass B41F.

Classification is made in subclass B41M if the printing process is of importance.

Subclass B41N relates to printing plates or foils and materials for surfaces used in printing machines for printing, inking, damping, or the like.

Electrography, electrophotography, magnetography is covered by subclass G03G.

References

Limiting references:

Apparatus or devices for printing for office or other commercial purposes

B41L

Informative references:

Machines for manufacturing footwear incorporating printing or embossing apparatus

A43D

Spraying or atomizing of liquids/fluids or particles, nozzles

B05B

Apparatus for applying liquids/fluids in general

B05C

Processes for applying liquids/fluids in general

B05D

Cleaning in general

B08B

Working by laser beam in general

B23K 26/00

Cutting, severing, perforating, punching, stamping-out in general

B26D, B26F

Presses in general

B30B

Manufacture or reproduction of printing surfaces in general

B41C

Apparatus for mechanical reproduction of printing surfaces in general

B41D 1/00 - B41D 5/00

Shaping elastic or deformable material to printing surfaces

B41D 7/00

Apparatus for bronze or line printing, bordering, edging of sheets

B41G 1/00 - B41G 5/00

Auxiliary perforating in conjunction with printing

B41G 7/00

Selective printing mechanisms which have single types or characters or selectively activated printing elements, e.g. ink jet or thermal print heads, for consecutively printing character by character and line by line; correction of typographical errors

B41J

Stamps, stamping or numbering apparatus or devices in general

B41K

Printing, duplicating marking or copying processes

B41M

Printingforms as such, e.g. printing plates, printing screens

B41N 1/00

Preparing for use and conserving printing surfaces

B41N 3/00

Layers, shells, covers, surfaces specifically adapted for use in printing machines or presses

B41N 6/00 - B41N 11/00

Permanently attaching together sheets, quires or signatures

B42B

Bookbinding

B42C

Books, book covers, printed matter of special format or style not otherwise provided for

B42D

Sheets temporarily attached together, filing appliances

B42F

Implements for writing or drawing, e.g. pens

B43K

Articles for writing or drawing upon

B43L

Bureau accessories not otherwise provided for, opening and/or closing of envelopes, inserting documents into envelopes

B43M

Machines, apparatus or tools for sculpturing, carving, engraving, guilloching in general

B44B 1/00, B44B 3/00

Machines or apparatus for embossing in general

B44B 5/00

Machines, apparatus or tools for branding in general

B44B 7/00

Machines or apparatus for inlaying in general

B44B 9/00

Producing surface effects, mosaics, paperhanging in general

B44C

Painting or artistic drawing in general

B44D

Special designs or pictures in general

B44F

Label dispensers having printing equipment

B65C

Feeding and/or handling of sheet or web-like substrates in general

B65H 1/00 - B65H 47/00

Coating compositions: inks, paints, varnishes, lacquers, pastes or solids for printing

C09D

Adhesives

C09J

Paper making and production of cellulose in general

D21

Measuring, testing in general

G01

Measurement of light, measurement of colour, colorimetry

G01J

Optical elements in general

G02B

Photomechanical production of printing surfaces in general

G03F

Electrography and electrophotography in general

G03G

Controlling, regulating in general

G05B

Electric digital data processing

G06F

Digital output to print units

G06F 3/00

Ticket printing, franking apparatus

G07B

Displaying, advertising, signs, labels

G09F

Scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents

H04N 1/00

Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits in general

H05K 3/00

Manufacturing printed circuits using screen printing type machines

H05K 3/12

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Printing

The production of printed material by the application of ink or colour to a substrate (print media), typically paper.

Offset print or offset printing

using an intermediate element, most commonly a blanket cylinder, for transfer in one step of the whole inked print image on the printing element, most commonly on a printing plate, onto the surface of the substrate to be printed upon

Rotary machines

using at least one printing plate in cylindrical form

Forme

A printing component, usually a block or plate used to apply ink to the print media

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the expressions/words "offset" and "lithographic" are often used as synonyms.

In patent documents the expression/word "print image" or "printing image" is often used with the meaning "a design, having any colour and or alphanumerical elements".

In patent documents the expression/word "screen dots" is often used with the meaning "very small printed points on the surface of the printed substrate forming the printed image".

B41F 1/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Preparing stereotype matrices using presses

B41D 1/06

B41F 1/28 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Sheet-conveying, sheet-aligning or sheet-clamping devices in general

B65H

B41F 3/54 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Blankets or like coverings

B41N 10/00

B41F 3/84 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

In printing machines in general

B41F 33/02

B41F 7/37 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Cooling forme or impression cylinders

B41F 13/22

B41F 13/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Web handling in general, e.g. step-by-step advancement

B65H, B65H 20/00

Turning or reversing

B65H 23/32

B41F 13/54 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Auxiliary folding, cutting, collecting, or depositing of sheets or webs in general

B26D, B65H

Gathering sheets or signatures in bookbinding

B42C 1/00

B41F 15/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

For selective printing

B41J 2/005

B41F 15/44 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Doctors of rotary intaglio printing presses

B41F 9/10

B41F 16/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Apparatus or machines for applying decalcomanias

B65C

B41F 17/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Hand stamps, plier-like tools for printing or punching tickets or the like

B41K

Addressing machines or other office printing equipment

B41L

Coding or marking of packaging material or of completed packages in packaging machines

B65B 61/00

Ticket-printing and issuing apparatus

G07B

B41F 19/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Auxiliary perforating apparatus associated with printing devices

B41G 7/00

Coding or marking in association with packaging

B65B 61/00

Label dispensers having printing equipment

B65C

B41F 19/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Printing with a printer's forme combined with embossing

B41M 1/24

B41F 21/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Feeding sheets to or from printing apparatus or machines

B65H

B41F 23/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Cleaning in general

B08B

As a final step in the manufacture of such articles, see appropriate subclasses, e.g.

B29C 71/00, D21H 23/00, D21H 25/00

Surface treatment in general, see the relevant places, e.g. applying liquids or other fluent materials

B05

Of metals

C23G

B41F 25/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Apparatus for taking-out curl from webs in general

B65H 23/34

B41F 30/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Blankets or like coverings

B41N 10/00

B41F 31/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Level control in general

G05D 9/00

B41F 33/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

In typewriters or selective printing mechanisms

B41J 29/20

Such devices in general, see the relevant subclasses, e.g. counting in general

G06M

B41L - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Reproduction or duplication of pictures or patterns by scanning and converting into electrical signals

H04N

B41M 5/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Organic dyes or closely-related compounds for producing dyes per se

C09B

B41M 5/20 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Processes in which the current is transformed into a heat pattern for obtaining a transfer to a receiving sheet

B41M 5/382

B41M 5/40 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Recording sheets characterised by the coating used to improve ink, dye or pigment receptivity, e.g. for ink-jet or thermal dye transfer recording

B41M 5/50

B42D - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Particular final and input products of bookbinding processes, including

bound products, especially books, obtained by connecting fillings to covers,

book covers or bookbinding cases suitable for obtaining bound products,

loose leaves modified for binding;

Particular final and input products of other processes for associating printed sheets, signatures or webs, e.g. of processes for interposing inserts, including

sheets united without bookbinding to form pads or blocks,

newspapers or the like,

inserts, e.g. separately printed, to be placed into a main united or printed product;

Printed matter of special format, i.e. selection, arrangement, size or shape of the substrate, or style, i.e. selection or arrangement of indicia, comprising:

book-keeping books, forms or arrangements, including arrangements for carrying forward or transferring entries from one page to another,

postcards and greeting, menu, business or like cards,

letter cards or letter-sheets

identity, credit, cheque or like information-bearing cards,

other printed matter of special format or style not otherwise provided for;

Particular devices for use with the above products or printed matter, comprising

bookmarkers, spot indicators, devices for holding books open, leaf turners,

devices for carrying forward or transferring entries from one page to another,

hanging or securing devices for books, newspapers, or the like,

other devices for use with particular printed products or printed matter covered by this subclass and not otherwise provided for;

Movable-strip writing or reading apparatus.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Bookbinding

Subclass B42C covers the processes and apparatus for various bookbinding steps, especially for collating or gathering and permanently attaching together sheets or signatures and for preparing the edges or backs of leaves or signatures for binding, including the fillings obtained thereby. B42C further covers the processes and apparatus for manufacturing bookbinding cases.

Main group B42B 7/00 covers processes and apparatus for permanently attaching objects, e.g. map sections, to sheets, by which multi-part book pages, forms or cards can be obtained.

The processes and apparatus for permanently attaching together sheets, quires, or signatures, covered by B42B, and for making booklets, pads, or form sets from multiple webs, covered by B42C 3/00, generally provide the pads, blocks or form sets covered by B42D 5/00.

Indexing; Filing appliances

Indexing features of books or other bound products, of sheets, loose leaves or inserts, or of bookmarking or leave turning devices used therewith, are covered by main group B42F 21/00.

The book covers or the hanging or securing devices for books, newspapers, or the like, covered by subclass B42D, are intended for single or combined units of fillings resp. books, newspapers, or the like, while the filing appliances, including suspended filing appliances, of subclass B42F are intended for collections of units whereby each unit is individually insertable and extractable.

Book supports

Furniture for storing, holding, or supporting books, documents, forms, or the like is covered by subclass A47B, or by main group B42F, if specially adapted for card-filing. Book-rests or book-ends are as well covered by A47B and are, as devices for use with books or other printed matter, not covered by subclass B42D.

References

Limiting references:

Indexing means on books; Indexing tabs on sheets

B42F 21/00

Places in relation to which this subclass is residual:

Reading-desks; Lecterns; Pulpits

A47B 19/00

Reading-racks; Book-rests

A47B 23/00

Holders or supports for guiding copy-books, slates, or the like associated to school desks or tables

A47B 41/06

Cabinets, racks or shelf units, specially adapted for storing books, documents, forms, or the like

A47B 63/00

Book-troughs; Accessories specially adapted for book-storing, e.g. book-ends

A47B 65/00

Informative references:

Permanently attaching together sheets, quires or signatures, or permanently attaching objects, e.g. map sections, thereto

B42B

Bookbinding

B42C

Sheets temporarily attached together; Filing appliances; File cards; Indexing means

B42F

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

binding

connecting a filling to a cover to provide a bound product. Usually, the connection is permanent, the filling is a book block consisting of a set of printed sheets, quires, or signatures, which are loose or already permanently attached together, the cover is a bookbinding case comprising a spine and the bound product is a book.

printed matter

articles bearing indicia, which effect intellectual or esthetic impressions, produced by a graphic process. Usually, the articles are sheet materials the indicia are characters, patterns or designs and examples for the graphic processes are printing, marking, duplicating, copying or decalcomania.

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the expression/word "casing-in" is often used instead of "binding" which is used in the classification scheme of this subclass.

B42D 1/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Books or other bound products

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this main group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Picture books with additional toy effects

A63H 33/38

Educational or demonstration appliances, e.g. textbooks for teaching foreign languages

G09B, e.g. G09B 19/08

Informative references:

Match-books

A24F 27/12

Casing-in

B42C 11/00

Rebinding books

B42C 17/00

Converting filing appliances into permanent binders

B42F 13/42

B42D 3/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

All kinds of book covers: hard or soft covers and particular details thereof, e.g. hinges, locks or closures, or permanent protective liners;

Book covers combined with other articles, e.g. with column markers, line or heading indicators or means for holding books open;

Particular devices for use with book covers, e.g. devices for protecting or reinforcing edges or corners of book covers;

Accessories for book covers or books not otherwise provided for, specially adapted for use therewith or for removable attachment thereto, e.g. protective jackets or protective book cases.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Filing appliances

Filing appliances covered by B42F 7/00 - B42F 15/00 can comprise cover details similar to those of book covers, e.g. for protecting edges or corners. While book covers are intended to be permanently connected with fillings, filing appliances are intended for holding collections of papers, sheets, cards, or units thereof, in a way that each paper, sheet, card, or unit is individually insertable and extractable therefrom. Accordingly, the groups of B42F primarily provide classification places for cover features specially adapted for the filing purpose, e.g. for expansible cover splines, to adapt loose leave binders to an increasing collection, in B42F 13/38 or for covers with clamping backs in B42F 9/00.

References

Informative references:

Manufacturing bookbinding cases

B42C 7/00

Jacketing books

B42C 15/00

Covers with clamping backs for filing purposes

B42F 9/00

Expansible cover splines of filing appliances with means for engaging perforations or slots

B42F 13/38

Backs or the like for suspended filing appliances

B42F 15/04

B42D 5/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Processes for permanently attaching together sheets, e.g. to form pads or blocks

B42B

Making pads or form sets from multiple webs

B42C 3/00

B42D 5/02 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Book-keeping forms

B42D 12/02

B42D 5/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Special apparatus for printing calendars

B41F 17/04

B42D 9/00 - Definition fr

Relationship between large subject matter areas

A plurality or a set of tab-like page markers intended for being associated with different pages of a book are considered as indexing means covered by B42F 21/00.

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this main group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Reading-racks or book-rests characterised by association with leaf turners or other auxiliary devices

A47B 23/06

Devices for holding books open combined with book covers

B42D 3/16

Informative references:

Selective printing or marking mechanisms, e.g. ink-jet printers, thermal printers, for printing downwardly on flat surfaces, e.g. of books

B41J 3/28

B42D 13/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Loose leaves modified for temporary attachment

B42F 3/00

B42D 15/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Places in relation to which this main group is residual:

Cards of card games; Special shapes of such cards

A63F 1/02

Book-keeping forms or arrangements

B42D 12/00

Sheets temporarily attached together; Sheet details therefor; Sheets and objects temporarily attached together; Means therefor

B42F 1/00 - B42F 5/00

Securities or banknotes characterised by colour effects

B42D 25/29, B42D 25/30

Maps, plans, charts, diagrams, e.g. route diagrams

G09B 29/00

Cardboard or like show-cards of foldable or flexible material

G09F 1/00

Labels, tag tickets, or similar identification or indication means; Seals; Postage or like stamps

G09F 3/00

Informative references:

Permanently attaching objects, e.g. map sections, to sheets

B42B 7/00

B42D 15/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Envelopes

B65D 27/00

B42D 19/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

For manifolding by means of pressure-sensitive layers

B41L 5/00

Adapted for, or incorporated in, cash registers

G07G

B42D 25/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Printing processes to produce identification or security features

B41M 3/14

Informative references:

Machines or apparatus for embossing decorations or marks

B44B 5/00

Agents, added to the pulp or applied with paper impregnating or coating material, facilitating proof of genuineness or preventing fraudulent alteration, e.g. for security paper

D21H 21/40

Diffracting gratings

G02B 5/18

Holograms used as optical elements

G02B 5/32

Holography

G03H

Reading or recognising characters or patterns, e.g. fingerprints

G06K 9/00

Testing specially adapted to determine the identity or genuineness of paper currency or similar valuable papers

G07D 7/00

Record carriers in general

G11B 23/00

B42D 25/25 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Apparatus for printing and issuing

G07B

B42D 25/305 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Record carriers for use with machines and with at least a part designed to carry digital markings

G06K 19/00

B42D 25/41 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Marking by removal of material using electromagnetic radiation

B42D 25/435

B42D 25/415 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Marking by removal of material using chemicals

B42D 25/445

B44B - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Artists’ machines or apparatus equipped with tools or work holders moving, or able to be controlled, three-dimensionally for making single sculptures or models;

Artists’ machines or apparatus equipped with tools or work holders moving or able to be controlled substantially two-dimensionally for carving, engraving, or guilloching shallow ornamenting or markings;

Machines or apparatus for embossing decorations or marks;

Machines, apparatus, or hand tools for branding;

Machines or apparatus for inlaying with ornamental structures;

Artists’ hand tools for sculpturing, kneading, carving, engraving, guilloching, or embossing; accessories therefor.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Attention should be drawn to the fact that class B44 is related to any machine, apparatus, tool or process so far as the matter produces an effect or mark meant to be judged by the eye and so far as such machine, apparatus, tool or process is not provided for elsewhere.

General relationship of B44B with B41.

B41C and B41D cover processes and apparatus for the reproduction of printing surfaces; B41F, B41J, B41K and B41M cover embossing combined with application of ink, type marking presses, selective embossing mechanisms.

General relationship of B44B with B44C, B44D and B44F.

B44C covers processes for producing decorative surface effects or ornamental structures by removing surface material, e.g. by engraving, by pressing or stamping, by pyrography and by uniting ornamental elements to mosaics or mosaic plates in B44C 1/00 and B44C 3/00, and for producing special ornamental bodies in B44C 5/00.

B44D covers artists’ accessories or implements for use in connection with painting or artistic drawing, especially implements or apparatus for removing dry paint from surfaces, e.g. by scraping or burning, and surface treatment to obtain special artistic surface effects or finishes or treatments for preserving paintings. B44F covers special designs or pictures, e.g. designs imitating mosaic patterns.

References

Limiting references:

Working or processing of sheet metal or metal tubes, rods or profiles without essentially removing material;

B21D

Marking or engraving machining specially adapted for treating particular metal objects or for obtaining special effects or results on metal objects by the action of a high concentration of electric current

B23H 9/06

Control systems or devices for copying directly from a pattern or a master model;

B23Q 35/00

Surface shaping of plastics or of substances in a plastic state by mechanical means, e.g. embossing; apparatus therefor

B29C 59/02

Embossing of paper or cardboard without removing material including combined deformation and laminating

B31F 1/07

Processes for the manufacture or reproduction of printing surfaces; engraving

B41C 1/02

Processes for the manufacture or reproduction of printing surfaces by embossing, e.g. with a typewriter

B41C 1/08

Printing machines or presses; apparatus or machines for carrying out printing operations combined with embossing

B41F 19/02

Typewriters; selective printing mechanisms for embossing

B41J 3/38

Stamps; stamping or numbering apparatus or devices with means for offset or intaglio stamping

B41K 1/30

Stamps; stamping or numbering apparatus or devices with means for relief stamping

B41K 3/14

Stamps; stamping or numbering apparatus or devices with means for deforming or punching the copy matter

B41K 3/36

Machines for ornamenting, producing designs, embossing of leather surfaces

C14B 1/56

Mechanical treatment for finishing; producing designs or patterns

C14B 15/12

Hand tools specially adapted for the treatment of hides, skins or leather

C14B 19/00

Photomechanical production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. for printing, for processing of semiconductor devices; apparatus specially adapted therefor; exposure

G03F 7/20

Informative references:

Working of wood not provided for in subclasses B27B27L by burning or charring, e.g. cutting with hot wire

B27M 1/06

Printing, duplicating, marking, or copying processes; colour printing combined with embossing

B41M 1/24

Decorative arts producing decorative effects; mosaics; tarsia work; paperhanging

B44C

Processes for producing decorative surface effects uniting ornamental elements on a support, e.g. mosaics

B44C 1/28

Processes for producing ornamental structures uniting ornamental elements to structures, e.g. mosaic plates

B44C 3/12

Processes for producing special ornamental bodies

B44C 5/00

Special design imitating mosaic or tarsia-work patterns

B44F 11/04

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Decorative arts

Crafts or arts providing an object with an effect or mark meant to be judged by the eye. Such crafts or arts may comprise, for example, sculpturing, kneading, carving, engraving, guilloching, embossing, branding and inlaying.

Artistic work

Work performed by craftsmen or artists to provide an object with an effect or mark meant to be judged by the eye. Artistic work may comprise techniques such as sculpturing, kneading, carving, engraving, guilloching, embossing, branding and inlaying.

B44F - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Special designs or pictures produced by creating an effect or a mark intended to be judged by the eye. Designs are arrangements or patterns of elements or features of an artistic or decorative work, e.g. an ornamental pattern. Pictures are visual representations or images of a subject or scene (e.g. a person, object or landscape) projected, painted, drawn, or otherwise produced upon a surface. The designs or pictures are characterised as special by particular technical features used to create the patterns or images or by characteristic features of patterns or images which provide the special effects. This subclass covers especially:

designs or pictures characterised by special or unusual light effects, e.g. produced by reflected or transmitted light, or characterised by colour effects;

designs characterised by outlines or by irregular areas, e.g. mottled patterns;

designs imitating three-dimensional effects, natural patterns or artistic work.

This subclass also covers processes for creating such designs or pictures in so far as they are not covered by other places. For example, B05D 5/00 already covers processes for applying liquids or other fluent materials to surfaces to obtain special surface effects, finishes or structures and B44C 1/00 covers processes for producing decorative surface effects which are not specifically provided for elsewhere in the IPC.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

General relationship of B44F with B44B, B44C and B44D.

B44B covers machines, apparatus and tools for artistic work; B44C covers processes for producing decorative effects; B44D covers processes for painting or artistic drawing and shows accessories or implements for use in connection with painting or artistic drawing.

Objects provided with special designs are per se covered by the relevant places for those objects, in particular patterned paper by D21H 27/02 or coated paper providing special visual effects by D21H 19/66. Other typical examples of objects are flooring elements E04F 15/02, wall or ceiling covering elements E04F 13/08, and labels for packages G09F 3/00.

Particular objects providing special or unusual light effects are for example covered by G09F 19/12, for advertising or display means using special optical effects. F21V covers shades, cover glasses or light filters associated with light sources, e.g. light filters for simulating daylight in F21V 9/02, and F21S 10/00 covers lighting devices or systems producing a varying lighting effect.

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a large system:

Advertising or display means using special optical effects

G09F 19/12

Coated paper characterised by a special visual effect, e.g. patterned, textured

D21H 19/66

Patterned paper

D21H 27/02

Places in relation to which this subclass is residual:

Processes for applying liquids or other fluent materials to surfaces to obtain special surface effects, finishes or structures

B05D 5/00

Processes, not specifically provided for elsewhere, for producing decorative surface effects

B44C 1/00

Surface treatment to obtain special artistic surface effects or finishes

B44D 5/00

Making patterns or design on fabrics

D06C 23/00

Decorating textiles

D06Q 1/00

Informative references:

Artists’ machines or apparatus equipped with tools or work holders moving or able to be controlled substantially two-dimensionally for carving, engraving, or guilloching shallow ornamenting or markings

B44B 3/00

Machines or apparatus for embossing decorations or marks, e.g. embossing coins

B44B 5/00

Artists’ hand tools for sculpturing, kneading, carving, engraving, guilloching, or embossing; Accessories therefor

B44B 11/00

Surface treatment of glass, not in the form of fibres or filaments, e.g. by etching or coating, or mechanical means, or diffusing ions or metals into the surface, or other treatment

C03C 15/00-C03C 23/00

Shades for light sources; Covers for frames; Frameless shades

F21V 1/14

Globes; Bowls; Cover glasses

F21V 3/00

Light filters for simulating daylight

F21V 9/02

Lighting devices or systems producing a varying lighting effect

F21S 10/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Design

The arrangement or pattern of elements or features of an artistic or decorative work, especially for producing an effect meant to be judged by the eye, e.g. an ornamental pattern

Picture

A visual representation or image of a subject or scene (e.g. a person, object or landscape) projected, painted, drawn, or otherwise produced upon surface

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the following terms "design", "ornamental pattern", "decorative work", "artistic work" and "ornamental model" are often used as synonyms. Also, these terms can be used as keywords.

In patent documents the following terms "picture", "painting", "image", "visual representation", "photography", "artistic drawing" are often used as synonyms. Also, these terms can be used as keywords.

B44F 5/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Special designs imitating natural patterns

B44F 9/00

Special designs imitating artistic work

B44F 11/00

B60B - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Wheels for roller skates

A63C 17/22

Informative references:

Hand tools in general

B25

Tools for mounting tyres

B60C 25/00

Joining wheel units to motor vehicles or trailers during manufacturing, e.g. assembling

B62D 65/12

B60J 11/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Non-fixed roofs

B60J 7/00

Liners for load platforms or load compartments

B60R 13/01

Railway wagon or like covers

B61D 39/00

Hoods or weather screens for children's carriages or perambulators

B62B 9/14

Covers for seats of cycles

B62J 1/18

Parking covers for cycles

B62J 19/00

Hoods or weather-guards for sidecars

B62K 27/16

Mud-guards or protecting devices for wheels of children's carriages or perambulators

B62B 9/16

B60K - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Elastic mountings per se

F16F

B60K 1/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Of control devices for such units

B60K 26/00

B60K 3/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Of control devices for such units

B60K 26/00

B60K 5/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Of control devices for such units

B60K 26/00

B60K 6/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Of control devices for such units

B60K 26/00

B60K 6/42 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Differential gearing distribution type

Series-parallel type HEVs in which the combustion engine power is distributed by a differential, e.g. a planetary gearing, to the first motor-generator and the wheels, and the electric power generated by the first motor-generator is used to drive the second motor-generator mechanically connected to either the wheels or the combustion engine. The series-mode energy flow path is established when the second motor-generator is driven by the electric power generated by the first motor-generator, while the parallel-mode energy flow path is established when the wheels are driven by both the combustion engine and the second motor-generator. Motor-generator currents are controlled to determine the energy flow path through the drive units.

Example: The combustion engine is mechanically connected to a motor-generator via a first element of a differential gearing. A second motor-generator is connected to a second element of the differential gearing. The differential gearing also connects one or both of the motor-generators to the wheels.

Electrical distribution type

Series-parallel type HEVs in which the engine power is distributed, using a first motor-generator which is specific as a double rotor-type motor-generator, into mechanical power for driving the wheels and electric power for driving a second motor-generator connected to either the wheels or the combustion engine. The series-mode energy flow path is established when the second motor-generator is driven by the electric power generated by the first motor-generator, while the parallel-mode energy flow path is established when the wheels are driven by both the combustion engine and the second motor-generator. Motor-generator currents are controlled to determine the energy flow path through the drive units.

Example: The combustion engine shaft is mechanically connected to the inner rotor of a double-rotor type motor-generator. The outer rotor of the double-rotor type is connected to the second motor generator which is connected to the shaft driving the wheels.

Motor-assist type

Parallel type HEVs in which the motor-generator only assist the combustion engine and cannot drive the wheels alone.

Example: The motor-generator is mechanically connected to the engine. There is no clutch or differential gearing between motor-generator and engine. The combustion engine is mechanically connected to the wheels.

Parallel type

HEVs having a single motor-generator in which both the combustion engine and the motor-generator can directly drive the wheels. Parallel type HEVs in which the motor-generator only assist the combustion engine and cannot drive the wheels alone are specially defined as "motor assist type". Therefore "parallel type" is assigned to HEVs in which the motor generator can drive the wheels alone without the engine being connected to the wheels.

Example: There is a single motor-generator and the combustion engine is mechanically connected to the motor-generator, via a clutch or via differential gearing. The motor-generator is also mechanically connected to the wheels. The vehicle is driven electrically by the motor-generator or mechanically by the engine or by both in combination.

Series-parallel switching type

Series-parallel type HEVs in which the mode can be switched between series mode and parallel mode.

Example: The combustion engine is directly connected to a first motor-generator. There is a second motor-generator mechanically connected to the wheels and a clutch between the two motor-generators. In the series mode the clutch will be disengaged and the second motor generator will drive the wheels by using the electric power generated by the first motor generator. In the parallel mode the clutch will be engaged and the engine directly drives the wheels with or without assistance by the motor generators.

Series-parallel type

HEVs having at least two motor-generators, which include the functions of both the series type and the parallel type.

Series type

HEVs having at least two motor-generators in which the first motor-generator is mechanically connected for driving or braking the wheels supplied by a battery which power is mostly generated by the second motor-generator mechanically connected to the combustion engine.

Example: The combustion engine is mechanically connected to a motor-generator. The combustion engine is not mechanically connected to the wheels. All the output energy of the combustion engine is converted to electrical energy. The energy is used to drive a second electric machine connected to the wheels and/or to charge the energy storing means. The second electric machine will be used as generator during braking.

B60K 6/50 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Particular arrangements of transmission units.

Kind or type of transmission units, e.g. CVT.

Four wheel drive arrangements.

B60K 7/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Of control devices for such units

B60K 26/00

B60K 8/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Of control devices for such units

B60K 26/00

B60L - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Supply of electric power to auxiliary equipment of electically-propelled vehicles, e.g. electric heating or lighting circuits.

Current-collectors and arrangements thereof on electrically-propelled vehicles, e.g. rollers in contact with trolley wire, pantographs or third-rail current-collectors.

Electrodynamic brake systems for vehicles in general, e.g. electric resistor braking, electric regenerative braking or eddy-current braking.

Electric propulsion of vehicles with power supply external to the vehicle or supplied within the vehicle.

Electric propulsion of vehicles with power supply from force of nature, e.g. sun or wind.

Electric propulsion for monorail vehicles, suspension vehicles or rack railways.

Magnetic suspension or levitation for vehicles.

Methods, circuits or devices for controlling the propulsion of electrically-propelled vehicles.

Monitoring operating variables, e.g. speed, deceleration or power consumption.

Electric devices on electrically-propelled vehicles for safety purposes, e.g. dead-man’s devices, devices for limiting the current under mechanical overload conditions or for preventing excessive speed of the vehicle.

Adaptation of control equipment on electrically-propelled vehicles for remote actuation from a stationary place, from alternative parts of the vehicle or from alternative vehicles in the same vehicle train.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

This subclass is the general place for subject-matter relating to the propulsion of electrically-propelled vehicles, for control of the propulsion and for collecting electrical power therefor. However conjoint control of two or more vehicle subunits, one of which may be an electrical propulsion unit, and subject-matter relating to control of hybrid vehicles comprising an internal-combustion motor and an electric motor, are covered in subclass B60W Further subject-matter relating to arrangements or mounting of electrical propulsion units, electric gearings or auxiliary drives in vehicles, are covered in subclass B60K Electrically-powered cycles are covered in subclass B62M

This subclass is also the application-oriented place for subject-matter relating to electrodynamic or dynamo-electric braking systems for vehicles. The function-oriented places for such systems are subclasses H02Kand H02P

References

Limiting references:

Electric coupling devices combined with mechanical couplings of vehicles

B60D 1/62

Electric heating for vehicles

B60H 1/00

Arrangements or mounting of electrical propulsion units in vehicles

B60K 1/00

Arrangement or mounting of plural diverse prime movers for mutual or common propulsion, e.g. hybrid propulsion systems

B60K 6/00

Arrangements or mounting of electric gearing in vehicles

B60K 17/12, B60K 17/14

Arrangement of signalling or lighting devices, the mounting or supporting thereof or circuits therefor, for vehicles in general

B60Q

Power-driven ground-engaging fittings for manoeuvring the vehicle

B60S 9/205

Conjoint control of vehicle sub-units of different type or different function, including control of electrical propulsion units

B60W 10/00

Control systems specially adapted for hybrid vehicles

B60W 20/00

Preventing wheel slip by reducing power in rail vehicles

B61C 15/08

Dynamo-electric machines,e.g. dynamo-electric brakes

H02K, H02K 49/00

Starting, controlling, braking of electric machines or converters in general

H02P

Informative references:

Auxiliary drives on vehicles

B60K 25/00

Power supply lines for supplying power to electrically-propelled vehicles

B60M

Electric locomotives or railcars

B61C 3/00

Railway track circuits in general

B61L

Lighting in general

F21, H05B

Switches in general

H01H

Coupling devices for electric connections in general

H01R

Conversion of electric power

H02M

Electric heating in general

H05B

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Electrodynamic braking system

An electric machine that acts as a brake. Braking is accomplished by reversing the electric fields on the machine, effectively turning it into a generator. The usage of the generated power, either in useful applications or as dissipation of heat, restrains the motor-generator and provides a braking action.

As such, this term is virtually coterminous with "dynamo-electric braking system" (see below). However the term "electrodynamic" on its own is broader and less clear than the term "dynamo-electric". It means "pertaining to electric current, electricity in motion and the effects of magnetism and induction", and could theoretically encompass electrical devices other than dynamo-electric devices.

Dynamo-electric braking system

A dynamo-electric machine is a device for converting electrical energy into mechanical energy or mechanical energy into electrical energy or combinations thereof, which involve electromagnetic induction. In respect of brakes, a braking effect could be produced by converting the kinetic energy of a vehicle into electrical energy, for dissipation (e.g. by resistors or as eddy-currents) or for storage (e.g. by regenerative braking). Alternatively, electrical energy could be supplied to the device to drive it into reverse, thereby producing a braking effect.

Vehicle

This term has been used with the following two variations in meaning within this subclass:

(1) all varieties of apparatus (e.g. automobiles) intended to carry people or goods significant distances (e.g. between cities, to or from separate building complexes) across land or over water, except those restricted to one of the following types: rail vehicles, waterborne vessels, aircraft, space vehicles, hand carts, cycles, animal-drawn vehicles or sledges, which are covered by the relevant subclasses of B61-B64. Moreover the term "vehicle" also includes (i) vehicular characteristics which are common to more than one of the above-listed types of vehicles, and (ii) certain characteristics restricted to automobiles, road trailers or cross-country trailers.

(2) In some instances of this definition, the term "vehicle" has been qualified by another word which takes its meaning outside the scope of (1) above (e.g. "rail vehicle"); in such cases the word "vehicle" takes its broader dictionary meaning.

The reader can determine from the context whether an occurrence of the word "vehicle" in this definition falls within the meaning stated in (1) or (2).

Synonyms and Keywords

Maglev

Magnetic levitation vehicle

B60L 1/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Lighting in general

F21, H05B

Circuit arrangements for charging batteries

H02J 7/00

B60L 1/14 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Electric lighting systems for toy vehicles

A63H 17/28

B60L 3/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Railway track circuits in general

B61L 1/18

Measuring in general

G01

B60L 3/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Emergency protective devices or circuit arrangements in general

H01H, H02H

B60L 5/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Supply of electric current to toy vehicles through a track

A63H 18/12

Toy vehicles with overhead trolley-wire

A63H 19/26

Non-rotary current collectors

H01R 41/00

B60L 7/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Vehicle brake control systems in general

B60T

Actuating mechanisms for brakes

F16D 65/14

B60L 9/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Supply of electric current to toy vehicles through a track

A63H 18/12

Control of toy vehicles by vehicle-track interaction

A63H 18/16

Electrically-driven model locomotives

A63H 19/10

Electric toy railways

A63H 19/24

Toy vehicles with overhead trolley-wire

A63H 19/26

Electric drive mechanisms for toys

A63H 29/22

B60L 11/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Electrically-driven model locomotives

A63H 19/10

Control systems specially adapted for hybrid vehicles

B60W 20/00

B60L 13/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Electromagnets per se

H01F 7/06

Propulsion by linear motors per se

H02K 41/02

B60L 15/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Preventing wheel slippage in locomotives or railcars

B61C 15/08

B60R - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Any categories of vehicles per se that:

are not explicitly covered by another subclass of the class (B60) for this subclass or

are not structurally restricted to the vehicular categories fully covered by subclasses providing for rail vehicles , waterborne vessels, aircraft, space vehicles , handcarts, cycles, animal-drawn vehicles , or sledges.

Vehicle components or parts of the following types when they are either of general utility or specially adapted for a category of vehicle proper for this subclass:

Devices utilizing plumbing that are specially adapted for vehicles , or modification to vehicles for accommodating such devices, which are used by vehicle occupants for sanitary purposes (e.g. water closets, urinals, sinks).

Specially adapted arrangements, devices, or fittings for preventing or reducing direct-impact type injuries to occupants of vehicles (e.g. air bags, seat belts) or otherwise directly protecting (e.g. from a physical attack) occupants of vehicles .

Specially adapted arrangements, devices, or fittings for preventing or reducing direct-impact type injuries to people that are not occupying vehicles (e.g. pedestrians).

Arrangements or devices for indicating or stopping the unauthorized use of vehicles .

Mirrors or other optical-type devices (e.g. camera/screen traffic viewers) specially adapted for vehicles , or arrangements of such mirrors or optical devices on vehicles , that are used during travel or vehicular operation to assist in viewing external objects.

Compartments or devices located on the interior or exterior of vehicles that are primarily intended to hold or contain stowed articles (e.g. luggage, maps, skis) for their occupants.

Devices or arrangements located on the interior or exterior of vehicles for holding articles used for vehicular maintenance (e.g. tools, jacks)

Devices or arrangements located on the interior or exterior of vehicles for mounting articles (e.g. television sets, makeup mirrors) or vehicle components (e.g. loud speakers) used by occupants for functions that are non- essential to the operation of vehicles .

Electrical or fluid circuits, or arrangements of electrical or fluid components used in such circuits, that are specially adapted for use with vehicles .

Specially adapted arrangements, devices, or fittings for the lubrication of vehicles .

Specially adapted steps, or other vehicle components for supporting occupants (e.g. running boards), which are used by occupants when accessing vehicles or exterior portions of vehicles .

Exterior components of vehicles primarily designed to protect vehicles (e.g. bumpers), or particular components of vehicles (e.g. radiator guards), from damage caused by impact with other vehicles or objects.

Ornamental or functional vehicle components used in the finishing of vehicle bodies or interiors.

Vehicle components used for the identification of vehicles or parts of vehicles .

Devices mounted on or attached to vehicles , or modifications to the body components of vehicles , used for marketing or promotional purposes (e.g. advertising signs).

Vehicle components or parts of general utility that are for uses other than those specified above and that are not specially adapted for or restricted to usage with

vehicles provided for in another subclass of the class (B60) for this subclass or

a category of vehicle fully covered by subclasses providing for rail vehicles , waterborne vessels, aircraft, space vehicles , handcarts, cycles, animal-drawn vehicles , or sledges.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

General relationship between B60R and other subclasses providing for devices or fittings for preventing injuries to passengers of vehicles

B60R covers safety devices or fittings for preventing or reducing direct-impact type injuries to occupants of vehicles when they are specifically for the types of vehicles proper for class B60 or are of general utility (i.e. usable on vehicles of several types). In addition to this, B60R covers air bags, seat belts or safety harnesses used in motor or rail-type vehicles of all types (i.e. land vehicles ).

B60P covers safety devices for securing or bracing loads other than occupants on vehicles .

B64D (in particular B64D 25/00) covers safety devices or fittings for aircraft and, in particular, safety belts and harnesses used on aircraft.

B63B (in particular B63B 23/00) and B63C (in particular B63C 9/00) cover safety devices or fittings for boats or ships.

A62B 35/00 covers safety belts or harnesses that are not used in vehicles or that are not limited to use in vehicles .

General relationship between B60R and other subclasses providing compartments, holding devices, or mounting devices in vehicles

B60R includes vehicle compartments or holding devices for storing or mounting articles in a non-use position when they are of general utility or not specifically provided for in an appropriate subclass for the category of vehicle they are on. Normally the 'articles' stored or held are not the primary payload of the vehicle (see B60P reference) and are limited to stowed articles that are the personal property of their occupants (e.g. luggage, skis), used by their occupants when traveling (e.g. maps, flashlights), or used for vehicle maintenance (e.g. jacks, tools). The 'articles' stored or held may also be an essential or primary vehicle component of the types specified in the main group titles of B60R (e.g. mirrors, air bags). Moreover, B60R also provides for devices for holding or mounting other types of 'articles' in a use position, but only when the 'articles' held or mounted are not essential to the operation of the vehicle (e.g. ceiling/roof liner, radio) or are secondary-type vehicle components (e.g. electrical wiring for circuits).

Other vehicle subclasses provide for compartments or component mounting devices when they are structurally limited to use only with a specific vehicle type provided for elsewhere. The exception to this statement is for those essential or primary vehicle components that are expressly provided for in specific groups of B60R (e.g. vehicle mirrors, bumpers, seat belts). Other vehicle subclasses provide for compartments or component mounting devices when they are for housing, positioning, or holding 'articles' that are the distinguishing essential or primary operational components for their category of vehicle (e.g. curtain-forming nozzle for aircushion vehicle ). However, in these situations, the operational components of vehicles must be useable in the held or housed position, or easily repositioned from a stored position to a position for use, for their primary purpose (e.g. B62D 25/08 for engine compartments, B60J 1/16 for vehicle windows slidable into non-use area of doors, B60Q 1/05 for retractable vehicle head lights) versus merely being transported freight.

References

Limiting references:

Cooling, heating, or ventilating devices for compartments that store goods within passenger vehicles

B60H 1/00

Special receptacles, compartments, or holders on vehicles for the refuse, food, beverages, or cigarettes of occupants

B60N 3/00

Vehicles with living accommodations for people (e.g. caravans with closets or bathrooms)

B60P 3/32

Vehicle safety devices for securing or bracing loads other than the occupants

B60P 7/06

Places in relation to which this subclass is residual:

Fire prevention, containment or extinguishing specially adapted for vehicles

A62C 3/07

Informative references:

Wheels and axles for vehicles

B60B

Tyres for vehicles

B60C

Vehicles for use both on rail and on road

B60F 1/00

Vehicles for use on land and in or on water

B60F 3/00

Vehicles convertible to travel in or on different media

B60F 5/00

Vehicles predominantly for transporting loads

B60P

Air-cushion vehicles

B60V

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Direct-impact type injury

For drivers or passengers within a vehicle this consists of the types of injuries caused by a portion of an occupant's body striking a component that is within or encloses the passenger compartment of their vehicle (e.g. a bumper actuated air bag specifically protecting a passenger from hitting the steering wheel in contrast to an energy absorbing bumper protecting the vehicle ) and for non-occupants this consists of the types of injuries caused by a portion of a non-occupant's body striking an exterior component of a vehicle (e.g. a bumper actuated safety net catching a pedestrian prior to hitting the vehicle for specifically protecting the pedestrian in contrast to a flexible vehicle body part that is intended to resist damage due to any type of impact).

Vehicle

This term has been used with the following two variations in meaning within this subclass:

(1) all varieties of apparatus (e.g. automobiles) intended to carry people or goods significant distances (e.g. between cities, to or from separate building complexes) across land, over water, or through the air except those restricted to one of the following types: rail vehicles , waterborne vessels, aircraft, space vehicles , hand carts, cycles, animal-drawn vehicles , or sledges. Moreover, the term " vehicle " also includes (i) vehicular characteristics which are common to more than one of the above-listed types of vehicles , (ii) certain characteristics restricted to automobiles, road trailers, or cross-country trailers, and (iii) all land vehicles having characteristics specifically adapted for occupant safety such as air bags, seat belts, or safety harnesses.

(2) In some instances in this definition, the term " vehicle " has been qualified by another word which takes its meaning outside the scope of (1) above (e.g. "rail vehicle "), in such cases the word " vehicle " takes its broader dictionary meaning.

The reader can determine from the context whether an occurrence of the word " vehicle " in this definition falls within the meaning stated in (1) or (2).

B60R 1/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Devices per se

G02B

Heating arrangements specially adapted for transparent or reflecting areas

H05B 3/84

B60R 3/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Ladders

E06C

B60R 9/05 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Wind deflectors for open roofs

B60J 7/22

B60R 9/08 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Vehicles adapted to transport, to carry or to comprise special loads or objects

B60P 3/00

B60R 11/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Of aerials

H01Q

B60R 11/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Cameras per se

G03B

B60R 11/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

For vehicle roof parts

B60J 7/20

B60R 13/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Sealing arrangements forvehicle windows, windscreens, non-fixed roofs, doors, or similar devices

B60J 10/00

B60R 16/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Devices for measuring, signalling, controlling or distributing tyre pressure or temperature, specially adapted for mounting on vehicles

B60C 23/00

Central door locking

E05B 77/46

B60R 16/033 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

For propulsion purposes

B60K 1/04

Supplying batteries to, or removing batteries from, vehicles

B60S 5/06

Testing of charge state

G01R 31/36

Circuit arrangements for charging or depolarising batteries or for supplying loads from batteries

H02J 7/00

B60R 16/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Arrangement or mounting of batteries for electrical propulsion

B60K 1/04

Supplying batteries to, or removing batteries from, vehicles

B60S 5/06

B60R 16/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Carrying-off electrostatic charges in general

H05F 3/00

B60R 16/08 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Arrangement of fuel conduits

B60K 15/01

B60R 17/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Lubricating in general

F16N

B60R 19/02 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

For rail vehicles

B61F 19/04

Safety equipment for cycles

B62J 27/00

Informative references:

Initiating brake action by contact of bumper with an external object

B60T 7/22

B60R 19/20 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Connection of valves to inflatable elastic bodies

B60C 29/00

B60R 19/26 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Springs, shock absorbers, or means for damping vibrations per se

F16F

B60R 19/42 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Ornamental or guard strips

B60R 13/04

B60R 21/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Vehicles of this subclass that include specially adapted arrangements, devices, or fittings attachable to or forming part of vehicles for either:

preventing or reducing direct-impact type injuries to occupants of vehicles (e.g. air bags),

otherwise directly protecting occupants of vehicles (e.g. from a physical attack), or

preventing or reducing direct-impact type injuries to people that are not occupying vehicles (e.g. bumper mounted pedestrian air bags).

References

Limiting references:

Safety belts or body harnesses in vehicles

B60R 22/00

Safety devices for propulsion unit control specially adapted for, or arranged in, vehicles

B60K 28/00

Crash or safety seats constructed to protect the occupant from the effect of abnormal g-forces

B60N 2/42

Energy-absorbing arrangements for hand wheels for steering vehicles

B62D 1/11

Energy-absorbing arrangements for vehicle steering columns

B62D 1/19

Informative references:

Apparatus or methods for life-saving in general

A62B

Safety devices for propulsion unit control specially adapted for, or arranged in, vehicles

B60K 28/00

Safety devices for securing or bracing loads other than occupants on vehicles

B60P

B60R 21/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Vehicles of main group B60R 21/00 wherein the specially adapted arrangements, devices, or fittings are for either preventing or reducing direct-impact type injuries to occupants of vehicles or otherwise directly protecting occupants of vehicles.

B60R 21/05 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Yieldable steering columns

B62D 1/18

B60R 21/08 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Electrical circuits for triggering safety arrangements

B60R 21/01

B60R 21/13 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Electrical circuits for triggering safety arrangements

B60R 21/01

B60R 21/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Device comprising an inflatable restraint or confinement designed to inflate upon impact of a vehicle with an external object, thereby confining vehicle occupants in a protective environment, to prevent injury.

References

Informative references:

Connection of valves to inflatable elastic bodies

B60C 29/00

B60R 21/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Inflatable restraints or confinements that are either (1) shaped as or resembles a belt, strap, or harness arrangement or (2) combined with a belt, strap, or harness arrangement.

References

Informative references:

Safety belts or body harnesses in vehicles

B60R 22/00

B60R 21/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Structure for encasing or housing an uninflated inflatable restraint or confinement prior to inflation or the location of the mounting of the inflatable restraint or confinement arrangement with respect to a vehicle or occupant, or the mounting of the inflatable restraint or confinement components with respect to each other or the vehicle.

B60R 21/201 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Covers or wrappers or strips or bands that enclose or encircle the inflatable restraint or confinement to prevent unwanted unfolding prior to inflation.

B60R 21/203 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Mounting or storing of an inflatable restraint arrangement in or on a steering wheel or steering column.

B60R 21/205 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Inflatable restraints or confinements that are stored in its nonuse or deflated condition within or on the instrument panel or dashboard of a vehicle.

B60R 21/206 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Mounting or storing of an inflatable restraint or confinement in a lower portion of the instrument panel that provides impact protection for the lower extremities, e.g. knee or portion near the knee, of a vehicle occupant.

B60R 21/207 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Mounting or storing an inflatable restraint or confinement arrangement in or on a structure in the vehicle on which an occupant is intended to sit.

B60R 21/21 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Mounting or storing of an inflatable restraint or confinement in or on a lateral door or lateral body panel of a vehicle.

References

Limiting references:

Pillar mounted inflatable restraint or confinement

B60R 21/213

B60R 21/213 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Mounting or storing of an inflatable restraint or confinement arrangement in or on a structural member of the uppermost part or a support of the uppermost part of the vehicle.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Pillar

A pillar is considered the vertical or inclined vehicle portion that extends from the lower part of the vehicle, between the doors and windows to the uppermost part of the vehicle i.e. the roof, or from the upper portion of the door to the roof.

B60R 21/214 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Mounting or storing of an inflatable restraint or confinement arrangement in or on the laterally extending panel structure of the uppermost part of the vehicle.

B60R 21/215 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Covers or lids or structure specifically related thereto that open upon inflation of the restraint to allow for expansion of the restraint.

B60R 21/2155 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Covers for an inflatable restraint or confinement that move or are moved following a particular path or in a particular manner, i.e. having at least two particular motions or directions, e.g. translation, rotation, etc.

B60R 21/216 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Straps or bands that restrict, restrain, or direct the movement of the inflatable restraint or confinement cover [or part thereof] during the inflation of the inflatable restraint or confinement.

B60R 21/2165 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Portions in or adjacent the cover that separate or rupture so as to provide a passage and allow for the inflation of the inflatable restraint or confinement throughout the passage.

B60R 21/217 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The housing or body of the inflation fluid source;

The attachment detail between elements of the inflatable restraint or confinement system.

B60R 21/23 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Structure, shape, deployment positioning, deflation feature, or other characteristic of the inflatable restraint or confinement prior to, during, or after inflation.

Special rules of classification

B60R 21/18 takes precedence.

B60R 21/231 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The contour or form;

The structural detail or makeup;

The relative positioning of the inflatable restraint or confinement.

B60R 21/232 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Inflatable restraints or confinements that are inflated in a vertical downward direction from its top edge.

B60R 21/233 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Inflatable restraints or confinements including a plurality of substantially separated chambers that make up the restraint, wherein the chambers may be defined in a side-to-side orientation or the chambers may be defined by a chamber provided within a larger chamber.

Special rules of classification

B60R 21/232 takes precedence.

B60R 21/2334 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Features of or relating to the inflatable restraint or confinement for restraining, positioning, or defining a deployment shape of the inflatable restraint or confinement during or after deployment.

B60R 21/2338 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Strips or bands of or relating to the inflatable restraint or confinement that restrain or position the inflatable restraint or confinement during or after deployment to control the deployment shape or position of the inflatable restraint or confinement.

B60R 21/2342 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Junction of two portions of the inflatable restraint or confinement that is ruptured to define a particular deployment characteristic of the inflatable restraint or confinement.

B60R 21/2346 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Features within and of the inflatable restraint or confinement to distribute or deflect the inflation fluid within the inflatable restraint or confinement.

B60R 21/235 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Particular characteristics of the constituents or substances that make up at least a portion of the inflatable restraint or confinement.

B60R 21/237 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Particular structures of the inflatable restraint or confinement that include pleating, rolling, or other details of the inflatable restraint or confinement when in a gathered, pre-inflated state.

B60R 21/239 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Specific structures of or related to an inflatable restraint or confinement that allow for the inflation fluid within the air bag to escape through a portion of the inflatable restraint or confinement.

B60R 21/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Inflation fluid source or generator or means to control inflation fluid flow from the source to the inflatable restraint or confinement or to the atmosphere.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Inflation fluid

The fluid that inflates the inflatable restraint or confinement.

B60R 21/261 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Features, which are not part of the inflatable restraint or confinement structure, that disperse, direct, or control inflation fluid.

B60R 21/262 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Dispersing, guiding, or directing members that have a slender, hollow shape, e.g. specifically adapted for curtain-type inflatable restraint or confinement.

B60R 21/263 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Inflation fluid source, including means or detail for providing more than one level of inflation, e.g. by adjustable volumes of inflation fluid.

References

Limiting references:

Inflatable restraint or confinement with an inflation fluid source using instantaneous release of stored pressurized gas with means for increasing the pressure of the gas just before or during liberation, e.g. hybrid inflators

B60R 21/272

B60R 21/264 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Inflation fluid source that contains a material that is ignited or burned to produce inflation fluid.

References

Informative references:

Generation of pressure gas, e.g. for blasting cartridges

C06D 5/00

Special rules of classification

B60R 21/268 takes precedence.

B60R 21/268 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Inflation fluid source containing a compressed gas that is released to inflate the inflatable member.

B60R 21/272 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Inflation fluid source comprising diverse sources of inflation fluid, the pressure of one of the inflation fluid sources is augmented just before or during inflation fluid release by another inflation fluid source.

B60R 21/274 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Means to fracture or break a member or means to provide passage of inflation fluid from the fluid source to allow the inflation fluid to flow to the inflatable restraint or confinement.

B60R 21/276 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Specific structures of, or related to, means allowing the inflation fluid to escape the inflation fluid source, i.e. without reaching the inflatable restraint or confinement.

B60R 21/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Means for including ambient air into the flow line and mixing such air with the inflation fluid, such mixture being the total or resultant mixture that inflates the inflatable restraint or confinement.

B60R 21/33 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Electrical circuits for triggering safety arrangements

B60R 21/01

B60R 21/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices associated with a vehicle for lessening forces or injury experienced by a non-occupant as a result of impact with a vehicle.

References

Informative references:

Vehicle bumpers

B60R 19/02

Bonnets

B62D 25/10

B60R 21/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Means for protecting non-occupants of a vehicle includes an inflatable member for absorbing impact forces.

B60R 21/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Means for raising a cover of an engine compartment.

B60R 22/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Vehicles of this subclass that include specially adapted flexible strap-like members or their arrangements that are intended to:

at least partially encircle the body of an occupant of the vehicle during normal travel and

protectively engage the body to hold, restrain, or otherwise limit the movement of the occupant relative to their vehicle seat to prevent or reduce direct-impact type injuries to the occupant due to sudden or unexpected forces on the occupant.

Specially adapted devices or fittings for cooperating with the flexible strap-like members.

Note.

Many of the flexible strap-like members are activated to protectively engage the occupant by extreme changes in or abnormal vehicular movement (e.g. sharp deceleration, collision with an object, vehicle turnover) or by means detecting the potential for this type of change or movement (e.g. radar signaling impending collision with another vehicle activates).

References

Limiting references:

Inflatable members forming a safety belt or harness, or used in combination with a safety belt or harness arrangement, on a vehicle

B60R 21/18

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Harnessing in aircraft

B64D 25/00

Informative references:

Safety belts or body harnesses in general

A62B 35/00

B60R 22/10 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Children's seats

B60N 2/24

B60R 22/195 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Electrical circuits for triggering safety arrangements

B60R 21/01

B60R 22/30 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Buckles

A44B 11/00

Releasable fastenings in general

F16B

B60R 22/46 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Electrical circuits for triggering safety arrangements

B60R 21/01

B60R 25/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Examples:

Lock for a track vehicle

1. B60R0025000000_0.gif

Security and tracking system to prevent the unauthorized use or access to a device having hydraulic components

2. B60R0025000000_1.gif

Telescopic arm antitheft fitting

3. B60R0025000000_2.gif

Relationship between large subject matter areas

This main group is intended for anti-theft systems or means preventing access to or use of any part of a vehicle. This includes access systems that unlock/lock vehicle doors but not the mechanical door locks themselves. The locks for vehicles, in particular door locks, are classified in E05B 77/00-E05B 85/00.

References

Limiting references:

Locks for vehicles

E05B 77/00-E05B 85/00

Informative references:

Anti-theft devices for wheel cover discs

B60B 7/16

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

unauthorised use

means that the user has not been authorised by the rightful owner of the vehicle to use it. As an example of the difference between "unauthorised use" and "theft" we can cite vehicle access systems with different levels of authorisation according to the specific user.

B60R 25/01 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Systems where the vehicle fitting to prevent theft or unauthorised use of the vehicle performs its actions on vehicle elements

Examples:

seat lock

1. B60R0025010000_0.gif

vehicle window antitheft curtain

2. B60R0025010000_1.gif

B60R 25/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Vehicle fittings which lock or prevent use of the steering system in all of its levels.

Examples:

Locking bolt in power steering actuator

1. B60R0025020000_0.gif

Hydraulic lock for power steering

2. B60R0025020000_1.gif

lock brace for steering rod

3. B60R0025020000_2.gif

B60R 25/021 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Vehicle fittings which lock or prevent use of the steering system at the level of the steering column. It excludes systems acting on the steering wheel itself.

Examples:

Clutch sleeve for steering column lock

1. B60R0025021000_0.gif

Steering column lock combined with ignition key switch

2. B60R0025021000_1.gif

Steering column lock bolt with rotational movement

3. B60R0025021000_2.gif

B60R 25/0215 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Vehicle fittings which lock or prevent use of the steering system at the level of the steering column, wherein a lock is electrically actuated.

Examples:

Electric steering column lock with motor

1. B60R0025021500_0.gif

Electric steering column lock with motor

2. B60R0025021500_1.gif

Electric steering column lock with solenoid

3. B60R0025021500_2.gif

B60R 25/022 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Systems that act on the steering wheel directly, such as bars locked to the steering wheel or between the steering wheel and an element of the vehicle or enclosing the steering wheel or disconnecting the steering wheel from the steering column.

Examples:

1. B60R0025022000_0.gif

2. B60R0025022000_1.gif

3. B60R0025022000_2.gif

B60R 25/023 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Systems that where protection is offered against a physical attack on the steering lock.

Examples:

1. B60R0025023000_0.gif

2. B60R0025023000_1.gif

3. B60R0025023000_2.gif

B60R 25/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Systems where the vehicle fitting to prevent theft or unauthorised use of the vehicle performs its actions to prevent normal functioning of the vehicle engine. Note: It also covers ignition switches when they are described in detail.

Examples:

Engine protection system including bonnet lock

1. B60R0025040000_0.gif

Ignition switch

2. B60R0025040000_1.gif

Antitheft starter

3. B60R0025040000_2.gif

B60R 25/042 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Systems where the vehicle fitting to prevent theft or unauthorised use of the vehicle performs its actions to prevent normal functioning of the vehicle engine by cutting the fuel supply

Examples:

Mechanical fuel supply lock

1. B60R0025042000_0.gif

Coded fuel lock valve

2. B60R0025042000_1.gif

Electronic fuel lock

3. B60R0025042000_2.gif

B60R 25/043 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Systems where the vehicle fitting to prevent theft or unauthorised use of the vehicle performs its actions to prevent normal functioning of the vehicle engine by blocking the exhaust.

Examples:

Exhaust plug

1. B60R0025043000_0.gif

electromechanical exhaust lock

2. B60R0025043000_1.gif

B60R 25/044 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Systems where the vehicle fitting to prevent theft or unauthorised use of the vehicle performs its actions to prevent normal functioning of the vehicle engine by limiting or blocking the air supply to the engine.

Examples:

Engine airflow locking system

1. B60R0025044000_0.gif

electronic airflow lock

2. B60R0025044000_1.gif

B60R 25/045 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Systems where the vehicle fitting to prevent theft or unauthorised use of the vehicle performs its actions by preventing normal functioning of the vehicle engine by limiting or cutting the electrical supply for engine or drive motor, e.g. the electric supply from the battery.

Examples:

battery supply electronic switch

1. B60R0025045000_0.gif

Modified battery

2. B60R0025045000_1.gif

B60R 25/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Systems where the vehicle fitting to prevent theft or unauthorised use of the vehicle performs its actions on the vehicle transmission. It includes systems where the gear lever is immobilised.

Examples:

Electronic antitheft acting on drive train elements

1. B60R0025060000_0.gif

gear lever lock

2. B60R0025060000_1.gif

B60R 25/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Systems where the vehicle fitting to prevent theft or unauthorised use of the vehicle performs its actions on the vehicle brakes or brake pedal.

Examples:

brake system lock

1. B60R0025080000_0.gif

brake pedal lock

2. B60R0025080000_1.gif

B60R 25/09 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Systems where the vehicle fitting to prevent theft or unauthorised use of the vehicle performs its actions on by restraining wheel rotation. This excludes the systems where the wheel rotation is prevented by the brakes.

Examples:

multi-wheel mechanical lock

1. B60R0025090000_0.gif

wheel hub lock

2. B60R0025090000_1.gif

B60R 25/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Systems where the vehicle fitting to prevent theft or unauthorised use of the vehicle activates a signalling device, e.g. a siren, blinking lights, horn.

Examples:

Audio theft alarm

1. B60R0025100000_0.gif

Theft alarm system triggered by voltage measument

2. B60R0025100000_1.gif

B60R 25/102 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Systems where the vehicle fitting to prevent theft or unauthorised use of the vehicle activates a signalling device that sends a signal to a police station, a security company or the owner.

Examples:

Audio theft alarm warns of security level change remotely

1. B60R0025102000_0.gif

Stolen vehicle tracking system and stolen vehicle tracking method

2. B60R0025102000_1.gif

References

Informative references:

Alarm systems in which the location of the alarm condition is signalled to a central station, e.g. fire or police telegraphic systems

G08B 25/00

B60R 25/104 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Systems where the vehicle fitting to prevent theft or unauthorised use of the vehicle activates a signalling device that sends a signal with special characteristics.

Examples:

Audio theft alarm with special volume curve

1. B60R0025104000_0.gif

B60R 25/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Systems where the vehicle fitting to prevent theft or unauthorised use of the vehicle is characterised by the way the system is turned on or off. This means the way the system is armed/disarmed or locked/unlocked. Note: switching on/off DOES NOT mean triggering, in the case of systems wherein the antitheft action has to be triggered.

Examples:

immobilizer activated through sequence of actuation of vehicle controls

1. B60R0025200000_0.gif

Identification through driving style

2. B60R0025200000_1.gif

B60R 25/21 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Systems where the vehicle fitting to prevent theft or unauthorised use of the vehicle is turned on or off by means of a hidden switch.

Examples:

Hidden switch under dashboard turns antitheft system on/off

1. B60R0025210000_0.gif

B60R 25/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Systems where the vehicle fitting to prevent theft or unauthorised use is turned on or off by means of a mechanical identifier.

Examples:

immobilizer activated by a card with holes

1. B60R0025220000_0.gif

Immobilizer activated by means of a mechanical key

2. B60R0025220000_1.gif

mechanical key with holes turns antitheft system on or off

3. B60R0025220000_2.gif

B60R 25/23 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Systems where the vehicle fitting to prevent theft or unauthorised use is turned on or off by means of introduction of an alphanumerical code by hand on a keypad or touch pad for instance.

Examples:

immobilizer activated by a keypad

1. B60R0025230000_0.gif

access to vehicle activated/deactivated by a keypad

2. B60R0025230000_1.gif

access to vehicle activated/deactivated by a touch pad

3. B60R0025230000_2.gif

B60R 25/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Systems where the vehicle fitting to prevent theft or unauthorised use is turned on or off by means of an electronic identifier that contains an access code. The user is therefore not required to memorise the access code.

Examples:

immobilizer activated by a bidirectional transmitter

1. B60R0025240000_0.gif

immobilizer activated by a unidirectional transmitter

2. B60R0025240000_1.gif

B60R 25/25 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Systems where the vehicle fitting to prevent theft or unauthorised use is turned on or off by means of a biometric identification device, e.g. fingerprint reader, iris reader, voice recognition, face recognition.

Examples:

vehicle access by iris recognition

1. B60R0025250000_0.gif

vehicle access by fingerprint recognition

2. B60R0025250000_1.gif

References

Informative references:

Methods or arrangements for recognising patterns per se, e.g. fingerprints

G06K 9/00

B60R 25/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Systems where the vehicle fitting to prevent theft or unauthorised use contains a sensor for a theft condition or other events relevant to the security of the vehicle.

Examples:

alarm with vehicle window breakage sensor

1. B60R0025300000_0.gif

vehicle alarm with voltage sensor to detect theft

2. B60R0025300000_1.gif

B60R 25/31 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Systems where the vehicle fitting to prevent theft or unauthorised use contains a human presence sensor for a theft condition or other events relevant to the security of the vehicle.

Examples:

radio waves motion sensor for an alarm

1. B60R0025310000_0.gif

vehicle alarm with ultrasound sensor to detect intrusion

2. B60R0025310000_1.gif

References

Informative references:

Status alarms responsive to presence or absence of persons

G08B 21/22

B60R 25/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Systems where the vehicle fitting to prevent theft or unauthorised use contains a sensor for a vehicle dynamic variable, e.g. speed, acceleration, yaw rate or the like.

Examples:

immobilisation device with speed sensor

1. B60R0025320000_0.gif

theft prevention device with acceleration sensor

2. B60R0025320000_1.gif

B60R 25/33 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Systems where the vehicle fitting to prevent theft or unauthorised use contains a sensor for a theft condition or other events relevant to the security of the vehicle, which sensor provides positional information.

Examples:

Position determination of stolen vehicle by means of radio signals

1. B60R0025330000_0.gif

Position determination of stolen vehicle by means of satellite positioning signals

2. B60R0025330000_1.gif

References

Informative references:

Receivers for satellite radio beacon positioning systems specially adapted for anti-theft

G01S 19/16

B60R 25/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Systems where the vehicle fitting to prevent theft or unauthorised use contains a sensor for a theft condition or other events relevant to the security of the vehicle, which sensor provides information about the position or states of vehicle components.

Examples:

antitheft system with gear selector and pedal position sensors

1. B60R0025340000_0.gif

antitheft system with a window open/close sensor

2. B60R0025340000_1.gif

B60R 25/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Systems where the vehicle fitting to prevent theft or unauthorised use wherein the power supply of the antitheft system is described in detail.

Examples:

antitheft system with economical power supply unit

1. B60R0025400000_0.gif

immobilizer with power saving mode

2. B60R0025400000_1.gif

B60T - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Arrangement of braking elements on vehicles (as defined in the Glossary of terms below).

Portable devices for preventing unwanted movement of vehicles, and especially where the devices are specially adapted to engage an exterior portion of a stationary vehicle to prevent or restrain its movement, e.g. chocks.

Vehicle modifications to facilitate cooling of brakes.

Control systems or parts thereof, in general or specially adapted for vehicles, for processing variables which influence the extent or duration of a braking event, for the following purposes:

For adjusting wheel-braking force to meet varying vehicular or ground-surface conditions, e.g. limiting or varying distribution of braking force.

For continuous braking making use of fluid or powdered medium, e.g. when descending a long slope.

For transmitting braking action from initiating means to ultimate brake actuator.

Component parts, details or accessories of brake control systems, for example:

Brake-action initiating means, e.g. manually or automatically-operated.

Construction, arrangement or operation of valves incorporated in power brake systems.

Component parts, details or accessories presenting other characteristic features, e.g. arrangements of pumps or compressors, brake cylinders other than ultimate actuators, safety or monitoring devices.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

B61H covers brakes or other retarding apparatus peculiar to rail vehicles, and arrangement or disposition of brakes or other retarding apparatus in rail vehicles, but the following aspects thereof in relation to rail vehicles are covered in B60T :

Arrangements in rail vehicles for adjusting wheel-braking force to meet varying vehicular or permanent way conditions ( B60T 8/00 ).

Transmitting braking action from initiating means to ultimate brake actuator with power assistance or drive, brake systems incorporating such transmitting means, e.g air-pressure brake systems ( B60T 13/00 ).

Construction, arrangement or operation of valves incorporated in power brake systems ( B60T 15/00 ).

Component parts, details or accessories of brake systems ( B60T 17/00 ).

References

Limiting references:

Brakes or other retarding apparatus peculiar to rail vehicles; Arrangement or disposition of brakes or other retarding apparatus in rail vehicles (see above)

B61H

Electrodynamic brake systems and control thereof for vehicles, and in general

B60L

Conjoint control of brakes and other drive units of vehicles, such as engine, gearing or clutch (this may be particularly significant when traction control systems operating on more than just brakes are being classified)

B60W

Arrangement of braking elements on cycles

B62L

Arrangement of braking elements on aircraft

B64C 25/42

Dynamo-electric brakes

H02K 49/00

Informative references:

Brakes themselves, i.e. the devices where the braking effect actually occurs, and actuators directly acting on those devices

F16D

Railway stops, track brakes or retarding apparatus, fixed to permanent way

B61K 7/00

Safety arrangements on roads for slowing, redirecting or stopping errant vehicles, e.g. guard posts, bollards

E01F 15/00

Special rules of classification

In group B60T 8/00 , when the subject matter to be classified is characterised by both electronic and non-electronic aspects, it should be classified both in group B60T 8/17 or its subgroups, and in group B60T 8/18 .

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Boosters

Means for providing power assistance to the braking effort

Vehicle

This term can have two different meanings here, viz.

(1) all vehicles except those restricted to one of the following types of vehicles: rail vehicles, waterborne vessels, aircraft, space vehicles, hand carts, cycles, animal-drawn vehicles, and sledges, which are covered by the relevant subclasses of B61-B64 . The term "vehicle" also includes

(i) vehicular characteristics which are common to more than one of the above-listed types, and

(ii) certain characteristics restricted to automobiles, road or cross-country trailers.

(2) In some instances in this definition, the term "vehicle" has been qualified by another word which takes its meaning outside the scope of (1) above (e.g. "rail vehicle"), in which case the word "vehicle" takes its normal dictionary meaning.

The reader can determine from the context whether an occurrence of the word "vehicle" in this definition falls within the meaning stated in (1) or (2).

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the following abbreviations are often used:

ABS

Anti-lock Braking System

ASR

Anti-Spin Regulation

EBA

Electronic Brake Assist

EBD

Electronic Brakeforce Distribution

In patent documents the following expressions are often used as synonyms:

antilock, anti-lock, anti-skid, antiskid, anti-blocking;

wheel slip, wheel-slip, wheel spin, wheel-spin;

traction control, anti-spin regulation - for combating wheel-spin.

B60T 7/14 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Dead-man's devices for electrically-propelled vehicles

B60L 3/02

B60T 8/175 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Safety devices for propulsion unit control responsive to, or preventing, skidding of wheels

B60K 28/16

B60T 8/32 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Electric devices on electrically propelled vehicles indicating the wheel slip

B60L 3/10

B60T 11/16 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Master cylinders associated with vacuum boosters

B60T 13/565

B60T 13/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Arrangements for adjusting wheel-braking force to meet varying vehicular or ground-surface conditions

B60T 8/00

Valves incorporated in such systems

B60T 15/00

B60T 13/08 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Automatic brake-action initiating means specially adapted for trailers

B60T 7/20

B60T 15/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Connection of valves to inflatable elastic bodies

B60C 29/00

B60T 15/08 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Automatic initiation of braking in general

B60T 7/12

B60T 17/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Pipes, cut-off valves, couplings, air hoses per se

F16C, F16K, F16L

B60T 17/08 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

With built-in wear-compensating mechanisms, ultimate actuators

F16D 49/00-F16D 65/00

B60V - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Vehicles that are specifically designed, or specially adapted, to be wholly or partially supported, at least some of the time during their travel over a surface (e.g. water, land, floors, railways, roads, sidewalks, runways), by a thin cushion or film of gaseous fluid (e.g. air). Wherein the gaseous fluid of the cushion or film is at least partially:

supplied or generated by means located on the vehicle and

propelled from the vehicle towards a nearby reaction surface that does not form a part of the vehicle (e.g. ground, lake surface, roadway) and against which the fluid pushes to sustain the vehicle a relatively short distance (e.g. less than the height of the vehicle) above the reaction surface.

Components of the above vehicles having structural features that limit them to use with vehicles supported during travel on a thin cushion or film of gaseous fluid.

The making of vehicles that are specifically designed to be:

exclusively supported by a thin cushion or film of gaseous fluid when traveling and

unrestricted to a particular path by fixed guiding structure.

Specially adapted method steps or apparatus, which are part of an entire manufacturing process, for the manufacture of components essential to forming or maintaining the thin cushion or film of gaseous fluid for vehicles of the type that are only partially supported, or supported only part time during travel, by the gaseous fluid.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Between B60V and other vehicle manufacturing subclasses

B60V covers the manufacture of vehicles that are designed to be exclusively supported by a thin cushion or film of gaseous fluid at all times when traveling.

Despite the fact that B60V covers the structure of certain combination or convertible types of vehicles, it does not cover the total method or means for making or assembling these vehicles. In the situations where a vehicle includes an alternative, supplemental, or primary means for supporting it during travel that is not an air cushion, the manufacture of this type of vehicle is covered in the same subclass that provides for the manufacture of vehicles relying solely for support on its particular type of alternative, supplemental, or primary means. Subclasses B62D, B63B, and B64F cover the manufacture of the various types of combination or convertible vehicles.

Nevertheless, B60V does cover specific manufacturing steps or apparatus that are a part of a total process used to make combination or convertible vehicles that are partially supported, or supported part time, by the gaseous fluid if the manufacturing steps or apparatus are specially adapted for the manufacture of components of the vehicles used to form or maintain the thin cushion or film of gaseous fluid.

B62D 65/00 "Designing, manufacturing, e.g. assembling, facilitating disassembly, or structurally modifying motor vehicles or trailers, not otherwise provided for" covers subject matter pertaining to the designing and manufacturing of motor vehicles, rail vehicles and trailers, as well as the designing and manufacturing of convertible types and/or combination types of these vehicles.

B63B "Ships or other waterborne vessels; Equipment for shipping" provides for the construction of hulls in group B63B 3/00 and the methods of designing, building, maintaining, converting, refitting, repairing or determining properties of vessels in group B63B 9/00.

B64F 5/00 "Designing, manufacturing, assembling, cleaning, maintaining or repairing aircraft, not otherwise provided for" covers the manufacture or assembly of aircraft.

References

Limiting references:

General manufacturing of various vehicle parts

B23P 15/00

Assembling and disassembling of various metal parts

B23P 19/04

Assembling of a multiplicity of different parts to compose units

B23P 21/00

Designing, manufacturing, assembling, facilitating disassembly, or structurally modifying motor vehicles or trailers

B62D 65/00

The construction of hulls

B63B 3/00

Methods of designing, building, maintaining, converting, refitting, repairing, or determining properties of vessels

B63B 9/00

Designing, manufacturing, or assembling aircraft, not otherwise provided for

B64F 5/00

Informative references:

Mowers supported by an air-cushion

A01D 34/695

Devices that assist either manually moving over a short distance (e.g. within a building or buildings) or tilting heavy loads by using pressurized fluid supplied from an independent source to provide a cushion of fluid between a load and floor

B65G 7/06

Conveying articles through pipes or tubes by fluid flow or pressure and the conveying of articles over a surface using pressurized fluid jets located in the surface

B65G 51/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Vehicle

This term has been used with the following two variations in meaning within this subclass:

(1) all varieties of apparatus (e.g. automobiles) intended to carry people or goods significant distances (e.g. between cities, to or from separate building complexes) across land, over water, or through the air except those restricted to one of the following types: rail vehicles , waterborne vessels, aircraft, space vehicles , hand carts, cycles, animal-drawn vehicles , or sledges.

(2) In some instances in this definition, the term " vehicle " has been qualified by another word which takes its meaning outside the scope of (1) above (e.g. "rail vehicle "), in which case the word " vehicle " takes its broader meaning in (1) above (i.e. without the specified exception of particular types of vehicles from its scope). The reader can determine from the context whether an occurrence of the word " vehicle " in this definition falls within the meaning stated in (1) or (2).

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the terms hovercraft , ground-effect vehicle , surface-effect vehicle , and air-cushion vehicle are often used as synonyms.

B60V 1/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Vehicles of this subclass that are specifically designed, or specially adapted, to be wholly supported during their travel over a surface (e.g. water, land, floors, railways, roads, sidewalks, runways) by a thin cushion or film of gaseous fluid.

Components of the above vehicles having structural features that limit them to use with vehicles supported during travel on a thin cushion or film of gaseous fluid.

Components of other types of vehicles supported during travel at least part of time on a thin cushion or film of gaseous fluid, when the components are of a general utility for, and limited in use to, creating a thin cushion or film of gaseous fluid.

The making of vehicles that are specifically designed to be:

exclusively supported by a thin cushion or film of gaseous fluid when traveling and

unrestricted to a particular path by fixed guiding structure.

References

Limiting references:

Land vehicles, waterborne vessels, or aircraft adapted or modified to travel on air cushions

B60V 3/00

B60V 1/22 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Hydrofoils per se

B63B 1/24

B60V 3/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Vehicles of this subclass that are specifically designed, or specially adapted, to be supported entirely or partially at least some of the time by means other than their thin cushion or film of gaseous fluid during travel across land, over water, or through the air.

Components of the above types of vehicles having structural features that restrict them to use with a particular type of vehicle (e.g. ship), when the components have utility for, and are limited in use to, creating a thin cushion or film of gaseous fluid.

Specially adapted method steps or apparatus, which are part of an entire manufacturing process, for the manufacture of components essential to forming or maintaining the thin cushion or film of gaseous fluid for vehicles of the type that are only partially supported, or supported only part time, by the gaseous fluid during travel on land, over water, or through the air.

References

Informative references:

Vehicles for use both on rail and on road, amphibious or like vehicles, or convertible vehicles

B60F

B60V 3/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Vehicles of main group B60V 3/00 having wheel or wheel-substitute type supporting means (e.g. endless tracks, skids) for alternative or supplemental engaging of land (e.g. roadway, rail) during travel.

Vehicles specifically designed to be exclusively supported solely by a thin cushion or film of gaseous fluid and restricted to a specific path by solid guiding structure (e.g. channel, trough) during traveling.

References

Limiting references:

Railway systems that include sliding or levitation means

B61B 13/08

Pneumatic tunnel-type railway system (e.g. atmospheric railways)

B61B 13/10

B60V 3/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Vehicles of main group B60V 3/00 having structure (e.g. a hull) that allows the vehicle (e.g. ship) to be supported alternatively or supplementally by direct floating contact with water during travel.

References

Limiting references:

Hydrodynamic or hydrostatic features of hulls or of hydrofoils that reduce surface friction by using air bubbles or air layers

B63B 1/38

B60V 3/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Vehicles of main group B60V 3/00 having structure specifically designed to allow them to travel significant distances above the surface of the earth (i.e. higher than most manmade obstructions such as buildings) while supported by air (e.g. helicopters).

References

Limiting references:

Aeroplanes or helicopters without any air cushion creating means other than standard components associated with flight

B64C

B60W - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Control systems for conjoint control of vehicle sub-units of different type or different function.

Control systems specially adapted for hybrid vehicles.

Purposes of road vehicledrive control systems for purposes that are

not related to control of any particular sub-unit, i.e. the controlled sub-unit is not specified, or

related to conjoint control of vehicle sub-units of different type or different function.

Estimation or calculation of driving parameters for road vehicle drive systems that are used for purposes

not related to a particular sub-unit, i.e. the controlled sub-unit is not specified, or

for conjoint control of vehicle sub-units of different type or different function.

Details of control systems for road vehicle drive control, e.g. monitoring of signals for controllers that are used for purposes

not related to a particular sub-unit, i.e. the controlled sub-unit is not specified, or

for conjoint control of vehicle sub-units of different type or different function.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

B60W is the application-oriented place covering vehicle drive control systems in general that are not related to a particular sub-unit or used for conjoint control of two or more sub-units. The control of a single particular sub-unit, or same type multiple sub-units for the same purpose are not covered by this subclass and have to be classified in the relevant class for the sub-unit, e.g. F02D or F16H. Where a single particular sub-unit is controlled by signal or commands from other sub-units, the control of this single sub-unit is classified in the relevant place for this sub-unit. For example the control of variable ratio gearing by means of signals from the engine or accelerator is classified in the subclass for gearing F16H.

Conjoint control of driveline units, e.g. engines, and variable-ratio gearing occurring only transiently during ratio shift and being also characterized by the control of the gearing is also classified in the subclass for gearing F16H.

One main group (B60W 20/00) is intended for all control systems specially adapted for hybrid vehicles. This group also covers control systems specially adapted for hybrid vehicles that do not reveal any use of conjoint control. The arrangement or mounting of plural diverse prime-movers for common propulsion of a hybrid vehicle will be classified in the subclass B60K. Conjoint control of pure electric drive units like motor and battery will be classified in subclass B60L. When the architecture or type of transmission of the hybrid vehicle is also of interest, it should be classified in the relevant groups of main group B60K 6/00.

This subclass also cover road vehicledrive control systems not related to any particular sub-unit, i.e. which do not specify which sub-unit is activated or actuated by the control system. For example a control system or control method for predicting a collision which is not related to the control of any specific sub-unit will be correctly covered by the appropriate group B60W 30/08.

Detecting means in general (e.g. ultrasonic radar, TV camera, image processing, or measuring means) are covered by the classes G01, G06 or H04 and their appropriate subclasses.

References

Limiting references:

Arrangement or mounting of plural diverse prime-movers for mutual or common propulsion, e.g. hybrid propulsion systems comprising electrical and internal combustion motors

B60K 6/00

Vehicle fittings for automatically controlling vehicle speed by acting on a single sub-unit

B60K 31/00

Propulsion of purely electrically-propelled vehicles with power supplied within the vehicle

B60L 11/00

Electrical circuits for triggering safety arrangements to protect or prevent injuries to occupants or pedestrians

B60R 21/01

Brake control systems for vehicle drive stability

B60T 8/1755

Traffic control systems i.e. systems transmitting information to a plurality of vehicles simultaneously in order to co-ordinate the flow of vehicles or systems controlling platoons of vehicles

G08G 1/00

Informative references:

Controlling combustion engines, such controlling being peculiar to the devices driven thereby, the devices being other than parts or accessories essential to engine operation, e.g. controlling of engines by signals external thereto

F02D 29/00

Combinations of clutches and brakes

F16D 67/00

Control functions within change-speed- or reversing-gearings for conveying rotary motion

F16H 61/00

Systems for controlling position, course, altitude, or attitude of land, water, air, or space vehicles

G05D 1/00

Anti-collision systems

G08G 1/16

Special rules of classification

Multi-aspect classification practice is used in this subclass for road vehicledrive control systems using conjoint control. Whenever one or more specific types of subunits are controlled, classification in main group B60W 10/00 should be given for each of the different sub-units controlled. For each controlled sub-unit a classification symbol should be added in the relevant place. When documents classified in main group B60W 10/00 are also relevant for main groups B60W 20/00 to 50/00, a classification in one of these groups is required.

Within main group B60W 20/00 to 50/00 the first place priority rule is applied, i.e. at each hierarchical level, obligatory classification is made in the first appropriate place. When several novel and non-obvious technical subjects are disclosed, the first place priority rule is separately applied to each of them.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Automatic control

Using control systems for mechanising or assisting, to a full- or partial extent, tasks associated with driving of the vehicle, e.g. those normally carried out by the driver or those necessary to control the motion of the vehicle.

Auxiliary equipment

A subsidiary or supplementary device of the propulsion, transmission or other units of the vehicle, e.g. a pump for supply of pressure for the control unit.

Conjoint control

A programmed or condition-responsive automatic controller on-board the vehicle, embodying control logic for plural vehicle sub-units and sends control signals to actuators of two or more vehicle sub-units, so that the sub-units act together to solve a particular problem or in response to a particular driving condition.

Conjoint control of diverse vehicle sub-units

Such control of different sub-units within the same vehicle for those vehicles defined under note to class B60, and of general applicability to different types of vehicles normally under the control of a human driver.

Cruise control

A system for automatically controlling vehicle speed, which may include additional functions e.g. control of distance between vehicles, so-called "Adaptive Cruise Control" (ACC).

Drive control system

An electronic system in a road vehicle for automatically controlling the movement of that vehicle in order to take certain actions.

Driving parameter

All input or output parameters of the road vehicledrive control systems, e.g. road specific parameters, driver or passenger related parameters, state variables of motion of the vehicle body or parameters related to the vehicle itself like load or weight of the vehicle.

Hybrid vehicle

Vehicles having two or more prime movers of more than one type, e.g. electrical and internal combustion motors, and that are either singularly or in combination used for propulsion of the vehicle.

Road vehicle

A vehicle normally under the control of a human driver for transportation on roads, e.g. an automobile, truck or bus.

Sub-unit

One of the following vehicle systems: propulsion systems; clutch system; change-speed gearing system; system for distributing drive torque between front and rear axles; axle differential system; brake system; steering system or suspension system; energy storage means; fuel cells or other auxiliary equipments.

B60W 10/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Sub-units of different type or function, which are controlled by a controller on board of the vehicle. The controller sends control signals to two or more vehicle sub-units, so that the sub-units act together to solve a particular problem in order to improve stability, comfort or safety of the vehicle or to propel the vehicle.

References

Limiting references:

for propulsion of purely electrically-propelled vehicles with electric power supplied within the vehicle

B60L 11/00

Special rules of classification

When classifying in this group, each controlled sub-unit must be separately identified by a classification in a relevant place in this group. Classification must also be made in groups B60W 20/00-B60W 50/00 in order to identify the purpose or use of the control.

B60W 20/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Arrangement or mounting of plural diverse prime-movers for mutual or common propulsion, e.g. hybrid propulsion systems

B60K 6/00

Special rules of classification

Multi-aspect classification practice is used in this group for control systems specially adapted for hybrid vehicles. Whenever one or more specific types of subunits are controlled, classification in main group B60W 10/00 should be given for each of the different sub-units controlled. When the architecture or type of transmission of the hybrid vehicle is of interest, it should be classified in the relevant groups of B60K 6/00.

B60W 30/02 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Exclusive brake control systems for vehicle drive stability

B60T 8/1755

B60W 30/045 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Systems influencing the drivability or agility of a vehicle in a curve.

References

Informative references:

Arrangements for automatically controlling steering depending on driving conditions sensed and responded to

B62D 6/00

B60W 30/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Steering aids

B62D 15/02

B60W 30/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Control systems for predicting coming or possible collisions or taking measures to prevent or weaken the impact of a collision.

References

Limiting references:

Electrical circuits for triggering safety arrangements to protect or prevent injuries to occupants or pedestrians

B60R 21/01

Informative references:

Anti-collision systems for land vehicles

G08G 1/16

B60W 30/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Control systems for adapting vehicle speed to particular conditions, e.g. for controlling distance to preceding vehicle or taking actions when preceding vehicles is going to stop.

References

Limiting references:

Vehicle fittings for automatically controlling vehicle speed by acting on a single sub-unit

B60K 31/00

Traffic control systems i.e. systems transmitting information to a plurality of vehicles simultaneously in order to co-ordinate the flow of vehicles or systems controlling platoons of vehicles

G08G 1/00

B60W 30/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Control systems for the driving or retarding of road vehicles controlling multiple sub-units

References

Informative references:

Control systems specially adapted for hybrid vehicles

B60W 20/00

Controlling combustion engines, such controlling being peculiar to the devices driven thereby, the devices being other than parts or accessories essential to engine operation, e.g. controlling of engines by signals external thereto

F02D 29/00

Control functions within change-speed- or reversing-gearings for conveying rotary motion

F16H 61/00

B60W 40/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The estimation or calculation of non-direct measurable parameters related to vehicle drive control and not used for a particular sub-unit, e.g. by using mathematic models for estimation of the parameters.

B60W 50/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

On board failure detection;

Failure correction strategies;

Means or methods to repair failures;

Work around methods in case of failure;

Control input devices for limp home.

B60W 50/029 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Control methods for fail safe which will avoid situations where a defect part is involved, i.e. the control uses different parts or a method for a work around. No redundant parts are used and these methods could lead to constrains in functionality.

B60W 50/035 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Control methods for fail safe which will put the control in a predefined state, e.g. the transmission in particular gear ratio, or for giving priority to a particular actuator.

B60W 50/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Interfaces between driver and control system not for a single or particular sub-unit with interaction, i.e. communications or actions with a feedback loop between the driver and the control system. The interaction can be a tactile feedback to the driver, e.g. vibrations of the steering wheel.

B60W 50/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Interpreting driver intention and initiating control based on different parameters, e.g. vehicle speed and driver activity

- by monitoring actuating speed of the accelerator

B60W 50/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Preventing particular driving manoeuvres based on the vehicle situation, e.g. limiting driver control by drive assistance systems in critical driving situations

B60W 50/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Warning or informing the driver when the movement of the vehicle will be changed momentarily, e.g. adding a slight yaw rate, momentary deceleration;

Informing the driver that the drive control mode will change, e.g. from comfort mode to performance mode;

Assistance systems for warning the driver, e.g. warning the driver if approaching speed at a stopping location will be too high.

B61B - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Devices specially adapted or mounted for storing and repeatedly paying-out and re-storing lengths of material

B65H 75/34

B61D - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

For vehicles in general

B60

B61G - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Vehicle connections in general

B60D

B61L - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Means for controlling and safeguarding railway vehicle traffic, including apparatus and processes that are specially adapted, or intended to be utilized, for the following categories related to railway vehicle traffic:

devices along the railway route which are controlled by or from the moving vehicle or vehicle train, such as signals, switches, and gates;

devices along the railway route which control devices on the moving vehicle or vehicle train, such as speed control and braking;

devices along the railway route for controlling the movement of the vehicle train, such as switches and switching systems, train stop and speed control mechanisms (the devices may include safety means and be automatically actuated);

operating mechanisms for devices along the railway route; such as switches, signals, scotch-blocks (the operating mechanisms can be directly or remotely controlled);

safety devices used to prevent vehicle train accidents caused by mechanical or operator error; such as derailing switches and blocks;

safety means for controlling railroad crossing traffic;

signals and indicators, both visual and audible, for communicating information about the vehicle train, railway, train operator or railway equipment;

illumination means specially adapted to illuminate railway points, form signals, or gates.

References

Limiting references:

Railway vehicle brakes or other retarding apparatus

B61H

Derailing or re-railing blocks on the track, and for railway stops, scotch-blocks, track brakes or retarders fixed to the permanent way

B61K

Detectors indicating the overheating of railway vehicle axle bearings

B61K 9/04

Rail, switch, point or crossing construction

E01B

Rail joints

E01B 11/00

Electrically insulated rail joints

E01B 11/54

Cattle guards fixed to the permanent way

E01B 17/00

Informative references:

Power supply lines for electrically propelled vehicles

B60M

Arrangement, mounting or supporting of signaling devices for vehicles in general

B60Q

The arrangement of signaling or lighting devices, the mounting or supporting thereof for rail vehicles

B61D

Illumination in general; illumination for signaling, marking or indicating; details of lighting devices or systems

F21

Visible signaling arrangements in general

G08B 5/00

An alarm responsive to an abnormal condition

G08B 21/00, G08B 23/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Scotch-block

A wedge to prevent the movement of an opening switch rail of a set of points or of stationary vehicles.

B61L 1/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Central traffic control systems controlled by train

B61L 27/04

B61L 1/16 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Counting moving objects in general

G06M

B61L 1/18 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Automatically-operated track circuits specially adapted for section blocking for controlling traffic

B61L 23/00

B61L 3/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Using radio waves

B61L 3/12

B61L 5/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Track-mounted scotch-blocks per se

B61K

B61L 9/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Lighting in general

F21

B61L 17/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Rail brakes

B61K

B61L 21/10 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Automatic central traffic control systems

B61L 27/04

B61L 23/08 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Station blocking between signal boxes in one yard

B61L 21/00

B61L 23/22 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Station blocking between signal boxes in one yard

B61L 21/00

B62B - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Chairs or multi-track cycles specially adapted for invalids

A61G 5/00

B62D - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Steering devices applicable only to steerable undercarriages for aircraft

B64C 25/50

B62D 47/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Understructures, i.e. chassis frames, characterised by the vehicle type

B62D 21/18

B62D 49/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Understructures, i.e. chassis frames, characterised by the vehicle type

B62D 21/18

B62D 51/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Understructures, i.e. chassis frames, characterised by the vehicle type

B62D 21/18

B62D 53/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Understructures, i.e. chassis frames, characterised by the vehicle type

B62D 21/18

B62D 55/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Understructures, i.e. chassis frames, characterised by the vehicle type

B62D 21/18

B62D 57/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Understructures, i.e. chassis frames, characterised by the vehicle type

B62D 21/18

B62D 59/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Understructures, i.e. chassis frames, characterised by the vehicle type

B62D 21/18

B62D 61/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Understructures, i.e. chassis frames, characterised by the vehicle type

B62D 21/18

B62D 63/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Understructures, i.e. chassis frames, characterised by the vehicle type

B62D 21/18

B62J - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Arrangement of signalling or lighting devices, the mounting or supporting thereof or circuits therefor, for vehicles in general

B60Q

For vehicles in general

B60R

Guards in general

F16P

B62K 5/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Wheeled vehicles with three or more wheels provided with a handlebar-type steering mechanism.

This head group will contain particularly four or more wheeled muscle powered vehicles provided with a handlebar-type steering which are not covered by the groups B62K 5/003, B62K 5/007.

References

Limiting references:

Cycle supports or stands equipped with additional wheels for ride stabilisation

B62H 1/12

B62K 5/003 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Four or more wheeled muscle powered personal mobility vehicles.

References

Limiting references:

Wheelchairs

A61G 5/00

B62K 5/007 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Personal mobility vehicles with four or more wheels driven by engine or motor.

B62K 5/01 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Four wheeled all terrain type vehicles (ATV’s) with engines and other power driven vehicles with four or more wheels, steered by handlebars.

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted:

Specially adapted for disabled riders

B62K 5/003

B62K 5/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Three wheeled muscle powered vehicles.

This group will contain particularly three wheeled muscle powered vehicles which are not covered by the groups B62K 5/023, B62K 5/025, B62K 5/027.

References

Limiting references:

Children tricycles

B62K 9/02

B62K 5/023 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Three wheeled muscle powered personal mobility vehicles.

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted:

Wheelchairs

A61G 5/00

B62K 5/025 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Personal mobility vehicles with three wheels driven by engine or motor.

B62K 5/027 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Three wheeled all terrain type vehicles (ATV’s) with engines and other power driven vehicles with three wheels, steered by handlebar.

References

Limiting references:

Specially adapted for disabled riders

B62K 5/023

B62K 5/05 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Three wheeled vehicles with a single rear wheel.

In most cases the front wheels are essentially in coaxial arrangement, at least when driving straight ahead.

B62K 5/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Tricycle frames characterised by special features or details.

B62K 5/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Details of suspension arrangements to allow the body of the vehicle to lean for curve behaviour

References

Informative references:

Suspensions arrangements for inclining the vehicle body of non-cycle type vehicles

B62D 9/02

B62K 11/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Motorised mobility scooters with three or more wheels

B62K 5/007, B62K 5/025

B62M 1/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Rider propulsions of wheeled vehicles, e.g. bicycles, having pedals connected to crank shaft by means of reciprocating levers, wherein one end of the lever is connected to the pedal and the other end to the crank shaft. The rider propels the vehicles by pressing on the pedals alternatively up and down.

References

Limiting references:

Cranks which can be immobilised as foot rests

B62M 5/00

B62M 1/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Rider propulsion using pedals following essentially a reciprocating movement. The reciprocating levers are combined with the rotary crank mechanism, wherein usually one end of the lever is connected to the pedal, and the other end of the lever is linked to the rotary crank.

1. B62M0001260000_0.gif

B62M 1/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Rider propulsion using pedals following essentially a reciprocating movement and being connected to the crank shaft or driven wheel by flexible members, e.g. chains, belt or cables.

1. B62M0001280000_0.gif

2. B62M0001280000_1.gif

B62M 1/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Rider propulsion using pedals following essentially a reciprocating movement and connected to the crank shaft or driven wheel by using intermediate toothed wheels, e.g. for speed reduction.

1. B62M0001300000_0.gif

B62M 1/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Rider propulsion using pedals following essentially a reciprocating movement. The levers having a first end connected to the pedal and the second end directly connected to the driven wheel axle. The driving connection could use a ratchet wheel.

1. B62M0001320000_0.gif

B62M 1/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Rider propulsion of wheeled vehicle where the rider propels the vehicle by walking on an endless belt or the like.

1. B62M0001340000_0.gif

B62M 1/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Rider propulsions having rotary cranks with pedals attached to the end of the crank arms.

References

Limiting references:

Rotary cranks combined with reciprocating levers

B62M 1/26

Rider propulsion by walking on an endless belt

B62M 1/34

Cranks which can be immobilised as foot rests

B62M 5/00

B62M 1/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The crank levers are directly arranged on the driven axle, a freewheel could be used to uncouple the crank when driving down on a slope.

1. B62M0001380000_0.gif

B62M 6/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Rider propelled cycles, e.g. bicycles, tricycles having additional source of power;

Subject-matter related to the use of additional source of power in rider propelled cycles;

Rider propelled cycle with additional source of propulsion power different from combustion engine or electric motor.

References

Informative references:

Motorcycle characterized by position of motor or engine

B62M 7/00

Bicycle or tricycle having the additional source of power on a auxiliary wheel unit

B62M 7/14

Transmission characterized by use of friction roller engaging the periphery of the ground wheel

B62M 13/00

Transmission characterized by two or more dissimilar sources of power, e.g. transmission for hybrid cycles

B62M 23/02

Wheelchairs

A61G 5/00

Cycles with handlebars, equipped with three or more road wheels, e.g. tricycles

B62K 5/00

Features relating to engine or motor driven bicycles, e.g. frames, steering wheel forks or handle-bar constructions associated therewith

B62K 11/00

Special rules of classification

In this main group, at each hierarchical level, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, classification is made in the first appropriate place.

B62M 6/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Bicycle having a combustion engine as an additional source of power in order to propel the vehicle when requested by the rider.

B62M 6/15 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Means, specially adapted for the application on bicycle, for controlling the delivery of power to the cycle by first "sensing or detecting" of parameters, e.g. rider pedaling force, torque, speed or braking force and then sending a signal to the engine in order to control the combustion engine output torque to the cycle. Arrangement of sensors or detectors on the cycle.

B62M 6/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Cycles where the power output of the combustion engine is transmitted to the pedal crank shaft through a power transmission arrangement at the pedal crank shaft and which together with the pedal crank arrangement permit the bicycle to be readily operated in the engine power mode or pedal power mode.

B62M 6/25 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Cycles where the power output of the combustion engine is transmitted to the rear wheel axle shaft through a power transmission arrangement at the wheel axle shaft. The engine driving shaft might be coaxial with the driven wheel axle shaft.

B62M 6/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Cycles where the power output of the combustion engine is transmitted to the flexible member which connects the rear wheel axle shaft to the pedal shaft. . The flexible member might be a chain, belt or the like and can be driven either by the engine or by the pedal-driven chain wheel or pulley. In general the power transmission arrangement includes also reduction gears.

B62M 6/35 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Cycles where the power output of the combustion engine might be transmitted to the ground or road wheel through a power transmission arrangement which includes friction or pressure rollers or the like. The rollers might be set in contact with the periphery or the side of the ground wheel.

References

Informative references:

Transmission characterized by the use of friction roller or gears engaging the ground wheel having only human propulsion

B62M 13/00

B62M 6/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Cycle having an electric motor as additional source of power in order to propel the vehicle when requested by the rider. The electrical motor is in general fed by battery, solar power or fuel cells.

B62M 6/45 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Means, specially adapted for the application on bicycle, for controlling the delivery of power to the cycle by sensing or detecting of parameters, e.g. rider pedaling force, torque, speed or braking force and then sending a signal to the motor in order to control the output torque to the cycle. This subgroup deals with the way power is diverted or switched over from the motor to the cycle when requested by the rider or automatically according the circumstances or the detected parameters.

B62M 6/50 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Sensing devices or detectors specially adapted for the application on the cycle for sensing or detecting control parameters, e.g. rider pedaling force, torque, speed or braking force. In particular the arrangement or the specific location on the cycle.

B62M 6/55 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Cycles where the power output of the electric motor is transmitted to the pedal crank shaft through a power transmission arrangement at the pedal crank shaft and which together with the pedal crank arrangement permit the bicycle to be readily operated in the motor power mode or pedal power mode.

B62M 6/60 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Cycles where the power output of the electric motor is transmitted to the rear wheel axle shaft through a power transmission arrangement at the wheel axle shaft. The electric motor shaft might be connected to the wheel axle shaft through chain, belt or gear transmissions.

B62M 6/65 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Cycles where the power output of the electric motor is transmitted to the rear wheel axle shaft through a power transmission arrangement at the wheel axle shaft. The motor driving shaft is coaxial with the driven wheel axle shaft.

B62M 6/70 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Cycles where the power output of the electric motor is transmitted to the flexible member which connects the rear wheel axle shaft to the pedal shaft. The flexible member might be a chain, belt or the like and can be driven either by the motor or by the pedal-driven chain wheel or pulley. In general the power transmission arrangement includes also reduction gears.

B62M 6/75 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Cycle where the power output of the electric motor might be transmitted to the ground or road wheel through a power transmission arrangement which includes friction or pressure rollers or the like. The rollers might be set in contact with the periphery or the side of the ground wheel.

References

Informative references:

Transmission characterized by the use of friction roller or gears engaging the ground wheel having only human propulsion

B62M 13/00

B62M 6/80 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Auxiliary equipment or accessories, e.g. batteries or fuel cells feeding the electric motor. Devices having special features to be considered specially adapted for the application on a power assisted cycle, e.g. cooling system specially adapted for the auxiliary electric motor. Furthermore this sub-group also deals with the location and the arrangement of the accessories on the cycle.

B62M 6/85 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Solar cells on cycles providing a power source to batteries or electric propulsion motors. Arrangement of solar cells on the cycle.

B62M 6/90 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Batteries on cycles providing a power source for electric propulsion motors. Arrangement of these batteries on the cycle.

References

Informative references:

Electric or power supply devices relating to the cycle power supply for lightening

B62J 6/06

B62M 9/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices for lateral shifting of cycle chains not specific for the rear or front cluster sprockets;

Accessories for cycle derailleurs not specific for the rear or front clusters.

B62M 9/121 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices for shifting the chain laterally on the cycle cluster sprockets situated at the rear wheel of a cycle or similar vehicle.

B62M 9/122 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Electric or fluid assisted rear derailleurs and control methods therefor for shifting chains by rear derailleurs. Contrary to the directly manual actuated derailleur, these shifting devices are assisted by a small electric or fluid operated servos connected to the derailleur mechanism.

References

Informative references:

Actuators for gearing speed-change mechanisms specially adapted for cycles with electrical or fluid transmitting systems

B62M 25/08

B62M 9/123 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Rear derailleurs having the chain moved laterally without rider intervention. The chain guide movement is controlled automatically in accordance with pre-set parameters, e.g. the crank speed or the pressure on the pedals.

B62M 9/124 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Rear derailleurs comprising all or most of the following features: a fixed member connected to the bicycle frame, a base member, a linkage mechanism, a movable member and chain guides, cable receiving and connecting portions, springs or the like devices. The linkage mechanism insures proper lateral shift movement of the chain over the different rear sprockets by acting on the chain guide. The mechanism can comprise articulated linkages, plates, cams or telescopic shafts.

B62M 9/1242 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Details of the linkage mechanism, e.g. articulated parallelograms or quadrilateral systems, connecting the base member to the chain guide in order to move the chain guide laterally relative to the base member. In general the linkage mechanism also comprises a cable fixing portion.

B62M 9/1244 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Means, e.g. stops, projections, detents or the like, for improving positioning of the mechanism or for limiting the movement of the mechanism to avoid shocks against the bicycle frame.

B62M 9/1246 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Means using cams or plates for limiting or positioning the shifting mechanism.

B62M 9/1248 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The arrangement, the location and the functioning of the biasing means in relation with the shifting mechanism. Given that all the shifting mechanism in general discloses biasing or spring means, this sub-group is meant to be used for those shifting mechanism in which a particular emphasis is placed on the arrangement of the biasing means of the shifting mechanism, the particular form of these biasing means or on special effects expected by these means.

B62M 9/125 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Mounting or arrangement of the rear derailleur onto the bicycle frame.

References

Informative references:

Frame part to receive other cycle parts or accessories

B62K 19/30

B62M 9/126 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Chain guide components and characteristic features thereof; mounting of the chain guide on the movable member. The chain guide in general comprises a pair of cage plates and two chain pulleys rotationally supported between the cage plates. The movable member connects the chain guide to the linkage mechanism.

References

Informative references:

Tensioning or adjusting equipment for chains, belts or the like

B62M 9/16

B62M 9/127 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Means specially adapted for use on a rear derailleur for receiving, guiding or mounting cables in order to facilitate the smooth operation of the derailleur and the cable. These means could be for example cable pulleys, sleeves, special grooves or projections.

References

Informative references:

Actuators for gearing speed change mechanism specially adapted for bicycles with mechanical transmitting systems e.g. levers, cables

B62M 25/02

Means for transmitting linear movement in a flexible sheathing, e.g. "Bowden-mechanisms"

F16C 1/10

B62M 9/128 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices which are not forming actual part of the derailleur but are for use with the derailleur for a particular purpose, e.g. the protection of the rear derailleur.

B62M 9/131 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices for shifting the chain laterally on the cycle cluster sprockets situated close to the pedal crank of a cycle or similar vehicle.

B62M 9/132 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Electric or fluid assisted front derailleurs and control methods therefor for shifting chains by front derailleurs. Contrary to the directly manual actuated derailleur, these shifting devices are assisted by a small electric or fluid operated servos connected to the derailleur mechanism.

References

Informative references:

Actuators for gearing speed-change mechanisms specially adapted for cycles with electrical or fluid transmitting systems

B62M 25/08

B62M 9/133 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Front derailleurs having the chain moved laterally without rider intervention. The chain guide movement is controlled automatically in accordance with pre-set parameters, e.g. the crank speed or the pressure on the pedals.

B62M 9/134 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Front derailleurs comprising all or most of the following features: a fixed member connected to the bicycle frame, a base member, a linkage mechanism, a movable member and chain guides, cable receiving and connecting portions, springs or the like devices. The linkage mechanism insures proper lateral shift movement of the chain over the different front sprockets by acting on the chain guide. The mechanism can comprise articulated linkages, plates, cams or telescopic shafts.

B62M 9/1342 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Details of the linkage mechanism, e.g. articulated parallelograms or quadrilateral systems, connecting the base member to the chain guide in order to move the chain guide laterally relative to the base member. In general the linkage mechanism also comprises a cable fixing portion.

B62M 9/1344 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Means, e.g. stops, projections, detents or the like, for improving positioning of the mechanism or for limiting the movement of the mechanism to avoid shocks against the bicycle frame.

B62M 9/1346 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Means using cams or plates for limiting or positioning the shifting mechanism.

B62M 9/1348 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The arrangement, the location and the functioning of the biasing means in relation with the shifting mechanism. Given that all the shifting mechanism in general discloses biasing or spring means, this sub-group is meant to be used for those shifting mechanism in which a particular emphasis is placed on the arrangement of the biasing means of the shifting mechanism, the particular form of these biasing means or on special effects expected by these means.

B62M 9/135 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Mounting or arrangement of the rear derailleur onto the bicycle frame.

References

Informative references:

Frame part to receive other cycle parts or accessories

B62K 19/30

B62M 9/136 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Chain guide components and characteristic features thereof; mounting of the chain guide on the movable member. The chain guide comprises, in general, a pair of cage plates and two chain pulleys rotationally supported between the cage plates. The movable member connects the chain guide to the linkage mechanism.

References

Informative references:

Tensioning or adjusting equipment for chains, belts or the like

B62M 9/16

B62M 9/137 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Means specially adapted for use on a front derailleur for receiving, guiding or mounting cables in order to facilitate the smooth operation of the derailleur and the cable. These means could be for example cable pulleys, sleeves, special grooves or projections.

References

Informative references:

Actuators for gearing speed change mechanism specially adapted for bicycles with mechanical transmitting systems e.g. levers, cables

B62M 25/02

Means for transmitting linear movement in a flexible sheathing, e.g. "Bowden-mechanisms"

F16C 1/10

B62M 9/138 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices which are not forming actual part of the derailleur but are for use with the derailleur for a particular purpose, e.g. the protection of the front derailleur.

B63B - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Details of hulls, hydrofoils and keels

Hydrodynamic or hydrostatic features of hulls or of hydrofoils

Constructions of hulls

Hulls characterised by their construction of non-metallic material

Collapsible, foldable, inflatable, or like vessels

Interior subdivision of hulls

Hull protection peculiar to vessels, e.g. Fenders

Drop keels, e.g. centre boards, side boards

Other structural parts of ships or other waterborne vessels

Superstructures

Arrangements or adaptations of masts

Arrangements or adaptations of ports, doors, windows, portholes, or other openings or covers

Vessels parts, details, or accessories, not otherwise provided for

Docking, moving and anchoring equipment

Tying-up

Shifting, towing, or pushing equipment

Anchoring

Equipment for navigation, position-marking, signalling or lighting

Arrangement or adaptation of signalling or lighting devices

Arrangements of nautical instruments or navigational aids

Marking of navigational route other than with buoys

Buoys

Equipment for controlling and indicating vessel attitude

Equipment to decrease pitch, roll, or like unwanted vessel movements

Apparatus for indicating vessel attitude

Onboard safety features

Improving safety of vessels, e.g. damage control, not otherwise provided for

Equipment for handling lifeboats or the like

Cleaning of ships or other waterborne vessels

Tank cleaning specially adapted for vessels

Cleaning devices peculiar to vessels

Means for controlling ballast or for removing unwanted onboard water

Conduits for emptying or ballasting

Self-bailing equipment

Scuppers

Loading equipment or accommodation for cargo or passengers

Load-accommodating arrangements, e.g. stowing, trimming; Vessels characterised thereby

Arrangement of ship-based loading or unloading equipment for cargo or passengers

Accommodation for crew or passengers not otherwise provided for

Other

Vessels or like floating structures adapted for special purposes

Vessels or like floating structures not otherwise provided for

Methods of designing, building, maintaining, converting, refitting, repairing, or determining properties of, vessels, not otherwise provided for

Equipment for shipping not otherwise provided for, wherein shipping is interpreted in its broadest sense within the marine context

Relationship between large subject matter areas

B63B is the general home for ships or other waterborne vessels, and covers in particular their hydrostatic, hydrodynamic, structural and design features. It is also the place for equipment adapted for use on ships, and onboard arrangements thereof. Further it provides a residual place for equipment for shipping, wherein 'shipping' is interpreted in its broadest sense.

Whilst methods of designing, building, maintaining, converting, repairing of vessels are classified in B63B, subclass B63C covers the storing and handling of ships or other waterborne vessels to and from a non-floating position, e.g. launching, hauling-out, dry-docking, as well as equipment usable both on slipways and dry docks. B63C also covers salvaging of disabled, stranded or sunken vessels.

B63B covers onboard safety equipment and handling of lifeboats, yet devices for life-saving in water are classified in B63C.

Whilst vessels or floating structures for aircraft are classified in B63B, military aircraft carriers and other vessels characterised by their offensive or defensive capabilities, such as submarines, are classified in B63G.

Whilst B63B provides for the hydrodynamic and hydrostatic features of ships and other waterborne vessels (e.g. hulls, hydrofoils, keels), details of marine propulsion and steering (e.g. propellers or paddle wheels and their arrangement on vessels, sails, jets propulsion, oars, rudders) are classified in B63H.

B63B 29/00 provides for crew or passenger accommodation, yet B63J covers all other auxiliary equipment designed to render vessels habitable or operative (e.g. fresh water production, ventilation, heating and cooling arrangements).

References

Limiting references:

Launching, hauling-out, or dry-docking of vessels; Life-saving in water; Equipment for dwelling or working under water; Means for salvaging or searching for underwater objects

B63C

Offensive or defensive arrangements on vessels; Mine-laying; Mine-sweeping; Submarines; Aircraft carriers

B63G

Marine propulsion or steering

B63H

Arrangements on vessels of installations for producing fresh water; Arrangements on vessels of ventilation, heating, cooling, or air-conditioning; Driving of vessel auxiliaries; Arrangements on vessels of installations for treating waste-water or sewage;

B63J

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Fire-fighting vessels

A62C 29/00

Convertible vehicles, i.e. vehicles capable of travelling in or on different media, e.g. amphibious vehicles;

B60F

Water flotation gear for lighter-than-air aircraft

B64B 1/68

Aircraft alighting gear comprising floats

B64C 25/54

Flying-boat hulls

B64C 35/02

Emergency flotation gear for aircraft

B64D 25/18

Floating bridges

E01D 15/14

Floating substructures as supports of dredgers or soil-shifting machines

E02F 9/06

Informative references:

Fishing

A01K 69/00-A01K 97/00

Air-cushion vehicles

B60V

Large containers for use in or under water

B65D 88/78

Transport or storage devices, conveyors, cableways, per se; Shore-based equipment for loading and unloading ships

B65G

Cranes; Load-engaging elements or devices for cranes, capstans, winches or tackles

B66C

Capstans; Winches; Tackles, e.g. pulley blocks; Hoists

B66D

Hoisting, lifting, hauling, in general

B66F

Ropes or cables in general

D07B

Equipment for shipping on coasts, in harbours or on other fixed marine structures, e.g. for landing purposes

E02B 3/20

Artificial islands mounted on piles or like supports; Construction methods therefor

E02B 17/00

Ship-lifting devices, e.g. locks

E02C

Ropes, predominantly used for driving purposes; Chains

F16G

Pipes or hoses; Joints or fittings therefor; Supports for pipes, cables or protective tubing; Thermal insulation in general

F16L

Functional features or details of lighting devices or systems thereof, in general

F21V

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Attitude

The position of a vessel in relation to the horizontal plane.

Bilge

Part of the hull and corresponding compartment of a ship where the hull sides curve inward to meet at the keel.

Bilge keel

Longitudinally extending profile protruding from the outer surface of the bilge, for resisting rolling motion.

Bulkhead

An upright wall within the hull of a ship, separating hull compartments.

Davit

A crane on the side or stern of a ship for raising and lowering loads, often arranged in pairs for lowering lifeboats.

Fender

A buffer to protect a vessel's hull from chafing or collision with a wharf or with other vessels.

Keel

A longitudinal beam around which the hull is built; a subsurface fin protruding from the hull to afford directional control and stability

Lashing

Fastening a movable body with a cord or the like.

Mooring

Securing a boat or vessel in a particular place, e.g. by tying-up or anchoring.

Port

A door, gate or closable opening.

Shipping

Ships collectively. Navigation. The act of putting persons or things onboard ship or transporting them by ship.

Stability

The ability of a floating vessel to remain upright or return to an upright position when disturbed.

Trimming

Adjustment or division of ballast and/or cargo to alter a vessel's draft or trim. The distribution of buoyancy and load.

Winch

A hoisting or hauling device comprising a driven rotating drum around which a rope passes

Synonyms and Keywords

AOV

Automously Operated Vehicle

FPSO

Floating Production Storage and Offloading (unit, vessel)

GPS

Global Positioning System

LASH

Lighter Aboard SHip (carrier)

RADAR

RAdio Detection And Ranging

ROV

Remotely Operated Vehicle

SONAR

SOund Navigation And Ranging

In patent documents the following expressions/words

"berth" and "mooring place"

"canoe", "Canadian or Indian canoe", and "Canadian"

"centreboard" and "daggerboard"

"side board" and "lee-board"

"sailboard", "windsurfing board" and "windsurfer"

are often used as synonyms.

In patent documents the expressions/words "docking" and "mooring" are often used instead of "tying-up" which is used in the classification scheme of this subclass.

In patent documents the expression/word "stem" is often used with the meaning "stern".

In patent documents the expression/word "fouling" is often used with the meaning "to cause something, e.g. an anchor, a cable or a propeller, to become entangled".

B63B 1/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Determining hydrodynamic or hydrostatic features

B63B 9/00

Informative references:

Decreasing pitch, roll, or like unwanted vessel movements by using foils acting on ambient water

B63B 39/06

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Hydrofoil

A wing-like structure positioned below a hull which creates hydrodynamic lift when a vessel is moved through the water at speed. The term is also used to describe vessels which use hydrofoil features to lift the hull out of the water at speed, thereby reducing drag.

Planing surface

Part of the hull of a light water craft of the hydroplane type which generates hydrodynamic lift when skimming over the water surface at high speed.

B63B 1/18 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Controlling submarine attitude or depth by hydroplanes

B63G 8/18

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Hydroplane

A light water craft which skims over the water surface at high speeds.

B63B 3/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Designing, building, maintaining, or repairing methods

B63B 9/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Frame

A beam-like steel structure secured to the shell of a hull to increase its strength and rigidity. A vertical transverse constructional section through a ship’s hull.

B63B 3/32 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Web beam

A strengthened beam built from plate-like webs and stiffening flanges.

Web frame

A strengthened frame built from plate-like high webs and stiffening flanges.

B63B 3/40 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Stern frame

A strong structural assembly forming the stern construction, often comprising a rudder shoe and a stern boss.

Stern post

A strong structural hull member extending upward from the keel at the stern, often comprising a rudder shoe and a stern boss.

B63B 3/42 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Shaft bracket

A bracket for supporting a propeller shaft extending external to the hull, e.g. on twin propeller vessels.

B63B 3/46 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Stem

A structural member extending upward from the keel at the bow of a ship’s hull.

B63B 3/50 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Vaulted deck

A deck of arched or rounded shape.

B63B 3/54 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Hatch coaming

A raised lip around a hatch opening to prevent unwanted ingress of surface water when the hatch is open.

B63B 3/64 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Keelson

A longitudinal structural member secured to the keel and arranged parallel to the keel and above the transverse members such as timbers, frames or floors to increase longitudinal strength and rigidity, and to bind the keel to the transverse members.

B63B 3/66 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Grating

A framework of wooden or metal bars.

B63B 3/68 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Lining

An internal protective wall covering, e.g. for heat or acoustic insulation.

Panelling

A wall facing, wall lining, wainscot.

B63B 5/04 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Carcass

The structural skeleton of a ship, including ribs, keel, stem, and stern-post, after the planks are stripped off.

B63B 5/16 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Monolithic concrete

Concrete, hardened into a solid unbroken mass

B63B 7/08 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Connection of valves to inflatable elastic bodies

B60C 29/00

B63B 9/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Hydrodynamic testing; Arrangements in or on ship-testing tanks

G01M 10/00

B63B 9/08 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Balance

Equilibrium.

B63B 11/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Cleaning of tanks

B63B 57/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Bunker

A compartment for solid or fluid fuel.

B63B 13/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Draining means for hatches

B63B 19/26

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Bailing

Pumping or scooping out water that has entered the interior of a vessel or water craft.

Scupper

A deck-level hole in a ship’s side to allow water to drain overboard.

B63B 15/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Loading or unloading equipment

B63B 27/00

Sails, running rigging

B63H 9/00

Masts or staying in general

E04H

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Superstructure

Those parts of a ship, other than masts and rigging, which protrude above the main deck.

B63B 15/02 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Stay

An inclined rope or cable forming part of the standing rigging, used for imparting lateral stability to a mast or other superstructures.

B63B 17/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Centrifugal bilge-water separators

B04B

B63B 17/02 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Awning

A roof-like removable or fixed covering, e. g. of canvas, used as a shelter from sun or rain, in particular above a deck of a vessel.

B63B 17/04 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Stanchion

An upright support, often for the ship’s guard rail or bulwark.

B63B 17/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Removal of domestic or like refuse

B65F

B63B 19/00 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Porthole

A typically circular window in the side of a boat or ship.

B63B 19/02 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Clear-view screen

A glass disk mounted in a window, usually on the bridge of a ship, that rotates at high speed to disperse rain, spray, and snow, typically driven at the centre of the screen.

B63B 19/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Ventilation

B63J 2/02

B63B 19/12 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Hatchway

A square or oblong opening in the deck of a ship through which cargo can be lowered into the hold.

B63B 19/22 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Hatch beam

A beam placed across a hatch opening to support hatch covers.

B63B 19/24 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Cleat

A device to which ropes may be fastened, featuring two horns extending parallel to the surface on which it is mounted.

B63B 21/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Buoys for mooring vessels

B63B 22/02

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Fluke

A flat blade upon an anchor, designed to penetrate and grip the seabed.

Hawser

Anchor or mooringline, rope or cable; towing rope, towline.

Shifting

Moving a vessel from one place to another, e.g. from one berth to another, or using an anchor and warp to pull a vessel into position.

Tying-up

Securing a vessel with ropes.

B63B 21/06 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Bollard

A post on a ship to which ropes may be secured.

B63B 21/08 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Clamping and wedging devices in general; Hooks

F16B

B63B 21/10 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Fairlead

A ring or aperture on a boat to guide ropes and the like, in order to prevent entanglement or rubbing on other structures.

B63B 21/12 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Rat guard

Device to prevent rats from boarding a vessel moored at a dock, e.g. a disk of sheet metal fitted around a hawser.

B63B 21/14 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Hawse-hole

An opening in the hull of a vessel through which an anchor cable or anchor chain passes.

Hawse-pipe

A pipe beneath the hawse-hole through which the anchor cable or anchor chain passes.

B63B 21/48 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Drogue

A funnel-like device deployed in the water behind a vessel to create drag in order to reduce vessel speed or improve stability.

B63B 21/50 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Anchoring arrangements for buoys

B63B 22/04

B63B 21/54 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Boat-hook

A pole-handled hook used for fending off or pulling a boat.

B63B 21/58 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Hooks in general

F16B 45/00

B63B 21/62 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Rigid interconnections between pontoons

B63B 35/38

B63B 21/64 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Propulsion of vessels by use of driving mechanisms co-operating with anchored chains or the like

B63H 15/00

Propulsion of vessels by direct engagement with water-bed or ground

B63H 19/08

B63B 21/66 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Salvaging underwater vessels or objects

B63C 7/00

Towed underwater vessels

B63G 8/42

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Fairing

An outer structure designed to reduce drag. A cable fairing improves the cable’s passage through the water by acting as a streamlined sleeve.

B63B 22/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Arrangements for cargo transfer at sea using pipe-lines

B63B 27/34

B63B 22/16 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Signalling or lighting devices

B63B 45/00

Marking of navigational route other than with buoys

B63B 51/00

B63B 22/22 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Connection of valves to inflatable elastic bodies

B60C 29/00

B63B 22/26 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Arrangements between ships and off-shore structures for loading or unloading, using pipe-lines

B63B 27/34

B63B 23/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Life-saving in water

B63C 9/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Lifeboat

An open or covered boat, motorized or propelled by wind or muscle power, e.g. by oars, for rescue of crew and passengers at sea.

Lifeboat-like craft

A small auxiliary boat, e.g. dinghy, zodiac or jolly-boat, carried on a larger vessels, e.g. for providing access to the shore or for transfer to other vessels.

Tackle

A combination of pulley-blocks and a rope for facilitating hoisting or lowering of heavy bodies.

B63B 23/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Devices for recovering craft from water

B66C 13/02

B63B 23/24 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Slewing

Turning (a thing) round upon its own axis, or without shifting it from its place.

B63B 23/36 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Skid fender

A removable fender strip which facilitates launching of lifeboats over a ship’s side whilst offering protection from damage by striking against the side of the ship.

B63B 23/66 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Bilge or keelblocks for use on slipways and in dry docks

B63C 5/04

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Block

A support for facilitating storage of boats, typically matching the boat’s hull shape.

Chock

A pad, packing or bedding typically from wood or an elastomeric material, used for distributing localised loads acting on a boat’s or ship’s hull, e.g. from struts or shores ; a wooden support upon which a boat rests when stowed on a vessel, e.g. on the vessel’s deck

B63B 25/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Constructive aspects of cargo-spaces

B63B 11/00

Hatches, hatchways

B63B 19/12

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Stowing

The placing and securing of cargo on board of a vessel, e.g. in the hold; The storing of provisions between decks.

B63B 25/16 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Insulating panellings

B63B 3/68

Arrangements for heating or cooling on vessels

B63J 2/12

B63B 25/24 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Dunnage

Material or packaging deployed around cargo to secure it during transportation.

B63B 27/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Shore-based equipment for loading or unloading ships

B65G 67/60

Elevators, escalators or moving walkways per se

B66B

Dispensing, delivering, or transferring liquids, not otherwise provided for

B67D

Pipes or hoses per se

F16L

Pipe-lines per se

F17D

B63B 27/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Derricks per se

B66C 23/60

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Derrick

A crane for hoisting heavy loads, comprising a movable boom and furnished with suitable tackle for loading and unloading cargo.

B63B 27/12 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Gantry crane

A bridge crane travelling on rails and supported on a frame or platform.

B63B 27/14 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Inboard ladders

B63B 29/20

Loading ramps per se

B65G 69/28

Ladders per se

E06C

B63B 27/18 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Breeches-buoy

A rescue device used to evacuate personnel from wrecked vessels, typically comprising a circular buoyant ring with an integral sit harness. The buoy is suspended on a zip-wire and designed to be hauled to the safety of shore or an adjacent vessel.

B63B 27/22 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Arrangement of devices with throwing action

B63B 27/26

Arrangement of chutes

B63B 27/28

B63B 27/25 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Conveying materials in bulk through troughs, pipes, or tubes by floating the materials, or by flow of gas, liquid, or foam

B65G 53/00

B63B 27/26 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Mechanical throwing machines for articles or solid materials per se

B65G 31/00

B63B 27/28 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Chutes per se

B65G 11/00

B63B 27/36 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Devices for facilitating retrieval of floating objects per se

B66C 13/02

B63B 29/08 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Fiddle

A guardrail used on a table during rough weather to prevent things from slipping off.

B63B 29/10 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Berth

A bed, bunk or sleeping-place in a ship, usually narrow and fixed to a wall.

B63B 29/16 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Soil-water

Used waste-water, e.g. used for washing, bathing, cleaning, flushing. Sewage from water closets.

B63B 29/22 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Galley

The cooking-room or kitchen on a ship.

B63B 35/00 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Pontoon

A stationary floating structure, typically used for support purposes, e.g. landing stages.

B63B 35/14 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Fishing

A01K 69/00-A01K 97/00

B63B 35/16 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Trawler

A fishing boat that uses a trawl net or dragnet.

B63B 35/18 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Dragging

Drawing or pulling with force something which is heavy and resists motion; hauling.

B63B 35/28 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Barge

A flat-bottomed boat, built mainly for river and canal transport of heavy goods, often not self-propelled but towed or pushed by towboats.

Lighter

A flat-bottomed barge, typically unpowered, used for transferring goods and passengers to and from moored ships.

B63B 35/32 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Pollution

Harmful substances left in the environment.

B63B 35/38 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Draft

The vertical distance between the waterline and the bottom of the hull. A large draft increases stability in high winds, whilst a small draft allows a vessel to navigate through shallower waters.

B63B 35/44 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Buildings adapted to withstand floods

E04H 9/14

B63B 35/54 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Propulsion of chain ferries

B63H

Propulsion of ferries by water current

B63H 19/04

B63B 35/56 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Use of lighting devices or systems for signalling on lightships

F21W 111/043

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Lightship

A ship equipped like a lighthouse and anchored where a permanent lighthouse would be impracticable

B63B 35/58 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Collapsible, foldable, inflatable, or like vessels

B63B 7/00

B63B 35/66 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Towing or pushing equipment

B63B 21/56

B63B 35/71 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Collapsible, foldable, inflatable or like vessels

B63B 7/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Canoe

A small boat propelled by a single-bladed paddle. Variants include open-topped (Canadian) canoes in which the paddler is seated and decked canoes in which the paddler kneels.

Kayak

A small boat with a covered deck and propelled by a double-bladed paddle. The kayak has one or more cockpits to accommodate paddlers in a seated position.

B63B 35/79 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Sailboard

A wind-propelled surfboard.

Surf-board

A recreational board-like planing hull for supporting a user. These may gravity- propelled for riding on the slope or crest of a wave, or wind-propelled when equipped with a sail.

B63B 35/81 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Water sledge

A small sledge-like buoyant device with planing hull and propelled by towing; a small buoyant device for partly supporting a user, when riding down white-water.

B63B 35/83 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Bog shoes

Buoyant devices attachable to one’s feet to assist with walking upon boggy or swampy terrain or morass.

Water shoes

Buoyant devices attachable to one’s feet to assist with walking upon water.

B63B 38/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Vessels characterised by load- accommodating arrangements

B63B 25/00

Fire- extinguishing vessels

A62C 29/00

Mine-laying and mine-sweeping vessels, submarines, aircraft carriers, vessels characterised by their offensive or defensive arrangements

B63G

B63B 39/00 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Pitch

The rotary motion of a vessel about its transverse axis.

Roll

The rotary movement of a vessel about its longitudinal axis.

B63B 39/04 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Gyroscope

A rapidly rotating mass used for decreasing vessel movements, in particular roll.

B63B 41/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Keels integral with hull

B63B 3/38

Stabilising foils

B63B 39/06

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Centreboard

A retractable keel arranged centrally on sailboats to prevent leeward drift.

Drop keel

A retractable keel that can be moved between deployed and retracted positions, to allow sailing in shallow waters.

Side board

A retractable keel at the side of a sailing boat or sailing vessel, that can be moved between deployed and retracted positions, to allow sailing in shallow waters.

B63B 43/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Fire-fighting in ships

A62C 3/10

B63B 43/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Conduits for emptying or ballasting

B63B 13/00

B63B 43/12 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Inboard

Within the sides of a ship or vessel, or inside the hull of a ship or vessel.

B63B 43/16 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Collision mat

A large square of canvas, treated with a sealing agent and attached to lines at each corner, hauled over a damaged part of the hull to limit the inflow of water.

B63B 45/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Arrangement of signalling or lighting devices, the mounting or supporting thereof or circuits therefor, for vehicles in general

B60Q

Vehicle lighting devices

F21S 8/10

Functional features or details of lighting devices or systems thereof; Structural combinations of lighting devices with other articles, not otherwise provided for

F21V

Use of lighting devices in water vehicles

F21W 101/04

Use of lighting devices or systems for signalling on waterways

F21W 111/04

B63B 45/08 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Fog horns

G10K 9/00

B63B 49/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Nautical measuring instruments

G01C

Radio navigation, analogous arrangements using other waves

G01S

Sonar systems for mapping or imaging

G01S 15/89

Vessel-based electric or magnetic prospecting or detecting

G01V 3/15

B63B 51/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Buoys specially adapted for marking a navigational route

B63B 22/16

B63B 51/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Use of lighting devices or systems for signalling on lighthouses or lightships

F21W 111/043

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Lighthouse

A fixed structure in the form of a tower equipped with a strong light visible to mariners for warning them of obstructions, for marking harbour entrances, etc.

Lightship

A ship equipped like a lighthouse and anchored where a permanent lighthouse would be impracticable

B63B 51/04 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Flare

A device that produces a bright light for signaling, illumination, or identification.

B63B 57/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Tank cleaning in general

B08B 9/08

B63B 59/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Cleaning in general

B08B

Cleaning of vehicles in general, e.g. windscreen wipers

B60S

Inhibiting corrosion of metals by anodic or cathodic protection

C23F 13/00

B63B 59/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Fenders on coasts, in harbours or on other fixed marine structures

E02B 3/26

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Rubbing strake

A protective strip running along the length of the upper hull to prevent damage when coming alongside other structures or vessels.

B63B 59/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Anti-fouling paints

C09D 5/16

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Fouling

The growth of marine organisms such as barnacles in the underwater portion of a ship’s hull.

B63B 59/10 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Trolley

A carriage running on wheels, self-propelled or towed by ropes.

B65B - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Machines, apparatus, or methods of general application for packaging individual articles, groups of articles or quantities of material in solid, pulverulent, liquid, semi liquid or mixed solid and liquid form including mainly the following operations:

filling portable containers or receptacles with articles or materials to form packages;

inserting articles or groups of articles into containers or receptacles;

closing filled containers or receptacles otherwise than by metal-, glass-, or wood-working operations;

enclosing, or partially enclosing, articles or quantities of material, in sheets, strips, blanks, webs, or tubes of thin flexible material, e.g. wrapping;

applying removable coatings, e. g. strippable coatings;

bundling articles, e.g. holding articles together in groups by applying string or wire;

attaching articles to cards, sheets, or webs.

Machines, apparatus, or methods adapted for packaging articles or materials presenting special problems or for special packaging operations e. g. packaging of specially shaped articles, of fragile, sensitive, tacky objects or of all sorts of foodstuffs.

Machines, apparatus, or methods adapted for packaging of articles or materials in packages that can have an additional function e. g. packaging of tea in tea-bags or of food intended to be cooked in the package.

Machines, apparatus, or methods adapted for packaging of articles or materials under special atmospheric or gaseous conditions.

Filling aerosol containers with propellants.

Packaging articles by applying removable e.g. strippable coatings.

Details of, auxiliary devices applied to, or auxiliary measures taken in, machines, apparatus, or methods

- relating to the articles or materials to be packed:

supplying, feeding, arranging, or orientating articles to be packed;

supplying or feeding fluent-solid, plastic, or liquid material, or loose masses of small articles to be packaged;

nozzles, funnels, or guides for introducing articles or materials into containers or wrappers;

miscellaneous auxiliary devices operating on articles or materials to be packaged and not otherwise provided for;

- relating to the containers, packages or receptacles in association with packaging:

forming, feeding, opening, or setting-up containers or receptacles;

supplying or feeding container-forming sheets or wrapping material;

apparatus or devices for supporting or holding wrappers during wrapping operation;

apparatus or devices for forming pockets or receptacles in or from sheets, blanks, or webs;

devices for folding or bending wrappers around contents;

devices for, or methods of, sealing or securing package folds or closures, e.g. twisted bag necks;

shrinking wrappers, containers, container covers or container cover securing members during or after packaging;

miscellaneous auxiliary devices for operating on sheets, blanks, webs, binding material, containers or packages, and not otherwise provided for;

- relating to the machines, apparatus, or methods themselves:

automatic control, checking, warning, or safety devices of packaging machines;

arrangements to give access for cleaning or maintenance purposes;

arrangements to enable machines to handle articles of different sizes, to produce packages of different sizes, to vary the contents of packages;

details peculiar to packaging machines and not otherwise provided for, e. g. special gearing, anti- sticking material, devices for counting and registering;

preserving, protecting, or purifying packages or package contents in association with packaging.

Apparatus or devices facilitating manual packaging operations.

Sack holders.

Unpacking of articles or materials.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Operations like filling, inserting, enclosing or bundling of articles or attaching articles to webs or cards that are employed in the manufacture of the articles and not part of a packaging process, are covered by the appropriate subclasses, e.g. making confectionery products by casting in moulds formed by wrappers A23G, filling ammunition, e.g. cartridges, F42B 33/02.

Relationship with subclass B65D:

B65B does not cover methods of packaging, which are wholly characterised by the form of the package produced, or the form of the container or packaging-element used, which are covered by B65D.

Relationship with subclass B65G:

B65G covers storage or transport devices (e.g. conveyers) in general whereby B65B covers those devices if they are restricted to packaging.

Relationship with subclass B67C:

The group B67C 3/00 covers primarily the filling or bottling of bottles, cans, jars, barrels or casks with beverages or other (similar) liquids or semi-liquids, on a relatively large production scale, for example as is done in the beverage, soft drink or wine industry or in breweries.

The filling of containers with liquids or semi-liquids using apparatus other than bottling or like apparatus is covered by the group B65B 3/00.

References

Limiting references:

Bundling and pressing devices for cigars

A24C 1/44

Devices for tensioning and securing binders adapted to be supported by the article or articles to be bound

B25B 25/00

Applying closure members to bottles, jars or similar containers;

B67B 1/00, B67B 3/00, B67B 5/00, B67B 6/00

Concurrent cleaning, filling, and closing of bottles

B67C 7/00

Emptying bottles, jars, cans, casks, barrels, or similar containers

B67C 9/00

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Machines for forming slabs of butter with packaging devices

A01J 21/02

Sausage filling or stuffing machines

A22C 11/02

Paper-bag holders as shop or office accessories

A47F 13/08

Packaging surgical instruments

A61B 50/30

Filling and assembling of medical capsules

A61J 3/07

Filling of syringes in situ

A61M 5/00

Attaching spouts to cans tins or bottles

B21D 51/42

Filling wrapping material to produce cushioning pads or dunnage products

B31D 5/00

Inserting documents in envelopes and closing the latter

B43M 3/00, B43M 5/00

Filling fuel tanks

B67D 7/00

Packaging of matches

C06F 1/12

Cutting machines specially adapted for sugar in combination with sorting and packing machines

C13B 45/02

Packaging of ammunition or explosive charges

F42B 39/00

Filling of grease guns

F16N 37/02

Places in relation to which this subclass is residual:

Bailing of fibrous material not otherwise provided for

B65B 27/00

Informative references:

Preservation of foodstuffs in general

A23B; A23L

Manufacture and preparation of tobacco

A24B

Apparatus for applying liquids or other fluent materials to surfaces in general

B05C

Cleaning machinery and conduits

B08B

Hand-held nailing or stapling tools; manually-operated portable stapling tools

B25C

Cutting or severing in general

B26D; B26F

Nailing or stapling machines

B27F

Sealing thermoplastics in general by joining

B29C 65/00

Presses in general

B30B

Making bags and boxes in general

B31B

Printing in general

B41F; B41J

Labelling

B65C

Transport or storage devices, e. g. conveyers for loading or tipping

B65G

Handling thin or filamentary material, e. g. sheets, webs, cables

B65H

Hand- or power-operated devices for opening closed containers

B67B 7/00

Filling bottles or other containers with liquids or semi-liquids by bottling machines

B67C 3/00

Funnels for bottling liquids

B67C 11/00

Weighing in general

G01G

Volumetric measurement in general

G01F

Special rules of classification

NONE.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Container/Receptacle

A structure comprising a barrier for confining its content

Package

The end product of a packaging operation, e.g. a filled and closed container or receptacle, an article enclosed in a wrapper, a group of articles held together by string or wire, a crate of bottles

Materials

Matter or masses of articles, which are to be packaged, as distinct from separate or individual articles.

B65B 1/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Under special atmospheric or gaseous conditions

B65B 31/00

B65B 1/28 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Cleaning of, or removing dust from, containers, wrappers, or packages

B65B 55/24

B65B 1/32 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Weighing in general

G01G

B65B 1/36 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Volumetric measurement in general

G01F

B65B 1/46 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Check-weighing in general

G01G

B65B 3/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Filling bottles or other containers with liquids or semi-liquids by bottling machines

B67C

Filling of gas bottles at high pressure for storing gases

F17C 5/00, F17C 6/00

Informative references:

Packaging under special atmospheric or gaseous conditions, adding propellants to aerosol containers

B65B 31/00

B65B 3/28 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

By weighing in general

G01G

B65B 3/30 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

By volumetric measurement in general

G01F

B65B 5/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

From flat, folded, or tubular webs of flexible sheet material

B65B 9/00

B65B 7/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Combinations of container-closing apparatus with apparatus for filling containers

B65B 1/00, B65B 3/00, B65B 5/00

Under special atmospheric or gaseous conditions

B65B 31/00

Devices for, or methods of, sealing or securing package folds or closures, e.g. twisted bag necks

B65B 51/00

Shrinking wrappers, containers, container covers or container cover securing members during or after packaging

B65B 53/00

B65B 7/16 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Closing cans by metal-working operations

B21D 51/26

B65B 9/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Machines, apparatus, or methods for enclosing successive articles, or quantities of material, in flat, folded, or tubular webs of flexible sheet material or for subdividing filled flexible tubes to form packages. Quantities of material comprise for example volumes of liquid or other fluent material or masses or numbers of small objects, distinct from separate or individual articles.

References

Limiting references:

Combinations of cutting and packaging machines specially adapted for sugar

C13B 45/02

Packaging of ammunition or explosive charges

F42B 39/00

Informative references:

Machinery characterised by making rectangular envelopes or bags of flat form

B31B 19/00

Inserting documents in prepared envelopes and closing the latter

B43M 3/00, B43M 5/00

Packages comprising articles or materials wholly enclosed in tubes or webs of flexible sheet material

B65D 75/00

Special rules of classification

For subgroups B65B 9/067 and B65B 9/073, B65B 9/087 and B65B 9/093, B65B 9/207 and B65B 9/213 multiple classification is applied. If an invention involves both, continuous and intermittent web motion defined by these pairs of subgroups, it is classified in both of these subgroups.

Synonyms and Keywords

HFFS

Horizontal Form-Fill-Seal

VFFS

Vertical Form-Fill-Seal

B65B 9/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Machines, apparatus, or methods for enclosing successive articles, or quantities of material, between opposed webs.

B65B 9/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Machines, apparatus, or methods for enclosing successive articles, or quantities of material, in a longitudinally-folded web, or in a web folded into a tube about the articles or quantities of material placed upon it.

Longitudinal folding can comprise a plurality of folds, e.g. providing gussets.

Typically, the articles or quantities of material are placed upon a horizontally travelling web and are fed in a direction with a component in the web conveying direction.

The longitudinal sealing edges of the folded web can be located anywhere around the web conveying direction, e.g. laterally or above the articles or quantities of material placed upon a horizontally travelling web.

Special rules of classification

For subgroups B65B 9/067 and B65B 9/073 multiple classification is applied. If an invention involves both, continuous and intermittent web motion, it is classified in both groups B65B 9/067 and B65B 9/073.

Synonyms and Keywords

HFFS

Horizontal Form-Fill-Seal

B65B 9/067 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Machines, apparatus, or methods for enclosing successive articles, or quantities of material, in a longitudinally-folded web, or in a web folded into a tube about the articles or quantities of material placed upon it, whereby the web advances continuously.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

advancing continuously

advancing with a velocity always greater than zero, whereby the velocity can be constant or variable

B65B 9/073 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Machines, apparatus, or methods for enclosing successive articles, or quantities of material, e.g. liquids or semiliquids, in a longitudinally-folded web, or in a web folded into a tube about the articles or quantities of material placed upon it, whereby the web has an intermittent motion.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

intermittent motion

advancing with intermediate periods of standstill, with a stop and go movement where the velocity temporarily is equal to zero

B65B 9/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Machines, apparatus, or methods for enclosing successive articles, or quantities of material, in a web folded and sealed transversely to form pockets which are subsequently filled and then closed by sealing.

Special rules of classification

For subgroups B65B 9/087 and B65B 9/093 multiple classification is applied. If an invention involves both, continuous and intermittent web motion, it is classified in both groups B65B 9/087 and B65B 9/093.

B65B 9/087 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Machines, apparatus, or methods for enclosing successive articles, or quantities of material, e.g. liquids or semiliquids, in a web folded and sealed transversely to form pockets which are subsequently filled and then closed by sealing, whereby the web advances continuously.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

advancing continuously

advancing with a velocity always greater than zero, whereby the velocity can be constant or variable

B65B 9/093 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Machines, apparatus, or methods for enclosing successive articles, or quantities of material, e.g. liquids or semiliquids, in a web folded and sealed transversely to form pockets which are subsequently filled and then closed by sealing, whereby the web has an intermittent motion.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

intermittent motion

advancing with intermediate periods of standstill, with a stop and go movement where the velocity temporarily is equal to zero

B65B 9/10 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Sausage making

A22C 11/00

B65B 9/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Machines, apparatus, or methods for enclosing successive articles, or quantities of material, in webs being formed into tubes in situ around the filling nozzles.

Typically, the tube and the filling nozzle extend along a vertical axis.

Special rules of classification

For subgroups B65B 9/207 and B65B 9/213 multiple classification is applied. If an invention involves both, continuous and intermittent web motion, it is classified in both groups B65B 9/207 and B65B 9/213.

Synonyms and Keywords

VFFS

Vertical Form-Fill-Seal

B65B 9/207 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Machines, apparatus, or methods for enclosing successive articles, or quantities of material, in webs being formed into tubes in situ around the filling nozzles, whereby the web advances continuously.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

advancing continuously

advancing with a velocity always greater than zero, whereby the velocity can be constant or variable

B65B 9/213 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Machines, apparatus, or methods for enclosing successive articles, or quantities of material, in webs being formed into tubes in situ around the filling nozzles, whereby the web has an intermittent motion.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

intermittent motion

advancing with intermediate periods of standstill, with a stop and go movement where the velocity temporarily is equal to zero

B65B 9/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Machines, apparatus, or methods for forming shoulders when enclosing successive articles, or quantities of material in webs being formed into tubes in situ around the filling nozzles.

Tube formers for forming webs into tubes in situ around the filling nozzles, when enclosing successive articles, or quantities of material, therein.

B65B 11/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Devices for folding or bending wrappers around contents

B65B 49/00

Devices for gathering or twisting wrappers

B65B 51/00

B65B 11/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Covering or wrapping cores by winding webs, tapes, or filamentary material

B65H 81/00

B65B 11/56 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

For bottles

B65B 21/26

B65B 13/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Specially adapted for harvesting

A01D 37/00, A01D 39/00, A01D 59/00, A01F 1/00

Bundling particular articles presenting special problems using string, wire, or narrow tape or band

B65B 27/00

B65B 13/02 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Tying devices in baling presses

A01F 15/14, B30B 9/30

Applying reinforcing means to non-metal sleepers

E01B 31/28

B65B 15/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Cards for buttons, collar-studs, or sleeve-links

A44B 7/00

B65B 19/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Final treatment of cigars or cigarettes after manufacture

A24C 1/38, A24C 5/60

B65B 19/28 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Of general application in packaging machines

B65B 57/00

B65B 21/12 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Grippers in general

B25J

B65B 21/18 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Grippers in general

B25J

B65B 21/26 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

To articles in general

B65B 11/56

B65B 23/08 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Testing, sorting, or cleaning eggs

A01K 43/00

Egg grippers for cooking purposes

A47J 29/06

B65B 23/12 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

In connection with baking

A21C 15/00

B65B 25/04 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Bag or sack-filling devices associated with digging harvesters

A01D 33/10

B65B 25/18 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Cutting or slicing machines or devices specially adapted for baked articles other than bread

A21C 15/04

For bread

B26B, B26D

B65B 27/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Bundling articles in general

B65B 13/00

B65B 27/12 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Baling presses for straw, hay, or the like

A01F 15/00

Baling presses in general

B30B 9/30

B65B 29/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Floatable furniture for life-saving in water

B63C 9/30

B65B 31/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Auxiliary treatments during loading or unloading in a fluid medium other than air

B65G 69/20

B65B 31/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Nozzles for introducing articles or materials into containers

B65B 39/00

B65B 33/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Apparatus for applying liquids or other fluent materials to surfaces in general

B05C

Wrapping cores by winding

B65H 81/00

B65B 35/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Cigarettes

B65B 19/04

Bottles

B65B 21/04

Eggs

B65B 23/06

Informative references:

Biscuits

B65B 23/12

if not restricted to packaging machines

B07C, B65G, B65H

B65B 35/10 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Orientating

B65B 35/56

B65B 35/30 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Orientating

B65B 35/56

B65B 37/18 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

By weighing in general

G01G

B65B 37/20 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

By volume measurement in general

G01F

B65B 39/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Nozzles in general

B05B

Funnels in general

B67C 11/00

B65B 41/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Supplying or feeding container-forming sheets or wrapping material in general

B65H

B65B 45/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Filling nozzles, funnels, guides

B65B 39/00

B65B 51/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Adhesive tape dispensers

B65H 35/07

B65B 51/30 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

For subdividing filled tubes involving displacement of contents

B65B 9/12

B65B 55/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

if not restricted to packaging

A23L, A61L

B65B 57/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Accident-prevention measures applicable for general use

F16P

Photoelectric cells

H01J, H01L

B65B 59/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Weight or volumetric adjustment of material to be packaged

B65B 1/30, B65B 3/26

B65B 61/20 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Labelling

B65C

B65B 63/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Tabletting or compressing of powders

B30B 11/00

B65B 63/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Folding or winding webs or filamentary material in general

B65H 45/00, B65H 54/00

Folding textile articles in connection with laundering preparatory to packaging

D06F 89/00

B65D - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Rigid or semi-rigid containers in general (e.g. containers formed by folding or erecting one or more blanks of stiff paper) that are used for temporarily holding goods or materials during their storage or transport, which goods or materials are intended to be eventually removed from the container for their intended purpose.

Structural details of, and fittings for, rigid or semi-rigid containers (e.g. linings, partitions, inspection windows, handles, nesting/stacking features), not covered elsewhere.

Flexible containers in general (e.g. sacks, bags, squeezable toothpaste tubes) that are used for temporarily holding goods or materials during their storage or transport, which goods or materials are intended to be eventually removed from the container for their intended purpose.

Structural details of, and fittings for, flexible containers, not covered elsewhere.

Devices or structure for closing access openings for flexible, rigid or semi-rigid containers to prevent spillage of the goods or materials stored therein (e.g. caps, crown seals, foil or paper covers, lids or discs).

Structural details of access openings for flexible, rigid or semi-rigid containers that are specially adapted to cooperate with, or are characterized by the form of, the closure devices or structure used with them (e.g. screw thread around opening).

Means for securing the above closure devices, filling and discharging devices, arrangements for preventing refilling (e.g. by tampering or adding unwanted or noxious substances), means for discouraging unauthorized opening (e.g. child-proof closures), and other details.

Kinds or types of packaging elements, e.g. external or internal frames, straps for bundling, wrappers etc.

Kinds or types of packages, e.g. bundles, bales, articles attached to cards, sheets or webs or (partially) enclosed in strips, sheets, blanks, tubes or webs of flexible sheet material, and packages formed by enclosing articles or materials in preformed containers.

Containers, packaging elements or packages of special types or forms, or specially adapted for organisms, articles or materials presenting particular transport, storage or dispensing problems; such as for frangible material, storing in vacuum or superatmospheric pressure, preventing deterioration or decay of contents.

Containers specially adapted for particular articles or materials, e.g. tyres, cigarettes, spaghetti, eggs, optical apparatus, bricks, tape cassettes, sweets, jumbo rolls, machines or engines, ice-cream, poisons or corrosive chemicals.

Large containers, e.g. of ISO type (see Glossary), especially for bulk storage or for carrying freight.

Containers, packaging elements or packages with auxiliary means or provision for displaying articles or materials.

Methods of packaging which are wholly characterised by the form of the package produced or the form of the container or packaging element used.

Constructional features of foldable or erectable containers or wrapper blanks, including containers or wrappers formed by folding or erecting such blanks.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

This subclass is intended to be as comprehensive as possible. However, subject matter not classified in B65D is explained below under 'Special rules of classification within this subclass'.

Relationship with subclass B65B

There is some affinity between this subclass and subclass B65B which covers machines, apparatus or devices for, or methods of, packaging articles or materials. This subclass (B65D) covers methods of packaging that are wholly characterised by the form of the package produced or by the form of the container or packaging element used, as distinct from the operations performed or the apparatus employed, which are covered by subclass B65B.

Relationship with subclasses B67B, B67C and B67D

There is also affinity between this subclass and subclasses B67B, B67C and B67D. B67B covers methods or apparatus for applying closure members to bottles, jars or similar containers or for opening closed containers; it also covers securing bottle closures with wire or protecting or decorating such closures, whereas this subclass (B65D) covers the closures themselves.

B67C covers methods or apparatus for filling or emptying of bottles or other containers, while this subclass (B65D) covers constructions of containers or closures that allow filling or emptying. B67D covers methods or apparatus for dispensing, delivering or transferring liquids from containers, while this subclass (B65D) covers constructions of containers or closures that allow such dispensing, delivering or transferring.

Making containers

Reference should be made to subclasses dealing with the working of the material concerned (e.g. class B29) or to subclass B31B in respect of forming foldable or erectable blanks.

Function- and applicatation-orientated aspects of containers or packages

Whilst function-orientated aspects of containers and packages are covered by B65D, it will be readily appreciated that various application-orientated aspects of containers and packages may be classified elsewhere in the scheme. Paragraphs 85-87 of the guide will help to clarify whether an invention lies the function of disclosed technical matter, or the way in which it is applied.

For a non-exhaustive list of possible places where applications of containers and packages may be classified outside of B65D, the reader is directed to the section "References relevant to classification in this subclass" below.

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Containers specially adapted for use in dairies

A01J

Receptacles for live fish, containers for angling

A01K

Match boxes, receptacles for cigars, cigarettes or cigarette papers

A24F

Portable containers for personal belongings, e.g. purses, luggage, hand-carried bags

A45C

Containers or accessories specially adapted for handling toiletry or cosmetic substances

A45D

Travelling or camp equipment, sacks or packs carried on the body

A45F

Containers for household or table equipment

A47G

Kitchen containers

A47J

Liquid handling

B67

Storing gases or liquids

F17

Informative references:

Liquid sprayers; nozzles or spouts

B05B

Making closures by working sheet metal

B21D 51/44

Affixing labels

B65C 3/06

Special rules of classification

This subclass onlyexcludescontainers or packages of a nature clearly confined to a single other subclass, which are classified in that subclass.

In this subclass, groups B65D 5/00, B65D 27/00, B65D 30/00 or B65D 65/00 include constructional features of foldable or erectable container or wrapper blanks as well as the containers or wrappers formed by folding or erecting such blanks.

Containers, packaging elements or packages classified in group B65D 85/00 are also classified according to their constructional or functional features, if such features are of interest.

Tamper-indicating means for containers of closures are classified in the group appropriate to the type of container or closure, e.g. B65D 5/43, B65D 5/54, B65D 17/00, B65D 27/30, B65D 27/34, B65D 33/34, B65D 41/32, B65D 47/36, B65D 49/12, B65D 51/20, B65D 55/06.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Accessories

In relation to the word "accessories" in the B65D subclass title, this word means fixtures or fittings which are associated with the container to fulfil a particular purpose relative to the functioning of the container.

Blank

Any sheet of paper or other planar material that is pre-shaped, cut/punched out to have holes or slots, perforated/slit to form fold lines, or otherwise modified so that it can subsequently be folded or erected according to a pre-selected pattern to form a container such as a box or carton. Blanks are frequently interim products of a manufacturing process that will require further assembly operations (e.g. corner gluing of carton) to become actual containers. However, the term also covers blanks that require only manual manipulation to fashion or disassemble a container and this is normally done for purposes of economical storage of the container (e.g. folding packing boxes for house moves).

Container

A structure comprising a barrier for confining its content

Flexible containers

These include:

containers deformed by, or taking up the shape of, their contents; and

containers adapted to be permanently deformed to expel their contents.

Large containers

Containers of approximately the size used in container traffic, variously referred to as freight, shipping, bulk storage, forwarding, "ISO" (International Standardization Organization) or intermodal containers.

Packages

These include:

combinations of containers or packaging elements with articles or materials to be stored or transported; and

articles joined together for convenience of storage or transport.

Packaging elements

These include:

elements, other than containers, for covering, protecting, stiffening or holding together articles or materials to be stored or transported; and

packaging materials of special type or form not provided for in other subclasses.

Paper

In relation to this subclass, this term includes materials, e.g. cardboard, plastic sheet materials, laminated materials or metal foils, worked in a manner analogous to paper.

Rigid or semi-rigid containers

These include:

containers not deformed by, or not taking up the shape of, their contents;

containers adapted to be temporarily deformed to expel their contents;

pallets; and

trays.

B65D 1/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Details of bottles or jars

B65D 23/00

Bundles of articles held together by packaging elements for convenience of storage or transport, e.g. portable segregating carriers for plural receptacles such as beer cans or pop bottles

B65D 71/00

B65D 1/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Thermally insulated containers

A47J 41/00, B65D 81/38

B65D 1/32 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Containers with disinfecting linings

A61L 2/00

B65D 1/40 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Other container details

B65D 23/00, B65D 25/00

B65D 5/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Bundles of articles held together by packaging elements for convenience of storage or transport, e.g. portable segregating carriers for plural receptacles such as beer cans, pop bottles,

B65D 71/00

B65D 5/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Shells of drawer-and-shell type containers

B65D 5/38

B65D 17/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Opening arrangements or devices for containers made by winding, bending or folding paper

B65D 3/00, B65D 5/00

Opening devices added or incorporated during filling or closing of containers

B65D 77/30

Separate devices for opening closed containers

B67B 7/00

B65D 23/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Hydrodynamic means for influencing the flow of liquids

F15D 1/00

B65D 23/08 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Wrappers

B65D 65/00

B65D 23/16 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Feeding bottles with thermometers

A61J 9/02

B65D 25/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

For pallets

B65D 19/38

Of large containers

B65D 90/00

B65D 25/40 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Nozzles or spouts, in general

B05B

B65D 27/32 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Devices or processes for the combined stuffing and closing of envelopes

B43M 5/00

Separate devices for opening envelopes

B43M 7/00

B65D 33/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Sack holders

B65B 67/12

B65D 33/18 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Closures using adhesive applied to integral parts of envelopes

B65D 27/14

B65D 35/36 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Brushes combined or associated with tubular containers

A46B 11/00

B65D 35/44 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Closure members of interest apart from those used for pliable tubular containers adapted to be permanently deformed to expel contents

B65D 39/00-B65D 55/00

Forming closures after filling

B65B 7/14

B65D 35/46 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Office accessories for applying liquids, e.g. adhesive

B43M 11/00

B65D 39/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Closure flaps or lids attached to, or incorporated in, containers, or foldable or erectable containerblanks, made of paper

B65D 3/00, B65D 5/00

Closure walls of containers specially constructed to be opened by cutting, piercing, or tearing of wall portions

B65D 17/00

Applying closure members to bottles, jars, or similar containers

B67B

Covers or similar closure members, for pressure vessels in general

F16J 13/00

B65D 41/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Closure flaps or lids attached to, or incorporated in, containers, or foldable or erectable containerblanks, made of paper

B65D 3/00, B65D 5/00

Closure walls of containers specially constructed to be opened by cutting, piercing, or tearing of wall portions

B65D 17/00

Applying closure members to bottles, jars, or similar containers

B67B

Covers or similar closure members, for pressure vessels in general

F16J 13/00

B65D 43/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Closure flaps or lids attached to, or incorporated in, containers, or foldable or erectable containerblanks, made of paper

B65D 3/00, B65D 5/00

Closure walls of containers specially constructed to be opened by cutting, piercing, or tearing of wall portions

B65D 17/00

Applying closure members to bottles, jars, or similar containers

B67B

Covers or similar closure members, for pressure vessels in general

F16J 13/00

B65D 43/03 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Nestable or stackable containers

B65D 21/00

B65D 45/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Closure flaps or lids attached to, or incorporated in, containers, or foldable or erectable containerblanks, made of paper

B65D 3/00, B65D 5/00

Closure walls of containers specially constructed to be opened by cutting, piercing, or tearing of wall portions

B65D 17/00

Applying closure members to bottles, jars, or similar containers

B67B

Covers or similar closure members, for pressure vessels in general

F16J 13/00

B65D 45/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Forming levers or links by working wire

B21F 45/04

B65D 47/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Office equipment for applying liquid by contact to surfaces

B43M 11/00

Informative references:

Fluid-delivery valves in general

F16K 21/00

B65D 47/18 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Laboratory droppers, burettes and pipettes

B01L 3/00

B65D 47/42 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Swabs for applying media to the human body from an integral supply

A61F 13/40

B65D 49/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Integral, or permanently secured, closures for containers specially adapted to be opened by cutting, piercing, or tearing of wall portions

B65D 17/00

B65D 50/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Closure flaps or lids attached to, or incorporated in, containers, or foldable or erectable containerblanks, made of paper

B65D 3/00, B65D 5/00

Closure walls of containers specially constructed to be opened by cutting, piercing, or tearing of wall portions

B65D 17/00

Applying closure members to bottles, jars, or similar containers

B67B

Covers or similar closure members, for pressure vessels in general

F16J 13/00

B65D 50/12 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Bottles or similar containers with closable apertures at bottom

B65D 1/06

B65D 51/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Closure flaps or lids attached to, or incorporated in, containers, or foldable or erectable containerblanks, made of paper

B65D 3/00, B65D 5/00

Closure walls of containers specially constructed to be opened by cutting, piercing, or tearing of wall portions

B65D 17/00

Applying closure members to bottles, jars, or similar containers

B67B

Covers or similar closure members, for pressure vessels in general

F16J 13/00

B65D 51/32 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Droppers

B65D 47/18

B65D 53/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Sealings in general

F16J 15/00

B65D 55/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Applying labels to bottles

B65C 3/06, B65C 9/00

B65D 55/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Seals per se

G09F 3/00

B65D 63/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Flexible elongated elements for supporting pipes, cables or protective tubing

F16L 3/137

B65D 65/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Layered products per se

B32B

B65D 71/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Binding of hay or straw

A01D 59/00, A01F 1/00

Informative references:

Bundling or baling

B65B, e.g. B65B 13/00, B65B 27/00

B65D 73/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Cards for buttons, collar-studs or sleeve-links

A44B 7/00

B65D 75/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Wrapping

B65B 11/00

B65D 77/10 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Closing filled containers in association with packaging

B65B 7/00, B65B 51/00

B65D 81/30 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Wrappers with provision for excluding light

B65D 65/16

B65D 83/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Containers or the like for shops, stores, offices, bars or the like

A47F 1/04

Showcases or show cabinets with dispensing arrangements

A47F 3/02

Magazines for screws or nuts in combination with spanners, wrenches or screwdrivers

B25B 23/06

Nail dispensers

B25C 3/00

Coin deliverers

G07D 1/00

B65D 83/02 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Cigar or cigarette receptacles or boxes, with dispensing means

A24F 15/04, A24F 15/06, A24F 15/14, A24F 15/16

B65D 83/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Spraying or atomising apparatus in general

B05B

B65D 83/14 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Spraying or atomising apparatus in general

B05B

Siphons, pumping of fluid by direct contact of another fluid

F04F

Vessels for containing or storing compressed, liquefied, or solidified gases

F17C

B65D 83/76 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Hand tools for discharging fluent material through an outlet orifice by pressure

B05C 17/005

B65D 85/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Packages for surgical knives, scalpels or blades therefor

A61B 17/3215

Paint cans

B44D 3/12

Oil cans

F16N 3/00

Containers for carrying smallarms

F41C 33/06

Packaging of ammunition or explosive charges

F42B 39/00

Containers for record carriers, specially adapted for cooperation with the recording or reproducing apparatus

G11B 23/00

B65D 85/28 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Pencil boxes

A45C 11/34

B65D 88/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Construction or assembling of bulk storage containers employing civil engineering techniques in situ or off the site

E04H 7/00

B65D 88/12 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Rigid large containers associated with vehicles

B60-B64

B65D 88/18 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Connection of valves to inflatable elastic bodies

B60C 29/00

B65D 88/22 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Flexible large containers associated with vehicles

B60-B64

B65D 88/54 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Filling or emptying bunkers, hoppers, or like containers

B65G 65/30

B65D 88/76 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Manholes; Inspection openings; Covers therefor

B65D 90/10

B65D 88/78 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Manholes; Inspection openings; Covers therefor

B65D 90/10

B65D 90/10 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Covers or similar closure members, for pressure vessels in general

F16J 13/00

B65D 90/18 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Castors in general

B60B

B65D 90/22 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Fire-fighting

A62C

B65D 90/32 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Valves per se

F16K

B65D 90/34 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Vehicle fuel tanks characterised by venting means

B60K 15/035

B65D 90/46 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Carrying-off, or preventing the formation of electrostatic charges in general

H05F

B65D 90/50 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Investigating fluid tightness of structures

G01M 3/00

B65D 90/52 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Vehicle fuel tanks with means modifying or controlling distribution or motion of fuel, e.g. to prevent noise, surge, splash or fuel starvation

B60K 15/077

B65D 90/54 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Covers or similar closure members, for pressure vessels in general

F16J 13/00

B65G - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Methods or devices for storage on an industrial or commercial scale of

articles in warehouses or magazines

bulk solid material or disorderly articles

fluids in cavities or chambers in the earth

Devices, for example rollers or slings, for assisting manual moving or manipulation of heavy loads

Methods or apparatus for conveying articles or bulk solid material from one location to another, for example within an industrial plant,

by gravity, for example in chutes

by rollers, for example on driven or non-driven roller-ways

on endless load-carrying surfaces, for example belts or chains, or an essentially endless series of individual load-carriers

on jigging surfaces

by impellers, for example reciprocating scrapers, rotating fingers or elements carried by endless traction members

by throwing

by rotating or screw-like impellers

by fluid flow or pressure, for example in tubes or by floating

by electrostatic, electric or magnetic effects

by other mechanical or non-mechanical means

Methods or devices for handling articles or materials in connection with conveyors, for example for feeding or discharging conveyors or for orientating articles on a conveyor

Conveying systems characterised by their application for specified purposes and not otherwise provided for, for example conveying workpieces through baths

Methods or devices for stacking or de-stacking of three-dimensional articles or loose materials in bulk

Methods or devices for loading or unloading of vehicles, large containers, ships and the like, for example in storage areas, marshalling yards or harbours

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Storage

This subclass is the general, function-oriented place for mechanical aspects of storage of the articles and materials stated in the definition statement above. Classification is made in this subclass if the method or apparatus is of general interest in the field of storing. This subclass does not cover modification or treatment of materials by storing, for example by drying or maturing.

If the method or apparatus is characterised by its adaptation to particular materials or articles (for example silage or parked cars) it is classified in the place for that adaptation, if such a place exists. For examples of application places, see the section "References relevant to classification in this subclass" below.

If subject matter is of interest both for its general function-oriented aspects and its application aspects, classification should be made both in this subclass and in the place for the application.

Conveyors

This subclass is the general, function-oriented place for conveyors or similar transport devices. Such devices are incorporated in many different types of apparatus and industrial plants. Classification is made in this subclass if the method or apparatus is of general interest in the field of conveying, for example when it relates to the solution of a problem that is internal to a conveyor (for example a driving mechanism) or not primarily related to a particular process.

If the method or apparatus is characterised by its adaptation to a particular process (for example drying or heat treatment) or its incorporation in a particular apparatus (for example a root-crop harvester or a furnace) it is classified in the place for that process or apparatus, if such a place exists. For examples of application places, see the section "References relevant to classification in this subclass" below. This subclass does not cover processes in which articles or materials are modified or treated during conveying.

If subject matter is of interest both for its general function-oriented aspects and its application aspects, classification should be made both in this subclass and in the place for the application.

"Transport devices"

This subclass essentially covers stationary or portable transportation devices, such as conveyors or conveying systems. It does not cover vehicles per se, which are covered by classes B60B64, or containers, trays or pallets, which are covered by B65D. For more detailed references see the section "Informative references" below.

Loading and unloading

This subclass covers loading and unloading of vehicles, ships and aircraft by means which are not incorporated in those vehicles. Loading by means which are incorporated in vehicles is covered by the places for the vehicles. For examples of such places see the section "References relevant to classification in this subclass" below.

Filling and emptying

This subclass covers general, function-oriented aspects of filling and emptying of larger containers, such as bunkers or hoppers. Classification is made in this subclass if the method or apparatus is of general interest in the field.

If the method or apparatus is characterised by its adaptation to particular materials or processes (for example in forage silos or coke ovens) it is classified in the place for that adaptation, if such a place exists. For examples of application places, see the section "References relevant to classification in this subclass" below.

If subject matter is of interest both for its general function-oriented aspects and its application aspects, classification should be made both in this subclass and in the place for the application.

This subclass does not cover filling of packages or small containers, for example boxes or cans, which is covered by subclass B65B.

With the exception of manual tilting of barrels, which is covered by B65G 65/24, this subclass does not cover emptying of small containers, for example cans or casks, which is covered by B65B and B67C 9/00.

References

Limiting references:

Packaging

B65B

Handling of thin or filamentary material, e.g. sheets, webs or cables

B65H

Cranes

B66C

Portable or movable lifting or hauling appliances, e.g. hoists

B66D

Devices for lifting or lowering goods for loading or unloading purposes, e.g. fork-lift trucks

B66F 9/00

Delivering or transferring liquids, not otherwise provided for

B67D

Filling or discharging vessels for liquefied, solidified or compressed gases

F17C

Pipe-line systems for fluids

F17D

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Sowing or planting machines, manure loaders or distributors

A01C

Conveyors for root crop harvesters

A01D 17/00A01D 33/00

Conveyors for mowers, harvesters or combines

A01D 41/00A01D 61/00

Loaders for hay or like field crops

A01D 87/00A01D 90/00

Conveyors for threshing machines, baling presses or cutting apparatus for hay or straw

A01F

Storing agricultural or horticultural produce

A01F 25/00

Hydroponic culture on conveyors

A01G 31/04

Baking ovens with moving baking surfaces

A21B 1/42

Dough handling

A21C 9/00

Processing meat, poultry or fish

A22C

Pasteurising of food in moving packages

A23L 3/02

Conveyors for cigar- or cigarette-making

A24C 5/35

Conveyors for shoemaking

A43D 117/00

Food-conveying devices for tables

A47G 23/08

Dish-washing machines with conveyors

A47L 15/24

Chutes for amusement purposes, Helter-skelters

A63G 21/00

Filtering

B01D

Granulating on conveyor belts

B01J 2/26

Feeding devices for crushing or disintegrating machines

B02C 23/02

Separating solid materials

B03B

Magnetic separation with material carriers in the form of belts

B03C 1/16

Sieving, screening, sifting, or sorting solid materials

B07B

Sorting of mail or documents

B07C

Cleaning of containers on conveyors

B08B 9/20

Arrangement of feeding rollers in metal-rolling mills

B21B 39/10

Handling work in processing of metal tubes or profiles

B21D 43/00

Handling work in connection with machine tools

B23Q 7/00, B23Q 41/02

Handling logs or timber in saw mills

B27B 31/00

Transporting material in manufacture of fibre boards

B27N 3/16

Handling material in production of ceramic articles

B28B 5/00, B28B 13/00

Mixing concrete on or by conveyors

B28C 5/34

Handling material in shaping or joining of plastics

B29C 31/00

Conveying between operating stations in book-making machines

B42C 19/08

Conveyors for unloading of vehicles

B60P 1/36, B60P 1/40

Conveyor systems for motor vehicle or trailer assembly lines

B62D 65/18

Arrangement of conveyors for loading of ships

B63B 27/22

Supplying, feeding, arranging, or orientating articles to be packaged

B65B 35/00

Supplying or feeding fluent-solid material or loose masses of small articles to be packaged

B65B 37/00

Feeding containers in association with packaging

B65B 43/00

Gathering or removal of refuse

B65F

Transferring of refuse between vehicles or containers

B65F 9/00

Elevators for buildings, mines or similar structures

B66B 1/00B66B 20/00

Escalators or moving walkways

B66B 21/00B66B 29/00

Transporting glass during manufacture

C03B 35/00

Coke-ovens with conveying means

C10B 7/00, C10B 39/12, C10B 47/32

Charging or discharging coke ovens

C10B 31/00, C10B 33/00

Conveying textile fibres between machines

D01G 23/00

Drying cabinets or chambers with conveying means

D06F 58/12

Dredging or soil-shifting

E02F

Chutes in buildings for transporting refuse

E04F 17/12

Conveying building materials or building elements

E04G 21/00

Garages with mechanical means for shifting or lifting vehicles

E04H 6/14

Removal of material in open-pit mines

E21C 47/00

Transport specially adapted for underground conditions

E21F 13/00

Fuel-feeding grates for combustion chambers

F23H

Removing ash, clinker, or slag from combustion chambers

F23J 1/00

Feeding solid fuel to combustion apparatus

F23K 3/00

Conveyors in freezing or cooling apparatus or cold rooms

F25D 3/11, F25D 13/06, F25D 25/00

Drying objects with progressive movement

F26B 15/00

Furnaces through which the charge is moved mechanically

F27B 9/00

Charging, discharging or manipulating charge in ovens

F27D 3/00

Feeding of ammunition

F41A 9/00

Weighing apparatus using conveyors

G01G 11/00, G01G 13/00

Conveying record carriers

G06K 13/00

Counting of objects carried by a conveyor

G06M 7/00

Coin-freed apparatus dispensing articles from movable containers

G07F 11/46

Arrangements for handling fuel or other materials which are used in nuclear reactors

G21C 19/00

Handling semiconductor devices during manufacture or treatment

H01L 21/67

Feeding of components in manufacturing of electric components

H05K 13/02

Informative references:

Manipulators

B25J

Producing conveyor belts

B29D 29/06

Vehicles adapted for load transportation

B60P

Railway wagons adapted for load transportation

B61D

Hand carts

B62B

Superstructures for load-carrying vehicles

B62D 33/00

Loading or load-accommodating arrangements for ships or vessels

B63B 25/00, B63B 27/00

Equipment for handling freight in aircraft

B64D 9/00

Load engaging devices attached to lifting, lowering or hauling gear, e.g. for lifting jumbo rolls

B66C

Hoisting, lifting, hauling or pushing not otherwise provided for, e.g. jacks

B66F

Construction of bulk storage containers employing civil engineering techniques

E04H 7/00

Pumps for fluids

F04D

Control of flow in general

G05D 7/00

Control of level in general

G05D 9/00

Holding or levitation devices using magnetic attraction or repulsion

H02N 15/00

B65G 1/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Arrangements of articles for drying or baking in kilns or ovens

F26, F27

B65G 1/02 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Mechanical garages

E04H

For data record cards in association with machines for marking or sensing data

G06K

Coin-freed apparatus

G07F

Informative references:

Table equipment

A47G

B65G 1/137 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Devices for feeding articles to conveyors from several groups of articles

B65G 47/10

B65G 5/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Modification of mine passages or chambers for storage purposes, especially for fluids

E21F 17/16

Gas-holders of variable capacity

F17B

B65G 7/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Chutes

B65G 11/00

B65G 7/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Crowbars in general

B66F 15/00

B65G 9/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Manually-operated endless-rope or chain conveyors

B65G 17/00

Railway systems

B61B

B65G 11/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Feeding or discharging conveyors by devices incorporated in, or operatively associated with, conveyors

B65G 47/00

For sports, games, or amusements

A63G 21/00

For refuse disposal in buildings

E04F 17/12

B65G 13/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

In metal-rolling equipment

B21B 39/00, B21B 41/00

Informative references:

Feeding or discharging conveyors by devices incorporated in, or operatively associated with, conveyors

B65G 47/00

B65G 15/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Feeding or discharging conveyors by devices incorporated in, or operatively associated with, conveyors

B65G 47/00

B65G 15/18 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Endless-surface conveyors having a single belt with sealed edges

B65G 15/08

B65G 15/20 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

For conveying sheets or like thin flat articles

B65H

B65G 15/30 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Driving belts in general

F16G

B65G 15/60 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Construction of rollers or supports therefor

B65G 39/00

B65G 17/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Escalators or paternosters neither combined nor associated with loading or unloading apparatus

B66B 9/00

Informative references:

Conveyors comprising an impeller or a series of impellers carried by an endless traction element and arranged to move articles or materials over a supporting surface or underlying material

B65G 19/00

Feeding or discharging conveyors by devices incorporated in, or operatively associated with, conveyors

B65G 47/00

Railway systems, detachable load-carriers on rails

B61B

B65G 17/32 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Control

B65G 17/48

B65G 19/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Feeding or discharging conveyors by devices incorporated in, or operatively associated with, conveyors

B65G 47/00

B65G 21/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Supporting framework or bases for conveyors as a whole

B65G 41/00

B65G 23/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Control devices for conveyors in general

B65G 43/00

B65G 25/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Feeding or discharging conveyors by devices incorporated in, or operatively associated with, conveyors

B65G 47/00

B65G 27/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Jigs for wet separation

B03B

Jiggers for screening, sifting, or sorting

B07B 1/28

Informative references:

Feeding or discharging conveyors by devices incorporated in, or operatively associated with, conveyors

B65G 47/00

Generating or transmitting mechanical vibrations

B06

B65G 27/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Helical or spiral non-driven chutes

B65G 11/06

B65G 29/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Feeding or discharging conveyors by devices incorporated in, or operatively associated with, conveyors

B65G 47/00

B65G 31/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Distributors for fertilisers

A01C

Moulding machines

B22C

Sandblasting devices

B24C

Implements for applying plaster

E04F 21/06

Informative references:

Feeding or discharging conveyors by devices incorporated in, or operatively associated with, conveyors

B65G 47/00

B65G 33/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Feeding or discharging conveyors by devices incorporated in, or operatively associated with, conveyors

B65G 47/00

Screws for extruding, compressing, kneading, mixing, pumping, or other special operations

B01F 7/00, B29C 47/38, F04D

B65G 33/26 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

As gearing elements

F16H 25/20

B65G 35/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Feeding or discharging conveyors by devices incorporated in, or operatively associated with, conveyors

B65G 47/00

B65G 37/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Feeding or discharging conveyors by devices incorporated in, or operatively associated with, conveyors

B65G 47/00

Specially adapted for handling radioactive materials

G21

Informative references:

Mechanical storage devices

B65G 1/04

B65G 39/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Drive rollers of endless conveyors

B65G 23/04

Arrangement of rollers in metal-rolling equipment

B21B 39/10

Informative references:

Friction members

F16H 55/32

B65G 39/08 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

In magnetic belt separators

B03C 1/00

B65G 39/16 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

For aligning tapes or webs

B65H

B65G 39/20 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Belts

B65G 15/30

Chains

B65G 17/44

B65G 43/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

For elevators, escalators or moving walkways

B66B

Informative references:

Control devices in general

F16P, G08B

B65G 47/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

For sorting, e.g. postal

B07C

B65G 47/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Picking-up flat workpieces

B65H

B65G 47/19 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Controlling feed or discharge by weighing a continuous stream of material

G01G 11/08

B65G 47/26 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Stacking or de-stacking

B65G 57/00, B65G 59/00, B65G 61/00

B65G 47/34 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Sorting in general

B07

B65G 47/46 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Postal or like sorting

B07C

B65G 47/48 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Marking data records

G06K

B65G 47/50 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Control by programme

G05B 19/00

B65G 47/51 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Volume, flow, or liquid level meters

G01F

Mechanical control

G05G

B65G 49/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

For conveying sheet material

B65H

B65G 49/06 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Transporting of glass products during their manufacture

C03B 35/00

B65G 49/07 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Specially adapted for conveying of semiconductor wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components

H01L 21/677

B65G 49/08 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Charging, discharging, manipulation with charge in kilns

F27D 3/00

B65G 51/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Water roundabouts

A63G 3/00

Pneumatic railways

B61B

Informative references:

Pumps

F04

Fluid dynamics

F15D

Valves, taps, cocks

F16K

Pipes, pipe joints, or associated devices

F16L

B65G 51/08 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

In compressors

F04

Air-conditioning, e.g. de-watering, in pneumatic systems

F16L 55/09

B65G 53/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Dredging

E02F

Winning materials out of alluvial deposits

E21C 45/00

Hydraulic or pneumatic mine-filling-up machines

E21F 15/00

Informative references:

Fluidising devices facilitating filling or emptying of large containers

B65D 88/72

Fluid dynamics

F15D

Pipe-line systems

F17D

B65G 53/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Air slides

B65G 53/04

B65G 53/42 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Nozzles in general

B05B

B65G 57/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Stackable containers

B65D

B65G 57/14 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Conveyor constructions

B65G 15/00 - B65G 35/00

Combinations of conveyors

B65G 37/00

B65G 63/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Transferring of refuse between vehicles or containers

B65F 9/00

Dredging, soil shifting

E02F

Conveyors used in co-operation with coal or like winning apparatus

E21C 47/00

B65G 65/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

By means incorporated in, or operatively associated with, conveyors

B65G 47/00

B65G 65/32 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Pneumatic conveyors

B65G 51/00, B65G 53/00

B65G 65/34 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Conveyor construction

B65G 15/00 - B65G 35/00

B65G 67/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Transferring of refuse between vehicles or containers

B65F 9/00

B65G 67/18 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Servicing locomotives

B61K 11/02

B65G 67/34 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Platform-lifts with tiltable platforms

B66F 7/22

B65G 67/48 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Devices for washing or cleaning railroad vehicles

B60S

B65G 67/62 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Horizontal loading or unloading platforms

B65G 69/22

Loading ramps

B65G 69/28

B65G 69/10 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

For measuring or testing

G01

B65G 69/22 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Pile tables

B65H

B65H - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Winding or unwinding metal band or like flexible metallic material during manufacture

B21C

In selective printing mechanisms

B41J

Working or processing wire

B21F, B21G

Unwinding, paying-out, forwarding, or winding ropes or cables in load-moving apparatus

B61B, B65G, B66

Creels, warping, beaming, or leasing machines or methods for textile manufacturing purposes

D02H

In cinematographic or photographic apparatus

G03B

Winding, unwinding, or feeding tape to, in, or from, information-processing apparatus

G06, G11B

Informative references:

Manipulators

B25J

B66B - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Transporting apparatus of the types specified herein for people or discrete loads when used in conjunction with buildings, complexes of buildings, mines, or similar scale manmade structures or natural formations (e.g. caves).

Elevating apparatus (i.e., elevators or lifts) for shifting a discrete load (e.g., person(s), freight), in its entirety, a significant distance (e.g., at least the height of a normal floor of a building) from an entry level (e.g., landing) to a vertically spaced exit level along a shaft. To be proper for this subclass, the elevating apparatus must include:

a support surface (e.g., elevator car/lift cage) that underlies the load and to which the load is confined during travel,

rigid or semirigid means for contacting and limiting the travel of the load support surface to back and forth, and

drive means (e.g., fluid gearings, manually operated cables) for transmitting to the load support surface the force necessary to shift the load between the levels or motion resisting means (e.g., cable linked counterweights) for slowing the travel of the load-supporting surface when moving from a higher load entry level to a lower load exit level.

Conveying apparatus (i.e., an assemblage of elements for moving a load along a predetermined path) for transporting pedestrians (i.e., escalators or moving walkways) from an entrance location to at least one horizontally spaced egress location. To be proper for this subclass, the conveying apparatus must:

include an underlying surface, or a series of interlinked underlying surfaces, that is intended to normally support and carry individuals to their egress location,

be arranged or constructed either with structure that specially adapts the conveying apparatus to the transporting of people or to facilitate potential alternative traversal of the surface(s) by the individuals carried thereon utilizing their standard mode of locomotion (e.g., stepping, walking, manually powering their wheelchair) whenever the underlying surface is idle or the pedestrian wishes to supplement their pace of travel over the underlying surface,

include rigid or semirigid means for limiting the travel of the supporting surface to a fixed horizontally extending path along which individuals are carried when travelling between the spaced locations, and

include drive means (e.g., endless chain) for transmitting to the underlying surface the force necessary to shift people between the horizontally spaced locations.

Components of the elevating or conveying apparatus when:

no specific place for the components exists in another subclass and

the components are limited to use with the above types of apparatus by a structural modification (e.g., escalator handrails or guards).

Ancillary devices (e.g., elevator call registration systems) for either the elevating or conveying apparatus which are:

used exclusively with elevating or conveying apparatus and

have their operations influencing or being influenced by the operation of the elevating or conveying apparatus.

Explanatory Notes or Graphics

(1) Note. Examples of special adaptations for escalators or moving walkways that facilitate the transport of pedestrians are:

moving steps,

conveyors combined with handrails,

conveyors having serrated foot engaging surfaces,

entrance or exit comb plates,

passenger operated control of drive means, or

special layouts facilitating walking along conveying apparatus’ path.

(2) Note. Elevating or conveying apparatus otherwise proper for the definition which is either specially modified for use with, or combined with, apparatus for doing work on or treating (e.g., machine tools, furnaces) the discrete loads being carried (e.g., tools shaping load during elevation, transporting human body during its cremation) are covered in appropriate subclasses for this subject matter.

(3) Note. The load support surfaces of elevators or lifts are intended to support their loads only for a short period of time during handling. Surfaces intended to either support an article in a nonuse storage location, support a useable machine or tool, or move one portion of a machine or article relative to another portion thereof are covered in appropriate subclasses for this subject matter.

(4) Note. The discrete load transported by the elevating apparatus of this subclass is either

a human,

an animal or other living thing,

an article,

unitized bulk material (e.g., cotton bail, ice block), or

a group or mix of the above types of loads that is moved as a unit between levels.

References

Limiting references:

Life-saving devices used as an alternative to normal egress means (e.g., stairs) during rescue to lower persons in cages, bags, or similar supports from buildings or other structures

A62B 1/02

Equipment for handling freight or for facilitating passenger embarkation or the like to aircraft

B64D 9/00

Braking or detent devices controlling normal movements of winding drums or barrels for capstans, hoist, or winches

B66D

Lifting frames, e.g. for lifting vehicles; Platform lifts

B66F 7/00

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Hoisting or lowering devices for coffins

A61G 19/00

Vessels arrangements of ammunition stores or handlers

B63G 3/00

Transport or storages devices

B65G

Storage articles, individually or in orderly arrangement, in warehouses or magazines

B65G 1/00

Ship-lifting devices or mechanisms

E02C

Garages with mechanical means for shifting or lifting vehicles

E04H 6/12

Feeding or loading of ammunition, magazines or guiding means for extracting cartridges

F41A 9/00

Informative references:

Lifting and lowering devices for moving disabled persons or patients

A61G

Amusement rides (e.g., roundabouts, and Ferris wheels) that are, or may include as a part of their structure, elevating or conveying apparatus

A63G

Funicular rail-bound systems with rigid ground-supported tracks and cable traction (e.g., cliff railways)

B61B 9/00

Ski-lift, sleigh-lift, or the like trackless systems with only guided towing cables

B61B 11/00

Devices for lifting or lowering bulky or heavy goods for loading or unloading purposes

B66F

Controlling; Regulating

G05

Signalling

G08

Boards, panels, desks for electric power distribution

H02B 1/015

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Cable

a flaccid, elongated, flexible element that can transmit force (e.g., rope, wire, chain, push-chains).

Drive means

means for supplying motive force to an element to be moved which includes both force generating means (e.g., motor) and structural linkage (e.g., gears) needed to transmit the force from the generating means to the element.

Landing

an in situ floor within a structure (e.g., building) (a) that is located adjacent to an elevator shaft or the entrance or egress points of the conveying apparatus’ path and (b) to or from which a load (e.g., passenger, cargo, pedestrian) transfers during the charging or discharging of the load-underlying support surface of an elevator or conveying apparatus.

Shaft

a long, narrow, in situ passageway within a structure (e.g., building, ship, mine) which defines the fixed path between the vertically spaced load entrance and exit levels traveled by the load-underlying support surface of an elevator.

B66B 1/46 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Electric switches; Relays; Selectors; Emergency protective devices

H01H

Informative references:

Boards, panels, desks for electric power distribution

H02B 1/015

B66B 1/48 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Applications of limit circuits or of limit-switch arrangement for controlling cranes, capstans, winches or tackles

B66C 13/50

Capstans or winding mechanism using safety gear limit switches

B66D 1/56

B66B 7/02 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Arrangement in mine shafts

E21D 7/02

B66B 9/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Apparatus for raising or lowering persons

A63J 5/12

B66B 9/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Platforms for lifting or lowering bulky or heavy goods through short distances

B66F 7/00

B66B 9/10 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Conveyers having endless traction element

B65G 17/00

B66B 9/16 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Fork-lift trucks for lifting or lowering bulky or heavy goods

B66F 9/06

B66B 13/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Locks; Keys; Windows or door fittings; Safes

E05

B66B 13/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Devices for moving wings into open or closed position; Checks for wings; Wings fitting not otherwise provided for, concerned with the functioning of the wing

E05F

B66B 13/30 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Fixed or movable closures for opening in buildings, vehicles, fences, or like enclosure in general

E06B

B66B 17/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Winding towers for mines

E04H 12/26

B66B 17/14 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Transport or storage devices

B65G

B66B 17/28 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Electric control systems of elevators in general

B66B 1/06

B66B 19/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Signalling or calling systems; Order telegraphs; Alarm systems

G08B

B66B 29/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Balustrades handrails of variable speed type

B66B 23/26

B67C - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Places in relation to which this subclass is residual:

Handling liquefied gases

F17C

B67C 3/00 - Definition fr

Relationship between large subject matter areas

The group B67C 3/00 covers primarily the filling or bottling of bottles, cans, jars, barrels or casks with beverages or other (similar) liquids or semi-liquids, on a relatively large production scale, for example as is done in the beverage, soft drink or wine industry or in breweries.

The filling of containers with liquids or semi-liquids using apparatus other than bottling or like apparatus is covered by the group B65B 3/00.

References

Informative references:

Filling containers with liquids or semi-liquids using apparatus other than bottling or like apparatus

B65B 3/00

B67D - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Places in relation to which this subclass is residual:

Handling liquefied gases

F17C

B81B - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Very small micro-mechanical devices which include at least one essential operational component that has all of the following attributes:

the component is not visible (i.e. its significant features, in at least one dimension, cannot be discerned) without the use of an optical microscope (e.g. typically within the range of 10-4 to 10-7 meters), and

the component is movable, flexible, or deformable when in use.

Very small three-dimensional structural formations (i.e. microstructures) that have all of the following attributes:

they are not visible (i.e. their significant features, in at least one dimension, cannot be discerned) without the use of an optical microscope,

all portions of their formation are immovable or unyielding (i.e. not movable, flexible, or deformable) with respect to the remainder thereof when in use, and

they are designed to accomplish an essential and purely structural function and to interact with their local environment (e.g. a vane for changing surrounding fluid's flow path) in a manner that is mechanical in nature, as opposed to a chemical or electronic function, regardless of whether the formations are formed from a specific material or fabricated on a common supporting base (i.e. substrate) with separate micro-mechanical devices, micro-electronic devices, or micro-optical devices.

Systems including a discrete micro-mechanical device or microstructure and at least one other discrete micro-mechanical device, micro-electronic device, or micro-optical device (e.g. Micro-Mechanical Systems, Micro-Electronic-Mechanical Systems/MEMS, Micro-optical-Mechanical Systems) that have all of the following attributes:

they are fabricated on a common supporting base (i.e. substrate),

they are interconnected to operate together as components of a system (e.g. pump and piping system, a micro-electronic device controlling, analyzing, or signaling the functioning of a micro-mechanical device), and

they have separate functional utilities that are each intended to accomplish an independent aspect (i.e. neither type of micro-sized device is merely an essential operational component of the other type device) of at least one possible final end result of their system.

Components of micro-mechanical devices or microstructures having specialized structural features that limit them to use with their device or structure.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

General relationship of microstructures of B81B with micro-sized structures found in the subclasses of sections C and H

The microstructures covered by this subclass are expected to perform a structural function when interacting with their local environment and are intentionally designed to specifically perform this type of task. This requirement precludes the classification of micro-sized structures within this subclass that either

are designed to accomplish, or naturally accomplish, an electrical function or optical function (e.g. microprocessors, light guides, conductors), or

are structures formed as mere byproducts of chemical or biological processes (e.g. chemical compounds resulting from reactions).

Micro-electronic devices and micro-optical devices per se are classified in the subclasses of section H (Electricity) and G (Physics) even if they also inherently (e.g. a micro-sized wire between two substrates that supports the upper substrate), or intentionally (e.g. an aerodynamically shaped micro-processor on a wing), accomplish a secondary structural function. Micro-electronic devices and micro-optical devices are found in particular in G02B, G11B, H01L, and H01P.

Chemically and biologically formed structures per se that are mere byproducts of processes are classified in the subclasses of section C, "Chemistry; Metallurgy". However, chemically and biologically formed microstructures are classified in B81B when they are the primary intended product of their processes and the microstructures perform a structural function when interacting with their local environment.

Relationship of microstructures of B81B and micro-sized structures in B32B

Microstructures that merely form part of layered products (e.g. bonded or encased micro-sized substrates) are classified in B32B when their intended use is not specified or they are of general utility. However, when at least one of the layers of the layered product is micro-sized and accomplishes a particular structural function (e.g. honeycomb layer forms micro-sized channels for directing fluid to micro-sized pump) they are classified in B81B.

Special rules for classification between this subclass and other subclasses

If the operation or practical utility of micro-sized devices, structures, or systems covered by this subclass are not inherently limited to a microscopic environment, they are also obligatorily classified in the subclasses appropriately providing for their structural or functional features when produced on a larger scale.

References

Limiting references:

Products that are essentially two-dimensional layered structures

B32B

Atomic scale structures produced by manipulation of single atoms or molecules

B82B

Micro-optical devices per se

G02F

Semiconductors or other solid-state devices per se or combined with other devices formed on a common substrate

H01L

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Microcapsules for medicinal preparations

A61K 9/50

Micromanipulators

B25J 7/00

Micromanipulators combined with microscopes

G02B 21/32

Magnetic heads used with record carriers for information storage

G11B 5/127

Waveguide microstrips

H01P 3/08

Informative references:

Pressure sensors

G01L 9/00

Mechanical vibration measuring devices and ultrasonic, sonic, or infrasonic wave measuring devices

G01H

Devices for measuring linear or angular speed, acceleration, or deceleration

G01P

Photomechanical processing of semiconductor devices

G03F

Special rules of classification

Identical micro-mechanical devices, microstructures, or micro-structural systems that are not operationally interlinked to each other and are merely produced on a common substrate that is an interim product; are not classified as a system, but in the groups providing for the individual device, structure, or system.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Micro-electronic device

Any kind of electronic device that has at least one essential operational component not visible without the use of an optical microscope.

Micro-optical device

Any kind of optical device that has at least one essential operational component not visible without the use of an optical microscope.

Micro-sized

Having a dimension not visible without the use of an optical microscope (e.g. typically within the range of 10-4 to 10-7 meters).

Structural function

The effect of structural features of a microstructure on the mechanical properties of media in contact with the microstructure (e.g. directing of a sampled fluid's flow).

B81C - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes having one or more steps, or apparatus adapted for performing at least one step in such processes, with specialized features directly related to the manufacture or treatment of specific types of micro-sized products (e.g., typically within the range of 10-4 to 10-7 meters).

The manufacturing or treating of these micro-sized products must create a structural, as opposed to a purely chemical or electronic, feature that is essential to their use.

The types of micro-sized products that are manufactured or treated in this subclass consist of the following varieties:

Mechanical devices (i.e., micro-mechanical devices) which include at least one essential operational component that has all of the following attributes:

the component is not visible (i.e., its significant features, in at least one dimension, cannot be discerned) without the use of an optical microscope (i.e., micro-sized) and

the component is movable, flexible, or deformable when in use.

Three-dimensional structural formations (i.e., microstructures) that have all of the following attributes:

they are not visible (i.e., their significant features, in at least one dimension, cannot be discerned) without the use of an optical microscope (i.e., micro-sized),

all portions of each formation are immovable or unyielding (i.e., not movable, flexible, or deformable) with respect to other portions of the formation when in use, and

they are designed to accomplish an essential and purely structural function when interacting with their local environment (e.g., a vane for changing surrounding fluid's flow path) in a manner that is mechanical in nature, as opposed to a chemical or electronic function, regardless of whether the formations are formed from a specific material or fabricated on a common supporting base (i.e., substrate) with separate micro-mechanical devices, micro-electronic devices, or microoptical devices.

Systems including a discrete micro-mechanical device or microstructure and at least one other discrete micro-mechanical device, micro-electronic device, or microoptical device (e.g., Micro-Mechanical Systems, Micro-Electronic-Mechanical Systems/MEMS, Microoptical-Mechanical Systems) that have all of the following attributes:

they are fabricated on a common supporting base (i.e., substrate),

they are interconnected to operate together as components of a system (e.g., pump and piping system, a micro-electronic device controlling, analyzing, or signaling the functioning of a micro-mechanical device), and

they have separate functional utilities that are each intended to accomplish an independent aspect (i.e., neither type of micro-device is merely an essential operational component of the other type device) of at least one possible final end result of their system.

Components of micro-mechanical devices or microstructures having specialized structural features that limit them to use with their device or structure.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

General relationship of B81C with subclasses of sections C and H

This class covers processes or apparatus for the manufacture or treatment of microstructures that perform a structural function when interacting with their local environment and are intentionally designed to specifically perform this type of task. This requirement precludes the classification of the manufacture or treatment of micro-sized structures per se within this subclass that either

are designed to accomplish, or naturally accomplish, primarily an electrical function or optical function (e.g., microprocessors, light guides, conductors) or

are structures formed as mere byproducts of chemical or biological processes (e.g., chemical compounds resulting from reactions).

However, processes or apparatus for chemically and biologically forming microstructures are classified in B81C when these microstructures are the primary intended product of their processes and the microstructures perform an appropriate structural function when interacting with their local environment.

Processes or apparatus for the manufacture or treatment of chemically and biologically formed micro-sized structures per se are classified in the subclasses of section C, "Chemistry; Metallurgy".

Processes or apparatus for the manufacture or treatment of micro-electronic devices and microoptical devices per se are classified in the subclasses of section H, "Electricity" even if they also inherently (e.g., a micro-sized wire between two substrates that supports the upper substrate), or intentionally (e.g., an aerodynamically shaped micro-processor for wings), accomplish a secondary structural function. The manufacture or treatment of micro-electronic devices and microoptical devices is found in particular in H01L (e.g. H01L 21/00) and H01P (e.g., H01P 11/00) respectively.

References

Limiting references:

Chemical or physical processes or relevant apparatus for making microcapsules or microballoons

B01J 13/02

Specially adapted processes or apparatus restricted to the manufacture or treatment of products that are essentially two-dimensional layered structures

B32B

Specially adapted processes or apparatus involved in the manufacture of atomic scale structures produced by manipulation of atoms or molecules

B82B

For processes or apparatus peculiar to the manufacture or treatment of piezo-electric, electrostrictive, or magnetostrictive elements per se

H01L 41/22

For processes or apparatus specially adapted to the manufacture or treatment of wave-guide micro-strips

H01P 3/08

Informative references:

For processes or apparatus specially adapted to the manufacture or treatment of pressure sensors

G01L 9/00

For processes or apparatus specially adapted to the manufacture or treatment of acceleration measuring devices

G01P 15/00

For processes or apparatus specially adapted to the manufacture or treatment of micromanipulators structurally combined with microscopes

G02B 21/32

For photomechanical processing of semiconductor devices

G03F

For processes or apparatus specially adapted to the manufacture or treatment of magnetic heads

G11B 5/127

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Manufacture

a chemical, electrical, or mechanical process or apparatus for accomplishing one or more of the following operations on a micro-mechanical device, micro-structure, or micro system proper for this subclass: assembling, associating, bonding, casting, coating, constructing, creating, cutting, distorting, electric photographing, etching, fabricating, fastening, finishing, joining, juxtaposing, machining, molding, positioning, shaping, or working.

Micro-electronic device

any kind of electronic device that has at least one essential operational component not visible without the use of an optical microscope.

Microoptical device

any kind of optical device that has at least one essential operational component not visible without the use of an optical microscope.

Micro-sized

having a dimension not visible without the use of an optical microscope (e.g., typically within the range of 10-4 to 10-7 meters).

Structural function

effect of structural features of a microstructure on the mechanical properties of media in contact with the microstructure (e.g., directing of a sampled fluid's flow).

B82B - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Precise arrangements of matter on molecular or atomic level having particularly shaped configurations (i.e. nano-structural assemblages) formed during manufacture which are distinct from both naturally occurring and chemically produced chemical or biological arrangements composed of similar matter, wherein each assemblage includes at least one essential integral element:

consisting solely of an atom, a molecule, or an atomically precise limited collection of either atoms or molecules (e.g. the collection in its entirety would be undetectable by any optical microscope with diffraction limited resolution) and

formed by having its atom, molecule, or limited collection of atoms or molecules individually manipulated as a discrete unit during the manufacture of its arrangement.

The essential integral elements of nano-structural assemblages when they include structural features limiting their use to these assemblages.

The manufacture or treatment of the above type of nano-structural assemblages when the manufacturing or treating creates an essential structural feature of an assemblage and utilizes either:

processes having one or more steps with specialized features directly related to individually manipulating atoms or molecules as discrete units when forming final products, or

apparatus specially adapted for performing at least one step in such processes.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

General relationship of B82B with section C:

The terminology "particularly shaped configurations ----- distinct from both naturally occurring and chemically produced chemical or biological arrangements composed of similar matter" in the definition statement is intended to preclude classification of chemical or biological structures per se in this subclass that are similar in size. As a practical matter, what is intended by "distinct" in this phrase is that the only nano-sized structures appropriate for this subclass are those that accomplish a function that is not inherent in the chemical or biological composition from which they are formed (e.g. a nano-sized structure shaped so that an atom or molecule component is movable between locations to act as a switch in an electrical operation would be classified in B82B even if it were formed using a method that included a chemical or biological step).

The subclasses under section C, "Chemistry; Metallurgy", specifically provide for the majority of these excluded chemical or biological structures per se, or specially adapted processes or apparatus for the manufacture or treatment thereof (e.g. in classes C08, C12).

Special rules for additional classification in other subclasses:

Except when the operation or practical utility of the nano-structure is inherently completely limited to a microscopic environment, the nano-structures that are covered by this subclass should also be obligatorily classified in subclasses that otherwise appropriately provide for their novel and unobvious structural or functional features.

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system

Nanocapsules for medicinal preparations

A61K 9/51

Informative references:

Investigating or analyzing surface structures in atomic ranges using scanning-probe techniques

G01Q 10/00-G01Q 90/00

Details of apparatus using scanning-probe techniques

G01Q 10/00-G01Q 90/00

Thin magnetic film formed from spin-exchange coupled multi-layers

H01F 10/32

Apparatus or processes specially adapted for manufacturing or assembling devices by applying magnetic films to substrates that are formed from nanostructures

H01F 41/30

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Manufacture

Chemical, electrical, or mechanical process or apparatus for accomplishing one or more of the following operations on a nano structural assemblage or an essential integral element thereof: assembling, associating, bonding, constructing, creating, cutting, distorting, electric photographing, etching, fabricating, fastening, finishing, joining, juxtaposing, positioning, shaping, or working.

C01B - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The chemical elements of hydrogen, halogen (fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine and astatine), oxygen, sulfur, phosphorus, silicon, nitrogen, boron, selenium, tellurium, and noble gases (helium, neon, argon, krypton, xenon and radon).

Compounds solely composed of any of the elements listed above.

Carbon and compounds of carbon with any of the elements listed above, with the proviso that said compounds cannot contain a carbon atom having direct bonding to another carbon atom, a carbon atom having direct bonding to a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom, or a carbon atom having direct bonding to a nitrogen atom by a single or double bond.

Compounds composed solely of one or more metal atoms and hydrogen.

Peroxides and salts of peroxyacids.

Magnesium, calcium, strontium, or barium sulfides or polysulfides.

Alkali metal sulfides or polysulfides.

Thiosulfates, dithionites and polythionates.

Compounds containing selenium or tellurium.

Azides, metal amides and nitrites.

Carbamic acid and salts thereof.

Binary compounds containing a metal and either N, C or P.

Salts of the oxyacids of halogen or phosphorus.

Compounds consisting only of carbon atoms, e.g. fullerenes, carbon nanotubes.

Phosgene and thiophosgene.

Compounds containing silicon such as silicates, silicon oxides or colloidal silica, e.g. dispersions, gels, hydroorganosols, organosols.

Compounds containing boron.

Substances having molecular sieve properties, but not having base-exchange properties.

Substances having a combination of molecular sieve and base-exchange properties, e.g. crystalline zeolites.

Synthesis, treatment or modification of any of the elements or compounds above by:

chemical means, i.e. chemical reaction;

physical means, e.g. concentration, dehydration, purification, separation, solidifying, granulation;

addition of a stabilizer or preservative; or

by the combination of chemical and physical means, with the proviso that the resultant product is proper for classification in this subclass.

Methods of preparing the following compounds, in general:

halides;

oxides or hydroxides;

sulphides or polysulfides;

sulfites;

sulphates;

nitrates; or

carbonates or bicarbonates.

Apparatus:

for preparation of sulfur trioxide or sulfuric acid by contact processes; or

for preparation of nitric oxide by catalytic oxidation of ammonia or oxidation of nitrogen.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

In Class C01, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, a compound is classified in the last appropriate subclass of this class. For example, lead oxide is classified in subclass C01G rather than in this subclass.

This subclass is a function oriented entry for the chemical elements and their compounds and does not cover the application or use of the elements and compounds under the subclass definition. For classifying such information other entries in IPC exist, for example:

Compounds or compositions for preservation of the bodies of humans, animals, plants, or parts thereof, e.g. disinfectants, pesticides, herbicides, as pest repellents or attractants, and as plant growth regulators are classified in subclass A01N.

Preparations for medical, dental, or toilet purposes are classified in subclass A61K.

Salts, adducts, or complexes formed between an inorganic compound of this subclass and an organic compound of class C07, are regarded as organic compounds and classified in class C07.

When a process produces multiple compounds only those which are intended or desired require classification and classification may be proper in multiple subclasses.

MULTIPLE CLASSIFICATION

Biocidal, pest attractant, or plant growth regulatory activity of chemical compounds or preparations is further classified in subclass A01P.

Therapeutic activity of chemical compounds or medicinal preparations is further classified in subclass A61P.

Uses of cosmetics or similar toilet preparations are further classified in subclass A61Q.

References

Limiting references:

Treatment of inorganic materials to enhance their pigmenting or filling properties; Preparation of carbon black

C09C

Intentional preparation of carbon dioxide by a fermentation process or the use of an enzyme

C12P 1/00

Preparation of elements or inorganic compounds except carbon dioxide, by a fermentation process or the use of an enzyme

C12P 3/00

Production of non-metallic elements or inorganic compounds by electrolysis or electrophoresis

C25B 1/00

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Processing powders of inorganic compounds preparatory to the manufacturing of ceramic products

C04B 35/00

Informative references:

Chemical or physical processes, e.g. catalysts, colloid chemistry; their relevant apparatus

B01J

Inorganic fertilisers

C05D

Organic chemistry

C07

Alloys

C22C

Chemical libraries containing only inorganic compounds or inorganic materials

C40B 40/18

Methods of creating chemical libraries

C40B 50/00

Special rules of classification

In this subclass, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, a compound or a process of making a compound appropriate for this subclass is classified in the last appropriate place.

In this subclass, tradenames that are often found in scientific and patent literature have been used to define precisely the scope of the groups.

This subclass provides for products which are intended or desired. When a process produces multiple compounds only those which are intended or desired require a classification. However, by-products can be given an additional classification if they or the processes for obtaining them are considered of interest for search.

Inorganic salts of a compound, unless specifically provided for elsewhere, are classified as that compound.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Base-exchange

The replacement of one cation absorbed on a material by another.

Binary compound

A compound containing and limited to two distinct chemical elements.

Direct bonding

Requires a bond between two adjacent atoms.

Inorganic compound

A compound devoid of a carbon atom and containing a non-metallic element, or

a compound containing a carbon atom, and satisfying one of the following criteria:

the compound cannot have a carbon atom having direct bonding to another carbon atom, or

the compound cannot have direct bonding between a carbon atom and a halogen or hydrogen atom, or

the compound cannot have direct bonding between a carbon and a nitrogen atom by a single or double bond.

The following are exceptions to the above and are to be considered as inorganic compounds: compounds consisting of only carbon atoms, (e.g. fullerenes), cyanogen, cyanogen halides, cyanamide, phosgene, thiophosgene, hydrocyanic acid, isocyanic acid, isothiocyanic acid, fulminic acid, unsubstituted carbamic acid, and salts of the previously mentioned acids and which contain the same limitations as to a carbon atom.

Isomorphous zeolites

Compounds isomorphous to zeolites wherein the aluminum or silicon atoms in the framework are partly or wholly replaced by atoms of other elements, e.g. by gallium, germanium, phosphorus or boron.

Metal

Any element other than a non-metal.

Metal hydride

Compound containing only metal and hydrogen.

Molecular sieve

Materials (e.g. zeolitic, mesoporous) having cavities and channels which by their size allow some molecules to pass through, but prevent others.

Non-metal

The elements of hydrogen, carbon, halogen (fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine and astatine), oxygen, sulfur, phosphorus, silicon, nitrogen, boron, selenium, tellurium and noble gases (helium, neon, argon, krypton, xenon and radon).

Preparation

Covers synthesis, purification, separation, stabilisation, or use of additives, unless a separate place is provided in the classification scheme.

Zeolites

(i) Cystalline aluminosilicates with base-exchange and molecular sieve properties, having three dimensional, microporous lattice framework structure of tetrahedral oxide units;

(ii) Compounds isomorphous to those of the former category, wherein the aluminium or silicon atoms in the framework are partly or wholly replaced by atoms of other elements, e.g. by gallium, germanium, phosphorus or boron.

C01B 3/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Separation of gases by physical means

B01D

Purifying or modifying the chemical compositions of combustible gases containing carbon monoxide

C10K

C01B 3/22 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Coking liquid carbonaceous materials

C10B 55/00

C01B 4/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Separation of isotopes

B01D 59/00

C01B 25/46 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Solvent extraction in general

B01D 11/00

C01B 31/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Gas carbon production

C10B

C01B 31/14 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Apparatus

B01J 2/00

C01B 31/30 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Alloys

C22C

C01B 33/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Alloys

C22C

C01B 33/18 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Preparation of aerogels by dehydrating gels

C01B 33/158

C01B 33/36 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Regeneration thereof

B01J 49/00

C01B 35/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Alloys containing boron

C22C

C01B 39/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Regeneration or reactivation of ion-exchange properties

B01J 49/00

Preparation of stabilised suspensions used in detergents

C11D 3/12

C01C - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Ammonia and inorganic compounds thereof which contain at least one ammonium moiety.

Cyanogen and compounds thereof such as:

cyanogen halides,

cyanamides,

hydrocyanic acid,

isocyanic acid,

isothiocyanic acid,

thiocyanic acid, and

inorganic salts, including metal salts, of any of the above acids.

Synthesis, treatment or modification of any of the compounds above:

chemical means, i.e. chemical reaction; or

physical means, e.g. concentration, dehydration, purification, separation; or

addition of a stabilizer or preservative; or

the combination of chemical and physical means, with the proviso that the resultant product is proper for classification in this subclass.

Methods of preparing ammonium salts in general.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

In Class C01, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, a compound is classified in the last appropriate subclass of this class. For example, complexes of nickel and ammonia are classified in C01G 53/12 rather than in this subclass.

This Subclass is a function oriented entry for the compounds themselves and does not cover the application or use of the compounds under the subclass definition. For classifying such information other entries in IPC exist, for example:

Compounds or compositions for preservation of the bodies of humans, animals, plants, or parts thereof, e.g. disinfectants, pesticides, herbicides, as pest repellents or attractants, and as plant growth regulators are classified in A01N.

Preparations for medical, dental, or toilet purposes are classified in A61K.

Ammonium salts of complex acids (other than complex cyanides) containing a metal in the anion are covered by the relevant groups of subclasses C01D-C01G, according to the metal.

Salts of polybasic acids with ammonium and a metal as cations are classified as though the ammonium were hydrogen.

Complex ammine salts are classified in the relevant groups of subclasses C01D-C01G, according to the metal.

Salts, adducts or complexes formed between an inorganic compound of this subclass and an organic compound of Class C07, are regarded as organic compounds and classified in C07.

When a process produces multiple compounds only those which are intended or desired require classification and classification may be proper in multiple subclasses.

Multiple classification

Biocidal, pest attractant, or plant growth regulatory activity of chemical compounds or preparations is further classified in A01P.

Therapeutic activity of chemical compounds or medicinal preparations is further classified in A61P.

Uses of cosmetics or similar toilet preparations are further classified in A61Q.

References

Limiting references:

Salts of the oxyacids of halogens

C01B 11/00

Peroxides, salts of peroxyacids

C01B 15/00

Thiosulfates, dithionites, polythionates

C01B 17/64

Compounds containing selenium or tellurium

C01B 19/00

Azides

C01B 21/08

Metal amides

C01B 21/092

Ammonium salts of carbamic acid

C01B 21/12

Nitrites

C01B 21/50

Phosphides

C01B 25/08

Salts of the oxyacids of phosphorus

C01B 25/16

Ammonium phosphates

C01B 25/28

Compounds containing silicon

C01B 33/00

Compounds containing boron

C01B 35/00

Preparing inorganic compounds except carbon dioxide using enzymes or fermentation processes

C12P 3/00

Electrolytic production of inorganic compounds or non-metals

C25B 1/00

Processes of producing compounds in which electricity is simultaneously produced

C25B 5/00

Electrophoretic production of inorganic compounds or non-metals

C25B 7/00

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Processing powders of inorganic compounds preparatory to the manufacturing of ceramic products

C04B 35/00

Informative references:

Chemical or physical processes, e.g. catalysts, colloid chemistry; their relevant apparatus

B01J

General methods of preparing halides

C01B 9/00

Methods of preparing oxides or hydroxides in general

C01B 13/14

Methods of preparing sulfides or polysulfides in general

C01B 17/20

Methods of preparing sulfites in general

C01B 17/62

Methods of preparing sulphates in general

C01B 17/96

Methods of preparing nitrates in general

C01B 21/48

Methods of preparing carbonates or bicarbonates in general

C01B 31/24

Inorganic fertilisers

C05D

Organic chemistry

C07

Chemical libraries containing only inorganic compounds or inorganic materials

C40B 40/18

Methods of creating chemical libraries

C40B 50/00

Special rules of classification

In this subclass, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, a compound or a process of making a compound appropriate for this subclass is classified in the last appropriate place.

This subclass provides for inorganic non-metal ammonium compounds and cyanogens and compounds thereof which are intended or desired. When a process produces multiple compounds, only those which are intended or desired require a classification. However, by-products can be given an additional classification if they or the processes for obtaining them are considered of interest for search.

If an inorganic ammonium compound proper for this subclass contains two or more non-metal moieties, then a classification is given in the last relevant subgroup.

Inorganic ammonium compounds that are covered by different subgroups because of alternatively specified non-metal moieties are classified in each relevant subgroup.

Inorganic salts of a compound, unless specifically provided for elsewhere, are classified as that compound.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Direct bonding

Requires a bond between two adjacent atoms.

Inorganic compound

A compound devoid of a carbon atom and containing a non-metallic element or

a compound containing a carbon atom, and satisfying one of the following criteria:

the compound cannot have a carbon atom having direct bonding to another carbon atom, or

the compound cannot have direct bonding between a carbon atom and a halogen or hydrogen atom, or

the compound cannot have direct bonding between a carbon atom and a nitrogen atom by a single or double bond.

The following are exceptions to the above and are to be considered as inorganic compounds: compounds consisting of only carbon atoms, (e.g. fullerenes), cyanogen, cyanogen halides, cyanamide, phosgene, thiophosgene, hydrocyanic acid, isocyanic acid, isothiocyanic acid, fulminic acid, unsubstituted carbamic acid, and salts of the previously mentioned acids and which contain the same limitations as to a carbon atom.

Moiety

A specific part of a molecule.

Preparation

Covers synthesis, purification, separation, stabilisation or use of additives, unless a separate place is provided in the classification scheme.

C01C 3/16 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Dicyandiamide

C07C 279/28

C01D - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Oxides or hydroxides; halides; sulfates or sulfites; carbonates; nitrates of sodium, potassium or other alkali metals in general.

Compounds of sodium or potassium not provided for elsewhere.

Lithium compounds, e.g. oxides, halides, sulfates, carbonates, nitrates.

Rubidium, caesium or francium compounds.

Synthesis, treatment or modification of any the elements or compounds above by :

chemical means, i.e. chemical reaction;

physical means, e.g. concentration, dehydration, purification, separation, solidifying

addition of a stabilizer or preservative; or

by the combination of chemical and physical means, with the proviso that the resultant product is proper for classification in this subclass.

Forming shaped alkali metal compounds and the shaped products, per se, e.g. granules.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

In Class C01, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, a compound is classified in the last appropriate subclass of this class. For example, lead oxide is classified in subclass C01G rather than in this subclass.

This subclass is a function oriented entry for the chemical elements and their compounds and does not cover the application or use of the elements and compounds under the subclass definition. For classifying such information other entries in IPC exist, for example:

Compounds or compositions for preservation of the bodies of humans, animals, plants, or parts thereof, e.g. disinfectants, pesticides, herbicides, as pest repellents or attractants, and as plant growth regulators are classified in A01N.

Preparations for medical, dental, or toilet purposes are classified in A61K.

Ammonium salts of complex acids (other than complex cyanides) containing a metal in the anion are covered by the relevant groups of this subclass or subclasses C01F, C01G, according to the metal.

Complex ammine salts are classified in the relevant groups of this subclass, or subclasses C01F, C01G, according to the metal.

Salts, adducts, or complexes formed between an inorganic compound of this subclass and an organic compound of class C07, are regarded as organic compounds and classified in class C07.

When a process produces multiple compounds only those which are intended or desired require classification and classification may be proper in multiple subclasses.

MULTIPLE CLASSIFICATION

Biocidal, pest attractant, or plant growth regulatory activity of chemical compounds or preparations is further classified in A01P.

Therapeutic activity of chemical compounds or medicinal preparations is further classified in A61P.

Uses of cosmetics or similar toilet preparations are further classified in A61Q.

References

Limiting references:

Metal hydrides

C01B 6/00

Salts of oxyacids of halogens

C01B 11/00

Peroxides, salts of peroxyacids

C01B 15/00

Sulfides or polysulfides of alkali metals

C01B 17/22

Thiosulfates, dithionites, polythionates

C01B 17/64

Compounds containing selenium or tellurium

C01B 19/00

Binary compounds of nitrogen with metals

C01B 21/06

Azides

C01B 21/08

Metal amides

C01B 21/092

Nitrites

C01B 21/50

Phosphides

C01B 25/08

Salts of oxyacids of phosphorous

C01B 25/16

Carbides

C01B 31/30

Compounds containing silicon

C01B 33/00

Compounds containing boron

C01B 35/00

Cyanides

C01C 3/08

Salts of cyanic acid

C01C 3/14

Salts of cyanamide

C01C 3/16

Thiocyanates

C01C 3/20

Preparation of elements or inorganic compounds except carbon dioxide by using micro-organisms or enzymes

C12P 3/00

Obtaining metal compounds from mixtures in a metallurgical process

C22B

Production of non-metallic elements or inorganic compounds by electrolysis or electrophoresis

C25B

Informative references:

Crystallisation

B01D 9/00

Calcination

B01J 6/00

Catalysts

B01J 23/00, B01J 27/00, B01J 31/00

General methods of preparing halides

C01B 9/00

Methods of preparing sulfites in general

C01B 17/62

Shaped ceramic products characterised by their composition

C04B 35/00

Special rules of classification

In this subclass, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, a compound or a process of making a compound appropriate for this subclass is classified in the last appropriate place.

In this subclass, tradenames that are often found in scientific and patent literature have been used to define precisely the scope of the groups.

This subclass provides for products which are intended or desired. When a process produces multiple compounds only those which are intended or desired require a classification. However, by-products can be given an additional classification if they or the processes for obtaining them are considered of interest for search.

Inorganic salts of a compound, unless specifically provided for elsewhere, are classified as that compound.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Binary compound

A compound containing and limited to two distinct chemical elements.

Inorganic compound

A compound devoid of a carbon atom and containing a non-metallic element or

a compound containing a carbon atom, and satisfying one of the following criteria:

the compound cannot have a carbon atom having direct bonding to another carbon atom, or

the compound cannot have direct bonding between a carbon atom and a halogen or hydrogen atom, or

the compound cannot have direct bonding between a carbon atom and a nitrogen atom by a single or double bond.

The following are exceptions to the above and are to be considered as inorganic compounds: compounds consisting of only carbon atoms, (e.g. fullerenes), cyanogen, cyanogen halides, cyanamide, phosgene, thiophosgene, hydrocyanic acid, isocyanic acid, isothiocyanic acid, fulminic acid, unsubstituted carbamic acid, and salts of the previously mentioned acids and which contain the same limitations as to a carbon atom.

Metal

Any element other than a non-metal

Moiety

A specific part of a molecule.

Non-metal

The elements of hydrogen, carbon, halogen (fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine and astatine), oxygen, sulfur, phosphorus, silicon, nitrogen, boron, selenium, tellurium and noble gases (helium, neon, argon, krypton, xenon and radon)

Preparation

Covers synthesis, purification, separation, stabilisation or use of additives, unless a separate place is provided in the classification scheme.

C01F - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Compounds of beryllium, e.g. fluorides, oxides, hydroxides.

Compounds of magnesium, e.g. magnesia, hydroxide, carbonates, halides, nitrates, sulfates, sulfites.

Compounds of aluminium, e.g. carbonate, oxides, hydroxides, alkali metal aluminates, halides, nitrates, sulfides, sulfites, sulfates.

Compounds of calcium, strontium or barium , e.g. oxides, hydroxides, carbonates, halides, nitrates, sulfates, sulfites.

Compounds of radium.

Compounds of thorium.

Compounds of the rare-earth metals, i.e. scandium, yttrium, lanthanum, lanthanides.

Synthesis, treatment or modification of any of the elements or compounds above by:

chemical means, i.e. chemical reaction;

physical means, e.g. concentration, dehydration, purification, separation, solidifying

addition of a stabilizer or preservative; or

by the combination of chemical and physical means, with the proviso that the resultant product is proper for classification in this subclass.

Forming shaped metal compounds covered by C01F and the shaped products, per se, e.g. granules.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

In Class C01, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, a compound is classified in the last appropriate subclass of this class. For example, lead oxide is classified in subclass C01G rather than in this subclass.

This subclass is a function oriented entry for the chemical elements and their compounds and does not cover the application or use of the elements and compounds under the subclass definition. For classifying such information other entries in IPC exist, for example:

Compounds or compositions for preservation of the bodies of humans, animals, plants, or parts thereof, e.g. disinfectants, pesticides, herbicides, as pest repellents or attractants, and as plant growth regulators are classified in A01N.

Preparations for medical, dental, or toilet purposes are classified in A61K.

Ammonium salts of complex acids (other than complex cyanides) containing a metal in the anion are covered by the relevant groups of this subclass or subclasses C01D and C01G, according to the metal.

Complex ammine salts are classified in the relevant groups of this subclass, or subclasses C01D and C01G, according to the metal.

Salts, adducts, or complexes formed between an inorganic compound of this subclass and an organic compound of class C07, are regarded as organic compounds and classified in class C07.

When a process produces multiple compounds only those which are intended or desired require classification and classification may be proper in multiple subclasses.

MULTIPLE CLASSIFICATION

Biocidal, pest attractant, or plant growth regulatory activity of chemical compounds or preparations is further classified in A01P.

Therapeutic activity of chemical compounds or medicinal preparations is further classified in A61P.

Uses of cosmetics or similar toilet preparations are further classified in A61Q.

References

Limiting references:

Metal hydrides

C01B 6/00

Salts of oxyacids of halogens

C01B 11/00

Peroxides, salts of peroxyacids

C01B 15/00

Sulfides or polysulfides of magnesium, calcium, strontium or barium

C01B 17/42

Thiosulfates, dithionites, polythionates

C01B 17/64

Compounds containing selenium or tellurium

C01B 19/00

Binary compounds of nitrogen with metals

C01B 21/06

Azides

C01B 21/08

Metal amides

C01B 21/092

Nitrites

C01B 21/50

Phosphides

C01B 25/08

Salts of oxyacids of phosphorous

C01B 25/16

Carbides

C01B 31/30

Compounds containing silicon

C01B 33/00

Compounds containing boron

C01B 35/00

Compounds having molecular sieve properties but not base-exchange properties

C01B 37/00

Compounds having molecular sieve and base exchange properties (crystalline zeolites)

C01B 39/00

Cyanides

C01C 3/08

Salts of cyanic acid

C01C 3/14

Salts of Cyanamide

C01C 3/16

Thiocyanates

C01C 3/20

Double sulfates of magnesium with sodium or potassium

C01D 5/12

Double sulfates of magnesium with lithium

C01D 15/06

Double sulfates of magnesium with rubidium, caesium or francium

C01D 17/00

Production of lime, magnesia or dolomite

C04B 2/00

Burning, calcining lime, magnesite or dolomite

C04B 2/10

Dehydration of gypsum for calcium sulfate cements

C04B 11/02

Preparation of elements or inorganic compounds except carbon dioxide by using micro-organisms or enzymes

C12P 3/00

Obtaining metal compounds from mixtures in a metallurgical process

C22B

Production of non-metallic elements or inorganic compounds by electrolysis or electrophoresis

C25B

Informative references:

Crystallisation

B01D 9/00

Calcination

B01J 6/00

Catalysts

B01J 23/00, B01J 27/00, B01J 31/00

General methods of preparing halides

C01B 9/00

Methods of preparing sulfites in general

C01B 17/62

Shaped ceramic products characterised by their composition

C04B 35/00

Use of inorganic ingredients, e.g. oxygen-containing compounds, e.g. metal carbonyls

C08K 3/18

Treatment of specific inorganic compounds of alkaline earth metals or magnesium, other than fibrous fillers

C09C 1/02

Inorganic compounds of alkaline earth metals, added to the pulp, paper-impregnating material, e.g. water-insoluble compounds

D21H 17/67

Special rules of classification

In this subclass, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, a compound or a process of making a compound appropriate for this subclass is classified in the last appropriate place.

In this subclass, tradenames that are often found in scientific and patent literature have been used to define precisely the scope of the groups.

This subclass provides for products which are intended or desired. When a process produces multiple compounds only those which are intended or desired require a classification. However, by-products can be given an additional classification if they or the processes for obtaining them are considered of interest for search.

Inorganic salts of a compound, unless specifically provided for elsewhere, are classified as that compound.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Binary compound

A compound containing and limited to two distinct chemical elements.

Inorganic compound

A compound devoid of a carbon atom and containing a non-metallic element or

a compound containing a carbon atom, and satisfying one of the following criteria:

the compound cannot have a carbon atom having direct bonding to another carbon atom, or

the compound cannot have direct bonding between a carbon atom and a halogen or hydrogen atom, or

the compound cannot have direct bonding between a carbon atom and a nitrogen atom by a single or double bond.

The following are exceptions to the above and are to be considered as inorganic compounds: compounds consisting of only carbon atoms, (e.g. fullerenes), cyanogen, cyanogen halides, cyanamide, phosgene, thiophosgene, hydrocyanic acid, isocyanic acid, isothiocyanic acid, fulminic acid, unsubstituted carbamic acid, and salts of the previously mentioned acids and which contain the same limitations as to a carbon atom.

Metal

Any element other than a non-metal

Moiety

A specific part of a molecule.

Non-metal

The elements of hydrogen, carbon, halogen (fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine and astatine), oxygen, sulfur, phosphorus, silicon, nitrogen, boron, selenium, tellurium and noble gases (helium, neon, argon, krypton, xenon and radon)

Preparation

Covers synthesis, purification, separation, stabilisation or use of additives, unless a separate place is provided in the classification scheme.

C01G - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Inorganic compounds containing at least one of the following metals:

refractory metals, i.e. Ti, V, Cr, Zr, Nb, Mo, Hf, Ta, W;

platinum group metals, i.e. Os, Ir, Pt, Ru, Rh, Pd;

iron group metals, i.e. Fe, Co, Ni;

Mn, Cu, Zn, Ga, Ge, As, Tc, Ag, Cd, In, Sn, Sb, Re, Au, Hg, Tl, Pb, Bi, Po, Ac and the elements having an atomic number of 91 or above.

Synthesis, treatment or modification of any of the compounds proper for this subclass by:

chemical means, i.e. chemical treatment;

physical means, e.g. concentration, dehydration, purification, separation;

addition of a stabilizer or preservative; or

the combination of chemical and physical means, with the proviso that the resultant product is proper for classification in this subclass.

Methods of preparing compounds of metals not covered by subclasses C01B, C01C, C01D or C01F, in general.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

In class C01, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, a compound is classified in the last appropriate subclass of this class. For example, lead carbonate is classified in subclass C01G 21/14, rather than in C01B.

Subclass C01G is a function oriented entry for the compounds themselves and does not cover the application or use of the compounds under the subclass definition. For classifying such information other entries in IPC exist, for example:

Compounds or compositions for preservation of the bodies of humans, animals, plants, or parts thereof, e.g. disinfectants, pesticides, herbicides, as pest repellents or attractants, and as plant growth regulators are classified in subclass A01N.

Preparations for medical, dental, or toilet purposes are classified in subclass A61K.

Salts, adducts or complexes formed between an inorganic compound of this subclass and an organic compound of Class C07, are regarded as organic compounds and classified in C07.

When a process produces multiple compounds only those which are intended or desired require classification and classification may be proper in multiple subclasses.

Multiple classification

Biocidal, pest attractant, or plant growth regulatory activity of chemical compounds or preparations is further classified in subclass A01P.

Therapeutic activity of chemical compounds or medicinal preparations is further classified in subclass A61P.

Uses of cosmetics or similar toilet preparations are further classified in subclass A61Q.

References

Limiting references:

Metal hydrides

C01B 6/00

Salts of oxyacids of halogens

C01B 11/00

Peroxides, salts of peroxyacids

C01B 15/00

Thiosulfates, dithionites or polythionates

C01B 17/64

Compounds containing selenium or tellurium

C01B 19/00

Binary compounds of nitrogen with metals, silicon or boron

C01B 21/06

Azides

C01B 21/08

Metal amides

C01B 21/092

Nitrites

C01B 21/50

Phosphides

C01B 25/08

Salts of oxyacids of phosphorus

C01B 25/16

Carbides

C01B 31/30

Compounds containing silicon

C01B 33/00

Compounds containing boron

C01B 35/00

Compounds having molecular sieve properties but not having base-exchange properties

C01B 37/00

Compounds having molecular sieve properties and base- exchange properties, e.g. crystalline zeolites

C01B 39/00

Cyanides

C01C 3/08

Salts of cyanic acid

C01C 3/14

Salts of cyanamide

C01C 3/16

Thiocyanates

C01C 3/20

Treatment of inorganic materials to enhance their pigmenting or filling properties; Preparation of carbon black

C09C

Preparing inorganic compounds except carbon dioxide using enzymes or fermentation processes

C12P 3/00

Manufacture of iron or steel

C21B

Obtaining metal compounds by metallurgical processes

C22B

Alloys

C22C

Electrolytic production of inorganic compounds or non-metals

C25B 1/00

Processes for producing compounds in which electricity is simultaneously generated

C25B 5/00

Electrophoretic production of inorganic compounds or non-metals

C25B 7/00

Electrolytic production of metals by electolysis of solutions

C25C 1/00

Electrolytic production of metals by electolysis of melts

C25C 3/00

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Processing powders of inorganic compounds preparatory to the manufacturing of ceramic products

C04B 35/00

Informative references:

Chemical or physical processes, e.g. catalysts, colloid chemistry; their relevant apparatus

B01J

General methods of preparing halides

C01B 9/00

Methods of preparing oxides or hydroxides in general

C01B 13/14

Methods of preparing sulfides or polysulfides in general

C01B 17/20

Methods of preparing sulfites in general

C01B 17/62

Methods of preparing sulfates in general

C01B 17/96

Methods of preparing nitrates in general

C01B 21/48

Methods of preparing carbonates or bicarbonates in general

C01B 31/24

Inorganic fertilisers

C05D

Organic compounds

C07

Electrolytic production of metal powders or porous metal masses

C25C 5/00

Chemical libraries containing only inorganic compounds or inorganic materials

C40B 40/18

Methods of creating chemical libraries

C40B 50/00

Special rules of classification

In this subclass, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, a compound or a process of making a compound appropriate for this subclass is classified in the last appropriate place.

Salts of polybasic acids with ammonium and a metal as cations are classified as though the ammonium were hydrogen.

Complex ammine salts are classified in the relevant groups of this subclass, according to the metal.

This subclass provides for products which are intended or desired. When a process produces multiple compounds only those which are intended or desired require a classification. However, by-products can be given an additional classification if they or the processes for obtaining them are considered of interest for search.

If an inorganic compound contains two or more metals of this subclass, then a classification is given in the last relevant main group.

If an inorganic compound contains a single metal and two or more non-metal moieties proper for this subclass, then a classification is given in the last relevant subgroup.

Compounds that are covered by different main groups because of alternatively specified metal atoms are classified in each relevant main group.

Compounds that are covered by different subgroups because of alternatively specified non-metal moieties are classified in each relevant subgroup.

Inorganic salts of a compound, unless specifically provided for elsewhere, are classified as that compound.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Direct bonding

Requires a bond between two adjacent atoms.

Inorganic compound

A compound devoid of a carbon atom and containing a non-metallic element or

a compound containing a carbon atom, and satisfying one of the following criteria:

the compound cannot have a carbon atom having direct bonding to another carbon atom, or

the compound cannot have direct bonding between a carbon atom and a halogen or hydrogen atom, or

the compound cannot have direct bonding between a carbon and a nitrogen atom by a single or double bond.

The following are exceptions to the above and are to be considered as inorganic compounds: compounds consisting of only carbon atoms, (e.g. fullerenes), cyanogen, cyanogen halides, cyanamide, phosgene, thiophosgene, hydrocyanic acid, isocyanic acid, isothiocyanic acid, fulminic acid, unsubstituted carbamic acid, and salts of the previously mentioned acids and which contain the same limitations as to a carbon atom.

Metal

Any element other than a non-metal.

Moiety

A specific part of a molecule.

Non-metal

The elements of hydrogen, carbon, halogen (fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine and astatine), oxygen, sulfur, phosphorus, silicon, nitrogen, boron, selenium, tellurium and noble gases (helium, neon, argon, krypton, xenon and radon).

Preparation

Covers synthesis, purification, separation, stabilisation, or use of additives, unless a separate place is provided in the classification scheme.

Transuranic elements

Elements having higher atomic weights than uranium.

C02F - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The physical, chemical and biological treatment of water, waste water or sewage, e.g. by distillation or evaporation, by degassing, by centrifugal separation, by flocculation of suspended impurities, or by using plants such as algae.

Selection or use of compositions for such treatments.

Compositions (per se) specially adapted for such treatments.

Softening water and preventing scale; Adding scale preventatives or scale removers to water, e.g. adding sequestering agents.

Aeration of stretches of water.

Multistep treatment of water, waste water or sewage.

Treatment of sludge and devices therefor, e.g. bioreactors.

Devices for the treatment of water, waste water or sewage, e.g. devices for separating or removing fatty or oily substances or similar floating material.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Separation in general is classified in B01D.

References

Limiting references:

Processes for making harmful chemical substances harmless, or less harmful, by effecting a chemical change in the substances

A62D 3/00

Settling tanks and filter devices

B01D

Adding materials to water to prevent corrosion

C23F

Cleaning or keeping clear the surface of open water, e.g. the sea

E02B 15/00

Devices for cleaning or keeping clear the surface of open water

E02B 15/04

Methods for obtaining or collecting drinking water or tap water

E03B 3/00

Treating radioactively-contaminated liquids

G21F 9/04

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system.

Special arrangements on waterborne vessels of installations for producing fresh water

B63J 1/00

Special arrangements on waterborne vessels of installations for treating waste water or sewage.

B63J 4/00

Informative references:

Medicinal water

A61K

Degasification of liquids in general

B01D 19/00

Ion-exchange in general

B01J

Packing elements in general

B01J 19/32

Device in sewers for separating liquid or solid substances from sewage

E03F 5/14

Methods of steam generation

F22B

Preheating boiler feed-water or accumulating preheated boiler feed-water

F22D

Incinerators or other apparatus for burning waste liquors

F23G 7/04

Special rules of classification

When classifying in this subclass, classification is also made in group B01D 15/08 insofar as subject matter of general interest relating to chromatography is concerned.

It is desirable to add the indexing codes of group C02F 101/00 for the nature of the contaminant and of group C02F 103/00 for the nature of the water, waste water, sewage or sludge to be treated which are considered to be of interest for search.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Sludge

Solids that remain after wastewater treatment. This material may be separated, treated and composted into fertilizer.

C02F 1/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Methods of steam generation

F22B

Preheating boiler feed-water or accumulating preheated boiler feed-water

F22D

C02F 1/20 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Degasification of liquids in general

B01D 19/00

Arrangement of degassing apparatus in boiler feed supply

F22D

C02F 1/40 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

For use in drains leading to the sewer

E03F 5/16

C02F 1/42 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Ion-exchange in general

B01J

C02F 1/68 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Medicinal water

A61K

C02F 3/10 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Packing elements in general

B01J 19/30, B01J 19/32

C02F 9/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Only those combined water, waste water or sewage treating operations where the essential characteristic resides in the combination of the treatment steps.

Special rules of classification

In this group, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, classification is made in the last appropriate place.

Any individual step of a multistep treatment, which is not identified by the classification in the last appropriate place, and which is considered to represent information of interest for search, may also be classified in one or more of groups C02F 1/00-C02F 1/56 or C02F 1/66-C02F 7/00. This can, for example, be the case which it is considered of interest to enable searching of multistep treatments using a combination of classification symbols. Such non-obligatory classification should be given as "additional information".

Treatments where the essential characteristic resides in an individual step of the treatment, which treatments are covered by groups C02F 1/00-C02F 7/00, are not covered by group C02F 9/00. An example of such treatments is a treatment in which the essential characteristic resides in a chemical treatment step and in which the one or more other steps, such as filtration or settlement, are conventional.

C02F 11/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Incinerators or other apparatus for burning waste liquors, e.g. sulfite liquor from paper-making plant

F23G 7/04

C03B - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The manufacture of glass by:

Processes before the melting by the preparation of raw material mixtures used in manufacturing glass, mineral or slag wool (batches) i.e. mixing, pelletizing.

Melting processes:

in furnaces specially adapted for glass manufacture, i.e. electric, tank or pot furnaces;

with auxiliary means specially adapted for glass-melting furnaces, i.e. stirring, refining, cooling, heating the glass;

with means for taking off charges of molten glass; forehearths, i.e. feeder channels, feeder spouts, e.g. gob feeders.

Processes other than melting processes, i.e. chemical vapour deposition, gel phase.

The shaping of glass by:

Blowing processes with production of hollow glass articles and with blow pipes, past mould machines, moulds, blow heads;

Pressing processes with rotary tables, plungers or moulds, metal inserts;

Rolling processes with production of patterned or non-patterned glass sheets;

Drawing glass upwardly from the melt processes with production of drawing glass sheets, tubes, cylinders;

Forming glass processes by flowing out with formation of glass coated with coloured layers, formation of tubes, glass sheets;

Shaping glass processes in contact with the surface of a liquid i.e. float bath with formation of sheets;

Other methods of shaping glass as such as casting, centrifuging, foaming, forming beads;

Processes specially adapted for the production of quartz or fused silica articles;

Severing glass sheets, tubes or rods while still plastic processes by cutting, fusing;

Transporting of glass products processes during their manufacture;

Manufacture or treatment processes of flakes, fibres, filaments from softened glass, minerals or slags;

Preventing adhesion processes between glass and glass or between glass and the means used to shape it, e.g. by lubrication, by the use of gas.

The after-treatment of glass products by:

Thermic treatment processes such as annealing , reheating, fire-polishing of glass products;

Tempering processes;

Other thermal after-treatment of glass products processes such as crystallization, elimination of gas inclusions;

Severing cooled glass processes by cutting or splitting, fusing, thermal shock;

Glass-cutting tools.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

C03B concerns all aspects of glass manufacture processes, apparatus and C03C relates to the glass chemistry, such as composition, additives, chemical treatment.

C04B relates to ceramics having a crystallographic structure different from the glass compounds. For composites containing glass and ceramic, composites comprising more than 50% of glass are classified in C03C.

References

Limiting references:

Preparation of finely divided silica

C01B 33/18

Chemical aspects of glass

C03C

Changing the surface of the glass ribbon by chemical methods

C03C

Refining agents

C03C 1/00

Chemical aspects of hollow, porous, sintered or foamed beads

C03C 11/00

Beads composition

C03C 12/00

Surface treatment of glass by coating with glass

C03C 17/02

Surface treatment of fibres or filaments from glass, minerals or wools, sizing of the fibres

C03C 25/00

Coating of the fibre during the drawing process

C03C 25/10

Polarisation-maintaining optical fibres per se

G02B 6/024

Cutting or severing of light guides

G02B 6/25

Fusion-splicing of light guides

G02B 6/255

Treatment of light guides to shape optical elements

G02B 6/287

Informative references:

Syringes

A61M 5/178

Devices for reactant delivery in general

B01J 4/00

Containers or dishes for laboratory use, e.g. laboratory glassware

B01L 3/00

Nozzles

B05B

Disposal or transformation of solid waste in general

B09B

Machines or processes for grinding or polishing glass

B24B 7/24

Molding plastics around a core using a cross-head annular extrusion nozzle

B29C 47/28

Extrusion presses in general

B30B 11/22

Windows, windscreens for vehicles

B60J 1/00

Windows, doors for airplanes

B64C 1/14

Glass containers, e.g. bottles, ampoules, jars

B65D 1/00

Conveying systems for fragile sheets, e.g. glass

B65G 49/06

Hand tools for cutting ampoules

B67B 7/92

Crucibles for supporting the melt

C30B 15/10

Bi-component fibres

D01F 8/00

Yarns or threads made from glass

D02G 3/18

Woven fabrics

D03D 15/00

Non-woven fabrics

D04H 13/00

Building elements of glass or other transparent material

E04C 1/42

Doors, windows

E06

Thermal insulation arrangements using fillers, e.g. slag wool

F16L 59/04

Brick shapes in general

F27D 1/04

Globes, bowls, cover glasses

F21V 3/00

Optical glass, lens

G02B 1/00

Treatment of radioactive waste

G21F 9/00

Programme-control system

G05B 19/00

Apparatus specially adapted for the manufacture of electric discharge tubes, discharge lamps

H01J 9/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Annealing

Process of slowly cooling glass to relieve internal stresses after it was formed

Cullet

Scraps of broken or waste glass for remelting

Gob

Lump of molten glass used to make a piece of glassware

Mineral wool

Inorganic fibrous material made from molten glass

Slag wool

Mineral wool made from blast-furnace slag

Tempering

Process of heating glass above its annealing point and then rapidly cooling it.

Debiteuse

Clay block floating upon molten glass in a tank furnace and containing a long slot that shapes glass into a sheet as it is drawn through it

Synonyms and Keywords

Tempered

Toughened

Mineral wool, Slag wool

Rock wool

C03B 9/41 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Electric or electronic systems in general

G05B 19/00

C03B 35/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Conveying systems for fragile sheets, e.g. glass

B65G 49/06

C03B 37/07 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Controlling or regulating in general

G05

C03B 37/075 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Optical fibres

G02B 6/02

C03B 37/08 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Nozzles in general

B05B

C03B 37/10 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Yarns or threads

D02

Woven fabrics

D03

non-woven fabrics

D04

C03C - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Chemical composition of

glasses, glazes, vitreous enamels, frit compositions;

devitrified glass ceramics;

structured glass such as powdered glass, multi-cellular, beads, fibres or filaments of glass;

glass with special properties such as coloured, photosensitive, luminescent, dielectric, ion-sensitive, chemical resistant.

Surface treatment of glass, surface treatment of fibres or filaments from glass, minerals or slags :

coating with various materials;

mechanical treatment of glass;

diffusion of ions or metals into the surface;

drying, dehydration;

Chemical treatment such as etching;

cleaning.

Joining glass to glass or to other materials by fusing, by using specially adapted adhesive, interlayer.

Joining metals with the aid of glass.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

C03B concerns all aspects of glass manufacture processes, apparatus and C03C relates to the glass chemistry, such as composition, additives, chemical treatment.

C04B relates to ceramics having a crystallographic structure different from the glass compounds. For composites containing glass and ceramic, composites comprising more than 50% of glass are classified in C03C.

References

Limiting references:

Cleaning by methods or apparatus specially adapted for plate glass

B08B 11/04

Grinding or polishing glass

B24B

Abrasive blasting (e.g. sand-blasting) of glass

B24C 1/00

Layered product essentially comprising sheet glass or fibres of glass, slag or the like

B32B 17/00

Wired glass

C03B 13/12

Fusing pieces of glass without substantial reshaping

C03B 23/20

Manufacture of fibres or filaments from softened glass, minerals, or slags

C03B 37/00

Joining glass to ceramic

C04B 37/04

Cold glazes for ceramics

C04B 41/86

Chemical treatment of glass fabrics

D06M

Informative references:

Treatment of materials specially adapted to enhance their filling properties in mortar, concrete or artificial stone

C04B 14/00 - C04B 20/00

Etching or surface brightening composition

C09K 13/00

Units for use as elements for closing wall or like openings and comprising two or more parallel glass panes in spaced relationship, the panes being permanently secured together

E06B 3/66

Optical coatings of optical elements

G02B 1/10

Light guides

G02B 6/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Glass

amorphous structure

Glass batch

raw materials of the glass before melting

Glass composition

materials forming the glass after melting

Ceramic

monocrystalline or polycrystalline material

Glass-ceramics

Glass which containing microcrystals obtained after a special thermal treatment (crystalline phase constituting at least 50% by weight of the total composition

Glaze

Thin vitrified layer on a ceramic

Enamel

Thin vitrified layer on a metal or a glass

Slag

Partially vitrified by-product obtained when making metal

C03C 13/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Optical fibres

G02B 6/02

C03C 27/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Fusing

C03B 23/20

Units for use as elements for closing wall or like openings and comprising two or more parallel glass panes in spaced relationship, the panes being permanently secured together

E06B 3/66

C04B - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Chemical aspects of the processing of lime, magnesia or dolomite and of molten slag.

Compositional aspects of:

inorganic binders, such as hydraulic cements ;

mortars, concrete and artificial stone, e.g. the choice of fillers or active ingredients therefore;

shaped ceramic products, e.g. clay-wares, refractories , non-oxides.

Physico-chemical aspects of methods for obtaining mortars, concrete, artificial stones or ceramics , e.g. for delaying the setting time of mortar compositions.

Treatment including defibrillating of materials such as fillers , agglomerated or waste materials, or refuse to enhance their filling properties in mortars, concrete or artificial stone.

Porous mortars, concrete, artificial stone or ceramic ware, and the preparation thereof.

Methods and apparatus for:

burning or slaking lime;

obtaining mineral binders, e.g. Portland cement or hemihydrate plaster;

the expansion of mineral fillers , such as clay, perlite or vermiculite.

After- treatment of artificial stones, mortars, concrete and ceramics , e.g. coating or impregnation of green concrete after primary shaping.

Non-mechanical treatment of natural stone.

Processing powders of inorganic compounds in preparation to the manufacturing of ceramic products .

The joining of burned ceramics with other articles by heating.

References

Limiting references:

Granulating apparatus

B01J 2/00

Mechanical features relating to the working of mortars, concrete, stone, clay-wares or ceramics , e.g. mixing or shaping ceramic compositions, boring natural stone

B28

Chemical preparation of powders of inorganic compounds

C01

Devitrified glass-ceramics

C03C 10/00

Compositions containing free metal bonded to carbides, diamond, oxides, borides, nitrides, silicides, e.g. cermets, or other metal compounds, such as oxynitrides or sulfides, other than as macroscopic reinforcing agents

C22C

Building elements or constructions; Finishing work on buildings

E04

Informative references:

Materials for prostheses or for coating prostheses

A61L 27/00

Chemical or biological purification of waste gases

B01D 53/34

Layered products

B32B

Treating inorganic non-fibrous materials to enhance their pigmenting or filling properties

C09C

Cementing or plastering compositions for boreholes or wells

C09K 8/00

Adhesives

C09J

Alloys based on refractory metals

C22C

Shaft or vertical furnaces in general

F27B 1/00

Hydraulic hardening materials , e.g. concretes, ceramics or refractories for protection against radiation, i.e. shielding

G21F 1/00

Special rules of classification

Active ingredients which react with cement compounds for forming new or modified mineralogical phases and are added before the hardening process, as well as cements added as additives to other cements , are classified in groups C04B 7/00 to C04B 12/00, e.g. in group C04B 7/42.

In each set of groups C04B 7/00 to C04B 32/00 and C04B 41/45 to C04B 41/91, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, classification is made in the last appropriate place, e.g. classifiable subject matter relating to:

an hydraulic cement is classified in main group C04B 7/00;

an admixture of an additive to a cement after the burning step or in the absence of a burning step is classified in one or more of main groups C04B 14/00 to C04B 24/00;

an inorganic accelerator for cement is classified in main group C04B 22/00;

a mortar composition containing an hydraulic cement , an organic co-binder, fillers and active ingredients , such as surfactants and anti-foam agents, is classified in main group C04B 28/00.

Any ingredient of compositions of mortars, concrete or artificial stone, classified in groups C04B 26/00 to C04B 32/00 in accordance with the previous special rules, and which itself is determined to be novel and non-obvious, must also be classified in groups C04B 7/00 to C04B 24/00 respecting these previous rules.

This can be the case when, e.g.:

the actual invention relates to one of the ingredients of the mixture;

a special organic co-binder is used in combination with an hydraulic cement (C04B 24/24).

Any ingredient of compositions of mortars, concrete or artificial stone, which is not identified by the classification in groups C04B 26/00 to C04B 32/00 in accordance with the previous rules, and which is considered to represent information of particular interest for search, may also be classified respecting these previous notes. This can for example be the case when, it is considered of interest to enable searching of compositions using a combination of classification symbols. Such non-obligatory classification should be given as "additional information". For example:

the problem-solution aspect of the invention relates to one of the ingredients in particular, such as the corrosion problem of glass fibres in a concrete matrix (additional classification in C04B 14/42);

well defined Portland cement mortar mixture containing clay as an essential or characterising filler (additional classification in C04B 14/10);

unusual ingredients used.

Artificial stone compositions containing fibres but no binders, and voids which may occur between the intertwined fibres, are not considered porous in the sense of main group C04B 38/00. In the same way, such compositions, where binder is only present on the mutual contact points of the intertwined fibres, are not considered as compositions covered by main groups C04B 26/00 to C04B 28/00.

Use of indexing codes:

when classifying in main groups C04B 22/00 or C04B 24/00, it is desirable to add the indexing codes of group C04B 103/00 relating to the function or property of the active ingredients ;

when classifying in main groups C04B 26/00 to C04B 32/00, it is desirable to add the indexing codes of group C04B 111/00 relating to the function, property or use of the mortars, concrete or artificial stone.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Active ingredients

Ingredients having an effect on the mortar-, concrete- or artificial stone composition during processing or on the characteristics of the final product, e.g. as set accelerator, as dispersant or as gas generating agent. Other examples are processing aids or property improvers, e.g. grinding aids, used after the cement burning process or in the absence of such a burning process.

Cement

The binder proper, i.e. excluding any additional ingredient or additive added to the finished binder as such, with the exception of mixtures of binders.

Cement composition

In patent literature this term might be used in the sense of " cement " as well as in the sense of a "mortar-, concrete- or artificial stone composition". For classification and search, the term must be interpreted using the Glossary as guidance.

Clinker

The unground sintered product leaving the cement kiln. In patent literature this term might be used literally, i.e. to indicate the unground sintered product leaving the cement kiln, or it might be used to indicate the ground cement without any additive, i.e. not interground with additives such as gypsum.

Ceramics

Inorganic, non metallic products obtained by a process involving a shaping step and a sintering or comparable heat treatment step, with the exclusion of cements , cermets and glasses, glazes, vitreous enamels and devitrified glass ceramics .

Fillers

Inactive ingredients, include pigments, aggregates and fibrous reinforcing materials.

Fine ceramics

Ceramics having a polycrystalline fine-grained microstructure, e.g. of dimensions below 100 micrometer.

Hydraulic binder

For the purpose of classification and search in this subclass, the terms " cement " and " hydraulic binder " are considered to be equivalent, even if in literature, an hydraulic binder might be defined as a mixture of cement and one or more inorganic additives.

Mortar-

They are considered as a single group of materials, are mixtures of one or more binders with fillers or other ingredients. In the context of such compositions, the terms " cement " and "binder" are considered equivalent.

Resin mortar or resin concrete

Mortar or concrete containing resin as a binder instead of cement , i.e. excluding any inorganic binder and containing a considerable amount of inorganic filler compared with the amount of the organic binder.

Refractories

Ceramics or mortars withstanding high temperatures of at least about 1500 degrees C. For classification and search in this subclass no substantial distinction is made between the terms " refractories " and " ceramics ".

Porous materials

Materials which are deliberately made porous, e.g. by adding gas-forming, foaming, burnable or lightweight additives to the composition they are made of.

C04B 2/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Hydraulic lime cements

C04B 7/34

C04B 5/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Manufacture of slag wool

C03B

Treatment of slag in, or for the production of metals

C21B, C22B

Informative references:

Mechanical aspects

B28B 1/54

C04B 12/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Ammonium silicates per se and their preparation

C01C 1/00

Alkali metal silicates per se and their preparation

C01B 33/32

C04B 12/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

In, or for, the manufacture of ceramics

C04B 33/00, C04B 35/00

C04B 18/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Use of waste materials for the manufacture of cement

C04B 7/24

C04B 18/14 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

For manufacture of cement

C04B 7/14

C04B 26/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Mortar or concrete compositions that contain organic binders instead of cement, i. e. excluding any inorganic binder and containing a considerable amount of inorganic filler compared with the amount of the organic binder. Examples of such organic binders are: resins, polysaccharides and compounds having carbon-to-metal linkages.

Compositions covered by this main group are often referred to as polymer- or resin-mortars or concrete.

References

Limiting references:

Mechanical features relating to the working of plastics, e.g. moulding polymer or resin concrete

B29

Compositions of macromolecular compounds

C08L

Informative references:

Bituminous compositions

C08L 95/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Resin- or polymer mortars or concrete

Mortar and concrete compositions based on organic binders only, i.e. excluding any inorganic binder. In patent literature these terms are sometimes used for compositions also containing an inorganic binder, e.g. Portland cement. If this is the case classification should not be made in this main group but in main group C04B 28/00.

C04B 28/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Monolithic refractories or refractory mortars

C04B 35/66

C04B 30/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Artificial stone compositions containing fibres, but no binder. Though voids may result between the intertwined fibres these compositions are not considered porous in the sense of main group C04B 38/00.

C04B 33/28 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Mechanical features

B28B 1/26

C04B 35/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Ceramic compositions or refractories based on oxides or oxide mixtures or solid solutions of two or more oxides; Processes for their manufacture.

Ceramic compositions based on rare earth compounds or on compounds of actinides; Processes for their manufacture.

Ceramic compositions or refractories based on non-oxides, e.g. on carbon, sulfides, selenides, fluorides, carbides, borides, nitrides or silicides; Processes for their manufacture.

Monolithic refractories or refractory mortars, including those whether or not containing clay; Processes for their manufacture.

Ceramic products containing macroscopic reinforcing agents, e.g. shaped metallic or non-metallic materials ; Processes for their manufacture.

Shaped ceramic products or refractories characterised by their composition; Processes for manufacturing these shaped ceramic products or refractories:

Shaped products obtained by a ceramic-forming technique;

Shaped products obtained from polymer precursors;

Shaped products obtained by Sol-Gel processing;

Shaped products obtained by Rapid Prototyping techniques;

Processing powders of inorganic compounds preparatory to the manufacturing of the shaped products ;

Additives specially adapted for forming the shaped products , e.g. binders;

Processes characterised by the burning or sintering step.

Shaped products obtained by processes involving a melting step.

References

Limiting references:

Mechanical features relating to the working of ceramics, e.g. mixing or shaping ceramic compositions

B28

Devitrified glass ceramics

C03C 10/00

Clay-wares

C04B 33/00

Compositions containing free metal bonded to carbides, diamond, oxides, borides, nitrides, silicides, e.g. cermets, or other metal compounds, such as oxynitrides or sulfides, other than as macroscopic reinforcing agents

C22C

Manufacture of ceramic fibres

D01F 9/08

Furnaces, kilns, ovens, or retorts

F27

Casings, linings, walls, roofs of furnaces, kilns, ovens, or retorts

F27D 1/00

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Dental prostheses, e.g. porcelain or ceramic teeth

A61C 13/08

Materials for prostheses or for coating prostheses

A61L 27/00

Materials for catheters or for coating catheters

A61L 29/00

Materials for other surgical articles

A61L 31/00

Luminescent materials

C09K 11/00

Fireproofing materials

C09K 21/00

Materials for coating by flame or plasma spraying

C23C 4/12

Materials for coating by sputtering, e.g. ceramic targets

C23C 14/06

Materials for parts of bearings, e.g. sliding-contact bearings

F16C 33/00

Materials for friction linings

F16D 69/02

Materials for pistons, trunk pistons, plungers

F16J 1/01

Materials for piston-rings or seats therefor

F16J 9/26

Materials for rigid pipes

F16L 9/00

Materials for protection of pipes or pipe fittings against corrosion or incrustation

F16L 58/00

Luminescent materials for light screens

F21V 9/16

Materials for conductors or conductive bodies

H01B 1/00

Materials for insulators or insulating or dielectric bodies

H01B 3/00

Superconductive or hyperconductive conductors, cables, or transmission lines

H01B 12/00

Materials for varistor cores

H01C 7/105

Materials for magnets or magnetic bodies

H01F 1/00

Superconducting magnets or coils

H01F 6/00

Materials for fixed capacitors, e.g. ceramic dielectrics

H01G 4/12

Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices characterised by the material , e.g. ceramic substrates

H01L 23/00

Materials for superconductive or hyperconductive devices

H01L 39/00

Materials for piezo-electric or electrostrictive elements

H01L 41/00

Materials for inert electrodes with catalytic activity for electrochemical generators, e.g. for fuel cells

H01M 4/86

Materials for solid electrolytes of fuel cells

H01M 8/10

Dielectric resonators of the waveguide type

H01P 7/10

Informative references:

Filters, membranes for separation processes

B01D

Catalysts

B01J

Articles characterised by particular shape, see the relevant classes, e.g. linings for casting ladles, tundishes, cups or the like

B22D 41/02

Producing shaped articles from the material , e.g. by slip-casting

B28B 1/00

Layered products essentially comprising ceramics , e.g. refractory products

B32B 18/00

Chemical preparation of powders of inorganic compounds

C01

Chemical composition of glasses, glazes, or vitreous enamels

C03C

Obtaining porous products

C04B 38/00

Alloys based on carbides, oxides, borides, nitrides or silicides, e.g. cermets

C22C 29/00

Single crystals or homogeneous polycrystalline material with defined structure

C30B 29/00

Casings, linings, walls of combustion chambers characterised by the shape of the bricks or blocks

F23M 5/02

Arrangement or mounting of linings for fire-boxes, e.g. fire-back

F24B 13/02

Basic electric elements

H01

Special rules of classification

In this group, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, compositions are classified according to the constituent present in the highest proportion by weight.

In this group, magnesium is considered as an alkaline earth metal.

In this group, a composite is considered as a sintered mixture of different powdered materials , other than sintering aids, the materials being present as separate phases in the sintered product .

In this group, fine ceramics are considered as products having a polycrystalline fine-grained microstructure, e.g. of dimensions below 100 micrometers.

The production of ceramic powder is classified in this group in so far as it relates to the preparation of powder with specific characteristics.

Any ingredient of a refractory mortar composition containing a hydraulic cement , e.g. aluminous cement , classified in C04B 35/66, which is considered to represent information of interest for search, may also be classified according to the Last Place Rule of note (2) after the subclass title of C04B, in groups C04B 7/00 to C04B 24/00. This can for example be the case when it is considered of interest to enable searching of compositions using a combination of classification symbols. Such non-obligatory classification should be given as "additional information". For example, such an additional classification in group C04B 24/00 may be given for an organic retarder added to the refractory mortar composition.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Ceramics

Inorganic, non-metallic products obtained by a process involving a shaping step and a sintering or comparable heat treatment step, with the exclusion of cements , cermets and glasses, glazes, vitreous enamels and devitrified glass ceramics .

Fine ceramics

Ceramics having a polycrystalline fine-grained microstructure, e.g. of dimensions below 100 micrometer.

Refractories

Ceramics or mortars withstanding high temperatures of at least about 1500 degrees C. For classification and search in this subclass, no substantial distinction is made between the terms " refractories " and " ceramics ".

Carbon-carbon composites

Products consisting of carbon fibres in a carbon matrix are usually referred to as " carbon-carbon composites ".

Porous materials

Materials which are deliberately made porous, e.g. by adding gas- forming, foaming, burnable or lightweight additives to the composition they are made of.

C04B 35/10 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Abrasives

C09K 3/14

Materials for vessels of gas- or vapour discharge lamps

H01J 61/30

C04B 35/26 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Abrasives

C09K 3/14

Selection of ferrites for their magnetic properties

H01F 1/34

C04B 35/45 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Precursor materials for ceramic superconductors and high critical-temperature superconductive materials characterised by the ceramic-forming technique or the ceramic composition based on cuprates.

Non superconductive ceramic copper oxides or solid solutions thereof with other oxides.

References

Informative references:

Single-crystals or homogeneous polycrystalline material with defined structure or crystallographic orientation characterised by the material or by the method

C30B

Superconductive conductors, cables, or transmission lines

H01B 12/00

Superconducting magnets or coils

H01F 6/00

Superconductors characterised by the material

H01L 39/12

Synonyms and Keywords

HTS or High-Tc

These abbreviations correspond to the term "high critical-temperature superconductor".

Y-Ba-Cu-O

In patent literature this abbreviation is used for the general substance group, which includes e.g. the compounds Y 1 Ba 2 Cu 3 O x or Y 2 Ba 1 Cu 1 O 5 corresponding to the short cuts Y-123 or Y-211 .

Bi-Sr-Ca-Cu-O

In patent literature this abbreviation is used for the general substance group, which includes e.g. the compounds Bi 2 Sr 2 Ca 2 Cu 3 O x or Bi 2 Sr 2 Ca 1 Cu 2 O x corresponding to the short cuts Bi-2223 or Bi-2212 .

Hg-Ba-Ca-Cu-O

In patent literature this abbreviation is used for the general substance group, which includes e.g. the compound Hg 1 Ba 2 Ca 2 Cu 3 O x corresponding to the short cut Hg-1223 .

Tl-Sr-Ca-Cu-O

In patent literature this abbreviation is used for the general substance group, which includes e.g. the compound Tl 2 Sr 2 Ca 2 Cu 3 O x corresponding to the short cut Tl-2223 .

C04B 35/453 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Resistors, e.g. varistors based on ZnO

H01C 7/112

Target materials for coating by Physical Vapour Deposition

C23C 14/08

C04B 35/46 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Ceramic compositions based on titanium oxides or titanates, containing also zirconium or hafnium oxides, zirconates or hafnates

C04B 35/49

Informative references:

Ceramic insulating or dielectric materials

H01B 3/12

Resistors, e.g. varistors, based on titanium oxide or titanates

H01C 7/115

Ceramic capacitors

H01G 4/12

Piezoelectric ceramics

H01L 41/187

Ceramic dielectric resonators

H01P 7/10

C04B 35/49 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Ceramic insulating or dielectric materials

H01B 3/12

Risistors, e.g. varistors, based on metal oxides

H01C 7/108

Ceramic capacitors

H01G 4/12

Piezoelectric ceramics

H01L 41/187

Ceramic dielectric resonators

H01P 7/10

C04B 35/50 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Luminescent materials containing rare earth metals

C09K 11/77

Light filters; Selection of luminescent materials for light screens

F21V 9/16

Luminescent screens

H01J 1/63

Scintillation detectors

G01T 1/20, G01T 3/06

C04B 35/51 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Nuclear fuel materials

G21C 3/62

C04B 35/56 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Friction linings

F16D 69/02

C04B 35/622 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Preparing or treating powders of inorganic compounds in preparation to the manufacturing of ceramic products .

Non-mechanical aspects of ceramic-forming techniques . References relevant to classification in this main group.

References

Limiting references:

Articles characterised by particular shape, e.g. linings for casting ladles, tundishes, cups or the like

B22D 41/02

Mechanical features relating to the shaping of clay or other ceramic compositions, e.g.

B28B

by injection moulding or

B28B 1/24

by slip-casting

B28B 1/26

by applying the material on to a core to form a layer thereon

B28B 1/30

Preparing clay or like ceramic compositions; Producing mixtures containing clay or like ceramic compositions

B28C

Working stone or stone-like materials

B28D

Chemical preparations of powders of inorganic compounds

C01

After- treatment of ceramics, e.g. coating or impregnation

C04B 41/00

Informative references:

Patterns for foundry moulding; Manufacture thereof so far as not provided for in other classes

B22C 7/00

Manufacture of workpieces or articles from metallic powder characterised by the manner of sintering by using electric current, laser radiation or plasma

B22F 3/105

Working by laser beam

B23K 26/00

Layered products

B32B

Layered products essentially comprising ceramics, e.g. refractory products

B32B 18/00

Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces

G03F 7/00

Exposure, e.g. with laser beam

G03F 7/20

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Rapid Prototyping (RP)

RP is a forming method in which resin or powder material is used. RP devices build up a prototype body layer by layer, rapidly generating a three-dimensional free form. In the ceramic art, two kinds of RP are mainly applied.One is "3D Printing", the other is "Selective Laser Sintering" (see glossary of C04B 35/64).

3D Printing (3DP)

3DP is a general forming technique which is also used in the ceramic art, developed from stereolithography. Light-sensitive monomers are polymerised by a laser beam and solidified by gelation in this way. Through the gelation and solidification of an aqueous ceramic slurry, which contains the light-sensitive monomer, a component is built up in layers.

Synonyms and Keywords

Rapid Prototyping technologies are otherwise known as Solid Freeform Fabrication or Desktop Manufacturing or Layer Manufacturing technologies.

C04B 35/64 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Burning methods for clay-wares

C04B 33/32

Furnaces, kilns, ovens, or retorts

F27

e.g. chamber type furnaces

F27B 17/00

Travelling or movable supports or containers for the charge of furnaces, kilns, ovens, retorts in so far as they are of kinds occurring in more than one kind of furnace

F27D 3/12

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Selective Laser Sintering (SLS)

A layer of ceramic powder is deposited on a support, and possibly compacted by a rolling device. A computer-controlled laser beam scans a two-dimensional cross-section of a part, selectively sintering the layer. A new layer of powder is deposited, compacted and sintered. After completion of the part, the unfused or unsintered powder, which helps hold the part during the process, is removed. This technique may allow local composition variations for gradient materials or manufacture of composites.

C04B 38/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Mortars, concrete, artificial stone or ceramic ware which are deliberately made porous, e.g. by adding gas-forming, foaming, lightweight or burnable additives to the compositions they are made of, and the preparation thereof.

References

Limiting references:

Artificial stone compositions containing fibres, and voids which may occur between the intertwined fibres, but no binders

C04B 30/02

Informative references:

Porous or cellular macromolecular materials

C08J 9/00

Special rules of classification

Porous mortars, concrete, artificial stone or ceramic ware characterised by the ingredients or compositions are also classified in groups C04B 2/00 to C04B 35/00.

C04B 40/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Mechanical aspects

B28

Mechanical aspectsB28, e.g. conditioning the materials prior to shaping

B28B 17/02

C04B 41/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Glazes, other than cold glazes

C03C 8/00

Informative references:

Applying liquids or other fluent materials to surfaces, in general

B05

Grinding or polishing

B24

Apparatus or processes for treating or working shaped articles of clay or other ceramic compositions, slag or mixtures containing cementitious material

B28B 11/00

Working stone or stone like materials

B28D

Conditioning of the materials prior to shaping

C04B 40/00

Etching, surface-brightening or pickling compositions in general

C09K 13/00

C05B - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Materials affecting the growth of plants solely by supplying nutrients ordinarily required for growth or materials which are used to prevent or cure mineral deficiencies in plants as listed below

Superphosphates, i.e. fertilisers produced by reacting rock or bone phosphates with sulfuric or phosphoric acid in such amounts and concentrations as to yield solid products directly; apparatus for the manufacture thereof

Fertilisers based essentially on di-calcium phosphate

Thomas phosphate; Other slag phosphates

Fertilisers based essentially on alkali or ammonium orthophosphates

Fertilisers based essentially on phosphates or double phosphates of magnesium

Fertilisers produced by wet-treating or leaching raw materials either with acids in such amounts and concentrations as to yield solutions followed by neutralisation, or with alkaline lyes; pretreatment thereof

Fertilisers produced by pyrogenic processes from phosphatic materials

Organic phosphatic fertilisers, e.g., containing phosphoric triamide compounds

Other phosphatic fertilisers, e.g. soft rock phosphates, bone meal

Granulation or pelletisation of phosphatic fertilisers other than slag

Mixtures of phosphatic fertilisers covered by more than one of main groups C05B 1/00-C05B 19/00

Preparation, treatment or modification of any of the materials above: e.g., by chemical means (e.g. addition of stabilisers, preservatives), physical means (e.g., irradiation, concentration, purification, separation) or combination of both chemical and physical means, with the proviso that the resultant product is proper for classification in this subclass

Methods of preparing phosphatic fertilisers in general

Relationship between large subject matter areas

In contrast with fertilisers (C05), plant growth regulators (A01N) are those materials which alter a plant through chemical modification of plant metabolism, for example auxins.

Soil-conditioning materials or soil-stabilising materials are classified in C09K 17/00 and covers mixtures of soil-conditioning materials or soil-stabilising materials with fertilisers where the composition in question is characterised by the soil-conditioning or soil-stabilising properties.

Mixtures of soil-conditioning materials or soil-stabilising materials with fertilisers where the composition in question is characterised by the fertilising activity are classified in C05G.

Whilst the subject matter of C05B deals with phosphatidic fertilisers per se, A01C 3/00 deals with methods of treating manure/methods of manuring per se and A01C 21/00 deals with methods of fertilising per se.

Any apparatus for preparing fertilisers may be classified in those areas of C05 that are specific for such apparatus – e.g., C05B 1/10apparatus for the manufacture of superphosphates. Otherwise, individual apparatus should be classified in the relevant area of the IPC, e.g., F26B 17/00

References

Limiting references:

NITROGENOUS FERTILISERS

C05C

INORGANIC FERTILISERS NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C05B, C05C; FERTILISERS PRODUCING CARBON DIOXIDE

C05D

ORGANIC FERTILISERS NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C05B, C05C, e.g. FERTILISERS FROM WASTE OR REFUSE

C05F

Informative references:

Harrows with means for distributing fertilisers

A01B 25/00

Fertiliser distributors

A01C 15/00

Mowers combined with dispensing apparatus, e.g., for fertilisers

A01D 43/14

HORTICULTURE; CULTIVATION OF VEGETABLES, FLOWERS, RICE, FRUIT, VINES, HOPS, OR SEAWEED; FORESTRY; WATERING

A01G

Root feeders; Injecting fertilisers into the roots

A01G 29/00

Processes or devices for granulating materials, in general

B01J 2/00

Phosphorus, inorganic compounds thereof

C01B 25/00

Granulating slag

C04B

(Organo)Phosphorus compounds

C07F 9/02

Soil-conditioning or soil-stabilising materials

C09K 17/00

Special rules of classification

Note(s)

1. An ingredient in a mixture of fertilisers, or a single fertiliser which contains more than one of the chemical elements on which the subdivision into subclasses is based, is classified only in the first of the appropriate subclasses. Thus, a nitrophosphate or an ammoniated superphosphate is classified in C05B but not in C05C, magnesium phosphate is classified in C05B but not in C05D, and calcium cyanamide in C05C but not in C05D.

2. Any ingredient in a mixture, which is considered to represent information of interest for search, may also additionally be classified according to Note (1). This can, for example, be the case when it is considered of interest to enable searching of mixtures using a combination of classification symbols. Such non-obligatory classification should be given as "additional information".

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Fertiliser (fertiliser material)

Natural or artificial substance containing the chemical elements that improve growth and productiveness of plants.

Phosphatic fertiliser

A source of inorganic and/or organic phosphate. Common examples include single superphosphate - (CaH2PO4)16 - having a P2O5 content of circa 18%* and ammonium phosphate, having a P2O5 content of circa 20%*.

Thomas phosphate

A furnace slag produced in steel-making, containing large amounts of calcium phosphate.

Double superphosphate

CaH4(PO4)2 - having circa 32% P2O5 present*

Triple superphosphate

Ca(H2 PO4)2 having circa 46-48% P2O5 present*

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the following expressions/words "Amendment", "Plant food", "Agricultural chemical" and "Fertiliser" are often used as synonyms.

In patent documents the expression/word "enrichment" is often used with the meaning "fertiliser".

C05C - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Nitrogenous Fertilisers

Materials affecting the growth of plants solely by supplying nutrients ordinarily required for growth or materials which are used to prevent or cure mineral deficiencies in plants as listed below

Ammonium nitrate fertilisers; granulation, pelletisation, stabilisation, colouring thereof

Fertilisers containing other salts of ammonia or ammonia itself, e.g. gas liquor

Fertilisers containing other nitrates, e.g., sodium, potassium or calcium nitrate

Fertilisers containing calcium or other cyanamides; granulation, pelletisation, de-gassing, hydrating, hardening, stabilisation, oiling thereof

Fertilisers containing urea or urea compounds

Other nitrogenous fertilisers

Mixtures of nitrogenous fertilisers covered by more than one of main groups C05C 1/00 - C05C 11/00

Preparation, treatment or modification of any of the materials above: e.g., by chemical means (e.g. addition of stabilisers, preservatives), physical means (e.g., irradiation, concentration, purification, separation) or combination of both chemical and physical means, with the proviso that the resultant product is proper for classification in this subclass

Methods of preparing nitrogenous fertilisers in general

Relationship between large subject matter areas

In contrast to fertilisers (C05), plant growth regulators (A01N) are those materials which alter a plant through chemical modification of plant metabolism, for example auxins.

Soil-conditioning materials or soil-stabilising materials are classified in C09K 17/00 and covers mixtures of soil-conditioning materials or soil-stabilising materials with fertilisers where the composition in question is characterised by the soil-conditioning or soil-stabilising properties.

Mixtures of soil-conditioning materials or soil-stabilising materials with fertilisers where the composition in question is characterised by the fertilising activity are classified in C05G

Whilst the subject matter of C05C deals with nitrogenous fertilisers per se, A01C 3/00 deals with methods of treating manure/methods of manuring per se and A01C 21/00 deals with methods of fertilising per se.

Any apparatus for preparing fertilisers may be classified in those areas of C05 that are specific for such apparatus – e.g., C05B 1/10apparatus for the manufacture of superphosphates. Otherwise, individual apparatus should be classified in the relevant area of the IPC, e.g., F26B 17/00

References

Limiting references:

PHOSPHATIC FERTILISERS

C05B

INORGANIC FERTILISERS NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C05B, C05C; FERTILISERS PRODUCING CARBON DIOXIDE

C05D

ORGANIC FERTILISERS NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C05B, C05C, e.g. FERTILISERS FROM WASTE OR REFUSE

C05F

Informative references:

Harrows with means for distributing fertilisers

A01B 25/00

Fertiliser distributors

A01C 15/00

Mowers combined with dispensing apparatus, e.g., for fertilisers

A01D 43/14

HORTICULTURE; CULTIVATION OF VEGETABLES, FLOWERS, RICE, FRUIT, VINES, HOPS, OR SEAWEED; FORESTRY; WATERING

A01G

Root feeders; Injecting fertilisers into the roots

A01G 29/00

Processes or devices for granulating materials, in general

B01J 2/00

Nitrogen, compounds thereof

C01B 21/00

AMMONIA; CYANOGEN; COMPOUNDS THEREOF

C01C

Soil-conditioning or soil-stabilising materials

C09K 17/00

Special rules of classification

Note(s)

1. An ingredient in a mixture of fertilisers, or a single fertiliser which contains more than one of the chemical elements on which the subdivision into subclasses is based, is classified only in the first of the appropriate subclasses. Thus, a nitrophosphate or an ammoniated superphosphate is classified in C05B but not in C05C, magnesium phosphate is classified in C05B but not in C05D, and calcium cyanamide in C05C but not in C05D.

2. Any ingredient in a mixture, which is considered to represent information of interest for search, may also additionally be classified according to Note (1). This can, for example, be the case when it is considered of interest to enable searching of mixtures using a combination of classification symbols. Such non-obligatory classification should be given as "additional information".

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Fertiliser (fertiliser material)

Natural or artificial substance containing the chemical elements that improve growth and productiveness of plants.

Nitrogenous fertiliser – see also "Special rules" above when more than one element present

Fertiliser materials, natural or synthesized, containing nitrogen available for fixation by vegetation, such as potassium nitrate, KNO3, or ammonium nitrate, NH4NO3

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the following expressions/words "Ammonia", "Ammonium hydroxide" and "Ammonia water" are often used as synonyms.

In patent documents the following expressions/words "Amendment", "Plant food", "Agricultural chemical" and "Fertiliser" are often used as synonyms.

In patent documents the expression/word "enrichment" is often used with the meaning "fertiliser".

C05D - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Materials affecting the growth of plants solely by supplying nutrients ordinarily required for growth or materials which are used to prevent or cure mineral deficiencies in plants as listed below

Inorganic fertilisers containing potassium; manufacture from potassium chloride or sulphate or double or mixed salts thereof; from minerals or volcanic rocks

Calcareous fertilisers; from limestone, calcium carbonate, calcium hydrate, slaked lime, calcium oxide or waste calcium compounds

Inorganic fertilisers containing magnesium

Fertilisers producing carbon dioxide, e.g., comprising bicarbonates

Other inorganic fertilisers, for example fertilisers containing trace elements

Mixtures of inorganic fertilisers covered by more than one of main groups C05D 1/00-C05D 9/00

Preparation, treatment or modification of any of the materials above: e.g., by chemical means (e.g. addition of stabilisers, preservatives), physical means (e.g., irradiation, concentration, purification, separation) or combination of both chemical and physical means, with the proviso that the resultant product is proper for classification in this subclass

Methods of preparing inorganic fertilisers or fertilisers that produce carbon dioxide covered by this subclass in general

Relationship between large subject matter areas

In contrast to fertilisers (C05), plant growth regulators (A01N) are those materials which alter a plant through chemical modification of plant metabolism, for example auxins.

Soil-conditioning materials or soil-stabilising materials are classified in C09K 17/00 and covers mixtures of soil-conditioning materials or soil-stabilising materials with fertilisers where the composition in question is characterised by the soil-conditioning or soil-stabilising properties.

Mixtures of soil-conditioning materials or soil-stabilising materials with fertilisers where the composition in question is characterised by the fertilising activity are classified in C05G

Whilst the subject matter of C05D deals with inorganic fertilisers not covered by subclasses C05B and C05C per se, A01C 3/00 deals with methods of treating manure/methods of manuring per se and A01C 21/00 deals with methods of fertilising per se.

Any apparatus for preparing fertilisers may be classified in those areas of C05 that are specific for such apparatus – e.g., C05B 1/10apparatus for the manufacture of superphosphates. Otherwise, individual apparatus should be classified in the relevant area of the IPC, e.g., F26B 17/00

References

Limiting references:

PHOSPHATIC FERTILISERS

C05B

NITROGENOUS FERTILISERS

C05C

Informative references:

Harrows with means for distributing fertilisers

A01B 25/00

Fertiliser distributors

A01C 15/00

Mowers combined with dispensing apparatus, e.g., for fertilisers

A01D 43/14

HORTICULTURE; CULTIVATION OF VEGETABLES, FLOWERS, RICE, FRUIT, VINES, HOPS, OR SEAWEED; FORESTRY; WATERING

A01G

Root feeders; Injecting fertilisers into the roots

A01G 29/00

Processes or devices for granulating materials, in general

B01J 2/00

Potassium containing inorganic compounds

C01D

Magnesium containing inorganic compounds

C01F 5/00

Calcium containing inorganic compounds

C01F 11/00

Lime, magnesia or dolomite and aspects of processing

C04B 2/00

Treatment of molten slag

C04B 5/00

ORGANIC FERTILISERS NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C05B, C05C, e.g. FERTILISERS FROM WASTE OR REFUSE

C05F

Soil-conditioning or soil-stabilising materials

C09K 17/00

Special rules of classification

Note(s)

1. An ingredient in a mixture of fertilisers, or a single fertiliser which contains more than one of the chemical elements on which the subdivision into subclasses is based, is classified only in the first of the appropriate subclasses. Thus, a nitrophosphate or an ammoniated superphosphate is classified in C05B but not in C05C, magnesium phosphate is classified in C05B but not in C05D, and calcium cyanamide in C05C but not in C05D.

2. Any ingredient in a mixture, which is considered to represent information of interest for search, may also additionally be classified according to Note (1). This can, for example, be the case when it is considered of interest to enable searching of mixtures using a combination of classification symbols. Such non-obligatory classification should be given as "additional information".

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Fertiliser (fertiliser material)

Natural or artificial substance containing the chemical elements that improve growth and productiveness of plants.

Inorganic compound

(taken from the glossary of terms for C01B, C01C and C01G)

A compound devoid of a carbon atom and containing a non-metallic element or a compound containing a carbon atom, and satisfying one of the following criteria:

The compound cannot have a carbon atom having direct bonding to another carbon atom, or the compound cannot have direct bonding between a carbon atom and a halogen or hydrogen atom, or the compound cannot have direct bonding between a carbon and a nitrogen atom by a single or double bond.

The following are exceptions to the above and are to be considered as inorganic compounds: compounds consisting of only carbon atoms, (e.g. fullerenes), cyanogen, cyanogen halides, cyanamide, phosgene, thiophosgene, hydrocyanic acid, isocyanic acid, isothiocyanic acid, fulminic acid, unsubstituted carbamic acid, and salts of the previously mentioned acids and which contain the same limitations as to a carbon atom.

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the following expressions/words "Amendment", "Plant food", "Agricultural chemical" and "Fertiliser" are often used as synonyms.

In patent documents the expression/word "enrichment" is often used with the meaning "fertiliser".

C05F - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Materials affecting the growth of plants solely by supplying nutrients ordinarily required for growth or materials which are used to prevent or cure mineral deficiencies in plants as listed below

Fertilisers made from animal corpses or parts thereof

Fertilisers from human or animal excrement, e.g., manure

Fertilisers from distillery waste, e.g., molasses, vinasses, sugar plant or similar wastes or residues

Fertilisers from waste water, e.g., sewage sludge, sea slime, ooze or similar masses

Fertilisers from household or town refuse

Other organic fertilisers, e.g., peat, brown coal.

Preparation of fertilisers characterised by the composting step or apparatus therefor

Preparation, treatment or modification of any of the materials above: e.g., by chemical means (e.g. addition of stabilisers, preservatives), physical means (e.g., irradiation, concentration, purification, separation) or combination of both chemical and physical means, with the proviso that the resultant product is proper for classification in this subclass

Methods of preparing fertilisers from waste or refuse in general

Apparatus for the manufacture thereof

Relationship between large subject matter areas

In contrast to fertilisers (C05), plant growth regulators (A01N) are those materials which alter a plant through chemical modification of plant metabolism, for example auxins.

Soil-conditioning materials or soil-stabilising materials are classified in C09K 17/00 and covers mixtures of soil-conditioning materials or soil-stabilising materials with fertilisers where the composition in question is characterised by the soil-conditioning or soil-stabilising properties.

Mixtures of fertilisers covered individually by different subclasses of the class C05, mixtures of soil-conditioning materials or soil-stabilising materials with fertilisers where the composition in question is characterised by the fertilising activity and fertilisers characterised by their form are classified in C05G

Whilst the subject matter of C05F deals with organic fertilisers not covered by subclasses C05B and C05C per se, A01C 3/00 deals with methods of treating manure/methods of manuring per se and A01C 21/00 deals with methods of fertilising per se.

Apparatus relevant to the subclass C05 (if no specific entry for apparatus is provided, e.g., - C05F 1/02apparatus for the manufacture of fertilisers from animal corpses or parts thereof) are to be classified in the place dealing with the process or in the place dealing with the products as such. Additionally, individual or specific types of apparatus should be classified in the relevant area of the IPC, e.g., F26B 17/00

References

Limiting references:

PHOSPHATIC FERTILISERS

C05B

NITROGENOUS FERTILISERS

C05C

INORGANIC FERTILISERS NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES

C05B, C05C

FERTILISERS PRODUCING CARBON DIOXIDE

C05D

Informative references:

Harrows with means for distributing fertilisers

A01B 25/00

Fertiliser distributors

A01C 15/00

Mowers combined with dispensing apparatus, e.g., for fertilisers

A01D 43/14

HORTICULTURE; CULTIVATION OF VEGETABLES, FLOWERS, RICE, FRUIT, VINES, HOPS, OR SEAWEED; FORESTRY; WATERING

A01G

Root feeders; Injecting fertilisers into the roots

A01G 29/00

Processes or devices for granulating materials, in general

B01J 2/00

Destroying solid waste or transforming solid waste into something useful or harmless

B09B 3/00

Methods or installations for de-watering, drying or incineration of sludge

C02F 11/00

Soil-conditioning or soil-stabilising materials

C09K 17/00

Special rules of classification

Note(s)

1. An ingredient in a mixture of fertilisers, or a single fertiliser which contains more than one of the chemical elements on which the subdivision into subclasses is based, is classified only in the first of the appropriate subclasses. Thus, a nitrophosphate or an ammoniated superphosphate is classified in C05B but not in C05C, magnesium phosphate is classified in C05B but not in C05D, and calcium cyanamide in C05C but not in C05D.

2. Any ingredient in a mixture, which is considered to represent information of interest for search, may also additionally be classified according to Note (1). This can, for example, be the case when it is considered of interest to enable searching of mixtures using a combination of classification symbols. Such non-obligatory classification should be given as "additional information".

3. Processes where the composting step is the characterising feature, or apparatus therefor, are classified in groups C05F 17/00 or C05F 17/02.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Fertiliser

Natural or artificial substance containing the chemical elements that improve growth and productiveness of plants.

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the following expressions/words "Amendment", "Plant food", "Agricultural chemical" and "Fertiliser" are often used as synonyms.

In patent documents the expression/word "enrichment" is often used with the meaning "fertiliser".

C05F 7/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Methods or installations for de-watering, drying, or incineration of sludge

C02F 11/00

C05G - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Materials affecting the growth of plants solely by supplying nutrients ordinarily required for growth or materials which are used to prevent or cure mineral deficiencies in plants as listed below

Mixtures of fertilisers covered individually by different subclasses of class C05, e.g., superphosphates with ammonium nitrate, Thomas phosphate with potassium compounds, alkali or ammonium orthophosphates with ammonium nitrate, ammonium nitrate with limestone or calcium carbonate, ammonium sulfate with potassium compounds or fertilisers containing plant vitamins or hormones with fertilisers containing potassium from minerals or volcanic rocks.

Mixtures of one or more fertilisers with materials not having a specifically fertilising activity, e.g., pesticides, soil conditioners, wetting agents, nitrification inhibitors or superabsorbent polymers.

Fertilisers characterised by their form, e.g., granules, spikes or tablets.

Preparation, treatment or modification of any of the materials above: e.g., by chemical means (e.g. addition of stabilisers, preservatives), physical means (e.g., irradiation, concentration, purification, separation) or combination of both chemical and physical means, with the proviso that the resultant product is proper for classification in this subclass

Methods of preparing fertiliser mixtures of the above subclass in general

Relationship between large subject matter areas

In contrast to fertilisers (C05), plant growth regulators (A01N) are those materials which alter a plant through chemical modification of plant metabolism, for example auxins.

Soil-conditioning materials or soil-stabilising materials are classified in C09K 17/00 and covers mixtures of soil-conditioning materials or soil-stabilising materials with fertilisers where the composition in question is characterised by the soil-conditioning or soil-stabilising properties.

Mixtures of soil-conditioning materials or soil-stabilising materials with fertilisers where the composition in question is characterised by the fertilising activity are classified in C05G

Whilst the subject matter of C05G deals with mixtures of fertilisers per se, A01C 3/00 deals with methods of treating manure/methods of manuring per se and A01C 21/00 deals with methods of fertilising per se.

Apparatus relevant to the subclass C05 (if no specific entry for apparatus is provided, e.g., - C05B 1/10 apparatus for the manufacture of superphosphates) are to be classified in the place dealing with the process, otherwise in the place dealing with the products as such.

Additionally, individual or specific types of apparatus can be classified in the relevant area of the IPC, e.g., F26B 17/00

References

Limiting references:

Organic fertilisers containing added bacterial cultures, mycelia or the like

C05F 11/08

Organic fertilisers containing plant vitamins or hormones

C05F 11/10

Informative references:

Harrows with means for distributing fertilisers

A01B 25/00

Fertiliser distributors

A01C 15/00

Mowers combined with dispensing apparatus, e.g., for fertilisers

A01D 43/14

HORTICULTURE; CULTIVATION OF VEGETABLES, FLOWERS, RICE, FRUIT, VINES, HOPS, OR SEAWEED; FORESTRY; WATERING

A01G

Root feeders; Injecting fertilisers into the roots

A01G 29/00

Processes or devices for granulating materials, in general

B01J 2/00

Soil-conditioning or soil-stabilising materials

C09K 17/00

Special rules of classification

Note(s)

1. An ingredient in a mixture of fertilisers, or a single fertiliser which contains more than one of the chemical elements on which the subdivision into subclasses is based, is classified only in the first of the appropriate subclasses. Thus, a nitrophosphate or an ammoniated superphosphate is classified in C05B but not in C05C, magnesium phosphate is classified in C05B but not in C05D, and calcium cyanamide in C05C but not in C05D.

2. Any ingredient in a mixture, which is considered to represent information of interest for search, may also additionally be classified according to Note (1). This can, for example, be the case when it is considered of interest to enable searching of mixtures using a combination of classification symbols. Such non-obligatory classification should be given as "additional information".

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Fertiliser

Natural or artificial substance containing the chemical elements that improve growth and productiveness of plants.

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the following expressions/words "Amendment", "Plant food", "Agricultural chemical" and "Fertiliser" are often used as synonyms.

In patent documents the expression/word "enrichment" is often used with the meaning "fertiliser".

C06B - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Explosive compositions: compositions included are those containing both a fuel and sufficient oxidiser so that, upon initiation, they are capable of undergoing a chemical reaction of a relatively high rate of speed, resulting in the production of usable force for blasting, firearms, propelling missiles, or the like.

Thermic compositions; compositions included have

a consumable fuel component which consists of any element which is a metal, B, Si, Se or Te, or mixtures, compounds, or hydrides thereof; and

in combination an oxidant component which is either a metal oxide or a salt (organic or inorganic) capable of yielding a metal oxide on decomposition.

Compositions which are fuels for rocket engines and intended for reaction with an oxidant, excluding air, in order to provide thrust for motive power purposes.

Compositions used for affecting the explosion environment, e.g. for neutralising the poisonous gases of explosives or for cooling the explosion gases.

Methods or apparatus for preparing or treating, e.g. working-up, the compositions mentioned above, not otherwise provided for in the IPC.

Methods of using single substances as explosives.

Compositions mentioned above, defined by structure or arrangement of the components or products.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

This subclass does not cover chemical compounds or their preparation as such, which subject matter is covered by classes C01 (inorganic chemistry), C07 (organic chemistry) and C08 (organic macromolecular compounds).

The use of explosive or thermic compositions for welding operations is classified in subclass B23K, the compositions as such used therefor are additionally classified in subclass C06B.

References

Limiting references:

Detonating or priming devices, fuses, chemical lighters or pyrophoric compositions

C06C

Blasting

F42D

Mechanical aspects of coated explosive charges

F42B

Informative references:

Making harmful chemical substances harmless or less harmful, by effecting a chemical change in the substances

A62D 3/00

Compounds in general

C01, C07, C08

Special rules of classification

In this subclass, methods or apparatus for preparing or treating compositions are classified according to the particular components of the compositions.

In this subclass, with the exception of group C06B 21/00, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, a composition is classified in the last place that provides for an ingredient.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Nitrated

Compounds having a nitro group or a nitrate ester group.

C06B 45/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Explosive charges of particular form or shape

F42B 1/00, F42B 3/00

Shape or structure of solid propellant charges for rocket-engine plants

F02K 9/10

C06C - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Fuses, e.g. fuse cords.

Non-electric detonators.

Blasting caps.

Primers.

Chemical contact igniters.

Chemical lighters.

Pyrophoric compositions.

Flints.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

This subclass does not cover chemical compounds or their preparation as such, which subject matter is covered by classes C01 (inorganic chemistry), C07 (organic chemistry) and C08 (organic macromolecular compounds).

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Ammunition fuzes

F42C

Initiators (non chemical aspects)

F42B 3/10

Filling fuzes

F42B 33/02

Containers for detonators or fuzes

F42B 39/30

Informative references:

Explosives or thermic compositions; Manufacture thereof; use of single substances as explosives

C06B

Alloys in general

C22C

Fire-lighters

C10L 11/00

Ignition

F23Q

Lighters containing fuel, e.g. for cigarettes, characterised by catalytic ignition of fuel

F23Q 2/30

Non-chemical aspects of flints

F23Q 2/48

Arrangement of catalytic igniters

F23Q 11/00

Blasting cartridges, i.e. case and explosive

F42B 3/00

Arming or safety means for ammunition fuzes

F42C

Blasting

F42D

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Pyrophoric

Pyrophoric (Greek, meaning fire-bearing) materials are finely divided chemical substances, mostly metals, which at room temperature vehemently react with the oxygen contained in air. The energy released in this oxidation process is sufficient to make substances glow or blaze. Therefore a pyrophoric material can spontaneously ignite in air.

C06D - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Chemical aspects of generating smoke or mist.

Generation of pressure gas, e.g. for blasting cartridges, starting cartridges, rockets.

Compositions for gas-attacks.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

This subclass does not cover chemical compounds or their preparations as such, which subject matter is covered by classes C01 (inorganic chemistry), C07 (organic chemistry) and C08 (organic macromolecular compounds).

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Compositions used as biocides, pest repellants or attractants, or plant growth regulators

A01N

e.g.

A01N 25/18

Devices for generating heat, smoke, or fog in gardens, orchards, or forests, e.g. to prevent damage by frost

A01G 13/06

Informative references:

Apparatus for generating gases

B01J 7/00

Inflatable occupant restraints or confinements characterized by the inflation source or means to control inflation fluid flow

B60R 21/26

Explosive compositions containing an oxidizer, fuels for rocket engines intended for reaction with an oxidant other than air

C06B

Fuels, e.g natural or synthetic natural gas

C10

Rocket-engine plants, i.e. plants carrying both fuel and oxidant therefor; Control thereof

F02K 9/00

Non chemical aspects of generating combustion products of high pressure of high velocity

F23R

Smoke-pot projectors

F42B 5/155

Smoke-producing projectiles, missiles or mines

F42B 12/48

C06F - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Mechanical manufacture of matches.

Chemical features in the manufacture of matches.

Matches.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

This subclass does not cover chemical compounds or their preparation as such, which subject matter is covered by classes C01 (inorganic chemistry), C07 (organic chemistry) and C08 (organic macromolecular compounds)

References

Limiting references:

Match-books

A24F 27/12

Informative references:

Match receptacles or boxes

A24F 27/00

Devices for igniting matches; Holders for ignited matches

A24F 29/00

Devices for splitting matches

A24F 31/00

Dipping or coating in general

B05

Cutting in general

B26D

Impregnating wood or similar material

B27K

Manufacture of wooden sticks

B27L 9/00

Printing on wooden surfaces

B41M 1/38

Machine, apparatus or devices for, or methods of, packaging articles or materials; unpacking

B65B

Ignition compositions

C06B

Fire-lighters consisting of combustible material

C10L 11/04

Mechanical igniters

F23Q 1/00

C07B - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Methods of chemistry when specially adapted for organic chemistry and of general applicability in that field, in which the method itself is of interest rather than the product, e.g. such methods as:

Reduction and oxidation in general;

Reactions with or without formation or introduction of functional groups containing heteroatoms;

Grignard reactions;

Introduction of protecting groups or activating groups;

Asymmetric syntheses;

Racemisation;

Complete or partial inversion;

Separation of optically-active compounds;

Introduction of isotopes of elements into organic compounds;

Purification;

Separation;

Stabilisation.

Apparatus for carrying out the above mentioned reactions and methods.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

General reactions and methods where the subject matter to be classified concerns the method or reaction per se and not its special adaptation to the actual product, are classified in this subclass. Preparation, purification, separation or stabilisation of defined compounds are classified in C07C-C07K.

When classifying in this subclass, classification is also made in group B01D 15/08 insofar as subject matter of general interest relating to chromatography is concerned.

References

Limiting references:

Preparation of carboxylic acid esters by telomerisation

C07C 67/47

Processes for preparing macromolecular compounds, e.g. telomerisation

C08F, C08G

Fermentation or enzyme-using processes to synthesise a desired chemical compound or composition or to separate optical isomers from a racemic mixture

C12P

Production of organic compounds by electrolysis or electrophoresis

C25B 3/00, C25B 7/00

Informative references:

Preparation, separation, purification, or stabilization of hydrocarbons

C07C 1/00-C07C 7/00

Preparation, separation, purification, or stabilization of unsubstituted lactams

C07D 201/00

Process for the preparation of steroids, in general

C07J 75/00

General process for the preparation of peptides

C07K 1/00

Organic dyes

C09B

Special rules of classification

In this subclass, the functional group which is present already in some residue being introduced and is not substantially involved in a chemical reaction, is not considered as the functional group which is formed or introduced as a result of the chemical reaction.

In this subclass, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, classification is made in the last appropriate place according to the type of reaction employed, noting the bond or the functional group which is formed or introduced as result of the chemical reaction.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Asymmetric synthesis

Process that produce optically active compounds from symmetrically constituted molecules by the intermediate use of optically active reagents, but without the use of any of the methods of resolution.

Functional group

Group of atoms within a molecule that is responsible for certain properties of the molecule and reactions in which it takes part.

Grignard reaction

Addition of organomagnesium compounds (Grignard reagents) to carbonyl groups or other unsaturated groups to give alcohols or ketones.

Inversion

The spatial rearrangement of atoms or groups of atoms in a dissymmetric molecule, giving rise to a product with a molecular configuration that is a mirror image of that of the original molecule.

Racemisation

Conversion, by heat or by chemical reaction of an optically active compound into an optically inactive form in which half of the optically active substance becomes its mirror image (enantiomer). This change results in a mixture of equal quantities of dextro- and levorotatory isomers, as result of which the compound does not rotate plane-polarized light to either right or left since the two opposite rotations cancel each other.

Separation

Means separation only for the purposes of recovering organic compounds

C07C - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Organic compounds which normally may contain as constituent elements only carbon, hydrogen, halogen, oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, selenium, or tellurium. The only exception to this requirement is that the compounds may contain a metal, but only as the cation of an organic acid salt, alcoholate, phenate, or mercaptide, or as a chelating atom. These organic compounds are acyclic or carbocyclic, or may contain both acyclic and carbocyclic entities.

The synthesis, treatment or modification of the acyclic or carbocyclicorganic compounds of this subclass by chemical means (i.e., chemical reaction), by physical means, or by both chemical and physical means, provided that the resultant product is a compound under the subclass definition.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

In class C07, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, a compound is classified in the last appropriate subclass. For example, a peptide that is acyclic is classified in C07K rather than C07C.

Subclass C07C is a function oriented entry for the compounds themselves and does not cover the application or use of the compounds under the subclass definition. For classifying such information other entries in IPC exist, for example:

Compounds or compositions for preservation of bodies of humans, animals, plants, or parts thereof, as biocides, e.g. disinfectants, pesticides, herbicides, as pest repellants or attractants, and as plant growth regulators are classified in A01N.

Preparations for medical, dental, or toilet purposes are classified in A61K.

In general, Subclass C07H, and not C07C, is intended to cover compounds containing saccharide radicals, except for:

aldonic acids, per se or saccharic acids, per se which are covered by groups C07C 59/105 and C07C 59/285;

derivatives of aldonic or saccharic acids which are covered by subclasses C07C or C07D; and

cyanohydrins which are covered by group C07C 255/16.

Subclass C07J covers compounds containing a cyclopenta[a]hydrophenanthrene skeleton or a ring structure derived there from (i.e., steroids), except for secosteroids, which are a group of steroids structurally characterized by the absence of a bond in the cyclopenta[a]hydrophenanthrene nucleus and are covered in subclass C07C.

Multiple classification

Biocidal, pest attractant, or plant growth regulatory activity of chemical compounds or preparations is further classified in A01P.

Therapeutic activity of chemical compounds is further classified in A61P.

Uses of cosmetics or similar toilet preparations are further classified in A61Q.

References

Limiting references:

Carbamic acid

C01B 21/12

Fullerenes

C01B 31/00

Phosgenes

C01B 31/28

Carbides

C01B 31/30

Cyanogen compounds such as hydrogen cyanide, cyanic and thiocyanic acid, isocyanic and isothiocyanic acid, cyanogen, cyanamide, and cyanogen halide

C01C 3/00

Organic macromolecular compounds such as polysaccharides, rubbers, epoxy resins, styrene polymers, acrylamide polymers and the like; their preparation or chemical working-up; compositions thereof

C08

Preparation of liquid hydrocarbon mixtures of undefined composition

C10G 2/00

Preparation of synthetic natural gas

C10L 3/06

Preparation of soap

C11D

Preparation of acyclic or carbocyclicorganic compounds using enzymes or fermentation processes

C12P

Electrolytic or electrophoretic production of compounds or non-metals

C25B 1/00, C25B 3/00, C25B 7/00

Processes for producing compounds in which electricity is simultaneously generated

C25B 5/00

Informative references:

Processes or devices for granulating materials, calcining or fusing, chemical processes involving a gas or a liquid, catalysts, cation or anion exchange, and the like

B01J

Processes, in general, for preparing catalysts

B01J 37/00

Dyes, paints, polishes, natural resins, adhesives, and miscellaneous compositions containing acyclic or carbocyclic compounds

C09

Liquid carbonaceous fuels

C10L 1/00

Chemical libraries containing only organic compounds

C40B 40/04

Special rules of classification

In this subclass, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, a compound or a process of making a compound appropriate for this subclass is classified in the last appropriate place.

In general, and in the absence of an indication to the contrary (such as groups C07C 59/58, C07C 59/70), the terms "acyclic" and "aliphatic" are used to describe compounds in which there is no ring; and, if a ring is present, the compound is classified, based on the "last place priority rule," to a lower group of each level of coordinate groups for cycloaliphatic or aromatic compounds, if such a group exists. Where a compound or an entire group of compounds exists in tautomeric forms, it is classified as though existing in the form which is classified sequentially in the last group in each proper indentation level in the scheme, unless the other form is specifically mentioned higher in the scheme.

In this subclass, in the absence of an indication to the contrary or if relative positioning according to the last place priority rule dictates otherwise, the compounds containing carboxyl or thiocarboxyl groups are classified as the relevant carboxylic or thiocarboxylic acids; a carboxyl group being a carbon atom having three bonds, and no more than three, to hetero atoms, other than nitrogen atoms of nitro or nitroso groups, with at least one multiple bond to the same hetero atom and a thiocarboxyl group being a carboxyl group having at least one bond to a sulfur atom, e.g. amides or nitriles of carboxylic acids, are classified with the corresponding acids.

In this subclass, a quaternary ammonium compound, unless specifically provided for elsewhere or in the absence of an indication to the contrary, is classified as a single entity, taking into account all substituents that are attached to the quaternised nitrogen, except the salifying anion. In other words, the quaternary cation is considered as a whole; no distinction for classification purposes is made among its four covalent substituents.

General processes for the preparation of a class of compounds falling into more than one main group are classified in the groups for the processes employed, when such groups exist. The compounds prepared are also classified in the groups for the types of compounds prepared, if of interest.

Salts of a compound, unless specifically provided for, are classified as that compound, e.g. aniline hydrochloride is classified as containing carbon, hydrogen and nitrogen only (in group C07C 211/46), sodium malonate is classified as malonic acid (in group C07C 55/08), and a mercaptide is classified as the mercaptan. Metal chelates are dealt with in the same way. Similarly, metal alcoholates and metal phenates are classified in subclass C07C and not in subclass C07F, the alcoholates in groups C07C 31/28 to C07C 31/32, and the phenates as the corresponding phenols in group C07C 39/235 or C07C 39/44. Salts, adducts or complexes formed between two or more organic compounds are classified according to all compounds forming the salts, adducts or complexes.

For the classification of compounds in groups C07C 1/00-C07C 71/00 and C07C 401/00-C07C 409/00:

a compound is classified considering the molecule as a whole (rule of the "whole molecule approach");

a compound is considered to be saturated if it does not contain carbon atoms bound to each other by multiple bonds;

a compound is considered to be unsaturated if it contains carbon atoms bound to each other by multiple bonds, e.g. a six-membered aromatic ring,

unless otherwise specified or implicitly derivable from the subdivision, as in group C07C 69/00, e.g. group C07C 69/712.

For the classification of compounds in groups C07C 201/00-C07C 395/00, i.e. after the functional group has been determined according to the "last place priority rule", a compound is classified according to the following principles:

compounds are classified in accordance with the nature of the carbon atom to which the functional group is attached;

a carbon skeleton is a carbon atom (other than the carbonyl carbon atom of a carboxyl group or of a salt, ester, amide, acid halide, or acid anhydride functional derivative thereof) or a chain of such carbon atoms directly bonded to each other;

when the molecule contains several functional groups, only functional groups linked to the same carbon skeleton as the one first determined are considered;

a carbon skeleton is considered to be saturated if it does not contain carbon atoms bound to each other by multiple bonds;

a carbon skeleton is considered to be unsaturated if it contains carbon atoms bound to each other by multiple bonds, e.g. a six-membered aromatic ring.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Acyclic

the absence of a ring structure.

Carbocyclic

the presence of a ring or ring system where all ring members are carbons.

Bridged

the presence of two rings that share at least three ring members.

Condensed

the presence of two rings that share at least one ring member, e.g., spiro and bridged are considered as condensed.

Condensed ring system

a ring system in which all rings are condensed among themselves; the "number of rings" in a condensed ring system equals the number of scissions necessary to convert the ring system into one acyclic chain. A scission is the breaking of a bond connection between two atoms irrespective of whether the bond is single or multiple.

Organic compound

compound satisfying one of the following criteria:

at least two carbon atoms bonded to each other, or

one carbon atom bonded to at least one hydrogen atom or halogen atom, or

one carbon atom bonded to at least one nitrogen atom by a single or double bond.

Exceptions to the above criteria are: compounds consisting of only carbon atoms (e.g., fullerenes, etc.), cyanogen, cyanogen halides, cyanamide, metal carbides, phosgene, thiophosgene, hydrocyanic acid, isocyanic acid, isothiocyanic acid, fulminic acid, unsubstituted carbamic acid, and salts of the previously mentioned acids; these exceptions are considered to be inorganic compounds for classification purposes.

Preparation

covers synthesis, purification, separation, stabilisation or use of additives, unless a separate place is provided in the classification scheme.

Quinones

compounds derived from compounds containing a six-membered aromatic ring or a system comprising six-membered aromatic rings (which system may be condensed or not condensed) by replacing two or four >CH groups of the six-membered aromatic rings by >C=O groups, and by removing one or two carbon-to-carbon double bonds, respectively, and rearranging the remaining carbon-to-carbon double bonds to give a ring or ring system with alternating double bonds, including the carbon-to-oxygen bonds; this means that acenaphthenequinone or camphorquinone are not considered as quinones.

C07C 9/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0009040000_0.gif

C07C 9/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0009080000_0.gif

C07C 9/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0009120000_0.gif

C07C 9/21 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0009210000_0.gif

C07C 11/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0011040000_0.gif

C07C 11/09 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0011090000_0.gif

C07C 11/113 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0011113000_0.gif

C07C 11/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0011140000_0.gif

C07C 11/167 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0011167000_0.gif

C07C 11/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0011180000_0.gif

C07C 11/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0011200000_0.gif

C07C 11/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0011240000_0.gif

C07C 11/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0011300000_0.gif

C07C 13/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0013040000_0.gif

C07C 13/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0013100000_0.gif

C07C 13/11 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0013110000_0.gif

C07C 13/15 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0013150000_0.gif

C07C 13/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0013200000_0.gif

C07C 13/21 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0013210000_0.gif

C07C 13/23 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0013230000_0.gif

C07C 13/267 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0013267000_0.gif

C07C 13/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0013280000_0.gif

C07C 13/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0013340000_0.gif

C07C 13/43 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0013430000_0.gif

C07C 13/44 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0013440000_0.gif

C07C 13/465 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0013465000_0.gif

C07C 13/47 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0013470000_0.gif

C07C 13/48 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0013480000_0.gif

C07C 13/52 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0013520000_0.gif

C07C 13/553 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0013553000_0.gif

C07C 13/567 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0013567000_0.gif

C07C 13/58 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0013580000_0.gif

C07C 13/61 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0013610000_0.gif

C07C 13/615 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0013615000_0.gif

C07C 13/70 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0013700000_0.gif

C07C 13/72 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0013720000_0.gif

C07C 15/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0015060000_0.gif

C07C 15/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0015080000_0.gif

C07C 15/085 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0015085000_0.gif

C07C 15/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0015180000_0.gif

C07C 15/46 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0015460000_0.gif

C07C 15/52 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0015520000_0.gif

C07C 15/54 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0015540000_0.gif

C07C 19/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0019040000_0.gif

C07C 19/045 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0019045000_0.gif

C07C 19/07 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0019070000_0.gif

C07C 19/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0019080000_0.gif

C07C 21/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0021060000_0.gif

C07C 21/067 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0021067000_0.gif

C07C 21/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0021120000_0.gif

C07C 21/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0021160000_0.gif

C07C 21/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0021200000_0.gif

C07C 21/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0021220000_0.gif

C07C 22/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0022000000_0.gif

C07C 22/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0022020000_0.gif

C07C 22/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0022040000_0.gif

C07C 22/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0022060000_0.gif

C07C 23/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0023120000_0.gif

C07C 23/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0023180000_0.gif

C07C 23/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0023240000_0.gif

C07C 23/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0023300000_0.gif

C07C 25/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0025180000_0.gif

C07C 25/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0025280000_0.gif

C07C 31/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0031100000_0.gif

C07C 31/13 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0031130000_0.gif

C07C 31/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0031200000_0.gif

C07C 31/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0031240000_0.gif

C07C 31/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0031380000_0.gif

C07C 33/03 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0033030000_0.gif

C07C 33/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0033180000_0.gif

C07C 33/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0033240000_0.gif

C07C 33/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0033320000_0.gif

C07C 33/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0033340000_0.gif

C07C 33/42 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0033420000_0.gif

C07C 33/48 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0033480000_0.gif

C07C 35/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0035120000_0.gif

C07C 35/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0035160000_0.gif

C07C 35/21 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0035210000_0.gif

C07C 35/23 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0035230000_0.gif

C07C 35/29 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0035290000_0.gif

C07C 35/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0035320000_0.gif

C07C 35/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0035340000_0.gif

C07C 35/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0035380000_0.gif

C07C 35/42 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0035420000_0.gif

C07C 39/11 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0039110000_0.gif

C07C 39/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0039140000_0.gif

C07C 39/17 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0039170000_0.gif

C07C 39/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0039200000_0.gif

C07C 39/215 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0039215000_0.gif

C07C 39/23 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0039230000_0.gif

C07C 39/367 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0039367000_0.gif

C07C 43/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0043060000_0.gif

C07C 43/115 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0043115000_0.gif

C07C 43/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0043120000_0.gif

C07C 43/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0043160000_0.gif

C07C 43/168 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0043168000_0.gif

C07C 43/174 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0043174000_0.gif

C07C 43/188 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0043188000_0.gif

C07C 43/21 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0043210000_0.gif

C07C 43/215 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0043215000_0.gif

C07C 43/243 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0043243000_0.gif

C07C 43/263 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0043263000_0.gif

C07C 43/267 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0043267000_0.gif

C07C 43/275 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0043275000_0.gif

C07C 43/303 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0043303000_0.gif

C07C 43/305 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0043305000_0.gif

2. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0043305000_1.gif

C07C 47/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0047040000_0.gif

C07C 47/11 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0047110000_0.gif

C07C 47/127 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0047127000_0.gif

C07C 47/17 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0047170000_0.gif

C07C 47/21 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0047210000_0.gif

C07C 47/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0047220000_0.gif

C07C 47/225 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0047225000_0.gif

C07C 47/228 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0047228000_0.gif

C07C 47/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0047320000_0.gif

C07C 47/42 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0047420000_0.gif

C07C 47/54 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0047540000_0.gif

C07C 47/544 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0047544000_0.gif

C07C 47/546 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0047546000_0.gif

C07C 47/548 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0047548000_0.gif

C07C 47/565 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0047565000_0.gif

C07C 47/58 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0047580000_0.gif

C07C 49/17 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0049170000_0.gif

C07C 49/185 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0049185000_0.gif

C07C 49/203 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0049203000_0.gif

C07C 49/205 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0049205000_0.gif

C07C 49/207 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0049207000_0.gif

C07C 49/21 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0049210000_0.gif

C07C 49/215 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0049215000_0.gif

C07C 49/217 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0049217000_0.gif

C07C 49/225 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0049225000_0.gif

C07C 49/23 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0049230000_0.gif

C07C 49/235 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0049235000_0.gif

C07C 49/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0049240000_0.gif

C07C 49/248 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0049248000_0.gif

C07C 49/293 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0049293000_0.gif

C07C 49/303 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0049303000_0.gif

C07C 49/313 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0049313000_0.gif

C07C 49/317 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0049317000_0.gif

C07C 49/323 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0049323000_0.gif

C07C 49/333 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0049333000_0.gif

C07C 49/395 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0049395000_0.gif

C07C 49/407 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0049407000_0.gif

C07C 49/437 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0049437000_0.gif

C07C 49/443 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0049443000_0.gif

C07C 49/453 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0049453000_0.gif

C07C 49/463 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0049463000_0.gif

C07C 49/467 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0049467000_0.gif

C07C 49/487 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0049487000_0.gif

C07C 49/497 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0049497000_0.gif

C07C 49/507 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0049507000_0.gif

C07C 49/513 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0049513000_0.gif

C07C 49/533 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0049533000_0.gif

C07C 49/543 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0049543000_0.gif

C07C 49/557 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0049557000_0.gif

C07C 49/563 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0049563000_0.gif

C07C 49/573 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0049573000_0.gif

C07C 49/577 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0049577000_0.gif

C07C 49/603 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0049603000_0.gif

C07C 49/627 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0049627000_0.gif

C07C 49/637 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0049637000_0.gif

C07C 49/643 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0049643000_0.gif

C07C 49/647 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0049647000_0.gif

C07C 49/653 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0049653000_0.gif

C07C 49/67 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0049670000_0.gif

C07C 49/683 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0049683000_0.gif

C07C 49/687 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0049687000_0.gif

C07C 49/703 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0049703000_0.gif

C07C 49/707 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0049707000_0.gif

C07C 49/723 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0049723000_0.gif

C07C 49/743 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0049743000_0.gif

C07C 49/747 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0049747000_0.gif

C07C 49/755 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0049755000_0.gif

C07C 49/76 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0049760000_0.gif

C07C 49/78 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0049780000_0.gif

C07C 49/786 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0049786000_0.gif

C07C 49/792 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0049792000_0.gif

C07C 49/794 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0049794000_0.gif

C07C 49/82 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0049820000_0.gif

C07C 49/90 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0049900000_0.gif

C07C 50/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0050040000_0.gif

C07C 50/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0050080000_0.gif

C07C 50/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0050120000_0.gif

C07C 50/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0050200000_0.gif

C07C 50/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0050240000_0.gif

C07C 50/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0050280000_0.gif

C07C 53/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0053020000_0.gif

C07C 53/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0053080000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

Pyroligneous acid

C10C

Preparation of vinegar

C12J

C07C 53/124 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0053124000_0.gif

C07C 53/134 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0053134000_0.gif

C07C 53/138 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0053138000_0.gif

C07C 53/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0053160000_0.gif

C07C 53/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0053400000_0.gif

C07C 53/42 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0053420000_0.gif

C07C 53/44 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0053440000_0.gif

C07C 53/48 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0053480000_0.gif

C07C 55/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0055080000_0.gif

C07C 55/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0055140000_0.gif

C07C 55/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0055220000_0.gif

C07C 55/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0055280000_0.gif

C07C 55/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0055300000_0.gif

C07C 55/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0055320000_0.gif

C07C 55/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0055380000_0.gif

C07C 55/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0055400000_0.gif

C07C 57/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0057040000_0.gif

C07C 57/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0057080000_0.gif

C07C 57/145 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0057145000_0.gif

C07C 57/15 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0057150000_0.gif

C07C 57/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0057200000_0.gif

C07C 57/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0057280000_0.gif

C07C 57/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0057320000_0.gif

C07C 57/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0057360000_0.gif

C07C 57/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0057380000_0.gif

C07C 57/46 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0057460000_0.gif

C07C 57/48 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0057480000_0.gif

C07C 57/54 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0057540000_0.gif

C07C 57/60 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0057600000_0.gif

C07C 57/66 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0057660000_0.gif

C07C 59/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0059060000_0.gif

C07C 59/115 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0059115000_0.gif

C07C 59/13 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0059130000_0.gif

C07C 59/195 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0059195000_0.gif

C07C 59/225 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0059225000_0.gif

C07C 59/255 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0059255000_0.gif

C07C 59/347 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0059347000_0.gif

C07C 59/50 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0059500000_0.gif

C07C 59/52 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0059520000_0.gif

C07C 59/58 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0059580000_0.gif

C07C 59/60 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0059600000_0.gif

C07C 59/64 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0059640000_0.gif

C07C 59/70 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0059700000_0.gif

C07C 59/76 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0059760000_0.gif

C07C 59/82 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0059820000_0.gif

C07C 61/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0061040000_0.gif

C07C 61/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0061060000_0.gif

C07C 61/09 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0061090000_0.gif

C07C 61/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0061120000_0.gif

C07C 61/13 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0061130000_0.gif

C07C 61/135 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0061135000_0.gif

C07C 61/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0061220000_0.gif

C07C 61/35 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0061350000_0.gif

C07C 61/37 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0061370000_0.gif

C07C 61/39 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0061390000_0.gif

C07C 62/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0062060000_0.gif

C07C 62/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0062240000_0.gif

C07C 62/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0062320000_0.gif

C07C 63/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0063060000_0.gif

C07C 63/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0063260000_0.gif

C07C 63/333 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0063333000_0.gif

C07C 63/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0063340000_0.gif

C07C 63/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0063360000_0.gif

C07C 63/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0063380000_0.gif

C07C 63/49 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0063490000_0.gif

C07C 63/66 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0063660000_0.gif

C07C 65/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0065100000_0.gif

C07C 65/11 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0065110000_0.gif

C07C 65/17 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0065170000_0.gif

C07C 65/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0065240000_0.gif

C07C 65/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0065320000_0.gif

C07C 65/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0065340000_0.gif

C07C 66/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0066000000_0.gif

C07C 66/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0066020000_0.gif

C07C 69/025 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0069025000_0.gif

C07C 69/03 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0069030000_0.gif

C07C 69/035 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0069035000_0.gif

C07C 69/07 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0069070000_0.gif

C07C 69/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0069080000_0.gif

C07C 69/155 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0069155000_0.gif

C07C 69/157 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0069157000_0.gif

C07C 69/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0069180000_0.gif

C07C 69/353 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0069353000_0.gif

C07C 69/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0069380000_0.gif

C07C 69/44 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0069440000_0.gif

C07C 69/527 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0069527000_0.gif

C07C 69/54 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0069540000_0.gif

C07C 69/56 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0069560000_0.gif

C07C 69/60 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0069600000_0.gif

C07C 69/606 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0069606000_0.gif

C07C 69/608 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0069608000_0.gif

C07C 69/618 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0069618000_0.gif

C07C 69/68 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0069680000_0.gif

C07C 69/704 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0069704000_0.gif

C07C 69/72 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0069720000_0.gif

C07C 69/732 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0069732000_0.gif

2. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0069732000_1.gif

C07C 69/736 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0069736000_0.gif

C07C 69/738 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0069738000_0.gif

C07C 69/747 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0069747000_0.gif

C07C 69/757 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0069757000_0.gif

2. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0069757000_1.gif

C07C 69/76 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0069760000_0.gif

C07C 69/78 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0069780000_0.gif

C07C 69/80 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0069800000_0.gif

C07C 69/82 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0069820000_0.gif

C07C 69/84 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0069840000_0.gif

C07C 69/86 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0069860000_0.gif

C07C 69/96 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0069960000_0.gif

C07C 205/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0205020000_0.gif

C07C 205/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0205040000_0.gif

C07C 205/05 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0205050000_0.gif

C07C 205/09 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0205090000_0.gif

C07C 205/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0205120000_0.gif

C07C 205/17 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0205170000_0.gif

C07C 205/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0205220000_0.gif

C07C 205/29 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0205290000_0.gif

C07C 205/33 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0205330000_0.gif

C07C 205/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0205380000_0.gif

C07C 205/42 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0205420000_0.gif

2. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0205420000_1.gif

C07C 205/45 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0205450000_0.gif

C07C 205/52 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0205520000_0.gif

C07C 205/54 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0205540000_0.gif

C07C 205/55 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0205550000_0.gif

C07C 205/57 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0205570000_0.gif

C07C 205/60 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0205600000_0.gif

C07C 207/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0207000000_0.gif

C07C 207/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0207020000_0.gif

C07C 207/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0207040000_0.gif

C07C 211/03 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0211030000_0.gif

C07C 211/05 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0211050000_0.gif

C07C 211/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0211100000_0.gif

C07C 211/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0211120000_0.gif

C07C 211/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0211140000_0.gif

C07C 211/17 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0211170000_0.gif

C07C 211/19 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0211190000_0.gif

C07C 211/21 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0211210000_0.gif

C07C 211/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0211240000_0.gif

C07C 211/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0211280000_0.gif

C07C 211/35 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0211350000_0.gif

C07C 211/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0211360000_0.gif

C07C 211/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0211400000_0.gif

C07C 211/42 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0211420000_0.gif

C07C 211/46 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0211460000_0.gif

C07C 211/47 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0211470000_0.gif

C07C 211/48 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0211480000_0.gif

C07C 211/49 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0211490000_0.gif

C07C 211/51 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0211510000_0.gif

C07C 211/53 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0211530000_0.gif

C07C 211/55 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0211550000_0.gif

C07C 211/56 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0211560000_0.gif

C07C 211/58 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0211580000_0.gif

C07C 211/60 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0211600000_0.gif

C07C 211/63 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0211630000_0.gif

C07C 215/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0215080000_0.gif

C07C 215/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0215100000_0.gif

C07C 215/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0215120000_0.gif

C07C 215/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0215140000_0.gif

C07C 215/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0215160000_0.gif

C07C 215/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0215180000_0.gif

C07C 215/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0215200000_0.gif

C07C 215/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0215240000_0.gif

C07C 215/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0215260000_0.gif

C07C 215/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0215300000_0.gif

C07C 215/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0215360000_0.gif

C07C 215/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0215400000_0.gif

C07C 215/42 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0215420000_0.gif

C07C 215/44 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0215440000_0.gif

C07C 215/50 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0215500000_0.gif

C07C 215/52 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0215520000_0.gif

C07C 215/60 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0215600000_0.gif

C07C 215/62 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0215620000_0.gif

C07C 215/64 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0215640000_0.gif

C07C 215/68 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0215680000_0.gif

C07C 215/70 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0215700000_0.gif

C07C 215/72 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0215720000_0.gif

C07C 215/76 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0215760000_0.gif

C07C 215/80 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0215800000_0.gif

C07C 215/82 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0215820000_0.gif

C07C 215/88 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0215880000_0.gif

C07C 217/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0217060000_0.gif

C07C 217/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0217100000_0.gif

C07C 217/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0217120000_0.gif

C07C 217/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0217160000_0.gif

C07C 217/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0217200000_0.gif

C07C 217/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0217220000_0.gif

C07C 217/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0217280000_0.gif

C07C 217/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0217300000_0.gif

C07C 217/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0217360000_0.gif

C07C 217/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0217400000_0.gif

C07C 217/44 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0217440000_0.gif

C07C 217/46 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0217460000_0.gif

C07C 217/48 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0217480000_0.gif

C07C 217/52 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0217520000_0.gif

C07C 217/58 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0217580000_0.gif

C07C 217/62 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0217620000_0.gif

C07C 217/68 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0217680000_0.gif

C07C 217/70 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0217700000_0.gif

C07C 217/72 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0217720000_0.gif

C07C 217/74 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0217740000_0.gif

C07C 217/76 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0217760000_0.gif

C07C 217/84 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0217840000_0.gif

C07C 217/86 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0217860000_0.gif

C07C 217/90 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0217900000_0.gif

C07C 217/92 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0217920000_0.gif

C07C 217/94 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0217940000_0.gif

C07C 219/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0219060000_0.gif

C07C 219/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0219080000_0.gif

C07C 219/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0219100000_0.gif

C07C 219/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0219120000_0.gif

C07C 219/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0219140000_0.gif

C07C 219/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0219160000_0.gif

C07C 219/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0219180000_0.gif

C07C 219/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0219200000_0.gif

C07C 219/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0219220000_0.gif

C07C 219/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0219240000_0.gif

C07C 219/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0219260000_0.gif

C07C 219/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0219280000_0.gif

C07C 219/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0219300000_0.gif

C07C 219/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0219320000_0.gif

C07C 219/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0219340000_0.gif

C07C 223/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0223020000_0.gif

C07C 223/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0223040000_0.gif

C07C 223/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0223060000_0.gif

C07C 225/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0225060000_0.gif

C07C 225/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0225080000_0.gif

C07C 225/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0225100000_0.gif

C07C 225/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0225120000_0.gif

C07C 225/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0225140000_0.gif

C07C 225/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0225160000_0.gif

C07C 225/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0225180000_0.gif

C07C 225/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0225200000_0.gif

C07C 225/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0225220000_0.gif

C07C 225/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0225280000_0.gif

C07C 225/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0225300000_0.gif

C07C 225/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0225340000_0.gif

C07C 225/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0225360000_0.gif

C07C 229/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0229080000_0.gif

C07C 229/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0229120000_0.gif

C07C 229/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0229140000_0.gif

C07C 229/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0229160000_0.gif

C07C 229/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0229180000_0.gif

C07C 229/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0229200000_0.gif

C07C 229/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0229220000_0.gif

C07C 229/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0229240000_0.gif

C07C 229/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0229260000_0.gif

C07C 229/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0229280000_0.gif

C07C 229/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0229300000_0.gif

C07C 229/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0229320000_0.gif

C07C 229/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0229340000_0.gif

C07C 229/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0229360000_0.gif

C07C 229/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0229380000_0.gif

C07C 229/42 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0229420000_0.gif

C07C 229/44 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0229440000_0.gif

C07C 229/48 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0229480000_0.gif

C07C 229/50 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0229500000_0.gif

C07C 229/54 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0229540000_0.gif

C07C 229/56 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0229560000_0.gif

C07C 229/58 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0229580000_0.gif

C07C 229/60 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0229600000_0.gif

C07C 229/62 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0229620000_0.gif

C07C 229/64 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0229640000_0.gif

C07C 229/66 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0229660000_0.gif

C07C 229/68 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0229680000_0.gif

C07C 229/70 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0229700000_0.gif

C07C 229/74 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0229740000_0.gif

C07C 233/03 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233030000_0.gif

C07C 233/05 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233050000_0.gif

C07C 233/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233060000_0.gif

C07C 233/07 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233070000_0.gif

C07C 233/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233080000_0.gif

C07C 233/09 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233090000_0.gif

C07C 233/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233100000_0.gif

C07C 233/11 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233110000_0.gif

C07C 233/13 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233130000_0.gif

C07C 233/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233140000_0.gif

C07C 233/15 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233150000_0.gif

C07C 233/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233180000_0.gif

C07C 233/19 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233190000_0.gif

C07C 233/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233200000_0.gif

C07C 233/21 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233210000_0.gif

C07C 233/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233220000_0.gif

C07C 233/23 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233230000_0.gif

C07C 233/25 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233250000_0.gif

C07C 233/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233260000_0.gif

C07C 233/27 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233270000_0.gif

C07C 233/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233280000_0.gif

C07C 233/29 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233290000_0.gif

C07C 233/31 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233310000_0.gif

C07C 233/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233320000_0.gif

C07C 233/33 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233330000_0.gif

C07C 233/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233360000_0.gif

C07C 233/37 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233370000_0.gif

C07C 233/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233380000_0.gif

C07C 233/39 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233390000_0.gif

C07C 233/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233400000_0.gif

C07C 233/41 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233410000_0.gif

C07C 233/43 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233430000_0.gif

C07C 233/44 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233440000_0.gif

C07C 233/47 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233470000_0.gif

C07C 233/48 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233480000_0.gif

C07C 233/49 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233490000_0.gif

C07C 233/50 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233500000_0.gif

C07C 233/51 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233510000_0.gif

C07C 233/52 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233520000_0.gif

C07C 233/54 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233540000_0.gif

C07C 233/55 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233550000_0.gif

C07C 233/56 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233560000_0.gif

C07C 233/58 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233580000_0.gif

C07C 233/59 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233590000_0.gif

C07C 233/60 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233600000_0.gif

C07C 233/61 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233610000_0.gif

C07C 233/62 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233620000_0.gif

C07C 233/63 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233630000_0.gif

C07C 233/65 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233650000_0.gif

C07C 233/66 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233660000_0.gif

C07C 233/69 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233690000_0.gif

C07C 233/70 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233700000_0.gif

C07C 233/71 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233710000_0.gif

C07C 233/72 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233720000_0.gif

C07C 233/73 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233730000_0.gif

C07C 233/74 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233740000_0.gif

C07C 233/75 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233750000_0.gif

C07C 233/76 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233760000_0.gif

C07C 233/78 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233780000_0.gif

C07C 233/79 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233790000_0.gif

C07C 233/80 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233800000_0.gif

C07C 233/81 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233810000_0.gif

C07C 233/83 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233830000_0.gif

C07C 233/84 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233840000_0.gif

C07C 233/85 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233850000_0.gif

C07C 233/86 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233860000_0.gif

C07C 233/87 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233870000_0.gif

C07C 233/88 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233880000_0.gif

C07C 233/89 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233890000_0.gif

C07C 233/90 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233900000_0.gif

C07C 233/91 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233910000_0.gif

C07C 233/92 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0233920000_0.gif

C07C 235/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0235060000_0.gif

C07C 235/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0235080000_0.gif

C07C 235/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0235100000_0.gif

C07C 235/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0235120000_0.gif

C07C 235/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0235140000_0.gif

C07C 235/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0235160000_0.gif

C07C 235/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0235180000_0.gif

C07C 235/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0235200000_0.gif

C07C 235/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0235220000_0.gif

C07C 235/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0235240000_0.gif

C07C 235/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0235260000_0.gif

C07C 235/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0235280000_0.gif

C07C 235/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0235300000_0.gif

C07C 235/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0235340000_0.gif

C07C 235/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0235360000_0.gif

C07C 235/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0235380000_0.gif

C07C 235/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0235400000_0.gif

C07C 235/46 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0235460000_0.gif

C07C 235/48 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0235480000_0.gif

C07C 235/50 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0235500000_0.gif

C07C 235/52 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0235520000_0.gif

C07C 235/54 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0235540000_0.gif

C07C 235/56 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0235560000_0.gif

C07C 235/60 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0235600000_0.gif

C07C 235/62 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0235620000_0.gif

C07C 235/64 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0235640000_0.gif

C07C 235/66 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0235660000_0.gif

C07C 235/68 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0235680000_0.gif

C07C 235/74 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0235740000_0.gif

C07C 235/76 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0235760000_0.gif

C07C 235/78 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0235780000_0.gif

C07C 235/80 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0235800000_0.gif

C07C 235/82 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0235820000_0.gif

C07C 235/84 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0235840000_0.gif

C07C 235/88 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0235880000_0.gif

C07C 237/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0237040000_0.gif

C07C 237/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0237060000_0.gif

C07C 237/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0237080000_0.gif

C07C 237/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0237100000_0.gif

C07C 237/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0237120000_0.gif

C07C 237/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0237140000_0.gif

C07C 237/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0237160000_0.gif

C07C 237/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0237180000_0.gif

C07C 237/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0237200000_0.gif

C07C 237/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0237240000_0.gif

2. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0237240000_1.gif

3. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0237240000_2.gif

C07C 237/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0237260000_0.gif

C07C 237/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0237300000_0.gif

C07C 237/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0237320000_0.gif

C07C 237/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0237340000_0.gif

C07C 237/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0237360000_0.gif

C07C 237/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0237380000_0.gif

C07C 237/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0237400000_0.gif

C07C 237/44 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0237440000_0.gif

C07C 237/46 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0237460000_0.gif

C07C 237/48 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0237480000_0.gif

C07C 237/52 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0237520000_0.gif

C07C 239/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0239040000_0.gif

C07C 239/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0239060000_0.gif

C07C 239/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0239100000_0.gif

C07C 239/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0239120000_0.gif

C07C 239/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0239140000_0.gif

C07C 239/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0239180000_0.gif

C07C 239/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0239200000_0.gif

C07C 239/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0239220000_0.gif

C07C 243/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0243020000_0.gif

C07C 243/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0243060000_0.gif

C07C 243/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0243080000_0.gif

C07C 243/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0243140000_0.gif

C07C 243/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0243160000_0.gif

C07C 243/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0243180000_0.gif

C07C 243/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0243220000_0.gif

C07C 243/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0243280000_0.gif

C07C 243/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0243300000_0.gif

C07C 243/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0243320000_0.gif

C07C 243/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0243340000_0.gif

C07C 243/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0243380000_0.gif

C07C 245/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0245020000_0.gif

C07C 245/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0245040000_0.gif

C07C 245/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0245060000_0.gif

C07C 245/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0245080000_0.gif

C07C 245/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0245100000_0.gif

C07C 245/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0245200000_0.gif

C07C 245/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0245220000_0.gif

C07C 245/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0245240000_0.gif

C07C 247/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0247040000_0.gif

C07C 247/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0247080000_0.gif

C07C 247/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0247140000_0.gif

C07C 247/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0247160000_0.gif

C07C 247/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0247220000_0.gif

C07C 247/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0247240000_0.gif

C07C 251/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0251060000_0.gif

C07C 251/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0251080000_0.gif

C07C 251/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0251120000_0.gif

C07C 251/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0251140000_0.gif

C07C 251/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0251180000_0.gif

C07C 251/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0251200000_0.gif

C07C 251/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0251220000_0.gif

C07C 251/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0251240000_0.gif

C07C 251/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0251280000_0.gif

C07C 251/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0251380000_0.gif

C07C 251/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0251400000_0.gif

C07C 251/42 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0251420000_0.gif

C07C 251/44 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0251440000_0.gif

C07C 251/46 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0251460000_0.gif

C07C 251/48 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0251480000_0.gif

C07C 251/52 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0251520000_0.gif

C07C 251/54 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0251540000_0.gif

C07C 251/56 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0251560000_0.gif

C07C 251/58 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0251580000_0.gif

C07C 251/60 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0251600000_0.gif

C07C 251/62 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0251620000_0.gif

C07C 251/66 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0251660000_0.gif

C07C 251/68 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0251680000_0.gif

C07C 251/76 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0251760000_0.gif

C07C 251/78 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0251780000_0.gif

C07C 251/82 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0251820000_0.gif

C07C 251/84 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0251840000_0.gif

C07C 251/86 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0251860000_0.gif

C07C 251/88 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0251880000_0.gif

C07C 255/03 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0255030000_0.gif

C07C 255/05 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0255050000_0.gif

C07C 255/07 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0255070000_0.gif

C07C 255/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0255080000_0.gif

2. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0255080000_1.gif

C07C 255/09 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0255090000_0.gif

C07C 255/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0255100000_0.gif

2. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0255100000_1.gif

C07C 255/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0255120000_0.gif

C07C 255/13 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0255130000_0.gif

C07C 255/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0255140000_0.gif

C07C 255/15 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0255150000_0.gif

C07C 255/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0255160000_0.gif

C07C 255/17 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0255170000_0.gif

C07C 255/19 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0255190000_0.gif

C07C 255/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0255200000_0.gif

C07C 255/21 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0255210000_0.gif

C07C 255/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0255220000_0.gif

C07C 255/23 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0255230000_0.gif

C07C 255/25 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0255250000_0.gif

2. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0255250000_1.gif

C07C 255/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0255260000_0.gif

C07C 255/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0255280000_0.gif

C07C 255/29 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0255290000_0.gif

C07C 255/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0255300000_0.gif

C07C 255/31 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0255310000_0.gif

C07C 255/33 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0255330000_0.gif

C07C 255/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0255340000_0.gif

C07C 255/35 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0255350000_0.gif

C07C 255/37 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0255370000_0.gif

C07C 255/39 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0255390000_0.gif

C07C 255/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0255400000_0.gif

C07C 255/41 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0255410000_0.gif

C07C 255/43 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0255430000_0.gif

C07C 255/44 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0255440000_0.gif

C07C 255/46 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0255460000_0.gif

C07C 255/47 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0255470000_0.gif

C07C 255/48 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0255480000_0.gif

C07C 255/50 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0255500000_0.gif

C07C 255/51 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0255510000_0.gif

C07C 255/52 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0255520000_0.gif

2. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0255520000_1.gif

C07C 255/54 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0255540000_0.gif

C07C 255/56 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0255560000_0.gif

C07C 255/58 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0255580000_0.gif

C07C 255/59 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0255590000_0.gif

C07C 255/60 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0255600000_0.gif

C07C 255/61 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0255610000_0.gif

2. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0255610000_1.gif

C07C 255/62 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0255620000_0.gif

C07C 255/64 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0255640000_0.gif

C07C 255/65 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0255650000_0.gif

C07C 255/66 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0255660000_0.gif

C07C 255/67 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0255670000_0.gif

C07C 257/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0257020000_0.gif

C07C 257/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0257060000_0.gif

C07C 257/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0257080000_0.gif

C07C 257/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0257120000_0.gif

C07C 257/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0257140000_0.gif

C07C 257/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0257160000_0.gif

C07C 257/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0257180000_0.gif

C07C 257/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0257200000_0.gif

C07C 257/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0257220000_0.gif

C07C 259/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0259020000_0.gif

C07C 259/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0259060000_0.gif

C07C 259/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0259080000_0.gif

C07C 259/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0259100000_0.gif

C07C 259/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0259140000_0.gif

C07C 259/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0259160000_0.gif

C07C 259/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0259180000_0.gif

C07C 259/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0259200000_0.gif

C07C 261/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0261000000_0.gif

C07C 261/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0261020000_0.gif

C07C 261/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0261040000_0.gif

C07C 265/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0265040000_0.gif

C07C 265/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0265060000_0.gif

C07C 265/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0265080000_0.gif

C07C 265/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0265100000_0.gif

C07C 265/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0265120000_0.gif

C07C 265/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0265140000_0.gif

C07C 265/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0265160000_0.gif

C07C 267/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0267000000_0.gif

C07C 269/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0269000000_0.gif

2. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0269000000_1.gif

C07C 271/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0271000000_0.gif

C07C 271/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0271020000_0.gif

C07C 271/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0271040000_0.gif

C07C 271/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0271120000_0.gif

C07C 271/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0271140000_0.gif

C07C 271/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0271160000_0.gif

C07C 271/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0271180000_0.gif

C07C 271/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0271200000_0.gif

C07C 271/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0271240000_0.gif

C07C 271/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0271280000_0.gif

C07C 271/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0271300000_0.gif

C07C 271/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0271320000_0.gif

C07C 271/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0271340000_0.gif

C07C 271/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0271360000_0.gif

C07C 271/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0271380000_0.gif

C07C 271/42 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0271420000_0.gif

C07C 271/44 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0271440000_0.gif

C07C 271/46 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0271460000_0.gif

C07C 271/48 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0271480000_0.gif

C07C 271/50 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0271500000_0.gif

C07C 271/52 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0271520000_0.gif

C07C 271/54 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0271540000_0.gif

C07C 271/56 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0271560000_0.gif

C07C 271/58 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0271580000_0.gif

C07C 271/60 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0271600000_0.gif

C07C 271/62 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0271620000_0.gif

2. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0271620000_1.gif

C07C 271/64 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0271640000_0.gif

C07C 271/66 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0271660000_0.gif

C07C 271/68 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0271680000_0.gif

C07C 273/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0273000000_0.gif

2. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0273000000_1.gif

C07C 275/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0275000000_0.gif

2. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0275000000_1.gif

C07C 275/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0275060000_0.gif

C07C 275/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0275080000_0.gif

C07C 275/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0275100000_0.gif

C07C 275/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0275120000_0.gif

C07C 275/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0275140000_0.gif

C07C 275/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0275160000_0.gif

C07C 275/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0275180000_0.gif

C07C 275/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0275200000_0.gif

C07C 275/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0275220000_0.gif

C07C 275/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0275240000_0.gif

C07C 275/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0275260000_0.gif

C07C 275/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0275280000_0.gif

C07C 275/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0275300000_0.gif

C07C 275/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0275320000_0.gif

C07C 275/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0275340000_0.gif

C07C 275/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0275360000_0.gif

C07C 275/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0275380000_0.gif

C07C 275/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0275400000_0.gif

C07C 275/42 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0275420000_0.gif

C07C 275/44 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0275440000_0.gif

C07C 275/46 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0275460000_0.gif

2. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0275460000_1.gif

C07C 275/50 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0275500000_0.gif

C07C 275/52 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0275520000_0.gif

C07C 275/54 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0275540000_0.gif

C07C 275/56 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0275560000_0.gif

C07C 275/60 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0275600000_0.gif

C07C 275/62 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0275620000_0.gif

C07C 275/64 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0275640000_0.gif

2. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0275640000_1.gif

C07C 275/66 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0275660000_0.gif

C07C 275/68 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0275680000_0.gif

C07C 275/70 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0275700000_0.gif

C07C 277/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0277000000_0.gif

C07C 279/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0279000000_0.gif

C07C 279/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0279020000_0.gif

C07C 279/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0279040000_0.gif

C07C 279/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0279060000_0.gif

C07C 279/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0279080000_0.gif

C07C 279/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0279100000_0.gif

C07C 279/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0279120000_0.gif

C07C 279/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0279140000_0.gif

C07C 279/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0279160000_0.gif

C07C 279/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0279180000_0.gif

C07C 279/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0279200000_0.gif

2. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0279200000_1.gif

C07C 279/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0279220000_0.gif

C07C 279/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0279240000_0.gif

C07C 279/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0279260000_0.gif

C07C 279/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0279280000_0.gif

C07C 279/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0279340000_0.gif

C07C 279/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0279360000_0.gif

C07C 281/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0281020000_0.gif

C07C 281/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0281040000_0.gif

C07C 281/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0281060000_0.gif

C07C 281/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0281080000_0.gif

C07C 281/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0281100000_0.gif

C07C 281/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0281120000_0.gif

C07C 281/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0281140000_0.gif

C07C 281/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0281160000_0.gif

C07C 281/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0281180000_0.gif

C07C 281/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0281200000_0.gif

C07C 291/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0291040000_0.gif

C07C 291/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0291060000_0.gif

C07C 291/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0291080000_0.gif

C07C 291/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0291100000_0.gif

C07C 291/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0291120000_0.gif

C07C 301/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0301000000_0.gif

C07C 301/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0301020000_0.gif

C07C 305/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0305060000_0.gif

C07C 305/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0305080000_0.gif

C07C 305/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0305100000_0.gif

C07C 305/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0305120000_0.gif

C07C 305/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0305140000_0.gif

C07C 305/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0305160000_0.gif

C07C 305/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0305180000_0.gif

C07C 305/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0305200000_0.gif

C07C 305/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0305220000_0.gif

C07C 305/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0305240000_0.gif

C07C 305/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0305260000_0.gif

C07C 307/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0307020000_0.gif

C07C 307/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0307040000_0.gif

C07C 307/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0307060000_0.gif

C07C 307/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0307080000_0.gif

C07C 307/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0307100000_0.gif

C07C 309/01 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309010000_0.gif

C07C 309/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309040000_0.gif

C07C 309/05 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309050000_0.gif

C07C 309/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309060000_0.gif

C07C 309/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309080000_0.gif

C07C 309/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309100000_0.gif

C07C 309/11 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309110000_0.gif

C07C 309/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309120000_0.gif

C07C 309/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309140000_0.gif

C07C 309/15 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309150000_0.gif

C07C 309/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309160000_0.gif

C07C 309/17 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309170000_0.gif

C07C 309/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309180000_0.gif

C07C 309/19 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309190000_0.gif

C07C 309/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309200000_0.gif

C07C 309/21 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309210000_0.gif

C07C 309/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309220000_0.gif

C07C 309/23 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309230000_0.gif

C07C 309/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309240000_0.gif

C07C 309/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309260000_0.gif

C07C 309/27 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309270000_0.gif

C07C 309/29 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309290000_0.gif

C07C 309/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309300000_0.gif

C07C 309/31 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309310000_0.gif

C07C 309/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309320000_0.gif

C07C 309/35 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309350000_0.gif

C07C 309/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309360000_0.gif

C07C 309/37 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309370000_0.gif

C07C 309/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309380000_0.gif

C07C 309/39 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309390000_0.gif

C07C 309/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309400000_0.gif

C07C 309/42 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309420000_0.gif

C07C 309/43 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309430000_0.gif

C07C 309/44 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309440000_0.gif

C07C 309/46 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309460000_0.gif

C07C 309/47 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309470000_0.gif

C07C 309/48 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309480000_0.gif

C07C 309/49 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309490000_0.gif

C07C 309/50 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309500000_0.gif

C07C 309/51 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309510000_0.gif

C07C 309/52 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309520000_0.gif

C07C 309/53 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309530000_0.gif

C07C 309/54 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309540000_0.gif

2. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309540000_1.gif

C07C 309/55 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309550000_0.gif

C07C 309/56 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309560000_0.gif

C07C 309/58 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309580000_0.gif

C07C 309/59 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309590000_0.gif

C07C 309/60 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309600000_0.gif

C07C 309/61 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309610000_0.gif

C07C 309/63 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309630000_0.gif

C07C 309/65 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309650000_0.gif

C07C 309/66 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309660000_0.gif

C07C 309/67 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309670000_0.gif

C07C 309/68 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309680000_0.gif

C07C 309/69 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309690000_0.gif

C07C 309/70 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309700000_0.gif

C07C 309/71 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309710000_0.gif

C07C 309/73 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309730000_0.gif

C07C 309/74 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309740000_0.gif

C07C 309/75 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309750000_0.gif

C07C 309/76 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309760000_0.gif

C07C 309/77 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309770000_0.gif

C07C 309/80 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309800000_0.gif

C07C 309/81 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309810000_0.gif

C07C 309/82 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309820000_0.gif

C07C 309/83 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309830000_0.gif

C07C 309/84 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309840000_0.gif

C07C 309/85 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309850000_0.gif

C07C 309/86 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309860000_0.gif

2. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309860000_1.gif

C07C 309/87 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309870000_0.gif

C07C 309/88 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309880000_0.gif

C07C 309/89 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0309890000_0.gif

C07C 311/01 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0311010000_0.gif

C07C 311/03 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0311030000_0.gif

2. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0311030000_1.gif

C07C 311/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0311040000_0.gif

C07C 311/05 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0311050000_0.gif

C07C 311/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0311060000_0.gif

C07C 311/07 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0311070000_0.gif

C07C 311/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0311080000_0.gif

C07C 311/09 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0311090000_0.gif

C07C 311/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0311100000_0.gif

C07C 311/11 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0311110000_0.gif

C07C 311/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0311120000_0.gif

C07C 311/13 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0311130000_0.gif

C07C 311/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0311140000_0.gif

C07C 311/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0311160000_0.gif

C07C 311/17 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0311170000_0.gif

C07C 311/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0311180000_0.gif

C07C 311/19 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0311190000_0.gif

C07C 311/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0311200000_0.gif

C07C 311/21 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0311210000_0.gif

C07C 311/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0311240000_0.gif

2. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0311240000_1.gif

C07C 311/25 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0311250000_0.gif

C07C 311/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0311260000_0.gif

C07C 311/27 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0311270000_0.gif

C07C 311/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0311280000_0.gif

C07C 311/29 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0311290000_0.gif

C07C 311/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0311320000_0.gif

C07C 311/33 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0311330000_0.gif

C07C 311/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0311340000_0.gif

C07C 311/35 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0311350000_0.gif

C07C 311/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0311360000_0.gif

C07C 311/39 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0311390000_0.gif

C07C 311/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0311400000_0.gif

C07C 311/41 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0311410000_0.gif

C07C 311/42 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0311420000_0.gif

C07C 311/43 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0311430000_0.gif

C07C 311/44 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0311440000_0.gif

C07C 311/45 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0311450000_0.gif

C07C 311/46 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0311460000_0.gif

C07C 311/47 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0311470000_0.gif

C07C 311/48 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0311480000_0.gif

C07C 311/49 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0311490000_0.gif

C07C 311/50 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0311500000_0.gif

C07C 311/51 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0311510000_0.gif

C07C 311/53 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0311530000_0.gif

C07C 311/55 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0311550000_0.gif

C07C 311/56 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0311560000_0.gif

C07C 311/58 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0311580000_0.gif

C07C 311/59 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0311590000_0.gif

C07C 311/60 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0311600000_0.gif

C07C 311/61 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0311610000_0.gif

C07C 311/62 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0311620000_0.gif

C07C 311/63 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0311630000_0.gif

C07C 311/64 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0311640000_0.gif

C07C 311/65 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0311650000_0.gif

C07C 313/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0313040000_0.gif

C07C 313/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0313060000_0.gif

C07C 313/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0313080000_0.gif

C07C 313/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0313120000_0.gif

C07C 313/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0313140000_0.gif

C07C 313/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0313160000_0.gif

C07C 313/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0313180000_0.gif

C07C 313/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0313200000_0.gif

C07C 313/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0313220000_0.gif

C07C 313/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0313240000_0.gif

C07C 313/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0313260000_0.gif

2. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0313260000_1.gif

C07C 313/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0313280000_0.gif

C07C 313/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0313320000_0.gif

C07C 313/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0313340000_0.gif

C07C 313/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0313360000_0.gif

C07C 313/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0313380000_0.gif

C07C 317/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0317040000_0.gif

C07C 317/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0317060000_0.gif

C07C 317/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0317080000_0.gif

C07C 317/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0317100000_0.gif

C07C 317/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0317120000_0.gif

C07C 317/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0317140000_0.gif

C07C 317/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0317180000_0.gif

C07C 317/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0317200000_0.gif

C07C 317/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0317220000_0.gif

C07C 317/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0317240000_0.gif

C07C 317/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0317280000_0.gif

C07C 317/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0317300000_0.gif

C07C 317/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0317320000_0.gif

C07C 317/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0317360000_0.gif

C07C 317/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0317380000_0.gif

C07C 317/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0317400000_0.gif

C07C 317/42 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0317420000_0.gif

C07C 317/44 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0317440000_0.gif

C07C 317/46 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0317460000_0.gif

C07C 317/48 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0317480000_0.gif

C07C 317/50 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0317500000_0.gif

C07C 321/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0321040000_0.gif

C07C 321/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0321060000_0.gif

C07C 321/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0321080000_0.gif

C07C 321/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0321100000_0.gif

C07C 321/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0321140000_0.gif

C07C 321/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0321160000_0.gif

C07C 321/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0321180000_0.gif

C07C 321/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0321200000_0.gif

C07C 321/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0321220000_0.gif

C07C 321/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0321260000_0.gif

C07C 321/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0321280000_0.gif

C07C 321/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0321300000_0.gif

C07C 323/03 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0323030000_0.gif

C07C 323/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0323040000_0.gif

C07C 323/05 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0323050000_0.gif

C07C 323/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0323060000_0.gif

C07C 323/07 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0323070000_0.gif

C07C 323/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0323080000_0.gif

C07C 323/09 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0323090000_0.gif

C07C 323/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0323120000_0.gif

C07C 323/13 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0323130000_0.gif

C07C 323/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0323140000_0.gif

C07C 323/15 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0323150000_0.gif

C07C 323/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0323160000_0.gif

C07C 323/17 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0323170000_0.gif

C07C 323/19 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0323190000_0.gif

C07C 323/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0323200000_0.gif

C07C 323/21 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0323210000_0.gif

C07C 323/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0323220000_0.gif

C07C 323/25 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0323250000_0.gif

C07C 323/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0323260000_0.gif

C07C 323/27 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0323270000_0.gif

C07C 323/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0323280000_0.gif

C07C 323/29 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0323290000_0.gif

C07C 323/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0323300000_0.gif

C07C 323/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0323320000_0.gif

C07C 323/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0323340000_0.gif

C07C 323/35 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0323350000_0.gif

C07C 323/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0323360000_0.gif

C07C 323/37 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0323370000_0.gif

C07C 323/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0323380000_0.gif

C07C 323/39 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0323390000_0.gif

C07C 323/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0323400000_0.gif

C07C 323/41 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0323410000_0.gif

C07C 323/42 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0323420000_0.gif

C07C 323/43 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0323430000_0.gif

C07C 323/44 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0323440000_0.gif

C07C 323/45 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0323450000_0.gif

C07C 323/47 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0323470000_0.gif

C07C 323/48 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0323480000_0.gif

C07C 323/49 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0323490000_0.gif

C07C 323/52 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0323520000_0.gif

C07C 323/53 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0323530000_0.gif

C07C 323/54 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0323540000_0.gif

C07C 323/55 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0323550000_0.gif

C07C 323/56 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0323560000_0.gif

C07C 323/57 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0323570000_0.gif

C07C 323/58 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0323580000_0.gif

C07C 323/59 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0323590000_0.gif

C07C 323/60 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0323600000_0.gif

C07C 323/61 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0323610000_0.gif

C07C 323/62 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0323620000_0.gif

C07C 323/63 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0323630000_0.gif

C07C 323/65 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0323650000_0.gif

C07C 323/66 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0323660000_0.gif

C07C 323/67 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0323670000_0.gif

C07C 325/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0325000000_0.gif

C07C 325/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0325020000_0.gif

C07C 325/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0325040000_0.gif

C07C 327/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0327060000_0.gif

C07C 327/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0327080000_0.gif

C07C 327/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0327100000_0.gif

C07C 327/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0327120000_0.gif

C07C 327/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0327140000_0.gif

C07C 327/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0327160000_0.gif

C07C 327/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0327180000_0.gif

C07C 327/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0327220000_0.gif

C07C 327/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0327240000_0.gif

C07C 327/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0327260000_0.gif

C07C 327/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0327280000_0.gif

C07C 327/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0327300000_0.gif

C07C 327/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0327320000_0.gif

C07C 327/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0327340000_0.gif

C07C 327/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0327360000_0.gif

C07C 327/42 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0327420000_0.gif

C07C 327/44 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0327440000_0.gif

C07C 327/46 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0327460000_0.gif

C07C 327/48 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0327480000_0.gif

C07C 327/50 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0327500000_0.gif

C07C 327/52 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0327520000_0.gif

C07C 327/54 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0327540000_0.gif

C07C 327/56 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0327560000_0.gif

C07C 327/58 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0327580000_0.gif

C07C 327/60 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0327600000_0.gif

C07C 329/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0329000000_0.gif

C07C 329/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0329020000_0.gif

C07C 329/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0329040000_0.gif

C07C 329/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0329060000_0.gif

C07C 329/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0329080000_0.gif

C07C 329/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0329100000_0.gif

C07C 329/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0329120000_0.gif

C07C 329/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0329160000_0.gif

C07C 329/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0329180000_0.gif

C07C 329/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0329200000_0.gif

C07C 331/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0331000000_0.gif

C07C 331/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0331040000_0.gif

C07C 331/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0331060000_0.gif

C07C 331/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0331080000_0.gif

C07C 331/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0331100000_0.gif

C07C 331/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0331120000_0.gif

C07C 331/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0331140000_0.gif

C07C 331/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0331200000_0.gif

C07C 331/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0331220000_0.gif

C07C 331/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0331240000_0.gif

C07C 331/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0331260000_0.gif

C07C 331/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0331280000_0.gif

C07C 331/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0331300000_0.gif

C07C 331/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0331320000_0.gif

C07C 333/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0333000000_0.gif

2. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0333000000_1.gif

3. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0333000000_2.gif

C07C 333/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0333040000_0.gif

C07C 333/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0333060000_0.gif

C07C 333/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0333080000_0.gif

C07C 333/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0333100000_0.gif

C07C 333/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0333120000_0.gif

C07C 333/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0333140000_0.gif

C07C 333/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0333160000_0.gif

C07C 333/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0333200000_0.gif

C07C 333/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0333220000_0.gif

C07C 333/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0333240000_0.gif

C07C 333/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0333260000_0.gif

C07C 333/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0333280000_0.gif

C07C 333/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0333320000_0.gif

C07C 335/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0335000000_0.gif

C07C 335/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0335020000_0.gif

C07C 335/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0335080000_0.gif

C07C 335/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0335100000_0.gif

C07C 335/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0335120000_0.gif

C07C 335/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0335140000_0.gif

C07C 335/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0335160000_0.gif

C07C 335/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0335180000_0.gif

C07C 335/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0335200000_0.gif

C07C 335/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0335220000_0.gif

C07C 335/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0335240000_0.gif

2. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0335240000_1.gif

C07C 335/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0335260000_0.gif

C07C 335/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0335280000_0.gif

C07C 335/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0335320000_0.gif

C07C 335/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0335340000_0.gif

C07C 335/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0335360000_0.gif

C07C 335/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0335380000_0.gif

C07C 335/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0335400000_0.gif

C07C 335/42 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0335420000_0.gif

C07C 335/44 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0335440000_0.gif

C07C 337/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0337020000_0.gif

C07C 337/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0337040000_0.gif

C07C 337/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0337060000_0.gif

C07C 337/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0337080000_0.gif

C07C 337/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0337100000_0.gif

C07C 381/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0381020000_0.gif

C07C 381/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0381040000_0.gif

C07C 381/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0381060000_0.gif

C07C 381/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0381080000_0.gif

C07C 381/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0381100000_0.gif

C07C 381/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0381120000_0.gif

C07C 381/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0381140000_0.gif

C07C 391/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0391000000_0.gif

C07C 391/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0391020000_0.gif

C07C 395/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0395000000_0.gif

C07C 401/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0401000000_0.gif

2. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0401000000_1.gif

C07C 403/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0403020000_0.gif

C07C 403/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0403040000_0.gif

C07C 403/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0403080000_0.gif

C07C 403/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0403100000_0.gif

C07C 403/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0403120000_0.gif

C07C 403/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0403140000_0.gif

C07C 403/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0403160000_0.gif

C07C 403/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0403180000_0.gif

C07C 403/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0403200000_0.gif

C07C 403/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0403220000_0.gif

C07C 403/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0403240000_0.gif

C07C 405/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0405000000_0.gif

C07C 409/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0409040000_0.gif

C07C 409/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0409060000_0.gif

C07C 409/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0409080000_0.gif

C07C 409/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0409100000_0.gif

C07C 409/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0409120000_0.gif

C07C 409/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0409140000_0.gif

C07C 409/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0409160000_0.gif

C07C 409/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0409180000_0.gif

C07C 409/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0409200000_0.gif

C07C 409/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0409220000_0.gif

C07C 409/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0409240000_0.gif

C07C 409/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0409260000_0.gif

C07C 409/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0409280000_0.gif

C07C 409/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0409300000_0.gif

C07C 409/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0409320000_0.gif

C07C 409/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0409340000_0.gif

C07C 409/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0409360000_0.gif

C07C 409/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0409380000_0.gif

C07C 409/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0409400000_0.gif

C07C 409/42 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0409420000_0.gif

C07C 409/44 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07C0409440000_0.gif

C07D - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Organic compounds containing at least one heterocyclic ring, and with no ring comprising a steroid, saccharide or peptide moiety. Said compounds should generally comprise the following elements or periodic groups only, C, H, halogen, N, O, S, Se, Te.

The only exception to this requirement is that the compounds may contain metal atoms, but only as the cations of heterocyclic organic acid salts, alcoholates, phenolates or mercaptides, or as chelating atoms, e.g. in porphyrins.

Preparation of such compounds, including purification, separation, stabilisation or use of additives, unless a separate place is provided elsewhere in the classification scheme.

Rings are considered as "heterocycles" only if they contain at least one atom selected from halogen, N, O, S, Se or Te as a ring member. Heterocyclic rings may be present as distinct entities or condensed, either with carbocycles or among themselves.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

In class C07, the last place priority rule is used, i.e. in the absence of an indication to the contrary, a compound is classified in the last appropriate subclass. Hence, while individual heterocycle-containing amino acids are classified in this subclass C07D, peptides are generally classified in subclass C07K. Similarly, compounds containing saccharide radicals are classified in subclass C07H, and heterocyclic steroids are classified in subclass C07J. Heterocycles incorporating elements other than C, H, halogen, N, O, S, Se or Te are classified in subclass C07F.

This subclass is a function-oriented entry for the compounds themselves and does not cover the application or use of the compounds under the subclass definition.

For classifying such information other entries in IPC exist, for example:

Compounds or compositions for preservation of bodies of humans, animals, plants, or parts thereof, as biocides, e.g. disinfectants, pesticides, herbicides, as pest repellants or attractants, and as plant growth regulators are classified in subclass A01N.

Preparations for medical, dental, or toilet purposes are classified in subclass A61K.

Heterocyclic compounds for producing dyes are classified in subclass C09B.

Multiple classification

Biocidal, pest attractant, or plant growth regulatory activity of chemical compounds or preparations is further classified in subclass A01P.

Therapeutic activity of chemical compounds is further classified in subclass A61P.

Uses of cosmetics or similar toilet preparations are further classified in subclass A61Q.

References

Limiting references:

Macromolecular compounds

C08

Preparation of heterocyclic organic compounds using enzymes or fermentation processes

C12P

Electrolytic production of organic compounds

C25B 3/00

Processes for producing compounds in which simultaneously electricity is generated

C25B 5/00

Electrophoretic production of compounds

C25B 7/00

Informative references:

Generic methods and apparatus therefor used in organic chemistry, such as oxidation, reduction, addition, substitution, purification, separation, stabilisation

C07B

Heterocyclic organic compounds containing elements other than carbon, hydrogen, halogen, oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, selenium or tellurium

C07F

Dyes, paints, polishes, natural resins, adhesives, and miscellaneous compositions containing heterocyclic compounds

C09

Combinatorial libraries containing organic compounds

C40B 40/04

Special rules of classification

In this subclass, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, a compound is classified in the last appropriate place.

Chemical compounds and their preparation are classified in the groups for the type of compound prepared. The processes of preparation are also classified in the groups for the types of reaction employed, if of interest. The compounds prepared are also classified in the groups for the types of compounds prepared, if of interest.

Salts of a compound, unless specifically provided for, are classified as that compound. Salts, adducts or complexes formed between two or more organic compounds are classified according to all compounds forming the salts, adducts or complexes.

Heterocyclic compounds which contain rings of five or more members, wherein only nitrogen is present as a ring heteroatom, and wherein the ring carbon atoms are fully saturated and otherwise bound only to hydrogen atoms, are classified in main group C07D 295/00. Morpholines and thiomorpholines unsubstituted on the ring carbon atoms are also classified here.

Where a molecule may exist in tautomeric forms, classification is made for the form which appears latest in the scheme.

Where a heterocycle is linked to a carbocycle by an acyclic chain, and both the chain and the carbocycle are further substituted by either hetero atoms or carbon atoms with three bonds to hetero atoms, not more than one hetero atom being a halogen, the molecule is classified according to the substituents on the acyclic chain. See the following example:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D_0.gif

Where a compound contains at least one ring covered by group C07D 295/00 and at least one other hetero ring, the hetero ring covered by group C07D 295/00 is treated as an acyclic chain containing nitrogen atoms for the purposes of classification.

Compounds containing a single heterocycle are classified in the range C07D 203/00-C07D 347/00.

Compounds containing two or more heterocycles, none of which are condensed with themselves or a carbocycle, and all of which are covered by the same main group are also classified in this range.

Compounds containing two or more hetero rings individually covered by different main groups, and not part of the same condensed ring system are classified in the range C07D 401/00-C07D 421/00.

Compounds containing two or more hetero rings, being part of the same condensed ring system, are classified in the range C07D 451/00-C07D 519/00.

Where any individual components of heterocyclic compounds, such as single hetero rings or single condensed systems are of interest in their own right for search purposes, they may be classified according to the procedure outlined in the three immediately preceding paragraphs. These non-obligatory classifications are to be given as "additional information".

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Acyclic

The absence of a ring structure. Acyclic chains may be linear or branched.

Bridged

Where two condensed rings share at least three adjacent ring members.

Carbocyclic

Where all ring members in a ring are carbon atoms.

Condensed

Where at least two rings share at least one ring member.

Condensed ring system

A ring system in which all rings are condensed among themselves, i.e. a ring system wherein the scission of a single connection between two ring atoms cannot result in the division of the ring system into separate entities. Two or more hetero rings are considered part of the same condensed ring system if they condensed among themselves or to a common carbocycle or carbocycle system.

Heterocyclic

Wherein at least one ring member in a molecule containing a ring of atoms is not a carbon atom. For the purposes of classification in this subclass, a narrower definition applies wherein heteroatoms may only be chosen from nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, selenium, tellurium or halogen.

Ortho-condensed

Where two condensed rings share two adjacent ring atoms in common. A ring system is deemed ortho-condensed if each ring shares only one face with any other ring, and no ring has two adjacent shared faces.

Peri-condensed

Where three rings in a condensed ring system share a single ring atom in common.

Plant

Any of a kingdom (Plantae) of multicellular eukaryotic mostly photosynthetic organisms typically lacking locomotive movement or obvious nervous or sensory organs and possessing cellulose cell walls.

Spiro-condensed

Where two condensed rings share only one atom in common.

Number of relevant rings

In a condensed ring system, this equals the minimum number of scissions necessary to convert the ring system into an acyclic chain, a scission being the disconnection of two bonded atoms, without regard for the bond order.

Relevant rings

These are the rings which account for all the bonds in a condensed system. In order to prevent ambiguity in classifying a condensed ring system, the rings which identify the ring system are determined according to the following hierarchy of criteria:

the rings with the lowest number of members;

the rings with the highest number of hetero atoms as ring members;

the rings with the lowest number of members shared between rings;

the rings with the latest place in the classification scheme.

C07D 201/16 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Separation of inorganic salts

C01

C07D 203/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0203080000_0.gif

C07D 203/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0203100000_0.gif

C07D 203/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0203120000_0.gif

C07D 203/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0203140000_0.gif

C07D 203/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0203180000_0.gif

C07D 203/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0203200000_0.gif

C07D 203/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0203220000_0.gif

C07D 203/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0203240000_0.gif

C07D 203/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0203260000_0.gif

C07D 205/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0205000000_0.gif

C07D 205/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0205040000_0.gif

C07D 205/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0205060000_0.gif

C07D 205/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0205080000_0.gif

C07D 205/085 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0205085000_0.gif

C07D 205/09 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0205090000_0.gif

C07D 205/095 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0205095000_0.gif

C07D 205/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0205100000_0.gif

C07D 205/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0205120000_0.gif

C07D 207/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0207000000_0.gif

C07D 207/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0207020000_0.gif

C07D 207/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0207040000_0.gif

C07D 207/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0207060000_0.gif

C07D 207/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0207080000_0.gif

C07D 207/09 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0207090000_0.gif

C07D 207/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0207100000_0.gif

C07D 207/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0207120000_0.gif

C07D 207/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0207140000_0.gif

C07D 207/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0207160000_0.gif

C07D 207/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0207200000_0.gif

C07D 207/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0207220000_0.gif

C07D 207/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0207240000_0.gif

C07D 207/263 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0207263000_0.gif

C07D 207/267 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0207267000_0.gif

C07D 207/27 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0207270000_0.gif

C07D 207/273 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0207273000_0.gif

C07D 207/277 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0207277000_0.gif

C07D 207/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0207280000_0.gif

C07D 207/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0207300000_0.gif

C07D 207/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0207320000_0.gif

C07D 207/323 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0207323000_0.gif

C07D 207/325 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0207325000_0.gif

C07D 207/327 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0207327000_0.gif

C07D 207/33 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0207330000_0.gif

C07D 207/333 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0207333000_0.gif

C07D 207/335 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0207335000_0.gif

C07D 207/337 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0207337000_0.gif

C07D 207/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0207340000_0.gif

C07D 207/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0207360000_0.gif

C07D 207/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0207380000_0.gif

C07D 207/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0207400000_0.gif

C07D 207/404 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0207404000_0.gif

C07D 207/408 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0207408000_0.gif

C07D 207/412 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0207412000_0.gif

C07D 207/416 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0207416000_0.gif

C07D 207/42 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0207420000_0.gif

C07D 207/44 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0207440000_0.gif

C07D 207/448 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0207448000_0.gif

C07D 207/452 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0207452000_0.gif

C07D 207/456 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0207456000_0.gif

C07D 207/46 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0207460000_0.gif

C07D 207/48 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0207480000_0.gif

C07D 207/50 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0207500000_0.gif

C07D 209/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0209000000_0.gif

C07D 209/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0209080000_0.gif

C07D 209/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0209100000_0.gif

C07D 209/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0209120000_0.gif

C07D 209/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0209140000_0.gif

C07D 209/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0209160000_0.gif

C07D 209/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0209180000_0.gif

C07D 209/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0209200000_0.gif

C07D 209/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0209220000_0.gif

C07D 209/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0209240000_0.gif

C07D 209/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0209260000_0.gif

C07D 209/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0209280000_0.gif

C07D 209/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0209300000_0.gif

C07D 209/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0209320000_0.gif

C07D 209/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0209340000_0.gif

C07D 209/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0209360000_0.gif

C07D 209/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0209380000_0.gif

C07D 209/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0209400000_0.gif

C07D 209/42 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0209420000_0.gif

C07D 209/43 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0209430000_0.gif

C07D 209/46 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0209460000_0.gif

C07D 209/48 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0209480000_0.gif

C07D 209/49 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0209490000_0.gif

C07D 209/50 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0209500000_0.gif

C07D 209/58 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0209580000_0.gif

C07D 209/60 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0209600000_0.gif

C07D 209/62 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0209620000_0.gif

C07D 209/64 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0209640000_0.gif

C07D 209/66 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0209660000_0.gif

C07D 209/68 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0209680000_0.gif

C07D 209/70 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0209700000_0.gif

C07D 209/72 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0209720000_0.gif

C07D 209/74 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0209740000_0.gif

C07D 209/76 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0209760000_0.gif

C07D 209/78 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0209780000_0.gif

C07D 209/80 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0209800000_0.gif

C07D 209/82 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0209820000_0.gif

C07D 209/86 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0209860000_0.gif

C07D 209/88 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0209880000_0.gif

C07D 209/90 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0209900000_0.gif

C07D 209/92 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0209920000_0.gif

C07D 209/94 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0209940000_0.gif

C07D 209/96 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0209960000_0.gif

C07D 211/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0211080000_0.gif

C07D 211/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0211100000_0.gif

C07D 211/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0211120000_0.gif

C07D 211/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0211140000_0.gif

C07D 211/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0211160000_0.gif

C07D 211/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0211180000_0.gif

C07D 211/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0211200000_0.gif

C07D 211/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0211220000_0.gif

C07D 211/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0211240000_0.gif

C07D 211/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0211260000_0.gif

C07D 211/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0211280000_0.gif

C07D 211/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0211300000_0.gif

C07D 211/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0211320000_0.gif

C07D 211/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0211340000_0.gif

C07D 211/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0211360000_0.gif

C07D 211/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0211380000_0.gif

C07D 211/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0211400000_0.gif

C07D 211/42 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0211420000_0.gif

C07D 211/44 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0211440000_0.gif

C07D 211/46 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0211460000_0.gif

C07D 211/48 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0211480000_0.gif

C07D 211/50 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0211500000_0.gif

C07D 211/52 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0211520000_0.gif

C07D 211/54 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0211540000_0.gif

C07D 211/56 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0211560000_0.gif

C07D 211/58 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0211580000_0.gif

C07D 211/60 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0211600000_0.gif

C07D 211/62 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0211620000_0.gif

C07D 211/64 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0211640000_0.gif

C07D 211/66 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0211660000_0.gif

C07D 211/70 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0211700000_0.gif

C07D 211/72 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0211720000_0.gif

C07D 211/74 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0211740000_0.gif

C07D 211/76 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0211760000_0.gif

C07D 211/78 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0211780000_0.gif

C07D 211/82 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0211820000_0.gif

C07D 211/84 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0211840000_0.gif

C07D 211/86 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0211860000_0.gif

C07D 211/88 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0211880000_0.gif

C07D 211/90 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0211900000_0.gif

C07D 211/92 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0211920000_0.gif

C07D 211/94 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0211940000_0.gif

C07D 211/96 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0211960000_0.gif

C07D 211/98 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0211980000_0.gif

C07D 213/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0213000000_0.gif

C07D 213/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0213180000_0.gif

C07D 213/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0213200000_0.gif

C07D 213/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0213220000_0.gif

C07D 213/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0213260000_0.gif

C07D 213/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0213300000_0.gif

C07D 213/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0213320000_0.gif

C07D 213/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0213340000_0.gif

C07D 213/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0213380000_0.gif

C07D 213/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0213400000_0.gif

C07D 213/42 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0213420000_0.gif

C07D 213/48 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0213480000_0.gif

C07D 213/50 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0213500000_0.gif

C07D 213/51 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0213510000_0.gif

C07D 213/52 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0213520000_0.gif

C07D 213/53 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0213530000_0.gif

C07D 213/55 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0213550000_0.gif

C07D 213/56 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0213560000_0.gif

C07D 213/57 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0213570000_0.gif

C07D 213/58 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0213580000_0.gif

C07D 213/59 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0213590000_0.gif

C07D 213/61 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0213610000_0.gif

C07D 213/643 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0213643000_0.gif

C07D 213/647 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0213647000_0.gif

C07D 213/65 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0213650000_0.gif

C07D 213/66 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0213660000_0.gif

C07D 213/67 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0213670000_0.gif

C07D 213/68 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0213680000_0.gif

C07D 213/69 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0213690000_0.gif

C07D 213/70 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0213700000_0.gif

C07D 213/71 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0213710000_0.gif

C07D 213/73 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0213730000_0.gif

C07D 213/74 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0213740000_0.gif

C07D 213/75 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0213750000_0.gif

C07D 213/76 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0213760000_0.gif

C07D 213/77 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0213770000_0.gif

C07D 213/78 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0213780000_0.gif

C07D 213/79 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0213790000_0.gif

C07D 213/80 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0213800000_0.gif

C07D 213/81 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0213810000_0.gif

C07D 213/82 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0213820000_0.gif

C07D 213/83 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0213830000_0.gif

C07D 213/84 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0213840000_0.gif

C07D 213/85 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0213850000_0.gif

C07D 213/86 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0213860000_0.gif

C07D 213/87 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0213870000_0.gif

C07D 213/89 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0213890000_0.gif

C07D 213/90 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0213900000_0.gif

C07D 215/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0215000000_0.gif

C07D 215/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0215060000_0.gif

C07D 215/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0215080000_0.gif

C07D 215/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0215100000_0.gif

C07D 215/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0215120000_0.gif

C07D 215/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0215140000_0.gif

C07D 215/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0215180000_0.gif

C07D 215/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0215200000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

Quinophthalones

C09B 25/00

C07D 215/227 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0215227000_0.gif

C07D 215/233 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0215233000_0.gif

C07D 215/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0215240000_0.gif

C07D 215/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0215260000_0.gif

C07D 215/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0215280000_0.gif

C07D 215/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0215300000_0.gif

C07D 215/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0215320000_0.gif

C07D 215/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0215340000_0.gif

C07D 215/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0215360000_0.gif

C07D 215/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0215380000_0.gif

C07D 215/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0215400000_0.gif

C07D 215/42 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0215420000_0.gif

C07D 215/44 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0215440000_0.gif

C07D 215/46 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0215460000_0.gif

C07D 215/48 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0215480000_0.gif

C07D 215/50 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0215500000_0.gif

C07D 215/52 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0215520000_0.gif

C07D 215/54 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0215540000_0.gif

C07D 215/56 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0215560000_0.gif

C07D 215/58 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0215580000_0.gif

C07D 215/60 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0215600000_0.gif

C07D 217/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0217020000_0.gif

C07D 217/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0217040000_0.gif

C07D 217/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0217060000_0.gif

C07D 217/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0217080000_0.gif

C07D 217/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0217100000_0.gif

C07D 217/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0217140000_0.gif

C07D 217/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0217160000_0.gif

C07D 217/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0217180000_0.gif

C07D 217/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0217200000_0.gif

C07D 217/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0217220000_0.gif

C07D 217/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0217240000_0.gif

C07D 217/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0217260000_0.gif

C07D 219/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0219000000_0.gif

C07D 219/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0219020000_0.gif

C07D 219/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0219040000_0.gif

C07D 219/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0219060000_0.gif

C07D 219/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0219080000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

Acridine dyes

C09B 15/00

C07D 219/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0219100000_0.gif

C07D 219/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0219120000_0.gif

C07D 219/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0219140000_0.gif

C07D 219/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0219160000_0.gif

C07D 221/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0221080000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

Acridine

C07D 219/00

C07D 221/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0221100000_0.gif

C07D 221/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0221120000_0.gif

C07D 221/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0221140000_0.gif

C07D 221/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0221160000_0.gif

C07D 221/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0221180000_0.gif

C07D 221/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0221220000_0.gif

C07D 221/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0221240000_0.gif

C07D 221/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0221260000_0.gif

C07D 221/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0221280000_0.gif

C07D 223/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0223000000_0.gif

C07D 223/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0223040000_0.gif

C07D 223/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0223060000_0.gif

C07D 223/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0223080000_0.gif

C07D 223/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0223100000_0.gif

C07D 223/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0223120000_0.gif

C07D 223/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0223160000_0.gif

C07D 223/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0223180000_0.gif

C07D 223/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0223200000_0.gif

C07D 223/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0223220000_0.gif

C07D 223/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0223260000_0.gif

C07D 223/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0223280000_0.gif

C07D 223/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0223300000_0.gif

C07D 223/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0223320000_0.gif

C07D 225/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0225040000_0.gif

C07D 225/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0225060000_0.gif

C07D 225/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0225080000_0.gif

C07D 229/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0229000000_0.gif

C07D 229/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0229020000_0.gif

C07D 231/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0231000000_0.gif

C07D 231/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0231040000_0.gif

C07D 231/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0231060000_0.gif

C07D 231/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0231080000_0.gif

C07D 231/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0231100000_0.gif

C07D 231/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0231120000_0.gif

C07D 231/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0231140000_0.gif

C07D 231/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0231160000_0.gif

C07D 231/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0231180000_0.gif

C07D 231/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0231200000_0.gif

C07D 231/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0231220000_0.gif

C07D 231/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0231240000_0.gif

C07D 231/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0231260000_0.gif

C07D 231/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0231280000_0.gif

C07D 231/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0231300000_0.gif

C07D 231/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0231340000_0.gif

C07D 231/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0231360000_0.gif

C07D 231/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0231380000_0.gif

C07D 231/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0231400000_0.gif

C07D 231/42 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0231420000_0.gif

C07D 231/44 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0231440000_0.gif

C07D 231/46 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0231460000_0.gif

C07D 231/48 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0231480000_0.gif

C07D 231/50 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0231500000_0.gif

C07D 231/52 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0231520000_0.gif

C07D 231/54 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0231540000_0.gif

C07D 231/56 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0231560000_0.gif

C07D 233/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0233000000_0.gif

C07D 233/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0233020000_0.gif

C07D 233/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0233060000_0.gif

C07D 233/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0233100000_0.gif

C07D 233/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0233120000_0.gif

C07D 233/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0233140000_0.gif

C07D 233/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0233160000_0.gif

C07D 233/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0233180000_0.gif

C07D 233/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0233200000_0.gif

C07D 233/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0233220000_0.gif

C07D 233/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0233240000_0.gif

C07D 233/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0233260000_0.gif

C07D 233/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0233320000_0.gif

C07D 233/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0233340000_0.gif

C07D 233/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0233360000_0.gif

C07D 233/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0233380000_0.gif

C07D 233/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0233400000_0.gif

C07D 233/42 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0233420000_0.gif

C07D 233/46 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0233460000_0.gif

C07D 233/50 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0233500000_0.gif

C07D 233/52 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0233520000_0.gif

C07D 233/58 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0233580000_0.gif

C07D 233/60 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0233600000_0.gif

C07D 233/61 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0233610000_0.gif

C07D 233/62 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0233620000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

Triarylmethane dyes

C09B 11/26

C07D 233/64 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0233640000_0.gif

C07D 233/68 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0233680000_0.gif

C07D 233/70 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0233700000_0.gif

C07D 233/74 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0233740000_0.gif

C07D 233/76 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0233760000_0.gif

C07D 233/78 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0233780000_0.gif

C07D 233/80 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0233800000_0.gif

C07D 233/82 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0233820000_0.gif

C07D 233/84 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0233840000_0.gif

C07D 233/86 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0233860000_0.gif

C07D 233/88 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0233880000_0.gif

C07D 233/90 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0233900000_0.gif

C07D 233/91 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0233910000_0.gif

C07D 233/92 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0233920000_0.gif

C07D 233/93 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0233930000_0.gif

C07D 233/94 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0233940000_0.gif

C07D 233/95 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0233950000_0.gif

C07D 233/96 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0233960000_0.gif

C07D 235/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0235020000_0.gif

C07D 235/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0235060000_0.gif

C07D 235/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0235080000_0.gif

C07D 235/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0235100000_0.gif

C07D 235/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0235120000_0.gif

C07D 235/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0235140000_0.gif

C07D 235/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0235180000_0.gif

C07D 235/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0235200000_0.gif

C07D 235/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0235220000_0.gif

C07D 235/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0235240000_0.gif

C07D 235/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0235260000_0.gif

C07D 235/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0235280000_0.gif

C07D 235/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0235300000_0.gif

C07D 235/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0235320000_0.gif

C07D 237/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0237040000_0.gif

C07D 237/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0237080000_0.gif

C07D 237/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0237120000_0.gif

C07D 237/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0237160000_0.gif

C07D 237/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0237180000_0.gif

C07D 237/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0237200000_0.gif

C07D 237/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0237240000_0.gif

C07D 237/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0237260000_0.gif

C07D 237/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0237280000_0.gif

C07D 237/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0237300000_0.gif

C07D 237/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0237340000_0.gif

C07D 237/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0237360000_0.gif

C07D 239/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0239000000_0.gif

C07D 239/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0239040000_0.gif

C07D 239/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0239060000_0.gif

C07D 239/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0239080000_0.gif

C07D 239/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0239100000_0.gif

C07D 239/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0239140000_0.gif

C07D 239/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0239160000_0.gif

C07D 239/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0239180000_0.gif

C07D 239/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0239200000_0.gif

C07D 239/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0239220000_0.gif

C07D 239/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0239260000_0.gif

C07D 239/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0239300000_0.gif

C07D 239/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0239340000_0.gif

C07D 239/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0239380000_0.gif

C07D 239/42 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0239420000_0.gif

C07D 239/47 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0239470000_0.gif

C07D 239/48 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0239480000_0.gif

C07D 239/49 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0239490000_0.gif

C07D 239/50 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0239500000_0.gif

C07D 239/52 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0239520000_0.gif

C07D 239/54 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0239540000_0.gif

C07D 239/553 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0239553000_0.gif

C07D 239/557 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0239557000_0.gif

C07D 239/56 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0239560000_0.gif

C07D 239/58 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0239580000_0.gif

C07D 239/60 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0239600000_0.gif

C07D 239/62 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0239620000_0.gif

C07D 239/66 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0239660000_0.gif

C07D 239/69 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0239690000_0.gif

C07D 239/70 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0239700000_0.gif

C07D 239/72 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0239720000_0.gif

C07D 239/74 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0239740000_0.gif

C07D 239/76 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0239760000_0.gif

C07D 239/78 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0239780000_0.gif

C07D 239/80 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0239800000_0.gif

C07D 239/82 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0239820000_0.gif

C07D 239/84 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0239840000_0.gif

C07D 239/86 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0239860000_0.gif

C07D 239/88 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0239880000_0.gif

C07D 239/90 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0239900000_0.gif

C07D 239/91 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0239910000_0.gif

C07D 239/92 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0239920000_0.gif

C07D 239/93 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0239930000_0.gif

C07D 239/94 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0239940000_0.gif

C07D 239/95 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0239950000_0.gif

C07D 239/96 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0239960000_0.gif

C07D 241/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0241040000_0.gif

C07D 241/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0241060000_0.gif

C07D 241/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0241080000_0.gif

C07D 241/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0241120000_0.gif

C07D 241/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0241160000_0.gif

C07D 241/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0241180000_0.gif

C07D 241/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0241200000_0.gif

C07D 241/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0241220000_0.gif

C07D 241/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0241240000_0.gif

C07D 241/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0241260000_0.gif

C07D 241/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0241280000_0.gif

C07D 241/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0241300000_0.gif

C07D 241/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0241320000_0.gif

C07D 241/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0241340000_0.gif

C07D 241/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0241380000_0.gif

C07D 241/42 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0241420000_0.gif

C07D 241/44 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0241440000_0.gif

C07D 241/46 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0241460000_0.gif

C07D 241/48 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0241480000_0.gif

C07D 241/50 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0241500000_0.gif

C07D 241/52 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0241520000_0.gif

C07D 241/54 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0241540000_0.gif

C07D 243/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0243020000_0.gif

C07D 243/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0243040000_0.gif

C07D 243/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0243080000_0.gif

C07D 243/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0243100000_0.gif

C07D 243/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0243120000_0.gif

C07D 243/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0243140000_0.gif

C07D 243/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0243160000_0.gif

C07D 243/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0243180000_0.gif

C07D 243/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0243200000_0.gif

C07D 243/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0243220000_0.gif

C07D 243/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0243240000_0.gif

C07D 243/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0243380000_0.gif

C07D 245/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0245020000_0.gif

C07D 245/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0245040000_0.gif

C07D 245/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0245060000_0.gif

C07D 249/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0249040000_0.gif

C07D 249/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0249060000_0.gif

C07D 249/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0249080000_0.gif

C07D 249/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0249100000_0.gif

C07D 249/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0249120000_0.gif

C07D 249/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0249140000_0.gif

C07D 249/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0249160000_0.gif

C07D 249/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0249180000_0.gif

C07D 249/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0249200000_0.gif

C07D 249/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0249220000_0.gif

C07D 249/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0249240000_0.gif

C07D 251/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0251040000_0.gif

C07D 251/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0251060000_0.gif

C07D 251/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0251080000_0.gif

C07D 251/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0251100000_0.gif

C07D 251/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0251160000_0.gif

C07D 251/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0251180000_0.gif

C07D 251/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0251200000_0.gif

C07D 251/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0251220000_0.gif

C07D 251/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0251240000_0.gif

C07D 251/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0251280000_0.gif

C07D 251/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0251320000_0.gif

C07D 251/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0251340000_0.gif

C07D 251/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0251360000_0.gif

C07D 251/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0251380000_0.gif

C07D 251/44 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0251440000_0.gif

C07D 251/46 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0251460000_0.gif

C07D 251/50 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0251500000_0.gif

C07D 251/52 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0251520000_0.gif

C07D 251/54 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0251540000_0.gif

C07D 251/64 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0251640000_0.gif

C07D 251/66 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0251660000_0.gif

C07D 251/68 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0251680000_0.gif

C07D 251/70 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0251700000_0.gif

C07D 253/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0253040000_0.gif

C07D 253/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0253060000_0.gif

C07D 253/065 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0253065000_0.gif

C07D 253/07 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0253070000_0.gif

C07D 253/075 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0253075000_0.gif

C07D 253/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0253080000_0.gif

C07D 253/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0253100000_0.gif

C07D 255/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0255020000_0.gif

C07D 255/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0255040000_0.gif

C07D 257/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0257040000_0.gif

C07D 257/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0257060000_0.gif

C07D 257/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0257080000_0.gif

C07D 257/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0257100000_0.gif

C07D 257/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0257120000_0.gif

C07D 259/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0259000000_0.gif

C07D 261/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0261020000_0.gif

C07D 261/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0261040000_0.gif

C07D 261/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0261080000_0.gif

C07D 261/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0261100000_0.gif

C07D 261/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0261120000_0.gif

C07D 261/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0261140000_0.gif

C07D 261/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0261160000_0.gif

C07D 261/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0261180000_0.gif

C07D 261/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0261200000_0.gif

C07D 263/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0263040000_0.gif

C07D 263/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0263060000_0.gif

C07D 263/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0263100000_0.gif

C07D 263/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0263120000_0.gif

C07D 263/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0263140000_0.gif

C07D 263/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0263160000_0.gif

C07D 263/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0263180000_0.gif

C07D 263/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0263220000_0.gif

C07D 263/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0263240000_0.gif

C07D 263/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0263260000_0.gif

C07D 263/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0263280000_0.gif

C07D 263/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0263320000_0.gif

C07D 263/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0263340000_0.gif

C07D 263/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0263380000_0.gif

C07D 263/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0263400000_0.gif

C07D 263/42 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0263420000_0.gif

C07D 263/44 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0263440000_0.gif

C07D 263/46 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0263460000_0.gif

C07D 263/48 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0263480000_0.gif

C07D 263/50 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0263500000_0.gif

C07D 263/52 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0263520000_0.gif

C07D 263/54 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0263540000_0.gif

C07D 263/56 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0263560000_0.gif

C07D 263/57 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0263570000_0.gif

C07D 263/58 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0263580000_0.gif

C07D 263/60 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0263600000_0.gif

C07D 263/62 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0263620000_0.gif

C07D 263/64 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0263640000_0.gif

C07D 265/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0265020000_0.gif

C07D 265/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0265040000_0.gif

C07D 265/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0265060000_0.gif

C07D 265/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0265080000_0.gif

C07D 265/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0265100000_0.gif

C07D 265/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0265120000_0.gif

C07D 265/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0265160000_0.gif

C07D 265/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0265180000_0.gif

C07D 265/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0265200000_0.gif

C07D 265/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0265220000_0.gif

C07D 265/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0265240000_0.gif

C07D 265/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0265260000_0.gif

C07D 265/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0265300000_0.gif

C07D 265/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0265320000_0.gif

C07D 265/33 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0265330000_0.gif

C07D 265/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0265340000_0.gif

C07D 265/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0265360000_0.gif

C07D 265/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0265380000_0.gif

C07D 267/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0267040000_0.gif

C07D 267/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0267060000_0.gif

C07D 267/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0267100000_0.gif

C07D 267/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0267120000_0.gif

C07D 267/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0267140000_0.gif

C07D 267/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0267180000_0.gif

C07D 267/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0267200000_0.gif

C07D 267/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0267220000_0.gif

C07D 271/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0271040000_0.gif

C07D 271/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0271060000_0.gif

C07D 271/07 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0271070000_0.gif

C07D 271/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0271080000_0.gif

C07D 271/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0271100000_0.gif

C07D 271/107 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0271107000_0.gif

C07D 271/113 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0271113000_0.gif

C07D 271/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0271120000_0.gif

C07D 273/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0273000000_0.gif

C07D 273/01 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0273010000_0.gif

C07D 273/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0273020000_0.gif

C07D 273/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0273040000_0.gif

C07D 273/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0273060000_0.gif

C07D 273/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0273080000_0.gif

C07D 275/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0275020000_0.gif

C07D 275/03 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0275030000_0.gif

C07D 275/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0275040000_0.gif

C07D 275/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0275060000_0.gif

C07D 277/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0277000000_0.gif

C07D 277/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0277040000_0.gif

C07D 277/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0277060000_0.gif

C07D 277/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0277100000_0.gif

C07D 277/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0277120000_0.gif

C07D 277/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0277140000_0.gif

C07D 277/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0277160000_0.gif

C07D 277/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0277180000_0.gif

C07D 277/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0277200000_0.gif

C07D 277/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0277220000_0.gif

C07D 277/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0277240000_0.gif

C07D 277/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0277260000_0.gif

C07D 277/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0277280000_0.gif

C07D 277/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0277300000_0.gif

C07D 277/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0277320000_0.gif

C07D 277/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0277340000_0.gif

C07D 277/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0277360000_0.gif

C07D 277/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0277400000_0.gif

C07D 277/42 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0277420000_0.gif

C07D 277/46 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0277460000_0.gif

C07D 277/48 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0277480000_0.gif

C07D 277/50 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0277500000_0.gif

C07D 277/52 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0277520000_0.gif

C07D 277/54 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0277540000_0.gif

C07D 277/56 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0277560000_0.gif

C07D 277/587 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0277587000_0.gif

C07D 277/593 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0277593000_0.gif

2. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0277593000_1.gif

C07D 277/60 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0277600000_0.gif

C07D 277/62 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0277620000_0.gif

C07D 277/64 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0277640000_0.gif

C07D 277/66 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0277660000_0.gif

C07D 277/68 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0277680000_0.gif

C07D 277/70 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0277700000_0.gif

C07D 277/72 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0277720000_0.gif

C07D 277/74 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0277740000_0.gif

C07D 277/76 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0277760000_0.gif

C07D 277/78 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0277780000_0.gif

C07D 277/80 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0277800000_0.gif

C07D 277/82 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0277820000_0.gif

C07D 277/84 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0277840000_0.gif

C07D 279/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0279020000_0.gif

C07D 279/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0279060000_0.gif

C07D 279/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0279080000_0.gif

C07D 279/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0279120000_0.gif

C07D 279/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0279140000_0.gif

C07D 279/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0279160000_0.gif

C07D 279/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0279200000_0.gif

C07D 279/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0279220000_0.gif

C07D 279/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0279260000_0.gif

C07D 279/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0279280000_0.gif

C07D 279/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0279300000_0.gif

C07D 279/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0279320000_0.gif

C07D 279/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0279340000_0.gif

C07D 279/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0279360000_0.gif

C07D 281/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0281020000_0.gif

C07D 281/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0281080000_0.gif

C07D 281/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0281100000_0.gif

C07D 281/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0281140000_0.gif

C07D 281/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0281160000_0.gif

C07D 281/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0281180000_0.gif

C07D 285/01 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0285010000_0.gif

C07D 285/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0285060000_0.gif

C07D 285/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0285080000_0.gif

C07D 285/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0285100000_0.gif

C07D 285/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0285120000_0.gif

C07D 285/125 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0285125000_0.gif

C07D 285/13 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0285130000_0.gif

C07D 285/135 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0285135000_0.gif

C07D 285/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0285140000_0.gif

C07D 285/15 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0285150000_0.gif

C07D 285/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0285160000_0.gif

C07D 285/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0285180000_0.gif

C07D 285/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0285200000_0.gif

C07D 285/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0285220000_0.gif

C07D 285/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0285240000_0.gif

C07D 285/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0285280000_0.gif

C07D 285/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0285300000_0.gif

C07D 285/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0285320000_0.gif

C07D 285/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0285340000_0.gif

C07D 285/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0285360000_0.gif

C07D 285/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0285380000_0.gif

C07D 291/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0291020000_0.gif

C07D 291/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0291040000_0.gif

C07D 291/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0291060000_0.gif

C07D 291/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0291080000_0.gif

C07D 293/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0293020000_0.gif

C07D 293/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0293040000_0.gif

C07D 293/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0293060000_0.gif

C07D 293/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0293080000_0.gif

C07D 293/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0293100000_0.gif

C07D 293/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0293120000_0.gif

C07D 295/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0295020000_0.gif

C07D 295/027 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0295027000_0.gif

C07D 295/03 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0295030000_0.gif

C07D 295/033 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0295033000_0.gif

C07D 295/037 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0295037000_0.gif

C07D 295/067 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0295067000_0.gif

C07D 295/073 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0295073000_0.gif

C07D 295/084 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0295084000_0.gif

C07D 295/088 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0295088000_0.gif

C07D 295/092 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0295092000_0.gif

C07D 295/096 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0295096000_0.gif

C07D 295/104 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0295104000_0.gif

C07D 295/108 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0295108000_0.gif

C07D 295/112 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0295112000_0.gif

C07D 295/116 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0295116000_0.gif

C07D 295/125 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0295125000_0.gif

C07D 295/13 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0295130000_0.gif

C07D 295/135 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0295135000_0.gif

C07D 295/145 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0295145000_0.gif

C07D 295/15 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0295150000_0.gif

C07D 295/155 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0295155000_0.gif

C07D 295/185 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0295185000_0.gif

C07D 295/192 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0295192000_0.gif

C07D 295/194 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0295194000_0.gif

C07D 295/195 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0295195000_0.gif

C07D 295/205 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0295205000_0.gif

C07D 295/21 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0295210000_0.gif

C07D 295/215 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0295215000_0.gif

C07D 295/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0295220000_0.gif

C07D 295/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0295240000_0.gif

C07D 295/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0295260000_0.gif

C07D 295/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0295300000_0.gif

C07D 295/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0295320000_0.gif

C07D 303/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0303040000_0.gif

C07D 303/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0303060000_0.gif

C07D 303/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0303080000_0.gif

C07D 303/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0303100000_0.gif

C07D 303/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0303140000_0.gif

C07D 303/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0303160000_0.gif

C07D 303/17 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0303170000_0.gif

C07D 303/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0303220000_0.gif

C07D 303/23 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0303230000_0.gif

C07D 303/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0303260000_0.gif

C07D 303/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0303280000_0.gif

C07D 303/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0303300000_0.gif

C07D 303/31 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0303310000_0.gif

C07D 303/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0303320000_0.gif

C07D 303/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0303340000_0.gif

C07D 303/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0303360000_0.gif

C07D 303/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0303380000_0.gif

C07D 303/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0303400000_0.gif

C07D 303/42 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0303420000_0.gif

C07D 303/44 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0303440000_0.gif

C07D 303/46 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0303460000_0.gif

C07D 303/48 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0303480000_0.gif

C07D 305/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0305060000_0.gif

C07D 305/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0305080000_0.gif

C07D 305/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0305100000_0.gif

C07D 305/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0305120000_0.gif

C07D 305/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0305140000_0.gif

C07D 307/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0307060000_0.gif

C07D 307/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0307080000_0.gif

C07D 307/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0307100000_0.gif

C07D 307/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0307120000_0.gif

C07D 307/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0307140000_0.gif

C07D 307/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0307160000_0.gif

C07D 307/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0307180000_0.gif

C07D 307/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0307200000_0.gif

C07D 307/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0307220000_0.gif

C07D 307/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0307240000_0.gif

C07D 307/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0307280000_0.gif

C07D 307/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0307300000_0.gif

C07D 307/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0307320000_0.gif

C07D 307/33 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0307330000_0.gif

C07D 307/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0307360000_0.gif

C07D 307/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0307380000_0.gif

C07D 307/42 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0307420000_0.gif

C07D 307/44 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0307440000_0.gif

C07D 307/45 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0307450000_0.gif

C07D 307/46 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0307460000_0.gif

C07D 307/48 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0307480000_0.gif

C07D 307/52 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0307520000_0.gif

C07D 307/54 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0307540000_0.gif

C07D 307/56 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0307560000_0.gif

C07D 307/58 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0307580000_0.gif

C07D 307/60 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0307600000_0.gif

C07D 307/62 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0307620000_0.gif

C07D 307/64 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0307640000_0.gif

C07D 307/66 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0307660000_0.gif

C07D 307/68 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0307680000_0.gif

C07D 307/70 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0307700000_0.gif

C07D 307/71 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0307710000_0.gif

C07D 307/73 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0307730000_0.gif

C07D 307/74 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0307740000_0.gif

C07D 307/75 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0307750000_0.gif

C07D 307/76 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0307760000_0.gif

C07D 307/77 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0307770000_0.gif

C07D 307/79 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0307790000_0.gif

C07D 307/80 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0307800000_0.gif

C07D 307/81 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0307810000_0.gif

C07D 307/82 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0307820000_0.gif

C07D 307/83 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0307830000_0.gif

C07D 307/84 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0307840000_0.gif

C07D 307/85 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0307850000_0.gif

C07D 307/86 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0307860000_0.gif

C07D 307/87 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0307870000_0.gif

C07D 307/88 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0307880000_0.gif

C07D 307/885 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0307885000_0.gif

C07D 307/89 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0307890000_0.gif

C07D 307/90 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0307900000_0.gif

C07D 307/91 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0307910000_0.gif

C07D 307/92 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0307920000_0.gif

C07D 307/93 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0307930000_0.gif

C07D 307/937 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0307937000_0.gif

C07D 307/94 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0307940000_0.gif

C07D 309/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0309040000_0.gif

C07D 309/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0309060000_0.gif

C07D 309/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0309080000_0.gif

C07D 309/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0309100000_0.gif

C07D 309/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0309120000_0.gif

C07D 309/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0309140000_0.gif

C07D 309/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0309180000_0.gif

C07D 309/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0309200000_0.gif

C07D 309/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0309220000_0.gif

C07D 309/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0309240000_0.gif

C07D 309/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0309260000_0.gif

C07D 309/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0309280000_0.gif

C07D 309/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0309300000_0.gif

C07D 309/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0309320000_0.gif

C07D 309/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0309340000_0.gif

C07D 309/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0309360000_0.gif

C07D 309/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0309380000_0.gif

C07D 309/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0309400000_0.gif

C07D 311/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0311040000_0.gif

C07D 311/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0311100000_0.gif

C07D 311/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0311120000_0.gif

C07D 311/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0311140000_0.gif

C07D 311/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0311160000_0.gif

C07D 311/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0311180000_0.gif

C07D 311/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0311200000_0.gif

C07D 311/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0311220000_0.gif

C07D 311/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0311240000_0.gif

C07D 311/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0311300000_0.gif

C07D 311/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0311320000_0.gif

C07D 311/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0311360000_0.gif

C07D 311/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0311380000_0.gif

C07D 311/42 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0311420000_0.gif

C07D 311/46 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0311460000_0.gif

C07D 311/48 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0311480000_0.gif

C07D 311/50 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0311500000_0.gif

C07D 311/52 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0311520000_0.gif

C07D 311/54 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0311540000_0.gif

C07D 311/56 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0311560000_0.gif

C07D 311/58 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0311580000_0.gif

C07D 311/60 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0311600000_0.gif

C07D 311/62 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0311620000_0.gif

C07D 311/64 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0311640000_0.gif

C07D 311/66 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0311660000_0.gif

C07D 311/68 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0311680000_0.gif

C07D 311/70 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0311700000_0.gif

C07D 311/72 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0311720000_0.gif

C07D 311/74 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0311740000_0.gif

C07D 311/76 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0311760000_0.gif

C07D 311/78 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0311780000_0.gif

C07D 311/80 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0311800000_0.gif

C07D 311/82 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0311820000_0.gif

C07D 311/84 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0311840000_0.gif

C07D 311/86 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0311860000_0.gif

C07D 311/88 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0311880000_0.gif

C07D 311/90 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0311900000_0.gif

C07D 311/92 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0311920000_0.gif

C07D 311/94 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0311940000_0.gif

C07D 311/96 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0311960000_0.gif

C07D 313/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0313040000_0.gif

C07D 313/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0313060000_0.gif

C07D 313/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0313080000_0.gif

C07D 313/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0313100000_0.gif

C07D 313/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0313120000_0.gif

C07D 313/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0313140000_0.gif

C07D 313/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0313180000_0.gif

C07D 313/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0313200000_0.gif

C07D 317/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0317040000_0.gif

C07D 317/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0317060000_0.gif

C07D 317/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0317120000_0.gif

C07D 317/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0317160000_0.gif

C07D 317/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0317200000_0.gif

C07D 317/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0317220000_0.gif

C07D 317/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0317240000_0.gif

C07D 317/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0317260000_0.gif

C07D 317/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0317280000_0.gif

C07D 317/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0317300000_0.gif

C07D 317/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0317320000_0.gif

C07D 317/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0317340000_0.gif

C07D 317/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0317360000_0.gif

C07D 317/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0317380000_0.gif

C07D 317/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0317400000_0.gif

C07D 317/42 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0317420000_0.gif

C07D 317/44 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0317440000_0.gif

C07D 317/50 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0317500000_0.gif

C07D 317/52 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0317520000_0.gif

C07D 317/54 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0317540000_0.gif

C07D 317/56 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0317560000_0.gif

C07D 317/58 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0317580000_0.gif

C07D 317/60 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0317600000_0.gif

C07D 317/62 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0317620000_0.gif

C07D 317/64 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0317640000_0.gif

C07D 317/66 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0317660000_0.gif

C07D 317/68 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0317680000_0.gif

C07D 317/70 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0317700000_0.gif

C07D 317/72 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0317720000_0.gif

C07D 319/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0319020000_0.gif

C07D 319/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0319060000_0.gif

C07D 319/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0319080000_0.gif

C07D 319/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0319120000_0.gif

C07D 319/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0319140000_0.gif

C07D 319/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0319160000_0.gif

C07D 319/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0319180000_0.gif

C07D 319/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0319200000_0.gif

C07D 319/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0319220000_0.gif

C07D 319/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0319240000_0.gif

C07D 321/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0321040000_0.gif

C07D 321/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0321060000_0.gif

C07D 321/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0321080000_0.gif

C07D 321/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0321100000_0.gif

C07D 321/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0321120000_0.gif

C07D 323/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0323000000_0.gif

C07D 323/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0323020000_0.gif

C07D 323/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0323060000_0.gif

C07D 327/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0327000000_0.gif

C07D 327/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0327020000_0.gif

C07D 327/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0327040000_0.gif

C07D 327/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0327060000_0.gif

C07D 327/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0327080000_0.gif

C07D 327/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0327100000_0.gif

C07D 329/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0329000000_0.gif

C07D 331/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0331020000_0.gif

C07D 331/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0331040000_0.gif

C07D 333/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0333080000_0.gif

C07D 333/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0333100000_0.gif

C07D 333/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0333120000_0.gif

C07D 333/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0333160000_0.gif

C07D 333/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0333180000_0.gif

C07D 333/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0333200000_0.gif

C07D 333/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0333220000_0.gif

C07D 333/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0333240000_0.gif

C07D 333/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0333280000_0.gif

C07D 333/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0333320000_0.gif

C07D 333/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0333340000_0.gif

C07D 333/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0333360000_0.gif

C07D 333/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0333380000_0.gif

C07D 333/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0333400000_0.gif

C07D 333/42 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0333420000_0.gif

C07D 333/44 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0333440000_0.gif

C07D 333/46 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0333460000_0.gif

C07D 333/48 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0333480000_0.gif

C07D 333/50 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0333500000_0.gif

C07D 333/54 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0333540000_0.gif

C07D 333/56 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0333560000_0.gif

C07D 333/58 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0333580000_0.gif

C07D 333/60 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0333600000_0.gif

C07D 333/62 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0333620000_0.gif

C07D 333/64 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0333640000_0.gif

C07D 333/66 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0333660000_0.gif

C07D 333/68 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0333680000_0.gif

C07D 333/70 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0333700000_0.gif

C07D 333/72 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0333720000_0.gif

C07D 333/74 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0333740000_0.gif

C07D 333/76 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0333760000_0.gif

C07D 333/78 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0333780000_0.gif

C07D 333/80 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0333800000_0.gif

C07D 335/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0335020000_0.gif

C07D 335/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0335040000_0.gif

C07D 335/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0335060000_0.gif

C07D 335/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0335080000_0.gif

C07D 335/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0335100000_0.gif

C07D 335/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0335120000_0.gif

C07D 335/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0335140000_0.gif

C07D 335/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0335160000_0.gif

C07D 335/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0335180000_0.gif

C07D 335/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0335200000_0.gif

C07D 337/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0337000000_0.gif

C07D 337/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0337040000_0.gif

C07D 337/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0337060000_0.gif

C07D 337/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0337080000_0.gif

C07D 337/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0337100000_0.gif

C07D 337/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0337120000_0.gif

C07D 337/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0337140000_0.gif

C07D 337/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0337160000_0.gif

C07D 339/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0339000000_0.gif

C07D 339/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0339040000_0.gif

C07D 339/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0339060000_0.gif

C07D 339/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0339080000_0.gif

C07D 341/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0341000000_0.gif

C07D 343/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0343000000_0.gif

C07D 345/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0345000000_0.gif

C07D 347/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0347000000_0.gif

C07D 401/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0401040000_0.gif

C07D 401/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0401060000_0.gif

C07D 401/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0401080000_0.gif

C07D 401/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0401100000_0.gif

C07D 401/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0401120000_0.gif

C07D 401/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0401140000_0.gif

C07D 403/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0403040000_0.gif

C07D 403/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0403060000_0.gif

C07D 403/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0403080000_0.gif

C07D 403/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0403100000_0.gif

C07D 403/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0403120000_0.gif

C07D 403/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0403140000_0.gif

C07D 405/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0405040000_0.gif

C07D 405/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0405060000_0.gif

C07D 405/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0405080000_0.gif

C07D 405/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0405100000_0.gif

C07D 405/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0405120000_0.gif

C07D 405/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0405140000_0.gif

C07D 407/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0407040000_0.gif

C07D 407/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0407060000_0.gif

C07D 407/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0407080000_0.gif

C07D 407/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0407100000_0.gif

C07D 407/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0407120000_0.gif

C07D 407/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0407140000_0.gif

C07D 409/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0409040000_0.gif

C07D 409/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0409060000_0.gif

C07D 409/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0409080000_0.gif

C07D 409/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0409100000_0.gif

C07D 409/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0409120000_0.gif

C07D 409/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0409140000_0.gif

C07D 411/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0411040000_0.gif

C07D 411/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0411060000_0.gif

C07D 411/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0411080000_0.gif

C07D 411/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0411100000_0.gif

C07D 411/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0411120000_0.gif

C07D 411/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0411140000_0.gif

C07D 413/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0413040000_0.gif

C07D 413/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0413060000_0.gif

C07D 413/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0413080000_0.gif

C07D 413/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0413100000_0.gif

C07D 413/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0413120000_0.gif

C07D 413/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0413140000_0.gif

C07D 415/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0415000000_0.gif

C07D 417/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0417040000_0.gif

C07D 417/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0417060000_0.gif

C07D 417/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0417080000_0.gif

C07D 417/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0417100000_0.gif

C07D 417/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0417120000_0.gif

C07D 417/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0417140000_0.gif

C07D 419/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0419040000_0.gif

C07D 419/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0419060000_0.gif

C07D 419/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0419080000_0.gif

C07D 419/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0419100000_0.gif

C07D 419/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0419120000_0.gif

C07D 419/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0419140000_0.gif

C07D 421/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0421040000_0.gif

C07D 421/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0421060000_0.gif

C07D 421/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0421080000_0.gif

C07D 421/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0421100000_0.gif

C07D 421/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0421120000_0.gif

C07D 421/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0421140000_0.gif

C07D 451/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0451020000_0.gif

C07D 451/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. C07D0451040000_0.gif

C07D 451/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0451060000_0.gif

C07D 451/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0451080000_0.gif

C07D 451/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0451100000_0.gif

C07D 451/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0451120000_0.gif

C07D 451/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0451140000_0.gif

C07D 453/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0453020000_0.gif

C07D 453/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0453040000_0.gif

C07D 453/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0453060000_0.gif

C07D 455/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0455020000_0.gif

C07D 455/03 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0455030000_0.gif

C07D 455/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0455040000_0.gif

C07D 455/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0455060000_0.gif

C07D 455/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0455080000_0.gif

C07D 457/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0457000000_0.gif

C07D 457/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0457020000_0.gif

C07D 457/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0457040000_0.gif

C07D 457/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0457060000_0.gif

C07D 457/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0457080000_0.gif

C07D 457/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0457100000_0.gif

C07D 457/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0457120000_0.gif

C07D 457/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0457140000_0.gif

C07D 459/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0459000000_0.gif

C07D 461/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0461000000_0.gif

C07D 463/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0463000000_0.gif

C07D 463/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0463120000_0.gif

C07D 463/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0463140000_0.gif

C07D 463/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0463160000_0.gif

C07D 463/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0463180000_0.gif

C07D 463/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0463200000_0.gif

C07D 463/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0463220000_0.gif

C07D 471/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0471040000_0.gif

C07D 471/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0471060000_0.gif

C07D 471/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0471080000_0.gif

C07D 471/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0471100000_0.gif

C07D 471/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0471140000_0.gif

C07D 471/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0471160000_0.gif

C07D 471/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0471180000_0.gif

C07D 471/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0471200000_0.gif

C07D 471/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0471220000_0.gif

C07D 473/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0473000000_0.gif

C07D 473/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0473040000_0.gif

C07D 473/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0473060000_0.gif

C07D 473/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0473080000_0.gif

C07D 473/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0473100000_0.gif

C07D 473/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0473120000_0.gif

C07D 473/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0473140000_0.gif

C07D 473/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0473160000_0.gif

C07D 473/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0473180000_0.gif

C07D 473/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0473200000_0.gif

C07D 473/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0473220000_0.gif

C07D 473/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0473240000_0.gif

C07D 473/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0473280000_0.gif

C07D 473/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0473300000_0.gif

C07D 473/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0473320000_0.gif

C07D 473/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0473340000_0.gif

C07D 473/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0473360000_0.gif

C07D 473/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0473380000_0.gif

C07D 473/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0473400000_0.gif

C07D 475/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0475000000_0.gif

C07D 475/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0475020000_0.gif

C07D 475/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0475040000_0.gif

C07D 475/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0475060000_0.gif

C07D 475/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0475080000_0.gif

C07D 475/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0475100000_0.gif

C07D 475/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0475120000_0.gif

C07D 475/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0475140000_0.gif

C07D 477/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0477000000_0.gif

C07D 477/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0477140000_0.gif

C07D 477/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0477160000_0.gif

C07D 477/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0477180000_0.gif

C07D 477/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0477200000_0.gif

C07D 477/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0477220000_0.gif

C07D 477/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0477240000_0.gif

C07D 477/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0477260000_0.gif

C07D 487/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0487040000_0.gif

C07D 487/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0487060000_0.gif

C07D 487/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0487080000_0.gif

C07D 487/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0487100000_0.gif

C07D 487/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0487140000_0.gif

C07D 487/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0487160000_0.gif

C07D 487/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0487180000_0.gif

C07D 487/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0487200000_0.gif

C07D 487/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0487220000_0.gif

C07D 489/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0489000000_0.gif

C07D 489/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0489020000_0.gif

C07D 489/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0489060000_0.gif

C07D 489/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0489080000_0.gif

C07D 489/09 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0489090000_0.gif

C07D 489/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0489100000_0.gif

C07D 489/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0489120000_0.gif

C07D 491/044 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0491044000_0.gif

C07D 491/048 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0491048000_0.gif

C07D 491/052 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0491052000_0.gif

C07D 491/056 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0491056000_0.gif

C07D 491/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0491060000_0.gif

C07D 491/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0491080000_0.gif

C07D 491/107 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0491107000_0.gif

C07D 491/113 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0491113000_0.gif

C07D 491/147 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0491147000_0.gif

C07D 491/153 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0491153000_0.gif

C07D 491/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0491160000_0.gif

C07D 491/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0491180000_0.gif

C07D 491/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0491200000_0.gif

C07D 491/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0491220000_0.gif

C07D 493/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0493040000_0.gif

C07D 493/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0493060000_0.gif

C07D 493/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0493080000_0.gif

C07D 493/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0493100000_0.gif

C07D 493/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0493140000_0.gif

C07D 493/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0493160000_0.gif

C07D 493/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0493180000_0.gif

C07D 493/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0493200000_0.gif

C07D 493/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0493220000_0.gif

C07D 495/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0495040000_0.gif

C07D 495/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0495060000_0.gif

C07D 495/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0495080000_0.gif

C07D 495/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0495100000_0.gif

C07D 495/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0495140000_0.gif

C07D 495/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0495160000_0.gif

C07D 495/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0495180000_0.gif

C07D 495/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0495200000_0.gif

C07D 495/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0495220000_0.gif

C07D 497/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0497040000_0.gif

C07D 497/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0497060000_0.gif

C07D 497/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0497080000_0.gif

C07D 497/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0497100000_0.gif

C07D 497/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0497140000_0.gif

C07D 497/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0497160000_0.gif

C07D 497/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0497180000_0.gif

C07D 497/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0497200000_0.gif

C07D 497/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0497220000_0.gif

C07D 498/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0498040000_0.gif

C07D 498/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0498060000_0.gif

C07D 498/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0498080000_0.gif

C07D 498/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0498100000_0.gif

C07D 498/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0498140000_0.gif

C07D 498/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0498160000_0.gif

C07D 498/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0498180000_0.gif

C07D 498/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0498200000_0.gif

C07D 498/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0498220000_0.gif

C07D 499/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0499000000_0.gif

C07D 499/21 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0499210000_0.gif

C07D 499/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0499280000_0.gif

C07D 499/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0499300000_0.gif

C07D 499/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0499320000_0.gif

C07D 499/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0499340000_0.gif

C07D 499/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0499360000_0.gif

C07D 499/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0499380000_0.gif

C07D 499/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0499400000_0.gif

C07D 499/42 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0499420000_0.gif

C07D 499/46 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0499460000_0.gif

C07D 499/48 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0499480000_0.gif

C07D 499/50 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0499500000_0.gif

C07D 499/52 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0499520000_0.gif

C07D 499/54 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0499540000_0.gif

C07D 499/56 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0499560000_0.gif

C07D 499/58 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0499580000_0.gif

C07D 499/60 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0499600000_0.gif

C07D 499/62 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0499620000_0.gif

C07D 499/64 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0499640000_0.gif

C07D 499/66 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0499660000_0.gif

C07D 499/68 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0499680000_0.gif

C07D 499/70 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0499700000_0.gif

C07D 499/72 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0499720000_0.gif

C07D 499/74 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0499740000_0.gif

C07D 499/76 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0499760000_0.gif

C07D 499/78 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0499780000_0.gif

C07D 499/80 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0499800000_0.gif

C07D 499/86 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0499860000_0.gif

C07D 499/861 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0499861000_0.gif

C07D 499/865 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0499865000_0.gif

C07D 499/87 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0499870000_0.gif

C07D 499/881 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0499881000_0.gif

C07D 499/883 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0499883000_0.gif

C07D 499/887 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0499887000_0.gif

C07D 499/893 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0499893000_0.gif

C07D 499/897 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0499897000_0.gif

C07D 499/90 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0499900000_0.gif

C07D 501/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0501000000_0.gif

C07D 501/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0501140000_0.gif

C07D 501/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0501160000_0.gif

C07D 501/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0501180000_0.gif

C07D 501/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0501200000_0.gif

C07D 501/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0501220000_0.gif

C07D 501/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0501260000_0.gif

C07D 501/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0501280000_0.gif

C07D 501/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0501300000_0.gif

C07D 501/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0501320000_0.gif

C07D 501/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0501340000_0.gif

C07D 501/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0501360000_0.gif

C07D 501/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0501380000_0.gif

C07D 501/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0501400000_0.gif

C07D 501/42 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0501420000_0.gif

C07D 501/44 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0501440000_0.gif

C07D 501/46 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0501460000_0.gif

C07D 501/48 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0501480000_0.gif

C07D 501/50 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0501500000_0.gif

C07D 501/52 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0501520000_0.gif

C07D 501/54 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0501540000_0.gif

C07D 501/56 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0501560000_0.gif

C07D 501/57 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0501570000_0.gif

C07D 501/58 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0501580000_0.gif

C07D 501/59 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0501590000_0.gif

C07D 501/60 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0501600000_0.gif

C07D 501/62 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0501620000_0.gif

C07D 503/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0503000000_0.gif

C07D 503/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0503100000_0.gif

C07D 503/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0503120000_0.gif

C07D 503/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0503140000_0.gif

C07D 503/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0503160000_0.gif

C07D 503/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0503180000_0.gif

C07D 503/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0503200000_0.gif

C07D 503/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0503220000_0.gif

C07D 505/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0505000000_0.gif

C07D 505/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0505100000_0.gif

C07D 505/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0505120000_0.gif

C07D 505/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0505140000_0.gif

C07D 505/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0505160000_0.gif

C07D 505/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0505180000_0.gif

C07D 505/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0505200000_0.gif

C07D 505/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0505220000_0.gif

C07D 505/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0505240000_0.gif

C07D 507/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0507000000_0.gif

C07D 507/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0507020000_0.gif

C07D 507/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0507040000_0.gif

C07D 507/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0507060000_0.gif

C07D 507/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0507080000_0.gif

C07D 513/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0513040000_0.gif

C07D 513/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0513060000_0.gif

C07D 513/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0513080000_0.gif

C07D 513/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0513100000_0.gif

C07D 513/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0513140000_0.gif

C07D 513/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0513160000_0.gif

C07D 513/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0513180000_0.gif

C07D 513/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0513200000_0.gif

C07D 513/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0513220000_0.gif

C07D 515/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0515040000_0.gif

C07D 515/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0515060000_0.gif

C07D 515/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0515080000_0.gif

C07D 515/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0515100000_0.gif

C07D 515/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0515140000_0.gif

C07D 515/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0515160000_0.gif

C07D 515/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0515180000_0.gif

C07D 515/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0515200000_0.gif

C07D 515/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0515220000_0.gif

C07D 517/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0517040000_0.gif

C07D 517/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0517060000_0.gif

C07D 517/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0517080000_0.gif

C07D 517/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0517100000_0.gif

C07D 517/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0517140000_0.gif

C07D 517/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0517160000_0.gif

C07D 517/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0517180000_0.gif

C07D 517/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0517200000_0.gif

C07D 517/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0517220000_0.gif

C07D 519/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0519020000_0.gif

C07D 519/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0519040000_0.gif

C07D 519/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07D0519060000_0.gif

C07F - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Organic (acyclic, carbocyclic, heterocyclic) compounds containing elements only other than or in addition to carbon, hydrogen, halogen, oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, selenium, or tellurium (e.g. metallo-organic compounds, boron compounds, silicon compounds, phosphorus compounds, arsenic compounds).

The preparation of compounds under the subclass definition including purification, separation, stabilisation or use of additives unless provided for elsewhere, as specified below.

The treatment and modification of compounds under the subclass definition provided that:

the treatment is not provided for elsewhere and

the resultant product is a compound under the subclass definition.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

In class C07, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, a compound is classified in the last appropriate place, i.e. in the last appropriate subclass. For example phosphonopyridines are classified in group C07F 9/58 as phosphorous compounds having pyridine ring and not in groupC07D 213/00 as pyridines, sugar phosphates are classified in subclass C07H as sugars and not in subclass C07F as phosphorus compounds and peptides containing metals are classified in subclass C07K and not in C07F.

Subclass C07F is a function-oriented entry for the compounds themselves and does not cover the application or use of the compounds under the subclass definition. For classifying such information other entries in IPC exist, for example:

Preservation of bodies of humans or animals or plants or parts thereof; Biocides, e.g. as disinfectants, as pesticides, as herbicides; Pest repellants or attractants; Plant growth regulators A01N.

Preparations for medical, dental, or toilet purposes A61K.

Subject matter concerning inorganic compounds is classified in Class C01. Thus, for example, when silica modified by organic compounds is not relevant to classification in subclass C07F (for example, when the structure of an organic compound is not disclosed sufficiently) classification may be made in group C01B 33/00.

Multiple classification

Biocidal, pest repellant, pest attractant or plant growth regulatory activity of compounds or preparations is further classified in subclass A01P.

Therapeutic activity of compounds is further classified in subclass A61P.

Cosmetic activity of compounds is further classified in subclass A61Q.

References

Limiting references:

Metal-containing porphyrins

C07D 487/22

Organic acid salts, alcoholates, phenates, chelates or mercaptides, having no elements other than carbon, hydrogen, halogen, oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, selenium, or tellurium in the parent compounds (attention is drawn to note 5 following the title of class C07 concerning the rules of classification of these compounds)

C07C, C07D

Macromolecular compounds

C08

Products obtained from layered base-exchange silicates by ion-exchange with organic compounds such as ammonium, phosphonium or sulfonium compounds or by intercalation of organic compounds

C01B 33/44

Fermentation or enzyme-using processes to synthesise a desired chemical compound or composition or to separate optical isomers from a racemic mixture

C12P

Production of organic compounds by electrolysis or electrophoresis

C25B 3/00, C25B 7/00

Informative references:

Dyes

C09B

Detergent compositions; Use of single substances as detergents

C11D

Fermentation products

C12

Special rules of classification

In this subclass, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, a compound is classified in the last appropriate place, e.g. ferrocenes and cobaltocenes are classified in group C07F 17/00 and not in group C07F 15/00.

In this subclass, organic acid salts, alcoholates, phenates, chelates or mercaptides are classified as the parent compounds.

Salts, adducts or complexes formed between two or more organic compounds are classified according to all compounds forming the salts, adducts or complexes.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

alcoholate

product of substitution of hydrogen in hydroxy group of alcohol by metal atom.

chelate

intracomplex compound i.e. compound containing intramolecular donor-acceptor bonds.

metallocene

cyclopentadienyl compound of transitional metal, e.g., ferrocenes, constrained geometry-type compounds.

metallo-organic compound or organometallic compound

organic compound containing metal bonded to carbon.

organic compound

is defined as satisfying at least one of the following criteria:

at least two carbon atoms bonded to each other, or

one carbon atom bonded to at least one hydrogen atom or halogen atom, or

one carbon atom bonded to at least one nitrogen atom by single or double bond.

Exceptions to the above criteria are: compounds consisting of only carbon atoms (e.g., fullerenes, etc.), cyanogen, cyanogen halides, cyanamide, metal carbides, phosgene, thiophosgene, hydrocyanic acid, isocyanic acid, isothiocyanic acid, fulminic acid, unsubstituted carbamic acid, salts thereof; these exceptions are considered to be inorganic compounds for classification purposes.

phenate

product of substitution of hydrogen in hydroxy group of phenol by metal atom.

salt

compound consisting of at least one anionic part and at least one cationic part. Carboxylate salts – products where the hydrogen in a carboxyl group is replaced by an ion of metal or other cation.

Synonyms and Keywords

arsine

compound having chemical formula AsnHn+2. (Organic derivatives of arsenic include dichloromethylarsine CH3AsCl2, dimethyldichlorodiarsine (CH3)2As –AsCl2) etc.).

cacodyl

tetramethyldiarsine (CH3)2As –As(CH3)2.

cacodylic acid

compound having chemical formula (CH3)2As OOH.

phosphine

compound having chemical formula PnHn+2. (Organic derivatives of phosphine include dimethylphosphine (CH3)2PH etc.).

silamine

organic silicon compound containing R – SiH2 – NH2 bonds.

silane

compound having chemical formula SinH2n+2. (Organic derivatives of silane include methylmonosilane CH3SiH3, dimethyldichlorosilane Si(CH3)2Cl2, hexamethyldisilane (CH3)3Si – Si(CH3)3 etc.).

silanol

organic silicon compound containing Si – OH bonds, e.g. trimethylsilanole (CH3)3SiOH, dimethylsilanediole (CH3)2Si(OH)2.

silazane

organic silicon compound containing Si – NH – Si bonds.

silicononane

tetraethylsilane

siloxane

organic silicon compound containing Si – O – Si bonds.

siltiane

organic silicon compound containing Si – S – Si bonds.

stibine

compound having chemical formula SbnHn+2. (Organic derivatives of antimony include trimethylstibine (Sb(CH3)3), triphenylantimony (Sb(C6H5)3), etc.).

C07F 5/05 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0005050000_0.gif

C07F 7/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0007040000_0.gif

C07F 7/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0007060000_0.gif

C07F 7/07 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0007070000_0.gif

C07F 7/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0007080000_0.gif

C07F 7/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0007100000_0.gif

C07F 7/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0007120000_0.gif

C07F 7/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0007180000_0.gif

C07F 7/21 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0007210000_0.gif

C07F 9/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009100000_0.gif

C07F 9/113 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009113000_0.gif

C07F 9/117 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009117000_0.gif

C07F 9/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009120000_0.gif

C07F 9/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009140000_0.gif

C07F 9/142 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009142000_0.gif

C07F 9/143 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009143000_0.gif

C07F 9/144 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009144000_0.gif

C07F 9/145 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009145000_0.gif

C07F 9/146 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009146000_0.gif

C07F 9/177 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009177000_0.gif

C07F 9/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009180000_0.gif

C07F 9/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009200000_0.gif

C07F 9/203 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009203000_0.gif

C07F 9/204 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009204000_0.gif

C07F 9/205 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009205000_0.gif

C07F 9/206 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009206000_0.gif

C07F 9/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009240000_0.gif

C07F 9/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009260000_0.gif

C07F 9/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009300000_0.gif

2. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009300000_1.gif

C07F 9/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009320000_0.gif

C07F 9/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009340000_0.gif

C07F 9/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009360000_0.gif

C07F 9/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009380000_0.gif

2. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009380000_1.gif

C07F 9/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009400000_0.gif

C07F 9/42 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009420000_0.gif

C07F 9/44 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009440000_0.gif

C07F 9/46 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009460000_0.gif

2. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009460000_1.gif

C07F 9/48 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009480000_0.gif

2. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009480000_1.gif

C07F 9/50 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009500000_0.gif

C07F 9/52 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009520000_0.gif

C07F 9/53 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009530000_0.gif

2. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009530000_1.gif

C07F 9/535 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009535000_0.gif

2. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009535000_1.gif

C07F 9/54 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009540000_0.gif

C07F 9/564 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009564000_0.gif

C07F 9/568 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009568000_0.gif

C07F 9/572 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009572000_0.gif

C07F 9/58 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009580000_0.gif

C07F 9/59 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009590000_0.gif

C07F 9/60 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009600000_0.gif

C07F 9/62 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009620000_0.gif

C07F 9/64 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009640000_0.gif

C07F 9/6506 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009650600_0.gif

C07F 9/6512 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009651200_0.gif

C07F 9/6518 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009651800_0.gif

C07F 9/6521 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009652100_0.gif

C07F 9/6524 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009652400_0.gif

C07F 9/653 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009653000_0.gif

C07F 9/6533 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009653300_0.gif

C07F 9/6539 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009653900_0.gif

C07F 9/6541 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009654100_0.gif

C07F 9/6544 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009654400_0.gif

C07F 9/6547 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009654700_0.gif

C07F 9/655 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009655000_0.gif

C07F 9/6553 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009655300_0.gif

C07F 9/6568 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009656800_0.gif

C07F 9/6574 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009657400_0.gif

C07F 9/6578 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009657800_0.gif

C07F 9/6584 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009658400_0.gif

C07F 9/6587 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009658700_0.gif

C07F 9/659 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009659000_0.gif

C07F 9/72 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009720000_0.gif

C07F 9/78 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009780000_0.gif

C07F 9/82 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009820000_0.gif

C07F 9/84 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009840000_0.gif

C07F 9/86 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009860000_0.gif

C07F 9/88 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0009880000_0.gif

C07F 11/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0011000000_0.gif

C07F 13/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0013000000_0.gif

C07F 15/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0015020000_0.gif

C07F 15/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0015040000_0.gif

C07F 15/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0015060000_0.gif

C07F 17/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0017020000_0.gif

2. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07F0017020000_1.gif

C07H - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Compounds containing saccharide radicals, sugars and their derivatives, e.g.:

Saccharides, deoxysugars, anhydrosugars and osones;

Aminosugars, aza-, thio-, seleno- and telluro analogues;

Sugar esters, sugar ethers, glucosides and cyclic acetals;

Sugar derivatives containing acylic, carbocyclic or heterocyclic radicals;

Sugar derivatives containing boron, silicon or a metal;

Nucleosides, nucleotides and nucleic acids;

Processes for the preparation of the above compounds.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

In class C07, the last place priority rule is used, i.e. in the absence of an indication to the contrary, a compound is classified in the last appropriate subclass. Hence, while individual heterocycle-containing amino acids are classified in C07D, peptides are generally classified in C07K. Similarly, compounds containing saccharide radicals, with the exception of polysaccharides, are classified in this subclass, and heterocyclic steroids are classified under C07J. Heterocycles incorporating elements other than C, H, halogen, N, O, S, Se, Te are classified in C07F.

This subclass is a function oriented entry for the compounds themselves and does not cover the application or use of the compounds under the subclass definition. For classifying such information other entries in IPC exist, for example:

Compounds or compositions for preservation of bodies of humans, animals, plants, or parts thereof, as biocides, e.g. disinfectants, pesticides, herbicides, as pest repellents or attractants, and as plant growth regulators are classified in A01N.

Preparations for medical, dental, or toilet purposes are classified in A61K.

Multiple classification

Biocidal, pest attractant, or plant growth regulatory activity of chemical compounds or preparations is further classified in subclass A01P.

Therapeutic activity of chemical compounds is further classified in subclass A61P.

Uses of cosmetics or similar toilet preparations are further classified in subclass A61Q.

References

Limiting references:

Derivatives of aldonic or saccharic acids

C07C, C07D

Aldonic acids, saccharic acids

C07C 59/105, C07C 59/285

Cyanohydrins

C07C 255/16

Glycals

C07D

Compounds of unknown constitution, glycosides

C07G

Steroid glycosides

C07J

Polysaccharides, derivatives thereof

C08B

DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification

C12N 15/00

Using enzymes or microorganisms for the preparation of compounds containing saccharide radicals

C12P 19/00

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Sugar industry

C13

Informative references:

Brewing of beer

C12C

Preparation of wine or other alcoholic beverages

C12G

Measuring or testing processes involving nucleic acids

C12Q 1/68

Electrolytic or electrophoretic processes for the production of compounds.

C25B

Special rules of classification

In this subclass, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, a compound is classified in the last appropriate place.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Heterocyclic radical or hetero ring

These are considered to exclude saccharide radicals as defined above.

Polysaccharide

A compound having more than five saccharide radicals attached to each other by glycosidic linkages.

Saccharide radical

Radical derived from acyclic polyhydroxy-aldehydes or acyclic polyhydroxy-ketones, or from their cyclic tautomers, by removing hydrogen atoms or by replacing hetero bonds to oxygen by the same number of hetero bonds to halogen, nitrogen, sulfur, selenium, or tellurium, in accordance with either of the following definitions:

a) It consists of an uninterrupted carbon skeleton and oxygen atoms directly attached thereto, and is considered to be terminated by every bond to a carbon atom of a cyclic structure and by every bond to a carbon atom having three bonds to hetero atoms, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, and contains within the carbon skeleton an unbranched sequence of at the most six carbon atoms in which at least three carbon atoms - at least two in the case of a skeleton having only four carbon atoms - have one single bond to an oxygen atom as the only hetero bond, and (i) in a cyclic or acyclic sequence, at least one other carbon atom has two single bonds to oxygen atoms as the only hetero bonds, or (ii) in an acyclic sequence, at least one other carbon atom has one double bond to an oxygen atom as the only hetero bond, the said sequence containing at the most one double bond, i.e. C=C or possibly ketalised C=O, in addition to the hetero bonds mentioned under (i) or (ii).

b) It is also a radical derived from a radical defined in (a) by replacing at the most four of the specified hetero bonds to oxygen by the same number of hetero bonds to halogen, nitrogen, sulfur, selenium, or tellurium.

C07H 3/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0003020000_0.gif

C07H 3/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0003040000_0.gif

C07H 3/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0003060000_0.gif

C07H 3/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0003080000_0.gif

C07H 3/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0003100000_0.gif

C07H 5/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0005020000_0.gif

C07H 5/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0005040000_0.gif

C07H 5/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0005060000_0.gif

C07H 5/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0005080000_0.gif

C07H 5/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0005100000_0.gif

C07H 7/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0007020000_0.gif

C07H 7/027 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0007027000_0.gif

C07H 7/033 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0007033000_0.gif

C07H 7/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0007040000_0.gif

C07H 7/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0007060000_0.gif

C07H 9/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0009000000_0.gif

C07H 9/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0009020000_0.gif

C07H 9/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0009040000_0.gif

C07H 9/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0009060000_0.gif

C07H 11/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0011000000_0.gif

C07H 11/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0011020000_0.gif

C07H 11/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0011040000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

Phosphonates

C07H 13/00

C07H 13/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0013000000_0.gif

C07H 13/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0013040000_0.gif

C07H 13/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0013060000_0.gif

C07H 13/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0013080000_0.gif

C07H 13/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0013100000_0.gif

C07H 13/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0013120000_0.gif

C07H 15/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0015040000_0.gif

C07H 15/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0015060000_0.gif

C07H 15/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0015080000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

Polyoxyalkylene derivatives of polyols in general

C07C 41/00, C07C 43/00

C07H 15/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0015100000_0.gif

C07H 15/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0015120000_0.gif

C07H 15/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0015140000_0.gif

C07H 15/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0015160000_0.gif

C07H 15/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0015180000_0.gif

C07H 15/203 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0015203000_0.gif

C07H 15/207 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0015207000_0.gif

C07H 15/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0015220000_0.gif

C07H 15/224 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0015224000_0.gif

C07H 15/23 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0015230000_0.gif

C07H 15/232 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0015232000_0.gif

C07H 15/234 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0015234000_0.gif

C07H 15/236 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0015236000_0.gif

C07H 15/238 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0015238000_0.gif

C07H 15/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0015240000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

Steroid glycosides

C07J

C07H 15/244 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0015244000_0.gif

C07H 15/248 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0015248000_0.gif

C07H 15/252 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0015252000_0.gif

C07H 15/256 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0015256000_0.gif

C07H 15/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0015260000_0.gif

C07H 17/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0017000000_0.gif

C07H 17/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0017020000_0.gif

C07H 17/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0017040000_0.gif

C07H 17/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0017060000_0.gif

C07H 17/065 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0017065000_0.gif

C07H 17/07 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0017070000_0.gif

C07H 17/075 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0017075000_0.gif

C07H 17/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0017080000_0.gif

C07H 19/01 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0019010000_0.gif

C07H 19/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0019040000_0.gif

C07H 19/044 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0019044000_0.gif

C07H 19/048 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0019048000_0.gif

C07H 19/052 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0019052000_0.gif

C07H 19/056 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0019056000_0.gif

C07H 19/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0019060000_0.gif

C07H 19/067 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0019067000_0.gif

C07H 19/073 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0019073000_0.gif

C07H 19/09 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0019090000_0.gif

C07H 19/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0019100000_0.gif

C07H 19/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0019120000_0.gif

C07H 19/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0019140000_0.gif

C07H 19/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0019160000_0.gif

C07H 19/167 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0019167000_0.gif

C07H 19/173 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0019173000_0.gif

C07H 19/19 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0019190000_0.gif

C07H 19/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0019200000_0.gif

C07H 19/207 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0019207000_0.gif

C07H 19/213 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0019213000_0.gif

C07H 19/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0019220000_0.gif

C07H 19/23 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0019230000_0.gif

C07H 19/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0019240000_0.gif

C07H 21/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0021000000_0.gif

C07H 21/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0021020000_0.gif

C07H 21/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0021040000_0.gif

C07H 23/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07H0023000000_0.gif

C07J - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Compounds containing cyclopenta[a]hydrophenanthrene skeleton or a ring structure derived therefrom:

by contraction or expansion of one ring by one or two atoms,

by contraction or expansion of two rings each by one atom,

by contraction of one ring by one atom and expansion of one ring by one atom,

by substitution of one or two carbon atoms of the cyclopenta[a]hydrophenanthrene skeleton, which are not shared by rings, by hetero atoms, in combination with the above defined contraction or expansion or not, or

by condensation with carbocyclic or heterocyclic rings in combination with one or more of the foregoing alterations or not.

Preparation of steroids including purification, separation, stabilisation or use of additives unless provided for elsewhere, as specified below.

Treatment and modification of steroids provided that

the treatment is not provided for elsewhere and

the resultant product is a compound under the subclass definition.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

In class C07, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, a compound is classified in the last appropriate place, i.e. in the last appropriate subclass. For example cyclopenta [a] hydrophenantrenes are classified in subclass C07J as steroids and not in subclasses C07C or C07D as carbocyclic or heterocyclic compounds.

Subclass C07J is a function-oriented entry for the compounds themselves and does not cover the application or use of the compounds under the subclass definition. For classifying such information other entries in the IPC exist, for example:

Subclass A01N: Preservation of bodies of humans or animals or plants or parts thereof; biocides, e.g. as disinfectants, as pesticides, as herbicides; pest repellants or attractants; plant growth regulators.

Subclass A61K: Preparations for medical, dental or toilet purposes.

Multiple classification

When a steroid forms a salt, an adduct or a complex with another organic compound, classification is also made in the entry in class C07 for this organic compound.

Biocidal, pest repellant, pest attractant or plant growth regulatory activity of compounds or preparations is further classified in subclass A01P.

Therapeutic activity of compounds is further classified in subclass A61P.

Cosmetic activity of compounds is further classified in subclass A61Q.

References

Limiting references:

Seco-steroids

C07C

Fermentation or enzyme-using processes to synthesise steroids

C12P 33/00

Electrolytic production of organic compounds

C25B 3/00

Informative references:

Macromolecular compounds

C08

Special rules of classification

In this subclass, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, a compound is classified in the last appropriate place.

Salts of steroids are classified in the groups for these steroids. Metal chelates containing steroids are dealt with in the same way.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

A-

Compound in which a cyclopenta[a]hydrophenanthrene skeleton is modified by expansion of rings A, B, C or D correspondingly by one atom (the prefix "homo" may also mean that one methyl or methylene group is added in certain position, e.g. 18-homosteroids).

A-

Compound in which a cyclopenta[a]hydrophenanthrene skeleton is modified by expansion of rings A, B, C or D correspondingly by two atoms.

A-

Compound in which a cyclopenta[a]hydrophenanthrene skeleton is modified by contraction of rings A, B, C or D correspondingly by one atom (the prefix "nor" may also mean that one methyl group in certain position is substituted by hydrogen atom, e.g. 19-norsteroids, or one methylene group among non-ring members in certain position is absent).

A-

compound in which a cyclopenta[a]hydrophenanthrene skeleton is modified by contraction of rings A, B, C or D correspondingly by two atoms.

"alpha"

relates to stereoisomers and designates atoms or groups of atoms that are arranged below the plane of a ring system (the bond between such atoms or groups of atoms and a ring system is represented by a dotted line) provided that a cyclopenta[a]hydrophenanthrene skeleton is drawn on the plane so that rings A, B, C and D are arranged from left to right.

"beta"

relates to stereoisomers and designates atoms or groups of atoms that are arranged above the plane of a ring system (the bond between such atoms or groups of atoms and a ring system is represented by a thick or uninterrupted line) provided that a cyclopenta[a]hydrophenanthrene skeleton is drawn on the plane so that rings A, B, C and D are arranged from left to right.

Bile acids

Steroids having a hydroxy-group and a five-carbon-atom side-chain terminating in a carboxyl group, e.g. cholic acid.

Normal steroid

Compound containing non-modified cyclopenta[a]hydrophenanthrene skeleton.

Seco-steroid

Compound which can be obtained from steroids by a break of one of the bonds in cyclopenta[a]hydrophenanthrene skeleton.

Sterols

Steroid alcohols; contain cyclopenta[a]hydrophenanthrene skeleton plus an 8 to 10-carbon atom side-chain and a hydroxy-group, e.g. cholesterol, ergosterol".

Substitution of steroids in certain position

means substitution of hydrogen atom bound to the carbon atom of the cyclopenta[a]hydrophenanthrene skeleton in that position.

C07J 1/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07J0001000000_0.gif

C07J 3/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07J0003000000_0.gif

C07J 5/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07J0005000000_0.gif

C07J 7/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07J0007000000_0.gif

C07J 9/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07J0009000000_0.gif

C07J 11/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07J0011000000_0.gif

C07J 13/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07J0013000000_0.gif

C07J 17/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07J0017000000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

Cardanolide, bufanolide

C07J 19/00

C07J 19/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07J0019000000_0.gif

C07J 21/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07J0021000000_0.gif

C07J 31/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07J0031000000_0.gif

C07J 33/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07J0033000000_0.gif

C07J 41/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07J0041000000_0.gif

C07J 43/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07J0043000000_0.gif

C07J 51/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07J0051000000_0.gif

C07J 53/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07J0053000000_0.gif

C07J 61/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07J0061000000_0.gif

C07J 63/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07J0063000000_0.gif

C07J 65/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07J0065000000_0.gif

C07J 67/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07J0067000000_0.gif

C07J 69/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07J0069000000_0.gif

C07J 71/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07J0071000000_0.gif

C07J 73/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C07J0073000000_0.gif

C07K - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

General processes for the preparation of peptides

Peptides e.g. oligopeptides, proteins

Immunoglobulins

Carrier-bound or immobilised peptides and preparation thereof

Hybridpeptides

Relationship between large subject matter areas

In class C07 the last place priority rule is used, i.e. in the absence of an indication to the contrary, a compound is classified in the last appropriate subclass.

So proline per se is classified in C07D, while ala-pro is a dipeptide and is classified in C07K.

Subclass C07K is a function oriented entry for the compounds themselves and does not cover the application or use of the compounds under the subclass definition. For classifying such information other entries in IPC exist, for example:

Preservation of bodies of humans or animals or plants or parts thereof; Biocides, e.g. as disinfectants, as pesticides, as herbicides; Pest repellants or attractants; Plant growth regulators are classified in A01N.

Preparations for medical, dental, or toilet purposes are classified in A61K.

Amino acids or derivatives thereof are classified in C07C or C07D.

Multiple classification

Biocidal, pest attractant, or plant growth regulatory activity of chemical compounds or preparations is classified in A01P.

Therapeutic activity of chemical compounds or medicinal preparations is further classified in A61P.

Uses of cosmetics or similar toilet preparations are further classified in A61Q.

References

Limiting references:

Peptides containing ß-lactam rings

C07D

Cyclic dipeptides not having in their molecule any other peptide link than those which form their ring; e.g. piperazine-2,5-diones

C07D

Ergot alkaloids of the cyclic peptide type

C07D 519/02

Enzymes

C12N

Genetic engineering processes for obtaining peptides

C12N 15/00

Preparation of peptides and proteins by fermentation or enzyme-using processes

C12P 21/00

Electrolytic production of organic compounds

C25B 3/00

Informative references:

Peptides in foodstuffs

A23

Macromolecular compounds having statistically distributed amino acid units in their molecules, i.e. when the preparation does not provide for a specific, but for a random sequence of the amino acid units, homopolyamides and block copolyamids derived from amino acids

C08G 69/00

Macromolecular products derived from proteins

C08H 1/00

Preparation of glue or gelatine

C09H

Micro-organisms

C12N

Compositions for measuring or testing processes involving enzymes

C12Q

Investigation or analysis of biological material

G01N 33/00

Special rules of classification

In this subclass, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, a compound is classified in the last appropriate place.

Fragments of peptides modified by removal or addition of amino acids, by substitution of amino acids by others, or by combination of these modifications are classified as the parent peptides. However, fragments of peptides having only four or less amino acids are also classified in group C07K 5/00.

Peptides prepared by chemical processes or having an amino acid sequence derived from naturally occurring peptides are classified with the naturally occurring peptide.

Peptides prepared by recombinant DNA technology are not classified according to the host, but according to the original peptide expressed, e.g. HIV peptide expressed in E. coli is classified with HIV peptides.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Amino acid

compounds in which at least one amino acid group and at least one carboxylic group are bound to the same carbon skeleton and the nitrogen atom of the amino group may form a ring

Normal peptide link

a link between an alpha-amino group of an amino acid and the carboxylic group – in position 1 – of another alpha-amino acid

Abnormal peptide link

a link where at least one of the linked amino acids is not an alpha-amino acid or a link formed by at least one carboxyl or amino group being a part of the side chain of an alpha-amino acid

Peptides

compounds containing at least two amino acid units, which are bound through at least one normal peptide link, including oligopeptides, polypeptides and proteins, where

'''(i) Linear peptides

may comprise rings formed through S-S bridges, or through an hydroxy or a mercapto group of an hydroxy- or a mercapto-amino acid and the carboxyl group of another amino acid (e.g. peptide lactones) but do not comprise rings which are formed only through peptide links

'''(ii) Cyclic peptides

peptides comprising at least one ring formed only through peptide links; the cyclisation may occur only through normal peptide links or through abnormal peptide links, e.g. through the 4-amino group of 2,4-diamino-butanoic acid. Thus, cyclic compounds in which at least one link in the ring is a non-peptide link are considered as "linear peptides"

'''(iii) Depsipeptides

compounds containing a sequence of at least two alpha-amino acids and at least one alpha-hydroxy carboxylic acid, which are bound through at least one normal peptide link and ester links, derived from the hydroxy carboxylic acids, where

''''''(a) Linear depsipeptides

may comprise rings formed through S-S bridges, or through an hydroxy or a mercapto group of an hydroxy- or mercapto-amino acid and the carboxyl group of another amino- or hydroxy-acid but do not comprise rings formed only through peptide or ester links derived from hydroxy carboxylic acids, e.g. Gly-Ala-Gly-OCH2CO2H and Gly-OCH2CO-Ala-Gly are considered as "linear depsipeptides, but HOCH2CO-Gly-Ala-Gly does not contain an ester link, and is thus a derivative of Gly-Ala-Gly which is covered by C07K 5/08

''''''(b) Cyclic depsipeptides

are peptides containing at least one ring formed only through peptide or ester links - derived from hydroxy carboxylic acids -, e.g. Gly-Ala-Gly-OCH2CO

'''(iv) hybrid peptides

are peptides produced through fusion or covalent binding of two or more heterologous peptides

Immunoglobulins

proteins produced by B cells, made up of two identical heavy and two identical light chains, held together by interchain disulfide bonds

Antibodies

immonuglobins which interact with antigens

Monoclonal antibodies

antibodies produced from a single clone of cells, and reactive with a single antigen

Polyclonal antibodies

antibodies produced by a variety of cell clones, and reactive with a variety of antigens or with a variety of antigenic determinants (epitopes) on a single antigen

C08B - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Polysaccharides per se or their derivatives, with six or more repeating units, i.e. saccharide radicals attached to each other by glycosidic linkages.

Processes of extraction, preparation, derivatisation, fractionation, isolation, purification or degradation.

Covalently or ionically crosslinked gels of polysaccharides.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Relationship with other subclasses of classes C08 and C09

Macromolecular compounds obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. condensation polymers are classified in C08G.

Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds (usually known as addition polymers) are classified in subclass C08F.

Derivatives of natural macromolecular polymers, e.g. derived from proteins, lignin, lignocellulose or vulcanised oils, are classified in subclass C08H.

Working-up, general processes of compounding and after-treatment are classified in subclass C08J, in particular the making of hydrogels is classified in C08J 3/075.

The use or choice of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic materials as compounding agents are classified in subclass C08K.

Compositions of polysaccharides, either with other macromolecular compounds or with other ingredients, are classified in subclass C08L.

Coating compositions and other polymer compositions for similar uses, e.g. paints, inks, woodstains and printing pastes, are classified in subclass C09D.

Adhesives and adhesive processes are classified in subclass C09J.

Multiple Classification

Biocidal, pest attractant, or plant growth regulatory activity of chemical compounds or preparations is further classified in A01P.

Therapeutic activity of chemical compounds is further classified in A61P.

Uses of cosmetics or similar toilet preparations are further classified in A61Q.

References

Limiting references:

Mono-, di- or oligo-saccharides with five or less saccharide radicals

C07H

Grafted polysaccharides obtained by reaction of an unsaturated monomer onto a polysaccharide

C08F 251/00

Grafted polysaccharides obtained by reaction of an unsaturated monomer onto a cellulose or derivative thereof

C08F 251/02

Grafted or block polysaccharides obtained by reaction of a polymer with a polysaccharide

C08G 81/00

Fermentation or enzyme-using processes to synthesize polysaccharides

C12P 19/04

Production of cellulose

D21

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Application of polysaccharide compositions as pesticides, herbicides, biocides or disinfectants

A01N

Treatment or baking of flour or dough

A21D

Animal feeding stuffs

A23K 10/00

Layered products

B32B

Application of polysaccharide compositions as explosive compositions

C06B

Application of polysaccharide compositions for drilling or treating of boreholes or wells

C09K 8/00

Detergents containing polysaccharide compositions

C11D

Informative references:

Polysaccharides as active ingredient in medicinal preparations

A61K 31/715

Medicinal preparations containing material from algae, lichens, fungi or plants

A61K 36/00

Application of polysaccharide compositions or derivatives thereof in cosmetics or other toilet preparations

A61K 8/73

Vaccines containing polysaccharides

A61K 39/00

Use of polysaccharides in medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients

A61K 47/36

Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. conjugates

A61K 47/48

Use of polysaccharides in preparations for dentistry

A61K 6/097

Use of polysaccharides in medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form

A61K 9/00

Foodstuffs

A23L 29/20

Non alcoholic beverages

A23L 2/00

Use of polysaccharides for bandages, dressings or absorbent pads

A61L 15/00

Chemical apparatus

B01J, B01L

Wood treatment

B27K, B27N

Edible or biodegradable packaging containing polysaccharides

B65D 65/46

Making macromolecular gels

C08J 3/075

Sugar industry

C13

Manufacture of artificial filaments, threads or fibres

D01F

Treatment of fibres, threads, yarns or feathers

D06M

Optical elements characterized by the material of which they are made, e.g. contact lenses

G02B 1/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Saccharide radical

Saccharide radicals are monosaccharide, i.e. carbohydrate repeating units.

Glycosidic linkage

A glycosidic bond is a type of covalent bond that joins a carbohydrate molecule to another group, which may or may not be another carbohydrate.

A glycosidic bond is formed between the hemiacetal group of a saccharide (or a molecule derived from a saccharide) and the hydroxyl group of some organic compound.

If the group attached to the carbohydrate residue is not another saccharide it is referred to as an aglycone.

If it is another saccharide, the resulting units can be termed as being at the reducing end or the terminal end of the structure. The reducing end of the di- or polysaccharide is towards the last anomeric carbon of the structure, and the terminal end is in the opposite direction.

One distinguishes between α- and β-glycosidic bonds based on the relative stereochemistry of the anomeric position and the stereocentre furthest from C1 in the saccharide. In D-hexose sugars in their pyranose forms, an α-glycosidic bond is formed in an axial orientation, whereas a β-glycosidic bond will be oriented equatorially.

C08B 15/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08B0015020000_0.gif

C08B 15/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08B0015040000_0.gif

C08B 37/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08B0037020000_0.gif

C08B 37/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08B0037040000_0.gif

C08B 37/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08B0037060000_0.gif

C08B 37/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08B0037080000_0.gif

C08B 37/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08B0037100000_0.gif

C08B 37/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08B0037160000_0.gif

C08C - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes directed to natural rubber or to conjugated diene rubber.

Processes directed to rubbers in general.

Treatment of diene rubber.

Modification of diene rubber, e.g. chemical reaction on the chain end after living polymerization.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

The synthesis of natural rubber or conjugated diene rubbers per se is classified in C08F.

The post-polymerisation treatment or chemical modification of addition polymers is classified in C08F.

Processes directed to a specific rubber, other than provided for above, are classified in C08F-C08H.

Compositions of rubbers are classified in C08L.

Working-up and foaming natural rubber are classified in C08J.

References

Limiting references:

Treatment of addition polymers other than dienes

C08F 6/00

Chemical modification of addition polymers other than dienes

C08F 8/00

Homo- or copolymers of dienes

C08F 36/00, C08F 136/00, C08F 236/00

Preparation of living diene homo- or copolymers using anionic catalysts

C08F 36/04

Graft polymers

C08F 279/00

Coupling of polymers

C08G 81/02

Foaming natural rubber

C08J 9/00

Compositions of modified rubber

C08L 15/00

Compositions of rubber characterised by functional groups, e.g. telechelic diene polymers

C08L 19/00

Compositions of copolymers of ethene-propene or ethene-propene-diene, e.g. EPM or EPDMrubber

C08L 23/16

Compositions of copolymers of isobutene with minor part of conjugated dienes monomers, e.g. butyl rubber

C08L 23/22

Compositions of unconjugated diene polymers

C08L 47/00

Compositions of diene rubbers

C08L 7/00C08L 21/00

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Depolymerisation to the original monomer

C07C 4/22

Crosslinking, e.g. vulcanising, of rubber

C08J 3/24

Crosslinking, e.g. vulcanising, of latex

C08J 3/26

Working-up of waste rubber by depolymerisation or devulcanisation

C08J 11/10

Destructive distillation of waste rubber materials

C10B 53/07

Production of liquid hydrocarbon mixtures from rubber or rubber waste

C10G 1/10

Informative references:

Mechanical aspects of crosslinking or vulcanization of rubber

B29C 35/00

Crosslinking agent, other than provided for by group C08C 19/30

C08K

Special rules of classification

In groups C08C 19/02-C08C 19/30 in the absence of an indication to the contrary, a process is classified in the last appropriate place.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Diene rubber

Homopolymer or copolymer of compounds having as the major part one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, at least one having two or more carbon-to-carbon double bonds

Rubber

Any synthetic elastic material whose properties resemble the material obtained from the latex sap of trees, e.g. trees of the genera Hevea or Ficus, or the latex sap per se that can be vulcanized and finished into a variety of products

Synonyms and Keywords

BR

Butadiene rubber

CR

Chloroprene rubber

EPDM

Ethene-propene-diene rubber

EPM

Ethene-propene rubber

IIR

Butyl rubber

IR

Isoprene rubber

NBR

Acrylonitrile butadiene rubber

NR

Natural rubber

SBR

Styrene butadiene rubber

C08F - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Homopolymers and copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated radicals, each having one or more carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds and optionally other functional groups such as aromatic rings, triple bonds, halogens, carboxylic acid, ester or anhydride groups, nitrogen or other heteroatoms such as Si, S, B or P. These polymers are also known as addition polymers.

The above polymers include polyethylene, polypropylene, polybutene, polymers of vinyl chloride, acetate or pyrrolidone, styrene or divinylbenzene polymers, polyacrylates, polymethacrylates, butadiene or isoprene polymers, allyl polymers, acrylonitrile polymers, maleic anhydride polymers, vinylidene polymers, tetrafluoroethylene polymers and many others including those in the "Synonyms/Keywords" section below.

Other specific polymers such as copolymers of hydrocarbons and mineral oils, petroleum resins, terpene resins, copolymers of drying oils with other monomers or coumarone-indene copolymers.

Graft polymers.

Block polymers.

Other types of polymer formed via carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. by inter-reacting polymers in the absence of non-macromolecular monomers.

Polymerisation processes, in bulk, in solution, in suspension, in emulsion, in gaseous or solid state, using regulators (e.g. chain terminators, retarders or short-stopping agents), in presence of compounding ingredients, or initiated by wave energy, particle radiation or electric current; including processes of polymerisation characterized by special features of the polymerisation apparatus used.

Polymerisation initiators or catalysts, e.g. Ziegler, anionic, cationic, redox or transition metal initiators or initiators for radiation polymerisation.

Post-polymerisation treatments of the above types of polymer (but not of rubbers) including purification, catalyst removal and separating polymers from non-polymers; but see "Relationships" section below for overlaps with subclass C08J.

Chemical modification of the above types of polymer (but not of rubbers) by after-treatment, e.g. oxidation, reduction, epoxidation, hydrolysis, halogenation or dehalogenation, sulfonation, cyclisation or partial depolymerisation.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Relationship with other subclasses of classes C08 and C09

Polysaccharides and their derivatives are classified in subclass C08B.

Treatment and chemical modification of rubbers, including conjugated diene rubbers, are classified in subclass C08C – however synthesis of rubbers and treatment or chemical modification of non-rubbers covered per se in this subclass (C08F) are classified in subclass this subclass (C08F).

Macromolecular compounds obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds (usually known as condensation polymers) are classified in subclass C08G. This includes unsaturated polyesters, polyamides or polyurethanes, silicone-type polymers with unsaturated groups and block polymers formed by interreacting polymers in the absence of monomers, as long as the mechanism for reaction is of C08G type.

Derivatives of natural macromolecular polymers, e.g. derived from proteins or vulcanised oils, are classified in subclass C08H.

Working-up, general processes of compounding and after-treatment not covered by this subclass are classified in subclass C08J. These include making solutions, dispersions etc., plasticising, compounding with additives, e.g. colouring or masterbatching, crosslinking, manufacture of articles or shaped materials, chemical treatment or coating of such articles, making porous, cellular or foamed materials, and recovery or working up of waste materials.

Use or choice of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic materials as compounding agents are classified in subclass C08K.

Compositions of macromolecular compounds, either with other macromolecular compounds or with other ingredients, including compositions of polysaccharides, rubbers or natural macromolecular compounds, are classified in subclass C08L.

Coating compositions and other polymer compositions for similar uses, e.g. paints, inks, woodstains and printing pastes, are classified in subclass C09D.

Adhesives and adhesive processes are classified in subclass C09J.

Materials for applications not otherwise provided for, or applications of materials not otherwise provided for, are classified in subclass C09K. These include sealing or anti-slip materials, heat-transfer, heat-exchange or heat-storage materials, drilling compositions, luminescent or tenebrescent materials, etching, surface-brightening or pickling materials, antioxidant materials, soil-conditioning or soil-stabilising materials, liquid crystal or fireproofing materials.

Subclasses C08B-C08L are generally function-oriented subclasses in relation to the polymers they cover, while C09D-C09K are application-oriented subclasses in relation to the said polymers.

Multiple classification

Biocidal, pest-repellant, pest-attractant or plant growth regulatory activity of compounds or preparations is further classified in subclass A01P.

Therapeutic activity of compounds is further classified in subclass A61P.

The use of cosmetics or similar toilet preparations is further classified in subclass A61Q.

References

Limiting references:

Production of liquid hydrocarbon mixtures from lower carbon number hydrocarbons, e.g. by oligomerisation

C10G 50/00

Production of polymers using enzymes

C12P

Graft polymerization of monomers on to fibres, threads, yarns, fabrics or fibrous goods made from such materials

D06M 14/00

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

None – apart from those mentioned in the Relationships section above

Informative references:

Catalysts in general (other than polymerization catalysts)

B01J

Chemical apparatus

B01J, B01L

Layered products

B32B

Special rules of classification

In this subclass, boron or silicon are considered as metals.

In this subclass, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, a catalyst or polymer is classified in the last appropriate place.

This subclass also covers compositions based on monomers which form macromolecular compounds classifiable in this subclass (paints C09D 4/00, adhesives C09J 4/00). In this subclass:

if the monomers are defined, classification is made according to the polymer to be formed in groups C08F 10/00-C08F 246/00 if no preformed polymer is present; or in groups C08F 251/00-C08F 291/00 if a preformed polymer is present, considering the reaction to take place as a graft or cross-linking reaction;

if the presence of compounding ingredients is of interest, classification is made in group C08F 2/44 (sensitizing agents C08F 2/46, catalysts C08F 4/00);

if the compounding ingredients are of interest per se, classification is also made in subclass C08K.

Macromolecular compounds and their preparation are classified in the groups for the type of compound prepared.

General processes for the preparation of macromolecular compounds according to more than one main group are classified in the groups for the processes employed (C08F 2/00-C08F 8/00).

Processes for the preparation of macromolecular compounds are also classified in the groups for the types of reactions employed, if of interest.

Subject matter relating to both homopolymers and copolymers is classified in groups C08F 10/00-C08F 38/00.

Subject matter limited to homopolymers is classified only in groups C08F 110/00-C08F 138/00.

Subject matter limited to copolymers is classified only in groups C08F 210/00-C08F 246/00.

In groups C08F 210/00-C08F 238/00, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, a copolymer is classified according to the major monomeric component.

Multiple classification

The following multiple classification rules apply in this subclass:

When classifying in groups C08F 210/00-C08F 297/00, any monomeric components not identified by the classification according to note (4) after the title of subclass C08F within this classification range, and where the use of such monomeric components is determined to be novel and non-obvious, must also be classified in the last appropriate place in groups C08F 210/00-C08F 238/00.

Any monomeric components not identified by the classification according to Note (4) after the title of subclass C08F or the note above, and where the use of such monomeric components is considered to represent information of interest for search, may also be classified in the last appropriate place in groups C08F 210/00-C08F 238/00. This can for example be the case when it is considered of interest to enable searching of copolymers using a combination of classification symbols. Such non-obligatory classifications should be given as "additional information".

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Addition polymers

Polymers in which unsaturated monomer molecules join together to form a polymer in which the molecular formula of the repeat unit is identical (except for the double bond) with that of the monomer.

Aliphatic radical

Means an acyclic or non-aromatic carbocyclic carbon skeleton which is considered to be terminated by every bond to:

an element other than carbon;

a carbon atom having a double bond to one atom other than carbon;

an aromatic carbocyclic ring or a heterocyclic ring.

CH2=CH-O-CH2-CH2-NH-COO-CH2-CH2-OH are classified in group C08F 16/28;

CH2=CH-CO-CH=CH2 are classified in group C08F 16/36;

CH2=CH-C6H4-Cl are classified in group C08F 12/18.

Examples: Polymers of

Block polymers

Polymers formed by polymerization of monomers on to a macromolecule having groups capable of inducing the formation of new polymer chains bound at one or both ends of the starting macromolecule, or by polymerization using successively different catalyst types or successively different monomer systems without deactivating the intermediate polymer.

Condensation polymers

Polymers in which water or some other simple molecule is eliminated from two or more monomer molecules as they combine to form the polymer or crosslinks between polymer chains. These polymers are generally in subclass C08G.

Copolymers

Usually denotes polymers of two chemically distinct monomers, and sometimes denotes terpolymers containing more than two types of monomer unit.

Graft polymers

Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerizing monomers on to preformed polymers or on to inorganic materials. Such preformed polymers could be rubbers, polysaccharides, condensation polymers, homopolymers or copolymers of the addition polymer type.

Homopolymers

Polymers resulting from the polymerisation of a single monomer or polymer with a single type of repeating unit.

Repeat(ing) unit

The unit in an addition polymer which is repeated throughout the molecule; for example in polyethylene the repeat unit is:

–CH2-CH2-.

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the following abbreviations are often used:

ABS

Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene copolymer

AIBN

Azoisobutyronitrile (initiator)

AMMA

Acrylonitrile-methyl-methacrylate copolymer

AMPS

Acrylamidomethylpropanesulfonic acid

BR

Butadiene rubber

CTFE

Chloro-trifluoroethylene

DVB

Divinyl benzene

EAA

Ethylene-acrylic acid copolymer

EPDM

Ethylene-propylene-diene-monomer

EPR

Ethylene-propylene rubber

EVOH

Ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymer

HDPE

High-density polyethylene

HEMA

Hydroxyethyl methacrylate

LDPE

Low-density polyethylene

LLDPE

Linear low-density polyethylene

PAN

Polyacrylonitrile

PE

Polyethylene

PMMA

Polymethyl methacrylate

PP

Polypropylene

PS

Polystyrene

PTFE

Polytetrafluoroethylene

PVA

Polyvinyl alcohol or polyvinyl acetate

PVAC

Polyvinyl acetate

PVC

Polyvinyl chloride

PVOH

Polyvinyl alcohol

PVP

Polyvinyl pyrrolidone

SAN

Styrene-acrylonitrile copolymer

SBR

Styrene-butadiene rubber

SBS

Styrene-butadiene-styrene block terpolymer

TAC

Triallyl cyanurate

C08F 4/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Catalysts in general

B01J

C08F 8/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Crosslinking in general

C08J

C08F 8/30 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Polymeric products of isocyanates or thiocyanates

C08G

C08F 10/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0010020000_0.gif

C08F 10/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0010040000_0.gif

C08F 10/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0010060000_0.gif

C08F 10/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0010080000_0.gif

C08F 10/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0010100000_0.gif

C08F 10/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0010140000_0.gif

C08F 12/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0012080000_0.gif

C08F 12/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0012120000_0.gif

C08F 12/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0012140000_0.gif

C08F 12/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0012160000_0.gif

C08F 12/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0012180000_0.gif

C08F 12/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0012200000_0.gif

C08F 12/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0012240000_0.gif

C08F 12/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0012280000_0.gif

C08F 12/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0012300000_0.gif

C08F 12/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0012320000_0.gif

C08F 12/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0012360000_0.gif

C08F 14/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0014140000_0.gif

C08F 14/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0014160000_0.gif

C08F 14/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0014200000_0.gif

C08F 14/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0014240000_0.gif

C08F 14/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0014260000_0.gif

C08F 14/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0014280000_0.gif

C08F 16/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0016060000_0.gif

C08F 16/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0016080000_0.gif

C08F 16/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0016100000_0.gif

C08F 16/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0016180000_0.gif

C08F 16/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0016200000_0.gif

C08F 16/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0016220000_0.gif

C08F 16/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0016240000_0.gif

C08F 16/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0016260000_0.gif

C08F 16/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0016280000_0.gif

C08F 16/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0016300000_0.gif

C08F 16/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0016320000_0.gif

C08F 16/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0016340000_0.gif

C08F 16/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0016360000_0.gif

C08F 18/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0018040000_0.gif

C08F 18/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0018060000_0.gif

C08F 18/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0018080000_0.gif

C08F 18/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0018100000_0.gif

C08F 18/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0018120000_0.gif

C08F 18/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0018160000_0.gif

C08F 18/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0018180000_0.gif

C08F 18/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0018200000_0.gif

C08F 18/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0018220000_0.gif

C08F 20/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0020040000_0.gif

C08F 20/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0020060000_0.gif

C08F 20/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0020080000_0.gif

C08F 20/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0020100000_0.gif

C08F 20/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0020140000_0.gif

C08F 20/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0020180000_0.gif

C08F 20/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0020220000_0.gif

C08F 20/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0020300000_0.gif

C08F 20/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0020320000_0.gif

C08F 20/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0020360000_0.gif

C08F 20/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0020380000_0.gif

C08F 20/42 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0020420000_0.gif

C08F 20/44 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0020440000_0.gif

C08F 20/52 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0020520000_0.gif

C08F 22/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0022060000_0.gif

C08F 22/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0022100000_0.gif

C08F 22/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0022120000_0.gif

C08F 22/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0022180000_0.gif

C08F 22/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0022200000_0.gif

C08F 22/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0022220000_0.gif

C08F 22/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0022240000_0.gif

C08F 22/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0022280000_0.gif

C08F 22/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0022320000_0.gif

C08F 22/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0022340000_0.gif

C08F 22/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0022380000_0.gif

C08F 22/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0022400000_0.gif

C08F 24/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0024000000_0.gif

C08F 26/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0026020000_0.gif

C08F 26/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0026040000_0.gif

C08F 26/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0026060000_0.gif

C08F 26/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0026080000_0.gif

C08F 26/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0026120000_0.gif

C08F 28/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0028020000_0.gif

C08F 28/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0028040000_0.gif

C08F 28/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0028060000_0.gif

C08F 30/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0030020000_0.gif

C08F 30/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0030040000_0.gif

C08F 30/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0030060000_0.gif

C08F 30/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0030080000_0.gif

C08F 30/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0030100000_0.gif

C08F 36/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0036060000_0.gif

C08F 36/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0036080000_0.gif

C08F 36/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0036140000_0.gif

C08F 36/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0036160000_0.gif

C08F 36/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0036180000_0.gif

C08F 36/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0036220000_0.gif

C08F 38/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0038020000_0.gif

C08F 38/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0038040000_0.gif

C08F 112/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0112000000_0.gif

C08F 112/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0112080000_0.gif

C08F 112/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0112120000_0.gif

C08F 112/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0112140000_0.gif

C08F 112/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0112320000_0.gif

C08F 112/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0112360000_0.gif

C08F 114/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0114000000_0.gif

C08F 114/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0114060000_0.gif

C08F 114/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0114080000_0.gif

C08F 114/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0114120000_0.gif

C08F 114/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0114140000_0.gif

C08F 114/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0114160000_0.gif

C08F 114/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0114200000_0.gif

C08F 114/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0114220000_0.gif

C08F 114/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0114240000_0.gif

C08F 114/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0114260000_0.gif

C08F 114/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0114280000_0.gif

C08F 116/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0116080000_0.gif

C08F 116/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0116100000_0.gif

C08F 116/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0116120000_0.gif

C08F 116/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0116200000_0.gif

C08F 116/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0116340000_0.gif

C08F 116/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0116360000_0.gif

C08F 116/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0116380000_0.gif

C08F 118/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0118020000_0.gif

C08F 118/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0118060000_0.gif

C08F 118/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0118080000_0.gif

C08F 118/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0118100000_0.gif

C08F 118/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0118120000_0.gif

C08F 118/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0118140000_0.gif

C08F 118/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0118160000_0.gif

C08F 118/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0118180000_0.gif

C08F 120/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0120040000_0.gif

C08F 120/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0120060000_0.gif

C08F 120/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0120080000_0.gif

C08F 120/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0120100000_0.gif

C08F 120/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0120120000_0.gif

C08F 120/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0120140000_0.gif

C08F 120/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0120180000_0.gif

C08F 120/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0120200000_0.gif

C08F 120/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0120220000_0.gif

C08F 120/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0120260000_0.gif

C08F 120/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0120300000_0.gif

C08F 120/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0120320000_0.gif

C08F 120/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0120340000_0.gif

C08F 120/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0120360000_0.gif

C08F 120/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0120380000_0.gif

C08F 120/42 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0120420000_0.gif

C08F 120/44 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0120440000_0.gif

C08F 120/52 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0120520000_0.gif

C08F 122/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0122060000_0.gif

C08F 122/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0122100000_0.gif

C08F 122/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0122120000_0.gif

C08F 122/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0122180000_0.gif

C08F 122/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0122200000_0.gif

C08F 122/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0122220000_0.gif

C08F 122/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0122240000_0.gif

C08F 122/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0122280000_0.gif

C08F 122/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0122320000_0.gif

C08F 122/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0122340000_0.gif

C08F 122/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0122380000_0.gif

C08F 122/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0122400000_0.gif

C08F 124/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0124000000_0.gif

C08F 126/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0126020000_0.gif

C08F 126/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0126040000_0.gif

C08F 126/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0126060000_0.gif

C08F 126/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0126080000_0.gif

C08F 126/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0126120000_0.gif

C08F 128/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0128020000_0.gif

C08F 128/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0128040000_0.gif

C08F 128/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0128060000_0.gif

C08F 130/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0130020000_0.gif

C08F 130/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0130040000_0.gif

C08F 130/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0130060000_0.gif

C08F 130/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0130080000_0.gif

C08F 130/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0130100000_0.gif

C08F 132/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0132000000_0.gif

C08F 134/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0134000000_0.gif

C08F 136/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0136060000_0.gif

C08F 136/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0136080000_0.gif

C08F 136/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0136140000_0.gif

C08F 136/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0136160000_0.gif

C08F 136/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0136180000_0.gif

C08F 136/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0136220000_0.gif

C08F 138/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0138020000_0.gif

C08F 138/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0138040000_0.gif

C08F 210/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0210020000_0.gif

C08F 210/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0210040000_0.gif

C08F 210/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0210060000_0.gif

C08F 210/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0210080000_0.gif

C08F 210/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0210100000_0.gif

C08F 210/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0210140000_0.gif

C08F 210/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0210160000_0.gif

C08F 210/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0210180000_0.gif

C08F 212/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0212000000_0.gif

C08F 212/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0212080000_0.gif

C08F 212/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0212120000_0.gif

C08F 212/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0212140000_0.gif

C08F 212/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0212320000_0.gif

C08F 212/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0212360000_0.gif

C08F 214/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0214060000_0.gif

C08F 214/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0214080000_0.gif

C08F 214/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0214120000_0.gif

C08F 214/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0214140000_0.gif

C08F 214/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0214160000_0.gif

2. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0214160000_1.gif

C08F 214/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0214200000_0.gif

C08F 214/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0214220000_0.gif

C08F 214/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0214240000_0.gif

C08F 214/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0214260000_0.gif

C08F 214/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0214280000_0.gif

C08F 216/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0216060000_0.gif

C08F 216/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0216080000_0.gif

C08F 216/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0216100000_0.gif

C08F 216/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0216120000_0.gif

C08F 216/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0216200000_0.gif

C08F 216/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0216340000_0.gif

C08F 216/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0216360000_0.gif

C08F 216/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0216380000_0.gif

C08F 218/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0218020000_0.gif

C08F 218/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0218060000_0.gif

C08F 218/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0218080000_0.gif

C08F 218/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0218100000_0.gif

C08F 218/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0218120000_0.gif

C08F 218/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0218140000_0.gif

C08F 218/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0218160000_0.gif

C08F 218/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0218180000_0.gif

C08F 220/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0220040000_0.gif

C08F 220/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0220060000_0.gif

2. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0220060000_1.gif

C08F 220/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0220080000_0.gif

C08F 220/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0220100000_0.gif

C08F 220/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0220120000_0.gif

C08F 220/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0220140000_0.gif

C08F 220/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0220180000_0.gif

2. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0220180000_1.gif

C08F 220/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0220200000_0.gif

C08F 220/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0220220000_0.gif

C08F 220/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0220260000_0.gif

C08F 220/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0220300000_0.gif

C08F 220/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0220320000_0.gif

C08F 220/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0220340000_0.gif

2. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0220340000_1.gif

3. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0220340000_2.gif

C08F 220/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0220360000_0.gif

C08F 220/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0220380000_0.gif

C08F 220/42 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0220420000_0.gif

C08F 220/44 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0220440000_0.gif

C08F 220/52 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0220520000_0.gif

2. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0220520000_1.gif

C08F 222/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0222060000_0.gif

C08F 222/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0222080000_0.gif

C08F 222/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0222100000_0.gif

C08F 222/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0222180000_0.gif

C08F 222/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0222200000_0.gif

C08F 222/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0222240000_0.gif

C08F 222/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0222320000_0.gif

C08F 222/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0222340000_0.gif

C08F 222/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0222380000_0.gif

C08F 226/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0226020000_0.gif

2. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0226020000_1.gif

C08F 226/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0226040000_0.gif

C08F 226/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0226060000_0.gif

C08F 226/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0226080000_0.gif

C08F 226/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0226120000_0.gif

C08F 228/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0228020000_0.gif

C08F 228/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0228040000_0.gif

C08F 228/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0228060000_0.gif

C08F 230/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0230020000_0.gif

C08F 230/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0230040000_0.gif

C08F 230/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0230060000_0.gif

C08F 230/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0230080000_0.gif

C08F 230/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0230100000_0.gif

C08F 236/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0236060000_0.gif

C08F 236/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0236080000_0.gif

C08F 236/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0236100000_0.gif

C08F 236/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0236140000_0.gif

C08F 236/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0236160000_0.gif

C08F 236/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0236180000_0.gif

C08F 238/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0238020000_0.gif

C08F 238/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08F0238040000_0.gif

C08F 299/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

In the presence of non-macromolecular monomers

C08F 251/00-C08F 291/00

Involving other reactions

C08G 81/00

C08G - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Macromolecular compounds obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. condensation polymers, where the polymers are:

polymers from aldehydes or ketones, the polymers including polyacetals and phenol-formaldehyde-type resins such as novolaks or resoles,

polymers from isocyanates or isothiocyanates, the polymers including polyurethanes and polyureas,

epoxy resins,

polymers obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain, e.g. polyphenylenes and polyxylylenes,

polymers obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing oxygen in the main chain, e.g. polyesters, polycarbonates, polyethers and copolymers of carbon monoxide with aliphatic unsaturated compounds,

polymers obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen in the main chain, e.g. polyamides, polyamines, polyhydrazides, polytriazoles, polyimides, polybenzimidazoles and nitroso rubbers,

polymers obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing sulphur in the main chain, e.g. polysulphides, polythioethers, polysulphones, polysulphoxides, polythiocarbonates and polythiazoles,

polymers obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing silicon in the main chain, e.g. polysiloxanes, silicones or polysilicates,

other polymers obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. polymers obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing other elements in the main chain, e.g. P, B, Al, Sn, block copolymers obtained by inter-reacting polymers in the absence of monomers, dendrimers and hyperbranched polymers.

Processes for preparing the macromolecular compounds provided for in this subclass.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Relationship with other subclasses of classes C08 and C09

Polysaccharides and their derivatives are classified in subclass C08B.

Treatment and chemical modification of rubbers, including conjugated diene rubbers, are classified in subclass C08C.

Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds (usually known as addition polymers) are classified in subclass C08F.

Derivatives of natural macromolecular polymers, e.g. derived from proteins or vulcanised oils, are classified in subclass C08H.

Working-up, general processes of compounding and after-treatment not covered by this subclass are classified in subclass C08J. These include making solutions, dispersions etc., plasticising, compounding with additives, e.g. colouring or masterbatching, crosslinking, manufacture of articles or shaped materials, chemical treatment or coating of such articles, and recovery or working up of waste materials. However, the following points should be noted:

C08G has some limited provision for post-polymerisation treatments, for example in relation to groups C08G 2/28, C08G 2/30, C08G 18/00, C08G 63/88, C08G 64/40, C08G 65/46, C08G 69/46 and C08G 77/32 (therefore, any related subject matter not covered by these groups in C08G may well be covered by C08J); and

processes for making cellular polyurethanes are in C08G even though processes for making other polymers cellular are in C08J.

Use or choice of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic materials as compounding agents are classified in subclass C08K.

Compositions of macromolecular compounds, either with other macromolecular compounds or with other ingredients, including compositions of polysaccharides, rubbers or natural macromolecular compounds, are classified in subclass C08L.

Coating compositions and other polymer compositions for similar uses, e.g. paints, inks, woodstains and printing pastes, are classified in subclass C09D.

Adhesives and adhesive processes are classified in subclass C09J.

Materials for applications not otherwise provided for, or applications of materials not otherwise provided for, are classified in subclass C09K. These include sealing or anti-slip materials, heat-transfer, heat-exchange or heat-storage materials, drilling compositions, luminescent or tenebrescent materials, etching, surface-brightening or pickling materials, antioxidant materials, soil-conditioning or soil-stabilising materials, liquid crystal or fireproofing materials.

Subclasses C08B-C08L are generally function-oriented subclasses in relation to the polymers covered there, while C09D-C09K are application-oriented subclasses in relation to the said polymers.

Multiple classification

Biocidal, pest-repellant, pest-attractant or plant growth regulatory activity of compounds or preparations is further classified in subclass A01P.

Therapeutic activity of compounds is further classified in subclass A61P.

The use of cosmetics or other toilet preparations is further classified in A61Q.

References

Limiting references:

Production of polymers using enzymes

C12P

Informative references:

Catalysts in general (other than polymerization catalysts)

B01J

Chemical apparatus

B01J, B01L

Special rules of classification

In this subclass, group C08G 18/00 takes precedence over all other groups. A further classification is given if the polymers are obtained by reactions forming specific linkages for which an appropriate group is provided.

Within each main group of this subclass, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, classification is made in the last appropriate place.

In groups C08G 61/00-C08G 79/00, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming two different linkages in the main chain are classified only according to the linkage present in excess.

In group C08G 18/00, for the purpose of groups C08G 18/28-C08G 18/69, the addition of water for the preparation of cellular materials is not taken into consideration.

When classifying in group C08G 18/00, it is desirable to add the indexing code of C08G 101/00 relating to manufacture of cellular products.

This subclass also covers compositions based on monomers which form macromolecular compounds classifiable in this subclass. In this subclass:

if the monomers are defined, classification is made in groups C08G 2/00-C08G 79/00, C08G 83/00 according to the polymer to be formed;

if the monomers are defined in a way that a composition cannot be classified within one main group of this subclass, the composition is classified in group C08G 85/00;

if the compounding ingredients are of interest per se, classification is also made in subclass C08K.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Addition polymers

Polymers in which unsaturated monomer molecules join together to form a polymer in which the molecular formula of the repeat unit is identical (except for the double bond) with that of the monomer.

Block polymers

Polymers formed by polymerization of monomers on to a macromolecule having groups capable of inducing the formation of new polymer chains bound at one or both ends of the starting macromolecule, or by polymerization using successively different catalyst types or successively different monomer systems without deactivating the intermediate polymer.

Condensation polymers

Polymers in which water or some other simple molecule is eliminated from 2 or more monomer molecules as they combine to form the polymer or crosslinks between polymer chains.

Copolymers

Usually denotes polymers of 2 chemically distinct monomers, and sometimes denotes terpolymers containing more than 2 types of monomer unit.

Graft polymers

Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerizing monomers on to preformed polymers or on to inorganic materials. Such preformed polymers could be rubbers, polysaccharides, condensation polymers, homopolymers or copolymers of the addition polymer type.

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the expressions "Polycaprolactam" and "Nylon 6" are often used as synonyms.

In patent documents the expressions "Aramid" and "aromatic polyamide" are often used as synonyms.

In patent documents the following abbreviations are often used:

CPET

Crystallised polyethylene terephthalate

DABCO

1,4-diazabicyclo-2,2,2-octane or triethylene diamine (amine catalyst for PU foams)

DBP

Dibutyl phthalate

DOP

Dioctyl phthalate

HDI

Hexamethylene diisocyanate

IPDI

Isophorone diisocyanate

MDI

Diphenylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate

PBT

Polybutylene terephthalate

PEEK

Polyetheretherketone

PEG

Polyethylene glycol

PEI

Polyetherimide

PEK

Polyetherketone

PEO

Polyethylene oxide

PES

Polyethersulphone

PET

Polyethylene terephthalate

PPS

Polyphenylene sulphide

PPSU

Polyphenylene sulphone

PUR

Polyurethane

TETA

Triethylene tetramine

TDI

Toluene diisocyanate

C08G 2/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0002000000_0.gif

C08G 2/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0002160000_0.gif

C08G 2/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0002180000_0.gif

C08G 6/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0006000000_0.gif

C08G 8/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0008020000_0.gif

C08G 8/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0008040000_0.gif

C08G 8/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0008060000_0.gif

C08G 8/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0008080000_0.gif

C08G 8/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0008120000_0.gif

C08G 8/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0008220000_0.gif

C08G 12/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0012100000_0.gif

C08G 12/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0012120000_0.gif

C08G 12/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0012140000_0.gif

2. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0012140000_1.gif

3. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0012140000_2.gif

4. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0012140000_3.gif

5. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0012140000_4.gif

6. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0012140000_5.gif

C08G 12/22 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Reaction polyamides with aldehydes

C08G 69/50

C08G 12/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0012320000_0.gif

C08G 16/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

With polynitriles

C08G 69/38

C08G 18/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Preparatory processes of porous or cellular materials, in which the monomers or catalysts are not specific

C08J

C08G 18/09 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Use of preformed oligomers

C08G 18/79

C08G 18/16 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Catalysts in general

B01J

C08G 59/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Low-molecular-weight polyepoxy compounds

C07

C08G 59/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0059220000_0.gif

C08G 59/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0059320000_0.gif

C08G 61/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0061020000_0.gif

C08G 63/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0063000000_0.gif

C08G 63/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0063060000_0.gif

C08G 63/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0063080000_0.gif

C08G 63/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0063120000_0.gif

C08G 63/127 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0063127000_0.gif

C08G 63/133 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0063133000_0.gif

C08G 63/137 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0063137000_0.gif

C08G 63/183 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0063183000_0.gif

C08G 63/189 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0063189000_0.gif

C08G 63/191 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0063191000_0.gif

C08G 63/195 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0063195000_0.gif

C08G 63/199 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0063199000_0.gif

2. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0063199000_1.gif

C08G 63/21 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0063210000_0.gif

C08G 63/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0063400000_0.gif

C08G 63/44 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0063440000_0.gif

C08G 63/46 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

By after-treatment

C08G 63/91

C08G 63/52 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0063520000_0.gif

C08G 63/60 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0063600000_0.gif

C08G 64/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0064000000_0.gif

C08G 64/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0064020000_0.gif

C08G 64/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0064040000_0.gif

C08G 64/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0064220000_0.gif

C08G 64/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0064260000_0.gif

C08G 64/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0064300000_0.gif

C08G 65/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0065000000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

Polyacetals

C08G 2/00, C08G 4/00

C08G 65/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0065080000_0.gif

C08G 65/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0065140000_0.gif

C08G 65/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0065180000_0.gif

C08G 65/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0065200000_0.gif

C08G 65/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0065220000_0.gif

C08G 65/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0065240000_0.gif

C08G 65/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0065280000_0.gif

C08G 65/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0065360000_0.gif

C08G 65/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0065400000_0.gif

C08G 65/44 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0065440000_0.gif

C08G 67/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0067020000_0.gif

C08G 67/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0067040000_0.gif

C08G 69/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0069080000_0.gif

C08G 69/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0069100000_0.gif

C08G 69/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0069120000_0.gif

C08G 69/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0069220000_0.gif

C08G 69/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0069240000_0.gif

C08G 69/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0069260000_0.gif

C08G 69/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0069320000_0.gif

C08G 69/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0069360000_0.gif

C08G 69/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0069380000_0.gif

C08G 71/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0071020000_0.gif

C08G 71/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0071040000_0.gif

C08G 73/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0073020000_0.gif

C08G 73/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0073040000_0.gif

C08G 73/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0073080000_0.gif

C08G 73/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0073120000_0.gif

C08G 73/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0073140000_0.gif

C08G 73/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0073160000_0.gif

C08G 73/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0073180000_0.gif

C08G 73/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0073200000_0.gif

C08G 73/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0073220000_0.gif

C08G 75/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0075020000_0.gif

C08G 75/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0075060000_0.gif

C08G 75/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0075080000_0.gif

C08G 75/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0075120000_0.gif

C08G 75/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0075140000_0.gif

C08G 75/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0075180000_0.gif

C08G 75/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0075200000_0.gif

C08G 75/23 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0075230000_0.gif

C08G 75/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0075240000_0.gif

C08G 75/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0075260000_0.gif

C08G 75/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0075280000_0.gif

C08G 75/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0075300000_0.gif

2. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08G0075300000_1.gif

C08H - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Macromolecular products derived from proteins, e.g. protein-aldehyde or casein-aldehyde condensates, products derived from horn, hoofs, hair, skin or leather.

Vulcanised oils, e.g. factice.

Other macromolecular compounds falling within the subclass title, e.g. derived from lignin or lignocellulosic materials.

Processes for preparing the above macromolecular materials.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Multiple classification

Biocidal, pest-repellant, pest-attractant or plant growth regulatory activity of compounds or preparations is further classified in subclass A01P.

Therapeutic activity of compounds is further classified in subclass A61P.

The use of cosmetics or other toilet preparations is further classified in A61Q.

References

Limiting references:

Food proteins

A23

e.g.

A23J

Polysaccharides

C08B

Natural rubber

C08C

Graft polymers obtained by polymerizing monomers on to polysaccharides, natural rubbers or derivatives thereof

C08F 251/00, C08F 253/00

Compositions of bituminous materials, e.g. asphalt, tar or pitch

C08L 95/00

Natural resins or their derivatives

C09F

Glue, gelatine

C09H

Working up pitch, asphalt or bitumen

C10C 3/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Factice

Vulcanized oil, used as a substitute for rubber

C08J - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Chemical aspects of processes for treating, compounding, working-up or recovery of macromolecular substances unless the treatment, compounding, working-up or recovery is provided for elsewhere as indicated below in the relationship section.

Chemical features of manufacture, treatment or coating of articles or shaped materials containing macromolecular substances unless the manufacture, treatment or coating is provided for elsewhere as indicated below in the relationship section.

Chemical aspects of working-up of macromolecular substances to porous or cellular articles or materials and after-treatment thereof unless provided for elsewhere as indicated below in the relationship section.

Chemical aspects of recovery or working-up of waste materials, i.e. macromolecular materials (e.g. polymers), solvents and unreacted monomers, unless provided for elsewhere as indicated below in the relationship section.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

C08J covers general processes or treatments that are not already covered by subclasses C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G and C08H.

C08J is residual to subclasses C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G and C08H in relation to after-treatment of macromolecular substances or polymers, and therefore does not cover:

Processes specially adapted for treating macromolecular substances or polymers for which after-treatments are specifically mentioned in C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G and C08H (e.g. C08F 6/00)

Polymerisation processes involving purification or recycling of waste polymers or depolymerisation products of specified macromolecular substances

Foamed polymeric products of isocyanates or isothiocyanates characterised by the monomers or catalysts used (C08G 18/00)

B29 covers mechanical aspects of working up, after-treatment and compounding of plastics or materials in a plastic state. If a process for working up, after-treatment and compounding of plastics contains both chemical and mechanical aspects, it should be classified in both B29 and C08J.

When classifying in this subclass, additional classification(s) are made from subclass C08L, relating to essential or characterising materials used.

References

Limiting references:

Manufacture of semi-permeable membranes for separation processes or apparatus.

B01D 67/00-B01D 71/00

Mechanical aspects of shaping of plastics or substances in a plastic state for the production of porous or cellular articles

B29C, E, B29C 67/20

Mechanical aspects

B29C 35/00

Plasticisers

C08K

Crosslinking agents

C08K

Coating articles of macromolecular substances with metallic materials.

C23C, C25D

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Treatment of macromolecular material specially adapted to enhance its filling properties in mortars, concrete or artificial stone

C04B 16/04, C04B 18/20, C04B 20/00

Informative references:

Shaping or working of foodstuffs.

A01J, A21C, A22C, A47J, B02C

Making micro-balloons

B01J 13/02

Layered products, manufacture thereof

B32B

Coating compositions, e. g. paints, varnishes; lacquers; filling pastes; chemical paint or ink removers; inks; correcting fluids; woodstains; pastes or solids for colouring or printing and use of materials therefore.

C09D

Destructive distillation of carbonaceous materials for production of gas, coke, tar or similar materials.

C10B

Processes of working-up tar, pitch asphalt and bitumen and production of pyroligneous acid.

C10C

Cracking hydrocarbon oils, production of liquid hydrocarbon mixtures, e.g. by destructive hydrogenation, oligomerisation, polymerisation; recovery of hydrocarbon oils from oil-shale, oil-sand or gases; refining mixtures mainly consisting of hydrocarbons; reforming naphtha; mineral waxes.

C10G

Manufacture of artificial filaments, threads, fibres, bristles or ribbons.

D01F

Treatment of textiles; laundering; flexible materials not otherwise provided for.

D06

Special rules of classification

In this subclass, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, classification is made in the last appropriate place.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

expandable

includes expanding, pre-expanded or expanded'

C08J 5/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Shaping of foodstuffs

A23P

C08J 9/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Foamed polymeric products of isocyanates or isothiocyanates characterised by the monomers or catalysts used

C08G 18/00

C08K - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Use of inorganic ingredients, e.g. elements, metal compounds or glass, as additives in compositions of macromolecular compounds.

Use of non-macromolecular organic ingredients, e.g. hydrocarbons, heteroatom-containing compounds or organo-metallic compounds, as additives in compositions of macromolecular compounds.

Use of ingredients characterised by shape, e.g. fibres, spheres or particles, as additives in compositions of macromolecular compounds.

Use of pretreated, agglomerated, encapsulated or adsorbed ingredients as additives in compositions of macromolecular compounds.

Use of ingredients of unknown constitution, e.g. undefined reaction products, as additives in compositions of macromolecular compounds.

Use of mixtures of ingredients, e.g. mixtures of organic and inorganic ingredients, as additives in compositions of macromolecular compounds.

Note

All additives characterised by their special use or function (e.g. fillers, reinforcing agents, pigments, stabilisers against light or heat, antioxidants, blowing agents, antibacterial agents, plasticisers, crosslinking agents, flame retardants, lubricants, etc.) are classified in this subclass according to their chemical constitution or structure (e.g. "Silicon-containing inorganic compounds", "Phenols containing keto groups", "Phosphinic compounds, e.g. R2=P(:O)OR' ") irrespective of their special use or function.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

This subclass does not cover chemical elements or compounds or their preparation as such, which subject matter is covered by classes C01 (inorganic chemistry), C03 (glass; mineral or slag wool), C04 (artificial stone and ceramics, etc.), C07 (organic chemistry), C09 (dyes, pigments, coatings, paints, polishing compositions, adhesives, etc.), B22, C21, C22, C23 (metals and alloys, etc.) and C25 (electrochemical preparation of elements and compounds; etc.).

The compositions of polymers, resins or rubbers in which the ingredients (additives) are used are classified in C08L.

The use of macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients is classified in C08L.

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Disinfectants, pesticides or herbicides

A01N

Pharmaceutical, medical, medicinal, dental, therapeutical or cosmetic compositions

A61K, A61L

Layered products

B32B

Compositions of cements, mortars, concrete or ceramics

C04B

Explosive or thermic compositions

C06B

Use of reinforcing fibrous material in the manufacture of articles or shaped materials containing macromolecular substances

C08J 5/04-C08J 5/10

Organic dyes and pigments; Mordants; Lakes

C09B

Treatment of inorganic materials to enhance their pigmenting or filling properties

C09C

Paints based on inorganic substances, with or without organic additives

C09D 1/00-C09D 1/12

Anti-corrosive paints containing metal dust

C09D 5/10

Paints containing biocides, e.g. fungicides, insecticides, pesticides

C09D 5/14

Magnetisable or magnetic paints or lacquers

C09D 5/23

Electrically-conductive paints

C09D 5/24

Paints containing free metal

C09D 5/38

Use of compounds as anti-settling agents in coating compositions

C09D 7/02

Use of compounds as anti-skinning agents in coating

C09D 7/04

Use of compounds as levelling agents in coating compositions

C09D 7/06

Other additives in coating compositions

C09D 7/12

Chemical paint or ink removers with abrasives

C09D 9/02

Chemical paint or ink removers with surface-active agents

C09D 9/04

Pigment pastes, e.g. for mixing in paints

C09D 17/00

Polishing compositions

C09F, C09G

Electrically-conductive adhesives

C09J 9/02

Non-macromolecular additives in adhesives

C09J 11/02

Inorganic additives in adhesives

C09J 11/04

Organic additives in adhesives

C09J 11/06

Macromolecular additives in adhesives

C09J 11/08

Compositions for sealing or packing joints or covers

C09K 3/10

Compositions for stopping leaks

C09K 3/12

Compositions for drilling of boreholes or wells

C09K 8/00

Soil-conditioning or soil-stabilising materials

C09K 17/00

Lubricating compositions

C10M

Detergent compositions

C11D

Artificial filaments or fibres

D01F

Textile treating compositions

D06M, D06N

Conductors or insulators

H01B

Informative references:

Making microcapsules or microballoons

B01J 13/02

Making fibre-reinforced granules

B29B 9/14

Pretreatment of reinforcements or fillers

B29B 15/08

Releasing, lubricating or separating agents

B29C 33/56

Shaping composites, i.e. plastics material comprising reinforcements or fillers

B29C 70/00

Tyres characterised by the chemical composition

B60C 1/00

Stabilisation of cellulose esters of organic acids

C08B 3/30

Stabilisation of cellulose esters of inorganic acids

C08B 5/08

Preservation of rubber latex

C08C 1/06

Chemical modification of rubber

C08C 19/00

Polymerisation in the presence of compounding ingredients, e.g. plasticisers, dyestuffs, fillers

C08F 2/44

Processes of plasticising macromolecular compounds

C08J 3/18

Processes of compounding polymers with additives, in general

C08J 3/20

Processes of crosslinking, e.g. vulcanising, of macromolecules

C08J 3/24

Anti-oxidant compositions; Compositions inhibiting chemical change

C09K 15/00

Fireproofing of macromolecular materials

C09K 21/14

Special rules of classification

In this subclass, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, an ingredient is classified in the last appropriate place.

In this subclass:

a mixture of ingredients is classified in the most indented group covering all the essential ingredients of the mixture, e.g.:

a mixture of a monohydroxylic and a polyhydroxylic alcohol C08K 5/05;

a mixture of two polyhydroxylic alcohols C08K 5/053;

a mixture of an alcohol and an ether C08K 5/04;

a mixture of an ether and an amine C08K 5/00;

a mixture of an amine and a metal C08K 13/02;

ammonium salts are classified in the same way as metal salts.

In this subclass, any ingredient of a mixture which is not identified by the classification according to the second rule above, and the use of which is determined to be novel and non-obvious, must also be classified in this subclass according to the first rule above. The ingredient can be either a single compound or a composition in itself.

Any ingredient of a mixture which is not identified by the classification according to the second or third rule above, and which is considered to represent information of interest for search, may also be classified in this subclass according to the first rule above. This can, for example, be the case when it is considered of interest to enable searching of mixtures using a combination of classification symbols. Such non-obligatory classification should be given as "additional information".

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Acyclic

The absence of a ring structure.

Carbocyclic

The presence of a ring or ring system where all ring members are carbons.

Condensed

The presence of two rings that share at least one ring member.

Heterocyclic

The presence of a ring or ring system wherein at least one ring member is not a carbon atom.

Inorganic compound

Compound devoid of a carbon atom and containing a non-metallic element, or a compound containing a carbon atom, and satisfying one of the following criteria:

the compound cannot have a carbon atom having direct bonding to another carbon atom, or

the compound cannot have direct bonding between a carbon atom and a halogen or hydrogen atom, or

the compound cannot have direct bonding between a carbon and a nitrogen atom by a single or double bond.

The following are exceptions to the above and are to be considered as inorganic compounds: compounds consisting of only carbon atoms (e.g. fullerenes), cyanogen, cyanogen halides, cyanamide, metal carbides, phosgene, thiophosgene, hydrocyanic acid, isocyanic acid, isothiocyanic acid, fulminic acid, unsubstituted carbamic acid, and salts of the previously mentioned acids and which contain the same limitations as to a carbon atom.

Macromolecular compound

Natural or synthetic (co)polymer or resin or rubber

Metal

Any element other than hydrogen, carbon, halogen (fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine and astatine), oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, selenium, tellurium, phosphorus, silicon, boron, noble gases (helium, neon, argon, krypton, xenon and radon).

Organic compound

Compound satisfying one of the following criteria:

at least two carbon atoms bonded to each other, or

one carbon atom bonded to at least one hydrogen atom or halogen atom, or

one carbon atom bonded to at least one nitrogen atom by a single or double bond.

Exceptions to the above criteria are: compounds consisting of only carbon atoms (e.g. fullerenes), cyanogen, cyanogen halides, cyanamide, metal carbides, phosgene, thiophosgene, hydrocyanic acid, isocyanic acid, isothiocyanic acid, fulminic acid, unsubstituted carbamic acid, and salts of the previously mentioned acids; these exceptions are considered to be inorganic compounds for classification purposes.

Quinone

Compound derived from compounds containing a six-membered aromatic ring or a system comprising six-membered aromatic rings (which system may be condensed or not condensed) by replacing two or four >CH groups of the six-membered aromatic rings by >C=O groups, and by removing one or two carbon-to-carbon double bonds, respectively, and rearranging the remaining carbon-to-carbon double bonds to give a ring or ring system with alternating double bonds, including the carbon-to-oxygen bonds; this means that acenaphthenequinone or camphorquinone are not considered as quinones.

Synonyms and Keywords

Phr

Parts per hundred parts of rubber

In patent documents the words "compounding ingredient" and "additive" are often used as synonyms.

C08L - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Compositions of macromolecular compounds, either with other macromolecular compounds or with other ingredients, including compositions of polysaccharides, rubbers or natural macromolecular compounds.

The use of macromolecular substances as compounding ingredients.

The above compositions and uses may involve macromolecular substances obtained by reactions which may or may not involve only carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds and compositions.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Relationship with other subclasses of class C08 and C09

Subclasses C08B to C08L are generally function-oriented subclasses in relation to the polymers per se, while C09D to C09K are application-oriented subclasses in relation to the said polymers.

Polysaccharides per se and their derivatives are classified in C08B.

Treatment and chemical modification of rubbers, including conjugated diene rubbers, are classified in C08C – however synthesis of rubbers and treatment or chemical modification of non-rubbers are classified in subclasses C08F or C08G.

Macromolecular compounds per se obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds (usually known as addition polymers) are in C08F. Compositions based on monomers of such polymers are also in C08F.

Macromolecular compounds per se obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds (usually known as condensation polymers) are classified in C08G. Compositions based on monomers of such polymers are also classified in C08G.

Derivatives of natural macromolecular polymers per se, e.g. derived from proteins or vulcanised oils, are classified in C08H.

Working-up, general processes of compounding and after-treatment are covered by subclass C08J. These include making solutions, dispersions etc., plasticising, compounding with additives, e.g. colouring or masterbatching, crosslinking, manufacture of articles or shaped materials, chemical treatment or coating of such articles, making porous, cellular or foamed materials, and recovery or working up of waste materials.

Use or choice of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic materials as compounding agents are classified in C08K, any macromolecular components are classified in C08L.

Coating compositions and other polymer compositions for similar uses, e.g. paints, inks, woodstains and printing pastes, are classified in C09D.

C09G covers the application of the compositions of C08L when used as polishes.

Adhesives and adhesive processes are classified in C09J.

Materials used in applications not otherwise provided for, are classified in C09K. These include sealing or anti-slip materials, heat-transfer, heat-exchange or heat-storage materials, drilling compositions, luminescent or tenebrescent materials, etching, surface-brightening or pickling materials, antioxidant materials, soil-conditioning or soil-stabilising materials, liquid crystal or fireproofing materials.

Multiple classification

Application of macromolecular compositions as biocides, pest-repellants, pest-attractants, or plant growth activity regulators is further classified in subclass A01P.

Therapeutic activity of macromolecular compounds is further classified in subclass A61P.

The use of cosmetics or similar toilet preparations is further classified in subclass A61Q.

References

Limiting references:

Artificial filaments or fibres

D01F

Treatment of textiles

D06L-D06Q

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Application of macromolecular compositions as pesticides or herbicides

A01N

Application of macromolecular compositions as pharmaceutical compositions or cosmetics

A61K

Application of macromolecular compositions as explosive compositions

C06B

Application of macromolecular compositions in coating compositions

C09D

Application of macromolecular compositions in adhesive compositions

C09J

Application of macromolecular compositions in lubricants

C10M

Detergents

C11D

Informative references:

Liquid crystal compositions

C09K 19/00

Layered products

B32B

Electrolytic processes, e.g. electrophoresis

C25

Special rules of classification

In this subclass:

The macromolecular component which is present in the highest proportion by weight is classified first.

If two or more components are present in equal weight, then each is classified.

If such a component is an addition polymer containing two or more monomers, it is classified according to the monomer present in the greatest amount.

If such a component is a condensation polymer contains two or more different types of linkages, it is classified according to the linkage present in the greatest amount.

Multiple classification

The following multiple classification rules apply in this subclass:

Any macromolecular components not identified by the classification above, and where the use of such components is determined to be novel and non-obvious, must be classified as "invention information".

Any macromolecular components not identified by the classifications above, and where the use of such macromolecular components is considered to represent information of interest for search, may also be classified as "additional information".

Examples:

A blend of 80 parts polyethylene and 20 parts polyvinyl chloride would be classified first in C08L 23/06. Classification in C08L 27/06 as invention information is done if the use of PVC is novel and non-obvious, otherwise classification in C08L 27/06 as additional information may be done if deemed of interest for search.

A blend of 60 parts polyethylene-co-propylene (55 parts ethylene, 45 parts propylene) and 40 parts polyvinyl alcohol is classified first as a copolymer of ethylene because the copolymer is present in the greatest amount even though the proportion of ethylene in the whole blend is lower than that of polyvinyl alcohol.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Addition polymers

Polymers in which unsaturated monomer molecules join together to form a polymer in which the molecular formula of the repeat unit is identical (except for the double bond) with that of the monomer.

Aliphatic radical

Means an acyclic or non-aromatic carbocyclic carbon skeleton which is considered to be terminated by every bond to:

an element other than carbon;

a carbon atom having a double bond to one atom other than carbon;

an aromatic carbocyclic ring or a heterocyclic ring.

Examples: Polymers of

CH2=CH-O-CH2-CH2-NH-COO- CH2 - CH2-OH are classified in group C08F 16/28;

CH2=CH-CO-CH=CH2 are classified in group C08F 16/36;

CH2=CH-C6H4-Cl are classified in group C08F 12/18.

Block polymers

Polymers formed by polymerization of monomers on to a macromolecule having groups capable of inducing the formation of new polymer chains bound at one or both ends of the starting macromolecule, or by polymerization using successively different catalyst types or successively different monomer systems without deactivating the intermediate polymer.

Condensation polymers

Polymers in which water or some other simple molecule is eliminated from 2 or more monomer molecules as they combine to form the polymer or crosslinks between polymer chains.

Copolymer

Usually denotes a polymer of 2 chemically distinct monomers, and sometimes denotes a terpolymer containing more than 2 types of monomer unit.

Graft polymers

Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerizing monomers on to preformed polymers or on to inorganic materials. Such preformed polymers could be rubbers, polysaccharides, condensation polymers, homopolymers or copolymers of the addition polymer type.

Homopolymers

Polymers resulting from the polymerisation of a single monomer or polymer with a single type of repeating unit.

Repeat(ing) unit

The unit in an addition polymer which is repeated throughout the molecule; for example in polyethylene the repeat unit is:

–CH2-CH2-

Rubber

a. Natural or conjugated diene rubbers;

b. Rubber in general.

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the following abbreviations are often used:

ABS

Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene copolymer

AIBN

Azoisobutyronitrile (initiator)

AMMA

Acrylonitrile-methyl methacrylate copolymer

AMPS

Acrylamidomethylpropanesulfonic acid

BR

Butadiene rubber

CTFE

Chloro-trifluoroethylene

DVB

Divinylbenzene

EAA

Ethylene-acrylic acid copolymer

EPDM

Ethylene-propylene-diene-monomer

EPR

Ethylene-propylene rubber

EVOH

Ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymer

HDPE

High-density polyethylene

HEMA

Hydroxyethyl methacrylate

LLDPE

Linear low-density polyethylene

PAN

Polyacrylonitrile

PEEK

Polyetherether ketone, also named polyetheresterketone

PEI

Polyethylenimine

PMMA

Polymethyl methacrylate

PPE

Polyphenylene ether

PPO

Polyphenylene oxide or polypropylene oxide

PPS

Polyphenylene sulphide

PTFE

Polytetrafluoroethylene

PUR

Polyurethane

PVA

Can mean polyvinyl alcohol or polyvinyl acetate

PVAC

Polyvinyl acetate

PVOH

Polyvinyl alcohol

PVP

Polyvinyl pyrrolidone

SAN

Styrene-acrylonitrile copolymer

SBR

Styrene-butadiene rubber

SBS

Styrene-butadiene-styrene block terpolymer

TAC

Triallyl cyanurate

C08L 23/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0023000000_0.gif

C08L 23/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0023060000_0.gif

C08L 23/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0023120000_0.gif

C08L 23/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0023180000_0.gif

C08L 23/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0023200000_0.gif

C08L 23/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0023220000_0.gif

C08L 23/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0023240000_0.gif

C08L 25/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0025000000_0.gif

C08L 25/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0025160000_0.gif

C08L 27/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0027000000_0.gif

C08L 27/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0027060000_0.gif

C08L 27/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0027080000_0.gif

C08L 27/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0027100000_0.gif

C08L 27/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0027140000_0.gif

C08L 27/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0027160000_0.gif

C08L 27/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0027180000_0.gif

C08L 27/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0027200000_0.gif

C08L 29/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0029000000_0.gif

C08L 29/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0029040000_0.gif

C08L 29/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0029060000_0.gif

C08L 29/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0029080000_0.gif

C08L 29/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0029100000_0.gif

C08L 29/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0029120000_0.gif

C08L 29/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0029140000_0.gif

C08L 31/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0031020000_0.gif

C08L 31/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0031040000_0.gif

C08L 33/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0033020000_0.gif

C08L 33/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0033040000_0.gif

C08L 33/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0033080000_0.gif

C08L 33/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0033100000_0.gif

C08L 33/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0033120000_0.gif

C08L 33/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0033180000_0.gif

C08L 33/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0033200000_0.gif

C08L 33/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0033240000_0.gif

C08L 35/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0035020000_0.gif

C08L 35/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0035040000_0.gif

C08L 37/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0037000000_0.gif

C08L 39/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0039020000_0.gif

C08L 39/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0039040000_0.gif

C08L 39/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0039060000_0.gif

C08L 43/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0043000000_0.gif

C08L 45/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0045000000_0.gif

C08L 49/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0049000000_0.gif

C08L 61/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0061020000_0.gif

C08L 61/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0061060000_0.gif

C08L 61/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0061100000_0.gif

C08L 61/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0061120000_0.gif

C08L 61/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0061160000_0.gif

C08L 61/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0061200000_0.gif

C08L 61/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0061240000_0.gif

C08L 61/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0061280000_0.gif

C08L 65/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0065040000_0.gif

C08L 67/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0067000000_0.gif

C08L 67/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0067020000_0.gif

C08L 67/03 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0067030000_0.gif

2. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0067030000_1.gif

C08L 67/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0067040000_0.gif

C08L 69/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0069000000_0.gif

C08L 71/03 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0071030000_0.gif

C08L 71/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0071120000_0.gif

C08L 71/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0071140000_0.gif

C08L 73/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0073020000_0.gif

C08L 75/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0075020000_0.gif

C08L 75/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0075040000_0.gif

C08L 77/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0077120000_0.gif

C08L 79/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0079020000_0.gif

C08L 79/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0079060000_0.gif

C08L 81/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0081020000_0.gif

C08L 81/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0081040000_0.gif

C08L 81/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0081060000_0.gif

C08L 81/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C08L0081100000_0.gif

C08L 89/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Foodstuff preparations

A23J 3/00

C08L 91/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Polishing compositions, ski waxes

C09G

Soaps, detergent compositions

C11D

C08L 93/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Polishing compositions

C09G

C08L 93/02 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

French polish

C09F

C09B - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Anthracene dyes based on an anthracene nucleus not condensed with any other ring, condensed with one or more carbocyclic rings , condensed with one or more heterocyclic rings with or without carbocyclic rings;

Indigoid dyes; Vat dye stuffs; Diaryl- or triarylmethane dye; Oxyketone dyes

Acridine, azine, oxazine, or thiazine dyes;

Quinoline or polymethine dyes;

Hydrazone dyes; Triazene dyes

Azo dyes; this includes dyes prepared by diazotising and coupling, prepared by coupling the diazotised amine with itself and prepared by forming the azo group in any other way other than by diazotising. It further includes special methods of performing the coupling reaction, the preparation of azo dyes from other azo compounds, azo dyes containing onium groups and complex metal compounds of azo dyes.

Porphines and Azaporphines; Quinacridones, Sulfur dyes, Formazene dyes, Tetrazolium dyes; Nitro or nitroso dyes; Quinone imides; Azomethine dyes; Azo dyes containing other chromophoric systems; Artificial dyes of unknown constitution; Dyes of natural origin prepared from natural sources; Reactive dyes;

Lakes; Mordant compositions;

Dyestuff preparations; Influencing the physical, e.g. the dyeing or printing, properties of dyestuffs without chemical reaction, e. g. by treating with solvents;

Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations;

Dyestuff preparations of a special physical nature, e.g. tablets, films.

References

Limiting references:

Fermentation or enzyme-using processes to synthesise a desired chemical compound

C12P

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Colouring of foods; food colour per se

A23L 5/40

Cosmetics or similar toilet preparations; Preparations for permanently dyeing the hair

A61K 8/00, A61Q 5/10

Coating compositions, e.g. paints, varnishes or lacquers; inks

C09D

Informative references:

Duplicating or marking methods using dyes

B41M 5/00

Preparation of mordant compounds

C01, C07

Acyclic, carbocyclic, or heterocyclic compounds containing elements other than carbon, hydrogen, halogen, oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur selenium, or tellurium

C07F

Use of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients

C08K

Using dyes in detergent compositions

C11D 3/40

Using dyes during the manufacture of artificial filaments or the like

D01F

Dyeing textiles, leather, furs, or solid macromolecular substances

D06P

Using dyes in paper or pulp

D21H

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Acid dyes

Acid dyes are water-soluble anionic dyes that are applied to fibres such as silk, wool, nylon and modified acrylic fibres using neutral to acid dye baths. Attachment to the fibre is attributed, at least partly, to salt formation between anionic groups in the dyes and cationic groups in the fibre. Acid dyes are not substantive to cellulosic fibres. Most synthetic food colours fall in this category.

Azoic dyeing

Azoic dyeing is a technique in which an insoluble azo dye is produced directly onto or within the fibre. This is achieved by treating a fibre with both diazoic and coupling components. With suitable adjustment of dyebath conditions the two components react to produce the required insoluble azo dye. This technique of dyeing is unique, in that the final colour is controlled by the choice of the diazoic and coupling components. This method of dyeing cotton is declining in importance due to the toxic nature of the chemicals used.

Basic dyes

Basic dyes are water-soluble cationic dyes that are mainly applied to acrylic fibres, but find some use for wool and silk. Usually acetic acid is added to the dyebath to help the uptake of the dye onto the fibre. Basic dyes are also used in the colouration of paper.

Direct or substantive dyeing

Direct or substantive dyeing is normally carried out in a neutral or slightly alkaline dyebath, at or near boiling point, with the addition of either sodium chloride (NaCl) or sodium sulfate (Na2SO4). Direct dyes are used on cotton, paper, leather, wool, silk and nylon. They are also used as pH indicators and as biological stains.

Disperse dyes

Disperse dyes were originally developed for the dyeing of cellulose acetate, and are water insoluble. The dyes are finely ground in the presence of a dispersing agent and sold as a paste, or spray-dried and sold as a powder. Their main use is to dye polyester but they can also be used to dye nylon, cellulose triacetate, and acrylic fibres. In some cases, a dyeing temperature of 130 °C is required, and a pressurised dyebath is used. The very fine particle size gives a large surface area that aids dissolution to allow uptake by the fibre. The dyeing rate can be significantly influenced by the choice of dispersing agent used during the grinding.

Dye

Dye is a coloured substance that has an affinity to the substrate to which it is being applied. The dye is generally applied in an aqueous solution, and requires a mordant to improve the fastness of the dye on the fibre.

Both dyes and pigments appear to be coloured because they absorb some wavelengths of light more than others. In contrast with a dye, a pigment generally is insoluble, and has no affinity for the substrate. Some dyes can be precipitated with an inert salt to produce a lake pigment, and based on the salt used they could be aluminum lake, calcium lake or barium lake pigments.

Dyestuffs

Dyestuffs are substances that can be used as a dye or from which a dye can be obtained.

Indigoid dyes

Indigoid dyes are a group of vat dyes closely resembling indigo in structure and used to dye cellulose and protein fibres as well as for cotton printing. These dyes cover a broad range of the colour spectrum, from orange to black. Their resistance to light and water are rather high but inferior to that of polycyclic dyes. Indigo and thioindigo are characteristic indigoid dyes. The range of indigoid dyes was considerably extended at the beginning of the 20th century. Subsequently some of them were replaced by other classes of dyes; 15-20 indigoid dyes are still used. The manufacture of indigoid dyes is a complex, multistage process. The starting compounds are various derivatives of aniline, naphthalene, and other substances.

Lake

Lake is an insoluble pigment formed by the reaction between an organic dye and a mordant. The colour of a lake depends upon the mordant as well as the dye used. Generally, lakes are not as colourfast as many inorganic dyes, but their colours are more brilliant

Mordant

Mordant is a substance used in dyeing to fix certain dyes (mordant dyes) in cloth. Either the mordant (if it is colloidal) or a colloid produced by the mordant adheres to the fibre, attracting and fixing the colloidal mordant dye. The chemical compounds used as mordants are either acidic or basic. Acid mordants (e.g., tannic acid) are employed with basic dyes; basic mordants (e.g., alum, chrome alum, and certain salts of aluminum, chromium, copper, iron, potassium, and tin) are employed with acid dyes. Cloth to be dyed may be treated first with the mordant and then with the dye, or the mordant and dye may be applied together. The vividness of certain dyes that ordinarily do not require the use of a mordant may be markedly increased when one is employed.

Mordant dyes

Mordant dyes require a mordant, which improves the fastness of the dye against water, light and perspiration. The choice of mordant is very important as different mordants can change the final colour significantly. Most natural dyes are mordant dyes and there is therefore a large literature base describing dyeing techniques. The most important mordant dyes are the synthetic mordant dyes, or chrome dyes, used for wool; these comprise some 30% of dyes used for wool, and are especially useful for black and navy shades. The mordant, potassium dichromate, is applied as an after-treatment. It is important to note that many mordants, particularly those in the heavy metal category, can be hazardous to health and extreme care must be taken in using them.

Sulfur dyes

Sulfur dyes are two part "developed" dyes used to dye cotton with dark colours. The initial bath imparts a yellow or pale chartreuse colour, This is aftertreated with a sulfur compound in place to produce the dark black we are familiar with in socks for instance. Sulfur Black 1 is the largest selling dye by volume.

Vat dyes

Vat dyes are essentially insoluble in water and incapable of dyeing fibres directly. However, reduction in alkaline liquor produces the water soluble alkali metal salt of the dye, which, in this leuco form, has an affinity for the textile fibre. Subsequent oxidation reforms the original insoluble dye. The colour of denim is due to indigo, the original vat dye.

Synonyms and Keywords

C. I.

Colour Index

C09B 1/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0001020000_0.gif

C09B 1/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0001080000_0.gif

C09B 1/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0001100000_0.gif

C09B 1/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0001120000_0.gif

C09B 1/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0001140000_0.gif

C09B 1/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0001220000_0.gif

C09B 1/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0001240000_0.gif

C09B 1/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0001280000_0.gif

C09B 1/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0001300000_0.gif

C09B 1/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0001320000_0.gif

C09B 1/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0001340000_0.gif

C09B 1/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0001380000_0.gif

C09B 1/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0001400000_0.gif

C09B 1/42 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0001420000_0.gif

C09B 1/43 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0001430000_0.gif

C09B 1/44 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0001440000_0.gif

C09B 1/46 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0001460000_0.gif

C09B 1/467 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0001467000_0.gif

C09B 1/473 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0001473000_0.gif

C09B 1/48 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0001480000_0.gif

C09B 1/50 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0001500000_0.gif

C09B 1/503 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0001503000_0.gif

C09B 1/514 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0001514000_0.gif

C09B 1/515 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0001515000_0.gif

C09B 1/516 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0001516000_0.gif

C09B 1/52 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0001520000_0.gif

C09B 1/54 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0001540000_0.gif

C09B 1/56 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0001560000_0.gif

C09B 1/58 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0001580000_0.gif

C09B 1/60 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0001600000_0.gif

C09B 1/62 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0001620000_0.gif

C09B 3/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0003020000_0.gif

C09B 3/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0003100000_0.gif

C09B 3/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0003120000_0.gif

C09B 3/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0003140000_0.gif

C09B 3/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0003220000_0.gif

C09B 3/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0003400000_0.gif

C09B 3/48 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0003480000_0.gif

C09B 3/50 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0003500000_0.gif

C09B 3/56 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0003560000_0.gif

C09B 3/58 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0003580000_0.gif

C09B 3/60 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0003600000_0.gif

C09B 3/68 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0003680000_0.gif

C09B 3/70 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0003700000_0.gif

C09B 3/78 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0003780000_0.gif

C09B 5/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0005040000_0.gif

C09B 5/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0005060000_0.gif

C09B 5/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0005080000_0.gif

C09B 5/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0005100000_0.gif

C09B 5/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0005120000_0.gif

C09B 5/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0005140000_0.gif

C09B 5/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0005160000_0.gif

C09B 5/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0005180000_0.gif

C09B 5/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0005200000_0.gif

C09B 5/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0005240000_0.gif

C09B 5/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0005260000_0.gif

C09B 5/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0005280000_0.gif

C09B 5/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0005300000_0.gif

C09B 5/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0005320000_0.gif

C09B 5/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0005340000_0.gif

C09B 5/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0005360000_0.gif

C09B 5/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0005380000_0.gif

C09B 5/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0005400000_0.gif

C09B 5/42 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0005420000_0.gif

C09B 5/44 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0005440000_0.gif

C09B 5/46 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0005460000_0.gif

C09B 5/48 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0005480000_0.gif

C09B 5/60 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0005600000_0.gif

C09B 5/62 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0005620000_0.gif

C09B 7/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0007020000_0.gif

C09B 7/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0007060000_0.gif

C09B 7/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0007080000_0.gif

C09B 7/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0007100000_0.gif

C09B 7/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0007120000_0.gif

C09B 9/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0009020000_0.gif

C09B 9/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0009040000_0.gif

C09B 11/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0011020000_0.gif

C09B 11/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0011040000_0.gif

C09B 11/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0011060000_0.gif

C09B 11/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0011080000_0.gif

C09B 11/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0011120000_0.gif

C09B 11/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0011220000_0.gif

C09B 11/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0011240000_0.gif

C09B 11/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0011260000_0.gif

C09B 11/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0011280000_0.gif

C09B 13/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0013020000_0.gif

C09B 13/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0013040000_0.gif

C09B 13/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0013060000_0.gif

C09B 15/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0015000000_0.gif

C09B 17/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0017020000_0.gif

C09B 17/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0017040000_0.gif

C09B 17/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0017060000_0.gif

C09B 19/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0019000000_0.gif

C09B 19/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0019020000_0.gif

C09B 21/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0021000000_0.gif

C09B 23/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0023040000_0.gif

C09B 23/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0023060000_0.gif

C09B 23/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0023080000_0.gif

C09B 23/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0023100000_0.gif

C09B 23/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0023120000_0.gif

C09B 23/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0023140000_0.gif

C09B 23/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0023160000_0.gif

C09B 25/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0025000000_0.gif

C09B 26/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0026020000_0.gif

C09B 26/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0026040000_0.gif

C09B 26/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0026060000_0.gif

C09B 27/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0027060000_0.gif

C09B 29/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0029020000_0.gif

C09B 29/03 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0029030000_0.gif

C09B 29/033 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0029033000_0.gif

C09B 29/036 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0029036000_0.gif

C09B 29/039 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0029039000_0.gif

C09B 29/042 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0029042000_0.gif

C09B 29/045 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0029045000_0.gif

C09B 29/048 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0029048000_0.gif

C09B 29/085 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0029085000_0.gif

C09B 29/09 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0029090000_0.gif

C09B 29/095 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0029095000_0.gif

C09B 29/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0029120000_0.gif

C09B 29/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0029140000_0.gif

C09B 29/15 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0029150000_0.gif

C09B 29/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0029160000_0.gif

C09B 29/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0029180000_0.gif

C09B 29/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0029200000_0.gif

C09B 29/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0029220000_0.gif

C09B 29/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0029260000_0.gif

C09B 29/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0029280000_0.gif

C09B 29/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0029300000_0.gif

C09B 29/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0029320000_0.gif

C09B 29/33 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0029330000_0.gif

C09B 29/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0029340000_0.gif

C09B 29/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0029360000_0.gif

C09B 29/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0029400000_0.gif

C09B 29/42 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0029420000_0.gif

C09B 29/44 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0029440000_0.gif

C09B 29/46 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0029460000_0.gif

C09B 29/48 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0029480000_0.gif

C09B 29/50 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0029500000_0.gif

C09B 29/52 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0029520000_0.gif

C09B 31/043 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0031043000_0.gif

C09B 31/047 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0031047000_0.gif

C09B 31/053 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0031053000_0.gif

C09B 31/057 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0031057000_0.gif

C09B 31/062 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0031062000_0.gif

C09B 31/065 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0031065000_0.gif

C09B 31/068 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0031068000_0.gif

C09B 31/072 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0031072000_0.gif

C09B 31/075 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0031075000_0.gif

C09B 31/078 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0031078000_0.gif

C09B 31/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0031080000_0.gif

C09B 31/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0031100000_0.gif

C09B 31/11 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0031110000_0.gif

C09B 31/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0031120000_0.gif

C09B 31/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0031140000_0.gif

C09B 31/143 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0031143000_0.gif

C09B 31/147 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0031147000_0.gif

C09B 31/15 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0031150000_0.gif

C09B 31/153 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0031153000_0.gif

C09B 31/157 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0031157000_0.gif

C09B 31/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0031180000_0.gif

C09B 31/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0031200000_0.gif

C09B 31/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0031220000_0.gif

C09B 31/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0031240000_0.gif

C09B 31/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0031260000_0.gif

C09B 31/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0031280000_0.gif

C09B 31/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0031300000_0.gif

C09B 33/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0033040000_0.gif

C09B 33/044 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0033044000_0.gif

C09B 33/048 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0033048000_0.gif

C09B 33/052 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0033052000_0.gif

C09B 33/056 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0033056000_0.gif

C09B 33/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0033060000_0.gif

C09B 33/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0033080000_0.gif

C09B 33/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0033100000_0.gif

C09B 33/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0033120000_0.gif

C09B 33/13 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0033130000_0.gif

C09B 33/147 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0033147000_0.gif

C09B 33/153 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0033153000_0.gif

C09B 33/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0033160000_0.gif

C09B 33/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0033220000_0.gif

C09B 33/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0033240000_0.gif

C09B 33/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0033260000_0.gif

C09B 33/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0033280000_0.gif

C09B 33/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0033300000_0.gif

C09B 33/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0033320000_0.gif

C09B 35/023 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0035023000_0.gif

C09B 35/025 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0035025000_0.gif

C09B 35/027 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0035027000_0.gif

C09B 35/029 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0035029000_0.gif

C09B 35/03 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0035030000_0.gif

C09B 35/031 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0035031000_0.gif

C09B 35/033 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0035033000_0.gif

C09B 35/035 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0035035000_0.gif

C09B 35/037 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0035037000_0.gif

C09B 35/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0035040000_0.gif

C09B 35/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0035060000_0.gif

C09B 35/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0035100000_0.gif

C09B 35/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0035120000_0.gif

C09B 35/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0035140000_0.gif

C09B 35/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0035160000_0.gif

C09B 35/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0035180000_0.gif

C09B 35/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0035200000_0.gif

C09B 35/205 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0035205000_0.gif

C09B 35/21 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0035210000_0.gif

C09B 35/215 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0035215000_0.gif

C09B 35/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0035220000_0.gif

C09B 35/227 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0035227000_0.gif

C09B 35/233 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0035233000_0.gif

C09B 35/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0035240000_0.gif

C09B 35/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0035260000_0.gif

C09B 35/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0035300000_0.gif

C09B 35/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0035320000_0.gif

C09B 35/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0035340000_0.gif

C09B 35/35 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0035350000_0.gif

C09B 35/362 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0035362000_0.gif

C09B 35/364 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0035364000_0.gif

C09B 35/366 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0035366000_0.gif

C09B 35/368 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0035368000_0.gif

C09B 35/37 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0035370000_0.gif

C09B 35/372 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0035372000_0.gif

C09B 35/374 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0035374000_0.gif

C09B 35/376 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0035376000_0.gif

C09B 35/378 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0035378000_0.gif

C09B 35/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0035380000_0.gif

C09B 35/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0035400000_0.gif

C09B 35/42 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0035420000_0.gif

C09B 35/44 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0035440000_0.gif

C09B 35/46 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0035460000_0.gif

C09B 35/48 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0035480000_0.gif

C09B 35/52 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0035520000_0.gif

C09B 35/54 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0035540000_0.gif

C09B 35/56 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0035560000_0.gif

C09B 35/58 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0035580000_0.gif

C09B 35/60 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0035600000_0.gif

C09B 35/62 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0035620000_0.gif

C09B 35/64 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0035640000_0.gif

C09B 37/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0037000000_0.gif

C09B 44/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0044020000_0.gif

C09B 44/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0044040000_0.gif

C09B 44/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0044060000_0.gif

C09B 44/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0044080000_0.gif

C09B 44/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0044100000_0.gif

C09B 44/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0044120000_0.gif

C09B 44/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0044140000_0.gif

C09B 44/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0044160000_0.gif

C09B 44/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0044180000_0.gif

C09B 44/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0044200000_0.gif

C09B 45/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0045160000_0.gif

C09B 45/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0045180000_0.gif

C09B 45/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0045200000_0.gif

C09B 45/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0045220000_0.gif

C09B 45/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0045260000_0.gif

C09B 45/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0045280000_0.gif

C09B 45/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0045300000_0.gif

C09B 45/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0045320000_0.gif

C09B 45/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0045340000_0.gif

C09B 45/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0045400000_0.gif

C09B 45/42 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0045420000_0.gif

C09B 45/44 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0045440000_0.gif

C09B 45/46 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0045460000_0.gif

C09B 47/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0047000000_0.gif

C09B 47/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0047040000_0.gif

C09B 47/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0047100000_0.gif

C09B 47/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0047120000_0.gif

C09B 47/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0047140000_0.gif

C09B 47/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0047160000_0.gif

C09B 47/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0047180000_0.gif

C09B 47/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0047200000_0.gif

C09B 47/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0047220000_0.gif

C09B 47/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0047240000_0.gif

C09B 47/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0047260000_0.gif

C09B 47/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0047280000_0.gif

C09B 47/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0047300000_0.gif

C09B 47/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0047320000_0.gif

C09B 48/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0048000000_0.gif

C09B 50/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0050020000_0.gif

C09B 50/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0050040000_0.gif

C09B 50/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0050060000_0.gif

C09B 50/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0050080000_0.gif

C09B 50/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0050100000_0.gif

C09B 51/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0051000000_0.gif

C09B 53/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0053000000_0.gif

C09B 53/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0053020000_0.gif

C09B 55/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0055000000_0.gif

C09B 56/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0056020000_0.gif

C09B 56/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0056040000_0.gif

C09B 56/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0056060000_0.gif

C09B 56/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0056080000_0.gif

C09B 56/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0056100000_0.gif

C09B 56/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0056120000_0.gif

C09B 56/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0056140000_0.gif

C09B 56/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0056160000_0.gif

C09B 56/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0056180000_0.gif

C09B 56/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0056200000_0.gif

C09B 57/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0057020000_0.gif

C09B 57/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0057040000_0.gif

C09B 57/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0057060000_0.gif

C09B 57/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0057080000_0.gif

C09B 57/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0057100000_0.gif

C09B 57/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0057120000_0.gif

C09B 57/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0057140000_0.gif

C09B 62/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062040000_0.gif

C09B 62/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062060000_0.gif

C09B 62/085 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062085000_0.gif

C09B 62/09 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062090000_0.gif

C09B 62/095 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062095000_0.gif

C09B 62/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062100000_0.gif

C09B 62/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062120000_0.gif

C09B 62/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062140000_0.gif

C09B 62/165 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062165000_0.gif

C09B 62/17 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062170000_0.gif

C09B 62/175 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062175000_0.gif

C09B 62/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062180000_0.gif

C09B 62/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062200000_0.gif

C09B 62/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062220000_0.gif

C09B 62/245 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062245000_0.gif

C09B 62/25 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062250000_0.gif

C09B 62/255 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062255000_0.gif

C09B 62/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062260000_0.gif

C09B 62/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062280000_0.gif

C09B 62/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062300000_0.gif

C09B 62/325 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062325000_0.gif

C09B 62/33 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062330000_0.gif

C09B 62/335 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062335000_0.gif

C09B 62/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062340000_0.gif

C09B 62/343 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062343000_0.gif

C09B 62/345 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062345000_0.gif

C09B 62/35 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062350000_0.gif

C09B 62/353 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062353000_0.gif

C09B 62/355 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062355000_0.gif

C09B 62/357 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062357000_0.gif

C09B 62/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062360000_0.gif

C09B 62/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062380000_0.gif

C09B 62/405 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062405000_0.gif

C09B 62/41 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062410000_0.gif

C09B 62/415 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062415000_0.gif

C09B 62/42 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062420000_0.gif

C09B 62/465 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062465000_0.gif

C09B 62/467 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062467000_0.gif

C09B 62/473 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062473000_0.gif

C09B 62/475 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062475000_0.gif

C09B 62/477 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062477000_0.gif

C09B 62/483 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062483000_0.gif

C09B 62/485 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062485000_0.gif

C09B 62/487 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062487000_0.gif

C09B 62/491 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062491000_0.gif

C09B 62/493 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062493000_0.gif

C09B 62/495 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062495000_0.gif

C09B 62/497 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062497000_0.gif

C09B 62/503 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062503000_0.gif

C09B 62/505 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062505000_0.gif

C09B 62/51 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062510000_0.gif

C09B 62/513 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062513000_0.gif

C09B 62/515 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062515000_0.gif

C09B 62/517 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062517000_0.gif

C09B 62/523 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062523000_0.gif

C09B 62/525 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062525000_0.gif

C09B 62/53 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062530000_0.gif

C09B 62/533 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062533000_0.gif

C09B 62/535 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062535000_0.gif

C09B 62/537 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062537000_0.gif

C09B 62/54 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062540000_0.gif

C09B 62/56 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062560000_0.gif

C09B 62/585 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062585000_0.gif

C09B 62/59 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062590000_0.gif

C09B 62/595 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062595000_0.gif

C09B 62/60 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062600000_0.gif

C09B 62/62 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062620000_0.gif

C09B 62/64 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062640000_0.gif

C09B 62/665 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062665000_0.gif

C09B 62/67 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062670000_0.gif

C09B 62/675 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062675000_0.gif

C09B 62/68 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062680000_0.gif

C09B 62/763 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062763000_0.gif

C09B 62/765 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062765000_0.gif

C09B 62/77 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062770000_0.gif

C09B 62/773 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062773000_0.gif

C09B 62/775 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062775000_0.gif

C09B 62/777 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062777000_0.gif

C09B 62/78 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062780000_0.gif

C09B 62/80 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062800000_0.gif

C09B 62/825 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062825000_0.gif

C09B 62/83 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062830000_0.gif

C09B 62/835 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062835000_0.gif

C09B 62/84 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09B0062840000_0.gif

C09D - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Coating compositions, e.g. paints, varnishes, lacquers. This includes paints, varnishes or lacquers characterized by their physical nature or by the effects produced; examples of these are emulsion paints, powdery paints, thixotropic paints, antifouling or underwater paints, luminous paints, electrically-conductive paints, thermosensitive paints, paints providing wrinkle, crackle, orange-peel or multicolour effects, camouflage paints, radiation-absorbing paints, pearl essence, paints for electrophoretic applications or for flame-spraying, etc..

Coating compositions based on polysaccharides or their derivatives, based on rubbers or their derivatives, based on natural or unspecified macromolecular compounds or their derivatives, or based on organic macromolecular compounds, obtained by (or obtained otherwise than by) reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds.

Coating compositions based on inorganic substances or on organic non-macromolecular compounds having at least one polymerisable carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bond.

Filling pastes.

Chemical paint or ink removers.

Inks, e.g. printing inks or writing inks.

Correcting fluids, e.g. fluid media for correction of typographic errors by coating.

Woodstains.

Pencil-leads, crayon compositions or chalk compositions.

Pastes or solids for colouring or printing, e.g. pigment pastes.

Use of materials for the above-mentioned compositions, including the use of anti-settling or anti-skinning agents or other additives.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

In cases where a coating composition contains an organic non-macromolecular compound but is not based on that compound, and such a compound is of interest, classification could be made in subclass C08K or as an additive in group C08J 3/00 (e.g. C08J 3/24 for crosslinking agents) or C09D 7/12. This may be in addition to classification in C09D 101/00-C09D 201/00.

References

Limiting references:

Cosmetics

A61K

Processes for applying liquids or other fluent materials to surfaces, in general

B05D

Staining wood

B27K 5/02

Glazes or vitreous enamels

C03C

Natural resins, French polish, drying-oils, driers, turpentine, per se

C09F

Polishing compositions other than French polish, ski waxes

C09G

Adhesives or use of materials as adhesives

C09J

Materials for sealing or packing joints or covers

C09K 3/10

Materials for stopping leaks

C09K 3/12

Processes for the electrolytic or electrophoretic production of coatings

C25D

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Duplicating or marking methods; sheet materials for use therein

B41M 5/00

Coating of mortars, concrete, artificial stone or natural stone

C04B 41/00

Treatment of inorganic materials other than fibrous fillers used as pigments or fillers

C09C

Chemical coating e.g. by solid state diffusion of metallic or non-metallic elements into metallic material surfaces; coating with metallic material characterised only by the composition of the metallic material

C23C 30/00

Textile-treating compositions

D06M

Dyeing or printing processes for textiles

D06P

Coating processes in photomechanical, e.g. lithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces

G03F 7/16

Informative references:

Layered products

B32B

Organic macromolecular compounds

C08

Organic dyes or closely-related compounds for producing dyes, mordants or lakes

C09B

Preparation of glue or gelatine

C09H

Soaps or detergent compositions

C11D

Paper-making

D21

Photosensitive materials

G03F 7/004

Conductors, insulators

H01B

Special rules of classification

In this subclass, coating compositions, containing specific organic macromolecular substances are classified only according to the macromolecular substance, non-macromolecular substances not being taken into account.

Example: a coating composition containing polyethene and amino-propyltrimethoxysilane is classified in group C09D 123/06.

However, coating compositions containing combinations of organic non-macromolecular compounds having at least one polymerisable carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bond with prepolymers or polymers other than unsaturated polymers of groups C09D 159/00-C09D 187/00 are classified according to the unsaturated non-macromolecular component in group C09D 4/00.

Example: a coating composition containing polyethene and styrene monomer is classified in group C09D 4/00.

Aspects relating to the physical nature of the coating compositions or to the effects produced, as defined in group C09D 5/00, if clearly and explicitly stated, are also classified in this subclass.

Coating compositions characterised by other features, e.g. additives, are classified in group C09D 7/00, unless the macromolecular constituent is specified.

In this subclass, coating compositions comprising two or more macromolecular constituents are classified according to the macromolecular constituent or constituents present in the highest proportion, i.e. the constituent on which the composition is based. If the composition is based on two or more constituents, present in equal proportions, the composition is classified according to each of these constituents.

Example: a coating composition containing 80 parts of polyethene and 20 parts of polyvinylchloride is classified in group C09D 123/06. A coating composition containing 40 parts of polyethene and 40 parts of polyvinylchloride is classified in groups C09D 123/06 and C09D 127/06.

In groups C09D 101/00-C09D 201/00, any macromolecular constituent of a coating composition which is not identified by the classification according to Note (3) after the title of subclass C09D, and the use of which is determined to be novel and non-obvious, must also be classified in a group chosen from groups C09D 101/00-C09D 201/00.

Any macromolecular constituent of a coating composition which is not identified by the classification according to Note (3) after the title of subclass C09D or the Note above, and which is considered to represent information of interest for search, may also be classified in a group chosen from groups C09D 101/00-C09D 201/00. This can for example be the case when it is considered of interest to enable searching of coating compositions using a combination of classification symbols. Such non-obligatory classification should be given as additional information.

In groups C09D 123/00-C09D 149/00, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, a copolymer is classified according to the major monomeric component.

In groups C09D 165/00-C09D 185/00, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, coating compositions based on macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming two different linkages in the main chain are classified only according to the linkage present in excess.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Aliphatic radical

An acyclic or a non-aromatic carbocyclic carbon skeleton which is considered to be terminated by every bond to:

an element other than carbon;

a carbon atom having a double bond to one atom other than carbon;

an aromatic carbocyclic ring or a heterocyclic ring.

Use of materials for coating compositions

The use of known or new polymers or products.

Rubber

Includes:

natural or conjugated diene rubbers; or

rubber in general (for a specific rubber, other than a natural rubber or a conjugated diene rubber, see the group provided for coating compositions based on such macromolecular compounds.

Filling pastes

Materials used to fill up the holes or cavities of a substrate in order to smooth its surface prior to coating.

C09D 4/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0004020000_0.gif

C09D 4/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0004040000_0.gif

C09D 17/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Artists' paints

C09D 5/06

C09D 101/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0101020000_0.gif

C09D 101/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0101040000_0.gif

C09D 101/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0101060000_0.gif

C09D 101/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0101100000_0.gif

C09D 101/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0101120000_0.gif

C09D 101/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0101140000_0.gif

C09D 101/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0101160000_0.gif

C09D 101/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0101180000_0.gif

C09D 101/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0101200000_0.gif

C09D 101/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0101220000_0.gif

C09D 101/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0101280000_0.gif

C09D 101/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0101300000_0.gif

C09D 101/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0101320000_0.gif

C09D 103/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0103120000_0.gif

C09D 103/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0103160000_0.gif

C09D 103/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0103180000_0.gif

C09D 103/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0103200000_0.gif

C09D 105/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0105020000_0.gif

C09D 105/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0105040000_0.gif

C09D 105/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0105060000_0.gif

C09D 105/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0105080000_0.gif

C09D 105/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0105100000_0.gif

C09D 105/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0105120000_0.gif

C09D 105/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0105140000_0.gif

C09D 105/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0105160000_0.gif

C09D 109/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0109020000_0.gif

C09D 109/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0109060000_0.gif

C09D 123/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0123060000_0.gif

C09D 123/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0123080000_0.gif

C09D 123/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0123120000_0.gif

C09D 123/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0123140000_0.gif

C09D 123/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0123160000_0.gif

C09D 123/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0123200000_0.gif

C09D 123/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0123220000_0.gif

C09D 123/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0123240000_0.gif

C09D 125/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0125060000_0.gif

C09D 125/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0125080000_0.gif

C09D 125/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0125100000_0.gif

C09D 125/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0125120000_0.gif

C09D 125/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0125140000_0.gif

C09D 125/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0125160000_0.gif

C09D 125/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0125180000_0.gif

C09D 127/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0127060000_0.gif

C09D 127/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0127080000_0.gif

C09D 127/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0127100000_0.gif

C09D 127/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0127120000_0.gif

C09D 127/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0127140000_0.gif

C09D 127/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0127160000_0.gif

C09D 127/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0127180000_0.gif

C09D 127/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0127200000_0.gif

C09D 129/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0129020000_0.gif

C09D 129/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0129040000_0.gif

C09D 129/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0129060000_0.gif

C09D 129/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0129080000_0.gif

C09D 129/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0129100000_0.gif

C09D 129/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0129120000_0.gif

C09D 129/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0129140000_0.gif

C09D 131/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0131020000_0.gif

C09D 131/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0131040000_0.gif

C09D 131/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0131060000_0.gif

C09D 131/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0131080000_0.gif

C09D 133/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0133020000_0.gif

C09D 133/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0133060000_0.gif

C09D 133/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0133080000_0.gif

C09D 133/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0133100000_0.gif

C09D 133/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0133120000_0.gif

C09D 133/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0133140000_0.gif

C09D 133/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0133160000_0.gif

C09D 133/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0133200000_0.gif

C09D 133/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0133220000_0.gif

C09D 133/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0133240000_0.gif

C09D 133/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0133260000_0.gif

C09D 135/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0135020000_0.gif

C09D 135/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0135040000_0.gif

C09D 135/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0135060000_0.gif

C09D 135/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0135080000_0.gif

C09D 137/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0137000000_0.gif

C09D 139/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0139020000_0.gif

C09D 139/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0139040000_0.gif

C09D 139/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0139060000_0.gif

C09D 139/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0139080000_0.gif

C09D 141/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0141000000_0.gif

C09D 143/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0143000000_0.gif

C09D 143/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0143020000_0.gif

C09D 143/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0143040000_0.gif

C09D 145/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0145000000_0.gif

C09D 145/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0145020000_0.gif

C09D 149/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0149000000_0.gif

C09D 159/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0159000000_0.gif

C09D 159/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0159020000_0.gif

C09D 159/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0159040000_0.gif

C09D 161/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0161100000_0.gif

C09D 161/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0161240000_0.gif

C09D 161/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0161280000_0.gif

C09D 163/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0163020000_0.gif

C09D 165/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0165020000_0.gif

C09D 165/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0165040000_0.gif

C09D 167/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0167020000_0.gif

C09D 167/03 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0167030000_0.gif

C09D 167/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0167040000_0.gif

C09D 167/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0167060000_0.gif

C09D 167/07 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0167070000_0.gif

C09D 169/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0169000000_0.gif

C09D 171/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0171020000_0.gif

C09D 171/03 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0171030000_0.gif

C09D 171/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0171120000_0.gif

C09D 171/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0171140000_0.gif

C09D 173/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0173020000_0.gif

C09D 175/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0175020000_0.gif

C09D 175/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0175040000_0.gif

C09D 175/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0175140000_0.gif

C09D 177/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0177020000_0.gif

C09D 177/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0177040000_0.gif

C09D 177/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0177060000_0.gif

C09D 177/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0177100000_0.gif

C09D 177/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0177120000_0.gif

C09D 179/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0179020000_0.gif

C09D 179/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0179060000_0.gif

C09D 179/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0179080000_0.gif

C09D 181/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0181020000_0.gif

C09D 181/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0181040000_0.gif

C09D 181/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0181060000_0.gif

C09D 181/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0181100000_0.gif

C09D 183/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0183020000_0.gif

C09D 183/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0183040000_0.gif

C09D 183/05 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0183050000_0.gif

C09D 183/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0183060000_0.gif

C09D 183/07 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0183070000_0.gif

C09D 183/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09D0183080000_0.gif

C09D 189/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Foodstuff preparations

A23J 3/00

C09D 191/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Soaps, detergent compositions

C11D

C09F - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Natural resins, French polish, drying-oils, driers or turpentine per se.

Obtaining, purification, or chemical modification of natural resins, e.g. oleo-resins.

Obtaining spirits of turpentine.

Obtaining drying-oils.

Chemical modification of drying oils, e.g. oxidising, voltolising; Apparatus therefor.

Compounds to be used as driers (siccatives).

Preparation of French polish.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

The preparation of synthetic oil by polymerisation is classified in C08F and C08G.

The modification of drying-oils by copolymerisation is classified in C08F.

The polycondensation of drying-oils is classified in C08G.

Resin soaps are classified in C11D.

References

Limiting references:

Vulcanised oils, e.g. factice

C08H 3/00

Compositions of natural resins

C08L 93/00

Polishing compositions

C09G 1/00

Thickening of hydrocarbon oils or fatty oils by voltolising

C10G 71/02

Chemical modification of oils

C11C 3/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Drying-oil

Unsaturated fatty oil, such as linseed oil, tung oil, poppy seed oil, perilla oil and walnut oil, that becomes hard, tough and elastic upon exposure to the air when spread into a thin film.

French polishing

Wood finishing technique for wooden furniture that results in a very high gloss, deep colour and tough surface; it consists of applying many thin coats of shellac using a rubbing pad.

Natural resin

Water-insoluble mixtures of compounds derived from trees, especially conifers, e.g. gum, tall oil rosin, pine tar, pitch, shellac.

Siccative

Drying agent; a substance that promotes drying, e.g. linseed or flax seed oil.

Turpentine

Resinous exudate or extract obtained from coniferous trees, particularly those of the genus Pinus.

Voltolising

Subjecting oils to treatment with an electric discharge.

C09G - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Polishing compositions containing abrasives or grinding agents as well as polishing compositions based on aqueous dispersions.

Polishing compositions based on wax -this includes compositions based on mixtures of wax and natural or synthetic resins- and

Polishing compositions based on non-waxy substances, e. g. natural or synthetic resins.

Ski waxes

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Subjects classified in C09G are characterised by compositions that are used for polishing.

Subjects classified in C08L are not necessarily used for polishing.

Subjects are classified in C11D only when a significant amount of a detergent is present in a mixture. In all other cases (e.g. with a detergent as an auxiliary material) subjects are classified according to their use as polishing compositions.

C23F and C23G are for chemical polishing and chemical cleaning procedures, but compositions used for polishing are not considered.

H01L considers a treatment step in the production of semiconductor devices. Methods, machines as well as compositions like Chemical Mechanical Polishing (hereinafter referred to as "CMP") slurries are classified in H01L. In a predominant number of cases CMP slurries are used in a semiconductor manufacturing step.

CMP compositions used for polishing semiconductor devices are classified in H01L 21/00.

CMP compositions used for polishing devices other than semiconductor devices, e.g. optical devices such as lenses, are classified in C09G.

References

Limiting references:

Coating compositions based on oil, fats or waxes or derivatives thereof

C09D 191/00

Coating compositions based on natural resins or derivatives thereof

C09D 193/00

French polish

C09F 11/00

Detergents

C11D

Informative references:

Apparatus for waxing or dewaxing skis or snowboards Grinding; Polishing

A63C 11/08

Grinding; Polishing

B24

Compositions of macromolecular compounds

C08L

Compositions of oils, fats or waxes or derivatives thereof

C08L 91/00

Compositions of natural resins or derivatives thereof

C08L 93/00

Anti-slip materials; Abrasives

C09K 3/14

Recovery or refining of other fatty substances, e.g. lanolin, waxes

C11B 11/00

Solidifying fatty oils, fats, or waxes by physical processes

C11B 15/00

Preparation of fatty acids from fats, fatty oils, or waxes

C11C 1/00

Recovery or refining of mineral waxes, e.g. montan wax

C10G 73/00

Chemical polishing of metals

C23F

Cleaning or de-greasing of metallic material by chemical methods

C23G

Manufacture of semiconductor devices, mechanical treatment, e. g. grinding, polishing, cutting

H01L 21/304

Manufacture of semiconductor devices, chemical or electrical treatment

H01L 21/306

Manufacture of semiconductor devices, after-treatment of the insulating layers

H01L 21/3105

Manufacture of semiconductor devices, deposition of non-insulating layers on insulating layers, after-treatment thereof

H01L 21/321

C09H - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Pretreatment of collagen-containing raw materials for the manufacture of glue

Isolation of glue or gelatine from raw materials, e.g. by extracting, by heating

Stabilisation of solutions of glue or gelatine

Preparation of water-insoluble gelatine

Drying of glue or gelatine

Glue or gelatine products per se resulting from the above-mentioned methods, e.g. stabilized or granular gelatine, if no other group for the produced compound exists

References

Limiting references:

Defatting bones

C11B

Macromolecular products derived from proteins derived from horn, hoofs, hair, skin or leather

C08H 1/06

Compositions based on gelatine

C08L 89/06

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Obtaining gelatine from skins, bones, etc. for foodstuffs

A23J 1/10

Foods containing proteins, e.g. gelatine

A23L 29/281

Coating compositions based on gelatine

C09D 189/06

Adhesives based on proteins

C09J 189/00

Adhesives products derived from waste materials, e. g. horn, hoof, hair

C09J 189/04

Adhesives products derived from leather or skin

C09J 189/06

Informative references:

Recovering tanning agents from leather

C14C 3/32

Peptides

C07K

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Glue

Glue is an adhesive, or glue, is a mixture in a liquid or semi-liquid state that adheres or bonds items together. Glue within the context of C09H is protein based.

Gelatine

Gelatin (or gelatine) is a translucent, colorless, brittle (when dry), flavorless solid substance, derived from the collagen inside animals' skin and bones. It is commonly used as a gelling agent in food, pharmaceuticals, photography, and cosmetic manufacturing. Gelatin is an irreversibly hydrolysed form of collagen.

C09J - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Adhesives and adhesive processes (but see below for adhesive processes), including adhesives characterized by their physical nature or by the effects produced;

Adhesives based on polysaccharides or their derivatives, based on rubbers or their derivatives, based on natural or unspecified macromolecular compounds or their derivatives, or based on organic macromolecular compounds, obtained by (or obtained otherwise than by) reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds;

Adhesives based on inorganic substances or on organic non-macromolecular compounds having at least one polymerisable carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bond;

Adhesives in the form of films or foils, including releasable films;

Heat seal adhesives and hot melts;

Use of materials as adhesives;

Other features of adhesives, e.g. additives for adhesives.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

This subclass is residual in respect of adhesive processes. Please see the "References relevant to classification in this subclass (places in relation to which this subclass is residual)" section, below, for details of other places for classifying some adhesive processes.

In cases where an adhesive contains an organic non-macromolecular compound but is not based on that compound, and such a compound is of interest, classification could be made in C08K or as an additive in C08J 3/00 or C09J 11/02. This may be in addition to classification in C09J 123/00-C09J 149/00.

References

Limiting references:

Electrically conductive adhesives specially adapted for use in therapy or testing in vivo

A61K 50/00

Adhesive bandages, dressings or absorbent pads

A61L 15/16

Surgical adhesives

A61L 24/00

Adhesives on the basis of non specified organic macromolecular compounds used as bonding agents in layered products

B32B

Labelling fabrics or comparable materials or articles with deformable surface using adhesives and thermo-activatable adhesives respectively

B65C 5/02, B65C 5/04

Preparation of glue or gelatine

C09H

Adhesive labels, tag tickets or similar identification or indication means

G09F 3/10

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Joining of preformed parts; Apparatus therefor using adhesives

B29C 65/48

Layered products characterised by the relation between layers, i.e. products essentially comprising layers having different physical properties or products characterised by the interconnection of layers where one or both layers has adhesive or inter-reactive properties

B32B 7/10

Layered products characterised by the relation between layers, i.e. products essentially comprising layers having different physical properties or products characterised by the interconnection of layers using adhesives

B32B 7/12

Cling foils

C08J 5/00

Bonding of a preformed macromolecular material to the same or other solid material such as metal, glass, leather, e.g. using adhesives

C08J 5/12

Using adhesives in the production of multi-layer textile fabrics

D06M 17/00

Places in relation to which this subclass is residual:

Devices for applying liquids, e.g. adhesives, to surfaces, including wood surfaces, to be joined

B05B, B05C, B27G 11/00

Processes for applying liquids or other fluent materials, e.g. adhesives, to surfaces in general

B05D

Bonding of non-plastics to plastics or bonding substances in a plastic state in general

B29C

Joining glass to glass or to other materials

C03C 27/00

Informative references:

Polishing compositions, ski waxes

C09G

Containers, packaging elements or packages for web or tape-like material, e.g. dispenser for dispensing tape

B65D 85/67

Soaps, detergent compositions

C11D

Connecting constructional elements or machine parts by sticking or pressing them together, e.g. cold pressure welding

F16B 11/00

Special rules of classification

In this subclass, adhesives containing specific organic macromolecular substances are classified only according to the macromolecular substance, non-macromolecular substances not being taken into account.

Example: an adhesive containing polyethene and amino-propyltrimethoxysilane is classified in group C09J 123/06.

However, adhesives containing combinations of organic non-macromolecular compounds having at least one polymerisable carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bond with prepolymers or polymers other than unsaturated polymers of groups C09J 159/00-C09J 187/00 are classified according to the unsaturated non-macromolecular component in group C09J 4/00.

Example: an adhesive containing polyethene and styrene monomer is classified in group C09J 4/00.

Aspects relating to the physical nature of the adhesives or to the effects produced, as defined in group C09J 9/00, if clearly and explicitly stated, are also classified in this subclass.

Adhesives characterised by other features, e.g. additives, are classified in group C09J 11/00, unless the macromolecular constituent is specified.

In this subclass, adhesives comprising two or more macromolecular constituents are classified according to the macromolecular constituent or constituents present in the highest proportion, i.e. the constituent on which the composition is based. If the composition is based on two or more constituents, present in equal proportions, the adhesive is classified according to each of these constituents.

Example: an adhesive containing 80 parts of polyethene and 20 parts of polyvinylchloride is classified in group C09J 123/06. An adhesive containing 40 parts of polyethene and 40 parts of polyvinylchloride is classified in groups C09J 123/06 and C09J 127/06.

In groups C09J 101/00-C09J 201/00, any macromolecular constituent of an adhesive which is not identified by the classification according to Note (3) after the title of subclass C09J, and the use of which is determined to be novel and non-obvious, must also be classified in a group chosen from groups C09J 101/00-C09J 201/00.

Any macromolecular constituent of an adhesive which is not identified by the classification according to Note (3) after the title of subclass C09J or the Note above, and which is considered to represent information of interest for search, may also be classified in a group chosen from groups C09J 101/00-C09J 201/00. This can for example be the case when it is considered of interest to enable searching of adhesives using a combination of classification symbols. Such non-obligatory classification should be given as "additional information."

In groups C09J 123/00-C09J 149/00, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, a copolymer is classified according to the major monomeric component.

In groups C09J 165/00-C09J 185/00, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, adhesives based on macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming two different linkages in the main chain are classified only according to the linkage present in excess.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Aliphatic radical

"Aliphatic radical" means an acyclic or a non-aromatic carbocyclic carbon skeleton which is considered to be terminated by every bond to:

an element other than carbon;

a carbon atom having a double bond to one atom other than carbon;

an aromatic carbocyclic ring or a heterocyclic ring.

"Use of materials as adhesives"

This means the use of known or new polymers or products.

Rubber

Includes:

natural or conjugated diene rubbers; or

rubber in general (for a specific rubber, other than a natural rubber or a conjugated diene rubber, see the group provided for adhesives based on such macromolecular compounds).

C09J 4/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0004020000_0.gif

C09J 4/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0004040000_0.gif

C09J 101/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0101020000_0.gif

C09J 101/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0101040000_0.gif

C09J 101/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0101060000_0.gif

C09J 101/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0101100000_0.gif

C09J 101/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0101120000_0.gif

C09J 101/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0101140000_0.gif

C09J 101/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0101160000_0.gif

C09J 101/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0101180000_0.gif

C09J 101/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0101200000_0.gif

C09J 101/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0101220000_0.gif

C09J 101/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0101280000_0.gif

C09J 101/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0101300000_0.gif

C09J 101/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0101320000_0.gif

C09J 103/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0103120000_0.gif

C09J 103/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0103160000_0.gif

C09J 103/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0103180000_0.gif

C09J 103/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0103200000_0.gif

C09J 105/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0105020000_0.gif

C09J 105/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0105040000_0.gif

C09J 105/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0105060000_0.gif

C09J 105/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0105080000_0.gif

C09J 105/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0105100000_0.gif

C09J 105/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0105120000_0.gif

C09J 105/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0105140000_0.gif

C09J 105/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0105160000_0.gif

C09J 109/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0109020000_0.gif

C09J 109/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0109060000_0.gif

C09J 123/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0123060000_0.gif

C09J 123/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0123080000_0.gif

C09J 123/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0123120000_0.gif

C09J 123/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0123140000_0.gif

C09J 123/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0123160000_0.gif

C09J 123/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0123200000_0.gif

C09J 123/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0123220000_0.gif

C09J 123/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0123240000_0.gif

C09J 125/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0125060000_0.gif

C09J 125/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0125080000_0.gif

C09J 125/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0125100000_0.gif

C09J 125/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0125120000_0.gif

C09J 125/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0125140000_0.gif

C09J 125/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0125160000_0.gif

C09J 125/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0125180000_0.gif

C09J 127/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0127060000_0.gif

C09J 127/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0127080000_0.gif

C09J 127/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0127100000_0.gif

C09J 127/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0127120000_0.gif

C09J 127/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0127140000_0.gif

C09J 127/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0127160000_0.gif

C09J 127/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0127180000_0.gif

C09J 127/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0127200000_0.gif

C09J 129/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0129020000_0.gif

C09J 129/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0129040000_0.gif

C09J 129/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0129060000_0.gif

C09J 129/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0129080000_0.gif

C09J 129/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0129100000_0.gif

C09J 129/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0129120000_0.gif

C09J 129/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0129140000_0.gif

C09J 131/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0131020000_0.gif

C09J 131/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0131040000_0.gif

C09J 131/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0131060000_0.gif

C09J 131/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0131080000_0.gif

C09J 133/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0133020000_0.gif

C09J 133/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0133060000_0.gif

C09J 133/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0133080000_0.gif

C09J 133/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0133100000_0.gif

C09J 133/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0133120000_0.gif

C09J 133/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0133140000_0.gif

C09J 133/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0133160000_0.gif

C09J 133/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0133200000_0.gif

C09J 133/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0133220000_0.gif

C09J 133/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0133240000_0.gif

C09J 133/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0133260000_0.gif

C09J 135/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0135020000_0.gif

C09J 135/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0135040000_0.gif

C09J 135/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0135060000_0.gif

C09J 135/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0135080000_0.gif

C09J 137/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0137000000_0.gif

C09J 139/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0139020000_0.gif

C09J 139/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0139040000_0.gif

C09J 139/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0139060000_0.gif

C09J 139/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0139080000_0.gif

C09J 141/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0141000000_0.gif

C09J 143/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0143000000_0.gif

C09J 143/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0143020000_0.gif

C09J 143/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0143040000_0.gif

C09J 145/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0145000000_0.gif

C09J 145/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0145020000_0.gif

C09J 149/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0149000000_0.gif

C09J 159/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0159000000_0.gif

C09J 159/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0159020000_0.gif

C09J 159/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0159040000_0.gif

C09J 161/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0161100000_0.gif

C09J 161/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0161240000_0.gif

C09J 161/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0161280000_0.gif

C09J 165/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0165020000_0.gif

C09J 165/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0165040000_0.gif

C09J 167/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0167020000_0.gif

C09J 167/03 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0167030000_0.gif

C09J 167/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0167040000_0.gif

C09J 167/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0167060000_0.gif

C09J 167/07 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0167070000_0.gif

C09J 169/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0169000000_0.gif

C09J 171/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0171020000_0.gif

C09J 171/03 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0171030000_0.gif

C09J 171/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0171120000_0.gif

C09J 171/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0171140000_0.gif

C09J 173/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0173020000_0.gif

C09J 175/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0175020000_0.gif

C09J 175/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0175040000_0.gif

C09J 175/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0175140000_0.gif

C09J 177/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0177020000_0.gif

C09J 177/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0177040000_0.gif

C09J 177/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0177060000_0.gif

C09J 177/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0177100000_0.gif

C09J 177/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0177120000_0.gif

C09J 179/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0179020000_0.gif

C09J 179/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0179060000_0.gif

C09J 179/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0179080000_0.gif

C09J 181/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0181020000_0.gif

C09J 181/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0181040000_0.gif

C09J 181/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0181060000_0.gif

C09J 181/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0181100000_0.gif

C09J 183/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0183020000_0.gif

C09J 183/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0183040000_0.gif

C09J 183/05 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0183050000_0.gif

C09J 183/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0183060000_0.gif

C09J 183/07 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0183070000_0.gif

C09J 183/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09J0183080000_0.gif

C09J 189/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Foodstuff preparations

A23J 3/00

C09K - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The use of materials for applications not provided for elsewhere, e.g. sealing materials, drilling fluids.

The use of materials in general having specific properties, not provided for elsewhere, e.g. anti-static properties, anti-oxidation properties.

Materials selected for uses or applications not provided for elsewhere.

All entries in this subclass relate to specific properties (e.g. C09K 3/16 relates to materials with anti-static properties) or specific applications of materials (e.g. C09K 17/00 relates to soil-conditioning or soil-stabilizing materials), except for main group C09K 3/00 itself, which is the residual place for classifying materials with properties or applications for which no entries exist in C09K itself nor elsewhere in IPC.

References

Limiting references:

materials or their applications or uses for which entries are available elsewhere in IPC.

Places in relation to which this subclass is residual:

Applications of materials relating to agriculture, foodstuffs, medical or cosmetic preparations,

A

e.g. preparations for medical, dental, or toilet purposes

A61K

Applications of materials relating to physical or chemical processes in general,

B

e.g. sorbent compositions or catalysts

B01

Chemical treatment of wood or similar materials

B27K

Pure chemistry, which covers compounds and their methods for preparation:

inorganic chemistry

C01

organic chemistry

C07

organic macromolecular compounds and their compositions

C08

Coating compositions, e.g. paints

C09D

Fuels

C10L

Applications of materials relating to fibrous materials, textiles or paper

D

Applications of materials relating to photography, cinematography and analogous techniques

G03

Applications of materials relating to electric or electronic elements

H

Selection of materials for their conductive, insulating, or dielectric properties

H01B

Selection of materials for electrochemical generators, e.g. batteries

H01M

Selection of materials for piezo-electric materials

H01L 41/16

Informative references:

Solid sorbent compositions

B01J 20/00

Materials for treatment of water, waste water, or sewage

C02F

Fertilisers,

C05

e.g. mixtures of soil-conditioning or soil-stabilising materials with fertilisers characterised by their fertilising activity

C05G

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Materials

include compounds, compositions, mixtures and preparations

C09K 3/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Places in relation to which this group is residual:

Filling pastes

C09D 5/34

C09K 3/10 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Filling pastes

C09D 5/34

C09K 3/14 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Manufacture of abrasive or friction articles or shaped materials, containing macromolecular substances

C08J 5/14

C09K 3/18 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Rendering particulate materials free flowing, in general, e.g. making them hydrophobic

B01J 2/30

Thawing or antifreeze materials used in liquids for heat-transfer, heat-exchange or heat-storage or for the production of heat or cold other than by combustion, e.g. radiator liquids

C09K 5/00

C09K 3/30 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Aerosol containers

B65D 83/14

C09K 3/32 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Materials for treatment of water, waste water, or sewage

C02F

Informative references:

Processes for making harmful chemical substances harmless, or less harmful, by effecting a chemical change in the substances

A62D 3/00

Solid sorbent compositions

B01J 20/00

C09K 5/20 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Thawing or antifreeze materials for application to surfaces

C09K 3/18

Inhibiting corrosion by liquids

C23F 11/00

C09K 8/02 - Definition fr

Special rules of classification

In groups C09K 8/03-C09K 8/38, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, classification is made in the last appropriate place.

C09K 8/50 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Compositions for consolidating loose sand or the like around wells

C09K 8/56

C09K 8/54 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Inhibiting corrosion of metallic materials by using inhibitors in general

C23F 11/00

C09K 8/56 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Soil-conditioning materials or soil-stabilising materials

C09K 17/00

Compositions for plastering borehole walls

C09K 8/50

C09K 9/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Photosensitive materials for photographic purposes

G03C

C09K 11/08 - Definition fr

Special rules of classification

In groups C09K 11/54-C09K 11/89, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, materials are classified in the last appropriate place; however, activating constituents of the luminescent materials are disregarded for classification purposes

C09K 11/65 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Containing carbon, in organic compounds

C09K 11/06

C09K 13/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Places in relation to which this group is residual:

Etching of glass

C03C 15/00

Etching of natural stone, artificial stone or ceramics

C04B 41/52, C04B 41/72, C04B 41/91

Etching or brightening of metallic material

C23F, C23G 1/00, C25F 1/00

Special rules of classification

In groups C09K 13/02-C09K 13/12, a composition is classified in the last appropriate place.

C09K 15/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Places in relation to which this group is residual:

Anti-oxidant compositions or compositions inhibiting chemical change incorporated in:

foodstuffs

A21D, A23

in macromolecular compositions

C08

in liquid fuels or lubricants

C10

in fats, fatty substances, fatty oils or waxes

C11B 5/00

in detergents

C11D

in pickling compositions for metallic materials

C23G

Corrosion inhibiting compositions for metallic materials

C23F 11/00

Special rules of classification

In this group, a metal salt of an organic compound is classified as that compound.

In groups C09K 15/02-C09K 15/34, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, a composition is classified in the last appropriate place.

C09K 15/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09K0015080000_0.gif

C09K 15/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09K0015140000_0.gif

C09K 15/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09K0015180000_0.gif

C09K 15/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09K0015220000_0.gif

C09K 15/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09K0015240000_0.gif

C09K 15/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09K0015300000_0.gif

C09K 15/34 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Plant

Any of a kingdom (Plantae) of multicellular eukaryotic mostly photosynthetic organisms typically lacking locomotive movement or obvious nervous or sensory organs and possessing cellulose cell walls.

C09K 17/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Mixtures of soil-conditioning or soil-stabilising materials with fertilisers characterised by their soil-conditioning or soil-stabilising activity.

References

Limiting references:

Mixtures of soil-conditioning or soil-stabilising materials with fertilisers characterised by their fertilising activity

C05G

Informative references:

Fertilisers

C05

Soil-stabilising materials specially adapted for boreholes or wells

C09K 8/00

Consolidating by placing solidifying or pore-filling substances in the soil

E02D 3/12

Special rules of classification

For the purpose of classification in this group, the presence of fertilisers in the composition is not taken into account.

In groups C09K 17/02-C09K 17/40, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, materials are classified in the last appropriate place.

In this group, the indexing codes C09K 101/00-C09K 109/00 relating to the use or the intended effect of the soil-conditioning or soil-stabilising materials are used.

C09K 17/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09K0017200000_0.gif

C09K 17/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09K0017220000_0.gif

2. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09K0017220000_1.gif

C09K 17/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09K0017280000_0.gif

C09K 17/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09K0017380000_0.gif

C09K 17/46 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09K0017460000_0.gif

C09K 19/00 - Definition fr

Special rules of classification

In groups C09K 19/02-C09K 19/52, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, classification is made in the last appropriate place

Mixtures containing two or more liquid crystal compounds covered individually by the same one of groups C09K 19/04-C09K 19/40 are classified only in that group.

If liquid crystal components of the mixtures classified in groups C09K 19/42-C09K 19/50 are of importance as such, they should also be classified according to the compounds in groups C09K 19/04-C09K 19/40.

C09K 19/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09K0019080000_0.gif

C09K 19/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09K0019120000_0.gif

C09K 19/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09K0019140000_0.gif

C09K 19/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09K0019160000_0.gif

C09K 19/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09K0019180000_0.gif

C09K 19/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09K0019220000_0.gif

C09K 19/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09K0019240000_0.gif

C09K 19/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09K0019260000_0.gif

C09K 19/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09K0019280000_0.gif

C09K 19/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09K0019360000_0.gif

C09K 19/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C09K0019380000_0.gif

C09K 21/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Places in relation to which this group is residual:

Fireproofing materials for use in particular applications, e.g.:

For fireproofing wood

B27K

Of polymers

C08

Of textiles

D06M

Of paper

D21H

Fireproof paints

C09D 5/18

Special rules of classification

In groups C09K 21/02-C09K 21/14, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, materials are classified in the last appropriate place.

C10B - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Retorts or coke ovens and details thereof, such as heating of coke ovens, doors or closures therefor, devices for charging or discharging coke ovens and mechanical treatments of coal charges, cooling or quenching coke, safety devices and other details.

Carbonising or coking processes, including pyrolysis and other methods of destructive distillation of solid carbonaceous materials, using direct heating (including the partial combustion of the material to be treated) and/or indirect heating (e.g. external combustion).

Destructive distillation specially adapted for particular types of solid raw material or for materials in special form (such as cellulose-containing materials, powdered coal, oil shale or bituminous rocks, synthetic polymeric materials e.g. tyres).

Coking mineral oils, bitumen, tar etc. with solid carbonaceous materials.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

The processes and apparatus of this subclass are generally directed to producing products that are gaseous or solid at ambient temperatures. Exceptions to this statement are shown below.

Production of liquid hydrocarbon mixtures (e.g. turpentine, wood creosote and kerosene) from carbonaceous materials, and also from oxides of carbon, is covered by C10G.

Production of synthesis gas (syngas) from liquid or gaseous hydrocarbons is covered by C01B 3/00.

Production of combustible gases containing carbon monoxide (including producer gas, wood gas, town gas, synthesis gas, manufactured gas and water gas) from solid carbonaceous fuels, is matter for C10J. This includes fixed-bed gasification of lump fuel, gasification of granular or pulverulent fuels in suspension, gasification using molten salts or metals, carburetting by pyrolysis of carbonaceous material in the fuel bed and carburetting by pyrolysis of carbonaceous material in a carburettor.

Classification is made in F23B if complete combustion of combustible substances (e.g. gases or coke) takes place in the same apparatus, e.g. in different parts of the same combustion chamber.

Modifying the properties of any distillation gases outside the oven is covered by subclass C10K (doing this inside the oven is covered by this subclass).

References

Limiting references:

Cracking oils

C10G

Underground gasification of minerals

E21B 43/295

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Recovery or working-up of waste materials of organic macromolecular compounds or compositions based thereon by dry heat-treatment to obtain partially depolymerised materials

C08J 11/10

Working up tar, pitch, asphalt or bitumen by techniques including distillation and/or heat-treatment; production of pyroligneous acid

C10C

Wet carbonising of peat

C10F 5/06

Places in relation to which this subclass is residual:

Pyrolysis of sludge

C02F 11/10

Production of liquid hydrocarbon mixtures from rubber or rubber waste

C10G 1/10

Plant characterized by more than one engine delivering power external to the plant, the engines being driven by different fluids, the engine cycles being thermally coupled, combustion heat from one cycle being used to heat the fluid in another cycle

F01K 23/06

Plant characterized by the engines using gaseous fuel generated in the plant from solid fuel, e.g. wood

F02B 43/08

Gas turbine plant using a separate gas producer for gasifying the solid or pulverulent fuel before combustion

F02C 3/28

Incineration of waste; Incinerator constructions with pretreatment by pyrolysis or gasifying stage

F23G 5/027

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Destructive distillation

The process of pyrolysis conducted in a distillation apparatus to allow the volatile products to be collected. An example is tar making from pinewood slices (which are rich in terpenes), which are heated in an airless container causing the material to decompose, leaving charcoal and turpentine as by-products.

Coke

A solid, high in carbon content, and structurally in the non-graphitic state, derived from the pyrolysis of organic material (especially low-ash, low-sulphur bituminous coal) which has passed, at least in part, through a liquid or liquid-crystalline state during the carbonization process. The volatile constituents of the coal (including water, coal gas and coal-tar) are driven off by baking in an airless oven at temperatures as high as 2000 degrees C.

Coking

The transformation of coal or heavy oil into coke.

Carbonisation

The conversion of an organic substance into carbon or a carbon-containing residue through pyrolysis or destructive distillation.

Pyrolysis

The chemical decomposition of organic materials by heating in the absence of oxygen or any other reagents, except possibly steam.

C10C - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Working-up of tar, pitch, asphalt or bitumen, including use of techniques such as distillation, heat-treatment, water removal or extraction with selective solvents.

Production of pyroligneous acid.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

This application-related subclass covers techniques specially adapted to working up of tar, pitch, asphalt or bitumen, or the production of pyroligneous acid, even though some of the techniques per se are covered by subclasses such as C10B, C10G. For example, coking bitumen, tar or the like is covered by C10B 55/00.

References

Limiting references:

Obtaining hydrocarbon oils

C10G

Informative references:

Coumarone resins

C08F 244/00

Compositions of bituminous materials

C08L 95/00

Coating compositions based on bituminous materials, e.g. asphalt, tar, pitch

C09D 195/00

Obtaining natural resins or turpentine

C09F

Adhesives based on bituminous materials, e.g. asphalt, tar, pitch

C09J 195/00

Making carbon filaments by decomposition of organic filaments

D01F 9/14

Machines for road construction or repair

E01C

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Tar

Tar is a black thermo-plastic material produced by the destructive distillation of coal – sometimes referred to as coal tar. Is also a residue in the manufacture of coal gas and coke. May also be derived from plants such as pine trees.

Pitch

Pitch is the name of a large number of highly viscous liquids which appear solid. Pitch may be made from petroleum or plant sources. Petroleum-derived pitch is also known as bitumen whereas plant-derived pitch is known as resin. Pitch derived from plant resin however is known as rosin.

Tar and pitch are often used interchangeably. However, pitch is considered to be more solid whilst tar is considered to be more liquid.

Asphalt

Asphalt is a sticky, black and highly viscous liquid or semi-solid that is present in crude petroleum and in some natural deposits sometimes termed asphaltum. In US terminology asphalt (or asphalt cement) is the carefully refined residue from the distillation process of selected crude oils. Outside of the US, the product is called bitumen.

Bitumen

Bitumen is a mixture of organic liquids that are highly viscous, black, sticky, entirely soluble in carbon disulfide and composed primarily of highly condensed polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons.

Pyroligneous acid

Pyroligneous acid, also called wood vinegar, is a dark liquid produced by the destructive distillation of wood. Its principal components are acetic acid and methanol. It was once used as a commercial source for acetic acid.

Synonyms and Keywords

Pyroligneous acid

Wood vinegar

C10F - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Drying, dewatering or working up of peat, including drying using presses, band-presses, rolls, centrifuges etc., including drying or dewatering in the field.

Drying or dewatering of peat combined with a carbonisation step for producing turfcoal.

Working-up of peat, e.g. involving disintegration, moulding, briquetting etc.

References

Limiting references:

Baling or bundling peat

B65B 27/12

Extracting wax from peat

C10G

Obtaining fibres from peat

D01B 1/50

Informative references:

Destructive distillation of peat

C10B 53/00

Obtaining peat; Machines therefor

E21C 49/00

Drying in general

F26B

C10G - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Production of liquid hydrocarbon mixtures from oil-shale, oil-sand or non-melting solid carbonaceous materials (e.g. wood, coal), from oxides of carbon (e.g. Fischer-Tropsch processes), from oxygen-containing organic materials (e.g. fatty acids or fatty oils) or from gases (e.g. natural gas).

Distillation, dewatering or demulsification of hydrocarbon oils.

Catalytic or non-catalytic cracking of hydrocarbon oils in the absence of hydrogen.

Refining of hydrocarbon oils in the absence of hydrogen.

Reforming naphtha.

Hydrotreatment processes involving refining, cracking or other treatment of hydrocarbon oils in the presence of hydrogen or hydrogen generating compounds

Production of liquid hydrocarbon mixtures from lower carbon number hydrocarbons, e.g. oligomerisation or polymerisation to make longer carbon chains.

Multi-step processes for treating hydrocarbon oils in the presence or absence of hydrogen.

Working up of normally gaseous mixtures of undefined composition obtained from cracking processes.

Treatment of hydrocarbon oils or fatty oils for lubricating purposes, including thickening by voltolisation.

Recovery or refining of mineral waxes, e.g. montan wax.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

This subclass covers the production or treatment of normally liquid hydrocarbon mixtures. The production or treatment of normally solid or gaseous carbonaceous materials is covered by subclasses C10B, C10C, C10F, C10J and C10K.

The borderline between C10G 2/00, C10L 3/06 and C07C 1/02 is not entirely clear in respect of the production of hydrocarbons from oxides of carbon (using processes such as the Fischer-Tropsch process starting from synthesis gas or syngas). There are references from C07C 1/02 to the 2 other placed mentioned, but some multiple classification exists in this area.

References

Limiting references:

Mechanical winning of oil from oil-shale, oil-sand or the like

B03B

Cracking mainly to hydrogen or synthesis gas

C01B

Preparation of individual hydrocarbons or mixtures thereof of definite or specified constitution, including by cracking or pyrolysis of hydrocarbon gases

C07C

Compositions essentially based on waxes

C08L 91/00

Chemical modification of drying-oils by voltolising

C09F 7/04

Cracking to produce cokes

C10B

Informative references:

Distillation in general

B01D

Destructive distillation of oil-shale

C10B 53/06

Lubricating compositions

C10M

Inhibiting corrosion or incrustation in general

C23F

Protection of pipes against corrosion or incrustation

F16L 58/00

Special rules of classification

In this subclass:

groups C10G 9/00-C10G 49/00 are limited to one-step processes;

combined or multi-step processes are covered by groups C10G 51/00-C10G 69/00;

refining or recovery of mineral waxes is covered by group C10G 73/00.

In this subclass, the following terms or expressions are used with the meanings indicated:

"in the presence of hydrogen" or "in the absence of hydrogen" mean treatments in which hydrogen, in free form or as hydrogen generating compounds, is added, or not added, respectively;

"hydrotreatment" is used for conversion processes as defined in group C10G 45/00 or group C10G 47/00;

"hydrocarbon oils" covers mixtures of hydrocarbons such as tar oils or mineral oils.

In this subclass, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, classification is made in the last appropriate place.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Cracking

Cracking is the process whereby complex organic molecules such as heavy hydrocarbons are broken down into simpler molecules (e.g. light hydrocarbons) by the breaking of carbon-carbon bonds in the precursors. The rate of cracking and the end products are strongly dependent on the temperature and presence of any catalysts.

Refining

Refining is the process of purification of a substance. The term is usually used of a natural resource that is almost in a usable form, but which is more useful in a purer form. For instance, most types of natural petroleum will burn straight from the ground, but they will burn poorly and quickly clog an engine with residues and byproducts. The term "refining" is broad and may include more drastic transformations. The refining of liquids is often accomplished by distillation or fractionation.

Reforming (catalytic)

Thermal or catalytic reforming is a chemical process used to convert naphtha boiling range feedstocks, typically having low octane ratings, into high-octane liquid products called reformates which are components of high-octane gasoline (also known as petrol). The process represents the total effect of numerous simultaneous reactions, such as dehydrogenation, isomerisation, cracking and polymerisation.

Synonyms and Keywords

Cat-cracking

Catalytic cracking

C10H - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Methods and apparatus for production of acetylene by wet methods, including arrangements for water feed and carbide feed; high-pressure acetylene generators; details of acetylene generators, e.g. carbide cartridges, carbide compositions, safety devices, sludge removal.

References

Limiting references:

Purification of acetylene

C07C 7/00

Informative references:

Manufacture of acetylene by methods not comprising carbides

C07C 11/24

Gas burners in association with a gaseous fuel source, e.g. an acetylene generator

F23D 14/28

Valves, cocks, taps in general

F16K

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Wet methods for acetylene production

Traditionally acetylene is manufactured from calcium carbonate (limestone) and coal. The calcium carbonate is first converted into calcium oxide and the coal into coke, then the two are reacted together to form calcium carbide and carbon monoxide:

CaO + 3C → CaC2 + CO

Calcium carbide (calcium acetylide) and water are then reacted by any of several methods to produce acetylene and calcium hydroxide, by a reaction discovered by Friedrich Wöhler in 1862.

CaC2 + 2H2O → Ca(OH)2 + C2H2

Synonyms and Keywords

Acetylene

Ethyne, C2H2, H-C≡C-H

C10J - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes or apparatus for production of fuel gases by carburetting air or other gases without pyrolysis, including controlling supply of air or liquid, temperature, humidity and other parameters.

Processes or apparatus for production of combustible gases containing carbon monoxide (including producer gas, wood gas, town gas, synthesis gas (syngas), manufactured gas and water gas) from solid carbonaceous materials. This includes fixed-bed gasification of lump fuel, gasification of granular or pulverulent fuels in suspension, gasification using molten salts or metals, carburetting by pyrolysis of carbonaceous material in the fuel bed and carburetting by pyrolysis of carbonaceous material in a carburettor.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Production of synthesis gas from liquid or gaseous hydrocarbons, and the synthesis gas per se, are covered by group C01B 3/00.

Destructive distillation processes, e.g. carbonisation or coking, and excluding gasification processes (see Glossary), are covered by subclass C10B. Combinations of gasification and destructive distillation are covered by group C10J 3/58.

Other gaseous fuels, including natural gas, substitute natural gas or synthetic natural gas (SNG) and liquefied petroleum gas (LPG), are covered by group C10L 3/00.

Purifying or modifying the chemical composition of combustible gases containing carbon monoxide is covered by subclass C10K.

References

Limiting references:

Underground gasification of minerals

E21B 43/295

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Plants with an integrated combined cycle, having more than one engine delivering power externally to the plant

F01K 23/06

Plant characterised by the engines using gaseous fuel generated in the plant from solid fuel

F02B 43/08

Gas turbine plant with separate fuel gasifiers

F02C 3/28

Carburettors for supplying combustible mixtures to internal combustion engines

F02M

Incineration of waste with pyrolysis or gasification as pre-treatment

F23G 5/027

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Carburetting

Carburetting air or gas generally comprises passing it in contact with liquid fuel and thereby mixing the air/gas and fuel. This often involves lowering the air pressure e.g. in a venturi.

Destructive distillation

The process of pyrolysis conducted in a distillation apparatus to allow the volatile products to be collected. An example is tar making from pinewood slices (which are rich in terpenes), which are heated in an airless container causing the material to decompose, leaving charcoal and turpentine as by-products.

Gasification

Gasification is somewhat similar to pyrolysis and confusion between these terms is common. Gasification is a partial oxidation process that converts materials such as coal, biomass or plastic waste into a gaseous mixture of carbon monoxide and hydrogen (also known as synthesis gas) by reacting the raw material at high temperatures with controlled amounts of oxygen and/or steam. See also the entry for pyrolysis.

Producer gas

A gas mixture containing carbon monoxide (CO), hydrogen (H2), carbon dioxide (CO2) and nitrogen (N2). In the USA, producer gas is a generic term referring to wood gas, town gas or syngas. In the UK, producer gas, also known as suction gas, means a fuel gas made from coke or other carbonaceous material. Air is passed over the red-hot fuel and carbon monoxide is produced in an exothermic reaction which reads 2C + O2 → 2CO. The nitrogen in the air remains unchanged and dilutes the gas, so it has a low calorific value. The gas may be used to power gas turbines which are suited to fuels of low calorific value.

Pyrolysis

The chemical decomposition of organic materials by heating in the absence of oxygen or any other reagents, except possibly steam. Pyrolysis is somewhat endothermic and the products can be gases, liquids (e.g. light crude oil from depolymerisation of organic waste) and/or solids (e.g. coke and volatiles produced by coking coal). See also the entry for gasification.

Synthesis gas (syngas)

A gas mixture that contains varying amounts of carbon monoxide (CO) and hydrogen (H2) generated by the gasification of a carbon-containing material to a gaseous product with a heating value (but less than half the energy density of natural gas). When used as a fuel, it is produced by gasification of coal or municipal waste by the following reactions: C + O2 → CO2; CO2 + C → 2CO; C + H2O → CO + H2. The name comes from the gas's use as an intermediate in creating synthetic natural gas (SNG) and in producing ammonia or methanol.

Town gas

Also known as coal gas, and contains hydrogen (H2), carbon monoxide (CO), carbon dioxide (CO2), methane (CH4), nitrogen (N2) and volatile hydrocarbons. It is made by blowing air and steam over an incandescent fuel bed, usually of coke or coal. The words "coal gas" could also be used to mean gas made by the destructive distillation of coal. The gas was used inter alia for lighting before the advent of electric lighting, and for heating and cooking before natural gas became widely available.

Water-gas

A mixture of carbon monoxide (CO) and hydrogen (H2) produced by passing steam over red-hot coke using the endothermic reaction C + H2O → CO + H2. This product had a lower calorific value than coal gas so the gas was often passed through a heated retort into which oil was sprayed; the resulting mixed gas was called carburetted water gas.

Wood gas

The product of thermal gasification of biomass (e.g. coal, wood chips, sawdust, charcoal) in a gasifier or wood gas generator. It is the result of a high temperature reaction (> 700 degrees C) where carbon reacts with steam or a limited amount of air producing carbon monoxide (CO), carbon dioxide (CO2), hydrogen (H2) and methane (CH4). It can be filtered and used to power internal combustion engines, gas turbines, Stirling engines or fuel cells.

Synonyms and Keywords

Producer gas

Wood gas, town gas, syngas (in USA)

Producer gas

Suction gas (in UK)

Wood gas

Holzgas, air gas, blue gas

Coal gas

Town gas

C10K - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Purifying combustible gases containing carbon monoxide, e.g. synthesis gas, e.g. by dust removal, condensing non-gaseous materials, washing, adsorption using solids such as active carbon; including regeneration of purifying material.

Modifying the chemical composition of combustible gases containing carbon monoxide to produce an improved fuel, e.g. by altering the calorific value, by reducing the carbon monoxide content (e.g. to zero), by catalytic treatment or by mixing with gases.

References

Limiting references:

Isolation of hydrogen from mixtures containing hydrogen and carbon monoxide

C01B 3/50

Informative references:

Gas washers

B01D 47/00

Chemical processes such as purification of gases or modification of the chemical composition thereof, applied to compositions other than combustible gases containing carbon monoxide

B01D 53/00, B01J 19/00

Isolation of inorganic compounds from gaseous mixtures which may include carbon monoxide

C07C, C01B

Processes of modifying the properties of distillation gases inside an oven

C10B 57/18

Natural gas; Synthetic natural gas obtained by processes not covered by C10G, C10K 3/02 or C10K 3/04

C10L 3/06

C10K 3/00 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Calorific value

Thermal energy content

C10L - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Compositions which react chemically, usually with oxygen in air, to produce heat in controllable amounts or which are dispersed in air for explosive combustion in an engine or which produce light along with heat upon combustion, i.e. liquid carbonaceous fuels, gaseous fuels, natural gas, synthetic natural gas, liquefied petroleum gas, solid fuels and fuels produced by solidifying fuels

Treatment of fuels to improve their combustion

Use of additives to fuels or fires for particular purposes, e.g. for reducing smoke development, for minimising corrosion or incrustation, for facilitating soot removal or for improving the octane number or the low temperature properties of the fuel

Fire-lighters, i.e. easily-combustible compositions or shaped products which are designed to initiate the combustion of a larger body of fuel and methods or apparatus for their manufacture

References

Limiting references:

Explosives or thermic compositions, e.g. fuels for rocket engines intended for reaction with an oxidant other than air

C06B

Fuels for generating pressure gas, e.g. for airbags or for propulsion of rockets

C06D 5/00

Cracking hydrocarbon oils, production of liquid hydrocarbon mixtures, e.g. by destructive hydrogenation, oligomerisation or polymerisation, recovery of hydrocarbon oils from oil-shale, oil-sand, or gases, refining mixtures mainly consisting of hydrocarbons and to reforming of naphta

C10G

Mineral waxes

C10G

Production of producer gas, water-gas, synthesis gas from solid carbonaceous materials, or mixtures containing these gases or carburetting air or other gases

C10J

Purifying or modifying the chemical compositions of combustible gases containing carbon monoxide

C10K

Places in relation to which this subclass is residual:

Fuels for generating pressure gas, e.g. for rockets

C06D 5/00

Informative references:

Synthesis gas produced by decomposition of gaseous or liquid organic compounds, e.g. hydrocarbons

C01B 3/22

Hydrocarbons per se

C07C

Cracking or pyrolysis of hydrocarbon gases to individual hydrocarbons or mixtures thereof of definite or specified constitution

C07C

Destructive distillation of carbonaceous materials for producing of gas, coke, tar, or similar materials

C10B

Lubricating compositions

C10M

Candles

C11C

Arrangements or devices for supplying additives to fuels in combustion engines, e.g.

F02, F02M 25/00

Vessels for containing or storing compressed, liquefied or solidified gases

F17C

Liquefying gases or gaseous mixtures by pressure and cold treatment

F25J

Nuclear reactor fuels

G21C 3/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Fire-lighter

easily-combustible composition or shaped product which is designed to initiate the combustion of a larger body of fuel, e.g. briquettes mainly consisting of charcoal

C10L 1/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Preparation of liquid fuel to be fed to combustion apparatus

F23K 5/08

C10L 1/10 - Definition fr

Special rules of classification

In this group:

in the absence of an indication to the contrary, a compound is classified in the last appropriate place

if an additive is a mixture of compounds, classification is made for each compound of interest

a metal salt or an ammonium salt of a compound is classified as that compound, e.g. a chromium sulfonate is classified as a sulfonate in group C10L 1/24 and not in group C10L 1/30

C10L 5/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Drying or working of peat, e.g. briquetting

C10F

Solid fuels produced by solidifying fluid fuels

C10L 7/00

Informative references:

Briquetting presses

B30B 11/00

Preparation of lump or pulverulent fuel for delivering to combustion apparatus

F23K 1/00

C10L 10/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Use of binders for briquetting solid fuels

C10L 5/10

Use of additives to improve the combustion of solid fuels

C10L 9/10

Informative references:

Additives for liquid carbonaceous fuels characterised by their chemical nature

C10L 1/10

Arrangements of devices for supplying chemicals to fire

F23J 7/00

C10L 11/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Matches, manufacture thereof

C06F

Igniters in general, e.g. lighters containing fuel for cigarettes

F23Q

C10M - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Lubricating compositions, including liquid and non-liquid compositions and compositions based on inorganic materials, lubricant compositions containing more than 10% water.

Use of chemical substances either alone or as ingredients in a lubricating composition, including the nature of the base materials, thickeners and additives (which may be detergents, dispersants, antiwear compounds, friction modifiers, antioxidants, sludge inhibitors, etc.).

Working up used lubricants to recover useful products.

Preparation or chemical after-treatment of lubricating compositions.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Lubricant compositions specially adapted for certain particular applications (e.g. mould release agents, well-drilling compositions etc.) are classified in other subclasses – see the section "References relevant to classification in this subclass".

The use of known lubricants for relevant purposes is classified in the corresponding place, e.g. the use in harvesters or mowers is classified in A01D 69/12.

Subclass C10N is an indexing subclass associated with this subclass, and is for indexing features that are of interest in disclosures classified in this subclass, e.g. properties, uses or special modifications of lubricating compositions.

References

Limiting references:

Production of hydrocarbon oils from lower carbon number hydrocarbons for lubricating purposes, e.g. by oligomerisation

C10G 50/02

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Mould release agents for separating metals after moulding

B22C 3/00

Mould release agents for separating plastics or substances in a plastic state, after moulding

B29C 33/56

Mould release agents for separating glass after moulding

C03B 40/02

Well-drilling compositions

C09K 8/02

Textile lubricating compositions

D06M 11/00, D06M 13/00, D06M 15/00

Immersion oils for microscopy

G02B 21/33

Informative references:

Treatment of hydrocarbon oils or fatty oils for lubricating purposes, by methods other than cracking, reforming, refining or hydrotreatment

C10G 71/00

Lubricating devices, arrangements or systems (use of particular substances in particular apparatus or conditions)

F16N or the relevant groups for the application, e.g. A21D 8/08, B21C 9/00, H01B 3/18

Care of lubricants, e.g. storage, physical treatments, dilution e.g. with fuels

F16N 35/00-F16N 39/00

Special rules of classification

1. In this subclass, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, classification is made in the last appropriate place. Thus, a compound having an aromatic ring is classified as aromatic regardless of whether the substituent(s) of interest are on the ring or on an aliphatic part of the molecule.

2. In this subclass:

a. metal or ammonium salts of a compound are classified as that compound;

b. salts or adducts formed between two or more organic compounds are classified according to all compounds forming the salt or adduct, if of interest;

c. a specified compound, e.g. phenols, acids, substituted by a macromolecular hydrocarbon radical is classified as that compound;

d. base- materials or thickeners or additives consisting of a mixture for which no specific main group is provided are classified in the most indented group covering all essential constituents of the mixture, for example,

a base- material mixture of ketone and amide group C10M 105/00;

a base- material mixture of ketone and ether group C10M 105/08;

an additive mixture of long and short chain esters group C10M 129/00;

an additive mixture of short chain aliphatic and aromatic carboxylic acids group C10M 129/26;

e. except for aqueous lubricating compositions containing more than 10% water, which are classified separately, classification is made according to the type of ingredient or mixture of types of ingredient (base- material, thickener or additive) which characterises the composition.

Attention is drawn to the fact that a mixture of essential ingredients characterised by only one of its components, rather than by the mixture as a whole, is not classified as a mixture, e.g., a lubricating composition consisting of:

a known base- material and a new additive is classified only in the "additive" part of the classification scheme;

a known base- material with both a thickener and a further additive as essential ingredients, which may be individually known or not, is classified as a mixture of thickener and additive;

a known base- material with a combination of additives as essential ingredients, which may be individually known or not, is classified in the appropriate place for the additive mixture.

3. Any part of a composition which is not identified by the classification according to Rules 1 and 2 above, and which itself is determined to be novel and non-obvious, must also be classified in the last appropriate place. The part can be either a single ingredient or a composition in itself.

4. Any part of a composition which is not identified by the classification according to Rules 1 to 3 above, and which is considered to represent information of interest for search, may also be classified in the last appropriate place. This can, for example, be the case when it is considered of interest to enable searching of compositions using a combination of classification symbols. Such non-obligatory classification should be given as "additional information".

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Lubricant

A lubricant is a composition, often in liquid form, that is introduced between two moving surfaces to reduce the friction and wear between them, usually by providing a protective film which allows the touching surfaces to be separated, thus lessening the friction between them. Lubricants are often organic liquids such as mineral oils (e.g. used as motor oils), but can also be non-liquid lubricants including grease, powders, dry graphite, PTFE, molybdenum disulphide, tungsten disulfide, etc. In addition to reducing friction and wear, lubricants can also transfer heat, carry away contaminants and debris, transfer power and prevent corrosion and rust.

"Lubricant" or "lubricating composition" includes cutting oils, hydraulic fluids, metal drawing compositions, flushing oils, slushing oils, or the like.

Synonyms and Keywords

Lube oil

Lubricating oil

C10N - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

This subclass constitutes an indexing scheme associated with subclass C10M, relating to lubricating compositions.

metals as such or in a compound (indexed according to Groups 1-8 of the Periodic Table), present in a lubricating composition;

the properties of the lubricant composition or constituents thereof ;

the use or application of the lubricant composition ;

the form in which the lubricant composition is applied ;

chemical modification by after- treatment of lubricant constituents;

special methods of preparation of lubricant compositions;

special pretreatment of the material to be lubricated.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

All documents indexed in this subclass must also have been classified in subclass C10M.

Synonyms and Keywords

"lubricant" or "lubricating composition" includes cutting oils, hydraulic fluids, metal drawing compositions, flushing oils, slushing oils, corrosion inhibition oils, or the like;

"aliphatic" includes "cycloaliphatic".

C10N 40/20 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Essential removal

Near complete removal

C11B - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Essential oil

A concentrated, hydrophobic liquid containing volatile aromatic compounds from plants

C11C - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Methods and apparatus for preparation of fatty acids from fats, fatty oils, or waxes; compositions thereof, e.g. alpha-eleostearic acid, alpha-linolenic acid, etc.

Refining the fatty acids; methods and apparatus therefor

Fats, oils, or fatty acids by chemical modification of fats, oils, or fatty acids obtained therefrom e.g. ester polyols, fatty acid alkyl esters, epoxidized rape-seed oil; methods and apparatus therefor

Candles; compositions therefor, processes and apparatus for production thereof

Relationship between large subject matter areas

The use of fatty acids, fats, oils or waxes for different purposes should be classified in appropriate application places, e.g. using fatty acids esters of higher fatty acids as emulsifiers should relate to B01F 17/06; using fatty acids as active ingredients for mortars, concrete or artificial stone - to C04B 24/04; using oils, fats, or waxes and derivatives thereof in cosmetics or toilet preparations - to A61K 8/92; using fats, fatty oils, ester type waxes, higher fatty acids, oxidized oils or fats as active ingredients for mortars, concrete or artificial stone - to C04B 24/08; using fatty oil as lubricating composition base - to C10M 101/04.

C07 covers production or working up chemically synthesized substances, e.g. synthetic waxes, whereas subclass C11C covers synthesis of substances from natural materials.

C11B covers the production, purification/refining, recovery from waste material or working up of oils and fats (e.g. animal or vegetable oils). C11B does not cover obtaining fatty acid or chemical modification of fats, oils or fatty acid from fat, fatty oils or waxes, which are covered by C11C.

A23D covers edible oils or fats and compositions thereof, e.g. margarines, shortenings, cooking oils and provides for subject matter relating to working up or preservation of finished products. Obtaining or refining fatty acid or chemically modified fat, oils or fatty acids including edible oils or fats are covered by subclass C11C, e.g. hydrogenating is covered by C11C 3/12.

References

Limiting references:

Sulfonated fats or oils

C07C 309/62

Epoxidised fats

C07D 303/42

Natural vulcanized oils, e.g. factice

C08H 3/00

Recovery of fatty acids from waste materials

C11B 13/00

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Drying-oils; Methods of obtaining and chemically modifying

C09F

Informative references:

Preparation of carboxylic acids (e.g. fatty acids) other than by hydrolysis of animal or vegetable oils, fats or waxes

C07C 51/00

Saturated fatty acids, per se

C07C 53/00

Unsaturated fatty acids, per se

C07C 57/00

Preparation of carboxylic acid esters

C07C 67/00

Separation, purification, stabilisation, or use of additives associated with the preparation of carboxylic acid esters

C07C 67/48

Esters of carboxylic acids, e.g. fatty acid esters

C07C 69/00

Compositions of oils, fats or waxes; Compositions of derivatives thereof

C08L 91/00

Fuels, additives to fuels

C10L

Lubricating compositions

C10M

Preparation of fats, fatty oils, ester-type waxes, higher fatty acids or oxidized oils or fats using enzymes or microorganisms

C12P 7/64

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Fat

Solid triester of glycerol and (mostly) saturated fatty acids

Fatty acid

Any of a class of aliphatic monocarboxylic acids that form part of a lipid molecule and can be derived from fat by hydrolysis; nearly all fatty acids are built around a series of carbon atoms linked together in a chain of 4 to 28 carbon

Esterification

A chemical reaction resulting in the formation of at least one ester product.

Hydrogenation

Chemical process that adds hydrogen atoms to an unsaturated fat or fatty acid

Isomerisation

Process by which one molecule is transformed into another molecule which has exactly the same atoms, but the atoms are rearranged e.g. A-B-C → B-A-C, usually requiring special conditions of temperature, pressure, or catalysts

Lipid

Any of a group of organic compounds, including the fats, oils, waxes, sterols, and triglycerides, that are insoluble in water but soluble in nonpolar organic solvents, are oily to the touch, and together with carbohydrates and proteins constitute the principal structural material of living cells.

Wax

Any of a group of substances composed of hydrocarbons, alcohols, fatty acids, and esters that are solid at ordinary temperatures. They are similar to fats, but are less greasy and more brittle.

Synonyms and Keywords

FA

Fatty acid

DE

Degree of esterification 

In patent documents the following expressions/words "Fat", "Lipid" and "Triglyceride" are often used as synonyms.

C11D - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Detergent compositions based essentially on surface-active compounds, such as anionic, cationic or non-ionic compounds;

Compounding ingredients for such compositions, e.g. compounds such as carbonates, animal products or polymers;

Detergent compositions based essentially on non-surface active compounds, e.g. peroxides, hydrocarbons, enzymes;

Detergent compositions based essentially on soap;

Use of single substances, such as surface-active compounds, as detergents;

Detergent compositions based on more than one type of compound;

Methods of preparing compositions containing mixtures of detergents;

Making soap or soap solutions in general;

Making resin soap or soaps derived from naphthenic acids, and compositions thereof;

Detergent materials or soaps characterised by their physical properties; and

Recovery of glycerol from a saponification liquor.

References

Limiting references:

Chemical paint or ink removers

C09D 9/00

Cleaning or degreasing metallic material by chemical methods other than electrolysis

C23G

Bleaching, dry-cleaning or washing of fibres or fabrics

D06L

Treating fibres or fabrics with chemicals

D06M

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Preparations specially adapted for washing the hair, or for cleaning the teeth or mouth

A61K 8/00, A61Q 5/02, A61Q 11/00

Special washing compositions for cleaning semi-permeable membranes

B01D 65/06

Informative references:

Disinfectants as such

A01N

Methods or apparatus for disinfection or sterilisation

A61L

Use of substances as emulsifying, wetting, dispersing or foam-producing agents

B01F 17/00

Refining glycerol

C07C 31/22

Polishing compositions

C09G

Special rules of classification

When classifying in the mixture groups of this subclass, any individual ingredient of a composition which is not identified by such classification, and which itself is determined to be novel and non-obvious, must also be classified in groups C11D 1/00-C11D 9/00. The individual ingredient can be either a single substance or a composition in itself.

Any ingredient of a composition which is not identified by the above classification, and which is considered to represent information of interest for search, may also be classified in groups C11D 1/00-C11D 9/00. Such non-obligatory classification should be given as "additional information".

In groups C11D 1/02-C11D 1/94 in groups C11D 3/02-C11D 3/39 in groups C11D 7/02-C11D 7/46 and in groups C11D 9/06-C11D 9/42, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, classification is made in the last appropriate place.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Amphoteric surfactants

Amphoteric surfactants contain both acidic and basic groups in their molecule, and can act as cationic or anionic detergents, depending on the pH of the solution, or as both cation and anion.

Anionic surfactants

Anionic surfactants have a negatively-charged surface-active ion. An example is sodium alkylbenzene sulfonate.

Cationic surfactants

Cationic surfactants (also known as invert soaps) are a type of ionic synthetic surfactant in which the surface-active part of the molecule is the positively-charged cation. Typical are the quaternary ammonium salts such as cetrimide, benzalkonium chloride, domiphen bromide and cetyl pyridinium bromide; all have bactericidal activity.

Compounding ingredients

The non-surface-active ingredients in a detergent composition, e.g. binders and water-softening agents.

Detergents

Detergents are basically any cleaning materials. Such materials may or may not contain surfactants. The term "synthetic detergent" is also used as a synonym for "surfactant" (excluding soaps, which are not considered synthetic), which is a compound, or a mixtures of compounds, whose molecules have two distinct regions – one that is hydrophilic and has an affinity for water, and another that is hydrophobic, with little (if any) affinity for water. These compounds can aid in the solubilisation of hydrophobic compounds in water. See examples below of particular types of surfactant (detergent).

Non-ionic surfactants

Non-ionic surfactants are synthetic surface active agents which are such that the molecules do not ionise in aqueous solution. Typical are the surfactants based on condensation products of ethylene oxide with a hydrophobe.

Resin soap

A yellow soap containing resin, used for bleaching. It is made by adding a certain quantity of resin (rosin or colophony), as much as 50 % and more of the fat employed, to the mass in the soap boiler towards the end of the process.

Soaps

Soaps have the same properties as those mentioned above for surfactants, but in general soaps are not considered as synthetic detergents. Soap is a particular type of surfactant derived from oils and fats, and is created through the saponification process whereby the ester linkage in a vegetable oil or fat is hydrolytically cleaved using an alkali (NaOH or KOH), yielding glycerol and crude soap.

Soaps usually consist of the alkaline salts of fatty acids, chiefly palmitic, stearic or oleic acids. Soft soaps contain the potassium salts, whereas the sodium salts are hard soaps. Metallic soaps include water-insoluble compounds of fatty acids with bases of copper, aluminium, lithium, calcium etc. Soaps are examples of anionic surfactants. Synthetic detergents have generally superseded soap as a laundry aid.

Surface-active compounds/agents (surfactants)

Substances which have the effect of reducing the surface tension of a solvent, an example being a detergent or soap dissolved in water. These substances, also known as wetting agents, contain a combination of polar (hydrophilic) and non-polar (hydrophobic) parts which serve to bind oil and water together. They locate at the phase boundary between the water phase and the organic phase, or if there is no room there, they will congregate together and form micelles.

Both synthetic detergents and soaps are surfactants.

Surfactants

See "Surface-active compounds/agents".

C11D 13/20 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

By slicing

C11D 13/24

C11D 19/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Refining glycerol

C07C 31/22

C12C - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Raw materials used in preparing beer (e.g. malt, hops), and treatment thereof.

Preparation of wort.

Fermentation processes for beer.

Processes for producing special kinds of beer.

Brewing devices.

Beer per se.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

C12H deals with "Pasteurisation, sterilisation, preservation, purification, clarification, ageing of alcoholic beverages or removal of alcohol therefrom".

Post-fermentation treatment such as carbonation is subject matter of this subclass but is classified in C12H when combined with subject matter of that subclass.

In this subclass, it is desirable to add the indexing codes of subclass C12R.

References

Limiting references:

Preparation of malt for use as foodstuffs

A23L

Cleaning of raw materials, e.g. fruit and vegetables

A23N

Containers with means for effervescing potable liquids

B65D 85/73

Processes for removing alcohol to render alcohol-free or low alcohol drinks

C12H 3/00

Pitching or depitching machines, or cellar tools

C12L

Propagating yeasts

C12N 1/14

Informative references:

Separation of solids from liquids in general

B01D

Ethanolic fermentation for non-beverage purposes

C12P 7/06

Special rules of classification

Main group C12C 13/00 is residual for apparatus not covered by a single previous group, except in the case of "Brew kettles" which are classified here as the apparatus rather than within the preparation groups.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Beer

The term beer includes alcoholic drinks produced by the fermentation of sugars derived from grains of barley, wheat, sorghum, maize or rice.

Brew kettles

Apparatus in which the wort is boiled.

Caramel/black malt

Malt which has been sufficiently heated to caused sugars to caramelize.

Fermentation

Process whereby yeast converts sugar to ethyl alcohol.

Germ

The germ is the shoot which has started to grow from a grain.

Immobilized yeast

The yeast is absorbed on a static material instead of being dispersed throughout the liquid.

Low alcohol

This is beer which has a lower alcohol content than would be expected from complete fermentation of the beer. Beers which are low calorie and low alcohol are classified as low alcoholbeers.

Malt

Malt is the term used for partially germinated and subsequently dried grains in which part of the starch has been converted to sugar.

Mash

Mash is a mixture of malt and water. Mashing refers to the process of extracting the sugars from the grains by soaking, often at elevated temperature.

Pitching

This is the process of adding yeast to the wort.

Steeping

Soaking the grains in water primarily to stimulate germination.

Wort

Wort is the liquid part of the mash which is left after removal of the grains.

Synonyms and Keywords

In older documents "malt" is sometimes called by its full title "malted barley".

"Black malt" and "chocolate malt" are synonyms and are also known as "caramel" or "caramel malt" in older documents.

Secondary sources of starch/sugar are often termed "adjuncts", e.g. the wheat in wheat beer.

In this subclass, the terms "wort" and "beerwort" are interchangeable and thus can be considered as synonyms.

"Brew kettles" are also known as "coppers".

"Low alcohol" in several countries has a legal meaning distinct from its usage here. "Reduced alcohol", "dealcoholized", "dealcoholized", are alternate keywords.

Water when used in brewing is often termed "liquor" in older documents.

C12F - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Recovery of by-products of fermented solutions;

Preparation of denatured alcohol;

Denatured alcohol per se.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

While C12F covers the recovery of by-products of fermented solutions, B01D covers separation processes in general, such as evaporation, distillation, crystallization, filtration, absorption, adsorption, chromatography, ion exchange etc.

Noteworthy, there are other classification symbols that have a general relationship with C12F, such as C12C (brewing of beer), C12G (wine, sparkling wine or other alcoholic beverages) and C12P (fermentation processes to synthesize a desired chemical compound).

Since some of the by-products of fermented solutions may be used to produce human or animal food, the main groups A23L 5/00-A23L 35/00, A23K 10/00 and A23K 30/00 might be of interest for search.

In this subclass, it is desirable to add the indexing codes of subclass C12R.

References

Limiting references:

Removal of yeast from wine ("degorgeage")

C12G 1/08

Informative references:

Feeding-stuffs specially adapted for animals and their methods of production

A23K 10/38

Preparation, treatment or modification of the properties of foods or foodstuffs

A23L 7/104, A23L 7/25, A23L 11/20, A23L 27/24

Separation processes and apparatus in general

B01D

Removal of alcohol from alcoholic beverages to obtain alcohol-free or low-alcohol beverages

C12H 3/00

Preparation of ethanol for non-beverage purposes

C12P 7/06

Preparation of other alcoholic beverages which are not wine or beer

C12G 3/02, C12G 3/08

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Denatured alcohol

ethanol that has additives to make it inedible (poisonous) in order to prevent human consumption. Denatured alcohol permits legitimate use and manufacture of ethanol, since its manufacturing process creates an ethanol-containing solution that is not suitable for drinking, but it is similar to ethanol for most purposes.

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the following keywords "by-product", "fermenter", "reactor", "biogas", "carbon-dioxide", "alcohol", "ethanol" and "distillery" would be useful to a searcher.

In older patent documents "denatured alcohol" is sometimes called "methylated spirits".

In patent documents the following terms "alcohol" and "spirit" are often used as synonyms. Also, these terms can be used as keywords.

C12G - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Wine per se.

Processes used in the preparation of wine.

Other alcoholic drinks per se.

Processes used in the preparation of other alcoholic drinks.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

While subclass C12H deals with pasteurisation, sterilisation, preservation, purification, clarification, ageing of alcoholic beverages or removal of alcohol therefrom, subclass C12G includes deacidifying wine, preventing winestone precipitation or flavouring to simulate ageing.

In this subclass, it is desirable to add the indexing codes of subclass C12R.

References

Limiting references:

Beer; Preparation thereof

C12C

Processes for removing alcohol to render alcohol-free or low alcohol drinks

C12H 3/00

Informative references:

Generic equipment and processes for separation of solids from liquids

B01D

Generic distillation processes or apparatus

B01D 3/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Dégorgeage

Process for removing yeast which has settled in the neck of a bottle or on a specially formed closure.

Desulfiting

Process for the removal of excess sulfur dioxide.

Fermentation

Process whereby yeast converts sugar to ethyl alcohol.

Immobilized yeast

The yeast is absorbed on a static material instead of being dispersed throughout the liquid.

Must

Juice extracted from grapes.

Pompage

Pumping

Sulfiting

Process for adding sulfur dioxide (SO2).

Wine

This includes fortified wines such as Sherry, Port or Madeira, but does not include barley wine which is a synonym for beer used in older documents.

Winestone

Crystals of potassium bitartrate precipitated from the wine.

Synonyms and Keywords

"Dégorgeage" and "degorgement" are the same process, dégorgeage is the term used in French, whilst degorgement is the term used in English. As a keyword "degorge" or "disgorge" are also used as verbs.

Agitation prior to removal of yeast is often termed "remuage".

In the context of removal of yeast, dead yeast is often known as "lees" or "sediment".

"Traditional method", "Champagne Method" and "Méthode Champenoise" are all the same method.

Other keywords for "winestone" are potassium tartrate, potassium bitartrate, cream of tartar, and, in older documents, wine diamonds.

"Low alcohol" in several countries has a legal meaning distinct from its usage here. "Reduced alcohol", "dealcoholized", "dealcoholized", are alternate keywords.

Sulfur and derivative words have an alternate spelling sulphur, e.g. "sulphiting", "desulphiting".

C12H - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Pasteurisation, sterilisation, preservation, purification, clarification or ageing of alcoholic beverages.

Removal of alcohol from alcoholic beverages to obtain alcohol-free or low-alcohol beverages.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Beer per se, brewing of beer, fermentation processes and post fermentation treatments for beer are classified in subclass C12C.

While subclass C12C deals with the process of making beer with a low alcohol content, C12H includes the process of removal of alcohol from beer to obtain low-alcohol or alcohol-free beer.

Wine, other alcoholic beverages and their preparation are classified in subclass C12G.

While subclass C12G deals with deacidifying wine, preventing winestone precipitation or flavouring to simulate ageing, C12H includes pasteurisation, sterilisation, preservation, purification, clarification, ageing of alcoholic beverages or removal of alcohol therefrom.

When classifying in this subclass, classification is also made in group B01D 15/08 insofar as subject matter of general interest relating to chromatography is concerned.

It is desirable to add the indexing codes of subclass C12R for micro-organisms which are considered to be of interest for search.

References

Limiting references:

Recovery of by- products of wine or beer other than low-alcohol beverages

C12F 3/06

Deacidification of wine

C12G 1/10

Prevention of winestone precipitation

C12G 1/12

Simulation of ageing by flavouring

C12G 3/06

Preparation of alcoholic beverages other than wine or beer by varying the composition of fermented solutions

C12G 3/08

Informative references:

Preservation of foods or foodstuffs, in general

A23L 3/00

Distillation or rectification of fermented solutions to obtain pure alcohol

B01D 3/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Adsorption

Capability of all solid substances to attract to their surfaces molecules of gases or solutions with which they are in contact.

Clarification

Removal of the suspended material during aging.

Lagering

Ageing or ripening of the beer by storing. During lagering, fermentation and clarification take place.

Sulfiting

Process for adding sulfur dioxide (SO2).

C12J - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Vinegar is a liquid, e.g. for human consumption, produced exclusively from suitable raw materials, i.e. starting materials, containing starch and/or sugars by the process of double fermentation, first alcoholic and then acetous.

Vinegar production which is based on fermentation of natural starting materials, e.g. wine, alcohol, milk, rice, pumpkin, coconut water, by acetic acid bacteria growing in a medium containing ethyl alcohol

Vinegar compositions containing at least one substance produced by fermentation

Methods for vinegar preparation by means of combining biochemical processes and physical treatment, e.g. by using mother of vinegar (bacterial culture) with adding sugar to start or to accelerate fermentation process and using heat treatment for maintaining fermentation temperature or for pasteurization

Purification of vinegar by means of filtration, absorption, ion exchange e.g. by passing through active carbon layer or a bed of ion-exchange resin material, or by using of molecular sieve

Addition of flavouring ingredients, e.g. pepper to make vinegar spicier, orange-peel or lemon juice to get citrus taste

Apparatus for preparation of vinegar i.e. bioreactors

Apparatus for purification of vinegar such as absorbers, ion exchange apparatus, filters

Relationship between large subject matter areas

C12J covers vinegar, per se, and vinegar compositions containing at least one substance produced by fermentation which are used for human consumption.

The product resulting from merely diluting concentrated synthetic acetic acid is not considered vinegar for the purposes of C12J. Preparation of acetic acid per se, by chemical synthesis is normally classified in several groups of subclass C07C e.g. C07C 53/08, C07C 51/00.

C12J covers biochemical aspects of vinegar preparation, whereas the use of vinegars per se for different purposes are classified in the appropriate application places of the IPC, e.g. in A23B for food preservation, in A23L for food, foodstuff or nonalcoholic beverages (e.g. as a condiment A23L 27/00), in A21D as ingredient for bread compositions, in A61K for medical or toilet purposes, A23C in dairy products, C12G for preparation of alcoholic beverages.

References

Informative references:

Separation, e.g., filtration absorption in general

B01D

Preparation of acetic acid by organic synthesis

C07C 51/00C07C 51/38

Separation, purification or stabilisation of acetic acid

C07C 51/42C07C 51/50

Synthetic acetic acid prepared by chemical synthesis

C07C 53/08

Apparatus specially adapted to employ microorganisms or enzymes as "reactants" or "biocatalysts"

C12M 1/00

Acetic acid Bacteria

C12N 1/20

Preparation of acetic acid by fermentation or enzyme-using processes

C12P 7/54

Special rules of classification

In this subclass, it is desirable to add the indexing codes of subclass C12R to complement classification by additional information relating to the micro-organisms used in fermentation processes.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Vinegar

A sour liquid consisting of dilute and impure acetic acid, obtained by acetous fermentation from grape or fruit wine, cider, beer, ale or the like used for human consumption.

C12L - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Pitching or depitching machines;

Venting devices for casks, barrels, or the like;

Cellar tools.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

C12L is often related to C12G, which refers to wine and other alcoholic beverages, as well as to their preparation methods.

The groups C12C 11/00 and C12C 13/00 refers to fermentation processes for beer and to brewing devices, respectively.

If pasteurization, sterilization, preservation, purification, clarification or ageing of alcoholic beverages is included, classification should also be made in group C12H 1/00. Furthermore, apparatus for enzymology or microbiology are classified in group C12M 1/00.

If sampling is involved, such as collecting wine sample for quality evaluation, the application may also be classified in group G01N 1/00. Noteworthy, B65D refers to containers and B67D refers to dispensing, delivering or transferring liquids, which may be related to C12L in some situations.

Attention is drawn when the subject matter is related to cleaning methods, covered by B08B.

In this subclass, it is desirable to add the indexing codes of subclass C12R.

References

Informative references:

Cleaning of casks

B08B 9/00

Containers for storage or transport of articles or materials, e.g. bags, barrels, bottles, boxes, cans, cartons, crates, drums, jars, tanks, hoppers, forwarding containers, accessories, closures or fittings therefore; packaging elements; packages

B65D

Dispensing, delivering or transferring liquids, not otherwise provided for

B67D

Brewing of beer

C12C 11/00, C12C 13/00

Wine; Other alcoholic beverages; preparation thereof

C12G 1/00, C12G 3/00

Pasteurization, sterilization, preservation, purification, clarification, ageing of alcoholic beverages or removal of alcohol therefrom

C12H 1/00

Apparatus for enzymology of microbiology

C12M 1/00

Investigating of analyzing materials by determining their chemical or physical properties

G01N 1/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Pitching

coating barrels or casks with pitch

Depitching

removing the pitch

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the following keywords "liquor", "wine", "pit", "bottle" and "sample" would be useful to a searcher.

C12M - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Apparatus for enzymology or microbiology in which in particular:

micro-organisms or enzymes are produced or isolated;

the characteristics of micro-organisms or enzymes are investigated, e.g. which growth factors are necessary.

Apparatus specially adapted to employ micro-organisms or enzymes as "reactants" or biocatalysts.

Apparatus for enzymology or microbiology of both the laboratory and industrial scale.

Tissue, human, animal or plant cell, or virus culture apparatus.

Specific apparatus provided for in this subclass include fermentation apparatus, apparatus for the treatment of micro-organisms or enzymes with electrical or wave energy, mutation or genetic engineering apparatus, inoculators or samplers, measuring or testing apparatus.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Physical or chemical apparatus in general are classified in class B01.

Controlling or regulating apparatus in general is classified in subclass G05.

In subclasses C12M-C12Q, and within each of these subclasses, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, classification is made in the last appropriate place.

The codes of subclass C12R are only for use as indexing codes associated with subclasses C12C-C12Q, so as to provide information concerning the micro-organisms used in the processes classified in these subclasses.

References

Limiting references:

Installations for fermenting manure

A01C 3/02

Preservation of living parts of humans or animals

A01N 1/02

Brewing apparatus

C12C

Producing methane by anaerobic treatment of sludge

C02F 11/04

Fermentation apparatus for wine

C12G

Apparatus for preparing vinegar

C12J 1/10

Special rules of classification

In this subclass, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, classification is made in the last appropriate place.

In this subclass, viruses, undifferentiated human, animal, or plant cells, protozoa, tissues, and unicellular algae are considered as micro-organisms.

In this subclass, unless specifically provided for, undifferentiated human, animal or plant cells, protozoa, tissues and unicellular algae are classified together with micro-organisms. Sub-cellular parts, unless specifically provided for, are classified with the whole cell.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Enzyme

Proteinaceous material which causes a chemical change in a starting material without being consumed in the reaction

Micro-organism

Comprises single-celled organisms such as bacteria, actinomycetales or single-celled fungi, e.g. yeasts; for the purposes of classification, this term also includes viruses, undifferentiated human, animal or plant cells, protozoa, tissues and unicellular algae.

C12M 3/00 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Plant

Any of a kingdom (Plantae) of multicellular eukaryotic mostly photosynthetic organisms typically lacking locomotive movement or obvious nervous or sensory organs and possessing cellulose cell walls.

C12N - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Micro-organisms (e.g. protozoa, bacteria, fused plant cells, hybridomas, viruses, animal cells or tissue, stem cells, tumour cells) and enzymes or proenzymes and compositions containing micro-organisms and enzymes or proenzymes.

Processes for preparing, activating, inhibiting, separating, or purifying enzymes.

Treatment of micro-organisms or enzymes with electrical or wave energy.

Processes of reproducing, maintaining, or preserving microorganisms or compositions thereof.

Processes of preparing or isolating a composition containing micro-organisms.

Preparing mutants and screening processes therefor.

Processes of fusing two or more cells to each other.

Recombinant DNA-technology including:

processes for manipulating genetic material;

processes of preparing, isolating and purifying nucleic acids;

methods for the introduction of genetic material into microorganisms using vectors or other expression systems, using micro-encapsulation, using micro-injection, and other ways;

methods of regulating gene expression;

non-coding nucleic acid sequences, e.g. promoters, operators, enhancers, suppressors, silencers, locus control regions, antisense nucleic acids, and aptamers, used in regulating gene expression or in other recombinant DNA technology related methods.

genes, per se; and

vectors and expression systems, per se.

Media for supporting or sustaining the growth of micro-organisms.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

In subclasses C12M-C12Q, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, classification is made in the last appropriate subclass of subclasses C12M-C12Q.

Multiple classification

Biocidal, pest repellant, pest attractant or plant growth regulatory activity of compounds or preparations containing micro-organisms and enzymes is further classified in subclass A01P.

Therapeutic activity of compounds containing micro-organisms, single cell proteins, or enzymes, is further classified in subclass A61P.

Uses of cosmetics or similar toilet preparations containing micro-organisms or enzymes are further classified in subclass A61Q.

It is desirable to add the indexing codes of subclass C12R for micro-organisms which are considered to be of interest for search.

References

Limiting references:

Nucleic acids not used in recombinant technology and their chemical preparation

C07H 21/00

Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes or micro-organisms; Compositions therefor; Preparing such compositions

C12Q 1/00

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

New breeds of multicellular plants, e.g. transgenic plants, and processes of obtaining these plants

A01H

New breeds of multicellular animals, e.g. transgenic animals, and processes of obtaining these animals

A01K 67/00

Compositions and use of the compositions and compounds for preservation of bodies of humans or animals or parts thereof

A01N 1/00

Compositions and use of the compositions and compounds for preservation of plants or parts thereof

A01N 3/00

Biocides, pest repellents or attractants or plant growth regulators containing micro-organisms, viruses, microbial fungi, enzymes, fermentates, or substances produced by, or extracted from, micro-organisms or animal material

A01N 63/00

Bakery products which may contain micro-organisms or enzymes

A21D 10/00, A21D 13/00

Foods or foodstuffs containing micro-organisms or enzymes

A23

Body treating or pharmaceutical preparations containing micro-organisms or enzymes

A61K

Medicinal preparations containing nucleic acids

A61K 31/7088

Medicinal preparations containing genetic material which is inserted into cells of the living body to treat genetic diseases; Gene therapy

A61K 48/00

Bandages, dressings or absorbent pads for physiological fluids containing micro-organisms

A61L 15/36

Bandages, dressings or absorbent pads for physiological fluids containing enzymes

A61L 15/38

Biological compost

C05F 9/04

Organic fertilizers containing added bacterial cultures, mycelia or the like

C05F 11/08

Enzyme containing detergent compositions

C11D

Informative references:

Preservation of living parts of humans or animals

A01N 1/02

Food compositions

A21, A23

Chemical aspects of, or use of materials for, bandages, dressings, absorbent pads or surgical articles

A61L

Compositions, characterized by the use of bacteria, which are used to enhance recovery of hydrocarbons from underground formations

C09K 8/582

Preparing polynucleotides using enzymes or micro-organisms

C12P 19/34

Special rules of classification

In this subclass, with the exception of group C12N 5/07, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, classification is made in the last appropriate place.

In this subclass, viruses, human, animal, or plant cells, protozoa, tissues, and unicellular algae are considered as micro-organisms.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Antisense

DNA or RNA composed of the complementary sequence to the target DNA/RNA

Aptamers

Oligonucleotide molecules that bind a specific target molecule.

CpG-motifs

Cytosine-Phosphate-Guanine motifs; a cytosine is directly followed by a guanine in the DNA sequence; methylation of cytosine in CpG- motifs negatively regulates gene expression.

Enzyme

Proteinaceous materials, which cause a chemical change in a starting material without being consumed in the reaction.

Genetic Engineering

Technology used to alter the hereditary apparatus or gene structure of a living cell so that the cell can produce more or different chemicals, or perform completely new functions.

Germ cell

Reproductive cells of the body, specifically, either egg or sperm cells.

Maintaining

Supporting or sustaining growth or metabolic activity of micro-organisms.

Micro-organism

Comprises single-celled organisms such as bacteria, actinomycetales or single-celled fungi, e.g. yeasts; for the purposes of classification, this term also includes viruses, human, animal or plant cells, protozoa, tissues and unicellular algae.

Multipotent stem cell

A stem cell with the ability to give rise to multiple cell types belonging to one particular embryonic germ layer, the endoderm, the mesoderm or the ectoderm.

Mutation

Any change that alters the sequence of bases along the DNA thereby changing the genetic material of a microorganism.

NK cell

Natural killer cell

Non-coding nucleic acid sequence

Nucleic acid sequence which does not contain instructions for making proteins.

Pluripotent stem cell

A stem cell with the ability to differentiate into cells of at least two of the three embryonic germ layers, the endoderm, the mesoderm and the ectoderm.

Preserving

Rendering micro-organisms reversibly dormant.

Proenzyme

An enzyme precursor

Progenitor cell

A parent cell that gives rise to a distinct cell lineage by a series of cell divisions.

Recombinant DNA Technology

Techniques for cutting apart and splicing together pieces of DNA from the same or different sources.

Single-cell protein

Protein derived from microorganisms, usually bacteria or yeast, that are cultivated on a suitable medium and then harvested and processed for use as a food for livestock or humans. For example, blue-green bacterium Spirulina is processed and sold as a protein-rich health food.

Stem cell

Cells capable of renewing themselves through mitotic cell division as well as differentiating into a diverse range of specialized cell types. The term covers adult stem cells as well as embryonic stem cells (ES) as derived from blastocysts.

Totipotent stem cell

A stem cell with the ability to generate a whole organism autonomously; totipotent mammalian cells thus can differentiate into all three somatic lineages (endoderm or mesoderm or ectoderm), the germ line and extra embryonic tissues such as the placenta.

Vector

ADNA sequence (e.g., plasmid, phage DNA) which may be employed to introduce a foreign gene into a host cell and is able to replicate autonomously in the host cell.

C12N 1/12 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Culture of multi-cellular plants

A01G

C12N 1/38 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Essential growth factor

Indispensable growth factor

C12N 9/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Preparation of malt

C12C 1/00

C12P - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes wherein the product (compound or composition) is synthesised by a biochemical transformation of matter performed by using enzymes or micro-organisms.

Processes of separating enantiomers (optical isomers) from a racemic mixture by using enzymes or micro-organisms.

Explanatory Note:

This subclass covers both major and minor chemical modifications.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

In subclasses C12M to C12Q , in the absence of an indication to the contrary, classification is made in the last appropriate subclass of subclasses C12M to C12Q.

If a particular reaction is considered of interest, it may also be classified in the relevant chemical compound class, e.g. C07, C08.

It is desirable to add the indexing codes of subclass C12R for micro-organisms which are considered to be of interest for search.

References

Limiting references:

Treating dough with micro-organisms

A21D 8/04

Processes for treating foods or foodstuffs with micro-organisms

A23

Production of methane by anaerobic treatment of sludge

C02F 11/04

Preparation of fertilisers characterized by a composting step

C05F 17/00

Fermentation processes for beer production

C12C 11/00

Fermentation processes for wine making

C12G 1/00

Fermentation processes for preparing alcoholic beverages other than wine and beer

C12G 3/00

Pasteurisation, sterilisation, preservation, purification, clarification, ageing of alcoholic beverages involving enzymes

C12H 1/15

Removal of alcohol from alcoholic beverages

C12H 3/00

Preparing vinegar by fermentation of starting materials

C12J

Processes of preparing enzymes

C12N 9/00

DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification

C12N 15/00

Informative references:

Methods of preparing compounds without using enzymes or micro-organisms

C01, C07, C08

Methods for enhanced recovery of hydrocarbons using bacteria

E21B 43/22

Special rules of classification

In the absence of an indication to the contrary, classification is made in the last appropriate place.

Group C12P 1/00 covers general processes using micro-organisms or enzymes for preparing compounds or compositions and processes using micro-organisms or enzymes for producing compositions and compounds not sufficiently identified to be classified in groups C12P 3/00 to C12P 37/00. Compounds identified only by their empirical formulae are not considered to be sufficiently identified to be classified in groups C12P 3/00 to C12P 37/00.

In this subclass, sub-cellular parts of micro-organisms, unless specifically provided for elsewhere, are classified with the whole cell

In this subclass:

metal or ammonium salts of a compound are classified as that compound.

compositions are classified in the relevant compound groups.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Micro-organism

Comprises single-celled organisms such as bacteria, actinomycetales or single-celled fungi, e.g. yeasts; for the purposes of classification, this term also includes viruses, human, animal or plant cells, protozoa, tissues and unicellular algae.

C12P 5/02 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Producing methane by anaerobic treatment of sludge

C02F 11/04

C12P 7/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0007060000_0.gif

C12P 7/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0007160000_0.gif

C12P 7/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0007200000_0.gif

C12P 7/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0007220000_0.gif

C12P 7/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0007240000_0.gif

C12P 7/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0007280000_0.gif

C12P 7/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0007380000_0.gif

C12P 7/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0007400000_0.gif

C12P 7/42 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0007420000_0.gif

C12P 7/46 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0007460000_0.gif

C12P 7/48 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0007480000_0.gif

C12P 7/50 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0007500000_0.gif

C12P 7/52 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0007520000_0.gif

C12P 7/54 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0007540000_0.gif

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Vinegar

C12J

C12P 7/56 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0007560000_0.gif

C12P 7/60 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0007600000_0.gif

C12P 13/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0013040000_0.gif

C12P 13/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0013060000_0.gif

2. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0013060000_1.gif

C12P 13/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0013080000_0.gif

2. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0013080000_1.gif

C12P 13/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0013100000_0.gif

C12P 13/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0013120000_0.gif

2. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0013120000_1.gif

C12P 13/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0013140000_0.gif

C12P 13/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0013200000_0.gif

C12P 13/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0013220000_0.gif

C12P 13/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0013240000_0.gif

C12P 17/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0017040000_0.gif

C12P 17/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0017060000_0.gif

C12P 17/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0017080000_0.gif

C12P 17/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0017120000_0.gif

C12P 17/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0017180000_0.gif

C12P 19/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

2-ketogulonic acid

C12P 7/60

C12P 19/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0019080000_0.gif

C12P 19/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0019160000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

Non-biological hydrolysis of starch

C08B 30/00

C12P 19/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0019180000_0.gif

C12P 19/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0019200000_0.gif

C12P 19/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0019220000_0.gif

C12P 19/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0019240000_0.gif

C12P 19/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0019320000_0.gif

C12P 19/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0019360000_0.gif

C12P 19/42 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0019420000_0.gif

C12P 19/46 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0019460000_0.gif

C12P 19/48 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0019480000_0.gif

C12P 19/50 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0019500000_0.gif

C12P 19/52 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0019520000_0.gif

C12P 19/54 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0019540000_0.gif

C12P 19/56 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0019560000_0.gif

C12P 19/58 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0019580000_0.gif

C12P 19/60 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0019600000_0.gif

C12P 19/62 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0019620000_0.gif

C12P 19/64 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0019640000_0.gif

C12P 21/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0021020000_0.gif

C12P 21/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0021040000_0.gif

C12P 21/06 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Preparing foodstuffs by protein hydrolysis

A23J 3/00

C12P 23/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0023000000_0.gif

C12P 25/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0025000000_0.gif

C12P 27/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0027000000_0.gif

C12P 29/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0029000000_0.gif

C12P 31/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0031000000_0.gif

C12P 33/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0033000000_0.gif

C12P 35/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0035000000_0.gif

C12P 35/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0035060000_0.gif

C12P 37/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. structure (.cdx) - structure (.skc)

C12P0037000000_0.gif

C12Q - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes in which there is a direct or indirect qualitative or quantitative measurement or test of a material which contains enzymes or micro-organisms or processes in which a material containing enzymes or micro-organisms is used to perform a qualitative or quantitative measurement or test, e.g. testing for antimicrobial activity or cholesterol, geomicrobiological testing.

In vivo or in vitro or in silico measuring or testing processes involvingnucleic acid e.g. nucleic acid hybridisation including PCR (Polymerase Chain Reaction).

Compositions or test papers containing micro-organisms or enzymes which can be used to detect or identify a chemical compound or composition, e.g. paper strips for the testing of blood sugar.

Compositions or test papers distinguished by the use of indicators which can be used to detect or identify the presence of micro-organisms or enzymes.

Processes of making such test compositions.

Processes involvingenzymes or micro-organisms in which a process parameter is measured and that or another process parameter is varied in response to such measurement, i.e. condition responsive control.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Controlling or regulating in general is classified in G05.

In subclasses C12M-C12Q, and within each of these subclasses, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, classification is made in the last appropriate place.

The codes of subclass C12R are only for use as indexing codes associated with subclasses C12C-C12Q, so as to provide information concerning the micro-organisms used in the processes classified in these subclasses.

References

Limiting references:

Measuring or testing apparatus with condition measuring or sensing means, e.g. colony counters

C12M 1/34

Apparatus for condition-responsive control processes

C12M 1/36

Observation of the progress or of the result of processes specified in this subclass by any of the methods specified in groups G01N 3/00-G01N 29/00

G01N

Immunoassay

G01N 33/53

Immunoassay with enzyme label

G01N 33/535

Immunoassay with the carrier being a biological cell or cell fragment

G01N 33/554

Immunoassay for micro-organisms

G01N 33/569

Immunoassay for venereal diseases

G01N 33/571

Immunoassay for enzymes and isoenzymes

G01N 33/573

Immunoassay for cancer

G01N 33/574

Immunoassay for hepatitis

G01N 33/576

Informative references:

Micro-organisms per se

C12N 1/00

Human, animal or plant cells per se

C12N 5/00

Viruses per se

C12N 7/00

Enzymes per se

C12N 9/00, C12N 11/00

Investigating or analysing materials by determining their chemical or physical properties

G01N

Investigating or analysing biological material

G01N 33/48-G01N 33/98

Chemical analysis involving blood sugar, e.g. galactose

G01N 33/66

Chemical analysis involving proteins, peptides and amino acids

G01N 33/68

Chemical analysis involving lipids, e.g. cholesterol

G01N 33/92

Special rules of classification

In this subclass, in absence of an indication to the contrary, classification is made in the last appropriate place.

In this subclass, test media are classified in the appropriate group for the relevant test process.

In this subclass, viruses, undifferentiated human, animal or plant cells, protozoa, tissues and unicellular algae are considered as micro-organisms.

In this subclass, unless specifically provided for, undifferentiated human, animal or plant cells, protozoa, tissues and unicellular algae are classified together with micro-organisms. Sub-cellular parts, unless specifically provided for, are classified with the whole cell.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Enzyme

Proteinaceous material which causes a chemical change in a starting material without being consumed in the reaction.

Involving

when used in relation to a substance, includes the testing for the substance as well as employing the substance as a determinant or reactant in a test for a different substance.

Micro-organism

Single-celled organisms such as bacteria, actinomycetales or single-celled fungi, e.g. yeasts; for the purposes of classification, this term also includes viruses, undifferentiated human, animal or plant cells, protozoa, tissues and unicellular algae.

Nucleic acid

comprises nucleic acids as in vitro compounds as well as sub-cellular parts in vivo like chromosome territories within the nucleus, plasmids, gene sequences, genetic information, mutations, polymorphisms such as SNPs, in silico base sequences, aptamers (ligand binding nucleic acids) and ribozymes (catalytic active RNA molecules).

C12R 1/94 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Plant

Any of a kingdom (Plantae) of multicellular eukaryotic mostly photosynthetic organisms typically lacking locomotive movement or obvious nervous or sensory organs and possessing cellulose cell walls.

C13B - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Reducing the size of material from which sugars are to be extracted; Presses and knives therefor,

Production and purification of sugar juices, e.g. juices derived from beet, cane or maple,

Expressing water from material from which sugars have been extracted,

Evaporators or boiling pans specially adapted for sugar juices; Evaporating, or boiling sugar juices,

Crystallisation; Crystallising apparatus; Separating crystals from mother liquors,

Extraction of sucrose from molasses; Extraction apparatus,

Drying sugar,

Cutting machines, combined cutting , sorting, and packing machines specially adapted for sugar, or

Sugar products, i.e. physical forms of sugar, such as powdered, lump or liquid sugar; Working-up of sugar.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Chemically synthesised sugars or sugar derivatives are classified in C07H

Naturally-occuring saccharides, other than sucrose, are classified in C13K

Preparation of cellulose derivatives are classified in C08B 1/00-C08B 17/00.

References

Limiting references:

Harvesting of sugar beets

A01D 11/02, A01D 13/00, A01D 25/00

Harvesting of sugar-cane

A01D 45/10

Tapping of tree-juices

A01G 23/10

Tapping-spouts, Receptacles for juices

A01G 23/14

Sweetmeats, Confectionery

A23G 3/00

Foods containing carbohydrate syrups, sugars, sugar alcohols or starch hydrolysates

A23L 29/30, A23L 33/125

Extraction of starch

C08B 30/02, C08B 30/04

Pressing water from starch-extracted material

C08B 30/10

Fermentation or enzyme-using processes for preparing compounds containing saccharide radicals

C12P 19/00

Informative references:

Boiling apparatus

B01B

Separation

B01D

Crushing, pulverizing, or disintegrating in general

B02C

Centrifuges

B04B

Hand-held cutting tools not otherwise provided for

B26B

Cutting in general

B26D

Presses in general

B30B

Storing in general

B65D

Obtaining or extracting cellulose for the purpose of making paper

D21C

Drying in general

F26B

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Aldose

An aldose is a monosaccharide (a simple sugar) containing one aldehyde group per molecule and having a chemical formula of the form Cn(H2O)n (n≥3).

With only 3 carbon atoms, glyceraldehyde is the simplest of all aldoses.

Aldoses isomerise to ketoses in the Lobry-de Bruyn-van Ekenstein transformation. Aldose differs from ketose in that it has a carbonyl group at the end of the carbon chain whereas the carbonyl group of a ketose is in the middle; this fact allows them to be chemically differentiated through Seliwanoff's test.

Disaccharide

A disaccharide is a sugar (a carbohydrate) composed of two monosaccharides.

Disaccharide’ is one of the four chemical groupings of carbohydrates (monosaccharide, disaccharide, oligosaccharide and polysaccharide).

Hexose

A hexose is a monosaccharide with six carbon atoms having the chemical formula C6H12O6.

Ketose

A ketose is a sugar containing one ketone group per molecule.

With 3 carbon atoms, dihydroxyacetone is the simplest of all ketoses and is the only one having no optical activity. Ketoses can isomerise into an aldose when the carbonyl group is located at the end of the molecule. Such ketoses are reducing sugars.

Monosaccharide

Monosaccharides (from Greek monos: single, sacchar: sugar) are the most basic unit of carbohydrates. They consist of one sugar and are usually colorless, water-soluble, crystalline solids. Some monosaccharides have a sweet taste. Examples of monosaccharides include glucose (dextrose), fructose, galactose, xylose and ribose. Monosaccharides are the building blocks of disaccharides such as sucrose (common sugar) and polysaccharides (such as cellulose and starch).

Oligosaccharide

An oligosaccharide is a saccharide containing less than six monosaccharides. The name derived from the Greek oligos, meaning "a few".

Pentose

A pentose is a monosaccharide with five carbon atoms.

Polysaccharide

Polysaccharides are polymers containing more than five monosaccharides joined together by glycosidic bonds. They are therefore very large, often branched, macromolecules. They tend to be amorphous, insoluble in water and have no sweet taste.

When all the monosaccharides in a polysaccharide are the same type, the polysaccharide is called a homopolysaccharide, but when more than one type of monosaccharide is present, they are called heteropolysaccharides.

Examples include storage polysaccharides such as starch and glycogen and structural polysaccharides such as cellulose and chitin.

Saccharose

Synonym for sucrose

Sucrose

Sucrose (common name: table sugar, also called saccharose) is a disaccharide of glucose and fructose, with the molecular formula C12H22O11. Its systematic name is α-D-glucopyranosyl- (1↔2)-β-D-fructofuranoside (ending in "oside", because it's not a reducing sugar).

Sugar

Sugar is a class of edible crystalline water-soluble carbohydrates that vary widely in sweetness and typically are optically active, including the mono-, di- and oligosaccharides (e. g. sucrose, lactose, and fructose). Sugar as a basic food carbohydrate primarily comes from sugar cane and from sugar beet, but also appears in fruit, honey, sorghum, sugar maple (in maple syrup), and in many other sources. It forms the main ingredient in much candy.

In non-scientific use, the term sugar refers to sucrose (also called "table sugar" or "saccharose") — a white crystalline solid disaccharide. In this informal sense, the word "sugar" principally refers to crystalline sugars.

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the following expressions/words "saccharose" and "sucrose" are often used as synonyms.

C13K - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Saccharides obtained by hydrolysis of naturally-occurring di-, oligo- or polysaccarides,

Glucose; Glucose-containing syrups,

Invert sugar; Separation of glucose or fructose from invert sugar,

Lactose,

Maltose,

Fructose,

Other naturally-occurring mono-, di- and oligosaccharides, or

Production and crystallisation methods.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Carbohydrate syrups or sugar in foods or foodstuffs is classified in A23L 29/30, A23L 33/125.

Chemically synthesised sugars or sugar derivatives are classified in C07H.

Polysaccharides are classified in C08B.

Malt is classified in C12C.

Production of sucrose is classified in C13B.

Obtaining or extracting cellulose for the purpose of making paper is classified in D21C.

References

Limiting references:

Preserving or chemical ripening of fruits or vegetables with sugar

A23B 7/08

Sweetmeats, confectionery

A23G 3/00

Manufacture of fodder

A23K 10/32

Animal feeding stuff from vegetable matter

A23K 10/10, A23K 10/30

Cosmetics or similar toilet preparations containing sugars

A61K 8/60

Medical preparations containing sugars

A61K 31/70

Artificial sweetening agents

A23L 27/00, A23L 27/30

Modifying nutritive qualities of food, dietetic products

A23L 33/00

Fermentation or enzyme-using processes for preparing compounds containing saccharide radicals

C12P 19/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Aldose

An aldose is a monosaccharide (a simple sugar) containing one aldehyde group per molecule and having a chemical formula of the form Cn(H2O)n(n≥3).

With only 3 carbon atoms, glyceraldehyde is the simplest of all aldoses.

Aldoses isomerise to ketoses in the Lobry-de Bruyn-van Ekenstein transformation. Aldose differs from ketose in that it has a carbonyl group at the end of the carbon chain whereas the carbonyl group of a ketose is in the middle; this fact allows them to be chemically differentiated through Seliwanoff's test.

Disaccharide

A disaccharide is a sugar (a carbohydrate) composed of two monosaccharides.

'Disaccharide' is one of the four chemical groupings of carbohydrates (monosaccharide, disaccharide, oligosaccharide and polysaccharide).

Hexose

A hexose is a monosaccharide with six carbon atoms having the chemical formula C6H12O6.

Ketose

A ketose is a sugar containing one ketone group per molecule.

With 3 carbon atoms, dihydroxyacetone is the simplest of all ketoses and is the only one having no optical activity. Ketoses can isomerise into an aldose when the carbonyl group is located at the end of the molecule. Such ketoses are reducing sugars.

Monosaccharide

Monosaccharides (from Greek monos: single, sacchar: sugar) are the most basic unit of carbohydrates. They consist of one sugar and are usually colorless, water-soluble, crystalline solids. Some monosaccharides have a sweet taste. Examples of monosaccharides include glucose (dextrose), fructose, galactose, xylose and ribose. Monosaccharides are the building blocks of disaccharides such as sucrose (common sugar) and polysaccharides (such as cellulose and starch).

Oligosaccharide

An oligosaccharide is a saccharide containing less than six monosaccharides. The name derived from the Greek oligos, meaning "a few".

Pentose

A pentose is a monosaccharide with five carbon atoms.

Polysaccharide

Polysaccharides are polymers containing more than five monosaccharides joined together by glycosidic bonds. They are therefore very large, often branched, macromolecules. They tend to be amorphous, insoluble in water and have no sweet taste.

When all the monosaccharides in a polysaccharide are the same type, the polysaccharide is called a homopolysaccharide, but when more than one type of monosaccharide is present, they are called heteropolysaccharides.

Examples include storage polysaccharides such as starch and glycogen and structural polysaccharides such as cellulose and chitin.

Saccharose

Synonym for sucrose

Sucrose

Sucrose (common name: table sugar, also called saccharose) is a disaccharide of glucose and fructose, with the molecular formula C12H22O11. Its systematic name is α-D-glucopyranosyl- (1↔2)-β-D-fructofuranoside (ending in "oside", because it's not a reducing sugar).

Sugar

Sugar is a class of edible crystalline water-soluble carbohydrates that vary widely in sweetness and typically are optically active, including the mono-, di- and oligosaccharides (e. g. sucrose, lactose, and fructose). Sugar as a basic food carbohydrate primarily comes from sugar cane and from sugar beet, but also appears in fruit, honey, sorghum, sugar maple (in maple syrup), and in many other sources. It forms the main ingredient in much candy.

In non-scientific use, the term sugar refers to sucrose (also called "table sugar" or "saccharose") — a white crystalline solid disaccharide. In this informal sense, the word "sugar" principally refers to crystalline sugars.

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the following expressions/words "saccharose" and "sucrose" are often used as synonyms.

C14B - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Mechanical methods for the production of leather, skins or hides, e.g. shaving, hammering or drying.

Mechanical treatment of leather, skins or hides, e.g. milling, punching, cutting, shredding or finishing the edges.

Special leathers, e.g. composite leathers.

Making leather belts or strips, e.g. driving belts.

Mechanical treatment of furs, e.g. shearing, cutting or finishing.

Hand tools specially adapted for the manufacture of leather or furs.

Splitting and cutting of intestines and apparatus therefor.

Apparatus and details thereof for the production and treatment of skins, hides, furs or leather.

Leathers obtained by mechanical treatment or processing.

References

Limiting references:

Composite leathers with one or more layers of plastics material

B32B 9/02

Chemical aspects of pasting processes

C14C 7/00

Mechanical or pressure cleaning of hides

D06G

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Scalding, scraping, dehairing or singeing of animals after slaughtering

A22B 5/08

Cleaning or cutting intestines during processing of meat

A22C 17/00

Machines for cutting-out or stamping-out leather for shoe parts, e.g. soles

A43D

Equipment or tools for saddlery

B68C

Informative references:

Footwear made of animal fibres

A43B 1/02

Details of machines for cutting, perforating or stamping-out in general

B26D

Making articles from leather

B68F

Chemical treatment of skins, hides or leather

C14C

Felting apparatus

D04H 17/00

Bleaching leather or furs

D06L 3/00

Artificial leather

D06N 3/00-D06N 3/18

Processes of dyeing leather or furs

D06P

Driving belts per se, made of leather

F16G 1/02

V-belts per se, made of leather

F16G 5/02

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Composite leather

Leather, permanently fitted together by assembling pieces.

Fur

The body hair of non-human mammals, also known as the pelage.

Hide

Body covering or skin of an animal.

Leather

Animal hide or skin, which has been tanned. Tanning is a chemical treatment that makes hides and skins durable by preventing decomposition.

Pasting process

An industrial process for stretching and drying wet skins which have been glued (pasted) on a plane surface.

Pelt

The skin of an animal with hair, fur, or wool still attached.

Special leather

Leathers fitted together in some way by assemblying pieces.

Technical leather

A leather that withstands tough wear and tear and is used, for instance, in the automotive and aviation industries (e.g. belts).

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the words "clicking" and "punching" are often used as synonyms.

C14C - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Chemical treatment of hides or skins prior to tanning, e.g. curing or unhairing; compositions therefor.

Tanning of hides or skins; compositions therefor; recovering tanning agents from leather.

Degreasing of leather; compositions therefor.

Chemical aspects of pasting processes; compositions therefor.

Impregnating leather for preserving, waterproofing, making heat resistant or similar purposes; compositions therefor.

Chemical surface finishing of leather, e.g. applying abrasion resistant coating; compositions therefor.

Products that can be obtained by chemical treatment of skins, hides or leather; special kinds of leather, e.g. vellum, and chemical manufacture thereof; compositions therefor.

Apparatus for chemical treatment or washing of skins, hides or leather; processes of washing skins, hides or leather.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

With the chemical methods covered by subclass C14C, skins are processed to leather or leather is preserved. In contrast to this, bleaching of leather or furs is covered by D06L. General and special processes of dyeing leather or furs are provided for in subclass D06P.

References

Informative references:

Footwear made of animal fibres

A43B 1/02

Making articles from leather

B68F

Adhesives and adhesive processes

C09J

Mechanical treatment of hides, skins or leather

C14B

Mechanical aspects of pasting processes

C14B 1/60

Treating textile materials by liquids, gases or vapours, e.g. impregnating, washing

D06B

Artificial leather

D06N 3/00-D06N 3/18

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Fur

The body hair of non-human mammals, also known as the pelage.

Hide

Body covering or skin of an animal.

Leather

Animal hide or skin, which has been tanned.

Pasting process

An industrial process for stretching and drying wet skins, which have been glued (pasted) on a plane surface before.

Pelt

The skin of an animal with hair, fur, or wool still attached.

Tanning

A chemical treatment for animal hides or skins, making them soft and durable by preventing decomposition.

Technical leather

A leather that withstands tough wear and tear and is used, for instance, in the automotive and aviation industries (e.g. belts).

C14C 13/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Chamois tanning

C14C 3/14

C21B - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Production of steel or iron, e.g. pig iron, spongy iron starting from sources materials, e.g. iron ores, iron carbonyl.

The recovery of by-products, e.g. slag from these production methods.

Apparatus specially adapted therefore, e.g. blast furnaces, air heaters, stove for heating the blast in blast furnaces, shaft furnaces, electric furnaces.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

C22B covers general metallurgical or chemical processes for producing or recovering metals from metals compounds, ores, metalliferous waste or scrap metal and for refining metal.

Furnaces are classified in F27B and F27D.

References

Limiting references:

Preliminary treatment of ferrous ores or scrap

C22B 1/00

Constructional features of mixers for pig-iron

C21C 1/06

Electrolytic production, recovery or refining of iron group metals

C25C 1/06

Informative references:

Filters

B01D 24/00 - B01D 35/00

Separating solids form solids by wet methods

B03B

Lift associated with blast furnaces

B66B 9/06

Slag wool

C03B

Slag stones, refractory material

C04B

Coke ovens

C10B

General methods of reducing to metals

C22B 5/00

Valves

F16K

Furnaces, kilns, ovens or retorts in general

F27B

Details or accessories of furnaces, kilns, ovens or retorts in general

F27D

Heat exchange apparatus

F28F

Electric heating

H05B

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Pig iron

intermediate product of smelting iron ore with a high-carbon fuel, e.g. coke, charcoal

Slag

partially vitreous by-product of smelting ore to separate the metal fraction form the unwanted faction

Tuyères

tubes, nozzles or pipes through which air is blown into a furnace

C21C - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Refining of pig-iron and manufacturing of cast iron.

Manufacture of wrought-iron, wrought-steel, carbon-steel.

Treatment of molten ferrous alloys.

Apparatus therefore, e.g. mixers for pig-iron, converters, electric furnaces.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

C22B covers general metallurgical or chemical processes for producing or recovering metals from metals compounds, ores, metalliferous waste or scrap metal and for refining metal.

Furnaces in general and details thereof are classified in F27B and F27D, respectively.

References

Limiting references:

Treating molten metals during moulding

B22D 1/00, B22D 27/00

Making liquid steel by direct processes

C21B 13/00

Informative references:

Removing fumes in general

B08B 15/00

Remelting metals

C22B 9/16

Apparatus for electroslag remelting of metals, e,g. furnaces

C22B 9/187

Apparatus for arc remelting of metals

C22B 9/21

Making cast-iron alloys

C22C 33/08

Cast-iron alloys compositions

C22C 37/00

Ferrous alloy compositions

C22C 38/00

Furnaces, kilns, ovens or retorts in general

F27B

Arrangements for using, or disposing of waste gases in furnaces

F27D 17/00

Stirring devices for molten materials in furnaces

F27D 27/00

Electric heating

H05B

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Pig-iron

intermediate product of smelting iron ore with a high-carbon fuel, e.g. coke, charcoal

Wrought-iron

iron alloy with low carbon content and fibrous inclusions

Tuyères

tubes, nozzles or pipes through which air is blown into a furnace

C21D - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

General methods or devices for heat treatment, e.g. hardening, annealing, heating, quenching, tempering.

Heat treatment adapted for particular articles, e.g. springs, pipes, drills, rollers, wires; Furnaces therefor.

Heat treatment of cast-iron, of ferrous alloys.

Changing the physical properties of ferrous metals by deformation, by deformation combined or followed by heat treatment, by other methods.

Diffusion processes for extraction of non-metals, e.g. decarburising; Furnaces therefor.

Process control or regulation for heat treatments.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

C22B covers general metallurgical or chemical processes for producing or recovering metals from metal compounds, ores, metalliferous waste or scrap metal and for refining metal.

Changing the physical structure of non-ferrous metal and non-ferrous alloys is covered by C22F.

C23F 17/00 covers surface treatment of metallic material involving at least one process provided for in class C23 and at least one process covered in C21D or C22F or C25.

Furnaces in general and details thereof are classified in F27B and F27D, respectively.

References

Limiting references:

Apparatus for mechanical working of metal without essentially removing material; Punching metal

B21

Apparatus for mechanical working of metal not otherwise provided for, e.g. turning, boring

B23

Apparatus for grinding or polishing of metal

B24

Mechanical descaling

B21, B23

Cooling-beds for metal rolling

B21B 43/00

Cold coilers

B21C 47/00

Chemical descaling

C23

Cementation by diffusion processes

C23C

Surface treatment of metallic material involving at least one process provided for in class C23 and at least one process covered by C21D

C23F 17/00

Electrolytic descaling

C25F 1/00

Unidirectional solidification of eutectic materials or unidirectional demixing of eutectoid material

C30B

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Apparatus for heat treatment of railway trains on the spot

E01B 31/18

Informative references:

Removing fumes in general

B08B 15/00

Working metallic powder

B22F

Soldering; welding; cladding or plating by soldering or welding

B23K

Production of gases

C01, C10

General processes of refining or remelting metals; Apparatus for electroslag or arc remelting of metals

C22B 9/00

Making cast-iron alloys

C22C 33/08

Cast-iron alloys compositions

C22C 37/00

Ferrous alloy compositions

C22C 38/00

Electrolytic production or refining of metals

C25C

Furnaces, in general

F27

Heat exchange apparatus in which the heat exchange media do not come into direct contact

F28D

Investigating or analysing materials by determining their chemical or physical properties in general

G01N

Controlling or regulating in general

G05

Electric heating

H05B

Special rules of classification

When classifying in group C21D 6/00, any aspect of the method for the heat treatment of ferrous alloys which is considered to represent information of interest for search may also be classified in groups C21D 1/02 - C21D 1/84. This can, for example, be the case when it is considered of interest to enable searching of heat treatment methods of ferrous alloys using a combination of classification symbols. Such non-obligatory classification should be given as "additional information".

When classifying in group C21D 6/00, any alloying constituent which is considered to represent information of interest for search may also be classified in groups C22C 38/02 - C22C 38/60. This can, for example, be the case when it is considered of interest to enable searching of heat treatment of specific ferrous alloys using a combination of classification symbols. Such non-obligatory classification should be given as "additional information".

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Cast-iron

Ferrous alloy which solidifies with an eutectic, with C 2.1 - 4%.

Sub-critical annealing/Stress relief annealing

Heat treatment for relieving or dissipating stresses in weldaments, heavily machined parts, castings, forgings by heating them, uniformly heated through, and air cooled/slow cooled with subsequent finishing or heat treatment.

Oil-hardening

Process of hardening a ferrous alloy by heating within or above the transformation range and quenching in oil

Decarburisation

Subjecting the steel to high temperatures and heat treating in a media containing air, oxygen or hydrogen to remove carbon at the surface.

Recrystallization

After all metal crystals have been dissolved by heating enough to lose its structural strength, the metal temperature then falls, allowing the crystals to re-form

Spheroidizing

Heating the carbon steel to approximately 700 °C for over 30 hours to form spheroidite, to soften higher carbon steels and allow more formability.

Aging (or ageing)

A process in which the hardness or strength of a metal alloy having a constituent in supersaturated solid solution is increased over time as the constituent precipitates out as a secondary phase containing the constituent. When occurring at room temperature the process is termed "natural aging", while a process that occurs when subjecting the metal alloy to elevated temperature is termed "artificial aging". Aging for a longer time than that corresponding to maximum strength or hardness at the particular temperature is termed "over-ageing".

Hardening

The increase in resistance to deformation

Precipitation hardening

As the quenched alloy ages, a new material precipitates out of the metallic crystal lattice, filling in abutting spaces, and increasing hardness

Normalizing

A process of heating metallic material above its critical temperature and cooling in air thereby establishing a fine uniform grain size and improving the micro-structural uniformity

Quenching

The rapid cooling of metallic material either from elevated temperature to room temperature or cooling of metal to sub-ambient temperature, at a specific rate, with a given medium.

Tempering

Heating of a previously quenched or normalized metallic material to an elevated temperature, and then cooling under suitable conditions to obtain the desired mechanical properties.

Martempering

Heat treatment of steel involving austenitisation of steel followed by quenching in heat extracting medium (e.g. salt), at a rate fast enough to avoid the formation of ferrite, pearlite or bainite to a temperature slightly above the martensite start (Ms) point

Austempering

Isothermal heat treatment applied to steel and cast iron, involves holding the metallic material at the quenching temperature for an extended period of time in order to produce a lower bainite microstructure for steels and a structure of acicular ferrite and high carbon, stabilized austenite known as ausferrite for cast-irons.

Case Hardening

Heat treatment or combination of heat treatments of surface hardening involving a change in the composition of the outer layer of an iron-base alloy in which the surface is made harder by inward diffusion of a gas or liquid followed by appropiate thermal treatment.

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the word "vergüten" is used as synonym for hardening combined with annealing.

C21D 1/64 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

In general

F28D

C21D 1/74 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Production of gases

C01, C10

C21D 9/04 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Apparatus for heat treatment of railway rails on the spot

E01B 31/18

C21D 11/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Controlling or regulating in general

G05

C22B - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Metallurgical or chemical processes for producing or recovering metals from metal compounds, ores, metalliferous waste or scrap metal and for refining metal. Included in this subclass are processes drawn to:

the production of metal by smelting, roasting or furnace methods (i.e. pyrometallurgy);

the extraction of metal compounds from ores or concentrates by wet processes (i.e. hydrometallurgy); apparatus therefor;

electrothermal treatment of ores or metallurgical products for obtaining metals or alloys; apparatus therefor;

preliminary treatment of ores or scrap;

general processes of refining or remelting metals;

apparatus for electroslag or arc remelting of metals;

consolidating metalliferous charges or treating agents that are subsequently used in other processes of this subclass, by agglomerating, compacting, indurating or sintering;

obtaining specific metals, e.g. copper or manganese.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

C22B covers the treatment, e.g. the decarburization, of metalliferous material for purposes of refining. C21C, C21D and C22F provide for decarburization of metal for modifying the physical structure of ferrous and nonferrous metals or alloys, respectively.

C22B also possesses groups for obtaining metals including obtaining metals by chemical processes, and obtaining metal compounds by metallurgical processes. Thus, for example, group C22B 11/00 covers the production of silver by reduction of ammoniacal silver oxide in solution, and group C22B 17/00 covers the production of cadmium oxide by metallurgical process. Furthermore, although compounds of arsenic and antimony are classified in C01G, production of the elements themselves is covered by C22B, as well as the production of their compounds by metallurgical processes.

References

Limiting references:

Working metallic powder; manufacture of articles from metallic powder; making metallic powder or suspensions thereof

B22F 9/00

Flotation of ores

B03D

Processing of pig iron, e.g. refining, manufacture of wrought iron or steel; producing sponge iron by direct reduction

C21B, C21C

Electrolytic production or refining of metals

C25C

Informative references:

Casting of metals

B22D

Coating material with metallic material

C23C

Furnaces, retorts, sintering apparatus

F27B

Obtaining metal compounds by non-metallurgical processes

C01G

e.g. purifying zinc oxide

e.g. purifying zinc oxide

C01G 9/02

Processes of non-metallurgical separating of materials

B01D

Destroying solid waste or transforming solid waste into something useful or harmless

B09B 3/00

Special rules of classification

When classifying in group C22B 3/00, the nature of any metal which is considered to represent information of interest for search may also be classified in the main groups only of C22B 11/00-C22B 25/00 in group C22B 19/34 or in any of groups C22B 26/00-C22B 61/00. This can, for example, be the case when it is considered of interest to enable searching for extraction of specific metals or their compounds. Such non-obligatory classification should be given as "additional information".

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Carburizing

Treatment of a metal with an externally supplied source of carbon resulting in the chemical reaction or diffusion of the carbon into the metal.

Decarburization

Treatment of a metal to remove carbon therefrom.

Hydrometallurgy

A generic term for processes involving solution in water or other liquid in which metalliferous material or metal is treated to prepare metal, to purify or to refine metal, or to prepare intermediate materials more suitable for use in preparing metal (e.g. extracting, leaching, beneficiating, etc.).

Leaching

Extraction by dissolving soluble constituents from insoluble materials. Either the extracted solution or the insoluble material may contain the desired metalliferous material from which metal is obtained.

Pyrometallurgy

A generic term for processes carried out at relatively high temperatures, usually in furnaces, in which metalliferous material or metal is treated to prepare metal, to purify or to refine free metal, or to prepare intermediate materials more suitable for use in preparing metal (e.g. smelting, roasting of ores, etc.).

Reducing

Changing from a higher to a lower oxidation state such as, for example, from the ferric to the ferrous state, viz.: Fe3+ + e- → Fe2+ or to the elemental state.

Refining

Purification of metal by removal of impurities therefrom.

Roasting

The treatment of an ore or concentrate with heat and causing partial or full oxidation of the reactive species present in the ore or concentrate to facilitate metal extraction.

Slag

A vitreous mass that separates from fused metals during smelting or refining of metalliferous material.

Smelting

Treatment of metalliferous material, typically a metal sulfide ore or concentrate, with sufficient heat to cause melting of the sulfide mineral(s) in the ore or concentrate such that a molten metal sulfide phase is formed.

Synonyms and Keywords

The term "working-up" is sometimes used to connote the pre-treatment of ores or concentrates such as by consolidation.

The term "beneficiating" is sometimes used to connote processes of enrichment of ores and concentrates such as by leaching.

The term "indurating" is sometimes used to connote the heat-treatment of ores or concentrates such as by forming hardened pellets of metalliferous material.

The term "cementation" used in connection with hydrometallurgic processes refer to the precipitation of metalliferous material from solution.

C22B 1/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Furnaces, sintering apparatus

F27B

C22B 4/08 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Electric heating elements

H05B

C22C - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Ferrous and non-ferrous alloys, including radioactive alloys, cermets and master alloys. This subclass also covers amorphous alloys and alloys containing fibres or filaments.

Manufacture of alloys such as by processes of removing material from alloys to produce alloys of different constitution.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

C22C provides for ferrous and non-ferrous metals or alloys having a specified physical structure, e.g. microstructure, resulting from heat treatment or physical deformation. Processes for changing the physical structure of ferrous and non-ferrous metals or alloys by heat treatment or physical deformation are provided for in C21D and C22F, respectively.

C22C also provides for processes of removing material from alloys to produce alloys of different constitution, however C21D provides for removal of material by decarburization of ferrous alloys to make malleable, and C22F provides for removal of material by decarburization of non-ferrous metals or alloys.

References

Limiting references:

Powder metallurgical apparatus or processes, not specifically modified for making alloys

B22F

Rods, electrodes, materials or media, for use in soldering, welding or cutting

B23K 35/00

Ceramic products containing shaped metallic materials

C04B 35/74

Electrolytic production or refining of metals

C25C

Single crystals or homogeneous polycrystalline material with defined structure, e.g. directionally solidified

C30B 29/00

Magnets

H01F

Informative references:

Flints

C06C 15/00

Processing of pig iron, e.g. refining, manufacture of wrought iron or steel

C21C

Coating material with metallic material; cementation (carburizing, nitriding, etc.) processes

C23C

Special rules of classification

In this subclass the phrase "based on" requires at least 50% by weight of the specified constituent or of the specified group of constituents.

In groups C22C 21/14-C22C 21/18 groups C22C 30/02-C22C 30/06 and groups C22C 37/00 and C22C 38/00, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, an alloy is classified in the last appropriate place.

For main groups C22C 47/00 and C22C 49/00, indexing in groups C22C 101/00-C22C 121/00 may also be useful for subject matter relating to the nature of the fibrous materials contained in metal-fibrous composites.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Alloy

A composition of plural elements at least one of which is a free metal. Also includes material containing any combination of fibres, filaments, whiskers and particles, e.g. carbides, diamond, oxides, borides, nitrides or silicides, or other metal compounds, e.g. oxynitrides or sulfides, embedded in a metallic matrix.

Amorphous

Possessing no regular crystalline arrangement of atoms.

Cermet

Material containing any combination of fibres, filaments, whiskers, and particles, e.g. carbides, diamond, oxides, borides, nitrides, silicides, or other metal compounds, e.g. oxynitrides or sulfides, embedded in a metallic matrix.

Master alloy

A mixture or alloy of elements which are to be added to a charge or molten metal in order to provide a desired composition, deoxidize the molten metal or provide a fine grain size, etc.

Refining

Purification of metal by removal of impurities therefrom.

C22C 1/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Powder-metallurgical apparatus or processes, not specially modified for making alloys

B22F

C22C 33/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Working metallic powder

B22F

C22F - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes for changing the physical structure of non-ferrous metals and non-ferrous alloys. Included in this subclass are processes drawn to:

changing the physical structure of non-ferrous metals or alloys by heat treatment or by hot or cold working;

changing the physical structure of non-ferrous metals or alloys by special physical methods, e.g. treatment with neutrons.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Subclass C21D provides for processes of modifying the physical structure of ferrous metals or alloys, general devices for heat treatment of ferrous or non-ferrous metals or alloys, and making ferrous metals or alloys malleable by decarburization, tempering or other metallurgical treatments. C22C provides for ferrous and non-ferrous metals or alloys that may have a specified physical structure, e.g. microstructure, resulting from heat treatment or physical deformation.

Subclass C22F provides for decarburization of non-ferrous metal and non-ferrous alloys to modify the physical structure thereof. Subclass C22B covers the decarburization of metalliferous material for purposes of refining.

Group C23F 17/00 provides for surface treatment of metallic material involving at least one process provided for in class C23 and at least one process covered in the present subclass (C22F).

References

Limiting references:

Powder metallurgical apparatus or processes, not specifically modified for making alloys

B22F

Heat treatment, e.g. annealing, quenching, tempering, adapted for particular metallic articles; furnaces therefor

C21D 9/00

Electrolytic production or refining of metals

C25C

Single crystals or homogeneous polycrystalline material with defined structure; production thereof

C30B

Informative references:

Casting of metals

B22D

Processing of pig iron, e.g. refining, manufacture of wrought iron or steel

C21C

General methods or devices for heat treatment, e.g. hardening, quenching, tempering

C21D 1/00

Removing material from alloys to produce alloys of different constitution

C22C 3/00

Coating material with metallic material; cementation (carburizing, nitriding, etc.) processes

C23C

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Aging (or ageing)

A process in which the hardness or strength of a metal alloy having a constituent in supersaturated solid solution is increased over time as the constituent precipitates out as a secondary phase containing the constituent. When occurring at room temperature the process is termed "natural aging", while a process that occurs when subjecting the metal alloy to elevated temperature is termed "artificial aging". Aging for a longer time than that corresponding to maximum strength or hardness at the particular temperature is termed "over-ageing".

Alloy

A composition of plural elements at least one of which is a free metal. Also includes material containing any combination of fibres, filaments, whiskers and particles, e.g. carbides, diamond, oxides, borides, nitrides or silicides, or other metal compounds, e.g. oxynitrides or sulfides, embedded in a metallic matrix.

Hardening

The increase in resistance to deformation.

Normalizing

A process of heating metallic material above its critical temperature and cooling in air thereby establishing a fine uniform grain size and improving the micro-structural uniformity.

Quenching

The rapid cooling of metallic material either from elevated temperature to room temperature or cooling of metal to sub-ambient temperature.

Tempering

Involves the heating of a previously quenched or normalized metallic material to an elevated temperature, and then cooling under suitable conditions to obtain the desired mechanical properties.

Synonyms and Keywords

The term "aging" (or "ageing") is also termed precipitation hardening or strengthening.

C22F 1/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Apparatus for mechanical working of metal

B21, B23, B24

C22F 1/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Adjusting the composition of the atmosphere

C21D 1/76

C23C - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Casting B22D, B29, e.g.

B22D 19/08, B22D 23/04

With a reactive gas

C23C 8/00

C23C 16/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Solid state diffusion

C23C 8/00-C23C 12/00

C23C 18/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Solid state diffusion

C23C 8/00-C23C 12/00

C23C 20/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Solid state diffusion

C23C 8/00-C23C 12/00

C23F - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Methods, compositions and apparatus for etching of metallic materials by chemical means.

Regeneration of etching compositions, including apparatus for regenerating etching agents.

Methods, compositions and apparatus for chemical polishing (brightening) of metals.

Other non-mechanical processes for removing metallic material from surfaces, e.g. by plasma or sputter etching, and compositions therefor.

Simultaneous chemical and mechanical removal of metallic material from surfaces.

Inhibiting corrosion of metallic material by applying inhibitors to the surface in danger of corrosion.

Inhibiting corrosion of metallic material by adding inhibitors to the corrosive agent.

Inhibiting corrosion of metals by anodic or cathodic protection.

Other methods of preventing corrosion, e.g. by removing the corrosive agent from the medium or rendering it non corrosive by neutralizing it.

Inhibiting incrustation.

Corrosion and incrustation inhibitors per se.

Other apparatus for executing the methods mentioned above as far as they are specially adapted for treating metallic material.

Multi-step processes for surface treatment of metallic material involving at least one process provided for in class C23 and at least one process covered by subclass C21D or C22F or class C25.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Protective layers or coating compositions or methods of applying them are not classified in this subclass but in the appropriate places, e.g. B05, B44, C09D, C10M, C23C.

Mechanical devices or constructional features of particular articles for inhibiting incrustation are not classified in this subclass but in the appropriate places, e.g. in group F16L 58/00 for inhibiting incrustations in pipes or pipe fittings.

Articles characterised by being made of materials selected for their properties of resistance to corrosion or incrustation are not to be classified in this subclass but in the appropriate places for such articles, e.g. in group F01D 5/28 for turbine blades.

References

Limiting references:

Working of metal by electro-erosion

B23H

De-surfacing by applying flames

B23K 7/00

Working metal by laser beam

B23K 26/00

Adding scale preventives or removers to water

C02F 5/00

Electrolytic etching or polishing

C25F

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Preventing formation of scale in cooking vessels

A47J 36/42

Producing decorative effects by removing surface-material, e.g. by engraving or by etching

B44C 1/22

Mechanical methods for preventing fouling in hull protection

B63B 59/04

Preventing incrustations during destructive distillation of carbonaceous materials

C10B 43/14

Inhibition or prevention of corrosion or incrustation during processing of hydrocarbons

C10G 7/10, C10G 9/16, C10G 75/02

Use of additives to fuels or fires for minimising corrosion or incrustation

C10L 10/04

Adding corrosion inhibitors to lubricants

C10M, C10N 30/12

Adding corrosion inhibitors to pickling solutions

C23G

Preventing incrustation in pipes

F16L 58/00

Informative references:

Methods for preventing fouling

B08B 17/00

Manufacture of printing surfaces

B41C

Surface treatment of glass by etching

C03C 15/00, C03C 25/68

Etching of natural or artificial stone or ceramics

C04B 41/53, C04B 41/72, C04B 41/91

Polishing compositions

C09G

Etching, surface-brightening or pickling compositions in general

C09K 13/00

In situ inhibition of corrosion in boreholes or wells

E21B 41/02

Photomechanical reproduction

G03F

Discharge tubes with the provision for introducing objects or materials to be exposed to the discharge, e.g. for plasma treatment

H01J 37/00

Chemical or electrical treatment, e.g. etching, of semiconductor bodies

H01L 21/306

Manufacture of printed circuits

H05K

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Alloys

include:

metallic composite materials containing a substantial proportion of fibres or other somewhat larger particles;

ceramic compositions bonded by free metal, containing free metal bonded to carbides, diamond, oxides, borides, nitrides or silicides, e.g. cermets, or other metal compounds, e.g. oxynitrides or sulfides, other than as macroscopic reinforcing agents.

Applying corrosion inhibitors

Applying corrosion inhibitors to a metallic surface layer is not considered to be applying a protective coating.

Corrosion

Deterioration of a metallic material due to a change of valence state caused by reactions with its environment.

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the expression "encrustation" is sometimes used with the meaning " incrustation".

In patent documents the expression "chemical polishing" is often used with the meaning "brightening".

C23F 11/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Compositions for in situ inhibition of corrosion in boreholes or wells

C09K 8/54

Inhibiting or prevention of corrosion during processing of hydrocarbons

C10G 7/10, C10G 75/02

Use of additives to fuels or fires for minimising corrosion

C10L 10/04

Adding corrosion inhibitors to lubricants

C10M, C10N 30/12

Adding corrosion inhibitors to pickling solutions

C23G

Special rules of classification

In the range C23F 11/12-C23F 11/18, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, a compound is classified in the last appropriate place

C23F 17/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Coating for obtaining at least two superposed coatings by combinations of methods provided for in subclasses C23C and C25C or C25D

C23C 28/00

C25B - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Electrolytic or electrophoretic processes for the production of inorganic compounds, non metals or organic compounds.

Cells or assemblies of cells and their constructions.

Electrodes, diaphragms.

Operating or servicing of cells.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

- Multi-step processes for surface treatment of metallic material involving at least one process provided for in class C23 and at least one process provided for in class C25 are classified in group C23F 17/00.

- Compounds of particular interest are also classified in the relevant classes, C01 (inorganic chemistry), C07 (organic chemistry) and C08 (organic macromolecular compounds).

- The electrolytic or electrophoretic purification of materials is classified according to the nature of the liquid in the relevant places, e.g. A01K 63/00, C02F 1/46, C25B 15/08, C25D 21/16, C25F 7/02.

References

Limiting references:

Treatment of water, waste water, or sewage by electrochemical means, e.g. electrolysis electrodes therefor

C02F 1/46

Separation or purification of peptides, e.g. of proteins , by electrophoresis

C07K 1/26

Inhibiting corrosion of metals by anodic or cathodic protection

C23F 13/00

Single crystal growth

C30B

Informative references:

Making harmful compounds harmless by subjecting to electrochemical processes, electrodialysis

A62D 3/11

Gas separation, using electrochemical methods

B01D 53/32

Separation, other than separation of solids, by electrophoresis

B01D 57/02

Electrodialysis, electroosmosis

B01D 61/42

Catalysts

B01J

Processes employing the direct application of electric energy (i.e. electrochemical processes); Apparatus therefor

B01J 19/08

Separation of hydrogen or hydrogen containing gases from gaseous mixtures

C01B 3/50

Carbon masses

C01B 31/00, C04B 35/52

Electrochemical processes or apparatus for generating energy

H01M

Electrodes for fuel cells

H01M 4/86

Membranes and other details of fuel cells

H01M 8/02, H01M 8/10

Electrochemical sensors

G01N 27/26

Special rules of classification

Classification is made according to the last place priority.

C25B 9/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Electrical connections in general

H01R

C25B 15/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Controlling or regulating in general

G05

C25B 15/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Working of metal by the action of a high concentration of electric current

B23H

C25C - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Production, recovery or refining of metals by electrolysis of solutions or melts, e.g. of aluminium with devices for feeding or crust breaking, electrolytes

Production, recovery or refining of metal powders or porous metal masses from solutions or melts

Constructional parts or assemblies of cells, i.e. electrodes, diaphragms

Operating or servicing of cells.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Multi-step processes for surface treatment of metallic material involving at least one process provided for in class C23 and at least one process provided for in class C25 are classified in group C23F 17/00

Compounds of particular interest are also classified in the relevant classes, C01 (inorganic chemistry), C07 (organic chemistry) and C08 (organic macromolecular compounds).

The electrolytic or electrophoretic purification of materials is classified according to the nature of the liquid in the relevant places, e.g. A01K 63/00, C02F 1/46, C25B 15/08, C25D 21/16, C25F 7/02

References

Limiting references:

Treatment of water, waste water, or sewage by electrochemical means, e.g. electrolysis electrodes therefor

C02F 1/46

Inhibiting corrosion of metals by anodic or cathodic protection

C23F 13/00

Single crystal growth

C30B

Informative references:

Catalysts comprising metals

B01J 21/00, B01J 23/00

Processes for preparing catalysts

B01J 37/00

Refining molten metal during a continuous casting process

B22D 11/116

General processes of refining metals

C22B 9/00

Multistep processes for surface treatment of metallic material

C23F 17/00

Electrodes, membranes for fuel cells

H01M 4/86, H01M 8/10

Special rules of classification

Classification is made according to the last place priority.

C25D - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Electroforming products like tubes, wires, moulds, and electroforming done by electrophoresis.

Joining workpieces by electrolysis.

Electroplating baths, electrolytic baths from melts, ionic liquids, electroplating processes, pretreatment or after treatment of work-pieces and electroplating characterized by the article coated. , e.g. tubes, wires, mirrors, semiconductors

Electrolytic coating other than with metals.

Electrolytic coating by surface reaction, i.e.. forming conversion layers, e.g. anodisation, phosphatising.

Electrophoretic coating methods

Electrolytic or electrophoretic production of coating containing embedded materials, e.g. particles, whiskers, wires.

Apparatus for electrolytic coating of objects, e.g. electrodes, tanks, containers

Electrolytic coating plants.

Processes for servicing or operating cells for electrolyting coating., i.e. heating cooling, filtering, regeneration of process solutions

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Multi-step processes for surface treatment of metallic material involving at least one process provided for in class C23 and ate least one process provided for in class C25 are classified in C23F 17/00.

Coating for obtaining at least two superposed coatings by combination of methods provided for in subclasses C23C and C25D are classified in C23C 28/00.

The electrolytic or electrophoretic purification of materials is classified according to the nature of the liquid in the relevant places, e.g. A01K 63/00, C02F 1/46, C25B 15/08, C25D 21/16, C25F 7/02.

References

Limiting references:

Laminating metals

B32B 15/00

Treatment of water, waste water, or sewage by electrochemical means, e.g. electrolysis

C02F 1/46

Inhibition of corrosion by anodic or cathodic protection

C23F 13/00

Compositions for electrophoretic coating, e.g. electrografting

C09D 5/44

Single crystal growth

C30B

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Metallising textiles

D06M 11/83

Decorating textiles by locally metallising

D06Q 1/04

Manufacturing printed circuits by metal deposition

H05K 3/18

Informative references:

Lacquering

B44D

Apparatus for continuously conveying articles into bath

B65G 49/02

Electroless plating

C23C 18/00

Multi-step processes for surface treatment of metallic material

C23F 17/00

Electrolytic etching, polishing, brightening

C25F

Electrochemical methods of analysis

G01N 27/26

Synonyms and Keywords

anodic oxidation

anodisation, electrochemical conversion coating

C25D 11/18 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Lacquering

B44D

C25D 13/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Apparatus for continuously conveying articles into baths

B65G, B65G 49/00

C25D 17/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Apparatus for continuously conveying articles into baths

B65G, B65G 49/00

Electric devices, see the relevant places

H01B, H02G

C25D 21/22 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Controlling or regulating in general

G05

C25F - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Electrolytic cleaning, degreasing, pickling, descaling, etching or polishing;

Electrolytic stripping of metallic layers or coatings;

Constructional parts, or assemblies therefor, of cells for electrolytic removal of material from objects, servicing or operating.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Multi-step processes for surface treatment of metallic material involving at least one process provided for in class C23 and at least one process provided for in class C25 are classified in C23F 17/00.

The electrolytic or electrophoretc purification of materials is classified according to the nature of the liquid in the relevant places, e.g. A01K 63/00, C02F 1/46, C25B 15/08, C25D 21/16, C25F 7/02.

References

Limiting references:

Treatment of water, waste water or sewage by electrochemical means, e.g. electrolysis

C02F 1/46

Inhibiting corrosion of metals by anodic or cathodic protection

C23F 13/00

Constructional parts, or assemblies thereof, of cells for both electrolytic coating and electrolytic removal

C25D 17/00

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Processes specially adapted fro treatment of semiconductors or solid state devices, e.g. electrolytic etching

H01L 21/306, H01L 21/465

Informative references:

Electrochemical machining combined with mechanical working or electrolytic grinding (by the action of a high concentration of electric current)

B23H

Lapping machines using both abrasive substances and the application of electrical current

B24B 37/00

Multistep processes for surface treatment of metallic material

C23F 17/00

Electrochemical methods of analysis

G01N 27/26

Special rules of classification

Classification is made according to the last place priority rule.

C30B - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Single crystals or homogeneous polycrystalline material with a defined structure; production thereof. Included in this subclass are processes and apparatus drawn to:

unidirectional solidification of eutectic material or unidirectional demixing of eutectoid material;

refining by zone-melting of material;

production of a homogeneous polycrystalline material with defined structure;

non-mechanical after-treatment of single crystals or a homogeneous polycrystalline material with defined structure.

References

Limiting references:

Formation of diamonds using ultra-high pressure

B01J 3/06

Zone-refining of metals or alloys

C22B

Casting of metals, casting of other substances by the same processes or devices

B22D

Modifying the physical structure of metals or alloys

C21D, C22F

Production of semiconductor devices or parts thereof; semiconductor devices characterized by their crystalline structure or particular orientation of the crystalline planes

H01L

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Separation by crystallisation in general

B01D 9/00

Informative references:

Separation by crystallisation in general

B01D 9/00

Grinding, polishing of crystals

B24B

Cleaving of stone or stone-like materials, e.g., brick, concrete, not provided for elsewhere

B28D 1/32

Mechanical fine working of gems, jewels, crystals

B28D 5/00

Coating by vacuum evaporation, by sputtering or by ion implantation of the coating material

C23C 14/00

Chemical coating by decomposition of gaseous compounds, without leaving reaction products of surface material in the coating

C23C 16/00

Investigating or analysing biological crystals

G01N 33/48

Photonic crystals

G02B, G02F

Special rules of classification

The preparation of single crystals or a homogeneous polycrystalline material with defined structure of particular materials or shapes is classified in the group for the process as well as in group C30B 29/00.

An apparatus specially adapted for a specific process in classified in the appropriate group for the process. Apparatus to be used in more than one kind of process is classified in group C30B 35/00.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Amorphous

Description of a solid material not having long-range crystalline lattice structure.

Crystal

Description of a solid material having long-range order of atoms or molecules arranged in a regularly-repeating lattice structure.

Defined structure

The structure of a solid material with grains which are oriented in a preferential way or have larger dimensions than normally obtained.

Epitaxy

The formation of a crystalline layer on a substrate in such a manner that the formed crystal bears a definite crystallographic relationship to the substrate.

Eutectic

Description of a mixture or solution containing two or more phases at a composition that has the lowest melting point and where the phases simultaneously crystallize from solution at this temperature.

Homogeneous polycrystalline material

A solid material with crystal particles, all of which have the same chemical composition.

Lattice

An ordered arrangement of atoms or molecules within a solid material.

Oriented crystal

A polycrystalline structure in which the grains are generally aligned in a preferential direction such as obtained in columnar growth.

Seed

A material, usually itself a small single-crystal, upon which a single-crystal is grown, the seeded crystal growth proceeding by the alignment of atoms or molecules or clusters into a thermodynamically favored arrangement determined by the nature of the seed.

Single-crystal

Description of a solid material having long-range order of atoms or molecules in a regularly-repeating lattice structure. Also includes twin crystals and a predominantly single crystalproduct.

Superlattice

A single-crystal having an internal structure of more than two layers, each layer having a composition different from the next adjacent layer.

Twin crystal

A crystalline material in which the adjoining crystalline lattices have a mirror-image symmetrical relationship, the interface between the adjoining crystals being termed the twin plane.

Zone melting

Description of a process in which a crystallized body is formed by melting a zone of a starting material with subsequent cooling and crystallisation while either the zone or the starting product is displaced so that all or part of the starting material is converted into the crystallized body.

Synonyms and Keywords

The term "grains" is used to describe crystalline regions in a solid material, each grain generally being a single crystalline region. The terms "whiskers" and "needles" are also descriptive of discrete solid crystalline particles of generally elongated shape.

C30B 13/20 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Induction coils

H05B 6/36

C30B 13/28 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Controlling or regulating in general

G05

C30B 29/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Alloys

C22C

C30B 31/18 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Controlling or regulating in general

G05

C30B 33/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Grinding, polishing

B24

Mechanical fine working of gems, jewels, crystals

B28D 5/00

C40B - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Methods of making libraries, e.g. combinatorial synthesis;

In silico or virtual conception of libraries; in silico or virtual libraries;

Chemical or biological libraries and modifications thereof, i.e. chemically, biologically or physically modified;

Methods of screening libraries or subsets thereof for a desired activity or property, e.g. binding ability;

Methods specially adapted for identifying the exact nature, e.g. chemical structure of a particular library member;

Apparatus specially adapted for use in combinatorial chemistry or library technology to identifylibrary members, to screen libraries or to synthesize libraries; integrated apparatus specially adapted for performing any combination of these three tasks;

Tags or linkers specially adapted for use in combinatorial chemistry or library technology;

Other process or products specially adapted for combinatorial chemistry or libraries.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Individual library members are classified in the appropriate places elsewhere in the IPC, e.g. in Section C, according to established procedure (see paragraphs 100 and 101 of the Guide). Subject matter that has a wider utility and may also be used outside combinatorial chemistry, e.g. solid supports and linkers of general utility in solid phase synthesis, general reagents, is classified in the appropriate places elsewhere in the IPC, e.g. Section C.

Methods or apparatus covered by this subclass are also classified for their biological, chemical, physical or other features in the appropriate places in the IPC, if such features are of interest, e.g.

Biocides A01N

Preparations for medical, dental or toilet purposes A61K

Therapeutic activity of compounds A61P

Separation B01D

Chemical or physical processes, e.g. catalysis; Apparatus therefor B01J

Chemical or physical laboratory apparatus B01L

Shaped plastics B29

Inorganic, organic or organic macromolecular compounds; Methods of preparation or separation thereof C01, C07, C08

Biochemistry, microbiology, enzymology including microorganisms or enzymes, preparing them, using them to synthesize compounds or compositions; Measuring or testing processes involving microorganisms or enzymes; Mutation or genetic engineering C12

Metal alloys C22

Chemical or physical analysis G01N

Physical measurements methods; Apparatus therefore G01R, G01T

Photomechanical methods G03F

Electrical digital data processing G06F

Data processing G06K

Image data processing G06T

Displaying; Advertising G09F

Special rules of classification

In this subclass, at each level of indentation, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, classification is made in the first appropriate place.

When classifying in this subclass, additional classifications are made for subject matter which is considered invention information or is considered of interest for search purposes.

Unless otherwise stated, in silico or virtual libraries are classified in main-group C40B 40/00 (or its subgroups) as if they were physically existing entities.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Array

Set of compounds maintained in a specified spatial distribution e.g. in the wells of a 96-well plate, in pins held in a rack or at the tip of optical fibers arranged in a bunch.

Biochemical method

Process involving the use of microorganisms, enzymes, vectors or antibodies.

Chemical Evolution Process

Process using in vitro selection systems that evolve to enrich mixtures of chemical compounds in those components having selected properties. The terminology "directed molecular evolution" is commonly employed when the process is applied to mixtures of macromolecules (e.g. RNA aptamers). Selected compounds are then amplified ("copied") using biochemical methods (e.g. enzymatic reverse transcription of RNA aptamers to DNA, PCR amplification and finally retranscription to RNA); This concept has been adapted to organic chemistry and opened a new branch of combinatorial chemistry named "dynamic combinatorial chemistry" wherein the enrichment in the (usually low-molecular weight) compounds having a selected property results from the equilibration process that carries out a preferential destruction and recycling of unselected compounds.

Coding/encoding

Strategy whereby a surrogate analyte is associated with each member of a library in order to record its structure and/or the reaction sequence used for its preparation. This is usually achieved by the use of tags/labels attached to the particles of solid support on which the library members are assembled.

Combinatorial library

A set of compounds (a library) prepared by combinatorial synthesis. May consist of a collection of pools or sub-libraries.

Combinatorial synthesis

Combinatorial synthesis is the preparation of sets of diverse entities by the combination of sets of chemical building blocks, e.g. reagents.

Contained in

A library contained in a microorganism, a cell or a vector is a library the members of which are present in the respective biochemical, e.g. in a plasmid.

Decoding

Method enabling the determination of the structure of a library member and/or the reaction sequence leading to its preparation, consisting in "reading" (e.g. determining the structure of) a surrogate analyte (code, tag, label) associated with said library-member.

Deconvolution

Process consisting of fractionating (normally by resynthesis, or by elaborating a partial library) a pool with some level of the desired activity to give a set of smaller pools. See also iterative deconvolution.

Directed Molecular Evolution

Directed Molecular Evolution is a process for enriching a library in members having a property or activity of interest. It involves cycles of taking a library, subjecting it to a screen to select for the desired property or activity, amplifying the "hits" to provide the starting library for the subsequent cycle.

"Mutations" may be introduced at the amplification stage in order to increase the diversity of the library. This subject matter involves aspects of creating and screening libraries.

Displayed by

A library displayed by a microorganism is a library present at the surface of such a microorganism, e.g. of a bacteria. See for example Nature Biotechnology (1997), 15, pages 29-34: "Display of heterologous proteins on the surface of microorganisms: from the screening of combinatorial libraries to live recombinant vaccines.

Dynamic Library

Collection of compounds (in solution) in dynamic equilibrium (i.e. constantly changing). If the composition of the library is altered by the presence of a target which selectively binds certain library members, then shifting of the equilibrium will lead to an increase in the amount of those components which bind to the target with relatively high affinity. A dynamic library contains all the potentially possible combinations of the components undergoing dynamic random connection, whether these combinations are or are not actually present in the conditions used. It is a virtual library. A real entity is generated in the presence of the target.

Fluorous Synthesis

Approach for solution phase synthesis which takes advantage of the ability of highly fluorinated groups to partition out of aqueous and most organic solutions into a third phase consisting in a fluorinated solvent. The fluorinated side chain can act as a soluble support for synthesis.

Identifying

Determining the exact nature, e.g. chemical structure or sequence listing, of a particular library member or of a particular subset of library members.

In silico library

A library which has no physical existence, being constructed solely in electronic form or on paper. It is one type of virtual library. The building blocks required for such a library may not exist, and the chemical steps for creating such a library may not have been tested. These libraries are used in the design and evaluation of possible libraries.

"Integrated" apparatus

Apparatus specifically designed for performing at least two different operations, e.g. synthesis and screening.

Iterative deconvolution

Method for the identification of active library members consisting in repeating the deconvolution strategy a certain number of times. Usually the initial library is divided into non-overlapping subsets. The subsets are tested (screened) separately, and the one with the greatest activity is identified. This subset is re-synthesized as a collection of simpler subsets which are tested for activity. The process is repeated until a unique library-member with (ideally) a high level of activity is identified.

Library

A library is a created collection of a plurality of compounds, microorganisms or other substances. The collection is useful as a test vehicle for determining which of its members or its subsets of members possess activities or properties of interest. A library might for example exist as:

a solution

a physical admixture

an ordered or unordered array

a plurality of members present on a support and affixed thereto, e.g. by chemical bonding, by physical attractive forces or by coating.

Liquid-phase synthesis

In the context of C40B, this wording covers both solution phase syntheses (i.e. reactions involving only one liquid phase) as well as syntheses in multiple liquid phase systems (i.e. involving more than one liquid phase). The latter concern for instance syntheses performed on a liquid macromolecular compound such as PEG (polyethylene glycol), on dendrimers, or wherein a fluorocarbon phase is present in the system (fluorous synthesis).

Microorganisms

bacteria, actinomycetales, fungi (e.g. yeast), virus, human, animal, or plant cells, tissues, protozoa or unicellular algae.

Particular attachment method

Specific method of attachment focusing on the way molecules are bound to the solid or liquid support, e.g. by means of electrostatic interactions, formation of covalent bonds by cycloaddition reactions or by irradiation.

Resin capture

Method consisting in contacting the reaction medium with a solid support after a reaction performed in solution, in order to attach the reaction product to the resin and thus collect it easily.

Safety-Catch Linker

A linker which is cleaved by performing two different reactions instead of only one, thus providing greater control over the timing of compound release. In practice, the resin is "activated" before the actual cleavage takes place (e.g. cleavage by nucleophilic displacement of a previously alkylated sulfonamide resin).

Screening

Determining whether a library contains a member or members which have a particular property or activity of interest.

Solid-phase synthesis

Synthetic process wherein the reactions are performed on a solid support, usually in the presence of a solvent, i.e. wherein one or more library building blocks are bound to a solid support (e.g. polymer, resin, glass beads) during library creation.

Solid support

Insoluble, functionalized, polymeric material to which library members or other reagents may be attached (often via a linker) allowing library members to be readily separated (by filtration, centrifugation, etc.) from excess reagents, soluble reaction by-products or solvents.

Solution-phase synthesis

Synthesis performed in solution, i.e. wherein the reactants and reagents are all soluble in the reaction medium (irrespective of the fact that, for instance, a supported catalyst is used during the reaction). It is also called "synthesis in solution".

Traceless Linker

Linker which does not leave any residue on the cleaved compound, i.e. which is replaced by a hydrogen atom.

Virtual library

A library which has no physical existence. This terminology encompasses two different types of libraries: in silico libraries and dynamic libraries.

D01B - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Plant

Any of a kingdom (Plantae) of multicellular eukaryotic mostly photosynthetic organisms typically lacking locomotive movement or obvious nervous or sensory organs and possessing cellulose cell walls.

D01H - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Finishing or dressing of filaments, yarns, threads, cords, ropes, or the like

D02J

D01H 9/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Drafting arrangements

D01H 5/00

Twisting arrangements

D01H 7/00

D01H 11/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Drafting arrangements

D01H 5/00

Twisting arrangements

D01H 7/00

D01H 13/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Drafting arrangements

D01H 5/00

Twisting arrangements

D01H 7/00

D01H 15/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Drafting arrangements

D01H 5/00

Twisting arrangements

D01H 7/00

D01H 17/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Drafting arrangements

D01H 5/00

Twisting arrangements

D01H 7/00

D04H - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres;

Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of yarns or like filamentary material of substantial length;

Non-woven fabrics formed of mixtures of relatively-short fibres and yarns or like filamentary material of substantial length;

Non-woven pile fabrics;

Other non-woven fabrics;

Felting apparatus;

Needling machines.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Some of the non-woven fabrics can also be regarded as "layered products" within the meaning of subclass B32B, and further classification in that subclass should be considered in accordance with the notes thereto.

In cases where the making of non-woven fabrics involves the use of particular chemical compounds or compositions, e.g. for treating or bonding fibres, filaments, or yarns, further classification in other appropriate subclasses should also be considered.

References

Limiting references:

Non-woven fabrics having an intermediate or external layer of a different kind, e.g. of woven fabric

B32B

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Filtering material for liquid or gaseous fluids

B01D 39/00

Informative references:

Formation of filaments, threads, or the like

D01D 5/00

Carding

D01G

Lap-forming devices

D01G 25/00

Curling or crimpling of fibres, filaments, or yarns

D02G 1/00

Weaving

D03

Knitting

D04B

Braiding

D04C

Net-making

D04G

Sewing

D05B

Tufting

D05C

Finishing non-woven fabrics

D06

Paper web-making by wet methods

D21F, D21H

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Non-woven fabrics

Fabrics formed wholly or partly of textile material by processes comprising operations other than the weaving, knitting, braiding, lacing, or knotting of yarns, threads, or filaments for which provision is made in other subclasses of section D. This expression includes felts, cotton-wool and wadding.

Composite fibres

Conjugated fibres that are manufactured by composite spinning of two or more kinds of immiscible resins, of which the resins form such phase structures as side-by-side, sheath-core, sea-island, wood grain pattern, multi-layered, radial or mosaic in the cross section surface vertical to the fibre axis.

Mixed fibres

Mixture of two or more kinds of fibres made of different substances.

Fleece

Fabric composed of a foundation layer with a thick, soft nap or pile, in which any type of fabric, including a knit or a woven fabric, can be incorporated as a foundation layer. A fleece should be treated as a single layer, not as a layered product.

Pile

Upright loop or nap raised from the surface of fabrics.

D04H 1/02 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Wadding

A heap of voluminous and low-density fibre for use as fillers in furniture or quilting.

D04H 1/32 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Synthetic pulp

Synthetic pulp typically comprised of a thermoplastic polymer such as polyolefins or some polyamides and having a structure resembling wood pulp. That is, the synthetic pulp has a micro-fibrillar structure comprised of micro-fibrils exhibiting a high surface area as contrasted with the smooth, rod-like morphology of synthetic short staple fibers. For example, see WO2006/124426 A1 (page 9, lines 1 through 20).

D04H 1/407 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Absorbing substances

Absorbing substances cover water-absorbing agents such as water-absorbing polymer, deodorant or humidity absorbing agents such as activated carbon.

D04H 1/413 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Granules

Granules cover, for example, those having antibiotic properties or granular substances with flame retardant properties.

D04H 1/4242 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Carbon fibres

Carbon fibres are a kind of inorganic fibre. Polyacrylonitrile (PAN) -based, pitch-based or rayon-based Carbon fibers are included.

D04H 1/4274 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Non-woven fabrics which are composed of the fibres obtained and reused by cutting or fibreizing wastes or garnets, and which are also included in the scope of the upper group, namely, formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres and formed from fleeces or layers composed of fibres without existing or potential cohesive properties insofar as this use has no preponderant influence on the consolidation of the fleece.

D04H 1/4374 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Non-woven fabrics which are composed of mixture of different kind of webs, including multi-layered non-woven fabrics in which layers are made continuously and each layer is composed of different kind of fibres, and which are also included in the scope of the upper group, namely, formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres and formed from fleeces or layers composed of fibres without existing or potential cohesive properties insofar as this use has no preponderant influence on the consolidation of the fleece.

D04H 1/4391 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Non-woven fabrics characterized by the shape of used fibres, for example, modified cross-section fibres or crimped fibres on which specific crimps are given, and which are also included in the scope of the upper group, namely, formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres and formed from fleeces or layers composed of fibres without existing or potential cohesive properties insofar as this use has no preponderant influence on the consolidation of the fleece.

References

Informative references:

Characterised by the shape of yarns or filaments

D04H 3/018

D04H 1/498 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Multi-layered non-woven fabrics which are entangled by needling or like operations, and which are also included in the scope of the upper group, namely, formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres and formed from fleeces or layers composed of fibres without existing or potential cohesive properties. Example is shown below.

1. D04H0001498000_0.gif

D04H 1/559 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Multi-layered non-woven fabrics using bonding fibres in which layers are made continuously, and which are also included in the scope of the upper group, namely, formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres and formed from fleeces or layers composed of fibres without existing or potential cohesive properties.

D04H 1/593 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Multi-layered non-woven fabrics using chemical or thermoplastic bonding agents in which layers are made continuously, and which are also included in the scope of the upper group, namely, formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres and formed from fleeces or layers composed of fibres without existing or potential cohesive properties. Example is shown below.

1. D04H0001593000_0.gif

D04H 1/70 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Characterised by the method of forming fleeces or layers, e.g. reorientation of yarns or filaments

D04H 3/02

D04H 1/76 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Characterised by the method of forming fleeces or layers, e.g. reorientation of yarns or filaments, otherwise than in a plane

D04H 3/07

D04H 3/018 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Non-woven fabrics characterized by the shape of used yarns or like filamentary material, for example, modified cross-section yarns or like filamentary material or crimped yarns or like filamentary material on which specific crimps are given, and which are also included in the scope of the upper group, namely, formed wholly or mainly of yarns or like filamentary material of substantial length.

References

Informative references:

Characterised by the shape of fibres

D04H 1/4391

D04H 3/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Characterised by the method of forming fleeces or layers, e.g. reorientation of fibres

D04H 1/70

D04H 3/033 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Non-woven fabrics to which the means for changing the orientation of yarns or like filamentary material are given after the formation of yarns or like filamentary material, and which are also included in the scope of the upper group, namely, formed wholly or mainly of yarns or like filamentary material of substantial length.

D04H 3/07 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Characterised by the method of forming fleeces or layers, e.g. reorientation of fibres, otherwise than in a plane

D04H 1/76

D04H 3/105 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Needling machines

D04H 18/00

D04H 5/02 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Needling machines

D04H 18/00

D06F 61/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Smoothing by cold rolling

D06F 45/00

D06F 63/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Smoothing by cold rolling

D06F 45/00

D06F 65/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Smoothing by cold rolling

D06F 45/00

D06F 67/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Smoothing by cold rolling

D06F 45/00

D06F 69/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Smoothing by cold rolling

D06F 45/00

D06F 71/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Smoothing by cold rolling

D06F 45/00

D06F 73/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Smoothing by cold rolling

D06F 45/00

D06F 75/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Smoothing by cold rolling

D06F 45/00

D06F 77/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Smoothing by cold rolling

D06F 45/00

D06F 79/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Smoothing by cold rolling

D06F 45/00

D06F 81/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Smoothing by cold rolling

D06F 45/00

D06F 83/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Smoothing by cold rolling

D06F 45/00

D06F 85/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Smoothing by cold rolling

D06F 45/00

D06J - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Methods for pleating, kilting, or goffering textile fabrics or wearing apparel including of mechanical or physical processing with or without using heat, steam or treatment composition and also the combination thereof

Pleating is a method of an arrangement of fold by doubling the material upon itself and then pressing it into place

1. D06J_0.gif

Kilting is a method of a perpendicular arrangement of flat, single plaits, each plait being folded so as to cover half the breadth of the preceding one (generally to make three thicknesses of stuff), as on kilt. A system of pleating a kilt in which one full sett of the tartan pattern is taken up in each pleat, resulting in a reproduction of the pattern across the back of the kilt. Box pleats or knife pleats are used for pleating a kilt.

2. D06J_1.gif

Goffering is the process of creating frills in textile fabrics or wearing apparel so that they were evenly and finely gathered, e.g. make wavy by means of heated goffering iron, or other forms of goffers by pressing or stamping with a patterned tool

3. D06J_2.gif

Apparatus for pleating, kilting, or goffering textile fabrics or wearing apparel such as fabric folding mechanisms, pleat forming devices, pleating machines, including kilting machines, pressing patterns, ironing devices specially adapted for forming goffers or pleats, e.g. fluting irons, pleating irons, goffers

4. D06J_3.gif

5. D06J_4.gif

Forms of pleats or the like, e.g. accordion pleats, kilt pleats, box pleats, goffers.

6. D06J_5.gif

7. D06J_6.gif

Herringbone goffer pattern

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Between subclass D06J and subclasses D06B, D06C, D06F and D06M can be used multiple classification.

When classifying methods or apparatus for pleating, kilting, or goffering textile fabrics or wearing apparel subclass D06J can be used together with subclasses

D06B or D06M if different kinds of particular treatment of textile fabrics or wearing apparel are applied before or during making pleats;

D06C if the treatment of textile fabrics or wearing apparel is applied after making pleats, e.g. such finishing treatment as setting covered by D06C 7/02 or pressing or ironing covered by D06C 15/00; and

main group D06F 71/00 that partially covers apparatus for forming pleats or gofers since the part of subclass D06F under the Guide heading "Ironing; Pressing" (D06F 61/00 - D06F 79/00) covers general aspects of ironing or pressing apparatus, mostly used for smoothing or removing wrinkles from clothes, linen or other textile articles but as well the aspects of special purpose, e.g. for forming pleats or gofers (group D06F 71/00).

References

Limiting references:

Pleating or kilting textile fabrics or wearing apparel, by weaving

D03D

Pleating or kilting textile fabrics or wearing apparel, by sewing

D05B

Treating textile fabrics or wearing apparel after forming pleats or goffers

D06C

Informative references:

Processes or apparatus for shaping plastics by folding

B29C 53/00

Corrugating or creasing paper, or material worked in a manner analogous to paper, without removing material

B31F

Folding thin materials

B65H 45/00

Apparatus for hot- pressing or cold-pressing clothes, linen or other textile fabrics for forming pleats or goffers

D06F 71/00

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the following expressions/words "pleat", "crease", "crimp", "fold" and "flute" are often used as synonyms.

In patent documents the expression/word "corrugating" is often used instead of "goffering" which is used in the classification scheme of this subclass.

In patent documents the expression/word "folding" is often used with the meaning "pleating".

D06L - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Dry-cleaning or industrial washing of fibres, threads, yarns, fabrics, feathers, or made-up fibrous goods using organic, inorganic or aqueous baths. Processes include desizing or chemical preparation for subsequent chemical treatments like dyeing or the application of finishing agents. Further more, it includes the regeneration of used chemical baths, working under pressure in closed vessels, processes combined with mechanical means, and multi-step processes.

Bleaching fibres, threads, yarns, fabrics, feathers, or made-up fibrous goods, leather, or furs using, for example, reducing agents, enzymes, irradiation, ozonisation or optical bleaching and compounds which develop oxygen or which contain halogen.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

D06L covers fading of naturally occurring colour and D06P covers removing of dyes from dyed textiles, e. g. using reserving agents, etch resists.

In case of a multi-step treatment process comprising both mechanical steps and chemical steps, where a mechanical step might be one of the treatment steps, D06L does not provide for a single purely mechanical treatment step, e.g. D06L 1/20 dry-cleaning or washing fibres, threads, yarns, fabrics using aqueous baths combined with mechanical means.

References

Limiting references:

Chemical treatment of natural filamentary or fibrous material to obtain filament or fibres for spinning

D01C

Chemical features in the manufacture of artificial filaments, threads, fibres, bristles, or ribbons

D01F

Treatment of textiles by mechanical matters

D06BD06J

Bleaching paper pulp or cotton linters

D21C 9/10

Informative references:

Preparations for bleaching the hair

A61Q 5/08

Preparations for deodorising, bleaching or disinfecting dentures

A61Q 11/02

Preparations for chemically bleaching or whitening the skin

A61Q 19/02

Surface treatment of fibres or filaments of glass, mineral wool, or slag wool

C03C 25/00

Detergent compositions

C11D

Enzymes, enzymes compositions

C12N 9/00

Washing machines

D06F

Dry cleaning apparatus

D06F 43/00

Chemical treatment of textile materials

D06M

Decolouration of dyed textile materials, stripping dyes from dyed textile materials

D06P 5/13

Locally discharging the dyes, e. g. using reserving agents, etch resists

D06P 5/15

Stone washing

D06P 5/15, D06P 7/00, D06M 11/79

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Fibre

Fibre is a relatively short, elongated member or natural or artificial material.

Thread

Thread is an assembly of yarns or filaments usually produced by twisting.

Yarn

Yarn is a unitary assembly of fibres or filaments, usually produced by spinning.

Fabric

Fabric is a planar textile structure produced by interlacing yarns, threads, fibers or filaments by a weaving, knitting or non-woven process.

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the following expressions/words "Optical bleaching agents" and "Brightening agents, brighteners" are often used as synonyms.

D06M - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Treatment of fibres, threads, yarns, fabrics or fibrous goods made from such materials to modify their properties or to impart them specific functions or properties, e. g. hydrophobising, hydrophilising, shrinkproof, flameproof, antistatic, antipill, antiwrinkle, soil- or stainrelease properties

with inorganic substances or complexes thereof; such treatment combined with mechanical treatment, e.g. mercerising;

with non-macromolecular organic compounds; such treatment combined with mechanical treatment;

with macromolecular compounds; such treatment combined with mechanical treatment.

Graft polymerisation of monomers containing carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds on to fibres, threads, yarns, fabrics, or fibrous goods made from such materials.

Biochemical treatment of fibres, threads, yarns, fabrics, or fibrous goods made from such materials, e.g. enzymatic

Physical treatment of fibres, threads, yarns, fabrics, or fibrous goods made from such materials, e.g. ultrasonic, corona discharge, irradiation, electric currents, magnetic fields; Physical treatment combined with treatment with chemical compounds or elements.

Producing multi-layer textile fabrics by applying cellulose derivatives or synthetic resins as adhesives.

Treatment of feathers.

Treatment of fibres, threads, yarns, fabrics or fibrous goods made from such materials, characterised by the process.

Chemical constitution of the fibres, threads, yarns, fabrics or fibrous goods made from such materials, to be treated.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

The coating of two-dimensional textile surfaces with a layer of macromolecular material by other means than impregnation is covered by D06N.

In case of a multi-step treatment process comprising both mechanical steps and chemical steps, where a mechanical step might be one of the treatment steps, a single purely mechanical treatment step is not classified in D06M, e.g. D06M 15/70 "Treatment of fibres with maromolecular compounds and combined with mechanical treatment".

Classification is made in subclass D01 when treatment of filaments (dressing/ dyeing) happens upon manufacturing the filaments e. g. by spinning.

References

Limiting references:

Chemical treatment of natural (vegetable or animal) filamentary or fibrous material for spinning

D01C

Chemical features in the manufacture of artificial filaments, threads, fibres, bristles or ribbons;

D01F

Chemical after-treatment of fibres or filaments during their manufacture

D01F 11/00

Treatment of textiles by mechanical matters

D06BD06J

Bleaching, dry-cleaning or washing industrially fibres, threads, yarns, fabrics, feathers, or made-up fibrous goods

D06L

Decorating textiles

D06Q

Informative references:

Chemical aspects of bandages or absorbent pads

A61L 15/00

Making microcapsules

B01J 13/02

Pre-treatment of tyre-cords or reinforcing fibres for tyres

B29B 15/08

Layered products with a fibrous or filamentary layer

B32B 27/12

Surface treatment of fibres or filaments of glass, minerals or slags

C03C 25/00

Organic macromolecular compounds; compositions based thereon

C08

Graft polymerisation on to unshaped polymers

C08F 251/00 - C08F 292/00

Reinforcing macromolecular compounds with fibrous material

C08J 5/04, C08J 5/06

Adhesives for multi-layer textile fabrics

C09J

Aerosol compositions

C09K 3/30

Detergent compositions, softening agents

C11D

Bonding agents for non-woven fabrics

D04H 1/58

Treatment of fibres making paper, pulp

D21C

Special rules of classification

In each of the groups D06M 11/00 - D06M 15/00, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, a substance is classified in the last appropriate place.

In this subclass:

Within each one of main groups D06M 11/00 - D06M 15/00, a mixture of substances is classified at least according to the essential ingredient. If more than one ingredient is essential, the mixture is classified, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, according to the essential ingredient which belongs to the last appropriate place in the sequence of substance.

Treatment by mixtures of substances covered by two or more of main groups D06M 11/00 - D06M 15/00 is classified in each appropriate main group. 

If a compound used in the treatment is characterised by its cation, classification for this aspect is made in main group D06M 11/00 only and not in groups D06M 11/01 - D06M 11/80; metallisation by treatment with a metal salt, followed by reduction, is classified in group D06M 11/83.

In D06M 11/00, D06M 13/00, D06M 15/00, D06M 16/00 and D06M 23/00, it is desirable to add the indexing codes of group D06M 101/00, which provide for the chemical constitution of fibres, threads, yarns, fabrics, or fibrous goods made from such materials, to be treated.

Attention is drawn to Note (3) after the title of section C, which Note indicates to which version of the periodic table of chemical elements the IPC refers.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Treatment

In D06M 11/00 means the treatment which leads to the end product, e.g. treatment with barium sulfate can mean treatment with barium chloride and with sulfuric acid in two separate steps.

In D06M 13/00 means the treatment which leads to the end product, e. g. treatment with chloroacetic acid can mean treatment with chloroacetylchloride and saponification in two separate steps.

In D06M 15/00 means the treatment which leads to the end product, e.g.:

treatment with polyvinylalcohol can mean treatment with polyvinylacetate and subsequent saponification in a separate step;

treatment with aminoplast can mean the delayed cure process or the treatment with precondensation products, or with e.g. urea and with formaldehyde in two separate steps. 

Fibre

Fibre is a relatively short, elongated member of natural or artificial material.

Thread

Thread is an assembly of yarns or filaments usually produced by twisting.

Yarn

Yarn is a unitary assembly of fibres or filaments, usually produced by spinning.

Fabric

Fabric is a planar textile structure produced by interlacing yarns, threads, fibres or filaments by a weaving, knitting or non-woven process.

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the following expressions/words "water repelling" and "hydrophobising" are often used as synonyms.

D06N - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Linoleum

Artificial leather, oilcloth, or like material obtained by covering fibrous webs with macromolecular material, e.g. resins, rubber or derivatives thereof.

Roofing felt, i.e. fibrous webs coated with bitumen.

Flexible sheet materials not otherwise provided for, e.g. textile threads, filaments, yarns or tow, glued on macromolecular material.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

As D06N is an application-oriented class, classification is intended to be done in D06N as well as in B32B, if appropriate. Classification in D06N is provided for documents clearly dealing with textile moulds (fabric/fleece).

A floor covering having a textile carrier of any kind and characterised by a PVC coating will be classified in D06N 3/06 and not in A47G 27/02. Also a floor covering not containing a polymer coated textile could be classified in E04F 15/00.

Roof covering formed in-situ, i.e. by successive application of the different layers on the roof is not classified in D06N.

Pre-fabricated roof covering comprising a textile layer coated with bitumen is classified in D06N 5/00 and E04D 5/02.

When wallpaper is based on textile material, e.g. glassfibre fabric, optionally coated on one or both of the front and back surfaces, e.g. adhesive layer at the back surface, classification is made in D06N. The wallpaper characterised by its paper materials is classified in D21H 27/20.

References

Limiting references:

Paper- or board-based structures for surface covering

D21H 27/18

Coated webs which retain the character of paper or cardboard, e. g. wallpaper

D21H 27/20

Informative references:

Floor fabrics

A47G 27/00

Paper-making machines; Methods of producing paper thereon

D21F

Fibreboard; manufacture of articles from cellulosic fibrous suspensions or from paper-mâché

D21J

Flexible roof coverings

E04D 5/00

Wall coverings

E04F 13/00

Floor coverings

E04F 15/00

Special rules of classification

Layered products classified in this subclass are also classified in subclass B32B.

D06P - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

General processes of dyeing or printing textiles, or general processes of dyeing leather, furs, or solid macromolecular substances in any form, classified according to the dyes, pigments, or auxiliary substances employed, e.g. solvents, levelling agents, fixing agents.

Special processes of dyeing or printing textiles, or dyeing leather, furs, or solid macromolecular substances in any form, classified according to the material treated, e. g. inorganic fibres or mixtures of different kinds of fibres.

Other features in dyeing or printing textiles, or dyeing leather, furs, or solid macromolecular substances in any form, e. g. after-treatment, fugitive dyeing or transfer, ink-jet or discharge printing.

Dyeing or printing processes combined with mechanical treatment.

References

Limiting references:

Colouring of polymers

C08J 3/20

Mechanical treatment of textiles

- solvent dyeing

D06B 9/02

- partial dyeing

D06B 11/00

- making patterns or design on fabrics

D06C 23/00

Decorating textiles

D06Q

Informative references:

Dyeing of human hairs

A61Q 5/06, A61Q 5/10

Printing machines or presses

B41F

Transfer printing apparatus for textile material

B41F 16/02

Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms

B41J

Printing on surfaces or materials other than textiles

B41M

Processes for producing decorative surface effects

B44C 1/00

Processes for producing decorative surface effects by applying transfer pictures or the like

B44C 1/16

Surface treatment of fibres or filaments from glass, minerals, or slags

C03C 25/00

Preparation of organic dyes

C09B

Preparation of inorganic pigments

C09C

Ink compositions

C09D 11/00

Pigments pastes

C09D 17/00

Optical bleaching

D06L 3/12

Mordanting

D06M

Dyeing paper

D21H

Special rules of classification

In groups D06P 5/04 - D06P 5/10, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, a compound is classified in the last appropriate place.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Fibre

Fibre is a relatively short, elongated member of natural or artificial material.

Thread

Thread is an assembly of yarns or filaments usually produced by twisting.

Yarn

Yarn is a unitary assembly of fibres or filaments, usually produced by spinning.

Fabric

Fabric is a planar textile structure produced by interlacing yarns, threads, fibres or filaments by a weaving, knitting or non-woven process.

D21B - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The preparation of fibrous raw materials, e.g. wood, rags, waste paper or pulp bales, and their mechanical treatment to obtain mechanical pulp, in particular for paper-making and the production of fibreboard, comprises pretreating raw materials before pulp preparation, pulp preparation by dividing raw materials into small particles, e.g. by dry or wet methods of mechanical defibrating (cutting, grinding, kneading in mills or pulpers), conserving the obtained finely-divided cellulosic material (wood chips).

A diagram of the process from wood to paper is shown below. The blue borders shown in the diagram are not limiting in any case with regard to classification.

1. D21B_0.gif

(ref.: http://www.idahoforests.org/forest_to_paper.htm)

2. D21B_1.gif

Relationship between large subject matter areas

B27L covers process steps which take place before those steps provided for in D21B. Examples of subject matter provided for in B27L include debarking and removing vestiges of branches from trees or logs, splitting wood, and manufacture of wood shavings, chips, powder and wood fibres.

D21B coves the treatment of raw materials, which may be wood, in preparation for paper-making or cellulose production.

D21C covers further processes resulting in cellulose pulp, usually by chemical means.

D21D covers further mechanical processing after initial pulp preparation to cellulose and before the resulting materials are passed to the paper-making machines.

D21F covers methods of producing paper.

D21H covers pulp compositions.

D21J covers manufacture of articles from cellulosic fibres by wet processes while B27N covers this by dry processes.

D01B, specifically main group D01B 1/00, covers the mechanical separation of fibres from plantmaterial, e.g. seeds, leaves, stalks, in order to obtain fibres normally used in textiles.

References

Limiting references:

Splitting wood; manufacture of veneer, wooden sticks, wood shavings, wood fibres or wood powder

B27L

Obtaining fibres from plant material (mechanical separation)

D01B 1/00

Hackling or heckling machines

D01B 5/00

Pretreatment of the finely-divided materials before digesting

D21C 1/00

Methods of beating or refining pulp

D21D 1/00

Purification of the pulp suspension by mechanical means

D21D 5/00

Informative references:

Crushing, pulverising, or disintegrating in general

B02C

Separating solids from solids by sieving, screening or sifting, or by using gas currents or other dry methods applicable to bulk material

B07B

Disposal of solid waste

B09B

Treatment of water from the processing of plants or parts thereof

C02F 103/26

Treatment of water from the paper or cellulose industry

C02F 103/28

Cellulose derivatives and their preparation

C08B 1/00 - C08B 17/00

Macromolecular compounds derived from lignocellulosic materials

C08H 8/00

Disintegrating peat

C10F 7/02

Preparation of polysaccharide by fermentation or enzyme-using process

C12P 19/04

Preparation of ethanol by fermentation or enzyme-using process of cellulosic material substrate

C12P 7/10

Mechanical removal of impurities from animal fibres

D01B 3/00

Obtaining silk fibres or filaments

D01B 7/00

Chemical features in the manufacture of artificial filaments, threads, fibres, bristles, or ribbons

D01F

Working-up waste paper (chemical part)

D21C 5/02

Methods of producing paper in paper-machines

D21F

Pulp compositions

D21H

Manufacture of articles from cellulosic fibrous suspensions

D21J

Manufacture by dry processes of articles, with or without organic binding agents, made from fibres consisting of wood or other lignocellulosic or like organic material

B27N

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the expression/word "lignocellulosic biomass materials" is often used with the meaning "fibrous raw materials".

D21B 1/32 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Flotation in general

B03D

Flotation of white waters, for recovering fibers from suspensions

D21F 1/70

D21C - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Pretreatment of the finely-divided materials before digesting, e.g. with water, acid reacting compounds, alkaline reacting compounds, oxygen-generating compounds and physical methods for facilitating impregnation.

Pulpingcellulose-containing materials; e.g. sulfate processes, other features of pulping processes.

Other processes for obtaining cellulose, e.g. cooking cotton linters; working-up other than mechanical of waste-paper.

Digesters.

After-treatment of cellulosepulp, e.g. of wood pulp, or cotton linters; e.g. washing, removal of fats, resins, pitch, or waxes, bleaching, de-watering other than in general.

Regeneration of pulp liquors, e.g. treatment of pulp gases, recovery of the heat content of the gases, deodorisation, concentrating spent liquor by evaporation other than evaporating and distillation, combustion of pulp liquors.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

D21B covers fibrous raw materials or their mechanical treatment;

D21D covers treatment of the materials before passing to the paper-making machine;

D21F covers paper-making machines and methods of producing paper thereon;

D21H covers pulp compositions;

C08B covers polysaccharides and derivates thereof;

References

Limiting references:

Mechanical treatment of waste paper by dry methods

D21B 1/08

Mechanical treatment of waste paper by wet methods, by the use of steam or other means

D21B 1/32

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a large system:

Evaporating

B01D 1/00

Distillation

B01D 3/00

Drying solid materials or objects by removing liquid therefrom

F26B

Informative references:

Cellulose as gelling or thickening agents in food

A23L 29/262

Filtration material of cellulose

B01D 39/18

Semi-permeable membrane of cellulose

B01D 71/10

Moulding material of cellulose

B29K 1/00

Treatment of water, waste water, sewage or sludge to be treated from the paper or cellulose industry

C02F 103/28

Use of cellulosic materials as fillers for mortars, concrete or artificial stone

C04B 16/02

Compositions of mortars, concrete or artificial stone, containing only organic binders, e.g., cellulosic waste liquor

C04B 26/24

Peptides immobilised on cellulose

C07K 17/12

Lignin; Modified lignin; High-molecular-weight products derived therefrom

C08H 7/00

Macromolecular compounds derived from lignocellulosic materials

C08H 8/00

Compositions of cellulose, modified cellulose, or cellulose derivatives

C08L 1/00

Coating compositions based on cellulose

C09D 101/00

Obtaining, purification or chemical modification of natural resins

C09F 1/00

Destructive distillation of cellulose-containing material

C10B 53/02

Production of fats or fatty oils

C11B 1/00

Processes using or culture media containing cellulose or hydrolysates thereof

C12N 1/22

Processes using or culture media containing waste sulfite liquor

C12N 1/24

Ethanol produced as by- product or from waste or cellulosic material substrate

C12P 7/06

Glucose by saccharification of cellulosic material

C13K 1/02

Obtain filaments or fibers for spinning

D01C

Monocomponent artificial filaments of cellulose or cellulose derivatives

D01F 1/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

bagasse

fibre remaining after the extraction of the sugar-bearing juice from sugarcane

Cellulose

structural component of the primary cell wall of green plants. It is an organic compound with the formula (C6H10O5)n and is the major constituent of paper, paper-board, and card stock and of textiles made from cotton, linen, and other plant fibres.

linings

material that covers the inner surface of something.

cotton linters

fine, silky fibres which adhere to the seeds of the cotton plant after ginning and are traditionally used in the manufacture of paper and as a raw material in the manufacture of cellulose.

pulp

lignocellulosic fibrous material prepared by chemically or mechanically separating cellulose fibres from wood, fibre crops or waste paper.

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the following terms "pulp", "wood pulp", "pulpwood" and "bagasse" are often used as synonyms. Also, these terms can be used as keywords.

D21C 5/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Obtaining fibres for spinning

D01C

D21D - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Methods of beating or refining of fibrous materials and apparatus therefor;

Methods for purification of the pulp suspension by mechanical means and apparatus therefor; and,

Other treatments of the fibrous materials before passing to the paper-making machine.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

D21B covers the treatment of raw materials, which may be wood, in preparation for paper-making or cellulose production.

D21C covers further processes resulting in cellulose pulp, usually by chemical means.

D21D covers further mechanical processing after initial pulp preparation to cellulose and before the resulting materials are passed to the paper-making machines.

D21F covers methods of producing paper.

D21H covers pulp compositions.

A general idea of the process from wood to paper is shown in the diagram below. It should be noted that the blue borders shown in the diagram are not limiting in any case with regard to classification.

1. D21D_0.gif

Ref.: http://www.idahoforests.org/forest_to_paper.htm

References

Informative references:

Separation

B01D

Crushing

B02C

Separating solid materials using liquids

B03B

Centrifuges

B04B

Cyclones

B04C

Separating solids from solids by sieving

B07B

Pre-treatment of moulding material consisting of wood or other lingo-cellulosic or like organic material

B27N 1/00

Mechanical separation of fibres from plant material

D01B 1/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Hollander

traditional equipment for beating fibrous suspensions, being a device using at least one wheel like beating rotor (roll) equipped with beaters revolving in a trough having a beating stator (bed plate), also equipped with beaters, in which trough the suspension is circulated to pass multiple times through the beating zone formed between the rotor and the stator.

Beating

treatment of fibrous suspensions in Hollander type equipment in order to fibrillate, shorten or soften fibres.

Refining

treatment of fibrous suspensions for the same purpose in all other types of equipment.

Jordan

refiner having a frusto-conical rotor revolving inside a complimentary stator .

Bed plate

stator of Hollander or Jordan devices.

D21F 1/10 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Production of wire-cloths

B21F

D21F 1/36 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Suction rolls

D21F 3/10

D21F 1/68 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Hydrocyclones

B04C

D21H - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

pulp compositions and preparation thereof including after-treatment not covered by subclasses D21C, D21D: (a) from cellulose or lignocellulose fibres of natural origin, (b) from synthetic cellulose or non-cellulose fibres or web-forming material, or (c) non-fibrous material added to the pulp;

coated paper characterized by: (a) coating material, (b) paper substrate, or (c) comprising more than one coating;

processes or apparatus for adding material to the pulp or to the paper (processes for making continuous lengths of paper D21F 11/00);

treatment of finished paper not covered by class B31 or subclass D21G;

special paper not otherwise provided for, i.e. paper with special properties or applications which are only partially or not at all provided for elsewhere in the classification, e.g. made by multi-step processes. Whenever possible, however, these papers are classified according to the criteria used in the other groups of this subclass; and

paper-impregnating material characterised by its constitution.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

D21C, further processes from the wood chips to the pulp, usually chemical processes;

D21D, further mechanical processing of cellulose containing materials after initial pulp preparation to cellulose, and before processing it in paper-making machines;

D21F covers methods of producing paper;

D21G, further treatment of finished paper, e.g., in calenders;

B31 covers making paper articles and working paper, where B31B covers boxes, cartons, envelopes or bags, B31C covers wound articles and B31D covers other articles not covered before, as well as B31F covers mechanical working or deformation of paper or cardboard.

References

Limiting references:

Self-supporting filtering material

B01D 39/14

Mechanical deformation of paper

B31F

Embossing of paper

B31F 1/07

Attaching together paper

B31F 5/00

Printing processes to produce watermarks

B41M 3/10

Printing processes to produce security printing

B41M 3/14

Printing processes to produce particular kinds of wallpapers

B41M 3/18

Recording sheets characterised by the coating used to improve ink, dye or pigment receptivity

B41M 5/50

Identification or security features, e.g. for preventing forgery

B42D 25/30

Decorative panels

B44C 5/04

Wood grain effects

B44F 9/02

Packaging materials of special type or form

B65D 65/38

Adhesives in the form of paper or textile fabric

C09J 7/04

Chemical features in the manufacture of artificial filaments and fibres

D01F

Working-up waste paper

D21C 5/02

After-treatment of cellulose pulp to remove fats, resins, pitch, or waxes

D21C 9/08

Bleaching of cellulose pulp

D21C 9/10

Methods of producing watermarking devices

D21F 1/44

Patterned paper prepared on the paper-making machines

D21F 11/10

Filter paper making on paper-making machines

D21F 11/14

Dryer section of machines for making continuous webs of paper

D21F 5/00

Coated fibreboard

D21J 1/08

Anti-coiling photographic support

G03C 1/81

Places in relation to which this subclass is residual:

Making paper articles; working paper

Processes from the wood chips to the pulp, usually chemical processes

D21C

Mechanical processing of cellulose containing materials after initial pulp preparation to cellulose, and before processing it in paper-making machines

D21D

Treatment of finished paper, e.g., in calendars

D21G

Informative references:

Applying liquids or other fluent materials to surfaces, in general

B05

Securities; Bank notes

B42D 25/29

Layered products

B32B

Books, book covers, loose leaves, printed matter

B42D

Paperhanging

B44C 7/00

Adhesives

C09J

Non-woven fabrics formed of relatively short fibres

D04H 1/00

Treating fibers with macromolecular compounds

D06M 15/00

Mechanical treatment of fibrous raw materials by dry methods

D21B 1/16

After-treatment of cellulose pulp

D21C 9/00

Methods of beating

D21D 1/02

Methods of refining

D21D 1/20

Complete machines for making continuous webs of paper

D21F 9/00

Processes for making continuous lengths of paper

D21F 11/00

Testing paper currency or valuable papers for genuineness

G07D 7/00

Special rules of classification

In groups D21H 11/00 - D21H 15/00, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, classification is made in the last appropriate place.

In groups D21H 17/01 - D21H 17/63, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, a material is classified in the last appropriate place.

In groups D21H 27/30 - D21H 27/42, layered products classified in this group are also classified in subclass B32B.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Finished paper

paper after passing to the finishing process, creating a surface characteristic of a sheet created by either on-machine or off-machine papermaking processes. Popular text and cover finishes include smooth, vellum, felt, laid, and linen.

Impregnation

process of treating a sheet of paper with a coating material, especially wax, so that the material penetrates into the paper.

Pulp

means a dispersion comprising paper-making fibres and optional additives, which is to be processed, and covers the term "stock"; it also means dry paper-making fibres which are to be made into paper by either wet or dry processes.

Sizing agents

substances used during paper manufacture to reduce the paper's tendency when dry to absorb liquid, allowing inks and paints to remain on the surface of the paper and to dry there, rather than be absorbed into the paper.

Stock

term used to define pulp after mechanical (refining or beating) and /or chemical treatment (sizing, loading, dying etc.) in the paper making process, e.g. the pulp ready to make paper.

D21H 11/12 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Plant

Any of a kingdom (Plantae) of multicellular eukaryotic mostly photosynthetic organisms typically lacking locomotive movement or obvious nervous or sensory organs and possessing cellulose cell walls.

E01C - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Constructing the road bed

E02D, E02F

E01D - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Spanning structures (e.g. railway bridges) for allowing traffic (e.g. pedestrians, automobiles, trains) to travel across naturally occurring obstructions (e.g. gorges, bodies of water) or over man-made obstacles (e.g. roads, canals). Each spanning structure including obstruction or obstacle traversing structure that provides a passageway for traffic and links or is held up by:

one or more supports supported by the surface of the earth (e.g. arch-type bridges with end supports, lift-type brides with single main support, portable-type bridges with wheeled support), or

one or more buoyant supports which contact a fluid type obstruction or obstacle being crossed (e.g. floating-type bridges with buoyant support).

Spanning structures used for purposes other than carrying traffic (e.g. aqueducts) that are structurally similar to spanning structures for traffic and traverse the same types of obstructions and obstacles.

Specially adapted components for use in spanning structures (e.g. suspension cable clamps).

Accessories or ancillary devices specially adapted for use with spanning structures (e.g. drawbridge gates that are actuated when the span moves).

Methods specially adapted for constructing spanning structures (e.g. specially adapted bridge erecting or assembling techniques).

Methods specially adapted for restoring damaged (e.g. replacing dilapidated decking) or structurally augmenting (e.g. strengthening existing component to allow increased traffic load) existing spanning structures.

Methods specially adapted for demolishing or dismantling spanning structures.

Apparatus specially adapted for constructing, restoring, augmenting, or demolishing spanning structures.

References

Limiting references:

Highways or trackways for toys that may include bridges

A63H 18/00

Model railway bridges

A63H 19/34

Arrangement of ship-based onboard ramps or gangways

B63B 27/14

Bridges extending between terminal buildings and aircraft for embarking or disembarking passengers

B64F 1/305

Loading ramps

B65G 69/28

Supports that may include structure for spanning a road and supporting electric lines or communication cable going to overhead road signs or traffic signals

E01F 9/60

Floating tunnels or submerged bridge-like tunnels

E02D 29/067

Laying or reclaiming pipes; Repairing or joining pipes on or under water

F16L 1/00

Supports for pipes, cables or protective tubing

F16L 3/00

Floating power or information cables

H01B 7/12

Overhead installations of electric lines or cables

H02G 7/00

Installations of electric cables or lines in or on the ground or water

H02G 9/00

Installations of electric cables or lines in or upon bodies of water that are supported by floats

H02G 9/12

Informative references:

Constructions in general and structures which are not restricted to walls

E04B 1/00

Wrecking of buildings in general

E04G 23/08

Towers, masts, poles and methods of erecting such structures

E04H 12/00

Flexible rubber or plastic pipes that are buoyant

F16L 11/133

Pipeline systems for gases, liquids, or viscous products

F17D 1/00

Demolition of tall structures

F42D 3/02

E03C 1/266 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Disintegrating apparatus in general

B02C

E04B - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Layered materials, layered products in general

B32B

E04C - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Layered materials, layered products in general

B32B

E04D - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Layered materials, layered products in general

B32B

E04D 13/18 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Supporting structures of photovoltaic modules specially adapted for roof structures

H02S 20/23

Informative references:

Arrangement of mountings or supports for solar heat collectors

F24J 2/52

E04F - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Layered materials, layered products in general

B32B

E04G - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Layered materials, layered products in general

B32B

Forms or shutterings forming part of the construction

E04B, E04C

E04G 9/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Scaffolding in general

E04G 1/00

E04G 11/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Scaffolding in general

E04G 1/00

E04G 13/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Scaffolding in general

E04G 1/00

E04G 15/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Scaffolding in general

E04G 1/00

E04G 17/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Scaffolding in general

E04G 1/00

E04G 19/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Scaffolding in general

E04G 1/00

E04H - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Layered materials, layered products in general

B32B

E05B - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Locking doors simultaneously in passenger vehicles

E05B 77/46

E05B 77/00 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Latching

Holding/release of a bolt element that a wing or door can be opened. A typical vehicle lock is unlatched when a detent, pawl or ratchet releases the fork shaped bolt

Locking

Preventing/allowing an unlatching action. In the locked state an unlatching action, normally done by actuating a handle or grip, is prevented. A locked door or wing is at least prevented from being unlatched from outside of the vehicle

E05B 77/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Locks designed to perform or prevent certain functions in case of accidents.

E05B 77/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Locks, where an unwanted unlatching is prevented in case of an accident. One particular example is that a door handle could be accidentally actuated in case of a collision against the side door of a vehicle.

One way of preventing such an unwanted actuation is the provision of an extra long bowden cable. The extra length thereby prevents unwanted actuation, if a vehicle part is deformed.

The figure shows another construction, which should avoid actuation at the moment of a collision. Two parallel connecting rods (10, 11) are provided, such that if one of the rods (10,11) would be deformed during an accident, then it could not cause the lever (9) to turn since the second lever (11) would resist this by an equal force acting to turn the lever (9) in the opposite direction.

1. E05B0077040000_0.gif

E05B 77/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Means for preventing actuation caused by inertial forces acting on lock parts in case of an accident. Typically, a weight arrangement is used, which is actuated in order to block a handle against movement at the moment of collision.

The figure shows an example whereby at the moment of a collision a force (29b) would cause a mass-lever (30) to rotate counterclockwise. A blocking member (34) of the mass-lever (30) thereby prevents the handle (37) to be actuated by an inertial force (32b).

1. E05B0077060000_0.gif

E05B 77/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Locks designed for pedestrian protection. In practice, it almost always concerns engine compartment locks (E05B 83/24).

The example in the figure concerns an active front hood system, whereby both the hinge part (41) and the lock (25) are designed such that they are automatically raising the hood (13) in case of a collision with a pedestrian. This allows the front zone of the vehicle to deform easier.

1. E05B0077080000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

Arrangements or fittings on vehicles for protecting non-occupants of a vehicle, e.g. pedestrians, in case of accidents

B60R 21/34

E05B 77/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The general problem that a wing/door is frequently deformed at an accident. In this subgroup the lock is protected in such a way that it can be unlatched/unlocked even if the door is deformed. This is often achieved by protective plates, shields and reinforcements.

Another alternative is to design lock parts in order to be deformed in a controlled way, such that they can still function after an accident. In the figure the bolt (8) and the detent (13) are provided with deformation zones (17, 25, 26). In case of an accident the bolt and the detent will not break. They will rather be deformed plastically such that they will still function properly after the collision.

1. E05B0077100000_0.gif

E05B 77/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Arrangements whereby a particular action is forced to take place in case of an accident. The situation is more or less the opposite of E05B 77/04 in which a particular action is prevented.

A typical example is that a locking or an unlocking action is initiated at the accident. The choice of action depends on the security philosophy. Sometimes an unlocked door, which allows easy escape, is preferred and sometimes the preference is a locked door, which prevents (unwanted) opening of the door.

Another frequent example from this class is locks which after an accident remain locked for a certain time and then automatically move to an unlocked condition.

The example of the figure shows a system whereby a sensing means (50) is designed to pivot in case of an accident. This releases the bolt element (26) which is moved by a spring (52) into a striker (56). The door is therefore automatically locked at the moment of an accident.

1. E05B0077120000_0.gif

E05B 77/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Locks which usually concern the problem that vehicle keys can be left inside the vehicle, if the door would be accidentally closed in a locked condition.

E05B 77/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Locks in which the bolt position is sensed e.g. mechanically, magnetically or electrically. An unlatched bolt should thereby indicate an open door, and in this situation the locking system is blocked in order to make it possible to lock the door only after it has been closed.

The example of the figure illustrates this by a detent (20) having a cam (46) and a locking lever (24) having a shoulder (48).

When the bolt (14) is in its open position, the locking lever (24) cannot move to the locked position, since the shoulder (48) of the locking lever (24) is blocked by the cam (46) on the detent.

1. E05B0077160000_0.gif

E05B 77/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Locks where the closing of the door always results in an unlocking action. The lock will thus never be in a locked state after having closed the door. This means that the door can always be unlatched after closing.

E05B 77/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Arrangements whereby the automatic unlocking action can be prevented by overriding means, which require an additional action by the user, e.g. that the door handle is actuated during the closing of the door.

The user can thus decide, that the door should remain locked after closing, but this choice requires that a certain action is carried out during the closing. This makes it less likely, that the door is by mistake closed in a locked state.

According to the exemplifying figures, a lever (60) is actuated by a handle and can be used for unlatching the lock, if a release lever (64) can hit a pin (42) on the detent.

A locking lever (66) can move the release lever (64) to a locked position in which it will not hit the pin (42) as shown in the lower figure. A cam element (92a, 92b) rotates together with the actual latch bolt.

If the lock is brought to the locked position when the door and thereby also the bolt are in the open position, then the closing of the door will rotate the bolt to the latched position. The cam (92b) will therefore act on an intermediate element (94), which brings the locking lever (66) back to the unlocked position.

If however the handle lever (60) is actuated during the closing of the door, then the cam (92b) will not be able to contact the intermediate3 element (94) as shown in the right-hand figure. The lock will thereby stay in the locked position.

1. E05B0077200000_0.gif

E05B 77/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Certain functions linked to the inside actuation of locks.

References

Informative references:

Sill-buttons, garnish buttons or inside door lock knobs

E05B 85/08

Inner door handles

E05B 85/12

Special rules of classification

Constructional details of the inside actuation means, e.g. inner door handles, sill buttons or lock knobs, are classified in group E05B 85/08 and E05B 85/12.

E05B 77/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Essentially the subjects "child safety" and "super-locking/double-locking". Even though the general purpose of preventing an inside handle from being used is the same for these both functions, there is one fundamental difference.

Child safety prevents the use of an inside handle at any time, i.e. the inside handle can never be used regardless if the door is unlocked or locked from the outside. A double-locked/super-locked door has an inside handle, which cannot be used, when the door is locked from the outside.

E05B 77/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Locks which prevent all use of an inside handle, when the child safety is activated. This means that the inside handle cannot be used regardless if the door is unlocked or locked from the outside.

The figure shows a child safety arrangement with an actuation button (7) of the push-push type. Every time the button (7) is pushed, the system changes between an active and an inactive state.

1. E05B0077260000_0.gif

E05B 77/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Locks having an inside handle, which cannot be used, when the door is locked from the outside. It is therefore not possible to open the door by breaking a window in order to reach the inside handle.

The double-locking can be achieved either by uncoupling or blocking of the inside lock system and inside handle.

In the figure, an example of a blocking system is shown. A double-lock arrangement (9, 12) prevents any actuation of an inside lock knob rod (7).

1. E05B0077280000_0.gif

E05B 77/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

A combined unlocking and unlatching function of the inside door handle. This is sometimes achieved by one single actuation of the handle. Another possibility is that a first actuation of the handle unlocks the door and that the second actuation unlatches the door.

The figure shows an example of an inside handle (7), which can be moved from a neutral position (A) to an unlatching position (B). If the door would be locked, then the same handle can be moved from the neutral position (A) to an intermediate position (C) and back to the neutral position (A) in order to unlock the lock. The handle can thereafter be actuated one more time to position (C) for unlatching.

1. E05B0077300000_0.gif

E05B 77/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Arrangements addressing the well known problem that an unlocking (or locking) action can fail, if the handle of the door is actuated at the same time.

Often a second unlocking action is required. This problem is normally avoided by an energy accumulation arrangement of springs.

E05B 77/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Means offering protection against weather influence. This can for example be achieved by a totally closed lock housing or by arranging some parts of the lock in a "wet compartment" and other parts in a "dry compartment". Another type of weather protection concerns means preventing freezing of the lock in cold conditions.

In the figure, a "wet area" (N) of the lock comprises the main lock elements, i.e. the bolt (3a) and the detent (3b). A sensing arrangement (7a, 7b) for determination of the detent position is housed in a "dry area" (T) o the lock. A single thin link rod (50) extends from the "wet area" to the "dry area" through a small opening (80).

1. E05B0077340000_0.gif

References

Limiting references:

Closures or guards for keyholes

E05B 17/14

E05B 77/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Ways of reducing noise and vibrations in locks. The example in the figure shows a lever element (8) of a lock. The end positions of the lever are defined by stretching of cord elements (3, 3a). The use of cords for this purpose reduces the noise of the lever (8) reaching its end position.

1. E05B0077360000_0.gif

E05B 77/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Elastic blocks, elastic guiding elements etc. which are typically placed in the zone of engagement between the bolt and the striker. One function of such blocks can thus be to make an impact between moving elements softer.

Another purpose can be to hold for example a striker firmly fixed in the latched position. This prevents noise due to rattling.

In the figure, an elastic cushion means (30, 40) defines a seat for firmly holding the striker (2).

1. E05B0077380000_0.gif

E05B 77/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Bolts, strikers, detents etc. which are covered by a (thin) anti-noise coating/layer. One rather typical example is a metal bolt with a plastic coating.

According to the exemplifying figure, a coating (16) of elastically deformable material allows any direct contact between the base plate (2) of the striker and the bodywork of the vehicle. The noise produced during closing of the lock is thereby reduced.

1. E05B0077400000_0.gif

E05B 77/42 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Arrangements for damping of movements. This class does however not cover elastic blocks/guides (E05B 77/38). It is rather directed to dampers, for example of the fluid type. A typical example is a damper, which slows down the return movement of a handle.

The return movement of the handle in the figure is slowed down by a fluid damper (30).

1. E05B0077420000_0.gif

E05B 77/44 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Locks where an arrangement has been provided, which prevents manipulation by burglar tools. Typical examples are protective shields, completely closed casings, or plates which deflect tools away from the essential lock parts.

The figure shows a hollow shield (34) which covers and protects the locking lever (14) and the linkage (20, 24) between the locking lever (14) and the lock cylinder (30).

1. E05B0077440000_0.gif

E05B 77/46 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Central locking arrangements. The lower subgroups concern the main families of such arrangements, and the example in the figure therefore shows a more unusual central lock configuration.

A mechanical central lock arrangement uses actuation cables (110,112) for locking/unlocking two doors by a single action performed at one of the two doors.

1. E05B0077460000_0.gif

E05B 77/48 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Electrical circuits for control of several locks in a central locking system. This subgroup is essentially directed to the overall electric/electronic circuits for the control of a central door lock system.

In the example each door has an electrically controlled lock module (2), and these four lock module are connected (19) to a central processing and control unit (18).

1. E05B0077480000_0.gif

E05B 77/50 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Pneumatic or hydraulic circuits for control of several locks in a central locking system. This subgroup is essentially directed to the overall circuits, as exemplified by the figure wherein a number of actuators (1-4) are controlled by a central control system.

1. E05B0077500000_0.gif

E05B 77/52 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Sequential lock control of a vehicle door system. As shown in the figure, when a first door (A) is unlatched a second door (B) is unlocked, and when the first door (A) is closed and its bolt moves to a latched position, then the bolt of the second door (B) is automatically locked.

1. E05B0077520000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

Wings which abut when closed, whereby a fastening for one wing is actuated or controlled by closing the other wing

E05C 7/06

E05B 77/54 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Locking of vehicle doors, based on the state of the vehicle systems in general. The state of the door locks could thereby be decided based on for example the speed of the vehicle, the status of the ignition lock, the selected gear or the actuation of the vehicle brakes.

E05B 79/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Various aspects of the mounting of lock elements or mounting of the lock itself. It is to be noted, that this subgroup does not cover the connection of movable parts to each other (E05B 79/10).

E05B 79/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Ways of attaching the lock casing to the vehicle. The casing is thereby often mounted to the wing, but it may also concern the mounting of casings on the fixed frame.

According to the example of the figure, bolt elements (36) are used as axis for e.g. the bolt and the detent of the lock. At the same time these bolt elements (36) have threaded parts (50) which are used for mounting the lock casing (22) to the vehicle.

1. E05B0079040000_0.gif

E05B 79/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Ways of mounting the handles specific elements in the lock. The figure shows a system using two different screw arrangements (6, 7) for attaching the handle to the wing.

1. E05B0079060000_0.gif

E05B 79/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Ways of mounting specific elements in the lock. According to the example in the figure, a specific type of pivot axis (32) is used for mounting the bolt (12) and the detent (14).

1. E05B0079080000_0.gif

E05B 79/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Various ways of connecting movable lock parts to each other. The lower subgroups cover he most frequently represented connection aspects.

E05B 79/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Elongated connection elements. According to the example shown in the figure a connecting rod (2) is provided with an extension (3) having a hooked end (4). If the door and the rod would be deformed, e.g. due to a collision, then the hooked extension of the rod can cooperate with the edge of an opening (6) such that unwanted operation of the lock occurs.

1. E05B0079120000_0.gif

E05B 79/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Ways of connecting rods to each other, as exemplified by a connecting element (40), which links two operating rods (31, 32) to each other.

1. E05B0079140000_0.gif

E05B 79/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Details of how connecting rods are fixed to other lock elements. This would usually be the connection to a handle element or to a lever element in the lock housing. It can also concern the details of how a rod is connected to the output member of a powered actuator.

According to the example, a rod clip has one part (23), which is connected to a lever of the lock mechanism, while another part (22 32) connects to an operating rod (40).

1. E05B0079160000_0.gif

E05B 79/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Means for guiding long rod elements. In the case of fairly long rod elements it might be necessary to provide guiding means along the length of the rod. This is of particular importance in order to prevent bending of the rod, when it is compressed during a pushing action.

A typical example of such a rod guide (7) is shown in the figure.

1. E05B0079180000_0.gif

E05B 79/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Non-rigid connections between lock parts. Bowden cables are frequently used in these situations, but also wires, ropes or the use of springs as connection means are covered by this subgroup.

The figure shows a specific type of Bowden-cable connection, whereby a cable (32) is fixed at one end (36). Tensioning the cable (36) will therefore cause the sheath to be straightened and thereby push on a lever (12) of the lock.

1. E05B0079200000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

Flexible shafts; Mechanical means for transmitting movement in a flexible sheathing

F16C 1/00

E05B 79/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Details of how hand actuated elements are connected to lock elements. It is to be noted that E05B 79/12 and E05B 79/20 quite often will cover the connection of handles to a lock situated at a distance more or less far away.

This subgroup will consequently for example cover operative, i.e. movable, connections where a handle is more or less directly fixed to the lock. Other elongated connections than rods or flexible elements will also be covered by this subgroup.

References

Limiting references:

Mounting of the non-movable base elements of a handle to a lock

E05B 79/06

E05B 81/00 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Latching

Holding/release of a bolt element that a wing or door can be opened. A typical vehicle lock is unlatched when a detent, pawl or ratchet releases the fork shaped bolt

Locking

Preventing/allowing an unlatching action. In the locked state an unlatching action, normally done by actuating a handle or grip, is prevented. A locked door or wing is at least prevented from being unlatched from outside of the vehicle

E05B 81/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Various types of actuators, whereby the most common alternatives are covered by the lower subgroups.

One example of a less common power driving means is shown in the figure, which shows a pyrotechnic charge (10) provided for bringing a bolt (4) or a connecting rod (24) to an unlocked position in case of an accident.

1. E05B0081020000_0.gif

E05B 81/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Actuators driven by electricity. The figure shows a lock with a handle (3), which can release a bolt (2) from a striker (6). The bolt (2) can also be released by electrically heating a shape memory alloy actuator wire (9). This heating shrinks the actuator wire, and the bolt (2) will consequently be released from the striker (6).

1. E05B0081040000_0.gif

E05B 81/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Electrically driven motors, as exemplified by the motor (2) of the figure.

1. E05B0081060000_0.gif

E05B 81/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Electromagnets or solenoids, most often of the linear type. However, as the figure exemplifies, also rotary electromagnets (10) are used for vehicle lock actuation.

1. E05B0081080000_0.gif

E05B 81/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Actuators of the hydraulic or pneumatic type. In the figure, a pneumatic actuator (8) is used for powered actuation of a boot lid lock.

1. E05B0081100000_0.gif

E05B 81/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Various ways of using an actuator in a vehicle lock. These uses are thereby in principal defined depending on which lock part(s) the actuator is connected to.

E05B 81/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

A typical vehicle lock comprises a fork-shaped rotary latch bolt, which is kept in its latched position by a detent. In this subgroup the power actuator releases the detent of the bolt and consequently an unlatching takes place. The result of the powered actuation is thus that the door is free to be opened.

The figure shows an actuator (12), which drives cam elements (17) through a geared transmission. The cam elements (17) act on a detent (2) in order to unlatch the bolt (1).

1. E05B0081140000_0.gif

E05B 81/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Actuators which achieve the movement of a locking element (typically a locking lever) between a locked and an unlocked position.

The actuator consequently moves the lock between an unlocked state wherein the bolt is allowed to move and a locked state in which the movement of the bolt is prevented.

The movement of the bolt is thus not directly influenced by the actuator. A very common example in this subgroup is the powered locking/unlocking of central-locking arrangements.

According to the figure, a locking lever (10) is pivotally mounted on the output axis (12) of an actuator (14). The locking lever (10) can be moved between a locked and an unlocked position by means of the actuator (14).

1. E05B0081160000_0.gif

E05B 81/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Actuator acting on the bolt in order to move it, normally from a position in which it holds the door closed to a position in which the door can be opened, or vice-versa. It could thereby concern both latch bolts and dead bolts.

The figure shows an actuator (108), which drives a lock bolt (124) between a locked and unlocked position.

1. E05B0081180000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

Adaptation of locks, latches, or parts thereof, for movement of the bolt by electromagnetic means

E05B 47/02

E05B 81/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Pulling the door tight or pushing the door slightly open. It is to be noted, that this subgroup covers the cases where these (small) movements of the door are achieved by the lock. This should not be confused with the powered closing /opening of for example E05F 15/00, where the wing is moved from a (more or less) open position to a (more or less) closed position.

The example illustrates this by an actuator (21), which uses a pushing element (22) in order to assist movement of a bolt from a half-latched to a fully-latched position.

1. E05B0081200000_0.gif

E05B 81/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

A movable striker for achieving the final closing or the initiated opening. A typical example is that after a first engagement between a striker and a bolt, the striker is moved by an actuator in order to further pull the wing tight.

The exemplifying figure shows an actuator in the form of an electric motor (8). When an axis (9) is turned by the motor (8), a pin (6) moves in an inclined slot (5) of a striker base (2). The actual striker (3) can thereby be driven by the motor (8) for assisting the movement of the door to a fully closed position.

1. E05B0081220000_0.gif

E05B 81/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Various individual aspects of actuator details and transmission constructions.

E05B 81/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Different types of actuator output elements. It thereby essentially concerns the final element in the kinematic chain of the actuator device. Such an output element is then typically connected to elements of a vehicle lock, either directly or via further connecting means. The lower subgroups E05B 81/28 and E05B 81/30 relate to the two most common types of output members.

E05B 81/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Output elements which move linearly, as exemplified by the sliding output member (105) in the figure.

1. E05B0081280000_0.gif

E05B 81/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Output elements which rotate, as exemplified by rotatable output members (10,12) which both rotate around axis (13) in the figure.

1. E05B0081300000_0.gif

E05B 81/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Various elements in the kinematic chain before the actuator output member. Different typical kinematic elements are the subject of the lower subgroups E05B 81/34E05B 81/46.

E05B 81/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Geared elements in the kinematic chain of the actuator, as exemplified by the toothed gear elements (8) which are driven by the worm-screw (19).

1. E05B0081340000_0.gif

E05B 81/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Elements in the shape of a sector with gears on its outer rim. An example of such a sector (10) is shown in the figure.

1. E05B0081360000_0.gif

E05B 81/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The use of planetary gear transmission in actuators, as exemplified by the figure.

1. E05B0081380000_0.gif

E05B 81/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Transmissions of the type where a nut-like element (6) slides along a threaded rotating axle (4) as exemplified by the figure.

1. E05B0081400000_0.gif

E05B 81/42 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Cam-like transmission elements, for example a motor driven cam (34), which is used for transmitting a movement to elements of the actual lock.

1. E05B0081420000_0.gif

E05B 81/44 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The use of the contour of a groove as cam element for transmission of a movement, as exemplified by the groove (3) in the figure.

1. E05B0081440000_0.gif

E05B 81/46 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Transmissions comprising some kind of engagable/releasable clutch arrangement. In the figure, a clutch element (23) engages a groove (21) in a driven element (13), when a motor driven element (9) starts rotating.

1. E05B0081460000_0.gif

E05B 81/48 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Actuators moving only in one direction. From a starting position, the actuator moves continuously in one step or in several steps, always in the same direction, until it arrives back at the starting position again.

One example can be seen in the figure, where the motor (2) and the actuating element (8) can only turn in one direction (3,9). An electric arrangement (17) is provided for minimizing the back-drive when the drive pin (10) hits an abutment stop (12). When the detent pawl (11) has moved further clock-wise, then the actuator can continue to move in its single driving direction (3, 9).

It is to be noted, that essentially the whole movement cycle should be power actuated. If for example a significant part of the movement is achieved by e.g. a mechanical spring, then the subgroup E05B 81/50 takes precedence.

1. E05B0081480000_0.gif

E05B 81/50 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Actuators which are power driven to move from a neutral position to an active position, and the return movement to the neutral position is provided by non-powered means.

Examples of such arrangements can for example be a linearly moving solenoid, whereby an output member is moved electro-magnetically from a neutral position to an active position. When the power later is cut, a spring is arranged for moving the output member.

In the figure a geared transmission is moved by powered means to an active position. At the same time a geared rack (130) is moved, and this compresses spring (146). When the power is cut, the accumulated energy of the compressed spring (146) moves the rack (130) in the opposite direction such that the actuator returns to its normal position.

1. E05B0081500000_0.gif

E05B 81/52 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Hydraulic or pneumatic circuits of vehicle locks. This subgroup concerns the overall circuits (pipes, valves pumps etc.) providing pressurized fluid to the actuators, while the structural elements of hydraulic/pneumatic actuators can be found in E05B 81/10.

In the figure a typical example of a circuit in the sense of the present subgroup can be seen.

1. E05B0081520000_0.gif

E05B 81/54 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Electric circuit schemes and individual circuit components. The lower subgroups concern a variety of specific control methods, monitoring, sensing and energy supply. This subgroup will consequently contain e.g. electrical circuits not covered by the various lower subgroups.

References

Limiting references:

Electric circuits for controlling plurality of locks on different doors

E05B 77/48

E05B 81/56 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Various ways of controlling the way in which an actuator works. The most common control methods can be found in the respective lower subgroup. This means, that this subgroup will for example contain electrical circuits in cases which are not covered by one of the specific lower subgroups. An example of such a circuit is given in the figure, whereby an electrical control circuit (6) is provided in order to control the power input to the motor connectors (9, 10).

1. E05B0081560000_0.gif

E05B 81/58 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The use of time data for the control of actuators. In the example of the figure, a switch indicates when 50% of the actuator stroke has been completed. The time needed for this first half of the stroke is measured and used in order to calculate how much run-time will be needed for achieving the second half of the stroke.

1. E05B0081580000_0.gif

E05B 81/60 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Control of actuators by pulses e.g. of varying length and frequency. One way of providing such control is shown in the figure, whereby the pulse-width for operating the actuator to release the detent (4) from the bolt (1) is different from the pulse-width used for bringing the detent (4) back to the initial position.

1. E05B0081600000_0.gif

E05B 81/62 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The use of electrical parameters for actuator control. A typical example of such a controlling method is to detect an increase of the current when an end position is reached, as exemplified by the figure wherein a current increase (124) is detected for stopping the movement of an actuator in one direction and a subsequent current increase (134) causes the stopping of the movement in the opposite direction.

1. E05B0081620000_0.gif

E05B 81/64 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Detection of lock states or user input by sensing/monitoring positions of various lock elements.

E05B 81/66 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Monitoring of the lock status by sensing the bolt position. In the exemplifying figure two switches (55, 57) are used for indicating the position of the bolt (17).

1. E05B0081660000_0.gif

E05B 81/68 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Control of the lock status by sensing the detent position. In the figure, a sensor (10) detects the position of the bolt as well as the position of the detent.

1. E05B0081680000_0.gif

E05B 81/70 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Indication of the closure status by sensing the door position. It should be noted, that the sensors for door position should be part of the lock or at least related to the function of the lock. An example of a lock monitoring system, which uses the detection of the door position is shown in the figure.

1. E05B0081700000_0.gif

E05B 81/72 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Lock monitoring by sensing a locked/unlocked condition. In the figure, such a monitoring is performed by a switch (7).

1. E05B0081720000_0.gif

E05B 81/74 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

A special case of sensing the lock status via the state of the actuator. The figure shows such an arrangement, whereby a protrusion (32) comes into contact either of the two plates (36, 38). This closes an electrical circuit, which indicates the state of the actuator and this is then used for indication of the lock status.

1. E05B0081740000_0.gif

E05B 81/76 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Handles with some kind of electrical function. It first of all concerns handles working more or less as an electrical switch. The handle does thus not perform any mechanical action on the lock. It is simply a switch for sending a signal (e.g. by closing a circuit) to the lock-electronics.

This subgroup also covers handles, which perform both a mechanical function as well as an electric function.

An example of a switch- type handle is given in the figure. This shows an opening switch for vehicle doors or trunks, which is actuated by pressing the cover element (3) in the direction of the arrow.

1. E05B0081760000_0.gif

E05B 81/78 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Handles used for the initiation of a hands-free opening. A sensor or switch in or near the handle starts the data transfer. This could be done either by moving the handle in a predetermined way or by a proximity sensor, which registers the approach of a hand towards the handle.

It should be noted that this class does not concern the details of the coded data transmission between the lock and a transponder key.

According to the example in the figure, two switches (28, 29) can be sensed/actuated by different actions of a user´s hand for example in order initiate a hands-free opening process.

1. E05B0081780000_0.gif

E05B 81/80 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Various kinds of energy sources (other than the vehicle main battery) and spare-power devices.

If the main power source is defect (for example because the main battery of the vehicle is empty), then these power sources can provide a small amount of power for an emergency opening of the vehicle. This section also covers cases where the primary energy source is not the vehicle main battery. This would for example sometimes be the case for certain types of battery charged locks.

E05B 81/82 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Additional batteries or back up batteries used for example in case of failure of energy supply from vehicle main battery.

E05B 81/84 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Generators operated by the vehicle user. Such generators can be adapted for supply of energy for example by handle movement, opening/closing of the door or introduction of the key into the keyhole. The figure shows a generator (22), which supplies energy for the operation of the actuator (17) when the voltage of the main battery is below a certain level.

1. E05B0081840000_0.gif

E05B 81/86 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The use of capacitors for provision of energy for example when the main battery has been discharged. The figure shows a number of supercapacitors (30) which are available as a back-up energy source. A diode (32) or similar component prevents discharge of the supercapacitors (30) into the main power supply means.

1. E05B0081860000_0.gif

E05B 81/88 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The use of induction for provision of energy. This can be used in situations when it is desired to avoid cables and contacts. One example of this type of arrangement is the provision of a coil in the key another coil in the lock for non-contact supply of emergency power to the lock.

E05B 81/90 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Purely mechanical manual override means. One example would be a door handle, which in normal use electrically activates an actuator. In case of a power failure this handle can be actuated further or in another direction in order to actuate the lock mechanically.

This subgroup also covers cylinder locks in normally not visible, concealed positions. In the figure, a cylinder lock (9) is for example mounted behind the rear-view mirror (1).

It is to be noted, that this subgroup does not cover normally visible, non concealed cylinder locks mounted in or near the door handle.

1. E05B0081900000_0.gif

E05B 83/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Locking arrangements for non-fixed roofs

B60J 7/185

Latching means for sideboards or tailgates of open load compartments

B62D 33/037

E05B 83/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Locks for commercially used vehicles.

One specific subject, covered by this and the lower subgroups, is locks for (standardized) freight containers for use on trucks and trains, but also on ships or in aircrafts.

This subgroup consequently covers locks both for load compartments that form an integral part of the vehicle as well as freight containers forming a removable part which can be separated from the vehicle.

The figure shows a lockable structure applied to a container (1). In the locked position three bars (7, 8, 9) form a cross-bar construction preventing the doors (4, 5) of the container (1) to be opened.

1. E05B0083020000_0.gif

E05B 83/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Locks for sliding wings on commercially used vehicles. The figure shows an example of a hook bolt (34) for locking a sliding roll-up door (16).

1. E05B0083040000_0.gif

E05B 83/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Locking arrangements for railway freight cars, as exemplified by the figure where the locking device (20) keeps the sliding door (12) closed.

1. E05B0083060000_0.gif

E05B 83/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Locking devices with actuation bars which usually connect actuation means, for example a handle, with a fastening means. The figure illustrates this by showing a central actuation unit (10) connected to fastening means (22) by sliding bars (16).

1. E05B0083080000_0.gif

E05B 83/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

A very common locking arrangement for cargo vehicles with rotary bars connecting for example a handle and lock bolt(s).

In the figure the rotary bars (50a, 50b) are actuated by handles (64a, 64b) in order to move fastening means (66, 68) between a locked and unlocked position.

1. E05B0083100000_0.gif

E05B 83/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Smaller locks for vans (e.g. delivery vans, plumber's van, locksmith's van). These vans usually have doors with locks, which are similar to locks for passenger doors, but quite often adapted to the special requirements needed for the various commercial purposes of the van.

The example of the figure discloses a lock for use on a door between the driver compartment and the cargo compartment.

1. E05B0083120000_0.gif

E05B 83/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Lock devices with means indicating authorized or unauthorized actuation of the lock device.

In the figure, the handle (143) of a hook bolt locking device is sealed by a wire (189) which has to be broken when the handle is to be actuated.

1. E05B0083140000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

Locks giving indication of unauthorised unlocking

E05B 39/00

Security seals

G09F 3/03

E05B 83/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Lock devices for non-passenger compartments essentially located at the outside of the vehicle.

In most of the cases the rear compartments are used for load purposes, e.g. for luggage. This also covers locks for luggage compartments of hatchback/station (family) cars.

At the front of the car it usually concerns a hood for the engine compartment.

E05B 83/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Locking arrangements for boot lids and luggage compartments, normally at the back of a car. A typical example of this subgroup is shown in the figure, whereby a lock (10) cooperates with a striker (20) for holding the boot lid (2) closed.

1. E05B0083180000_0.gif

E05B 83/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Locking arrangements for luggage compartments with more than one wing. One example of such a lock system is shown in the figure.

1. E05B0083200000_0.gif

E05B 83/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Locking arrangements for luggage compartments at the side of the vehicle, as exemplified by the figure, which shows a recreational vehicle with a central actuator (160) for locking and unlocking of several luggage compartment doors at the vehicle side.

1. E05B0083220000_0.gif

E05B 83/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Locks for compartments at the front of a vehicle. These locks are normally provided with a primary and secondary bolt in order to obtain a double security. This assures that the wing stays closed even if the primary bolt fails.

In the figure a striker (4) is held in the latched position by a primary bolt (8). A secondary bolt (5) catches the striker (4), if the primary bolt (8) would fail.

1. E05B0083240000_0.gif

E05B 83/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Arrangements for allowing escape from the inside of a boot. There are normally no means for actuating the boot lock from the inside.

This subgroup concerns means allowing operation from the inside in case of emergency. In the figure a handle (12) is provided for emergency opening.

1. E05B0083260000_0.gif

E05B 83/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Locks for storage compartments located in the dashboard area in front of the passenger seat. An example of such a device can be seen in the figure.

1. E05B0083300000_0.gif

E05B 83/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Locking arrangements for storage compartments normally placed between passenger seats as exemplified by the figure.

1. E05B0083320000_0.gif

E05B 83/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Locks for fuel inlet covers, which essentially lie in the plane of the vehicle surface, when closed. In the figure a fuel inlet (9) is covered by a lid (4). An actuator (20) drives a bolt (16) between a locked and unlocked position. The caps which actually close the inlet pipe in a fluid-tight way (with or without lock) and the flush cover flaps, per se, are rather covered by B60K 15/04 and B60K 15/05.

1. E05B0083340000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

Fuel inlet covers, as such

B60K 15/05

E05B 83/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Locks for door arrangements without a central post between the front and the back door. According to the exemplifying figure a pivoting door (PB) and a sliding door (PC) are kept in a closed position by a system comprising four different locks (DS1, DS2, TS, PS).

1. E05B0083380000_0.gif

E05B 83/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Locking devices for sliding passenger doors. The example in the figure shows a lock system for a sliding door (D). It comprises a rear latch mechanism (11), a front latch mechanism (13) and a lower latch mechanism (17).

1. E05B0083400000_0.gif

E05B 83/42 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Locks for passenger compartments of large commercially used vehicles. The figure shows a cabin (1) of a working vehicle. On the inside of the cabin door a handle (24) can be operated for releasing a door lock mechanism (22).

1. E05B0083420000_0.gif

E05B 83/44 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Locks for campers, caravans and similar. One commonly addressed problem is to secure the doors from the inside during night.

The figure is directed to a lock for a caravan, which can be locked and unlocked with a remote control (82).

1. E05B0083440000_0.gif

E05B 85/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Housing structures for vehicle locks as exemplified by the figure, which shows a housing (6) composed of a plastic shell (7) and a metallic plate (9).

...

1. E05B0085020000_0.gif

References

Limiting references:

Mounting of lock casings

E05B 79/04

E05B 85/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Elements cooperating with the bolt for holding a wing closed. These striker elements are also called keepers. They are normally constructed as a pin or a staple for cooperation with a bifurcated latch bolt. A typical example is shown in the figure.

1. E05B0085040000_0.gif

E05B 85/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Arrangements of lock cylinders in vehicle lock devices. A usual subject of this subgroup is the connection between a lock cylinder and the lock mechanism in a lock housing. Such a construction is disclosed in the figure, wherein a lock cylinder (30) is connected to a lock mechanism (20) by means of a particular rod (4).

1. E05B0085060000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

Devices for coupling the turning cylinder of a single or double cylinder lock with the bolt-operating member

E05B 17/04

E05B 85/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Buttons or knobs on the inside of the door for locking/unlocking of the door. It usually concerns either a sill-button placed on the door trim near the window or a knob/button placed near or in the door handle unit. The figure gives an example of a sill/garnish button (11) arranged for actuation of a locking lever (12).

1. E05B0085080000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

Functions related to actuation of locks from the passenger compartment of the vehicle

E05B 77/22

E05B 85/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Various types of vehicle door handles for actuation of locks. The lower subgroups concern the most common groups of such handles.

References

Limiting references:

Mounting of handles

E05B 79/06

Operative connections of handles

E05B 79/22

E05B 85/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Handles on the inside of the door as exemplified by the figure, in which a door handle (32) is provided for actuation of the door lock.

1. E05B0085120000_0.gif

E05B 85/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Pivoting handle constructions with an axis essentially parallel to the plane of the wing. This is a very common type of handle movement, and the lower subgroups concern the most usual basic concepts. The example figure of this subgroup therefore discloses another type of such a pivoting handle.

1. E05B0085140000_0.gif

E05B 85/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

One of the two most commonly used vehicle handle constructions. The figure illustrates how a longitudinal handle (1) pivots at one end (4) around an axis perpendicular to the longitudinal direction of the handle.

1. E05B0085160000_0.gif

E05B 85/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The second of the two most commonly used vehicle handle constructions. The figure illustrates how a longitudinal handle (16) pivots around an axis (27) parallel to the longitudinal direction of the handle.

1. E05B0085180000_0.gif

E05B 85/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Details of locking elements in the form of e.g. latch-bolts or dead-bolts and detents for such bolts. A vehicle front hood lock comprising a bolt (2) with a combined rotational and sliding movement, as illustrated by the figure, would belong in this subgroup.

1. E05B0085200000_0.gif

E05B 85/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Vehicle locks with sliding bolts as illustrated by the figure, in which an actuator (18) causes a sliding movement of a bolt (22).

1. E05B0085220000_0.gif

E05B 85/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Vehicle locks with pivoting bolts. The vast majority of pivoting bolts in vehicle locks is of the bifurcated type. The example of the figure therefore shows a more unusual form of pivoting bolt. The striker (5) is guided onto a centering pin of the lock housing, when the door is closed. A hook element (3) of the bolt (2) will thereby come in contact with an edge (4) of the striker (5). The pivoting bolt (2) is held in the latched position by two detents (6, 10).

1. E05B0085240000_0.gif

E05B 85/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Cases where the detent, the bolt or the way in which they cooperate is described. In the figure a bolt (2) and a detent (3) are provided with contact surfaces with specifically chosen curvatures.

1. E05B0085260000_0.gif

E05B 85/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Bolt members shaped as toothed wheels. This used to be a very common bolt/striker construction but is rather unusual nowadays.

The lock in the figure has a wheel shaped bolt (21) with toothed elements (14) which cooperate with a protrusion (35) on the striker for holding the wing closed.

1. E05B0085280000_0.gif

E05C 1/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Hasps

E05C 19/08

Hook fastenings

E05C 19/10

E05C 3/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Hasps

E05C 19/08

Hook fastenings

E05C 19/10

E05C 5/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Hasps

E05C 19/08

Hook fastenings

E05C 19/10

E05F - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

For safeguarding bank teller windows

E05G 5/00

For interconnected louvres

E06B 7/086

For blinds or roll-type closures

E06B 9/00

E05F 15/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Operating mechanisms for wings constructed to convert the force input from a

motor into movement of a wing.

Safety devices for power-operated wings, such as obstruction detection means, and controlling means, such as remote wireless controls means.

References

Informative references:

Power-operated mechanisms for hatch covers in ships

B63B 19/14

Power-operated mechanisms for elevator doors

B66B 13/00

Limit switches

H01H 3/16

E05F 15/40 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Anti-dropping devices

E05D 13/00

Detection of obstructions by current overload

H02H 7/08

E05F 15/72 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Operating or controlling mechanisms for physical fire-barriers

A62C 2/24

Locks actuating in response to heat

E05B 65/10

E21B 47/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes or apparatus for collecting data about drilled or lined boreholes.

References

Limiting references:

Monitoring pressure or flow of drilling fluid

E21B 21/08

Informative references:

Geophysical logging

G01V

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Borehole

An unlined shaft drilled into the ground, typically for the purposes of extracting water, crude oil or natural gas this is often referred to as the wellbore.

E21B 47/001 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes or apparatus for monitoring boreholes or wells located under water, e.g. under the sea.

E21B 47/002 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes or apparatus using images obtained by electrical, optical, acoustical or other methods, e.g. using a camera for observation.

References

Informative references:

Photographing internal surfaces, e.g. of pipes

G03B 37/00

Closed circuit television systems

H04N 7/18

E21B 47/003 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Measuring depth of borehole or well

E21B 47/04

Measuring diameter of borehole or well

E21B 47/08

Informative references:

Measuring volumes in general

G01F

E21B 47/005 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes or apparatus for tracking or examining the extent or integrity of the plugging or consolidating material.

References

Informative references:

Measuring temperature at borehole or well

E21B 47/07

E21B 47/007 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes or apparatus for determining the tensile or compressive force per cross-sectional area acting upon a pipe string or casing.

References

Limiting references:

Locating blocked portions of pipes

E21B 47/09

Informative references:

Measuring stress in general

G01L

E21B 47/008 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes or apparatus for collecting data about borehole equipment for lifting fluids to the surface, e.g. for the detection of the condition wherein the well fluid production rate is lower than the rate at which the pump withdraws fluid from the borehole.

References

Informative references:

Control of pumps

F04D 15/00, F04D 27/00

E21B 47/009 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Controls or safety measures for pumps

F04B 49/00

E21B 47/01 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices for mounting a data collection instrument upon a boring tool, boring tool string or cable-carried tool; Devices for shielding down-hole data collection instruments from damage.

References

Informative references:

Flexible centering means

E21B 17/10

Setting or locking tools in boreholes or wells

E21B 23/00

E21B 47/013 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices modified to mount a data collection instrument upon a boring tool.

E21B 47/017 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes or apparatus for shielding the data collection device against thermal effect, vibration, pressure, debris or the like.

References

Informative references:

Cooling or insulating arrangements for boreholes or wells

E21B 36/00

E21B 47/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes or apparatus for Measuring the inclination or orientation of boreholes or wells.

References

Informative references:

Clinometers or direction meters in general

G01C

E21B 47/022 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes or apparatus for finding the slant or the path of the borehole utilizing, the Earth’s magnetic field.

E21B 47/0224 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes or apparatus for finding the slant or path of the borehole using a shockwave that propagates through the planet or waves that transmit sound.

E21B 47/0228 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes or apparatus for finding the slant or path of the borehole or well by using electromagnetic energy.

E21B 47/0232 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes or apparatus for finding the slant or path of the borehole or well where the source of electromagnetic energy or sensor is on or over the planet’s surface.

E21B 47/0236 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes or apparatus for finding the slant or path of a borehole or well using a body suspended from a fixed point so as to swing freely under the action of gravity, with the body having an indicator to show slant.

E21B 47/024 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes or apparatus for measuring the inclination or orientation of down-hole tools.

References

Limiting references:

E21B 47/022 takes precedence.

E21B 47/026 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes or apparatus for measuring the inclination (i.e. dip) or orientation (i.e. strike) of a drilled stratum, e.g. by using a specially adapted compass (e.g. a Brunton compass).

References

Informative references:

Apparatus for obtaining oriented cores

E21B 25/16

Formation testing

E21B 49/00

E21B 47/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Measuring depth in general

G01B

Measuring liquid level in general

G01F

E21B 47/047 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

E21B 47/053 takes precedence.

Informative references:

Measuring temperature in general

G01K

Measuring pressure in general

G01L

E21B 47/07 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Using thermal measurements for locating fluid leaks, intrusions, or movements of borehole fluids

E21B 47/103

E21B 47/08 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Measuring diameter in general

G01B

E21B 47/09 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Measuring depth at borehole or well

E21B 47/04

Measuring borehole or well diameter

E21B 47/08

E21B 47/092 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes or apparatus for determining the whereabouts or position of objects in a borehole or well using magnetic attraction/repulsion force irregularities.

References

Informative references:

Investigating materials by investigating magnetic variables

G01N 27/72

E21B 47/095 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes or apparatus for determining the whereabouts or position of objects in a borehole or well by measuring distortion or blurring of a sonic signal.

E21B 47/098 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes or apparatus for determining the whereabouts or position of objects in a borehole or well by taking a physical imprints of the objects to allow analysis of depressions or apertures.

E21B 47/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes or apparatus for determining if the pipes are sufficiently fluid-tight to prevent leakage or ingress of liquid or gas;

Processes or apparatus for detecting unwanted fluids flowing from the formation into the borehole;

Processes or apparatus for detecting the presence and properties of production fluids in the borehole.

Processes or apparatus for determining well debit or flow rate.

E21B 47/103 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Measuring borehole or pipe temperature

E21B 47/06

E21B 47/107 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes or apparatus including measuring sound waves.

E21B 47/11 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Using detectable material (e.g. dye inert gas, halocarbons, carbon dioxide, radioactive isotopes) or radioactivity (e.g. natural gamma radiation) to locate fluid leaks, intrusions or movements in the borehole/well

E21B 47/113 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes or apparatus using measurement of electric parameters such as electrical resistance or voltage drop or measuring of electrical parameters e.g. voltage drop or utilizing measurements of the infrared, visible or ultraviolet part of the spectrum of electromagnetic radiation.

E21B 47/117 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Investigating fluid-tightness of structures by using fluid or vacuum

G01M 3/02

E21B 47/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes or apparatus in which an information or control signal is sent to or from equipment located in the borehole over an information transmission link, for the purpose of measuring while boring.

References

Informative references:

Remote signaling in general

G08C

E21B 47/125 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes or apparatus in which the transmission link is through the ground.

References

Limiting references:

E21B 47/13 takes precedence.

Informative references:

Magnetic or electric prospecting

G01V 3/00

Electronic transmission systems in which the earth is the medium

H04B 13/02

E21B 47/13 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Magnetic or electric prospecting

G01V 3/00

Electronic transmission in general

H04B

E21B 47/135 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Light guides, e.g. optical fibres

G02B 6/00

Optical transmission in general

H04B 10/00

E21B 47/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes or apparatus wherein the measuring signal is transmitted via a tubular conduit in the borehole.

E21B 47/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes or apparatus wherein the measuring signal is transmitted through the liquid or gas in the borehole e.g. drilling mud, fracturing fluid, production fluid.

E21B 47/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes or apparatus wherein there is selective interruption of the flow of mud through the drill string causing a continuous wave to be generated which may be modulated in amplitude, frequency or phase.

E21B 47/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes or apparatus wherein a valve is used which releases mud from the drill pipe to the annulus, using a pressure-releasing flow regulator.

E21B 47/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes or apparatus including a valve that interrupts or limits flow within the drill pipe using a circulation limiting regulator.

E21B 47/26 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Recording in connection with measuring in general

G01D

Recording seismic data

G01V 1/24

Recording data of measuring magnetic field characteristic of the earth

G01V 3/36

Information storage in general

G11

E21C - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Methods or apparatus for obtaining oil, gas, water, soluble or meltable materials or a slurry of minerals from well

E21B 43/00

E21D - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Pressure galleries, galleries specially adapted to house pressure water conduits

E02B 9/06

Sewers

E03F

F01L 1/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Valve-gear specially for steam engines or specially for other machines or engines with variable fluid distribution

F01L 15/00-F01L 35/00

F01L 3/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Valve-gear specially for steam engines or specially for other machines or engines with variable fluid distribution

F01L 15/00-F01L 35/00

F01L 5/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Valve-gear specially for steam engines or specially for other machines or engines with variable fluid distribution

F01L 15/00-F01L 35/00

F01L 7/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Valve-gear specially for steam engines or specially for other machines or engines with variable fluid distribution

F01L 15/00-F01L 35/00

F01L 9/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Valve-gear specially for steam engines or specially for other machines or engines with variable fluid distribution

F01L 15/00-F01L 35/00

F01L 11/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Valve-gear specially for steam engines or specially for other machines or engines with variable fluid distribution

F01L 15/00-F01L 35/00

F01L 13/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Valve-gear specially for steam engines or specially for other machines or engines with variable fluid distribution

F01L 15/00-F01L 35/00

F01M - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Lubrication of machines or engines in general, where the lubrication system, or device for lubricating parts of the machine or engine, does not form part of the structure of the machine or engine.

Pressure lubrication, e.g. using pressure from pumps, crankcase pressure or the like to circulate the lubricant; including provision of lubricant passageways in crankshafts or conecting rods.

Lubrication specially adapted for engines with crankcase compression of fuel/air mixtures, or for engines in which lubricant is contained in fuel, combustion air or fuel/air mixture (e.g. two-stroke engines).

Heating, cooling or controlling temperature of lubricant.

Lubrication means facititating engine starting, e.g. by conditioning or heating the lubricant.

Lubrication means specially adapted for facilitating the running-in or breaking-in of machines or engines.

Lubricating means having other significant or pertinent characteristics, e.g. introducing additives to lubricant, using fuel as lubricant, dip, splash or drip lubrication, non-pressurised lubrication.

Details, parts or accessories of lubricating, including controlling lubricant level or pressure, arrangement of lubricant conduits, purifying lubricant, filling or draining lubricant.

Indicating or safety features, e.g. to render machine or engine inoperative or idling on lubricant pressure failure.

Crankcase ventilating or breathing, e.g. breather valves or inlet air filters.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Lubricating in general is covered by F16N. F01M is an application-oriented subclass in relation thereto, in respect of machines and engines as defined in the glossary below.

Lubricating subject-matter proper to F01M is classified there irrespective of its stated application, unless the classifiable features are peculiar to its stated application, in which case the subject-matter is classified only in the relevant subclass of classes F01-F04.

References

Limiting references:

Arrangement of lubricant coolers in engine cooling systems

F01P 11/08

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Lubrication of steam engines

F01B 31/10

Lubrication of rotary-piston or oscillating-piston machines or engines

F01C 21/04

Lubrication of non-positive displacementmachines or engines, e.g. steam turbines

F01D 25/18

Lubrication of gas-turbine plants

F02C 7/06

Lubrication of cylinders of combustion engines

F02F 1/20

Lubrication of pumps for elastic fluids

F04B 39/02

Lubrication of rotary-piston or oscillating-piston pumps for elastic fluids

F04C 29/02

Lubrication of non-positive displacementpumps

F04D 29/04

Informative references:

Measuring fluid-pressure in general

G01L

Fluid level indicators in general

G01F 23/00

Crankshafts, connecting rods per se

F16C

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Lubrication

Apparatus, arrangements or methods for introducing or applying a thin layer of a discrete lubricant between two or more relatively-moving adjacent solid surfaces of a device or apparatus, for the specific purpose of reducing friction, heat or wear between the adjacent surfaces.

Lubricant

Any fluid (e.g. water, oil), fluent material (e.g. particulate graphite), semi-fluid material (e.g. oil with thickener), or semisolid material (e.g. grease), or any mixture of such types of substance, which is used for the specific purpose of lubrication.

Engine

A device for continuously converting fluid energy into mechanical power. Thus, this term includes, for example, steam piston engines or steam turbines per se, or internal-combustion piston engines, but it excludes single-stroke devices.

Pump

A device for continuously raising, forcing, compressing or exhausting fluid by mechanical or other means. Thus, this term includes fans or blowers. This term also includes methods of operation, unless otherwise specifically provided for.

Machine

A device which could equally be an engine or a pump, but not a device which is restricted to an engine or one which is restricted to a pump.

Positive displacement

The way the energy of a working fluid is transformed into mechanical energy, in which variations of volume created by the working fluid in a working chamber produce equivalent displacements of the mechanical member transmitting the energy, the dynamic effect of the fluid being of minor importance, and vice-versa.

Non-positive displacement

The way the energy of a working fluid is transformed into mechanical energy, by transformation of the energy of the working fluid into kinetic energy, and vice-versa.

Working fluid

The driven fluid in a pump or the driving fluid in an engine. The working fluid may be in a gaseous state, i.e. compressible, or liquid. In the former case coexistence of two states is possible.

F01M 11/03 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Filters

B01D

F01M 11/08 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Separating in general

B01D

F01P 1/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Cylinders, pistons, valves, fuel injectors, sparking-plugs, or other engine or machine parts, modified to facilitate cooling, see the relevant classes for such parts

F01P 3/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Cylinders, pistons, valves, fuel injectors, sparking-plugs, or other engine or machine parts, modified to facilitate cooling, see the relevant classes for such parts

F02B - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Carburettors, fuel-injection apparatus

F02M

Apparatus for performing such pretreatments or additions

F02M

Apparatus for generating fuel, e.g. gas, see the relevant classes, e.g.

C10

Aspects predominantly concerning such devices, see the relevant classes for the devices

F02B 13/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Characterised by use of gaseous or solid fuels

F02B 43/00, F02B 45/00

F02B 15/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Characterised by use of gaseous or solid fuels

F02B 43/00, F02B 45/00

F02B 33/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Arrangements of such pumps or other auxiliary apparatus on engine

F02B 67/00

Combined engine and pump control, control dependent on variables other than those generic to pump

F02D

F02B 35/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Arrangements of such pumps or other auxiliary apparatus on engines

F02B 67/00

Combined engine and pump control, control dependent on variables other than those generic to pump

F02D

F02B 37/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Arrangements of such pumps or other auxiliary apparatus on engines

F02B 67/00

Combined engine and pump control, control dependent on variables other than those generic to pump

F02D

F02B 39/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Arrangements of such pumps or other auxiliary apparatus on engines

F02B 67/00

Combined engine and pump control, control dependent on variables other than those generic to pump

F02D

F02B 47/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Apparatus for performing such pretreatments or additions

F02M

F02B 49/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Apparatus for performing such pretreatments or additions

F02M

F02B 51/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Apparatus for performing such pretreatments or additions

F02M

F02B 61/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Aspects predominantly concerning such devices, see the relevant classes for the devices

F02B 63/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Aspects predominantly concerning such devices, see the relevant classes for the devices

F02B 65/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Aspects predominantly concerning such devices, see the relevant classes for the devices

F02D - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Automatic controllers for prime movers, in general

G05D

F02D 1/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Peculiar to engines characterised by their use of non-liquid fuels, pluralities of fuels, or non-fuel substances added to the combustible mixtures

F02D 19/00

Peculiar to supercharged engines

F02D 23/00

F02D 3/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Peculiar to engines characterised by their use of non-liquid fuels, pluralities of fuels, or non-fuel substances added to the combustible mixtures

F02D 19/00

Peculiar to supercharged engines

F02D 23/00

F02D 7/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Peculiar to engines characterised by their use of non-liquid fuels, pluralities of fuels, or non-fuel substances added to the combustible mixtures

F02D 19/00

Peculiar to supercharged engines

F02D 23/00

F02M 25/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Fuel-injection apparatus operating simultaneously on two or more fuels or on a liquid fuel and another liquid

F02M 43/00

Apparatus for adding secondary air to fuel-air mixture

F02M 23/00

Engine-pertinent apparatus for adding exhaust gases

F02M 26/00

F02M 26/27 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Details of heat exchangers

F02M 26/31

F02M 26/28 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Details of heat exchangers

F02M 26/32

F02M 26/31 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Layout or concepts of the coolers

F02M 26/27

Heat exchange apparatus in general

F28D, F28F

F02M 26/32 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Layout or concepts of the coolers

F02M 26/28

Heat exchange apparatus in general

F28D, F28F

F02M 26/37 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Internal exhaust gas recirculation

F02M 26/01

F02M 26/48 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Details on the sensor installation in the valve housing

F02M 26/71

F02M 26/50 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Arrangement or layout of EGR passages with means for cleaning or treating the recirculated gases

F02M 26/35

Protection from damage

F02M 26/74

F02M 26/51 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

EGR valves combined with intake air throttles

F02M 26/64

F02M 26/63 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Systems for actuating EGR valves, an intake air throttle and EGR valve being operated together

F02M 26/64

F02M 26/74 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Arrangements or methods for preventing corrosion caused by impurities

F02M 26/50

F03B 1/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Adaptations of machines or engines for special use

F03B 13/00

Controlling

F03B 15/00

F03B 3/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Adaptations of machines or engines for special use

F03B 13/00

Controlling

F03B 15/00

F03B 5/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Adaptations of machines or engines for special use

F03B 13/00

Controlling

F03B 15/00

F03B 7/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Adaptations of machines or engines for special use

F03B 13/00

Controlling

F03B 15/00

F03B 9/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Adaptations of machines or engines for special use

F03B 13/00

Controlling

F03B 15/00

F03D - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Wind motors with rotation axis substantially parallel to the air flow entering the rotor

Wind motors with rotation axis substantially perpendicular to the air flow entering the rotor

Other wind motors

Controlling wind motors

Adaptations of wind motors for special use

Combinations of wind motors with apparatus driven thereby

Other details, component parts, or accessories of wind motors

Relationship between large subject matter areas

F03D covers mechanisms for converting wind energy into useful mechanical energy, and the transmission of such mechanical energy to its point of use. Electrical power generation aspects of wind motors (e.g. dynamo-electric conversion and electric generators) are classified in H02P . Circuit arrangements or systems for supplying or distributing electric power are classified in H02J .

References

Limiting references:

Circuit arrangements or systems for supplying or distributing electric power

H02J

Control or regulation of electric generators, or dynamo-electric converters

H02P

Informative references:

Propulsive devices of ships or other waterborne vessels directly acted on by wind, using the Magnus effect

B63H 9/02

Dynamo-electric machines

H02K

Structural association of electric generator with mechanical driving motor in dynamo-electric machines, e.g. turbine

H02K 7/18

Special rules of classification

NONE.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Rotation axis

the axis of rotation of the rotor

Rotor

the wind-engaging parts of the wind motor and the rotary member carrying them

Synonyms and Keywords

HAWT

Horizontal Axis Wind Turbine

VAWT

Vertical Axis Wind Turbine

In patent documents the expression "axial flow" is often used with the meaning "air flow parallel to the rotation axis"

In patent documents the expression "Savonius turbine" is often used with the meaning "a wind turbine with at least two scoop-shaped wind-engaging surfaces.”

In patent documents the expression "Darrieus turbine" is often used with the meaning "a vertical axis wind turbine equipped with aerofoils mounted on a rotating shaft.”

F03D 9/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Hybrid wind-photovoltaic energy systems for the generation of electric power

H02S 10/12

F03D 9/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Combinations of wind motors with apparatus storing energy, i.e. combinations of wind motors with associated apparatus providing means for storing the converted wind energy in other energy forms.

F03D 9/20 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Arrangements of propulsion units in vehicles in connection with power supply derived from wind power

B60K 16/00

Propulsion of electrically-propelled vehicles using power supply derived from wind power

B60L 8/00

Driving auxiliaries on ships of other waterborne vessels using wind power

B63J 3/04

Propulsion of ships or other waterborne vessels by wind motors driving water-engaging propulsive elements

B63H 13/00

F03D 9/30 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Arrangements for mounting or supporting wind motors

F03D 13/20

Informative references:

Anchoring arrangements for special vessels

B63B 21/50

F03D 9/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Wind motors specially adapted for installation on moving objects, e.g. vehicles, in which the movement of the object causes air flow through the rotor.

F03D 13/20 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Foundations for poles, masts or chimneys

E02D 27/42

Towers; Masts, poles; Methods of erecting such structures

E04H 12/00

F03D 13/25 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Anchoring arrangements for special vessels

B63B 21/50

Vessels or like floating structures adapted for special purposes

B63B 35/00

Artificial islands mounted on piles or like supports

E02B 17/00

F03D 13/40 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Vehicles adapted to transport or carry special loads or objects

B60P 3/00

F03D 15/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Transmission of mechanical power, i.e. mechanisms by which the wind-derived mechanical power is conveyed to its point of use

References

Informative references:

Gearing

F16H

F03D 15/20 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Direct-drive

Gearless transmission arrangement in which the rotor shaft is attached directly to the generator without intermediate gearing.

F03D 17/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Monitoring or testing of wind motors, e.g. diagnostics

References

Limiting references:

Testing during commissioning of wind motors

F03D 13/30

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Monitoring or testing

Overseeing or analysing the operating conditions of the wind motor mechanism, typically to identify problematic conditions. This may involve reference to wind motor sensor signals indicating e.g. wind speed and direction, pitch angle, vibration, rotary torque, blade load and strain.

F03D 80/10 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Traffic control systems for aircraft

G08G 5/00

F03D 80/20 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Shadow flicker

Periodic flickering effect due to repetitive shadows cast by rotating wind turbine blades.

F03D 80/30 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Installations of lightning conductors; Fastening thereof to supporting structure

H02G 13/00

F03D 80/70 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Lubricating of machines in general

F01M

Bearings

F16C

F03D 80/80 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Nacelle

The protective outer housing enclosing wind motor components such as the transmission, associated gearing and turbine.

F04B 1/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Pumps for raising fluids from great depths

F04B 47/00

F04B 3/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Pumps for raising fluids from great depths

F04B 47/00

F04B 5/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Pumps for raising fluids from great depths

F04B 47/00

F04B 7/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Pumps for raising fluids from great depths

F04B 47/00

F04B 9/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Pumps for raising fluids from great depths

F04B 47/00

F04B 11/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Pumps for raising fluids from great depths

F04B 47/00

F04B 13/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Pumps for raising fluids from great depths

F04B 47/00

F04B 15/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Pumps for raising fluids from great depths

F04B 47/00

F04B 17/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Pumps for raising fluids from great depths

F04B 47/00

F04B 19/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Pumps for raising fluids from great depths

F04B 47/00

F04B 23/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Pumps for raising fluids from great depths

F04B 47/00

F04B 25/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

For raising fluid from great depths

F04B 47/00

F04B 27/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

For raising fluid from great depths

F04B 47/00

F04B 31/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

For raising fluid from great depths

F04B 47/00

F04B 33/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

For raising fluid from great depths

F04B 47/00

F04B 35/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

For raising fluid from great depths

F04B 47/00

F04B 37/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

For raising fluid from great depths

F04B 47/00

F04B 39/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

For raising fluid from great depths

F04B 47/00

F04B 41/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

For raising fluid from great depths

F04B 47/00

F04C - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Pumps with rotary or oscillating pistons for liquids, for elastic fluids, or for combination of liquid and elastic fluid.

Positive displacement machines, i.e. devices which could be equally an engine or pump, with rotary or oscillating pistons for liquids only.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Related subclasses F01C and F04C cover the same type of apparatus using rotary or oscillating pistons for positive displacement. The distinguishing characteristic used for classifying the machines, i.e. devices which could be equally be an engine or pump, is the working fluid used. Machines with rotary or oscillating pistons for working fluids containing elastic fluids, e.g. a combination of liquids and elastic fluids are classified in F01C. If only liquid is used as working fluid for these machines with rotary or oscillating pistons they are classified in F04C. However, devices with rotary or oscillating pistons that are only pumps, i.e. cannot be used as engines, are classified in F04C, irrespective of the working fluid.

F04B covers machines or pumps with reciprocating pistons, or other kinds of positive displacement mechanisms with the exception of rotary or oscillating piston type machines or pumps.

Subject matter like cyclically operating valves, lubricating or cooling are classified in subclasses F01L, F01M, F01P irrespective of their stated application, unless their novel and non-obvious features are peculiar to their application, in which case they are classified only in the relevant subclass of F04. The subclasses F01L, F01M, F01P do not cover pump or machine features per se.

References

Limiting references:

Positive displacement machines for liquids, or pumps in which the working-fluid is displaced by one or more reciprocating pistons or by flexible working members

F04B

Informative references:

Rotary-piston or oscillating piston machines for elastic fluids

F01C

Rotary-piston or oscillating piston machines for liquids and elastic fluids

F01C

Cyclically operating valves for machines or engines

F01L

Lubrication of machines or engines in general

F01M

Gas-flow silencer or exhaust apparatus for machines or engines in general

F01N

Cooling of machines or engines in general

F01P

Combustion engines with pumps for charging

F02B 33/34, F02B 53/08

Fluid pressure actuators

F15B

Rotary fluid gearing using pumps and motors of the volumetric type for conveying rotary motion

F16H

Sealing in general

F16J

Means for thermal insulation in general

F16L

Refrigeration machines, plants or systems

F25B

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Pump

means a device for continuously raising, forcing, compressing, or exhausting fluid by mechanical means

Machine

means a device that could equally be both an engine and a pump and not a device which is restricted to an engine or one which is restricted to a pump

Positive displacement pumps

pumps using pistons or other mechanical members to displace a working fluid in a working chamber, the dynamic effect on the fluid being of minor importance

Positive displacement engines

the energy of a working fluid is transformed into mechanical energy, in which variations of volume created by the working fluid in a working chamber produce equivalent movement of mechanical members, e.g. pistons transmitting the energy, the dynamic effect of the fluid being of minor importance

Oscillating piston machine

means a positive-displacement machine in which a fluid-engaging, work-transmitting member oscillates, e.g. a vane piston swinging back and forth about a fixed axis

Reciprocating piston

means a fluid-engaging, work-transmitting member of an reciprocating-piston type machine or pump that slides alternately back and forth usually along a straight line or path

Rotary piston

means a fluid engaging, work-transmitting member of a rotary-piston machine or pump that can completely rotate about a fixed axis or about an axis moving along a circular or similar orbit when operating, e.g. rotor having vanes or teeth

Rotary piston machine

means a positive-displacement machine in which a liquid-engaging, work-transmitting member rotates about a fixed axis or about an axis moving along a circular or similar orbit, e.g. machine with a rotor having vanes or teeth

Cooperating members

means the "oscillating piston" or "rotary piston" and another member, e.g., the working-chamber wall, which assists in the pumping action or machine's action

Movement of the cooperating members

is to be interpreted as relative, so that one of the "cooperating members" may be stationary, even though reference may be made to its rotational axis, or both may move

Teeth or tooth equivalents

include lobes, projections or abutments

Internal axis type

means that the rotational axes of the inner and outer co-operating members remain at all times within the outer member, e.g., in a similar manner to that of a pinion meshing with the internal teeth of a ring gear

Working fluid

means the driven fluid in a pump or driving or driven liquid in a machine. The working fluid can be in a compressible, gaseous state, e.g. steam, called elastic fluid, a liquid state, or a state where there is coexistence of elastic fluid and liquid state

F04C 29/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Of machines or engines in general

F01M

Separation in general

B01D

F04C 29/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Of machines or engines in general

F01P

Heat insulation in general

F16L 59/00

F04C 29/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Gas-flow silencers or exhaust apparatus for machines or engines in general

F01N

F15B - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Systems peculiar to the control of a particular machine or apparatus covered in a single other class, see the class for such machine or apparatus

F16B - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Horseshoe nails

A01L 7/10

Nails for footwear

A43B 23/20

Thumb-tacks

B43M 15/00

Screws or bolts for railway sleepers

E01B 9/10

For building constructions

E04B 1/38

For hand railings

E04F 11/18

For fencing

E04H 17/00

Informative references:

Manufacture of threaded fastening means

B21H, B21K, B23G

Screw mechanisms

F16H

F16C - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Shafts (e.g. telescopic shafts);

Flexible shafts;

Mechanical means for transmitting movement in a flexible sheathing (e.g. Bowden cables);

Crankshafts or elements specially adapted for use in crankshafts such as:

cranks

crossheads

crankshaftbearings

connecting-rodbearings;

Connecting-rods or links pivoted at both ends that function in a similar manner to connecting-rods;

Pivots and pivotal connections (e.g. ball-joints);

Rotary engineering elements (e.g. rolls, drums or discs) other than gearing, coupling, clutch or brake elements;

Bearings such as:

sliding bearings for rotating parts

rolling contact bearings for rotating parts

linear bearings;

Parts or details of bearings such as:

cooling details

lubricating details

use of specific materials

bearing assemblages;

Specially adapted methods or apparatus for assembling together several separately formed components into a structure covered by this subclass (e.g. apparatus for assembling together crankshafts).

Relationship between large subject matter areas

F16Cis a general function-orientated place.

Application-orientated places for this subject matter are provided elsewhere in the IPC – see below.

References

Limiting references:

Piston-rods, i.e. rods rigidly connected to the piston

F16J 7/00

Control cables for flexible medical endoscopes

A61B 1/005

Control cables for flexible technical endoscopes

G02B 23/24

Connecting-rods

Connecting-rods for driving wheels of railway locomotives

B61C 17/10

Pivotal connection of pistons with connecting-rods

F16J 1/14

Shafts, crank shafts

Arrangement or mounting of transmissions in vehicles characterised by arrangement, location, or type of main drive shafting, e.g. cardan shaft

B60K 17/22

Axle-boxes for rail vehicles

B61F 15/00

Propeller shafts or paddle-wheel shafts for ships

B63H 23/34

Flexible shafts

Flexible shafts in dental machines

A61C 1/18

Mechanical means for transmitting movement in a flexible sheathing

Control cables for change-speed gearing control

B60K 20/02

Control cables for actuating brakes

B60T 7/08, B60T 11/04

Control cables for brake-actuating mechanisms specially adapted for cycles

B62L 3/02

Control cables for gearing speed-change mechanisms specially adapted for cycles

B62M 25/02

Pivots and pivotal connections

Arrangements of steering linkage connections

B62D 7/16

Hinges for doors, windows, or wings

E05D

Rotary engineering elements other than gearing, coupling, clutch or brake elements

Guide rollers in feeding webs

B65H 27/00

Calender rolls, bearings therefor

D21G 1/02

Flywheels

F16F 15/30

Correcting- or balancing-weights or equivalent means for balancing rotating bodies

F16F 15/32

Rotary drums or rollers for heat-exchange or heat-transfer apparatus

F28F 5/02

Applications of bearings

Bearings for agricultural machines

A01B 71/04

Bearings for threshing machines

A01F 12/58

Bearings for drawers for furniture

A47B 88/00

Adaptation of roll bearings for metal-rolling mills

B21B 31/07

Bearings for movable or adjustable work or tool supports

B23Q 1/25

Hubs for vehicles

B60B 27/00

Axle units; Parts thereof

B60B 35/00

A mountings for shafting in vehicles

B60K 17/24

Bearings for connecting-rods for driving wheels of railway locomotives

B61C 17/10

Axle-boxes for rail vehicles with roller, needle, ball or journal bearings

B61F 15/00

Bearings for steering heads

B62K 21/06

Spindle-bearings for spinning or twisting arrangements

D01H 7/12

Bearings or hinges of bridges

E01D 19/04

Bearings allowing movement of building constructions

E04B 1/36

Bearings specially adapted for roller shutters or for roller blinds

E06B 9/174, E06B 9/50

Bearings for drill bits

E21B 10/22

Arrangement of bearings in rotary-piston machines or engines

F01C 21/02

Arrangement of bearings in non-positive displacement machines or engines

F01D 25/16

Arrangement of bearings in gas-turbine plants

F02C 7/06

Bearings for joint couplings

F16D 3/00

Bearings for gyroscopes

G01C 19/16

Bearings or suspensions for moving parts of measuring instruments

G01D 11/02

Arrangements of bearings in weighing apparatus

G01G 21/02

Testing of bearings

G01M 13/04

Arrangements of bearings in instruments for measuring electric variables

G01R 1/10

Arrangements of bearings for apparatus for measuring time integral of electric power or current

G01R 11/12

Bearings for clockwork

G04B 31/00

Shock-damping bearings for watches or clocks

G04B 31/02

Bearings in dynamo-electric machines

H02K 5/15, H02K 5/16

Structural association with bearings of dynamo-electric machines

H02K 7/08

Informative references:

Rotary coupling elements, e.g. intermediate discs of couplings

F16D 3/00, e.g. F16D 3/78, F16D 3/79

Axially displaceable couplings

F16D 3/06

Universal joints for transmitting rotary motion

F16D 3/16

Rotary clutch elements, e.g. clutch discs or plates

F16D 13/00, e.g. F16D 13/38, F16D 13/64

Rotary brake elements, e.g. brake discs

F16D 65/00, e.g. F16D 65/12

Rubber springs with stiff outer sleeve and inner sleeve or pin

F16F 1/38

Crank gearings

F16H 21/18

Crank gearings with adjustment of throw

F16H 21/20

Camshafts

F16H 53/02

Rotary gearing elements, e.g. gears, sprockets, pulleys

F16H 55/00, e.g. F16H 55/17, F16H 55/30, F16H 55/36

Generation or transmission of movements for final actuating mechanisms within change-speed- or reversing-gearings with at least one movement being transmitted by a cable

F16H 61/36

Supports for apparatus with ball-joint heads

F16M 11/14

Hinges for spectacles

G02C 5/22

Magnetic levitation devices.

H02N 15/00

Making machine elements

B21K 1/00

Making specific metal objects by operations not covered by a single other subclass than B23Por a group in subclass B23P

B23P 15/00

Making parts of bearings

Making parts of bearings, sleeves, cages for bearings or the like by punching of metal or by working or processing of sheet metal or metal tubes, rods or profiles without essentially removing material

B21D 53/10, B21D 53/12

Rolling of rings, balls or rollers

B21H 1/12, B21H 1/16

Forging or pressing of rings, balls, rollers or cages for bearings

B21K 1/02, B21K 1/05

Casting of bearing shells

B22D 15/02

Smoothing or roughening of bearing surfaces

B23P 9/00

Hand tools for inserting or withdrawing sleeves or bearing races

B25B 27/06

Producing bushes for bearings from plastics

B29D 33/00

Indexing scheme associated with subclass B29C(shaping or joining of plastics)

B29L 31/04

Heat treatment, e.g. annealing, hardening, quenching, tempering, adapted for rings or bearing races

C21D 9/40

Alloys

C22C

Electroplating of bearings

C25D 7/10

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Rotary engineering element

Any engineering element, other than a rotating element used in gearing, clutches, couplings or brakes, which rotates so far as its features are affected only by the fact that it rotates.

Bearing

A component of a machine or mechanism that is positioned between two relatively movable elements of the machine or mechanism and that has a surface formed for sliding or rolling contact with these elements when they move relative to each other for the sole function of reducing the friction that would otherwise result from their relative movement.

Connecting-rod or link pivoted at both ends

A reciprocating or oscillating elongated member of a machine or mechanism that is intended to be pivotally connected to and positioned between two relatively movable elements of the machine or mechanism for the purpose of transmitting force or conveying motion between the elements when it reciprocates or oscillates.

Crankshaft

A shaft with one or more cranks for turning reciprocating or oscillating motion into rotary motion.

Flexible shaft

An elongated member, normally a cylindrical rod, that is bendable along its length and rotates about its longitudinal axis to transmit torque or convey motion.

Bowden cable

A control cable consisting of an elongated member enclosed within a housing and that is bendable along its length and shifts along its longitudinal axis relative to its housing to transmit motion or force.

Roll, drum, disc

An element of a machine or mechanism in the form of a roller that has a generally curved surface that contacts work and revolves about its axis when the work shifts relative to it.

Shaft

An elongated member, normally a cylindrical rod, that rotates about its longitudinal axis to transmit torque or convey motion from a gear or other rotary body supported by it to another part of its machine or mechanism.

Synonyms and Keywords

connecting-rod

conrod, con rod, piston rod

sliding bearing

sliding contact bearing, slide bearing, plain bearing, gliding bearing, friction bearing, hydrodynamic bearing, fluid dynamic bearing

anti-friction bearing

antifriction bearing, roller bearing, rolling bearing, rolling contact bearing, ball bearing, needle bearing, rolling elements bearing

linear bearing

linear motion guide

Bowden cable

control cable

F16C 3/03 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Axially displaceable couplings

F16D 3/06

F16C 3/26 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Elastic connecting-rods

F16C 7/04

F16C 3/28 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Adjustable crank mechanisms

F16H 21/20

F16C 9/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Bearings adjustable for play in general

F16C 25/00

F16C 11/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Rubber springs with stiff outer sleeve and inner sleeve or pin

F16F 1/38

F16C 11/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Supports for apparatus with ball-joint heads

F16M 11/14

F16C 13/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Pulleys

F16H 55/00

F16C 27/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Construction of units comprising rigid inner and outer members with rubber or the like between them

F16F 1/38

F16C 29/10 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Preventing relative movement between machine parts in general

F16B, F16B 1/00

F16C 33/22 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Of interest apart from the surface itself

F16C 27/06

F16C 33/72 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Sealings in general

F16J

F16C 35/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Elastic or yielding supports

F16C 27/00

F16C 35/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Hand-tools for inserting or withdrawing sleeves or ball races

B25B 27/06

F16D - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Systems of clutches or couplings for transmitting rotation used within a mechanism of general utility.

Combinations of a clutch and a brake used within a mechanism of general utility.

Combinations of a coupling for transmitting rotation from one element to another and a brake used in conjunction with each other in a mechanism of general utility.

Combinations of a coupling for transmitting rotation from one element to another and a clutch used in conjunction with each other in a mechanism of general utility.

Couplings per se of general utility for transmitting rotation that include the following types:

Rigid couplings (e.g. for connecting two coaxial shafts or for attaching a member on a shaft);

Yielding couplings (e.g. Oldham couplings, Hooke's joints, cardan joints);

Impulse couplings;

Slip couplings;

Safety couplings;

Hydrostatic couplings;

Hydrokinetic couplings.

Clutches per se of general utility that include the following types:

Friction clutches (e.g. disc clutches, multiple disc clutches);

Freewheel clutches;

Hydrostatic clutches;

Hydrokinetic clutches;

Visco clutches;

Internally controlled automatic clutches (e.g. centrifugal clutches, torque limiting clutches);

External control of clutches.

The following types of clutch components and features related to clutches:

Actuation mechanisms;

Clutch slack adjusters;

Clutch cooling devices.

Brakes per se of general utility that include the following types:

Liquid- or air-resistant brakes (e.g. Föttinger brakes, retarder);

Self-acting brakes;

Drum brakes;

Disc brakes.

The following types of brake components and features related to brakes:

Brake shoes, pads or bands;

Brake discs or drums;

Actuation mechanisms;

Brake slack adjusters;

Brake cooling devices;

Brake monitoring, e.g. wear indication.

Friction linings in general:

Composition of linings;

Attachment of linings.

Other types of couplings for transmitting rotation, clutches or brakes that are not provided for in another subclass of the IPC.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

F16D is a general function-orientated place.

Application-orientated places for this subject matter are provided elsewhere in the IPC – see below.

References

Limiting references:

Electrodynamic brake systems for vehicles in general

B60L 7/00

Vehicle brake control systems

B60T

Conjoint control of vehicle sub-units of different type or different function, e.g. when at least one sub-unit is a clutch or a brake

B60W

Fluid gearings

F16H 39/00, F16H 41/00, F16H 43/00

Combinations of fluid gearings with clutches or couplings

F16H 45/00

Combinations of mechanical gearings with fluid clutches

F16H 47/00

Differential gearings, e.g. with freewheels or other clutches

F16H 48/00

Dynamo-electric brakes, e.g. of the Eddy-current hysteresis type

H02K 49/00

Clutches or holding devices using electrostatic attraction, e.g. using Johnson-Rahbek effect

H02N 13/00

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Couplings

Couplings for metal-rolling mills

B21B 35/14

Couplings for drilling rods

E21B 17/02

Attachment of marine propellers on shafts

B63H 23/34

Clutches

Clutches of harvesters or mowers for grass, cereals or other crops

A01D 69/08

Clutches in dental machines for boring or cutting

A61C 1/18

Clutches specially adapted for presses

B30B 15/12

Arrangement or location of clutches in vehicles

B60K 17/02

Arrangement or mounting of control devices for main transmission clutches in vehicles

B60K 23/02

Cycle brakes controlled by back-pedalling

B62L 5/00

Details of rotary fluid gearing of the hydrokinetic type

F16H 41/24

Clutches for apparatus for transmitting or receiving coded digital information

H04L 13/04

Brakes

Brakes of harvesters or mowers for grass, cereals or other crops

A01D 69/10

Brakes for threshing machines

A01F 12/58

Brakes for swings

A63G 9/22

Brakes specially adapted for presses

B30B 15/10

Braking devices for ribbon-feed devices in selective printing mechanisms

B41J 33/52

Brakes peculiar to rail vehicles

B61H

Braking mechanisms for hand carts

B62B 5/04

Braking mechanisms for children's carriages or perambulators

B62B 9/08

Braking mechanisms for animal-drawn vehicles

B62C 7/00

Cycle brakes

B62L

Braking devices for lifting or hoisting gear

B66D 5/00

Brakes for electric motors, generators, or dynamo-electric converters

H02P 3/04

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Actuator

A component of a mechanism that causes movement of a motion-conveying component or motion-inhibiting component but does not itself directly convey or inhibit motion.

Brake

A mechanism with at least one component that is moved by an actuator to selectively or automatically engage or stop a member with respect to a stationary part.

Clutch

A mechanism with at least two relatively movable components that are selectively or automatically engaged with each other by control means, e.g. an actuator, to transmit mechanical power or convey motion from a first member to a second member or disengaged by control means to stop transmitting mechanical power or conveying motion.

Coupling for transmitting rotation

A mechanism that transmits torque or conveys rotary motion from a first shaft to a second shaft or other rotating member and that either does not include relatively moving components or, if it has relatively moving components, the components move without the use of control means.

Synonyms and Keywords

Slack adjuster

Wear compensation mechanism, automatic adjuster, automatically adjusting device, automatic adjustment device, self-adjustment device

Freewheel clutch

One-way clutch

F16D 1/091 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. F16D0001091000_0.gif

F16D 1/092 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. F16D0001092000_0.gif

F16D 1/093 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. F16D0001093000_0.gif

F16D 1/094 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. F16D0001094000_0.gif

2. F16D0001094000_1.gif

F16D 1/095 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. F16D0001095000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

for connecting two abutting shafts

F16D 1/02

F16D 1/096 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. F16D0001096000_0.gif

F16D 1/097 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. F16D0001097000_0.gif

F16D 3/223 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Universal joints in which flexibility is produced by means of rolling connecting parts, one coupling part entering a sleeve of the other coupling part and connected thereto by rolling members whereby the rolling members are being guided in grooves in both coupling parts.

F16D 3/2233 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Universal joints where the rolling members are being guided in grooves on both coupling parts. The projection of the groove lines forming a S curve with an inflection point, see inner contour of part (12) and outer contour of part (16) in the figure.

1. F16D0003223300_0.gif

F16D 3/2237 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Universal joints where the rolling members are being guided in grooves on both coupling parts. In the projection these grooves are composed of radii and straight lines, see groove line (11b) and (12b) in the figure.

1. F16D0003223700_0.gif

F16D 3/224 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Universal joints where the rolling members are being guided in grooves in both coupling parts, and the groove centre-lines of each coupling part are lying on a sphere with the same centre.

1. F16D0003224000_0.gif

F16D 3/2245 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Universal joints where the rolling members are being guided in grooves in both coupling parts, the groove centre-lines are lying on spheres and the centres of these spheres (D1, G1) are offset from the joint centre (E1)

1. F16D0003224500_0.gif

F16D 3/82 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Similar clutches

F16D 25/04

F16D 13/08 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Similar freewheel clutches

F16D 41/20

Similar brakes

F16D 49/02

F16D 13/10 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Similar brakes

F16D 49/00

F16D 13/12 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Similar brakes

F16D 51/02

F16D 13/14 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Similar brakes

F16D 51/00

F16D 13/20 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Similar brakes

F16D 53/00

F16D 13/22 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Similar brakes

F16D 55/00

F16D 25/10 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Arrangements or mounting of clutches in vehicles

B60K 17/02

F16D 33/16 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Mounting of such means in vehicles

B60K 23/02

F16D 33/18 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Applicable also to fluid gearing

F16H 41/24

F16D 49/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Similar clutches

F16D 13/10

F16D 49/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Similar clutches

F16D 13/08

F16D 51/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Similar clutches

F16D 13/14

F16D 51/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Similar clutches

F16D 13/12

F16D 53/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Similar clutches

F16D 13/20

F16D 55/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Similar clutches

F16D 13/38

F16D 65/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Similar members for clutches

F16D 13/58

F16D 67/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Combinations of couplings and clutches

F16D 47/02

F16D 69/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Clutching elements

F16D 13/60

F16D 71/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Means for securing members after operation

F16B 1/02

F16G - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Belts, e.g. V-belts, cables, ropes or chains that are specially adapted for transferring power/force from an input point to an output point to move or drive at least one mechanical part.

The belts, cables, ropes or chains being either

formed into a loop that is intended to travel around an endless path and engage two or more pulleys, sprockets or similar rotating elements and transfer power/force while traveling along its path; or

an elongated element that is intended to travel backward or forward along a path to transfer power/force between one point along its length to another point along its length, e.g. from a drum to a load.

Chains, e.g. hauling- or hoisting-chains, that are not specially adapted for transferring power/force.

Fittings and attachments primarily intended to be connected to or used with the above types of belts, cables, ropes or chains. These include:

means for fastening ends of belts together to form closed loops, e.g. fastenings for conveyor belts or V-belts;

means for fastening cables or ropes to one another or to other objects;

caps or sleeves for fixing on cables or ropes;

means for coupling chains;

components of chains, e.g. shackles, swivels, chain joints, chain links or chain bushes;

hooks as integral parts of chains.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Subclass F16G does not cover the following methods or apparatus for making or permanently assembling chains or chain elements:

Subclass B21L covers methods or apparatus for making or permanently assembling chains and chain elements by mechanical metal working without essentially removing material or by punching metals.

Group B22D 25/02 covers methods or apparatus for making chains by casting.

Subclass B29C covers methods or apparatus for making chains by shaping or joining of plastics or by shaping of substances in a plastic state, in general.

Hooks in general are to be classified in group F16B 45/00 and hooks for cranes in group B66C 1/34.

References

Limiting references:

Endless conveyor belts

B65G 15/30

Making of belts

Producing belts of plastics

B29D 29/00

Making driving belts of leather

C14B 9/00

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Belts

Gearings using endless flexible members

F16H 7/00, F16H 9/00

Belts specially adapted for gearings with variable ratio by using endless flexible members

F16H 9/24

Preventing or carrying off electrostatic charges

H05F

Making of belts

Woven fabrics designed to make specified articles

D03D 1/00

Chains

Gearings using endless flexible members

F16H 7/00, F16H 9/00

Chains specially adapted for gearings with variable ratio by using endless flexible members

F16H 9/24

Fastenings for ropes or cables

Straining wire in general

B21F 9/00

Attachment of ropes or cables to drums or barrels of winding mechanisms

B66D 1/34

Cable clamps for suspension bridge cables

E01D 19/16

Rope clamps in earth drilling

E21B 19/12

Informative references:

Ropes or cables

Ropes or cables in general

D07B

Fastening equipment for ropes on ships

B63B 21/04

Adaptations of ropes or the like on ships

B63B 21/20

Fastenings for ropes or cables

Arrangements for ropes or cables for connection to elevator cars or cages

B66B 7/08

Ground anchors

E02D 5/80

Anchoring devices for prestressed members

E04C 5/00

Chains

Fastening equipment for chains on ships

B63B 21/04

Adaptations of chains or the like on ships

B63B 21/20

Hooks or eyes in general

F16B 45/00

Traction chains for conveyors

B65G 17/38, B65G 19/20

Making of chains by mechanical metal-working without essentially removing material or by punching metal

B21L

Making of chains by casting

B22D 25/02

Making of chains by shaping or joining of plastics or by shaping of substances in a plastic state, in general

B29C, B29L 31/12

F16G 11/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Anchoring devices for buildings

E04C 5/12

Ground anchors

E02D 5/80

F16G 11/12 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Straining wire in general

B21F 9/00

F16G 11/14 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Crane hooks

B66C 1/34

Hooks or eyes in general

F16B 45/00

F16G 13/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Specially adapted to gearings with variable gear-ratio

F16H 9/24

F16G 17/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Hooks in general

F16B 45/00

F16H - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Varying the speed ratio of driving or feeding mechanisms of machine tools

B23Q 5/12, B23Q 5/46

Conjoint control of drive units for vehicles

B60W

Cycle transmissions

B62M

Marine propulsion

B63H

Informative references:

Fluid actuators

F15B

F16H 21/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Combinations of gearings of different types

F16H 37/00

F16H 23/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Combinations of gearings of different types

F16H 37/00

F16H 25/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Combinations of gearings of different types

F16H 37/00

F16H 48/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

cooling or lubricating of differential gearings

F16H 57/04

Informative references:

Arrangement or mounting of differential gearing in vehicles

B60K 17/16

Arrangement or mounting of a transfer gear in vehicles for driving both front and rear wheels having a transfer gear

B60K 17/34

Arrangement or mounting of control devices for differential gearing of vehicle

B60K 23/04

Special rules of classification

When classifying in this group, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, classification is made in all appropriate places.

F16H 48/05 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Combinations of several interconnected differential sets, for example a combination of a right-and-left differential with a center differential (such a relationship as between "center differential unit 14" and "front differential unit 12" in the figure below).

1. F16H0048050000_0.gif

F16H 48/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Differentials having cams, for example, in between the two output members as seen in the figure below ("Output rotary members 12B, 13B" are output members and "cam groove 31 and balls 15" comprise the cam mechanism).

1. F16H0048140000_0.gif

2. F16H0048140000_1.gif

F16H 48/19 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Those differentials that divide one input into two outputs without using planet gears but by using two linked clutches (see "clutches 21, 25" in the figure below).

1. F16H0048190000_0.gif

F16H 48/22 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Clutches

F16D

F16H 48/24 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Clutches

F16D

F16H 48/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Differentials, the differential action of which is suppressed by utilizing the function of fluid viscosity, etc. such as, for example, viscous clutches (see the figure below).

1. F16H0048260000_0.gif

F16H 48/27 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Differentials, the differential action of which is suppressed by fluid pressure that is generated, for example, by internal pumps actuated by the difference of rotation numbers between two outputs (see the figure below).

1. F16H0048270000_0.gif

2. F16H0048270000_1.gif

F16H 48/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Differentials, the differential action of which is suppressed in response to a difference in torque that is generated between two outputs.

F16H 48/285 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Differentials, the differential action of which is suppressed by, for example, meshing reaction forces of helical gears that are arranged in parallel axes, by way of the said helical gears being pushed against the casing of the differentials (see the figure below).

1. F16H0048285000_0.gif

F16H 48/29 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Differentials, the differential action of which is suppressed by, for example, meshing reaction forces of helical gears or worms that are arranged in orthogonal axes, by way of the said helical gears or worms being pushed against the casing of the differentials (see the figure below).

1. F16H0048290000_0.gif

F16H 48/295 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Differentials, in which the engaging power of a pilot clutch is amplified by using a cam, for example, and thereby, to have a main clutch engaged (see "pilot clutch 33","cam mechanism 35" and "main clutch 39" in the figure below).

1. F16H0048295000_0.gif

F16H 48/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Differentials, the differential action of which is suppressed by, for example, fluidic actuators that are controllable from outside of the differential (see the figure below).

1. F16H0048320000_0.gif

F16H 48/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Those differentials that are intentionally made to have different rotation numbers between two outputs for the purpose of improving the turning performance or controlling the yaw motion of vehicles (see the figure below).

1. F16H0048360000_0.gif

F16H 48/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Those differentials that are characterised by such component parts as gear wheels, casings, washers, shafts, bearings or carriers.

References

Limiting references:

The outer casing comprising the differential and supporting input and output shafts

F16H 57/037

F16H 48/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Casings that accommodate the differential mechanism internally and are rotated by the power from the input shaft (see number 120 in the sample figure below).

1. F16H0048400000_0.gif

2. F16H0048400000_1.gif

F16H 57/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Monitoring wear or stress of gearing elements;

Gearboxes; Mounting gearing therein;

Features relating to lubrication or cooling;

General details of gearings with members having orbital motion;

Arrangements for adjusting or for taking-up backlash not provided for elsewhere.

References

Limiting references:

General details of screw-and-nut gearing

F16H 25/00

General details of fluid gearing

F16H 39/00-F16H 43/00

F16H 57/01 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices attached to the gearbox or gearing for:

informing of the end of life cycle;

informing of the timing for triggering maintenance or parts replacement;

monitoring wear or stress of gearing elements.

References

Informative references:

Testing of gearing or of transmission mechanisms

G01M 13/02

F16H 57/02 - Definition fr

Special rules of classification

When classifying in this group, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, classification is made in all appropriate subgroups.

F16H 57/021 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Shafts ; Bearings

F16C

F16H 57/022 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

For compensating misalignment of axes of toothed gearings without orbital motion

F16H 1/26

For compensating misalignment of axes of planetary gears

F16H 1/48

F16H 57/023 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Methods and procedures for mounting or installing gearing elements or shafts in gearboxes.

Methods for mounting or installing gearing elements by using tools, e.g. guide members, jigs, or the like.

F16H 57/025 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Means for supporting gearboxes or attaching them to other devices in order to prevent the casing from being moved due to reaction forces or torques produced by the gearing, e.g. torque arms (see the figure below).

1. F16H0057025000_0.gif

References

Limiting references:

Mounting of transmissions in vehicles

B60K 17/00

F16H 57/029 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Gearboxes characterised by means for preventing escape of liquids (e.g. lubrication oil) or gases.

Gearboxes characterised by means for preventing ingress of liquids, gases, dust or the like.

References

Informative references:

Sealings

F16J 15/00

F16H 57/033 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

A group of similar gearboxes based on the same design, e.g. being available in different sizes.

A group of gearboxes which comprises a combination of several standardised units and which can meet various requirements by altering the combination of such units.

(see the figures below)

1. F16H0057033000_0.gif

F16H 57/035 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Gearings for conveying rotary motion by endless flexible members

F16H 7/00, F16H 9/00

F16H 57/037 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Housing components of gearboxes for accommodating differential gearings, which housing components are usually not intended to revolve with the differential gearings, e.g. housing 1 in the figure below.

1. F16H0057037000_0.gif

References

Limiting references:

Rotating cases for differential gearings

F16H 48/40

Informative references:

Differential gearings

F16H 48/00

F16H 57/038 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Gearboxes for accommodating differential gearings

F16H 57/037

Informative references:

Toothed gearings comprising conical gears

F16H 1/14

Toothed gearings having helical, herring-bone, or like teeth

F16H 1/18

F16H 57/039 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Toothed gearings comprising worm and worm-wheel

F16H 1/16

F16H 59/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Varying the speed ratio of driving or feeding mechanisms of machine tools

B23Q 5/12, B23Q 5/46

Conjoint control of drive units for vehicles

B60W

Cycle transmissions

B62M

Marine propulsion

B63H

F16H 61/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Varying the speed ratio of driving or feeding mechanisms of machine tools

B23Q 5/12, B23Q 5/46

Conjoint control of drive units for vehicles

B60W

Cycle transmissions

B62M

Marine propulsion

B63H

F16H 61/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices or systems to vary the transmission ratio of hydrostatic gearing or control the hydraulic power transmission between a pump and a motor having no specific entry in the following subgroups;

Arrangements or mountings of the control apparatus on the hydrostatic gearing.

References

Informative references:

Hydrostatic gearings comprising integrated control parts (valves) or accessories

F16H 39/02, F16H 39/04

F16H 61/4008 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices for controlling pressure not specific for the high or low working pressures;

Control of differential pressure.

F16H 61/4017 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices for limiting a maximum pressure in the hydrostatic high pressure conduits;

Check valves, relief valves, regulating valves.

References

Informative references:

Automatic control by changing the capacity of a pump or a motor for limiting the high pressure to avoid overload

for preventing overload, e.g. high pressure limitation

F16H 61/478

F16H 61/4026 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices for regulating or limiting pressure in the hydrostatic low pressure conduits;

Check valves, relief valves, regulating valves in low pressure conduits.

F16H 61/4035 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices for regulating the circuit flow;

Pulsing stop valves, orifice valves or variable restrictions in the conduits.

F16H 61/4043 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices for connecting high pressure conduits with low pressure conduits;

Control circuits characterised by features related to the bypass valves.

F16H 61/4052 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices for varying the bypass flow, e.g. for implementing a starting clutch of the hydrostatic transmission;

Variable orifice valves.

F16H 61/4061 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices for changing the rotational direction of the motor by exchanging the supply conduits;

Change-over valves, crossing valves for exchanging the conduits.

F16H 61/4069 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices for interrupting communication between pump and motor;

Stop valves, shut-off valves;

Pump output closing valves or plates;

Intermediate position of change-over valve.

F16H 61/4078 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices for connecting the hydrostatic conduits with external sources or consumers, e.g. linear motor actuators of working circuits;

Switching valves and controls therefore.

F16H 61/4096 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices for controlling the charging or discharging of accumulators from the high or low pressure conduits;

Arrangements of high or low pressure accumulators;

Check valves, one way valves between hydrostatic circuit and accumulators.

References

Informative references:

Hybrid vehicles with regenerative braking using fluid accumulators

B60K 6/12

F16H 61/4104 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices for connecting the hydrostatic low pressure conduits with the exhaust or sump;

Flushing valves for leaking the circuit to enable replenishing.

F16H 61/4131 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices for feeding the hydrostatic circuits without use of a charging pump;

Aspiration from sump or non pressurized reservoirs.

F16H 61/4139 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Pumps and controls for charging the hydrostatic circuit with fluid;

Auxiliary pumps driven by input shaft feeding the low pressure conduits.

F16H 61/4148 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices for switching between closed loop and open loop circuits;

Specific features or arrangements of the open loop circuits.

Special rules of classification

This subgroup is also given as a multiple classification or as additional information.

F16H 61/4157 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices for limiting the pump over-speed when the motor functions as pump;

Control of friction brakes in hydraulic motors;

Restrictions in circuits, changing pump or motor capacity for braking purposes.

F16H 61/4165 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices for controlling the oil or hydraulic fluid temperature, also by heating, e.g. after start when temperature is low;

Devices for controlling oil levels;

Controlling the cooling of housings of pumps or motors;

Details of the lubrication circuits, control of lubricating pressures.

References

Informative references:

Features relating to lubrication or cooling for general gearings

F16H 57/04

F16H 61/4174 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices for removing trapped air in hydrostatic circuits, e.g. breathers therefor.

F16H 61/4183 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices for damping the pressure oscillations, e.g. by using restrictions or accumulators;

Devices for cancelling cavitation, detection of cavitation.

F16H 61/4192 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Fail-safe devices;

Detection of minimum oil level in the sump;

Detection of oil leakages in the circuits.

F16H 61/42 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Control the displacement of a pump and a motor having no specific entry in the following subgroups;

Conjoint actuation of pump and motor.

F16H 61/421 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Electro-hydraulic valves for regulating the pressure of the hydraulic actuator;

Linear solenoid valves, pulse width modulated valves.

F16H 61/423 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Purely hydraulic valves for regulating the pressure of the hydraulic actuator;

Hydraulic servo assisted shifting, hydraulic actuators therefor.

F16H 61/425 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Electric motors for adjusting displacement;

Electrically assisted shifting actuation.

F16H 61/427 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Mechanical linkages between manually actuated levers or pedals and shifting means.

F16H 61/431 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Electro-hydraulic valves for regulating the pressure of the hydraulic actuator;

Linear solenoid valves, pulse width modulated valves.

F16H 61/433 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Purely hydraulic valves for regulating the pressure of the hydraulic actuator;

Hydraulic servo assisted shifting, hydraulic actuators therefor.

F16H 61/435 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Electric motors for adjusting displacement;

Electrically assisted shifting actuation.

F16H 61/437 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Mechanical linkages between manually actuated levers or pedals and shifting means.

F16H 61/438 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Control of a pump discharging in two opposite directions by swinging displacement;

Control of a motor rotating in opposite directions by swinging displacement.

F16H 61/439 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices to hold a pump in a nearly zero discharge position;

Devices to control a motor in a free-wheel or zero torque position by maintaining a nearly zero displacement.

F16H 61/44 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Control of multiple pumps or motors having no specific entry in the following subgroups.

F16H 61/444 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices for switching an additional pump or motor to the hydrostatic circuit;

Bypass devices for shunting a motor in a series connection of motors.

F16H 61/448 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Circuits comprising pumps or motors mounted on same shaft.

F16H 61/452 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices for switching between a series connection and a parallel connection of pumps and motors.

F16H 61/456 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices for controlling the balance of torques or speeds between several motors or pumps.

F16H 61/46 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Regulation of an output requirement not specified in the following subgroups;

Regulating methods not specific for a particular output parameter.

F16H 61/462 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Closed loop or open loop control to set a target speed ratio between input and output;

Automatic speed ratio change by comparing two input variables for example output speed versus throttle opening.

F16H 61/465 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Closed loop or open loop control to set a target input speed or acceleration;

Limitation of maximum input speed;

Detection of input speed by using for example input shaft pump flow.

F16H 61/468 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Closed loop or open loop control to set a target input torque;

Limitation of maximum input torque;

Detection of input torque by using for example pump output pressure.

F16H 61/47 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Closed loop or open loop control to set a target output speed or acceleration

Limitation of maximum output speed

Detection of output speed by using for example output shaft governors

F16H 61/472 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Closed loop or open loop control to set a target output torque;

Limitation of maximum output torque;

Detection of output torque by using for example motor input pressure.

F16H 61/475 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Closed loop or open loop control to set a target input or output power;

Limitation of maximum input or output power.

F16H 61/478 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Arrangements for preventing transmission breakage;

Limitation of maximum pressure by regulation of pump capacity.

F16H 63/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Varying the speed ratio of driving or feeding mechanisms of machine tools

B23Q 5/12, B23Q 5/46

Conjoint control of drive units for vehicles

B60W

Cycle transmissions

B62M

Marine propulsion

B63H

F16J 15/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this class is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Sealing arrangements for vehicle windows, windscreens, non-fixed roofs, doors, or similar devices

B60J 10/00

Sealing or packing elements for container closures

B65D 53/00

Sealings for general building constructions

E04B 1/66

Sealing arrangements on wings or parts co-operating with wings

E06B 7/16

Sealing arrangements in rotary-piston machines or engines

F01C 19/00

Sealings in non-positive-displacement machines or engines

F01D 11/00

Arrangements of sealings in combustion engines

F02F 11/00

Sealing arrangements in rotary-piston pumps

F04C 27/00

Sealing lead-in or lead-through insulators

H01B 17/30

F16J 15/16 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Sealings between relatively-movable members, by means of a sealing without relatively-moving surfaces

F16J 15/50

Sealings by means of sealing bellows or diaphragms

F16J 15/52

Bellows pistons

F16J 3/06

Piston-rings or ring sealings of similar construction

F16J 9/00

F16J 15/328 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Moulding

B29C

Examples of places where the subject matter of this class is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Sealings of bearings

F16C 33/72

Spindle sealings for valves

F16K 41/00

Moulding for manufacturing sealings

B29L 31/26

F16J 15/3296 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Sealings between relatively-moving surfaces with elastic sealings, e.g. O-rings provided with casings or supports with rigid casings or supports comprising two casing or support elements, one attached to each surface with means for detecting or measuring relative rotation of the two elements

F16J 15/326

F16L - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Special adaptations of pipe joints for use with water-closet bowls

E03D 11/13

F16N - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Constructional modifications of parts of machines orapparatus for the purposes of lubrication.

Devices for supplying lubricant, e.g. oil or grease, from a stationary or movable reservoir to the machine or member to be lubricated, or for supplying lubricant by manual action or by a hand-positioned nozzle with lubricant under pressure.

Lubricating-pumps.

Lubrication using substances other than oil or grease.

Lubrication characterised by the use of particular lubricants in particular apparatus or conditions.

Lubrication of apparatus working in extreme conditions.

Details of lubricators or lubrication systems, e.g reservoirs, conduits, check valves, distributing equipment, collecting or draining lubricant, cleaning.

Safety devices for indication or detection of undesired conditions, or use of devices responsive to conditions in lubricating arrangements or systems.

Care of lubricants, e.g. storage, transfer.

Conditioning lubricants, e.g. by heating, cooling, filtering, diluting.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

F16N is the general or function-oriented subclass for lubrication subject-matter, but there are many application-oriented places in the Classification where subject-matter for specially-adapted forms of lubrication can be found – see the references below. Lubrication specially adapted to machines orapparatus provided for in a single other class is covered by the relevant class for that machine orapparatus.

References

Limiting references:

Lubricating compositions; Selection of particular substances as lubricants

C10M

Processes for applying liquids or other fluent materials to a surface, to obtain an anti-friction surface

B05D 5/08

Manufacture of articles or materials containing macromolecular substances and having reduced friction

C08J 5/16

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Lubrication of harvesters or mowers

A01D 69/12

Lubrication of mandrels for metal tube rolling mills

B21B 25/04

Lubrication of rolls for metal rolling mills

B21B 27/06

Lubrication of tools for machines for working metal without removing material

B21D 37/18

Lubricating during forging or pressing

B21J 3/00

Lubrication of moulds for continuous casting of metals

B22D 11/07

Lubrication of milling-cutters

B23C 5/28, A

Lubrication of metal saws

B23D 59/02, B23D 59/04

Lubrication of machine-tools

B23Q 11/10, B23Q 11/12

Lubrication of portable power-driven percussive tools

B25D 17/26

Lubrication of hair-clippers or dry-shavers

B26B 19/40

Lubrication of band saw blades for wood or the like

B27B 13/12

Arrangements or adaptations of lubricating systems or devices in vehicles

B60R 17/00

Lubrication of cable systems for railways

B61B 12/08

Lubrication systems for railway locomotives

B61C 17/08

Axle-box lubrication for railway rolling-stock

B61F 17/00

Lubrication of rail or wheel flanges of railways

B61K 3/00

Vehicle endless-track units with lubrication means

B62D 55/092

Lubrication of cycles

B62J 31/00

Lubrication of conveyers

B65G 45/02

Lubrication of ropes, cables or guides of elevators

B66B 7/12

Lubrication of spindles of machines for spinning or twisting threads or fibres

D01H 7/20

Lubrication of knitting-machines

D04B 35/28

Lubrication of sewing-machines

D05B 71/00

Lubrication of embroidering-machines

D05C 13/04

Lubrication of switches for railways

E01B 7/26

Lubricating devices for locks

E05B 17/08

Lubricating arrangements for hinges

E05D 11/02

Lubricating details of roller drill bits for earth drilling

E21B 10/22

Lubrication of rotary-piston or oscillating-piston machines orengines asasdas

F01C 21/04

Lubrication of non-positive displacement machines or engines, e.g. steam turbines

F01D 25/18

Lubrication of machines or apparatus working under extreme conditions, at high temperature, of turbines

F02C

Lubrication of gas-turbine plants

F02C 7/06

Lubrication of cylinders of combustion engines

F02F 1/20

Lubrication of evacuating pumps

F04

Lubrication of pumps for elastic fluids

F04B 39/02

Lubrication of rotary-piston or oscillating-piston pumps for elastic fluids

F04C 29/02

Lubrication of non-positive displacement pumps

F04D 29/04

Lubrication of flexible shafts

F16C 1/24

Lubrication of sliding-contact bearings

F16C 33/10

Lubrication of ball or roller bearings

F16C 33/66

Lubrication of springs

F16F 1/24

Lubrication of transmissions

F16H 57/04

Oil separators for separating oil from exhaust steam

F22G

Lubrication of refrigerating machines

F25B

Lubrication of smallarms or ordnance

F41A 29/04

Lubrication of clocks

G04B 31/08

Lubrication of rotary anodes of X-ray tubes

H01J 35/10

Lubrication of rotary current collectors, distributors or interrupters

H01R 39/56

Informative references:

Storage containers; draining equipment for liquid containers

B65

Lubrication of machines or engines in general, including internal-combustion engines

F01M

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Lubrication

Apparatus, arrangements or methods for introducing or applying a thin layer of a discrete lubricant between two or more relatively-moving adjacent solid surfaces of a device or apparatus, for the specific purpose of reducing friction, heat or wear between the adjacent surfaces.

Lubricant

Any fluid (e.g. water, oil), fluent material (e.g. particulate graphite), semi-fluid material (e.g. oil with thickener), or semisolid material (e.g. grease), or any mixture of such types of substance, which is used for the specific purpose of lubrication.

F16N 7/08 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Thermostats

G05D

F16N 7/26 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Mist lubrication

F16N 7/32

F16N 7/32 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Splash lubrication

F16N 7/26

F16N 7/34 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Atomising devices in general

B05B

F16N 13/22 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Separate distributing equipment

F16N 25/00

F16N 15/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Bearings working in water

F16C

F16N 21/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Junctions in general

F16L

F16N 23/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Check valves in general

F16K

F16N 27/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Liquid meters

G01F

F16N 27/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Multiple-way valves

F16K

Metering cocks

G01F

F16N 39/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Heat-exchangers in general

F28

F16N 39/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Heat-exchangers in general

F28

F16N 39/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Filters in general

B01D

Magnetic separators

B03C 1/00

F21H - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Light generating aspects of lighting apparatus that utilize as their light source a particular shaped body that illuminates when heated (i.e. it becomes incandescent) by a separate flame or by the combustion of distinct material (e.g. the burning of oil, wax, or gasoline that does not form part of the particularly shaped bodies) that are not specifically provided elsewhere.

Particularly shaped bodies per se intended to be utilized as light source in lighting devices or lighting apparatus when heated by a separate flame or by the combustion of distinct material to cause them to illuminate. The particularly shaped bodies being either in the form of incandescent mantles or having configurations of different shape than that of incandescent mantles. The particularly shaped bodies are not intended to be consumed by the flame or combustion while normally giving off light.

References

Limiting references:

Fastening incandescent mantles or other incandescent bodies to lamp parts; Suspension devices for incandescent mantles or other incandescent bodies

F21V 19/06

Arrangements of incandescent mantles or other incandescent bodies on burners

F21V 36/00

Informative references:

Burners in general

F23D

Electric incandescent lamps

H01K

Masers, lasers

H01S

Light emitting diodes

H01L 33/00

Electric discharge tubes or discharge lamps

H01J

Electric arc lamps

H05B 31/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Incandescent mantle

A device comprising a lace-like hood or envelope of thin, porous, refractory material that glows when it is positioned in a flame or otherwise heated by distinct combustible material

Light source

The entity (e.g. mantle) that generates light for a lighting device or apparatus

F21K - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The following light sources per se:

Luminescence light sources that do not use electricity in the generation of their light (e.g. chemoluninescence, triboluminescence or thermoluminescence),

Light sources that are created by charges of explosive or combustible materials (e.g. illuminating flash devices)

Light sources that are not provided for in another subclass.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

This subclass is a residual place for light sources not otherwise provided for.

References

Limiting references:

Places in relation to which this subclass is residual:

Electric incandescent lamps

H01K

Masers, lasers

H01S

Semiconductor devices adapted for light emission

H01L 33/00, H01L 51/50-H01L 51/56

Elöectric arc lamps

H05B 31/00

Electroluminescent light sources

H05B 33/00

Candles

C11C 5/00

Electric discharge tubes or discharge lamps

H01J

Incandescent mantles; other incandescent bodies heated by combustion

F21H

Fireworks

F42B 4/00

Photographic flash units

G03B 15/03

Explosive or thermic compositions

C06B

Luminescent materials

C09K 11/00

Selection of luminescent materials for light screens

F21V 9/16

Using a radioactive source to excite a material into luminescence

G21H 3/02, H01J 65/06

Light pointers

G02B 27/20

Burners

F23D

Special rules of classification

If the disclosure gives no indication as to whether it relates to electrical means or not, it should be classified as if it were in fact electric.

F21L - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Lighting devices, lighting apparatus, or systems of lighting devices or apparatus which are specially adapted to be carried, e.g. by hand, or otherwise transported from place to place, e.g. on wheeled supports, in order to provide illumination as where required. The light source of the lighting devices or lightning apparatus may be either electrically powered (e.g. supplied with electric batteries, electric cells, electric generators, or flexible cables for electric mains connections) or non-electrically powered (e.g. combustible torches, flares, or gas lanterns and miner’s hand-lamps).

Details and components specially adapted to be used for carrying or transporting lighting devices, lighting apparatus, or systems of lighting devices or apparatus.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

The borderline between subclasses F21L and F21S is defined by the words "portable" and "fixed", not by "movable" and "non-movable". For example lighting devices or systems used in the operation of vehicles, e.g. headlights, which are fixed on the vehicle and move together with the vehicle when it is travelling are considered to be non-portable since they are components of the vehicle that are fixed relative to the remainder of the vehicle at a permanent location. Such lighting devices are classified in subclass F21S.

However, a lighting device transported by a vehicle between locations and used for lighting purposes not related to their vehicle’s operation is classified in F21L.

Functional features or details of lighting devices or systems are classified in subclass F21V.

Class F21 provides for the physical arrangements of light sources in general and subclass F21L provides for lighting devices having an electric or non-electric light source in an arrangement that is specially adapted to be portable or easily transported.

Non-electric lighting devices are classified in groups F21L 17/00-F21L 26/00 only if a special adaptation to the use of a non-electric source is of interest. If there is no such special adaptation, classification is made in a relevant general place.

In this subclass, it is desirable to add the indexing codes of subclass F21W in order to indicate the uses or applications of lighting devices, and of F21Y in order to indicate the form of the light sources of lighting devices.

References

Limiting references:

Lighting devices or systems for fixed installation, e.g. vehicle lighting or for use essentially at a permanent location

F21S

Examples of Places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Structural combinations of lighting devices with other articles, not otherwise provided for

F21V 33/00

Light pointers

G02B 27/20

Illuminating scene or taking photographs

G03B 15/02

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Light source

The entity (e.g. light bulb, gas mantle, combustible charge) that generates light for a lighting device or apparatus.

The light source of the lighting devices or lighting apparatus may be electrically powered (e.g. power is supplied by electric batteries, electric cells, electric generators, flexible cables for electric mains constructions), non-electrically powered (e.g. power is created by combustible fuels, triboluminescence) or a naturally occurring source of light (e.g. sunlight).

F21S - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Lighting devices, lighting apparatus, or systems of lighting devices or apparatus which are specially adapted for fixed installation relative to the places at or articles on which they are installed. The installation can be at an immobile location such as the wall or the ceiling of a building (e.g. ceiling light) or on a mobile article having a primary purpose other than the transport of the lighting device or system such as a passenger vehicle (e.g. car lighting);

Lighting devices, lighting apparatus, or systems of lighting devices or apparatus which are specially adapted for use at a permanent location for a prolonged period of time (e.g. free-standing floor or table lamps);

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Non-electric lighting devices or systems are classified in groups F21S 11/00-F21S 15/00 only if a special adaptation related to the use of a non-electric light source is of interest. If there is no such special adaptation, classification is made in a relevant general place. When patent documents disclose only general-purpose lighting devices or light sources proper for class F21, e.g., a lamp, they are classified based upon their claimed or fully disclosed features, and when this is not possible, they are classified within the group for electric lighting devices or sources that otherwise covers their invention information.

Class F21 provides for the physical arrangements of light sources in general and subclass F21S provides for lighting devices having an electric or non-electric light source in an arrangement that is intended for stationary use and not specially adapted to be portable or easily transported.

The borderline between subclasses F21L and F21S is defined by the words "portable" and "fixed", not by "movable" and "non-movable". For example lighting devices or systems used in the operation of vehicles, e.g. headlights, which are fixed on the vehicle and move together with the vehicle when it is travelling are considered to be non-portable since they are components of the vehicle that are fixed relative to the remainder of the vehicle at a permanent location. Such lighting devices are classified in F21S.

However, a lighting device transported by a vehicle between temporary use locations where it is used for lighting purposes not related to their vehicle’s operation is classified in F21L.

Functional features or details of lighting devices or systems are classified in F21V.

In this subclass, it is desirable to add the indexing codes of subclass F21W in order to indicate the uses or applications of lighting devices, and of F21Y in order to indicate the form of the light sources of lighting devices.

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or icorporated in a larger system:

Lights for cultivation in receptacles, forcing frames, greenhouses

A01G 9/20

Aquaria

A01K 63/06

Catching insects

A01M 1/04, A01M 1/08

Baker’ ovens

A21B 3/10

Shop windows or showcases

A47F 11/10

Toy vehicles

A63H 17/28

Model railways

A63H 19/20

Railway vehicles

B61D 29/00

Railway light signal

B61L 5/18

Points, form signals, or gates

B61L 9/00

Cycles

B62J 6/00

Ships

B63B 45/00

Aircraft

B64D 47/02

Sewing machines

D05B 79/00

Road surface markings

E01F 9/50

Locks or keys

E05B 17/10

Structural combinations of lighting devices with other articles, not otherwise provided for

F21V 33/00

Air conditioning systems

F24F 3/056

Outlets for directing air into rooms or spaces combined with lighting fixtures

F24F 13/078

Cooling or freezing apparatus

F25D 27/00

Furnaces, kilns, ovens or etorts

F27D 21/02

Illuminating scene for taking photographs

G03B 15/02

Traffic lights

G08G 1/095

Illuminated signs

G09F 13/00

Aircraft advertising

G09F 21/10, G09F 21/14

Advertising on ships

G09F 21/20

Lighting of aerials

H01Q 1/06

Informative references:

Arrangement of signaling or lighting devices, the mounting or supporting thereof or circuits therefore, for vehicles in general

B60Q

Candle holders

F21V 35/00

Combustion apparatus

F23

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Light source

The entity (e.g. mantle) that generates light for a lighting device or apparatus.

The light source of the lighting devices or lighting apparatus may be electrically powered (e.g. power is supplied by electric batteries, electric cells, electric generators, flexible cables for electric mains constructions), non-electrically powered (e.g. power is created by combustible fuels, triboluminescence) or a naturally occurring source of light (e.g. sunlight).

F21S 8/10 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Arrangement of signalling or lighting devices, the mounting or supporting thereof or circuits therefor, for vehicles in general

B60Q

F21V - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Functional features or details of lighting devices or systems of lighting devices, e.g.:

Reflectors, refractors, light filters, shades, globes, bowls, cover glasses, or other screens, and fastening thereof

use of light guides,

Producing or changing characteristics or distribution of the light,

Protecting, supporting, suspending, or attaching arrangements for lighting devices,

Arrangements of electric circuit arrangements in or on lighting devices,

Safety devices or cable storing arrangements structurally associated with lighting devices,

Cooling or heating arrangements,

Gas-tight or water-tight arrangements

Lighting devices combined with articles having a primary function unrelated to lighting that are not otherwise provided for.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Details of non-electric lighting devices or systems are classified in groups F21V 35/00-F21V 37/02 only if a special adaptation related to the use of a non-electric light source is of interest. If there is no such special adaptation, classification is made in a relevant general place, e.g. in F21V 21/00 for suspending arrangements.

In this subclass, it is desirable to add the indexing codes of subclass F21W in order to indicate the uses or applications of lighting devices, and of F21Y in order to indicate the form of the light sources of lighting devices.

References

Limiting references:

Fishing nets

A01K 75/02

Fishing baits

A01K 85/01

Walking Sticks or umbrellas

A45B 3/02

Bags, purses or the like

A45C 15/06

Toilet or cosmetic powder containers

A45D 33/32

Shaving mirrors

A45D 42/10

Suction cleaners

A47L 9/30

Medical instruments for examining body cavities or tubes

A61B 1/00

Clubs

A63B 15/02

Balls

A63B 43/06

Roller skates or skate boards

A63C 17/26

Tops

A63H 1/24

Toy vehicles

A63H 17/28

Spanners, wrenches, screwdrivers

B25B 23/18

Hair clippers or dry shavers

B26B 19/46

Acessoires for razors

B26B 21/46

Typewriters or selective printing machines

B41J 29/19

Writing implements

B43K 29/10

Life-buyos, life-belts, lifejackets

B63C 9/20

Apparatus for transferring liquids

B67D 7/86

Locks or keys

E05B 17/10

Night sights

F41G 1/35

Levels

G01C 9/32

Compasses

G01C 17/24

Microscopes

G02B 21/06

Magnifying glasses

G02B 25/02

Optical instruments

G02B 27/34

Spectacles

G02C 11/04

Liquid crystals

G02F 1/13357

Electrochromic cells

G02F 1/157

Cameras

G03B 15/03

Advertising or display means on roads or walls

G09F 19/22

Aircraft advertising

G09F 21/10, G09F 21/14

Illuminated advertising on or in specific articles

G09F 23/04

Indicating lamps in circuit-breaker switches

H01H 73/14

Indicating lamps in fuses

H01H 85/32

Coupling devices with built-in light bulbs

H01R 13/717

Fastening electric light sources solely by the coupling device

H01R 33/00

Illuminating of telephone substation equipment

H04M 1/22

Informative references:

Optical elements or systems in general

G02B

Light guides per se, structural details of arrangements of light guides with other optical elements

G02B 6/00

Luminescent materials per se

C09K 11/00

Luminescent light devices per se

H05B 33/00

Arrangements of signaling or lighting devices, the mounting or supporting thereof or circuits thereof for vehicles in general

B60Q

Stands for supporting apparatus or articles in general

F16M 11/00

Electric circuits per se

H05B 37/00-H05B 43/00

Safety devices in general

F16P

Electric protective circuit arrangements per se

H02H 7/00

Storing length of cable in general

B65H

Air-treatment or air-conditioning systems with air-flow over lighting fixtures, e.g. for the purpose of using or dissipating the heat therefrom

F24F 3/056, F24F 13/078

Cooling arrangements structurally associated with electric lamps

H01J 61/52, H01K 1/58

Special rules of classification

Details of non-electric lighting devices or systems are classified in groups F21V 35/00-F21V 37/02 only if a special adaptation related to the use of a non-electric light source is of interest. If there is no such special adaption, classification is made in a relevant general place, e.g. in F21V 21/00 for suspending arrangements.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Light source

The entity (e.g. light bulb, gas mantle,, combustible charge) that generates light for a lighting device or apparatus.

The light source of the lighting devices or lighting apparatus may be electrically powered (e.g. power is supplied by electric batteries, electric cells, electric generators, flexible cables for electric mains constructions), non-electrically powered (e.g. power is created by combustible fuels, triboluminescence) or a naturally occurring source of light (e.g. sunlight).

F21V 13/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

By means of a combination of two or more elements covered by a single one of main groups

F21V 1/00-F21V 11/00

F21V 15/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

In general

F16F 15/04

F21V 21/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Arrangement of signalling or lighting devices, the mounting or supporting thereof or circuits therefor, for vehicles in general

B60Q

Stands for supporting apparatus or articles in general

F16M 11/00

F21V 23/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Electric circuits per se

H05B 39/00

F21V 25/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

In general

F16P

Protective circuit arrangements per se

H02P 7/00

F21V 27/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Storing lengths of cable in general

B65H

F21V 29/505 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Cooling by other means, e.g. fluid

F21V 29/00

F21V 29/71 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Cooling arrangements for lighting devices using separate but thermally interconnected heat sink units, e.g. split or remote heat sinks, wherein the heat generated by the lighting device is transferred or dissipated from one unit to another by using thermally conducting means, such as conductive bars or heat pipes.

F21W - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Lighting devices, lighting apparatus, or lighting systems that are combined with other specific articles (e.g. cabinets) or structures (e.g. home roofs) or that are used to illuminate specific types of articles or structures (e.g. roadways, pools) having a primary purpose other than lighting. The following exemplify the types of articles or structures with which the lighting devices, lighting apparatus, or lighting systems are commonly associated or the purposes for which they are commonly used:

vehicles lighting devices such as headlights or interior passenger compartment lights,

signalling, marking, or indicating lighting apparatus especially for roads, path, waterways, aircraft runways, handles or handrails, or

decorative lighting systems such as Christmas tree lights.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

F21W is an indexing scheme associated with subclasses F21L, F21S and F21V. In these subclasses particular uses or applications of lighting devices cannot be indicated by classification. Uses or applications are instead indicated by indexing in this subclass. Documents can only be indexed in this subclass if they are first classified in F21L, F21S or F21V.

Uses or applications that are fully identified by classification in another class should not be indexed again in this subclass.

F21Y - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The general shape or appearance (e.g. point-like, elongated type, planar type) of the various light sources used within lighting devices, lighting apparatus, or systems of lighting devices or apparatus.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Subclass F21Y is an indexing scheme associated with subclasses F21L, F21S and F21V. In these subclasses the shape or appearance of the light sources of different lighting devices are normally not indicated by classification symbols. These features of light sources are instead indicated by indexing in this subclass. Documents can only be indexed in this subclass if they are first classified in subclass F21L, F21S or F21V.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Light source

The entity (e.g. light bulb, gas mantle, combustible charge) that generates light for a lighting device or apparatus.

The light source of the lighting devices or lighting apparatus may be electrically powered (e.g. power is supplied by electric batteries, electric cells, electric generators, flexible cables for electric mains constructions), non-electrically powered (e.g. power is created by combustible fuels, triboluminescence) or a naturally occurring source of light (e.g. sunlight).

F22B - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Chemical or physical apparatus for generating gases

B01J

Generating combustion products of high pressure or high velocity

F23R

Water heaters not for steam generation

F24H, F28

Cleaning of internal or external surfaces of heat-transfer conduits, e.g. water tubes of boilers

F28G

F22G - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Cleaning of internal or external surfaces of heat-transfer conduits, e.g. water tubes of boilers

F28G

F23B - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

General function-oriented aspects of methods and apparatus for combustion of solid fuel wherein the main body of fuel is either

essentially stationary during combustion or

mechanically transported, as opposed to pneumatically transported or suspended in air, during combustion

and wherein the combustion does not involve liquid or gaseous fuels, or pulverulent fuel burned in suspension.

The solid fuel can be in the form of lumps or pieces (e.g. coal, briquettes or firewood) or pulverulent or granulated (e.g. coal powder, wood pellets or wood chips)

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Relationship between this subclass and application subclasses of class F23

Subclass F23G (Cremation furnaces; Consuming waste by combustion) is to be seen as an application place in relation to the function-oriented aspects of this subclass. In case of doubt, classification should be made in both subclasses, or in both F23G and detail subclasses of class F23.

Classification is made in this subclass if the method or apparatus is

of general interest for combustion of different types of solid fuel, for example not specially adapted for a particular fuel, or

specially adapted for specific solid fuels other than those provided for in F23G (see the list below), for example "normal" commercial fuel, such as coal, firewood, wood chips, wood pellets or straw.

Classification is made in F23G if a method or apparatus is specially adapted for combustion of any of the following types of substances:

Human corpses or amputated body parts

Animal carcasses or their discarded body parts

Fuels, e.g. waste, presenting particular fuel-related environmental problems requiring specially adapted methods or apparatus for combustion, for example toxic, explosive, radioactive or corrosive fuels

Waste having a special physical form requiring specially adapted methods or apparatus for combustion, for example packaged waste, rubber tyres or discarded cars

Low-grade fuels presenting particular problems of combustion requiring specially adapted methods or apparatus for combustion, for example fuels containing high amounts of water or other non-combustible substances

Fuels that vary considerably in composition or form and therefore require specially adapted methods or apparatus for combustion

Household, municipal, or similar waste that is solely or primarily burned for the purpose of its destruction

Subclass F23R (Generating combustion products of high pressure or high velocity), especially group 5/00, is also to be seen as an application place in relationship to this subclass. Classification is made in F23R if the apparatus or method is specially adapted for generating combustion products of high pressure or high velocity.

Relationship between this subclass and other application places

Combustion of solid fuel is often used for purpose of heating or performing different operations. Apparatus for combustion of solid fuel can be self-contained devices, but are often part of, or used in connection with, heat-consuming apparatus, such as heating boilers. This subclass is therefore related to several places providing for uses of heat. In many of these fields the solid fuel combustion apparatus can be considered a detail of a bigger entity. A non-exhaustive list of examples of such classes or subclasses will be found under the heading "Informative references" below.

Combinations of combustion apparatus with other apparatus, where the combustion apparatus can be seen as a detail of the complete apparatus (for example of a steam boiler), are classified as a whole, in the place for the other apparatus. Additional classification is made in this subclass only if features relating to the combustion apparatus per se are of interest apart from its application.

Relationship between this subclass and detail subclasses of class F23

Subclasses F23H-F23Q are to be seen as detail places in relation to this subclass. Classification is made in this subclass if the apparatus as a whole is of interest or if a detail is of use only for a particular type of combustion apparatus and not specifically provided for in any of subclasses F23H-F23Q. If a detail of a combustion apparatus is of interest, classification is made in the relevant subclass providing for such matter.

Relationship between this subclass and places for gasification or destructive distillation

C10B covers destructive distillation of carbonaceous material for production of gas, coke, tar or similar matter.

C10J covers production of combustible gases containing carbon monoxide from solid carbonaceous fuels.

Classification is made in these subclasses if the combustible substances produced, e.g. gases or coke, are burned in an apparatus separate from the gasification or distillation apparatus.

Classification is made in this subclass if complete combustion takes place in the same apparatus as the gasification, for example in different parts of the same combustion chamber or in an afterburner immediately connected to a primary combustion chamber.

References

Limiting references:

Combustion of both solid fuel and fluid fuel, simultaneously or alternately

F23C 1/00, F23D 17/00

Combustion of solid fuel suspended in a stream of air, e.g. combustion in fluidised beds or combustion of pulverised fuel using burners where the fuel is transported into the combustion chamber by an air stream

F23C, F23D 1/00

Combustion of solid fuel suspended in a liquid, e.g. combustion of coal-water slurry

F23C, F23D

Combustion of fuels that are solid at room temperatures, but burned in melted form, e.g. candle wax

C11C 5/00, F23C, F23D

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Baking ovens

A21B

Cooking apparatus

A47J

Lighting

F21

Generating steam

F22B

Combustion specially adapted for waste or low grade fuel

F23G

Domestic stoves or ranges for cooking or local heating

F24B, F24C

Domestic heating systems or space-heating systems

F24D

Heating of fluids, e.g. air or water

F24H

Drying

F26B

Heat treatment of material or articles

F27

Informative references:

Places for details of general applicability for combustion apparatus

Grates, cleaning or raking of grates

F23H

Removal or treatment of combustion products (e.g. flue gases) or combustion residues (e.g. ash)

F23J

Feeding fuel

F23K

Supplying air or other non-combustible liquids or gases (e.g. water or steam)

F23L

Constructional details of combustion chambers, not otherwise provided for

F23M

Regulating or controlling combustion

F23N

Ignition

F23Q

Other places

Chemical or biological purification of waste gases

B01D 53/34

Chemical or physical processes or apparatus in general

B01J

Heat-producing reactions of chemical substances, other than combustion (e.g. of hydrogen peroxide and methane, or iron oxide and aluminium)

C, F24J

Combustionapparatus using fluid fuel or solid fuel suspended in air

F23C

Burners for fluid fuel or solid fuel suspended in air

F23D

Special rules of classification

In this subclass, the first place priority rule is applied, i.e. at each hierarchical level, classification is made in the first appropriate place

In this subclass methods are classified in the groups that cover the apparatus used. Methods that are of general applicability are classified in group F23B 90/00.

When classifying in the advanced level in this subclass it is desirable to add the indexing codes of groups F23B 101/00-F23B 103/02.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

air

a mixture of gases containing free oxygen and able to promote or support combustion

primary air

air supplied to the burning fuel in order to liberate combustible gases

secondary air

air supplied to the combustible gases liberated by the primary air in order to complete their combustion. The term "secondary air" covers "tertiary air" etc.

ash

means any solid combustion residues, for example remaining in the fuel bed or suspended in the flue gases

Burner

a device by which fluid fuel or solid fuel suspended in air is passed to a combustion space where it burns to produce a self-supporting flame

Combustion

a heat-producing sequence of chemical reactions between a burnable substance and molecular oxygen, e.g. in air, in most cases generating light in the form of flames or a glow

combustion chamber

a chamber in which fuel is burned to establish a self-supporting fire or flame and which surrounds that fire or flame

combustion zone

the part of the apparatus where the reaction takes place between air and fuel

flue gases

any gaseous products of combustion

grate

a perforated surface (e.g. a grid) which supports or delimits a bed of burning fuel and serves to supply primary air

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the expression/word "boiler" is often used with the meaning "combustion apparatus", even when heating of water or other liquids is of no interest

In patent documents the expression/word "burner" is often used with the meaning "combustion apparatus", and not in the restricted meaning defined above.

F23B 10/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Combustion apparatus including two or more combustion chambers in which one of the combustion chambers works as a secondary combustion chamber

References

Informative references:

Waste or low grade fuel incinerators with separate secondary combustion chamber

F23G 5/16

Combustion methods or apparatus adapted for combustion of waste gases or noxious gases, e.g. exhaust gases

F23G 7/06

Combustion apparatus using fluent fuel with two or more combustion chambers in series connection

F23C 6/04

F23B 20/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Portable or movable incinerators for waste

F23G 5/40

F23B 30/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Waste incinerators having rotating drums

F23G 5/20

Revolving cylindrical grates per se

F23H 9/02

F23B 30/08 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Travelling grates per se

F23H 11/00

F23B 30/10 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Grates with movable bars per se

F23H 7/00, F23H 9/00

F23B 40/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Pneumatic feeding arrangements per se

F23K 3/02

Spreader stokers per se

F23K 3/18

F23B 40/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Under-feed arrangements per se

F23K 3/10

F23B 50/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Over-feed arrangements per se

F23K 3/16

Stoves with fuel storage in hoppers

F24B 1/08, F24B 1/16

F23B 50/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. F23B0050020000_0.gif

F23B 50/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. F23B0050040000_0.gif

F23B 50/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. F23B0050060000_0.gif

F23B 50/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. F23B0050080000_0.gif

F23B 50/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. F23B0050100000_0.gif

F23B 50/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

1. F23B0050120000_0.gif

F23B 80/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Devices for conducting smoke or fumes per se

F23J 11/00

Flue gas circulation on or around stoves

F24B 5/00

F23B 80/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Baffles or deflectors for combustionproducts per se

F23M 9/00

F23B 90/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Ignition in general

F23Q

Controlling combustion

F23N

F23B 90/04 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Combustion apparatus including separate secondary combustion chambers

F23B 10/02

Informative references:

Waste or low grade fuel incinerators with secondary combustion

F23G 5/14

Combustion methods or apparatus adapted for combustion of waste gases or noxious gases, e.g. exhaust gases

F23G 7/06

Supplying secondary air

F23L 9/00

F23B 90/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Among combustion methods including secondary combustion, those involving gasificationor pyrolysis in a reductive atmosphere in the primary zone, and, involving combustion in an oxidative atmosphere in the secondary zone.

References

Informative references:

Combustion methods or apparatus adapted for waste or low grade fuel including pyrolising or gasifying as pretreatment

F23G 5/027

Destructive distillation of carbonaceous materials

C10B 53/00

F23B 90/08 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Combustion apparatus using fluent fuel in which combustion takes place in the presence of catalytic material

F23C 13/00

Combustion methods or apparatus adapted for combustion of waste gases or noxious gases, e.g. exhaust gases, in which combustion takes place in the presence of catalytic material

F23G 7/07

F23C - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

General function-oriented aspects of methods and apparatus for combustion of

Fluid fuels or solid fuels suspended in air, alone or in combination with other fluid or non-fluid fuels

Fluid fuels or solid fuels suspended in air, alternately with other fuels

Pulverised solid fuel suspended in a stream of air or other gas (e.g. combustion in fluidised beds or combustion of pulverised fuel using burners where the fuel is transported into the combustion chamber by an air stream)

Solid fuel suspended in a liquid (e.g. combustion of coal-water slurry)

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Relationship between this subclass and application subclasses of class F23

F23G (Cremation furnaces; Consuming waste by combustion) is to be seen as an application place in relation to the function-oriented aspects of combustion covered by this subclass. In case of doubt, classification should be made in both subclasses, or in both F23G and detail subclasses of class F23.

Classification is made in F23C if the methods or apparatus are

of general interest for combustion of different types of fluid fuel or solid fuel suspended in air, for example not specially adapted for a particular fuel, or

specially adapted for fluid fuels or solid fuels suspended in air other than those provided for in F23G (see the list below), for example a "normal" commercial fuel, such as oil, natural gas or pulverised coal.

Classification is made in F23G if the methods or apparatus are specially adapted for combustion of the following types of substances:

Fuels, e.g. waste, presenting particular fuel-related environmental problems requiring specially adapted methods or apparatus for combustion, for example toxic, explosive, radioactive or corrosive fuels

Waste having a special physical form requiring specially adapted methods or apparatus for combustion, for example packaged waste

Low-grade fuels presenting particular problems of combustion requiring specially adapted methods or apparatus for combustion, for example contaminated oil or gas of low heating value.

F23R (Generating combustion products of high pressure or high velocity) is also to be seen as an application place in relationship to this subclass.

Classification is made in F23R if the apparatus or method is specially adapted for generating combustion products of high pressure or high velocity.

Relationship between this subclass and other application places

Combustion is often used for the purpose of heating or performing different operations. Apparatus for combustion can be self-contained devices, but are often part of, or used in connection with, heat-consuming apparatus, such as heating boilers. This subclass is therefore related to several places providing for uses of heat. In many of these fields the combustionapparatus can be considered a detail of a bigger entity. A non-exhaustive list of examples of such classes or subclasses will be found under the heading "Informative references" below.

Combinations of combustion apparatus with other apparatus, where the combustion apparatus can be seen as a detail of the complete apparatus (for example of a steam boiler), are classified as a whole, in the place for the other apparatus. Additional classification is made in this subclass only if features relating to the combustion apparatus per se are of interest apart from its application.

Relationship between this subclass and detail subclasses of class F23

Subclass F23D covers burners per se, as defined in the section "Glossary" below. Classification is made in F23C if the subject matter to be classified, in addition to a burner, includes further features that are of interest, such as a particular form of combustion chamber or a particular arrangement of burners in a combustion chamber. Air supply means that are arranged in immediate connection with the fuel-feeding conduit of a burner, for example concentric with it, should be considered to be part of the burner. Means for feeding air otherwise than in immediate connection with the fuel-feeding conduit of a burner are classified in F23C or F23L, for example arrangements for feeding secondary air at points distant from a burner.

Subclasses F23J-F23Q are to be seen as detail places in relation to this subclass. Classification is made in this subclass if the apparatus as a whole is of interest, or if a detail is of use only for a particular type of combustion apparatus and not specifically provided for in any of subclasses F23J-F23Q. If a detail of a combustion apparatus is of interest, classification is made in the relevant subclass providing for such matter.

References

Limiting references:

Burners

F23D

Candles

C11C 5/00

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Baking ovens

A21B

Cooking apparatus

A47J

Gas turbine plants

F02C

Lighting

F21

Generating steam

F22B

Combustion specially adapted for waste or low grade fuel

F23G

Generating combustion products of high temperature or high pressure

F23R

Domestic stoves or ranges for cooking or local heating

F24C

Domestic heating systems or space-heating systems

F24D

Heating of fluids, e.g. air or water

F24H

Drying

F26B

Heat treatment of material or articles

F27

Informative references:

Places for details of general applicability for combustion apparatus

Removal or treatment of combustion products (e.g. flue gases) or combustion residues (e.g. ash)

F23J

Feeding fuel

F23K

Supplying air or other non-combustible liquids or gases (e.g. water or steam)

F23L

Constructional details of combustion chambers, not otherwise provided for

F23M

Regulating or controlling combustion

F23N

Ignition

F23Q

Other places

Chemical or biological purification of waste gases

B01D 53/34

Chemical or physical processes or apparatus in general

B01J

Heat-producing reactions of chemical substances, other than combustion (e.g. of hydrogen peroxide and methane, or iron oxide and aluminium)

C, F24J

Combustion using solid fuel only

F23B

Special rules of classification

In this subclass methods are classified in the groups that cover the apparatus used.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

air

a mixture of gases containing free oxygen and able to promote or support combustion

primary air

air supplied to the burning fuel (e.g. together with the fuel) in order to liberate combustible gases

secondary air

air supplied to the combustible gases liberated by the primary air in order to complete their combustion. The expression "secondary air" covers "tertiary air" etc.

Burner

a device by which fluid fuel or solid fuel suspended in air is passed to a combustion space where it burns to produce a self-supporting flame. A burner includes the means for feeding air that are arranged in immediate connection with a fuel feeding conduit, for example concentric with it.

Combustion

a heat-producing sequence of chemical reactions between a burnable substance and molecular oxygen, e.g. in air, in most cases generating light in the form of flames or a glow

combustion chamber

a chamber in which fuel is burned to establish a self-supporting fire or flame and which surrounds that fire or flame

combustion zone

the part of an apparatus where the reaction takes place between air and fuel

Synonyms and Keywords

CFB

Circulating fluidised bed

CWS

Coal-water slurry

EHC

Electrically-heated catalyst

FBN

Fuel bound nitrogen

HC

Hydrocarbons

NOx

Nitrous oxides

PFBC

Pressurised fluidised bed combustion

SOx

Sulfur oxides

UHC

Unburned hydrocarbons

In patent documents the expression/word "boiler" is often used with the meaning "combustion apparatus", even when heating of water or other liquids is of no interest

In patent documents the expression/word "burner" is often used with the meaning "combustion apparatus", and not in the restricted meaning defined above

F23C 1/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Waste incinerators having supplementary heating by gaseous or liquid fuel

F23G 5/12

F23C 5/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Arrangements or dispositions of combustionapparatus in steam boilers

F22B 31/00

Arrangement or mounting of burners in fluid heaters

F24H 9/18

F23C 6/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Heat supply in steam boilers by installation of two or more combustionapparatus

F22B 31/04

Waste incinerators with secondary combustion in a separate combustion chamber

F23G 5/16

Water heaters having plural combustion chambers

F24H 1/46

F23C 9/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Combustion apparatus using solid fuel with means for returning combustion products or flue gases

F23B 70/00, F23B 80/02

F23C 10/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Chemical or physical processes according to "fluidised-bed" technique in general

B01J 8/24

Waste incinerators having a fluidised bed

F23G 5/30

Fluidised bed furnaces or other similar apparatus for heat treatment of materials or articles

F27B 15/00

F23C 13/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Incinerators for waste gases or noxious gases in which combustion takes place in the presence of catalytic material

F23G 7/07

Combustion chambers for generating combustionproducts of high pressure or high velocity, characterised by the use of catalytic means

F23R 3/40

F23C 13/08 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Catalysts per se

B01J 21/00-B01J 38/00

F23C 15/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Intermittent or explosive combustion chambers for generating combustionproducts of high pressure or high velocity

F23R 7/00

F23D - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Burners, i.e. devices by which fluid fuel, or solid fuel suspended in air, is passed to a combustion space where it burns to produce a self-supporting flame, for example burners in which:

pulverulent solid fuel is entrained into the combustion space by air;

liquid fuel is transported by capillary action to the combustion space where it evaporates (e.g. wick burners);

liquid fuel evaporates from an open fuel surface (e.g. pot burners);

liquid fuel is sprayed into the combustion space by fluid pressure;

liquid fuel is entrained into the combustion space by a stream of gaseous medium, for example air or steam;

liquid fuel is vaporised within a conduit and released in gaseous form into the combustion space;

liquid fuel is dispersed into the combustion space by mechanical means (e.g. ultrasonic vibrations or centrifugal action);

gaseous fuel mixed with air is released into the combustion space;

gaseous fuel is released into the combustion space where it is mixed with air; and

pulverulent, liquid or gaseous fuels are used simultaneously or alternately.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

This subclass is the main function-oriented place for burners. Classification is always made in this subclass if the subject matter is of general interest for burners.

Burners are used in many fields where heat is generated or used. Burners per se are only classified in these application fields if they are specially adapted for a specific application, for example coating by flame spraying. Examples of application fields can be found in the section "References relevant to classification in this subclass" below. In case of doubt, classification should be made both in this subclass and the application field.

Classification is made in F23C if the subject matter to be classified, in addition to a burner, includes further features of a combustion apparatus, such as a particular form of combustion chamber or a particular arrangement of burners in a combustion chamber.

Feeding air

Air supply means that are arranged in immediate connection with the fuel-feeding conduit of a burner, for example concentric with it, are considered to be part of the burner. Means for feeding air otherwise than in immediate connection with the fuel-feeding conduit of a burner, for example arrangements for feeding secondary air at points distant from a burner, are classified in F23C 7/00 or F23L.

Control of combustion, methods of combustion

With the exception of devices or methods that are specially adapted to particular types of burners, for example the matter of the following groups:

Wick-adjusting devices (F23D 3/28);

Maintaining a predetermined amount of fuel in evaporators (F23D 5/14);

Provision for varying the rate at which liquid fuel is sprayed (F23D 11/26);

Devices on vaporisers for controlling the feeding of fuel (F23D 11/46); and

Devices for simultaneous control of gas and combustionair (F23D 14/60).

This subclass does not cover control of combustion, which is covered by F23N, or methods of combustion, which are covered by F23C.

Catalytic combustion

With the exception of radiant gas burners using catalysis for flameless combustion, which is covered by F23D 14/18, this subclass does not cover the combustion of fluid fuels in the presence of catalytic material, which is covered by F23C 10/01, F23C 13/00 and F23G 7/07.

References

Limiting references:

Candles

C11C 5/00

Combustion in a fluidised bed of fuel or other particles

F23C 10/00

Apparatus in which combustion takes place in pulses influenced by acoustic resonance in a gas mass

F23C 15/00

Igniting of burners

F23Q

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Flame throwers for destroying noxious animals or plants

A01M 15/00

Bakers' ovens

A21B 1/00

Cooking devices, e.g. travelling cookers or barbecues

A47J 36/00, A47J 37/00

Soldering

B23K 1/00, B23K 3/00

Gas flame welding or cutting

B23K 5/00

Cutting, scarfing, or desurfacing by applying flames

B23K 7/00

Using burners in chemical vapour deposition

C23C 16/453

Heating boreholes or wells with burners

E21B 36/02

Using burners for regenerating exhaust gas filters

F01N 3/025

Gas-turbine plants

F02C

Jet-propulsion plants

F02K

Using burners for ignition of internal combustion engines

F02P 19/00, 21/00

Incandescent mantles

F21H

Non-electric portable lighting devices

F21L 17/00-F21L 27/00

Non-electric non-portable lighting devices

F21S 13/00-F21S 19/00

Arrangements of mantles or other incandescent bodies on lighting burners

F21V 36/00

Details of lighting devices employing combustion as light source

F21V 37/00

Steam boilers

F22B

Arrangement of burners in combustion apparatus

F23C 5/00

Methods or apparatus specially adapted for combustion of waste or low-grade fuels. e.g. waste oil, waste liquors or waste gases

F23G

Lighters containing fuel

F23Q 2/00

Ignition using burners

F23Q 9/00, F23Q 13/00

Generating combustion products of high pressure or high velocity, e.g. gas turbine burners

F23R

Stoves or ranges for liquid or gaseous fuels

F24C

Fluid heaters having heat-generating means, e.g. heating boilers

F24H

Arrangement of burners in fluid heaters

F24H 9/18

Arrangement of burners in furnaces or ovens for heat treatment

F27B

Using burners for cleaning heat exchangers

F28G 11/00

Flame-throwers for attack or defence

F41H 9/02

Informative references:

Spraying or atomising apparatus in general; Nozzles in general

B05B

Fuels

C10H-C10L

Pressure vessels for gases

F17C

Methods or apparatus for combustion using fluid fuel in general

F23C

Air supply specially adapted for combustion of fluid fuels

F23C 7/00

Arrangement of devices for supplying chemicals to fire

F23J 7/00

Feeding liquid or gaseous fuel to combustion apparatus

F23K

Supply of air or non-combustible liquids or gases to combustion apparatus in general

F23L

Details of combustion chambers, e.g. linings, doors or baffles

F23M

Regulating or controlling combustion in general

F23N

Special rules of classification

NONE.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Air

a mixture of gases containing free oxygen and able to promote or support combustion

Primary air

air supplied to the burning fuel (e.g. together with the fuel) in order to liberate combustible gases

Secondary air

air supplied to the combustible gases liberated by the primary air in order to complete their combustion. The expression "secondary air" covers "tertiary air" etc.

Burner

a device by which fluid fuel or solid fuel suspended in air is passed to a combustion space where it burns to produce a self-supporting flame. A burner includes the means for feeding air that are arranged in immediate connection with a fuel feeding conduit, for example concentric with it.

Combustion

a heat-producing sequence of chemical reactions between a burnable substance and molecular oxygen, e.g. in air, in most cases generating light in the form of flames or a glow

Combustion chamber

a chamber in which fuel is burned to establish a self-supporting fire or flame and which surrounds that fire or flame

Combustion space

the zone downstream of the fuel (and, where applicable, air) outlet where the reaction takes place between air and fuel

Pilot flame

a small flame that is lit or kept alight in order to provide ignition to a more powerful burner.

Retention flame

a small flame that is kept alight in order to maintain the uninterrupted operation of a more powerful burner

Torch

a burner fired with fuel gas and oxygen and specially adapted to apply heat to a workpiece, for example for use in welding, cutting or brazing

F23D 3/16 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Candles per se

C11C

F23D 11/38 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Nozzles in general

B05B

F23D 14/48 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Nozzles in general

B05B

F23D 14/56 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Scarfing by applying flames

B23K 7/00

F23D 14/68 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Filtering

B01D

Moistening combustionair in general

F23L 7/00

F23D 14/72 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Protection or supervision of pipe-line systems

F17D 5/00

F23D 14/74 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Preventing flame lift-off

F23D 14/74

F23D 14/82 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Preventing flashback or blowback

F23D 14/82

Informative references:

Preventing flashback or blowback in gas feed lines

A62C 4/02

F23D 23/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Arrangement or mounting of burners

F23C 5/00

For industrial furnaces

F27

F23G - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Methods or apparatus specially adapted for combustion of the following substances:

Human corpses or amputated body parts

Animal carcasses or their discarded body parts

Fuels, e.g. wastefuels, presenting particular fuel-related environmental problems requiring specially adapted methods or apparatus for combustion, for example toxic, infectious, explosive, radioactive or corrosive fuels

Waste having a special physical form requiring specially adapted methods or apparatus for combustion, for example packaged waste, rubber tyres or discarded cars

Low-grade fuels presenting particular problems of combustion requiring specially adapted methods or apparatus for combustion, for example fuels containing high amounts of water or non-combustible substances, green biomass, contaminated oil, or gas of low heating value

Fuels that vary considerably in composition or form and therefore require specially adapted methods or apparatus for combustion

Household, municipal, or similar waste that is solely or primarily burned for the purpose of its destruction

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Relationship with general function-oriented places in class F23

This subclass is to be seen as an application place in relation to the function-oriented aspects covered by F23B (Combustionapparatus using only solid fuel) and F23C (Combustionapparatus using fluid fuel or solid fuel suspended in air).

Classification is made in F23B or F23C if the method or apparatus is

of general interest for combustion of different types of solid or fluid fuel, for example not specially adapted for a particular fuel, or

specially adapted for fuels other than those provided for in this subclass, for example "normal" commercial fuels, such as oil, natural gas, coal, firewood, wood chips, wood pellets or straw.

If methods or apparatus covered by this subclass are also of general interest for combustion of "normal" commercial fuels classification should also be made in other subclasses of F23. The decision on whether an apparatus is specially adapted or not is sometimes not easy to decide. In doubtful situations classification should therefore always be made in both this subclass and other subclasses of F23.

Relationship between this subclass and detail subclasses of class F23

Subclasses F23D and F23H-F23Q are to be seen as general detail places in relation to this subclass. Classification of details of apparatus in this subclass should be restricted to inventions that are clearly specially adapted for methods or apparatus that are covered by the subclass. If a detail of an apparatus is specifically covered in a group of F23D or F23H-F23Q, classification should be made in that group and not in this subclass.

Relationship between this subclass and other application places

Combustion is often used for purpose of heating or performing different operations. This subclass is therefore related to many places providing for uses of heat. In many of these fields the combustion apparatus can be considered a detail of a bigger entity. A non-exhaustive list of examples of such classes or subclasses will be found under the heading "Informative references".

Relationship between this subclass and places for gasification or destructive distillation

C10B covers destructive distillation of carbonaceous material for production of gas, coke, tar or similar matter.

C10J covers production of combustible gases containing carbon monoxide from solid carbonaceous fuels.

Classification is made in these places if the combustible substances produced, e.g. gas or coke, are burned in an apparatus separate from the gasification or distillation apparatus.

Classification is made in this subclass if complete combustion takes place in the same apparatus as the gasification, for example in different parts of the same combustion chamber or in an afterburner immediately connected to a primary combustion chamber.

Relationship between this subclass and class B09

B09Bcovers disposal of solid waste

B09Ccovers reclamation of contaminated soil

These subclasses only cover matter that is not completely covered by this subclass. Examples of such matter are processes that include a combustion step in combination with other steps that together form a process for disposal of waste or reclamation of contaminated soil.

References

Limiting references:

Incinerating radioactive waste

G21F 9/00

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Disposal of solid waste

B09B

Reclamation of contaminated soil

B09C

Gas turbine plants

F02C

Generating steam

F22B

Generating combustion products of high temperature or high pressure

F23R

Domestic stoves or ranges for local heating or cooking

F24B, F24C

Apparatus for heat treatment of materials or articles

F27B

Informative references:

Places for details of general applicability for combustion apparatus

Grates, cleaning or raking of grates

F23H

Removal or treatment of combustion products (e.g. flue gases) or combustion residues (e.g. ash)

F23J

Feeding fuel

F23K

Supplying air or other non-combustible liquids or gases (e.g. water or steam)

F23L

Constructional details of combustion chambers, not otherwise provided for

F23M

Regulating or controlling combustion

F23N

Ignition

F23Q

Other places

Chemical means for combating harmful chemical agents or for making them harmless

A62D 3/00

Chemical or biological purification of waste gases

B01D 53/34

Chemical or physical processes or apparatus in general

B01J

Gathering of domestic or like refuse

B65F

Treatment of water, waste water, sewage or sludge

C02F

Destructive distillation of carbonaceous material for production of gas, coke, tar or similar matter

C10B

Production of combustible gases containing carbon monoxide from solid carbonaceous fuels

C10J

Fuels, treatment of fuels

C10L

Regeneration of pulp liquors by combustion

D21C 11/12

Combustion of "normal" commercial fuels

F23B, F23C

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

air

a mixture of gases containing free oxygen and able to promote or support combustion

primary air

air supplied to the burning fuel in order to liberate combustible gases

secondary air

air supplied to the combustible gases liberated by the primary air in order to complete their combustion. The expression "secondary air" covers "tertiary air" etc.

Burner

a device by which fluid fuel or solid fuel suspended in air is passed to a combustion space where it burns to produce a self-supporting flame. A burner includes the means for feeding air that are arranged in immediate connection with a fuel feeding conduit, for example concentric with it.

Combustion

a heat-producing sequence of chemical reactions between a burnable substance and molecular oxygen, e.g. in air, in most cases generating light in the form of flames or a glow

Combustion chamber

a chamber in which fuel is burned to establish a self-supporting fire or flame and which surrounds that fire or flame

combustion zone

the part of a combustion apparatus where the reaction takes place between air and fuel

fuel

any combustible material that can be burned, regardless of whether the main purpose of burning it is for releasing energy therefrom or for disposing of it or rendering it less harmful

waste

an undesired material that can be consumed by combustion for the primary purpose of disposing of it or rendering it less harmful, and not solely for releasing energy therefrom

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the expression "boiler" is often used instead of "combustion apparatus", even when heating of water or other liquids is of no interest.

In patent documents the expression "burner" is often used instead of "combustion apparatus" and not in the restricted meaning defined in the glossary above.

In patent documents the following abbreviations are often used:

CFB

Circulating fluidised bed

EHC

Electrically heated catalyst

FBN

Fuel-bound nitrogen

HC

Hydrocarbons

NOx

Nitrous oxides

PFBC

Pressurised fluidised bed combustion

SOx

Sulfur oxides

UHC

Unburned hydrocarbons

F23G 5/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Incineration of specific waste

F23G 7/00

F23G 5/027 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Destructive distillation of carbonaceous materials

C10B 53/00

F23G 7/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Burners in general, burner details

F23D

F23G 7/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Exhaust apparatus for machines, engines in general or internal combustionengines

F01N

F23L - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Supply of air or non-combustible gases or liquids to combustion apparatus in general, for example:

Blast-producing apparatus before the fire, for example fans or induction apparatus

Passages or nozzles for delivering air to combustion chambers

Methods or devices for supplying steam or oxygen to the fire

Methods or devices for heating of combustionair before supply to the combustion chamber, for example by heat exchange with flue gases

Special adaptations of valves or dampers for controlling combustionair supply or flue gas draught in combustion apparatus in general

Methods or devices for inducing draught in combustion apparatus, for example exhaust fans or exhaust induction apparatus

Tops for chimneys or ventilation shafts

Terminals for flues

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Combustion apparatus

This subclass is the general place for methods and apparatus for supply of air to combustion apparatus.

The incorporation of air supply means as an integrated part of an entire combustion apparatus, for example the disposition of primary and secondary air ports in relation to other components, is classified in the place for the combustion apparatus as a whole, in F23B, F23C or F23G.

Air supply means that are arranged in immediate connection with the fuel-feeding conduit of a burner (for example concentric with it) are considered to be part of the burner, and are thus classified in F23D. Other means for feeding air that are specially adapted for combustion of liquid fuel, gaseous fuel or pulverised fuel suspended in air are classified in F23C 7/00 or F23C 10/20.

Blast-producing, draught-inducing

This subclass is an application-oriented place for the arrangement of fans, inductors or other pumps in combustion apparatus for the purpose of inducing blast or draught. The integration of such devices in systems for control of combustion, for example together with sensors and actuators, is covered by F23N.

Fans and other pumps per se are classified in class F04, for examples see the section "Informative references" below.

Valves and dampers

This subclass is an application-oriented place for valves and dampers that are specially adapted for controlling air supply or draught of combustion apparatus. The integration of such devices in systems for control of combustion, for example together with sensors and actuators, is covered by F23N.

Valves or dampers that are specially adapted for controlling air supply or draught of domestic stoves are classified in F24B or F24C, for examples see the section "References relevant to classification in this subclass" below.

Valves and dampers in general are classified in F16K.

Heating of combustion air

This subclass is an application-oriented place for the heat exchange apparatus that is specially adapted for use in combustion apparatus for the purpose of heating combustionair. Heat exchangers in general are classified in class F28, for examples see the section "Informative references" below.

References

Limiting references:

Returning flue gases to the combustion chamber of combustion apparatus for solid fuel

F23B 80/02

Returning flue gases to the combustion chamber of combustion apparatus for liquid or gaseous fuel or pulverised solid fuel suspended in air

F23C 9/00

Grates for combustion apparatus

F23H

Supplying chemicals to fires

F23J 7/00

Firebridges for delivery of air or steam to combustion apparatus

F23M 3/04

Cooling of casings, lining or walls of combustion chambers

F23M 5/08

Doors specially adapted for combustion chambers

F23M 7/00

Baffles or deflectors in air inlets of combustion chambers

F23M 9/02

Baffles or deflectors for air or combustion products with air-supply passages

F23M 9/04

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Steam generators

F22B

Air supply specially adapted for combustion apparatus for liquid, gaseous or pulverised fuel

F23C 7/00

Supply of fluidisation air for fluidised bed combustion apparatus

F23C 10/20

Burners

F23D

Burners where spraying of liquid fuel is induced by a gaseous medium

F23D 11/10

Gas burners specially adapted for use with means for pressurising the combustionair

F23D 14/34

Regulating or controlling air supply or draught

F23N 3/00

Systems for regulating or controlling combustion

F23N

Air inlet arrangements for combustion chambers for generating combustion products of high pressure or high velocity, e.g. for gas turbine combustion chambers

F23R 3/04

Draught control dampers for solid fuel stoves with open fires

F24B 1/189

Air supply in solid fuel stoves with open fires

F24B 1/19

Hoods for solid fuel stoves with open fires

F24B 1/195

Combustion-air or flue gas circulation in or around solid fuel stoves

F24B 5/00

Stoves for combustion of gaseous or liquid fuels, or for two or more different fuels

F24C

Fluid heaters, e.g. water or air heaters for central heating

F24H

Informative references:

Positive displacement air pumps in general

F04B

Fans in general

F04D

Jet pumps in general

F04F 5/00

Valves in general

F16K

Methods or apparatus for combustion using solid fuel

F23B

Methods or apparatus for combustion using fluid fuel

F23C

Domestic stoves or ranges for solid fuels

F24B

Air humidification

F24F 6/00

Air flow control members for ventilation or air conditioning

F24F 13/08

Heat exchangers in general

F28C, F28D, F28F

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Air

a mixture of gases containing free oxygen and able to promote or support combustion

Primary air

air supplied to the burning fuel (e.g. together with the fuel) in order to liberate combustible gases

Secondary air

air supplied to the combustible gases liberated by the primary air in order to complete their combustion. The expression "secondary air" covers "tertiary air" etc.

Burner

a device by which fluid fuel or pulverised solid fuel suspended in air is passed to a combustion space where it burns to produce a self-supporting flame. A burner includes the means for feeding air that are arranged in immediate connection with a fuel feeding conduit, for example concentric with it.

Combustion

a heat-producing sequence of chemical reactions between a burnable substance and molecular oxygen, e.g. in air, in most cases generating light in the form of flames or a glow

Combustion chamber

a chamber in which fuel is burned to establish a self-supporting fire or flame and which surrounds that fire or flame

Firebridge

a low wall separating the fuel bed from adjacent flue gas passages in apparatus for combustion of solid fuel, for example in reverberatory furnaces or fire-tube boilers

Flue gases

any gaseous products of combustion

Grate

a perforated surface (e.g. a grid) which supports or delimits a bed of burning solid fuel and serves to supply primary air

F23M - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Air

a mixture of gases containing free oxygen and able to promote or support combustion

Combustion

a heat-producing sequence of chemical reactions between a burnable substance and molecular oxygen, e.g. in air, in most cases generating light in the form of flames or a glow

Combustion chamber

a chamber in which fuel is burned to establish a self-supporting fire or flame and which surrounds that fire or flame

Firebridge

a low wall separating the fuel bed from adjacent flue gas passages in apparatus for combustion of solid fuel, for example in reverberatory furnaces or fire-tube boilers

F23M 5/00 - Definition fr

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Combustion apparatus:

This group is a detail place in relation to subclasses F23B, F23C, F23G and F23R, which cover complete apparatus. Arrangements that affect the overall design of a combustion apparatus should be classified in those subclasses.

Application places for combustion apparatus:

Some wall constructions should be considered as special adaptations to special types of combustion apparatus and therefore classified in the places for these types. Examples of such places can be found under the heading "References relevant to classification in this subclass" below.

Places for construction in general:

This group covers special adaptations of casings, linings or walls for specific requirements of combustion chambers, for example relating to resistance to heat or flames, heat insulation or adaptation to the layout or function of a combustion chamber. Features that are of interest for general construction purposes should be classified in general places for building or construction. Examples of such places can be found under the heading "Informative references" below.

References

Limiting references:

Construction or support of tube walls for steam boilers

F22B

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Preventing corrosion in apparatus specially adapted for combustion of waste or low-grade fuels, e.g. incinerators

F23G 5/44

Film cooling arrangements for gas turbine combustion chambers

F23R 3/00

Construction of tiles or bracing means therefor for domestic masonry stoves for solid fuels

F24B 1/06

Casings for domestic stoves or ranges

F24C 15/08

Casings for water heaters, e.g. heating boilers

F24H 9/02

Casings, linings, wall or roofs of furnaces, kilns, ovens or retorts

F27B, F27D 1/00

Informative references:

General building constructions, e.g. walls, roofs or insulation of buildings

E04B

Structural elements or building materials, e.g. bricks

E04C

F23M 7/00 - Definition fr

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Combustion apparatus:

This group is a detail place in relation to subclasses F23B, F23C and F23G, which cover complete apparatus. Arrangements that affect the overall design of a combustion apparatus should be classified in those subclasses.

Application places for combustion apparatus:

Some door constructions should be considered as special adaptations to special types of combustion apparatus and therefore classified in the places for these types. Examples of such places can be found under the heading "References relevant to classification in this subclass" below.

Places for construction in general:

This group covers special adaptations of doors for specific requirements of combustion chambers, for example relating to resistance to heat or flames, heat insulation or installation of burners or other combustion equipment. Features that are of interest for general construction purposes should be classified in general places for building or construction. Examples of such places can be found under the heading "Informative references" below.

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Doors for open fires for solid fuels

F24B 1/192

Doors specially adapted for domestic stoves or ranges

F24C 15/02

Doors for furnaces, kilns, ovens or retorts

F27D 1/18

Informative references:

Bolts or fastening devices for doors

E05C

Hinges or other suspension devices for doors

E05D

Operating mechanisms for doors

E05F

Doors in general

E06B

F23M 9/00 - Definition fr

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Combustion apparatus:

This group is a detail place in relation to subclasses F23B, F23C, F23G and F23R, which cover complete apparatus. Arrangements that affect the overall design of a combustion chamber or the entire combustion process in the apparatus should be classified in those subclasses, for example in F23B 80/04, F23C 9/00 or F23R 3/16.

Application places for combustion apparatus:

Some baffles, deflectors or flame shields should be considered as special adaptations to special types of combustion apparatus and therefore classified in the places for these types. Examples of such places can be found under the heading "References relevant to classification in this subclass" below.

References

Limiting references:

Baffles or deflectors for air or combustion products structurally associated with burners

F23D, e.g. F23D 3/02, F23D 11/40, F23D 14/70

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Steam boilers

F22B

Fluid heaters, e.g. heating boilers

F24H

Furnaces, kilns, ovens or retorts

F27B

F23M 11/00 - Definition fr

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Safety arrangements involving control of combustion:

This group does not cover combustion control systems which maintain safe operating conditions during normal operation of combustion apparatus, for example by monitoring temperatures, or react by controlling combustion when undesired or dangerous condition are detected, for example shutting down the combustion when fuel or air supply is interrupted. Such control systems are covered by subclass F23N.

Application places for combustion apparatus:

Some safety arrangements should be considered as special adaptations to special types of combustion apparatus and therefore classified in the places for these types. Examples of such places can be found under the heading "References relevant to classification in this subclass" below.

References

Limiting references:

Safety arrangements structurally associated with burners

F23D, e.g. F23D 3/26, F23D 5/16, F23D 14/72

Safety devices for liquid fuel feeding

F23K 5/16

Preventing development of abnormal or undesired conditions by controlling combustion

F23N 5/24

Safety arrangements structurally associated with igniters

F23Q, e.g. F23Q 7/24, F23Q 9/12

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Applications, arrangements, or dispositions of automatic safety devices in steam boilers

F22B 37/42

Safety arrangements in apparatus specially adapted for combustion of waste or low-grade fuels, e.g. incinerators

F23G 5/50

Arrangement or mounting of safety devices in domestic stoves or ranges for gaseous fuels

F24C 3/12

Arrangement or mounting of safety devices in domestic stoves or ranges for liquid fuels

F24C 5/16

Arrangement or mounting of safety devices in fluid heaters, e.g. heating boilers

F24H 9/20

Arrangement of safety devices in furnaces, kilns, ovens or retorts

F27D 21/00

Informative references:

Fire-fighting

A62C

Extinguishing devices

F23Q 25/00

Fire alarms

G08B 17/00

F23M 20/00 - Definition fr

Relationship between large subject matter areas

This group is the residual group for details of combustion chambers. Therefore classification should only be made in this group if there is no other place in the IPC that covers the subject matter to be classified. A list of examples of other places covering details of combustion apparatus can be found under the heading "References relevant to classification in this subclass" below.

References

Limiting references:

Details of steam boilers

F22B, e.g. F22B 37/00

Mounting or disposition of burners

F23C 5/00

Supplying air or non-combustible liquids or gases

F23C 7/00, F23L

Details of fluidised bed combustion apparatus

F23C 10/18

Burners

F23D

Details specially adapted for apparatus for combustion of waste or low-grade fuels, e.g. incinerators

F23G 5/44

Grates; Cleaning or raking grates

F23H

Removal or treatment of combustion products or combustion residues

F23J

Feeding fuel

F23K

Casings, linings, walls or doors

F23M 3/00 - F23M 7/00

Devices for deflecting air, flames or combustion products

F23M 9/00

Safety arrangements

F23M 11/00

Ignition

F23Q

Details of stoves or ranges burning solid fuels

F24B 1/191, F24B 13/00

Details of stoves or ranges burning fuels other than solid fuels

F24C, e.g. F23C 15/00

Details of fluid heaters, e.g., heating boilers

F24H 9/00

Details of furnaces, kilns, ovens or retorts

F27B, F27D

F23Q - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Apparatus or methods specially adapted for providing the heat, spark or flame required to start combustion of a fuel. Such apparatus can itself be a combustion apparatus (e.g. a cigarette lighter or a pilot flame) that is provided with ignition arrangements of its own.

Pilot flame igniters with interlock to main fuel supply.

Arrangement of catalytic igniters in combustion apparatus.

Arrangements for effecting ignition from a location that is remote from the combustion apparatus to be ignited, e.g. for combustion apparatus that is difficult or dangerous to access.

Testing of ignition installations.

Devices for extinguishing flames, e.g. for blowing-out or snuffing candle flames.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

This subclass is primarily intended for classification of ignition devices or extinguishing devices per se.

In relation to other subclasses that cover combustion apparatus (e.g. F23B, F23C, F23D, F23G, F23R, F24B and F24C) this subclass is a detail place. This means that classification is made in this subclass if an ignition or extinguishing device is novel or non-obvious in itself. The incorporation or arrangement of an ignition or extinguishing device in a combustion apparatus is normally classified in the place for the combustion apparatus as a whole, e.g. in F23C or F24C. In such cases the type of ignition apparatus can be indicated by additional information classification in this subclass, if it is of interest for searching. The exception to this principle is the arrangement of catalytic igniters in combustion apparatus, which is classified in group F23Q 11/00 of this subclass.

Main group F23Q 2/00 of this subclass covers "lighters containing fuel". These lighters can themselves in most cases be regarded as combustion apparatus. Features of such lighters that are of general interest for different types of combustion apparatus should be classified in relevant general places, such as F23D.

This subclass covers devices or systems where ignition is directly initiated by the start of fuel supply to a combustion apparatus. Systems or methods for starting or stopping combustion that involve manipulation of fuel and air feed in connection with the operation of an ignition or extinguishing device, or that are responsive to a sensed condition of a combustion apparatus, are normally classified in F23N. The exception to this principle is pilot flame igniters with interlock to main fuel supply, which are classified in group F23Q 9/08 of this subclass.

This subclass covers glowing plugs for compression-ignition (e.g. diesel) engines. Other ignition for internal combustion engines is covered by subclass F02P.

References

Limiting references:

Devices for igniting matches

A24F 29/00

Hand fire extinguishers

A62C 11/00-A62C 25/00

Chemical igniters, e.g. catalytic igniters

C06C 9/00

Flints

C06C 15/00

Matches

C06F 5/00

Fire-lighters

C10L 11/00

Candles with incorporated means (e.g. impregnated wicks) for self-extinguishing

C11C 5/00

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Cigars or cigarettes with lighting devices

A24D 1/08

Extinguishing devices for cigars or cigarettes

A24F, e.g. A24F 13/18, A24F 19/14

Combinations of lighters and smokers requisites

A24F, e.g. A24F 15/10, A24F 15/18, A24F 19/10

Time-controlled igniting mechanisms for cooking-vessels

A47J 36/32

Charcoal igniting devices for barbecues or the like

A47J 37/07

Fire extinguishing specially adapted for particular objects or places

A62C 3/00

Arrangements for igniting thermal or catalytic exhaust converters

F01N 3/38

Ignition of light sources using charges of combustible material

F21K 5/12

Arrangement or mounting of ignition devices in stoves or ranges for gaseous fuel

F24C 3/10

Arrangement or mounting of ignition devices in stoves or ranges for liquid fuel

F24C 5/14

Informative references:

Fire-fighting

A62C

Fire-extinguishing compositions; Use of chemical substances in extinguishing fires

A62D 1/00

Explosive or thermic compositions

C06B

Detonating or priming devices; Fuses

C06C

Pyrophoric compositions

C06C 15/00

Ignition of internal-combustion engines in general

F02P

Gas burners with provision for a retention flame

F23D 14/26

Details for lighting devices

F21V

Methods or apparatus for combustion using only solid fuel

F23B

Methods or apparatus for combustion using fluid fuel or solid fuel suspended in air

F23C

Burners

F23D

Cremation furnaces; Consuming waste by combustion

F23G

Safety arrangements for combustion chambers

F23M 11/00

Regulating or controlling combustion

F23N

Generating combustion products of high pressure or high velocity, e.g. gas turbine combustion chambers

F23R

Domestic stoves or ranges for solid fuels; Implements for use in connection with stoves or ranges

F24B

Stoves or ranges for gaseous or liquid fuels

F24C

Ignition arrangements for blasting

F42D 1/04

Spark gaps; Sparking plugs

H01T

Electric heating, e.g. ohmic resistance heating

H05B, e.g. H05B 3/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Pilot flame

A small flame that is lit or kept alight in order to provide ignition to a more powerful burner.

Retention flame

A small flame that is kept alight in order to maintain the uninterrupted operation of a more powerful burner.

Fire lighter

An element that either consists of combustible material or absorbs liquid fuel, and is intended for use in a fire-place or the like for simplifying the ignition of solid fuel.

F23Q 2/173 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Valves in general

F16K

F23Q 5/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Specially adapted for internal-combustion engines

F02P 15/00

F23Q 11/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Catalytic igniters per se

C06C

F23Q 25/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

For cigarettes

A24F

F23R - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Combustion chambers that are specially adapted for generation of gaseous combustion products of high pressure or high velocity, and therefore suitable for use as a source of motive power rather than merely a source of heat. Examples of such special adaptations are:

Specialised configuration in order to be incorporated in a power plant, for example as a combustion chamber between the compressor stage and the turbine stage of a gas turbine plant, or as an afterburner in a jet engine;

Specialised construction for tolerating high temperatures, for example film cooling or diffusion cooling;

Specialised arrangements for supplying combustion air, cooling air or dilution air;

Specialised arrangements for fuel injection.

Methods of combustion in combustion chambers that are specially adapted for generation of combustion products of high pressure or high velocity.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

This subclass is to be seen as an application place in relation to the function-oriented aspects covered by other subclasses of F23. If a method or apparatus is of general interest for combustion it should be classified in other subclasses of F23, for example subclasses F23C(Methods or apparatus for combustion using fluent fuel) and F23D(Burners). If a detail is of general interest for combustion apparatus it should also be classified in other subclasses of F23, for example subclasses F23K(Feeding fuel to combustion apparatus) or F23N(Regulating or controlling combustion). It is sometimes difficult to decide whether an apparatus or a detail is specially adapted or not. In doubtful situations classification should therefore be made in both this subclass and other subclasses of F23.

This subclass covers the configuration of single combustion chambers or flame tubes, or the mutual (for example annular) arrangement of several combustion chambers or flame tubes. The incorporation or arrangement of combustion chambers within a power plant is classified in the place for the power plant as a whole, for example in subclasses F02C(Gas-turbine plants) or F02K(Jet-propulsion plants).

When the control of the combustion is integrated in the control system of an entire power plant it is classified in the place for the control system as a whole, for example in groups F02C 9/00 or F02K 3/08.

References

Limiting references:

Fluidised bed combustion chambers specially adapted for operation at superatmospheric pressures

F23C 10/16

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Combined gas-turbine and steam-turbine plants

F01K 23/00

Gas-turbine plants

F02C

e.g.

F02C 3/14, F02C 5/02

Combustion-product positive-displacement engine plants

F02G

Jet-propulsion plants

F02K

e.g.

F02K 3/10

Combustion chambers for rocket engine plants, i.e. plants carrying both fuel and oxidant therefor

F02K 9/00

Starting of engines by supplying pressure fluid generated directly by combustion

F02N 9/02

Informative references:

Generation of pressure gas by chemical means

C06D 5/00

Gas turbines

F01D

Combustion chambers for internal-combustion engines, combustion in internal-combustion engines

F02B

Cooling of gas turbine plants

F02C 7/12

Mounting or supporting of gas turbine plants, accommodating heat expansion or creep in gas turbine plants

F02C 7/20

Arrangement of seals in gas turbine plants

F02C 7/28

Cylinders for combustion engines

F02F 1/00

Supplying combustion engines in general with combustible mixtures or constituents thereof

F02M

Steam generation using combustion under pressure substantially exceeding atmospheric pressure

F22B 1/22

Methods or apparatus for combustion using fluent fuel in general

F23C

Air supply to combustion chambers in general

F23C 7/00, F23L

Burners in general

F23D

Feeding fuel to combustion apparatus in general

F23K

Details of combustion chambers in general

F23M

e.g. walls

F23M 5/00

Regulating or controlling combustion in general

F23N

Igniting

F23Q

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Flame tube

The portion of a combustion chamber downstream of the zone where fuel and primary air are mixed.

F24B - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Protecting plants by heating in gardens, orchards or forests

A01G 13/06

Informative references:

Bakers' ovens

A21B

Cooking devices other than ranges

A47J

Combustion apparatus in general

F23

F24C - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Protecting plants by heating in gardens, orchards or forests

A01G 13/06

Informative references:

Bakers' ovens

A21B

Cooking devices other than ranges

A47J

Combustion apparatus in general

F23

F24F - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Methods and apparatus for air-conditioning, i.e. the supply of air to rooms or spaces by means which provide for the treatment of the air in at least two of the following ways:

Heating

Cooling

Any other kind of treatment, e.g. humidification

Methods and apparatus for humidification of air for rooms or spaces

Methods and apparatus for supplying air or extracting air from rooms or spaces, either by forced movement (for example by fans) or by natural effects (for example convection)

Methods and apparatus for circulating air within rooms or spaces, either by forced movement (for example by fans) or by natural effects (for example convection)

Methods and apparatus for use of air currents for screening, for example of entrances of buildings or of areas where particular operations are performed

Use of energy recovery systems in air conditioning, ventilation or screening

Details, for example control arrangements, safety arrangements, ducting arrangements or air flow control members, which are specially adapted for the methods or apparatus specified above

Relationship between large subject matter areas

As regards air-conditioning, air-humidification and ventilation, this subclass is an application-oriented place that covers methods or apparatus for these processes when specially adapted for rooms or spaces that are primarily intended as dwelling or working-spaces for human beings.

Air-treatment or ventilation that is specially adapted for particular processes or for other particular environments, for example for industrial processes or for housing of animals, is covered in the places for those processes or environments. For examples of such places see the section "Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system" below.

With the exception of humidification, this subclass does not cover the mere treatment of air being supplied to, extracted from, or circulated within, rooms or spaces. Such treatment of air in general, for example heating, cooling, heat-exchange or filtering, is covered in several different places of the IPC, see for example the entries under "Informative References" below.

This subclass does not cover elements or apparatus in general for transporting air or for regulating air flow, for example fans, ducts or valves. Such elements and apparatus are covered in several different places in the IPC, see for example the entries under "Informative References" below.

This subclass does not cover ventilation of garments or furniture or other devices, which is covered by the places for those devices, for example classes A41-A47 for garments and furniture and class H01 for electrical devices.

References

Limiting references:

Removing dirt or fumes from areas where they are produced

B08B 15/00

Vertical ducts for carrying away waste gases from buildings

E04F 17/02

Tops for ventilating shafts; Terminals for flues

F23L 17/02

Removing cooking fumes

F24C 15/20

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Ventilating arrangements for forage silos

A01F 25/22

Devices for ventilating greenhouses

A01G 9/24

Ventilation in animal husbandry

A01K

Controlling humidity in incubators for poultry

A01K 41/04

Treatment rooms with artificial climate for medical purposes

A61G 10/02, A61G 13/00

Devices for reconditioning breathing air in sealed rooms

A62B 11/00

Devices for ventilating gas-proof shelters

A62B 13/00

Containers or portable cabins for affording breathing protection with devices for reconditioning the breathing air or for ventilating

A62B 31/00

Dust-free rooms or enclosures for laboratories

B01L 1/04

Ventilation, air-conditioning, or cooling, specially adapted for passenger or goods spaces of vehicles

B60H

Air curtains at doors or windows of vehicles

B60J 9/04

Ventilation of driving cabins or engine rooms of locomotives or motor railcars

B61C 17/04

Heating, cooling, ventilating, or air-conditioning, specially adapted for rail vehicles

B61D 27/00

Adaptations of ventilation, cooling, heating, or air-conditioning for submarines or other underwater vessels

B63G 8/36

Arrangements of ventilation, heating, cooling, or air-conditioning specially adapted for ships or other waterborne vessels

B63J 2/00

Arrangements or adaptations of air-treatment apparatus for crew, passenger or freight spaces in aircraft

B64D 13/00

Arrangements or adaptations of devices for treatment of the atmosphere in cosmonautic vehicles

B64G 1/46

Drying cabinets or drying chambers having heating or ventilating means

D06F 58/10

Special arrangement or operation of ventilating devices in lavatories

E03D 9/04

Drying building constructions in general or keeping them dry, e.g. by air vents

E04B 1/70

Special adaptations of floors for incorporating ventilation ducts

E04B 5/48

Ceilings having means for ventilation

E04B 9/02

Ventilation of roof coverings

E04D 13/17

Ventilation of tents

E04H 15/10

Ventilation in doors or windows

E06B 7/02

Ventilation of mines or tunnels

E21F 1/00

Cooling or drying of air in mines or tunnels

E21F 3/00

Arrangements for supplying or controlling air or gases for drying solid materials or objects

F26B 21/00

Cooling, ventilating or heating of electric apparatus

H05K 7/20

Informative references:

Disinfecting or sterilising of air

A61L

Filtering, washing or drying of gases

B01D

Mixing gases with vapours or liquids in general

B01F 3/02

Transportable units for separating dispersed particles from air by electrostatic effect

B03C 3/32

Spraying

B05B, B05D

Production of ozone

C01B 13/10

Heat, sound or noise insulation, absorption, or reflection

E04B 1/74

Air-ducts or air channels in buildings

E04F 17/04

Chimney stacks or similar ducts

E04H 12/28

Fans in general, details of fans

F04D

Pumping installations for air

F04D 25/08, F04D 29/00

Valves in general

F16K

Pipes in general, joints, fittings or supports therefor

F16L

Noise absorbers for ducting

F16L 55/02

Thermal insulation for ducting

F16L 59/00

Devices for venting or aerating enclosures in general

F16K 24/00

Devices for conducting smoke or fumes, e.g. flues

F23J 11/00

Domestic stoves

F24B, F24C

Hot air central heating systems

F24D 5/00

Air heaters having heat generating means

F24H 3/00

Refrigeration in general, details of refrigeration systems

F25B

Combined heating and refrigeration systems

F25B 29/00

Production, working, storing or distribution of ice

F25C

Cold rooms

F25D

Heat exchange apparatus in general, details of heat exchangers

F28C, F28D, F28F

Measuring temperature or quantity of heat in general

G01K

Testing apparatus not otherwise provided for

G01M

Control of flow in general

G05D 7/00

Control of humidity in general

G05D 22/00

Control of temperature in general

G05D 23/00

Ion sources

H01J 27/02, H01J 37/08

Arrangements for cooling, heating or ventilation of semiconductor or other solid state devices

H01L 23/34, H01L 31/024

Generating ions to be introduced into non-enclosed gases

H01T 23/00

Arrangements in telecontrol or telemetry systems in general

H04Q 9/00

Special rules of classification

Air-humidification as auxiliary treatment in air-conditioning, i.e. in units wherein the air is also either cooled or heated, is covered by groups F24F 1/00 or F24F 3/14, while air-humidification per se, e.g. "room humidifiers", is covered by group F24F 6/00.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Air-conditioning

Supply of air to rooms or spaces by means which provide for the treatment of the air in at least two of the following ways:

Heating

Cooling

Any other kind of treatment, e.g. humidification

Ventilation

Supply of air to rooms or spaces, extraction of air from rooms or spaces, or circulation of air within rooms or spaces

F24H - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Protecting plants by heating in gardens, orchards or forests

A01G 13/06

Heating, cooling or ventilating devices

B60H 1/00

Heating, cooling, ventilating or air-conditioning

B61D 27/00

Arrangements of ventilation, heating, cooling or air-conditioning

B63J 2/00

Arrangements or adaptations of air-treatmentapparatus for aircraft crew or passengers, or freight space

B64D 13/00

F24J 2/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Distillation or evaporation of water using solar energy

C02F 1/14

Roof covering aspects of energy collecting devices

E04D 13/18

Devices for producing mechanical power from solar energy

F03G 6/00

Semiconductor devices adapted for converting solar energy into electrical energy

H01L 31/00

Semiconductor devices including means to utilise heat energy directly associated with the PV cell

H01L 31/0525

PV modules including means to utilise heat energy directly associated with the PV module

H02S 40/44

Special rules of classification

Supporting structures also intended for use with photovoltaic modules should further be classified in subclass H02S.

F24J 2/38 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Solar heat collectors with support for article heated, e.g. stoves, ranges, crucibles, furnaces or ovens using solar heat

F24J 2/02

Solar heat collectors having concentrating elements

F24J 2/06

Rotary supports or mountings therefor

F24J 2/54

Supporting structures of photovoltaic modules for generation of electric power specially adapted for solar tracking systems

H02S 20/32

Informative references:

Direction- finders for determining the direction from which electromagnetic waves are being received

G01S 3/78

Control of position or direction

G05D 3/00

F27B - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Specially adapted for bakery ovens

A21B

Specially adapted for glass melting furnaces

C03B

Specially adapted for coke or gas-making apparatus

C10B, C10J

Specially adapted for apparatus for cracking hydrocarbons

C10G

Specially adapted for blast furnaces

C21B

Specially adapted for converters for making steel

C21C

Specially adapted for furnaces for heat treatment of metal

C21D

Furnaces for electroslag or arc remelting of metals

C22B 9/00

Enamelling ovens

C23D

F28D - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Places in relation to which this subclass is residual:

Exhaust gas recirculation [EGR] coolers

F02M 26/22

Informative references:

Arrangement or mounting of heat-exchangers in air-conditioning, air-humidification or ventilation

F24F 13/30

F28F - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Constructional details of exhaust gas recirculation [EGR] coolers

F02M 26/29

Informative references:

Arrangement or mounting of heat-exchangers in air-conditioning, air-humidification or ventilation

F24F 13/30

F41B 11/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Guns or devices for discharging projectiles through a barrel by conversion of the potential energy stored in a compressed gas into kinetic energy for the propulsion of the projectile.

The compressed gas is either available in a pre-compressed form or compressed with mechanical means, i.e. without use of explosive or combustible propellant charge, immediately before or during the launching of each projectile.

References

Informative references:

Stationary arranged devices for projecting balls

A63B 69/40

Projectiles for airguns

F42B 6/10

Hand-held nailing tools operated by fluid pressure

B25C 1/04

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

airgun

generic term for compressed gas guns, sometimes used for guns using compressed gas other than air, most commonly CO2. Classical airguns project so-called airgun pellets, waisted projectile hollowed at the base and available in a variety of head styles

1. F41B0011000000_0.gif

Synonyms and Keywords

BB gun

gun for projecting BBs (birdshot pellets), usually rounded 4.5 mm diameter metallic pellets

softair/airsoft gun

also sometimes referred to as BB guns, however using plastic pellets of 6mm diameter. Softair guns are usually externally shaped like firearms.

marker/paintball marker

guns for projecting paintballs, i.e. hollow gelatine balls filled with paint, for marking the point of impact

hopper

magazine for loosely holding projectiles above the air gun

blowback

or blow back mechanism, used for the cycling, i.e. automatic reloading, or for simulating recoil operation

In patent documents the following expressions/words are often used as synomyms:Gas gun, compressed gas gun, CO2-gun, air rifle, air pistol, marker, paintball gun, pneumatic gun

F41B 11/50 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Containers for holding a plurality of missiles to be projected by a compressed gas gun, i.e. magazines.

Devices or mechanisms for sequentially bringing such missiles from an external magazine into the gun frame/casing/housing/receiver, i.e. feeding arrangements.

Devices or mechanisms for sequentially bringing such missiles into the position inside the compressed gas gun ready to be projected ("firing" chamber), i.e. loading arrangements.

magazine

1. F41B0011500000_0.gif

feeding arrangement

2. F41B0011500000_1.gif

loading arrangement

3. F41B0011500000_2.gif

References

Informative references:

Feeding or loading of ammunition for firearms

F41A 9/00

F41B 11/51 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Magazines integrally formed with the gun, i.e. the magazine is not removable.

The missiles to be projected by the compressed gas gun are inserted and stored directly in a space/cavity formed in the gun.

1. F41B0011510000_0.gif

2. F41B0011510000_1.gif

F41B 11/52 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Magazines holding projectiles in a removable magazine above the gun housing which implies the following:

the projectiles will be fed primarily by gravity;

the projectiles are spherical so that there is no need for orienting the projectiles in a specific way for feeding or loading.

1. F41B0011520000_0.gif

F41B 11/53 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The hopper contains secondary means to assist the gravity powered feeding of the projectiles, such as:

an agitator to avoid/release jams at the exit opening of the hopper

1. F41B0011530000_0.gif

a rotor-type force-feeding the projectiles through the exit opening of the hopper

2. F41B0011530000_1.gif

a screw-type conveyor force-feeding the projectiles through the exit opening of the hopper

3. F41B0011530000_2.gif

linear pusher force-feeding the projectiles through the exit opening of the hopper

4. F41B0011530000_3.gif

F41B 11/54 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The projectiles a stored in an ordered fashion, i.e. the order in which the projectiles will be discharged is pre-defined. Drum magazines can be in any of the known types, e.g.:

Stationary drum, the projectiles being force fed out of the drum by a spring/motor, the projectiles being arranged around the periphery of the drum.

1. F41B0011540000_0.gif

Stationary drum, the projectiles being force fed out of the drum by a spring/motor, the projectiles being arranged in a spiralling fashion.

2. F41B0011540000_1.gif

Revolver type drum, the drum rotating incrementally, the rotation being indexed so as to position the projectile to be fired in alignment with the firing chamber

3. F41B0011540000_2.gif

References

Informative references:

Drum magazines for firearms

F41A 9/73

Feeding of unbelted ammunition for firearms using a revolving drum magazine

F41A 9/26

F41B 11/55 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The projectiles are stored in an ordered fashion, i.e. the order in which the projectiles will be discharged is pre-defined, the arrangement of projectile is substantially linear inside the magazine. This arrangement implies a so-called follower, i.e. a spring biased element pushing the stack of projectiles out the magazine. The magazine is removable from the gun, often as a look alike to a firearm magazine.

Box magazines

1. F41B0011550000_0.gif

2. F41B0011550000_1.gif

Tubular magazine

3. F41B0011550000_2.gif

References

Informative references:

Magazines formed integrally in the gun at the position where the box magazine of a firearm would be

F41B 11/51

Box magazines for firearms having a cartridge follower

F41A 9/65

Tubular magazines for firearms

F41A 9/72

F41B 11/56 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The removable magazine carrying the projectiles also carries a exchangeable or refillable pressurised cartridge such as a CO2 cartridge, usually for soft-air guns.

1. F41B0011560000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

Magazines formed integrally in the gun adjacent to a space for a gas cartridge

F41B 11/51

F41B 11/57 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Electric systems for powering of motors for the active force feeding, loading or agitating of the projectiles, except for the hoppers having motorised feed assisting means (precedence of F41B 11/53).

Electronic systems for the control of active force feeding, loading, agitating systems, except for the hoppers having motorised feed assisting means (precedence of F41B 11/53).

References

Limiting references:

for controlling motorised feed assisting means

F41B 11/53

Informative references:

Electronic safeties for compressed-gas guns

F41B 11/71

F41B 11/60 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Residual group including compressed-gas guns with particular means for supplying compressed gas which are not covered in any of the groups F41B 11/62 - F41B 11/684.

F41B 11/62 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Compressed gas guns, wherein the pre-compressed gas is stored in an exchangeable/refillable gas cartridge, which can be housed either:

inside the gun body (housing, hand grip, magazine or stock)

1. F41B0011620000_0.gif

2. F41B0011620000_1.gif

or alternatively in a gas reservoir which is connectable by a gas tight connection to the pneumatic components of gun body, the gun reservoir being either mounted on the gun or carried by the shooter:

3. F41B0011620000_2.gif

4. F41B0011620000_3.gif

References

Informative references:

Valves or valve arrangements for regulating gas pressures for loading, feeding or firing the projectile

F41B 11/72

F41B 11/64 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Airguns with a piston to compress the air for propelling the projectile at the moment of the firing, i.e. the triggering action of the gun activates the compression means and the resulting compressed air is used directly for launching the projectile. This implies that no intermediate compressed air storage chamber (pressure accumulation tank) is present (an expansion or equalisation chamber in the sense of transit chambers might be present). The piston is either:

hand operated or

1. F41B0011640000_0.gif

spring operated

2. F41B0011640000_1.gif

Relationship between large subject matter areas

The airguns classified in group F41B 11/64 (and its subgroups) and in group F41B 11/68 (and its subgroups) are structurally very similar to each other, always comprising an air piston, means for actuating said piston to compress the air, valve arrangements and triggering means. The classification criteria are the following:

If the compressor stroke is effected

at the moment of firing F41B 11/64

before firing and the gas is stored in a compression chamber or accumulation tank F41B 11/68

If the trigger activates

the compessor arrangement F41B 11/64

the opening of the discharge valve F41B 11/68

References

Informative references:

Toys launching a projectile by air pressure

F41B 11/89

Electronic or electric systems, e.g. electric drive motor aspects

F41B 11/71

Compressed gas guns with pressure supplied by a gas cartridge

F41B 11/62

Compressed gas guns having precompressed air before he firing

F41B 11/68

Shooting devices for shooting or hurling games

A63F 9/02

F41B 11/641 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Airguns with manually operated pistons, the piston directly delivering the compressed air to the "firing chamber", i.e. hand-pumps directly feeding compressed air to the "firing chamber".

1. F41B0011641000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

Pumping or compressor arrangements for pre-compressed air

F41B 11/681

F41B 11/642 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Arrangements wherein the energy for moving the piston in the cylinder is delivered by a spring under tension.

1. F41B0011642000_0.gif

F41B 11/643 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Arrangements wherein the longitudinal axis of the spring coincides with the longitudinal axis of the barrel. The spring may be arranged around or behind the barrel.

1. F41B0011643000_0.gif

F41B 11/644 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Airguns with spring operated pistons compressing the air during the launch of the projectile will inherently create considerable recoil deteriorating precision. This group covers countermass-type recoil reduction mechanism, wherein, synchronised with the movement the piston, a countermass will be accelerated in the opposite direction to neutralise the reaction force caused by the movement of the piston.

1. F41B0011644000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

Recoil reduction using the counter-mass principle in firearms

F41A 1/10

F41B 11/645 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Systems with two spring operated pistons with the same mass acting in opposite direction so as to eliminate the recoil force induced by the reaction to the piston acceleration.

1. F41B0011645000_0.gif

F41B 11/646 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Arrangements for pre-tensioning the spring and holding the piston in the fully spring-loaded position, i.e. cocking. The arrangements do not compress any air, they only accumulate energy in the spring that will, upon trigger actuation, compress air in the cylinder.

1. F41B0011646000_0.gif

2. F41B0011646000_1.gif

References

Informative references:

Pumping arrangements for pre-compressing air for storing it in a pressurised air storage tank

F41B 11/681

Cocking mechanisms for bolt action firearms

F41A 19/34

Cocking mechanisms for block action firearms

F41A 19/37

Cocking mechanisms for other firearms (not block/bolt action)

F41A 19/39

F41B 11/647 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

A rocking lever being mechanically linked to the spring-piston arrangement, so as to put the spring under tension and hold the piston in the fully spring-loaded position, i.e. cocking by rocking lever.

1. F41B0011647000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

Rocker lever activated pumping arrangements for pre-compressing air for storing it in a pressurised air storage tank

F41B 11/683

Cocking mechanisms for other firearms (not block/bolt action)

F41A 19/39

Lever-action guns per se, i.e. shoulder fired smallarms having a rocking lever for loading or cocking

F41C 7/06

F41B 11/648 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The breaking of the airgun, i.e. the relative movement of two hinged parts of the airgun, usually the barrel and the receiver, actuates the spring-piston arrangement so as to put the spring under tension and hold the piston in the fully spring-loaded position, i.e. cocking by breakdown mechanism.

1. F41B0011648000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

Breakdown activated pumping arrangements for pre-compressing air for storing it into a pressurised air storage tank

F41B 11/684

Cocking mechanisms in breakdown firearms

F41A 19/41

Conventional breakdown guns per se

F41C 7/11

F41B 11/66 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Airguns with a deformable container, e.g. bellows, a bulb or other substantially air-tight part of the airgun, holding a quantity of air, which is pressurised by the squeezing or deformation of the container, so as to decrease the internal volume of the container and urge the air into the "firing chamber" in order to directly launch the projectile.

1. F41B0011660000_0.gif

2. F41B0011660000_1.gif

References

Informative references:

Pumping arrangements activated by bellows or deformable chambers for pre-compressing air for storing it into a pressurised air storage tank

F41B 11/66

F41B 11/68 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Airguns comprising a compressed air storage chamber (pressure accumulation tank), filled with compressed air before the firing, i.e. the triggering action of the gun activates a valve or other mechanism to fluidly connect the air storage chamber (pressure accumulation tank) with the "firing chamber", thereby allowing the compressed air to launch the projectile. The exclusion of the group F41B 11/62 implies that some means to pre-compress the air, e.g. pump or compressor, must be an integral part of the gun.

1. F41B0011680000_0.gif

Relationship between large subject matter areas

If the compressor stroke is effected

at the moment of firing F41B 11/64

before firing and the gas is stored in a compression chamber or accumulation tank F41B 11/68

If the trigger activates

the compressor arrangement F41B 11/64

the opening of the discharge valve F41B 11/68

References

Limiting references:

Compessed gas guns characterised by the supply of compressed gas with pressure supplied by a gas cartridge

F41B 11/62

Informative references:

Airguns having an air piston effecting a compressor stroke during the firing of each shot

F41B 11/64

F41B 11/681 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Arrangements for compressing the air in the air storage chamber (pressure accumulation tank), i.e. hand-pumps or electrically powered pumps integrated into the gun or permanently attached thereto for compressing atmospheric air into the pressure accumulation tank.

Hand pump

1. F41B0011681000_0.gif

Electrically driven pump

2. F41B0011681000_1.gif

References

Informative references:

Electronic or electric systems, e.g. electric drive motor aspects

F41B 11/71

Arrangements for putting the spring under tension, in airguns with a spring loaded compressor piston

F41B 11/646

F41B 11/682 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Airguns with integral or permanently attached pressure accumulation tanks for storing the atmospheric air compressed by a pump or compressor. This group contains documents wherein the teaching is specifically aimed at the particular shape/arrangement/configuration/material of the pressure accumulation tank per se.

1. F41B0011682000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

Exchangeable or refillable gas cartridges for use in air guns

F41B 11/62

Special rules of classification

Every single airgun classified in the groups F41B 11/68 and below will inherently comprise a pressure accumulation tank. Classification will be given in this group only, if the tank as such is specially adapted or relevant for the invention.

F41B 11/683 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

A rocking lever being directly mechanically linked to a piston arrangement, so as to compress the air inside the compressed air storage tank, i.e. the piston itself is pressure accumulation tank.

1. F41B0011683000_0.gif

2. F41B0011683000_1.gif

References

Informative references:

Rocking lever mechanism for cocking a spring in a spring operated piston airgun

F41B 11/647

Cocking mechanisms for other firearms

F41A 19/39

Lever-action guns per se

F41C 7/06

F41B 11/684 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The breaking of the airgun, i.e. the relative movement of two hinged parts of the airgun, usually the barrel and the receiver, actuates the piston so as to compress the air inside the compressed air storage tank, i.e. the piston itself is the pressure accumulation tank. The two hinged parts of the airgun take over the function of a dedicated rocking lever for actuating the piston.

1. F41B0011684000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

External power or control systems for feeding or loading of firearm ammunition

F41A 9/50

Cocking mechanisms in breakdown firearms

F41A 19/41

Breakdown mechanism for cocking a spring in a spring operated piston airgun

F41B 11/648

Breakdown firearms per se

F41C 7/11

F41B 11/70 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Any structural details other than the ones covered by groups F41B 11/50 or F41B 11/60 and below. This is a residual group for any structural aspect not covered in the groups F41B 11/50 - F41B 11/68 or F41B 11/71 - F41B 11/73.

F41B 11/71 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Electric systems for powering the various functions of the compressed gas gun other than the feeding and loading drives or the pneumatic valve drives, such as electric drives for the compression system (in air guns having a piston or pump compressing the air before or during the firing of each shot), driving the movement of a safety element in and out of operative position or for supplying power to accessories.

Electronic systems for the control of said various functions of the compressed gas gun (other than the feeding and loading drives or the pneumatic valve drives).

Electronic systems for the sensing gun component configurations, such as:

presence of a magazine or projectiles

positions of the movable parts of the gun, e.g. slide, bolt, trigger, safeties

Electronic systems for controlling the firing rate or the number of rounds in a burst.

Electronic systems for controlling the initial velocity V0 of the projectiles.

References

Informative references:

Electronic or electric systems in air guns for feeding or loading

F41B 11/57

Valves or valve arrangements for regulating gas pressures for loading, feeding or firing the projectile

F41B 11/72

Electronic safeties in firearms

F41A 17/06

Electric firing mechanisms in firearms

F41A 19/69

Burst limiters in firearms

F41A 19/02

Shot velocity control in firearms

F41A 19/03

F41B 11/72 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Valve arrangements integrated in compressed gas guns for regulating the various pneumatic functions of an compressed gas gun, such as:

pressure regulation for reliably ensuring constant fire power (pressure reducing valves)

pressure regulation for reliably ensuring constant feeding/loading power (pressure reducing valves)

on/off valves for immediate supply of air to the firing chamber upon a triggering event

valves opening on mechanical impact

electrically controlled solenoid valves

venting valves in case of over-pressure in fluid-tight components of the airgun (pressure accumulation tanks)

valves for actuating secondary functions, such as blowback mechanisms, recoil simulation, (semi-)automatic cycling of the gun

References

Informative references:

Valves in general

F16K

Special rules of classification

Every single compressed gas gun will inherently comprise a valve. Classification will be given in this group only, if the valve as such is specially adapted or relevant for the invention.

F41B 11/721 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Compressed gas gun comprising a single valve performing the dual function of firing the projectile and feeding or loading the consecutive projectile in a (semi-)automatic compressed gas gun.

1. F41B0011721000_0.gif

F41B 11/722 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

A valve in a compressed gas gun, the valve being a dedicated valve for performing the function of feeding or loading of the consecutive projectile in a (semi-)automatic compressed gas gun.

1. F41B0011722000_0.gif

F41B 11/723 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

A valve in a compressed gas gun, the valve being a valve specifically dedicated for performing the function of firing the projectile.

1. F41B0011723000_0.gif

F41B 11/724 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

A valve in a compressed air gun situated on the pneumatic path between the over-pressurised compressed gas source, i.e. accumulation tank, gas cartridge, piston-cylinder, and the firing chamber reducing the pressure to a predefined pressure. The aim is to achieve pressure regulation for reliably ensuring constant fire power, to reduce the firing power to levels accepted under national laws or to levels corresponding to competition regulations.

1. F41B0011724000_0.gif

F41B 11/73 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Arrangements of seals in a compressed air gun sealing off any pneumatic component of the compressed gas gun, including in particular the interface between an external gas cartridge or pressure accumulation tank with the internal pneumatic components of the gun.

This group contains documents wherein the teaching is specifically aimed at the particular shape, arrangement, configuration or material of the sealing arrangement.

This group contains documents wherein the teaching is specifically aimed at the particular shape, arrangement, configuration or material of pistons in air guns having pre-compressed air before the firing or having an air piston effecting a compressor stroke during the firing of each shot.

Special rules of classification

Every single compressed gas gun will inherently comprise sealing arrangements. Classification will be given in this group only, if the seal as such is specially adapted or relevant for the invention.

F41B 11/80 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Residual group including compressed-gas guns for particular purposes not covered by F41B 11/81-F41B 11/89.

F41B 11/81 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices for pneumatic ejection or marking/irritating powders, either by:

propelling capsules frangible on impact containing the powder, or

1. F41B0011810000_0.gif

by spreading the powder directly from a nozzle.

2. F41B0011810000_1.gif

References

Informative references:

Gas-blowing apparatus, e.g. for tear gas

F41H 9/04

Apparatus for generating artificial fog or smoke screens

F41H 9/06

Hand-held or body-worn self-defence devices using repellant gases or chemicals

F41H 9/10

F41B 11/83 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices for propelling harpoons or fishing spears with pneumatic pressure, wherein at least part of the shaft of the harpoon is held in the barrel of the compressed gas gun and guided inside the barrel when discharged by the expanding compressed gas.

The group includes both, devices for use by divers in submerged condition or by fishers standing on land/ship and propelling the harpoon/spear into the water.

1. F41B0011830000_0.gif

2. F41B0011830000_1.gif

References

Informative references:

Equipment for hunting fish under water

A01K 81/00

Spring guns adapted to discharge harpoons

F41B 7/04

Synonyms and Keywords

dry firing

discharge of the harpoon with a sealed off dry (air filled) barrel, either for one time use or else with means for keeping the barrel sealed under water (sealed piston pusher or draining means)

wet firing

discharge of the harpoon wherein the barrel holding the shaft of the harpoon is partially filled with water

In patent documents the following synonyms are often used: Spear gun, harpoon gun, harpoon spear.

F41B 11/85 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Compressed gas guns specifically designed for the intended use as a launcher for hypodermic projectiles, e.g.:

projectiles used in the veterinary field for delivering medication to an animal from a distance.

hypodermic projectiles with means for delivering electric shocks to a human/animal for stunning (TASER).

References

Informative references:

Hypodermic projectiles

F42B 12/54

Electrical discharge weapons, e.g. for stunning, such as tasers

F41H 13/00

Special rules of classification

This group being a pure application related group, any document classified here must also be classified in one of the groups defining the compressed gas gun by its structure or function.

F41B 11/87 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Compressed gas guns specifically designed for the intended use in industry, e.g. for cleaning/descaling of ovens, furnaces, kilns or pipes where burning residues or slag is removed by impacting it with projectiles propelled by pneumatic launchers.

References

Informative references:

Hand-held nailing tools operated by fluid pressure

B25C 1/04

Special rules of classification

This group being a pure application related group, any document classified here must also be classified in one of the groups defining the compressed gas gun by its structure or function.

F41B 11/89 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices for launching a projectile by air or gas pressure, typically with low energy, with the main purpose of amusement, suitable for use by children without any particular safety precautions. The term "toy gun" is often erroneously used in order to differentiate the air gun from a firearm, see also special rule of classification below.

References

Informative references:

Toy aircraft; Other flying toys

A63H 27/00

Starting or launching devices for toy aircraft; Arrangements on toy aircraft for starting or launching

A63H 27/14

Throwing or slinging toys

A63H 33/18

Special rules of classification

This group being a pure application related group, any document classified here must also be classified in one of the groups defining the compressed gas gun by its structure or function.

The mere use of the term toy gun in the publication does not imply classification in this group. If the compressed-gas gun is clearly a sports gun, a training or simulation gun it should not be classified in this group.

F41C - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Smallarms means a firearm which is generally held with one or both hands for firing.

Smallarms in the sense of man-portable firearms, i.e. a weapon capable of launching a projectile by confined deflagration of a pyrotechnic propellant, such as pistols, rifles, shotguns or the like, and details and accessories that are unique to smallarms

Pistols:

Pistols including revolvers,

Signal, starting and alarm pistols,

Cap-firing pistols (including toy pistols),

Shoulder-fired smallarms:

Rifles, carbines, shotguns,

Submachine guns, machine carbines,

Machine guns

Other types of smallarms:

Hidden smallarms, e.g. in pencils, walking-stick guns,

Smallarms specially adapted for underwater use,

Muzzle-loading smallarms; smallarms with flintlock mechanism; accessories therefor

Parts of smallarms:

Butts; butt plates; stocks,

Attachment of slings,

Stocks or grips for pistols

Forestocks; handgrips; hand guards

Miscellaneous attachments for smallarms; accessories:

Arrangements for mounting accessories for smallarms including means for mounting of monopods, bipods, tripods or shields,

Adaptations of smallarms for firing grenades or ammunitions for special purposes, e.g. signaling, smoke producing, deterrent dispersing, marking or sensor carrying; barrel attachments therefor

Smallarms combined with thrusting or cutting weapons; bayonets; bayonet mounts,

Attachments for wire cutting,

Balancing or stabilizing arrangements

Means for wearing or carrying smallarms

Holsters including special attachments therefor

Containers for carrying smallarms

Handles for carrying smallarms

Relationship between large subject matter areas

In addition to the classification of the smallarm as whole in subclass F41C the functional details of these weapons should be classified in the relevant groups of subclass F41A. F41A is added to F41C if the functional feature is a part of invention, for example F41A 3/76, F41A 9/27, F41A 15/02, F41A 3/58, F41A 19/41, F41A 5/06, F41A 11/04, F41A 23/02.

References

Limiting references:

Arrangement of guns on vessels

B63G 1/00

Arrangement of military equipment in aircraft

B64D 7/00

Weapons for projecting missiles without use of explosive or combustible propellant charge

F41B

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Pistols or machine guns operated without detonators

A63H 5/04

Pistols for shooting bolts into concrete constructions, metal walls or the like

B25C

Hand-held nailing tools operated by combustion pressure generated by detonation of a cartridge

B25C 1/10

Informative references:

Spades per se

A01B 1/02

Slaughtering pistols

A22B 3/02

Supports for articles placed thereon in general

F16M 11/00, F16M 13/00

Functional features or details common to both smallarms and ordnance, mountings therefor

F41A

Thrusting or cutting weapons per se

F41B 13/00

Rocket launchers adapted to be carried by a person, e.g. bazookas

F41F 3/045

Sighting devices

F41G 1/00

Armour shields per se

F41H 5/06

Shields for smallarms

F41H 5/12

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Machine gun

firearm with a long rifled barrel capable of sustained firing in full automatic mode, the projectiles are fed form a belt or a high capacity magazine can be fitted or portable

Submachine gun

short, light weight machine gun, designed to fire pistol cartridges

Rifle

shoulder fired firearm with a long rifled barrel. Rifles can be capable for firing with magazine fed projectiles in single shot mode (repeater rifle) or in semi automatic and full automatic mode (assault rifle)

Carbine

short shoulder fired firearm, originally for cavalry use

Shotgun

smooth booth bore shoulder fired firearm for firing shot at a relatively short distance

Under-barrel grenade launcher

firearm for launching grenades, can be an auxiliary firearm attach to a primary firearm, usually single shot

Synonyms and Keywords

-"machine carbine", "submachine gun" and "automatic firearm;

-"shotgun", "scattergun" and "peppergun";

-"repeater rifle" and "repeating rifle".

F41C 3/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Specially adapted for underwater use

F41C 9/06

Informative references:

For slaughtering or stunning animals

A22B

F41C 3/14 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Sealing aspects

F41A 3/76

Using a revolving drum magazine for feeding revolver-type guns, other than revolvers

F41A 9/27

Extractors or ejectors therefor

F41A 15/02

F41C 7/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Specially adapted for underwater use

F41C 9/06

F41C 7/11 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Hinge-frame revolvers

F41C 3/16

Breech mechanisms therefor

F41A 3/58

Cocking mechanisms therefor

F41A 19/41

F41C 23/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Articulated or collapsible guns

F41A 11/04

F41C 23/16 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Pump-action guns

F41C 7/02

F41C 27/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Signal pistols

F41C 3/02

F41C 27/16 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Thrusting or cutting weapons, other than bayonets

F41B 13/00

F41H 11/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices or systems for clearing an area or a path through a minefield area of anti-personnel or anti-tank land mines or clearing an area of unexploded ordnance devices (UXO) or improvised explosive devices (IED) by removal of the unexploded mines, by destruction without detonation of said mines by external influence such as for example mechanical means, laser beams, magnetic fields or water-jets or by causing forced detonation of said mines by external influence such as for example mechanical means, laser beams, magnetic fields or water-jets.

Devices or systems for the detection of anti-personnel or anti-tank land mines or unexploded ordnance devices (UXO) or improvised explosive devices (IED).

References

Informative references:

Destruction or dismantling ammunition

F42B 33/06

Rendering explosive charges harmless

F42D 5/04

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

unexploded ordnance

means explosive weapons (bombs, bullets, shells, grenades, land mines, naval mines, etc.) that did not explode when they were employed and still pose a risk of detonation

improvised explosive device

means a homemade bomb constructed and deployed in ways other than in conventional military action. It may be constructed of conventional military explosives, such as an artillery round, attached to a detonating mechanism.

demining or mine-clearing

means the process of removing land mines from an area

booby-trap

means a disguised improvised explosive device having often some form of bait designed to lure the victim towards it

Synonyms and Keywords

AP

Anti-personnel

AT

Anti-tank

EOD

Explosive Ordnance Disposal

IED

Improvised Explosive Device

IEDD

Improvised Explosive Device Disposal

PFC

Projectile Forming Charge

HE

High Explosive

RC

Radio Controlled/ Remote Controlled

UXO

UneXploded Ordnance

In patent documents the following expressions/words "mine", "UXO" and "IED" are often used as synonyms.

In patent documents the expression/word "demining" is often used instead of "mine-clearing" which is used in the classification scheme of this group.

F41H 11/13 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Systems or methods specific for or dedicated to the detection of landmine, unexploded ordnance devices (UXO) or improvised explosive devices (IED) lying on the surface, buried in the soil or otherwise hidden from normal view.

References

Informative references:

Detecting buried masses or objects

G01V

F41H 11/132 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Systems that use the senses of animals to detect mines for example by smell.

Systems that use discoloration or proliferation of certain plant or flora varieties when brought into the vicinity of landmine

References

Informative references:

Detection of landmine by chemical analyzer systems

F41H 11/134

F41H 11/134 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Systems using chemical analyzer systems to detect the presence of explosive compounds or compositions, possibly in combination with other tell-tale land mine component vapours.

References

Informative references:

Investigating or analysing materials by their chemical or physical properties

G01N

F41H 11/136 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Systems or methods using physical properties of landmine or structure/properties of surrounding soil to detect land mines, unexploded ordnance devices (UXO) or improvised explosive devices (IED), e.g. by using heat signature, metal-detection, radiation absorption or emission.

References

Informative references:

Investigating or analyzing materials by their chemical or physical properties

G01N

Detecting buried masses or objects

G01V

F41H 11/138 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Systems or methods for mechanically locating mines buried in the soil, said systems not being mounted on vehicles

References

Informative references:

Devices for detecting avalanche victims

A63B 29/02

Mechanical mine detection systems mounted on vehicles

F41H 11/16

Detecting buried masses or objects

G01V

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

prod

means stick-like implement for detecting mines by insertion in the soil

F41H 11/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Systems or methods for clearing land mines by covering a path or area by means of a flexible linear-, ladder- or carpet-shaped container containing an explosive charge or charges, which container is caused to cover said mined area and has initiating means for causing land mines to be activated by the blast wave resulting from the detonation of said explosive charges.

Rigid tube-like systems filled with explosives, i.e. bangalore torpedo systems.

References

Limiting references:

Line carrying missiles

F42B 12/68

Informative references:

Fuel-Air explosives

F42B 12/52

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

bangalore torpedo

means a rigid tube or pipe of length filled with an explosive; sections of such tube or pipe connectable to neighbouring similar sections

snake

means a flexible hose filled with explosives

thermobaric charge

means a fuel-air explosive charge

viper

means rocket propelled mine clearing snake or hose system

Synonyms and Keywords

FAE

Fuel-air explosive

In patent documents the following expressions/words "FAE", "Fuel-Air explosive" and "thermobaric" are often used as synonyms.

F41H 11/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Self-propelled vehicles dedicated to the clearing of land mines and self-propelled vehicles that have permanent or temporary fittings so that they can also, beside their normal task, be used for clearing land mines.

Mine-clearing devices or systems for clearing land mines that can be attached to non-dedicated vehicles on a pre-determined or on ad-hoc basis.

Sacrificial or decoy remote controlled vehicles that are have no land mine clearing systems per-se but are intended to activate or trigger the detonation of a land mine or IED.

Sacrificial or decoy systems attachable to a self-propelled vehicle.

Systems or vehicles using a vehicle mounted disruptor to neutralize land mines, UXOs or IEDs with a high pressure water jet, e.g. "wheel barrow" type robotic systems or using vehicle mounted devices for destroying land mines, UXOs or IEDs contactless by means of rays, beams or waves of radiation, heat, sound etc.

References

Informative references:

Armoured vehicles

F41H 7/02

Armour protection for vehicles against mine attacks

F41H 7/04

Synonyms and Keywords

EMP

electro-magnetic pulse

F41H 11/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Systems or methods attached to or intrinsic part of self-propelled vehicles using elements which linearly, nearly vertically impact a localized/limited ground area with a stamping element like a foot or hammer.

Systems or methods attached to or intrinsic part of self-propelled vehicles using a rotary flail system with chain mounted ground pounding/impacting means attached to a motor-driven rotating drum located on the front of the vehicle.

F41H 11/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Systems or methods that penetrate the top of the soil layer and remove a part of said top soil layer to reach a land mine in order to activate it, to destroy the housing of the land mine without activating it or to remove the land mine un-activated from the soil.

References

Informative references:

Vehicles for agriculture or forestry

A01

Vehicles for construction of roads

E01

Vehicles for dredging or soil-shifting

E02F

F41H 11/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Systems or methods using excavation buckets to remove limited amounts (batches) of soil in which landmine are assumed or proven to be present, said buckets being specially designed to be blast resistant, e.g. grid buckets.

These systems are normally not intended to activate a land mine but rather collect it intact for sub-sequent disposal.

References

Informative references:

Construction of roads

E01

Dredging

E02F 3/00

F41H 11/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Systems or methods that cut through the upper soil and create linear furrows similar to agricultural ploughs. These systems are intended to bring buried landmine to the surface and turn them aside out of the path of the plough or ploughs. They may activate the landmine or damage them without causing detonation.

These systems may be either vehicle wide to create a vehicle wide path or be mounted in front of the vehicle tires or tracks to create a safe passage for this specific vehicle only.

References

Informative references:

Agricultural ploughs

A01B

Construction of roads

E01

Graders

E02F 3/00

F41H 11/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Systems or methods using rotary ground penetrating elements consisting of a rotary drum or cage having a horizontal rotary axis perpendicular to the direction of travel of the vehicle, said drum or cage being externally driven to rotate, said drum or cage having teeth or other ground cutting elements, which are evenly spread over its entire cylindrical surface, for cutting though the soil top layer and removing, damaging without activation or activating land mines in said soil, e.g. tiller-type systems.

The direction of rotation of said drum or cage may be counter to the direction of travel to throw the soil and the objects therein to the front of the vehicle, or with the direction of travel to throw the soil and the objects therein into a collecting unit behind the cutting drum.

References

Informative references:

Tillers in agriculture and forestry

A01B 33/02

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

tiller

rotary ground working implement with horizontal axis perpendicular to the direction of travel

F41H 11/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Systems or methods specifically designed to collect or push/brush/sweep land mines aside intact and avoid actuation of land mines as much as possible.

Systems or methods to remove land mines form vulnerable surfaces like roads and runways without damaging same.

Systems or methods employing gripper arms to pick up land mines, e.g. "wheel-barrow" type robotic systems.

References

Limiting references:

Ground moving or soil shifting equipment

E02F

Informative references:

Devices for removing undesired matter from roads or fields

E01H

F41H 11/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Systems or methods using heavy rollers or wheels or drums that are pushed or towed across the surface of the soil substantially in front or to the rear of the vehicle, causing activation of the land mines by causing a gradually rising ground pressure or surface load.

References

Informative references:

Construction of surfaces for roads, sport grounds etc.

E01C

F41H 11/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Systems or methods for protecting valuable units or constructions by triggering or actuating land mines by simulating a genuine target in shape, size or other physical properties. These expendable systems do not have any mine-clearing systems of their own other than acting as a lure.

Systems or methods for attracting the attention of the sensors of a land mine and leading said attention away from the genuine target.

References

Informative references:

Camouflage, concealment or disguise

F41H 3/00

Targets for imitating vehicles

F41J 1/08

Active targets transmitting electromagnetic waves

F41J 2/00

Synonyms and Keywords

IR

Infra-red

EM

electro-magnet

F41J 13/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Bullet traps or bullet decelerators for rifle grenades

F42B 30/06

G01B - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Instruments and methods for measuring

linear dimensions of objects such as length, thickness, width, height, depth, diameter, coordinates of points of objects, distance or clearance between spaced objects or spaced apertures,

angles or tapers,

alignment of axes,

areas,

contours, curvatures, or profiles,

roughness or irregularities of surfaces,

deformation in a solid.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

The general subject matters of measuring linear dimensions, distances, or angles is covered by several subclasses besides G01B:

G01C Measuring distances, levels, or bearings, surveying; navigation; gyroscopic instruments, photogrammetry or videogrammetry.

G01S radio direction finding; radio navigation; determining distance or velocity by use of radio waves; locating or presence detecting by use of the reflection or reradiation of radio waves; analogous arrangements using other waves.

When propagation effects of waves are relevant for such measurements G01S is in general the appropriate subclass.

For measuring ground distance between points in geodesy, surveying, and navigation G01C is the appropriate subclass when no radio waves are used or when propagation effects of waves other than radio waves are not relevant.

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Measuring human body, see the relevant places, where such exist, e.g.

A41H 1/00, A43D 1/02, A61B 5/103

Measuring appliances combined with walking-sticks

A45B 3/08

Measuring methods or devices specially adapted for metal-rolling mills

B21B 38/00

Measuring, gauging or adjusting equipment for machines for working metal or other material

B23B 25/06

Measuring or gauging equipment specially adapted for grinding or polishing operations

B24B 33/06, B24B 49/00

Combinations of measuring devices with writing-implements

B43K 29/08

Devices for metering predetermined lengths of running material

B65H 61/00

Measuring devices for spinning or twisting machines

D01H 13/32

Measuring devices for determining the length of threads in sewing machines

D05B 45/00

Devices for checking, measuring, recording existing surfacing of roads or like structures, e.g. profilographs

E01C 23/01

Measuring diameter of boreholes or wells

E21B 47/08

Geodetical, nautical or aeronautical measuring, surveying, rangefinding

G01C

Photogrammetry or videogrammetry

G01C 11/00

Investigating or analysing particle size, investigating or analysing surface area of porous material

G01N 15/00

Radio direction-finding, determining distance or velocity by use of propagation effects, e.g. Doppler effect, propagation time, of radio waves, analogous arrangements using other waves

G01S

Measuring length or roll diameter of film in cameras or projectors

G03B 1/60

Methods or arrangements for converting the position of a manually-operated writing or tracing member into an electrical signal

G06K 11/00

Measuring elapsed travel of recording medium in recording or playback equipment, sensing diameter of record in autochange gramophones

G11B

Means structurally associated with electric rotary current collectors for indicating brush wear

H01R 39/58

Indicating consumption of electrodes in arc lamps

H05B 31/34

Informative references:

Sorting according to dimensions

B07

Marking textile materials; Marking in combination with metering or inspection

D06H 1/00

Transducers not specially adapted for a specific variable

G01D 5/00

Methods or apparatus for determining the capacity of containers or cavities, or the volume of solid bodies

G01F 17/00

Measuring force or stress, in general

G01L 1/00

Testing static or dynamic balance of machines or structures; testing structures or apparatus not otherwise provided for

G01M

Investigating or analyzing surface structures in atomic ranges using scanning-probe techniques

G01Q 10/00-G01Q 90/00

Geophysical measuring

G01V

Combinations of measuring devices with means for controlling or regulating

G05

Special rules of classification

In this subclass, the groups are distinguished by the means of measurement which is of major importance. Thus the mere application of other means for giving a final indication does not affect the classification.

Machines operated on similar principles to the hand-held devices specified in this subclass are classified with these devices.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Propagation effects

are relevant if the outcome of a measurement depends on the actual value of a physical quantity characterising the propagation of the wave, i.e. its wavelength, frequency, velocity, or phase. The mere presence or direction of a wave are not considered a propagation effect or to contribute to a propagation effect. To put it in another way, propagation effects are irrelevant, if the radiation may be looked upon as a beam of radiation whose wave nature can be ignored. Examples of measurements where propagation effects are relevant include e.g. measurements of propagation time, phase difference, phase delay, measurements using the Doppler effect, or interference.

G01C - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Compasses in general;

Gyroscopes and other turn-sensitive devices, e.g. optical gyrometers using the Sagnac effect;

Optical rangefinders;

Instruments and methods for

tracing profiles,

photogrammetry or videogrammetry,

surveying,

nautical, aeronautical, cosmonautical, or geodetical measuring of distances, levels, heights, angles, inclinations, bearings,

navigation;

Combined measuring devices for measuring two or more variables of movement, e.g. distance, speed, acceleration;

Manufacturing, calibrating, maintaining such instruments.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

The general subject matters of determining length, distance, height, level, direction, movement or angle is covered by several subclasses besides G01C:

G01B for measuring length, thickness, or similar linear dimensions, measuring angles; measuring areas; measuring irregularities of surfaces or contours (of individual objects).

G01P for measuring linear or angular speed, acceleration, deceleration, or shock; indicating presence, absence, or direction of movement.

G01S for radio direction finding; radio navigation; determining distance or velocity by use of radio waves; locating or presence detecting by use of the reflection or reradiation of radio waves; analogous arrangements using other waves (by use of propagation effects - e.g. Doppler effect, propagation time).

When propagation effects of waves are relevant for such measurements G01S is in general the appropriate subclass.

For measuring ground distance between points in geodesy, surveying, and navigation or for measuring distance traversed on the ground by any moving objects including e. g. vehicles, or persons G01C is the appropriate subclass when no radio waves are used or when propagation effects of waves other than radio waves are not relevant.

References

Limiting references:

Measuring liquid level

G01F

Traffic control systems

G08G

Informative references:

Arrangements of nautical instruments or navigational aids for ships

B63B 49/00

Marking of navigation routes for ships other than with buoys

B63B 51/00

Arrangements or adaptations of instruments for aircrafts

B64D 43/00

Aiming means with range finders

F41G 3/00

Measuring acceleration, deceleration, shock by making use of gyroscopes

G01P 15/14

Arrangements or instruments for measuring magnetic variables (measuring intensity or direction of magnetic fields, other than the earth's field, in general)

G01R 33/00

Measuring magnetic field characteristics of the earth, e.g. declination, deviation for purposes other than navigation, surveying

G01V 3/00

Rangefinders coupled with focussing arrangements of cameras

G03B 13/20

Stereoscopic photography

G03B 35/00

Photographing extended surfaces, e.g. surveying cameras

G03B 37/00

Taximeter

G07B 13/00

Registering or indicating the working of vehicles

G07C 5/00

Traffic control systems for road vehicles involving transmission of navigation instructions to the vehicle

G08G 1/0968

Maps, globes

G09B

Models or demonstration devices for surveying

G09B 25/06

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Navigation

means determining the position and course of land vehicles, ships, aircraft, and space vehicles

Propagation effects

are relevant if the outcome of a measurement depends on the actual value of a physical quantity characterising the propagation of the wave, i.e. its wavelength, frequency, velocity, or phase. The mere presence or direction of a wave are not considered a propagation effect or to contribute to a propagation effect. To put it in another way, propagation effects are irrelevant, if the radiation may be looked upon as a beam of radiation whose wave nature can be ignored. Examples of measurements where propagation effects are relevant include e.g. measurements of propagation time, phase difference, phase delay, measurements using the Doppler effect, or interference.

G01C 1/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Measuring angles in compasses

G01C 17/00

G01C 1/10 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Artificial horizons per se

G01C 15/14

G01C 1/12 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Tilt compensation in general

G12B

G01C 1/14 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Periscopes in general

G02B 23/08

G01C 3/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Rangefinders coupled with focusing arrangements of cameras

G03B 13/20

G01C 5/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Levels indicating inclination at a single point

G01C 9/00

G01C 5/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Regulation of direction in general

G05D 3/00

Tilt compensation in general

G12B 5/00

G01C 5/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Barometers per se

G01L

G01C 7/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Survey of wells

E21B 47/00

G01C 11/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Cameras combined with surveying instruments, e.g. with theodolites

G01C 1/00, G01C 3/00, G01C 5/00, G01C 9/00

Surveying cameras

G03B 37/00

G01C 13/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Determining existence or flow of underground water

G01V 9/02

G01C 15/14 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Tilt compensation in general

G12B 5/00

G01C 17/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

For geophysical or prospecting purposes

G01V 3/00

G01C 19/16 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Bearings in general

F16C

G01C 19/26 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Applicable to instruments in general

G01D 11/20

G01C 19/32 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Indicating or recording measured values in general

G01D 7/00, G01D 9/00

G01C 19/60 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Arrangements for measuring magnetic resonance in general

G01R 33/20

G01C 19/66 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Ring lasers in general

H01S 3/083

G01C 21/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Marking of navigation route for ships

B63B 51/00

G01C 22/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Counting mechanisms per se

G06M

G01D - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Measuring not specially adapted for a specific variable

Apparatus or arrangements for measuring not specially adapted for a specific variable covered by a single other subclass.

Measuring arrangements or apparatus giving results other than momentary value of a variable, and not specially adapted for a variable covered by a single other subclass, e.g.

giving mean values, root mean square [RMS] or integral values

signalling that a predetermined value has been exceeded.

Measuring arrangements with provision for special purposes, e.g.

for altering or correcting the transfer function

for mitigating undesired influences, like temperature or pressure.

Component parts of said measuring apparatus or arrangements.

Testing or calibrating said measuring apparatus or arrangements.

Transferring or transducing arrangements not specially adapted for a specific variable

Means for transferring the output of a sensing member.

Measurement transducers not specially adapted for a specific variable and not provided for elsewhere, i.e. means for converting the output of a sensing member to another variable where the form or nature of the sensing member does not constrain the means for converting, e.g. encoders.

Indicating or recording measured values not specially adapted for a specific variable

Apparatus or arrangements for indicating or recording the results of measurements, not specially adapted for variables covered by a single other subclass, e.g. general recording by stylus and paper roll.

Component parts of said indicating or recording apparatus or arrangements.

Testing or calibrating said indicating or recording apparatus or arrangements.

Tariff meters

Apparatus or arrangements for tariff metering in general.

Component parts of tariff metering apparatus or arrangements.

Testing or calibrating tariff metering apparatus or arrangements.

Measuring or testing not otherwise provided for

Measuring or testing not otherwise provided for.

Apparatus or arrangements for measuring two or more variables not covered by a single other subclass.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

G01Dcovers measuring arrangements, or arrangements for indicating, recording or transducing measurements not specially adapted for a specific variable covered by a single other subclass. Therefore when the variable is specified and covered by a single other subclass of G01, classification should be directed to that subclass.

For example, classification should be directed to G01Dfor measuring arrangements giving the RMS value of a unspecified variable, or signalling that a predetermined value of a unspecified variable has been exceeded. Instead, when the variable under consideration is specified (e.g. a voltage, liquid level or temperature), and a single other subclass exists that covers measurements of that variable (e.g. G01R, G01For G01Krespectively) then classification should be directed to that subclass.

References

Limiting references:

Measuring not specially adapted for a specific variable

Measuring root mean square [RMS] values of currents or voltages

G01R 19/02

Tariff meters

Tariff metering apparatus in taxi's, i.e. taximeters

G07B 13/00

Apparatus actuated by coins, cards or the like with meter-controlled dispensing of liquid, gas, or electricity

G07F 15/00

Tariff meters

Tariff meters for measuring the time integral of electric power or current, e.g. electric consumption

G01R 11/56

Informative references:

Measuring not specially adapted for a specific variable

Bearings

F16C

Stands or supports in general

F16M

Arrangements for signalling that a level of liquid has been exceeded

G01F 23/00

Arrangements for signalling that a value of temperature has been exceeded

G01K 3/00

Transferring or transducing arrangements not specially adapted for a specific variable

Instruments for converting a single current or a single voltage into a mechanical displacement

G01R 5/00

Transmission systems for measured values

G08C

Coding, decoding or code conversion, in general

H03M

Wireless communication networks

H04W

Indicating or recording measured values not specially adapted for a specific variable

Recording apparatus specially adapted for electrocardiography

A61B 5/0432

Arrangements of instruments specially adapted for vehicles; Dashboards

B60K 35/00, B60K 37/00

Aircraft indicators

B64D 45/00

Registering or indicating the working of vehicles

G07C 5/08

Displaying in general

G09F

Recording in a way which requires playback through a transducer

G11B

Indicating elements of instruments not otherwise provided for

G12B 11/00

Tariff meters

Mechanical counters

G06M

Measuring or testing not otherwise provided for

Testing structures or apparatus not otherwise provided for

G01M

G01D 1/16 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Product

Mathematical operation

G01D 1/18 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Arrangements for signalling that a level of liquid has been exceeded

G01F 23/00

Arrangements for signalling that a value of temperature has been exceeded

G01K 3/00

G01D 4/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Tariff meters for measuring the time integral of electric power or current

G01R 11/56

G01D 4/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

For mechanical counters

G06M 1/28

G01D 4/08 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Mechanical counters

G06M

G01D 5/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Specially adapted for high-voltage or high-current measuring arrangements

G01R 15/04, G01R 15/14

Informative references:

For converting a single current or a single voltage into a mechanical displacement

G01R 5/00

Measuring currents or voltages using digital measurement techniques

G01R 19/25

Transmission systems for measured values, control or similar signals, e.g. electrical signals

G08C, G08C 19/00

G01D 11/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Bearings in general

F16C

G01D 11/30 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Supports specially adapted for a set of instruments in general

F16M

G01F - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Apparatus or methods for measuring the volume flow or mass flow of fluids or fluent solid materials.

Apparatus or methods for metering by volume.

Apparatus or methods for measuring the capacity of containers or cavities, or the volume of solid bodies, fluids or fluent solid materials.

Level indicators.

Details, accessories, testing or calibrating of the apparatus as described.

References

Limiting references:

Measuring linear dimensions to determine volume

G01B

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Milk flow sensing devices in milking machines or devices

A01J 5/01

Food containers with dispensing devices for dispensing a certain quantity of powdered or granulated foodstuffs

A47G 19/34

Apparatus for making beverages having water-level controls

A47J 31/56

Measuring blood flow

A61B 5/026, A61B 8/06

Metering media introduced into the human body, e.g. drip meters

A61M 5/168

Controlling the quantity of fluent-solid material fed into a container during packaging by volumetric measurement

B65B 1/36

Controlling the quantity of plastic material, semi-liquids, liquids, or mixed solids and liquids, fed into a container during packaging by volumetric measurement

B65B 3/30

Separating measured quantities from supply by volume measurement

B65B 37/20

Bottling liquids or semi-liquids with provision for metering the liquids to be introduced, e.g. when adding syrups

B67C 3/20

Arrangements of liquid volume meters or volume-flow meters in liquid-delivering apparatus, e.g. for retail sale purposes

B67D 7/16

Measuring liquid level in wells

E21B 47/04

Indicating devices for lubricant level

F01M 11/12

Measuring intake air flow to generate a control signal for control of supply of combustible mixture in combustion engines

F02D 41/18

Proportioning devices in lubricating systems

F16N 27/00

Arrangements for measuring the quantity of conveyed product in pipe-lines

F17D 3/18

Adaptation of level indicators to, or mounting on, steam boilers

F22B 37/78

Controlling water feed or water level for steam generation

F22D 5/00

Rainfall or precipitation gauges

G01W 1/14

Apparatus actuated by coins, cards or the like with meter-controlled dispensing of liquid or gas

G07F 15/00

Reactor-coolant flow measuring or monitoring in nuclear reactors; Moderator- or coolant-level detecting devices in nuclear reactors

G21C 17/032, G21C 17/035

Accumulators combined with arrangements for measuring, testing, or indicating condition, e.g. level or density of the electrolyte

H01M 10/48

Informative references:

Filters

B01D

Burettes or pipettes

B01L 3/02

Weighing a continuous stream of material during flow

G01G 11/00

Measuring pressure

G01L

Measuring speed of fluids, e.g. of air stream

G01P 5/00

Determining a distance or velocity using sonar, radar or lidar techniques

G01S

Control of flow; Control of level; Control of ratio

G05D 7/00, G05D 9/00, G05D 11/00

Alarm devices

G08B

Electric switches operated by change of liquid level, e.g. float switches, or by a change of fluid flow

H01H 35/18, H01H 35/24

G01F 1/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Measuring speed of flow

G01P 5/00

Indicating presence or absence of flow

G01P 13/00

G01F 1/46 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Specially adapted for measuring speed of fluids

G01P 5/165

G01F 1/712 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Measuring speed by using correlation detection means in general

G01P 3/80, G01P 5/22

G01F 1/76 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Weighing a continuous stream of material during flow

G01G 11/00

G01F 3/20 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Diaphragms or bellows therefor

G01F 15/16

G01F 11/08 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Diaphragms or bellows therefor

G01F 15/16

G01F 11/28 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

With measuring chambers which expand or contract during measurement

G01F 11/02

G01F 15/12 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Filters in general

B01D

G01F 23/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

In wells

E21B 47/04

Adaptation to, or mounting on, steam boilers

F22B 37/78

Informative references:

Alarm devices

G08B

G01F 23/14 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Measuring pressure in general

G01L

G01F 23/20 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Weighing in general

G01G

G01F 23/30 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Switches operated by floats

H01H 35/18

G01G - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Apparatus or methods for weighing whereby balancing is effected by fluid action, magnetic means, electrostatic means or the like, e.g.:

beam balances,

spring balances.

Conveyer-belt weighers.

Apparatus or methods for automatic feed or discharge for weighing-out batches of material, or for check-weighing of material dispensed into removable containers.

Apparatus or methods for weighing material of special form or property.

Weighing apparatus or methods adapted for special purposes, e.g.

weighing vehicles,

weighing suspended loads,

weighing prior to mixing products,

combinatorial weighing,

computing quantities depending on weight,

weighing persons,

weighing apparatus combined with other objects.

Details or accessories of the weighing apparatus described.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Measuring of forces is classified in groups G01L 1/00 and G01L 5/00. The borderline between subclass G01Gand subclass G01Lshould be determined based on whether the features relevant for classification are focussed on the force sensor or on the weighing device.

Packaging articles is classified in subclass B65B whereas apparatus for conveying articles are classified in subclass B65G The borderline between subclass G01Gand subclasses B65B, B65Gshould be determined on whether the features relevant for classification are focused on packaging/conveying or on weighing.

References

Limiting references:

Determining weight by measuring volume

G01F

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Weighing devices specially adapted for threshing machines

A01F 12/50

Weighing devices combined with diagnosing apparatus

A61B 5/107

Walking-sticks combined with weighing appliances

A45B 3/08

Grading or sorting solid materials by dry methods according to weight

B07B 13/08

Sorting according to weight

B07C 5/16

Weighing cut product in combination with cutting

B26D 7/30

Arrangements of weighing machines on vehicles

B60P 5/00

Brake regulation responsive to vehicle weight

B60T 8/18

Controlling the quantity of fluent-solid material fed or discharged in a container during packaging by weighing

B65B 1/32

Check-weighing of filled containers or receptacles

B65B 1/46

Controlling the quantity of plastic material, semi-liquids, liquids, or mixed solids and liquids, fed or filled in a container during packaging by weighing

B65B 3/28

Separating measured quantities from supply by weighing

B65B 37/18

Incorporation of weighing devices in cranes

B66C 13/16

Measuring mass flow of a fluid or a fluent solid material

G01F 1/76

Indicating or measuring level by measurement of weight, e.g. to determine the level of stored liquefied gas

G01F 23/20

Analysing materials by weighing

G01N 5/00

Investigating density or specific gravity of materials; Analysing materials by determining density or specific gravity

G01N 9/00

Measuring gravitational fields or waves, or gravimetric prospecting using balances

G01V 7/08

Ratio control of two or more flows by sensing weight of individual components

G05D 11/04

Weighing devices combined with franking apparatus

G07B 17/00

Testing of coins by weight

G07D 5/04

Coin-freed apparatus for controlling dispensing of fluids, semi-liquids or granular material from reservoirs by weight

G07F 13/04

Informative references:

Safety devices for limiting or indicating a lifting force

B66F 17/00

Indicating devices for soil-shifting machines

E02F 9/26

Bearings

F16C

Shock-absorbers

F16F

Measuring force in general

G01L 1/00

Measuring force adapted for special purposes

G01L 5/00

Control of flow

G05D 7/00

Data processing equipments

G06F 19/00

Counting

G06M

Cash registers

G07G 1/00

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the following words "scale", "balance", and "weighing device"are often used as synonyms.

G01G 5/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Pressure gauges per se

G01L

G01G 11/08 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Control of flow

G05D 7/00

G01G 15/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Packaging aspects

B65B

G01G 19/08 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Arrangements on vehicles

B60P 5/00

G01G 19/14 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Incorporation of weighing devices in cranes

B66C 1/40, B66C 13/16

G01G 19/22 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Ratio control of two or more flows by sensing weight

G05D 11/04

G01G 21/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Bearings per se

F16C

G01G 21/10 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Shock-absorbers per se

F16F

G01H - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Apparatus or methods for the measurement, or measurement in combination with generation, of mechanical vibrations or the like, and particularly for the measurement of:

mechanical vibrations or ultrasonic, sonic or infrasonic waves by using radiation-sensitive means, e.g. optical means;

mechanical vibrations or ultrasonic, sonic or infrasonic waves by detecting changes in electric or magnetic properties;

mechanical vibrations or ultrasonic, sonic or infrasonic waves by other means;

vibrations in solids by using direct conduction to the detector;

vibrations in fluids by using a detector in a fluid;

propagation velocity of ultrasonic, sonic or infrasonic waves;

reverberation time;

resonant frequency;

mechanical or acoustic impedance.

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Determining unbalance by oscillating the body to be tested and converting vibrations due to unbalance into electric variables

G01M 1/22

Vibration testing of structures

G01M 7/02

Investigating or analysing materials by the use of ultrasonic, sonic or infrasonic waves; Visualisation of the interior of objects by transmitting ultrasonic or sonic waves through the object

G01N 29/00

Systems using the reflection or reradiation of acoustic waves, e.g. sonar systems

G01S 15/00

Sonar systems designed for mapping or imaging

G01S 15/89

Seismology; Seismic or acoustic prospecting or detecting

G01V 1/00

Manufacture of electromechanical resonators by processes which include measurement of frequency with consequential modification of the resonator

H03H 3/007

Informative references:

Generating or transmitting mechanical vibrations in solids without measurement

B06B

Measuring distance, levels or bearings; Navigation; Gyroscopic instruments; Photogrammetry or videogrammetry

G01C

Measuring pressure of a fluid or fluent solid material

G01L 7/00-G01L 19/00

Acousto-optical devices

G02F 1/11, G02F 1/33

Obtaining records by techniques analogous to photography using ultrasonic, sonic or infrasonic waves

G03B 42/06

Musical instruments

G10B-G10H

Generating or transmitting mechanical vibrations in fluids without measurement

G10K

Arrangements for producing a reverberation or echo sound in fluids

G10K 15/08

Speech analysis or synthesis; Speech recognition

G10L

Piezo-electric, electro-strictive or magneto-strictive elements

H01L 41/00

G01H 7/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Measuring absorption of vibrations in a material

G01N

Arrangements for producing a reverberation or echo sound in fluids

G10K 15/08

G01J - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Photometry, e.g. photographic exposure meters, per se (covered by G01J 1/00).

Spectrometers and spectroscopy, e.g. measurement of the spectral content of incident light and spectroscopic methods used in this process (covered by G01J 3/00).

Colorimetry (covered by G01J 3/00).

Polarimeters and polarimetry, e.g.  passive measurement of the state of polarisation of incident light (covered by G01J 4/00).

Measurement of temperature by optical means, e.g. remote detection of infrared radiation, non-contact measurement (covered by G01J 5/00).

Measurement of the velocity of light (covered by G01J 7/00).

Measurement of optical phase differences, e.g. wave-front or coherence measurements (covered by G01J 9/00).

Measurement of the wavelength of incident light (covered by G01J 9/00).

Measurement of the characteristics of optical pulses (covered by G01J 11/00).

Detection of the presence or absence of infra-red, visible, or ultra-violet light, not otherwise provided for.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

G01J relates in general to the passive optical detection per se of the quantities referred to in the Definition Statement. Arrangements or methods in a specific related field are to be found in their environment.

References

Limiting references:

Non-optical measurement of temperature

G01K

Semiconductor devices sensitive to light

H01L 27/14, H01L 31/00, H01L 51/42

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Measuring length, thickness or similar linear dimensions by optical means; Instruments therefor

G01B 11/00, G01B 9/00

Investigating or analysing materials by optical means, e.g. by ellipsometry

G01N 21/00

Prospecting or detecting by optical means

G01V 8/00

Controlling or varying light intensity, spectral composition or exposure time in photographic printing apparatus

G03B 27/72

Exposure in photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces

G03F 7/20

Informative references:

Apparatus for testing or examining the human eyes

A61B 3/00

Colour determination, selection, or synthesis in painting or artistic drawing, e.g. use of colour tables

B44D 3/00

Indicating or recording measured values in general

G01D

Testing of optical apparatus

G01M 11/00

Sunshine-duration recorders

G01W 1/12

Optical elements, systems or apparatus, e.g. filters, gratings, lenses

G02B

Control of light by devices or arrangements the optical operation thereof is modified by changing the optical properties of the medium of the devices or arrangements

G02F 1/00

Control of light, e.g. intensity, colour, phase

G05D 25/00

Mass spectrometers

H01J 49/00

Thermoelectric elements per se

H01L 35/00, H01L 37/00

Light sources

Lighting

F21

Discharge lamps

H01J 61/00, H01J 63/00, H01J 65/00

Electric incandescent lamps

H01K

Semiconductor devices for light emission, e.g. LED's

H01L 27/15, H01L 33/00, H01L 51/50

Lasers

H01S 3/00, H01S 5/00

Electric arc lamps

H05B 31/00

Electroluminescent light sources

H05B 33/00

G01J 1/26 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Regulation of light intensity

G05D 25/00

G01J 1/32 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Regulation of light intensity

G05D 25/00

G01J 3/18 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Gratings per se

G02B

G01J 4/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Investigating or analysing materials by measuring rotation of plane of polarised light

G01N 21/21

G01J 5/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Photometry in general

G01J 1/00

Spectrometry in general

G01J 3/00

G01J 5/12 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Thermoelectric elements per se

H01L 35/00, H01L 37/00

G01J 5/18 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Indicating or recording measured values in general

G01D

G01J 9/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Devices or arrangements for controlling the phase of light beams

G02F 1/01

G01J 9/02 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Using interferometers for measuring optically the linear dimensions of objects

G01B 9/02

G01K - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Apparatus or methods for measuring temperature, i.e. thermometers. The following types of thermometers are therefore covered, the list being non exhaustive:

thermometers giving results other than momentary value of temperature;

thermometers based on the expansion or contraction of a material;

thermometers based on the use of electric or magnetic elements directly sensitive to heat;

thermometers based on movements caused by redistribution of weight, e.g. tilting thermometer;

thermometers based on other physical or chemical changes.

Testing or calibrating of thermometers.

Apparatus or methods for measuring quantity of heat, i.e. calorimeters.

Testing or calibrating of calorimeters.

Thermally-sensitive elements not otherwise provided for.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Subclass G01K covers temperature measurements per se, except when performed by radiation pyrometry, in which case the subject matter is classified in subclass G01J.

When temperature measurements are used for the investigation of material properties (e.g. flaw detection), that subject matter falls under the scope of G01N 25/00.

For subject matter relating to sensing temperature changes for compensating measurements of other variables or for compensating readings of instruments for variations in temperature, see G01D or relevant subclass for variable measured.

References

Limiting references:

Radiation pyrometry

G01J 5/00

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Measuring temperature of human body parts for diagnostic purposes

A61B 5/01

Heat-sensitive devices for control of fire-fighting equipment

A62C 37/00

Heat-sensitive sheets for use in thermography

B41M 5/00

Measuring temperature specially adapted to boreholes or wells

E21B 47/06

Arrangements of temperature sensing elements for regulating or controlling in gas turbines

F01D 17/08

Use of thermally-sensitive elements in systems controlling or regulating combustion

F23N 5/02-F23N 5/14

Flow measurement by thermal means

G01F 1/68

Investigating or analysing materials by use of thermal means, e.g. by calorimetry

G01N 25/00, G01N 25/20

Meteorology; Indication of human comfort

G01W 1/00; G01W 1/17

Temperature control

G05D 23/00

Fire alarms

G08B 17/00-G08B 19/00

Thermally-sensitive members for thermally-actuated switches

H01H 37/00

Temperature sensing in car batteries

H01M 10/48

Control or measuring devices, e.g. for temperature of metal, in the art of manufacture of metal sheets, wires, rods, tubes or profiles

B21C 31/00

Arrangement of indicating or measuring devices, e.g. for temperature or viscosity of the fused mass, in the art of casting of metals

B22D 2/00

Measuring, controlling or regulating of temperature in injection moulding

B29C 45/78

Indicating devices concerning coolant temperature, in the art of cooling of machines, engines, or internal-combustion engines

F01P 11/16

Structural combination of nuclear reactor elements with sensitive instruments for measuring temperature

G21C 17/112

Informative references:

Thermometer holders specially adapted to veterinary purposes

A61D 13/00

Ambient temperature regulation specially adapted to passengers or goods spaces in vehicles

B60H 1/00

Heating in general

F24B, F24C, F24D

Sensing temperature changes for compensating measurements of other variables or for compensating readings of instruments for variations in temperature

G01D

Bimetallic elements

G12B 1/02

Compensating for the effects of temperature on instruments

G12B 7/00

Thermistors, i.e. thermo-resistors

H01C 7/00-H01C 7/04

Electrolytic temperature-sensitive devices

H01G 9/21

Peltier elements

H01L 23/38

Semiconductor or solid-state thermo-electric or thermo-magnetic devices

H01L 35/00, H01L 37/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Thermometer

Includes thermally-sensitive elements not provided for in other subclasses.

Synonyms and Keywords

TTI

Time Temperature Integrator

PTAT

Proportional To Absolute Temperature

CTAT

Complementary To Absolute Temperature

NTC/PTC

Negative/Positive Temperature Coefficient

RTD

Resistance Temperature Detector

3-wire / 4-wire RTD's

Resistive temperature detectors with additional lead wire for compensation purposes

OTDR

Optical Time Domain Reflectometry

FBG

Fiber Bragg Grating

SAW/BAW

Surface/Bulk Acoustic Wave

HVAC

Heating Ventilation Air Conditioning

TAT/SAT

Total/Static Air Temperature (in aircrafts)

G01K 3/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Measuring temperature using thermo-electric elements

G01K 7/02

G01K 5/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Of vapour arising from a liquid

G01K 11/02

Informative references:

Thermally-sensitive members for thermally-actuated switches

H01H 37/00

G01K 5/32 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Pressure-measuring devices in general

G01L

G01K 7/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Measuring electric or magnetic variables

G01R

G01K 7/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Thermo-electric or thermo-magnetic devices per se

H01L 35/00, H01L 37/00

G01K 7/16 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Resistive elements per se

H01C, H01L

G01K 7/34 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Capacitors per se

H01G

G01K 7/36 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Magnetic elements per se

H01F

G01K 11/12 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Heat-sensitive sheets for use in thermography

B41M 5/00

G01K 11/28 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Measuring density in general

G01N 9/00

G01K 17/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Measuring temperature by calorimetry

G01K 3/00-G01K 11/00

Investigating or analysing materials by thermal means

G01N 25/00

G01K 17/12 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Product

Mathematical Operation

G01L - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Apparatus or methods for measuring force, stress, torque or the like, and particularly:

force or stress, in general;

torque, work, mechanical power, or mechanical efficiency, in general;

force, e.g. due to impact, work, mechanical power, or torque, adapted for special purposes.

Apparatus or methods for measuring fluid pressure, and particularly:

the steady or quasi-steady pressure of a fluid or a fluent solid material by mechanical or fluid pressure-sensitive elements; by electric or magnetic pressure-sensitive elements; by optical or acoustic means, or other means;

differences of two or more pressure values, or two or more pressure values simultaneously;

tyre pressure or the pressure in other inflated bodies;

pressure in inlet or exhaust ducts of internal-combustion engines.

Apparatus or methods for measuring, indicating or recording:

rapid changes, such as oscillations, in the pressure of steam, gas or liquid;

work or energy of steam, internal-combustion, or other fluid-pressure engines from the condition of the working fluid;

knocks in internal-combustions engines.

Vacuum gauges.

Testing or calibrating of the apparatus as described.

Details or accessories of the apparatus as described.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

For subject matter relating to sensing pressure changes for compensating measurements of other variables or for compensating readings of instruments for variations in pressure, see subclass G01D or other relevant subclasses for the variable measured.

References

Limiting references:

Weighing

G01G

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Measuring blood pressure for diagnostic purposes

A61B 5/02

Measuring fluid pressure within the human body other than blood pressure for diagnostic purposes

A61B 5/03

Measuring muscular strength or the force of a muscular blow for diagnostic purposes

A61B 5/22

Measuring tension, compression or roll-force specially adapted for metal-rolling mills

B21B 38/06, B21B 38/08

Devices for measuring, signalling, controlling, or distributing tyre pressure specially adapted for being mounted on vehicles

B60C 23/00

Applications of tensometers to sewing machine elements

D05B 47/06

Measuring pressure in boreholes or wells

E21B 47/06

Levelling between separate points or surveyors' levels by using barometric means

G01C 5/06

Measuring volume flow, mass flow or volume of fluid by measuring pressure or differential pressure

G01F 1/34, G01F 1/88, G01F 22/02

Measuring or indicating level of liquid or fluent material by measurement of pressure

G01F 23/14

Weighing apparatus wherein the balancing is effected by fluid action, with means for measuring the pressure imposed by the load on a liquid

G01G 5/04

Testing of engines by monitoring pressure in cylinders or fluid ducts

G01M 15/08-G01M 15/09

Meteorology

G01W 1/00

Converting a pattern of forces into electrical signals

G06K 11/00

Informative references:

Torque indicators in wrenches or screwdrivers

B25B 23/14

Application of tension indicators for adjusting or controlling tension in filamentary material

B65H 59/40

Tyre-inflating valves

B60C 29/00

Supplying air for tyre inflation

B60S 5/04

Devices for indicating tension in warp or cloth

D03D 49/18

Indicating lubricant pressure in machines

F01M 1/20

Indicating coolant pressure in machines or engines

F01P 11/18

Special adaptations of indicating, measuring, or monitoring equipment for the filling or discharging of vessels

F17C 13/02

Embedding pads or other sensitive devices in paving or other road surfaces

E01F 11/00

Measuring the deformation in a solid by mechanical strain gauges

G01B 5/30

Measuring the deformation in a solid by resistance strain gauges

G01B 7/16

Measuring the deformation in a solid by optical strain gauges

G01B 11/16

Measurement of mechanical vibrations or ultrasonic, sonic or infrasonic waves

G01H

Testing steering behaviour of vehicles

G01M 17/06

Investigating strength properties of solid materials by application of mechanical stress

G01N 3/00

Devices characterised by the determination of the variation of atmospheric pressure with height to measure the vertical components of speed

G01P 3/62

Scanning-probe techniques using atomic force microscopy

G01Q

Hollow bodies deformable or displaceable under pressure, e.g. Bourdon tubes, bellows

G12B 1/04

Switches operated by change of fluid pressure

H01H 35/24

Controllable semiconductor devices by variation of applied mechanical force, e.g. of pressure

H01L 29/84

Dynamo-electric clutches; Dynamo-electric brakes

H02K 49/00

G01L 1/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Measuring deformation of bodies as a result of stress by using gauges

G01B

Measuring fluid pressure

G01L 7/00-G01L 21/00, G01L 27/00

G01L 1/18 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Resistance strain gauges for measuring linear expansion or contraction

G01B

G01L 1/22 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Resistance strain gauges for measuring linear expansion or contraction

G01B

G01L 3/24 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Measuring velocity per se

G01P

G01L 5/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Measuring pressure of a fluent medium

G01L 7/00-G01L 21/00

Measuring rapid changes of pressure in steam, gas, or liquid

G01L 23/00

G01L 5/20 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

In balancing

G01M

G01L 5/24 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Arrangements in wrenches or screwdrivers

B25B 23/14

G01L 7/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Measuring tyre pressure or the pressure of other inflated bodies

G01L 17/00

Vacuum gauges

G01L 21/00

Hollow bodies deformable or displaceable under internal pressure per se

G12B 1/04

G01L 9/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Vacuum gauges

G01L 21/00

G01L 17/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Specially adapted for mounting on vehicles or tyres

B60C 23/00

Informative references:

Connection of valves to inflatable elastic bodies

B60C 29/00

G01L 21/30 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Tubes therefor

H01J 41/02

G01L 23/32 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Apparatus for recording steady or quasi-steady pressure

G01L 19/08

G01M - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The scope of the subclass G01M is so broad that a detailed description of the subject matter appropriate for this place is correctly possible only at the main group level.

The user is referred to the IPC definitions for the individual main groups of G01M which follow hereinafter. The following list is intended to assist the user.

Testing characterised by the objects investigated:

Machines or machine parts – see definitions for G01M 1/00, G01M 9/00, G01M 10/00, G01M 13/00, G01M 15/00, G01M 17/00

Structures – see definitions for G01M 1/00, G01M 3/00, G01M 5/00, G01M 7/00

Apparatus not provided elsewhere – see definitions for G01M 11/00, G01M 99/00

Testing characterised by the properties investigated:

Balance – see definition for G01M 1/00

Fluid tightness – see definition for G01M 3/00

Elasticity, deflection – see definition for G01M 5/00

Vibration resistance – see definition for G01M 7/00

Aerodynamic properties – see definition for G01M 9/00

Hydrodynamic properties – see definition for G01M 10/00

Optical properties – see definition for G01M 11/00

Relationship between large subject matter areas

G01N covers investigating, i.e. testing or determining, the properties of materials, as opposed to testing or determining the properties of structures or apparatus, machine parts, which is covered by G01M.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Calibrating

means ascertaining the quality of a measuring or testing device, or checking, adjusting graduations of measuring or testing device

Monitoring

means maintain a continuous or periodical watch (human or instrumental) on, to enable action to be taken or initiated, or a signal to be given, if undesired conditions occur

Investigating

means testing or determining.

Testing

means determination of the presence, quality, or genuineness of object to be tested.

G01M 1/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Methods and apparatus for:

Determining and compensating static or dynamic unbalance of machine or structures.

Determining the moment of inertia of machines or structures.

Static balancing of machines or structures.

Determining position of center of gravity of machines or structures.

Combined machines or devices for both determining and correcting unbalance of machines or structures.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

G01H covers the combination of generation and measurement of mechanical and other vibrations while subclass G01M covers determining unbalance by oscillating or rotating the body to be tested.

G01R covers instruments for measuring electrical variables, which can be used for balancing machines or devices but not specially adapted for this purposes.

H04R covers electromechanical transducers producing acoustic waves or variations of electric variables (current or voltage) while G01M covers determining unbalance by converting vibrations due to unbalance into electric variables.

References

Limiting references:

None

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Balancing rotary bowls of centrifuges

B04B 9/14

Means for holding wheels or parts thereof

B60B 30/00

Determining vessel properties with respect to stability or balance

B63B 9/08

Equipment to decrease pitch, roll, or like unwanted vessel movements; Apparatus for indicating vessel attitude

B63B 39/00

Aircraft stabilization not otherwise provided for

B64C 17/00

Centring the rotor within the stator; Balancing the rotor

H02K 15/16

Informative references:

Counterweights; Attaching or mounting same

F16F 15/28

Correcting- or balancing-weights or equivalents means for balancing rotating bodies, e.g. vehicle wheels

F16F 15/32

Measuring vibrations in general

G01H

Measuring electrical variables in general

G01M

Control of mechanical oscillations

G05D 19/00

Microphones or like acoustic electromechanical transducers

H04R

G01M 1/30 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Counterweights

F16F 15/28

G01M 1/32 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Correcting-weights per se

F16F 15/32

G01M 3/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Investigating fluid-tightness of structures, e.g. cables, tubes, pipes, welds, pipe joints, seals, valves, containers, radiators, by using, e.g. fluid or vacuum, infrasonic, sonic, or ultrasonic vibrations, light or by using electric means, e.g. by observing electric discharges.

References

Limiting references:

Leakage-indicating devices for large containers

B65D 90/50

Preventing, monitoring or locating loss in the pipe-line

F17D 5/02

Informative references:

Detecting or repairing leaks in apparatus using semi-permeable membranes

B01D 65/10

Testing for leaks in apparatus for blow-molding

B29C 49/80

Leakage detectors for rocket-engineplants

F02K 9/54

Investigating the permeability, pore volume, or surface area of porous materials

G01N 15/08

Investigating the presence of flaws or irregularities of material by mechanical methods

G01N 19/08

Investigating the presence of flaws, defects or contamination by the use of optical means

G01N 21/88

Investigating the presence of flaws by the use of microwaves

G01N 22/02

Investigating the presence of flaws by wave or particle radiation, e.g. X-rays

G01N 23/18

Investigating the presence of flaws by the use of thermal means

G01N 25/72

Investigating the presence of flaws by the use of electric, electro-chemical or magnetic means

G01N 27/00

Investigating the presence of flaws by the use of ultrasonic, sonic or infrasonic waves

G01N 29/04

Leakage detection for insulated conductors or cables characterised by their form

H01B 7/32

G01M 5/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Investigating the elasticity of structures, e.g. deflection of bridges, aircraft wings, e.g. testing elastic properties of bodies or chassis, e.g. torsion-testing.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

G01B covers apparatus, which can be used for investigating the elasticity of structures but not specially adapted for this purposes, e.g. strain gauges.

G01H covers measurement of mechanical vibrations in general.

References

Limiting references:

Group G01M 9/00 takes precedence over groups G01M 5/00 and G01M 7/00

Informative references:

Building aspects

E

Strain gauges

G01B

Investigating the ductility of materials

G01N 3/28

Measuring speed of fluids, e.g. of air stream; Measuring speed of bodies relative to fluids, e.g. of ship, of aircraft

G01P 5/00

G01M 7/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Vibration testing or shock testing of structures.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

G01B covers apparatus, which can be used for investigating the elasticity of structures but not specially adapted for this purposes, e.g. strain gauges.

G01H covers measurement of mechanical vibrations in general.

References

Limiting references:

Group G01M 9/00 takes precedence over groups G01M 5/00 and G01M 7/00

Informative references:

Building aspects

E

Strain gauges

G01B

Investigating the ductility of materials

G01N 3/28

Measuring speed of fluids, e.g. of air stream; Measuring speed of bodies relative to fluids, e.g. of ship, of aircraft

G01P 5/00

G01M 9/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Aerodynamic testing and arrangements therefore.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

G01B covers apparatus, which can be used for investigating the elasticity of structures but not specially adapted for this purposes, e.g. strain gauges.

G01H covers measurement of mechanical vibrations in general.

References

Limiting references:

Group G01M 9/00 takes precedence over groups G01M 5/00 and G01M 7/00

Informative references:

Building aspects

E

Strain gauges

G01B

Investigating the ductility of materials

G01N 3/28

Measuring speed of fluids, e.g. of air stream; Measuring speed of bodies relative to fluids, e.g. of ship, of aircraft

G01P 5/00

G01M 10/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Hydrodynamic testing and arrangements therefore, e.g. means for studying the flow of fluid about the object to be tested.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

G01B covers apparatus, which can be used for investigating the elasticity of structures but not specially adapted for this purposes, e.g. strain gauges.

G01H covers measurement of mechanical vibrations in general.

References

Limiting references:

Group G01M 9/00 takes precedence over groups G01M 5/00 and G01M 7/00

Informative references:

Building aspects

E

Strain gauges

G01B

Investigating the ductility of materials

G01N 3/28

Measuring speed of fluids, e.g. of air stream; Measuring speed of bodies relative to fluids, e.g. of ship, of aircraft

G01P 5/00

G01M 11/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Testing of optical apparatus, e.g. testing of optical properties (measuring refractive power, geometrical properties or aberrations, material or chromatic transmission properties, the optical modulation transfer function of optical apparatus and etc.) or mechanical properties. Testing structures by optical methods not otherwise provided for.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

This group is residual place for classifying testing of optical devices or apparatus not provided for in any other subclass of the IPC. Testing of particular optical devices or apparatus is often covered by the respective subclass provided for that optical devices or apparatus. Testing of optical devices or apparatus is classified in G01M 11/00 only if there is no appropriate place for that subject matter elsewhere.

References

Limiting references:

Places in relation to which this group is residual

Devices for testing or checking weapon sighting devices

F41G 1/54

Devices for testing or checking aiming and laying means

F41G 3/32

Informative references:

Measuring arrangements characterised by the use of optical means

G01B 11/00

Investigating or analysing materials by the use of optical means

G01N 21/00

Optical elements, systems or apparatus

G02B

G01M 13/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Testing of machine parts, such as: sealing rings, gearings, power-transmitting couplings or clutches, power-transmitting endless, e.g. belts, chains, bearings.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

G01L covers instruments which can be used for testing of machine parts (gearing, transmission mechanisms), of steering or rolling behavior of vehicles, e.g. measuring efficiency, steering angles, steering forces, but not specially adapted for this purposes.

References

Informative references:

Devices for measuring, signalling, controlling, or distributing tyre pressure or temperature, specially adapted for mounting on vehicles

B60C 23/00

Monitoring or diagnostic devices for exhaust-gas treatment apparatus

F01N 11/00

Indicating or supervising devices of internal-combustion engines

F02B 77/08

Running-in of internal-combustion engines

F02B 79/00

Controlling combustion engines

F02D

Rocket-engineplants characterised by specially adapted arrangements fortesting or measuring

F02K 9/96

Apparatus for testing, tuning or synchronising carburettors, e.g. carburettor flow stands

F02M 19/01

Testing fuel-injection apparatus

F02M 65/00

Testing of ignition installations peculiar to internal-combustion engines

F02P 17/00

Testing of ignition installations of combustion apparatus

F23Q 23/00

Devices for determining the value of power, e.g. by measuring and simultaneously multiplying the values of torque and revolutions per unit of time, by multiplying the values of tractive or propulsive force and velocity

G01L 3/24

Measuring wheel side-thrust

G01L 5/20

Measuring the force applied to control members, e.g. control members of vehicles, triggers

G01L 5/22

Determining the characteristic of torque in relation to revolutions per unit of time

G01L 5/26

Testing brakes

G01L 5/28

Devices or apparatus for measuring tyre pressure or the pressure in other inflated bodies

G01L 17/00

Devices for detecting or indicating knocks in internal-combustion engines

G01L 23/22

Devices for measuring pressure in inlet or exhaust ducts of internal- combustion engines

G01L 23/24

Means for indicating positions of pistons or cranks of internal-combustion engines by measuring pressure

G01L 23/30

Testing or calibrating of apparatus for measuring force, torque, work, mechanical power, or mechanical efficiency

G01L 25/00

Testing or calibrating of apparatus for measuring fluid pressure

G01L 27/00

Pressure-testing

G01N 3/12

Investigating machinability by cutting tools; Investigating the cutting ability of tools

G01N 3/58

G01M 15/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Testing of engines, e.g. by monitoring different engine parameters: pressure, temperature, velocity, vibration, and power, detecting misfire, exhaust gases, combustion flame.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

G01L covers instruments which can be used for testing of machine parts (gearing, transmission mechanisms), of steering or rolling behavior of vehicles, e.g. measuring efficiency, steering angles, steering forces, but not specially adapted for this purposes.

References

Informative references:

Devices for measuring, signalling, controlling, or distributing tyre pressure or temperature, specially adapted for mounting on vehicles

B60C 23/00

Monitoring or diagnostic devices for exhaust-gas treatment apparatus

F01N 11/00

Indicating or supervising devices of internal-combustion engines

F02B 77/08

Running-in of internal-combustion engines

F02B 79/00

Controlling combustion engines

F02D

Rocket-engine plants characterised by specially adapted arrangements for testing or measuring

F02K 9/96

Apparatus for testing, tuning or synchronising carburettors, e.g. carburettor flow stands

F02M 19/01

Testing fuel-injection apparatus

F02M 65/00

Testing of ignition installations peculiar to internal-combustion engines

F02P 17/00

Testing of ignition installations of combustion apparatus

F23Q 23/00

Devices for determining the value of power, e.g. by measuring and simultaneously multiplying the values of torque and revolutions per unit of time, by multiplying the values of tractive or propulsive force and velocity

G01L 3/24

Measuring wheel side-thrust

G01L 5/20

Measuring the force applied to control members, e.g. control members of vehicles, triggers

G01L 5/22

Determining the characteristic of torque in relation to revolutions per unit of time

G01L 5/26

Testing brakes

G01L 5/28

Devices or apparatus for measuring tyre ressure or the pressure in other inflated bodies

G01L 17/00

Devices for detecting or indicating knocks in internal-combustion engines

G01L 23/22

Devices for measuring pressure in inlet or exhaust ducts of internal-combustion engines

G01L 23/24

Means for indicating positions of pistons or cranks of internal-combustion engines by measuring pressure

G01L 23/30

Testing or calibrating of apparatus for measuring force, torque, work, mechanical power, or mechanical efficiency

G01L 25/00

Testing or calibrating of apparatus for measuring fluid pressure

G01L 27/00

Pressure-testing

G01N 3/12

Investigating machinability by cutting tools; Investigating the cutting ability of tools

G01N 3/58

G01M 15/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Monitoring or diagnostic devices for exhaust-gas treatment apparatus

F01N 11/00

Indicating or supervising devices of internal-combustion engines

F02B 77/08

Running in of internal-combustion engines

F02B 79/00

Controlling combustion engines

F02D

Apparatus for testing, tuning or synchronising carburettors, e.g. carburettor flow stands

F02M 19/01

Testing fuel-injection apparatus

F02M 65/00

Testing internal-combustion engine ignition, e.g. timing

F02P 17/00

Devices for determining the value of power, e.g. by measuring and simultaneously multiplying the values of torque and revolutions per unit of time, by multiplying the values of tractive or propulsive force and velocity

G01L 3/24

Determining the characteristic of torque in relation to revolutions per unit of time

G01L 5/26

Devices for detecting or indicating knocks in internal-combustion engines

G01L 23/22

Devices for measuring pressure in inlet or exhaust ducts of internal combustion engines

G01L 23/24

Means for indicating positions of pistons or cranks of internal-combustion engines by measuring pressure

G01L 23/30

G01M 15/14 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Rocket-engine plants characterised by specially adapted arrangements for testing or measuring

F02K 9/96

G01M 17/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Testing of machine parts, such as: sealing rings, gearings, power-transmitting couplings or clutches, power-transmitting endless, e.g. belts, chains, bearings.

Testing of engines, e.g. by monitoring different engine parameters: pressure, temperature, velocity, vibration, and power, detecting misfire, exhaust gases, combustion flame. Testing of different parts of vehicles, e.g. wheels, tyres, endless-tracks, suspension, or of damping as a part of wheeled or endless-traced vehicles or suspension, axles, wheels suspension, or of axles as a part of railway vehicles.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

G01L covers instruments which can be used for testing of machine parts (gearing, transmission mechanisms), of steering or rolling behavior of vehicles, e.g. measuring efficiency, steering angles, steering forces, but not specially adapted for this purposes.

References

Informative references:

Devices for measuring, signalling, controlling, or distributing tyre pressure or temperature, specially adapted for mounting on vehicles

B60C 23/00

Monitoring or diagnostic devices for exhaust-gas treatmentapparatus

F01N 11/00

Indicating or supervising devices of internal-combustion engines

F02B 77/08

Running-in of internal-combustion engines

F02B 79/00

Controlling combustion engines

F02D

Rocket-engine plants characterised by specially adapted arrangements for testing or measuring

F02K 9/96

Apparatus for testing, tuning or synchronising carburettors, e.g. carburettor flow stands

F02M 19/01

Testing fuel-injection apparatus

F02M 65/00

Testing of ignition installations peculiar to internal-combustion engines

F02P 17/00

Testing of ignition installations of combustion apparatus

F23Q 23/00

Devices for determining the value of power, e.g. by measuring and simultaneously multiplying the values of torque and revolutions per unit of time, by multiplying the values of tractive or propulsive force and velocity

G01L 3/24

Measuring wheel side-thrust

G01L 5/20

Measuring the force applied to control members, e.g. control members of vehicles, triggers

G01L 5/22

Determining the characteristic of torque in relation to revolutions per unit of time

G01L 5/26

Testing brakes

G01L 5/28

Devices or apparatus for measuring tyre pressure or the pressure in other inflated bodies

G01L 17/00

Devices for detecting or indicating knocks in internal-combustion engines

G01L 23/22

Devices for measuring pressure in inlet or exhaust ducts of internal- combustion engines

G01L 23/24

Means for indicating positions of pistons or cranks of internal-combustion engines by measuring pressure

G01L 23/30

Testing or calibrating of apparatus for measuring force, torque, work, mechanical power, or mechanical efficiency

G01L 25/00

Testing or calibrating of apparatus for measuring fluid pressure

G01L 27/00

Pressure-testing

G01N 3/12

Investigating machinability by cutting tools; Investigating the cutting ability of tools

G01N 3/58

G01M 17/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Measuring steering angles

G01B

Measuring steering forces

G01L

G01M 99/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

This group is residual place for classifying testing of structures or of apparatus, not provided for elsewhere.

Testing of particular devices or apparatus is often covered by the respective subclass provided for that devices or apparatus. Testing of particular devices or apparatus is classified in G01M 99/00 only if there is no appropriate place for that subject matter elsewhere.

References

Informative references:

Testing of membranes or membrane apparatus

B01D 65/10

Testing of parachutes

B64D 21/00

Testing characteristics of the spark in internal combustion engine ignition

F02P 17/12

Testing, calibrating, or compensating of compasses

G01C 17/38

Testing or calibrating of weighing apparatus

G01G 23/01

Testing or calibrating of thermometers

G01K 15/00

Testing or calibrating calorimeters

G01K 19/00

Arrangements fortesting electric properties; Arrangements for locating electric faults; Arrangements for electrical testing characterised by what is being tested not provided for elsewhere

G01R 31/00

Testing or calibrating meteorological apparatus

G01W 1/18

Testing correct operation of photographic apparatus or parts thereof

G03B 43/00

Monitoring; Testing of fusion reactors

G21C 17/00

Testing or measuring during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices

H01L 21/66

Testing of electrical properties of sparking plugs

H01T 13/60

Calibration or testing of analogue/digital or digital/analogue converters

H03M 1/10

Monitoring; Testing of line transmission systems

H04B 3/46

Monitoring; Testing of relay systems

H04B 3/46

Diagnosis, testing or measuring for television systems or their details

H04N 17/00

Monitoring arrangements; Testing arrangements of acoustic electromechanical transducers

H04R 29/00

G01N - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The scope of the subclass G01N is so broad that a detailed description of the subject matter appropriate for this place is correctly possible only at the main-group level, e.g. G01N 21/00.

Provisions that are valid at a general level (e.g. of a kind appropriate to more than one of the main groups) are provided in the sections that follow.

The user is otherwise referred to the IPC definitions for the individual main groups of G01N, which follow hereinafter. The following list is intended to assist the user.

Investigating or analysing with emphasis to the properties investigated

mechanical strength

G01N 3/00

density, specific gravity

G01N 9/00

flow, viscosity, plasticity

G01N 11/00

surface, boundary or diffusion effects

G01N 13/00

characteristics of particles and porous materials

G01N 15/00

resistance to weather, to corrosion, or to light

G01N 17/00

friction, adhesive force

G01N 19/00

Investigating or analysing with emphasis to the methods or means used

mechanical stress

G01N 3/00

weighing

G01N 5/00

measuring pressure or volume of gas

G01N 7/00

scanning-probe techniques

G01N 13/00

mechanical

G01N 19/00

optical

G01N 21/00

magnetic resonance, spin effects

G01N 24/00

microwaves

G01N 22/00

other wave or particle radiation

G01N 23/00

thermal

G01N 25/00

electric, electrochemical, magnetic

G01N 27/00

sonic

G01N 29/00

separation into components

G01N 30/00

chemical means for non-biological materials

G01N 31/00

chemical means for biological materials

G01N 33/50

immunological testing

G01N 33/50

other specific methods

G01N 33/00

Others

sampling, preparing

G01N 1/00

specific materials

G01N 33/00

automatic analysis

G01N 35/00

details

G01N 37/00

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Apparatus fully provided for in a single other subclass, see the relevant subclass, e.g. chemical or physical apparatus for general laboratory use, which is covered by B01L.

Analysis as an integrated step of a process should be classified with the process, insofar as the process is fully provided for in another subclass. For example, analysis of water as integrated step of water treatment process is classified in subclass C02F.

Sensing humidity changes for compensating measurements of other variables or for compensating readings of instruments for variations in humidity, see G01D or the relevant subclass for the variable measured.

Testing or determining the properties of structures, e.g. apparatus, machine parts etc, is classified in the relevant subclass for the structure being tested, as opposed to investigating, i.e. testing or determining (see Glossary), the properties of materialsamples, which is classified in this subclass. In this regard, G01M is the residual place for classifying testing of structures not covered elsewhere.

References

Limiting references:

apparatus for enzymology or microbiology

C12M

measuring or testing processes involving enzymes or micro-organisms, other than immunoassay (which is covered by G01N 33/53)

C12Q

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated into a larger system:

measuring for medical or veterinary diagnosis on the human or animal body, e.g. measuring characteristics of blood in vivo, radiation diagnosis, or acoustic examination of body cavities or body tracts

A61B, A61D

investigation, e.g. sampling, of foundation soil or ground water in-situ

E02D 1/00

monitoring or diagnostic devices for exhaust-gas treatment apparatus

F01N 11/00

measuring, investigating or testing electric or magnetic properties of materials (see also IPC definition for subgroup G01N 33/50)

G01R

determining sensitivity, graininess, or density of photographic materials

G03C 5/02

testing component parts of nuclear reactors

G21C 17/00

Informative references:

separating components of materials in general

B01D

chemical or physical processes, e.g. catalysis, colloid chemistry; their relevant apparatus

B01J

separation of solid materials from solid materials using wet methods, or using pneumatic tables or jigs

B03B, B03D

separation of solid materials from solid materials or fluids using magnetic or electrostatic methods, or using high-voltage electric fields

B03C

separation of solid materials from solid materials or fluids using sieving, screening, sifting, gas currents, or other dry methods

B07B

combinatorial chemistry; libraries

C40B

systems for direction-finding, navigation, locating, presence-detecting using the reflection or reradiation of radio waves, or analogous arrangements using other waves, e.g. radar, sonar, or lidar systems

G01S

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

investigating

testing or determining

material

solid, or liquid or gaseous medium, e.g. the atmosphere

sample

material separated from a bulk material or an assembly of items for the purpose of investigating its properties

G01N 1/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices for withdrawing samples of material. Samples may be taken from e.g. bulk material, from flowing streams, or from collections of discrete items.

Devices for manipulating samples and transferring them to an analysis site.

Preparing specimens for investigation, and related apparatus.

References

Limiting references:

automatic analysis; handling materials therefor

G01N 35/00

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated into a larger system:

preparation of samples for investigating or analysing solid materials using infra-red light

G01N 21/3563

sampling from the human or animal body for medical or veterinary diagnosis

A61B, A61D

apparatus for enzymology or microbiology, e.g. inoculator or sampler

C12M

sampling of foundation soil or groundwater in-situ

E02D 1/00

sampling of soil or well fluids, specially adapted to earth drilling or wells

E21B 49/00

Informative references:

containers or dishes for laboratory use, e.g. laboratory glassware

B01L 3/00

details of nuclear or X-radiation measuring instruments, e.g. collecting or conveying of samples

G01T 7/00

G01N 1/10 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

liquid or fluent

designates materials which can flow, e.g. liquids, including solutions, dispersions and suspensions, as well as semi-liquids, pastes, melts and particulate materials - gases being excluded

G01N 1/12 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

obtaining samples of soil or well fluids

E21B 49/00

G01N 3/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Stressing of materials not only below but also beyond the elastic limit, e.g. until breaking occurs.

Application of mechanical stress:

globally, e.g. tensile testing;

locally, i.e. at particular points in the sample, e.g. hardness testing, investigating resistance to wear or abrasion;

of both static and dynamic mechanical stress;

by non-mechanical methods, e.g. by rapid temperature changes.

Testing apparatus and sample holders used in such investigations.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Testing or determining the elasticity, or vibration-testing, or shock-testing of structures, e.g. apparatus, machine parts etc, is classified in G01M, as opposed to investigating, i.e. testing or determining, the strength properties of materialsamples, which is classified in this group.

References

Informative references:

sampling; preparing specimens for investigation

G01N 1/00

investigating properties of materials by mechanical methods

G01N 19/00

automatic analysis; handling materials therefor

G01N 35/00

use of mechanical means for measuring roughness or irregularity of surfaces, or for measuring deformation in a solid, e.g. mechanical strain gauge

G01B 3/00, G01B 5/28, G01B 5/30

use of electric or magnetic means for measuring roughness or irregularity of surfaces, or for measuring deformation in a solid, e.g. resistance strain gauge

G01B 7/16, G01B 7/34

use of optical means for measuring roughness or irregularity of surfaces, or for measuring deformation in a solid, e.g. optical strain gauge

G01B 11/16, G01B 11/30

measuring stress in general, e.g. by strain gauges

G01L 1/00

investigating elasticity of structures, e.g. deflection of bridges, aircraft wings

G01M 5/00

vibration-testing or shock-testing of structures

G01M 7/00

investigating or analysing surface structures in atomic ranges using scanning-probe techniques, e.g. atomic force microscopy (ATM)

G01Q

G01N 3/12 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

investigating fluid tightness of structures

G01M 3/00

G01N 3/32 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

generating mechanical vibrations in solids

B06B

generating mechanical vibrations in fluids

G10K

G01N 5/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Analysing materials by weighing.

Analysing materials by absorbing or adsorbing components of a material and determining change of weight of the adsorbent, e.g. for determining moisture content.

Analysing materials by removing a component, e.g. by evaporation, and weighing the remainder.

References

Limiting references:

investigatingdensity or specific gravity of materials; analysing materials by determining density or specific gravity

G01N 9/00

Informative references:

sampling; preparing specimens for investigation

G01N 1/00

automatic analysis; handling materials therefor

G01N 35/00

weighing

G01G

G01N 7/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Analysing materials by measuring the pressure or volume of a gas or vapour:

by absorption, adsorption, or combustion of components and measurement of the change in pressure or volume of the remainder;

allowing diffusion of components through a porous wall and measuring a pressure or volume difference;

by allowing the material to emit a gas or vapour, e.g. water vapour, and measuring a pressure or volume difference.

Analysing materials by measuring the pressure or volume of a gas or vapour by the use of other means than those mentioned above.

References

Informative references:

sampling; preparing specimens for investigation

G01N 1/00

automatic analysis; handling materials therefor

G01N 35/00

measuring volume

G01F 17/00, G01F 19/00, G01F 22/00

measuring fluid pressure

G01L 7/00-G01L 23/00

G01N 9/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Measurement of density or specific gravity (see Glossary) by direct methods:

the weight of known volume of material;

application of Archimedes' principle;

measurement of hydrostatic pressure.

Determination of density or specific gravity from a related property of the material, e.g. by observing the transmission of wave or particle radiation through the material.

Deducing other properties of the material from its density.

Determining the apparent density of granular solid materials.

Instruments for investigatingdensity.

References

Informative references:

sampling; preparing specimens for investigation

G01N 1/00

automatic analysis; handling materials therefor

G01N 35/00

checking density of materials to be filled

B65B 1/42

indirect mass flowmeters, e.g. measuring volume flow and density

G01F 1/86

measuring volume

G01F 17/00, G01F 19/00, G01F 22/00

weighing

G01G

measuring temperature by using measurements of density

G01K 11/28

ratio control by sensing density of mixture

G05D 11/06

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

density

mass per unit volume

specific gravity

density of a substance divided by the density of water (since the latter is 1 gr/cm3, specific gravity is the same number as density but without any units)

G01N 11/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Investigating or analysing flow properties of materials, like:

viscosity, or its reciprocal fluidity;

plasticity;

yield stress.

Analysing materials by determining flow properties.

Instruments for investigating or analysing flow properties of materials.

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated into a larger system:

measuring characteristics of blood in vivo, e.g. blood viscosity, for medical or veterinary diagnosis

A61B 5/145

Informative references:

sampling; preparing specimens for investigation

G01N 1/00

investigatingpermeability of porous materials

G01N 15/08

specific methods of analysis of viscous liquids

G01N 33/26

specific methods of analysis of biological materials

G01N 33/48

automatic analysis; handling materials therefor

G01N 35/00

measuring volume, volume flow, or liquid level

G01F

measuring fluid pressure

G01L 7/00-G01L 23/00

control of flow

G05D 7/00

control of viscosity

G05D 24/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

viscosity

resistance of a fluid to a change in shape, or movement of neighbouring portions relative to one another. Viscosity denotes opposition to flow. The reciprocal of the viscosity is called the fluidity, a measure of the ease of flow.

plasticity

ability of certain solids to flow or to change shape permanently when subjected to stresses of intermediate magnitude between those producing temporary deformation, or elastic behaviour, and those causing failure of the material, or rupture.

G01N 13/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Investigating properties of interfaces between solids and fluids or between different fluids:

surface tension, wetting power, contact angle;

osmosis;

diffusion.

References

Limiting references:

scanning-probe techniques or apparatus

G01Q

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated into a larger system:

investigating or analysing surface structures in atomic ranges using scanning-probe techniques and by measuring secondary emission

G01N 23/22

Informative references:

sampling; preparing specimens for investigation

G01N 1/00

investigatingporosity or surface area of porous materials

G01N 15/08

thermodynamic interactions between different phases of the same substance

G01N 25/02

investigating medicinal preparations

G01N 33/15

automatic analysis; handling materials therefor

G01N 35/00

measuring roughness or irregularity of surfaces, or measuring deformation in a solid

G01B

details of scanning-probe apparatus, in general

G01Q

electron microscopy in general

H01J 37/00

G01N 15/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Determining characteristics of particles, particulate material, or particle suspensions, e.g. of blood cells. Such characteristics include e.g. particle size distributions or sedimentation.

Analysis of porous material, e.g. determining its permeability, pore volume, or surface area.

References

Limiting references:

identification of micro-organisms

C12Q

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated into a larger system:

investigating particle size or size distribution by filtering

B01D

investigating particle size or size distribution by sifting

B07B

Informative references:

sampling; preparing specimens for investigation

G01N 1/00

automatic analysis; handling materials therefor

G01N 35/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

permeability

capacity of a porous material to transmit a fluid

porosity

fraction of the volume of an apparent solid that is actually empty space

G01N 15/02 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

investigating particle size or size distribution by measuring osmotic pressure

G01N 7/10

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated into a larger system:

investigating particle size or size distribution by filtering

B01D

investigating particle size or size distribution by sifting

B07B

G01N 15/06 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

investigating concentration of particle suspensions by weighing

G01N 5/00

G01N 17/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Investigating resistance of materials to atmospheric or chemical agents, or their resistance to light.

The detection of fouling.

Specially adapted electrochemical means used in such investigations.

References

Informative references:

sampling; preparing specimens for investigation

G01N 1/00

investigating resistance to wear or abrasion

G01N 3/56

investigating resistance to rapid heat changes

G01N 3/60

measuring wear by the use of optical means

G01N 21/00

detection of fouling by measuring thermal conductivity

G01N 25/18

investigating or analysing materials by the use of electrochemical means

G01N 27/26

automatic analysis; handling materials therefor

G01N 35/00

methods or apparatus for cathodic or anodic protection

C23F 13/00

measuring roughness or irregularity of surfaces, or measuring deformation in a solid

G01B

investigating fluid tightness of structures

G01M 3/00

G01N 19/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Measuring:

coefficient of friction;

adhesive force between materials;

moisture content by mechanical methods, e.g. from the change of length of a hygroscopic filament;

mechanical properties other than strength properties.

Instruments, e.g. hygrometers, for measuring the properties listed above.

Investigating by removal of material, e.g. spark-testing.

Detecting presence of flaws or irregularities.

References

Limiting references:

investigating strength properties of solid materials by application of mechanical stress

G01N 3/00

analysing materials by weighing, e.g. weighing small particles separated from a gas or liquid

G01N 5/00

analysing materials by measuring the pressure or volume of a gas or vapour

G01N 7/00

investigatingdensity or specific gravity of materials; analysing materials by determining density or specific gravity

G01N 9/00

investigating flow properties of materials, e.g. viscosity, plasticity; analysing materials by determining flow properties

G01N 11/00

investigating surface or boundary effects, e.g. wetting power; investigating diffusion effects; analysing materials by determining surface, boundary, or diffusion effects

G01N 13/00

investigating characteristics of particles; investigatingpermeability, pore-volume, or surface-area of porous materials

G01N 15/00

investigating resistance of materials to the weather, to corrosion, or to light

G01N 17/00

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated into a larger system:

determination of friction coefficient between road and wheel without additional sensors; application of friction determinations to the control of vehicle braking

B60T

Informative references:

sampling; preparing specimens for investigation

G01N 1/00

automatic analysis; handling materials therefor

G01N 35/00

use of mechanical means for measuring roughness or irregularity of surfaces, or for measuring deformation in a solid, e.g. mechanical strain gauge

G01B 3/00, G01B 5/30

investigating elasticity of structures, e.g. deflection of bridges, aircraft wings

G01M 5/00

vibration-testing or shock-testing of structures

G01M 7/00

G01N 19/08 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

use of mechanical means for measuring roughness or irregularity of surfaces, or for measuring deformation in a solid, e.g. mechanical strain gauge

G01B 5/28

G01N 21/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Investigating or analysing materials by the use of optical radiation, i.e. from vacuum-ultraviolet to far-infrared radiation, with a wavelength typically of 0.1-100 micrometres (µm), or by visual inspection

Arrangements or apparatus for facilitating the optical investigation, e.g. cuvettes.

Systems in which incident light is modified in accordance with the properties of the materialinvestigated, e.g. spectral properties of the material.

Systems in which the materialinvestigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light, e.g. photo-luminescence, thermo-luminescence or electro-luminescence.

Systems in which material is subjected to a chemical reaction, the progress or the result of the reaction being optically investigated, e.g. chemo-luminescence.

Visual inspection, e.g. for investigating the presence of flaws, defects or contamination.

Investigating or analysing materials by using other optical effects than those mentioned above.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Investigation of spectral properties of light per se, or measurements of the properties of materials where spectral properties of light are sensed and primary emphasis is placed on creating, detecting or analysing the spectrum, is classified in G01J 3/00, as opposed to investigating, i.e. testing or determining, the properties of materialsamples by the use of optical means, where primary emphasis is given to the materials, which is classified in this group.

Testing or determining the properties of structures, e.g. apparatus, machine parts etc, by the use of optical means is classified in the relevant subclass for the structure being tested, as opposed to investigating, i.e. testing or determining, the properties of materialsamples by the use of optical means, which is classified in this group. In this regard, G01M 11/00 is the residual place for classifying testing of optical apparatus, or testing of structures by optical methods not covered elsewhere.

References

Limiting references:

investigating strength properties of solid materials by application of mechanical stress

G01N 3/00

analysing materials by weighing, e.g. weighing small particles separated from a gas or liquid

G01N 5/00

analysing materials by measuring the pressure or volume of a gas or vapour

G01N 7/00

investigatingdensity or specific gravity of materials; analysing materials by determining density or specific gravity

G01N 9/00

investigating flow properties of materials, e.g. viscosity, plasticity; analysing materials by determining flow properties

G01N 11/00

investigating surface or boundary effects, e.g. wetting power; investigating diffusion effects; analysing materials by determining surface, boundary, or diffusion effects

G01N 13/00

investigating characteristics of particles; investigatingpermeability, pore-volume, or surface-area of porous materials

G01N 15/00

investigating resistance of materials to the weather, to corrosion, or to light

G01N 17/00

investigatingmaterials by mechanical methods

G01N 19/00

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated into a larger system:

investigation of spectral properties of light per se, or measurements of the properties of materials where spectral properties of light are sensed and primary emphasis is placed on creating, detecting or analysing the spectrum, providing that the properties of the materials to be investigated are of minor importance

G01J 3/00

contactless testing of electronic circuits using optical radiation

G01R 31/308

Informative references:

sampling; preparing specimens for investigation

G01N 1/00

specific materials

G01N 33/00

automatic analysis; handling materials therefor

G01N 35/00

chemical or physical apparatus for general laboratory use, e.g. glassware, including sample holders

B01L, B01L 3/00

use of optical means for measuring roughness or irregularity of surfaces, or for measuring deformation in a solid

G01B 9/00, G01B 11/00

photometry, i.e. measuring intensity of light regardless of its wavelength or polarization

G01J 1/00

measuring polarization of light

G01J 4/00

optical radiation pyrometry

G01J 5/00

measuring force or stress by measuring variations of optical properties of material when it is stressed, e.g. by photo-elastic stress analysis

G01L 1/24

testing of optical apparatus, elements and systems; testing structures by optical methods not otherwise provided for (see also Relationship between large subject matter areas, above)

G01M 11/00

systems for direction-finding, navigation, locating, presence-detecting using the reflection or reradiation of light waves, e.g. lidar systems

G01S 17/00

prospecting or detecting by the use of optical means

G01V 8/00

optical elements of measuring instruments, e.g. microscopes

G02B, G02B 21/00

image analysis

G06T 7/00

G01N 21/05 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

handling fluid samples

G01N 1/10

G01N 21/07 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

centrifuges

B04B

G01N 21/51 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

checking containers for cleanliness

B08B 9/46

G01N 21/53 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

alarm devices actuated by smoke

G08B 17/10

G01N 21/67 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

spark gaps

H01T

G01N 21/84 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

testing currency

G07D

G01N 21/90 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

checking containers for cleanliness

B08B 9/46

G01N 21/956 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated into a larger system:

contactless testing of electronic circuits using optical radiation

G01R 31/308

G01N 22/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Investigating or analysing materials by the use of microwave radiation, i.e. with a wavelength typically of sub-millimetre or more.

References

Limiting references:

investigating strength properties of solid materials by application of mechanical stress

G01N 3/00

analysing materials by weighing, e.g. weighing small particles separated from a gas or liquid

G01N 5/00

analysing materials by measuring the pressure or volume of a gas or vapour

G01N 7/00

investigatingdensity or specific gravity of materials; analysing materials by determining density or specific gravity

G01N 9/00

investigating flow properties of materials, e.g. viscosity, plasticity; analysing materials by determining flow properties

G01N 11/00

investigating surface or boundary effects, e.g. wetting power; investigating diffusion effects; analysing materials by determining surface, boundary, or diffusion effects

G01N 13/00

investigating characteristics of particles; investigatingpermeability, pore-volume, or surface-area of porous materials

G01N 15/00

investigating resistance of materials to the weather, to corrosion, or to light

G01N 17/00

investigating or analysing materials by the use of nuclear magnetic resonance, electron paramagnetic resonance or other spin effects

G01N 24/00

Informative references:

sampling; preparing specimens for investigation

G01N 1/00

automatic analysis; handling materials therefor

G01N 35/00

use of wave or particle radiation for measuring roughness or irregularity of surfaces, or for measuring the deformation in a solid

G01B 15/00

microwave transmitting aerials (radiators) or receiving aerials

H01Q

G01N 23/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Investigating or analysing materials by the use of wave radiation of very short wavelength (high energy), i.e. with a wavelength typically of a few nanometres or less, e.g. X-rays, including synchrotron radiation.

Investigating or analysing materials by the use of particle radiation, e.g. neutrons, ions or electrons.

References

Limiting references:

investigating strength properties of solid materials by application of mechanical stress

G01N 3/00

analysing materials by weighing, e.g. weighing small particles separated from a gas or liquid

G01N 5/00

analysing materials by measuring the pressure or volume of a gas or vapour

G01N 7/00

investigatingdensity or specific gravity of materials; analysing materials by determining density or specific gravity

G01N 9/00

investigating flow properties of materials, e.g. viscosity, plasticity; analysing materials by determining flow properties

G01N 11/00

investigating surface or boundary effects, e.g. wetting power; investigating diffusion effects; analysing materials by determining surface, boundary, or diffusion effects

G01N 13/00

investigating characteristics of particles; investigatingpermeability, pore-volume, or surface-area of porous materials

G01N 15/00

investigating resistance of materials to the weather, to corrosion, or to light

G01N 17/00

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated into a larger system:

apparatus for medical or veterinary radiation diagnosis on the human or animal body, e.g. combined with radiation therapy equipment

A61B 6/00

Places in relation to which this group is residual:

investigating or analysing materials by the use of optical means, i.e. using infra-red, visible, or ultra-violet light

G01N 21/00

investigating or analysing materials by the use of microwaves

G01N 22/00

Informative references:

sampling; preparing specimens for investigation

G01N 1/00

automatic analysis; handling materials therefore

G01N 35/00

use of wave or particle radiation for measuring roughness or irregularity of surfaces, or for measuring the deformation in a solid

G01B 15/00

measuring force or stress by the use of wave or particle radiation

G01L 1/25

measurement of nuclear or X-radiation

G01T

prospecting or detecting by the use of nuclear radiation, e.g. of natural or induced radioactivity

G01V 5/00

image analysis

G06T 7/00

nuclear reactors

G21C

protection against X-radiation, gamma radiation, corpuscular radiation ;treating radioactively contaminated material

G21F

techniques for handling particles or electromagnetic radiation not otherwise provided for ; gamma- or X-ray microscopes

G21K

electric discharge tubes or discharge lamps, e.g. X-ray tubes, electron microscopy

H01J 35/00

X-ray technique

H05G

G01N 23/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

electron microscopes

H01J

G01N 23/207 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

spectrometry of detected or measured radiation intensity

G01T 1/36

G01N 23/225 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

electron or ion-beam tubes for microprobe analysis

H01J 37/00

G01N 24/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Investigating or analysing materials by using:

nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR);

electron magnetic resonance (EMR);

electron paramagnetic resonance (EPR), also called electron spin resonance (ESR);

double resonance;

cyclotron resonance.

Investigating or analysing materials by using other spin effects than those mentioned above.

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated into a larger system:

measuring for medical or veterinary diagnosis on the human or animal body involving electronic (EMR) or nuclear (NMR) magnetic resonance, e.g. magnetic resonance imaging (MRI)

A61B 5/055

Informative references:

sampling; preparing specimens for investigation

G01N 1/00

automatic analysis; handling materials therefor

G01N 35/00

arrangements or instruments for measuring magnetic resonance effects using NMR, EPR, or other spin-effect

G01R 33/20

prospecting or detecting by the use of EMR or NMR

G01V 3/00

image analysis

G06T 7/00

G01N 25/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Thermal and calorimetric analysis of materials.

Thermography.

Investigating:

changes of state or changes of phase;

sintering;

thermal coefficient of expansion;

thermal conductivity;

development of heat, i.e. calorimetry;

flash-point;

explosibility;

moisture content;

presence of flaws;

specific heat.

References

Limiting references:

investigating strength properties of solid materials by application of mechanical stress

G01N 3/00

analysing materials by weighing, e.g. weighing small particles separated from a gas or liquid

G01N 5/00

analysing materials by measuring the pressure or volume of a gas or vapour

G01N 7/00

investigatingdensity or specific gravity of materials; analysing materials by determining density or specific gravity

G01N 9/00

investigating flow properties of materials, e.g. viscosity, plasticity; analysing materials by determining flow properties

G01N 11/00

investigating surface or boundary effects, e.g. wetting power; investigating diffusion effects; analysing materials by determining surface, boundary, or diffusion effects

G01N 13/00

investigating characteristics of particles; investigatingpermeability, pore-volume, or surface-area of porous materials

G01N 15/00

investigating resistance of materials to the weather, to corrosion, or to light

G01N 17/00

investigatingmaterials by mechanical methods

G01N 19/00

investigating or analysing materials by the use of optical means, i.e. using infra-red, visible, or ultra-violet light

G01N 21/00

investigating or analysing materials by the use of microwaves

G01N 22/00

investigating or analysing materials by the use of other wave or particle radiation, e.g. X-rays or neutrons

G01N 23/00

Informative references:

sampling; preparing specimens for investigation

G01N 1/00

automatic analysis; handling materials therefor

G01N 35/00

optical radiation pyrometry

G01J 5/00

measuring temperature or quantity of heat; thermally-sensitive elements not otherwise provided for

G01K

G01N 25/72 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

by investigating thermal conductivity

G01N 25/18

G01N 27/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Investigating non-electric or non-magnetic properties of materials by using electric or magnetic methods.

Investigating by electrochemical means, e.g.:

by potentiometry, amperometry, voltammetry, or by investigating electrochemical variables, e.g. pH, ion concentration;

the use of electrolysis or electrophoresis as an analytical means.

Instruments, e.g. hygrometers, for measuring non-electric or non-magnetic properties.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Measuring or investigating electric or magnetic properties of materials is classified in G01R, as opposed to investigatingmaterials by electric or magnetic means, which is classified in this group.

References

Limiting references:

investigating strength properties of solid materials by application of mechanical stress

G01N 3/00

analysing materials by weighing, e.g. weighing small particles separated from a gas or liquid

G01N 5/00

analysing materials by measuring the pressure or volume of a gas or vapour

G01N 7/00

investigatingdensity or specific gravity of materials; analysing materials by determining density or specific gravity

G01N 9/00

investigating flow properties of materials, e.g. viscosity, plasticity; analysing materials by determining flow properties

G01N 11/00

investigating surface or boundary effects, e.g. wetting power; investigating diffusion effects; analysing materials by determining surface, boundary, or diffusion effects

G01N 13/00

investigating characteristics of particles; investigatingpermeability, pore-volume, or surface-area of porous materials

G01N 15/00

investigating resistance of materials to the weather, to corrosion, or to light

G01N 17/00

investigatingmaterials by mechanical methods

G01N 19/00

investigating or analysing materials by the use of optical means, i.e. using infra-red, visible, or ultra-violet light

G01N 21/00

investigating or analysing materials by the use of microwaves

G01N 22/00

investigating or analysing materials by the use of other wave or particle radiation, e.g. X-rays or neutrons

G01N 23/00

investigating or analysing materials by the use of nuclear magnetic resonance, electron paramagnetic resonance or other spin effects

G01N 24/00

investigating or analysing materials by the use of thermal means

G01N 25/00

measuring or investigating electric or magnetic properties of materials (see also Relationship between large subject matter areas, above)

G01R

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated into a larger system:

medical or veterinary diagnosis on the human or animal body using electric or magnetic means

A61B 5/05

Informative references:

chemical or physical processes, e.g. catalysis, colloid chemistry; their relevant apparatus, for electrochemical processes or apparatus in general

B01J 19/00

use of electric or magnetic means for measuring roughness or irregularity of surfaces, or for measuring deformation in a solid

G01B 7/00

sampling; preparing specimens for investigation

G01N 1/00

involving polarography

G01N 27/48

investigating or analysing materials by separation into components using adsorption, absorption or similar phenomena or using ion-exchange, e.g. chromatography

G01N 30/00

immunoelectrophoresis

G01N 33/561

automatic analysis; handling materials therefor

G01N 35/00

electric or magnetic prospecting or detecting; measuring magnetic field characteristics of the earth, e.g. declination, deviation

G01V 3/00

particle spectrometers

H01J 49/00

processes or means (e.g. batteries) for the direct conversion of chemical into electrical energy, e.g. galvanic primary cells, or standard cells

H01M, H01M 6/00

G01N 27/06 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

investigating resistance of a liquid by involving electrolysis

G01N 27/26

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Measuring electric resistance of fluids

G01R 27/22

G01N 27/10 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

regulating

G05D

G01N 27/26 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated into a larger system:

investigating resistance to corrosion

G01N 17/00

immunoelectrophoresis

G01N 33/561

Informative references:

electrochemical processes or apparatus in general

B01J

investigating or analysing materials by separation into components using adsorption, absorption or similar phenomena or using ion-exchange

G01N 30/00

standard cells

H01M 6/28

G01N 27/60 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

by investigating capacitance

G01N 27/22

G01N 27/92 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated into a larger system:

testing of articles or specimens of solids or fluids for dielectric strength or breakdown voltage

G01R 31/12

G01N 29/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Investigating or analysing materials by using sound waves (also called acoustic waves).

Visualisation of the interior of solid objects by using sound waves, e.g. acoustic microscopy.

Instruments, e.g. probes, for investigating or analysing by use of sound waves.

References

Limiting references:

investigating strength properties of solid materials by application of mechanical stress

G01N 3/00

analysing materials by weighing, e.g. weighing small particles separated from a gas or liquid

G01N 5/00

analysing materials by measuring the pressure or volume of a gas or vapour

G01N 7/00

investigatingdensity or specific gravity of materials; analysing materials by determining density or specific gravity

G01N 9/00

investigating flow properties of materials, e.g. viscosity, plasticity; analysing materials by determining flow properties

G01N 11/00

investigating surface or boundary effects, e.g. wetting power; investigating diffusion effects; analysing materials by determining surface, boundary, or diffusion effects

G01N 13/00

investigating characteristics of particles; investigatingpermeability, pore-volume, or surface-area of porous materials

G01N 15/00

investigating resistance of materials to the weather, to corrosion, or to light

G01N 17/00

investigatingmaterials by mechanical methods

G01N 19/00

investigating or analysing materials by the use of optical means, i.e. using infra-red, visible, or ultra-violet light

G01N 21/00

investigating or analysing materials by the use of microwaves

G01N 22/00

investigating or analysing materials by the use of other wave or particle radiation, e.g. X-rays or neutrons

G01N 23/00

investigating or analysing materials by the use of nuclear magnetic resonance, electron paramagnetic resonance or other spin effects

G01N 24/00

investigating or analysing materials by the use of thermal means

G01N 25/00

investigating or analysing materials by the use of electric, electro-chemical, or magnetic means

G01N 27/00

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated into a larger system:

medical or veterinary diagnosis on the human or animal body using ultrasonic, sonic or infrasonic waves, e.g. examination of body cavities or body tracts

A61B 8/00

Informative references:

sampling; preparing specimens for investigation

G01N 1/00

specific materials

G01N 33/00

automatic analysis; handling materials therefor

G01N 35/00

generating mechanical vibrations in solids

B06B

use of ultrasonic, sonic or infrasonic vibrations for measuring roughness or irregularity of surfaces, or for measuring the deformation in a solid

G01B 17/00

measuring or indicating of mechanical vibrations or ultrasonic, sonic or infrasonic waves

G01H

systems for direction-finding, navigation, locating, presence-detecting using the reflection or reradiation of acoustic waves, e.g. sonar systems

G01S 15/00

prospecting or detecting by the use of seismic or acoustic means

G01V 5/00

obtaining records by techniques analogous to photography using ultrasonic, sonic or infrasonic waves

G03B 42/06

control of mechanical oscillations

G05D 19/00

image analysis

G06T 7/00

generating mechanical vibrations in fluids

G10K

G01N 30/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Investigating or analysing materials by separation into components using adsorption, absorption or similar phenomena or using ion exchange, e.g. field-flow fractionation, chromatography and related techniques.

References

Limiting references:

investigating strength properties of solid materials by application of mechanical stress

G01N 3/00

analysing materials by weighing, e.g. weighing small particles separated from a gas or liquid

G01N 5/00

analysing materials by measuring the pressure or volume of a gas or vapour

G01N 7/00

investigatingdensity or specific gravity of materials; analysing materials by determining density or specific gravity

G01N 9/00

investigating flow properties of materials, e.g. viscosity, plasticity; analysing materials by determining flow properties

G01N 11/00

investigating surface or boundary effects, e.g. wetting power; investigating diffusion effects; analysing materials by determining surface, boundary, or diffusion effects

G01N 13/00

investigating characteristics of particles; investigatingpermeability, pore-volume, or surface-area of porous materials

G01N 15/00

investigating resistance of materials to the weather, to corrosion, or to light

G01N 17/00

investigatingmaterials by mechanical methods

G01N 19/00

investigating or analysing materials by the use of optical means, i.e. using infra-red, visible, or ultra-violet light

G01N 21/00

investigating or analysing materials by the use of microwaves

G01N 22/00

investigating or analysing materials by the use of other wave or particle radiation, e.g. X-rays or neutrons

G01N 23/00

investigating or analysing materials by the use of nuclear magnetic resonance, electron paramagnetic resonance or other spin effects

G01N 24/00

investigating or analysing materials by the use of thermal means

G01N 25/00

investigating or analysing materials by the use of electric, electro-chemical, or magnetic means

G01N 27/00

investigating or analysing materials by the use of ultrasonic, sonic or infrasonic waves; visualisation of the interior of objects by transmitting ultrasonic or sonic waves through the object

G01N 29/00

Informative references:

sampling; preparing specimens for investigation

G01N 1/00

specific materials

G01N 33/00

automatic analysis; handling materials therefor

G01N 35/00

separating components of materials in general

B01D, B01D 15/00, B01D 53/02, B01D 53/04

chemical or physical processes (e.g. catalysis, colloid chemistry) or their relevant apparatus, e.g. solid sorbent compositions in general, or ion-exchange in general

B01J, B01J 20/00, B01J 39/00, B01J 41/00

separation of solid materials from solid materials using wet methods, or using pneumatic tables or jigs

B03B, B03D

separation of solid materials from solid materials or fluids using magnetic or electrostatic methods, or using high-voltage electric fields

B03C

separation of solid materials from solid materials or fluids using sieving, screening, sifting, gas currents, or other dry methods

B07B

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

conditioning

the adjustment or control of environmental parameters, e.g. temperature or pressure

G01N 31/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Investigating non-biological materials by the use of:

precipitation;

catalysis;

combustion, including oxide-reduction reactions;

titration;

micro-analysis, e.g. drop reaction;

chemical indicators.

Investigating the properties of materials specially adapted for use in processes covered by subclass B23K (namely: soldering or unsoldering; welding; cladding or plating by soldering or welding; cutting by applying heat locally, e.g. flame cutting; working by laser beam) which is classified in the group G01N 31/12 (investigating using combustion). (See note (3) after the title of G01N.)

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated into a larger system:

testing the effectiveness or completeness of sterilisation procedures without using enzymes or micro-organisms (involving enzymes or micro-organisms C12M, C12Q)

A61L 2/28

apparatus for enzymology or microbiology

C12M

Informative references:

sampling; preparing specimens for investigation

G01N 1/00

systems in which material is subjected to a chemical reaction, the progress or the result of the reaction being optically investigated

G01N 21/75-G01N 21/83

investigating or analysing biological material by chemical analysis

G01N 33/50

automatic analysis; handling materials therefor

G01N 35/00

measuring or testing processes involving enzymes or micro-organisms

C12Q 1/00

combinatorial chemistry; libraries

C40B

Special rules of classification

The observation of the progress of the reactions as covered by groups G01N 31/02-G01N 31/22 by any of the methods specified in groups G01N 3/00-G01N 29/00, if this observation is of major importance, is classified in the relevant group covering the method.

G01N 31/18 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

burettes in general

B01L 3/02

G01N 33/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Investigating or analysing materials, i.e. either solid, liquid or gaseous media, insofar as the material object of the investigation or analysis is of major importance.

Investigating or analysing materials by methods specifically adapted to the object of the analysis.

Investigating or analysing materials by a combination of pre-treatment and analysis, specifically adapted to the object of analysis.

Investigating or analysing biological material (covered by group G01N 33/48), e.g. blood (in vitro) or urine, including chemical analysis (see definition of group G01N 33/50).

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Analysis as an integrated step of a process should be classified with the process, insofar as the process is fully provided for in another subclass. For example, analysis of water as integrated step of water treatment process is classified in subclass C02F.

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated into a larger system:

determining the germinating capacity of seeds

A01C 1/02

measuring characteristics of blood in vivo, e.g. gas concentration within the blood, pH-value of blood, for medical or veterinary diagnosis

A61B 5/145

apparatus for enzymology or microbiology

C12M

measuring or testing processes involving enzymes or micro-organisms, other than immunoassay (which is covered by G01N 33/53)

C12Q

investigation of foundation soil or ground water in-situ

E02D 1/00

Places in relation to which this group is residual:

sampling; preparing specimens for investigation

G01N 1/00

investigating strength properties of solid materials by application of mechanical stress

G01N 3/00

analysing materials by weighing, e.g. weighing small particles separated from a gas or liquid

G01N 5/00

analysing materials by measuring the pressure or volume of a gas or vapour

G01N 7/00

investigatingdensity or specific gravity of materials; analysing materials by determining density or specific gravity

G01N 9/00

investigating flow properties of materials, e.g. viscosity, plasticity; analysing materials by determining flow properties

G01N 11/00

investigating surface or boundary effects, e.g. wetting power; investigating diffusion effects; analysing materials by determining surface, boundary, or diffusion effects

G01N 13/00

investigating characteristics of particles; investigatingpermeability, pore-volume, or surface-area of porous materials

G01N 15/00

investigating resistance of materials to the weather, to corrosion, or to light

G01N 17/00

investigatingmaterials by mechanical methods

G01N 19/00

investigating or analysing materials by the use of optical means, i.e. using infra-red, visible, or ultra-violet light

G01N 21/00

investigating or analysing materials by the use of microwaves

G01N 22/00

investigating or analysing materials by the use of other wave or particle radiation, e.g. X-rays or neutrons

G01N 23/00

investigating or analysing materials by the use of nuclear magnetic resonance, electron paramagnetic resonance or other spin effects

G01N 24/00

investigating or analysing materials by the use of thermal means

G01N 25/00

investigating or analysing materials by the use of electric, electro-chemical, or magnetic means

G01N 27/00

investigating or analysing materials by the use of ultrasonic, sonic or infrasonic waves; visualisation of the interior of objects by transmitting ultrasonic or sonic waves through the object

G01N 29/00

G01N 33/50 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood (in vitro), urine.

Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods.

Use of compounds or compositions for colorimetric, spectrophotometric or fluorometric investigation, e.g. use of reagent paper.

Immunological testing, including immunoassay or materials therefor.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

New peptides or new DNA or its corresponding mRNA, encoding for the peptides, and their use in measuring or testing processes should be classified in subclass C07K or in group C12N 9/00 according to the peptides, together with the appropriate classification relating to their use in diagnostics.

References

Limiting references:

measuring or testing processes involving enzymes or micro-organisms, other than immunoassay (which is covered by G01N 33/53)

C12Q

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated into a larger system:

measuring characteristics of blood in vivo, e.g. gas concentration within the blood, pH-value of blood, for medical or veterinary diagnosis

A61B 5/145

apparatus for enzymology or microbiology

C12M

Informative references:

sampling; preparing specimens for investigation

G01N 1/00

automatic analysis; handling materials therefor

G01N 35/00

medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies for therapeutic purposes

A61K 39/00

chemical or physical apparatus for general laboratory use

B01L

nano-structures, e.g. nano-chips

B82B

peptides

C07K

enzymes, pro-enzymes or compositions thereof per se

C12N 9/00

combinatorial chemistry; libraries

C40B

Special rules of classification

In groups G01N 33/52-G01N 33/96, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, classification is made in the last appropriate place.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

involving

when used in relation to a material includes the testing for the material as well as employing the material as a determinant or reactant in a test for a different material.

G01N 33/58 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated into a larger system:

for testing in vivo

A61K 51/00

G01N 33/60 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

tracers

G21H 5/02

G01N 35/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Automated apparatus of general applicability in laboratory analytical methods.

Automated clinical laboratory equipment not limited to specific methods.

Methods of operating such apparatus in automatic analysis.

Handling samples and reagents in automatic analysers. Fluid samples may flow along a tube system, or be carried in individual containers.

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated into a larger system:

analysis performed directly on the human or animal body for medical or veterinary diagnosis

A61B, A61D

Informative references:

sampling; preparing specimens for investigation

G01N 1/00

specific methods of analysis of biological materials

G01N 33/48

chemical or physical processes, e.g. catalysis, colloid chemistry, or their relevant apparatus, for chemical processes in general, including automatic synthesis

B01J 19/00

chemical or physical apparatus for general laboratory use, e.g. glassware, heating apparatus

B01L, B01L 3/00, B01L 7/00

program-control systems for automatic apparatus

G05B 19/00

digital computing or data processing specially adapted for specific functions or for specific applications

G06F 17/00, G06F 19/00

G01N 37/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

This group is meant as a residual place in the subclass G01N, i.e. for classifying details of methods or apparatus for analysing materials not fully covered by any of the other main groups.

G01P - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Means to measure linear or angular rate of change of position of solid bodies or fluid mediums (speed, velocity);

Means to measure rate of change of linear or angular speed or velocity (acceleration, deceleration, shock) of solid bodies or fluid mediums;

Means to indicate or record movement of solid bodies or fluid mediums (presence, absence or direction); and

Means to test or calibrate apparatus or devices covered by this subclass.

References

Limiting references:

Combined measuring devices measuring two or more variables of movement, e.g. distance, speed, acceleration

G01C 23/00

Measuring volume flow or mass flow

G01F

Measuring the velocity of ultrasonic, sonic (sound) or infrasonic waves

G01H

Measuring velocity of light

G01J 7/00

For determining direction or velocity of solid objects by reflection or reradiation of radio or other waves and based on propagation effects, e.g. Doppler effect, propagation time, direction of propagation

G01S

Measuring speed of nuclear or X-radiation

G01T

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Measuring or recording blood flow

A61B

Monitoring speed or acceleration of electrically-propelled vehicles

B60L 3/00

Vehicle optical or lighting devices adapted to indicate speed

B60Q 1/54

Control, warning or like safety means along the route or between vehicles or vehicle trains

B61L 23/00

Measuring acceleration of gravity

G01V 7/00

Informative references:

Determining position or course in navigation, measuring ground distance in geodesy or surveying

G01C

Mechanical means for transferring the output of a sensing member; Means for converting the output of a sensing member to another variable where the form or nature of the sensing member does not constrain the means for converting; Transducers not specially adapted for a specific variable

G01D 5/00

Measuring torque

G01L 3/00

Testing structures or apparatus not otherwise provided for

G01M

Instruments for indicating weather conditions by measuring two or more variables, e.g., humidity, pressure, temperature, cloud cover, wind speed

G01W 1/02

Measuring short time intervals

G04F

Systems for control of linear speed, angular speed, acceleration or deceleration, e.g. governors

G05D 13/00

Devices for counting moving objects in general

G06M

Registering or indicating the working conditions of vehicles

G07C 5/00

G01P 1/07 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Indicating working conditions of vehicles

G07C 5/00

G01P 1/12 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Registering working conditions of vehicles

G07C 5/00

G01P 3/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Counting mechanisms

G06M

G01P 3/16 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Governors

G05D 13/00

G01P 3/36 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Gyrometers using the Sagnac effect, i.e. rotation-induced shifts between counter-rotating electromagnetic beams

G01C 19/64

G01P 3/42 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Measuring electric or magnetic values in general

G01R

G01P 3/62 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Measuring pressure in general

G01L

G01P 5/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Measuring speed of rotating shafts

G01P 3/00

G01P 5/175 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Analogue computers therefor

G06G 7/57

G01P 7/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Inertial navigation, i.e. calculating position or speed aboard the object being navigated, by integration of speed or acceleration

G01C 21/16

G01P 13/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Counting moving objects

G06M 7/00

Electric switches

H01H

G01P 15/14 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Gyroscopes per se

G01C 19/00

G01Q - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Scanning probes, i.e. devices having at least a tip of nanometre sized dimensions that scans or moves over an object surface, typically at a distance of a few angstroms or nanometres, monitoring some interaction between the tip and the surface, e.g. monitoring the generation of a tunnelling current.

Techniques or apparatus involving the use of scanning probes.

The following subjects are therefore covered, the list being non-exhaustive:

scanning probes per se, their manufacture or their related instrumentation, e.g. holders;

scanning-probe microscopy (SPM) or microscopes, i.e. the application of scanning probes to the investigation or analysis of a surface structure in atomic ranges;

applications, other than SPM, involving the use of scanning probes.

Special rules of classification

In this subclass, the first place priority rule is applied, i.e. at each hierarchical level, classification is made in the first appropriate place.

G01Q 10/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Actively controlling the movement or the location of the scanning probe tip relative to the object surface.

G01Q 10/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Generating movement of the scanning probe tip relative to the object surface at a scale larger than the resolution of the scanning probe microscope.

G01Q 10/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Generating movement of the scanning probe tip relative to the object surface of a size comparable to the resolution of the scanning probe microscope.

G01Q 10/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Electronic means for locating or stabilizing the movement of the scanning probe tip relative to the object surface.

G01Q 20/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Methods or apparatus to monitor the movement of the probe.

References

Informative references:

Monitoring the movement or position of the probe with active control thereof

G01Q 10/00

G01Q 20/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Monitoring the movement of the probe by means of light-sensitive/responsive devices.

G01Q 20/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Probes comprising in their structure means for detecting a signal to control/monitor their movements, e.g. piezoelectric gauges.

G01Q 30/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices or methods to assist or improve the analysis or investigation.

G01Q 30/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

An analysing or investigating device, different from a scanning probe microscope, for assisting or improving the master scanning probe techniques or apparatus.

G01Q 30/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

A programmable device that stores, retrieves, processes or displays data for assisting or improving the scanning probe techniques or apparatus.

G01Q 30/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

A programmable device wherein the data information is used to correct or fix the performance of the SPM.

G01Q 30/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Means to adjust or control parameters, e.g. temperature, pressure or humidity, of a working environment condition inside the chamber containing the sample being studied.

G01Q 30/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Means to adjust or control the temperature of the sample chamber, e.g. a cryostat or heater that allows SPM to be performed at low or high temperatures.

G01Q 30/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Means to adjust or control parameters, e.g. pressure or compositions, of the fluid environment inside the sample chamber. The fluid environment can be in liquid or gas state.

G01Q 30/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Means to adjust or control parameters of the liquid environment, e.g. water or other liquid chemical, inside the sample chamber.

G01Q 30/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Means to adjust or control a vacuum condition inside the sample chamber, e.g. pumping means.

G01Q 30/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Means to prevent SPM from being disturbed by a condition outside the scanning probe microscope, e.g. vibration, temperature or pressure.

The SPM is protected as a whole under the adverse condition. For example, a specific housing or arrangement to eliminate external vibrations to assure the stability of the microscope, or shielding that protects it from electromagnetic fields.

References

Informative references:

Environmental regulation means for sample chamber

G01Q 30/08

Regulations/error compensation means integrated in the probe

G01Q 70/04

G01Q 30/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Methods or devices to perform mechanical operations on a sample in the scanning probe microscope for analysis or investigation, e.g. tweezers, cutting means.

G01Q 40/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Methods or apparatus used to adjust or rectify a SPM device, e.g. the probe itself, to a desired standard.

G01Q 40/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Structure with nanometric resolution used for correcting or fixing the performance of the SPM device before its utilization, e.g. grating with a known line separation, and related manufacture.

G01Q 60/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Methods or apparatus for which the type of interaction between the scanning probe tip and the sample surface is specified.

G01Q 60/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Methods or apparatus involving two or more different types of interactions between the scanning probe tip and the sample surface, e.g. cantilever-type SPMs other than AFM which are explicitly built for AFM performances.

The device can contain either one probe or more than one probe to perform different types of SPM over the sample.

References

Informative references:

Devices containing array of tips with similar performance function

G01Q 70/06

G01Q 60/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Methods or apparatus wherein the two monitored interactions are tunnelling current (STM) and the attractive or repulsive force between the probe and the sample surface (AFM).

References

Informative references:

Specific STMs

G01Q 60/10

Specific AFMs

G01Q 60/24

G01Q 60/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Methods or apparatus wherein the two monitored interactions are near-field light emitted from the sample surface (SNOM) and the attractive or repulsive force between the probe and the sample surface (AFM)

References

Informative references:

Specific SNOMs

G01Q 60/18

Specific AFMs

G01Q 60/24

G01Q 60/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Methods or apparatus wherein the two monitored interactions are the magnetic force between the sample and the probe (MFM) and the attractive or repulsive force between the probe and the sample surface (AFM).

References

Informative references:

Specific MFMs

G01Q 60/50

Specific AFMs

G01Q 60/24

G01Q 60/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Methods or apparatus for SPM wherein the monitored interaction is the tunnelling current between the tip and the sample, which are in very close proximity but not actually in physical contact.

G01Q 60/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

STM or apparatus therefor wherein the local electronic state of surface is analysed or investigated.

G01Q 60/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

STM or apparatus therefor wherein the electric potential distribution on the sample is analysed or investigated.

G01Q 60/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

STM probes, their manufacture, or related instrumentation, e.g. holders.

G01Q 60/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Methods or apparatus for SPM wherein the monitored interaction is the near-field light emitted or reflected from the object surface.

G01Q 60/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

SNOM or apparatus therefor wherein the near-field light to be monitored is the emission radiation from a sample surface excited by an electromagnetic wave.

G01Q 60/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

SNOM probes, their manufacture or related instrumentation, e.g. holders.

G01Q 60/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Methods or apparatus for SPM wherein the monitored interaction is the short range repulsive or long range attractive force between the probe and atoms of the sample surface.

G01Q 60/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

AFM or apparatus therefor wherein the force monitored is the shear force between the probe and atoms of the sample surface.

G01Q 60/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

AFM or apparatus therefor wherein the force monitored is the adhesion force that tends to keep the probe in contact with the sample surface.

G01Q 60/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

AFM or apparatus therefor wherein the force monitored is an electric interaction affected by the electric potential distribution on the sample surface, e.g. Kelvin probe microscopy and Scanning Maxwell stress microscopy.

G01Q 60/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

AFM or apparatus therefor wherein the probe is a vibrating cantilever, or is mounted on a vibrating cantilever.

G01Q 60/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

AFM or apparatus therefor wherein tip of probe touches periodically the sample surface.

G01Q 60/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

AFM or apparatus therefor wherein the probe is, or is mounted on, a static (i.e. vibrationless) cantilever.

G01Q 60/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

AFM probes, their manufacture, or their related instrumentation, e.g. holders.

G01Q 60/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

AFM probe that is made of a material that conducts electric charges.

References

Informative references:

Conductive probes that perform the function of STM probes

G01Q 60/04, G01Q 60/16

G01Q 60/42 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

AFM or apparatus therefor wherein specific particles are added to the tip to give it another characteristic, e.g. specific chemical receptor for biochemical analysis.

G01Q 60/44 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Methods or apparatus for SPM wherein the monitored interaction is the ion flow between the probe tip and the sample surface.

G01Q 60/46 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Methods or apparatus for SPM wherein the monitored interaction is the electrical capacity between the probe tip and the sample surface.

G01Q 60/48 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

SCM probes, their manufacture, or their related instrumentation, e.g. holders.

G01Q 60/50 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Methods or apparatus for SPM wherein the monitored interaction is the magnetic force between the probe tip and the sample surface.

G01Q 60/52 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

MFM or apparatus therefor wherein a spin magnetic moment is induced by a specific magnetic field frequency.

G01Q 60/54 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

MFM probes, their manufacture, or their related instrumentation, e.g. holders.

G01Q 60/56 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

MFM probe tips that are coated with some material with specific magnetic property.

G01Q 60/58 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Methods or apparatus for SPM wherein the monitored interaction is the heat or temperature of the sample surface.

G01Q 60/60 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Methods or apparatus for SPM wherein the monitored interaction is the Faraday current generated by an electrochemical reaction.

G01Q 70/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

General aspects of SPM probes, their manufacture or their related instrumentation, insofar as these probes are not specially adapted to a single particular type of SPM technique covered by group G01Q 60/00 and subgroups.

G01Q 70/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

General aspects of SPM probe holders.

G01Q 70/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

General SPM probe holders with integrated means to adjust the probe to correct for errors caused by temperature variations or vibrations.

References

Informative references:

Error compensation in general

G01Q 30/06

Protection of the scanning probe microscope in general

G01Q 30/18

G01Q 70/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

General SPM probes wherein multiple tips of similar characteristics form a line or a matrix.

G01Q 70/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Specific characteristics of general SPM probes.

References

Informative references:

Process of probe fabrication

G01Q 70/16

G01Q 70/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Specific physical form, degree of slope or angle of the tip in a general SPM probe.

G01Q 70/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

General SPM probes having a nano-sized tube such as Carbon nano-tube.

G01Q 70/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Specific choice of materials for general SPM probes or components thereof. For example, where a cantilever or a coating on the tip is made of some material that gives a particular property to the scanning probe.

G01Q 70/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Manufacture aspects of general SPM probes.

G01Q 70/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

General SPM probes, wherein specific particles are added to the tip to give it another characteristic, e.g. specific chemical receptor for biochemical analysis.

G01Q 80/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Specific applications, different from SPM, of scanning-probe techniques.

References

Limiting references:

Manufacture or treatment of micro-structures

B81C

Manufacture or treatment of nano-structures

B82B 3/00

Recording or reproducing information using near-field interaction

G11B 9/12, G11B 11/24, G11B 13/08

Informative references:

Specific SPM techniques, apparatus therefor or components thereof, e.g. probes

G01Q 60/00

General aspects of SPM probes

G01Q 70/00

G01Q 90/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Scanning-probe apparatus or techniques not otherwise provided for.

G01R - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Measuring electric variables or properties

Measuring electric variables directly, e.g. electromechanical instruments (see Glossary of terms) where the measured electric variables directly affect the indication of the measured value.

Measuring electric variables by derivation from other electric variables, i.e. arrangements (see Glossary of terms) involving circuitry to obtain an indication of a measured value by deriving, calculating or otherwise processing electric variables, e.g. by comparison with another value.

Measuring or investigating electric properties of materials.

Electric testing of analogue or digital electric devices, apparatus or networks, or measuring their characteristics.

Indicating presence or sign of current or voltage.

The following technical subjects are therefore covered, the list being non-exhaustive:

measuring time integral of electric power or current, e.g. of consumption

displaying electric variables or waveforms

measuring currents or voltages or for indicating presence or sign thereof

measuring electric power or power factor

measuring time integral of electric power or current, e.g. by electronic methods

measuring frequencies; analysing frequency spectra

measuring phase angle between a voltage and a current or between voltages or currents

measuring resistance, reactance, impedance, or electric characteristics derived therefrom

testing electric properties of apparatus, such as discharge tubes, amplifiers, transistors, integrated circuits

locating electric faults

electrical testing characterised by what is being tested not provided for elsewhere

testing for digital signal parameters (delay, skew, signal level) and characterization of device performance by use of test patterns; test apparatus or integrated test circuits therefor; methods for test pattern generation

details, testing or calibration of related instruments or arrangements

Measuring magnetic variables or properties

Measuring magnetic variables.

Measuring or investigating magnetic properties of materials.

The following technical subjects are therefore covered, the list being non-exhaustive:

measuring direction or amount of magnetic fields, or measuring characteristics of magnetic materials

apparatus based on magnetic resonance, e.g. NMR, MRI, EPR (i.e. ESR) (see Synonyms and Keywords) and not specially adapted for a particular application

details, testing or calibrating of related instruments or arrangements

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Investigating electric variables or properties

This subclass covers measuring or investigating electric properties of materials, whereas measuring or investigating non-electric or non-magnetic properties of materials by the use of electric means is covered by group G01N 27/00.

Investigating magnetic variable or properties

This subclass also covers, under group G01R 33/00, measuring or investigating magnetic properties of materials, whereas measuring or investigating non-magnetic or non-electric properties of materials by the use of magnetic means is covered by group G01N 27/72.

In particular, group G01R 33/20 covers measuring magnetic variables/properties by using magnetic resonance, e.g. NMR, EPR or other spin effects, whereas investigating or analysing materials by using such spin effects is covered by group G01N 24/00.

References

Limiting references:

Indicating correct tuning of resonant circuits

H03J 3/12

Measuring electric variables or properties

Medical diagnosis by electric means, e.g. by measuring bioelectric currents or voltages, or the impedance of a part of the body

A61B 5/04, A61B 5/05, A61B 5/053

Monitoring electric consumption of electrically-propelled vehicles

B60L 3/00

Investigating non-electric or non-magnetic properties of materials by the use of electric means

G01N 27/00

Electric prospecting or detecting

G01V 3/00

Measuring atmospheric potential differences, e.g. due to electrical charges in clouds

G01W 1/16

Measuring magnetic variables or properties

Medical diagnosis by means of magnetic fields, e.g. involving ESR, NMR or MRI

A61B 5/05, A61B 5/055

Ascertaining earth’s true or magnetic north for navigation or surveying purposes

G01C 17/00

Magnetic resonance gyrometers

G01C 19/60

Investigating or analysing materials by using NMR, EPR (i.e. ESR) or other spin effects

G01N 24/00

Investigating non-electric or non-magnetic properties of materials by the use of magnetic means

G01N 27/72

Measuring direction or magnitude of the magnetic earth’s field; Magnetic prospecting or detecting, e.g. well logging involving NMR

G01V 3/00

Electrical testing characterised by what is being tested not provided for elsewhere (group G01R 31/00)

Electric testing of control systems

G05B 23/02

Testing computers during standby operation or idle time

G06F 11/22

Testing of switches in structural association with the switches themselves

H01H

Testing discharge tubes during manufacture

H01J 9/42

Testing or measuring semiconductors or solid state devices during manufacture or treatment

H01L 21/66

Accumulators with integrated arrangements for testing condition

H01M 10/48

Testing of A/D or D/A conversion

H03M 1/10

Testing line transmission systems

H04B 3/46

Testing arrangements of data switching networks

H04L 12/26

Testing arrangements of telephone substation equipments

H04M 1/24

Testing of television systems or details thereof

H04N 17/00

Testing arrangements of loudspeakers, microphones or similar electromechanical transducers

H04R 29/00

Testing lamps structurally associated with light source circuit arrangements for detecting lamp failure

H05B 37/03

Informative references:

Measuring electric variables or properties

Electrotherapy

A61N 1/00

Measuring not specially adapted for a specific variable

G01D

Tariff metering apparatus

G01D 4/00

Measuring temperature based on the use of electric elements directly sensitive to heat

G01K 7/00

Systems for regulating electric variables

G05F 1/00 - G05F 5/00

Image data processing or generation

G06T

Monitoring of signal or alarm line circuits, e.g. signalling of line faults

G08B 29/06

Electric switches; Emergency protective devices

H01H

Cathode-ray tubes

H01J 31/00

Thermo-electric solid state devices

H01L 35/00, H01L 37/00

Emergency protective circuit arrangements

H02H

Circuit arrangements for charging, or depolarising batteries or for supplying loads from batteries

H02J 7/00

Methods or apparatus specially adapted for manufacturing, assembling, maintaining or repairing dynamo-electric machines

H02K 15/00

Generation of oscillations

H03B

Modulation

H03C

Frequency discriminators; Phase discriminators

H03D

Amplifiers

H03F

Impedance networks, e.g. resonant circuits; Resonators

H03H

Tuning resonant circuits; Selecting resonant circuits

H03J

Pulse technique

H03K

A/D or D/A conversion

H03M 1/00

Housings for electric apparatus

H05K

Screening of electric apparatus or components against electric fields

H05K 9/00

Arrangements for monitoring manufacture of assemblages of electric components

H05K 13/08

Measuring magnetic variables or properties

Magnetotherapy

A61N 2/00

Measuring not specially adapted for a specific variable

G01D

Measuring temperature based on the use of magnetic elements directly sensitive to heat

G01K 7/36

Systems for regulating magnetic variables

G05F 7/00

Image data processing or generation

G06T

Superconducting magnets

H01F 6/00

Magnets

H01F 7/00

Thermo-magnetic solid state devices

H01L 35/00, H01L 37/00

Devices using galvano-magnetic or similar magnetic effects, e.g. Hall effect

H01L 43/00

Aerials

H01Q

Screening of electric apparatus or components against magnetic fields

H05K 9/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

measuring properties

can also be interpreted as investigating properties

instruments or measuring instruments

means electro-mechanical measuring mechanisms

arrangements for measuring

means apparatus, circuits, or methods for measuring

Synonyms and Keywords

EPR

electron paramagnetic resonance

ESR

electron spin resonance

NMR

nuclear magnetic resonance

MRI

magnetic resonance imaging

MRS

magnetic resonance spectroscopy

NQR

nuclear quadrupole resonance

G01R 1/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Details of a kind applicable to measuring arrangements not specially adapted for a specific variable

G01D 11/00, G01D 13/00

G01R 1/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Terminals in general

H01R

Terminal strips or boards

H02B

Casing, cabinets or drawers for electrical apparatus

H05K

G01R 1/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

End pieces for leads

H01R 11/11

G01R 1/10 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Bearings in general

F16C

G01R 1/16 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Magnets in general

H01F

G01R 1/20 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Instrument transformers per se

H01F 38/20

G01R 1/22 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Voltage or current isolation using transformers

G01R 15/18

G01R 1/36 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Overload-protection arrangements in general

H02H

G01R 1/38 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Circuits

G01D 3/02

G01R 5/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Vibration galvanometers

G01R 9/02

G01R 5/22 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Measuring effective values of currents or voltages using thermoconverters

G01R 19/03

G01R 5/28 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Combined with radiation detector

G01T

G01R 7/12 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Product

Mathematical operation

G01R 11/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Other arrangements for measuring time integral of electric power or current

G01R 22/00

G01R 11/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Applicable to electric measuring instruments in general

G01R 1/00

G01R 11/12 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Bearings in general

F16C

G01R 11/36 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Ferraris instruments

G01R 5/20

G01R 11/56 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Tariff metering in general

G01D 4/00

G01R 13/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Display by mechanical displacement only

G01R 5/00, G01R 7/00, G01R 9/00

Recording frequency spectrum

G01R 23/18

G01R 13/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Counters

G06M

Analogue/digital conversion in general

H03M 1/00

G01R 13/20 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Cathode-ray tubes

H01J 31/00

G01R 13/22 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Circuits for generating pulses, e.g. sawtooth waveforms

H03K 3/00

G01R 13/26 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Arrangements for controlling intensity of ray or beam, e.g. for modulation

H01J 29/52

G01R 13/28 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Electronic switches

H03K 17/00

G01R 13/34 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Sample-and-hold arrangements

G11C 27/02

G01R 13/36 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Cathode-ray tubes

H01J 31/00

G01R 13/38 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Such measuring systems per se

G01R 5/00, G01R 7/00, G01R 9/00

G01R 15/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Details of instruments

G01R 1/00

Measuring leads, measuring probes

G01R 1/06

Overload protection arrangements

G01R 1/36

Circuits for correcting the transfer function

G01D 3/02

G01R 15/14 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Voltage dividers

G01R 15/04

G01R 17/10 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Automatic comparison or re-balancing arrangements

G01R 17/02

G01R 17/20 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Automatic comparison or re-balancing arrangements

G01R 17/02

G01R 19/165 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Circuits with regenerative action, e.g. Schmitt trigger

H03K 3/00

Threshold switches

H03K 17/30

G01R 19/25 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Arrangements for displaying measured electric variables in digital form

G01R 13/02

G01R 19/30 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Modifications of instruments to indicate the maximum or the minimum value reached in a time interval

G01R 1/40

G01R 19/32 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Modifications of instruments for temperature compensation

G01R 1/44

G01R 21/08 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Devices using galvano-magnetic or similar magnetic effects, e.g. Hall effect

H01L 43/00

G01R 22/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Monitoring electric consumption of electrically-propelled vehicles

B60L 3/00

Informative references:

Electromechanical arrangements therefor

G01R 11/00

G01R 23/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Frequency discriminators

H03D

G01R 23/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Measuring time intervals

G04F

G01R 23/09 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Radiation-measuring instruments in which pulses generated by a radiation detector are integrated

G01T 1/15

G01R 23/14 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Generation of oscillations by beating unmodulated signals of different frequencies

H03B 21/01

G01R 23/173 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Panoramic receivers per se

H03J 7/32

G01R 25/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Measuring power factor

G01R 21/00

Measuring position of individual pulses in a pulse train

G01R 29/02

Phase discriminators

H03D

G01R 25/08 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Measuring time intervals

G04F

G01R 27/22 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Measuring vessels, electrodes therefor

G01N 27/07

G01R 29/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Of amplitude

G01R 19/00

Of repetition rate

G01R 23/00

Of phase difference of two cyclic pulse trains

G01R 25/00

Monitoring pattern of pulse trains

H03K 5/19

G01R 29/20 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Calibrating instrument transformers

G01R 35/02

G01R 29/24 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Electrostatic instruments

G01R 5/28

Indicating presence of current

G01R 19/15

Arrangements for measuring time integral of electric power or current

G01R 22/00

G01R 31/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Measuring leads, measuring probes

G01R 1/06

Indicating electrical condition of switchgear or protective devices

H01H 71/04, H01H 73/12, H02B 11/10, H02H 3/04

G01R 31/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Measuring number of turns, transformation ratio, or coupling factor

G01R 29/20

G01R 31/07 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Means for indicating condition of fuse structurally associated with the fuse

H01H 85/30

G01R 31/08 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Sectionalized protection of cable or line systems

H02H 7/26

G01R 31/26 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Testing or measuring during manufacture or treatment

H01L 21/66

Testing of photovoltaic devices

H02S 50/10

Informative references:

Measurement of impurity content of materials

G01N

Testing of integrated circuits

G01R 31/28

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Individual semiconductor device

Basic semiconductor component or building block such as a diode or a transistor

G01R 31/28 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Testing computers during standby operation or idle time

G06F 11/22

Informative references:

Testing for short-circuits, discontinuities, leakage or incorrect line connection

G01R 31/02

Checking static stores for correct operation or testing static stores during standby or offline operation

G11C 29/00

G01R 31/327 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Structural association with switches

H01H

G01R 31/333 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Means for detecting the presence of an arc or discharge in switching devices

H01H 9/50, H01H 33/26

G01R 31/34 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Testing electric windings

G01R 31/06

Methods or apparatus specially adapted for manufacturing, assembling, maintaining or repairing dynamo-electric machines

H02K 15/00

G01R 31/36 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Circuit arrangements for charging, or depolarising batteries or for supplying loads from batteries

H02J 7/00

G01R 31/40 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Testing photovoltaic devices

H02S 50/10

G01R 31/44 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Structurally associated with light source circuit arrangements for detecting lamp failure

H05B 37/03

Informative references:

Discharge lamps

G01R 31/24

G01R 33/02 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Measuring direction or magnitude of the earth’s field for navigation or surveying

G01C

For prospecting, for measuring the magnetic field of the earth

G01V 3/00

G01R 33/381 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Electromagnets per se

H01F 7/06

G01R 33/3815 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Superconductive magnets

H01F 6/00

G01R 33/383 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Permanent magnets per se

H01F 7/02

G01R 33/387 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Screening

G01R 33/42

G01R 33/42 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Screening in general

H05K 9/00

G01S - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Methods or apparatus for determining positions, directions and distances by use of radio waves.

Methods or apparatus for determining velocities of solid objects/bodies by use of radio waves, unless the body is moving relative to some fluid and the influence of the streaming medium on the wave propagating therein is measured.

Methods or apparatus for locating solid objects/bodies, or detecting their presence by use of reflection or reradiation of radio waves.

Methods or apparatus for navigation by use of radio waves (attention is drawn to the limited scope of the term navigation, given below in the section Glossary of Terms).

Analogous methods or apparatus using other waves than radio waves, e.g. infrared, visible or ultraviolet light, or acoustic waves. Certain restrictions and priorities apply as regards other subclasses (see sections "Relationships between larger subject matter areas" and "References relevant to classification in this subclass" below).

Radar, Lidar, Sonar systems in general and specially adapted for specific applications if not specifically designed for geophysical use.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

The general subject matters direction-finding, navigation, determining distances, or velocities, locating, or presence-detecting are covered by several subclasses besides G01S: G01B, G01C, G01P, G01V.

G01S necessarily requires the use of waves (attention is drawn to the section "Glossary of terms").

Therefore, the use of static or time-varying fields that do not obey a wave equation is not sufficient for subject matter to be classified in G01S.

G01S specially emphasizes radio waves. Thus, this subclass is always the appropriate place when radio waves are used for determining directions, bearings, or distances. It is also always appropriate when radio waves are used for determining velocities of solid objects or bodies as well as for locating such bodies or detecting their presence. It is also always appropriate for navigation by using radio waves (attention is drawn to the limited scope of the term navigation, given below in the section "Glossary of terms").

As regards the use of other waves than radio waves, the part "analogous arrangements using other waves" of the title requires careful consideration of G01B, G01C, G01P, and G01V which all cover the use of such waves for the measuring of similar variables like distance, velocity, direction, or location.

When propagation effects of waves are relevant (see definition below in the section "Glossary of terms") G01B, G01C, and G01P all refer to G01S as being the appropriate place; however, there are some exceptions where propagation effects are relevant but the subject matter is classified elsewhere (see section "References relevant to classification in this subclass" below).

It is to be noted that this emphasis on propagation effects does not preclude subject matter from being classified in G01S when propagation effects are irrelevant to that subject matter.

Radar, Sonar, Lidar, or analogous systems specifically designed for geophysical use are classified in G01V. However, they are also classified in G01S if they are of general interest.

References

Limiting references:

Measuring a linear dimension of an object

G01B

Measuring distances by optical means between spaced objects when propagation effects are irrelevant

G01B 11/14

Passive optical systems for measuring distances in line of sight or transverse to line of sight, respectively

G01C 3/00, G01C 5/00

Passive triangulation systems using a parallactic triangle

G01C 3/10, G01C 3/22, G01C 3/24, G01C 3/26

Navigation not using radio waves when propagation effects are not relevant; navigation beyond position fixing, determining velocity of a vehicle or craft or its direction of velocity

G01C 21/00

Determining velocities by optical means when propagation effects are not relevant

G01P 3/36

Determining presence, absence, or direction of movement

G01P 13/00

Prospecting by optical means; detecting the presence of objects or masses by optical means, e.g. by interruption of beams, i.e. light barriers

G01V 8/00

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Measuring volume flow of fluids or fluid solids by propagation effects of electromagnetic or other waves

G01F 1/66

Measuring direction or velocity of flowing fluids or of solid bodies relative to fluids using propagation effects of waves

G01P 5/00

Radar, Sonar, Lidar, or analogous systems specifically designed for geophysical use

G01V

Active systems for generating focusing signals

G02B 7/28

Navigation systems for traffic control purposes, i. e. systems in which the navigation is not performed autonomously by or in the vehicles, but where the vehicles are guided by instructions transmitted to them

G08G

Proximity switches

H03K 17/945, H03K 17/965

Informative references:

Measuring linear dimensions, e.g. length, thickness, and distances between spaced objects

G01B

Measuring distances, levels, bearings; surveying; navigation

G01C

Measuring acoustic waves per se

G01H

Measuring light per se

G01J

Investigating materials by optical radiation, microwaves or acoustic waves

G01N

Measuring linear or angular speed, indicating presence, absence, or direction of movement

G01P

Detecting masses or objects by methods not involving reflection or reradiation of radio, acoustic, or other waves; prospecting

G01V

Optical systems

G02B

Control of position, course, altitude or attitude

G05D

Detecting the presence of objects for the purpose of counting them

G06M 7/00, G06M 11/00

Traffic control systems; anti-collision systems

G08G

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Waves

is the mechanism by which energy is transported without the transfer of matter. Waves may be either electromagnetic waves, which do not require a medium to propagate, or mechanical waves, which require a medium, e.g. acoustic waves. Waves are most easily defined in mathematical terms as obeying a so-called wave equation.

Propagation effects

are relevant if the outcome of a measurement depends on the actual value of a physical quantity characterising the propagation of the wave, i.e. its wavelength, frequency, velocity, or phase. The mere presence or direction of a wave are not considered a propagation effect or to contribute to a propagation effect. To put it in another way, propagation effects are irrelevant, if the radiation may be looked upon as a beam of radiation whose wave nature can be ignored. Examples of measurements where propagation effects are relevant include e.g. measurements of propagation time, phase difference, phase delay, measurements using the Doppler effect, or interference.

Navigation

is in this subclass limited to position fixing, or determining the velocity or direction of velocity of vehicles or crafts or their distance from other objects.

Reflection

means the general physical phenomenon that propagating waves are being scattered by any object, body or target in their path. Scattering can be elastic (i.e. the frequencies of the incoming and outgoing waves are the same) or inelastic (i.e. the respective frequencies are different). Other properties of the wave may change as well. Reflection can be specular or diffuse depending on surface properties of the scattering object. Reradiation further includes the mechanism characteristic of a transponder, i.e. receiving a wave and then transmitting an answering wave.

Transponder

means an arrangement which reacts to an incoming interrogating or detecting wave by emitting a specific answering or identifying wave.

Active systems

means systems comprising an artificial source for emitting waves. The propagating waves interact with at least one object and are eventually detected by the system. The interaction may consist in e.g. a reflection.

Passive systems

means systems detecting waves that are not emitted by the measuring system itself (e.g. by the sun).

Object

an entity that is not part of the measuring device.

G01S 1/72 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Signalling devices

G08B

G01S 1/76 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Sound focusing or directing using electrical steering of transducer arrays, e.g. beam steering, in general

G10K 11/34

G01S 3/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

For geophysical measurement

G01C

G01S 3/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Providing directional parameters for interacting aerial units

H01Q 21/29

G01S 3/68 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Radar cathode-ray tube indicators providing co-ordinated display of distance and direction

G01S 7/10

G01S 3/802 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Sound-focusing or directing using electrical steering of transducer arrays, e.g. beam steering, in general

G10K 11/34

G01S 5/12 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Radar indicators providing co-ordinated display of direction and distance

G01S 7/10

G01S 5/28 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Sonar indicators providing co-ordinated display of direction and distance

G01S 7/62

G01S 7/03 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

TR boxes

H01J 17/64

Waveguides or resonators or other devices of the waveguide type

H01P

Aerials

H01Q

Basic electronic circuitry, e.g. generation of oscillations, modulation, demodulation, amplification, pulse technique

H03

Impedance networks, resonators

H03H

G01S 7/292 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Doppler systems

G01S 13/50

G01S 7/499 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Measuring polarisation of light

G01J

G01S 11/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Direction-finders

G01S 3/00

G01S 13/524 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Coherent receivers

G01S 7/288

G01S 17/08 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Passive systems using a parallactic triangle

G01C 3/10, G01C 3/22, G01C 3/24, G01C 3/26

G01S 17/48 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Passive systems using a parallactic triangle

G01C 3/10, G01C 3/22, G01C 3/24, G01C 3/26

Active systems for automatic generation of focusing signals

G02B 7/32

G01S 19/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Satellite radio beacon positioning systems including receivers and elements cooperating therewith.

Determination of position, velocity or attitude using signals transmitted by such systems.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Satellite radio beacon positioning systems, of which GPS is the best known exponent, is a widely used technology.

This group and its subgroups, with the exception of the subgroups G01S 19/14-G01S 19/19 (see below), are the "function-places" for such technology.

Subgroups G01S 19/14-G01S 19/19 are "application-places for (GPS) receivers" insofar as they cover special characteristics of the (GPS) receivers, or specific constraints imposed on the receivers, so that they can adapt to the specific application. These subgroups do not cover the mere indication of the possible uses of a general GPS receiver.

The decision as to whether to classify in these groups will depend on the extent to which the invention relates to the core subject of these groups. Patent documents which deal with GPS merely as a "black box" to provide positioning information for use by the application, would not normally be classified in these groups.

Known applications of the technology are in the fields of surveying, navigation, network management, anti-theft and abduction and location based services – as listed in the section "Examples of places..." below.

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Apparatus for physical training, sports

A63B

Fittings or systems for preventing or indicating unauthorised use or theft of vehicles

B60R 25/00

Surveying

G01C 15/00

Navigation

G01C 21/00

Electronic time-pieces for aspects of time-setting or synchronization

G04G 5/00, G04G 7/00

Alarms responsive to a single specified undesired or abnormal operating condition

G08B 21/00

Alarm systems in which the location of the alarm condition is signalled to a central station, e.g. fire or police telegraphic systems

G08B 25/00

Traffic control systems for road vehicles

G08G 1/00

Service making use of the location of users or terminals

H04W 4/02

Locating users or terminals for network management purposes

H04W 64/00

Informative references:

Transmission systems for measured values

G08C

Aerials

H01Q

Automatic control of frequency or phase; synchronisation

H03L 7/00

Transceivers

H04B 1/38

Spread spectrum techniques in general using direct sequence modulation (DSM)

H04B 1/707

Printed circuits; casing or constructional details of electric apparatus

H05K

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Cooperating elements

designates additional elements or subsystems, including receivers of other users, which interact or communicate with the receiver or the satellite positioning system

Time-stamped message

designates a message encoded with time of transmission for use in determining the signal travel time

Synonyms and Keywords

AGPS

Assisted (or aided) GPS

DGPS

Differential GPS

IMU

Inertial Measurement Unit

INS

Inertial Navigation System

LAMBDA

Least-squares AMBiguity Decorrelation Adjustment

GLONASS

Global Orbiting Navigation Satellite System

GPS

Global Positioning System

G01T - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Methods and instruments for measurement and detection of X-radiation, gamma radiation, corpuscular radiation, cosmic radiation, or neutron radiation.

Recording of movements or tracks of particles.

Details of instruments for measuring of X-radiation, gamma radiation, corpuscular radiation, cosmic radiation, or neutron radiation.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Apparatus for radiation diagnosis or therapy in medical and veterinary science are classified in A61B 6/00 or A61N 5/00. The borderline between G01T and A61B should be determined based on whether the apparatus is purely medical or the feature is more of a general technical nature.

There exists a certain overlap between X-radiation and UV-radiation, where measurement of UV-radiation is generally classified in G01J.

Nuclear magnetic resonance is classified in G01R 33/20, G01N 24/00 or A61B 5/055.

References

Limiting references:

Radiation analysis of materials, mass spectrometry

G01N

Electric discharge tubes for analysing radiation or particles

H01J 40/00, H01J 47/00, H01J 49/00

Construction of ionisation chambers

H01J 47/02

Spark chambers

H01J 47/14

Semiconductor detectors per se

H01L 31/00

Secondary-electron-emitting electrodes in general

H01J 1/32

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Prospecting by the use of nuclear radiation, natural or induced

G01V 5/00

Informative references:

Measuring exposure time to X-rays

H05G 1/28

Photosensitive materials or processes for photographic purposes

G03C

Pulse rate meters in general

G01R 23/02

Applying radioactive material to the body

A61M 36/00

Radio isotopes

G21G 4/00

Tracers

G21H 5/00

Counters per se

G06M, H03K

Computerised tomographs

A61B 6/03

Nuclear magnetic computer tomography

G01R 33/20, G01N 24/00, A61B 5/055

Nuclear magnetic resonance.

G01R 33/20, G01N 24/00, A61B 5/055

Radiation pyrometry using electric radiation detectors which use the ionisation of gases

G01J 5/36

Investigating or analysing materials by the use of nuclear magnetic resonance, electron paramagnetic resonance or other spin effects

G01N 24/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

measuring

attention is drawn to the Notes following the title of class G01

Corpuscular radiation

a stream of atomic or subatomic particles which may be charged positive or negative, or be uncharged

G01T 1/175 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Converters

H02M

G01T 1/185 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Construction of ionisation chambers

H01J 47/02

G01T 1/24 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Semiconductor detectors per se

H01L 31/00

G01T 1/28 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Secondary-electron-emitting electrodes in general

H01J 1/32

G01T 1/29 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Scintigraphy

G01T 1/164

G01T 3/08 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Semiconductor detectors per se

H01L 31/00

G01V - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Methods and apparatus for geophysical purposes such as

seismic measurements, including the generation of seismic energy, the detection of seismic signals and their processing,

measuring the magnetic or electric field of the earth or its modification by geological structures,

measuring the gravitational field of the earth or its modification by geological structures;

Prospecting or detecting of masses or objects in general, e.g. by seismic, electric, magnetic, gravimetric, or optical means, or by the use of nuclear radiation;

Measuring gravitational fields or waves in general, e.g. gravitational forces between two bodies, or gravitational waves of cosmic origin;

Manufacturing, calibrating, cleaning, or repairing such apparatus;

Tags attached to, or associated with, an object, in order to enable detection of the object.

In this subclass, the geophysical methods apply both to the earth and to other celestial objects, e.g. planets.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

The general subject matters locating or detecting of masses or objects are covered by several subclasses besides G01V: G01S, G01C.

This subclass covers radar, sonar, lidar or analogous systems specifically designed for geophysical use. Radar, sonar, lidar or analogous systems, or details of such systems, if of general interest, are also classified in subclass G01S.

References

Limiting references:

Means for indicating the location of accidentally buried, e.g. snow-buried, persons

A63B 29/02

Locating or presence-detecting by the use of radio, acoustic or other waves involving reflection and reradiation of waves

G01S

Burglar, theft, or intruder alarms actuated by interference with electromagnetic radiation or fields.

G08B 13/18, G08B 13/24

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Detecting or locating foreign bodies for diagnostic, surgical or person-identification purposes

A61B

Informative references:

Survey of boreholes or wells

E21B 47/00

Investigating or analysing earth materials by determining their chemical or physical properties

G01N

Measuring electric or magnetic variables in general, other than direction or magnitude of the earth's field

G01R

Magnetic resonance arrangements in general

G01R 33/20

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

tags

means arrangements cooperating with a detecting field, e.g. near field, and designed to produce a specific detectable effect; "tags" also means active markers or labels capable of generating a detectable field; tags are not to be confused with transponders (cf Glossary of G01S).

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the expressions "electronic label" or "electronic marker" is often used instead of "tag" which is used in the classification scheme of this subclass.

G01V 1/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Blasting in general

F42D 3/06

Nuclear explosives

G21J

G01V 1/157 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Spark gaps, discharge apparatus, not otherwise provided for

H01T

G01V 1/16 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Measuring vibrations

G01H

Measuring acceleration or shock

G01P

Microphones or like acoustic electromechanical transducers

H04R

G01V 1/22 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Signal-transmitting systems in general

G08C

Electric transmission systems

H04B

G01V 1/24 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Transforming one recording into another

G01V 1/32

G01V 3/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

For navigation, for surveying

G01C

Informative references:

By optical means

G01V 8/00

G01V 3/08 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Measuring the magnetic field characteristics of the earth

G01V 3/40

G01V 5/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Measuring nuclear radiation

G01T

G01V 7/08 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Balances in general

G01G

G01V 8/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Photogrammetry or videogrammetry

G01C 11/00

Measurement of characteristics of light

G01J

Optical scanning systems

G02B 26/10

Semiconductor devices sensitive to light

H01L 31/00

G01V 8/10 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Counting of objects carried by a conveyer

G06M 7/00

Detecting movement of traffic to be counted or controlled

G08G 1/01

Informative references:

Signalling or calling arrangements

G08B

Proximity switches

H03K 17/945, H03K 17/965

G01V 15/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Signs, labels

G09F

G01W - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Measurement of certain ambient atmospheric conditions.

Adaptations of balloons, missiles, or aircrafts for meteorological purposes.

Radiosondes.

Devices for predicting weather conditions.

Weather houses or similar ornamental devices for indicating humidity.

Sunshine-duration recorders.

Rainfall or precipitation gauges.

Measuring atmospheric potential differences, e.g. due to electrical charges in clouds.

Catathermometers for measuring "cooling value" related either to weather conditions or to comfort of other human environment.

Testing or calibrating meteorological apparatus.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Instruments for measuring single physical variables, e.g. temperature, pressure or wind speed, should be classified in the appropriate subclasses of class G01, e.g. G01K, G01Lor G01P whereas G01Wshould be used for the classification of instruments specializing or combining those measurements for the purpose of deducing, indicating or forecasting weather conditions or meteorological information.

References

Limiting references:

Radar, sonar, lidar or analogous systems, designed for meteorological use

G01S 13/95, G01S 15/88, G01S 17/95

Informative references:

Influencing weather conditions in horticulture, cultivation, forestry or watering

A01G 15/00

Heating, cooling or ventilating devices in vehicles

B60H 1/00

Balloons in general

B64B 1/40

Dispersing fog in general, e.g. on roads or on airfields

E01H 13/00

Self-propelled or guided missiles for carrying measuring instruments

F42B 15/08

Measuring volume

G01F

Measuring temperature

G01K

Measuring pressure

G01L 7/00-G01L 15/00

Measuring intensity of sunshine

G01J 1/00, G01J 5/00

Measuring humidity, e.g. hygrometers

G01N, G01N 19/10

Measuring speed of fluids, e.g. wind speed

G01P 5/00

Indicating direction of fluid movement, e.g. by weather vane

G01P 13/02

Measuring potential differences

G01R 19/00, G01R 29/00

Alarms responsive to formation or anticipated formation of ice

G08B 19/02

Alarms responsive to calamitous events, e.g. tornados

G08B 21/10

Transmission systems for measured values

G08C

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Meteorology

includes measurement of certain ambient atmospheric conditions

Synonyms and Keywords

CAT

Clear Air Turbulence

G01W 1/08 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Transmission systems for measured values

G08C

G01W 1/12 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Measuring intensity of sunshine

G01J 1/00, G01J 5/00

G01W 1/14 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Measuring volume in general

G01F

G01W 1/16 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Measuring potential differences in general

G01R 19/00, G01R 29/00

G02B - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Essential

Fundamental

G02C - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The following optical and non-optical categories of eyewear:

Means to correct the vision of the user and which is intended to be worn or supported by the user, either in front of the eyes or placed in contact with the eyes, e.g. eyeglasses (spectacles), contact lenses, monocles, and pince-nez or lorgnettes;

Optical parts of eyewear, e.g. lenses, filters, polarizers, mirrors, prisms, obturators, shields;

Means to support the optical parts of eyewear, e.g. spectacle frames, bridges, nose pads, side-members

Non-optical adjuncts to eyewear, e.g. anti-misting means, illuminating means, hearing aids, ornaments;

Means to support or attach auxiliary optical parts or non-optical adjuncts to eyewear, e.g. by clamping or hinging;

Repairing, assembling or cleaning the devices specially adapted to eyewear.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Groups A61F 9/02 and A61F 9/04 cover goggles or eye-masks (eye-shields) as forms of protective eyewear worn to prevent particulates or chemicals from striking the eyes, and not having the features of vision correction or protection against high levels of visible and ultraviolet light, which are normally associated to spectacles. Typical examples of goggles covered by these groups are goggles worn while welding, drilling or sawing. Goggles for swimming are covered by A63B 33/00, whereas diving masks are covered by B63C 11/12.

This subclass covers instead spectacles or goggles insofar they have features of vision correction or protection. Sunglasses are covered by this subclass; insofar they protect the eye against high levels of visible and ultraviolet light.

References

Limiting references:

Optical parts characterized by the material

G02B 1/00

Heating arrangements specially adapted for transparent or reflecting areas

H05B 3/84

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Trial frames for optician's use

A61B 3/04

Goggles for swimming

A63B 33/00

Diving masks, including those having corrective lenses

B63C 11/12

Informative references:

Helmet visors having means to avoid fogging or misting, or having cleaning means

A42B 3/22

Cases for telescopes or binoculars

A45C 11/08

For means to examine the eyes

A61B 3/00

Goggles or eyeshields not having the same features as spectacles

A61F 9/00

Devices for inserting contact-lenses

A61F 9/00

Means to grind the edges of lenses using spectacles as a template

B24B 9/14

Positioning or marking of lenses

B24B 13/005

Tools for grinding lenses

B24B 13/02-B24B 13/06

Surface treatment of glass

C03C 15/00-C03C 23/00

Simple or compound lenses

G02B 3/00

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the following expressions/words:

* "spectacles" and "eyeglasses"

* "eye-shields" and "eye-masks"

are often used as synonyms.

G02C 3/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Lenses therefor

G02C 7/00

Lens assemblies or monocles supported by walking-sticks

A45B 3/00

G02C 5/22 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Pivotal connections in general

F16C 11/00

G02C 7/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Disinfection or sterilization of contact lenses

A61L 12/00

G02C 11/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Spectacle cases

A45C 11/04

G02C 13/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Producing spectacle frames from plastics or from substances in a plastic state

B29D 12/02

G02F - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices or arrangements for the control of light beams, wherein the operation of said devices or arrangements is modified by changing the optical properties of the medium of said devices or arrangements by influence or control of physical parameters, where

said control of light beams includes switching, gating, modulating, focussing, deflecting;

said optical properties of the medium of said devices or arrangements include refractive index, colour;

said physical parameters include electric field or current, magnetic field, sound or mechanical vibrations, stress, thermal effects.

The following optic elements are therefore covered, the list being not exhaustive:

thermo-optic elements;

electro-optic elements;

magneto-optic elements;

piezo-optic (photo-elastic) elements;

acousto-optic elements;

liquid crystal devices;

electrochromic elements;

electrophoretic elements.

Non-linear optics, i.e. devices or arrangements in which the electric or magnetic field component of the light beam influences the optical properties of the medium.

Control of light beams by electromagnetic waves, e.g. radio waves, or by electrons or other elementary particles.

Optical analogue/digital converters, i.e. devices performing the digitalisation of an optical analogue signal, insofar these converters are based in substantial manner on elements which are provided for under the bullets above.

Demodulating light.

Transferring the modulation of modulated light, i.e. transferring the information from one optical carrier of a first wavelength to a second optical carrier of a second wavelength.

Frequency changing of light, e.g. by quantum counters.

Optical logic elements.

Optical bistable devices, i.e. devices exhibiting two different optical output states for a same optical input value.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Group G02B 26/00 covers optical devices or arrangements for controlling light using movable or deformable elements, as opposed to subclass G02F that covers devices or arrangements involving a modification or control of the optical properties of the medium of said devices or arrangements.

Group G05D 25/00 covers control of light in general, e.g. by using electric or mechanical means, as opposed to subclass G02F that covers devices or arrangements involving a modification or control of the optical properties of the medium of said devices or arrangements.

Group G09F 9/35 covers indicating arrangements in which characters are formed on a support by combining individual liquid crystal elements, as opposed to group G02F 1/13 that covers devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, phase, polarization or colour based on liquid crystals. Classification should be given in G09F 9/35 when the emphasis is on the indicating aspects, and in the relevant subgroups of G02F 1/13 when the emphasis is on the devices or arrangements aspects of the liquid crystal cells involved.

References

Limiting references:

Lasers using stimulated Brillouin or Raman effect

H01S 3/30

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Optical computing devices

G06E

Modulators for heads used in optical recording or reproducing

G11B 7/125

Informative references:

Liquid crystal materials

C09K 19/00

Non-portable lighting devices in general

F21S

Features or details of lighting devices, e.g. use of light guides

F21V

Optical transfer means between sensing member and indicating or recording part in connection with measuring

G01D 5/26

Testing of optical apparatus

G01M 11/00

Optical devices, systems or arrangements per se

G02B

Control of light in general, e.g. by using electric means

G05D 25/00

Optical recording associated with non-optical reproducing, or optical reproducing associated with non-optical recording

G11B 11/00

Digital static stores using optical elements

G11C 13/04

Modulation of electromagnetic waves

H03C 7/00

Transmission systems employing light

H04B 10/00

Optical multiplex systems

H04J 14/00

Pictorial communication, e.g. television

H04N

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the following abbreviations are often used:

AMLCD

Active Matrix Liquid Crystal Display

G-H

Guest-Host

IPS-LCD

In Plane Switching Liquid Crystal Display

LCD

Liquid Crystal Display

MQW

Multiple Quantum Well

PALC (display)

Plasma Addressed Liquid Crystal (display)

PDLC

Polymer Dispersed Liquid Crystal

SEED

Self Electro-optic Effect Device

SHG

Second Harmonic Generation

SLM

Spatial Light Modulator

STN-LC

Super-Twisted Nematic Liquid Crystal

TFT-LCD

Thin Film Transistor Liquid Crystal Display

TN-LC

Twisted Nematic Liquid Crystal

G02F 1/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Indicating arrangements in which characters are formed on a support by combining individual liquid crystal elements

G09F 9/35

Control of light sources

H01S 3/10, H01S 5/06, H05B 33/08, H05B 35/00-H05B 43/00

Informative references:

Thermometers using change of colour or translucency

G01K 11/12

Thermometers using changes in fluorescence

G01K 11/32

Light guide devices

G02B 6/00

Optical devices or arrangements using movable or deformable elements for controlling light independent of the light source

G02B 26/00

Control of light in general

G05D 25/00

Visible signalling systems

G08B 5/00

Control arrangements of circuits for display devices other than cathode-ray tube type, e.g. control circuits for LCD's or electrochromic displays

G09G 3/00

G02F 1/01 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Polarizing elements per se

G02B 5/30

G02F 1/13 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Liquid crystal materials

C09K 19/00

G02F 1/29 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Lasers provided with means to change the location from which, or the direction in which, laser radiation is emitted

H01S 3/101

G02F 1/35 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Lasers using stimulated Brillouin or Raman effect

H01S 3/30

Informative references:

Optical bistable devices

G02F 3/02

G02F 2/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Control of the emitted radiation in laser devices

H01S 3/10, H01S 5/06

Informative references:

Measuring characteristics of light, e.g. intensity, spectrum

G01J

Photoelectric discharge tubes

H01J 40/00

Semiconductor devices sensitive to light, e.g. photodetectors

H01L 31/00

Demodulation of electromagnetic waves, or transferring modulation of electromagnetic waves from one carrier to another

H03D 9/00

G02F 2/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Luminescent materials

C09K 11/00

G02F 3/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Electric-pulse generators using opto-electronic devices as active elements

H03K 3/42

Logic circuits using opto-electronic devices

H03K 19/14

G03B - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Details common to at least two of the following types of photographic apparatus: cameras, projectors, printers

Film-strip handling

Focusing arrangements

Adjustment of optical system relative to image or object surface, other than for focusing

Photographic apparatus

Cameras

Projectors or projection-type viewers, or their details

Photographic printing apparatus, or their details

Combinations of cameras, projectors, or photographic printing apparatus with non-photographic non-optical apparatus

Details common to cameras

Control of exposure by setting shutters, diaphragms, or filters separately or conjointly, in particular remote control

Exposure-making shutters

Diaphragms

Filters or other obturators specially adapted for photographic purposes

Optical viewfinders

Devices used in connection with camera focusing, including focusing aids or autofocus systems

Special procedures or apparatus for taking photographs

Photographic techniques and processes

Processes - and solely those processes - characterised by the use or manipulation of apparatus classifiable per se in this subclass, in particular:

Associated working of cameras or projectors with sound-recording or -reproducing means

Colour photography, other than mere exposure or projection of a colour film

Stereoscopic photography

Panoramic or wide-screen photography

Photographing extended surfaces

Photographing internal surfaces

High-speed photography

Other special photographic techniques

Obtaining records using waves other than optical waves, or visualising such records by using optical means

Testing correct operation of photographic apparatus or parts thereof

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Photographic processes are covered by subclass G03B when the process relates to the exposure of the photosensitive medium, in order to generate the latent image, whereas subclass G03C covers the photographic processes that involve a chemical transformation of the photosensitive medium, such that the latent image is transformed into a visible and permanent record.

The printing of a record obtained via the processes or apparatus of subclass H04N is classified in class B41 if the only chemical processing involved consists in the after-treatment of ink applied to the recording surface, but is classified in subclass G03B if a latent image is produced.

Electronic image capturing apparatus or processes where an electronic image sensor converts an optical image into electrical signals, e.g. by controlling the electronic image sensor or by processing the electrical signals, are typically - but not always - covered by Subclass H04N. Due regard should be given to the multi-aspect classification rule stated below.

With respect to projectors or projection-type viewers, this subject matter is typically - but not always - covered by Subclass H04N when it is characterised by the processing or handling of the electronic image signals. Due regard should be given to the multi-aspect classification rule stated below.

When the following subject matter is classified in this subclass, it is desirable to also classify it in Subclass H04N, when some aspects are considered of interest for search purposes:

Digital still cameras, or their details

Projectors or projection-type viewers using an electronic spatial light modulator, or their details

Video cameras, CCTV cameras, surveillance cameras and camcorders, or details thereof

References

Limiting references:

Optical parts for apparatus or arrangements for taking photographs or for projecting or viewing them

G02B

Photosensitive materials for photographic purposes

G03C

Apparatus for processing exposed photographic materials; Accessories therefor

G03D

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Instruments for performing medical examinations of the interior of cavities or tubes of the body by photographical inspection

A61B 1/00

Objective-type instruments for examining the eyes specially adapted for eye photography

A61B 3/14

Photographic composing devices

B41B 13/00-B41B 23/00

Photogrammetry; Photographic surveying

G01C 11/00

Recording indications of measuring instruments by photographic means

G01D 9/42

Indicating the weight by photographic recording

G01G 23/35

Photometry using photographic effects

G01J 1/52

Measuring linear or angular speed using photographic means; Measuring differences of linear or angular speeds using photographic means

G01P 3/38

Photographic dosimeters

G01T 1/08

Microscopes arranged for photographic purposes or projection purposes

G02B 21/36

Arrangements for producing a permanent visual presentation of the output data by photographic printing

G06K 15/12

Photographic arrangements structurally combined with the vessel:

in vessels common to two or more basic types of discharge tubes or lamps

in cathode-ray tubes or in electron-beam tubes

in discharge tubes with provision for introducing objects or material to be exposed to the discharge

in vessels common to two or more basic types of discharge tubes or lamps

in cathode-ray tubes or in electron-beam tubes

in discharge tubes with provision for introducing objects or material to be exposed to the discharge

H01J 5/16, H01J 29/89, H01J 37/22

Particle spectrometers or separator tubes with detection performed by photographic film

H01J 49/00

Informative references:

Photographic exposure meters

G01J 1/00

Adjusting means for lenses adapted for automatic focusing

G02B 7/09

Systems for automatic generation of focusing signals

G02B 7/28

Means for focusing of apparatus for photomechanical production of textured or patterned surfaces

G03F 7/207

Image data processing, in general

G06T

Information storage based on relative movement between record carrier and transducer;

Static stores

G11B, G11C

Television cameras

H04N 5/225

Transforming light or analogous information into electric information:

Transforming X-rays into electric information

Transforming infrared radiation into electric information

Transforming light into electric information using solid-state image sensors

H04N 5/30, H04N 5/32, H04N 5/33, H04N 5/335

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

ESLM

Electronic spatial light modulator: optoelectronic transducer converting electric signals representing image information into optical image information

records

photographs or any other kind of latent, directly-visible or permanent storage of pictorial information, which consist of an imagewise distribution of a quantity, e.g. an electric charge pattern, recorded on a carrier member

optical

applies to visible light but also to ultra-violet radiation or infra-red radiation

Synonyms and Keywords

AE

Automatic Exposure

AF

Auto Focus

APS

Advanced Photographic System

DEP

Double Exposure Prevention

DSLR

Digital Single Lens Reflex Camera

EVF

Electronic Viewfinder

OVF

Optical Viewfinder

SLR

Single Lens Reflex Camera

G03B 1/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Details common to cameras only

G03B 7/00-G03B 17/00

Details common to projectors only

G03B 21/00, G03B 23/00

Details common to printers only

G03B 27/00

G03B 1/60 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Measuring length per se

G01B

G03B 1/66 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Counting mechanisms

G06M

G03B 3/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this main group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Focusing aids for cameras

G03B 13/18

Means for focusing for cameras

G03B 13/32

Means for automatic focusing of projectors or projection-type viewers

G03B 21/53

Means for automatic focusing of photographic printing apparatus

G03B 27/34

G03B 5/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Details common to cameras only

G03B 7/00-G03B 17/00

Details common to projectors only

G03B 21/00, G03B 23/00

Details common to printers only

G03B 27/00

G03B 7/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Control of exposure in television cameras by means of circuitry for compensating for variation in the brightness of the object

H04N 5/235

G03B 7/30 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Signals indicating condition of a camera member or suitability of light

G03B 17/18

G03B 9/08 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source

G02F 1/00

G03B 11/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Filters per se

G02B 5/20

G03B 13/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Optical rangefinders

G01C 3/00

Hoods or caps for eliminating unwanted light from lenses, viewfinders, or focusing aids

G03B 11/04

Reflex cameras with single objective and a movable reflector or a partly-transmitting mirror

G03B 19/12

Cameras with paired lenses, one of which forms image on photographic material and the other forms a corresponding image on a focusing screen

G03B 19/14

G03B 13/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Viewfinders per se

G02B 23/14

Viewfinders for television systems

H04N 5/00

G03B 15/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Functional features or details of lighting devices or systems thereof; Structural combinations of lighting devices with other articles, not otherwise provided for

F21V

G03B 15/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Light sources using charges of combustible material

F21K 5/00

Circuit arrangements for light sources using a charge of combustible material

H05B 43/02

G03B 15/05 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Discharge lamps

H01J 61/00- H01J 65/00

Circuit arrangements or apparatus for igniting or operating discharge lamps

H05B 41/00

G03B 15/16 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Plates or blocks in which tracks of nuclear particles are made visible by after-treatment, using photographic emulsion

G01T 5/10

G03B 17/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Hollow bodies having parts which are deformable or displaceable under pressure, e.g. bellows

G12B 1/04

Bellows per se

F16J 3/00

G03B 17/36 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Counting mechanisms

G06M

G03B 17/48 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Telescopes

G02B 23/00

G03B 17/56 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Camera tripods

F16M

G03B 19/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Details of cameras

G03B 17/00

Details of camera bodies

G03B 17/02

Accessories for cameras or camera bodies

G03B 17/56

G03B 21/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Lighting devices or systems producing a varying lighting effect

F21S 10/00

Optical projection comparators

G01B 9/08

Apparatus for optical projection, in general

G02B 27/18

Viewers, other than projection viewers, giving motion-picture effects by persistence of vision, e.g. zoetrope

G03B 25/00

Photographic printing apparatus

G03B 27/00

Television systems' projection arrangements for image reproduction

H04N 5/74

G03B 21/10 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Projection screens

G03B 21/56

G03B 21/20 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Condensers

G02B 19/00

Microscope condensers

G02B 21/08

G03B 21/26 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Light-pointers

G02B 27/20

G03B 21/44 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Film-strip handling of general interest for cameras, projectors or printers

G03B 1/00

G03B 21/50 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Mechanical linking of shutter and intermittent feed for altering frame speed or regulating constancy of film speed

G03B 21/48

G03B 21/54 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Tables specially adapted to be used with domestic photographic projectors

A47B 37/02

G03B 23/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Film-strip handling of general interest for cameras, projectors or printers

G03B 1/00

Viewing apparatus

G02B 23/00, G02B 27/02

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

picture

Any flat representation, whether transparent or not, e.g. produced by photography, writing, or printing

G03B 25/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

High-speed photography

G03B 39/00

G03B 27/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Film-strip handling of general interest for cameras, projectors or printers

G03B 1/00

G03B 27/53 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Registration or positioning of originals, masks, frames, photographic sheets or textured or patterned surfaces in photomechanical production of textured or patterned surfaces

G03F 9/00

G03B 27/54 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Controlling or varying light intensity, spectral composition, or exposure time in photographic printing apparatus

G03B 27/72

G03B 27/72 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Control of light, e.g. intensity, colour, phase

G05D 25/00

G03B 29/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this main group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Theodolites combined with cameras

G01C 1/04

Informative references:

Time-pieces combined with other articles which do not interfere with the running or the time-keeping of the time-piece

G04B 47/00

G03B 31/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Cinematographic processes of taking pictures or printing combined with sound-recording

G03C 5/14

Record carriers characterised by the selection of the material and comprising cinematographic film or slide with integral magnetic track

G11B 5/633

G03B 35/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Panoramic or wide-screen photography

G03B 37/00

G03B 42/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Investigating materials using electromagnetic radiation, other than infrared, visible or ultraviolet radiation

G01N 22/00, G01N 23/00

Investigating or analysing materials by the use of ultrasonic, sonic or infrasonic waves; Visualisation of the interior of objects by transmitting ultrasonic or sonic waves through the object

G01N 29/00

Radar or analogous systems specially adapted for mapping or imaging

G01S 13/89

Sonar systems specially adapted for mapping or imaging

G01S 15/89

G03B 42/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Measurement of nuclear or X-radiation

G01T

X-ray apparatus involving X-ray tubes; Circuits therefor

H05G 1/00

G03B 42/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Diagnosis testing using ultrasonic, sonic or infrasonic waves

A61B 8/00

Measurement of mechanical vibrations or ultrasonic, sonic or infrasonic waves

G01H

G03B 42/08 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Diffraction optics systems using spatial filters

G02B 27/46

Optics for phase object visualisation

G02B 27/50

G03B 43/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Time-interval measuring

G04F

G03C - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Photosensitive materials for photographic purposes, including multicolour photosensitive materials or diffusion transfer photosensitive materials

Packages of films for inserting into cameras

Wrapping materials for light-sensitive plates, films, or papers

Photographic processes, including multicolour photographic processes

Diffusion transfer processes for photographic purposes

Photographic agents, including multicolour photographic agents

Diffusion transfer agents for photographic purposes

Regeneration of photographic processing agents, including multicolour photographic processing agents

Stereo-photographic processes or similar processes

Auxiliary processes in photography

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Subclass G03C covers the combination of cinematographic processes and sound-recording, whereas subclass G11B covers sound-recording per se.

References

Limiting references:

Photographic processes characterised by the use or manipulation of apparatus classifiable per se in subclass G03B

G03B

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Photographic emulsion plates or blocks in which tracks of nuclear particles are made visible by after-treatment

G01T 5/10

Informative references:

Organic dyes or closely-related compounds for producing dyes

C09B

Tenebrescent materials

C09K 9/00

Photomechanical production of textured or patterned surfaces; Materials or originals therefor; Apparatus specially adapted therefor

G03F

Electrography; Electrophotography; Magnetography

G03G

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Emulsion

Dispersion, i.e. a distribution of finely divided particles in a medium

Optical

Applies to visible light, but also to ultraviolet radiation or infrared radiation

Photosensitive composition

Photosensitive substance, e.g. silver halide, and, if applicable, binder or additives

Photosensitive material

Photosensitive composition, e.g. emulsion, the base carrying it, and, if applicable, auxiliary layers

G03C 1/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Compositions for photosensitive glass

C03C 4/04

G03C 1/047 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Preparation of gelatine

C09H

G03C 1/498 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Thermography

B41M 5/26

G03C 1/675 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds with photosensitivity-increasing substances for the photomechanical production of textured or patterned surfaces

G03F 7/028

Photosensitive macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable, applicable to the photomechanical production of textured or patterned surfaces

G03F 7/038

G03C 1/695 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Azides per se

C07D 499/40

Azides used as photosensitive material in the photomechanical production of textured or patterned surfaces

G03F 7/008

G03C 1/705 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Materials comprising photoresists applicable to the photomechanical production of textured or patterned surfaces

G03F 7/004

G03C 3/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Wrapping materials, in general

B65D 65/00, B65D 75/00

G03C 5/17 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Conversion screens for the conversion of the spatial distribution of X-rays or particle radiation into visible images

G21K 4/00

G03C 11/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Auxiliary processes in photography characterized by apparatus used

G03D 15/00

G03C 11/24 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Electrolytic recovery of metals by electrolysis of solutions

C25C 1/00

G03D - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Liquid processing apparatus, with or without immersion

Washing apparatus, with or without immersion

Gas processing apparatus

Diffusion development apparatus

Reversal processing apparatus

Other processing apparatus or accessories therefor

Apparatus for treating processed material

Dark-room arrangements or portable dark-rooms

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Cameras with both developing and finishing apparatus

G03B 17/50

Places in relation to which this subclass is residual:

Exposure apparatus for contact printing adapted to be combined with processing apparatus

G03B 27/30

Informative references:

Spraying apparatus; Atomising apparatus; Nozzles

B05B

Apparatus for applying liquids or other fluent materials to surfaces, in general

B05C

Processes for applying liquids or other fluent materials to surfaces, in general

B05D

Photosensitive materials for photographic purposes; Photographic processes; Auxiliary processes in photography

G03C

Apparatus specially adapted for photomechanical production of textured or patterned surfaces

G03F

Electrographic, electrophotographic, or magnetophotographic methods or apparatus

G03G

G03D 3/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Mixing

B01F

G03D 13/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Containers for storage or transport of articles or materials, in general

B65D

G03D 15/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Drying solid materials or objects by removing liquid therefrom

F26B

G03D 15/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Cutting, in general

B26D

G03D 15/10 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Means for mounting individual pictures to be projected, e.g. frame for transparency

G03B 21/64

G03F 1/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Patterned radiation modifying products that are chemically defined and have been patterned to modify radiation during imaging (e.g., masks, photomasks, reticles), preparation of such patterned radiation modifying products, similar or like products that function as mask blanks or specialized substrates, per se, for preparing such patterned radiation modifying products, processes of preparing such mask blanks or specialized substrates, per se (when not provided for elsewhere), pellicles, per se or pellicles in combination with patterned radiation modifying products, processes of preparing such pellicles (when not provided for elsewhere), containers that are specially adapted therefor, or processes of preparing the same (when not provided for elsewhere).

References

Informative references:

Electrography; electrophotography

G03G

Photomechanical process; apparatus; photosensitive material, e.g., photoresist, in general

G03F 7/00

Use of photoresist structures for special production processes, e.g.:

Producing decorative effects

B44C

Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or parts thereof

H01L 21/00

Printed circuits; details of electric apparatus; manufacture of electrical components, in general

H05K

Holographic processes or apparatus

G03H

Special rules of classification

In this main group, at each hierarchical level, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, classification is made in the first appropriate place.

G03F 1/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter of main group G03F 1/00 in which the radiation modifying products are either patterned masks for imaging by charged particle beam (CPB) radiation (e.g., by electron beam), mask blanks therefor, or specialized substrates for preparing such patterned masks; and the processes of preparing are directed to preparation of such patterned masks for imaging by charged particle beam (CPB) radiation, preparation of mask blanks therefor, or preparation of specialized substrates therefor.

G03F 1/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter of main group G03F 1/00 in which the radiation modifying products are either patterned masks for imaging by radiation of 100 nanometers or shorter wavelength (e.g., X-ray masks, extreme ultraviolet (EUV) masks), mask blanks therefor, or specialized substrates for preparing such patterned masks; and the processes of preparing are directed to preparation of such patterned masks for imaging by radiation of 100 nanometers or shorter wavelength (e.g., X-ray masks, extreme ultraviolet (EUV) masks), preparation of mask blanks therefor, or preparation of specialized substrates therefor.

G03F 1/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter of main group G03F 1/00 in which the radiation modifying products are either patterned phase shift masks (PSM’s), PSM blanks therefor, or specialized substrates for preparing such patterned PSM’s; and the processes of preparing are directed to preparation of such patterned PSM’s, preparation of PSM blanks therefor, or preparation of specialized substrates therefor.

(1) Note. In this subgroup, the phase shift mask (PSM) has a phase shift (PS) transmissive or reflective region that provides a different effective optical path length for illumination exiting the PS region than that of another (usually adjacent non-PS) region, so that exiting illumination from these separate regions are at different phases from each other. When the phase difference between adjacent PS and non-PS regions is 180 degrees, destructive interference is maximized for the exiting illumination between these regions, causing minimum combined diffracted light intensity, which results in a darkened projected light intensity that improves resolution when exposing a photosensitive layer (such as a photoresist).

(2) Note. For a transmissive PSM, the phase shift (PS) region is usually produced by selective addition of a transparent PS layer that increases the effective thickness of a transmissive substrate or by selective etching to create a recess that decreases the thickness of the transmissive substrate, each of which provides exiting illumination that differs in phase from illumination exiting another unchanged region of the transmissive substrate. However, the difference in phase at the phase shifting region can also be produced by selective doping or implantation of particular ions into the transmissive substrate to selectively change the refractive index or other optical characteristic of the transparent substrate, altering the passage of illuminated light exiting from the phase shifting region relative to light exiting from another (non-PS) region of the transmissive substrate for the PSM.

G03F 1/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter of subgroup G03F 1/26 in which the phase shift mask (PSM) has three (3) or more different transmissive or reflective portions thereon that provide three (3) or more diverse phases of exiting illumination (e.g., tri-tone PSM for 0°, 90°, and 180° phases); and in which the process of preparing is directed to preparation of such a patterned PSM.

G03F 1/29 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter of subgroup G03F 1/26 in which the phase shift mask (PSM) has an absorber region with an adjacent clear narrow ridge that produces phase shifted exiting illumination (180 degrees out of phase) with respect to non-phase shifted illumination exiting a non-phase shifted clear region of a transparent substrate, where the absorber region represents a pattern to be reproduced (rim PSM or outrigger PSM); and in which the process of preparing is directed to preparation of such a rim PSM or an outrigger PSM.

G03F 1/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter of subgroup G03F 1/26 in which the phase shift mask (PSM) has alternating diverse phase clear regions separated by an absorber region that represents a pattern to be reproduced, where the absorber region is usually in the form of absorber lines separated by alternating phase shift (PS) spaces and non-phase shift (non-PS) spaces in repeating sequence across a major surface of the PSM (e.g., Levenson-Shibuya PSM, etc.); and in which the process of preparing is directed to preparation of such an alternating PSM (alt-PSM).

G03F 1/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter of subgroup G03F 1/26 in which the phase shift mask (PSM) has an attenuating region that produces phase shifted exiting illumination at a different phase from that produced by a non-attenuating clear region of the attenuating PSM (e.g., PSM having semi-transparent phase shift portion, halftone PSM); and in which the process of preparing is directed to preparation of such an attenuating PSM (att-PSM).

(1) Note. In this attenuating PSM (att-PSM, halftone PSM), the attenuating or halftone region is partially transmissive and provides a phase shift (PS) in exiting illumination. The degree of PS and the transmissiveness of the att-PS region depends on the material and thickness of the att-PS region, as well as depending on the wavelength of the illumination. Such an att-PS region or a halftone PS region can be formed by adding an appropriate material at a suitable thickness, reducing the thickness of a previously formed layer (whether a supporting substrate of the att-PSM or an additional layer thereon), or other post-treatment of an att-PSM portion (such as selective doping or ion implantation).

(2) Note. An att-PS region can be created by sufficiently reducing the thickness of a normally opaque absorber layer material, such as a thin layer of chromium (Cr) often called "leaky chrome".

G03F 1/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter of subgroup G03F 1/26 in which the phase shift mask (PSM) has at least two clear regions directly adjacent to each other that produce different phases (usually 180 degrees apart) to create a phase edge between these diverse clear regions in corresponding portions of exiting illumination, where the phase edge represents a pattern to be reproduced (e.g., chromeless PSM, etc.); and in which the process of preparing is directed to preparation of such a phase edge PSM.

Note. In this subgroup, such a phase edge PSM can be without any opaque region (as a chromeless PSM). Alternatively, the phase edge PSM is permitted to include an opaque region or an absorber region, such as at the peripheral border of this phase edge PSM to avoid unwanted artifacts that might otherwise be produced in a common photoresist layer by step-and-repeat exposures from this phase edge PSM. However, this phase edge PSM must still have at least one unobstructed phase edge between two directly adjacent clear regions that produce exiting illumination having different phases (e.g., at 0° and 180°, etc.), where the phase edge represents a pattern to be reproduced, as described above.

G03F 1/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter of main group G03F 1/00 in which the patterned radiation modifying products are masks, where the mask has a pattern that includes a proximity correction feature or a changed dimension of a printing feature for improving a resulting printed pattern formed thereby (e.g., enhancing sub-resolution sized patterns, reducing side-lobe formation between closely spaced patterns); and in which the processes of preparing are directed to preparation of such masks having proximity correction features (e.g., optical proximity correction [OPC] design processes).

(1) Note. Proximity correction addresses problems resulting from the miniaturization of patterns for radiation modifying masks, which typically results in degradation of the pattern, with the degradation not being uniform between sorts of pattern such as, for example, a line-and-space pattern, an isolated pattern, etc.

(2) Note. The proximity correction features can be sub-resolution patterns (e.g. serifs, assist bars) or modified patterns (e.g. biased) to compensate for optical proximity effects in a basic layout of a mask pattern. Alternatively, the proximity correction features can be dummy patterns, which are placed in a vacant region of a mask pattern to reduce inhomogeneous processing due to proximity effects.

References

Informative references:

Adapting basic layout or design of a mask to a lithographic process requirement for preparation of masks without proximity correction features

G03F 1/70

Computer-aided design in general

G06F 17/50

G03F 1/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter of main group G03F 1/00 in which the patterned radiation modifying products are masks having auxiliary features, where the mask possesses some structure in addition to that used for imaging and this structure is used for subsidiary purposes; and in which the processes of preparing are directed to preparation of such masks having auxiliary features.

Note. For example, the subsidiary purposes may be for alignment of the mask within an exposure apparatus, for testing of the mask, for protecting the mask, or for improving an image obtained from the mask.

G03F 1/50 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter of main group G03F 1/00 in which the radiation modifying products are mask blanks for producing patterned masks; and in which the processes of preparing are directed to preparation of such mask blanks.

G03F 1/52 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter of main group G03F 1/00 in which the radiation modifying products have a reflector that functions as a mirror to deflect incident radiation.

Note. The reflector can be a particular material that is chemically defined. Alternatively, the specified reflector can have a specific shape, a particular thickness, or a given internal microstructure (such as a reflector that was subjected to a particular heat treatment to relieve internal stress).

G03F 1/54 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter of main group G03F 1/00 in which the radiation modifying products have an absorber (e.g., of opaque material) which functions to absorb incident radiation.

(1) Note. The absorber can be a particular opaque material that is chemically defined (e.g., tantalum (Ta), gold (Au), chromium (Cr), carbon (C), molybdenum silicide (MoSi)). Alternatively, the absorber can have a specific pattern (e.g., an unresolvable grid pattern leading to a grey tone mask, a gradient mask), a particular thickness (e.g., making the absorber region semi-transparent to provide only 20% transmittance for incident radiation at a target wavelength for imaging), or a given internal structure (e.g., multilayer absorber, ion implanted opaque layer to change an optical property for absorbing more incident radiation).

(2) Note. Excluded from this subgroup are attenuating phase shift masks (PSMs) having PS regions created by sufficiently reducing the thickness of a normally opaque absorber layer material, such as a thin layer of chromium (Cr) often called "leaky chrome".

G03F 1/60 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter of main group G03F 1/00 in which the radiation modifying products or similar products have a substrate defined by a particular material, a given structure, or a stated property, making the substrate especially suited (e.g., in a patterned mask, in a mask blank therefor) for use in radiation imaging.

References

Informative references:

Layered products characterized by the non-homogeneity or physical structure of a layer

B32B 5/00

G03F 1/62 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter of main group G03F 1/00 in which the pellicles, per se, or the pellicles in combination with radiation modifying products, provide protection for a patterned mask by excluding foreign matter (e.g., solid particles of dust) that would otherwise degrade proper imaging from the patterned mask (e.g., pellicle assembly having membrane on support frame).

Note. In this subgroup, the pellicle often includes a thin transparent layer (such as a transparent flexible membrane) attached to a rigid frame to hold the thin transparent layer at a specified distance away from the mask pattern so that foreign matter collecting on the outside of the pellicle will not be in the range of focus during imaging, in order to avoid degradation of the resulting imaged pattern produced from the mask. Alternatively, the pellicle can be a hard self-supporting layer, having a specified thickness and transparency, that is formed on the patterned mask. In either case, the pellicle still protects the mask, to which the pellicle is attached, from dust adhering on the mask pattern that would otherwise occur during imaging of the mask without any benefit of the pellicle.

G03F 1/64 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter of subgroup G03F 1/62 in which the pellicles have special frames (e.g. structure or material), including bonding means for the pellicle frame, which establishes a bond between the frame and a pellicle membrane or between a frame and a substrate of a radiation modifying product.

Note. In this subgroup, the bonding means often includes an adhesive layer. Alternatively, the bonding means can include a structure that provides a physical attachment.

G03F 1/66 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter of main group G03F 1/00 in which the containers are specially adapted for holding, protecting, or transporting of masks, mask blanks, or pellicles as defined therein; and the processes of preparing such containers (when not provided for elsewhere).

G03F 1/68 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter of main group G03F 1/00 in which the preparation processes for preparing radiation modifying products and similar or like products include particular preparation steps, specific manufacturing methods, or given design steps for preparing these products, but which preparation processes are not specifically provided for in the previous subgroups.

G03F 1/70 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter of subgroup G03F 1/68 in which the preparation processes are for adapting basic layout of patterned radiation modifying products to a lithographic process requirement, which include methods for adapting, modifying or correcting of basic patterns for a radiation mask used for photomechanical production of textured or patterned surfaces (e.g. second iteration correction of mask pattern for imaging).

References

Informative references:

Proximity correction layout or design processes for preparation of masks with proximity correction features, e.g. OPC features

G03F 1/36

Computer-aided design in general

G06F 17/50

G03F 1/72 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter of subgroup G03F 1/68 in which the preparation processes for preparing patterned radiation modifying products include methods for repair or correction of mask defects. e.g., by removing excess part defects or filling in missing part defects.

G03F 1/76 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter of subgroup G03F 1/68 in which the processes for preparing patterned radiation modifying products include patterning of masks by imaging.

Note. Typically, this imaging to pattern the mask is accomplished by selectively exposing and developing a photosensitive layer (e.g., a photoresist layer on a mask blank) for defining a pattern therein that is used to form the resulting patterned mask.

G03F 1/80 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter of subgroup G03F 1/68 in which the processes for preparing patterned radiation modifying products include an etching step to selectively remove material from a mask or a mask blank.

References

Informative references:

Etching metallic material by chemical means

C23F 1/00

G03F 1/82 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter of subgroup G03F 1/68 in which the processes for preparing radiation modifying products and similar or like products include performing operations that are ancillary to the manufacture or the design methods for these products, but which ancillary operations (as auxiliary processes) are not specifically provided for in the previous subgroups (e.g. cleaning or inspecting).

References

Informative references:

Cleaning in general

B08B

Testing of optical apparatus

G01M 11/00

Methods or arrangements for reading or recognizing printed or written characters or for recognizing patterns

G06K 9/00

G03H - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Means for producing a record of the phase and amplitude information of a wave-front, which information can be used to reconstruct the wave-front or means to reconstruct the original wave-front from a record containing the phase and amplitude information of the wave-front.

Holographic processes or apparatus using electromagnetic waves, acoustic waves or other electromagnetic waves or subatomic particles for obtaining holograms; processes or apparatus for obtaining images from them.

References

Limiting references:

Holograms used as optical elements

G02B 5/32

Analogue computers performing mathematical operations with the aid of optical elements

G06E 3/00

Arrangements for recognition printed or written characters using holographic masks

G06K 9/76

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Interferometers using holographic techniques

G01B 9/021

Holograms used for marking record carriers

G06K 19/16

Holograms using for recording or reproducing of information on carriers, e.g. holographic storage

G11B 7/0065, G11C 13/04

Television signal recording using holographic recording

H04N 5/89

Informative references:

Producing stereoscopic or other three-dimensional effects

G02B 27/22

Diffraction-grating systems

G02B 27/44

Systems using moire fringes

G02B 27/60

Optical logic elements

G02F 3/00

Stereo-photography

G03B 35/00

Photosensitive materials or processes photographic purposes

G03C

Apparatus for processing exposed photographic materials

G03D

Hologram used as mask in microlithography process

G03F 7/20

Arrangements for performing computing

G06G 7/12

Digital computing or data processing equipment or methods, specially adapted for specific functions

G06F 17/00, G06F 19/00

General purpose image data processing

G06T 1/00

Three dimensional (3D) image rendering and modeling

G06T 15/00, G06T 17/00

Construction of electron microscopes

H01J 37/26

Systems for obtaining stereoscopic television images

H04N 13/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Rainbow hologram or Benton hologram

is micro-relief structure consisting from multiple numbers of micro-dimensional grooves . The rainbow hologram separates out components wavelengths of white light and sends them in different directions, so that the viewer sees the image by light of only one wavelength.

Multiplex hologram

is produced by combining a large number of photographs in a holographic manner.

Synonyms and Keywords

CGH

Computer-generated hologram

G03H 1/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Producing stereoscopic or other three-dimensional effects

G02B 27/22

Systems using moire fringes

G02B 27/60

G03H 1/08 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Using electric digital computers

G06F, G06T

G03H 1/16 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Analogue computers

G06G, e.g. G06G 7/19

G03H 1/34 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Product

Mathematical operation

G03H 5/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Construction of electron microscopes

H01J 37/26

G04D - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Apparatus, devices, tools and machines for manufacturing, processing, assembling, lubricating and testing clocks or watches and units thereof.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

The general aspects of machine tools or metal-working not specially adapted for G04D are covered by class B23. Grinding and polishing in general are covered by class B24. The general aspects of hand tools, portable power-driven tools, handles for hand implements or manipulators are covered by class B25.

G04D 1/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Tools for assembling, disassembling and mounting such as tweezers, vice clamps; Supporting and holding devices for clockworks or parts of time-pieces; Equipment for opening or closing watch bottoms or covers.

References

Informative references:

Surgical pinsetters

A61B 17/30

Vices, hand vices, pliers, work holders or positioners in general

B25B

Manipulators

B25J

Supports in general

F16M

Supports specially adapted for an instruments or a set of instruments

G01D 11/30

Mounting the clockwork in the cases

G04B 37/04

Component assemblies of electronic time-pieces

G04G 17/02

Resilient or clamping means for holding component to structure

H05K 7/12

G04D 3/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Machines and tools for burnishing, lathing, gauging, lapping or for other processes of treatment of clocks or watches; Devices for fixing bearing jewels, placing the elements of bearings; Devices for shaping or setting watch glasses; Machines or apparatus for cleaning.

References

Informative references:

Cleaning in general

B08B

Setting gems or the like on metal parts, e.g. diamonds on tools

B23P 5/00

Machines for assembling or disassembling parts

B23P 19/04

Tools for setting gems in jewellery

A44C 17/04

Making jewellery or other personal adornments

A44C 27/00

Bearings and details thereof

F16C 15/00-F16C 33/00

Jewel bearings for mechanical watches

G04B 31/00

Sealing watch crystals or glasses

G04B 39/02

Automatically operating machines in a manufacturing environment

G05B 19/18

G04D 5/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices or arrangements for lubricating; Special lubricant containers for watchmakers.

References

Informative references:

Arrangements for lubricating tools or work

B23Q 11/10

Special parts or details of bearings in view of lubrication

F16C 33/66

Lubricating in general

F16N

Lubrication of bearings using in clocks or watches

G04B 31/08

G04D 7/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Arrangements or apparatus used for measuring, counting, calibrating, testing or regulating of clock's units or parts, e.g. such as gearworks, balance wheels or hairsprings.

References

Informative references:

Instruments for measuring linear dimensions, angles, length or thickness

G01B

Instruments for measuring stress, force or torque in general

G01L 1/00-G01L 3/00

Instruments for measuring torque, adapted for special purposes

G01L 5/00

Testing static or dynamic balance of machines or structures

G01M 1/00

Arrangements for measuring frequencies of electronic signals

G01R 23/00

Adjusting escapements

G04B 15/12

Mechanisms for setting frequency of mechanically-driven clocks or watches

G04B 18/00

Time-interval measuring

G04F

G04D 9/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices or apparatus used for removing the magnetic field from clocks or watches or from parts thereof.

References

Informative references:

Demagnetising devices in general

H01F 13/00

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the following words "demagnetising" and "degaussing" are often used as synonyms.

G04R - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Electronic time-pieces integrated with input or output devices using radio waves

G04G 21/04

G04R 20/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Tuning resonant circuits

H03J

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

GPS

Global Positioning System

Call sign

in broadcasting or radio communications, designates a transmitting station. A call sign can be formally assigned by a government agency or informally adopted by individuals or organizations

DCF77

designates the call sign broadcast from Mainflingen, about 25 km south-east of Frankfurt am Main, Germany.

The call signDCF77 stands for D=Deutschland (Germany), C=long wave signal, F=Frankfurt, 77=frequency: 77.5 kHz

JJY40

designates the call sign broadcast from Mount Otakadoya (in Fukushima prefecture, Japan) at 40 kHz and from Mount Hagane (in Saga prefecture, Japan) at 60 kHz

MSF60

designates the call sign broadcast from Anthorn (UK) at 60 kHz with a range up to 1500 km, which covers all of UK

WWVB

designates the call sign of the United States National Institute of Standards and Technology's (NIST) radio station in Fort Collins, Colorado, that transmits carrier and time code (no voice) on 60 kHz (low frequency [LF] band), and which is used for synchronising radio-controlled clocks throughout the North America

GSM

Global System for Mobile communications, originally from the French Groupe Spécial Mobile

AM/FM

Amplitude Modulation / Frequency Modulation

UMTS

Universal Mobile Telecommunications System

3G

International Mobile Telecommunications-2000 (IMT-2000), better known as 3G or 3rd Generation

RDS

Radio Data System

G04R 60/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Structural details or housings of electronic time-pieces

G04G 17/00

G05G 1/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Knobs, handles, pedals or other like devices used to regulate or guide the operation of a machine, apparatus or system.

The fitting together or relative disposition of these devices.

Means for showing the place occupied by these devices.

References

Limiting references:

Joysticks in general

G05G 9/047

Steering wheels for motor vehicles

B62D

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Controlling members specially used for programme control

G05G 21/00

Informative references:

Means for preventing, limiting or returning the movements of parts of a control mechanism

G05G 5/00

Providing "feel", e.g. means to create a counterforce

G05G 5/03

Inhibiting the generation or transmission of noise

G05G 25/02

G05G 1/01 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The relative disposition of knobs, handles, pedals and other like devices used to regulate or guide the operation of a machine, apparatus or system.

References

Limiting references:

Double foot control, e.g. for instruction vehicles

G05G 1/34

Mounting units comprising an assembly with two or more pedals

G05G 1/36

G05G 1/015 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Means for showing the status of the input member, e.g. the place occupied by knobs, handles or other like devices.

References

Limiting references:

Means for continuously detecting pedal position

G05G 1/38

Means for detecting position through tactile feedback

G05G 5/03

G05G 1/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices which minimize the possibility of the pedal mechanism or its linkage to the controlled member harming, hurting, damaging, or impairing of the user in the event of a collision or other accident.

G05G 1/323 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices wherein, in the event of a collision or other accident, the linkage between the pedal and the controlled member is caused to be disrupted, e.g. by breaking or bending the connecting rod.

G05G 1/327 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices wherein, in the event of a collision or other accident, the pedal becomes dislodged from its mounting arrangement, e.g. by breaking or bending of the pedal support.

G05G 1/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Arrangements wherein a single device e.g. a brake or an accelerator or a clutch is controllable through two separate and distinct pedals as, e.g. for use in instructional vehicles where both a student and a teacher can alternatively or simultaneously control the device.

G05G 1/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Mounting arrangements wherein a single supporting unit supports two or more pedals, each of which controls a different device so as, e.g. to facilitate the mounting of the multiple pedal assembly as a single unit.

References

Limiting references:

Double foot controls, e.g. for instructional vehicle

G05G 1/34

G05G 1/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Pedals including means, e.g. electronic means, to provide uninterrupted feedback to the control system, related device or the operator of the place occupied by the pedal at that moment.

G05G 1/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices which allow for the pedals to be brought to a more true and effective relative position with respect to the users foot.

G05G 1/42 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Pedals which move linearly, e.g. by sliding.

G05G 1/44 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Pedals which rotate about a fixed axis, e.g. pivot.

G05G 1/445 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Pedals which rotate about an axis which is located midway between the extremities of the pedal.

G05G 1/46 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices particularly concerned with the transmission of the pedal movement to the machine, apparatus, or system being regulated or guided.

G05G 1/48 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Pedals having a special friction-increasing surface to prevent the operator's foot from sliding off.

Devices connected to a pedal which present the foot-engaging surface closer to the user.

Other accessory devices connectable to a pedal.

G05G 1/483 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Pedals having means to prevent the operator's foot from sliding off, e.g. a friction-increasing surface.

G05G 1/487 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices connected to a pedal which provide an additional foot engaging surface.

G05G 1/50 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The process of making pedals.

Pedals which are distinguished by the constituents, or material of which they are composed.

G05G 1/54 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Knobs, handlesor other like devices which:

Are uniquely modified to be put into mechanical action or motion through the use of supplementary parts attached to the device or;

The supplementary parts therefore.

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Extensions specifically adapted for use with pedals

G05G 1/487

G05G 1/56 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Knobs, handles, pedals or other like which are uniquely modified to be put into mechanical action or motion through the use of a separate instrument.

G05G 1/60 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices used to either direct or support the foot of the user.

G05G 1/62 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices used to either direct or support the arm of the user.

G05G 5/03 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices which improve the user's ability to know that a knob, handle, pedal or other like device which is at a particular position through sensory feedback, e.g. by using detents.

Other devices which provide to the user tactile feedback of the position of a knob, handle, pedal or other like device usually by generating a variable amount of counterforce.

References

Limiting references:

Arrangements for indicating the position of controlling members through other than tactile sensory feedback

G05G 1/015

G06E - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

All devices in which at least one computing function is performed by optical means. Optical computer is a device that uses the light beams, rather than electric current, to perform digital or analogue computations.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

If other aspects, for example mechanical, fluid pressure or electrical computing, are of interest, classification is also made in the relevant subclass for such aspects, e.g. G06C, G06D.

References

Limiting references:

Digital storage using optical elements

G11C 13/04

Informative references:

Light guides

G02B 6/00

Optical logic elements per se

G02F 3/00

Synthesising holograms

G03H

Computer systems based on biological models using optical means

G06N 3/067

Recording or reproducing by optical means

G11B 7/00

Devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components, including light sensitive semiconductor components, formed in or on a common substrate

H01L 27/14

Semiconductor devices sensitive to infra-red, light, UV radiation and adapted for the conversion of the such energy into electrical energy

H01L 31/00

Semiconductor devises adapted for light emission

H01L 33/00

Logic circuits using opto-electronic devices

H03K 19/14

Transmission systems using electromagnetic waves of optical range

H04B 10/00

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the following expressions/words "optic computer" and "photonic computer" are often used as synonyms.

G06F - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Electrical arrangements or processing means for the performance of any automated operation using empirical data in electronic form for classifying, analyzing, monitoring, or carrying out calculations on the data to produce a result or event.

References

Limiting references:

Programme-control systems

G05B 19/00

Digital computers in which all the computation is effected mechanically

G06C

Computers in which a part of the computation is effected hydraulically or pneumatically

G06D

Computers in which a part of the computation is effected optically

G06E

Computer systems based on specific computational models

G06N

Informative references:

Self-contained input or output peripheral equipment

G06K

Impedance networks using digital techniques

H03H

Computer displays

G09G

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Handling

includes processing or transporting of data.

Data processing equipment

An association of an electric digital data processor classifiable under group G06F 7/00, with one or more arrangements classifiable under groups G06F 1/00-G06F 5/00 and G06F 9/00-G06F 13/00.

G06F 1/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Details not covered by groups G06F 3/00-G06F 13/00 and G06F 21/00.

References

Limiting references:

Architectures of general purpose stored programme computers

G06F 15/76

Informative references:

Micro-programme loading

G06F 9/24

Instrument details

G12B

Special rules of classification

In order for a computing arrangement using a table to be classified in group G06F 1/03, the table must contain function values of the desired or an intermediate function, not merely coefficients.

G06F 3/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer;

Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements.

References

Informative references:

Furniture aspects

A47B 21/00

Typewriters

B41J

Conversion of physical variables

F15B 5/00

Keyboard switches per se

H01H 13/70

Sampling per se

H03K 17/00

Electronic switches characterised by the way in which the control signals are generated

H03K 17/94

Coding, decoding or code conversion, in general

H03M

Analogue/digital conversion, in general

H03M 1/00

Coding in connection with keyboards or like devices in general

H03M 11/00

Transmission of digital information

H04L

Input arrangements in regulating or control systems

G05B

Automatic curve followers per se

G06K 11/02

Devices for converting the position of a manually-operated writing or tracing member into an electrical signal

G06K 11/06

Arrangements for producing a permanent visual presentation of the output data

G06K 15/00

Image acquisition

G06T 1/00

G06F 3/01 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Input arrangements, or combined input and output arrangements, for interaction between user and computer.

Particularly, said input arrangements include those based on the interaction with the human body, e.g.

gloves for hand or finger tracking,

eye or head trackers,

devices using bioelectric signals, e.g. detecting nervous activity,

arrangements for providing computer generated force feedback in input devices.

G06F 3/033 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user such as

joysticks;

3D pointers using accelerometer sensors, gyroscope sensors or tilt-sensors;

mice, trackballs;

dials, scroll wheels, rollers, sliders.

Related accessories such as

mouse pads (see subgroup G06F 3/039).

Relationship between large subject matter areas

This group covers pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user or related accessories, whereas input arrangements based on the interaction with the human body are covered by the group G06F 3/01.

References

Limiting references:

Digitisers characterised by the transducing means

G06F 3/041

G06F 3/048 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter where the focus is on the way the user can interact with the displayed data, usually by means of pointing devices, irrespective of the type of data treated by the software application or the type of device embedding data processing capability.

As to the design of an interaction technique, this is most commonly determined by one or more of three factors, also in combination:

the specific behavior or appearance, of the graphical element or virtual environment;

the kind of input events that can be generated by a specific input device used to interact with the displayed elements of the GUI; and

the type of operation or function to be performed with relation to these elements.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

GUIs are widely used to interact with any type of software application (e.g. operating system, word-processing or information retrieval applications, spreadsheets, etc.) executed on a general-purpose computer or on a specific device (e.g. car navigation system, telephone, photocopy machine).

Documents mentioning or implying the presence of a standard GUI in the context of the disclosure of a specific software application or a specific device capable of processing data related to its specific function, should be in general classified in the appropriate subclasses related to those software applications or specific devices.

G06F 3/0489 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The use of keyboard keys dedicated to specific functions, e.g. <Scroll Lock>, <Home>, <PgUp> keys, as well as the use of specific combinations of keyboard keys, e.g. <Ctrl>+<A>, <Ctrl>+<C>, whereby the "+" means that the two keys have to be pressed together.

G06F 3/14 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Control of display in general

G09G

G06F 5/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Methods or arrangements for data conversion without changing the order or content of the data handled.

References

Informative references:

Coding, decoding or code conversion, in general

H03M

G06F 7/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Methods or arrangements for processing data by operating upon the order or content of the data handled.

References

Limiting references:

Logic circuits

H03K 19/00

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated into a larger system:

Sorting of postal letters

B07C

Informative references:

Half or full adders

G06F 7/501

According to the content of the data

G06F 7/06, G06F 7/22

Instruction execution

G06F 9/30

Information retrieval

G06F 17/30

Conveying record carriers from one station to another

G06K 13/02

Comparing pulses

H03K 5/22

EXCLUSIVE-OR circuits

H03K 19/21

Conversion to or from floating-point codes

H03M 7/24

Parallel/series conversion or vice versa

H03M 9/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Individual record carriers

Designates physically distinct carriers carrying digital information, e.g. sheets, cards.

G06F 9/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Arrangements for programme control, e.g. control unit.

References

Limiting references:

Programme control for peripheral devices

G06F 13/10

Informative references:

Address translation

G06F 12/00

G06F 11/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Error detection;

Error correction;

Monitoring.

References

Limiting references:

Methods or arrangements for verifying the correctness of marking on a record carrier

G06K 5/00

Error detection, correction or monitoring in information storage based on relative movement between record carrier and transducer

G11B 20/18

Error detection, correction or monitoring in static stores

G11C

Error detection, correction or monitoring in control mechanisms

G05B

Testing of digital circuits

G01R 31/00

Informative references:

Monitoring patterns of pulse trains

H03K 5/19

Coding, decoding or code conversion, for error detection or error correction, in general

H03M 13/00

Digital transmission of data

H04L

Special rules of classification

Implementation details of particular digital data processing techniques applied to error detection, error correction or monitoring are classified in the relevant subgroups of G06F.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Fault

Physical defect, imperfection, or flaw that occurs within some hardware component, or logical defect of a piece of software. Essentially, the definition of a fault, as used in the fault tolerance community, agrees with the definition found in the dictionary. Faults may be permanent, transient or intermittent.

Error

The logical manifestation of a fault, observable in terms of incorrect instructions of or corrupted data in a (computer) system. E.g. a fault in a DRAM cell will never be observed if the memory location is never accessed. Specifically, an error is a deviation from accuracy or correctness.

Failure

The incorrect functioning of a system as perceivable by a user or the system's environment as a consequence of an error. A failure is the non-performance, the untimely performance or the performance in a subnormal quantity or quality of some action that is due or expected.

Redundant hardware

Additional hardware for performing the same function as another hardware part, provided that in faultless operation you could renounce on either hardware parts of the system without loosing functionality.

Data representation

A physical or logical encoding (scheme) for data, which allows the latter to be processed, stored or transmitted by a machine.

Redundancy in data representation

A representation of data using more resources than strictly necessary to encode the desired information such that in the error free situation one could renounce to some of said resources without loosing information.

Redundancy in operation

Performing (a set of) operations more than once, or performing sequentially different implementations of a particular function, or performing additional operations which (allow to) restore a system in a state from which its correct operation can be resumed after a failure.

Normal operating mode

The operation of a system or software once it is deployed and provides the desired service as opposed to its development, maintenance, test or idle time.

Fault masking

Hiding the presence of an fault to the user or the environment of a (computer system by means of some sort of redundancy such that the perceived system functionality is not affected.

Active fault masking

Taking particular actions (e.g. reconfiguration, failover) not performed in the error free situation to mask a fault.

Passive fault masking

When a system operates such that no particular action is necessary to mask a fault because all necessary operations are constantly performed independently of the presence of a fault (e.g. majority voting).

Monitoring

Observing and/or measuring parameters or status of a running system.

Mirrored data

Two copies of the data where it is supposed that both copies contain the same data at any moment.

Backed up data

The second copy of the data reflects the data of the first copy at a particular moment.

G06F 12/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Accessing, addressing or allocating within memory systems or architectures.

References

Limiting references:

Digital input or output to record carriers, e.g. to disc storage units

G06F 3/06

Informative references:

Information storage in general

G11B, G11C

G06F 12/14 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Security arrangements for protecting computers or components thereof, programs or data against unauthorised activity

G06F 21/00

G06F 13/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Interconnection of, or transfer of information or other signals between, memories, input/output devices or central processing units.

References

Limiting references:

Interface circuits for specific input/output devices

G06F 3/00

Multi-processor systems

G06F 15/16

Informative references:

Transmission of digital information in general

H04L

Synchronisation in transmission of digital information in general

H04L 7/00

Selecting

H04Q

G06F 15/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Digital computers in general;

Data processing equipment in general.

References

Limiting references:

Details

G06F 1/00-G06F 13/00

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated into a larger system:

Neural networks for image data processing

G06T

Informative references:

Interface circuits for specific input/output devices

G06F 3/00

Multi-programming arrangements

G06F 9/46

Transmission of digital information in general, e.g. in computer networks

H04L, H04L 12/00

Memory protection

G06F 12/14

Memory access priority

G06F 13/18

Interface switching circuits

G06F 13/40

Selecting

H04Q

G06F 17/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Digital computing or data processing equipment or methods, specially adapted for specific functions.

G06F 17/17 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

None

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated into a larger system:

Interpolation for numerical control

G05B 19/41

G06F 17/21 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Systems for composing machines

B41B 27/00

G06F 19/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Special constructions of computers to permit or facilitate use in specific applications;

Non-structural adaptations of computers to a specific application, e.g. computing methods.

Special rules of classification

G06F 17/00 takes precedence.

G06F 19/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Methods or systems for genetic or protein related data processing in computational molecular biology.

Bioinformatics methods or systems where digital data processing is inherent or implicit, but not explicitly mentioned.

References

Limiting references:

In silico methods of screening virtual chemical libraries

C40B 30/02

In silico or mathematical methods of creating virtual chemical libraries

C40B 50/02

Informative references:

Medical diagnosis

A61B 5/00

Manufacture of microarrays, DNA chips

B01J 19/00, C12M 1/34

PCR apparatus per se

B01L 7/00, C12M 1/38

Macromolecular X-ray crystallographic or NMR structures per se

C07K 14/00

Genetic engineering involving nucleic acids

C12N 15/00

Chemical reactions involving the use of microarrays, DNA chips

C12Q 1/68

Sequencing using PCR

C12Q 1/68

Gel electrophoresis apparatus per se

G01N 27/447

Sequencing using electrophoresis

G01N 27/447

Sequencing using chromatography

G01N 30/00

Sequencing using mass spectrometry

G01N 33/68

Pattern recognition

G06K 9/00

Computer input/output arrangements

G06F 3/00

Computer architectures or program control

G06F 9/00

Information retrieval, databases per se

G06F 17/30

Computer systems using neural network models per se

G06N 3/02

Computer systems using knowledge representation per se, e.g. expert systems

G06N 5/02

Computer systems using probabilistic models per se

G06N 7/00

Finding positions and orientations in microarray images by image processing

G06T 7/00

Mass spectrometry apparatus per se

H01J 49/00

Special rules of classification

In this group, the first place priority rule is applied, i.e. at each hierarchical level, classification is made in the first appropriate place.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

data mining

discovery and analysis of patterns within a vast amount of genetic or protein-related data

data visualisation

generation and/or display of graphical representations of genetic and protein-related data

domain

domain of a protein is an element of the overall molecular structure that is self-stabilising and often folds independently of the rest of a polypeptide chain

drug targeting

drug design strategy aiming at optimising the properties of a medicinal compound, based on the 3-dimensional structure of a target, for delivery to a particular tissue or organ in the body

fragment assembly

method by which linear portions of sequence information are assembled to obtain full length gene sequence data

functional genomics

experimental analyses aiming at assessing the function of genes in determining traits, physiology and/or development of an organism, making use of computational and high-throughput technologies

gene expression

process by which proteins are made or transcribed from the instructions encoded in DNA

gene expression profiling

determination of the pattern of genes expressed, i.e. transcribed, under specific circumstances or in a specific cell line

gene finding

method of searching genomic DNA sequences to identify open reading frames which encode proteins

genome annotation

allocation of functions to individual genes in the genome

genotype

genetic makeup or profile of an organism with respect to a trait

genotyping

analysis of an organism's genotype

haplotype

set of one or more polymorphisms (sequence variations) that may be found at a particular genetic location on the same chromosome

homology

indication of the amount of similarity between two sequences; homology determinations can include allowance for gaps, insertions, deletions and mismatches between the aligned sequences

linkage disequilibrium

tendency of alleles located close to each other on the same chromosome to be inherited together

microarray

plurality of nucleic acid probes attached to a substrate, which form an ordered pattern

molecular structure

2-dimensional or 3-dimensional arrangement of atoms, groups of atoms or domains in nucleic aids, proteins, peptides and amino acids

motif

specific nucleotide or amino acid sequence pattern

noise correction model

model that accounts for non-signal data, such as for microarrays: optical noise, quality control problems and cross hybridisation

ontology

classification methodology for formalising a subject’s knowledge in a structured and controlled vocabulary

orthologue

homologous sequence found in different species and derived from a common ancestor

paralogue

homologous sequence in the same organism derived from gene duplication

pedigree

family tree describing the occurrence of heritable traits across generations

phylogenetic tree

tree-like graphical representation of phylogenetic relationships

phylogeny

reconstruction of an evolutionary development and history of a species or higher taxonomic grouping of organisms; typically represented as a phylogenetic tree; methods for creating phylogenetic trees

population genetics

study of genetic variation and genetic evolution of populations

probe design and optimisation for microarrays

designing and selecting (i) optimal, highly specific probes, e.g. oligonucleotides, cDNA, fragments for hybridisation experiments with microarrays and (ii) optimal sets of probes, e.g. oligonucleotides, cDNA, to be chemically attached to a solid support to form an array

programming tools or database systems

computer software to assist programming procedures within bioinformatics and database systems for managing genetic/ protein-related data

protein folding

process by which a polypeptide chain folds into a specific 3-dimensional structure

proteomics

large-scale study of the functions of proteins and their interactions with other molecular entities in a biological system

sequence comparison

process of comparing nucleic or amino acid sequences, generally by a linear alignment in such a way that equivalent positions in adjacent sequences are brought into the correct alignment with each other by introducing insertions in suitable positions, in order to identify similarities and/or differences amongst the compared sequences

sequencing by hybridisation

DNA sequencing technique in which an array of short sequences of nucleotides is brought in contact with a solution of a target DNA sequence, a biochemical method determines a subset of probes that bind to the target sequence and a combinatorial method is then used to reconstruct the DNA sequence from the spectrum

SNP

single nucleotide polymorphism: a DNA sequence variation that involves a change in a single nucleotide and is commonly present in a part of a population

structure alignment

form of alignment to establish structural and functional equivalences between two or more proteins based on their secondary or tertiary structures

syntenic regions

corresponding regions in a species to an observed grouping of genes in the same order and on the same chromosome in another species

systems biology

simulation and mathematical modelling of relationships and interactions between molecular entities in sub-cellular systems integrating genetic and/or protein-related data to describe the dynamic behaviour of, for example, protein-protein/protein-ligand interactions, regulatory networks and metabolic networks

taxonomy

classification of organisms to show their evolutionary relationships to other organisms

G06F 19/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Simulation or mathematical modelling of relationships and interactions between molecular entities on a subcellular level, integrating genetic and/or protein-related data to describe the dynamic behaviour of protein-protein/protein-ligand interactions, regulatory or metabolic networks.

Mere mention of modelling or simulation is not sufficient to classify in this group. In such cases, see the other subgroups of group G06F 19/10 following this one in the scheme.

G06F 19/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Analysis of orthologous, paralogous, syntenic or taxonomic relationships.

Generation of pedigrees and phylogenetic trees.

Mere mention of evolutionary data is not sufficient to classify in this group. In such cases, see the other subgroups of group G06F 19/10 following this one in the scheme.

G06F 19/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Structural architecture of proteins, peptides, amino acids and nucleic acids and the prediction thereof.

Processes including structural alignment, protein folding, domain topology, molecular modelling, receptor-ligand modelling, docking methods, structural-functional relationships and drug targeting using structure data, as well as two- and three-dimensional structure prediction and/or analysis.

The structure types include secondary, tertiary and quaternary structures.

Mere mention of structural data is not sufficient to classify in this group. In such cases, see the other subgroups of group G06F 19/10 following this one in the scheme.

G06F 19/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Assessment of the function of genes and proteins in determining traits, physiology and/or development of an organism, making use of computational and large scale, high-throughput technologies.

Genotypic-phenotypic associations, including genotyping and genome annotation, linkage disequilibrium analysis and association studies, population genetics, alternative splicing and Short Interfering RNA design (siRNA, RNAi).

Binding site identification, mutagenesis analysis, protein-protein or protein-nucleic acid interactions.

Mere mention of gene or protein function is not sufficient to classify in this group. In such cases, see the other subgroups of group G06F 19/10 following this one in the scheme.

G06F 19/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Analysis of gene expression information. This includes microarray analysis, gel electrophoresis analysis and sequencing by hybridisation. Further covered technologies include probe design and probe optimisation, microarray normalisation, expression profiling, noise correction models, expression ratio estimation.

Mere mention of hybridisation or gene expression is not sufficient to classify in this group. In such cases, see the other subgroups of group G06F 19/10 following this one in the scheme.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

This group does not cover base calling or sequencing methods per se. These are covered by the relevant places listed under section Informative References for group G06F 19/10.

G06F 19/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Comparison of sequence information, wherein the sequences are nucleic acids or amino acids. The comparisons include methods of alignment, homology identification, motif identification, SNP (Single-Nucleotide Polymorphism) discovery, haplotype identification, fragment assembly, gene finding.

Mere mention of sequence data is not sufficient to classify in this group. In such cases, see the other subgroups of group G06F 19/10 following this one in the scheme.

G06F 19/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Discovery and/or analysis of patterns within a vast amount of genetic or protein-related data, wherein the emphasis is placed on the method of analysis and is largely independent of the type of bioinformatic data. Covered methods include bioinformatic pattern finding, knowledge discovery, rule extraction, correlation, clustering and classification.

Multivariate analysis of protein or gene-related data, e.g. analysis of variances (ANOVA), principal component analysis (PCA), support vector machines (SVM).

G06F 19/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Visual representations specifically adapted to bioinformatic data, wherein the emphasis is placed on the method of visualisation and is largely independent of the type of bioinformatic data. Visualisation of bioinformatic data specifically includes, for example, graphics generation, map display and network display.

G06F 19/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Computer software specifically adapted to assist programming procedures within bioinformatics and database systems specifically adapted for managing bioinformatic data. This includes ontologies, heterogeneous data integration, data warehousing, computing architectures.

G06F 21/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Security arrangements for protecting computers or their components, programs and data against unauthorised activity, e.g. intrusion into a computer, computer malware detection and handling, authentication, unauthorised use of data, dishonest alteration of data, theft of secret data.

In particular, the following subjects are covered:

Protecting specific internal or peripheral components in which the protection of a component leads to protection of the entire computer.

Monitoring users, programs or devices to maintain the integrity of platforms.

Authenticating users, programs or devices.

Protecting distributed programs or content, e.g. vending or licensing of copyright material.

Protecting data used within a computer.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

This group covers security arrangements for local platforms.

Classification should be directed to groups H04L 9/00-H04L 9/32 when the subject is secret or secure communication involving the use of encryption.

Furthermore, classification should be directed to group H04L 29/06 when network involvement or protocols are of relevance.

Finally classification should be directed to group H04W 12/00 when security or authentication arrangements in wireless communication networks are of relevance.

References

Limiting references:

Address-based protection against unauthorised use of memory

G06F 12/14

Record carriers for use with machines and with at least a part designed to carry digital markings

G06K 19/00

Preventing unauthorised reproduction or copying of disk-type recordable media

G11B 20/00

Digital watermarking on images

H04N 1/32

Protection in video systems or pay television

H04N 7/16

Informative references:

Electric safety arrangements in control or regulating systems

G05B 9/02

Electric programme-control in control or regulating systems

G05B 19/02

Programme control, executing machine-instructions, program loading or initiating in general, task interaction, specific resource access rights

G06F 9/00

Error detection, error correction, monitoring

G06F 11/00

Protecting identification code in record carriers

G06K 19/073

Data processing adapted for administrative, commercial, managerial, supervisory or forecasting purposes

G06Q

Dispensing apparatus actuated by coded identity card or credit card

G07F 7/08

Complete banking systems

G07F 19/00

Alarms or alarm systems

G08B 13/00-G08B 31/00

Equipment anti-theft monitoring by a central station

G08B 26/00

Ciphering apparatus

G09C

Information storage based on relative movement between record carrier and transducer

G11B

Arrangements for conditional access to broadcast information using cryptography

H04H 60/23

Secret or secure communication, e.g. including authentication means

H04L 9/00-H04L 9/32

Data switching networks

H04L 12/00

protocols or architecture for network security

H04L 29/06

Scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents

H04N 1/00

Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television, video on demand

H04N 21/00

Security arrangements, e.g. access security or fraud detection; authentication in wireless communication networks

H04W 12/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

content

means any intellectually created work whose copyright is to be safeguarded

G06K - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Methods or arrangements for reading or recognizing printed or written characters or for recognizing patterns, e.g. fingerprints; for graph-reading or for converting the pattern of mechanical parameters into electrical signals; for printing of data in the shape of alphanumeric or other characters from a record carrier; for verifying the correctness of markings on a record carrier; for sensingrecord carriers; and for marking the record carrier in digital fashion.

Arrangements for producing a permanent visual presentation of the output data.

Column-detection devices.

Conveying record carriers from one station to another, e.g. from stack to punching mechanism.

Record carriers for use with machines and with at least a part designed to carry digital markings.

Information retrieval from punched cards designed for manual use or handling by machine, and apparatus for handling such cards, e.g. marking or correcting.

Arrangements for preparing the data output from a computer for printing, e.g. computer or network printers insofar as they are involved in outputting the result of a computation, like a document.

References

Limiting references:

Printing per se

B41J

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Postal sorting

B07C

Hand-held input or output devices for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by a digital computer, e.g. light-pens, joysticks, mice or trackballs

G06F 3/033

Informative references:

Transponders powered by received radio waves, e.g. passive transponders

G01S 13/75

Tags attached to, or associated with, an object, in order to enable detection of the object

G01V 15/00

Responders; Transponders

H04B 1/59

Near-field transmission systems using transceiver

H04B 5/02

Special rules of classification

G06K 17/00 covers methods or arrangements for effecting co-operative working between equipments covered by two or more main groups G06K 1/00-G06K 15/00.

G06K 9/00 takes precedence over G06K 7/00.

G06K 19/00 takes precedence over G06K 21/00.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

record carrier

means a body, such as a cylinder, disc, card, tape, or wire, capable of permanently holding information, which can be read-off by a sensing element movable relative to the recorded information or by electrical contacting or non-contacting means

data

is a synonym for information

G06K 1/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Marking on cards, tapes, sheets, tickets or the like insomuch as the digital marking method or arrangements are specially adapted, e.g.:

punching, e.g. punching cards or tapes

printing, e.g. printing a bar code on a label or ticket

transferring data from one record carrier to another, e.g. duplicating punch cards, converting a universal product code (UPC) or universal code council -12 (UPC-12) bar code into an electronic product code (EPC)

References

Informative references:

Working by laser beam

B23K 26/00

Perforating or punching in general

B26F 1/00

Printing in general

B41J

Printing data from a record carrier, e.g. interpreting or printing-out from a magnetic tape

G06K 3/02

Methods or arrangements for sensingrecord carriers

G06K 7/00

Recording by magnetisation or demagnetisation of a record carrier

G11B 5/00

Recording by optical means, e.g. recording using thermal beam of optical radiation

G11B 7/00

Transmission of digital information

H04L

G06K 3/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Translating markings on a record carrier into printed data on the same record carrier.

References

Informative references:

Printing, duplicating, marking or copying processes

B41M

Transferring data from one type of record carrier on to another type of record carrier, e.g. from magnetic tape to punched card

G06K 1/18

G06K 5/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

verifying forming a part of the marking action

verifying the alignment of markings

References

Informative references:

Testing patterns on paper currency, securities, bonds, or similar valuable papers to determine their identity or genuineness

G07D 7/20

Verification of coded identity or credit cards in mechanisms actuated by them

G07F 7/12

G06K 7/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Sensingrecord carriers by, e.g.

pneumatic or hydraulic means, e.g. by compressed air

sonic means

mechanical means

current, e.g. contact brush on a conductive mark

electrostatic or magnetic means

corpuscular radiation

optical means

other electromagnetic radiation, e.g. microwaves

References

Limiting references:

Methods or arrangements for marking the record carrier in digital fashion

G06K 1/00

Methods or arrangements for reading or recognising printed or written characters or for recognisingpatterns, e.g. fingerprints

G06K 9/00

Informative references:

Devices for scanning or checking printed matter for quality control

B41F 33/00

Transponders powered by received radio waves, e.g. passive transponders

G01S 13/75

Tags attached to, or associated with, an object, in order to enable detection of the object

G01V 15/00

Error detection or correction by redundancy in data representation, e.g. by using checking codes

G06F 11/08

Reproducing by mechanical sensing

G11B 3/00

Scanning arrangements

H04N 1/04

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

sensing

reading the content of the record carrier

G06K 9/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The (computerised) recognition of specific patterns.

General (computerised) recognition functions such as extracting features, clustering, classifying or matching patterns, segmenting images, or separating (signal or image) sources.

Image acquisition specially adapted for specific patterns, e.g. fingerprint or iris sensors.

Image pre-processing, e.g. image thinning, noise filtering.

Means (e.g. specially adapted user interface) for correcting errors produced by computerised pattern recognition; means for assisting humans in presenting patterns (e.g. positioning a finger) for computerised recognition.

References

Limiting references:

Methods or arrangements for graph-reading or for converting the pattern of mechanical parameters, e.g. force or presence, into electrical signals

G06K 11/00

Speech recognition

G10L 15/00

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Detecting, measuring or recording for diagnostic purposes

A61B 5/00

Identification of persons by non-computerised means, e.g. finger-printing (developing latent fingerprints with chemicals)

A61B 5/1172

Postal sorting

B07C 3/10

Input arrangements for interaction between user and computer

G06F 3/01

Devices for testing patterns on paper currency, securities, bonds, or similar valuable papers to determine their identity or genuineness

G07D 7/20

Informative references:

Programme-controlled manipulators

B25J 9/00

Testing machines or structures

G01M

Investigating or analysing materials by determining their chemical or physical properties

G01N

Radar and similar techniques

G01S

Processing or analysis of tracks of nuclear particles

G01T 5/02

Geophysics

G01V

Optical elements, systems, or apparatus

G02B

Photomechanical production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. for printing, for processing of semiconductor devices

G03F

Control or regulating systems in general

G05B

Optical analogue correlation

G06E 3/00

Comparing digital values

G06F 7/02

Learning machines

G06F 15/18

Fourier, Walsh or analogous domain transformations

G06F 17/14

Digital correlation

G06F 17/15

Handling natural language data

G06F 17/20

Information retrieval

G06F 17/30

Computer-aided design

G06F 17/50

Digital computing for specific applications

G06F 19/00

Security arrangements

G06F 21/00

Analogue correlation

G06G 7/19

Computer systems based on specific computational models

G06N

Data processing for business purposes, logistics, stock management

G06Q

Image data processing or generation, in general

G06T

Intruder alarms using image scanning and comparing means

G08B 13/194

Traffic control systems for road vehicles

G08G 1/00

Labels, tag tickets or similar identification or indication means

G09F 3/00

Semiconductor devices

H01L

Impedance networks, e.g. resonant circuits; resonators

H03H

Coding or decoding in general

H03M

Line transmission systems and Wireless Data Communication

H04B

Wireless Data Communication

H04L, H04W

Secret or secure communication

H04L 9/00

Scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents, e.g. facsimile transmission

H04N 1/00

Studio circuitry

H04N 5/222

Closed circuit television systems

H04N 7/18

Systems for the transmission of television signals using bandwidth reduction

H04N 19/00

Special rules of classification

G06K 9/58 takes precedence over groups G06K 9/38-G06K 9/54.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

recognising

detecting, identifying, labelling, authenticating, inspecting, tracking or the like by functions such as segmentation, feature extraction or selection, source separation, clustering, matching, classification or by other signal, image or statistical processing

pattern

data having a characteristic structure

feature extraction

deriving descriptive data, e.g. statistical principal components or image shape characteristics, from one or more patterns

clustering

grouping patterns according to their similarity or closeness

G06K 11/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Automatic curve followers using an auxiliary scanning pattern.

Devices for converting the position of a manually operated writing or tracing member into an electrical signal.

References

Limiting references:

Graph-reading or converting the pattern of mechanical parameters, e.g. force or presence, into electrical signals combined with character or pattern recognition

G06K 9/00

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Feelers for copying devices on machine tools

B23Q 35/00

Hand-held input or output devices for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by a digital computer, e.g. light-pens, joysticks, mice, or trackballs

G06F 3/033

Systems for transmitting the position of an object with respect to a predetermined reference system, e.g. tele-autographic system

G08C 21/00

Informative references:

Accessories for games using an electronically generated display

A63F 13/20, A63F 13/98

Arrangements for measuring areas

G01B

Measuring force

G01L

G06K 13/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Conveying cards, e.g.

transporting of cards between stations

feeding or discharging cards

handling flexible sheets

maintaining a card in position

injecting a contact card into readers

Conveying punched tapes, e.g.

guiding of tapes

recognising end of tape

winding up or unwinding of tapes

References

Limiting references:

Conveying record carriers combined with another operation, e.g. with reading

G06K 17/00

Informative references:

Card-filing arrangements, e.g. card indexes or catalogues or filing cabinets

B42F 17/00

Transport devices in general

B65G

Handling thin or filamentary material, e.g. sheets, webs or cables, in general

B65H

Information storage based on relative movement between record carrier and transducer

G11B

Driving, starting or stopping record carriers of filamentary or web form; Driving both such record carriers and heads; Guiding such record carriers or containers therefor; Control thereof; Control of operating function

G11B 15/00

G06K 15/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Producing a permanent visual presentation of the output information, e.g. using printers or plotters.

References

Limiting references:

Printing or plotting combined with another operation, e.g. with conveying

G06K 17/00

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Receipt-giving machines

G07G 5/00

Informative references:

Printers per se

B41J

Plotters per se

B43L 13/00

G06K 17/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Reading combined with writing of identification or authentication codes on record carriers.

Reading of codes combined with conveying of carriers.

G06K 19/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Punched cards.

Cards provided with conductive marks, printed circuits or chips, e.g.

banking, credit or identity cards including magnetic strips or IC's

cards provided with bar codes printed with conductive ink

cards comprising pencil markings to be sensed by their conductivity

cards carrying resonating (passive) LC circuits or RFID tags

Record carriers carrying digital markings of different kinds, e.g. one marking being sensed by optical means and the other by magnetic means, e.g.:

copy-protected CD's or DVD's comprising a RFID transponder incorporated in the CD or DVD body

Relationship between large subject matter areas

This main group does not cover record carriers adapted for controlling specific machines, such as in B23Q (details, components, or accessories for machine tools), D03C (shedding mechanisms; pattern cards or chains; punching of cards; designing patterns), G10F (automatic musical instruments), H04L (transmission of digital information); printing, duplicating, marking, or copying processes B41M, file cards B42F, record carriers in general G11B.

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Transponders powered by received radio waves, e.g. passive transponders

G01S 13/75

Tags attached to, or associated with, an object, in order to enable detection of the object

G01V 15/00

Protection against unauthorized use of computer memory

G06F 12/14

Mechanisms activated by coded credit or identity cards for the purpose of vending or hiring goods or services

G07F 7/08

Verification of coded identity or credit cards in mechanisms actuated by them

G07F 7/12

Arrangements activated by coded cards for dispensing or receiving money and posting such transactions to existing accounts, e.g. ATM's (automatic teller machines)

G07F 19/00

Using a coded card to authorize calls from a telephone set

H04M 1/675

Informative references:

Holders, etuis or cases for credit cards or the like

A45C 11/18, A45C 11/24

Details, components, or accessories for machine tools, e.g. arrangements for copying or controlling; machine tools in general, characterized by the construction of particular details or components; combinations or associations of metal working machines, not directed to a particular result

B23Q

Printing, duplicating, marking or copying processes; colour printing

B41M

Identity, credit, cheque or like information-bearing cards as printed matter of special format or style not otherwise provided for

B42D 25/00

File cards

B42F 19/00

Shedding mechanisms; pattern cards or chains; punching of cards; designing patterns

D03C

Labels, tag tickets or similar identification or indicating means

G09F 3/00

Automatic musical instruments

G10F

Record carriers in general

G11B

Erasable programmable read-only memories

G11C 16/00

Responders; Transponders

H04B 1/59

Transmission of digital information, e.g. telegraphic communication

H04L

G06K 21/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Detection or correction of errors by rescanning patterns

G06K 9/03

Checking correct operation of card-conveying mechanisms

G06K 13/06

Record carriers for use with machines and with at least a part designed to carry digital marking

G06K 19/00

Informative references:

Tools for perforating in general

B26F

G06M - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

In machines for making cigarettes

A24C 5/32

In machines for shaping metal without removing material

B21C 51/00

In printing machines or presses

B41F 33/02

In office copying machines

B41L 39/02

Of axles of rail vehicles

B61L 1/16

In packaging machines

B65B 65/08

Of objects conveyed through a pipe or tube

B65G 51/36

Entry or exit registers

G07C 9/00

G06Q - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Data processing systems or methods that are specially adapted for managing, promoting, or practicing commercial or financial activities.

Systems or methods not involving significant data processing (see definition for group G06Q 90/00) and specially adapted for managing, promoting, or practicing commercial or financial activities, provided that

the systems or methods are specially adapted for the purposes covered by the groups G06Q 10/00-G06Q 50/00; and

the systems or methods cannot be classified elsewhere in the IPC.

Special rules of classification

In this subclass, the first place priority rule is applied, i.e. at each hierarchical level, classification is made in the first appropriate place.

When classifying in groups G06Q 10/00-G06Q 40/00, systems or methods that are specially adapted for a specific business sector must also be classified in group G06Q 50/00, when the special adaptation is determined to be novel and non-obvious. By way of example, a method for billing which involves significant data processing and is specially adapted in a non-obvious way to the electricity-supply sector, should be classified in both G06Q 30/00 and G06Q 50/00.

Attention is drawn to the special rules of classification valid under group G06Q 90/00.

G06Q 10/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Data processing systems or processes specially adapted for either the governing or management of an organization, enterprise or employees.

The following subjects are therefore covered, the list being non-exhaustive:

automation of office environment, e.g. document production using computers, use of standard clauses, automation of contracts, patent applications or insurance policies;

administration of reservations in an enterprise environment, e.g. tickets, events, travels, hotels, restaurants, flights, as well as coordination of multiple reservations, e.g. correspondence flights;

time management in an enterprise environment, e.g. managing or monitoring billable hours, working time accounting for employees;

workflow/project management in an enterprise environment, e.g. organising, planning, scheduling, allocation of human or material resources, performance analysis, asset management;

optimisation or forecasting in an enterprise environment, e.g. for business or financial purposes, achieved by algorithms based on mathematical or statistical models or theoretical solutions to optimisation problems, e. g. linear programming, simulation, travelling salesman problem (TSP), stock cutting problem;

inventory management in an enterprise environment, e.g. order filling, procurement, balancing against orders, stock level control, bills of materials.

References

Limiting references:

Billing, shopping or e-commerce per se

G06Q 30/00

Electronic finance per se

G06Q 40/00

Programme-control systems

G05B 19/00

Arrangements for programme control, e.g. control unit

G06F 9/00

Data processing specially adapted for complex mathematical operations

G06F 17/10

Data processing specially adapted for text/word processing or form filling

G06F 17/21

Computer-aided design

G06F 17/50

Informative references:

Security arrangements for protecting computers or components thereof, programs or data against unauthorised activity

G06F 21/00

Time recorders for work

G07C 1/00

Secure communication, e.g. by cryptography

H04L 9/00

Protocols for controlled communication

H04L 29/06

Special rules of classification

When classifying in groups G06Q 10/00-G06Q 40/00, systems or methods that are specially adapted for a specific business sector must also be classified in group G06Q 50/00, when the special adaptation is determined to be novel and non-obvious. By way of example, a method for billing which involves significant data processing and is specially adapted in a non-obvious way to the electricity-supply sector, should be classified in both G06Q 30/00 and G06Q 50/00.

G06Q 10/04 - Definition fr

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Group G06Q 10/04 covers mathematical methods for optimization or forecast purpose specially adapted to as administrative/business application or context.

Group G06F 17/11 covers mathematical methods for solving generic mathematical optimization problems. Likewise, group G06F 17/18 covers mathematical methods for analysing generic time series data for forecasting/extrapolation purposes.

References

Informative references:

General mathematical methods for optimization or forecast purposes

G06F 17/11, G06F 17/18

G06Q 20/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Data processing systems or processes specially adapted to implement procedures for fulfilling a financial obligation or debt.

Complete systems involving payment protocols, e.g.

electronic money systems;

payment protocols relating to electronic shopping systems;

payment protocols involving point-of-sale devices (POS);

payment protocols involving a telephone service provider;

payment protocols involving a billing system;

payment protocols involving IC cards, magnetic cards, electronic wallets, or electronic money safe;

payment protocols involving wireless devices, e.g. mobile phones;

payment aspects of banking applications;

complete pre-payment systems;

secured payment transactions.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

This group covers "payment protocols" with the meaning explained in the Glossary below.

It does not cover then generic network protocols, e.g. internet protocols, which are instead classified in H04L 29/06, but it covers those network/secure protocols specially adapted for payments, which may be of lower layer or be security oriented.

References

Limiting references:

Billing, shopping or e-commerce per se

G06Q 30/00

Electronic finance, e.g. home-banking, online-banking, electronic funds transfer (EFT) systems per se

G06Q 40/00

Automatic teller machines (ATMs)

G07F 19/00

Protocols for controlled communication

H04L 29/06

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Billing or payment related to telephone services

H04M 15/00

Billing or payment related to wireless services

H04W 4/00

Informative references:

Mechanisms actuated by coded identity card, credit card or IC card

G07F 7/08

Electronic cash registers (ECR)

G07G 1/12

Secure communication, e.g. by cryptography

H04L 9/00

Special rules of classification

When classifying in groups G06Q 10/00-G06Q 40/00, systems or methods that are specially adapted for a specific business sector must also be classified in group G06Q 50/00, when the special adaptation is determined to be novel and non-obvious. By way of example, a method for billing which involves significant data processing and is specially adapted in a non-obvious way to the electricity-supply sector, should be classified in both G06Q 30/00 and G06Q 50/00.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Payment protocol

A procedure that allows executing a payment between a merchant, a bank, a user and sometimes a third party; the procedure usually including authorization and authentication of all parties involved.

Electronic wallet

A software application managing all kind of personal information, e.g. data for completing online forms. This term is often used to indicate an electronic purse (see below).

Electronic purse

A software application managing electronic currency.

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the expression/word "electronic money", "virtual money", "tokens" are often used instead of "electronic currency" which is used in the classification scheme of this group.

G06Q 20/16 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Rating, charging or billing services for wireless communication networks, e.g. rating or charging for added value services, insofar as these services are billed by the network operator

H04W 4/24

G06Q 20/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Payment architectures, schemes or protocols characterised by the use of specific wireless devices.

The following are examples of the subject-matter covered by this group:

payment transactions that are approved by using a mobile phone;

payment transactions whereby a mobile phone replaces a credit card or stored value card;

authorisations for payments by a mobile phone;

banking transactions using a mobile phone.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Group G06Q 20/32 relates to the use of specific wireless devices for payment architectures, schemes or protocols.

Group H04W 4/24 relates to rating, charging or billing services for wireless communication networks. This includes rating/charging for added value services, m-commerce, payment transactions using prepaid calling cards, SIM cards or the mobile phone itself, insofar as these services are billed by the network operator.

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Rating, charging or billing services for wireless communication networks, e.g. rating or charging for added value services, insofar as these services are billed by the network operator

H04W 4/24

G06Q 20/34 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Record carriers for use with machines, carrying digital markings and with conductive marks, printed circuits or semiconductor circuit elements, e.g. credit or identity cards

G06K 19/067

Using coded cards in telephones

H04M 1/675

G06Q 30/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Data processing systems or processes specially adapted for the marketing, promoting, buying or selling of goods or services, billing models.

The following subjects are therefore covered, the list being non-exhaustive:

on-line catalogues; advertising on web-pages;

matching systems, both applicable to goods or persons;

referrals from other web-sites, e.g. portals, to shops and fees associated therewith;

marketing, e.g. marketing research, or promotion, e.g. based on coupons, purchase history, or purchases of competitive brands;

loyalty programs like air-miles, saving for pension or education etc., insofar as they do not cover payment aspects;

price determination, e.g. as a function of time of day, shelf life, weather etc. and electronic price labels;

auctions and, in particular, on-line auctions, insofar as they do not cover payment aspects;

systems to match buyers and sellers, e.g. group purchasing, collaborative buying;

renting/leasing;

collaborative browsing, where e.g. a sales representative pushes web pages to a prospect;

billing or invoicing for bought goods, content or services: it concerns the preparation and sending of the bill, either by mail or on-line, including shipping costs, tax etc.

References

Limiting references:

Delivery of the goods bought in an electronic shopping environment, e.g. logistic

G06Q 10/08, G06Q 50/12

Electronic payment

G06Q 20/00

Electronic finance, e.g. buying, selling or trading of financial instruments like stocks, options or futures per se

G06Q 40/00

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Billing or payment related to telephone services

H04M 15/00

Billing or payment related to wireless services

H04W 4/00

Informative references:

Advertising in general

G09F

Secure communication, e.g. by cryptography

H04L 9/00

Protocols for controlled communication

H04L 29/06

Special rules of classification

When classifying in groups G06Q 10/00-G06Q 40/00, systems or methods that are specially adapted for a specific business sector must also be classified in group G06Q 50/00, when the special adaptation is determined to be novel and non-obvious. By way of example, a method for billing which involves significant data processing and is specially adapted in a non-obvious way to the electricity-supply sector, should be classified in both G06Q 30/00 and G06Q 50/00.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Electronic commerce or e-commerce

Any of buying, selling, marketing or servicing of products or services over computer networks

G06Q 40/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Data processing systems or processes specially adapted for financial applications, e.g. management of monetary assets.

Data processing systems or processes specially adapted for management of a binding contract to indemnify a party against a specific loss in exchange for a paid premium.

The following subjects are therefore covered, the list being non-exhaustive:

banking applications, e.g. preparation of bank statements, interest calculation, saving accounts, mortgage calculation, credit ratings, home-banking, on-line banking, electronic funds transfer (EFT) systems, electronic wallet systems;

financial or exchange applications, e.g. trading stock, options, ordering of stock, portfolio management, index balancing;

insurance or pension applications, e.g. premium calculation, risk assessment or actuarial computations.

References

Limiting references:

Electronic payment or payment aspects of banking applications

G06Q 20/00

Informative references:

Buying, selling or trading of goods or services

G06Q 30/06

Secure communication, e.g. by cryptography

H04L 9/00

Protocols for controlled communication

H04L 29/06

Special rules of classification

When classifying in groups G06Q 10/00-G06Q 40/00, systems or methods that are specially adapted for a specific business sector must also be classified in group G06Q 50/00, when the special adaptation is determined to be novel and non-obvious. By way of example, a method for billing which involves significant data processing and is specially adapted in a non-obvious way to the electricity-supply sector, should be classified in both G06Q 30/00 and G06Q 50/00.

G06Q 50/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The following business sectors, the list being non-exhaustive:

health care;

utilities;

tourism;

legal services;

agriculture or fishing;

mining;

manufacturing;

electricity, gas or water supply;

construction;

hotels or restaurants;

transport, storage or communications;

real estate;

education, governmental or public service;

betting, including internet-based betting, e.g. on sport games.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Health care related subject matter specially adapted for administrative, commercial, financial, managerial, supervisory or forecasting purposes is classified in G06Q 50/00, while subject matter for other purposes, such as processing of medical or biological data for scientific purposes is classified in G06F 19/00.

Special rules of classification

When classifying in groups G06Q 10/00-G06Q 40/00, systems or methods that are specially adapted for a specific business sector must also be classified in group G06Q 50/00, when the special adaptation is determined to be novel and non-obvious. By way of example, a method for billing which involves significant data processing and is specially adapted in a non-obvious way to the electricity-supply sector, should be classified in both G06Q 30/00 and G06Q 50/00.

G06Q 50/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Machine control in manufacturing

G05B 19/00

G06Q 50/20 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Teaching equipment

G09B

G06Q 50/24 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Database structure and information retrieval

G06F 17/30

G06Q 90/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Systems or methods not involving significant data processing specially adapted for managing, promoting, or practicing commercial, financial, supervisory or forecasting activities, provided that

the systems or methods are specially adapted for the purposes covered by the groups G06Q 10/00-G06Q 50/00; and

the systems or methods cannot be classified elsewhere in the IPC.

The following subjects are therefore covered, the list being non-exhaustive:

systems or methods not involving significant data processing for conducting polls or referendums;

systems or methods not involving significant data processing for carrying out interviews.

Special rules of classification

When classifying systems or methods as in the definition in this group, additional classification may be made in the most closely related group of this or any other subclass, if the classification gives information about the application of the systems or methods that could be interest for search. Such non-obligatory classification must be given as "additional information".

G06Q 99/00 - Definition fr

G06T - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processor architectures or memory management for general purpose image data processing.

Geometric image transformations.

Image enhancement or analysis.

Image coding.

Two-dimensional image generation.

Three-dimensional image rendering, modelling or manipulation for computer graphics.

Animation.

References

Limiting references:

Photogrammetry or videogrammetry

G01C 11/00

Computer-aided design

G06F 17/50

Reading or recognising printed or written characters or recognising patterns, e.g. fingerprints

G06K 9/00

Scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents or the like

H04N 1/00

Informative references:

Apparatus for radiation diagnosis

A61B 6/00

Aspects of games using an electronically generated display having two or more dimensions

A63F 13/00

Holographic processes or apparatus using light, infra-red, or ultra-violet waves for obtaining holograms or for obtaining an image from them; Synthesising holograms

G03H 1/00, G03H 1/08

Simulators for teaching or training purposes

G09B 9/00

Displaying; Advertising; Signs; Labels or Name-plates; Seals

G09F

Measuring, by optical means, length, thickness or similar linear dimensions, angles, areas, irregularities of surfaces or contours

G01B 11/00

Traffic control systems for road vehicles

G08G 1/00

Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators characterised by the display of individual graphic patterns using a bit-mapped memory

G09G 5/36

Television cameras

H04N 5/225

Television systems; Colour television systems

H04N 7/00, H04N 11/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

2D

means two-dimensional

3D

means three-dimensional

Synonyms and Keywords

CAD

Computer-Aided Design

DCT

Discrete Cosine Transform

GUI

Graphical User Interface

LCD

Liquid Crystal Display

AR

Augmented Reality

MR

Mixed reality

VR

Virtual Reality

G06T 11/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Generating or modifying a displayable 2D object or shape.

Drawing from basic elements, e.g. lines, circles or charts.

Filling a planar surface by adding surface attributes, e.g. colour or texture.

Editing figures and text; Combining figures or text.

References

Informative references:

Input arrangements or combined input and output interaction between user and computer

G06F 3/01

Digital computing or data processing equipment or methods, specially adapted for text processing

G06F 17/21

G06T 13/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Displaying a sequence of images of artwork or model positions in order to create the effect of movement in a scene.

Animation of data presenting a 3D or 2D image model or object.

Animation of characters exhibiting lifelike motions or behaviours.

Animation of images associated with natural phenomena.

References

Informative references:

Morphing techniques per se

G06T 3/00

3D modelling for computer graphics

G06T 17/00

G06T 15/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Generating a displayable image from a 3D model or 3D data set. A 3D data set may include "voxel" data.

Rendering an image in a style intended to look like a painting or drawing.

Applying or mapping surface details or colour patterns to a 3D geometry or model.

Functional or operational structures of 3D image rendering systems.

Rendering a 3D image by tracing rays from viewpoint through each pixel to a visible point on an object.

Rendering an image of a 3D object using a set of 2D images of it.

Determining which surfaces of a graphic object are visible from a certain viewpoint and optionally removing them.

Determining intensity or colour on a surface of an object based on interaction of light with the object.

References

Informative references:

Data representation or description of 3D objects

G06T 17/00

Stereoscopic television systems; details thereof

H04N 13/00

Synonyms and Keywords

IBR

Image Based Rendering

Voxel

blend of the words Volume and Pixel, stands for "volume element"

Z-Buffer

Depth Buffer

G06T 17/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Generation of a data representation of a shape of a 3D object before any rendering attempt. The data representation of a shape of a 3D object may include a mathematical representation or data structure.

Modelling of 3D geographical data.

Modelling using volumes, wire-frame elements or surfaces.

References

Informative references:

Moulding by stereo-lithography. i.e. physical 3D modelling

B29C 67/00

Finite element method or analysis

G06F 17/50

Models for scientific, medical, or mathematical purposes, e.g. full-sized devices for demonstration purposes; Models for other purposes

G09B 23/00, G09B 25/00

Maps; Plans; Charts; Diagrams, e.g. route diagrams

G09B 29/00

G06T 19/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Manipulating a 3D model or image for computer graphics.

Editing 3D models or images.

References

Informative references:

Visualisation of the interior of objects by transmitting ultrasonic or sonic waves through the object

G01N 29/00

Interaction techniques for graphical user interfaces, e.g. interaction with windows, icons or menus

G06F 3/048

Digital computing or data processing equipment or methods, specially adapted for text processing

G06F 17/21

G07B - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Machines for printing and issuing tickets

Machines for issuing pre-printed tickets

Details of, or auxiliary devices for, ticket-issuing machines

Holders providing direct manual access to tickets

Taximeters

Arrangements or apparatus for collecting fares, tolls or entrance fees at one or more control points

Franking apparatus

References

Limiting references:

Punching or perforating pliers

B26F 1/36

Turnstiles with registering means

G07C 9/02

Handling of coins or of paper currency or similar valuable papers

G07D

Mechanisms actuated by objects other than coins to free or to actuate vending, hiring; Coin or paper currency dispensing or refunding apparatus

G07F 7/00

Coin-freed apparatus for hiring articles; Coin-freed facilities or services

G07F 17/00

Parking meters per se

G07F 17/24

Informative references:

Printing machines or presses

B41F

Output mechanism for digital computers in which all the computation is effected mechanically

G06C 11/00

G07B 9/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Marking record carriers in digital fashion by punching

G06K 1/02

G07B 11/09 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Refuse receptacles in general

B65F 1/00

G07B 13/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Measuring distances

G01C

Time-interval measuring

G04F

G07D 1/02 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Coin-actuated mechanisms or interlocks with change-giving

G07F 5/24

G07F - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Apparatus freed (actuated) by coins or tokens or objects other than coins, including paper currency, coded cards or credit cards, as well as radio frequency identification (RFID) cards, for the purpose of vending, hiring or dispensing any of articles, facilities or services.

Complete banking systems, or apparatus freed (actuated) by coded cards or credit cards, for the purpose of dispensing or receiving money and posting such transactions to existing accounts, e.g. automatic teller machines (ATM), or points of sale (POS).

Details of the coin-freed or paper currency-freed apparatus of the type quoted above, including:

coins specially adapted to actuate coin-freed apparatus;

coin-inlet arrangements;

coin-actuated mechanisms;

interlocks;

devices for alarm or indication, e.g. when empty;

coin boxes;

counting total of coins inserted.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

This subclass does not cover constructions or details of apparatus which includes, or is combined with, coin-actuated mechanisms but is not specially adapted or modified for use therewith. Such constructions or details are covered by the relevant subclass for the particular apparatus.

References

Limiting references:

Handling, e.g. sorting or testing, coins or paper currencies, apart from coin-freed or paper currency-freed mechanisms

G07D

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Using a coded card, e.g. smart card carrying an integrated chip, to authorise calls from a telephone set

H04M 1/675

Coin-freed or check-freed prepayment telephone systems

H04M 17/00

Informative references:

Coins in general, e.g. manufacture

A44C

Purses, money-bags, or wallets

A45C 1/00

Paying counters for shops, bars, supermarkets or the like

A47F 9/02

Gaming or amusement machines, without coin or card collection

A63D, A63F

Credit or identity cards in printed format

B42D 25/00

Arrangements of devices for controlling, indicating, metering or registering quantity or price of liquid transferred

B67D 7/08

Safes

E05G

Tariff metering apparatus

G01D 4/00

Record carriers for use with machines and with at least a part designed to carry digital markings in the form of printed circuits, magnetic bands, holograms, contact-less communication circuits, e.g. credit cards, identity cards, RFID-transponder cards

G06K 19/067, G06K 19/10

Payment schemes, architectures or protocols, which involve data processing

G06Q 20/00

Commerce, e.g. marketing, shopping, billing, auctions or e-commerce, which involves data processing

G06Q 30/00

Machines for printing and issuing tickets, without coin or card activation

G07B 1/00

Arrangements or apparatus for collecting fares, tolls, or entrance fees at one or more control points

G07B 15/00

Parking meters, e.g. parking disks, without coin or card activation

G07C 1/30

Turnstiles with entry or exit registering means, without coin or card activation

G07C 9/02

Apparatus for receiving coins or paper currencies without posting such transactions to existing accounts, e.g. money depositing machines

G07D 11/00

Cash registers; supermarket procedures

G07G

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Coins

covers also tokens or the like.

Freed

is a synonym for actuated.

Dispensing

is a synonym for delivering.

Synonyms and Keywords

ATM

Automatic Teller Machine

PIN

Personal Identification Number

POS

Point Of Sale

In patent documents the following expressions/words

"freed", "actuated", "activated" and "operated";

"banking machine" and "ATM";

"IC" and "chip"

are often used as synonyms.

G07F 5/18 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Interlocks

G07F 5/26

G07F 5/24 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Coin-changing mechanisms per se

G07D

G07F 7/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Handling coins or paper currencies apart from coin-freed or like apparatus

G07D

G07F 7/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

For producing a coded signal for use together with coded identity cards

G07F 7/10

G07F 11/48 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Articles supported on pivotally-mounted flaps or shelves in magazines

G07F 11/06

G07F 11/60 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Endless belts or like conveyers

G07F 11/58

G07F 13/10 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Dispensing discrete articles per se

G07F 11/00

G07F 15/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Tariff-metering apparatus in general

G01D 4/00

G07F 17/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Prepayment telephone systems

H04M 17/00

G07F 17/24 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Devices for checking parking time

G07C 1/30

G07F 17/28 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Television subscription systems

H04N 7/16

G07F 17/30 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Recording or playback apparatus

G11B

G07F 19/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Handlingcoins or paper currencies apart from coin-freed or like apparatus

G07D

Mechanisms actuated by coded identity cards or credit cards

G07F 7/08

G08B - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Signalling systems, either characterised by the form of transmission of the signal or by the nature of the signal, e.g. audible, visible, tactile or a combination of these

Personal calling systems, e.g. audible, visible, tactile or a combination of these

Order telegraphs

Alarm systems, e.g. burglar alarms, fire alarms, alarms responsive to multiple conditions, including transmission of alarm information between substations and a central station

Predictive alarm systems

Identifying, scaring or incapacitating burglars, thieves or intruders

Checking or monitoring of signalling systems, personal calling systems or alarms systems, including prevention or correction of operating errors

Relationship between large subject matter areas

The mere presence of a signalling step in a process covered in another subclass is not a sufficient criterion to select a classification symbol from this subclass. For example, a measuring or switching apparatus with an audible or visible signalling device is covered in the classification place relevant to that measuring or switching apparatus. A specific example would be G01D 1/18, which covers measuring arrangements for signalling that a predetermined value of an unspecified parameter has been exceeded.

Many subclasses provide for an alarm operating in connection with their subject matter. For example, a measuring apparatus may use an alarm system to indicate that a specific variable has exceeded, or fallen below, a predetermined value. This aspect is covered in the subclass covering that specific variable. Similarly, alarm systems forming part of a specific process, apparatus or machine are covered in the classification place covering that specific process, apparatus or machine.

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Incorporation of alarm devices in apparatus for manufacturing butter

A01J 15/20

Devices for sound-producing, piercing, gas-discharging or the like, to prevent theft or loss of luggage or bags

A45C 13/24

Time-controlled igniting mechanisms or alarm devices for cooking-vessels

A47J 36/32

Acoustical or optical signalling devices for toy vehicles

A63H 17/32

Applications of alarms in typewriters or selective printing mechanisms, e.g. responsive to approach of end of line

B41J 29/46

Signalling devices actuated by tyre pressure, specially adapted for mounting on vehicles

B60C 23/02

Arrangements of signalling or lighting devices, the mounting or supporting thereof or circuits therefor, for vehicles in general

B60Q

In connection with railway traffic:

visible or audible signals; local operating mechanisms for visible or audible signals

visible or audible signals; local operating mechanisms for visible or audible signals

B61L 5/00

operation of signals from the vehicle or by the passage of the vehicle

B61L 13/00

indicators provided on the vehicle or vehicle train for signalling purposes

B61L 15/00

Acoustic signal or alarm devices; arrangement of such devices on cycles

B62J 3/00

Arrangement of optical signalling or lighting devices on cycles, the mounting or supporting thereof or circuits therefor

B62J 6/00

Arrangements or adaptation of signalling or lighting devices for ships or other waterborne vessels

B63B 45/00

Life-buoys, life-belts, jackets, suits or the like characterised by signalling means, e.g. lights

B63C 9/20

Safes or strong-rooms for valuables with alarm, signal or indicator

E05G 1/10

Special adaptations of signalling or alarm devices for use in mines or tunnels

E21F 17/18

Applications, arrangements or dispositions of alarm or automatic safety devices in steam boilers

F22B 37/42

Arrangements of alarm devices in:

shaft or like vertical or substantially vertical furnaces

shaft or like vertical or substantially vertical furnaces

F27B 1/28

hearth-type furnaces or electric arc furnaces

F27B 3/28

muffle furnaces, retort furnaces or other furnaces in which the charge is held completely isolated

F27B 5/18

rotary-drum furnaces, i.e. horizontal or slightly inclined

F27B 7/42

furnaces with both stationary charge and progression of heating

F27B 13/14

tank furnaces; crucible or pot furnaces

F27B 14/20

fluidized-bed furnaces or other furnaces using or treating finely-divided materials in dispersion

F27B 15/20

open or uncovered sintering apparatus or other heat-treatment apparatus of like construction

F27B 21/14

Arrangements of indicators or alarms, insofar as they are of a kind occurring in more than one kind of furnace

F27D 21/04

Alarm pistols

F41C 3/04

Apparatus for signalling hits or scores to the shooter, e.g. manually operated or for communication between target and shooter

F41J 5/14

In coin-freed or like apparatus, devices for alarm or indication, e.g. when empty, except if peculiar to special kinds or types of apparatus

G07F 9/02

Coin-freed apparatus with meter-controlled dispensing of liquid, gas or electricity with alarm or warning devices, e.g. indicating the interrupting of the supply

G07F 15/10

Alarm indicators, e.g. bells, in connection with registering the receipt of cash, valuables or tokens

G07G 3/00

Informative references:

Fittings for identifying vehicles in case of collision; Fittings for marking or recording collision areas

B62D 41/00

Automatic control, checking, warning or safety devices causing operation of audible or visible alarm signals in unpacking or in machines, apparatus or devices, or methods of, packaging articles or materials

B65B 57/18

Arrangement of road signs or traffic signals

E01F 9/00

Telescopic props with alarm devices

E21D 15/46

Special means in or on valves or other cut-off apparatus for enabling an alarm to be given

F16K 37/00

Arrangements for avoiding or indicating fraudulent use in electromechanical arrangements for measuring time integral of electric power or current

G01R 11/24

Traffic control systems

G08G

Simulators for teaching control of aircraft with ambient or aircraft conditions simulated or indicated by instrument or alarm

G09B 9/16

Displaying; advertising; signs; labels or name-plates; seals

G09F

Sound-producing devices

G10K

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

system

Covers also devices peculiar thereto

G08B 1/08 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Signalling arrangements in selecting apparatus (using pulsed current, dc current, ac current or induced current)

H04Q 1/30

In selecting arrangements wherein two or more subscriber stations are all directly connected to the exchange, i.e. party-line system, signalling (by pulses, by continuous ac, by amplitude or polarity of dc or by currents in one or other or both line wires or additional wires)

H04Q 5/04-H04Q 5/14

G08B 3/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Whistling kettles

A47J 27/212

In model railways, arrangements for imitating locomotive features, e.g. whistling, signalling, puffing

A63H 19/14

Road surface markings specially adapted for audible or vibrational signalling

E01F 9/529

Acoustical signalling devices on ladders characterised by being mounted on undercarriages or vehicles

E06C 5/44

Indicating the time by acoustic means

G04B 21/00

Producing acoustic time signals by electrical means

G04C 21/00

Telephonic communication systems combined with bell systems

H04M 11/02

G08B 5/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Indicating the time by visual means in mechanically-driven clocks or watches

G04B 19/00

Indicating the time optically by electric means in electromechanical clocks or watches

G04C 17/00

Producing optical time signals at prefixed times by electric means in electromechanical clocks or watches

G04C 19/00

Visual time or date indication means in electronic time-pieces

G04G 9/00

Informative references:

Locks with visible indication as to whether the lock is locked or unnlocked

E05B 41/00

Indicating arrangements for variable information

G09F 9/00, G09F 11/00

Flags; banners

G09F 17/00

G08B 5/36 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Remote control of light signals for guiding or ensuring the safety of railway traffic, e.g. for supervision, back-signalling,

B61L 7/10

G08B 5/38 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Circuit arrangements or apparatus in which the incandescent lamp is fed by pulses

H05B 39/09

Circuit arrangements or apparatus in which the discharge lamp is fed by pulses, e.g. flash lamp

H05B 41/30

G08B 5/40 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Sky-writing

G09F 21/16

Informative references:

Projectiles, missiles or mines of illuminating type, e.g. carrying flares

F42B 12/42

Projectiles, missiles or mines of incendiary type

F42B 12/44

Smoke-producing projectiles, missiles or mines

F42B 12/48

G08B 6/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Indication of time by feeling

G04B 25/02

Informative references:

Processes or apparatus for generating mechanical vibrations of infrasonic, sonic or ultrasonic frequency

B06B 1/00

Deaf-aid sets

H04R 25/00

G08B 7/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Combined visual and audible advertising or displaying

G09F 27/00

G08B 13/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Vehicle fittings indicating unauthorized use or theft of vehicles, actuating a signalling device

B60R 25/10

Appliances indicating unauthorised use or theft of cycles, e.g. acting on signalling devices

B62H 5/20

Informative references:

Detecting or preventing theft of specific internal or peripheral components of a computer, in which the protection of a component leads to protection of the entire computer

G06F 21/88

G08B 13/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Doors, windows or like closures against burglary; Border constructions therefor

E06B 5/11

G08B 13/06 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Alarm locks

E05B 45/00

Informative references:

Secure or tamper-resistant housings for protecting specific internal or peripheral components of a computer, in which the protection of a component leads to protection of the entire computer

G06F 21/86

G08B 13/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Systems wherein opening a wing (e.g. door, window) or closure means (e.g. shutter) of an object triggers an alarm. An indication of unauthorised opening of a device is considered "signalling", rather than "alarm actuation". In such cases, the guidance provided in the part "Relationship between large subject matter areas" of Subclass G08B should be borne in mind. For example, indication of unauthorised opening of an envelope is covered in B65D 27/30.

G08B 13/183 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Detecting, e.g. by using light barriers

G01V 8/10

G08B 13/191 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Radiation pyrometry

G01J 5/00

G08B 13/196 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Image analysis: Analysis of motion

G06T 7/20

Closed-circuit television systems

H04N 7/18

G08B 13/24 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Electric or magnetic detecting operating with magnetic or electric fields modified by the object

G01V 3/08, G01V 3/165

G08B 15/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

In bank protection devices, trapping or confining mechanisms

E05G 5/02

G08B 15/02 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Safes or strong-rooms for valuables with fluent-material releasing, generating or distributing means, e.g. repellent

E05G 1/12

Safes or strong-rooms for valuables with means for marking or destroying the valuables, e.g. in case of theft

E05G 1/14

Hand-held or body-worn self-defence devices using repellant gases or chemicals

F41H 9/10

G08B 17/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Permanently-installed fire fighting equipment with containers for delivering the extinguishing substance, controlled by a signal from the danger zone

A62C 35/11

Control of fire-fighting equipment, an actuating signal being generated by a sensor separate from an outlet device

A62C 37/36

Measuring temperature; measuring quantity of heat; thermally-sensitive elements not otherwise provided for

G01K

Apparatus for, or methods of, measuring the force of explosions

G01L 5/14

Investigating or analyzing materials by determining their chemical or physical properties

G01N

Combustible gas alarms

G08B 21/16

G08B 17/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Thermally-actuated switches

H01H 37/00

G08B 17/107 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Investigating or analyzing materials using scattering, i.e. diffuse reflection, within a flowing fluid

G01N 21/53

G08B 17/11 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Vacuum gauges making use of ionization effects

G01L 21/30

Investigating or analysing materials by investigating the ionisation of gases

G01N 27/62

G08B 17/113 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Discharge tubes and means integral therewith for measuring gas pressure

H01J 41/02

G08B 19/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Alarms, indicators or feed-disabling devices responsive to material breakage or exhaustion in mechanisms for manipulating page-width impression-transfer material, e.g. carbon paper

B41J 17/36

Alarms, indicators or feed-disabling devices responsive to ink-ribbon breakage or exhaustion

B41J 35/36

In rope- or cable-making machines, alarms or stop motions responsive to exhaustion or breakage of filamentary material fed from supply reels or bobbins

D07B 7/08

G08B 19/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Means for detecting icing on exterior surfaces of aircraft

B64D 15/20

Meteorology

G01W 1/00

G08B 21/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

In connection with safety belts or body harnesses in vehicles, control systems, alarms or interlock systems for the correct application of the belt or harness

B60R 22/48

Indicating or measuring liquid level or level of fluent solid material, e.g. indicating by means of an alarm

G01F 23/00

Alarms or signals in apparatus for measuring steady or quasi-steady pressure of a fluent medium insofar as such details are not special to particular types of pressure gauges

G01L 19/12

Radiation-measuring instruments with provision for actuation of an alarm

G01T 7/12

G08B 21/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Testing reaction times for vehicle drivers

A61B 5/18

Safety devices for propulsion-unit control of vehicles responsive to incapacity of driver

B60K 28/06

G08B 21/10 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Seismology

G01V 1/00

Meteorology

G01W 1/00

G08B 21/12 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

In pipe-line systems, arrangements for controlling, signalling or supervising the conveyance of a product

F17D 3/01

G08B 21/20 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Absorbent pads with wetness indicator or alarm

A61F 13/42

G08B 21/24 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Arrangements for reminder for taking medicine, e.g. programmed dispensers

A61J 7/04

G08B 25/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Systems for transmission via power distribution lines

H04B 3/54

G08B 25/08 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Telephonic communication systems specially adapted for combination with alarm systems, e.g. fire, police or burglar alarm systems

H04M 11/04

G08B 25/10 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Emergency connection handling in wireless communication networks

H04W 4/22

G08B 29/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Testing of electric apparatus, lines or components for short-circuits, discontinuities, leakage or incorrect line connection

G01R 31/02

Locating faults in cables, transmission lines or networks

G01R 31/08

G08C - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

In the context of transmission systems for measured values, control signals or the like:

processing signals, e.g. differentiating, delaying;

details of transmission systems: multiplexing, electric wired, wireless link, nonelectric (e.g. acoustic or optical);

systems for transmitting the position of an object with respect to a predetermined reference;

system, e.g. tele-autographic systems;

monitoring, preventing or correcting errors.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

H04B covers the transmission of information-carrying signals, in general, the transmission being independent of the nature of the information. G08C refers to transmission systems specially adapted for measured values, control signals or the like. H04L covers transmission of signals having been supplied in digital form and includes telegraphic communication. The borderline between H04L and G08C lie on whether subject mater is digital transmission techniques per se (H04L) or the transmission system combined with measurement or control (G08C).

References

Limiting references:

Fluid pressure transmission systems

F15B

Mechanical means for transferring the output of a sensing member

G01D 5/00

Mechanical control systems

G05G

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Devices for measuring tyre pressure or temperature, specially adapted for vehicles mounted on the wheel or tyre

B60C 23/04

Means for transmitting measuring-signals from a borehole or a well to the surface e.g. for logging while drilling

E21B 47/12

Transmitting seismic signals to recording or processing apparatus

G01V 1/22

Radiosondes for meteorological purposes

G01W 1/08

Signalling or calling systems

G08B

Order telegraph systems

G08B 9/00

Informative references:

Measuring for diagnostic purposes

A61B 5/00

Remote-control arrangements specially adapted for toys, e.g. for toy vehicles

A63H 30/00

Measuring arrangements giving results other than momentary value of variable

G01D

Indicating or recording devices, for measuring volume or volume flow, e.g. for remote indication

G01F

Devices or apparatus for measuring force, stress, torque, work, mechanical power, mechanical efficiency or fluid pressure

G01L

Arrangements for measuring electric or magnetic variables

G01R

Systems involving sampling of the variable controlled

G05B

Position control in general

G05D

Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer

G06F 3/00

Error detection; Monitoring on computers

G06F 11/00

Methods or arrangements for graph-reading or for converting the pattern of mechanical parameters, e.g. force or presence, into electrical signals

G06K 11/00

Individual entry or exit registers

G07C 9/00

Displaying; Advertising; Signs, Labels or name-plates; Seals

G09F

Generating electric pulses

H03K

Coding, decoding or code conversion, in general

H03M

Monitoring for transmission systems in general

H04B 17/00

Preventing or correcting errors in digital transmission systems

H04L 1/00

Monitoring for digital data switching networks

H04L 12/26

LAN networks, e.g. for home automation purposes

H04L 12/28

Metering arrangements for telephonic communication

H04M 15/00

Special aspect of "selecting", i.e. arrangements in telecontrol or telemetry systems for selectively calling a substation from a main station

H04Q 9/00

Controlling of electric light sources in general

H05B 37/02

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Transmission

The dispatching, for reception elsewhere, of a signal, message, or other form of information

Tele-autographic system

System which transmits the handwriting

Wireless

Relating to a system of communication that doesn’t use hardwired connections

G08C 13/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Transferring the output of a sensing member to measuring arrangements giving results not yielding momentary value

G01D 1/00

Systems for control of position involving comparison between actual and desired values

G05D 3/00

G08C 13/02 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Product

Mathematical operation

G08C 15/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Multiplex transmission in general

H04J

G08C 19/36 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Analogue/digital conversion per se

H03M 1/00

G08C 19/38 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Dynamo-electric machines per se

H02K

G08C 21/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Converting the pattern of mechanical parameters, e.g. force or presence, into electrical signals

G06K 11/00

G08G - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Traffic control; traffic monitoring.

Identification of traffic offenders.

Anti-collision systems.

Navigation systems wherein the calculation of the navigation route takes into account traffic situation. The navigation route can be carried out onboard or offboard.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Subclass G08G covers arrangements, located in land, water, air or space vehicles or on the ground, for controlling road vehicles, marine craft or aircraft within a traffic environment, e.g. anti-collision systems.

This subclass does not cover arrangements for the control of position, course, altitude or attitude of land, water, air or space vehicles, not being specific to a traffic environment, e.g. automatic pilots, unmanned vehicles, which are covered by group G05D 1/00.

Radar or analogous systems, sonar systems or lidar systems specially adapted for traffic control or anti-collision systems are covered by specific groups of subclass G01S (see below).

References

Limiting references:

Guiding railway traffic, ensuring the safety of railway traffic

B61L

Radar or analogous systems, sonar systems or lidar systems specially adapted for traffic control

G01S 13/91, G01S 15/88, G01S 17/88

Radar or analogous systems, sonar systems or lidar systems specially adapted for anti-collision purposes

G01S 13/93, G01S 15/93, G01S 17/93

Control of position, course, altitude or attitude of land, water, air or space vehicles, not being specific to a traffic environment, e.g. automatic pilots

G05D 1/00

Informative references:

Navigation, i.e. determining the position and course of land vehicles, ships, aircrafts or space vehicles

G01C 21/00

Combined instruments indicating more than one navigational value

G01C 23/00

Head-up displays

G02B 27/01

Pattern recognition

G06K 9/00

Image analysis

G06T 7/00

Maps, route diagrams

G09B 29/00

Services making use of the location of users or terminals, specially adapted for wireless communication networks

H04W 4/02

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

fleet

designates (land, water, air or space) vehicles belonging to a group for a specific purpose and monitored by a common central station

G08G 1/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Arrangements, located in vehicles or on the ground, for controlling road vehicles within a traffic environment, e.g. anti-collision systems.

Traffic signal control.

Traffic lights per se.

Vehicle position monitoring for fleet management.

Management of passenger vehicles circulating according to a fixed time schedule, e.g. buses, trains or trams.

Indication of free spaces in parking areas.

Platooning, i.e. the control of the admission or release of vehicles to or from a platoon (a synonym for "convoy", see Glossary). This includes the organisation of vehicles within platoons, involving an exchange of information between the control system and the vehicles, i.e. the number of vehicles, acceptance or refusal of new vehicles in the platoon, and where in the platoon the new vehicle may be inserted.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Group B60W 30/00 covers drive control systems using conjoint control of vehicle sub-units for road vehicles under the drive of a human being, whereby the control is of single vehicles. Examples are: drive control systems for predicting or avoiding probable or impending collision otherwise than by control of a particular sub-unit, covered by group B60W 30/08; cruise control, covered by group B60W 30/14; and cruise control of distance between vehicles, e.g. keeping a distance to preceding vehicle, covered by B60W 30/16.

This group covers traffic lights per se (under G08G 1/095). Mechanical aspects of light devices for fixed installations are covered by group F21S 8/00, advertising or display means on roads are covered by group G09F 19/22, circuits arrangements for electric light sources in general are covered by group H05B 37/00.

References

Limiting references:

Arrangement of road signs or traffic signals

E01F 9/00

Road pricing or congestion charging of vehicles or vehicle users

G07B 15/06

Informative references:

Safety devices for propulsion-unit control, specially adapted for or arranged in vehicles

B60K 28/00

Vehicle fittings for automatically controlling vehicle speed

B60K 31/00

Arrangements or adaptations of optical signalling or lightning devices

B60Q 1/00

Optical viewing arrangements for cars

B60R 1/00

Arrangements or fittings on vehicles for protecting or preventing injuries to occupants or pedestrians in case of accidents or other traffic risks

B60R 21/00

Vehicle fittings for preventing or indicating unauthorised use or theft of vehicles

B60R 25/00

Vehicle brake control system

B60T

Road vehicle drive control systems for predicting or avoiding probable or impending collision otherwise than by control of a particular sub-unit

B60W 30/08

Road vehicle cruise control

B60W 30/14

Cruise control of distance between road vehicles, e.g. keeping a distance to preceding vehicle

B60W 30/16

Steering controls

B62D 1/00

Light devices intended for fixed installation

F21S 8/00

Registering or indicating the working of vehicles

G07C 5/00

Parking meters

G07F 17/24

Advertising or display means on roads

G09F 19/22

Circuits arrangements for electric light sources in general

H05B 37/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

convoy

means a group of vehicles which is controlled as a whole by exchange of data or information between the vehicles themselves (i.e. inter-vehicle communication) or with one or more external sources (i.e. central source or distributed sources)

G08G 1/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Pads or other sensitive devices responsive to passage of vehicles

E01F 11/00

G08G 1/09 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Indicating arrangements for variable information by selection or combination of individual elements

G09F 9/00

G08G 1/123 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Transmission of navigation instructions to vehicles

G08G 1/0968

G08G 3/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Arrangements, located in marine craft or in the sea, for controlling marine craft within a traffic environment, e.g. anti-collision systems.

References

Limiting references:

Marking of navigational route

B63B 51/00

Informative references:

Buoys specially adapted for marking a navigational route

B63B 22/16

G08G 5/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Arrangements, located in aircraft or on the ground, for controlling aircraft within a traffic environment.

Automatic landing aids.

References

Limiting references:

Landing aids fitted in or to aircraft; safety measures fitted in or to aircraft to prevent collision with earth’s surface

B64D 45/04

Visual or acoustic landing aids on the ground or on aircraft-carrier decks

B64F 1/18

Informative references:

Meteorology

G01W 1/00

Airborne radio transmission systems

H04B 7/185

Airborne wireless networks

H04W 84/06

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

air traffic control (ATC)

is a service provided by ground-based controllers who direct aircraft on the ground and in the air

G09B - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Apparatus or methods for educational or teaching purposes, e.g.:

manually- or mechanically-operated educational appliances, e.g. working with questions and answers;

electrically-operated educational appliances, e.g. working with questions and answers;

teaching hand-writing, shorthand, drawing, or painting;

teaching typing, music, reading or any other subjects.

Simulators for teaching or training purposes.

Simulators regarded as teaching or training devices, which is the case if they give perceptible sensations having a likeness to the sensations a student would experience in reality in response to actions taken by him.

Teaching, or communicating with, the blind, deaf or mute.

Models, e.g.:

for scientific purposes, e.g. anatomical models;

models of buildings, installations, or the like;

full-sized devices for demonstration purposes.

Planetaria or globes; Maps; Plans; Charts; Diagrams, e.g. route diagrams.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

This subclass does not cover generic computer-based simulators, i.e. simulators which merely demonstrate or illustrate the function of an apparatus or of a system by means involving computing without specific adaptation due to pedagogical constraints, and therefore cannot be regarded as teaching or training devices. Such generic computer-based simulators are covered by class G06, if no provision exists elsewhere.

This subclass does not cover components of simulators, if identical with real devices or machines, which are covered by the relevant subclasses for these devices or machines.

References

Limiting references:

Simulators for teaching or training purposes

Simulating cosmonautic conditions, e.g. for conditioning crews

B64G 7/00

Teaching or practice apparatus for gun-aiming or gun-laying

F41G 3/26

Computer-based simulators

G06C - G06T

Analogue computers for flight simulators

G06G 7/72

Education or teaching in general

Abacus

G06C 1/00

Models

Dental articulators

A61C 11/00

Models in the nature of toys, e.g. model railways

A63H

Models of scenic effects, e.g. trees or rocks, for stage purposes

A63J 13/00

Informative references:

Digital computers

G06F

Image data processing or generation

G06T

Displaying in general

G09F

Education or teaching in general

Exercising apparatus for developing or strengthening the muscles or joints of the body by working against a counterforce, with or without measuring devices

A63B 21/00

Exercising apparatus specially adapted for particular parts of the body

A63B 23/00

Puzzle-games

A63F 9/00

Talking dolls or toys

A63H 3/28

Devices for psychotechnics or testing reaction times, e.g. for vehicle drivers

A61B 5/16

Printed matter of special format or style not otherwise provided for

B42D 15/00

Articles for writing or drawing upon; Accessories or aids for writing or drawing

B43L

Metronomes

G04F 5/02

Hand-manipulated computing devices

G06G 1/00

Data processing specially adapted for administration or management, e.g. human management, scheduling, allocating time

G06Q 10/00

Data processing specially adapted for commerce, e.g. user profile, evaluation or surveying

G06Q 30/00

Aids for music

G10G

Video conference systems

H04N 7/15

Simulators for teaching or training purposes

Devices for psychotechnics or testing reaction times, e.g. for vehicle drivers

A61B 5/16

Fire fighting accessories

A62C 99/00

Amusement arrangement creating illusion of travel

A63G 31/16

Games using electronically generated display

A63F 13/00

Teaching, or communicating with, the blind, deaf or mute

Devices or methods for replacing direct visual or auditory perception by another kind of perception

A61F 9/08, A61F 11/04

Typewriters for printing in Braille or with keyboards specially adapted for use by blind or disabled persons

B41J 3/32

Audible indication of meter readings

G01D 7/12

Clocks or watches for blind persons

G04B 25/02

Interface arrangements for digital computers

G06F 3/00

Reading or recognising printed or written characters

G06K 9/00

Tactile signalling systems

G08B 6/00

Speech analysis or synthesis; Speech recognition

G10L

Speech recognition using non-acoustical features, e.g. position of the lips

G10L 15/24

Telephone sets with features to facilitate their use, e.g. for blind people

H04M 1/247

Planetaria; Globes; Maps; Plans; Charts; Diagrams

Devices for holding or supporting maps

A47B 97/02

Map printing process

B41M 3/02

Printed matter of special format or style not otherwise provided for

B42D 15/00

Sheets temporarily attached together; Filing appliances

B42F

Structuring or formatting of map data specially adapted for navigation in a road network

G01C 21/32

Optical projection apparatus

G03B

Systems involving transmission of navigation instructions to the vehicle having a display in the form of a map

G08G 1/0969

Railway or like time or fare tables; Indicating or reading aids therefor

G09D 1/00

G09B 1/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Puzzle-games

A63F 9/00

Advertising or displaying in general

G09F

G09B 1/12 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Sheets temporarily attached together by rings or coils

B42F 3/00, B42F 5/00

G09B 1/30 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Without special support

G09B 1/40

G09B 3/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Electrically-operated

G09B 7/00

Advertising or displaying in general

G09F

G09B 3/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Masks

G09B 17/02

G09B 3/08 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Having one set of answers common to a plurality of questions

G09B 3/12

G09B 5/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Working with questions and answers

G09B 7/00

Simulators

G09B 9/00

Advertising or displaying in general

G09F

G09B 5/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Reading and recognising printed or written characters

G06K 9/00

Sound-recording or reproducing

G11B

G09B 7/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Mechanically-operated

G09B 3/00

Computing arrangements

G06F

G09B 9/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

For the use of weapons

F41G 3/26

G09B 9/052 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Devices for psychotechnics, e.g. for vehicle drivers

A61B 5/16

G09B 11/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Templets for drawing purposes

B43L 13/20

G09B 13/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

For teaching music

G09B 15/08

G09B 15/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Metronomes

G04F 5/02

G09B 15/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

For teaching typing

G09B 13/00

Exercising apparatus for developing or strengthening the muscles for physical training

A63B 21/00

Exercising apparatus specially adapted for particular parts of the body

A63B 23/00

G09B 15/08 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

For teaching typing

G09B 13/02

G09B 17/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Teaching lip-reading

G09B 21/06

G09B 19/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Abacus

G06C 1/00

G09B 19/16 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Simulators

G09B 9/02

G09B 21/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Devices or methods for replacing direct visual or auditory perception by another kind of perception

A61F 9/08, A61F 11/04

Audible indication of meter readings or of colour

G01D 7/12

Watches for blind persons

G04B 25/02

Methods or arrangements for reading or recognising printed or written characters

G06K 9/00

Speech analysis, speech recognition

G10L

G09B 21/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Typewriters for Braille

B41J 3/32

G09B 29/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Devices for holding or supporting maps

A47B 97/02

For computing purposes

G06G 1/14, G06G 1/16

Display boards

G09F

G09B 29/10 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Optical projection apparatus

G03B

G09B 29/12 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Relief models

G09B 25/06

G09C - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Apparatus or methods for ciphering or deciphering whereby a given sequence of signs (e.g. an intelligible text) is transformed into an unintelligible sequence of signs by transposing the signs or groups of signs or by replacing them by others according to a predetermined system.

Typewriters specially adapted for ciphering or deciphering cryptographic text.

Other apparatus or methods for ciphering or deciphering, e.g. involving the concealment or deformation of graphic data such as designs, written or printed messages.

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Secret communication

H04K 1/00

Arrangements for conditional access to broadcast information or to broadcast-related services using cryptography

H04H 60/23

Secret digital communication

H04L 9/00

Informative references:

Holographic processes

G03H

Marking record carriers

G06K 1/00-G06K 3/00

Recognizing patterns or reading or recognizing printed or written characters

G06K 9/00

General purpose image data processing

G06T 1/00

Information storage based on relative movement between record carrier and transducer

G11B

Coding, decoding or code conversion, in general

H03M

Pictorial communication

H04N

Security means for wireless communication

H04W 12/00

G09C 3/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Typewriters characterised by the purpose for which they are constructed

B41J 3/00

G09C 5/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Changing, amusing, or secret pictures

B44F 1/10

G09D - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Railway tables or similar time/fare tables.

Indicating or reading aids for said tables.

Perpetual calendars.

References

Limiting references:

Calendar blocks in printed format

B42D 5/04

Informative references:

Indicating positions or identities of vehicles or vehicle trains

B61L 25/02

Clockwork-driven calendars

G04B

Railway or similar time/fare tables incorporating maps or route diagrams, e.g. railway routing charts

G09B 29/00

Display devices in general

G09F

G09D 1/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Indicating or recording positions or identities of vehicles or vehicle trains

B61L 25/02

G09F - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Cardboard or like show-cards of foldable or flexible material (see Definition of group G09F 1/00).

Labels, tag tickets, or similar identification or indication means, Seals; Postage or like stamps (see Definition of group G09F 3/00).

Means for displaying samples (see Definition of group G09F 5/00).

Signs, name or number plates, letters, numerals, or symbols; Panels or boards (see Definition of group G09F 7/00).

Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements (see Definition of group G09F 9/00).

Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the complete information is permanently attached to a movable support which brings it to the display position (see Definition of group G09F 11/00).

Illuminated signs; Luminous advertising (see Definition of group G09F 13/00).

Boards, hoardings, pillars, or like structures for notices, placards, posters, or the like (see Definition of group G09F 15/00).

Flags; Banners; Mountings therefor (see Definition of group G09F 17/00).

Advertising or display means not otherwise provided for (see Definition of group G09F 19/00).

Mobile visual advertising (see Definition of group G09F 21/00).

Advertising on or in specific articles, e.g. ashtrays, letter boxes (see Definition of group G09F 23/00).

Audible advertising (see Definition of group G09F 25/00).

Combined visual and audible advertising or displaying, e.g. for public address (see Definition of group G09F 27/00).

References

Informative references:

traffic control systems

G08G

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

sign

designates a mark or indication serving to make something recognisable, where the information presented is non-varying information, even if it is flashing; by way of example it covers advertising hoardings, or luminous, or light reflecting, safety arrangements

G09F 1/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Cardboard or similar show-cards of foldable or flexible material for information or advertising.

References

Informative references:

printed matter of special format or style not otherwise provided for

B42D 15/00

G09F 3/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Labels, tag tickets, or similar identification or indication means.

Seals.

Postage or similar stamps.

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

tags attached to, or associated with, an object, in order to enable detection of the object

G01V 15/00

labels specially adapted for being applied to, or incorporated in, record carriers and not intended for visual display simultaneously with the playing-back of the record carrier

G11B 23/40

Informative references:

horticulture; cultivation of vegetables

A01G 1/00

medals or badges

A44C 3/00

identification of persons, by using non-invasive techniques

A61B 5/117

making paper labels

B31D 1/02

layered products

B32B

identity, credit, cheque or like information bearing cards in printed matter format

B42D 25/00

sheets temporarily attached together

B42F

fixing seals on documents

B43M 1/00

apparatus or processes for labelling or tagging

B65C

use of seals in packages

B65D 55/06

labelling fabrics by sewing

D05B 3/20

locks giving indication of unauthorised unlocking with destructible seal closures

E05B 39/02

record carriers for use with machines and with at least a part designed to carry digital markings

G06K 19/00

G09F 5/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Means for displaying samples, e.g. portable cases, cards or books.

References

Informative references:

showcases or show-cabinets with arrangements for continuously or intermittently moving the merchandise

A47F 3/08

packages comprising articles attached to cards, sheets, or webs for removal therefrom

B65D 73/00

G09F 7/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Signs (see Glossary after G09F).

Panels or boards for presentation of non-varying information or advertising.

References

Limiting references:

cardboard or like show-cards of foldable or flexible material

G09F 1/00

indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements

G09F 9/00

indicating arrangements for variable information in which the complete information is permanently attached to a movable support which brings it to the display position

G09F 11/00

illuminated signs, board or panels

G09F 13/00

boards, hoardings, pillars or the like for notices, placards, posters or the like

G09F 15/00

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Vehicle registration number plates

B60R 13/10

Informative references:

horticulture; cultivation of vegetables

A01G 1/00

upright bodies, e.g. marker posts or bollards; supports for road signs

E01F 9/60

joining sheets or plates to one another or to strips or bars parallel to them

F16B 5/00

G09F 9/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements.

References

Limiting references:

indicating arrangements for variable information in which the complete information is permanently attached to a movable support which brings it to the display position

G09F 11/00

Informative references:

micro-structural devices comprising flexible or deformable elements, e.g. comprising elastic tongues or membranes

B81B 3/00

light guides

G02B 6/00

displays based on interference in an adjustable optical cavity

G02B 26/00

displays based on the rotation of particles under the influence of an external field, e.g. gyricons, twisting ball displays

G02B 26/02

displays based on reflecting micro-mechanical devices, e.g. micro-electromechanical system (MEMS) mirrors, deformable mirror devices (DMD)

G02B 26/08

head-up displays

G02B 27/01

other optical systems or other optical apparatus for producing stereoscopic or other three-dimensional effects

G02B 27/22

liquid crystal displays (LCD)

G02F 1/13

displays based on electrochromic elements

G02F 1/15

displays based on electrophoresis

G02F 1/167

abacus

G06C 1/00

arrangements for transferring data from a digital processing unit to an output display device

G06F 3/14

slide rules

G06G 1/00

arrangements or circuits for control of indicating devices using static means to present variable information

G09G

incandescent panels comprising a number of separate incandescent bodies

H01K 9/00

cathode ray tubes

H01J 31/00

plasma display panels

H01J 11/00, H01J 17/49

semiconductor devices with at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier, specially adapted for light emission, e.g. LED

H01L 27/15, H01L 33/00

organic light emitting devices, e.g. OLED displays or PLED displays

H01L 27/32, H01L 51/50

pictorial communication, e.g. television

H04N

electroluminescent light sources

H05B 33/00

display consisting of a printed circuit board carrying a matrix of single LED

H05K 3/30

G09F 11/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the complete information is permanently attached to a movable support which brings it to the display position, e.g. displaying by rotating drums, flexible sheets or endless belts.

References

Informative references:

indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements

G09F 9/00

showcases or show-cabinets with arrangements for continuously or intermittently moving the merchandise

A47F 3/08

G09F 13/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Illuminated signs (see Glossary after G09F) boards or panels.

Luminous advertising, e.g. by fireworks.

References

Limiting references:

indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements

G09F 9/00

indicating arrangements for variable information in which the complete information is permanently attached to a movable support which brings it to the display position

G09F 11/00

mobile visual advertising

G09F 21/00

Informative references:

designs or pictures characterised by special or unusual light effects

B44F 1/00

luminescent materials

C09K 11/00

light sources using luminescence

F21K

fireworks

F42B 4/00

structural association of illumination devices with liquid crystal panels

G02F 1/13357

arrangements or circuits for control of indicating devices using static means to present variable information

G09G

G09F 15/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Boards, hoardings, pillars, or like structures for notices, placards, posters, or the like.

G09F 17/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Flags, banners, or mountings therefor.

References

Informative references:

devices specially adapted or mounted for storing and repeatedly paying-out and re-storing lengths of material

B65H 75/34

flagpoles (as fixed construction)

E04H 12/32

G09F 19/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Advertising or displaying not covered by the other groups of this subclass, e.g.

incorporating moving display members, e.g. dolls, faces, or other representations of living forms with moving parts

using special optical effects

advertising or display means on roads, walls, or similar surfaces, e.g. illuminated

References

Limiting references:

displaying or advertising in general

G09F 1/00-G09F 17/00, G09F 21/00-G09F 27/00

Informative references:

dolls or the like in the nature of toys

A63H

special designs or pictures characterised by unusual light effects

B44F 1/00

projection apparatus

G03B 21/00

visible signalling systems using smoke, fire, or coloured gases

G08B 5/40

G09F 21/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Advertising in mobile visual form, e.g.

by carrying persons, animals or land vehicles

by aeroplanes, airships, balloons or kites, e.g. sky-writing

by ships or other floating means

dispensing devices for pamphlets or similar advertising matter from vehicles

References

Limiting references:

combined visual and audible advertising

G09F 27/00

Informative references:

kites

B64C 31/06

aircraft adaptations for dispensing pamphlets or similar advertising matter from aircrafts

B64D 1/02

aircraft adaptations for sky-writing

B64D 1/20

G09F 23/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Advertising specially adapted for being placed on/in, or combined with, specific articles, e.g. tableware.

References

Limiting references:

advertising on or in vehicles, ships, aircrafts or the like, i.e. mobile visual advertising

G09F 21/00

Informative references:

containers, packaging-elements, or packages, with auxiliary means or provisions for displaying articles or materials

B65D

G09F 25/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Advertising in audible form.

References

Limiting references:

combined visual and audible advertising

G09F 27/00

Informative references:

sound-recording or reproducing in general

G11B

public address systems

H04R 27/00

G09F 27/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Combinations of visual and audible advertising or displaying, e.g. for public address.

References

Informative references:

mobile visual advertising

G09F 21/00

audible advertising

G09F 25/00

public address systems

H04R 27/00

G09G - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Arrangements or circuits for processing control signals to achieve the display, e.g. for the reception, storage, regeneration, coding, decoding, format manipulation, addressing of control signals.

Solution of problems of displays by means of their control, i.e. control for which features of a display are relevant, e.g. to compensate for varying pixel behaviour, which may lead to non-uniformity in the display.

Improvements of the control of displays, i.e. where the functionality of controlling a display is relevant, e.g. selective brightness adaptation for lowering energy consumption of the display, possibly after image analysis.

The visual effect in the indicating means using the static means may be produced by the generation of an image on a screen, e.g. indirectly by scanning an electron beam onto a luminescent screen, directly by controlled light sources, by projection of light from controlled light sources or light modulators onto characters, symbols, or elements thereof drawn on a support, or by electric, magnetic, or mechanic control of the parameters of light rays from an independent source.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

With regard to subclass H04N (pictorial communication, e.g. television) and subclass G06T (image data processing or generation, in general), this subclass covers electronic control of display characterized by the display device itself, whereas it does not cover:

electronic control characterized by the pictorial communication which is covered by H04N, or

aspects like rastering an image onto the target resolution by a raster image processor (RIP), or image enhancement aspects like augmented reality, which are covered by G06T

With regard to group G06F 9/00, this subclass does not cover software modules, e.g. software driver modules for the display, or their interaction, such as interaction between software modules related to the display of windows or interaction between a software driver module for the display and the operating system (covered by G06F 9/00).

References

Limiting references:

Display devices per se, structural details of the indicating devices, such as panels or tubes per se, or assemblies of individual light sources, which are covered by the relevant (sub)groups listed below:

Micro-structural devices comprising flexible or deformable elements , e.g. displays comprising elastic micro-tongues or membranes

B81B 3/00

Optical devices or arrangements using movable or deformable optical elements for controlling the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light, e.g. switching, gating, modulating, e.g. displays based on interference in an adjustable optical cavity

G02B 26/00

Optical devices or arrangements using movable or deformable optical elements for controlling the intensity of light, e.g. displays based on the rotation of particles under the influence of an external field, e.g. twisting microsphere displays (gyricons®)

G02B 26/02

Optical devices or arrangements using movable or deformable optical elements for controlling the direction of light, e.g. displays using a reflecting micromechanical device, like a MEMS mirror, DMD

G02B 26/08

Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour of light arriving from an independent light source based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells

G02F 1/13

Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour of light arriving from an independent light source based on electrochromic elements, e.g. electrochromic displays

G02F 1/15

Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour of light arriving from an independent light source based on electrophoresis, e.g. electrophoretic displays

G02F 1/167

Projectors and projection type viewers adapted for projection of either still pictures of motion pictures

G03B 21/12

Digital output to display device

G06F 3/14

Indicating arrangements being the ends of optical fibres for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support in which the desired character or characters are formed by combining individual elements

G09F 9/305

Indicating arrangements being incandescent filaments for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support in which the desired character or characters are formed by combining individual elements

G09F 9/307

Cathode ray tubes

H01J 31/00

Indicating arrangements being gas discharge devices for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support in which the desired character or characters are formed by combining individual elements, e.g. plasma display panels

G09F 9/313

Plasma display panels

H01J 11/00, H01J 17/49

Indicating arrangements being semiconductor devices for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support in which the desired character or characters are formed by combining individual elements, e.g. light emitting diode displays

G09F 9/33

Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state component formed in or on a common substrate, specially adapted for light emission, e.g. light emitting diode displays

H01L 27/15

Solid state devices using organic materials as the active part specially adapted for light emission, e.g. displays using OLED or PLED

H01L 51/50

Indicating arrangements being liquid crystals for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support in which the desired character or characters are formed by combining individual elements, e.g. liquid crystal displays

G09F 9/35

Electroluminescent light sources

H05B 33/00

Assembling printed circuits with electric components, e.g. with resistor, displays consisting of a printed circuit board carrying a matrix of single LEDs

H05K 3/30

The following subject-matter is also not covered:

Scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents or the like, e.g. facsimile transmission; Details thereof

H04N 1/00

Scanning details of television systems

H04N 3/00

Projection arrangements for image reproduction

H04N 5/74

Projection devices for colour picture display

H04N 9/31

Details of colour television systems

H04N 9/00

Colour television systems

H04N 11/00

Stereoscopic television systems

H04N 13/00, H04N 15/00

Circuit arrangements for electric light sources in general

H05B 37/00

Informative references:

Diagnosis; Surgery, Identification

A61B

Arrangement or adaptations of instruments in vehicles

B60K 35/00

Equipment for fitting in or to aircraft

B64D

Lighting in general

F21

Combined instruments indicating more than one navigational value, e.g. for aircraft

G01C 23/00

Arrangements for displaying electric variables or waveforms

G01R 13/00

Cathode-ray oscilloscopes

G01R 13/20

Optical scanning systems

G02B 26/10

Indicating of time by visual means

G04B 19/00, G04C 17/00, G04G 9/00

Image data processing or generation, in general

G06T

Visible signalling arrangements or devices

G08B 5/00

Traffic control systems

G08G

display, advertising, signs

G09F

Digital stores in which the information is moved stepwise, e.g. shift registers

G11C 19/00

Circuits in pulse counters for indicating the result

H03K 21/18

Coding, decoding or code conversion, in general

H03M

Reproducing a picture or pattern using electric signals representing parts thereof and produced by scanning an original

H04N

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

indicating device

display device

to present

to display

variable information

information with variable content

static means to display information

means not using movement of macroscopic parts for information build-up, e.g. displays using LCDs, LEDs, DMDs, ... for image build-up

Synonyms and Keywords

CRT

Cathode Ray Tube

LCD

Liquid Crystal Display

AC-PDP

Alternate Current Plasma Display Panel

DC-PDP

Direct Current Plasma Display Panel

LED

Light Emitting Diode

OLED

Organic Light Emitting Diode

MEMS

Micro Electro-Mechanical System

DMD

Digital Micro Mirror Device

G09G 1/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Cathode-ray oscilloscopes

G01R 13/20

Television

H04N

G09G 3/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Optical scanning systems in general

G02B 26/10

G09G 3/12 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Using cathode-ray tubes with phosphor screens

G09G 1/00

G09G 3/2807 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Control arrangements or circuits for the discharge activation of luminous gas-discharge panels by signals whose frequencies are substantially higher than those used normally, as determined (e.g.) by panel structures, number of pixels, sub-frame arrangements.

G09G 3/296 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Arrangements of power supply units or energy saving circuitries (normally including capacitors and/or coils) connected to the electrodes to produce the necessary waveforms for the different driving phases.

Such arrangements are distinguished from other arrangements of functional units such as shift registers for scanning, memories and circuitry for managing sub-frames etc., which do not directly affect said waveforms and control the display at a higher level. These other arrangements are typically more distant from the electrodes than the arrangements covered by this group.

G09G 5/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Image data processing or generation, in general

G06T

G10B - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

General design of organs, harmoniums or like musical instruments with associated blowing apparatus

Details or accessories thereof

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Wind instruments in general are classified in G10D.

References

Limiting references:

Non-musical aspects of musical toy instruments

A63H 5/00

Accordions or concertinas; Keyboards therefor

G10D 11/00

Automatic wind actuated instruments

G10F 1/12

Informative references:

Musical toys per se

A63H

Keyboards or keys for pianos, harpsichords, spinets or similar stringed musical instruments with one or more keyboard

G10C 3/12

Wind musical instruments, e.g. flutes, ocarinas, oboes, clarinets, bagpipes, saxophones, trumpets; general design, details and accessories therefor

G10D 7/00, G10D 9/00

Mouth organs

G10D 7/12

Aids for music; Supports for musical instruments

G10G 5/00

Other separate auxiliary devices or accessories

G10G 7/00

Details of electrophonic musical instruments; Instruments in which the tones are generated by electromechanical means; Instruments in which tones are generated by electronic generators (electronic organs), or in which the tones are synthesised from a data store (computer organs).

G10H

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Organ

In this subclass, the term 'organ' refers to a musical instrument played from at least one keyboard, and possibly a pedal board, which produces sound by the movement of air in pipes, the air or 'wind' being supplied by blowing apparatus which may comprise a source of wind and a reservoir, for example an electric blower and bellows.

G10C - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

General design of pianos, harpsichords, spinets or similar stringed musical instruments with one or more keyboards.

Details and accessories thereof.

Combinations of said musical instruments with other musical instruments, e.g., bells or xylophones.

Methods or tools specially adapted for the manufacture or maintenance thereof.

References

Limiting references:

Non-musical aspects of musical toy pianos

A63H 5/00

Automatic pianos with or without keyboards

G10F 1/02, G10F 1/04

Combination instruments whose one part is an automatic piano

G10F 1/22

Details or accessories of automatic pianos

G10F 5/00

Informative references:

Musical toys per se

A63H

Organs, harmoniums or like musical instruments with associated blowing apparatus

G10B

Stringed musical instruments, e.g. violins, harps, mandolins, guitars, banjos or zithers, general design, details or accessories

G10D 1/00, G10D 3/00

Wind musical instruments, e.g. flutes, ocarinas, oboes, clarinets, bagpipes, saxophones, trumpets; general design, details and accessories therefor

G10D 7/00, G10D 9/00

Automatic stringed musical instruments other than pianofortes

G10F 1/16

Independent players for keyboard instruments

G10F 3/00

Aids for music; Supports for musical instruments

G10G 5/00

Other separate auxiliary devices or accessories

G10G 7/00

Electrophonic musical instruments; Instruments in which the tones are generated by electromechanical means or electronic generators, or in which the tones are synthesised from a data store

G10H

G10D - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

General design of stringed musical instruments, e.g., violins, harps, mandolins, guitars, banjos or zithers;

Details of, or accessories for, stringed musical instruments, e.g., slide-bars;

General design of wind musical instruments, e.g., flutes, ocarinas, oboes, clarinets, bagpipes, saxophones, trumpets or mouth-organs;

Details of, or accessories for, wind musical instruments;

Accordions, concertinas or the like; Keyboards therefor;

Percussion musical instruments;

Details of, or accessories for, percussion musical instruments;

Combinations of different musical instruments not involving pianos, harpsichords, spinets or similar stringed musical instruments that have one or more keyboards;

Musical instruments not provided for in any other group of this subclass, e.g., Aeolian harp; singing-flame musical instrument.

References

Limiting references:

Non-musical aspects of musical toy instruments

A63H 5/00

Organs, harmoniums or like musical instruments with associated blowing apparatus

G10B

Pianos, harpsichords, spinets or similar stringed musical instruments with one or more keyboards

G10C

Combinations of pianos, harpsichords, spinets or similar stringed musical instruments with one or more keyboards with other musical instruments

G10C 5/00

Automatic musical instruments

G10F

Automatic percussion musical instruments

G10F 1/08

Automatic wind musical instruments

G10F 1/12

Automatic stringed musical instruments other than pianofortes

G10F 1/16

Electrophonic musical instruments; Instruments in which the tones are generated by electromechanical means or electronic generators, or in which the tones are synthesised from a data store

G10H

Whistles

G10K 5/00

Informative references:

Musical toys per se

A63H

Aids for music; Supports for musical instruments

G10G 5/00

Other separate auxiliary devices or accessories

G10G 7/00

Sound-producing devices not regarded as musical instruments

G10K

Bells

G10K 1/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Wind (musical) instrument

A musical instrument in which sound is produced by the vibration of air, typically by the player blowing into the instrument.

G10F - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Automatic musical instruments, e.g., pianofortes, musical boxes, carillons and barrel organs

Independent players for keyboard instruments

Details or accessories thereof

References

Limiting references:

Non-musical aspects of musical toy instruments

A63H 5/00

Arrangements for the associated working of recording or reproducing apparatus with automatic musical instruments

G11B 31/02

Informative references:

Musical toys per se

A63H

Organs, harmoniums or like musical instruments with associated blowing apparatus

G10B

Pianos, harpsichords, spinets or similar stringed musical instruments with one or more keyboards

G10C

Stringed musical instruments; Wind musical instruments; Accordions or concertinas; Percussion musical instruments; Musical instruments not otherwise provided for

G10D

Aids for music; Supports for musical instruments

G10G 5/00

Other separate auxiliary devices or accessories

G10G 7/00

Electrophonic musical instruments; Instruments in which the tones are generated by electromechanical means or electronic generators, or in which the tones are synthesised from a data store

G10H

G10G - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Musical aids, e.g., means for the representation of music, chord or note indicators for keyboards or fingerboards, means for transposing or transcribing music.

Recording music in notation form, e.g., recording the mechanical operation of a musical instrument.

Support means for musical instruments.

Other auxiliary devices or accessories, e.g., separate holders for resin or strings, conductor’s batons and tuning forks or like devices.

References

Limiting references:

Music stands

A47B

Non-musical aspects of musical toy instruments

A63H 5/00

Metronomes

G04F 5/02

Teaching music

G09B 15/00

Informative references:

Luggage

A45C 5/00

Carrying harnesses

A45F 3/14, A45F 5/00

Musical toys per se

A63H

Page turners

B42D 9/04

Containers specially adapted to protect contents from mechanical damage

B65D 81/02

Stands

F16M 11/00

Controlling humidity

F26B 21/08

G10L - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processing of speech or voice signals in general

Production of synthetic speech signals; Text to speech systems

Recognition of speech

Lyrics recognition from a singing voice (i.e. speech recognition on a singing voice)

Speaker identification, authentication or verification

Singer recognition from a singing voice (i.e. speaker recognition on a singing voice)

Analysis of speech or audio signals for bandwidth compression or extension, bit-rate or redundancy reduction

Coding/decoding of audio signals for compression and expansion using analysis-synthesis, source filter models or psycho-acoustic analysis

Modification of speech signals, speech enhancement, source separation

Processing of the speech or voice signal to produce another audible or non-audible signal, e.g., visual or tactile, in order to modify its quality or its intelligibility

Noise reduction or echo cancellation in an audio signal

Speech or voice analysis techniques specially adapted to analyse or modify audio signals not necessarily including speech or voice

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Classification should be generally directed to appropriate groups, e.g. G06F, H03M, for mathematical models for audio analysis in general.

Classification should be generally directed to appropriate groups, e.g. G10K, G10H, H04R, H04S when audio productions or general audio analysis or processing are of relevance.

Telegraphic communication is covered in H04L.

Telephonic communication is covered in H04M.

References

Limiting references:

Devices for the storage of speech signals

G11B

Static stores

G11C

Encoding of compressed speech signals for transmission or storage

H03M 7/30

Informative references:

Larynxes or tracheae prosthesis implantable into the body

A61F 2/20

Input/output arrangements for on-board computers

G01C 21/36

Measurement of sound waves in general

G01H

Direction-finders for determining the direction from which infrasonic, sonic, or ultrasonic waves, not having a directional significance, are being received

G01S 3/80

Systems using the reflection or reradiation of acoustic waves

G01S 15/00

Sound input/output for computers

G06F 3/16

Compilation or interpretation of high level programme languages

G06F 9/45

Complex mathematical functions

G06F 17/10

Digital data processing methods or equipment specially adapted for handling natural language data

G06F 17/20

Processing or translating of natural language

G06F 17/28

Information retrieval; Database structures therefor

G06F 17/30

General pattern recognition

G06K 9/00

Image data processing

G06T

Individual entry or exit registers

G07C 9/00

Arrangements for influencing the relationship between signals at input and output, e.g. differentiating, delaying

G08C 13/00

Teaching speaking

G09B 19/04

Teaching or communicating with the blind, deaf or mute

G09B 21/00

Sound producing devices other than musical instruments or loudspeakers

G10K

Signal processing for recording

G11B 20/00

Error detection or correction in digital recording or reproducing; Testing involved in digital recording or reproducing

G11B 20/18

Editing; Indexing; Addressing; Timing or synchronising; Monitoring

G11B 27/00

Electronic circuits for sound generation

H03B

Amplifiers

H03F

Amplifiers using amplifying element consisting of two mechanically- or acoustically-coupled transducers, e.g. telephone-microphone amplifier

H03F 13/00

Gain control in amplifiers or frequency changers

H03G 3/00

Transmission

H04B

Means associated with receiver for limiting or suppressing noise or interference

H04B 1/10

Details of transmission systems, not characterized by the medium used for transmission, for reducing bandwidth of signals

H04B 1/66

Transmission systems employing ultrasonic, sonic, or infrasonic waves

H04B 11/00

Transmission systems not characterized by the medium used for transmission characterized by the use of pulse modulation

H04B 14/02

Broadcast distribution systems

H04H

Time-division multiplex systems in which the transmission channel allotted to a first user may be taken away and re-allotted to a second user if the first user becomes inactive

H04J 3/17

Secret communication

H04K 1/00

Transmission of digital information, e.g. telegraphic communication

H04L

Telephonic communication

H04M

Arrangements of transmitters, receivers, or complete sets to prevent eavesdropping, to attenuate local noise or to prevent undesired transmission; Special mouthpieces or receivers therefore

H04M 1/19

Devices for calling a subscriber whereby a plurality of signals may be stored simultaneously

H04M 1/27

Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers including speech amplifiers

H04M 1/60

Automatic arrangements for answering calls

H04M 1/64

Interactive information services, e.g. directory enquiries

H04M 3/493

Simultaneous speech and telegraphic or other data transmission over the same conductors

H04M 11/06

Systems for transmission of a pulse code modulated video signal with one or more other pulse code modulated signals, e.g. an audio signal, a synchronizing signal

H04N 7/52

Switching systems

H04Q

Loudspeakers, microphones, gramophone pick-up or like acoustic electromechanical transducers; deaf-aid sets; public address systems

H04R

Stereophonic arrangements

H04R 5/00

Public address systems

H04R 27/00

Stereophonic systems, e.g. spatial sound capture, matrixing of audio signals in the decoded state

H04S

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Speech

Definite vocal sounds that form words to express thoughts and ideas.

Voice

Sounds generated by vocal chords or synthetic versions thereof.

Audio signal

Of or relating to humanly audible sound, meant to include speech, voice, music, silence or background noise, or any combinations thereof.

Synonyms and Keywords

AAC

Advanced Audio Coding

ACELP

Algebraic Code Excited Linear Prediction

ADPCM

Adaptive Differential Pulse Code Modulation

AMR, AMR-NB

Adaptive Multi-Rate

AMR-WB

Adaptive Multi-Rate WideBand

ANN

Artificial neural network

AR

Autoregressive

ASR

Automatic Speech Recognition

BLP

Backward Linear Prediction

BP

Back Propagation

BSAC

Bit Sliced Arithmetic Coding (audio coding from MPEG-4 Part 3)

CELP

Code Excited Linear Prediction

DCT

Discrete Cosine Transform

DFT

Discrete Fourier Transform

DPCM

Differential Pulse Code Modulation

DRM

Digital Rights Management

DTX

Discontinuous Transmission

EVRC, EVRC-B

Enhanced Variable Rate CODEC

FFT

Fast Fourier Transform

FIR

Finite Duration Impulse Response

FLP

Forward Linear Prediction

GMM

Gaussian mixture model

HMM

Hidden Markov model

HVXC

Harmonic Vector eXcitation Coding

IDCT

Inverse Discrete Cosine Transform

IVR

Interactive voice response

LMS

Least Mean Square

LPC

Linear Predictive Coding

LSF

Line Spectral Frequencies

LSP

Line Spectral Pairs

LTP

Long Term Prediction

MBE

Multi-Band Excitation

MDCT

Modified Discrete Cosine Transform

MELP

Mixed Excitation Linear Prediction

MLP

Multi layer perceptron

MP3

MPEG1 or MPEG2 audio layer III

MPEG

Motion Picture Experts Group

MPEG 1 audio

Standard ISO/IEC 11172-3

MPEG 2 audio

Standard ISO/IEC 13818-3

MPEG 4 audio

Standard ISO/IEC 14496-3

MPEG 21

Standard ISO/IEC 21000

MSE

Mean Square Error

NB – WB

Narrowband – Wideband

PARCOR

Partial Correlation

PWI

Prototype Waveform Interpolation

RELP

Residual Excited Linear Prediction

SBR

Spectral Band Replication

TDNN

Time Delay Neural Network

TTS

Text-to-Speech

USAC

Unified Speech and Audio Coding

VoIP

Voice over Internet Protocol

VLSR

Very large speech recognition

VQ

Vector Quantization

VSELP

Vector Sum Excited Linear Prediction

V/UV

Voiced/Unvoiced

VXML or VoiceXML

W3C’s standard XML format

G10L 13/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Synthesis of speech from text, concatenation of smaller speech units, grapheme to phoneme conversion

Modification of the voice for speech synthesis: gender, age, pitch, prosody, stress

Hardware or software implementation details of a speech synthesis system

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Games using electronic circuits

A63F 9/24

Electric switches; Relays; Selectors; Emergency protective devices

H01H

Speech synthesis in mobile phones

H04W 4/18

Informative references:

Sound producing toys

A63H 5/00

Electrically operated educational appliances with audible presentation of the material to be studied

G09B 5/04

Aids for music

G10G

Excitation coding of a speech signal

G10L 19/08

Synonyms and Keywords

TTS

Text to Speech

G10L 13/027 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Concepts used for speech synthesis that can be linked to an emotion to be conveyed, a communication goal driving a dialogue, image-to-speech, native sounding speech.

References

Limiting references:

Generation of parameters for speech synthesis out of text

G10L 13/08

G10L 15/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Feature extraction for speech recognition; Selection of recognition unit

Segmentation or word limit detection

Creation of reference templates; Training of speech recognition systems, e.g. adaptation to the characteristics of the speaker’s voice

Recognition of text or phonemes from a spoken audio signal;

Spoken dialog interfaces, human-machine spoken interfaces

Context dependent speech recognition (location, environment, age, gender, etc.)

Parameter extraction, acoustic models, word models, grammars, language models for speech recognition

Recognition of speech in a noisy environment

Recognition of speech using visual clues

Feedback of the recognition results, disambiguation of speech recognition results

Dedicated hardware or software implementations, parallel and distributed processing of speech recognition engines

Speech classification or search

Speech to text systems

References

Limiting references:

Speaker identification or verification

G10L 17/00

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets

A61B 17/00

Aspects of games using an electronically generated display having two or more dimensions, e.g. on a television screen, showing representations of the game

A63F 13/00

Electric circuits specially adapted for vehicles for occupant comfort, e.g. voice control for systems within a vehicle

B60R 16/037

Sound input arrangements for computers

G06F 3/16

Informative references:

Educational appliances with both visual and audible presentation of the material to be studied

G09B 5/06

Transmission of digital information, e.g. telegraphic communication

H04L

Wireless communication networks

H04W

Synonyms and Keywords

CSR

Continuous speech recognition

G10L 15/06 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Speech classification or search using statistical models, e.g. Hidden Markov Models

G10L 15/14

G10L 15/14 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Speech classification or search using natural language modelling

G10L 15/18

G10L 15/20 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Speech enhancement, e.g. noise reduction or echo cancellation

G10L 21/02

G10L 15/26 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Speech classification or search

G10L 15/08

G10L 17/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Recognition, identification of a speaker

Verification, authentication of a speaker

Preprocessing operations, e.g. segment selection; Pattern representation or modeling, e.g. based on linear discriminant analysis (LDC), principal components; Feature selection or extraction

Dialog, prompts, passwords for identification

Training, model building, enrollment

Decision making techniques, pattern matching strategies

Multimodal identification including voice

Hidden Markov Models

Artificial neural networks, connectionist approaches

Pattern transformations and operations aimed at increasing system robustness, e.g. against channel noise, different working conditions

Identification in noisy condition

Interactive procedures, man-machine interface, e.g. user prompted to utter a password or predefined text

Recognition of special voice characteristics, e.g. for use in a lie detector; recognition of animal voices

Imposter detection

References

Informative references:

Digital computers in which a programme is changed according to experience gained by the computer itself during a complete run; Learning machines

G06F 15/18

User authentication in security arrangements for restricting access by using biometric data, e.g. voice prints

G06F 21/32

Secret secure communication including means for verifying the identity or authority of a user

H04L 9/32

Centralized arrangements for answering calls; Centralized arrangements for recording messages for absent or busy subscribers

H04M 3/50

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Speaker verification

Refers to verifying that the user claimed identity is real, otherwise he is an imposter. Speaker recognition, or identification, aims at determining who the user is among a closed (finite number) set of users. He is otherwise unknown.

An imposter

Someone actively trying to counterfeit someone else’s identity.

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the following expressions/words "goat" and "sheep" are often used as synonyms.

In patent documents the following expressions/words "wolf" and "predator" are often used as synonyms.

In patent documents the expressions/words "goat" and "sheep" are often used with the meaning "a person whose voice is easy to conterfeit".

In patent documents the expressions/words "wolf" and "predator" are often used with the meaning "a person who can easily counterfeit someone else’s voice or is often identified as someone else".

G10L 19/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Techniques for the reduction of data from audio sources, i.e. compression of audio. These techniques are applied to reduce the quantity of information to be stored or transmitted, but are independent of the end-application, medium or transmission channel, i.e. do only exploit the properties of the source signal itself or the final receiver exposed to this signal (the listener).

Mainly two types of sources can be distinguished:

"speech only" encompass signals produced by human speakers, and historically was to be understood as mono-channel, single speaker "telephone quality" speech having a narrow bandwidth limited to max. 4kHz. Encoding of speech only sources primarily aim at reducing the bit-rate while still providing fair intelligibility of the spoken content, but not always fidelity to the original.

"Audio signal" is broader and comprises speech as well as background information, e.g. music source having multiple channels. Encoding of audio deals primarily with transparent, i.e. "high fidelity" reproduction of the original signal.

The compression techniques can also be distinguished as being:

Lossy or Lossless, i.e. whether a perfect reconstruction of the source is possible, or only a perceptually acceptable approximation can be done.

The techniques classified in this group are based either on modelling the production of the signal (voice) or the perception of it (general audio).

Dynamic bit allocation

Correction of errors induced by the transmission channel, if related to the coding algorithm

Multichannel audio signal coding and decoding, i.e. using interchannel correlation to reduce redundancies, e.g. joint-stereo, intensity-coding, matrixing

Comfort noise, silence coding

Audio watermarking, i.e. embedding inaudible data in the audio signal

Using spectral analysis, e.g. transform vocoders, subband vocoders

Using predictive techniques

Gain coding, post filtering design, vocoder structure

References

Limiting references:

Speech or audio signal analysis-synthesis techniques for redundancy reduction in electrophonic musical instruments; Coding or decoding of speech or audio signals in electrophonic musical instruments

G10H

Informative references:

Compression

H03M 7/30

Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the received digital information

H04L 1/00

Supervision, monitoring or testing in automatic or semi-automatic exchanges

H04M 3/22

Arrangements for interconnection between switching centres

H04M 7/00

Simultaneous speech and data transmission

H04M 11/06

Transmission of audio and video in television systems

H04N 7/52

Circuits for electro-acoustic transducers

H04R 3/00

Wireless communication networks

H04W 4/18

Synonyms and Keywords

CTX

Continuous transmission

MOS

Mean opinion score

PCM

Pulse code modulation

G10L 19/002 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Dynamic bit allocation for perceptual audio coders

G10L 19/032

G10L 19/028 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Comfort noise for discontinuous speech transmission

G10L 19/012

G10L 19/083 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Pitch determination of speech signals

G10L 25/90

G10L 19/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Coding of a signal with rate adaptation, e.g. adapted to voicedspeech, unvoiced speech, transitions and noise/silence portions.

Coding of a signal with a core encoder providing a minimum level of quality, and extension layers to improve the quality but requiring a higher bitrate. It includes parameter based bandwidth extension (i.e. SBR) or channel extension.

This group is in opposition to G10L 21/038 in which the bandwidth extension is artificial, i.e. based on the only narrowband encoded signal.

References

Informative references:

Artificial bandwidth extension, i.e. based on the only narrowband encoded signal

G10L 21/038

G10L 21/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Speech or voice modification applications, but receives also applications for speech or voice analysis techniques specially adapted to analyse or modify audio signals not necessarily including speech or voice but which are not music signals (G10H)

Bandwidth extension of an audio signal

Improvement of the intelligibility of a coded speech signal

Removal of noise from an audio signal

Removal of echo from an audio signal

Separation of audio sources

Pitch, speed modification of an audio signal

Voice morphing

Visualisation of audio signals (e.g. sonagrams)

Lips or face movement synchronisation with speech (e.g phonemes - visemes alignment).

Face animation synchronisation with the emotion contained in the voice or speech signal

References

Limiting references:

Speech or audio signal analysis-synthesis techniques for redundancy reduction, e.g. in vocoders; Coding or decoding of speech or audio signals, using source filter models or psychoacoustic analysis

G10L 19/00

Informative references:

3D Animation

G06T 13/20

Signal processing not specific to the method of recording or reproducing, for reducing noise

G11B 20/24

Gain control in amplifiers where the control is dependent upon ambient noise level or sound level

H03G 3/32

Reducing echo effects or singing in line transmission systems

H04B 3/20

Transmission systems not characterised by the medium used for transmission using pulse code modulation, e.g. for reducing noise or bandwidth

H04B 14/04

Echo suppression in hand-free telephones

H04M 9/08

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Viseme

A visual representation of the mouth, lips, tongue and teeth corresponding to a phoneme.

Synonyms and Keywords

BSS

Blind source separation

LDA

Linear discriminant analysis

PCA

Principal component analysis

G10L 21/02 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Reducing echo effects in line transmission systems

H04B 3/20

Echo suppression in hands-free telephones

H04M 9/08

G10L 21/0356 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Visemesare selected to match with the corresponding speech segment, or the speech segments are adapted/chosen, to match with the viseme. This symbol also encompasses the coarticulation effects as used in facial character animation or talking heads.

References

Informative references:

3D Animation, e.g. talking heads driven by audio data or facial character animation per se

G06T 13/20

G10L 21/038 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Bandwidth extension taking place at the receiving side, e.g. generation of artificial low or high frequency components, regeneration of spectral holes, based on the only narrowband encoded signal. This is in opposition with G10L 19/24 wherein parameters are computed during the encoding step to enable bandwidth extension at the decoding step.

References

Informative references:

Parameter based bandwidth extension, e.g. SBR

G10L 19/24

G10L 21/06 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Speech to text systems

G10L 15/26

G10L 21/16 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Devices or methods enabling ear patients to replace direct auditory perception by another kind of perception

A61F 11/04

G10L 25/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processing of speech or voice signals in general, in particular detection of a speech signal, end points detection in noise, extraction of pitch, measure of the voicing, emotional state, voice pathology or other speech or voice related parameters

Extracted parameters, e.g. techniques for evaluating correlation coefficients, zero crossing, prediction coefficients, formant information

Analysis technique, e.g. neural network, fuzzy, chaos, genetic algorithm, coding technique

Analysis window (window function)

Specially adapted for particular use, e.g. for comparison and discrimination, evaluating synthetic and decoded voice signals, for transmitting result of analysis

Speech or voice analysis techniques specially adapted to analyse audio signals not necessarily including speech or voice, such as audio scene segmentation, jingle detection, separation from music or noise, detection of particular sounds

Modeling vocal tract parameters

Detection of presence or absence of speech signals

Pitch determination of speech signals

Discriminating between voiced and unvoiced parts of speech signals

References

Limiting references:

Muting semiconductor-based amplifiers when some special characteristics of a signal are sensed by a speech detector, e.g. sensing when no signal is present

H03G 3/34

Informative references:

Switching of direction of transmission by voice frequency in two-way loud-speaking telephone systems

H04M 9/10

Comfort noise

G10L 19/012

G10L 25/66 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Detecting or measuring for diagnostic purposes

A61B 5/00

G10L 25/78 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Switching of direction of transmission by voice frequency in two-way loud-speaking telephone systems

H04M 9/10

G10L 25/93 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Pitch determination of speech signals

G10L 25/90

G10L 99/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Places in relation to which this group is residual:

Speech synthesis; Text to speech systems

G10L 13/00

Speech recognition

G10L 15/00

Speaker identification or verification

G10L 17/00

Speech or audio signal analysis-synthesis techniques for redundancy reduction, e.g. in vocoders; Coding or decoding of speech or audio signals, using source filter models or psychoacoustic analysis

G10L 19/00

Processing of the speech or voice signal to produce another audible or non-audible signal, e.g. visual or tactile, in order to modify its quality or its intelligibility

G10L 21/00

Speech or voice analysis techniques not restricted to a single one of groups G10L 15/00 - G10L 21/00

G10L 25/00

G11B - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Recording or playback of information by relative movement between a record track and a transducer, the transducer directly producing, or being directly actuated by, modulation in the track being recorded or played-back, and the extent of modulation corresponding to the signal being recorded or played-back;

Apparatus and machines for recording or playback, and parts thereof, such as heads;

Record carriers for use with such apparatus and machines;

Associated working of other apparatus with such apparatus and machines.

References

Limiting references:

Recording measured values in a way that does not require playback through a transducer

G01D 9/00

Recording or playback apparatus using mechanically marked tape, e.g. punched paper tape, or using unit records, e.g. punched or magnetically marked cards

G06K

Transferring data from one type of record carrier to another type of record carrier

G06K 1/18

Guiding cards or sheets

G06K 13/00

Record carriers for use with machines and with at least a part designed to carry digital markings

G06K 19/00

Details of scanning-probe apparatus

G01Q 10/00-G01Q 90/00

Circuits for coupling output of reproducer to radio receiver

H04B 1/20

Loudspeakers, microphones, gramophone pick-ups or like acoustic electromechanical transducers or circuits therefor

H04R

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Associated working of cameras or projectors with sound-recording or -reproducing means

G03B 31/00

Substation equipment for recording telephonic conversations or messages for absent subscribers

H04M 1/65

Television signal recording

H04N 5/76, H04N 9/79

Informative references:

Working of plastics; working of substances in a plastic state in general

B29

Layered products in general

B32B

Thermography

B41M 5/26

Containers, packaging elements or packages, specially adapted for particular articles or materials

B65D 85/00

Storing webs, tapes or filamentary material in general

B65H 75/00

Coating metallic material; coating material with metallic material; coating by vacuum evaporation, by sputtering, by ion implantation or by chemical vapour deposition, in general

C23C

Measuring electric or magnetic properties

G01R

Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarization or direction of light

G02F

Photosensitive materials or processes for photographic purposes

G03C

Electrography; electrophotography; magnetography

G03G

Holographic processes or apparatus

G03H

Electric digital data processing

G06F

Printing of data from record carriers

G06K 3/00

Arrangements for producing a permanent visual presentation of the output data

G06K 15/00

Arrangements or circuits for control of indicating devices using static means to present variable information

G09G

Static stores

G11C

Selection of magnetic materials; thin magnetic films

H01F

Thin magnetic films

H01F 10/00

Semiconductor lasers

H01S 5/00

Coding, decoding or code conversion, in general

H03M

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

record carrier

means a body, such as a cylinder, disc, card, tape, or wire, capable of permanently holding information, which can be read-off by a sensing element movable relatively to the record carrier

head

includes any means for converting sinusoidal or non-sinusoidal electric wave-forms into variations of the physical condition of at least the adjacent surface of the record carrier, or vice versa

near-field interaction

means a very short distance interaction using scanning-probe techniques, e.g. quasi- contact or evanescent contact between head and record carrier

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the terms "head" and "pickup" are often used as synonyms.

G11B 3/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Recording by cutting or deforming using laser beam

G11B 7/00

Recording by cutting or deforming using electron beam

G11B 9/10

G11B 3/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Styli

G11B 3/44

G11B 3/58 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Brushes

A46B

Cleaning in general

B08B

G11B 3/70 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Processes involving a single technical art, in general, and for which provision exists elsewhere, see the relevant places, e.g.

B29D 17/00

G11B 5/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Timing or synchronising arrangements

G11B 27/10

G11B 5/465 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Demagnetisation in general

H01F 13/00

G11B 5/627 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Constructional features

G11B 23/26

G11B 5/70 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Base layers per se

G11B 5/73

G11B 5/84 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Processes involving a single technical art, in general, and for which provision exists elsewhere, see the relevant places, e.g. B29, C23, C25D for painting, shaping, evaporation coating and galvanizing in general

B29, C23, C25D

Informative references:

Apparatus or processes for applying homogeneous magnetic films to substrates in general

H01F 41/14

G11B 7/085 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Controlling the position or direction of light beams, i.e. deflection

G02F 1/29

G11B 7/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Details of optical transducer assembly of recording or reproducing system;

Means for protecting the optical transducer assembly from environmental hazards such as dust intrusion or sudden impacts;

Optical beam sources therefor, e.g. laser light source and power control thereof;

Optical detectors therefor,

Means for guiding optical beams;

Apparatus or processes for manufacturing optical transducer assembly.

References

Limiting references:

Disposition or mounting of head elements within housing or with provision for moving of light source, optical beam or detector, irrelevant to the transducing method

G11B 7/08

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Associated working of cameras or projectors with sound-recording or -reproducing means

G03B 31/00

Sound-recording combined with cinematography

G03C 5/14

Subtractive cinematographic processes combined with sound-recording

G03C 7/24

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Head

includes any means for converting sinusoidal or non-sinusoidal electric wave-forms into various of the optical condition of at least the adjacent surface of the record carrier, or vice versa

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the terms "head" and "pickup" are often used as synonyms.

G11B 7/1245 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Electro-optic deflection; acousto-optic deflection

G02F 1/29, G02F 1/33

G11B 7/125 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Optical modulators; for controlling the intensity, phase or direction of light

G02B 26/00

G11B 7/126 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Control of laser output parameters; control of semiconductor laser output parameters

H01S 3/10, H01S 5/06

Stabilisation of laser output parameters; stabilisation of semiconductor laser output parameters

H01S 3/13, H01S 5/068

G11B 7/127 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Lasers; semiconductor lasers

H01S 3/00, H01S 5/00

G11B 7/128 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Electro-optic, magneto-optic or acousto-optic modulators

G02F 1/00

Optical modulators

G02B 26/00

G11B 7/13 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Optical detectors

G01J

Demodulating light, transferring the modulation of modulated light, frequency changing of light

G02F 2/00

G11B 7/1353 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Diffraction gratings

G02B 5/18

Holograms used as optical elements

G02B 5/32

Grating systems

G02B 27/44

Holograms

G03H

G11B 7/1365 - Definition fr

Special rules of classification

In this group, integrated combinations of a refractive element, such as a coating element or phase plate, with another element, such as a lens, e.g. US 2009 0257338, WO 2006 048818, EP 1 855 274 are classified in this group and in other appropriate groups for the other element.

G11B 7/1374 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Optical objectives

G02B 9/00

G11B 7/1376 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Collimators

G02B 27/30

G11B 7/1381 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Optical diaphragms

G03B 9/02

G11B 7/1387 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Near-field optical probes

G01Q 60/18

G11B 7/1392 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Optical systems for aberration correction

G02B 27/00

Objective lenses for reducing geometrical aberration

G02B 13/18

G11B 7/1395 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Beam splitting or combining systems

G02B 27/10

G11B 7/1398 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Optical diaphragms

G03B 9/02

G11B 7/24012 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Tracks or pits

G11B 7/2407

G11B 7/24015 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

In this group a protection plate also used as the substrate is considered to be a substrate.

G11B 7/24018 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

This group covers only disks in which multiple substrates are provided.

In this group a protection plate also used as the substrate is considered to be a substrate.

G11B 7/24033 - Definition fr

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Attention is drawn to group G11B 11/08, which covers recording on, or reproducing from, the same record carrier wherein for these two operations the methods or means are covered by different main groups of groups G11B 3/00-G11B 7/00 or by different subgroups of group G11B 9/00, and using recording by electric charge or by variation of electric resistance or capacitance.

References

Informative references:

Recording or reproducing using ferroelectric record carriers

G11B 9/02

Recording or reproducing using record carriers having variable electric resistance

G11B 9/04

Recording or reproducing using record carriers having variable electrical capacitance

G11B 9/06

Recording or reproducing using electrostatic charge injection

G11B 9/08

G11B 7/24047 - Definition fr

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the expression/word "board" is often used instead of "substrate" which is used in the classification scheme of this group.

G11B 7/241 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Photosensitive materials per se

G03C 1/00

G11B 7/26 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Processes involving a single technical art and for which provision exists elsewhere, see the relevant places, e.g.

B29D 17/00, G03H

G11B 15/22 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Brake constructions in general

F16D

G11B 15/54 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Speedometers or tachometers

G01P

G11B 19/22 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Brake constructions in general

F16D

G11B 19/28 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Speedometers or tachometers

G01P

G11B 20/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Angle-modulation

H03C

Demodulation of angle-modulated oscillations

H03D

G11B 20/08 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Pulse modulation or pulse demodulation

H03K

G11B 20/10 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Electrical digital data processing

G06F

Speech analysis-synthesis techniques for redundancy reduction

G10L 19/00

Transmission of digital information

H04L

G11B 23/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Storing webs, tapes or filamentary material in general

B65H 75/00

G11B 23/30 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Sensing such signals

G11B 15/06

G11B 25/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Individual parts of apparatus

G11B 3/00-G11B 23/00, G11B 33/00

G11B 27/02 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Mixing of video signals

H04N 5/265

Informative references:

Arrangements for sorting or merging computer data on continuous record carriers

G06F 7/22

G11B 27/24 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

For controlling purposes

G11B 15/00, G11B 17/00

G11B 31/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Substation equipment for recording telephonic conversations or messages for absent subscribers

H04M 1/65

G11B 33/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Furniture aspects

A47B, A47B 81/06

G12B - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Constructional details which are not restricted to measuring instruments or to any other apparatus covered by a single other subclass of IPC (see Relationship).

In particular, the following subject matter is covered:

sensitive elements capable of producing movement or displacement for purposes not limited to measurement; associated transmission mechanisms therefor;

details of movements not otherwise provided;

adjusting position or attitude, e.g. level, of instruments or other apparatus, or of parts thereof;

compensating for the effects of tilting or acceleration;

compensating for the effects of temperature;

housing or supporting of instruments or other apparatus;

indicating elements; illumination thereof;

calibrating of instruments or apparatus;

cooling;

screening.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

This subclass is residual with respect to any other subclasses in section A, F, G or H providing for places covering details of instruments or comparable details of apparatus.

In particular, constructional details restricted to the measuring instruments are covered by the relevant subclasses of class G01, e.g. G01D.

Moreover, this subclass does not cover constructional details restricted to electric apparatus, e.g. casings, screenings, which are covered by subclass H05K or the relevant subclass in section H.

References

Limiting references:

Places in relation to which this subgroup is residual:

constructional details restricted to measuring instruments

G01D

constructional details restricted to electric apparatus

H05K

G12B 1/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

micro-structural devices or systems

B81B

manipulators, e.g. micromanipulators

B25J, B25J 7/00

fluid-actuated devices for displacing a member from one position to another; gearings associated therewith

F15B 15/00

arrangements for movement of valve members other than for opening or closing the valve, e.g. for grinding-in, for preventing sticking; operating means; releasing devices

F16K 29/00, F16K 31/00

G12B 3/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Places in relation to which this group is residual:

elements for balancing moving parts; elements for damping the movement of parts; elements for restraining or preventing the movement of parts, e.g. for zeroising; caging devices for moving parts when not in use

G01D 11/08-G01D 11/22

Informative references:

means for absorbing shock or damping vibrations

F16F

suppression of vibrations in systems

F16F 15/00

testing static or dynamic balance of machines or structures

G01M

G12B 5/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

movable or adjustable work or tool supports; devices holding, supporting, or positioning, work or tools

B23Q 1/25, B23Q 3/00

measuring inclination by levels

G01C 9/00

optical benches

G01M 11/04

mountings, adjusting means, or light-tight connections, for optical elements

G02B 7/00

optical apparatus specially adapted for adjusting optical elements during the assembly of optical systems

G02B 27/62

registration or positioning of originals, masks, frames, photographic sheets or textured or patterned surfaces

G03F 9/00

control of position or direction

G05D 3/00

G12B 9/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Places in relation to which this group is residual:

housings; supports specially adapted for an instrument or a set of instruments

G01D 11/24, G01D 11/30

bases, casings, or covers of switching devices

H01H 9/02

bases, cases of electrical coupling devices

H01R 13/46

frameworks, boards, panels, desks, casings for the supply or distribution of electric power

H02B 1/00

casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus

H05K 5/00

Informative references:

containers, seals, or encapsulation of semiconductor or other solid state devices

H01L 23/02, H01L 23/28

G12B 11/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Places in relation to which this group is residual:

structurally-combined illuminating devices for component parts of measuring arrangements not specially adapted for a specific variable

G01D 11/28

component parts of indicators for measuring arrangements not specially adapted for a specific variable

G01D 13/00

arrangements of scales, pointers, lamps, or acoustic indicators, e.g. in automobile speedometers

G01P 1/08

dashboards

B60K 37/00

arrangements of lighting devices for dashboards

B60Q 3/04

Informative references:

optical elements, systems, or apparatus

G02B

illuminating devices, e.g. backlights, for liquid crystal displays

G02F 1/13357

indicating (displaying) arrangements for variable information

G09F 9/00, G09F 11/00

G12B 13/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Places in relation to which this subgroup is residual:

testing, calibrating, or compensating of compasses

G01C 17/38

testing or calibrating of measuring apparatus or measuring arrangements

G01D 18/00

testing or calibrating of apparatus for measuring volume, volume flow, or liquid level, or for metering by volume

G01F 25/00

testing or calibrating of weighing apparatus

G01G 23/01

testing or calibrating of thermometers

G01K 15/00

testing or calibrating of apparatus for measuring fluid pressure

G01L 27/00

calibrating devices used in investigating strength properties of solid materials by application of mechanical stress

G01N 3/62

testing or calibrating of apparatus or devices measuring linear or angular speed, acceleration, deceleration, or shock, or indicating presence, absence, or direction, of movement

G01P 21/00

calibration of scanning-probe apparatus, e.g. of probes

G01Q 40/00

testing or calibrating of apparatus or devices measuring electric or magnetic variables

G01R 35/00

means for monitoring or calibrating of systems for radio direction-finding, radio navigation, distance or velocity determination as well as locating or presence detecting by use of radio waves

G01S 7/40

means for monitoring or calibrating of analogue systems by use of non-radio waves, e.g. of lidar systems

G01S 7/497

calibrating instruments or devices for geophysics, gravitational measurements, or detecting masses or objects

G01V 13/00

testing or calibrating meteorological apparatus

G01W 1/18

G12B 15/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Places in relation to which this group is residual:

arrangements for cooling, heating, ventilating or temperature compensation of semiconductor or solid-state devices

H01L 23/34

systems for cooling or ventilating dynamo-electric machines

H02K 9/00

modifications to facilitate cooling, ventilating or heating in electric apparatus

H05K 7/20

G12B 17/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

damping or protecting against noise or acoustic waves

G10K 11/16

G12B 17/02 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Places in relation to which this group is residual:

screening of electric apparatus or components against electric or magnetic fields

H05K 9/00

Informative references:

caging devices of measuring arrangements for moving parts when not in use

G01D 11/20

fixed screens or hoods, as safety devices independent of the control or operation of any machine

F16P 1/02

emergency devices preventing damage to a machine or apparatus

F16P 7/00

covers for electric apparatus; metal casings for electric apparatus

H05K 5/03, H05K 5/04

G21B - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Reactors in which energy release is caused by the controlled fusion of atomic nuclei, namely:

Thermonuclearfusion reactors.

Low-temperature nuclear fusion reactors, e.g. alleged cold fusion reactors.

References

Limiting references:

Uncontrollable fusion reactions; applications thereof

G21J

Informative references:

Controlled fission reactors

G21C

Generating plasma; Handling plasma

H05H 1/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Confinement

Controlled compression of fusion nuclei to overcome their electrostatic repulsion.

Fusion

Combination of two or more nuclei to form a heavier nucleus, a by-product of which is the release of energy.

Thermonuclear

Relating to fusion at high temperatures.

G21C - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Nuclear fission reactors

Reactor fuel elements or their assemblies; Selection of substances for use as reactor fuel elements

Moderator or core structure; Selection of materials for use as moderator

Control of nuclear reaction

Emergency protection arrangements structurally associated with the reactor

Shielding structurally associated with the reactor

Pressure vessels; Containment vessels; Containment in general

Cooling arrangements within the pressure vessel containing the core; Selection of specific coolants

Monitoring; Testing

Arrangements for treating, for handling, or for facilitating the handling of, fuel or other materials which are used within the reactor, e.g. within its pressure vessel

Apparatus or processes specially adapted to the manufacture of reactors or parts thereof

Adaptations of reactors to facilitate experimentation or irradiation

References

Limiting references:

Fusion reactors; hybrid fission-fusion reactors

G21B

Treating radioactively contaminated materials; Decontamination arrangements therefor

G21F 9/00

Nuclear explosives

G21J

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Nuclear power plant

G21D

Control of nuclear power plant

G21D 3/00

Production of electric energy from fusion or fission reactions

G21D 7/00

Informative references:

Pressure or containment vessels utilizing sub- or super-atmospheric pressure to effect chemical or physical change of matter

B01J 3/00

Cleaning pipes or tubes using methods or apparatus specially adapted thereto

B08B 9/02

Manipulators

B25J

Heat-transfer or heat-exchange or heat-storage materials

C09K 5/00

Pressure vessels in general

F16J 12/00

Shock-absorbers in general

F16F

Tube joints in general

F16L

Cleaning of internal or external surfaces of heat-exchange or heat-transfer conduits, e.g. water tubes of boilers

F28G

Measurement of nuclear radiation

G01T

Electric or magnetic analogue computers, e.g. simulators, for nuclear physics

G06G 7/54

Pumping arrangements for reactor coolant not otherwise covered by G21C 15/24

G21D

Shielded cells or rooms

G21F 7/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Core

The central region of a reactor containing fuel and moderator elements, where nuclear fission occurs.

Moderator

Material used in a thermal nuclear reactor to reduce the velocity of neutrons produced by nuclear fission in order to facilitate chain reaction.

Shield

Means surrounding a reactor to prevent radiation damage to operators etc.

G21C 11/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Shielding in general

G21F

G21C 13/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Covers for pressure vessels in general

F16J 13/00

G21C 15/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Electrodynamic pumps

H02K 44/02

G21C 15/16 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Separation in general

B01D

Steam traps or like apparatus for draining off liquids from enclosures predominantly containing gases or vapours

F16T

G21C 15/22 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Pipes; joints, fittings or supports for pipes in general

F16L

G21C 17/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Investigating fluid tightness of structures

G01M 3/00

G21D - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Details of nuclear power plant.

Control of nuclear power plant.

Arrangements of reactor and engine in which reactor-produced heat is converted into mechanical energy.

Arrangements for direct production of electrical energy from fusion or fission reactions.

Arrangements to provide heat for purposes other than conversion into electrical energy, e.g. for heating buildings.

References

Limiting references:

Structural combination of fuel element with thermoelectric element

G21C 3/40

Control of nuclear reaction

G21C 7/00

Emergency protection arrangements structurally associated with a reactor; for rapid reduction of reactivity under fault conditions; for suppressing fires

G21C 9/00, G21C 9/02, G21C 9/04

Pumping arrangements for the coolant by means within the reactor pressure vessel

G21C 15/24

Obtaining electrical energy from radioactive sources

G21H 1/00

Informative references:

Electric or magnetic analogue computers, e.g. simulators, for nuclear physics

G06G 7/54

Thermoelectric elements per se

H01L 35/00, H01L 37/00

Electrodynamic pumps

H02K 44/02

Synonyms and Keywords

engine

plant, such as a turbine

engine demand

load

G21F - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Shielding characterised by the composition of the material.

Shielding characterised by its physical form, e.g. granules, or shape of the material.

Transportable or portable shielded containers.

Shielded cells or rooms.

Treating radioactively contaminated material; decontamination arrangements therefore.

References

Limiting references:

Use of cosmetics or similar toilet preparations already classified as such in A61K 8/00 when brought into direct contact with the skin (i.e. topical preparations) for affording protection against X-rays or other harmful rays

A61Q 17/04

Radiation protection in cosmonautical vehicles

B64G 1/54

Shielding structurally associated with a reactor

G21C 11/00

Vessels, containers or shields associated with X-ray tubes

H01J 35/16

X-ray producing apparatus involving X-ray tubes; constructional details thereof; control thereof; circuits therefor

H05G 1/00, H05G 1/02, H05G 1/30

Apparatus or processes for producing X-rays, not involving X-ray tubes, e.g. involving generation of a plasma

H05G 2/00

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Apparatus for radiation diagnosis, e.g. combined with radiation therapy equipment; application or adaptation of safety means therefor

A61B 6/10

Applying radioactive material to the body; shielding of fluid reservoirs therefor, e.g. syringe shielding

A61M 36/08

Informative references:

Applying radioactive material to, or placing it within, the body

A61M 36/00

Safety devices combined with or specially adapted for manipulators

B25J 19/00

X-ray technique in general

H05G

G21F 3/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Protective clothing or garments in general

A41D 13/00

G21F 7/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Chambers provided with manipulating devices

B25J 21/00

G21F 7/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Glove-boxes in general

B25J 21/02

G21F 7/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Manipulators

B25J

Control or regulating systems in general

G05B

G21F 9/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Separating different isotopes of the same chemical element

B01D 59/00

G21F 9/30 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Separating different isotopes of the same chemical element

B01D 59/00

G21G - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Arrangements for the conversion of chemical elements, including but not limited to, arrangements using electromagnetic radiation, corpuscular radiation or particle bombardment. Examples include systems for producing radioactive isotopes through neutron bombardment.

Radioactive sources.

Alleged conversion of chemical elements by chemical reaction.

References

Limiting references:

Adaptations of reactors to facilitate experimentation or irradiation. Examples of such adaptations include modification of the reactor core to enable exposure of samples for investigative purposes.

G21C 23/00

Irradiation devices. These typically include arrangements to deliberately subject bodies or materials to ionising radiation in order to take advantage of known effects of the radiation thereon.

G21K 5/00

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Applying radioactive material to the body

A61M 36/00

Radiation therapy using radioactive sources

A61N 5/10

Conversion of chemical elements by thermonuclear reactions in fusion reactors

G21B

Conversion of nuclear fuel in fission reactors

G21C

Application of radiation from radioactive sources

G21H 5/00

Informative references:

Preparations containing radioactive substances for use in therapy or testing in vivo

A61K 51/00

Separation of different isotopes of the same element

B01D 59/00

Handling particles or electromagnetic radiation not otherwise provided for

G21K

Producing neutrons or other subatomic particles, X- or gamma rays:

in fusion reactors

G21B

in nuclear reactors

G21C

by cosmic radiation

G21H 7/00

in accelerators

H05H

X-ray tubes

H01J 35/00

Gamma masers

H01S 4/00

G21G 1/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Separation of different isotopes of the same element

B01D 59/00

G21G 4/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Producing neutrons or other subatomic particles, X- or gamma rays, in fusion reactors

G21B

In nuclear reactors

G21C

By cosmic radiation

G21H 7/00

In accelerators

H05H

X-ray tubes

H01J 35/00

Gamma masers

H01S 4/00

G21H - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Arrangements for obtaining electrical energy from radioactive sources, e.g. from radioactive isotopes

Arrangements for direct conversion of radiation energy from radioactive sources into forms of energy other than electrical energy

Use of effects of cosmic radiation

Applications of radiation from radioactive sources or arrangements therefor, not otherwise provided for

Relationship between large subject matter areas

None.

References

Limiting references:

Measurement of nuclear or X-radiation

G01T

Fusion reactors

G21B

Nuclear reactors

G21C

Lamps in which a gas filling is excited to luminescence by external corpuscular radiation or by radioactive material structurally associated with the lamp

H01J 65/04, H01J 65/06

Informative references:

Preservation of cream, butter and cheese

A23C 13/08, A23C 15/18, A23C 19/097

Introduction of isotopes of elements into organic compounds

C07B 59/00

Techniques for handling particles or ionising radiation not otherwise provided for

G21K 1/00 - G21K 4/00

Particle spectrometer ion sources or ion guns using particle bombardment, e.g. ionisation chambers

H01J 49/14

Lasers

H01S 3/00

Special rules of classification

None.

G21H 1/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Photoelectric discharge tubes not involving the ionization of a gas

H01J 40/00

Discharge tubes functioning as thermionic generators

H01J 45/00

Tubes for determining the presence, intensity, density or energy of radiation or particles

H01J 47/00

G21H 1/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Devices of the surface barrier or shallow PN junction detector type, e.g. surface barrier alpha-particle detectors

H01L 31/118

G21H 1/08 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Electric discharge tubes or discharge lamps

H01J

G21H 1/10 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Discharge tubes functioning as thermionic generators

H01J 45/00

Thermoelectric devices comprising a junction of dissimilar materials

H01L 35/00

G21H 3/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Lasers pumped by high energy nuclear particles

H01S 3/0957

G21H 5/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Places with respect to which this group is residual:

Use of radiation to produce mutation in plants

A01H 1/06

Preserving finished bakery products; improving by irradiation

A21D 15/06

Preservation of meat, sausages, fish, eggs, fruit, vegetables or edible seeds by irradiation causing heating effect

A23B 4/01, A23B 5/01, A23B 7/01, A23B 9/04

Preservation of meat, sausages, fish, eggs, fruit, vegetables or edible seeds by irradiation without heating effect

A23B 4/015, A23B 5/015, A23B 7/015, A23B 9/06

Preservation of milk or milk preparations by irradiation

A23C 3/07

Preservation of food or foodstuffs or non-alcoholic beverages by irradiation without heating

A23L 5/30, A23L 2/50, A23L 3/26

Medicinal preparations obtained by treating materials with wave energy or particle radiation

A61K 41/00

Preparations containing radioactive substances for use in therapy or testing in vivo

A61K 51/00

Methods or apparatus using radiation for disinfecting or sterilising materials or objects other than foodstuffs or contact lenses

A61L 2/08

Radiation therapy; therapy using X-rays, gamma rays or particle-irradiation

A61N 5/00, A61N 5/10

Applying radioactive material to the body

A61M 36/00

Direct application of radiation to physical, chemical or physico-chemical processes in general

B01J 19/08

Use of radiation for separating dispersed particles from gases or vapour, e.g. air, by electrostatic effect

B03C 3/38

Use of radiation for pre-treatment of surfaces to which liquids or other fluent materials are to be applied, or after-treatment of applied coatings

B05D 3/06

Use of radiation in the working of plastics; after-treatment of articles without altering their shape; apparatus therefor

B29C 71/04

Railway trackside devices actuated by radiation and controlled by interaction with a vehicle or train

B61L 1/10

Railway trackside devices using radiation to control devices on a vehicle or train

B61L 3/06

Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation; in addition polymers

C08F 2/46, C08F 2/54, C08G 2/02

Processes for treating or compounding macromolecular substances by wave energy or particle radiation

C08J 3/28

Chemical treatment or coating of shaped articles made of macromolecular substances using wave energy or particle radiation

C08J 7/18

Use of radiation for cracking of hydrocarbon oils

C10G 15/10, C10G 32/04

Use of radiation for reforming naphtha

C10G 35/16

Use of radiation for pasteurisation, sterilisation, preservation, purification, clarification or ageing of alcoholic beverages

C12H 1/06, C12H 1/16

Use of radiation for bleaching fibres, threads, yarns, fabrics, feathers, or made-up fibrous goods, leather or furs

D06L 3/04

Measuring angles, areas, length, thickness or similar dimensions, or irregularities of surfaces or contours, using wave or particle radiation

G01B 15/00

Transducers not specially adapted for a specific variable using wave or particle radiation derived from a radioactive source

G01D 5/50, G01D 5/62

Investigating fluid tightness of structures using radioactive material

G01M 3/20

Investigating or analysing materials by the use of wave or particle radiation

G01N 23/00

Investigating or analysing materials through the ionisation of gases, using wave or particle radiation to ionise a gas

G01N 27/64

Chemical analysis of biological material; immunoassay or bio-specific binding assays involving radioactive-labelled substances

G01N 33/534, G01N 33/60

Geophysics; prospecting or detecting using primary nuclear radiation sources

G01V 5/08

Fire alarms or alarms responsive to explosion, actuated by the presence of smoke or gas detected by an ionisation chamber

G08B 17/11

Irradiation devices

G21K 5/00

Gamma ray or X-ray microscopes

G21K 7/00

In cathode ray tubes, charge-storage screens exhibiting internal electrical effects caused by particle radiation

H01J 29/44

Semiconductor devices sensitive to electro-magnetic or corpuscular radiation

H01L 31/00

Apparatus for generating ions to be introduced into non-enclosed gasses, e.g. into the atmosphere

H01T 23/00

Lasers using pumping by high energy nuclear particles

H01S 3/0957

Carrying off electrostatic charges by means of ionising radiation

H05F 3/06

G21J - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices specially adapted to cause or facilitate uncontrollable fission or fusion reactions of atoms of the device and to release the explosive energy created thereby to an area outside the devices.

The peaceful or belligerent use of such devices.

Arrangements for detecting nuclear explosions.

References

Informative references:

Explosive chemical compositions

C06B

Methods for stimulating production of oil, gas, water, soluble or meltable materials or a slurry of minerals from wells by use of explosives

E21B 43/263

Conventional explosive devices

F42B

So-called "dirty bombs" where conventional explosives are used to dispense radioactive substances

F42B 12/46

Individual measuring devices may be classified as the measuring device per se

G01

Analogue computers for simulating nuclear explosions

G06G 7/54

Controlled fusion reactors

G21B

Controlled fission reactors

G21C

Nuclear power plant

G21D

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Uncontrollable reaction

Any fission or fusion reaction where event initiators (e.g. neutrons in the fission process) are produced in a number greater than required to sustain a chain reaction and where there is no mechanism to selectively moderate the reaction, e.g. a fission reactor where the operator has simply opted not to moderate or has failed to moderate the reaction is not a nuclear explosive device in the context of this subclass.

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents, the words "device" and "bomb" are often used as synonyms.

In patent documents, the expressions "thermonuclear bomb", "hydrogen bomb", "H-bomb" and "fusion bomb" are often used as synonyms.

In patent documents, the expressions "A-bomb" and "atom bomb" are often used as archaic synonyms for "fission bomb".

G21K - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Arrangements for handling particles or ionising radiation, e.g. focusing or moderating;

Ionising radiation filters, e.g. X-ray filters;

Conversion screens for the conversion of the spatial distribution of particles or ionising radiation into visible images, e.g. fluoroscopic screens;

Irradiation devices;

Gamma ray or X-ray microscopes.

References

Limiting references:

Investigating or analysing materials by the use of wave or particle radiation, e.g. X-rays or neutrons

G01N 23/00

Places in relation to which this subclass is residual:

Adaptations of reactors to facilitate experimentation or irradiation

G21C 23/00

Electron-optical arrangements in cathode ray tubes or electron beam tubes

H01J 29/46

Discharge tubes with provision for emergence of electrons or ions from the vessel; Lenard tubes

H01J 33/00

Discharge tubes with provision for introducing objects or material to be exposed to the discharge, e.g. for the purpose of examination or processing thereof

H01J 37/00

Electron or ion microscopes with scanning beams

H01J 37/28

Production or acceleration of neutral particle beams, e.g. molecular or atomic beams

H05H 3/00

Direct voltage accelerators; accelerators using single pulses

H05H 5/00

Targets for producing nuclear reactions

H05H 6/00

Details of linear accelerators, magnetic induction accelerators, cyclotrons and magnetic resonance accelerators

H05H 7/00

Linear accelerators

H05H 9/00

Magnetic induction accelerators, e.g. betatrons

H05H 11/00

Magnetic resonance accelerators; Cyclotrons

H05H 13/00

Methods or devices for acceleration of charged particles not otherwise provided for

H05H 15/00

Informative references:

Investigating or analysing materials by investigating the ionisation of gases

G01N 27/62

Scanning probe techniques or apparatus; applications of scanning probe techniques, e.g. scanning probe microscopy

G01Q

X-ray apparatus involving X-ray tubes; circuits therefor

H05G 1/00

Apparatus or processes specially adapted for producing X-rays, not involving X-ray tubes, e.g. involving generation of plasma

H05G 2/00

Generating plasma; handling plasma

H05H 1/00

Particle spectrometers or separator tubes

H01J 49/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Ionising radiation

Ionising radiation’ consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are sufficiently energetic to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, thus ionising them.

Particle

Particle’ means a molecular, atomic or sub-atomic particle

G21K 1/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Production or acceleration of neutrons, electrically charged particles, or neutral molecular or atomic beams

H05H 3/00-H05H 15/00

G21K 4/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Photographic processes using X-rays; using screens to intensify X-ray images

G03C 5/16, G03C 5/17

In discharge tubes: screens on or from which an image or pattern is formed; luminescent screens

H01J 1/54, H01J 1/62

In cathode ray tubes or electron beam tubes: image conversion tubes or image amplification tubes having an X-ray input and an optical output

H01J 31/50

H01B - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Electrical conductors or cables characterised by their conductive material or form including power cables, communication cables or conductors, and superconductors or hyperconductive conductors, cables or transmission lines.

Electrical insulators or insulating bodies characterised by their insulating or dielectric material or form, including capacitor-type insulators.

Apparatus or processes specially adapted for manufacturing conductors or cables.

Apparatus or process specially adapted for manufacturing insulators or insulating bodies.

Apparatus or process for salvaging material from cables.

References

Limiting references:

Superconductors characterized by a ceramic forming technique or ceramic composition

C04B 35/00

Conductive paints

C09D 5/24

Insulating paper

D21H 27/12

Light guides; Structural details of arrangements comprising light guides and other optical elements, e.g. coupling

G02B 6/00

Selection of magnetic properties

H01F 1/00

Piezo-electric or electrostrictive materials

H01L 41/00

Waveguides

H01P

Methods or apparatus specifically adapted for removing insulation from conductors

H02G 1/12

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Suspension insulators for trolley lines

B60M 1/16

Storing or paying-out lengths of conductors or cables

B65H 75/34

Insulating rail joints

E01B 11/54

Resistors

H01C

Insulating of windings for manufacturing coils

H01F 41/12

Capacitors

H01G

Devices using superconductivity or hyperconductivity

H01L 39/00

Coaxial lines for handling frequencies considerably beyond the audio range

H01P 3/06

Bus-bar layouts

H02B 1/20

Installations of electric cables or lines, or of combined optical and electric cables or lines

H02G

Details of windings of dynamo-electric machines characterized by the conductor or insulating material

H02K 3/00

Communication line transmission systems

H04B 3/00

Heating elements

H05B

Informative references:

Passages or insulators for nuclear reactors, e.g. for electric cables

G21C 17/116

Selection of piezo-electric or electrostrictive materials

H01L 41/00

Installation of cables or lines, or of combined optical and electric, cables or lines

H02G

Junction boxes

H02G 15/10

Circuit arrangements or systems for supplying of distributing electric power

H02J

Screening of apparatus or components against electric or magnetic fields

H05K 9/00

Special rules of classification

Group H01B 12/00 takes precedence over groups H01B 5/00, H01B 7/00, H01B 9/00 and H01B 11/00.

Cables including at least one electrical conductor together with optical fibers are classified in group H01B 11/22.

H01B 1/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Insert limiting references here...

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Resistors

H01C

Dtails of devices using superconductivity or hyperconductivity, characterised by the material

H01L 39/12

H01B 5/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Aspects of connection with their counterparts

H01R 25/00

Bus-bar layouts

H02B 1/20

Installations of bus-bars

H02G 5/00

H01C - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Electrical resistors whose effective value is mechanically adjustable , including such resistors structurally combined with switching arrangements;

Resistors whose effective value is varied non-mechanically such as by temperature, electromagnetic waves, voltage, or current;

Fixed resistors whose effective value is, or is presumed to be, non-variable;

Non- adjustable liquid resistors;

Structural combinations of resistors;

Details of, or for, resistors;

Apparatus or processes for the manufacture of resistors.

References

Limiting references:

Apparatus or processes for filling or compressing insulating material in heating element tubes

H05B 3/52

Resistors with a potential-jump or surface barrier, e.g. field effect resistors

H01L 29/00

Photoresistors and similar semiconductor devices in which radiation controls flow of current through the device

H01L 31/08

Magnetic-field-controlled resistors and similar devices using galvano-magnetic or similar magnetic effects

H01L 43/00

Bulk negative resistance effect devices

H01L 47/00

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Impedance networks

H03H

Informative references:

Devices using superconductivity or hyperconductivity

H01L 39/00

Solid state devices for rectifying, amplifying, oscillating, or switching without a potential-jump barrier or surface barrier

H01L 45/00

Terminals or tapping points in general

H01R

Printed circuits incorporating printed electric components, e.g. printed resistor, capacitor, inductor

H05K 1/16

Printed circuits structurally associated with non-printed electric components

H05K 1/18

Special rules of classification

Variable resistors, the value of which is changed non-mechanically, e.g. by voltage or temperature, are classified in main group H01C 7/00.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Adjustable

Mechanically adjustable

H01F - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Fixed and variable transformers including, for example, superconductive or cryogenic transformers; adaptations thereof for specific applications or functions; details thereof.

Fixed and variable inductances; adaptations thereof for specific applications or functions; details thereof.

Electromagnets including, for example, superconductive magnets; details thereof such as coils, cores, yokes, and armatures.

Permanent magnets.

Thin magnetic films.

Magnetic materials.

Apparatus or processes for magnetizing or demagnetizing.

Apparatus or processes specially adapted for manufacturing or assembling devices covered by this subclass.

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Magnets used to separate solid materials from other solid materials or fluids

B03C 1/00

Magnetic work holders

B23Q 3/00, B25B 11/00

Apparatus or processes for degaussing ships

B63G 9/06

Lifting magnets

B66C 1/00

Magnets in electric meters

G01R

Devices for demagnetizing parts of clocks and watches

G04D 9/00

Magnetic record carriers

G11B 5/00

Apparatus or processes specially adapted for manufacturing magnetic record carriers

G11B 5/84

Thin-film magnetic stores

G11C

Apparatus or processes for threading magnetic cores in digital storage elements

G11C 5/12

Magnets or electromagnets in relays

H01H

Magnets or electromagnets in dynamo-electric machines

H02K

Methods or apparatus specially adapted for manufacturing, assembling, maintaining or repairing dynamo-electric machines, e.g. forming windings prior to mounting into the machine

H02K 15/00

Arrangements for controlling transformers, reactors or choke coils for the purpose of obtaining a desired output

H02P 13/00

Magnetic amplifiers

H03F

Impedance networks

H03H

Demagnetizing arrangements for color television

H04N 9/29

Acoustic electromechanical transducers having coils or permanent magnets

H04R

Informative references:

Powder metallurgy

B22F

Iron oxides (not sintered)

C01G 49/02

Ferrite based ceramics

C04B 35/26

Ferrous alloys

C22C

Coating by evaporation or sputtering

C23C 14/00

Refrigeration machines using magnetic effects

F25B 21/00

Magneto-optical devices

G02F 1/09

Sensing record carriers using inductive or magnetic sensors

G06K 7/08

Semiconductor devices with potential-jump barrier or surface barrier controllable by variation of the magnetic field applied to the devices

H01L 29/82

Thermomagnetic devices

H01L 37/00

Magnetostrictive devices

H01L 41/12

Devices using galvano-magnetic or similar magnetic effects

H01L 43/00

Screening of electric apparatus against magnetic fields

H05K 9/00

Special rules of classification

Groups H01F 17/00-H01F 38/00 (with the exception of groups H01F 27/42 and H01F 38/32) cover only structural or constructional aspects of transformers, inductive reactors, chokes or the like. These groups do not cover circuit arrangement of such devices, which are covered by the appropriate functional places.

H01G - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Non-electrolytic, fixed and variable capacitors per se, details thereof, and structural combinations thereof with each other, with electrolytic devices covered by this subclass, or with other electric elements not covered by this subclass where the structure consists mainly of a capacitor.

Electrolytic capacitors, rectifiers, detectors, switching devices, light-sensitive or temperature-sensitive devices per se, details thereof, and structural combinations thereof with each other, with non-electrolytic capacitors or with other electric components not covered by this subclass.

Details common to two or more main types of devices covered by this subclass.

Processes and apparatus for manufacturing the capacitors, rectifiers, detectors, switching devices and light-sensitive or temperature-sensitive devices covered by this subclass.

References

Limiting references:

Selection of specified materials as dielectric

H01B 3/00

Capacitors with potential-jump or surface barrier

H01L 29/00, H01L 51/05

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Indicating or measuring liquid level, or level of fluent solid material by measuring variations of capacity of capacitors

G01F 23/26

Measuring temperature using capacitive elements

G01K 7/34

Thin- or thick-film circuits; Capacitors as a component of an integrated circuit, e.g. stacked capacitors in DRAM's

H01L 27/00

Impedance networks utilizing capacitors

H03H

Printed circuits incorporating printed capacitors

H05K 1/16

Informative references:

Powder metallurgy

B22F

Layered products

B32B

Compositions of ceramic materials

C04B 35/00

Polymeric films or sheets

C08J 5/18

Electrolytic coating by surface reaction, i.e. forming conversion layers

C25D 11/00-C25D 11/38

Measuring force or stress by measuring variations in capacitance

G01L 1/14

Measuring steady or quasi-steady pressure of a fluid or a fluent solid material by making use of variations in capacitance

G01L 9/12

Investigating or analyzing material by investigating capacitance

G01N 27/22

Measuring capacitance; Measuring dielectric constants

G01R 27/26

Batteries and fuel cells

H01M

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the following words "condenser" and "capacitor" are often used as synonyms.

In patent documents the following expressions/words: "supercapacitor", "ultracapacitor", and "electrochemical capacitor" are often used as synonyms for "double-layer capacitor", which is used in the classification scheme of this subclass.

H01G 2/00 - Definition fr

Relationship between large subject matter areas

This group covers details of capacitors that are not provided for in a single one of groups H01G 4/00-H01G 11/00.

For example, encapsulations specific to fixed capacitors are covered by group H01G 4/224, and encapsulations specific to hybrid or EDL capacitors are covered by group H01G 11/78, whereas group H01G 2/10 covers encapsulations where the type of capacitor is unspecified or the encapsulation is generally applicable to several types of capacitors as covered by groups H01G 4/00-H01G 11/00.

H01G 11/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Hybrid capacitors, i.e. capacitors having different positive and negative electrodes; electric double-layer [EDL] capacitors; processes for the manufacture thereof or of parts thereof.

More specifically the following subjects are covered:

Capacitors using combined reduction-oxidation reactions at electrode surfaces or at the interface electrode/electrolyte, e.g. redox arrangement or solion.

Structural combinations, e.g. assembly or connection, of hybrid or EDL capacitors with other electric components, at least one hybrid or EDL capacitor being the main component, or multiple hybrid or EDL capacitors, e.g. arrays or modules, including stacked hybrid or EDL capacitors.

Arrangements or processes for adjusting or protecting hybrid or EDL capacitors e.g. against electric or thermal overloads as well as reformation or processes for removal of impurities.

Electrodes thereof, e.g. characterized by structural features of the materials making up or comprised therein or characterized by their material, e.g. based on carbon, metal oxides, conductive polymers or specially adapted for lithium-ion capacitors.

Other components of hybrid or EDL capacitors covered include separators, electrolytes e.g., solid, liquid, current collectors and terminals.

Cases; housings; encapsulations; mountings including gaskets or sealing and fixing or assembling a hybrid or EDL capacitive element in a housing, e.g. mounting electrodes, current collectors or terminals in containers or encapsulations.

Processes for the manufacture of hybrid or EDL capacitors, or components thereof, including processes specially adapted for the manufacture of the electrodes.

References

Limiting references:

capacitive deionisation for electrochemical separation

C02F 1/469

measuring capacitance or electric characteristics derived therefrom

G01R 27/26

conversion of DC power input into DC power output using capacitors

H02M 3/06, H02M 3/18

conversion of AC power input into AC power output using capacitors

H02M 5/08

Informative references:

carbon or inorganic carbon compounds thereof

C01B 31/00

active carbon compounds

C01B 31/08

compositions of ceramic materials

C04B 35/00

polymeric films or sheets

C08J 5/18

batteries or fuel cells in general

H01M

cases, mountings of batteries

H01M 2/02, H01M 2/10

separators for batteries

H01M 2/14

terminals of a battery

H01M 2/30

carbonaceous material for inserting or intercalating light metals

H01M 4/587

carriers or collectors of a battery

H01M 4/64

Li-accumulators

H01M 10/052

accumulators characterised by the material used as electrolytes

H01M 10/056

hybrid cells, i.e. electrochemical generators having two different types of half-cells, the half-cell being an electrode-electrolyte combination of either a primary, a secondary, or a fuel cell

H01M 12/00

circuit arrangements or systems for supplying or distributing electric power; systems for storing electric energy

H02J

circuit arrangements for charging or depolarising batteries or for supplying loads from batteries; with parallel operation in networks using both storage and other dc sources, e.g. providing buffering

H02J 7/00, H02J 7/34

casings for electrical apparatus in general

H05K 5/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

electrochemical storage device

means a battery, accumulator or capacitor

collector

means a conductive component in intimate contact with an electrode material in an hybrid or EDL capacitor

electrolyte

refers to a ionic-conducting liquid or solid ensuring electric conduction between electrode active parts or electric double layers, inside hybrid or EDL capacitors

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the following expressions/words: "supercapacitor", "ultracapacitor", and "electrochemical capacitor" are often used as synonyms for "hybrid capacitor" and "EDL capacitor", which are used in the classification scheme of this group.

H01G 11/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Arrangements, as well as related processes, that can be seen as structurally associated, e.g. integrated therein or structurally coupled with the main component. i.e. hybrid or EDL capacitor structures, for adjusting or protecting such capacitor structures.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Apparatus or devices referring to circuits, sensors or other arrangements for adjusting, e.g. the output or the signal, controlling, converting or otherwise operating an hybrid or EDL capacitor structures are excluded from H01G 11/14 and are covered in the relevant subclass for the specific apparatus or device.

References

Limiting references:

emergency protective circuit arrangements specially adapted for capacitors, and effecting automatic switching in the event of an undesired change from normal working conditions

H02H 7/16

emergency protective circuit arrangements for limiting excess current or voltages without disconnection

H02H 9/00

Informative references:

circuit arrangements for charging or depolarising batteries or for supplying loads from batteries

H02J 7/00

H01H - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Electric switches, i.e. single points of mechanically operable electrical connection (or interruption). Types, details and manufacture thereof.

Relays, i.e. switching devices having contacts which are operated from electric inputs which supply, directly or indirectly, all the mechanical energy necessary to cause both the closure and the opening of the contacts. Types, details and manufacture thereof.

Selectors, i.e. arrays of electric switches which selectively connect some inputs out of a plurality of inputs to some outputs out of a plurality of outputs. Types, details, and manufacture thereof.

Protective devices like: circuit-breaking switches, protective switches, fuses, evaporation devices, details and manufacture thereof. This subclass also covers (in groups H01H 69/00-H01H 87/00) devices for the protection of electric lines or electric machines or apparatus in the event of undesired change from normal electric working conditions, the electrical condition serving directly as the input to the device.

Mechanical structural details of control members of switches or of keyboards such as keys, push-buttons, levers or other mechanisms for transferring the force to the activated elements are classified in this subclass, even when they are used for controlling electronic switches.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Circuit arrangements for the automatic protection of electric lines or electric machines or apparatus in the event of an undesired change from normal working conditions are covered by subclass H02H.

References

Limiting references:

Electronic switching or gating, i.e. not by contact-making or -braking

H03K 17/00

Contact cables

H01B 7/10

Electrolytic self-interrupters

H01G 9/18

Bases, casings, or covers accommodating two or more switching devices or for accommodating a switching device as well as another electric component, e.g. bus-bar, line connector

H02B 1/26

Mechanical details directly producing electronic effects

H03K 17/94

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Switching arrangements for the supply or distribution of electric power

H02B

For telephone communication

H04M 1/26

Keyboards for special applications, see the relevant subclasses or groups, e.g.

B41J, G06F 3/023, H04L 15/00, H04L 17/00, H04M 1/00

Informative references:

Overvoltage protection resistors, resistive arresters

H01C 7/12, H01C 8/04

Locking switch parts to prevent operation

H01H 9/28

Centrifugal mercury switches

H01H 29/26

Switching devices of the waveguide type

H01P

Devices for interrupted current collection.

H01R 39/00

Overvoltage arresters using spark gaps

H01T 4/00

Arrangements for locating electric faults; Testing of relays

G01R 31/00

Clocks with attached or built-in means operating any device at preselected times or after preselected time intervals

G04C 23/00

Special rules of classification

Details only described with reference to, or clearly only applicable to, switching devices of a single basic type, are classified in the group appropriate to switching devices of that basic type, e.g. H01H 19/02, H01H 75/04

Details of an unspecified type of switching device, or disclosed as applicable to two or more kinds of switching devices designated by the terms or expressions "switches", "relays", "selectorswitches", and "emergency protective devices", are classified in groups H01H 1/00-H01H 9/00

Details of an unspecified type of switch, or disclosed as applicable to two or more types of switches as defined by groups H01H 13/00-H01H 43/00 and subgroups H01H 35/02, H01H 35/06, H01H 35/14, H01H 35/18, H01H 35/24, and H01H 35/42, all hereinafter called basic types, are classified in groups H01H 1/00-H01H 9/00

Details of an unspecified type of relay, or disclosed as applicable to two or more types of relays as defined by groups H01H 51/00-H01H 61/00, hereinafter called basic types, are classified in group H01H 45/00

Details of an unspecified protective switch or protective relay, or applicable to two or more types of protective devices as defined by groups H01H 73/00-H01H 83/00, hereinafter called basic types, are classified in group H01H 71/00.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Acting or action

means a self-induced, e.g. not manually caused, movement of parts at one stage of the switching. These connotations apply to all parts of the verbs "to operate"; "to actuate", and "to act", and to words derived therefrom, e.g. to "actuation" or "actuating"

Driving mechanism

refers to the means by which an operating force applied to the switch is transmitted to the moving contact or contacts

Key

same as push button

Operating

is used in a broader sense than "actuating"

Push button

means a knob or button that allows the manual operation of a switch in order to e.g. close an electric circuit

Relay

means a switching device having contacts which are operated from electric inputs which supply, directly or indirectly, all the mechanical energy necessary to cause both the closure and the opening of the contacts

Switch

means a single point of mechanically operable electrical connection (or interruption)

Contacts

means the necessary elementary components of a switch that ensure the electrical connection, each switch comprising at least two contacts, and possibly more than two

Selector

means an array of electric switches which selectively connect some inputs out of a plurality of inputs to some outputs out of a plurality of outputs

Switch site

means the physical location where the contacts can touch each other

H01H 1/36 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

By rolling or wrapping

H01H 1/16

H01H 1/58 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Electric connections in general

H01R

H01H 1/64 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

For arc-extinguishing

H01H 9/30

For mercury contacts

H01H 29/04

H01H 7/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Thermally-actuated switches

H01H 37/00

H01H 9/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Casings for electrical apparatus in general

H05K 5/00

H01H 9/20 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Contacts adapted to act as latches

H01H 1/52

By an auxiliary movement of the operating part or of an attachment thereto

H01H 3/20

H01H 9/46 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Arcing horns per se

H01T 4/14

H01H 11/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Processes or apparatus specially adapted for the manufacture or treatment of micro-structural devices or systems, e.g. in combination with electrical devices

B81C

H01H 13/02 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Specially adapted for rectilinearly movable switches having operating members associated with different sets of contacts, e.g. keyboards

H01H 13/70

H01H 27/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Switches combined with plug-and-socket connectors

H01R

H01H 29/32 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Operated by direct electrodynamic action

H01H 53/00

H01H 31/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

For interlocking with high-tension or heavy-current switches having arc-extinguishing or arc-preventing means

H01H 33/52

H01H 31/10 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

For interlocking with high-tension or heavy-current switches having arc-extinguishing or arc-preventing means

H01H 33/52

H01H 33/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

For switches in general

H01H 9/30

H01H 33/20 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Arcing horns per se

H01T 4/14

H01H 33/36 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

For storing energy in a spring motor

H01H 33/40

H01H 35/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Time switches

H01H 43/00

Relays

H01H 45/00-H01H 61/00

Sensing elements for providing continuous conversion of a variable into mechanical displacement

G01

H01H 35/18 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Wherein the liquid constitutes a contact of the switch

H01H 29/00

H01H 37/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Protective switches with electrothermal release or actuation

H01H 73/00-H01H 83/00

Informative references:

Electrothermal relays operated by electrical input

H01H 61/00

H01H 37/32 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Temperature-responsive elements in general

G01K

H01H 37/74 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

For the electrical protection of electric lines or electric apparatus

H01H 73/00-H01H 83/00

H01H 37/76 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Fuses

H01H 85/00

H01H 41/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Switches for telephonic communication

H04M 1/26

H01H 47/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Circuit arrangements for electromagnets in general

H01F 7/18

H01H 50/16 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Cores, yokes, or armatures in general

H01F 3/00

Magnets in general

H01F 7/00

H01H 50/44 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Circuit arrangements

H01H 47/00

Magnetic coils or windings, in general

H01F 5/00

H01H 50/54 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Contacts for switches in general

H01H 1/00

H01H 59/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Clutches in general using the Johnson-Rahbek effect

H02N 13/00

H01H 63/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Details of relays

H01H 45/00

H01H 67/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Details thereof

H01H 63/00

Selecting in general

H04Q

H01H 69/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Manufacture of switches in general

H01H 11/00

Manufacture of relays in general

H01H 49/00

H01H 69/01 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Measuring electric values

G01R

H01H 71/08 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Connections in general

H01R

H01H 73/20 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Connections in general

H01R

H01H 83/18 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Product

Mathematical operation

H01H 85/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Automatic release of protective switches due to fusion of a mass

H01H 73/00-H01H 83/00

Informative references:

Disposition or arrangement of fuses on boards

H02B 1/18

H01H 85/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Electrical connections in general

H01R

H01H 85/165 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Electrical contacts

H01H 85/143

Fillings

H01H 85/18

H01H 85/20 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Bases, casings for connectors, in general

H01R

H01H 85/25 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Interlocking between casing or protective shutter of a switch and mechanism for operating its contacts

H01H 9/22

H01J - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices, i.e. electric discharge tubes or discharge lamps, for producing, influencing, or using a flow of electrons or ions, and having a closed or substantially closed casing containing a chosen gas, vapour, or vacuum, upon the pressure and nature of which the characteristics of the device depend. Examples include devices for controlling, indicating, or switching electric current, counting electric pulses, producing light or other electromagnetic oscillations, such as X-rays, or for separating or analysing radiation or particles.

Details of electric discharge tubes or discharge lamps, including details applicable to both discharge devices and incandescent lamps.

Apparatus or processes specially adapted for the manufacture of electric discharge tubes, discharge lamps, or parts thereof, including apparatus and processes for manufacture applicable to both discharge devices and incandescent lamps.

Recovery of material from discharge tubes or discharge lamps.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

NONE

References

Limiting references:

Emission spectrometry

G01J 3/443

Spark gaps, including gas-filled spark gaps

H01T

Arc lamps with consumable electrodes

H05B

Particle accelerators

H05H

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Isotope separation using separate tubes

B01D 59/44

Investigating or analyzing surface structures in atomic ranges using scanning-probe techniques

G01Q 10/00-G01Q 90/00

Investigating or analyzing electrically excited material, e.g. electroluminescence

G01N 21/66

Analyzing materials by investigating the ionization of gases; by investigating electric discharges, e.g. emission of cathode

G01N 27/62

Mass spectrometers specially adapted for column chromatography

G01N 30/72

Contactless testing of electronic circuits using electron beams

G01R 31/305

Electrostatic dosimeters in general

G01T 1/14

Secondary-emission measurement of nuclear or X-radiation

G01T 1/28

Details of scanning-probe apparatus in general

G01Q 10/00-G01Q 90/00

Gas lasers pumped by electric discharges

H01S

Generating ions to be introduced into non-enclosed gases

H01T 23/00

Tubes for generating potential differences by charges carried on a gas stream

H02N

Light sources using a combination of discharge and other kinds of light generation (other than those covered in group H01J 61/96)

H05B 35/00

Generating plasma in general

H05H 1/24

Informative references:

Electric incandescent lamps

H01K

Special rules of classification

In this subclass, groups H01J 1/00-H01J 7/00 relate only to:

Details of an unspecified kind of discharge tube or lamp, or

Details mentioned in a specification as applicable to two or more kinds of tubes or lamps as defined by groups H01J 11/00-H01J 17/00, H01J 21/00, H01J 25/00-H01J 27/00, H01J 31/00-H01J 41/00, H01J 47/00-H01J 65/00, hereinafter called basic kinds. A detail only described with reference to, or clearly only applicable to, tubes or lamps of a single basic kind is classified in the detail group appropriate to tubes or lamps of that basic kind, e.g. H01J 17/04.

In this subclass, group H01J 9/00 relates to apparatus or processes specially adapted for the manufacture of electric discharge tubes, discharge lamps, or parts thereof.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Lamp

In this subclass, "lamp" includes tubes emitting visible, ultra-violet or infra-red light.

Spark Gap

A "spark gap" is an enclosed or non-enclosed discharge device having cold electrodes and used exclusively to discharge a quantity of electrical energy in a small time duration.

Spectrometer

An instrument used to disperse radiant energy or particles into a spectrum and measure properties such as wavelength, mass, energy, or index of refraction.

H01K - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Sources of visible, ultra-violet or infra-red radiation consisting of one or more bodies heated to incandescence by electricity, i.e. incandescent lamps, including such lamps for purposes other than general lighting.

Details of electric incandescent lamps, including ancillary devices that are structurally part of the lamp such as optical light modifiers or circuit elements.

Apparatus or processes adapted to the manufacture, installing, removal or maintenance of incandescent lamps or parts thereof.

References

Limiting references:

Details or apparatus or processes for manufacture applicable to both discharge devices and incandescent lamps

H01J

Lamps with light-emitting discharge path and separately-heated incandescent body within a common envelope, e.g. for simulating daylight

H01J 61/96

Lamps with spaced electrodes heated to incandescence by light-emitting discharge, e.g. tungsten arc lamps

H01J 61/98

Electric light sources using a combination of incandescent and other types of light generation

H05B 35/00

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Functional features or details of lighting devices or systems thereof

F21V

Structural combinations of lighting devices with other articles, not otherwise provided for

F21V 33/00

Incandescent filaments used to form characters in indicating arrangements

G09F 9/307

Informative references:

Lamp holders

H01R 33/00

Electric lighting not otherwise provided for

H05B

Circuit arrangements for electric light sources in general

H05B 37/00

Circuit arrangements or apparatus for operating incandescent light sources not adapted to a particular application

H05B 39/00

Circuit arrangements for light sources not otherwise provided for

H05B 43/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Lamp

"Lamp" includes tubes emitting ultra-violet or infra-red light.

H01L - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

in general

discrete and integrated semiconductor devices and

other electric solid state devices (as far as not provided for in an other subclass) and

details thereof.

This includes the following kind of devices:

integrated circuitdevices, e.g. CMOS integrated devices, DRAM, EPROM, CCD;

semiconductor devices (e.g. field-effect, bipolar) adapted for rectifying, amplifying, oscillating or switching, e.g. diodes, transistors, thyristors;

semiconductor devices sensitive to radiation, e.g. photo diodes, photo transistors, solar cells;

incoherent light emitting diodes, e.g. LED;

solid state devices using organic materials as the active part or using a combination of organic materials with other materials as the active part, e.g. organic LED or polymer LED;

electric solid state devices using thermoelectric, superconductive, piezo-electric, electrostrictive, magnetostrictive, galvano-magnetic or bulk negative resistance effects, e.g. thermo couples, Peltier elements, Josephson elements, piezo elements;

photo-resistors, magnetic field dependent resistors, field effect resistors;

capacitors with potential-jump barrier, resistors with potential-jump barrier or surface barrier;

thin-film or thick-film circuits;

processes and apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of such devices, except where such processes relate to single step processes for which provision exists elsewhere.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Micro-structural devices or systems are classified in subclass B81B, and the processes and apparatus specially adapted for the manufacture or treatment thereof are classified in subclass B81C. So, by way of example, micro-electro-mechanical devices (MEMS), containing micro-electronic and mechanical components, are classified in group B81B 7/02, and their manufacture, treatment or assembling in the relevant groups of B81C.

Micro-structural devices or systems working purely electrically or electronically, or related processes or apparatus for the manufacture or treatment thereof are however not covered by B81B or B81C and are classified in section H, for example in the groups of the current subclass H01L.

Micro-structural devices or systems being of other than purely electrical or electronically type, and apparatus or processes for the manufacture or treatment thereof, which are normally classified in the subclasses B81B and B81C, may be also classified in those groups of H01L providing for their structural or functional features, whenever such features are of interest per se.

Nanostructures, which are normally classified in subclass B82B, may be also classified in those groups of H01L providing for their structural or functional features, whenever such features are of interest per se.

References

Limiting references:

Other electrical solid state devices which are not provided for in H01L:

Use of semiconductor devices for measuring

G01

Resistors in general

H01C

Resistors,e.g. non-adjustable resistors from semiconductor material

H01C 7/00

Magnets, inductors, transformers

H01F

Capacitors in general

H01G

Electrolytic devices

H01G 9/00

Batteries, accumulators

H01M

Waveguides, resonators or lines of the waveguide type

H01P

Electrically-conductive connections, current collectors

H01R

Lasers, stimulated emission devices,e.g. semiconductor lasers

H01S, H01S 5/00

Electromechanical resonators

H03H

Loudspeakers, microphones, gramophone pick-ups or like acoustic electromechanical transducers

H04R

Electric light sources in general

H05B

Printed circuits, hybrid circuits, casings or constructional details of electrical apparatus, manufacture of assemblages of electrical components

H05K

e.g. printed circuits and its manufacturing process

H05K 1/00, H05K 3/00

Informative references:

Use of semiconductor and other solid state devices:

Containers merely intended for transport or storage of wafers except during manufacture or finishing devices thereon

B65D 85/30, B65D 85/86

Conveying systems for semiconductor wafers except during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components thereon

B65G 49/07

Details of scanning-probe apparatus, in general

G01Q 10/00-G01Q 90/00

Use of semiconductor devices in circuits having a particular application: see particular subclass for the application

Special rules of classification

In subclass H01L, both the process or apparatus for the manufacture or treatment of a device and the device itself are classified, whenever both of these are described sufficiently to be of interest.

Further special rules may occur on maingroup or group level, see relevant Notes on this level.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Assembly

The "assembly" of a device is the building up of the device from its component constructional units and includes the provision of fillings in containers.

Complete Device

A "complete device" is a device in its fully assembled state which may or may not require further treatment, e.g. electro-forming, before it is ready for use but which does not require the addition of further structural units.

Component

A "component" is one electric circuit element of a plurality of elements formed in or on a common substrate.

Container

A "container" is an enclosure forming part of the complete device and is essentially a solid construction in which the body of the device is placed, or which is formed around the body without forming an intimate layer thereon.

Device

The term "device" refers to an electric circuit element; where an electric circuit element is one of a plurality of elements formed in or on a common substrate it is referred to as a "component".

Electrodes

"Electrodes" are regions in or on the body of the device (other than the solid state body itself), which exert an influence on the solid state body electrically, whether or not an external electrical connection is made thereto. An electrode may include several portions and the term includes metallic regions which exert influence on the solid state body through an insulating region, (e.g. capacitive coupling) and inductive coupling arrangements to the body. The dielectric region in a capacitive arrangement is regarded as part of the electrode. In arrangements including several portions only those portions which exert an influence on the solid state body by virtue of their shape, size or disposition or the material of which they are formed are considered to be part of the electrode. The other portions are considered to be "arrangements for conducting electric current to or from the solid state body" or "interconnections between solid state components formed in or on a common substrate", i.e. leads.

Encapsulation

A "encapsulation" is an enclosure which consists of one or more layers formed on the body and in intimate contact therewith.

Integrated Circuit

A "integrated circuit" is a device where all components, e.g. diodes, resistors, are built up on a common substrate and form the device including interconnections between the components.

Parts

The term "parts" includes all structural units which are included in a complete "device".

Solid State Body

The expression "solid state body" refers to the body of material within which, or at the surface of which, the physical effects characteristic of the device occur. In thermoelectric devices it includes all materials in the current path.

Wafer

A "wafer" means a slice of semiconductor or crystalline substrate material, which can be modified by impurity diffusion (doping), ion implantation or epitaxy, and whose active surface can be processed into arrays of discrete devices or integrated circuits.

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the expression "package" is often used with the meaning "container" and "encapsulation".

H01L 21/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Processes or apparatus specially adapted for the manufacture or treatment of devices provided for in groups H01L 31/00-H01L 51/00 or of parts thereof, see these groups

H01L 31/00-H01L 51/00

Informative references:

Single-step processes covered by other subclasses, see the relevant subclasses, e.g.

C23C, C30B

Photomechanical production of textured or patterned surfaces, materials or originals therefor, apparatus specially adapted therefor, in general

G03F

H01L 21/26 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Thermal treatment

H01L 21/324

H01L 21/265 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Ion-beam tubes for localised treatment

H01J 37/30

H01L 21/31 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Layers forming electrodes

H01L 21/28

H01L 21/3205 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Arrangements for conducting electric current within the device

H01L 23/52

H01L 21/425 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Ion-beam tubes for localised treatment

H01J 37/30

H01L 21/469 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Layers forming electrodes

H01L 21/44

H01L 21/48 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Containers, encapsulations, fillings, mountings per se

H01L 23/00

H01L 21/66 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

After manufacture

G01R 31/26

H01L 21/68 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

For conveying

H01L 21/677

H01L 21/683 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

For conveying

H01L 21/677

H01L 21/98 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Assemblies

H01L 25/00

H01L 23/32 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

For printed circuits

H05K

Informative references:

Connectors in general

H01R

H01L 23/42 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Characterised by selection of materials for the device

H01L 23/373

H01L 23/48 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

E.g. leads, terminal arrangements, in general

H01R

H01L 23/538 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Mountings

H01L 23/12

H01L 23/60 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

E.g. Faraday shields, in general

H05F

H01L 25/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components formed in or on a common substrate

H01L 27/00

Photovoltaic modules or arrays of photovoltaic cells

H01L 31/042

Informative references:

Leads on insulating substrates (chip carriers)

H01L 23/498

Interconnection structures for a plurality of bare semiconductor chips provided on or in an insulating substrate

H01L 23/538

Couplings of light guides with optoelectronic elements

G02B 6/42

Generators using solar cells or photovoltaic modules

H02S

Details of complete circuit assemblies provided for in another subclass, e.g. details of television receivers, see the relevant subclass, e.g. H04N

H04N

Details of assemblies of electrical components in general

H05K

H01L 27/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Processes or apparatus specially adapted for the manufacture or treatment thereof or of parts thereof

H01L 21/70, H01L 31/00-H01L 51/00

Assemblies of electrical components in general

H05K

H01L 27/142 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Single discrete photovoltaic cells integrated or directly associated with one or more electric components in or on the same substrate, e.g. single thin film photovoltaic cell with integrated bypass diode.

Devices consisting of PV cells and other semiconductor components, e.g. transistors, on a common substrate, typically PV cells being used as an energy source to drive the other semiconductors.

References

Limiting references:

Photovoltaic modules or arrays of single photovoltaic cells comprising bypass diodes integrated or directly associated with the devices

H01L 31/0443

Photovoltaic modules composed of a plurality of thin film solar cells deposited on the same substrate

H01L 31/046

H01L 29/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Processes or apparatus specially adapted for the manufacture or treatment thereof or of parts thereof

H01L 21/00

H01L 29/12 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Including organic materials

H01L 51/00

H01L 31/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Roof covering aspects of energy collecting devices

E04D 13/18

Production of heat using solar heat

F24J 2/00

Measurement of X-radiation, gamma radiation, corpuscular radiation or cosmic radiation with semiconductor detectors

G01T 1/24

Measurement of radiation intensity with resistance detectors

G01T 1/26

Measurement of neutron radiation with semiconductor detectors

G01T 3/08

Couplings of light guides with optoelectronic elements

G02B 6/42

Obtaining energy from radioactive sources

G21H

H01L 31/0203 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Packaging aspects for single photosensitive components: Housing, transparent windows, resins.

References

Limiting references:

Housing / encapsulation for photovoltaic devices

H01L 31/048

Containers / encapsulation for organic photosensitive devices

H01L 51/44

Informative references:

Containers not specific to light sensitive devices (microelectronic)

H01L 23/02

Assemblies consisting of a plurality of individual semiconductor or other solid state devices, e.g. the devices having separate containers

H01L 25/00

Optical elements or arrangements associated with semiconductor devices sensitive to infra-red radiation, light, electromagnetic radiation of shorter wavelength specially adapted for the control of electrical energy by such radiation

H01L 31/0232

Optical elements directly associated or integrated with the PV cell

H01L 31/054

Light absorption and re-emission at a different wavelength by the optical element directly associated or integrated with the PV cell, e.g. luminescent sheets for up or down-conversion

H01L 31/055

Packaging for devices classified in H01L 31/14, H01L 31/16

H01L 31/14, H01L 31/16

Semiconductor devices specially adapted for light emission, characterised by the semiconductor body package

H01L 33/48

Encapsulation of organic light emitting devices

H01L 51/52

Sealing arrangements of electroluminescent light sources

H05B 33/04

H01L 31/0216 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Photosensitive semiconductor devices on which one or more layer(s) are directly deposited - as opposed to "optical elements" which are placed above or upon the device) - e.g. involving electrically passivating properties or optical enhancing properties.

References

Limiting references:

Provisions for preventing damage caused by corpuscular radiation, e.g. for space applications

H01L 31/041

Informative references:

Processes or apparatus specially adapted for the manufacture or treatment of these devices or of parts thereof, e.g. passivation methods

H01L 31/18

PV devices comprising luminescent layers

H01L 31/055

Passivation and encapsulation of organic photosensitive devices

H01L 51/44

H01L 31/0232 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Optical elements used for focusing, reflecting or diffracting light and associated with the photosensitive device.

References

Limiting references:

Optical elements for photovoltaic cells

H01L 31/054

Surface textures for light trapping effects

H01L 31/0236

Light-reflecting or light-concentrating means specially adapted for PV modules

H02S 40/20

Informative references:

Imager structures, e.g. micro lenses for CCDs

H01L 27/146

H01L 31/024 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Cooling arrangements for photodetectors

References

Limiting references:

Cooling arrangements for photovoltaic devices

H01L 31/052

Informative references:

Cooling apparatuses in general, e.g. arrangement or mounting of refrigeration units

F25D 19/00

H01L 31/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Semiconductor devices sensitive to light and adapted for the direct conversion of the light into electrical energy for the purpose of providing electrical energy (not for light detection purposes).

Relationship between large subject matter areas

This group and subgroups do not cover organic light sensitive devices, which are covered by H01L 51/42 as expressed by the limiting reference after H01L 31/00.

This group and subgroups also do not cover electrolytic light sensitive devices, e.g. dye sensitized solar cells, which are covered by H01G 9/20, as expressed by the limiting reference to H01G 9/00 after the sub class title of H01L.

References

Limiting references:

Testing of PV devices during manufacture

H01L 21/66

Electrolytic light sensitive devices, e.g. dye sensitized solar cells

H01G 9/20

Organic solar cells

H01L 51/42

Testing of PV devices after manufacture

H02S 50/10

Informative references:

Imager structures consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate

H01L 27/146

Electrodes at the cell level

H01L 31/0224

Devices in which radiation controls flow of current through the device, e.g. photodetectors

H01L 31/08

Production of heat using solar radiation

F24J 2/00

Measurement of X-radiation, gamma radiation, corpuscular radiation or cosmic radiation with semiconductor detectors

G01T 1/24

Measurement of X-radiation, gamma radiation, corpuscular radiation or cosmic radiation with resistance detectors

G01T 1/26

Measurement of neutron radiation with semiconductor detectors

G01T 3/08

Couplings of light guides with optoelectronic elements

G02B 6/42

Arrangement for obtaining electrical energy from radioactive sources

G21H 1/12

Electrochemical current or voltage generators

H01M 6/00 - H01M 16/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Homojunction

pn junction involving both p and n regions made out of the same material, with the same composition and the same structure (only the doping species change).

Heterojunction

pn junction involving two different materials, the difference lying in the crystal structure and/or the composition (example : p-type amorphous silicon / n-type crystalline silicon)

P-i-n structure

P-N junction with thick intrinsic layer in between, whereby the intrinsic interlayer is the light absorbing layer, i.e. not Heterojunction with Intrinsic Thin-layer solar cells

Heterojunction with Intrinsic Thin-layer solar cells

P-N hetero structures comprising two group IV semiconductor materials having different crystalline structure and including a very thin intrinsic inter-layer, which is not the absorbing layer of the structure

Tandem solar cell

a plurality of junctions are monolithically stacked on one another forming a multiple junction solar cell

Schottky contact

rectifying (non-ohmic) metal/semiconductor contact

Group 14 elements

formerly known as group IVa elements (C, Si, Ge, Sn, Pb)

Conversion devices

light sensitive devices specially adapted for conversion of light into electrical energy, not for the purpose of light detection

Synonyms and Keywords

a-Si, ?-Si

amorphous silicon

c-Si

crystalline silicon

mc-Si, muc-Si

microcrystalline silicon

poly-Si

polycrystalline silicon

PIN, p-i-n

P-N junction with thick intrinsic layer in between

AIBIIICVI compound

I-III-VI compound, chalcogenides, chalcopyrites

CIS

CuInSe2

CIGS

CuInGaSe2

CIGSS

CuInGaSSe

TCO

Transparent conducting oxide

ITO

Indium Tin Oxide

AZO

Aluminium doped Zinc Oxide

GZO

Gallium doped Zinc Oxide

QW

Quantum well

MQW

Multiple Quantum Well

HIT

Heterojunction with Intrinsic Thin-layer

PERL solar cell

Passivated Emitter Rear Locally Diffused solar cell

MIS

Metal Insulator Semiconductor

ARC

Anti-reflective coating

MPPT

Maximum Power Point Tracking

MWT

Metal Wrap Through

FMWT

Front Metal Wrap Through

EWT

Emitter Wrap Through

IBC

Interdigitated Back Contact (solar cells)

In patent documents the expression "solar cells" is often used with the meaning "photovoltaic cells".

H01L 31/041 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Photovoltaic devices specially adapted for space applications.

Special features to improve the radiation resistance of the PV cell to avoid radiation damage

References

Informative references:

Semiconductor devices sensitive to very short wavelengths, e.g. X-rays, gamma-rays or corpuscular radiation

H01L 31/115

Space applications, e.g. power supply for satellites made of solar cell modules

B64G 1/00

H01L 31/042 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

PV cell arrays, modules or panels. The PV cells used here are normally of the crystalline-polycrystalline type (bulk cells), e.g. silicon solar cells.

Special configuration of the PV cells array.

Special electrical connections of the PV cells in a module

Circuitry within the module

Specific dispositions or shapes of adjacent cells within the module

Special configuration or structure of PV modules, adapted for special applications, e.g. solar hats

References

Limiting references:

Supporting structures for PV modules

H02S 20/00

H01L 31/044 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Bypass diodes in PV modules, e.g. bypass diodes for a string of PV cells in a PV module

Example:

1. H01L0031044000_0.gif

References

Limiting references:

bypass diodes in the junction box

H02S 40/34

H01L 31/0443 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Bypass diodes in PV modules, e.g. integrated with thin film solar cells.

Example:

1. H01L0031044300_0.gif

(B: bypass diodes, C: plurality of thin film solar cells)

H01L 31/0445 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

PV modules or arrays of single PV cells including inorganic thin film solar cells, e.g. single thin film a-Si, CIS or CdTe solar cells.

Example:

1. H01L0031044500_0.gif

H01L 31/046 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

PV modules composed of a plurality of inorganic thin film solar cells deposited on the same substrate and electrically connected together, e.g. thin film a-Si, CIS or CdTe solar cells.

Example:

1. H01L0031046000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

thin films deposited on metallic or insulating substrates

H01L 31/0392

H01L 31/0463 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

specific patterning methods (like laser trimming, chemical etching) which aims at forming a module from a plurality of (interconnected) adjacent thin film solar cells from initially continuous thin films.

References

Informative references:

Processes or apparatus specially adapted for the manufacture or treatment of PV cells

H01L 31/18

Processes or apparatus specially adapted for the manufacture or treatment of PV cells comprising amorphous semiconductor materials

H01L 31/20

H01L 31/0465 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

specific interconnection structures interconnecting adjacent thin film solar cells, e.g. insulating spacer to avoid short-circuits between cells.

Examples:

1. H01L0031046500_0.gif

(reference numeral 290: electrical interconnection structure)

2. H01L0031046500_1.gif

(reference numeral 1124: electrical interconnection structure)

References

Limiting references:

specific patterning methods to interconnect adjacent thin film solar cells in a thin film PV module

H01L 31/0463

H01L 31/0468 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Example:

1. H01L0031046800_0.gif

H01L 31/047 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Solar cells formed in a semiconductor substrate (bulk type) and being separated by V-grooves or having a plurality of vertical junctions.

Examples:

1. H01L0031047000_0.gif

2. H01L0031047000_1.gif

H01L 31/0475 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Photovoltaic cell arrays made by cells in a planar, e.g. repetitive, configuration on a single semiconductor substrate; PV cell microarrays.

Examples:

1. H01L0031047500_0.gif

(reference numerals 5: N-doping, 3: P-doping)

2. H01L0031047500_1.gif

3. H01L0031047500_2.gif

References

Limiting references:

Photovoltaic modules composed of a plurality of thin film solar cells deposited on the same substrate

H01L 31/046

H01L 31/048 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

PV devices comprising encapsulation layers specially adapted for protecting the photovoltaic module, e.g. details of laminations, materials in-between; methods for obtaining them :

1. H01L0031048000_0.gif

Housings for PV cells :

2. H01L0031048000_1.gif

References

Informative references:

Encapsulation of photodetectors or photodiodes

H01L 31/0203

Back side reflectors for PV cells

H01L 31/056

Processes or apparatus peculiar to the manufacture or treatment of these devices or of parts thereof

H01L 31/18

Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass

B32B 17/00

Synthetic resin laminates

B32B 27/00

Adhesives per se

C09J

Materials for sealing or packing joints or covers

C09K 3/10

H01L 31/049 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Layered sheets per se

B32B

H01L 31/05 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The serial interconnection of PV cells (10) inside a PV module (100), e.g.:

1. H01L0031050000_0.gif

Specific interconnection materials for electrically interconnecting PV cells

Wiring substrates for serial connection of back contacted solar cells

Methods for interconnecting PV cells

References

Limiting references:

Electrodes for light sensitive devices

H01L 31/0224

Electrical interconnection of thin film solar cells formed on a common substrate

H01L 31/046

Particular structures for electrical interconnecting of adjacent thin film solar cells in the module

H01L 31/0465

Electrical interconnection means specially adapted for electrically connecting two or more PV modules

H02S 40/36

Informative references:

Soldering in general

B23K

H01L 31/052 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

PV cells comprising active cooling means, e.g. peltier elements, a liquid or gaseous coolant, directly associated or integrated with the cell

PV cells comprising passive cooling means, e.g. heat sinks, directly associated or integrated with the cell

References

Limiting references:

Cooling means in combination with the PV module

H02S 40/42

Informative references:

Cooling means using Peltier elements for semiconductor devices in general

H01L 23/38

Cooling means for photodetectors or photodiodes

H01L 31/024

Optical elements directly associated or integrated with the PV cell, e.g. light reflecting and light concentrating means

H01L 31/054

Thermoelectric devices operating with Peltier or Seebeck-effect only

H01L 35/28

H01L 31/0525 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Hybrid solar devices, i.e. PV cells including means for utilising thermal energy, e.g. by using Seebeck elements

References

Informative references:

Using solar heat per se

F24J 2/00

Means to utilise heat energy directly associated with the PV module

H02S 40/44

H01L 31/053 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Photovoltaic devices including a battery to store electrical energy

References

Limiting references:

Energy storage means associated with the PV module

H02S 40/38

H01L 31/054 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

PV cells comprising solar concentrators, lenses and reflectors, e.g. Fresnel lenses:

1. H01L0031054000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

Antireflective coatings for light sensitive devices

H01L 31/0216

Concentrating means for semiconductor photodetectors

H01L 31/0232

Concentrators for solar heat collectors

F24J 2/06

Optical elements per se

G02B

H01L 31/055 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

PV cells comprising coatings or separate members, which change the wavelengths of the incident light, making it more suitable for absorption by the associated PV cell, e.g. fluorescent concentrators:

1. H01L0031055000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

Luminescent members for semiconductor photodetectors, e.g. for X-ray detectors

H01L 31/0232

Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials

C09K 11/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Up conversion/down conversion

Incident photons are converted into photons of higher/respectively lower energies (shorter, respectively longer wavelengths).

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the following expressions/words "photoluminescent materials", "luminescent materials" and "phosphorescent materials" are often used as synonyms.

H01L 31/056 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

PV cells comprising light-reflecting means sending back the light that already went through the PV cell, e.g. an Ag electrode in order to reflect the light on the back of the PV cell.

References

Informative references:

Electrodes of light sensitive devices

H01L 31/0224

H01L 31/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Solar cells where the kind of junction is not really specified. If the kind of junction is defined, then the corresponding subgroups are used.

References

Informative references:

Imager structures consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate

H01L 27/146

Photodetectors

H01L 31/08

Coatings for light sensitive devices

H01L 31/0216

Electrodes for light sensitive devices

H01L 31/0224

Special surface textures

H01L 31/0236

Special rules of classification

All detailed solar cells structures are classified in the group branch of H01L 31/06 and additionally in the relevant classification places covering the important details of the documents (special surface textures - H01L 31/0236, electrodes - H01L 31/0224, passivation layers - H01L 31/0216, antireflection layers - H01L 31/0216, ....).

H01L 31/061 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

So-called "point contact cells" (NB: the contacts must be ohmic).

1. H01L0031061000_0.gif

References

Limiting references:

Devices having potential barriers being of the Schottky type

H01L 31/07

Informative references:

Electrodes for light sensitive devices

H01L 31/0224

H01L 31/062 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Photovoltaic devices where the potential barrier consists of a metal-insulator-semiconductor [MIS] structure :

1. H01L0031062000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

Photodetectors being of the conductor-insulator- semiconductor type, e.g. having a MIS structure

H01L 31/113, H01L 31/119

H01L 31/065 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Photovoltaic devices where the absorbing part of the device has a graded bandgap:

1. H01L0031065000_0.gif

Special rules of classification

When classifying in H01L 31/065 (graded bandgap), subject matter related to the junction type is additionally classified in the corresponding other subgroups provided for under H01L 31/06.

Example: Solar cells having a p-i-n structure with a graded band gap intrinsic region, are classified in H01L 31/065 and additionally in H01L 31/075.

H01L 31/068 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Photovoltaic devices where the potential barrier is a p-n junction involving one single material (same composition and same crystal structure) with different dopants (so called "homojunction"). This group covers mostly silicon homojunction p-n solar cells.

Example of bulk silicon solar cell :

1. H01L0031068000_0.gif

Example of thin film solar cell :

2. H01L0031068000_1.gif

References

Limiting references:

p-i-n solar cells

H01L 31/075

Informative references:

Devices with potential barriers being only of the PN heterojunction type, e.g. a-Si / c-Si solar cell

H01L 31/072

Photodetectors with p-n-homojunction structure

H01L 31/103

Methods for manufacturing homojunction solar cells

H01L 31/18

Special rules of classification

Amorphous silicon is not considered to be the same material as crystalline silicon, because a-Si and c-Si have a different crystal structure, and a different band gap. An a-Si / c-Si structure is, therefore, considered a heterojunction, which are covered by H01L 31/072.

H01L 31/0687 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Tandem homojunction solar cells, i.e. a plurality of homojunction cells deposited on one another so as to form a single integrated photovoltaic structure, each cell having a different bandgap and thus a different spectral sensitivity. Tunnel junctions between cells usually ensure the electrical connection and the current flow between the cells.

1. H01L0031068700_0.gif

References

Informative references:

Heterojunctionstandem solar cells

H01L 31/0725

p-i-ntandem solar cells

H01L 31/076

Tandem solar cells comprising sub-cells each having a different kind of potential barrier

H01L 31/078

solar cells laterally integrated on a common substrate

H01L 27/142

Special rules of classification

III-V (homojunction) tandem solar cells are classified both in H01L 31/0687 and additionally in H01L 31/0693, if all the cells of the tandem structure are III-V homojunction cells.

H01L 31/0693 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Photovoltaic PN homojunction devices including, apart from doping material or other impurities, only AIIIBV compounds, e.g. n-GaAs / p- GaAs.

References

Informative references:

III-V heterojunctions solar cells

H01L 31/0735

Special rules of classification

III-V (homojunction) tandem solar cells are classified both in H01L 31/0687 and additionally in H01L 31/0693, if all the cells of the tandem structure are III-V homojunction cells.

H01L 31/07 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Photovoltaic devices where the junction consists of a Schottky barrier (rectifying metal-semiconductor junction).

References

Informative references:

Photodetectors with Schottky structure

H01L 31/108

H01L 31/072 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Photovoltaic devices, where the junction consists of a p-n structure involving two different materials (compositionally and/or structurally), thereby forming a so-called heterojunction.

References

Limiting references:

p-i-n solar cells

H01L 31/075

Informative references:

Materials of the semiconductor bodies

H01L 31/0256

Heterojunction photodetectors

H01L 31/109

H01L 31/0725 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Tandem heterojunction solar cells, i.e. photovoltaic structures consisting of a plurality of heterojunctions cells (and only heterojunction solar cells) deposited on one another so as to form a single integrated photovoltaic structure, each cell having normally a different bandgap and a different spectral sensitivity.

References

Informative references:

Tandem homojunction solar cells

H01L 31/0687

Tandem solar cells comprising sub-cells each having a different kind of potential barrier

H01L 31/078

solar cells laterally integrated on a common substrate

H01L 27/142

H01L 31/073 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Heterojunction photovoltaic device, wherein the heterojunction barrier consists of two different II-VI compound materials.

References

Informative references:

II-VI heterojunction photodetectors

H01L 31/109

H01L 31/0735 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Heterojunction photovoltaic devices, wherein the heterojunction barrier consists of two different III-V compound materials.

References

Informative references:

III-V heterojunction photodetectors

H01L 31/109

H01L 31/074 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Heterojunction photovoltaic devices, wherein the heterojunction barrier consists of two different materials, only one of them being silicon or another group IV element or alloy.

References

Limiting references:

Heterojunction comprising only group IV materials

H01L 31/0745, H01L 31/0747

H01L 31/0745 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Heterojunction photovoltaic devices, wherein the heterojunction barrier consists of two different group IV materials (elements or alloys).

References

Informative references:

AIV/BIV heterojunction photodetectors

H01L 31/109

H01L 31/0747 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Heterojunction photovoltaic devices, wherein the heterojunction barrier consists of two group IV materials with different crystal structures (with or without a thin intrinsic interlayer inbetween).

Example HIT® solar cells :

1. H01L0031074700_0.gif

References

Informative references:

AIV/BIV heterojunction photodetectors

H01L 31/109

H01L 31/0749 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Heterojunction photovoltaic devices wherein the heterojunction barrier includes at least one I-III-VI compound

H01L 31/075 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Photovoltaic devices wherein the potential barrier consists of a p-i-n structure, the intrinsic layer being the light absorbing layer.

1. H01L0031075000_0.gif

NB: most solar cells having p-i-n structure are made of a-Si with a thicker i layer between thinner p and n layers.

References

Informative references:

Photodetectors with p-i-n structure

H01L 31/105

Special rules of classification

p-n structures including a very thin intrinsic inter-layer, which is not the absorbing layer of the structure, e.g. HIT® solar cells, are considered to be PN heterojunctions, which are covered by group H01L 31/0747.

H01L 31/076 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Tandem p-i-n solar cells, i.e. a plurality of p-i-n structures deposited on one another so as to form a single integrated photovoltaic structure, each cell having normally a different bandgap and therefore different spectral sensitivity.

References

Informative references:

Tandem solar cells comprising sub-cells each having a different kind of potential barrier

H01L 31/078

solar cells laterally integrated on a common substrate

H01L 27/142

H01L 31/077 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Photovoltaic p-i-n structures wherein at least one of the active layers is crystalline.

References

Informative references:

Photodetectors with p-i-n structure

H01L 31/105

H01L 31/078 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Tandem solar cells with different junction types, e.g. one p-i-n sub-cell and one heterojunction sub-cell integrated on one another. Normally, all type of tandem solar cells which are not classified in H01L 31/0687, H01L 31/0725 or H01L 31/076).

H01L 31/12 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Semiconductor devices with at least one potential barrier or surface barrier specially adapted for light emission

H01L 33/00

Amplifiers using electroluminescent element and photocell

H03F 17/00

H01L 31/18 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Processes or apparatus specially adapted for manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof in general

H01L 21/00

H01L 33/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Couplings of light guides with optoelectronic elements

G02B 6/42

Electroluminescent light sources per se

H05B 33/00

H01L 35/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Refrigerating machines using electric or magnetic effects

F25B 21/00

Measuring temperature based on thermoelectric or thermomagnetic elements

G01K 7/00

Obtaining energy from radioactive sources

G21H

H01L 35/34 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Processes or apparatus specially adapted for manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof in general

H01L 21/00

H01L 37/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Measuring temperature based on thermoelectric or thermomagnetic elements

G01K 7/00

Selection of materials for magnetography, e.g. for Curie-point writing

G03G 5/00

H01L 39/24 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Processes or apparatus specially adapted for manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof in general

H01L 21/00

Magnetic separation of superconductive materials from other materials, e.g. using Meissner effect

B03C 1/00

H01L 41/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes or apparatus for manufacturing a material, product or device which exhibits or changes an electrostatic polarisation when subjected to mechanical stress or which exhibits a mechanical deformation, e.g. tending to produce a deflection, when subjected to electric stress;

References

Informative references:

Processes or apparatus specially adapted for manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof in general

H01L 21/00

H01L 41/23 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes or apparatus for forming enclosures or casings with encapsulants as illustrated in the figures.

1. H01L0041230000_0.gif

2. H01L0041230000_1.gif

Electrode

3. H01L0041230000_2.gif

Encapsulant

4. H01L0041230000_3.gif

Base or substrate

H01L 41/27 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes or apparatus for manufacturing multilayered piezo-electric or electrostrictive [PE] parts of the type illustrated.

1. H01L0041270000_0.gif

2. H01L0041270000_1.gif

Connection electrodes

3. H01L0041270000_2.gif

Individual layer electrodes

H01L 41/29 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Generic processes, or apparatus, for forming electrodes, leads or terminal arrangements for piezo-electric or electrostrictive [PE] devices or parts thereof.

References

Informative references:

Apparatus or processes specially adapted for manufacturing conductors or cables

H01B 13/00

Fixed capacitors; Processes of their manufacture

H01G 4/00

Electrically-conductive connections; Structural associations of a plurality of mutually-insulated electrical connecting elements; Coupling devices; Current collectors

H01R

Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof

H01L 21/00

H01L 41/293 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes or apparatus for manufacturing connection electrodes of multilayered piezo-electric or electrostrictive [PE] parts, including lead-in or terminal arrangements of the type illustrated.

1. H01L0041293000_0.gif

2. H01L0041293000_1.gif

Connection electrodes

3. H01L0041293000_2.gif

Individual layer electrodes

4. H01L0041293000_3.gif

Individual layer and connection electrode combination

Special rules of classification

The integral arrangement of individual layer electrode and connection electrode is classified in both groups H01L 41/293 and H01L 41/297.

H01L 41/297 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes or apparatus for manufacturing individual layer electrodes of multilayered piezo-electric or electrostrictive [PE] of the type illustrated.

1. H01L0041297000_0.gif

2. H01L0041297000_1.gif

Connection electrodes

3. H01L0041297000_2.gif

Individual layer electrodes

4. H01L0041297000_3.gif

Individual layer and connection electrode combination

Special rules of classification

The integral arrangement of individual layer electrode and connection electrode is classified in both groups H01L 41/293 and H01L 41/297.

H01L 41/31 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes or apparatus for applying piezo-electric or electrostrictive [PE] parts or bodies onto an electrical element or another base of the types illustrated are included in this group.

1. H01L0041310000_0.gif

2. H01L0041310000_1.gif

Base or substrate

References

Informative references:

Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components or integrated circuits formed in or on a common substrate or of specific parts thereof; Manufacture of integrated circuit devices or of specific parts thereof

H01L 21/70

Assembly of devices consisting of solid state components formed in or on a common substrate; Assembly of integrated circuit devices

H01L 21/98

Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits

H05K 3/00

Manufacture of assemblies consisting of preformed electrical components

H05K 13/00

H01L 41/311 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components or integrated circuits formed in or on a common substrate or of specific parts thereof; Manufacture of integrated circuit devices or of specific parts thereof

H01L 21/70

Assembly of devices consisting of solid state components formed in or on a common substrate; Assembly of integrated circuitdevices

H01L 21/98

Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits

H05K 3/00

Manufacture of assemblies consisting of preformed electrical components

H05K 13/00

H01L 41/39 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Shaped ceramic products characterised by their composition; Ceramic compositions; Processing powders of inorganic compounds preparatory to the manufacturing of ceramic products

C04B 35/00

Ceramic compositions containing free metal bonded to carbides, diamond, oxides, borides, nitrides, silicides, e.g. cermets, or other metal compounds, e.g. oxynitrides or sulfides, other than as macroscopic reinforcing agents

C22C

Ceramic compositions for piezo-electric or electrostrictive devices or parts

H01L 41/187

H01L 41/47 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes or apparatus for manufacturing a material, product or device, which exhibits or changes a magnetization when subjected to mechanical stress or which exhibits a mechanical deformation when subjected to a magnetic field.

References

Informative references:

For the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid-state devices or of parts thereof in general

H01L 21/00

H01L 43/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Devices with potential-jump barrier or surface barrier controllable by variation of a magnetic field

H01L 29/82

H01L 43/12 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Processes or apparatus specially adapted for manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof in general

H01L 21/00

H01L 51/54 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Organic luminescent materials

C09K 11/06

H01M - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Constructional details or processes of manufacture of the non active parts, e.g. casings, mountings, vents, separators, current-conducting connections, arrangements for filling or emptying cases with or of liquid.

Electrodes composed of or comprising active material, processes of manufacture and active materials thereof, e.g. electrodes for primary cells, for lead-acid accumulator.

Inert electrodes with catalytic activity, processes of manufacture and catalytic materials thereof.

Primary cells, manufacture and servicing or maintenance thereof, e.g. cells with aqueous or non-aqueous electrolyte, deferred-action cells, printed batteries

Secondary cells, manufacture and servicing or maintenance thereof, heating or cooling; temperature control, e.g. lead-acid accumulators, alkaline accumulators, accumulators with non-aqueous electrolyte

Fuel cells or their stacks and manufacture thereof, e.g. alkaline fuel cell, polymer electrolyte fuel cell, solid oxide fuel cell, biochemical fuel cells comprising enzymes as catalysts

Combination of fuel cells with means for production of reactants, e.g. with reformer or for treatment of residues

Hybrid cells, e.g. Zinc-air battery, half cell of a fuel cell type and half-cell of a primary or secondary cell type

Structural combinations of different types of electrochemical generators.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

This subclass does not cover the preparations of chemical compounds as such, which subject matter is covered by classes C01 (inorganic chemistry), C07 (organic chemistry) and C08 (organic macromolecular compounds).

Specific chemical compounds for batteries and their preparation are classified in C01, C07 and C08 as well as in H01M.

Apparatus for testing electrical condition of accumulator or batteries are classified in G01R 31/36 and accumulators combined with arrangements for measuring, testing or indicating condition are classified in H01M 10/48

References

Limiting references:

Hybrid capacitors

H01G 11/00

Circuits arrangements for charging or depolarising batteries or for supplying loads from batteries

H02J 7/00

Informative references:

Catalysts

B01J 23/00, B01J 25/00, B01J 27/00, B01J 31/00

Disposal of solid waste

B09B

Working or processing of sheet metal or metal tubes

B21D

Casting of metals

B22D

Shaping of substances in a plastic state

B29C

Producing particular articles from plastics or from substances in a plastic state.

B29D

Arrangement or mounting of plural diverse prime-movers characterised by the electric storing means, e.g. batteries

B60K 6/28

Arrangement or mounting of plural diverse prime-movers characterised by the fuel cells

B60K 6/32

Electric propulsion using power supplied from primary cells, secondary cells or fuel cells

B60L 11/18

Arrangement of batteries specially adapted for vehicles

B60R 16/04

Supplying batteries to, or removing batteries from vehicles

B60S 5/06

Conjoint control of vehicle sub-units including control for electrical energy, e.g. batteries

B60W 10/26

Conjoint control of vehicle sub-units of different type including control of fuel cells

B60W 10/28

Containers or packages specially adapted for batteries

B65D 85/88

Hydrogen ; Gaseous mixtures containing hydrogen ; Separation of hydrogen from mixtures containing it ; Purification of hydrogen

C01B 3/00

Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes

C12Q 1/00

Electrodes for electrolytic processes

C25B 11/00, C25C 7/00,

Electrodes for electrolytic or electrophoretic process for the production of compounds or non metals

C25B 11/00

Diaphragms or spacing elements for electrolytic or electrophoretic process for the production of compounds or non metals

C25B 13/00

Electrodes for electrolytic production, recovery or refining of metals

C25C 7/02

Diaphragms or spacing elements for electrolytic production, recovery or refining of metals

C25C 7/04

Electrodes for electrolytic coating

C25D 17/10

Indicating or measuring liquid level

G01F 23/00

Investigating or analysing materials by determining their chemical or physical properties

G01N

Apparatus for testing electrical condition of accumulator or electric batteries

G01R 31/36

Control of temperature

G05D 23/00

Electrolytic light sensitive devices

H01G 9/20

Electrolytes for electrolytic capacitors

H01G 9/022

Lithium-ion capacitors

H01G 11/06

Semi-conductor or other solid state devices for converting light or heat into electrical energy

H01L 31/00, H01L 35/00, H01L 37/00, H01L 51/42

Electrically conductive connections

H01R

Conversion of dc power input into dc power output using batteries

H02M 3/18

Photovoltaic modules structurally associated with energy storage means, e.g. batteries

H02S 40/38

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Active materials

materials, masses, liquids participating in the electrochemical reactions

Inert electrodes

Electrodes characterised by their catalytic activity

Primary cells

Electrochemical generators in which the cell energy is present in chemical form and is not regenerated

Secondary cells

Accumulators receiving and supplying electrical energy by means of reversible electrochemical reactions

Fuel cells

Electrochemical generators wherein the reactants are supplied from outside

Battery

Device comprising one or more electrochemical cells

NTC

NTC (negative temperature coefficient) thermistors with their resistance decreasing with increasing temperature, PTC (positive temperature coefficient) thermistors with their resistance rising with increasing temperature

Redox flow battery

Reversible fuel cell in which all electroactive components are dissolved in the electrolyte with a flow circulation system of the electrolyte

Redox fuel cell

Fuel cell where the oxydant or fuel is not reacted directly at the electrode but with the reduced/oxidised form of a redox couple and the oxidised/reduced species are fed to cathode/anode

Synonyms and Keywords

Electrochemical storage device

Galvanic primary cell or secondary cell (battery, accumulator), electrochemical capacitors (in particular pseudocapacitors and hybrid capacitors)

H01M 2/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Working of plastics or substances in a plastic state

B29C, B29D

H01M 2/10 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Structural combination of accumulators with charging apparatus

H01M 10/46

H01M 2/40 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Auxiliary arrangements or processes, e.g. for control of pressure, for circulation of fluids

H01M 8/04

H01M 4/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Electrodes for electrolytic processes

C25, C25B 11/00, C25C 7/02, C25D 17/10

H01M 4/12 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Use of alloy compositions as active materials

H01M 4/38

H01M 4/13 - Definition fr

Special rules of classification

This group does not cover electrodes for accumulators working at high temperatures, e.g. molten sodium electrodes, which subject matter is are classified in group H01M 10/39

H01M 4/485 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

of mixed oxides or hydroxides containing manganese for inserting or intercalating light metals, e.g.LiMn2O4 or LiMn2OxFy

H01M 4/505

of mixed oxides or hydroxides containing iron, cobalt or nickel for inserting or intercalating light metals, e.g. LiNiO2, LiCoO2 or LiCoOxFy

H01M 4/525

H01M 4/82 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Single-step processes

B21D, B22D

H01M 4/92 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Non-porous diffusion electrodes, e.g. palladium membranes, ion exchange membranes

H01M 4/94

H01M 4/98 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Catalysts of the Raney type

B01J 25/00

H01M 6/00 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Primary cells

electrochemical generators in which the cell energy is present in chemical form and is not regenerated

H01M 6/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Details of non-active parts

H01M 2/00

Details of electrodes

H01M 4/00

H01M 6/16 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

with solid electrolyte

H01M 6/18

H01M 6/20 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Deferred-action thermal cells

H01M 6/36

H01M 6/36 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Thermoelectric solid state devices

H01L 35/00, H01L 37/00

H01M 6/42 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Printed batteries

H01M 6/40

H01M 8/00 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Fuel cells

electrochemical generators wherein the reactants are supplied from outside

H01M 8/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Details of non-active parts

H01M 2/00

Details of electrodes

H01M 4/00

H01M 8/06 - Definition fr

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Production of reactants per se, see sections B or C.

References

Limiting references:

Regenerative fuel cells

H01M 8/18

H01M 8/20 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Regenerative fuel cells

H01M 8/18

H01M 10/00 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Secondary cells

accumulators receiving and supplying electrical energy by means of reversible electrochemical reactions

H01M 10/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Details of non-active parts

H01M 2/00

Details of electrodes

H01M 4/00

H01M 10/04 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Construction or manufacture of lead-acid accumulators

H01M 10/12

Construction or manufacture of alkaline accumulators

H01M 10/28

Construction or manufacture of accumulators not provided for in groups H01M 10/05-H01M 10/34

H01M 10/38

H01M 10/05 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

working at high temperature

H01M 10/39

Special rules of classification

When classifying in groups H01M 10/05 to H01M 10/0587, the presence of relevant information about the following three aspects (a)-(c) must be verified:

(a) Battery type, i.e. (1) Li-accumulators, (2) Rocking chair Li-accumulators and (3) Accumulators with insertion or intercalation of metals other than lithium

(b) Selection of electrolytes materials

(c) Construction or manufacture.

H01M 10/052 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

With one of the electrodes allowing ions to be reversibly doped thereinto, e.g. lithium-ion capacitors

H01G 11/06

H01M 10/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Semi-lead accumulators

H01M 10/20

H01M 10/30 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Gastight accumulators

H01M 10/34

H01M 10/32 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Gastight accumulators

H01M 10/34

H01M 10/44 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Circuits for charging

H02J 7/00

H01M 10/46 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Circuits for charging

H02J 7/00

H01M 10/48 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Indicating or measuring level of liquid in general

G01F 23/00

Measuring density

G01N, e.g. G01N 9/00

Measuring electric variables

G01R 31/36

H01M 10/52 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Vent plugs or other mechanical arrangements for facilitating escape of gases

H01M 2/12

H01M 10/60 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Control of temperature in general

G05D 23/00

H01M 12/00 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Hybrid cells

electrochemical generators having two different types of half-cells, the half-cell being an electrode-electrolyte combination of either a primary, a secondary, or a fuel cell

H01M 12/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Details of non-active parts

H01M 2/00

Details of electrodes

H01M 4/00

H01M 12/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Methods or arrangements for servicing or maintenance

H01M 6/50

H01M 12/08 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Methods or arrangements for servicing or maintenance, e.g. for charging

H01M 10/42

H01P - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Passive devices which have electrical dimensions comparable with the working wavelength, and which operate at frequencies up to but not including optical frequencies, e.g. microwave, and their manufacture.

Auxiliary devices of waveguide type such as filters, phase shifters, non-reciprocal devices, polarisation rotators.

Tubular waveguides and transmission lines such as strip lines, microstrips, coaxial lines, dielectric waveguides.

Devices for coupling between waveguides, transmission lines or waveguide type devices.

Resonators of the waveguide type.

Delay lines of the waveguide type.

Apparatus or processes specially adapted for manufacturing waveguides, transmission lines, or waveguide type devices.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Waveguides and waveguide type devices are commonly associated with antennas and aerials, these are classified in H01Q.

H01P is concerned with individual circuit components, or basic combinations of them. More complicated networks with lumped impedance elements are classified in H03H.

References

Limiting references:

Devices operating at optical frequencies

G02B

Informative references:

Networks comprising lumped impedance elements

H03H

Coaxial cables

H01B 11/18

Line connectors

H01R

Cable fittings

H02G 15/00

Quasi-optical devices

H01Q 15/00

Aerials

H01Q

Transit-time tubes

H01J 23/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Auxiliary devices

Devices which perform an operation other than the mere simple transmission of energy.

Waveguide type

As applied to transmission lines, this term includes only high-frequency coaxial cables or Lecher lines, and as applied to resonators, delay lines, or other devices, this term includes all devices having distributed inductance and capacitance.

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the following abbreviations are often used:

Non-reciprocal devices

Components such as circulators or isolators, using the propagation properties of ferrites.

H01P 1/16 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Linking dissimilar lines or devices

H01P 5/08

H01P 1/18 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Coupling devices with variable coupling factor

H01P 5/04

H01P 1/20 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Resonators

H01P 7/00

H01P 1/28 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Coupling devices with variable coupling factor

H01P 5/04

H01P 5/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

For introducing or removing wave energy to or from the discharge in transit-time tubes

H01J 23/36

Informative references:

Non-reciprocal devices

H01P 1/32

H01P 5/08 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Linking lines of the same kind but with different dimensions

H01P 5/02

H01P 7/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Microwave heating devices

H05B 6/64

Informative references:

Structurally associated with transit-time tubes and interacting with the discharge therein

H01J 23/18

H01P 9/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Structurally associated with transit-time tubes and interacting with the discharge therein

H01J 23/24

H01P 11/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Manufacture of coaxial cables

H01B 13/00

H01Q - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Transmitting aerials having primary active radiating elements, and receiving aerials having corresponding elements; details thereof;

Secondary devices for modifying the direction, the orientation, the polarisation or the beam-form of waves radiated from aerials (or correspondingly received thereby), or for absorbing waves;

Combinations of primary active aerial elements with secondary devices for giving the aerial a desired directional characteristic;

Electrically-short aerials, electrically-long aerials, waveguide horns, slot aerials, leaky-waveguide aerials, loop aerials, aerial arrays;

Combinations with auxiliary devices such as earthing switches, lead-in devices, and lightning protectors.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Waveguides and waveguide type devices which are passive devices are classified in H01P.

Systems that make use of aerials are classified in the corresponding places, such as transmission systems H04B, wireless communication networks H04W and radio navigation systems G01S.

References

Limiting references:

Waveguides

H01P

Radiators or aerials for microwave heating

H05B 6/72

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a large system:

Cell structures using beam steering

H04W 16/28

Communication route or path selection based on characteristics of available wireless antennas

H04W 40/06

Beacons or beacon systems using radio waves

G01S 1/02

Direction-finders using radio waves

G01S 3/02

Circuits or components for simulating aerials, e.g. dummy aerial

H04B 1/72

Informative references:

Radiators for near-field treatment

A61N 5/04

Apparatus for testing aerials or for measuring aerial characteristics

G01R

Modulating electromagnetic waves in radiation field of aerial

H03C 7/02

Receivers input circuits

H04B 1/18

Radio transmission systems

H04B 7/00

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the following keywords "aerial", "antenna", "probe", "receiving element", "transmitting element" would be useful to a searcher.

H01Q 1/12 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Supporting conductors in general

H02G 7/00

H01Q 1/38 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Conductive layers or films on insulating-supports, in general

H01B 5/14

Printed circuits

H05K

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Chiral composites

embedding miniature helices in a non-chiral host medium; the names comes from the Greek "kheir" which means "hand"

H01Q 1/42 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Radome

Radar dome

Irdome

Infrared dome

H01Q 1/48 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Connections with the terrestrial mass, e.g. earth plate, earth pin

H01R 4/66

H01Q 1/50 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Cables, conductors, insulators, e.g. for lead-in devices

H01B

Lightning protectors, switches

H01H

Over-voltage arrestors using spark gaps, structurally associated with protected apparatus

H01T 4/08

H01Q 3/22 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Beam scanning

Beam scanning may refer to controlling the direction of the radiated beam (or, in the case of a receiving aerial, the direction of greatest sensitivity) as a function of operating frequency. It should be noted that, in a phased array without phase shifters, beam direction will inevitably change during the transmission of a frequency-hopping signal.

H01Q 3/24 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Diversity systems using a plurality of spaced independent aerials

H04B 7/04

H01Q 3/26 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Arrangements for varying the orientation in accordance with variation of frequency of radiated wave

H01Q 3/22

Arrangements for varying the orientation by switching energy from one active radiating element to another, e.g. for beam switching

H01Q 3/24

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Beam forming

controlling the direction of a radiated beam (or, correspondingly at a receiving aerial, the direction of greatest sensitivity) by weighting and summing the signals at several elements

Weighting

controlling the phase and amplitude of the signals at the active radiating elements; changing the weighting of one element relative to the others changes the direction and the beam-width or beam-form of the radiation pattern

Analogue beam forming (RF beam forming)

in analogue beam forming, modification of the amplitude or phase of the signals at elements takes place in the lines or components carrying the signals, i.e. in the RF domain

Digital beam forming

in digital beam forming control of the amplitude or phase of the signals takes place inside a beam forming computer processor.

In a receiver equipped with a digital beam forming array, the signals received from each element are digitized and processed to give a desired directional response. Similarly, at a transmitter, signals for each array element may be processed to produce a desired beam-form.

Synonyms and Keywords

ESA

electronically scanned array

H01Q 5/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Antennas designed to operate simultaneously, without modification, in any of a number of pre-set frequency bands.

References

Limiting references:

Combinations of separate active aerial units operating in different wavebands and connected to a common feeder system

H01Q 21/30

Informative references:

Resonant electrically-short aerials consisting of conductive active radiating elements with the length adjustable

H01Q 9/14

Special rules of classification

Antennas with inherent broadband characteristics are classified according to the antenna type, e.g. folded, loaded or extended surface unipole antennas are classified in the relevant antenna types places.

H01Q 5/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Multiband aspects of resonant antennas (lambda/4 or lambda/2), e.g. of vertical unipole or horizontal dipole antennas.

Single resonant multiband dipole or unipole antennas.

Resonant antennas with trap circuits or stub elements.

1. H01Q0005100000_0.gif

H01Q 5/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Antennas with specific applications related to two or more different wavebands, where the focus is on the application and not on how the different wavebands are achieved.

If the goal is arrangements or structures for providing operation on different wavebands, documents should be classified in the related groups, i.e. H01Q 5/30, H01Q 5/40 or H01Q 5/50.

H01Q 5/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Antennas with special features making the antenna operable over two or more different frequency bands.

Antennas having singly-fed radiating elements, connected radiating elements, or a combination of a fed radiating element and a non-directly fed element (parasitic element).

Some examples are as follows:

H01Q 5/35, arrangements using two or more simultaneously fed points

1. H01Q0005300000_0.gif

H01Q 5/364, arrangements using a single feed point creating multiple current paths

2. H01Q0005300000_1.gif

H01Q 5/371, arrangements using a single feed point creating multiple current paths, where the different current paths are also branching.

3. H01Q0005300000_2.gif

4. H01Q0005300000_3.gif

H01Q 5/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Antennas comprising arrangements of fed radiating elements, where there is a structural and/or electromagnetic relationship between the elements.

Antennas comprising arrangements where two different types of antennas are partly overlapping, e.g. dipole and unipole, slot and patch.

1. H01Q0005400000_0.gif

2. H01Q0005400000_1.gif

References

Informative references:

Separate independent antennas

H01Q 21/28

Antennas with common feed

H01Q 21/30

H01Q 5/50 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Antennas having special feeding or matching arrangements at or before the feeding point for directing the signal from the antenna on at least two paths, for example diplexer circuitry.

1. H01Q0005500000_0.gif

H01Q 7/04 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Collapsible aerials; Retractable aerials

H01Q 7/02

Loop aerials with a substantially uniform current distribution around the loop and having a directional radiation pattern in a plane perpendicular to the plane of the loop with core of ferromagnetic material

H01Q 7/06

Informative references:

Electrical actuation of burglar, alarm or surveillance systems by interference with electromagnetic field distribution

G08B 13/24

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent document the following words are often used: shielded, electrostatic shielding.

H01Q 15/24 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Devices functioning simultaneously both as polarisation filters and as refracting or diffracting devices or as reflectors

H01Q 15/12, H01Q 15/22

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the following expression/words "polarizer", "polarisator", "polarisation transformer" and "polarisation converter" are often used as synonyms.

H01Q 19/13 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Primary radiating source being a line source, e.g. leaky waveguide aerials

H01Q 19/15

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the following words are often used: prime focus feed; center-feed, center-fed; front feed; front-fed.

H01Q 19/17 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Primary radiating source being a line source, e.g. leaky waveguide aerials

H01Q 19/15

Aerials or aerial systems providing at least two radiating patterns

H01Q 25/00

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the following expression/words "array-fed", "array feed", "feed array", "feed cluster", "multi-feed reflector" and "duo-feed" are often used as synonyms.

H01R 12/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Printed connections to, or between, printed circuits

H05K 1/11

Special rules of classification

In this group, a single connector is classified according to its features. When connections are characterised by the coupling of 2 connectors, then classification is given for each of both connectors.When the counterpart of connection is identified, classification is given in H01R 12/70 and subsequent groups. On the other hand, if the subject of connection is not identified but only the mounting of the connector to a printed circuit board is suggested, classification is given in H01R 12/55-H01R 12/58, H01R 12/65-H01R 12/69 and H01R 12/70.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Connector

Structure containing terminals for a removable connection. Simple "terminal" without a housing is not included.

Direct connection

Irremovable connection of terminals using solder, adhesive, welding, insulation displacement edge, a rivet, a screw, etc.

Flexible printed circuit board

A flexible substrate comprising conductive paths, flat flexible structures with electrically conductive properties like flat or ribbon cables.

Printed circuit board

Either a rigid printed circuit board or a flexible printed circuit board.

Printed wiring board

synonym for printed circuit board

Rigid printed circuit board

A substrate comprising conductive paths and terminals for connection to other devices, the substrate being rigid with limited bending capability.

Terminal

Means for electric connection.

H01R 12/50 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Fixed connection between a plurality of printed circuit boards.

H01R 12/51 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Fixed connection wherein at least one of the elements to be connected is a rigid printed circuit board (PCB) or like structure.

Fixed connection between a connecting element (e.g. connectors) and a rigid PCB, obtained through structures other than the terminals (e.g. a housing).

Special rules of classification

Fixed connections characterised by terminals are classified in H01R 12/55- H01R 12/58.

H01R 12/52 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Fixed connection wherein both the members to be connected together are rigid printed circuit boards.

1. H01R0012520000_0.gif

H01R 12/53 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Fixed connection for cables mounted on a rigid printed circuit board, the cables having a circular cross section or similar type. Connections with flat or ribbon cables are classified in H01R 12/62.

1. H01R0012530000_0.gif

H01R 12/55 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Fixed connection for terminals on a rigid printed circuit board characterised by the shape of the terminals or the mounting means of terminals, e.g. edge contact, including the mounting of connectors to the printed circuit board.

1. H01R0012550000_0.gif

H01R 12/57 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Fixed connection for terminals (including terminals of the connector) mounted directly on the rigid printed circuit board by using soldering, etc.

1. H01R0012570000_0.gif

H01R 12/58 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Fixed connection for terminals (including terminals of the connector) inserted into holes provided on a rigid printed circuit board.

1. H01R0012580000_0.gif

H01R 12/59 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Fixed connection wherein at least one of the elements to be connected is a flexible printed circuit board, flat or ribbon cable or like structure.

Fixed connection between a connecting element (e.g. connectors) and a flexible printed circuit board, obtained through structures other than the terminals (e.g. a housing).

Special rules of classification

Fixed connections for flexible printed circuit board characterised by terminals are classified in H01R 12/65- H01R 12/69.

H01R 12/61 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Fixed connection directly connecting flexible printed circuit boards, flat or ribbon cables or like structures.

1. H01R0012610000_0.gif

H01R 12/62 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Fixed connection directly connecting a flexible printed circuit board to a rigid printed circuit board or like structure.

1. H01R0012620000_0.gif

H01R 12/63 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Fixed connection directly connecting a flexible printed circuit board to other types of cables such as wires.

1. H01R0012630000_0.gif

H01R 12/65 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Fixed connection characterised by the terminals being directly mounted on a flexible printed circuit board, e.g. edge contact.

1. H01R0012650000_0.gif

H01R 12/67 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Fixed connection by terminals penetrating the flexible printed circuit board e.g. insulation displacement terminal.

1. H01R0012670000_0.gif

2. H01R0012670000_1.gif

H01R 12/68 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Fixed connection by terminals that are secured to the flexible printed circuit board followed by the step of bending the terminals.

1. H01R0012680000_0.gif

H01R 12/69 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Fixed connection by partially deformed terminals connected to conductors of a flexible printed circuit board, e.g. crimping terminals. Excluded are those penetrating the flexible printed circuit board, which are classified in H01R 12/67-H01R 12/68.

1. H01R0012690000_0.gif

H01R 12/70 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Connection of printed circuit boards by connectors in a demountable manner.

Special rules of classification

When the identification of the member to be connected by the connectors is not clear in the patent specification or drawings, classification is also given in this group.

In the following groups, classification is given depending on the characteristics of both the member to be connected and the mounting of the connectors involved in the demountable connection to the printed circuit board.

H01R 12/71 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Coupling devices wherein one of the members to be connected is a rigid printed circuit board or like structure, and that are not covered by H01R 12/72-H01R 12/75.

H01R 12/72 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Coupling devices wherein the connector is coupled to the edge or nearby the edge of a rigid printed circuit board or like structure.

Special rules of classification

Coupling devices wherein the mounting of the connector is also a rigid printed circuit board are classified in H01R 12/73.

1. H01R0012720000_0.gif

H01R 12/73 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Coupling devices wherein the connector is coupled to the edge or nearby the edge of a rigid printed circuit board or like structure and the mounting of the connector is also a rigid printed circuit board or like structure.

1. H01R0012730000_0.gif

H01R 12/75 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Coupling devices wherein one of the members to be connected is a cable other than flat or ribbon cable, and the mounting of the connector is a rigid printed circuit board.

1. H01R0012750000_0.gif

H01R 12/77 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Coupling devices wherein one of the members to be connected is a flexible printed circuit board, flat or ribbon cable or like structure.

H01R 12/78 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Coupling devices wherein one of the members to be connected is a flexible printed circuit board or like structure and the mounting of the connector is also a flexible printed circuit board or like structure.

1. H01R0012780000_0.gif

H01R 12/79 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Coupling devices wherein one of the members to be connected is a flexible printed circuit board and the mounting of the connector is a rigid printed circuit board or like structure.

1. H01R0012790000_0.gif

H01R 12/81 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Coupling devices wherein one of the members to be connected is a cable of other types such as wires and the mounting of the connector is a flexible printed circuit board.

1. H01R0012810000_0.gif

H01R 12/82 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

A connector performing the connection by zero insertion force or low insertion force.

1. H01R0012820000_0.gif

H01R 12/83 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Coupling device activated by pivoting after the insertion of a connecting terminal by which the connection is made.

1. H01R0012830000_0.gif

H01R 12/85 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Coupling device activated by applying certain forces on the contact by some means, e.g. using actuators or screws, that is not covered by H01R 12/87- H01R 12/89.

1. H01R0012850000_0.gif

H01R 12/87 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Coupling device that can perform the connection with zero or low insertion force by only inserting a connecting terminal making the connection without any other operation.

1. H01R0012870000_0.gif

H01R 12/88 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Coupling device that can perform the connection with zero or low insertion force by activating a pivoting member installed within the housing. If the connection is established automatically by only inserting a connecting terminal, the coupling device is classified in H01R 12/87.

1. H01R0012880000_0.gif

H01R 12/89 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Coupling device that can perform the connection with zero or low insertion force by activating a linear motion member installed within the housing.  If the connection is established automatically by only inserting a connecting terminal, the coupling device is classified in H01R 12/87.

1. H01R0012890000_0.gif

H01R 12/91 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Coupling device of which the connection is performed through automatic adjustment of the position between the connectors to be connected.

1. H01R0012910000_0.gif

2. H01R0012910000_1.gif

H01R 13/646 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter under group H01R 13/00 comprising details of coupling devices particularly adapted to handle high-frequency currents or voltages.

Note: Exclude shielding and coaxial type shielded connectors.

References

Limiting references:

Non-coaxed protective earth or shield arrangements

H01R 13/648-H01R 13/6599

Coaxed connectors specifically adapted for high frequency

H01R 24/40-H01R 24/56

H01R 13/6461 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter under group H01R 13/646 comprising devices or arrangements for preventing interference in one conductor of a coupling device caused by stray electromagnetic or electrostatic energy from another conductor.

H01R 13/6463 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter under group H01R 13/6461 comprising arrangements in which cross-talk between two pairs of conductors is reduced by the addition of at least one pair of twisted wires, each wire of which is connected to one conductor of each of the pairs of conductors.

H01R 13/6464 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter under group H01R 13/6461 comprising arrangements in which cross-talk between two pairs of conductors is reduced by the addition of a capacitive coupling element between at least one conductor of each pair.

(Examples: US 5439384; US 5152699; 5213522; US 5647768)

H01R 13/6466 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter under H01R 13/6464 in which the capacitive coupling element is formed on a substrate or a circuit board.

H01R 13/6467 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter under group H01R 13/6461 in which cross-talk between pairs of conductors is reduced by crossing one conductor of each pair over the other conductor.

H01R 13/6469 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter under group H01R 13/6467 in which at least part of a conductor is mounted on a planar support.

H01R 13/6471 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter under group H01R 13/6461 comprising structural relationships of signal-carrying and ground conductors in a coupling device specifically for reducing cross-talk.

H01R 13/6473 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter under group H01R 13/646 comprising coupling devices whose impedance is tuned to the impedance of the circuit to which they are connected.

H01R 13/6474 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter under group H01R 13/6473 wherein the impedance of the coupling is tuned by varying the properties of a conductive element within the device, e.g. by varying the shape or material of the conductive element.

H01R 13/6476 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter under group H01R 13/6474 wherein the shape of the conductive element includes a hole.

H01R 13/6477 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter under group H01R 13/6473 wherein the impedance of the coupling is tuned by varying the properties of a dielectric component within the device, e.g. by varying the shape or material of the dielectric component.

H01R 13/648 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Coaxially arranged shields

H01R 24/38

H01R 13/658 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter under group H01R 13/648 comprising a conductive means for preventing or reducing (a) detrimental effects induced within a connector or contact due to capacitive or inductive coupling with electric or magnetic fields generated from a source outside of the connector or contact, (b) induced electrical interference or signal loss due to capacitive or inductive coupling between mutually insulated contacts within a plural-contact connector, (i.e. reducing cross-talk), or (c) undesirable loss of electrical information or signal due to electrical radiation of signal from connector or contact.

H01R 13/6581 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter under group H01R 13/658 comprising details of the shape or construction of a shield.

H01R 13/6582 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter under group H01R 13/6581 comprising shielding arrangements including a resilient means on one connector for engaging a mating connector.

H01R 13/6583 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter under group H01R 13/6582 including additional resilient means for electrically connecting the shields of two mating connectors.

H01R 13/6584 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter under group H01R 13/6583 wherein the separate resilient means comprises a conductive material having elastic properties.

H01R 13/6585 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter under group H01R 13/6581 comprising conductive material either (a) formed around but spaced apart from at least a portion of at least one contact, so that the contact is inductively shielded from one or more other contacts, or (b) interposed between two or more contacts, so that the contacts are inductively shielded from one another.

H01R 13/6586 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter under group H01R 13/6585 wherein the shielding material separates two or more assemblies of plural contacts.

H01R 13/6587 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter under group H01R 13/6586 wherein the shield has means to facilitate mounting on a printed circuit board.

H01R 13/6588 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter under group H01R 13/6585 wherein the shield has apertures corresponding to individual contacts.

H01R 13/6589 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter under group H01R 13/6585 wherein the shield includes a conductive wall portion that separates enclosed wires.

(Examples: US 4405187; US 6135817)

H01R 13/659 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter under group H01R 13/6581 wherein the shield encloses two or more connectors.

H01R 13/6591 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter under group H01R 13/658 including specific features of a connection between the conductive shield and a conductive member of the connector or another component.

H01R 13/6592 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter under group H01R 13/6591 wherein the connection is to an external conductive sheath of an electric cable.

H01R 13/6593 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter under group H01R 13/6592 wherein the shield is comprised of assembled parts.

H01R 13/6594 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter under group H01R 13/6591 wherein the shield is mounted on a printed circuit board and is electrically connected to a conductor on the circuit board.

H01R 13/6595 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter under group H01R 13/6594 wherein the shield is attached to the printed circuit board by a separate element or member.

H01R 13/6596 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter under group H01R 13/6591 including specific features of a connection between the conductive shield and an electrically grounded metal panel.

H01R 13/6597 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter under group H01R 13/6591 including specific features of a connection between the conductive shield and a contact of the connector.

H01R 13/6598 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter under group H01R 13/658 comprising the composition or properties of the shielding material.

H01R 13/6599 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter under group H01R 13/6598 comprising a dielectric material having conductive additives or coatings.

H01R 13/66 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter under group H01R 13/00 comprising details of the structural relationship of a coupling device other than a non-coaxial connector and an electrical component housed within the device.

References

Limiting references:

Coupling devices having concentrically or coaxially-arranged contacts

H01R 24/38-H01R 24/56

H01R 13/68 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter under group H01R 13/66 wherein the built-in electrical component is a fusible circuit breaker.

H01R 13/684 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter under group H01R 13/68 wherein the built-in fuse is removable from the coupling device.

H01R 13/688 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter under group H01R 13/684 wherein the coupling device includes an opening or a removable or repositionable portion which permits access to the built-in removable fuse.

H01R 13/692 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter under group H01R 13/688 wherein the housing part is rotatable, e.g. threadably connected or hinged, to permit access to the built-in removable fuse.

H01R 13/696 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter under group H01R 13/68 wherein the built-in fuse is irremovably attached to a contact of the coupling device.

H01R 13/717 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter under group H01R 13/66 wherein in the built-in electrical component is an electric light source.

H01R 13/719 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter under group H01R 13/66 comprising coupling devices having built-in electrical components or other features which adapt for use with high frequency alternating currents or voltages.

Synonyms and Keywords

Hereafter, in this group, the term " filter" is used in the sense of a "noise-reducing member".

H01R 13/7193 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter under group H01R 13/719 wherein the built-in electrical component is a ferrite filter.

H01R 13/7195 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter under group H01R 13/719 wherein the built-in electrical component consists of a flat, i.e. essentially two-dimensional, filter circuit device, e.g. a PCB with a filter fixed thereon, with apertures to permit engagement of mating contacts.

H01R 13/7197 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter under group H01R 13/719 wherein the built-in electrical component consists of a filter integral with, or fitted onto, at least one connector contact.

H01R 24/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Coupling devices attached to cables or attached to structures

Relationship between large subject matter areas

It is the overall structure of the coupling devices which is classified here, the details are classified in H01R 13/00.

References

Limiting references:

Contact members

H01R 13/02

Securing contact members in or to a base or case; Insulating of contact members

H01R 13/40

Bases; Cases

H01R 13/46

Means for supporting coupling part when not engaged

H01R 13/60

Means for facilitating engagement or disengagement of coupling parts or for holding them in engagement

H01R 13/62

Means for preventing, inhibiting or avoiding incorrect coupling

H01R 13/64

Special adaptation for high-frequency, e.g. structures providing an impedance match or phase match

H01R 13/646

Protective earth or shield arrangements on coupling devices

H01R 13/648

Structural association with built-in electrical component

H01R 13/66

Coupling devices in which a holder is adapted for supporting apparatus to which its counterpart is attached; Separate parts thereof

H01R 33/00

Informative references:

One pole

H01R 101/00

Two poles

H01R 103/00

Three poles

H01R 105/00

Four or more poles

H01R 107/00

Special rules of classification

An indexing code of the groups H01R 101/00-H01R 107/00 should be given to each document.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Pin

male contact

Socket

female contact

Synonyms and Keywords

USB

Universal serial bus

H01R 24/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The subject matter under H01R 24/20 comprises cooperating parts having cavities with conducting properties extending into a support structure. At least one of the cavities is connected to an elongated electrical conductor attached to the support structure.

1. H01R0024200000_0.gif

H01R 24/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The subject matter under H01R 24/22 comprises cooperating parts having cavities with conducting properties extending into a support structure. At least one of the cavities is connected to an elongated electrical conductor attached to the support structure, whereby the support structure comprises a grounding structure.

1. H01R0024220000_0.gif

H01R 24/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The subject matter under H01R 24/28 comprises cooperating parts having protruding members with conducting properties extending from a support.

At least one of the protruding members is connected to an elongated electrical conductor.

1. H01R0024280000_0.gif

H01R 24/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The subject matter under H01R 24/30 comprises cooperating parts having protruding members with conducting properties extending from a support structure and connected to an elongated electrical conductor, whereby one conductor is grounded.

1. H01R0024300000_0.gif

H01R 24/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The subject matter under H01R 24/38 comprises cooperating parts having a center contact and cylindrical contacts concentrically disposed thereabout.

1. H01R0024380000_0.gif

H01R 24/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The subject matter under H01R 24/40 comprises cooperating parts having a center contact and cylindrical contacts concentrically disposed thereabout and adapted for signals used for radio transmission.

1. H01R0024400000_0.gif

H01R 24/42 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The subject matter under H01R 24/42 comprises cooperating parts for radio transmission having a center contact and cylindrical contacts concentrically disposed thereabout and at least one component, except components covered by H01R 24/46 or H01R 24/48.

1. H01R0024420000_0.gif

H01R 24/44 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The subject matter under H01R 24/44 comprises cooperating parts for radio transmission having a center contact and cylindrical contacts concentrically disposed thereabout and means for setting the output impedance of a signal source equal to the input impedance of the load to which it is ultimately connected, usually in order to maximize the power transfer and minimize reflections from the load.

1. H01R0024440000_0.gif

H01R 24/46 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The subject matter under H01R 24/46 comprises cooperating parts for radio transmission having a center contact and a cylindrical contact concentrically disposed thereabout and means for interrupting, shorting or bypassing signals carried by the center contact.

1. H01R0024460000_0.gif

H01R 24/48 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The subject matter under H01R 24/48 comprises cooperating parts for radio transmission having a center contact and a cylindrical contact concentrically disposed thereabout and means for reducing voltages above its upper design limit (e.g. transient voltages or voltage spikes).

1. H01R0024480000_0.gif

H01R 24/50 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The subject matter under H01R 24/50 comprises cooperating parts for radio transmission having a center contact and a cylindrical contact concentrically disposed thereabout, and adapted for mounting on a substrate providing electrically conductive paths.

1. H01R0024500000_0.gif

H01R 24/52 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The subject matter under H01R 24/52 comprises cooperating parts for radio transmission having a center contact and a cylindrical contact concentrically disposed thereabout and adapted for mounting on a support except a printed circuit board as in H01R 24/50.

1. H01R0024520000_0.gif

H01R 24/54 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The subject matter under H01R 24/54 comprises cooperating parts for radio transmission having a center contact and a cylindrical contact concentrically disposed thereabout and specially adapted as coupling part between two or more counterparts, characterized by the relationship of the counterparts, e.g. different kinds of counterparts, right angle relationship between counterparts, one counterpart connected to a plurality of counterparts.

1. H01R0024540000_0.gif

H01R 24/56 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The subject matter under H01R 24/56 comprises a plurality of cooperating parts for radio transmission having a center contact and a cylindrical contact concentrically disposed thereabout, being adapted to connect elongated conductors having a center conductor and a shielding layer with special features.

1. H01R0024560000_0.gif

H01R 24/58 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The subject matter under H01R 24/58 comprises coupling parts with contacts disposed serially along a line parallel to the longitudinal axis along which the coupling part engages its mating coupling part.

1. H01R0024580000_0.gif

H01R 24/60 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The subject matter under H01R 24/60 comprises coupling parts with contacts disposed serially along a line orthogonal to the longitudinal axis along which the coupling part engages its mating coupling part.

1. H01R0024600000_0.gif

H01R 24/62 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The subject matter under H01R 24/62 comprises coupling parts with contacts disposed serially along a surface orthogonal to the longitudinal axis along which the coupling part engages, its mating coupling part being accessible only on one side.

1. H01R0024620000_0.gif

2. H01R0024620000_1.gif

H01R 24/64 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The subject matter under H01R 24/64 comprises coupling parts with contacts disposed serially along a surface orthogonal to the longitudinal axis along which the coupling part engages its mating coupling part, the coupling part has special features for high speed transmissions.

1. H01R0024640000_0.gif

H01R 24/66 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The subject matter under H01R 24/66 comprises cooperating parts having protruding members with conducting properties extending from a support attached to a wall of an apparatus or structure.

1. H01R0024660000_0.gif

H01R 24/68 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The subject matter under H01R 24/68 comprises cooperating parts having protruding members with conducting properties extending from a portable device.

1. H01R0024680000_0.gif

H01R 24/70 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The subject matter under H01R 24/70 comprises cooperating parts having protruding members with conducting properties extending from a support, one of the protrusions on the portable device having grounding means.

1. H01R0024700000_0.gif

2. H01R0024700000_1.gif

H01R 24/76 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The subject matter under H01R 24/76 comprises cooperating parts having recesses with conducting properties extending into a support attached to a wall of an apparatus or structure.

1. H01R0024760000_0.gif

H01R 24/78 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The subject matter under H01R 24/78 comprises cooperating parts having recesses with conducting properties extending into a support attached to a wall of an apparatus or structure, one of the recesses having grounding means.

1. H01R0024780000_0.gif

H01R 24/84 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The subject matter under H01R 24/84 comprises cooperating parts which are identical in configuration in the interfitting portions thereof.

1. H01R0024840000_0.gif

H01R 24/86 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The subject matter under H01R 24/86 comprises cooperating parts with electrically mating conductors extending in the same direction about the longitudinal axis along which the cooperating part engages its mating coupling part.

1. H01R0024860000_0.gif

H01S - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Devices using stimulated emission, for the generation or amplification of coherent electromagnetic waves or other forms of wave energy, e.g. masers, lasers, X-ray lasers, gamma lasers, optical amplifiers.

Constructional details or arrangements, e.g. housings, packages, cooling, electrodes.

Configuration of the resonators, or shape of the active media.

Processes or apparatus for pumping (exciting) said devices.

Such functions as modulating, demodulating, frequency-changing, controlling, or stabilising of said coherent electromagnetic waves, insofar these functions are performed by elements being part of the optical resonators or amplifier's arrangements; this includes particularly:

Frequency multiplying, e.g. harmonic generation

Pulse-techniques, e.g. Q-switching, mode-locking, or gain-switching.

The special choice or adaptation of materials as active media.

Devices using non-linear amplification effects, e.g. stimulated Raman or Brillouin scattering

Relationship between large subject matter areas

This subclass covers functions as modulating, demodulating, frequency-changing, controlling, or stabilising of coherent electromagnetic waves, insofar these functions are performed by elements being part of the optical resonators or amplifier's arrangements, e.g. inside-cavity harmonic generation. Said functions when performed outside the resonators or amplifier's arrangement, e.g. harmonic generation, are covered by subclass G02F.

References

Limiting references:

Super-luminescent diodes

H01L 33/00

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Eye surgery using laser

A61F 9/008

Radiation therapy using laser light

A61N 5/067

Sintering by using laser light

B22F 3/105

Working by laser beam, e.g. welding, cutting, boring

B23K 26/00

Joining of preformed parts by using laser light

B29C 65/16

Laser printers

B41J 2/44, B41J 2/455

Ring laser gyrometers; fibre laser gyrometers

G01C 19/66, G01C 19/72

Investigating or analysing colour or spectral properties of materials by using tunable lasers

G01N 21/39

Apparatus specially adapted for photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces

G03F 7/20

Laser heads for recording or reproducing

G11B 7/125

Laser recording associated with non-optical reproducing, or laser reproducing associated with non-optical recording

G11B 11/00

Trimming by laser in the manufacture of resistors

H01C 17/242

Photolithographic processing on semiconductor bodies

H01L 21/027

Transmission systems employing light, e.g. all-optical repeaters

H04B 10/00, H04B 10/291-H04B 10/299

Informative references:

Coupling light guides with opto-electronic elements

G02B 6/42

Laser speckle optics

G02B 27/48

Control of light beams in general

G02F

Non-linear optics per se

G02F 1/35

Semiconductor devices specially adapted for light emission

H01L 33/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Active medium

A medium providing for optical gain by the stimulated emission effect when excited by an excitation (pump) energy source.

Pumping

The process of providing the active medium for excitation energy.

Synonyms and Keywords

LASER

Light Amplification by Stimulated Emission of Radiation

MASER

Microwave Amplification By Stimulated Emission Of Radiation – also known as Microwave Laser

EDFA

Erbium Doped Fibre Amplifier

SOA

Semiconductor Optical Amplifier

DBR Laser

Distributed Bragg Reflector Laser

DFB Laser

Distributed Feed-Back Laser

In patent documents the following expressions/words:

"active medium", " gain medium" and "lasing medium"

"excitation, and "pump(ing)"

are often used as synonyms.

H01T - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Enclosed spark gaps, and non-enclosed spark gaps

discharge device having cold electrodes and used exclusively to discharge a quantity of electrical energy in a small time duration.

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Overvoltage protection circuits using a spark gap

H02H

Emergency protective circuit arrangements using spark gaps

H02H 7/24, H02H 9/06

Informative references:

Working of metal by the action of a high concentration of electric current on a workpiece

B23H

Welding, e.g. arc welding, or electron beam welding

B23K

Ignition circuits

F02P

Glow plugs

F23Q

Voltage dependent resistors

H01C

Fuses

H01H 85/00

Gas-filled discharge tubes with solid cathodes

H01J 17/00

Electric arc lamps

H05B 31/00

Spark gaps for electrostatic discharge (ESD) components

H05F 3/04

Generating plasma

H05H 1/24

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Spark gap

Enclosed or non-enclosed discharge device having cold electrodes and used exclusively to discharge a quantity of electrical energy in a small time duration

H01T 1/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Constructional details of the spark gap or of means structurally associated therewith.

The intended use of the spark gap (e.g. overvoltage arrester) is not considered.

H01T 1/14 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Protection against excessive pressure

H01T 1/15

Series resistor structurally associated with spark gap

H01T 1/16

Electrolytic device structurally associated with spark gap

H01T 1/18

Emergency protective circuit arrangements for spark-gap arresters

H02H 7/24

H01T 1/24 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Means for starting arc or facilitating ignition of spark gap by the shape or the composition of the electrodes

H01T 1/22

H01T 2/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Triggering means e.g. electrodes or additional discharge activating arrangements.

References

Limiting references:

Triggering circuits

H01T 15/00

H01T 4/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Spark gaps used as voltage limiting means.

References

Limiting references:

Overvoltage arresters comprising auxiliary triggering means

H01T 2/00

Overvoltage protection circuits using spark gaps

H02H 9/06

Informative references:

Voltage dependent resistors used as overvoltage arresters

H01C 7/12

H01T 4/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Details of spark gaps

H01T 1/00

H01T 4/04 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Mounting arrangements for a plurality of overvoltage arresters

H01T 4/06

H01T 4/08 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Switches

H01H 9/14

Fuses

H01H 85/44

Informative references:

Means for providing an external arc discharge path over insulators

H01B 17/46

H01T 4/10 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Sparking plugs

H01T 13/00

H01T 4/14 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Arcing horns associated with insulators

H01B 17/46

H01T 7/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Ignition distributors

F02P 7/02

H01T 9/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Surgical instruments for extracorporeal shock wave lithotripsy

A61B 17/225

Sound-producing devices using electric discharge

G10K 15/06

Seismology; seismic prospecting or detecting using spark discharges

G01V 1/157

Generation of oscillations using a circuit excited by spark

H03B 11/02

Secret communication; jamming of communication

H04K 3/00

H01T 13/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Sparking plugs for internal combustion engines.

References

Informative references:

Sparking plugs structurally associated with fuel injectors

F02M 57/06

Laser ignition devices

F02P 23/04

Glow plugs

F23Q 7/00

Ignition coils

H01F 38/12

H01T 13/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Sparking plugs structurally associated with fuel injectors

F02M 57/06

Electrical connections in general

H01R

H01T 13/22 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Sparking plugs having two or more spark gaps

H01T 13/46

H01T 13/24 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Spherically shaped electrodes, e.g. ball-shaped

H01T 13/28

H01T 13/38 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Insulating materials in general

H01B 3/00

H01T 13/40 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Sparking plugs structurally associated with fuel injectors

F02M 57/06

Structurally combined with other parts of internal-combustion engines

F02P 13/00

H01T 13/50 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Characterised by a discharge along a surface

H01T 13/52

H01T 13/58 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Testing characteristics of the spark in internal-combustion engine ignition

F02P 17/12

H01T 14/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Devices providing for corona discharge

H01T 19/00

H01T 15/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Ignition circuits for internal combustion engines

F02P

Electric spark ignition for combustion apparatus

F23Q

Protection circuits using spark gaps

H02H 9/06

H01T 19/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Devices for charging electrographic elements

G03G 15/02

Informative references:

Surface shaping by electric discharge

B29C 59/10

Printing machines - Devices for treating the surface of sheets

B41F 23/00

Devices for preparing ozone

C01B 13/11

Physical treatment of fibres, threads, yarns

D06M 10/02

Carrying-off electrostatic charges

H05F 3/04

H01T 21/04 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Means for self-cleaning

H01T 13/14

Abrasive blasting devices for cleaning sparking-plugs

B24C 3/34

H01T 21/06 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Sparking-plugs having movable electrodes for adjusting the gap

H01T 13/26

H01T 23/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Electrotherapy applying ionized fluids

A61N 1/44

Control systems for separating dispersed particles from gases or vapors by electrostatic effects

B03C 3/68

Discharge tubes with provision for emergence of ions form the vessel

H01J 33/00

Generating plasma

H05H 1/24

H02H 3/42 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Product

Mathematical operation

H02K - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Electric generators or motors, i.e. ac or dc continuously rotating, oscillating or linear machines.

Stepping motors, i.e. with rotor rotating step by step.

Torque motors, i.e. machines adapted to exert a torque when stalled.

Machines for transmitting angular displacements, e.g. Synchro, Selsyn.

Machines involving dynamo-electric interaction with a plasma or a flow of conductive liquid or of fluid-borne conductive or magnetic particles, e.g. magnetohydrodynamic (MHD) pumps or generators.

Dynamo-electric converters, e.g. ac/dc converters and vice versa, ac/ac converters, dc/dc converters.

Dynamo-electric clutches or brakes.

Dynamo-electric gears, i.e. dynamo-electric means for transmitting mechanical power from a driving shaft to a driven shaft and comprising structurally interrelated motor and generator parts.

Alleged perpetua mobilia obtained by dynamo-electric means.

Machines not otherwise provided for and based on dynamo-electric interaction.

Structural adaptation of the above mentioned machines for the purposes of their control.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

The subject matter of starting, regulating, electronically commutating, braking, or otherwise controlling the machines covered by this subclass is classified in subclass H02P.

Measuring the electric or magnetic variables involved in the functioning of the machines covered by this subclass is classified in subclass G01R.

Electrical machines specifically developed for generating or transmitting mechanical vibrations are classified in subclass B06B.

Electric machines not belonging to any of the types covered by this subclass are classified in subclass H02N.

References

Limiting references:

Dynamo-electric relays

H01H 53/00

Conversion of dc or ac input power into surge output power

H02M 9/00

Current collectors in general

H01R 39/00

Informative references:

Micro-structural devices or systems

B81B

Magnetic circuits or magnets in general

H01F

Special rules of classification

H02K 16/00 takes precedence over groups H02K 17/00-H02K 53/00.

Details only described with reference to, or clearly only applicable to, dynamo-electric machines of a single basic type, are classified in the group appropriate to the dynamo-electric machines of that basic type, e.g. H02K 33/16, H02K 41/03.

Details or arrangements of an unspecified type of dynamo-electric machine, or disclosed as applicable to two or more kinds of dynamo-electric machines, are classified in groups H02K 1/00-H02K 13/00.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Dynamo-electric

refers to the conversion of mechanical energy to electrical energy or vice versa by electromagnetic means.

H02K 1/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Details of the magnetic circuit.

References

Limiting references:

Magnetic circuits for transformers for power supply

H01F

Magnetic circuits for relays

H01H 50/16

H02K 3/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Details of windings.

References

Informative references:

Coils in general

H01F 5/00

H02K 5/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Casings;

Enclosures;

Supports.

References

Informative references:

Casings for electric apparatus in general

H05K 5/00

H02K 9/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Systems for cooling or ventilating.

References

Limiting references:

Channels or ducts in parts of the magnetic circuit

H02K 1/20, H02K 1/32

Channels or ducts in or between conductors

H02K 3/22, H02K 3/24

H02K 11/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Casings, enclosures or supports

H02K 5/00

Informative references:

Asynchronous induction motors

H02K 17/30

Synchronous generators with auxiliary electric devices

H02K 19/36

DC commutator motors or generators having mechanical commutators;

Universal AC/DC commutator motors

H02K 23/66

AC commutator motors or generators having mechanical commutators

H02K 27/28

H02K 11/01 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Means for preventing or reducing eddy-current losses in the winding heads by shielding

H02K 3/42

H02K 11/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Improving current transfer in rotary current collectors, or reducing or preventing sparking or arcing, by the use of impedances between brushes or segments

H01R 39/54

Arrangements of brushes or commutators specially adapted for improving commutation

H02K 13/10

H02K 11/20 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Rectifiers

H02K 11/04

Power electronics

H02K 11/33

H02K 11/21 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Motors or generators having non-mechanical commutating devices with position sensing devices

H02K 29/06

Motors or generators having non-mechanical commutating devices with speed sensing devices

H02K 29/14

H02K 11/24 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Devices for sensing current, or actuated thereby

H02K 11/27

H02K 11/27 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Overcurrent protection responsive to temperature of the machines or parts thereof, e.g. windings

H02K 11/25

H02K 11/30 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Control or regulation of electric motors, generators or dynamo-electric converters

H02P

H02K 11/33 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Control circuits or drive circuits associated with geared commutator motors of the worm-and-wheel type

H02K 11/38

H02K 11/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Control circuits, with or without power electronics, associated with small geared commutator motors of the worm-and-wheel type, e.g. of the type used in windshield wipers

References

Informative references:

Structural association with gears

H02K 7/116

H02K 13/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Supporting or protecting brushes or brush holders in motor casings or enclosures

H02K 5/14

Informative references:

Current collectors in general

H01R 39/00

H02K 15/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Methods or apparatus specially adapted for manufacturing, assembling, maintaining or repairing dynamo-electric machines.

References

Informative references:

Manufacture of current collectors in general

H01R 43/00

Insulating windings

H02K 15/10, H02K 15/12

Coil manufacture in general

H01F 41/02

Balancing in general

G01M

H02K 41/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Propulsion systems in which a rigid body is moved along a path due to dynamo-electric interaction between the body and a magnetic field traveling along the path.

References

Limiting references:

Electromagnetic launchers

F41B 6/00

H02K 49/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Dynamo-electric clutches;

Dynamo-electric brakes.

References

Informative references:

Electrically or magnetically actuated clutches or brakes

F16D 27/00, F16D 29/00, F16D 65/28

Magnetic-particle clutches

F16D 37/02

Dynamo-electric brakes adapted for use as dynamometers

G01L

H02M - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Only circuits or apparatus for the conversion of ac or dc input power into ac or dc output power, or the conversion of ac or dc input power into surge output power, or arrangements for control or regulation of such circuits or apparatus.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

The individual electro-technical devices employed when converting electric power are covered by the relevant subclasses, e.g. inductors, transformers H01F, capacitors, electrolytic rectifiers H01G, mercury-vapour rectifying or other discharge tubes H01J, semiconductor devices H01L, impedance networks or resonant circuits not primarily concerned with the transfer of electric power H03H.

References

Limiting references:

Such circuits and apparatus and such control or regulation for digital computers

G06F 1/00

Dynamo-electric converters

H02K 47/00

Controlling transformers, reactors or choke coils, control or regulation of electric motors, generators or dynamo-electric converters

H02P

Informative references:

Conversion of current or voltage specially adapted for use in electronic time-pieces with no moving parts

G04G 19/02

Systems for regulating electric or magnetic variables in general, e.g. using transformers, reactors or choke coils, combination of such systems with static converters

G05F

Connection or control of one converter with regard to conjoint operation with a similar or other source of supply

H02J

Pulse generators

H03K

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Conversion

In respect of an electric variable, e.g. voltage or current, conversion means the change of one or more of the parameters of the variable, e.g. amplitude, frequency, phase, polarity.

H02M 1/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Details of electric power conversionapparatus for converting dc input power or ac input power into dc output power or ac output power having different electric variables (e.g. voltage or current).

H02M 3/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Electric power conversionapparatus for converting dc input power into dc output power having different electric variables (e.g. voltage or current).

H02M 5/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Electric power conversionapparatus for converting ac input power into ac output power having different electric variables (e.g. voltage or current).

H02M 7/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Electric power conversionapparatus for converting ac input power into dc output power having different electric variables (e.g. voltage or current), or apparatus for converting dc input power into ac output power having different electric variables (e.g. voltage or current).

H02M 9/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Electric power conversionapparatus for converting dc input power or ac input power into output power with sharp changes in electric variables (e.g. voltage or current).

H02P - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Arrangements for

starting;

regulating;

electronically commutating;

braking;

or otherwise controlling:

motors;

generators;

transformers;

reactors, choke coils, inductances;

dynamo-electric converters, clutches, brakes or gears.

References

Limiting references:

Arrangements for starting, regulating, electronically commutating, braking, or otherwise controlling electric machines not otherwise provided for

H02N

Arrangements for controlling electric generators for charging batteries

H02J 7/00

Arrangements for merely turning on an electric motor to drive a machine or device, e.g.: vacuum cleaner, vehicle starter motor

A47L 9/28, F02N 11/00

Informative references:

Electric equipment or propulsion of electrically-propelled vehicles; magnetic suspension or levitation for vehicles; electrodynamic brake systems for vehicles in general

B60L

Structure of the starter switch

H01H

Structure of the mechanical brake

F16D

Structure of the mechanical speed regulator

G05D

Structure of the variable resistor

H01C

Control of linear speed, control of angular speed; control of acceleration or deceleration

G05D 13/00

Systems for regulating electric or magnetic variables using transformers, reactors or choke coils

G05F

Magnets, inductances or transformers structurally associated with motors, generators, dynamo-electric converters, transformers, reactors or choke coils

H01F

Dynamo-electric machines structurally associated with motors, generators, dynamo-electric converters, transformers, reactors or choke coils

H02K

Circuit arrangement or systems for supplying or distributing electric power; systems for storing electric energy, connection or control of one generator, transformer, reactor, choke coil, or dynamo-electric converter with regard to conjoint operation with similar or other source of supply

H02J

Apparatus for conversion between AC and AC, AC and DC or DC and DC and for use with mains or similar power supply systems; conversion of DC or AC input power into surge output power; control or regulation thereof

H02M

Automatic control, starting, synchronisation, or stabilisation of generators of electronic oscillations or pulses

H03L

H02P 5/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Arrangements for controlling or regulating speed or torque of two or more synchronous motors, or motors with electronic commutators

H02P 6/04

Arrangements for controlling two or more stepping motors

H02P 8/40

Informative references:

Starting

H02P 1/00

Stopping

H02P 3/00

Vector control

H02P 21/00

H02P 5/505 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Arrangements, wherein the rotor and stator lines of first motor are coupled in parallel with the rotor and stator lines of second motor

H02P 5/51 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Arrangements in which a first motor switches a second motor on during a limited portion of one revolution.

H02P 5/60 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Speed regulation of two or more dynamo-electric motors in relation to one another

H02P 5/46

H02P 5/68 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Speed regulation of two or more dynamo-electric motors in relation to one another

H02P 5/46

Controlling combinations of dc and ac dynamo-electric motors

H02P 5/60

H02P 5/74 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Speed regulation of two or more dynamo-electric motors in relation to one another

H02P 5/46

Controlling combinations of dc and ac dynamo-electric motors

H02P 5/60

H02P 6/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Brushless DC motors, also known as BLDC motors, BL motors, electronically commutated motors [ECMs].

References

Limiting references:

Vector control

H02P 21/00

Informative references:

Control of motors rotating step by step

H02P 8/00

Control of AC synchronous motors

H02P 25/022

Control of linear AC synchronous motors

H02P 25/06

Control of reluctance motors

H02P 25/08

Special rules of classification

Group H02P 6/26 takes precedence over groups H02P 6/04 - H02P 6/24 and H02P 6/28-H02P 6/34.

H02P 6/04 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Arrangements for providing reduced torque ripple; arrangements for controlling torque ripple

H02P 6/10

H02P 6/08 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Arrangements for controlling torque ripple

H02P 6/10

Controlling commutation time

H02P 6/15

H02P 6/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Control of torque ripple by controlling current wave shape, e.g. by using trapezoidal current.

References

Limiting references:

Reducing torque ripple by changing commutation time

H02P 6/15

H02P 6/15 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Delaying or advancing the moment of commutation from the time at which it would have occurred based solely on the position of the rotor.

H02P 6/16 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Detecting rotor position in synchronous AC motors

H02P 25/026

Structural arrangement of position sensors associated with brushless motors or generators

H02K 29/06

H02P 6/20 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Controlling speed or torque of a single motor

H02P 6/08

H02P 6/28 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Arrangements for reducing or controlling torque ripple

H02P 6/10

H02P 6/30 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Arrangements for starting in a selected direction of rotation

H02P 6/22

H02P 7/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Starting

H02P 1/00

Stopping

H02P 3/00

Control of synchronous motors or other dynamo-electric motors with electronic commutators in dependence on the rotor position

H02P 6/00

Motors rotating step by step

H02P 8/00

Vector control

H02P 21/00

H02P 7/20 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Using discharge tubes or semiconductor devices

H02P 7/24

Using magnetic devices with controllable degree of saturation, i.e. transductors

H02P 7/30

H02P 7/22 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Using discharge tubes or semiconductor devices

H02P 7/24

Using magnetic devices with a controllable degree of saturation, e.g. transductors

H02P 7/30

H02P 7/281 - Definition fr

Special rules of classification

Group H02P 7/281 takes precedence over groups H02P 7/282 - H02P 7/298.

H02P 7/288 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The use of a transistor or FET in linear mode (non switching)

H02P 7/293 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Of the kind having a thyristor or the like in series with the power supply and the motor

H02P 7/295

H02P 7/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Rotating amplifiers, e.g. metadyne, amplidyne, rototrol, magnicon and magnavolt.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Metadyne

The 'Metadyne' and the 'Amplidyne' are special-purpose dc generators historically used as high power electro-mechanical amplifiers in control systems. In use, such machines are driven at constant speed by a motor. The electrical output is varied by control of field excitation, as in a Ward-Leonard system. The Metadyne and the Amplidyne include an arrangement of cross-connected brushes on one axis and a further set of brushes on a perpendicular axis. This arrangement allows the machine to provide very high gain, that is, large changes of output may be controlled by small changes in the controlling field current

A rototrol

The 'Rototrol' is a two-stage machine with static and dynamic characteristics similar to those of the 'Amplidyne'. The 'Rototrol' may also be operated as a three-stage machine (also known as a 'Magnicon') in which the output is further used to excite a pole winding.

H02P 7/34 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Ward-Leonard system

The term 'Ward-Leonard system' refers to a method of controlling the speed and direction of rotation of a dc motor by varying and if necessary reversing its armature voltage. A dc generator provides the variable armature supply. The output of the generator is controlled by control of its field current.

Armature

a rotor which carries a winding connected to a commutator

H02P 21/00 - Definition fr

Special rules of classification

When classifying in this group, classification should also be made under H02P 25/00 when the method of control is characterised by the kind of motor being controlled. Classification should also be made under H02P 27/00 when the method of control is characterised by the kind of supply voltage of the motor being controlled.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Vector control

Vector control is a method of controlling the speed of a three phase ac motor by varying its power supply in accordance with a mathematical model of the machine flux. Stator currents are measured and transformed into a complex current space vector, allowing control of flux and torque. The vector components are then transformed to a rotating coordinate system and voltages calculated in this system are generated by an inverter and applied to the motor.

H02P 21/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Determining the initial rotor position

H02P 21/32

Arrangements for starting machines under vector control

H02P 21/34

H02P 21/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Estimation of changes in constants, e.g. temperature related changes in winding resistance

H02P 21/32 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Arrangements for starting

H02P 21/34

Informative references:

Position detection in general

H02P 6/16

H02P 23/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Starting

H02P 1/00

Stopping

H02P 3/00

Two or more motor

H02P 5/00

Control of synchronous motors or other dynamo-electric motors with electronic commutators, in dependence on the rotor position

H02P 6/00

Controlling the speed or torque of DC motors

H02P 7/00

Special rules of classification

When classifying in this group, subject matter relating to vector control should also be made under H02P 21/00. Classification should also be made under H02P 25/00 when the method of control is characterised by the kind of motor being controlled. Classification should also be made under H02P 27/00 when the method of control is characterised by the kind of supply voltage of the motor being controlled.

H02P 23/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

the control of motors driving loads such as high inertia loads that can lead to instability

References

Informative references:

Control of reluctance motors

H02P 25/08

Arrangemenst for controlling or reducing torque ripple in synchronous motors or electronically commutated motors

H02P 6/10

H02P 23/10 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

DC current braking

H02P 3/24

H02P 23/16 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Control of angular speed together with angular position or phase

H02P 23/18

H02P 23/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Special control of the motor e.g. by adapting the voltage and the phase/frequency fed to the motor

H02P 23/30 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

DTC

Direct torque control is one method used in variable frequency drives to control the torque (and thus finally the speed) of three-phase AC electric motors. This involves calculating an estimate of the motor's magnetic flux and torque based on the measured voltage and current of the motor.

H02P 25/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Starting

H02P 1/00

Stopping

H02P 3/00

Two or more motor

H02P 5/00

Synchronous motors or other dynamo-electric motors with electronic commutators in dependence on the rotor position

H02P 6/00

DC motors

H02P 7/00

Stepping motors

H02P 8/00

Special rules of classification

When classifying in this group, subject matter relating to vector control should also be classified under H02P 21/00. Classification should also be made under H02P 27/00 when the method of control is characterised by the kind of supply voltage of the motor being controlled.

H02P 25/034 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Voice coil motors driven by DC

H02P 7/025

Informative references:

Head positioning in hard disks

G11B

H02P 25/089 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Direct torque control

H02P 23/30

H02P 25/098 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

reduction of torque ripple or 'cogging' torque arising from the construction of the motor, wherein the reluctance of the magnetic circuit changes as the motor revolves, for example due to differing rotor and stator saliencies.

References

Informative references:

AC motor control arrangements, other than vector control, specially adapted for damping motor oscillations or reducing hunting

H02P 23/04

Reduction of harmonics

H02P 29/50

H02P 25/10 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

DC motors

H02P 7/00

H02P 25/14 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Motors with shiftable brushes

H02P 25/12

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

series-wound motor

a universal motor when it has been designed to operate on either AC or DC power. It can operate well on AC because the current in both the field and the armature (and hence the resultant magnetic fields) will alternate (reverse polarity) in synchronism, and hence the resulting mechanical force will occur in a constant direction of rotation.

H02P 25/20 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Pole changing for starting an individual polyphase induction motor

H02P 1/38

Pole changing for starting an individual synchronous motor

H02P 1/46

H02P 27/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Two or more motor

H02P 5/00

Control of synchronous motors or other dynamo-electric motors with electronic commutators, in dependence on the rotor position

H02P 6/00

Controlling the speed or torque of DC motors

H02P 7/00

Controlling stepping motors

H02P 8/00

Informative references:

Starting

H02P 1/00

Stopping

H02P 3/00

Special rules of classification

When classifying in this group, subject matter relating to vector control should also be classified under H02P 21/00. Classification should also be made under H02P 25/00 when the method of control is characterised by the kind of motor being controlled.

H02P 27/06 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

AC supply for both rotor and stator circuits, the frequency of supply to at least one circuit being variable

H02P 27/05

H02P 27/10 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

bang-bang controller (on-off controller)

is also known as a hysteresis controller, is a feedback controller that switches abruptly between two states

H02P 27/12 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Direct torque control per se

H02P 23/30

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

DTC

Direct torque control is one method used in variable frequency drives to control the torque (and thus finally the speed) of three-phase AC electric motors. This involves calculating an estimate of the motor's magnetic flux and torque based on the measured voltage and current of the motor.

H02P 27/16 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Using ac supply for both rotor and stator circuits, the frequency of supply to at least one circuit being variable

H02P 27/05

H02P 29/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Control of motors that can be connected to two or more different voltage or current supplies

H02P 4/00

Vector control

H02P 21/00

Informative references:

Emergency protective circuit arrangements for electric machines involving automatic switching

H02H 7/00

Emergency protective circuit arrangements for electric machines for limiting excess current or voltage without disconnection

H02H 9/00

Starting

H02P 1/00

Stopping

H02P 3/00

H02P 29/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Protection of the motor by measures taken in the motor controller.

Measures taken in the motor controller to assure the best possible operation of the motor under the given (faulty) circumstance, e.g. protection against broken phase, against power failure, against power failure

References

Limiting references:

Protection against faults in stepper motors

H02P 8/36

Informative references:

Emergency protective arrangements with automatic interruption of supply

H02H 7/08

Emergency protective circuit arrangements for limiting excess current or voltage without disconnection, in general

H02H 9/00

Protection of inverter circuit

H02M 1/00

Protection during start

H02P 1/02

Generator overload and transient protection

H02P 9/10

H02P 29/50 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

EMI interference reduction on the converter side

H02M

From commutation

H02P 6/00

Motor oscillation

H02P 23/04

In Reluctance motors

H02P 25/08

H02P 29/60 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Protection against overload

H02P 29/02

Informative references:

Measuring temperature

G01K 7/42

Protection against faults of stepper motors

H02P 8/36

Motor parameter estimation for vector control

H02P 21/14

AC motor parameter estimation

H02P 23/14

H02S - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Photovoltaic [PV] power plants, e.g. mobile PV generator systems

Combination of PV power plants with other systems for generation of electric energy

Supporting structures for PV modules

Structural details of PV modules not involving light conversion

Components or accessories specially adapted for PV modules, e.g. cleaning arrangements, optical components, electrical components, thermal components

Monitoring or testing of PV systems, e.g. load balancing or fault identification

Testing of PV devices

References

Limiting references:

Light sensitive inorganic semiconductor devices

H01L 31/00

Thermoelectric devices

H01L 35/00

Pyroelectric devices

H01L 37/00

Light sensitive organic semiconductor devices

H01L 51/42

Arrangements for obtaining electrical energy from radioactive sources

G21H 1/12

Solar heat collectors

F24J 2/00

Informative references:

Space applications, e.g. power supply for satellites made of solar cell modules

B64G 1/00

Systems for regulating electric power to the maximum power available from a generator, e.g. from PV cells

G05F 1/67

Circuit arrangements or systems for supplying or distributing electric power

H02J

H02S 10/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

PV power plants

Hybrid diesel-PV energy systems

Hybrid wind-PV energy systems

Hybrid hydroelectric-PV energy systems

PV power plants comprising energy storage means integrated therein or associated therewith

Thermophotovoltaic systems

Mobile PV generators

H02S 10/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

PV power plants combined with a supplementary source of electric energy, e.g. combined with a diesel generator or a hydroelectric power plant

References

Limiting references:

PV energy systems combined with gas-turbine plants

F02C 6/00

H02S 10/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Electric power generators, where wind turbines are combined with PV modules, e.g.:

1. H02S0010120000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

Wind Motors per se

F03D

H02S 10/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

PV power plants including rechargeable batteries for energy storage.

References

Limiting references:

Energy storage means, e.g. batteries, structurally associated with PV modules, e.g. directly mounted onto the module

H02S 40/38

Informative references:

Energy storage means directly associated or integrated with the PV cell

H01L 31/053

Secondary accumulators structurally combined with charging apparatus, e.g. solar battery charging system

H01M 10/46

Circuit arrangements for charging batteries with solar cells

H02J 7/35

H02S 10/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Systems formed by an infrared radiation emitting source and by a (an array of) low band-gap solar cell(s) which are specifically sensitive to the infrared spectrum emitted by the source. Generally two types of system are the most common one: one in which a special emitter (of refractory materials) is heated (e.g. by a gas flame) and emits a specially adapted infrared spectrum, the other in which the solar light is concentrated in a cavity and converted by the solar cells situated in the cavity.

This subgroup is used to classify documents covering aspects of the systems, including the specific radiators.

1. H02S0010300000_0.gif

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Documents featuring photovoltaic cells optimized for IR radiation spectrum are classified and found in the solar cell groups covering the cell structure or the cell materials (H01L 31/06 and subgroups).

Cells for TPV described independently from the TPV system are classified in the groups according to materials, structure, etc (H01L 31/068) since they merely refer to solar cells specifically sensitive to IR (IR forming also a part of the solar spectrum)

References

Limiting references:

Photovoltaic cells specially adapted for conversion or sensing of infra-red [IR] radiation

H01L 31/00

Thermoelectric devices

H01L 35/00

Informative references:

Burners

F23D

Synonyms and Keywords

TPV

Thermophotovoltaic

H02S 10/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

PV generator systems being movable or displaceable

Example:

1. H02S0010400000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

Collapsible or foldable PV modules

H02S 30/20

H02S 20/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Mechanical structures for supporting one or a plurality of PV modules.

Example:

1. H02S0020000000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

Other supports for positioning apparatus or articles per se

F16M 13/00

Special rules of classification

Supporting structures also intended for use with solar heat collectors should also be classified in groups F24J 2/38 or F24J 2/52

H02S 20/10 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Supporting structures being movable or adjustable, e.g. for angle adjustment

H02S 20/30

H02S 20/20 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Supporting structures being movable or adjustable, e.g. for angle adjustment

H02S 20/30

Informative references:

Mobile PV generators

H02S 10/40

H02S 20/21 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

PV modules specially adapted for being used and mounted on sound barriers for road or railways, e.g. using the available surfaces of said barriers to produce electrical power.

References

Informative references:

Sound barriers per se

E01F 8/00

Special rules of classification

Aspects of such PV modules specifically relating to PV applications should be classified in this subgroup, architectural aspects of the barrier walls are covered elsewhere (E01F 8/00).

H02S 20/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Supporting structure specially adapted for integrating PV modules in buildings, e.g. PV modules mounted on the façade:

1. H02S0020220000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

Roof tile elements

H02S 20/25

Building materials integrated with PV modules, e.g. façade elements

H02S 20/26

H02S 20/23 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Solar PV modules adapted for house roofs, disposed within roof tiles

Special structural arrangements for installations on house roofs

Wind protection devices (deflectors) associated with the PV supporting structures

Ballast devices

References

Limiting references:

Roof covering aspects of energy collecting devices

E04D 13/18

H02S 20/25 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Photovoltaic devices integrated to or associated with one roof tile.

Example:

1. H02S0020250000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

Roof covering by making use of tiles

E04D 1/00

Roof covering by making use of flat or curved slabs

E04D 3/00

Solar heat collectors having working fluid conveyed through collector, e.g. solar thermal tiles

F24J 2/04

H02S 20/26 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Roof tile elements

H02S 20/25

H02S 20/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Example:

1. H02S0020320000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

Solar tracking for solar heat collectors

F24J 2/54

Direction- finders for determining the direction from which electromagnetic waves are being received

G01S 3/78

Control of position or direction

G05D 3/00

H02S 30/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Frame structure of PV modules

Collapsible or foldable PV modules

References

Limiting references:

Device aspects of modules of electrolytic light sensitive devices

H01G 9/20

Semiconductor device aspects of inorganic PV modules

H01L 31/00

Semiconductor device aspects of organic PV modules

H01L 51/42

H02S 30/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Frames or parts of frames specially adapted for PV modules

References

Informative references:

Supporting structures for PV modules

H02S 20/00

Collapsible or foldable PV modules

H02S 30/20

Solar thermal collectors, including mechanical mounting aspects of solar modules, when also suitable for solar thermal collectors

F24J 2/52

Direction-findings for determining the direction from which light is being received, e.g. forming part of solar tracking systems

G01S 3/78

H02S 30/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

PV modules specially adapted for being collapsible or foldable, e.g. for jalousies, umbrellas, handbags.

Example:

1. H02S0030200000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

Mechanical arrangements of foldable PV modules in satellites

B64G 1/44

Special rules of classification

If the collapsible/foldable property is due to a special frame, then the subject matter is additionally classified in H02S 30/10.

H02S 40/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Cleaning arrangements in combination with PV modules, e.g. means for removing snow

Optical components in combination with PV modules, e.g. light-concentrating means

Electrical components in combination with PV modules, e.g. junction boxes, module-to-module interconnection

Thermal components in combination with PV modules, e.g. cooling means

H02S 40/10 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Cleaning windows

A47L 1/00

Cleaning in general

B08B

H02S 40/12 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Snow traps for roof coverings

E04D 13/10

H02S 40/20 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Optical elements in general

G02B

H02S 40/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Example:

Photovoltaic assembly with concentration (1) and spectral splitting (6, 7) of collected light beam:

1. H02S0040220000_0.gif

References

Limiting references:

Light-reflecting or light-concentrating means directly associated with the PV cell or integrated with the PV cell

H01L 31/054

Informative references:

Solar heat collectors having concentrating elements

F24J 2/06

H02S 40/30 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Electric line connectors; Electric current collectors

H01R

H02S 40/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

DC/AC inverter means directly associated with the PV module, e.g. inverter on the backside of the PV module.

References

Informative references:

Regulating electric power from a generator, e.g. from a solar module

G05F 1/67

Inverters per se

H02M

Circuit arrangements or systems for supplying or distributing electric power, e.g. circuits for connecting the PV module to the inverter

H02J

H02S 40/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Junction boxes associated with the PV module, e.g. one box per module for electrical connection, or comprising bypass diodes

References

Informative references:

Distribution boxes; Connection or junction boxes

H02G 3/08

Terminal blocks

H01R 9/24

H02S 40/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Electrical interconnection between two or more PV modules.

Example:

Electrical contacts 34 and 36 are used for interconnecting two PV modules:

1. H02S0040360000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

Particular structures for electrical interconnecting of adjacent thin film solar cells in the module

H01L 31/0465

Electrodes of PV cells

H01L 31/0224

Interconnection between solar cells inside a PV module

H01L 31/05

Conductive pastes as such

H01B 1/20

Synonyms and Keywords

"Interconnection" in this case means electrical connection, not mechanical.

H02S 40/40 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Thermophotovoltaic systems

H02S 10/30

H02S 40/42 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Cooling means directly associated or integrated with the PV cell

H01L 31/052

H02S 40/44 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Hybrid PV modules, producing warm water and electricity at the same time

Example:

1. H02S0040440000_0.gif

References

Limiting references:

Means to utilise heat energy directly associated with the PV cell or integrated with the PV cell

H01L 31/0525

Informative references:

Using solar heat per se

F24J 2/00

H02S 50/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Burglar, theft or intruder alarms

G08B 13/00

Testing of electric apparatus, lines, or components for short-circuits, discontinuities, leakage, or incorrect line connection

G01R 31/02

H02S 50/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Testing of electrical properties of PV devices in the dark state, e.g. short circuit test

Testing of electrical properties, e.g. I-V characteristics, of PV devices under solar simulators

References

Limiting references:

Testing of semiconductor devices during manufacturing

H01L 21/66

Informative references:

Testing of general semiconductor devices

G01R 31/26

Testing of electrical properties of electrical power supplies

G01R 31/40

Lighting devices intended for fixed installation, e.g. solar simulators

F21S 8/00

Electroluminescent light sources

H05B 33/00

H02S 50/15 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Testing of optical responses e.g. electroluminescence, light reflection or light absorption, of PV devices

References

Informative references:

Investigating or analysing materials by fluorescence or phosphorescence

G01N 21/64

Investigating or analysing materials by electroluminescence

G01N 21/66

H03B - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Generation of oscillations in a non-switching manner, i.e. by harmonic oscillators providing sinusoidal signals.

Generation without frequency changing

by means of amplification and feedback; negative resistance

by means of transit-time tubes; electron-beam tubes

by shock-exciting; Hall effect; radiation source and detectors

Generation with frequency changing

by multiplication or division of a signal

by combining un-modulated signals

Particularities of generated oscillations

Swept-over frequency range; multi-frequency; multi-phase; noise

Relationship between large subject matter areas

This subclass covers circuits and methods dedicated to achieve sinusoidal oscillations by analogue means. This is to be distinguished from circuits and methods intended to generate edge shaped periodic signals (pulses, digital clocks) that are classified elsewhere (see references below).

This subclass covers generic oscillators that are generally applicable to any application. Oscillators adapted for a specific application or apparatus, e.g. for a radar system, are classified in the groups for that application.

References

Limiting references:

Generators adapted for electrophonic musical instruments

G10H

Masers, lasers

H01S

Generation of oscillations in plasma

H05H

Informative references:

Measuring, testing

G01R

Digital function generators

G06F 1/02

Generating clock signals

G06F 1/04

Speech synthesis

G10L 13/00

Dynamo-electric machines

H02K

Power inverter circuits

H02M

Amplifiers

H03F

Resonant circuits, resonators

H03H

Tuning of resonators

H03J

Oscillators using pulse techniques

H03K

Automatic control, starting, synchronisation, or stabilisation of generators of electronic oscillations

H03L

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Elements that operate in non-switching manner

Gain element not driven to saturation; No full swing operation as in digital circuit

Synonyms and Keywords

VCO

Voltage Controlled Oscillator

Q factor

Quality factor of resonator

Quadrature oscillators

Oscillators generating two signals with same frequency shifted by 90°

Varactor

Varicap diode, varactor diode, variable capacitance diode, variable reactance diode: tuning diode with variable capacitance

H03B 1/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Details regarding the means for making the frequency variable

Structural details of power oscillators

Reduction of undesired oscillations

References

Informative references:

Structural details of waveguide resonators

H01P 7/00

Structural details of electromechanical resonators

H03H 9/24

Details of transmitters, e.g. local oscillators of receivers

H04B

Special rules of classification

Multi-aspect classification is made in group H03B 1/00 and in groups H03B 5/00-H03B 29/00 when appropriate.

H03B 1/02 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Generators for heating by electromagnetic fields

H05B 6/00

H03B 5/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Oscillators with feedback comprising in particular

LC circuits

RC or RL circuits

distributed reactances (e.g. striplines, cavity resonators, magneto-sensitive resonators)

electromechanical resonators (e.g. piezo-electric resonators, magneto-strictive resonators)

Compensation of variations in parameters affecting the output frequency or amplitude of feedback oscillators (such as power supply, load or temperature) as far as a modification of the generator itself is concerned

Starting of feedback oscillators as long as a modification of the generator itself is concerned

References

Limiting references:

Generation of oscillations using transit-time effects

H03B 9/00

Generation of oscillations using galvano-magnetic devices

H03B 15/00

Informative references:

Constructional details of electromechanical resonators and their holders and supports

H03H 9/00

Structural details of waveguide resonators

H01P 7/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Tank circuit

a parallel LC circuit, particularly in a high power transmitter circuit

Synonyms and Keywords

AT cut

Particular angle of crystal cut

BAW resonator

Bulk acoustic wave resonator

SAW resonator

Surface acoustic wave resonator

Butler type oscillator

Colpitts (or Clapp) type oscillator with a series resonant crystal inserted in series between the emitter and the rest of the tank circuit.

Clapp type oscillator

Refinement of a Colpitts oscillator including an additional capacitor in series with the inductor. Series tuned version of the Colpitts oscillator.

Colpitts type oscillator

Oscillator with feedback via a capacitive voltage divider; can be LC or may include another resonator, e.g. a crystal, instead of or in addition to the inductor (L); can also be balanced

Hartley

LC oscillator with feedback via an inductive voltage divider

Pierce type oscillator

Oscillator comprising an amplifier, a crystal resonator connected in series in its feedback path and load capacitors at the input and output.

Wien bridge oscillator

Positive gain amplifier with a bridge circuit comprising a series RC circuit and a parallel RC circuit to provide positive feedback.

H03B 5/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Stabilisation of generator output against variations of temperature

H03L 1/02

H03B 5/06 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Starting of generators

H03L 3/00

H03B 5/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Oscillators using amplifier with regenerative feedback with frequency-determining element comprising lumped inductance and capacitance and active element in amplifier being vacuum tube.

References

Limiting references:

Frequency-determining element connected via bridge circuit to closed loop around which signal is transmitted

H03B 5/14

H03B 5/12 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Frequency-determining elements connected via bridge circuit to closed loop around which signal is transmitted

H03B 5/14

Generation of oscillations using active element having a negative resistance between two of its electrodes with frequency-determining element comprising lumped inductance and capacitance, the active element being semiconductor device

H03B 7/06

H03B 5/22 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Frequency-determining elements being part of bridge circuit in closed loop around which signal is transmitted; frequency-determining elements being connected via a bridge circuit to such a closed loop

H03B 5/26

H03B 5/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Oscillators using amplifier with regenerative feedback and frequency-determining element comprising resistance and either capacitance or inductance and active element in amplifier being semiconductor device.

References

Limiting references:

Frequency-determining elements being part of bridge circuit in closed loop around which signal is transmitted; frequency-determining element being connected via a bridge circuit to such a closed loop

H03B 5/26

H03B 5/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Oscillators using amplifier with regenerative feedback and frequency-determining element comprising resistance and either capacitance or inductance and frequency-determining element being part of bridge circuit in closed loop around which signal is transmitted, the frequency-determining element being connected via a bridge circuit to such a closed loop, e.g. Wien Bridge type oscillators.

H03B 5/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Oscillators using amplifier with regenerative feedback with a frequency-determining element being a piezo-electric resonator

References

Informative references:

Piezo-electric elements in general

H01L 41/00

H03B 5/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Oscillators using amplifier with regenerative feedback with the frequency-determining element being a piezo-electric resonator and the active element in amplifier being a vacuum tube.

References

Limiting references:

Frequency-determining elements being connected via bridge circuit to closed loop around which signal is transmitted

H03B 5/38

H03B 5/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Oscillators using amplifier with regenerative feedback with the frequency-determining element being a piezo-electric resonator and the active element in amplifier being a semiconductor device.

References

Limiting references:

Frequency-determining elements being connected via bridge circuit to closed loop around which signal is transmitted

H03B 5/38

H03B 5/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Oscillators using an amplifier with a regenerative feedback with a frequency-determining element being a magnetostrictive resonator.

References

Limiting references:

Frequency-determining elements connected via bridge circuit to closed loop around which signal is transmitted

H03B 5/42

Informative references:

Magnetic materials in general

H01F 1/00

Magnetostrictive elements in general

H01L 41/00

H03B 7/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Oscillators using

Lumped LC circuits as frequency determining element

Distributed Inductance [L] and capacitance [C] as frequency determining element

References

Limiting references:

Generation of oscillations using transit-time effects

H03B 9/00

Synonyms and Keywords

Gunn diode

Diode, typically built as monopolar homojunction exhibiting negative differential resistance

RTD

Resonant tunnelling diode, typically built by a heterojunction multilayer structure with negative differential resistance

YIG

Yttrium iron garnet, resonating at microwave frequencies when immersed in a DC magnetic field

H03B 7/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Oscillators using an active element having a negative resistance between two of its electrodes with a frequency-determining element comprising a lumped inductance and capacitance, the active element being semiconductor device, e.g. oscillators with negative differential resistance elements such as Gunn diodes in so far as their transit time effect is not relevant.

H03B 9/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Oscillators comprising a device with transit-time effects as frequency determining element:

discharge tubes

solid state devices, e.g. Gunn-effect devices

References

Informative references:

Construction of tube and circuit arrangements not adapted to a particular application

H01J

Semiconductor devices per se

H01L

Special rules of classification

Gunn diodes, in so far as only their negative differential resistance is relevant, not their transit time effect, are classified in H03B 7/06.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Transit-time effect

oscillation period equal to transit time

Synonyms and Keywords

Impatt diode

IMPact ionization Avalanche Transit-Time

Schottky diode

Diode formed by a metal-semiconductor junction

Gunn diode

Diode, typically built as monopolar homojunction exhibiting negative differential resistance

H03B 9/02 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Generation of oscillations using klystrons

H03B 9/04

H03B 11/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Spark excited oscillation circuits

Interrupter excited oscillation circuits

References

Limiting references:

Oscillators using a shock-excited tuned circuit with feedback

H03B 5/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Shock-excited tuned circuit

Circuits where an electrical impulse is applied (repeatedly) to a resonant circuit which then oscillates freely at its resonant frequency. Not systems where oscillation is sustained by feedback.

H03B 11/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Spark transmitter

Generation of microwaves by means of spark gaps

References

Informative references:

Spark gaps specially adapted for generating oscillations

H01T 9/00

H03B 13/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Oscillators based on the use of cathode ray tubes as the active element, for example by using feedback to cause the electron beam to oscillate between electrodes under the influence of electric or magnetic fields.

H03B 15/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Oscillators using:

Hall effect devices

Superconducting devices

Spin polarizing devices

Devices using giant magneto resistance (GMR)

References

Informative references:

Measuring magnetic variables

G01R 33/00

Recording by magnetisation

G11B 5/00

Magnetic memory devices

G11C 11/00

Spin-exchange-coupled multilayers

H01F 10/32

Galvano-magnetic devices per se

H01L 43/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Spin torque

Torque of electron spin interacting with permanent magnetic field

Spin-transfer torque oscillator

Partially magnetized multilayer structure generating current oscillations when a DC voltage is applied

Spin valve

Partially magnetized multilayer structure leading to precession of electron spin of a traversing current

Josephson Junction

Two superconductors linked by a non-conducting barrier

Synonyms and Keywords

GMR

Giant magneto-resistance

TMR

Tunnel magneto-resistance

SMT

Spin momentum transfer

SV

Spin valve

H03B 17/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Opto-electronic oscillator generating electronic oscillations by detecting an optical signal

H03B 19/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Generation of periodic sinusoidal waveforms based on an oscillating input signals and subsequent division or multiplication

using non-linear inductance

using non-linear capacitance, e.g. varactor diodes

using discharge or semiconductor devices with more than two electrodes

using uncontrolled rectifying devices such as diodes

References

Informative references:

Generating clock signals

G06F 1/04

Transference of modulation from one carrier to another

H03D 7/00

Frequency dividers comprising counting chains

H03K 23/00

H03B 21/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Combination of periodic unmodulated signals of different frequencies to form an oscillating signal

by adding or subtracting unmodulated signals of different frequencies

by selecting unmodulated signals of different frequencies

References

Limiting references:

Generation of oscillations by non-regenerative frequency multiplication or division of a signal from a separate source

H03B 19/00

Informative references:

Modulation

H03C

Frequency changing circuits in general

H03D

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Beating or mixing

= multiplying

Synonyms and Keywords

Beating

Mixing

H03B 21/01 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Combination of periodic unmodulated signals of different frequencies to form an oscillating signal by beating unmodulated signals of different frequencies

H03B 21/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Digital function generators, e.g. digital frequency synthesis using a ROM

G06F 1/02

Pulse technique

H03K

Indirect frequency synthesis using a PLL

H03L 7/16

H03B 23/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Periodic sweeping of oscillation frequency

References

Informative references:

Angle-modulating circuits in general

H03C 3/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

EMI

Electromagnetic interference

Spread spectrum generation

Deliberate spreading of a spectrum in the frequency domain

Bandwidth

Measure of the width of a range of frequencies occupied by an oscillating signal

Synonyms and Keywords

Frequency wobbling

Frequency sweeping

H03B 25/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Circuits generating several oscillations differing in frequency.

Generators providing a comb of frequencies

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Free-running oscillator

Oscillator with no tuning of frequency for a given set of tuning parameters.

H03B 27/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Quadrature oscillator

Oscillators generating polyphase signals

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Quadrature oscillators

Oscillators generating two signals with same frequency shifted by 90°

H03B 28/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Combining or filtering non-sinusoidal waves to generate a sinusoid.

Summing square waves to produce a step-approximation of a sinusoidal waveform

References

Limiting references:

Analogue function generators for performing computing operations

G06G 7/26

Generation of oscillations using amplifier with regenerative feedback from output to input

H03B 5/00

Generation of oscillations using active element having a negative resistance between two of its electrodes

H03B 7/00

Generation of oscillations using transit-time effects

H03B 9/00

Generation of oscillations using a shock-excited tuned circuit

H03B 11/00

Generation of oscillations using deflection of electron beam in a cathode-ray tube

H03B 13/00

Generation of oscillations using galvano-magnetic devices, e.g. Hall-effect devices, or using super-conductivity effects

H03B 15/00

Generation of oscillations using radiation source and detector

H03B 17/00

Generation of oscillations by non-regenerative frequency multiplication or division of a signal from a separate source

H03B 19/00

Generation of oscillations by combining unmodulated signals of different frequencies

H03B 21/00

Generation of oscillations periodically swept over a predetermined frequency range

H03B 23/00

Simultaneous generation by a free-running oscillator of oscillations having different frequencies

H03B 25/00

Generation of oscillations providing a plurality of outputs of the same frequency but differing in phase, other than merely two anti-phase outputs

H03B 27/00

Informative references:

Digital function generators

G06F 1/02

Use of transformers for conversion of waveform in ac-ac converters

H02M 5/18

H03B 29/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Circuits used to generate random or noise signals e.g. Additive White Gaussian Noise (AWGN) or other noise distributions.

References

Limiting references:

Gasfilled discharge tubes with solid cathode specially adapted as noise generators

H01J 17/00

Informative references:

Noise cancellation systems or generation of so-called noise signals for such systems, where the generated signal is a representation of the measured noise, not a random signal.

G10K 11/178

H03C - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Modulation, keying, or interruption of sinusoidal oscillations or electromagnetic waves, the modulating signal having any desired waveform.

Amplitude modulation

Angle modulation

Amplitude and angle modulation produced simultaneously or at will by the same modulating signal

Modulating electromagnetic waves

Relationship between large subject matter areas

H03C is used to classify modulators essentially at circuit level. In general, Demodulation is covered by H03D. However, circuits usable both as modulator and demodulator are covered by H03C.

References

Limiting references:

Masers, lasers

H01S

Coding, decoding or code conversion, in general

H03M

Informative references:

Measuring, testing

G01R

Transference of modulation from one carrier to another and frequency changing

H03D 7/00

Amplifiers

H03F

Modulators specially adapted for use in dc amplifiers

H03F 3/38

Pulse Technique, e.g. modulating non-sinusoidal oscillations

H03K

Modulating pulses

H03K 7/00

So-called modulators capable only of switching between predetermined states of amplitude, frequency or phase

H03K 17/00

Transmission

H04B

Details of transmission systems, e.g. suppression of noise and interference

H04B 1/00

Monitoring and testing arrangements for transmission systems

H04B 17/00

Synchronous modulators specially adapted for colour television

H04N 9/65

Transmission of digital information

H04L

Modulated carrier transmission systems for digital information

H04L 27/00

H03C 1/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Circuits and methods usable for amplitude modulation

Means in, or combined with, modulating stage for reducing angle modulation

Reduction of distortion in amplitude modulators

Amplitude modulation by means of variable impedance

Amplitude modulation by means of discharge devices

Amplitude modulation by means of transit time tube

Amplitude modulation by deflection of electron beam in discharge tubes

Amplitude modulation by means of semiconductor devices having at least three electrodes, e.g. transistors

Amplitude modulation by means of light sensitive elements, e.g. photo detectors

Amplitude modulators with mechanically or acoustically driven parts

Amplitude modulation by means of Hall effect devices

Conversion of angle to amplitude modulation, e.g. by combining two phase shifted signals

Amplitude modulation including suppression of carrier or one side-band

Modulators in which amplitude of carrier component in output is dependent upon strength of modulation signal

References

Limiting references:

Amplitude modulation and angle modulation produced simultaneously or at will by the same modulating signal

H03C 5/00

Modulating electromagnetic waves

H03C 7/00

Informative references:

Mixers per se

H03D 7/00

Balanced arrangements for transference of modulation from one carrier to another

H03D 7/14

Modifications of amplifiers to raise the efficiency, e.g. by summing of phase-modulated signals

H03F 1/02

Automatic control of gain

H03G

Pulse amplitude modulation

H03K 7/02

Details of transmission systems

H04B 1/00

Modulated carrier transmission systems including digital amplitude modulation circuits

H04L 27/02

Synonyms and Keywords

AM

Amplitude Modulation

DSB SC

Double side band suppressed carrier

SSB

single side band

VSB

vestigial side band

H03C 1/08 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Amplitude modulation by means of transit-time tube

H03C 1/28

Amplitude modulation by means of a magnetron

H03C 1/30

Amplitude modulation by deflection of electron beam in discharge tube

H03C 1/32

Amplitude modulation by means of light-sensitive element

H03C 1/34

Amplitude modulators with mechanically or acoustically driven parts

H03C 1/46

Amplitude modulation by means of Hall-effect devices

H03C 1/48

Amplitude modulation by converting angle modulation to amplitude modulation

H03C 1/50

Amplitude modulators in which carrier or one side-band are wholly or partially suppressed

H03C 1/52

Amplitude modulators in which amplitude of carrier component in output is dependent upon strength of modulating signal, e.g. no carrier output when no modulating signal is present

H03C 1/62

H03C 1/16 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Amplitude modulation by means of transit-time tube

H03C 1/28

Amplitude modulation by means of a magnetron

H03C 1/30

Amplitude modulation by deflection of electron beam in discharge tube

H03C 1/32

Amplitude modulation by means of light-sensitive element

H03C 1/34

Amplitude modulation by converting angle modulation to amplitude modulation

H03C 1/50

Amplitude modulators in which carrier or one side-band are wholly or partially suppressed

H03C 1/52

Amplitude modulators in which amplitude of carrier component in output is dependent upon strength of modulating signal, e.g. no carrier output when no modulating signal is present

H03C 1/62

H03C 1/36 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Amplitude modulation by means of light-sensitive element

H03C 1/34

Amplitude modulation by converting angle modulation to amplitude modulation

H03C 1/50

Amplitude modulators in which carrier or one side-band are wholly or partially suppressed

H03C 1/52

Amplitude modulators in which amplitude of carrier component in output is dependent upon strength of modulating signal, e.g. no carrier output when no modulating signal is present

H03C 1/62

H03C 1/50 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Generation of an amplitude modulated signal by combining phase modulated signals

Out-phasing modulators

References

Limiting references:

Amplitude Modulation by means of transit-time tube

H03C 1/28

Amplitude Modulation by means of a magnetron

H03C 1/30

Amplitude Modulation by deflection of electron beam in discharge tube

H03C 1/32

Amplitude Modulation by means of light-sensitive element

H03C 1/34

Amplitude Modulators with mechanically or acoustically driven parts

H03C 1/46

Amplitude Modulation by means of Hall-effect devices

H03C 1/48

H03C 1/52 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Amplitude modulation by means of transit-time tube

H03C 1/28

Amplitude modulation by means of a magnetron

H03C 1/30

Amplitude modulation by deflection of electron beam in discharge tube

H03C 1/32

Amplitude modulation by means of light-sensitive element

H03C 1/34

Amplitude modulators with mechanically or acoustically driven parts

H03C 1/46

Amplitude modulation by means of Hall-effect devices

H03C 1/48

H03C 1/62 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Amplitude modulation by means of transit-time tube

H03C 1/28

Amplitude modulation by means of a magnetron

H03C 1/30

Amplitude modulation by deflection of electron beam in discharge tube

H03C 1/32

Amplitude modulation by means of light-sensitive element

H03C 1/34

Amplitude modulators with mechanically or acoustically driven parts

H03C 1/46

Amplitude modulation by means of Hall-effect devices

H03C 1/48

H03C 3/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Circuits and methods usable for angle, i.e. frequency or phase modulation

Means in, or combined with, modulating stage for reducing amplitude modulation

Linearization of angle modulators

PLL modulators and other modulators with regulation of mean frequency

Angle modulation by variation of reactance

Angle modulation by variation of resistance

Angle modulation by variation of impedance driven mechanically or acoustically

Angle modulation using transit-time or discharge tubes

Angle modulation using light-sensitive elements

Conversion of amplitude modulation to angle modulation, e.g. using quadrature modulators

Angle modulation using electromechanical devices

References

Limiting references:

Amplitude modulation and angle modulation produced simultaneously or at will by the same modulating signal

H03C 5/00

Modulating electromagnetic waves

H03C 7/00

Informative references:

Generation of oscillations including frequency tuning

H03B

Mixers per se

H03D 7/00

Reduction of nonlinear distortion in amplifiers (particularly regarding H03C 3/40 and H03C 5/00)

H03F 1/32

Tuning of resonant circuits

H03J

Pulse/frequency modulators

H03K 7/04, H03K 7/06

PLLs and other frequency regulation arrangements in general

H03L 7/00

PLL with fractional dividers

H03L 7/197

Details of transmission systems

H04B 1/00

Modulated carrier transmission systems including digital phase or frequency modulation circuits

H04L 27/10, H04L 27/18

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

FM

Frequency Modulation

PLL

Phase Locked Loop

VCO

Voltage Controlled Oscillator

H03C 3/06 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Demodulation of angle-modulated oscillations

H03D 3/00

Modifications of demodulators to reject or remove amplitude variations by means of locked-in oscillator circuits

H03D 3/24

H03C 3/09 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Modifications of modulator for regulating the mean frequency, e.g. by using feedback techniques to reduce jitter and spurious output frequencies in direct digital synthesisers with a modulation input

References

Informative references:

Oscillators of PLL synthesisers

H03L 7/099

PLL with frequency divider/counter in general

H03L 7/18

PLL synthesisers with fractional dividers

H03L 7/197

H03C 3/10 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Angle modulation by means of transit-time tube

H03C 3/30

Angle modulation the tube being a magnetron

H03C 3/32

Angle modulation by deflection of electron beam in discharge tube

H03C 3/34

Angle modulation by means of light-sensitive element

H03C 3/36

Conversion of amplitude to angle modulation

H03C 3/38

H03C 3/42 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Angle modulation using variable impedance driven mechanically or acoustically

H03C 3/28

H03C 5/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Circuits selectable between FM and AM modulation

Polar or phase-amplitude modulation by means of transistor circuits

Polar or phase-amplitude modulation by means of transit time tubes

References

Limiting references:

Modulating electromagnetic waves

H03C 7/00

Informative references:

Modifications of amplifiers to raise the efficiency of amplifying modulated radio frequency waves in discharge-tube amplifiers; to raise the efficiency of amplifiers acting also as modulators in discharge-tube amplifiers

H03F 1/06

Phase-modulated carrier systems

H04L 27/18

Amplitude- and phase-modulated carrier systems, e.g. quadrature-amplitude modulated carrier systems

H04L 27/34

H03C 7/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Modulation of electromagnetic waves, e.g. microwaves

Modulation of electromagnetic waves in transmission line, waveguide, cavity resonator or radiation field of aerial

References

Limiting references:

Devices or arrangements for modulating light

G02F 1/00

Informative references:

Generation of oscillations, directly or by frequency-changing

H03B

Pulse Technique, e.g. modulating non-sinusoidal oscillations

H03K

H03C 99/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Modulation, keying, or interruption of sinusoidal oscillations or electromagnetic waves not covered by other groups of this subclass.

H03D - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Demodulation or transference of signals modulated on a sinusoidal carrier or on electromagnetic waves

Demodulation of amplitude-modulated oscillations

Demodulation of angle-modulated oscillations

Circuits for demodulating amplitude-modulated or angle-modulated oscillations at will

Transference of modulation from one carrier to another

Demodulation or transference of modulation of modulated electromagnetic waves

Super-regenerative demodulators

Circuits for comparing the phase or frequency of two mutually independent oscillations

Relationship between large subject matter areas

The modulation and demodulation of pulse trains, for example in Pulse Width Modulation circuits, is covered in subclass H03K.

The modulation by digital signals of the frequency, phase or amplitude of a sinusoidal carrier, or carriers, for example in quadrature (I-Q) modulation systems, and the demodulation thereof, is covered in subclass H04L.

Analogue quadrature modulation used in the NTSC and PAL colour television systems (where the I and Q signals representing colour difference values are substantially continuously variable), and the demodulation of these signals, is covered in H04N.

The modulation of sinusoidal signals, for example in AM and FM broadcasting, is covered in sub class H03C.

References

Limiting references:

Masers, lasers

H01S

Circuits capable of acting both as modulator and demodulator; balanced modulators

H03C, H03C 1/54

Details applicable to both modulators and frequency changers

H03C

Demodulating pulses which have been modulated with a continuously variable signal

H03K 9/00

Transforming types of pulse modulation

H03K 11/00

Relay systems, e.g. repeater stations

H04B 7/14

Demodulators adapted for digitally modulated-carrier systems.

H04L 27/00

Synchronous demodulators adapted for colour television

H04N 9/66

Phase locked loops; phase comparators therein

H03L 7/08 - H03L 7/097

Informative references:

Coding, decoding or code conversion, in general

H03M

Details of receivers

H04B 1/06

Circuits for superheterodyne receivers

H04B 1/26

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Homodyne

A receiver in which the local oscillator (LO) frequency is set to the same frequency as the received RF carrier frequency resulting in direct conversion of the received signal to a baseband (or zero IF) frequency for information recovery.

In a near-zero IF receiver, the LO frequency is set very close to the carrier frequency of the RF signal.

Superheterodyne receiver

A receiver in which a received RF signal is converted to an intermediate frequency (IF) by at least one stage of frequency conversion (e.g. a 'mixer' stage which forms the product of the RF signal and a local oscillator signal)

Synonyms and Keywords

Superhet

A superheterodyne receiver

Double (multiple) superhet

A double-conversion receiver using two intermediate frequencies, i.e. a superhet receiver in which a received RF signal passes through two (or more) successive stages of frequency conversion to different intermediate frequencies, one of which may be zero-IF or baseband.

H03D 1/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Modifications to demodulators to reduce interference by undesired signals and to reduce distortion

Amplitude demodulation by means of non-linear elements

Homodyne or synchrodyne circuits for amplitude demodulation

Amplitude demodulation by means of transit-time tubes and discharge tubes

References

Limiting references:

Circuits for demodulating amplitude-modulated or angle-modulated oscillations at will

H03D 5/00

Demodulation or transference of modulation of modulated electromagnetic waves

H03D 9/00

Super-regenerative demodulator circuits

H03D 11/00

Amplitude demodulators adapted for digitally modulated carrier systems, e.g. using on-off keying; Single sideband or vestigial sideband modulation

H04L 27/06

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

IP2

Second Order Intercept Point

IM2

Second order intermodulation product

H03D 1/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Modifications to demodulators to reduce interference by undesired signals

IM2 reduction

H03D 1/08 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Homodyne or synchrodyne circuits

H03D 1/22

Demodulation of amplitude-modulated oscillations by means of transit-time tubes

H03D 1/26

Demodulation of amplitude-modulated oscillations by deflecting an electron beam in a discharge tube

H03D 1/28

H03D 1/14 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Homodyne or synchrodyne circuits

H03D 1/22

Demodulation of amplitude-modulated oscillations by means of transit-time tubes

H03D 1/26

Demodulation of amplitude-modulated oscillations by deflecting an electron beam in a discharge tube

H03D 1/28

H03D 1/22 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Homodyne or synchrodyne receiver circuits

H04B 1/30

H03D 1/28 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Demodulation of amplitude-modulated oscillations by means of transit-time tubes

H03D 1/26

H03D 3/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Demodulation of angle-, frequency- or phase- modulated oscillations

by first sampling the oscillations and further processing the samples

by converting the oscillations into two quadrature related signals

by detecting phase difference between two signals obtained from input signal

by means of sloping amplitude/frequency characteristic of tuned or reactive circuit

Reduction of temperature variation effects in demodulators

Angle demodulation by means of transit-time tubes and discharge tubes by electromechanical devicesDemodulation of angle-, frequency- or phase- modulated oscillations

References

Limiting references:

Circuits for demodulating amplitude-modulated or angle-modulated oscillations at will

H03D 5/00

Demodulation or transference of modulation of modulated electromagnetic waves

H03D 9/00

Super-regenerative demodulator circuits

H03D 11/00

Frequency demodulators adapted for digitally modulated-carrier systems, i.e. using frequency-shift keying

H04L 27/14

Phase demodulators adapted for digitally modulated-carrier systems, i.e. using phase-shift keying

H04L 27/22

Informative references:

Arrangements for measuring frequencies; Arrangements for analyzing frequency spectra

G01R 23/00

Automatic bandwidth control

H03G

Muting in frequency-modulation receivers

H03G 3/28

Arrangements for limiting amplitude

H03G 11/00

Automatic frequency regulation in receivers

H03J

Automatic frequency control

H03L, H03J 7/02

Phase-locked loops in general

H03L 7/00

Phase-locked loops including two phase detectors in general

H03L 7/087

Phase-locked loops using a controlled phase shifter in general

H03L 7/081

Multiple phase locked loops in general

H03L 7/07, H03L 7/22

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

I/Q

in-phase, quadrature

H03D 3/02 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Modifications of demodulators to reduce effects of temperature variations

H03D 3/28

By means of transit-time tubes

H03D 3/30

By deflecting an electron beam in a discharge tube

H03D 3/32

H03D 3/06 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Product

Mathematical operation

H03D 3/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

FM demodulation by its conversion to an amplitude modulated output signal (VO)

References

Limiting references:

Modifications of demodulators to reduce effects of temperature variations

H03D 3/28

By means of transit-time tubes

H03D 3/30

By deflecting an electron beam in a discharge tube

H03D 3/32

H03D 3/32 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Demodulation of angle-modulated oscillations by means of transit-time tubes

H03D 3/30

H03D 3/34 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Demodulation of angle-modulated oscillations by detecting phase difference between two signals obtained from input signal by combining signals additively or in product demodulators by means of electromechanical resonators

H03D 3/16

H03D 5/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Circuits selectable between FM and AM demodulation

Polar or phase-amplitude demodulation

References

Limiting references:

Demodulation or transference of modulation of modulated electromagnetic waves

H03D 9/00

Super-regenerative demodulator circuits

H03D 11/00

Demodulators adapted for digitally modulated-carrier systems characterised by combinations of amplitude and angle modulation, e.g. quadrature-amplitude modulated carrier systems

H04L 27/38

Informative references:

Polar or phase-amplitude modulation

H03C 5/00

H03D 7/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Mixer circuits using

diodes

discharge and transit time tubes

semiconductor devices with more than two electrodes, e.g. transistors

Balanced arrangements

Multiple frequency changing

Modifications of frequency changers (mixers) for eliminating image frequencies

References

Limiting references:

Demodulation or transference of modulation of modulated electromagnetic waves

H03D 9/00

Super-regenerative demodulator circuits

H03D 11/00

Dielectric amplifiers, magnetic amplifiers, parametric amplifiers used as a frequency-changers H03F

H03F

Informative references:

Arrangements for performing computing operations, multiplication or division

G06G 7/16

H03D 7/02 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Balanced arrangements

H03D 7/14

Multiple-frequency-changing

H03D 7/16

Modifications of frequency-changers for eliminating image frequencies

H03D 7/18

By means of transit-time tubes

H03D 7/20

By deflecting an electron beam in a discharge tube

H03D 7/22

H03D 7/06 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Balanced arrangements

H03D 7/14

Multiple-frequency-changing

H03D 7/16

Modifications of frequency-changers for eliminating image frequencies

H03D 7/18

By means of transit-time tubes

H03D 7/20

By deflecting an electron beam in a discharge tube

H03D 7/22

H03D 7/12 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Balanced arrangements

H03D 7/14

Multiple-frequency-changing

H03D 7/16

Modifications of frequency-changers for eliminating image frequencies

H03D 7/18

By means of transit-time tubes

H03D 7/20

By deflecting an electron beam in a discharge tube

H03D 7/22

H03D 7/16 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Circuits for superheterodyne receivers

H04B 1/26

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Q/I

quadarture / in-phase

H03D 7/22 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

By means of transit-time tubes

H03D 7/20

H03D 9/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Demodulation using distributed inductance and capacitance

Transference of modulation using distributed inductance and capacitance

References

Limiting references:

Devices or arrangements for demodulating light transferring the modulation of modulated light or for changing the frequency of light

G02F 2/00

H03D 11/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Super-regenerative demodulator circuits for amplitude modulation

Super-regenerative demodulator circuits for angle modulation

References

Informative references:

Applications in responders

G01S

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Regenerative receiver

A regenerative receiver is a receiver that uses feedback around an active device in a bandpass circuit, causing it to operate on the verge of oscillation. The active device may then provide high amplification of an RF signal in a receiver circuit that needs few components. In a super-regenerative receiver, the amplitude of the oscillation grows at the desired RF frequency and a lower frequency oscillation (within the same stage or from a second oscillator stage) periodically interrupts or "quenches" the main RF oscillation. This may occur at an ultrasonic rate.

H03D 13/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Phase or frequency comparators based on the use of a pulse counter(s) followed by filtering, integration, or conversion to an analogue signal

Phase or frequency comparators in which one of the oscillations is or is converted into a signal having a special waveform, e.g. triangular

Phase or frequency comparison using analogue operations on the oscillations, e.g. multiplication

References

Limiting references:

Arrangements for measuring phase angle between a voltage and a current or between voltages or currents

G01R 25/00

Informative references:

Phase locked loops; frequency or phase detectors or comparators therein

H03L 7/08, H03L 7/097

H03K - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

methods, circuits, devices, or apparatus using active elements operating in a discontinuous or switching manner for generating, shaping and manipulating pulse signals

generating stepped pulses or pulses having an essentially finite slope

producing pulses by distorting or combining sinusoidal waveforms

shaping, amplifying and otherwise manipulating pulse signals

modulating pulses with a continuously variable modulating signal, and demodulating pulses which have been so modulated

transforming types of pulse modulation

electronic switching not involving contact-making and breaking

logic circuits handling electric pulses

counting pulses, pulse counters and frequency dividers, pulse counters with step-by-step integration and static storage, pulse counters in which pulses are continuously circulated, pulse counters comprising multi-stable elements

Relationship between large subject matter areas

The modulation and demodulation of pulse trains, for example in Pulse Width Modulation circuits, is covered in subclass H03K.

The modulation and demodulation of sinusoidal signals, for example in AM and FM broadcasting, is covered in subclasses H03C and H03D.

The modulation by digital signals of the frequency, phase or amplitude of a sinusoidal carrier, or carriers, is covered in subclass H04L. Quadrature (I-Q) modulation systems used for the transmission of digital information, e.g. QAM, the effect of which is to modulate a carrier in both amplitude and phase (often in discrete steps, which may be illustrated as a ‘constellation’ of points, each point representing a pair of carrier amplitude and phase values), are covered in subclass H04L.

References

Limiting references:

Measuring pulse characteristics

G01R

Electric discharge tubes or discharge lamps; gas filled tubes; vacuum tubes

H01J

Semiconductor devices; electric solid state devices not otherwise provided for

H01L

Modulating sinusoidal oscillations with pulses

H03C

Demodulation or transference of signals modulated on a sinusoidal carrier

H03D

Discriminator circuits detecting phase difference between two signals by counting or integrating cycles of oscillation

H03D 3/02

Automatic control, starting, synchronizing or stabilization of generators of electronic oscillations or pulses where the type of generator is irrelevant or unspecified

H03L

Coding, decoding or code conversion, in general

H03M

Transmission of digital information; modulated carrier systems

H04L, H04L 27/00

Informative references:

Counting mechanisms

G06M

Information storage based on relative movement between record carrier and transducer; using static stores

G11B, G11C

Sample and hold arrangements in electric analogue stores

G11C 27/02

Switches actuated by change of magnetic field or of electric field, e.g. by relative position of magnet and switch; time or time programming switches

H01H 36/00, H01H 43/00

Apparatus for conversion of electric power

H02M

Generation of oscillations by circuits employing active elements which operate in a non-switching manner

H03B

Special rules of classification

In this subclass, where the claims of a patent document are not limited to a specific circuit element, the document is classified at least according to the elements described in the described embodiment.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

‘continuously-variable’ modulating signal

Analogue signals or signals that comprise a number of discrete levels, such as signals produced by counting circuits.

H03K 4/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Generation of supply voltages in combination with electron beam deflection in television scanning systems

H04N 3/18

H03K 4/90 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Synchronising arrangements in time division multiplex systems using pulse stuffing for systems with different or fluctuating information rates

H04J 3/07

Arrangements for synchronizing receiver with transmitter

H04L 7/00

Circuits for synchronizing transmitter and receiver in the transmission or reproduction of documents

H04N 1/36

Synchronisation in television systems

H04N 5/00

Colour synchronisation in television systems

H04N 9/44

Synchronisation arrangements in wireless communication networks

H04W 56/00

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the expression/word "colour synchronisation" is often used with the meaning "sub-carrier lock"

H03K 5/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Amplifiers in general

H03F

High frequency amplifiers

H03F 3/189

H03K 5/125 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Arrangements for measuring currents or voltages or for indicating presence or sign thereof

G01R 19/00

Arrangements for measuring frequencies; arrangements for analyzing frequency spectra

G01R 23/00

Arrangements for measuring phase angle between a voltage and a current or between voltages or currents

G01R 25/00

H03K 5/13 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Measuring time intervals using electronic timing, e.g. counting means

G04F 1/00

H03K 17/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

In electric printing, selection of a stylus or auxiliary electrode to be supplied with current for transfer to a printing or impression transfer material

B41J 2/405

Sample and hold arrangements in electric analogue stores

G11C 27/02

Switching or interrupting devices in waveguides

H01P

H03K 17/94 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Structural details of switches, relays or selectors and emergency protective devices, their contacts and mechanical operating arrangements; operation by mechanical forces or by a change of physical condition; time programming switches and switches providing a selected number of operations of the contacts

H01H

Keyboards for special applications: see the relevant places

B41J, G06F 3/023, H04L 15/00, H04L 17/00, H04M 1/00

H03M 13/29 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Product

Mathematical operation

H04B - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The transmission of information carrying signals, the transmission being independent of the nature of the information. Monitoring and testing arrangements and the suppression and limitation of noise and interference.

The user is referred to the IPC definitions of individual main groups of subclass H04B:

Transmission systems characterised by the waveband used for transmission:

Radio waves - see definition for main group H04B 7/00.

Light, infrared waves or corpuscular radiation - see definition for main group H04B 10/00.

Ultrasonic, sonic or infrasonic waves - see definition for main group H04B 11/00.

Transmission systems characterised by the medium used for transmission:

Conductors - see definition for main group H04B 3/00.

Free-space propagation - see definition for main groups H04B 5/00, H04B 7/00, H04B 10/00, H04B 11/00.

Earth or water - see definition for main group H04B 13/00.

Transmission systems characterised by the carrier modulation used for transmission:

Pulse modulation - see definition for main group H04B 14/00.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

If the transmission systems are specially adapted for particular applications classification is also made in subclasses listed in section "Informative references".

References

Informative references:

Transmission systems for measured values, control or similar signals

G08C

Speech analysis or synthesis

G10L

Coding, decoding or code conversion

H03M

Broadcast communication

H04H

Multiplex communication

H04J

Secret communication

H04K

Transmission of digital information

H04L

Telephonic communication

H04M

Pictorial communication

H04N

Paging systems using radio links (Selecting)

H04Q

Special rules of classification

Transmission systems characterised by the medium used for transmission or by band of employing waves should be classified in groups H04B 3/00, H04B 5/00, H04B 7/00, H04B 10/00, H04B 11/00 or in residual group H04B 13/00.

Transmission systems characterised by the use of carrier modulation or sub-carrier should be classified in group H04B 14/00 and details thereof in group H04B 1/00.

H04B 1/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Details of transmission systems that are general for transmission systems covered by two or more groups H04B 3/00-H04B 13/00.

Details of transmission systems not characterized by the medium used for transmission.

References

Limiting references:

Demodulation or transference of modulation from one carrier to another

H03D

Informative references:

Spatial arrangements of component circuits in radio pills for living beings

A61B 5/07

Waveguides; Resonators, lines or other devices of the waveguide type

H01P

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Homodyne receiver

A receiver which involves multiplying the modulated received signal by a local oscillator which has the same frequency as that associated with the received signal, so that the received signal will be directly converted into the baseband.

Superheterodyne receiver

A receiver in which the frequency of the incoming signal is reduced in a mixer or frequency changer by heterodyning with another frequency at the local oscillator. (Heterodyning: combining two sinusoidal frequencies radio frequency waves in a non-linear device resulting in sum and difference frequencies).

Synchrodyne receiver

A receiver in which a mixing carrier signal is inserted in exact synchronism with the original carrier at the transmitter. Used for the selective detection of signals coded in a certain way.

H04B 1/69 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Spread-spectrum techniques representing methods by which communication energy generated in a particular bandwidth is deliberately spread in the frequency domain, resulting in a signal with a wider bandwidth.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

With regard to code multiplexing, the borderline between H04B 1/69 and H04J 13/00 should be determined based on whether the features relevant for classification are focused on the code multiplexing aspects or the implementation of the spread-spectrum technique (e.g. details of how the signals are physically transmitted, received and processed).

Documents classified in H04B 1/69 containing aspects of code multiplexing of interest for search, may also be classified in group H04J 13/00.

References

Informative references:

Code multiplexing

H04J 13/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

RAKE

A receiver comprising sub-receivers called fingers wherein each finger detects a single multipath component. The contributions of the fingers can be combined at a later stage.

Synonyms and Keywords

UWB

ultra-wideband

H04B 1/692 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Hybrids of spread spectrum techniques, e.g. frequency hopping/direct-sequence systems, time-hopping/direct-sequence systems.

H04B 1/707 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Direct-sequence spread-spectrum techniques which directly modulate the data being transmitted by a spreading code whose frequency (chip rate) is much higher than the modulated bandwidth of the data signal (symbol rate).

Aspects relating to the codes e.g. types of codes, code generation and code allocation are classified in H04J 13.

References

Informative references:

Carrier synchronization per se

H04L 7/06

H04B 1/713 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Frequency-hopping spread spectrum techniques which involve transmitting radio signals by switching a carrier among many frequency channels, using a hopping sequence known to both transmitter and receiver.

H04B 1/7163 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Impulse radio spread spectrum which involve an ultra-wideband (UWB) communication system that transmits baseband pulses of very short duration (typically of the order of a nanosecond) with bandwidths that span from near dc to several GHz.

References

Limiting references:

Non-pulse systems which meet the requirements of the FCC mask for UWB communication (e.g. UWB OFDM systems)

H04J 11/00, H04L 27/26, H04L 5/00

H04B 3/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Transmission systems characterized by the medium being electrical conductors (e.g. wires, metal cables) or waveguides.

References

Limiting references:

Alarm systems using power transmission lines

G08B 25/06

Informative references:

Communication cables or conductors

H01B 11/00

Waveguides; Resonators, lines or other devices of the waveguide type

H01P

Circuit arrangements for providing remote indication of network condition

H02J 13/00

H04B 5/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Transmission systems of a limited range wherein the information signal transmission is inductive or capacitive, rather than electromagnetic, e.g. inductive loop type.

References

Limiting references:

Paging systems in general

G08B

H04B 7/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Radio transmission systems wherein the information signal transmission is by electromagnetic waves other than light or infra-red.

References

Limiting references:

Near-field transmission systems, e.g. inductive loop type

H04B 5/00

Transmission systems employing beams of corpuscular radiation, or electromagnetic waves other than radio waves, e.g. light, infra-red

H04B 10/00

Suppression or limitation of noise or interference

H04B 15/00

Informative references:

Diversity systems specially adapted for direction finding

G01S 3/72

Systems using reradiation of radio waves, e.g. secondary radar systems; Analogous systems

G01S 13/74

Aerials

H01Q

Selecting arrangements to which subscribers are connected via radio links

H04W

Synonyms and Keywords

CDMA

Code Division Multiple Access

CDMA - TDMA

Hybrid Code- Time Division Multiple Access

FDMA

Frequency Division Multiple Access

FDMA - TDMA

Hybrid Frequency Time Division Multiple Access

SDMA

Space Division Multiple Access

SSMA

Spread-Spectrum Multiple Access

TDMA

Time Division Multiple Access

H04B 10/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Electromagnetic waves in the optical spectrum, e.g. visible, infrared, ultraviolet

Optical corpuscular radiation, i.e. photons

Non-optical electromagnetic waves other than radio-waves

Non-optical corpuscular radiation, i.e. beams of atomic or subatomic discrete particles

Relationship between large subject matter areas

H04B 10/00 deals with the physical layer of an optical communication system, i.e. dealing with the physical properties of the optical signal, e.g. power or dispersion. Thus physical layer aspects applied to optical multiplex systems are covered by H04B 10/00. H04J 14/00 deals with the next higher layer, the optical multiplexing layer, i.e. dealing with the optical signals as channels necessary for data transfer, e.g. channel add/drop, wavelength routing, wavelength allocation.

References

Informative references:

Device oriented places:

Optical elements, systems or apparatus

G02B

Optical coupling devices, e.g. optical fibres, dispersion compensators

G02B 6/00

Devices or arrangements, the optical operation of which is modified by changing the optical properties of the medium of the devices or arrangements for control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light, e.g. switching, gating, modulating or demodulating; Frequency changing Non-linear optics; Optical analogue/digital converters

G02F

Optical devices that change the state (intensity, phase, polarisation) of light, e.g. modulators

G02F 1/00

Wavelength converters

G02F 2/00

Arrangements for handling particles or ionising radiation e.g. focusing or moderating

G21K 1/00

Semiconductor devices sensitive to infrared radiation, light, electromagnetic radiation of shorter wavelength or corpuscular radiation

H01L 31/00

Lasers, optical amplifiers using stimulated emission

H01S 3/00

Semiconductor lasers

H01S 5/00

System oriented places:

Measuring characteristics of optical pulses

G01J 11/00

Testing of optical devices, fibres, OTDRs

G01M 11/00

Time-division multiplex systems, e.g. SDH, SONET, OTN-networks

H04J 3/00

Optical multiplex systems

H04J 14/00

Optical clock recovery

H04L 7/00

Quantum cryptography

H04L 9/00

Bus networks

H04L 12/40

Digital modulated systems

H04L 27/00

Optical switching

H04Q 11/00

Special rules of classification

Non-optical transmission systems, falling within the scope of this main group, are only classified in sub group H04B 10/90.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Station

Head-end or subscriber network terminal

Soliton

An optical pulse that does not change during propagation because of a balance between non-linear and linear effects in the fibre

Air

The standard gaseous mixture of nitrogen and oxygen or this mixture with varying amounts of moisture and particulate matter, enveloping the earth; the atmosphere

Fluid

Liquid

Corpuscular radiation

Beams of atomic or subatomic discrete particles, e.g. photon, alpha particle, neutron, fission fragment or fissionable isotope.

Synonyms and Keywords

SMF

Single Mode Fibre

MMF

Multi Mode Fibre

CD

Chromatic Dispersion

DPSK

Differential Phase Shift Keying

PSK

Phase Shift Keying

OTDR

Optical Time Domain Reflectometry

OSNR

Optical Signal to Noise Ratio

PMD

Polarisation Mode Dispersion

RoF

Radio over Fibre

FWM

Four Wave Mixing

SPM

Self Phase Modulation

XPM

Cross Phase Modulation

H04B 10/03 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter wherein a corrective action is taken to return an inoperative or malfunctioning optical communication system or its component to a satisfactory operating condition.

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subgroup is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Fault recovery specific to wavelength division multiplex [WDM] systems

H04J 14/02

Counter-measures to a fault in digital transmission systems

H04L 29/14

H04B 10/032 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter wherein the optical system is equipped with a protection path or unit in parallel with a working path or unit. The optical signal is switched to the protection path or unit when the working path or unit has a failure, thus taking over the functionality of the faulty working path or unit.

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subgroup is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Working and protection systems specific to wavelength division multiplex [WDM] systems

H04J 14/02

H04B 10/035 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter wherein data signals are detoured in a reverse path through the network to avoid the malfunctioning component.

H04B 10/038 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter including a provision for alternate routing around the malfunctioning component.

H04B 10/073 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter wherein the operational condition of an optical communication network or its component is tested or evaluated using an external stimulus signal while the system is not in operation.

References

Limiting references:

Using a reflected signal, e.g. using optical time-domain reflectometers [OTDRs]

H04B 10/071

H04B 10/075 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter wherein the operational condition of an optical communication network or its component is tested or evaluated while the system is in operation.

References

Limiting references:

Using a reflected signal, e.g. using optical time-domain reflectometers [OTDRs]

H04B 10/071

H04B 10/077 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter wherein at least one communication parameter is determined by information from a control signal provided in addition to the data signal. The additional signal can for example be modulated on the data signal or placed on a separate wavelength.

H04B 10/079 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter wherein at least one communication parameter is determined by information derived from a measurement of the data signal, e.g. measurement of system performance parameters, like OSNR, quality factor, dispersion value, power.

H04B 10/11 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter wherein a signal-carrying optical beam is propagated such that the beam is transmitted through air or a vacuum and not spatially confined in any optical component or medium.

References

Informative references:

Light signal transmission through water

H04B 10/80

H04B 10/112 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter wherein the optical beam is transmitted in a straight line to the receiver across longer distances outdoors, e.g. between buildings.

H04B 10/114 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter wherein the optical beam is propagated between nearby apparatuses or elements within an indoor space, directly or via diffuse communication.

H04B 10/116 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter wherein the signal-carrying optical beam includes or consists of light having a wavelength in the visible light spectrum, e.g. a modulated lighting device or a modulated overhead light.

H04B 10/25 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter including one or more fibres which are used to transmit light waves from one point to another within the confines of their outer surface by means of internal reflections or modal transmission.

References

Informative references:

Optical waveguides per se

G02B 6/00

H04B 10/2507 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter comprises means for correcting or reducing distortion induced by (1) scattering in a light beam as it travels along the fibre or (2) overlapping of a light signal on one wavelength onto different wavelengths because of reflected rays and different refractive indices of the optical fibre material.

H04B 10/255 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter comprising means for compensating for Self-phase modulation. SPM is caused by the Kerr effect which produces a variation in the refractive index of the fibre. This variation in refractive index will produce a phase shift in the pulse, leading to a change of the pulse's frequency spectrum.

H04B 10/2557 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter comprising means for compensating for Cross-phase modulation. XPM is caused by the Kerr effect which produces a variation in the refractive index of the fibre. This leads to one wavelength of light potentially affecting the phase of another wavelength of light.

H04B 10/2563 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter comprising means for compensating for Four-wave mixing. FWM is an intermodulation phenomenon in optical systems; when three wavelengths interact in a nonlinear medium, they give rise to a fourth wavelength.

H04B 10/2569 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter which comprises means for correcting or reducing distortion caused by modal dispersion where two different polarizations of light in a waveguide, which normally travel at the same speed, travel at different speeds due to random imperfections and asymmetries, causing random spreading of optical pulses.

H04B 10/2575 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

RF-over-Fibre architecture, wherein a data-carrying RF (Radio Frequency) signal with a high frequency is imposed on a light wave signal before being transported over the optical link. Wireless signals are optically distributed to base stations directly at high frequencies and converted from the optical to the electrical domain at the base stations before being amplified and radiated by an antenna.

H04B 10/2587 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter wherein the light source in a first station is used to transmit an optical data signal to at least a second station and the second station modulates the received light to transmit an optical data signal to the first station. The at least second station does not comprise a local light source.

H04B 10/29 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter including apparatus for receiving a light wave signal and reradiating the signal at a same or different carrier frequency.

Note. The recreating or retransmitting signal is usually at a higher power level or in a desired direction.

Note. The information content of the transmitted signal is not changed with respect to that of the received signal.

H04B 10/291 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter in which the optical data signal is regenerated without conversion into the electrical domain. Feedback or control signals may be converted from optical to electrical.

H04B 10/297 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter in which the regeneration is provided using a single device that retransmits both upstream and downstream signals. The single device may contain different devices that interact with each other. A single fibre is used for upstream and downstream signals, the regeneration device can however comprise separate amplifiers for upstream and downstream signals.

H04B 10/299 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter in which the shape or timing of the signal is processed prior to regeneration, e.g. 3R amplifiers.

H04B 10/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter wherein an optical transmitter and a receiver are at a common location for transmission and reception of separate optical signals in such a manner that an optical signal is transmitted using some of the same equipment used for the reception of another optical signal. The optical transmitter and receiver are usually confined to a common housing in a transceiver and termed "a station".

Simultaneously operating transmitter and receiver elements that are completely separated physically are excluded from this subgroup.

H04B 10/508 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter comprising details of a process in which the optical energy is transformed into pulses having a particular characteristic before information signal coding or modulation is applied to the optical energy.

H04B 10/524 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter in which modulation is produced by modulating a carrier light wave by a series of digital pulses and varying a non-amplitude attribute of the pulses (e.g. position, width) to represent information in the optical beam.

References

Informative references:

Intensity modulation

H04B 10/54

H04B 10/572 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter comprising details of regulating the wavelength output from the transmitting laser or light emitter. Regulating the wavelength output may include wavelength tuning or wavelength stabilization.

References

Informative references:

Controlling the intensity, frequency, phase, polarisation or direction of the emitted radiation

H01S 3/10

Arrangements for controlling the laser output parameters

H01S 5/06

H04B 10/58 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter wherein at least one output of the opto-electric circuit is modified to be an approximately linear function of its inputs. i.e. techniques for making the output of the transmitter into a linear output.

H04B 10/61 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter wherein a received wave is combined with a locally generated wave to produce one or more beat frequency signals at the output for detection of the transmitted information signal.

H04B 10/66 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter in which the data signal is directly converted from optical to electrical without the use of an optical local oscillator.

H04B 10/67 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter in which the detection of the signal is enhanced by an optical arrangement in the receiver that is provided in addition to the photodetection means.

H04B 10/69 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter in which the detection of the signal is enhanced by an electrical arrangement within the receiver that is provided in addition to the photodetection means.

H04B 10/70 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter wherein characteristics of single photons are varied to represent respective bits of data and these photons are transmitted or received in a communication system to convey an information-bearing message.

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subgroup is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Systems wherein the photons represent a cryptographic key

H04L 9/00

H04B 10/80 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Optical aspects relating to specific applications of optical communication not provided for in any of the previous subgroups, e.g. optical power feeding, optical transmission through water or rotary joints.

References

Limiting references:

Places in relation to which this subgroup is residual:

Arrangements for fault recovery

H04B 10/03

Arrangements for monitoring or testing transmission systems; Arrangements for fault measurement of transmission systems

H04B 10/07

Arrangements specific to free-space transmission, i.e. transmission through air or vacuum

H04B 10/11

Arrangements specific for fibre transmission

H04B 10/25

Arrangements for networking

H04B 10/27

Repeaters

H04B 10/29

Transceivers

H04B 10/40

Transmitters

H04B 10/50

Receivers

H04B 10/60

Photonic quantum communication

H04B 10/70

H04B 10/85 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject-matter dealing with protection from unauthorised access, e.g. eavesdrop protection. Concerning eavesdrop protection it is noted that it is irrelevant whether the signal to be protected from eavesdropping is encrypted or not.

H04B 11/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Transmission systems employing ultrasonic, sonic or infrasonic waves.

References

Informative references:

Speech analysis or synthesis; Speech recognition

G10L

Telephonic communication

H04M

Loudspeakers, microphones or like acoustic electromechanical transducers

H04R

Stereophonic systems

H04S

H04B 13/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Transmission systems characterised by the medium used for transmission, not provided for in groups H04B 3/00-H04B 11/00, e.g. when the medium is the earth, large mass of water thereon, pipe lines, interior ship sections or other massive objects.

H04B 14/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Transmission systems characterised by the use of a carrier modulation.

References

Limiting references:

Details of transmission systems not characterized by the medium used for transmission

H04B 1/00

Informative references:

Demodulation or transference of modulation from one carrier to another

H03D

Coding, decoding or code conversion, in general

H03M

H04B 15/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Reduction or elimination of unwanted disturbances of the information transmission.

References

Limiting references:

Suppression or limitation of noise or interference by means associated with receiver

H04B 1/10

Informative references:

Structural association with measuring or protective devices or electric components with suppressor for radio interference

H02K 11/00

Screening of apparatus or components against electric or magnetic fields

H05K 9/00

H04B 17/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Methods and apparatus for determining the manner in which a transmission system is functioning

Methods and apparatus for determining the existence, type and location of any trouble

Monitoring of the communications radio link between the transmitter and the receiver

Measurements of quality parameters of the transmission/reception signal

Monitoring of the transmission/reception path

Modelling the propagation channel

References

Limiting references:

Monitoring of line transmission systems; testing of line transmission systems

H04B 3/46

Arrangements for monitoring or testing transmission systems employing electromagnetic waves other than radio waves, e.g. infrared, visible or ultraviolet light, or employing corpuscular radiation, e.g. quantum communication

H04B 10/07

Informative references:

Details of Transmitters

H04B 1/02

Details of Receivers

H04B 1/06

Monitoring arrangements in multiplex communication

H04J 1/16; H04J 3/14

Monitoring arrangements; Testing arrangements in data switching networks

H04L 12/26

Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements for wireless communication networks

H04W 24/00

H04B 17/17 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Arrangements for detecting conditions or status of non-compliance or faulty performance due to failure or degradation.

References

Limiting references:

Monitoring during normal operation

H04B 17/18

H04B 17/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Arrangements for monitoring performance of the transmission system when in use.

H04B 17/27 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Locating or presence-detecting by use of the reflection or reradiation of radio waves

G01S 13/00

Satellite radio beacon positioning systems

G01S 19/00

Locating users or terminals for network management purposes

H04W 64/00

H04B 17/309 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Arrangements for calculating the present and/or past channel quality parameters based on the present and/or past measured values.

References

Informative references:

Predicting channel quality parameters

H04B 17/373

H04B 17/373 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Arrangements for predicting the future channel quality parameters based on the present and/or past measured values.

References

Informative references:

Measuring or estimating channel quality parameters

H04B 17/309

H04B 17/382 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Central resource management

H04W 28/16

Handoff or reselecting arrangements

H04W 36/00

Access restriction; Network selection; Access point selection

H04W 48/00

Local resource management

H04W 72/00

H04B 17/391 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Simulation to reproduce propagation environment on computers

Emulation of actual propagation environment using testing apparatus

H04H - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

arrangements for broadcast or for distribution combined with broadcast;

arrangements specially adapted for receiving broadcast information;

arrangements for broadcast applications with a direct linkage to broadcast information or to broadcast space-time; broadcast-related systems.

References

Limiting references:

Multiplex communication

H04J

Pictorial communication aspects in broadcast systems

H04N

Informative references:

Transmission in general

H04B

Special rules of classification

In this subclass, multi-aspect classification is applied, so that subject matter characterised by aspects covered by more than one of its groups in this subclass, which is considered to represent information of interest for search, may also be classified in each of those groups.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

broadcast

simultaneous distribution of identical signals to plural receiving stations. The term "broadcast" does not include distribution to receiving stations which is controlled by requests or responses from the receiving stations

broadcast information

all kinds of information distributed by broadcast systems, e.g. broadcast programme

broadcast-related information

information required by services provided via broadcast systems, other than broadcast information

broadcast time

a time when particular broadcast information exists and is available

broadcast channel

a channel via which broadcast information is distributed, e.g. carrier waves, time slots, cables or wireless broadcast service areas

broadcast space

either a set of broadcast channels in which particular broadcast information exists and is available or a geographical area determined by the set of broadcast channels

broadcast space-time

space-time determined by broadcast space and broadcast time in which particular broadcast information exists and is available

broadcast system

a system which consists of transmitter, transponder and receiver for broadcast

broadcast-related system

a system which is directly affected by generation, broadcast, reception or use of broadcast information

broadcast service

a service provided by a broadcast system, i.e. distribution service of broadcast information

broadcast-related service

a service directly provided by broadcast-related systems

"A with a direct linkage to B"

"A directly affects B" or "A is directly affected by B"

Synonyms and Keywords

CATV

Community Antenna Television

EPG

Electronic Programme Guide

FPU

Field Pickup Unit

MATV

Master Antenna Television

MP3

MPEG-1 Audio Layer 3

URL

Uniform Resource Locator

H04H 20/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

- arrangements for broadcast distribution;

- combinations of broadcast distribution arrangements, or combinations of broadcast and non-broadcast distribution arrangements.

H04H 20/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

- arrangements for a relay specially adapted for broadcast distribution or broadcast programme.

References

Informative references:

Relay systems for radio transmission in general

H04B 7/14

Repeater circuits for line transmission in general

H04B 3/36

H04H 20/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

- the system which substitutes or switches distributed information in real-time at the time of broadcast distribution or of distribution combined with broadcast.

H04H 20/12 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Monitoring of a broadcast-related system

H04H 60/29

H04H 20/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

- the system which monitors whether a scheduled broadcast programme has been broadcast or not.

H04H 20/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

- the arrangements in which the same information is distributed by plural distribution systems.

H04H 20/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

- the system which broadcasts the same information by the plural broadcast systems.

H04H 20/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

- the system which broadcasts the same information by broadcast system and non-broadcast system, e.g. mobile communication network.

H04H 20/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

- arrangements for selecting a distribution system from two or more broadcast systems and/or distribution systems combined with broadcast.

H04H 20/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

- multiplex communication specially adapted for broadcast distribution.

H04H 20/33 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

- the system which requires multiple channels to broadcast plural portions of information simultaneously.

H04H 20/42 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

- the arrangement for managing resources, e.g. transmission band width, for a broadcast distribution or for a distribution combined with broadcast distribution.

H04H 20/44 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

A transmitting circuit in general

H04B 1/04

A receiving circuit or a component specially adapted for broadcast

H04H 40/27

H04H 20/46 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

- a circuit or a component for broadcast distribution specially adapted for broadcast characterised by a use, a transmission system or broadcast information.

Special rules of classification

The technical subject covered by this group could also be classified to one of the groups (H04H 20/53-H04H 20/86) to clarify specialty of a use, a transmission system or broadcast information.

H04H 20/53 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

- the broadcast system specially adapted to a special purpose or broadcast system used in a special situation.

H04H 20/55 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

- arrangements for broadcast adapted for vehicular traffic information.

H04H 20/61 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

- arrangements for broadcast within specific areas.

H04H 20/65 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

- the system wherein a technical aspect of a broadcast transmission system strongly affects to its broadcast service.

References

Informative references:

The system wherein a technical aspect of a non-broadcast transmission system, i.e. a transmission system other than for broadcast, strongly affects its broadcast service or broadcast-related service

H04H 60/76

H04H 20/79 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

- arrangements in which CATV downlink channels are used as a broadcast transmission path.

H04H 20/81 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Telephonic communication in general

H04M

H04H 20/84 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Power line communication in general

H04B 3/54

H04H 20/86 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

- arrangements for broadcast distribution of explicitly distinguishable and striking information which plays a very important role to specify a technical subject.

H04H 20/88 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

- arrangements for broadcast characterised by broadcast information which is stereophony.

H04H 20/95 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

- the arrangement for broadcast distribution of information which has a special data format (a format which is not used in an ordinary broadcast specification).

H04H 40/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

- only broadcast-specific receivers.

References

Informative references:

Receivers in general

H04B 1/06

H04H 40/18 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Receiver circuits in general

H04B 1/16

Circuits or components specially adapted for broadcast distribution

H04H 20/44

H04H 40/27 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

- the circuit or component for a broadcast receiver specially adapted for broadcast with characteristic use, transmission system or broadcast information.

Special rules of classification

The technical subject covered by this group could also be classified to one of the groups (H04H 20/53-H04H 20/86) to clarify specialty of a use, a transmission system or broadcast information.

H04H 40/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

- the circuit or component for communication specially adapted for receiving broadcast information of stereophony.

H04H 60/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

- arrangements for broadcast application which directly affects broadcast information or broadcast space-time;

- arrangements for broadcast application which is directly affected by broadcast information or broadcast space-time;

- broadcast-related system, i.e. other system which is directly affected by generation, broadcast, reception or use of broadcast information.

H04H 60/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

- arrangements for generating broadcast information;

- arrangements for generating broadcast-related information which directly affects broadcast information or broadcast space-time;

- arrangements for generating broadcast-related information which is directly affected by broadcast information or broadcast space-time;

- arrangements for simultaneous generation of broadcast information and broadcast-related information.

H04H 60/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Arrangements for producing a reverberation or echo sound

G10K 15/08

H04H 60/09 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

- arrangements for device control which directly affects broadcast information or broadcast space-time;

- arrangements for device control which is directly affected by broadcast information or broadcast space-time.

H04H 60/27 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Receivers in general with memory

H04B 1/06

H04H 60/29 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Monitoring of the broadcast system itself

H04H 20/12

Monitoring whether a scheduled broadcast programme has been broadcast or not

H04H 20/14

H04H 60/35 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

- arrangements for identifying or recognising characteristics which directly affects broadcast information or broadcast space-time;

- arrangements for identifying or recognising characteristics which is directly affected by broadcast information or broadcast space-time.

H04H 60/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

- arrangements for identifying in which range in space or time a certain portion of broadcast information exists.

H04H 60/39 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

- arrangements for identifying both broadcast time and broadcast space.

References

Limiting references:

Systems characterised by using EPGs

H04H 60/72

H04H 60/41 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

- arrangements for identifying a set of broadcast channels in which particular broadcast information exists and is available;

- arrangements for identifying a geographical area determined by the set of broadcast channels.

H04H 60/42 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

- arrangements for identification of a geographical area as broadcast space.

H04H 60/43 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

- arrangements for identification of a channel set as broadcast space.

H04H 60/44 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

- arrangements for identifying broadcast stations with the aim of identifying broadcast space.

H04H 60/56 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

- technical subjects covered by H04H 60/29 or H04H 60/35 in which a component for monitoring, identification or recognition especially plays an important role.

Special rules of classification

The technical subject covered by this group could also be classified to one of the groups (H04H 60/29 or H04H 60/35) to clarify the object of monitoring, identification or recognition.

H04H 60/58 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Speech recognition in general

G10L 15/00

Determination or detection of speech characteristics in general

G10L 25/00

H04H 60/59 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Recognizing characters or patterns in general

G06K 9/00

H04H 60/61 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

- technical subjects which are covered by H04H 60/29 or H04H 60/35, and are more strongly focused on a use of monitoring, identification or recognition outcome than its process, e.g. an integrated system which consists of (1) a broadcast reception subsystem which receives a broadcast music programme, and monitors broadcast time and a broadcast channel to which a user is tuning in, (2) a broadcast related information retrieving subsystem which firstly identifies numbers a user has listened to by looking up a broadcast database with the broadcast time and the broadcast channel, and secondly identifies compact discs which include the numbers by searching a compact disc information database, and (3) a online compact disc sales subsystem for selling the compact discs which include the numbers to the user over the Internet.

Special rules of classification

The technical subject covered by this group could also be classified to one of the groups (H04H 60/29 or H04H 60/35) to clarify the object of monitoring, identification or recognition.

H04H 60/63 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Electronic commerce in general

G06Q 30/00

H04H 60/68 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

- explicitly distinguishable and striking information which plays a very important role to specify a technical subject.

H04H 60/72 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Systems characterised by EPG mainly focusing on identifying broadcast space-time

H04H 60/39

H04H 60/74 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

- special type of meta-information, which is related to broadcast programme, e.g. title, composer or interpreter of broadcast music.

H04H 60/76 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Transmission systems for broadcast

H04H 20/65

H04H 60/78 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

- technical subjects characterised by an entity of transmission or reception.

H04H 60/81 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

- technical subjects covered by group H04H 60/76 wherein characteristics of transmission system not for broadcast, e.g. structure of transmission path or network composition of non-broadcast distribution system, acutely affect the technical subject.

H04H 60/91 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Mobile communication networks used for the Internet access

H04H 60/85

Informative references:

Selective distribution of broadcast; Services to user groups; One-way selective calling services using wireless communication network.

H04W 4/06

H04H 60/94 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Telephonic networks used for the Internet access

H04H 60/84

Informative references:

Telephonic communication in general

H04M

H04H 60/96 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

CATV networks used for the Internet access

H04H 60/86

H04J - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Multiplex Communication having circuits or apparatus for combining or dividing signals for the purpose of transmitting the signals simultaneously or sequentially over the same transmission path, and monitoring arrangements therefor.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Class H04 Electric communication technique covers electrical communication systems with propagation paths employing beams of corpuscular radiation, acoustic waves or electromagnetic waves. Subclass H04J refers to multiplex communication in general. If the multiplex communication is specially adapted for particular applications classification is made in other subclasses of class H04.

References

Limiting references:

Optical monitoring arrangements, independent of the multiplexing method

H04B 10/07-H04B 10/079

Selecting arrangements for multiplex systems

H04Q 11/00

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Use of multiplexing in transmission systems for measured values, control or similar signals

G08C 15/00

Arrangements for transmission of digital information affording multiple use of the transmission path

H04L 5/00

Systems for the simultaneous or sequential transmission of more than one television signal

H04N 7/08

Informative references:

Optical elements, systems or apparatus

G02B

Addressing or transmission in computers

G06F 12/00, G06F 13/00

Electronic switching or gating

H03K 17/00

Transmission in general

H04B

Relay systems

H04B 7/14

Broadcast communication

H04H

Data switching networks

H04L 12/00

Modulated-carrier systems

H04L 27/00

Telephonic Communication

H04M

Selecting techniques

H04Q

Stereophonic systems

H04S

Wireless communication networks

H04W

H04J 13/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Code division multiplexing techniques which are related to the division of the communications medium according to codes.

Aspects that are covered include types of codes, generation of codes and allocation of codes to channels.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

With regard to spread-spectrum techniques, the borderline between H04J 13/00 and H04B 1/69 should be determined based on whether the features relevant for classification are focused on the code multiplexing aspects or the implementation of the spread-spectrum technique (e.g. details of how the signals are physically transmitted, received and processed).

Documents classified in H04J 13/00 containing aspects of spectral spreading of interest for search, may also be classified in group H04B 1/69.

With regard to systems that use frequency hopping as a means to divide the communication medium, it has been agreed that that frequency hopping is excluded from H04J 13/00 even if it is used within the context of multiple access. Because the concepts dealt with in H04J 13/00 do not have relevance for FH-CDMA even though frequency hopping can be used for CDMA (i.e. FH-CDMA), this subject-matter is exclusively classified in H04B 1/713.

References

Limiting references:

Details of the signal processing which are covered by systems that use frequency hopping as a means to divide the communication medium

H04B 1/713

MC-CDMA

H04J 11/00

Informative references:

Implementation of the spread-spectrum technique

H04B 1/69

Synonyms and Keywords

CDMA

Code Division Multiple Access

MC-CDMA

Multi-carrier Code Division Multiple Access

OVSF

Orthogonal variable spreading factor

H04K - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

This subclass covers secret line and radiation transmission systems in which the signal is modified at the transmitting station in such a way that the information cannot be intelligibly received without corresponding modification at the receiving station.

The signal can be modified using, for example, frequency scrambling or scrambling by combination with a second signal.

This subclass also covers the jamming of communications and counter-measures against jamming or against surveillance.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Systems using reduced bandwidth or suppressed carrier techniques, or using sub-carriers or spread spectrum techniques are classified in H04B.

Transmission systems for the secret or secure communication of digital information are classified in H04L.

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a large system:

Means for anti-jamming used in radar or analogous systems

G01S 7/36

Jamming means used in radar or analogous systems

G01S 7/38

Counter-measures or counter-counter-measures used in lidar or analogous systems

G01S 7/495

Counter measures or counter-counter-measures used in sonar or analogous systems

G01S 7/537

Arrangements for the secret or secure communication of digital information

H04L 9/00

Secrecy systems used in scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents

H04N 1/44

Analogue secrecy systems or analogue subscription systems for television

H04N 7/16

Informative references:

Arrangements for protecting computers or computers systems

G06F 21/00

Ciphering or deciphering apparatus per se

G09C

Systems with reduced bandwidth or suppressed carrier

H04B 1/66, H04B 1/68

Spread spectrum techniques

H04B 1/69

Photonic quantum communication

H04B 10/70

Protection from unauthorised access for optical transmission, e.g. eavesdrop protection

H04B 10/85

Transmission systems characterised by the use of a sub-carrier

H04B 14/08

Arrangements for preventing the taking of data from a data transmission channel without authorisation

H04L 12/22

Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television, VOD

H04N 21/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Secret communication

Secret line and radiation transmission systems, i.e., those in which the signal is modified at the transmitting station in such a way that the information cannot be intelligibly received without corresponding modification at the receiving station.

Jamming of communication

Apparatus, circuits or systems purposefully trying to interfere with the physical transmission and reception of communication.

Frequency scrambling

transposing or inverting parts of the frequency band or by inverting the whole band

Follower jammer

Jammer adapted to determine and follow the frequency of a jamming target signal that uses frequency hopping techniques

Look-through mode

Operation mode wherein jamming and monitoring of the jamming target alternate

Reactive jammer

Jammer wherein jamming is activated only when a target has been detected

RCIED

Remote Controlled Improvised Explosive Device

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the following terms "confidential", "sensitive" , "undercover", "private", "sneaky" are often used as synonyms. Also, these terms can be used as keywords.

In patent documents the following terms "hidden", "scrambled", "blinded", "obscured", "obfuscated", "masked", "concealed", "covert", "coded" are often used as synonyms. Also, these terms can be used as keywords.

H04L - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated into a larger system:

Systems specially adapted for transmission of measured values, control or similar signals

G08C

Arrangements specially adapted for telephonic communication

H04M

Informative references:

Order telegraphs, fire or police telegraphs

G08B

Ciphering or deciphering apparatus per se

G09C

Digital recording or reproducing

G11B 20/10

Coding, decoding or code conversion, in general

H03M

Selecting

H04Q

Spread spectrum techniques in general

H04B 1/69

H04L 1/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the reception of digital information.

References

Informative references:

Computer systems

G06F

Coin-feed or like apparatus with coded identity card or credit card

G07F 7/08

Diversity Systems for radio transmission systems

H04B 7/02

Error correction or detection in electrical digital data processing

G06F 11/08-G06F 11/20

Codes for error detection or error correction

H03M 13/00

Synonyms and Keywords

ARQ

Automatic Repeat Request

FEC

Forward Error Correction

H04L 5/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path.

References

Informative references:

Multiplex communication in general

H04J

Conditioning for two-way transmission in general

H04B 3/20

Data switching networks

H04L 12/00

Systems using multi-frequency codes

H04L 27/26

Time-division multiplex systems

H04J 3/00

H04L 7/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Process or apparatus which permit a transmitter and receiver to operate in predetermined timed relationship.

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated into a larger system:

Synchronising in computer bus systems

G06F 13/42

Synchronisation arrangements specially adapted for spread spectrum techniques

H04B 1/7073, H04B 1/7156, H04B 1/7183

Synchronising in radio transmission systems

H04B 7/00

Synchronising in radio relay systems, e.g. satellite networks

H04B 7/14

Synchronising in radio transmission between mobile posts

H04B 7/26

Arrangements for synchronising broadcast or distribution via plural distribution systems

H04H 20/18

Synchronisation arrangements in time-division multiplex systems

H04J 3/06

Synchronising in television systems for transmission of a pulse code modulated with a pulse code modulated synchronising signal

H04N 7/56

Synchronisation processes in servers specifically adapted for selective pictorial content distribution, e.g. interactive television

H04N 21/242

Content authoring involving timestamps for synchronising content, e.g. for the generation of multimedia applications

H04N 21/8547

Synchronising a decoder's clock in selective pictorial content distribution

H04N 21/43

Synchronisation arrangements in wireless communication networks

H04W 56/00

Informative references:

Synchronising in computer memory, e.g. RAM

G11C 7/10, G11C 7/22

Synchronising of generators of electronic oscillations or pulses

H03L 7/00

Synchronising in analog television systems

H04N 5/04

H04L 9/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes or apparatus which

conceal or obscure intelligible digital information by transforming such information so as to make the information unintelligible to a casual or unauthorized recipient, or

extract intelligible digital information from such a concealed or obscured representation.

References

Informative references:

Computer systems

G06F

Coin-feed or like apparatus with coded identity card or credit card

G07F 7/08

Arrangements in the transmission path

H04B

Diversity reception in general

H04B 7/02

Arrangements for preventing the taking of data

H04L 12/22

Secret communication

H04K 1/00

Special rules of classification

In group H04L 9/00 to H04L 9/32, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, classification is made in the last appropriate place.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

RSA

Rivest Shamir Aldeman

H04L 12/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Transfer of information having been supplied in digital form in data switching networks, e.g.

Systems characterised by network topology;

Systems in which paths are physically permanent during the communication, e.g. connection oriented communication, virtual circuits;

Systems in which the path identification data is included in each information unit, e.g. connectionless communication, datagram;

Hybrid switching systems;

Arrangements for connecting networks having different types of switching systems;

Topology management and discovery;

Local area networks and interworking arrangements there between;

Flow control and congestion control. Traffic scheduling and balancing;

Routing, pathfinding;

Access control and network resource allocation;

Asynchronous transfer mode networks.

References

Limiting references:

Interconnection of, or transfer of information or other signals between, memories, input/output devices or central processing units

G06F 13/00

Interprocessor communication using networks

G06F 15/173

Informative references:

Communication control

H04L 29/02

Data transfer characterised by protocol

H04L 29/06

Multiplexing systems in general

H04J

Selecting equipment

H04Q

Conferences, e.g. video conferences

H04N 7/15

Automatic or semi-automatic exchanges

H04M 3/00

Manual exchanges

H04M 5/00

Telephony conferences arrangements

H04M 3/56

Computer aided management of electronic mail

G06Q 10/10

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Circuit switching

A system in which a communication path is physically permanent during the communication.

Packet switching

A system in which information is divided into discrete data units, characterised by a data payload and an address part known as a header part. The data units are able to travel over different communication paths to the destination.

Message switching systems

A system in which a message is sent into a network with the address of its destination added and it is routed to its destination through the network, e.g. electronic mail network systems.

Hybrid switching

Combinations of different switching systems (e.g. packet switching systems and circuit switching systems).

Gateway

Arrangements for connecting between networks having different types of switching systems.

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the following expressions/words "packet", "cell" and "frame" are often used as synonyms.

H04L 12/70 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Basic functionality of packet switching networks. Namely: routing, flow control, admission control, switching architectures and other general issues on packet data handling.

References

Informative references:

Error detection or correction

H04L 1/00

Arrangements for packet switching specially adapted for wireless networks

H04W

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

ATM

Asynchronous Transfer Mode

Synonyms and Keywords

TCP/IP

Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol

H04L 12/701 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Methods or arrangements for determining and setting up a connection between endpoints connected to a packet data network.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

H04L 12/701 and H04W 40/00 can be considered as a technical realm for routing. Various aspects of routing are not dependent on the routing being wireless or wire-bound.

For those cases, classification should be done keeping in mind both group branches and the most appropriate mix of symbols should be allocated to the documents.

References

Informative references:

Communication routing or communication path finding in wireless networks

H04W 40/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Path

Physical or logical connection between two distant network endpoints.

Link

Each of the individual segments of a path or route connecting consecutive network nodes.

Routing in wireless networks

Routing arrangements specially adapted for wireless communication

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the expression/word "Route" is often used with the meaning "Physical or logical connection between two distant network endpoints".

MPLS

Multiprotocol Label Switching

GMPLS

Generalised Multiprotocol Label Switching

RIP

Routing Information Protocol

OSPF

Open Shortest Path First

IGP

Internal Gateway Protocol

H04L 12/703 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Reactions of the network to route or router failures. Failure can be caused by node or link malfunction. Failure should be considered in its broadest sense, e.g. when a route is unable to provide the requested performance (delay, bandwidth...), the route is considered as faulty. Fault prevention is also covered by this entry.

Synonyms and Keywords

VRRP

Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol

HSRP

Hot Standby Router Protocol

H04L 12/705 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Techniques for avoiding the endless circulation of a packet in a network due, e.g., to wrong configuration of the routing tables. This entry covers both loop prevention, detection and loop break.

The term "livelock" is used in opposition to "deadlock". In a deadlock situation a data packet gets stuck in a node because of lack of routing information to move further in the network. In a livelock case, the packet moves permanently in the network from node to node without finding the destination. One case of livelock is a loop; this happens when a data packet travels time and again through the same sequence of nodes without reaching the destination.

Some examples:

an identifier in a message is saved in a node to check if the same message is received again at the node

updating of a routing table is inhibited for a certain period of time

routing is only allowed in a certain direction

spanning tree techniques

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Hop counter

Data packet field, normally in the header, used to keep track of the number of nodes through which the packet has travelled.

Synonyms and Keywords

ST

Spanning Tree

TTL

Time to Live

H04L 12/709 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The calculation of several paths between two endpoints and the simultaneous use of said paths. This entry also concerns the selection, setup, maintenance and tear down of the routes. The routes can be used for several purposes: load balancing, security, fail safety, higher aggregate bandwidth... The creation and use of a trunk group is also covered by this entry.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

The purpose or application of the multiple paths should be classified in the corresponding entries elsewhere in the IPC, e.g. documents dealing with the criteria used for load balancing among a plurality of paths should only be classified in H04L 12/803 and not in this subgroup.

H04L 12/711 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The determination of one or more secondary backup route(s) and the switch over from the active route to one of the backup routes in case of failure of the main route.

H04L 12/713 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The selection of one out of several next-hop routers for creating a route. This entry is mostly related to the selection of one out of several access routers.

Some examples:

The possible next-hop routers can operate in a active/standby mode or in an active/active mode.

The next-hop routers can maintain a communication to keep up to date the routing tables.

Several physical routers can be organized as a single virtual router for load sharing purposes.

H04L 12/715 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Hierarchical routing decisions. A routing decision can be made at different layers. Each layer has a different view of the network. This is very much like PNNI routing as used in ATM networks.

1. H04L0012715000_0.gif

PNNI specification version 1.0 1996. Figure 4.2

Routing in clustered networks. In this case the network is partitioned in different clusters or domains all at the same hierarchical level. The routing protocol will have to provide intra-cluster and inter-cluster routes. This is very much like routing with BGP protocols, where the clusters are referred to as Autonomous Systems [AS].

2. H04L0012715000_1.gif

Special rules of classification

This entry in combination with H04L 12/751 will be used for documents describing how to create the clusters/hierarchy for routing purposes.

Synonyms and Keywords

PNNI

Private Network-to-Network Interface

BGP

Border Gateway Protocol

AS

Autonomous System

H04L 12/721 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

General procedures used in routing algorithms.

Examples are:

Shortest path calculation algorithms (Bellman-Ford, Dijkstra) and possible variations.

Packet flooding (e.g. Noah routing).

Source routing. The source node creates a routing header containing the list of routers to pass on the way to the destination node.

References

Informative references:

Broadcast or multicast routing

H04L 12/761

H04L 12/723 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The use of routing tags in the header of a data packet. The tags are used instead of the destination address for determining a next hop for the packet. This simplifies table lookup and helps in load balancing (traffic engineering) actions. MPLS is a good example.

Synonyms and Keywords

MPLS

Multiprotocol Label Switching

H04L 12/725 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The use of a QOS vector to determine the most appropriate path. QOS is a traffic contract covering the type of traffic (CBR,VBR, Best effort...) and the network performance required for said traffic (loss ratio, error rate, bandwidth, delay...)

Synonyms and Keywords

SLA

Service Level Agreement

H04L 12/733 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The determination of a path having the minimum number of routers or links in the way to the destination. Minimizing physical path length can also be used as routing condition.

References

Informative references:

Shortcut finding for shortest path

H04L 12/763

H04L 12/741 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Table lookup operation for next hop determination. The lookup operation yields the output port/interface (of the router) that should be used to reach the next hop (or final endpoint) for a certain destination address contained in the packet header.

References

Informative references:

Information retrieval in a database

G06F 17/30

Synonyms and Keywords

CIDR

Classless Inter-Domain Routing

Trie

Tree structure for table lookup

H04L 12/751 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Topology determination procedures at network setup and topology update upon changing connectivity conditions. All routers in a network have to be up to date of the connectivity changes between routers. The following actions are classified here.

After a router is first connected to a network it has to identify its neighbors e.g. hello packet.

Periodic topology update packets are broadcast to the routers in the network.

References

Informative references:

Topology management for purposes other than routing

H04L 12/24

Connectivity discovery in wireless networks

H04W 40/24

Synonyms and Keywords

LSA

Link State Advertisement

H04L 12/753 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The determination and use of a logical tree calculated from a set of nodes connected according to any other physical or logical topology.

References

Informative references:

Loop or livelock prevention, e.g. the absence of routing loops in tree topology

H04L 12/705

Synonyms and Keywords

STP

Spanning Tree Protocol

DLS

Distributed Load Sharing

SR

Source Routing

Root node

The upmost node of a tree graph from which all other nodes hang.

Leaf node

Terminal node of a tree not having other nodes hanging from it

H04L 12/761 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Arrangements for supporting the routing of broadcast traffic.

References

Informative references:

Arrangements characterized by the transmission system itself, the transmission system being other than for broadcast, e.g. the internet

H04H 60/81

H04L 12/763 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Techniques to reduce the number of intermediate routers in a path between two endpoints. In standard routing methods, each node on the route will calculate the next router on the way to the destination. Shortcut routing is a technique to provide a direct route from the source to the destination, trying to avoid as many intermediate routers as possible.

References

Informative references:

Minimum hop routing

H04L 12/733

Synonyms and Keywords

NHRP

next hop resolution Protocol

H04L 12/771 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Details of the internal software or hardware structure of a network device for the purpose of routing.

References

Informative references:

Switch fabric architecture

H04L 12/931

H04L 12/773 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Techniques for switching taking into account layer 3 information but avoiding the use of a layer 3 entity for deciding the output port.

Layer 3 switching is a technique based on the use of routing for the first packet of a communication and then switching for the rest of the packets. The first packet is allocated a label after router table lookup, then the label is linked with the corresponding output port. The rest of the packets are sent with the label and the input port, by checking the label, can quickly relay the packet to the output port without the need of a layer 3 (router) lookup.

This entry covers both the logical part of layer 3 switching and the corresponding router architecture supporting this technology.

References

Informative references:

Label based routing

H04L 12/723

Use of internal tags for forwarding within a switch

H04L 12/947

Synonyms and Keywords

CSR

cell switch relay

H04L 12/801 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Techniques for reacting to network throughput degradation. The first technique is called Flow Control and is carried out by the source or the destination of a certain communication after degradation is encountered (e.g. modifying the acknowledge window) without intervention of the network. The second technique is Congestion Control and concerns the reactions of the network to general degradation identified by the network (e.g. source quench packet). Both topics are covered by the present entry.

References

Informative references:

Error recovery

H04L 1/00

Flow control in wireless networks

H04W 28/10

Synonyms and Keywords

TOS

Type of service

SLA

Service Level Agreement

Diff-Serv

IP differentiated services protocol

H04L 12/803 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The connection of two endpoints through a plurality of active paths. The traffic load is distributed among the paths according to predefined criteria. Traffic engineering.

References

Informative references:

Routing over multiple paths for route fault prevention

H04L 12/709

Simultaneous data transmission over a plurality of networks

H04L 12/903

Balancing over multiple switching planes within a switch

H04L 12/939

H04L 12/805 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The determination of the maximum packet size that can be admitted for transmission in a network domain.

When a packet communication goes through several network domains the source has to determine the maximum packet size that can be accepted by all the domains.

Dynamic adaptation of MTU depending e.g. on network load conditions is also covered by this entry.

References

Informative references:

Packet assembly and disassembly

H04L 12/951

Synonyms and Keywords

MTU

Maximum Transmission Unit

H04L 12/807 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The adaptation of the acknowledge window used by flow control protocols, e.g. TCP, to the network congestion conditions.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

TCP

Transmission Control Protocol

Synonyms and Keywords

EPD

Early Packet Discard

UDP

User Datagram Protocol

H04L 12/811 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

This is a general entry for the adaptation of the traffic rate of an individual connection to changing network or destination endpoint conditions.

References

Informative references:

Bitrate negotiation at call setup

H04L 12/911

H04L 12/815 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Flow shaping techniques consisting of converting a burst of packets into a sequence of equally spaced packets.

H04L 12/823 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Flow control correcting actions based on packet removal or filtering. Under network congestion circumstances ongoing flows may be removed or individual packets eliminated.

Synonyms and Keywords

RED

Random Early Discard

H04L 12/833 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Techniques for tagging packets in the presence of congestion conditions. The packets are marked with e.g. a discard eligibility [DE] flag. Upon congestion those packets carrying the DE flag set, will e.g. be the first to be discarded.

Synonyms and Keywords

DE flag

Discard Eligibility flag

ECN bit

Explicit Congestion Notification bit

H04L 12/841 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The use of delay performance values in the network nodes or endpoints to determine the flow control actions. Both processing and transmission delays are covered by this entry.

References

Informative references:

Methods for measuring transmission delay

H04L 12/26

Synonyms and Keywords

RTT

Round Trip Time

H04L 12/853 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Flow control actions specific to real time traffic. Voice traffic (e.g. Skype™) or video streaming are examples of the type of traffic to which the flow or congestion control actions are applied.

References

Informative references:

Selective distribution of video streaming

H04N 21/00

H04L 12/857 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Conversion or translation of e.g. IP TOS values to QOS in either ATM or UMTS.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

UMTS

Universal Mobile Telecommunications System

H04L 12/861 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The basic action of storing incoming packets in the memory of a transit node or endpoint. The packets can be stored in independent buffers or in a queue of buffers according to predefined criteria.

Details about how or where the buffering actions take place.

Special rules of classification

When the queuing strategy is an integral part of the architecture of a switch, the corresponding subgroup in H04L 12/931 should also be given.

Synonyms and Keywords

FIFO

First In First Out

H04L 12/863 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The definition of several queues with different traffic categories. The queues are followed by a scheduler that selects one of the queues according to certain criteria.

1. H04L0012863000_0.gif

Synonyms and Keywords

WFQ

Weighted Fair Queuing

WRR

Weighted Round Robin

H04L 12/867 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The allocation of a fair share of the link resources to all queues. The individual share can be e.g. proportional to the QoS of the flow. This entry is used in relation to the sharing of a theoretically unlimited resource among a plurality of queues

References

Informative references:

Bandwidth aware scheduling

H04L 12/873

Delay aware scheduling

H04L 12/875

H04L 12/869 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Scheduling schemes that are carried out in several steps, e.g. a first step could be related to the type of traffic (e.g. real time, web browsing...) and a second step could apply different priorities to the queues selected in the first step.

1. H04L0012869000_0.gif

H04L 12/873 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Scheduling policies that schedule the transmission of the data stored in the queue(s) taking into account the bandwidth required by the data flow.

Another possibility is the optimization of the use of network bandwidth, by scheduling transmissions that neither underutilize nor saturate the transmission medium.

H04L 12/875 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Scheduling schemes that take into account delay constraints of packets, as for example real time packets.

Disciplines in which packets are scheduled according to a system timer (also referred to as virtual time). In this case, the scheduler will compute timestamps which specify when packets should be served. Packets are scheduled in increasing order of the corresponding timestamps.

In general delay sensitive queues are served with higher frequency than e.g. loss sensitive queues.

Calendar queues, , i.e. an ordered structure of bins representing (a) possible value(s) of (a) timestamp(s) in the system. The bins are ordered by increasing value of their timestamps.

When the maximum difference between timestamps of backlogged sessions in the system is bounded, the calendar queue can become a circular queue where the bins can be reused as the time progresses. The bin associated with the minimum value must correspond with the value of the system potential at that time, and the total number of bins must be sufficient to cover the possible range of timestamps. Each bin is implemented as a list of pointers to individual connections. Every time a connection receives a new timestamp, it is linked to the corresponding bin. The calendar queue can be automatically resized i.e. the number of bins and the width of the bins (the number of possible timestamp values of a bin) can be changed depending on the distribution of backlogged connections in the bins.

1. H04L0012875000_0.gif

Figure source: " SMART PRIORITY QUEUE ALGORITHMS FOR SELF-OPTIMIZING EVENT STORAGE " by H.A. Bahr et al. published in the journal " Simulation Modelling Practice and Theory" by Elsevier int. Vol. 12, num 1, pages 15-40

H04L 12/877 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The reallocation of unused bandwidth. Unallocated bandwidth after an allocation round can be redistributed to queues still having traffic to send. The unallocated bandwidth can also be used for best effort traffic.

Token banks i.e the method involves assigning tokens to the queues and storing said tokens in a finite capacity bank. The tokens assigned to a queue whose associated bank has reached its maximum capacity are assigned to another queue whose bank is below its capacity. Access to the resources is allowed if the queue has a predetermined number of tokens in its associated bank, otherwise it is denied.

Synonyms and Keywords

ABR

Available Bit Rate

UBR

Unspecified Bit Rate

H04L 12/879 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Techniques for storing packets in the memory of a node or endpoint while awaiting further process. This entry covers both the allocation of storage capacity and the methods of memory management for that purpose

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Descriptor

A data structure that contains the details of how and where a packet has been stored, e.g. packet size, pointers, CRC or detected errors.

H04L 12/883 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Techniques for storing an incoming packet in a sequence of individual buffers. The buffers are organized as a linked list.

1. H04L0012883000_0.gif

H04L 12/901 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The selection of the appropriate access point for the use of a network. Several criteria may apply: physical distance, load sharing among different access points, cost .... The selection can be made by the source endpoint or by the network.

References

Informative references:

Wireless access point and network selection

H04W 48/00

Synonyms and Keywords

ISP

Internet Service Provider

POP

Point of Presence

H04L 12/903 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Techniques for selecting a network among a plurality of different networks available.

1. H04L0012903000_0.gif

Multiple selection criteria can be featured, such as bandwidth, delay, etc.

H04L 12/905 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Reactions to network performance evolution by dynamic, e.g. in-call, network selection.

H04L 12/911 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The process of request and allocation/refusal of resources between a source endpoint and the ingress point to a network.

Synonyms and Keywords

CAC

Connection Admission Control

UNI

User-to-Network Interface

H04L 12/915 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Resource reservation along a path that involves several domains. Normally, each domain will have a resource manager that will have to negotiate the resource request with the resource managers in the other domains. Another possibility is that a central resource manager is aware of resource availability in all intermediate domains, and decides the grant/refusal of the request.

1. H04L0012915000_0.gif

H04L 12/923 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The techniques for requesting by the network an update of the allocated resources. The network will identify a change in the available resources and will request the source to adapt the negotiated sending rate accordingly.

References

Informative references:

Bitrate adaptation upon congestion determination

H04L 12/825

H04L 12/925 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Techniques for interacting between the source and destination endpoints with the purpose of reserving resources (e.g. storage resources, processing capacity) for an upcoming communication. The source node will inform the destination about the size of the data that will be sent. The destination node will make the suitable buffer and processing-capacity bookings for handling the data.

References

Informative references:

Flow control actions using buffer capacity information at the destination endpoint

H04L 12/835

H04L 12/927 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Techniques for taking into consideration the type of information of a communication when negotiating resource allocation at call setup. The allocation request at call setup relates to a communication with certain constraints specific to the type of data to be transferred.

References

Informative references:

Flow control actions based on the type of traffic

H04L 12/851

H04L 12/931 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Details of an individual network device that characterize the internal switching architecture.

References

Informative references:

Router architecture

H04L 12/771

Special rules of classification

Some of the actions covered by other subgroups in H04L ( e.g. routing, flow control...) are carried out within a switch for supporting connectivity between input and output ports. In that case the present subgroup should be given in combination with the corresponding entries for the other actions.

H04L 12/933 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Basic architecture of the switch core. The classical architectures are: crossbar, shared memory and shared medium. Hybrid architectures are also classified in this subgroup.

1. H04L0012933000_0.gif

2. H04L0012933000_1.gif

H04L 12/935 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Actions carried out at the ingress port of a switch. Buffering, integrity control, and the like.

H04L 12/939 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Arrangements for redundant organisation of the switching functions. The purpose could be higher aggregated bit rate or fault tolerance.

1. H04L0012939000_0.gif

H04L 12/951 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Arrangements for converting a file of raw data into a sequence of packets.

Synonyms and Keywords

SAR

Segmentation and Reassembly

PDU

Protocol Data Unit

AAL

ATM Adaptation Layer

H04L 13/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Details of the apparatus or circuits covered by groups H04L 15/00 or H04L 17/00.

References

Informative references:

Clutches in general

F16

Electronic distributors in general

H03K 17/00

H04L 15/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Apparatus or local circuits for transmitting or receiving dot-and-dash codes, e.g. Morse code.

References

Limiting references:

Teaching apparatus for dot-and-dash codes

G09B

Telegraph tapping keys

H01H 21/86

Informative references:

Keyboard switches in general

H01H 13/70, H03K 17/94

Coding in connection with keyboards or like devices, in general

H03M 11/00

H04L 17/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Apparatus or local circuits for transmitting or receiving codes wherein each character is represented by the same number of equal-length code elements.

References

Informative references:

Keyboard switches in general

H01H 13/70, H03K 17/94

Coding in connection with keyboards or like devices, in general

H03M 11/00

H04L 19/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Apparatus or local circuits for a plurality of switching stages working sequentially and independently of the state of subsequent stages that are responsive to transmitted information pulse signals.

H04L 21/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Apparatus or local circuits for devices which print composite information from transmitted pulse signals.

H04L 23/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Apparatus or local circuits for systems other than those covered by groups H04L 15/00 to H04L 21/00.

H04L 25/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Baseband aspects of data transmission, e.g. baseband equalisers.

References

Informative references:

Circuits in general for handling pulses

H03K

Details in line transmission systems in general

H04B 3/02

Impedance networks per se

H03H

Induction coil interrupters

H01H 51/34

Dynamo-electric generators

H02K

Repeaters in general

H04B

Electronic distributors in general

H03K 17/00

H04L 27/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Passband aspects of data transmission, e.g. modulating and demodulating of signals, arrangements for provision and recovery of carriers.

References

Informative references:

Modulator circuits in general

H03C

Demodulator circuits in general

H03D

Synonyms and Keywords

OFDM

Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplex

PSK

Phase Shift Keying

QAM

Quadrature Amplitude Modulation

ASK

Amplitude Shift Keying

OOK

On-Off Keying

FSK

Frequency Shift Keying

CPM

Continuous Phase Modulation

H04L 29/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Arrangements, apparatus, circuits or systems, not covered by a single one of groups H04L 1/00-H04L 27/00, e.g.

communication characterised by a protocol;

addressing aspects of data terminals or nodes in networks;

communication between layers in the OSI model;

counter-measures when communication fails.

References

Informative references:

Interconnection of, or transfer of information or other signals between, memories, input/output devices or central processing units

G06F 13/00

Control of transmission in radio transmission systems

H04B 7/005

Communication control in satellite networks

H04B 7/185

Arrangement for preventing error in the information received

H04L 1/00

Arrangement for secret or secure communication

H04L 9/00

Packet switching systems

H04L 12/70-H04L 12/955

Selecting arrangements to which subscribers are connected via radio links or inductive links

H04W

Selecting arrangements for multiplex systems

H04Q 11/00

H04M - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Telecommunication systems including subscriber equipment and exchanges, e.g.

Interconnection arrangements between switching centres,

Interconnection arrangements not involving centralized switching,

Metering arrangements,

Time-controlling arrangements,

Time-indicating arrangements,

Party line systems,

Prepayment telephone systems,

Current supply arrangements for telephone systems,

Computer telephony integration (CTI ),

SPIT and SPAM prevention in telephony;

Telephonic communication systems combined with other electrical systems;

Testing arrangements peculiar to telephonic communication systems.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

With regard to mobile telephony, H04M covers communication systems using wireless extensions, i.e. wireless links without selective communication, e.g. cordless telephones, which are covered by group H04M 1/72, whereas H04W covers communication networks for selectively establishing one or a plurality of wireless communication links between a desired number of users or between users and network equipments, for the purpose of transferring information via these wireless communication links.

With regard to VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol), voice is considered in this context to be a specific form of "digital information". Since the Internet Protocol and IP networks are classified in H04L (H04L 12/00, Data switching networks and H04L 29/02, Communication control), the transmission of voice over IP networks should be classified in H04L.

When VoIP is used to emulate or simulate services, the service, as presented to the user, is still classified in H04M. Any implementation details are however classified in H04L. For example, SPIT and SPAM prevention in VoIP should be classified in H04M 3/436 or H04M 1/663.

VoIP is not covered by any single class, subclass, group or subgroup but rather classified as evolution of existing technologies. Therefore, aspects of VoIP are not only classified in H04M and H04L but also in other classes which have been used for classification of aspects related to telephonic communication, H04M, and transmission of digital information, H04L, such as by the Internet protocol.

References

Limiting references:

Circuits for controlling other apparatus via a telephone cable and not involving telephone switching apparatus

G08B, G08C, G08G

Wireless communication networks

H04W

Informative references:

Counting mechanisms

G06M

Multiplex transmission between switching centres

H04J

Selecting

H04Q

Transducers

H04R

Information storage based on relative movement between record carrier and transducer

G11B

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Subscriber

General term for a user of terminal equipment, e.g. for the user of a telephone set, or for any equipment used by subscribers, e.g. telephones for public use.

Substation

Subscriber or monitoring equipment which may connect a single subscriber to a line without choice as to subscriber.

Satellite

A kind of exchange the operation of which depends upon control signals received from a supervisory exchange.

Switching centres

Include exchanges and satellites.

Exchange

Synonym for telephone switch

Voice mail system

A centralized system for managing telephone messages for a large group of users.

Synonyms and Keywords

PSTN

Public Switched Telephony Network.

ISDN

Integrated Services Digital Network.

ISUP

ISDN User Part.

SIP

Session Initiation Protocol.

H.323

A standard protocol used for Packet-Based Multimedia Communications Systems.

CTI

Computer telephony integration. A technology that allows interactions on a telephone and a computer to be integrated or co-ordinated. Common application interfaces and protocols for monitoring and controlling calls comprise Computer Supported Telecommunications Applications, CSTA, Java Telephony Application Programming Interface, JTAPI, Telephony Server Application Programming Interface, TSAPI, or Telephony Application Programming Interface, TAPI.

Gatekeeper

A gatekeeper provides a number of services to terminals, gateways and devices, e.g. endpoint registration, address resolution, admission control and user authentication.

Call agent

A call agent handles specific services to users e.g. alert the called party, send and receive voice data.

IMS

IP Multimedia Subsystem. An architectural framework for delivering internet protocol, IP, multimedia to a mobile user.

Softswitch

A central device in a telephone network which connects calls from one phone line to another, e.g. control connections at the junction point between circuit and packet networks.

PBX

Private Branch Exchanges, e.g. for making connections among the internal telephones of a private organization.

xDSL

Digital Subscriber Line. A family of technologies that provides digital data transmission over the wires of a local telephone network.

Party line system

An arrangement in which two or more customers are connected directly to the same link or circuit.

SPAM

The abuse of electronic messaging systems to send unsolicited bulk messages indiscriminately.

SPIT

Spam over Internet Telephony, i.e. unwanted, automatically dialled, pre-recorded phone calls using Voice over Internet Protocol, VoIP.

H04M 1/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers;

Constructional details of telephone sets;

Arrangements for indicating or recording called number or number of calling subscriber at the substation equipment;

Arrangements for answering calls and for recording messages and conversations at the substation equipment;

Substation extension, e.g. cordless telephones;

Arrangements for testing;

User guidance features in telephone sets;

Devices for signalling identity of wanted subscriber, e.g. telephone directories;

Substation equipment including speech amplifiers;

Arrangements for preventing unauthorized or fraudulent calling.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Arrangements for services at the substation equipment are classified here. Arrangements for services at exchanges are classified at H04M 3/00.

References

Limiting references:

Subscriber services or facilities provided at exchanges

H04M 3/00

Prepayment telephone coin boxes

H04M 17/00

Current supply arrangements

H04M 19/08

Terminal devices in mobile radio systems

H04W 88/00

Informative references:

In-vehicle arrangements for holding or mounting articles, e.g. for telephones, radios and TV sets

B60R 11/02

Arrangements for converting discrete items of information into a coded form, e.g. keyboards

G06F 3/023

Interaction techniques for graphical user interfaces between user and computer

G06F 3/048

Digital output to displays

G06F 3/14

Housing or supporting of instruments or other apparatus

G12B 9/00

Keyboard switches in general

H01H 13/70, H03K 17/94

Casing, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus

H05K 5/00

H04M 3/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Telephonic communication services, in particular supplementary services specifically adapted for telephonic communication provided by networks comprising any type of switching devices, such as telephone exchanges, telephone switches, softswitches, call agents or and call state control function or control protocols, such as ISDN User part (ISUP), H.323 and SIP;

Telephone exchanges or telephone switches, in particular digital switches which work by connecting two or more digital circuits together, according to a dialed telephone number. This main group covers both switches of Public Switched Telephone Networks, PSTN, and Private Branch Exchanges, PBX;

Application servers for information services, call distribution and queuing services, messaging services and conference services;

Arrangements for providing information services, such as Interactive Voice Response Systems, Voice Portals or Voice Browsers;

Centralised arrangements for answering requiring operator intervention (also referred to as a call centers), usually employing call queuing and call distribution;

Centralised arrangements for recording messages for absent or busy subscribers (also referred to as Voice Mail Systems);

Arrangements for connecting several subscribers to a common circuit (also referred to as Conference Bridges).

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Services or devices which are arranged for use in substation equipment are classified in H04M 1/00, whereas services arranged for use in the exchange are classified in H04M 3/00.

Exchanges in and services specially provided for mobile radio systems are classified in H04W 4/00-H04W 92/00.

Implementation details and protocol details of networks comprising call agents, call controllers and call state control functions and/or employing the H.323 or SIP protocol are classified in H04L 29/06.

Protocol details of call control protocols such as Q.931 and ISDN User part (ISUP) are classified in H04Q.

References

Limiting references:

Selecting arrangements

H04Q 3/00-H04Q 5/00, H04Q 11/00, H04W

Constructional details and the switching fabric of a telephone exchange

H04Q

H04M 5/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Substation equipment in general

H04M 1/00

H04M 7/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Interconnection arrangements between switching centres;

Internet telephony and traditional circuit-switched telephony requiring interworking between the two (see in this respect also ITU-T Recommendation Y.2261, "PSTN/ISDN evolution to NGN").

References

Limiting references:

Transmission arrangements in general

H04B

H04M 9/00 - Definition fr

H04M 11/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Telephonic communication systems adapted for combination with other electrical systems e.g. combinations with application servers or physical implementation of xDSL-systems.

References

Informative references:

Signalling or calling systems not related to signalling or calling in telephonic communications (i.e. not related to the control of telecommunication networks); Order telegraphs; Alarm systems

G08B

Transmission of digital information

H04L

H04M 13/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Arrangements in which two or more customers are connected directly to the same link or circuit.

References

Limiting references:

Substation equipment

H04M 1/00

Exchange equipment, automatic, manual

H04M 3/00, H04M 5/00

Metering arrangements

H04M 15/36

H04M 15/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Metering, rating, charging, accounting, billing, invoicing and recording detailed data;

Administration, specification of accounts or notifications, e.g. special plans, group accounts, card based account or advice of charge and account limits;

VoIP billing, called party billing, calling party billing or and third party billing;

Arrangements for providing free calls or reduced rates, billing when roaming, least cost routing, bidding for cheapest communication price or dynamic tariffing;

Billing fraud detection;

Generation of statistics on called or calling numbers;

Payment of added value services which are charged to the telecommunications operator bill.

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Accounting or billing specially adapted for wireless communication networks

H04W 4/24

Usage measurements specially adapted for wireless communication networks

H04W 4/26

Informative references:

Charging packet based aspects

H04L 12/14

Data processing specially adapted to commerce, e.g. billing

G06Q 30/04

H04M 17/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Prepayment telephone systems, for example prepayment telephone coin boxes;

Disposable prepaid sets;

Coin-freed or check freed systems;

Calling card specifications related to prepayment.

References

Limiting references:

Preventing unauthorized calling from a telephone set by inserting a coded card

H04M 1/675

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Accounting or billing specially adapted for wireless communication networks

H04W 4/24

Usage measurements specially adapted for wireless communication networks

H04W 4/26

Informative references:

Coin-freed or like apparatus in general

G07F

Mobile subscriber equipment

H04W 88/00

Charging arrangements in digital switching networks

H04L 12/14

H04M 19/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Current supply arrangements for telephone systems.

References

Limiting references:

Current supply for selection equipment

H04Q 1/28

H04N - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Television systems

Television systems, whether general or specially adapted for colour television

Details of television systems of general applicability, or specific to colour television, and also including scanning details of television systems

Coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing of digital video signals

Stereoscopic television systems, whether general or specially adapted for colour television, or details therefor

Selective distribution of pictorial content, in particular interactive television or video on demand [VOD]

Diagnosis, testing or measuring for television systems or details therefor

Other pictorial communication

Scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents or the like, in particular facsimile transmission

Details pertaining to scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents or the like, in particular details of facsimile transmission

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Subclass G09G covers arrangements for control of display devices characterised by the type of display device or its components, whilst H04N covers the acquisition and control of the picture signal which is intended for display.

Photographic or cinematographic apparatus, or processes, that are specific to film-based photography or cinematography (e.g. film-strip handling) are covered in Subclass G03B. The optical and mechanical features of cameras and projectors are typically - but not always - covered by Subclass G03B, and due regard should be given to the multi-aspect classification rule stated below.

When the following subject matter is classified in this subclass, it is desirable to also classify it in Subclass G03B, when some aspects are considered of interest for search purposes:

Digital still cameras, or their details

Projectors or projection-type viewers using an electronic spatial light modulator, or their details

Video cameras, CCTV cameras, surveillance cameras and camcorders, or details thereof

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Instruments for performing medical examinations of the interior of cavities or tubes of the body combined with television appliances

A61B 1/04

Arrangements of television sets in vehicles;

Arrangements of controls thereof

B60R 11/02

Mounting of cameras operative during drive of a vehicle; Arrangements of control thereof relative to the vehicle

B60R 11/04

Arrangements of cameras in aircraft

B64D 47/08

Controlling or regulating single-crystal growth by pulling from a melt, using television detectors

C30B 15/26

Inspecting textile materials by television means

D06H 3/08

Scanning a visible indication of a measured value and reproducing this indication at a remote place, e.g. on the screen of a cathode-ray tube

G01D 5/39

Burglar, theft, or intruder alarms using television cameras

G08B 13/196

Structural combination of reactor core or moderator structure with television camera

G21C 17/08

Informative references:

Video games, i.e. games using an electronically generated display having two or more dimensions

A63F 13/00

Image data processing or generation, in general

G06T

Broadcasting

H04H

Special rules of classification

NONE.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

CCD

Charge-coupled device, that is, a device made up of semiconductors arranged in such a way that the electric charge output of one semiconductor charges an adjacent one

MPEG

Motion Picture Experts Group; a family of standards used for coding audio-visual information in a digital compressed format

NTSC

National Television System Committee

PAL

Phase alternating line

Picture signal generator

Circuits or arrangements receiving as input an image of a scene and delivering as output an electric signal that contains all the information required to reproduce the image of the scene

Picture reproducer

Circuits or arrangements receiving as input an electric signal characteristic of an image of a scene and producing as output a visual display of that image

SECAM

Séquentiel couleur à mémoire (Sequential Colour with Memory)

H04N 1/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Systems for the transmission or the reproduction of arbitrarily composed pictures or patterns in which the local light variations composing a picture are not subject to variation with time, e.g. documents (both written and printed), maps, charts, photographs (other than cinematograph films)

H04N 1/03 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Scanning arrangements using multi-element arrays

H04N 1/19

H04N 1/12 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Scanning arrangements using multi-element arrays

H04N 1/19

H04N 1/23 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Arrangements providing the output copy of a document in a system performing the scanning, transmission and reproduction of documents or the like, e.g. printing arrangements integrated within a facsimile device

References

Informative references:

Selective printing mechanisms per se

B41J

Details of scanning heads

H04N 1/024

Scanning arrangements

H04N 1/04

H04N 1/36 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Synchronisation of pulses

H03K 4/90

H04N 1/41 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Scanning arrangements, the scanning speed being dependent on content of picture

H04N 1/17

H04N 1/42 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Television systems for two-way working

Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television

H04N 7/14, H04N 21/00

H04N 1/44 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Analogue secrecy television systems

H04N 7/16

H04N 1/48 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Circuits or arrangements for halftone screening

H04N 1/52

H04N 1/50 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Circuits or arrangements for halftone screening

H04N 1/52

H04N 3/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Picture signal generators, or their combination with generation of supply voltages, characterised by their scanning details, other than solid-state image sensors

Picture reproducers, or their combination with generation of supply voltages, characterised by their scanning details, e.g. cathode-ray tubes, electro-optical displays

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Picture signal generators for colour television systems

H04N 9/04

Picture reproducers for colour television systems

H04N 9/12

Picture signal generators for stereoscopic television systems

H04N 13/02

Picture reproducers for stereoscopic television systems

H04N 13/04

Informative references:

Details of television systems

H04N 5/00

H04N 3/02 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Picture signal generators using optical-mechanical scanning means only, for colour television systems

H04N 9/10

Informative references:

Scanning systems using movable or deformable optical elements for controlling the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light

G02B 26/10

H04N 3/10 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Devices or arrangements for the control of the direction of light arriving from an independent light source

G02F 1/00

H04N 3/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Scanning details of electrically scanned solid-state picture reproducers

References

Limiting references:

Transforming light or analogous information into electric information using solid-state image sensors

H04N 5/335

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Picture reproducers using solid-state colour display devices

H04N 9/30

H04N 3/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Deflection circuits for cathode-ray tubes, when specially adapted for television

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Picture reproducers, specially adapted for colour television systems, using cathode-ray tubes

H04N 9/16

Informative references:

Deflection circuits, of interest only in connection with cathode-ray tube indicators

G09G 1/04

Control arrangements or circuits using single beam cathode-ray tubes, the beam directly tracing characters, the information to be displayed controlling the deflection as a function of time in two spatial coordinates

G09G 1/08

Linearisation of ramp of a sawtooth shape pulse

H03K 4/90

H04N 3/223 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Circuits for controlling dimensions of picture on screen by maintaining the cathode-ray tube high voltage constant

H04N 3/185

Informative references:

Control arrangements or circuits using single beam cathode-ray tubes, the beam tracing a pattern independent of the information to be displayed, this latter determining the parts of the pattern rendered respectively visible and invisible

G09G 1/14

H04N 3/26 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Arrangements for convergence or focusing in cathode-ray tubes specially adapted for colour television systems

H04N 9/28

H04N 3/36 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Scanning of colour motion picture films, e.g. for telecine

H04N 9/11

Informative references:

Picture signal generating by scanning motion picture films or slide opaques, e.g. for telecine

H04N 5/253

H04N 5/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Details of television systems equally applicable to black-and-white or colour television, with the exception of scanning details (as indicated below)

References

Limiting references:

Scanning details of television systems; Combination thereof with generation of supply voltages

H04N 3/00

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Details of colour television systems

H04N 9/00

Details of stereoscopic television systems

H04N 13/00

Servers specifically adapted for the selective distribution of content

H04N 21/20

Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of, or interaction with, content in selective content distribution

H04N 21/40

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

KTC

Thermal noise on capacitor

H04N 5/04 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Synchronising systems used in the transmission of pulse code modulated video signals with other pulse code modulated signal

H04N 7/56

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Colour synchronisation

H04N 9/44

Synchronisation processes at server side for selective content distribution

H04N 21/242

Informative references:

Synchronisation between a display unit and other units, e.g. other display units, video-disc players

G09G 5/12

Synchronisation of pulses having essentially a finite slope or stepped portions

H03K 4/90

Synchronisation of generators of electronic oscillations or pulses

H03L 7/00

Arrangements for synchronising receiver with transmitter in the transmission of digital information

H04L 7/00

H04N 5/16 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Circuits for reinsertion of dc and slowly varying components of colour signals

H04N 9/72

H04N 5/20 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Circuits for controlling the amplitude of colour signals

H04N 9/68

H04N 5/21 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Suppression of noise in television signal recording

H04N 5/911

H04N 5/217 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Noise reduction or noise suppression involving solid-state image sensors

H04N 5/357

H04N 5/222 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Circuitry, devices and other equipment specially adapted to be used in television studio e.g. for mixing images or generation of special effects

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Studio equipment related to broadcast communication

H04H 60/04

Informative references:

Studios for broadcasting, cinematography, television or similar purposes

E04H 3/22

H04N 5/225 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Cameras used as input-only client peripherals for selective content distribution

H04N 21/4223

H04N 5/235 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Control of the solid-state image sensors depending on the scene, e.g. brightness

H04N 5/351

H04N 5/253 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Details of scanning of motion picture films, e.g. for telecine

H04N 3/36

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Scanning of colour motion picture films, e.g. for telecine

H04N 9/11

H04N 5/268 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Arrangements for broadcast or for distribution combined with broadcast

H04H 20/00

H04N 5/28 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Broadcast communication aspects of mobile studios

H04H 60/05

H04N 5/30 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Scanning details of television systems

H04N 3/00

H04N 5/32 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Investigating or analyzing materials by the use of wave or particle radiation, e.g. X-rays, by transmitting the radiation through the material and forming a picture

G01N 23/04

Informative references:

Apparatus for radiation diagnosis, e.g. combined with radiation therapy equipment

A61B 6/00

H04N 5/33 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Detection of the presence or absence of infrared radiation, not otherwise provided for

G01J

H04N 5/335 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Imager structures consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate

Charged coupled imagers

H01L 27/146, H01L 27/148

Special rules of classification

In this group, the first place priority rule is applied, i.e. at each hierarchical level, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, classification is made in the first appropriate place.

H04N 5/351 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Circuitry for compensating for variation in the brightness of the object

H04N 5/235

H04N 5/357 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Circuitry for suppressing or minimizing disturbance in picture signal generation

H04N 5/217

H04N 5/369 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Imager structures, as devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common surface, per se

H01L 27/146

H04N 5/374 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Charged coupled imagers per se

H01L 27/148

H04N 5/376 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Arrangements for selecting an address in a digital store

G11C 8/00

H04N 5/378 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Amplifiers per se

H03F

Analogue/digital conversion per se

H03M 1/00

H04N 5/38 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Transmitter circuits per se

H04B 1/04

H04N 5/40 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Modulation per se

H03C

Digital communication modulator circuits

H04L 27/04, H04L 27/12, H04L 27/20, H04L 27/36

H04N 5/44 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Receiver circuits per se

H04B 1/16

H04N 5/455 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Demodulation per se

H03D

Digital communication demodulator circuits

H04L 27/06, H04L 27/14, H04L 27/22, H04L 27/38

H04N 5/46 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Deflecting circuits of multi-standard receivers

H04N 3/27

H04N 5/50 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Tuning resonant circuits per se;

Automatic frequency control per se

H03J, H03J 7/02

H04N 5/52 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Automatic gain control in amplifiers per se

H03G 3/20

H04N 5/63 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Generation of supply voltages, in combination with electron beam deflecting

H04N 3/18

H04N 5/64 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Furniture aspects of television cabinets

A47B 81/06

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Combinations of a television receiver with apparatus having a different main function

H05K 11/00

Informative references:

Constructional details of communication receivers, in general

H04B 1/08

Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus, in general

H05K 5/00

H04N 5/66 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Scanning details of television systems

H04N 3/00

H04N 5/68 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Circuit details of cathode-ray display tubes pertaining to the conversion of electrical information into light information, when specially adapted for television displays

References

Limiting references:

Scanning in television systems by deflecting electron beam in cathode-ray tube

H04N 3/16

Informative references:

Control arrangements or circuits, of interest only in connection with cathode-ray tube indicators

G09G 1/00

H04N 5/70 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Circuit details of the conversion of electric information into light information in electroluminescent television displays

References

Informative references:

Control arrangements or circuits using electroluminescent elements for presentation of a single character by selection from a plurality of characters, or by composing the character by combination of individual elements

G09G 3/12

Control arrangements or circuits using electroluminescent panels for presentation of an assembly of a number of characters, by composing the assembly by combination of individual elements arranged in a matrix

G09G 3/30

H04N 5/72 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Diffusing elements per se;

Optical filters per se

G02B 5/02, G02B 5/20

H04N 5/74 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Projection devices for colour picture display

H04N 9/31

H04N 5/76 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Information storage based on relative movement between record carrier and transducer

G11B

Static stores

G11C

Personal video recorder in selective content distribution systems

H04N 21/4147

H04N 5/7617 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Arrangements for device control affected by the broadcast information

H04H 60/13

H04N 5/765 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Arrangements for the associated working of recording or reproducing apparatus with related apparatus

G11B 31/00

H04N 5/775 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Synchronisation between a display unit and video-disc players

G09G 5/12

H04N 5/781 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Recording on, or reproducing or erasing from, magnetic drums

G11B 5/004

Recording on, or reproducing or erasing from, magnetic disks

G11B 5/012

Magnetic drum carriers

G11B 5/76

Magnetic disk carriers

G11B 5/82

H04N 5/782 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Recording on, or reproducing or erasing from, magnetic tapes

G11B 5/008

Magnetic tape carriers

G11B 5/78

H04N 5/7822 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Fixed mountings of heads relative to magnetic record carriers

G11B 5/49

H04N 5/7824 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Disposition or mounting of heads on rotating support

G11B 5/53

H04N 5/80 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Recording or reproducing using electrostatic charge injection; record carriers therefor

G11B 9/08

H04N 5/84 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Recording or reproducing by optical means; record carriers therefor

G11B 7/00

H04N 5/85 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Recording or reproducing by optical means with cylinders

G11B 7/0025

Recording or reproducing by optical means with disks

G11B 7/0037

H04N 5/89 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Recording, reproducing or erasing by using optical interference patterns, e.g. holograms

G11B 7/0065

H04N 5/903 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Recording or reproducing using record carriers having variable electrical capacitance; Record carriers therefor

G11B 9/06

H04N 5/907 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Television signal recording based on relative movement between record carrier and transducer

H04N 5/78- H04N 5/903

Static stores per se

G11C

H04N 5/91 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Processing of colour television signals in connection with recording

H04N 9/79

H04N 5/911 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Circuitry for suppressing or minimizing disturbance in television systems in general

H04N 5/21

H04N 5/917 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals

H04N 19/00

Compression, in general

H03M 7/30

H04N 5/919 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Processing of colour television signals for recording the signal in a plurality of channels, the bandwidth of each channel being less than the bandwidth of the signal

H04N 9/797

H04N 5/92 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Transformation of the colour television signal for recording, e.g. modulation, frequency changing; Inverse transformation for playback

H04N 9/80

Informative references:

Modulation

H03C

Demodulation or transference of modulation from one carrier to another

H03D

H04N 5/926 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Transformation of the television signal for recording involving pulse code modulation of the colour picture signal components

H04N 9/804

Transformation of the television signal for recording involving pulse code modulation of the composite colour video-signal

H04N 9/808

H04N 5/928 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Transformation of the television signal for recording involving pulse code modulation of the colour picture signal components with processing of the sound signal

H04N 9/806

H04N 5/93 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Regeneration of colour television signals

H04N 9/87

H04N 5/937 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Regeneration of colour television signals by assembling picture element blocks in an intermediate memory

H04N 9/877

H04N 5/94 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Signal drop-out compensation in the regeneration of colour television signals

H04N 9/88

H04N 5/945 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Signal drop-out compensation for signals recorded by pulse code modulation in the regeneration of colour television signals

H04N 9/888

H04N 5/95 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Time-base error compensation in the regeneration of colour television signals

H04N 9/89

H04N 5/953 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Time-base error compensation using an analog memory, e.g. a CCD-shift register, the delay of which is controlled by a voltage controlled oscillator, in the regeneration of colour television signals

H04N 9/893

H04N 5/956 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Time-base error compensation using a digital memory with independent write-in and read-out clock generators, in the regeneration of colour television signals

H04N 9/898

H04N 7/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Scanning details of television systems

Combination thereof with generation of supply voltages

H04N 3/00

Details of television systems

H04N 5/00

Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals

H04N 19/00

Selective content distribution

H04N 21/00

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Colour television systems

H04N 11/00

Stereoscopic television systems

H04N 13/00

H04N 7/01 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Conversion of colour television standards

H04N 11/20

Informative references:

Receiver circuitry for receiving on more than one standard at will

H04N 5/46

H04N 7/015 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

High-definition colour television systems

H04N 11/24

H04N 7/10 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Line transmission systems, in general

H04B 3/00

Arrangements of wired systems for broadcast

H04H 20/76

H04N 7/12 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Colour television systems with bandwidth reduction

H04N 11/02

Informative references:

High-definition television systems

H04N 7/015

H04N 7/14 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Analogue secrecy or subscription systems with two-way working

H04N 7/173

Informative references:

Systems for two-way working in the scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents or the like

H04N 1/42

H04N 7/15 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Arrangements for conference in data switching networks

H04L 12/18

Telephonic conference arrangements

H04M 3/56

H04N 7/16 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Secret communication

H04K

Secrecy systems in the scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents or the like

H04N 1/44

H04N 7/167 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Secret communication by adding a second signal to make the desired signal unintelligible

H04K 1/02

H04N 7/173 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Systems for two-way working in the scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents or the like

H04N 1/42

Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of, or interaction with, content, e.g. STB [set-top-box]; Operations thereof

H04N 21/40

H04N 7/20 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Space-based or airborne stations for radio transmission systems

H04B 7/185

Arrangements of satellite networks for broadcast

H04H 20/74

H04N 7/22 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Transmission systems employing electromagnetic waves other than radio waves, e.g. light

H04B 10/00

Arrangements of optical systems for broadcast

H04H 20/69

H04N 7/24 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Colour television systems using pulse code modulation

H04N 11/04

Informative references:

Transmission systems using pulse code modulation, in general

H04B 14/04

H04N 7/52 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Assembling of a multiplex stream by combining a video stream with other content or additional data;

Remultiplexing of multiplex streams;

Insertion of stuffing bits into the multiplex stream;

Assembling of a packetised elementary stream at server side

H04N 21/236

Disassembling of a multiplex stream;

Remultiplexing of multiplex streams;

Extraction or processing of service information;

Disassembling of packetised elementary stream at client side

H04N 21/434

H04N 7/56 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Synchronisation of generators of electronic oscillations or pulses

H03L 7/00

Arrangements for synchronising receiver with transmitter in the transmission of digital information

H04L 7/00

Synchronising of television systems, in general

H04N 5/04

H04N 9/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Details of stereoscopic colour television systems

H04N 15/00

Informative references:

Scanning details of television systems, in general

H04N 3/00

Details of television systems, in general

H04N 5/00

H04N 9/097 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Beam splitting or combining systems per se

G02B 27/10

H04N 9/10 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Scanning by optical-mechanical means only, applicable to television systems in general

H04N 3/02

H04N 9/11 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Details of scanning of motion picture films, e.g. for telecine, applicable to television systems in general

H04N 3/36

Picture signal generating by scanning motion picture or slide opaques, e.g. for telecine

H04N 5/253

H04N 9/12 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators characterised by the way in which colour is displayed, common to cathode-ray tubes and other visual indicators

G09G 5/02

H04N 9/14 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Scanning by optical-mechanical means only, applicable to television systems in general

H04N 3/02

H04N 9/16 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Control arrangements or circuits using colour cathode-ray tube indicators

G09G 1/28

Scanning by deflecting electron beam in cathode-ray tube, applicable to television systems in general

H04N 3/16

H04N 9/28 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Modification of scanning arrangements to improve focusing in cathode-ray tubes, applicable to television systems in general

H04N 3/26

H04N 9/30 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Scanning by means of electrically scanned solid-state devices, applicable to picture reproduction in television systems in general

H04N 3/14

H04N 9/31 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Projection arrangements for image reproduction, applicable to television systems in general

H04N 5/74

H04N 9/44 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Synchronising, applicable to television systems in general

H04N 5/04

Synchronisation of pulses

H03K 4/90

H04N 9/68 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Circuitry for controlling amplitude response, applicable to television systems in general

H04N 5/20

H04N 9/72 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Circuitry for reinsertion of dc and slowly varying components of signals, applicable to television systems in general

H04N 5/16

H04N 9/77 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Circuits for matrixing

H04N 9/67

H04N 9/79 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Television signal processing in connection with recording, in general

H04N 5/91

H04N 9/797 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Television signal processing for bandwidth reduction, by dividing samples or signal segments among a plurality of recording channels, in general

H04N 5/919

H04N 9/80 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Modulation

H03C

Demodulation or transference of modulation from one carrier to another

H03D

Transformation of the television signal for recording, e.g. modulation, frequency changing, in general;

Inverse transformation for playback, applicable to television systems in general

H04N 5/92

H04N 9/804 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Transformation of the television signal for recording by pulse code modulation, in general;

Inverse transformation for playback thereof

H04N 5/926

H04N 9/806 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Transformation of the television signal for recording, the sound signal being pulse code modulated and recorded in time division multiplex with the modulated video signal, in general;

Inverse transformation for playback thereof

H04N 5/928

H04N 9/808 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Transformation of the television signal for recording by pulse code modulation, in general;

Inverse transformation for playback thereof

H04N 5/926

H04N 9/87 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Regeneration of the television signal or of selected parts thereof, in general

H04N 5/93

H04N 9/877 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Regeneration of the television signal or of selected parts thereof, by assembling picture element blocks in an intermediate store in general

H04N 5/937

H04N 9/88 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Signal drop-out compensation, applicable to television systems in general

H04N 5/94

H04N 9/888 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Signal drop-out compensation for signals recorded by pulse code modulation, applicable to television systems in general

H04N 5/945

H04N 9/89 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Time-base error compensation, applicable to television systems in general

H04N 5/95

H04N 9/893 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Time-base error compensation by using an analogue memory, e.g. a CCD-shift register, the delay of which is controlled by a voltage controlled oscillator, applicable to television systems in general

H04N 5/953

H04N 9/898 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Time-base error compensation by using a digital memory with independent write-in and read-out clock generators, applicable to television systems in general

H04N 5/956

H04N 11/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Details of colour television systems

H04N 9/00

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Stereoscopic colour television systems

H04N 15/00

H04N 11/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Systems in which the television signal is transmitted via one channel or a plurality of parallel channels, the bandwidth of each channel being less than the bandwidth of the television signal, in general

H04N 7/12

Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals

H04N 19/00

H04N 11/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Transmission systems using pulse code modulation, in general

H04B 14/04

Systems for the transmission of television signals using pulse code modulation, in general

H04N 7/24

H04N 11/08 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Dot sequential systems

H04N 11/12

H04N 11/20 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Conversion of standards in television systems in general

H04N 7/01

H04N 11/24 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

High-definition television systems in general

H04N 7/015

H04N 13/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Stereoscopic colour television systems

H04N 15/00

Informative references:

Television systems in general

H04N 7/00

H04N 13/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Scanning details of television systems, in general

H04N 3/00

Details of television systems, in general

H04N 5/00

H04N 13/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Scanning details of television systems, in general

H04N 3/00

Details of television systems, in general

H04N 5/00

H04N 15/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Details of colour television systems, in general

H04N 9/00

Colour television systems, in general

H04N 11/00

Stereoscopic television systems in general; Details thereof

H04N 13/00

H04N 17/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Arrangements for locating faults;

Arrangements for electrical testing characterised by what is being tested not provided for elsewhere

G01R 31/00

Testing correct operation of photographic apparatus or parts thereof

G03B 43/00

Monitoring of transmission systems;

Testing of transmission systems

H04B 17/00

H04N 19/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Methods or arrangements for coding or compressing an input digital video sequence for the purpose of onward transmission (e.g. by broadcasting), or of storage (e.g. at servers, set-top boxes or hard-disks) for subsequent reproduction in viewers' premises. Processing in accordance with standards such as MPEG-x or H.26x.

Methods or arrangements for transform coding of static images

The scope of H04N 19/00 and its subgroups is limited to the part of digital video coding and compression strictly comprised between the digital video input and the compressed video output

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Processing of the compressed video (e.g. fragmentation in packet units, encapsulation, medium adaptation for transport, video distribution) is covered by H04N 21/00 or H04H

Processing of not yet compressed video signals or after decoding, such as re-sampling, interpolation, cropping, rotation, is generally covered by G06T, unless it interacts with aspects of processing for compression, in which case it is covered by relevant subgroups of H04N 19/00.

Computer graphics compression is covered by G06T 9/00.

General compression algorithms are covered by H03M 7/30.

Processing of documents or images for scanning, transmission or reproduction (e.g. telefax) is covered by H04N 1/00.

Details of digital television cameras, digital television receivers and digital video recorders are covered by H04N 5/00.

References

Informative references:

Information retrieval and database structures therefor, e.g. in image databases

G06F 17/30

Pattern recognition (characters, fingerprints)

G06K 9/00

General purpose image data processing, e.g. hardware for image processing

G06T 1/00

Geometric image transformation in the plane of the image

G06T 3/00

Image restoration

G06T 5/00

Image analysis, e.g. analysis of motion

G06T 7/00

Image coding

G06T 9/00

2D image generation

G06T 11/00

2D image animation (e.g. sprites in general)

G06T 13/80

3D image rendering

G06T 15/00

3D image modelling

G06T 17/00

Speech or audio signal analysis-synthesis techniques for redundancy reduction, e.g. in vocoders; Coding or decoding of speech or audio signals, using source filter models or psychoacoustic analysis

G10L 19/00

Editing; Indexing; Addressing; Timing or synchronising; Monitoring; Measuring tape travel, e.g. signal processing for video editing and recording on a special recording medium

G11B 27/00

General data coding

H03M

Details of multimedia broadcast systems

H04H

Processing of documents or images for scanning, transmission or reproduction (e.g. telefax)

H04N 1/00

Bandwidth or redundancy reduction for scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents or the like, e.g. compression of two-tone or discrete tone static images

H04N 1/41

Colour conversion

H04N 1/60

Studio equipment, e.g. video cameras or devices for controlling television cameras

H04N 5/222

Television receivers

H04N 5/44

Video recording and play (e.g. trick play)

H04N 5/76

Closed circuit TV systems, details of video-surveillance cameras and circuits

H04N 7/18

Stereoscopic or multiview television systems

H04N 13/00

Diagnosis, testing or measuring for television systems

H04N 17/00

Selective content distribution

H04N 21/00

Synonyms and Keywords

JPEG

Joint Photographic Experts Group

AVC

Advanced Video Coding

SVC

Scalable Video Coding

HEVC

High Efficiency Video Coding

H04N 19/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Static or dynamic adaptation in the interaction of the different building blocks or processes of the digital video compressor or decompressor, e.g. regulation of the parameters involved in the compression algorithm as a function of the channel capacity or of the desired quality of the reconstructed video signal.

1. H04N0019100000_0.gif

2. H04N0019100000_1.gif

References

Informative references:

Controlling the complexity of the video stream at the transmitter side, e.g. by scaling the resolution or bitrate of the video stream

H04N 21/2662

Content or additional data management, e.g. controlling the complexity of the video stream at the receiver side

H04N 21/462

Special rules of classification

When classifying in this group, each aspect relating to adaptive coding should, insomuch as possible, be classified in each one of subgroups H04N 19/102, H04N 19/134, H04N 19/169 and H04N 19/189.

H04N 19/102 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The definition of the element, parameter or selection, which is affected by the adaptive coding, wherein element is to be understood as a functional block or process in the digital video compressor or decompressor.

H04N 19/105 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The selection of the reference unit (as contained e.g. in the memories in the figure below) for prediction within a chosen coding or prediction mode, e.g.:

weighted prediction

adaptive choice of position and number of pixels used for prediction

choice between different motion estimators or compensators (e.g. between diamond search and full search, between global and local motion compensation)-

adaptive choice of the reference frame or block in motion compensation.

1. H04N0019105000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

Multiple frame prediction

H04N 19/573

Bidirectional image interpolation, B-frames

H04N 19/577

Long-term prediction

H04N 19/58

H04N 19/107 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The selection between spatial and temporal predictive coding, e.g. picture refresh by insertion of an intra-coded frame, as e.g. periodically or at scene change, or decision among intra-mode and inter-mode as in the figure.

1. H04N0019107000_0.gif

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Intra-frame

Frame coded with spatial prediction

Inter-frame

Frame coded with temporal prediction in one temporal direction

Bidirectional-frame

Frame coded with temporal prediction in both temporal directions

Anchor frame

A frame usable for prediction of other frames, i.e. an intra-frame or an inter-frame

H04N 19/109 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The selection among a plurality of temporal predictive coding modes, e.g. a plurality of inter-prediction modes as in the standard H.263 or H.264.

H04N 19/11 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The selection among a plurality of spatial predictive coding modes, e.g. a plurality of intra-prediction modes as the directional block intra-prediction modes in the standard H.264 shown below.

1. H04N0019110000_0.gif

2. H04N0019110000_1.gif

H04N 19/112 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The selection of a given display mode, e.g. interlaced or progressive as in the figure (as in MBAFF of H.264), and of the associated coding or prediction mode.

1. H04N0019112000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

Conversion of standards in television systems, e.g. at the pixel level of a picture from interlaced to progressive display mode and viceversa

H04N 7/01

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

MBAFF

Macroblock-adaptive frame-field coding

H04N 19/114 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The adaptation of the length or the composition of a GOP, e.g. by changing the number of B-frames between anchor frames or by changing the number of P-frames between I-frames.

The selection of the structure of a group-of-pictures [GOP], e.g. of the number of P-frames, B-frames between two anchor frames, e.g. as in the figure below.

1. H04N0019114000_0.gif

References

Limiting references:

The selection between spatial and temporal predictive coding

H04N 19/107

Informative references:

Bidirectional image interpolation, B-frames

H04N 19/577

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Group-of-pictures

A group of successive pictures forming a logical unit within a coded video sequence in H.26x and MPEG standards.

Open GOP

A GOP which uses referenced pictures from the previous GOP at the current GOP boundary.

Closed GOP

A GOP that uses no referenced pictures from the previous GOP at the current GOP boundary (e.g. the classic GOP starting with an I frame)

Synonyms and Keywords

GOF

Group of frames.

GOP

Group of Pictures

H04N 19/115 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The selection of the target rate or code volume assigned to a coding unit before coding the unit itself, e.g. to a picture or a group-of-pictures, as done within the rate controller in the figure below, or selection of frame rate.

1. H04N0019115000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

Data rate or code amount at the encoder output

H04N 19/146

H04N 19/117 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter wherein the filtering is required to be part of an adaptive coding process, e.g. quantization controlling the filtering process, adaptive switching function after filtering process, optional filtering characteristics, adaptive selection of a filter type or of filter parameters, like strength and taps, as within the filter indicated in the figure below in function of a threshold determination.

1. H04N0019117000_0.gif

References

Limiting references:

Sub-band based transform characterised by filter definition or implementation details

H04N 19/635

Informative references:

Image enhancement or restoration by use of local operators

G06T 5/20

Impedance networks; Resonators

H03H

Details of filtering operations specially adapted for video compression and not necessarily of adaptive nature

H04N 19/80

Pre-processing or post-processing specially adapted for video compression

H04N 19/85

H04N 19/119 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Adaptive segmentation aspects during video compression.

The selection of the subdivision of a picture into coding blocks, i.e. the determination of the grid of blocks covering a picture.

The selection may involve the shape, e.g. rectangular or non-rectangular, or the size of the blocks, e.g. in the standard H.264 with selection among 4 x 4, 4 x 8, 8 x 4, 8 x 8 pixel block sizes as shown in the figures below.

1. H04N0019119000_0.gif

2. H04N0019119000_1.gif

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Macroblock

A MPEG coding unit including 16 x 16 pixels subdivided into four 8 x 8 blocks.

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the following words "block", "sub-block", "tile" are often used as synonyms.

In patent documents the word "tile" is often used in the context of the standard JPEG 2000 and of transform coding of static images.

H04N 19/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The selection from a plurality of alternative compression algorithms within a video compressor, e.g. selection among discrete cosine transform [DCT] and subband transform, or the selection from a plurality of video compression standards, e.g. selection among H.263 and H.264, selection among MPEG-2 and MPEG-4.

1. H04N0019120000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

Video compression based on transform coding

H04N 19/60

Special coding techniques and algorithms

H04N 19/90

H04N 19/122 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The selection of transform size within the same predetermined transform algorithm, e.g. 4x4 or 8x8 DCT as in the figure below, or 8x8 or 2x4x8 DCT for frame-based and for field-based block compression, respectively, or sub-band transforms of varying hierarchical structure or type.

1. H04N0019122000_0.gif

H04N 19/124 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter wherein specific details of a controlled quantiser is provided, e.g. frame type or input video characteristics controlling the quantiser, adaptive quantisation based on output or transmission buffer fullness, choice between fine or coarse quantisation.

1. H04N0019124000_0.gif

H04N 19/126 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Special algorithms used for quantisation in video compression, e.g. the choice of normalisation parameters or matrices, details of variable uniform quantisers or the calculation of quantisation weighting matrices.

H04N 19/127 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The control of resource allocation or assignment (e.g. CPU time, memory, allocation of digital processing units, workload distribution among processors), e.g. skipping of encoding or decoding steps or switching off computing or hardware units, like e.g. motion estimation/compensation or transform units.

1. H04N0019127000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

Filtering control

H04N 19/117

Sampling, masking or truncation of coding units

H04N 19/132

Availability of hardware or computational resources, e.g. adapting coding based on assigned resources

H04N 19/156

Implementation details or hardware specially adapted for video compression or decompression

H04N 19/42

H04N 19/129 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The adaptation of the scanning of coding units, e.g. the choice of a zig-zag scan of transform coefficients in a transform compressor, as in the figure, or the use of flexible macroblock ordering [FMO].

1. H04N0019129000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

Definition of the coding unit

H04N 19/169

Video coding involving rearrangement of data among different coding units

H04N 19/88

H04N 19/13 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter wherein the entropy coding is adapted, e.g. frame type determining the coding table, CABAC, CAVLC, adaptive Huffman coding, choosing among different VLC methods for coding as in the figure.

1. H04N0019130000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

Conversion to or from variable length codes in general

H03M 7/40

Conversion to or from run-length codes in general

H03M 7/46

Non-adaptive entropy coding for video compression

H04N 19/91

Non-adaptive run-length coding for video compression

H04N 19/93

Synonyms and Keywords

VLC

Variable Length Coding

CABAC

Context-Adaptive Binary Arithmetic Coding

CAVLC

Context-Adaptive Variable Length Coding

H04N 19/132 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Adaptive sampling, masking or truncation of coding units, e.g. adaptive resampling, frame skipping, frame interpolation or high frequency transform coefficient masking, i.e. suppression or setting to zero, macroblock skipping, as in the figure.

1. H04N0019132000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

Adaptive prioritisation of hardware or computational resources

H04N 19/127

Definition of the coding unit

H04N 19/169

Temporal sampling or interpolation for video coding

H04N 19/587

Spatial sampling or interpolation for video coding

H04N 19/59

H04N 19/134 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The definition of an element, a parameter or criterion, which exercises the control of an adapted element or selection as classified in H04N 19/102 in the adaptive coding, wherein element is to be understood as a functional block or process in the digital video compressor or decompressor.

H04N 19/137 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Determination of motion inside a coding unit, e.g. amount of temporal prediction errors, such as average difference calculated on a field, on a frame or on a block in two different time instants.

1. H04N0019137000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

Analysis of motion in general

G06T 7/20

Motion estimation or compensation for video compression

H04N 19/51

H04N 19/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Determination of coding unit complexity, e.g. by means of an activity detection, as in the figure below by means e.g. of flatness detection or energy of transform coefficients, by means of the detection of edge presence or by means of determination of the amount of spatial prediction error.

1. H04N0019140000_0.gif

References

Limiting references:

Measure of complexity defined by data rate or code amount at the encoder output

H04N 19/146

H04N 19/142 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The adaptive control of the video compression in response to detected scene cut or change.

1. H04N0019142000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

Picture signal circuitry for video frequency region, e.g. scene change detection in television systems

H04N 5/14

Methods involving scene cut or scene change detection in combination with video compression

H04N 19/87

H04N 19/146 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The adaptive control of video compression by using information about the data rate or code amount at the encoder output.

References

Informative references:

Adaptation of the selection of the code volume for a coding unit prior to coding

H04N 19/115

H04N 19/147 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The adaptation of encoding as a function of data rate or code amount determined according to rate-distortion criteria, e.g. as a function of a cost function.

References

Limiting references:

Rate distortion as a criterion for motion estimation

H04N 19/567

Informative references:

Adaptation based on measured or subjectively estimated visual quality after decoding

H04N 19/154

Adaptation using optimisation based on Lagrange multipliers

H04N 19/19

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Cost function

A function of target parameters, as output rate and quality measurement after decoding (e.g. distortion).

H04N 19/149 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The estimation of the code amount by means of a model, e.g. a mathematical model or a statistical model, as done in the MPEG-2 Test Model 5 (TM5)

References

Informative references:

Methods or arrangements, for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using adaptive coding characterised by the adaptation method, adaptation tool or adaptation type used for the adaptive coding

H04N 19/189

H04N 19/15 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The estimation of the code amount by off-line encoding, i.e. encoding without storing at the transmission buffer, e.g. by means of a separate encoder as in the figure below, and counting of the actual data size of the compressed elementary stream.

1. H04N0019150000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

Data rate or code amount at the encoder output by estimating the code amount by means of a model

H04N 19/149

H04N 19/152 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The control of the video coding by using the measurement of fullness in the transmission buffer, where the buffer may be implicit, as e.g. in the cases of a storage medium, a memory, a physical channel having a certain bit capacity.

1. H04N0019152000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

Processing of video elementary streams

H04N 21/234

H04N 19/154 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The control of video coding by means of quality after decoding, as measured, e.g. by means of distortion measurement, or as estimated by means of subjective tests.

This subgroup should be assigned, when quality is not particularly linked to output bit-rate.

References

Limiting references:

Use of rate-distortion criteria

H04N 19/147

Informative references:

Data rate or code amount at the encoder output, e.g. where the quality measure is directly linked to output bit-rate

H04N 19/146

H04N 19/156 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The control of video coding in dependence of the availability of hardware or computational resources, e.g. encoding based on power-saving criteria, time constrained encoding.

1. H04N0019156000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

Prioritisation of hardware or computational resources, e.g. adaptively controllling the assignment of coding resources

H04N 19/127

implementation details or hardware specially adapted for video compression or decompression

H04N 19/42

H04N 19/157 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The control of video coding as a function of the coding mode assigned to the unit to be coded, i.e. the coding mode of the unit to be coded is predefined or preselected.

The subgroup H04N 19/159 covers the case that the coding mode is the prediction type used for the unit to be coded, e.g. intra, inter or bidirectional, as in the figure directly below.

1. H04N0019157000_0.gif

The subgroup H04N 19/16 covers the case that the assigned coding mode is for a given display mode, e.g. for interlaced or progressive display mode, as in the figure directly below.

2. H04N0019157000_1.gif

H04N 19/162 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The control of the video encoding by means of the input from a user, e.g. from a user interface.

H04N 19/164 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The control of encoding the elementary video stream as a function of the feedback from the client/receiver or from the transmission channel, as e.g. in the figure below.

The subgroup H04N 19/166 covers in particular the case that the feedback contains a certain amount of transmission errors, e.g. by means of a bit- or packet-error-rate detection.

1. H04N0019164000_0.gif

Relationship between large subject matter areas

The control of encoding as a function of the feedback from the receiver or from the transmission channel in a general telecommunication context is covered in H04L and H04W.

References

Informative references:

Control signalling related to video distribution between receiver, transmitter and network components

H04N 21/63

Transmission of management data between client and server

H04N 21/65

Embedding additional information in the video signal during the compression process

H04N 19/46

Synonyms and Keywords

BER

Bit Error Rate

PER

Packet Error Rate

H04N 19/167 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The control of the video encoding as a function of a coding unit's position within a video image, e.g. the adoption of coding parameters adapted to a region of interest, different coding of foreground and of background, different coding at the image centre and at the image borders.

Adaptive video coding depends generally indirectly on the position within an image, e.g. coding parameters may be varied across coding units, e.g. blocks.

The present subgroup covers the case when the spatial position within the image is explicitly and directly defined as a criterion.

References

Informative references:

Image region as coding unit

H04N 19/17

Synonyms and Keywords

ROI

Region Of Interest

H04N 19/169 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Definition of the video coding units that are controlled by or controlling the adaptive coding. The subgroups of H04N 19/169 define explicitly which coding units are meant.

References

Informative references:

with respect to H04N 19/179, referring to scene or shot as coding unit:

Methods involving scene cut or scene change detection in combination with video compression

H04N 19/87

with respect to H04N 19/187, referring to scalable layer as coding unit:

Hierarchical and scalability techniques

H04N 19/30

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

(Video) Object

MPEG-4 object, i.e. a region of the image with arbitrary shape

Slice

A set of blocks within an image, e.g. a line of blocks.

Block

A rectangular matrix of pixels.

Macroblock

MPEG coding unit formed by four blocks arranged as a 2 x 2 matrix.

Group of pictures

MPEG coding unit formed by a set of consecutive pictures.

Scalable video layer

Coding unit of a scalable encoded video elementary stream

Synonyms and Keywords

GOB

Group of Blocks

GOP

Group of Pictures

GOF

Group of Frames

FMO

H.264 Flexible Macroblock Ordering

In patent documents the following expressions:

"slice" and "GOB"

"block" and "tile"

are often used as synonyms.

H04N 19/192 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Iterative and recursive algorithms and techniques applied to the adaptation of video coding.

The special case of two pass or two-step algorithms are covered by H04N 19/194.

H04N 19/196 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Details of the mathematical laws or algorithms used for computation of encoding parameters (like e.g. quantisation step, coding mode), e.g. estimating a current encoding parameter by averaging previously computed encoding parameters, deriving the coding mode for the current coding unit from the coding mode of the neighbouring coding units.

References

Limiting references:

Formulations for processing of calculated motion vectors

H04N 19/513

Informative references:

Formulations for initializing motion vector search

H04N 19/56

H04N 19/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Details of object-based video coding, as e.g. according to the standard MPEG-4.

References

Informative references:

Contour coding

G06T 9/20

Hierarchical and scalability techniques (cf. H04N 19/29)

H04N 19/30

Processing of video elementary streams in the server involving reformatting operations of video signals for distribution or compliance with end-user requests or end-user device requirements, e.g. by decomposing video signals into objects

H04N 21/2343

Processing of video elementary streams in the server, e.g. for generating or manipulating the scene composition of objects

H04N 21/234

Processing of video elementary streams in the client device, e.g. involving rendering scenes according to scene graphs

H04N 21/44

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

(Video) Object

MPEG-4 object, i.e. a region of the image with arbitrary shape

Alpha-plane

A discrete bitmap (generally binary) defining the part of a frame constituting a given object, e.g. in terms of the position of the pixels belonging to the object or in terms of the position of the blocks covering the object.

Sprite

A unified background image derived by compositing the backgrounds of the single frames of a video sequence, e.g. having a camera motion throughout a video segment (within e.g. a scene, a shot, a GOP, a sequence). It may be static or dynamic.

Scene description coding

The coded representation of the spatiotemporal positioning of audio-visual objects as well as their behaviour in response to interaction, as e.g. in the standard MPEG-4 Part 11.

Synthetic/natural hybrid coding

Part of the MPEG-4 standard relating to coding facial animation and mesh compression.

Synthetic picture component

A picture component that is coded by geometric modelling with synthesizing at reconstruction (e.g. avatar).

Natural picture component

A picture component that is coded "as it stands" without geometric modelling.

Synonyms and Keywords

BIFS

BInary Format for Scenes

SNHC

Synthetic/Natural Hybrid Coding

VOL

Video Object Layer

VOP

Video Object Plane

In patent documents the following expressions "object", "video object" and "video object plane (VOP)" are often used as synonyms.

H04N 19/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Details of video coding, where the elementary video stream is coded so that it contains a hierarchy of different compressed representations of the same video sequence, wherein each representation may correspond e.g. to a different video resolution or video format. Layered coding is also covered here.

The hierarchy may be incremental, as e.g. in scalable video coding (like the extension of the standard H.264 called Scalable Video Coding [SVC]).

References

Limiting references:

Transform coding using sub-band based transform, e.g. wavelets

H04N 19/63

Informative references:

Processing of video elementary streams in the server involving reformatting operations of video signals for distribution or compliance with end-user requests or end-user device requirements, e.g. by decomposing video signals into layers at the transmitter side

H04N 21/2343

Controlling the complexity of the video stream at the transmitter side, e.g. by scaling the resolution or bitrate of the video stream

H04N 21/2662

Processing of video elementary streams in the client device involving reformatting operations of video signals for household redistribution, storage of real-time display, e.g. by decomposing video signals into layers at the receiver side

H04N 21/4402

Content or additional data management, e.g. controlling the complexity of the video stream at the receiver side

H04N 21/462

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Temporal scalability

Scalability in terms of frame rate, meaning that a given bit stream includes different sub-streams each with a different frame rate or sub-streams that, when combined, increase the output frame rate.

Spatial scalability

Scalability in terms of spatial video sampling rate or resolution (e.g. quantisation step size, pixel bit depth), meaning that a given bit stream includes different sub-streams each with a different frame size or resolution or sub-streams that, when combined, increase the output frame size or resolution.

H04N 19/31 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Performing hierarchical or layered coding by acting on temporal resolution, e.g. temporal scalability.

References

Informative references:

Predictive coding using temporal sub-sampling or interpolation

H04N 19/587

H04N 19/33 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Performing hierarchical or layered coding by acting on spatial resolution, e.g. spatial scalability.

References

Informative references:

Predictive coding involving spatial sub-sampling or interpolation

H04N 19/59

H04N 19/37 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The preliminary organisation of the video elementary stream with assignment of different priorities or importance to data to be further transmitted, e.g. for transmission or dropping.

References

Informative references:

Communication control characterised by a protocol, e.g. protocols for client-server architecture

H04L 29/06

Error resilience techniques for digital video coding involving data partitioning

H04N 19/66

Control signalling in networks for selective content distribution, e.g. multimode transmission

H04N 21/63

H04N 19/40 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Transcoding of the elementary video stream at the level of digital video coding, i.e. partial or full decoding of a coded input stream and re-encoding of the decoded output stream.

References

Informative references:

Information retrieval, e.g. distillation of HTML documents for optimising the visualization of content or computer file format conversion

G06F 17/30

Video standard conversion at the pixel level, e.g. for analog television

H04N 7/01

Video conference systems, e.g. reformatting video signals

H04N 7/15

Processing of video elementary streams at a server involving reformatting operations of video signals

H04N 21/2343

Processing of video elementary streams at a client device involving reformatting operations of video signals

H04N 21/4402

Communication protocols, e.g. transcoding therefor

H04L 29/06

H04N 19/42 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Implementation details or hardware specific for elementary video compression or decompression, e.g. dedicated software implementation, memory arrangements, parallel processing or hardware for motion estimation or compensation.

References

Limiting references:

Filter definition or implementation details for defining sub-band transforms

H04N 19/635

Informative references:

Binary arithmetic

G06F 7/60

Execution of machine instructions

G06F 9/30

Pipelines

G06F 9/38

Resource allocation

G06F 9/50

Transfer of information, buses

G06F 13/00

Digital computing

G06F 17/00

Complex mathematical operations

G06F 17/10

Software or hardware implementations of Fourier, Walsh or analogous domain transformations

G06F 17/14

Decoder specific implementations

H04N 19/44

H04N 19/423 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Details of memory arrangements or management specifically dedicated to video compression.

The subgroup H04N 19/426 covers details of memory downsizing techniques.

References

Limiting references:

Techniques for memory access in motion estimation or compensation

H04N 19/433

Informative references:

Accessing, addressing or allocating within memory systems or architectures in general

G06F 12/00

Memory management for general purpose image data processing

G06T 1/60

Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators, e.g. display memories

G09G 5/00

Static storage for general purpose data processing, e.g. memories, shift registers

G11C

H04N 19/44 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Video decoders not symmetric with the corresponding encoders, i.e. decoding means or steps are not a mere reversal of the corresponding encoding means or steps, or specific hardware or software implementations details for the video decoder.

References

Informative references:

Complex mathematical operations

G06F 17/10

Implementation details or hardware specific for video encoding and decoding

H04N 19/42

H04N 19/46 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter wherein additional information is provided and transmitted within the compressed video signal, e.g. flag information or ancillary encoding information without details of syntax related data structure, watermarking.

Encoding parameters are generally included for transmission in the video elementary stream. This group or its subgroups should be assigned if special details are provided about their insertion for transmission in the stream, e.g. compression is covered by H04N 19/463.

References

Limiting references:

Motion vector coding and transmission

H04N 19/517

Insertion of resynchronisation markers into the bitstream

H04N 19/68

Syntax aspects related to video coding

H04N 19/70

H04N 19/467 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Details of the embedding of additional information during the coding process, which is embedded into the image part or into the auxiliary information of the elementary video bit stream in order to be invisible, e.g. by watermarking.

References

Informative references:

Generation or processing of content or additional data for video distribution by content creator independently of the distribution process; Content for video distribution per se

H04N 21/80

Generation of protective data involving watermarking as additional data for video distribution

H04N 21/8358

Circuits or arrangements for control or supervision between transmitter and receiver, e.g. display, printing, storage or transmission of additional information in scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents or the like

H04N 1/32

H04N 19/48 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Details of compressed domain processing techniques other than decoding, e.g. modification of transform coefficients, of VLC data or of run-length data, filtering in the compressed domain.

1. H04N0019480000_0.gif

References

Limiting references:

Motion estimation in a transform domain

H04N 19/547

Processing of decoded motion vectors

H04N 19/513

H04N 19/50 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Predictive digital video coding techniques not otherwise provided in other subgroups.

References

Limiting references:

Transform coding (constitutes a significant non trivial detail) used in combination with predictive coding

H04N 19/61

H04N 19/503 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Predictive digital video coding techniques involving temporal prediction not otherwise provided in other subgroups.

Details of temporal prediction are classified here.

References

Limiting references:

Adaptive coding with adaptive selection between spatial and temporal predictive coding

H04N 19/107

Adaptive coding with adaptive selection among a plurality of temporal predictive coding modes

H04N 19/109

H04N 19/507 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Temporal predictive coding using conditional replenishment, i.e. transmitting only a portion of a picture, in which a change has been detected with respect to the corresponding co-located portion of the immediately previous picture.

Conditional replenishment may be seen also as motion compensated temporal predictive encoding, using only skipping or transmission with zero motion vector.

H04N 19/51 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Details of disparity estimation and compensation in stereoscopic or multi-view video coding are also covered in this subgroup and in its subgroups.

For a synopsis of motion estimation techniques in video coding, see the figure below.

1. H04N0019510000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

Picture signal circuitry for video frequency region, e.g. for movement detection in television systems not related to digital video coding

H04N 5/14

Conversion of standards for analogue television systems, e.g. at pixel level involving interpolation processes involving the use of motion vectors

H04N 7/01

Analysis of motion by image analysis in general

G06T 7/20

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Motion vector

A two-dimensional vector used for inter prediction that provides an offset from the coordinates in the decoded picture to the coordinates in a reference picture.

Global motion estimation

Process to estimate the part of motion in a video sequence caused by camera motion, e.g. background motion by panning or zooming.

Multiresolution motion estimation

Motion estimation performed on the same picture of a video sequence at different spatial sampling resolutions (coarse-to-fine: starting from the lowest resolution; fine-to-coarse: starting from the highest resolution).

Block-based matching motion estimation

Classic motion estimation based on the search of a best matching block in a reference frame.

Occlusion

A part of background or of a foreground object that is hidden in one frame and then uncovered in a following frame.

(Motion) Search window

A region in a reference frame, where the search for the block or feature best matching the current block or feature is performed.

Synonyms and Keywords

MV

Motion Vector

GMV

Global Motion Vector

MAE

Mean Absolute Error

MAD

Mean Absolute Difference

SAD

Sum of Absolute Differences

MSE

Mean Squared Error

CCF

Cross-Correlation Function

PDC

Pixel Difference Classification

DFD

Displaced Frame Difference

In patent documents the following expressions "reference frame" and "anchor frame" are often used as synonyms.

H04N 19/513 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter wherein the determined or existing motion vectors are subjected to further processing or modification, e.g. scaling of motion vectors for scalability or transcoding purposes, encoding of motion vectors, reducing or dropping of motion vectors.

Motion vector coding and predictive coding is covered in the subgroups.

References

Informative references:

Processing of encoding parameters different from motion vectors

H04N 19/46

H04N 19/567 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Rate distortion as a criterion for adaptive coding

H04N 19/147

H04N 19/573 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Uni-directional or bi-directional motion compensation with more than one reference frame per direction

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Bi-directional motion frame interpolation

Temporal interpolation where a frame is predicted as a function both of a preceding anchor frame and of a succeeding anchor frame, e.g. by averaging.

H04N 19/577 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Bi-directional motion compensation with one or more than one reference frame per direction

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Bi-directional motion frame interpolation

Temporal interpolation where a frame is predicted as a function both of a preceding anchor frame and of a succeeding anchor frame, e.g. by averaging.

H04N 19/58 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Prediction of a frame (Ppred) from an anchor frame (Panc) that is not the closest anchor frame preceding or succeeding the frame to be predicted, cf. figure.

1. H04N0019580000_0.gif

References

Limiting references:

Video object coding with coding of regions that are present throughout a whole video segment, e.g. sprites, background or mosaic

H04N 19/23

H04N 19/587 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Sub-sampling or interpolation in the temporal domain during digital video compression or decompression.

References

Informative references:

Conversion of standards for analogue television systems, at pixel level involving interpolation processes

H04N 7/01

Adaptive sampling for adaptive digital video coding

H04N 19/132

Video compression using hierarchical techniques in the temporal domain

H04N 19/31

H04N 19/59 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Sub-sampling or interpolation in the spatial domain during digital video compression or decompression.

Details of sub-sampling or interpolation operations during motion estimation and compensation with sub-pixel accuracy are also covered here.

References

Informative references:

Adaptive sampling for adaptive digital video coding

H04N 19/132

Video compression using hierarchical techniques in the spatial domain

H04N 19/33

Motion estimation or motion compensation with sub-pixel accuracy

H04N 19/523

Conversion of standards for analogue television systems, at pixel level involving interpolation processes

H04N 7/01

Scaling the whole image or part thereof, e.g. by interpolation based image scaling

G06T 3/40

H04N 19/593 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Digital video compression involving spatial prediction techniques, e.g. details of intra prediction.

References

Limiting references:

Adaptive coding with adaptive selection between spatial and temporal predictive coding

H04N 19/107

Adaptive coding with adaptive selection among a plurality of spatial predictive coding modes

H04N 19/11

H04N 19/597 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Details of stereoscopic or multi-view digital video coding.

References

Informative references:

Motion estimation or compensation

H04N 19/51

H04N 19/60 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Fourier, Walsh or analogous domain transformations in general, e.g. implementation details of DCT or wavelet transforms

G06F 17/14

Synonyms and Keywords

DCT

Discrete Cosine Transform

KLT

Karhunen-Loève Transform

DST

Discrete Sine Transform

FFT

Fast Fourier Transform

WLT

Wavelet Transform

MCTF

Motion Compensated Temporal Filtering

EZW

Embedded Zerotrees of Wavelets

In patent documents the following expressions "discrete cosine transform" and "cosine transform" are often used as synonyms.

H04N 19/635 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Implementation details or hardware specially adapted for video compression or decompression

H04N 19/42

H04N 19/65 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Techniques for error resilience in digital video coding at the level of encoding the elementary video stream.

References

Informative references:

Coding, decoding or code conversion, e.g for error correction in general

H03M 13/00

Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received, e.g. preventing errors by adapting the channel coding

H04L 1/00

Systems for detection or correction of transmission errors in the transmission of television signals using pulse code modulation

H04N 19/89

Selective content distribution, e.g. error resilience techniques for storage at video servers or for channel coding adapted to video distribution

H04N 21/00

Channel coding of digital bit-stream for video distribution

H04N 21/2383

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Resynchronisation marker

A special Variable Length Coding binary word inserted to allow re-initialisation of VLC decoding, which is forced by the marker.

Reversible Variable Length Coding

VLC allowing backward decoding of the stream, i.e. decoding of a VLC coded binary string starting from the end to the beginning.

Synonyms and Keywords

Resync marker

Resynchronisation marker

RVLC

Reversible Variable Length Coding

UEP

Unequal Error Protection

H04N 19/70 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter wherein details about standards related coding syntax or about using the syntax in the coding process are provided, e.g. H.264 supplemental enhancement information [SEI], headers definitions, details of elementary stream parsing.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Syntax

The definition of the binary codes and values that make up a conforming elementary video bit stream.

Semantics

The definition of the meaning of the syntax and of the process flow for decoding the syntax elements to produce the digital video output.

Profile / Level

Operational level of a standard compliant decoder, which uses a predefined subset of the features defining the complete decoder according to the standard.

The definition of the predefined subset falls also within the prescriptions of the standard.

H04N 19/80 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter wherein a filtering operation specifically adapted to video compression is included but not necessarily adaptive in the video compression or decompression process, with details of the filtering operation provided.

References

Limiting references:

Filter definition or implementation for sub-band based transform

H04N 19/635

Filtering for removal of coding artifacts

H04N 19/86

Informative references:

Adaptive filtering operation

H04N 19/117

Pre-processing or post-processing specially adapted for video compression

H04N 19/85

Image filtering for image enhancement or restoration using local operators

G06T 5/20

Impedance networks, e.g. resonant circuits, filters in general

H03H

H04N 19/82 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The insertion of the filtering within a prediction loop and details of such filter. This subgroup is of relevance, only if it contributes to define non trivial details of the filtering operation as in-loop filtering, regardless whether the filtering is adapted in the sense of H04N 19/117 or not.

1. H04N0019820000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

Adaptive filtering operation

H04N 19/117

Filter definition or implementation for sub-band based transform

H04N 19/635

H04N 19/85 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter wherein the pre or post processing operation is present as a functional block but not necessarily adaptive in the video coding process, e.g. the pre or post processing is respectively performed prior to the input of, or after the output of, the video coding process.

This subgroup is of relevance, only if the subject-matter to be classified contributes to define non trivial details of pre- or post-processing, regardless whether the filtering is adapted in the sense of H04N 19/117 or not.

References

Informative references:

In-loop filtering

H04N 19/82

H04N 19/86 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processing techniques (e.g. filtering or interpolation in the spatial or in the temporal domain) adapted to reduce artefacts caused by digital video compression, e.g. blockiness from block-based transform compression, frame freeze or jerkiness from dropping frames at compression or transmission, false contours from limited bit depth resolution.

References

Informative references:

Circuitry for suppressing or minimising disturbance (e.g. moiré, halo) in television systems

H04N 5/21

In-loop filtering

H04N 19/82

Filtering or interpolation as an error concealment technique

H04N 19/895

H04N 19/87 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Picture signal circuitry for video frequency region, e.g. circuitry for scene change detection in television systems.

H04N 5/14

Scene cut detection in adaptive video coding

H04N 19/142

H04N 19/88 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Techniques for the rearrangement of data among different coding units at the level of a single elementary video stream within the operation of the video coder, e.g. shuffling, interleaving, scrambling, permutation of pixel data or permutation of transform coefficient data among different blocks.

References

Informative references:

Analogue secrecy systems in television systems

H04N 7/16

Adaptive scanning of coding units

H04N 19/129

Processing of video elementary streams for video distribution involving video stream encryption at the transmitter side

H04N 21/2347

Processing of video elementary streams involving video stream decryption

H04N 21/4405

Processing of video elementary streams involving video stream encryption at the receiver side

H04N 21/4408

H04N 19/89 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Techniques for detecting transmission errors at the digital video decoder and at the level of the elementary video stream.

The subgroup H04N 19/895 covers details of detection in combination with error concealment.

References

Informative references:

Coding, decoding or code conversion for error detection or error correction in general

H03M 13/00

Decoders specifically adapted for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals

H04N 19/44

Methods or arrangements, for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using error resilience

H04N 19/65

Interfacing the downstream path of the transmission network originating from a server, e.g. channel decoding in selective content distribution

H04N 21/438

Monitoring of processes or resources, e.g. of downstream path of the transmission network at the receiver side

H04N 21/442

Monitoring of client processing errors or hardware failure in selective video distribution

H04N 21/4425

Control signalling between network components and server or clients, e.g. monitoring network process errors by the network

H04N 21/647

Detection or correction of transmission errors in systems for the transmission of television signals using pulse code modulation

H04N 19/89

H04N 19/90 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Places in relation to which this subgroup is residual:

Methods or arrangements, for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals

using adaptive coding

using adaptive coding

H04N 19/10

using video object coding

H04N 19/20

using hierarchical techniques, e.g. scalability

H04N 19/30

using video transcoding

H04N 19/40

Implementation details or hardware specially adapted for video compression or decompression

H04N 19/42

Decoders specifically adapted for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals

H04N 19/44

Embedding additional information in the video signal during the compression process

H04N 19/46

using compressed domain processing techniques other than decoding

H04N 19/48

using predictive coding

H04N 19/50

using transform coding

H04N 19/60

using error resilience

H04N 19/65

characterised by syntax aspects related to video coding

H04N 19/70

Details of filtering operations specially adapted for video compression

H04N 19/80

Pre-processing or post-processing specially adapted for video compression

H04N 19/85

H04N 19/91 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter wherein the entropy coding is especially adapted to video compression, e.g. specifics of table entries for fixed and variable length coding, details of MPEG Huffman coding, details of H.264 arithmetic coding.

References

Informative references:

Conversion to or from variable length codes in general

H03M 7/40

Adaptive entropy coding, e.g. adaptive variable length coding [AVLC] or context adaptive binary arithmetic coding [CABAC]

H04N 19/13

Run-length coding for video compression

H04N 19/93

Synonyms and Keywords

VLC

Variable Length Coding

H04N 19/93 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subject matter wherein the run-length coding is especially adapted to video compression.

In run-length coding a run, i.e. a sequence of identical data values, is coded by a representation of the data value together with the length of the sequence.

References

Informative references:

Conversion to or from run-length codes in general

H03M 7/46

Variable length coding in an adaptive video coding process

H04N 19/13

Synonyms and Keywords

RLE

Run-Length Encoding

H04N 19/94 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Video compression using vector quantisation, i.e. by dividing a large set of points into groups (vectors) having approximately the same number of points closest to them and by representing each group by a single code, which is associated with its centroid point.

References

Informative references:

Compression in general, e.g. vector coding

H03M 7/30

Synonyms and Keywords

VQ

Vector Quantisation

H04N 19/96 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Video compression using tree coding.

Two-dimensional tree coding is called quad-tree coding and is performed by partitioning an image or a video frame by recursively subdividing it into four quadrants or regions, until each region may be represented by a single colour or codeword, and coding the resulting tree data structure in which each internal node has exactly four children and each termination node (leaf) corresponds to a resulting region with the colour or codeword associated to it, cf. R. Finkel and J.L. Bentley (1974). "Quad Trees: A Data Structure for Retrieval on Composite Keys". Acta Informatica 4 (1): 1-9.

Tree coding in higher dimension is defined correspondingly (e.g. octree, performed in three-dimensions by subdivision into eight volumetric regions).

1. H04N0019960000_0.gif

References

Informative references:

Image coding using tree coding, e.g. quadtree, octree

G06T 9/40

H04N 19/97 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Video compression using matching pursuit coding, cf. G. Mallat and Z. Zhang, "Matching Pursuits with Time-Frequency Dictionaries", IEEE Transactions on Signal Processing, December 1993, pp. 3397-3415.

Synonyms and Keywords

MP

Matching Pursuit

H04N 19/98 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Video compression using adaptive-dynamic-range coding, cf. Kondo et al., "Adaptive dynamic range coding scheme for future HDTV digital VTR", Proceedings of Signal Processing of HDTV, III. Fourth International Workshop on HDTV and Beyond, Turin, Italy, 4-6 Sept. 1991, p. 43-50.

The term "adaptive" in the "Adaptive-Dynamic-Range Coding" refers to the dynamic range being adaptive and not to the coding being adaptive, which is covered by H04N 19/10 and subgroups.

1. H04N0019980000_0.gif

Synonyms and Keywords

ADRC

Adaptive-Dynamic-Range Coding

H04N 21/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Interactive video distribution systems characterised by point-to-multipoint configurations, which are mainly used for unidirectional distribution of motion video, delivery resulting from interactions between systems operators, e.g. access or service providers, and users e.g. subscribers, and system elements

Interactive video systems in which motion video occupies most of the downlink bandwidth, but which may additionally provide data communications or services in either a unidirectional or a bi-directional form

System operators' interfaces with transmitter elements or users' interfaces with receiver elements, the interfaces allowing control of data processing or dataflow, the control being typically occasional or intermittent in nature

The generation, distribution and processing of data that is associated with video content, e.g. metadata or ratings information, or is related to the user, from whom it may have been gathered actively or passively

References

Limiting references:

Real-time bi-directional transmission of motion video data

H04N 7/14

Informative references:

Broadcast communication

H04H

Arrangements, apparatus, circuits or systems for digital communication control or processing being characterised by a protocol

H04L 29/06

Special rules of classification

In this main group, the first place priority rule is applied, i.e. at each hierarchical level, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, classification is made in the first appropriate place.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Additional data

Non-streaming, non-audio or -video information, e.g. metadata, content descriptors, URLs of interest in connection with the audio or video content

Client

A device located at the user-end, interacting with a server to request, receive and process video content

Server

A host system dedicated to the provision of video content

STB

Set-top-box

User

A person who views video content

VOD

Video On Demand

H04N 21/20 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of, or interaction with, content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]

H04N 21/40

Control signaling between client, server and network components;

Transmission of management data between server and client;

Communication details between server and client

H04N 21/60

H04N 21/21 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Architectures of general purpose stored programme computers

G06F 15/76

H04N 21/214 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Servers specially adapted to systems located in a confined environment.

References

Informative references:

Specialised client platforms, e.g. receiver in car or embedded in a mobile appliance

H04N 21/414

H04N 21/2187 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The supply of live signals from head-end units or servers, where the signals originate from cameras.

H04N 21/222 - Definition fr

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Secondary server

A server belonging to a hierarchy of servers, e.g. servers forming part of distributed systems or local servers for serving mobile terminals

H04N 21/23 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Processing of content or additional data taking place in client device; Client middleware

H04N 21/43

H04N 21/231 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Remote storage of video programs received via the downstream path, e.g. from the server

H04N 21/2747

Content storage operation taking place in client device

H04N 21/433

Housekeeping operations, e.g. prioritizing content for deletion because of storage space restrictions in client device

H04N 21/4335

H04N 21/2315 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The storage of successive file blocks on different disks, each whole sector being located on one disk only

H04N 21/2318 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The storage of successive data blocks on different disks, each data sector being distributed over several disks, e.g. RAID technology

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

RAID

Redundant array of independent disks. A storage technology that combines multiple disk drive components into a logical unit

H04N 21/232 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Operations linked to the retrieval of multimedia streams from disks

Disk scheduling

File mapping

References

Informative references:

Information retrieval;

database structures therefor

G06F 17/30

Content retrieval operation from a local storage medium, e.g. hard-disk

H04N 21/432

H04N 21/233 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Temporary noise shaping, e.g. in MPEG2 or MPEG4, in the coding or decoding of audio signals

G10L 19/03

Processing of audio elementary streams taking place in client device

H04N 21/439

H04N 21/234 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Video stream management, e.g. control of the encoder, video scaling and transcoding, synchronisation, interactive control of playback, composition of MPEG-4 objects or embedding of graphics or text.

References

Informative references:

Video encoding or transcoding processes per se

H04N 19/00

Processing of video elementary streams, e.g. splicing a video clip retrieved from local storage with an incoming video stream or rendering scenes according to MPEG-4 scene graphs

H04N 21/44

H04N 21/2343 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Processing of video elementary streams involving reformatting operations of video signals for household redistribution, storage or real-time display

H04N 21/4402

H04N 21/2347 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Arrangements for secret or secure digital communications per se

H04L 9/00

Analogue secrecy systems

H04N 7/16

Processing of video elementary streams involving video stream encryption, e.g. re-encrypting a video stream for redistribution in a home network

H04N 21/4408

H04N 21/235 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Processing of additional data taking place at the client device, e.g. decrypting of additional data or reconstructing software from modules extracted from the transport stream

H04N 21/435

H04N 21/236 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Generation of a single transport stream as output, by combining input streams, e.g. video streams, audio streams, or an already multiplexed AV stream (in the case of remultiplexing)

References

Informative references:

Disassembling of a multiplex stream;

Remultiplexing of multiplex streams at client device;

Disassembling of packetised elementary stream

H04N 21/434

H04N 21/2362 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The generation of MPEG SI [Service Information] and PSI [Program Specific Information] tables

References

Informative references:

Extraction or processing of SI

H04N 21/434

H04N 21/238 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Interfacing the upstream path of the transmission network

H04N 21/437

Interfacing the downstream path of the transmission network originating from a server, taking place in a client device

H04N 21/438

H04N 21/2381 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Adapting the video stream to a specific local network, e.g. a IEEE 1394 or Bluetooth® network

H04N 21/4363

H04N 21/2383 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The protection of the digital bitstream (e.g. RS coding) and modulation

H04N 21/2387 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The management of the video stream after receiving an upstream playback control signal from the client, e.g. in a VOD system, to pause or fast-forward the video stream

References

Informative references:

Control parameters of the transmission by the client directed to the server, e.g. trick-play commands or viewpoint selection

H04N 21/6587

H04N 21/2389 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The processing of the transport stream as received from the network and before being adapted to the delivery medium

References

Informative references:

Multiplex stream processing, e.g. multiplex stream decrypting

H04N 21/4385

H04N 21/239 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Interfacing the upstream path of the transmission network, e.g. for transmitting client requests to a VODserver

H04N 21/437

H04N 21/24 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Monitoring of transmission systems, in general

H04B 17/00

Monitoring of processes or resources, e.g. detecting the failure of a recording device, monitoring the downstream bandwidth, the number of times a movie has been viewed or the storage space available from the internal hard disk

H04N 21/442

H04N 21/241 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Basic functions provided by the operating system, e.g. memory management, event handling, multitasking, multithreading or setup

References

Informative references:

Arrangements for programme control

G06F 9/00

OS processes, e.g. booting a STB, implementing a Java virtual machine in a STB or power management in a STB

H04N 21/443

H04N 21/242 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Synchronisation arrangements in time-division multiplex systems

H04J 3/06

Arrangements for synchronising receiver with transmitter

H04L 7/00

Arrangements or circuits at the transmitter end for generation of synchronising signals

H04N 5/067

Elementary client operations, e.g. monitoring of home network or synchronising decoder's clock

H04N 21/43

H04N 21/25 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Management operations performed by the client for facilitating the reception of or the interaction with the content or administrating data related to the end-user or to the client itself

H04N 21/45

H04N 21/254 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Rights management operations performed by the client

H04N 21/4627

Generation of protective data, e.g. certificates

H04N 21/835

H04N 21/2543 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Billing systems or methods specially adapted for commercial purposes

G06Q 30/04

Charging arrangements in data switching networks

H04L 12/14

H04N 21/258 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Learning process for intelligent management, e.g. learning user preferences for recommending movies

H04N 21/466

H04N 21/262 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Controlling the distribution of the audio and video streams over time, by taking into account a number of constraints, e.g. available bandwidths, time of day or priority arising from a fee-based higher quality of service

Multimedia content scheduling, e.g. assigning a time and channel to a TV program or inserting commercials at the best time (prime time)

Scheduling the distribution of additional data

H04N 21/266 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Content filtering performed by the client device, e.g. blocking advertisements

H04N 21/454

Processing of entitlement messages taking place at the client device

H04N 21/4623

H04N 21/2662 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Content or additional data management, e.g. creating a master electronic program guide from data received from the Internet and a Head-end or controlling the complexity of a video stream by scaling the resolution or bit-rate based on the client capabilities

H04N 21/462

H04N 21/2668 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The generation of a personalised channel for one or a group of users, according to their preferences, making use of data received from the scheduler

The insertion of targeted commercials by the server (with no further details at bitstream level)

References

Informative references:

Advertising systems or methods specially adapted for commercial purposes

G06Q 30/02

H04N 21/27 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

End-user applications exchanging data with the server, the data being either provided by the end-user (e.g., video hosting) or being made available to the end-user application (e.g., directory service)

H04N 21/274 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The storage of private data based on the explicit request of the end-user, the private data received from the client being stored as an extra service

H04N 21/2747 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Content storage operation taking place at client device

H04N 21/433

H04N 21/278 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The creation of directory services, for example by indexing metadata for easy retrieval (keyword search of movies)

References

Informative references:

Information retrieval; database structures therefor

G06F 17/30

End-user interface for requesting content, additional data or services; End-user interface for interacting with content

H04N 21/472

End-user interface for program selection

H04N 21/482

Generation or processing of descriptive data, e.g. content descriptors

H04N 21/84

H04N 21/41 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Hardware or multimedia client devices characterised by a special adaptation of a component to the selective distribution of pictorial content, that component being classified per se in another subclass or main group

H04N 21/414 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Wireless terminal devices

H04W 88/02

H04N 21/4143 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Computers per se

G06F

H04N 21/4147 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Interactive television client devices with an integrated function permitting television signal recording, and characterised by the integration rather than the television signal recording

References

Limiting references:

Television signal recording

H04N 5/76

H04N 21/418 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Cards that can be inserted into a dedicated slot, e.g. smart card, allowing for example conditional access or upgrading of the STB capability

H04N 21/4185 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Bank cards, credit cards or prepaid cards operable with a client device, e.g. in TV shopping applications

References

Informative references:

Information-bearing cards or sheet-like structures characterised by identification or security features for use in combination with accessories specially adapted for information-bearing cards

B42D 25/22

Payment architectures where the payment is settled via telecommunication systems

G06Q 20/16

Payment architectures, schemes or protocols characterised by the use of cards

G06Q 20/34

H04N 21/422 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Remote controls, keyboards, mice, microphones and biosensors arranged in use to control a client device

References

Informative references:

Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer

G06F 3/01

H04N 21/4223 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Image generating devices, e.g. cameras, paper scanners, fingerprint scanners or retina scanners, connected to a client device, e.g. for identification purposes or to upload video material to a server

References

Limiting references:

Television cameras

H04N 5/225

H04N 21/4227 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Remotely located input devices (e.g., mobile phone, PDA, office PC) used to control a client device located at home, the control signals propagating through a wide area network

H04N 21/426 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Internal components of multimedia client devices providing selective content distribution, e.g. tuners, demodulators or demultiplexers, where such components are special adaptations of components classified per se elsewhere

References

Limiting references:

Television receiver circuitry

H04N 5/44

H04N 21/431 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Details of the generation of visual interfaces on a video client, involving e.g. graphical features or screen space management, these details constituting the functional elements that are used in applications per se, covered in H04N 21/47, such as electronic programme guides (EPG)

References

Informative references:

Receiver circuitry for displaying additional information

H04N 5/445

End-user applications

H04N 21/47

H04N 21/433 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Local storage of the received multimedia data or locally generated data (e.g. monitoring data) in volatile or non volatile memory (e.g. hard disk)

H04N 21/434 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Disassembling of a multiplex system, e.g. demultiplexing audio and video streams or extraction of additional data from a video stream

Remultiplexing of multiplex streams, e.g. remultiplexing of several transport streams into a new transport stream

Extraction or processing of service information

Disassembling of packetised elementary stream, e.g. Packet ID (PID) filtering

H04N 21/435 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processing of additional data, that is, non-streaming data or non audio-video information, e.g. descriptors, WWW pages

Retrieval of software modules, for example by extracting them from a Digital Video Broadcast (DVB) carousel or an Internet site, and further steps of reordering the modules according to a directory module, or checking for consistency, and eventually rebuilding the complete package

H04N 21/436 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Client interfaces allowing communication with cards and peripheral devices, e.g. interfaces for a Digital Video Broadcast (DVB) interface, or connections to other video devices, e.g. via a Firewire® or other IEEE 1394 interface

H04N 21/4367 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Security arrangements for protecting computers or computer systems against unauthorised activity

G06F 21/00

Arrangements for secret or secure digital communications per se

H04L 9/00

H04N 21/4385 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processing of the transport stream as received from the network and before being sent to the demultiplexer

H04N 21/44 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The management of the video stream, that is, receiving the video stream from the demultiplexer and performing MPEG decoding or synchronisation with other streams

Management of the video decoder buffer

H04N 21/4405 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Arrangements for secret or secure digital communications per se

H04L 9/00

H04N 21/4408 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Arrangements for secret or secure digital communications per se

H04L 9/00

H04N 21/441 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The acquisition of user identification, e.g. to retrieve user settings, viewing preferences, or to effect financial transactions

H04N 21/4415 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Identification of the user by facial, fingerprint, retinal scan, or voice recognition

Relationship between large subject matter areas

This subgroup covers the adaptation of biometric techniques for use in selective content distribution. Biometric techniques per se are classified in function-oriented places, e.g. A61B 5/117.

References

Informative references:

Identification of persons, e.g. finger-printing, foot-printing or impression techniques

A61B 5/117

Methods or arrangements for reading or recognizing printed or written characters or for recognizing patterns, e.g. fingerprints

G06K 9/00

Speaker identification or verification

G10L 17/00

H04N 21/4425 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Monitoring in electrical digital data processing

G06F 11/00

H04N 21/443 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Arrangements for program loading or initiating

G06F 9/445

H04N 21/458 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Client-side schedulers, the scheduling functions being similar to the server-side scheduler, e.g. processing incoming streams of data or data cached on an internal disk, or creation of virtual channels, or generation of a stream of personalised data

H04N 21/4627 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The retrieval of the rights attached to the content

References

Informative references:

Protecting distributed programs or content, e.g. vending or licensing of copyrighted material

G06F 21/10

Generation of protective data, e.g. certificates

H04N 21/835

H04N 21/466 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Learning methods in computer systems using neural network models

G06N 3/08

H04N 21/47 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

End-user applications in the sense of services provided by the multimedia system to the user, whether requiring an uplink or solely providing local interactivity

References

Informative references:

Interaction techniques for graphical user interfaces

G06F 3/048

Receiver circuitry for displaying additional information

H04N 5/445

H04N 21/478 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Data processing systems or methods specially adapted for shopping

G06Q 30/00

Arrangements for indicating or recording the number of the calling subscriber at the called subscriber's set

H04M 1/57

H04N 21/4782 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Television receivers used as a World Wide Web (WWW) browser (e.g. WebTV), to display WWW pages. A necessary criterion for classification in this group is active browsing by the user

H04N 21/4784 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Data processing systems or methods specially adapted for customer management or rewards

G06Q 30/02

H04N 21/4786 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Message switching systems

H04L 12/58

Wireless messaging

H04W 4/12

H04N 21/4788 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Systems allowing users to communicate with each other via respective client devices, e.g. to exchange videos or any kind of data, but not e-mails

Applications such as bulletin boards or forums for chat

H04N 21/482 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Broadcast-related systems using electronic programme guides

H04H 60/72

H04N 21/488 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Applications providing access to data services, for displaying information or data

References

Informative references:

Arrangements for providing special services to substations in data switching networks

H04L 12/16

Interactive information services in automatic or semi-automatic telephonic exchanges

H04M 3/493

H04N 21/60 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processes and structures involving exchange of data and control signals between servers, clients and intermediate components connected within a network, as opposed to audio-visual or streaming signals

References

Informative references:

Data switching networks

H04L 12/00

Wireless communication networks

H04W

H04N 21/61 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Networks characterised by their topology

Networks characterised by their physical aspects

References

Limiting references:

Transmission

H04B

H04N 21/63 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Communication control in digital communication

H04L 29/02

H04N 21/6334 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Arrangements for secret or secure digital communication

H04L 9/00

H04N 21/643 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Wireless network protocols

H04W 80/00

H04N 21/80 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processing operations to convert the data into a form suitable for the distribution process

Operations to create an interactive application

Video data and ancillary data structures, generated by the content provider, wherein the defining feature is the presence of the data per se

H04N 21/835 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The generation of protective data, e.g., identification of the source (e.g. motion picture studio), content identification, rights specification as well as the addition of certificates or the computation of signatures to guarantee the integrity of the content and the rights of its provider, this protection being inserted at the content generation step, before entering the distribution system

H04N 21/8355 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The generation of data by the content provider defining how the content is to be used, for example the extent of displaying or copying that is permitted, or the rental period of a movie

H04N 21/84 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The generation of descriptive data, like program descriptors (abstract, actors, etc.), scene descriptors, reviews by viewers, or program categories

H04N 21/85 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Studio circuitry;

Studio devices;

Studio equipment

H04N 5/222

H04N 21/8545 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The generation of scripts or executable files, e.g. applets, to make an application interactive

H04N 21/8549 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The generation of a trailer or any edited version from an original (including preview).

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Trailer

Selected scenes from an original video

H04N 21/858 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Associating to the video content, or an element of that video content, a source of related outside information, e.g. linking two television programmes or providing access within a television programme to additional information available on the Internet (through a URL) or to shopping information. A specific instance of the second example is the inserting of Advanced Television Enhancement Forum (ATVEF) triggers within a television programme.

H04Q - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Methods, circuits, or apparatus for selectively establishing a connection between a desired number of stations (normally two), or between a main station and a desired number of substations (normally one) for the purpose of transferring information via this connection after it has been established; and

Selective calling arrangements over connections already established.

As the scope of H04Q covers a diversity of subject matter, the user is referred to the IPC definitions for the main groups of H04Q.

The following list is intended to assist the user:

Details of selecting apparatus arrangements, see definition for group H04Q 1/00.

Selecting arrangements, see definition for group H04Q 3/00.

For subscriber stations connected by the same line to the exchange, see definition for group H04Q 5/00.

Arrangements in telecontrol or telemetry systems for selectively calling a substation from a main station, see definition for H04Q 9/00.

Selecting arrangements for multiplex systems, see definition for group H04Q 11/00.

References

Limiting references:

Electric switches; Relays; Selectors

H01H

Multiplex communication

H04J

Wireless communication networks

H04W

Informative references:

Cables; Conductors

H01B

Installation of communication cables or lines

H02G

Electronic switches

H03K 17/00

Transmission in general

H04B

Broadcast communication

H04H

Transmission of digital information

H04L

Telephonic communication

H04M

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Satellite

A kind of exchange the operation of which depends upon control signals received from a supervisory exchange.

Subscriber

General term for terminal equipment, e.g. telephone for public use.

Substation

Subscriber or monitoring equipment which may connect a single subscriber to a line without choice as to subscriber.

Switching centres

Include exchanges and satellites.

H04Q 1/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Details of selector switches

H01H 63/00

Cables; Conductors

H01B

Installation of communication cables or lines

H02G

Multiplex systems providing for calling or supervisory signals

H04J 1/00, H04J 3/12

Telephone substation equipment

H04M 1/00

Current supply arrangements for telephone systems

H04M 19/00

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the following abbreviations are often used:

MDF

Main Distribution Frame

H04Q 1/30 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Telephone substation equipment

H04M 1/00

H04Q 3/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Intermediate storage means for telegraphic communication

H04L 13/08

Subscriber services provided at exchanges

H04M 3/42

Signaling arrangements

H04Q 1/30

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the following abbreviations are often used:

BCSM

Basic Call State Model

SIBBS

Service-Independent Building Blocks

PBX

Private Branch Exchange

H04Q 5/00 - Definition fr

H04Q 9/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Electric programme-control systems

G05B 19/02

Transmission systems for measured values, control signals

G08C

Toy vehicles

A63H 17/00

Electric circuits specially adapted for vehicles

B60R 16/02

Applications of remote control devices for cranes

B66C 13/40

Electric permutation locks

E05B 49/00

Input and output arrangements for digital data processing

G06F 3/00

Individual entry or exit registers

G07C 9/00

Circuit arrangements for providing remote control of switching means in a power distribution network

H02J 13/00

Remote-control of tuned circuits

H03J 9/00

Data switching networks

H04L 12/00

Telephonic communication systems adapted for combination with other electrical systems

H04M 11/00

Receiver circuitry of television systems

H04N 5/44

H04Q 11/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Multiplex systems

H04J

H04R - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Loudspeakers, microphones, acoustictransducers therefor producing acoustic waves or variations of electric current or voltage, or gramophone pick-ups;

Arrangements actuated by variations of electric current or voltage for cutting grooves in records;

Circuits for the above-mentioned loudspeakers, microphones, acoustictransducers, gramophone pick-ups or arrangements;

Monitoring or testing of the above-mentioned loudspeakers, microphones, acoustictransducers, gramophone pick-ups, arrangements or circuits therefor.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Regarding producing sound, this subclass covers producing sound with a frequency determined by the frequency of the electrical signal applied to the transducer, whereas G10K covers producing sounds with frequencies not so determined.

References

Informative references:

Generating mechanical vibrations in general

B06B

Measurement of mechanical vibrations or ultrasonic, sonic or infrasonic waves

G01H

Transducers in recording or reproducing heads

G11B

Transducers in motors

H02K, H02N

Transmission systems employing ultrasonic, sonic or infrasonic waves

H04B 11/00

Special rules of classification

Modifications to the transducers itself (e.g. a Helmholtz resonator attached to a through-hole in the magnetic circuit) in order to modify the frequency response are to be classified in the appropriate place for the type of transducer in combination with H04R 1/22 as invention or additional information.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Acoustic

cover the technical field dealing with ultrasonic, sonic or infrasonic waves

Deaf aid

hearing aid

Loudspeaker

transducer generally mounted in a casing for producing sound

Microphone

transducer generally mounted in a casing for collecting sound

Stereophonic system

two- or more channel system, e.g. quadraphonic, ambisonic or similar system

Transducer

a device that converts an electrical signal to an acoustic signal with a frequency which is determined by the frequency of the electrical signal applied to the transducer, or vice versa

H04R 1/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones

References

Limiting references:

Mountings specially adapted for telephone equipment

H04M 1/02

Diaphragms for electromechanical transducers

H04R 7/00

Details of transducers characterised by the nature of the transducer

H04R 9/00-H04R 23/00

Informative references:

Mounting radio sets or communication systems in helmets

A42B 3/30

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Casing

housing, enclosure

H04R 1/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Casings, cabinets for transducers, their manufacture, or mountings for transducers therein

References

Limiting references:

Transducer mountings or enclosures modified by provision of mechanical or acoustic impedances, e.g. resonator, damping means

H04R 1/28

Informative references:

Earpieces; Attachments therefor

H04R 1/10

H04R 1/04 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Structural association of microphone with electric circuitry therefor in deaf-aid sets

H04R 25/00

H04R 1/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Connection or contacting arrangements specially adapted to transducers, loudspeakers or microphones

H04R 1/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Mouthpieces or attachments therefor, or protective screens therefor, e.g. all weather or wind screens

H04R 1/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Earpieces or earphones

Attachments therefor, e.g. ear hooks

Details of headphones both of monophonic and stereophonic type, e.g. earpieces, e.g. intra-aural or supra-aural, or mechanical or electronic switches or control elements peculiar thereto, or accumulators or arrangements for charging peculiar thereto

Assembly or manufacture thereof, e.g. ear pads

Mechanical or electrical reduction of external noise

References

Informative references:

Casing; Cabinets; Mounting of transducers therein in general

H04R 1/02

Headphones for stereophonic communication

H04R 5/033

H04R 1/20 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics for stereophonic purposes

H04R 5/00

Informative references:

Speech enhancement by processing of the speech signal

G10L 21/02

H04R 1/22 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Circuits for combining transducers having different responses

H04R 3/00

H04R 1/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Transducer enclosures modified by provision of mechanical or acoustic impedances to achieve a desired frequency or phase response, e.g. enclosures

of the bass reflex type,

of the bandpass type,

using passive membranes,

using acoustic labyrinths or transmission lines

using back-loaded horns

Virtual enlargement by e.g. zeolytes

Transducer mountings or enclosures modified to reduce undesired resonances, i.e. standing waves within enclosure, or vibrations of the enclosure itself, to achieve a desired frequency response, by e.g.

damping materials in the enclosure,

enclosure stiffening structures

Helmholtz resonators

special mountings of transducers

References

Limiting references:

Constructional features of telephone transmitters or receivers, e.g. telephone hand-sets

H04M 1/03

Examples of places where the subject matter of this group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Adaptations to the transducers itself (e.g. a Helmholtz resonator attached to a through-hole in the magnetic circuit of an electrodynamic loudspeakertransducers) in order to modify the frequency response is classified at the transducer place

H04R 9/00 - H04R 23/00, e.g. H04R 9/02

H04R 1/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Combinations of transducers with horns, the acoustic horns predominantly being characterised by the mechanical matching, even though a directivity effect is also present

References

Informative references:

Horns in general

G10K 11/02

Application of horns as guiding means to obtain a desired directivity characteristic

H04R 1/34

H04R 1/32 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subgroup is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Arrangements in hearing aids for obtaining desired directional characteristic

H04R 25/00

H04R 1/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Sound reflecting, diffracting, directing or guiding means, e.g. horns to obtain a desired directivity characteristic, acoustic lenses or phase plugs

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subgroup is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Arrangements specially adapted for hearing aids

H04R 25/00

H04R 1/40 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Combining a number of identical transducers for stereophonic purpose

H04R 5/02; H04R 5/027

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subgroup is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Combining a number of identical transducers specially adapted for hearing aids

H04R 25/00

Informative references:

Circuits for distributing signals to two or more loudspeakers

H04R 3/12

H04R 1/46 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Throat mountings for microphones

H04R 1/14

H04R 3/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Circuits for transducers, e.g.

motional feedback or like circuit arrangements for transducers

circuits for combining the signals of two or more microphones

protection circuits for transducers

circuits for preventing acoustic reaction

circuits for distributing a signal to two or more loudspeakers

circuits for correcting the frequency response of transducers

References

Limiting references:

Arrangements for producing a reverberation or echo sound

G10K 15/08

Amplifiers

H03F

Examples of places where the subject matter of this main group is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Circuits for combining the signals of two or more microphones or loudspeakers specially adapted for hearing aids

H04R 25/00

Informative references:

Control of amplification

H03G

Arrangements for preventing acoustic feedback

H04M 1/20

Two-way loud-speaking telephone systems with means for conditioning the signal, e.g. for suppressing echoes for one or both directions of traffic

H04M 9/08

Circuits for stereophonic arrangements

H04R 5/04

Stereophonic systems

H04S

H04R 3/02 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subgroup is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Circuits for prevention acoustic reaction specially adapted for hearing aids

H04R 25/00

H04R 3/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Tone control or bandwidth control in amplifiers

H03G 5/00

H04R 3/12 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subgroup is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Public address systems

H04R 27/00

Informative references:

Directing sound using electrical steering of transducer arrays, e.g. beam steering

G10K 11/34

Arrangements for obtaining desired directional characteristics by combining a number of identical transducers

H04R 1/40

H04R 5/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Spatial or constructional arrangements of loudspeakers, microphones or transducers therefor for stereophonic purposes or specific circuit arrangements therefor

References

Limiting references:

Stereophonic pick-ups, i.e. wherein signals are recorded or played back by vibration of a stylus in two orthogonal directions simultaneously

H04R 9/16, H04R 11/12, H04R 17/08, H04R 19/10

H04R 5/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Spatial or constructional arrangements of loudspeakers or of loudspeakertransducers for stereophonic reproduction, e.g.

positioning of loudspeakers for spatial sound reproduction,

a plurality of transducers corresponding to a plurality of sound channels in each earpiece of headphones or in a single enclosure, or

a single (sub)woofer with two or more satellite loudspeakers for higher frequency band reproduction driven via the (sub)woofer

H04R 5/033 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Earpieces; Attachments therefor

H04R 1/10

Stereophonic systems

H04S

H04R 5/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Circuits arrangements for stereophonic arrangements, e.g. for selective connection of amplifier inputs or outputs to loudspeakers, for loudspeaker detection, or for adaptation of settings to personal preferences or hearing impairments

References

Limiting references:

Stereophonic systems

H04S

Informative references:

Combinations of amplifiers

H03F 3/68

H04R 7/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Diaphragms for electromechanical transducers

Cones

Mountings for diaphragms or cones, e.g. suspensions therefor

References

Informative references:

Diaphragms in general

F16J 3/00

Cones, diaphragms or the like, for emitting or receiving sound in general

G10K 13/00

Apparatus or processes specially adapted for the manufacture of transducers or diaphragms therefor

H04R 31/00

H04R 7/26 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Air damping

H04R 1/28

H04R 9/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Transducers of moving-coil, moving-strip, or moving-wire type, e.g.

general constructional aspects thereof

cooling aspects;

constructional aspects of the magnetic circuit, e.g. to reduce eddy currents or stray flux;

aspects of the voice coil, i.e. mounting, construction or centring thereof

Synonyms and Keywords

Spider

inner suspension usually placed between voice coil former and frame, for providing a restoring force enabling the return of the transducer membrane to its normal resting position and for centring the voice coil

H04R 11/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Transducers of moving-coil, moving-strip, or moving-wire type

H04R 9/00

Acoustic diaphragm of magnetisable material directly co-acting with electromagnet

H04R 13/00

H04R 11/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Transducers for loudspeakers

References

Limiting references:

Telephone receivers of the moving-armature or moving-core type

H04R 11/06

H04R 15/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Magnetostrictive elements in general

H01L 41/00

H04R 17/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Piezo-electric or electrostrictive elements in general

H01L 41/00

Details of piezo-electric or electrostrictive motors, generators or positioners

B06B 1/06, H02N 2/00

H04R 17/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Microphonetransducers

References

Informative references:

Piezo-electric or electrostrictive devices with mechanical input and electrical output

H01L 41/113

H04R 21/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Gaseous resistance transducers

H04R 23/00

Magneto resistive transducers

H04R 23/00

H04R 23/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Places in relation to which this main group is residual:

Transducers of moving-coil, moving-strip or moving-wire type

H04R 9/00

Transducers of moving-armature or moving-core type

H04R 11/00

Transducers having an acoustic diaphragm of magnetisable material directly co-acting with electromagnet

H04R 13/00

Magnetostrictive transducers

H04R 15/00

Piezo-electric transducers; Electrostrictive transducers

H04R 17/00

Electrostatic transducers

H04R 19/00

Variable-resistance transducers

H04R 21/00

H04R 25/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Electric hearing aids providing an auditory perception

Electrical or mechanical aspects thereof, e.g.

signal processing, e.g. beamforming, prevention of acoustic reaction, noise reduction, in dependence of listening situation

electronic fitting, i.e. initial or subsequent adaptation using audiological test signals, e.g. by a hearing aid acoustician,

wired or wireless external connection or remote control

manufacture or assembly, e.g. mounting of transducers or batteries

ear tips, ear moulds, or their manufacture

References

Informative references:

Cochlear implants

A61

Methods or devices for treatment of the ears, e.g. surgery

A61F 11/00

Replacing direct auditory perception by another kind of perception

A61F 11/04

Structural combination of hearing aids with spectacle frames

G02C 11/06

Directing sound using electrical steering of transducer arrays, e.g. beam steering

G10K 11/34

Processing of speech signals

G10L 21/00

Constructions of transducers per se

H04R 9/00-H04R 23/00

Amplifying systems for the deaf

H04R 27/02

Monitoring arrangements; Testing arrangements

H04R 29/00

H04R 27/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Public address systems for buildings, e.g. stations or religious facilities, for open air, for indoor or outdoor venues, e.g. in stadiums or in concerts halls, and for home, i.e. multiroom

References

Limiting references:

Circuits for preventing acoustic reaction

H04R 3/02

Monitoring or testing arrangements for public address systems

H04R 29/00

Informative references:

Audible signalling systems and audible personal calling systems

G08B 3/00

Audible advertising

G09F 25/00

Combined visual and audible advertising or displaying, e.g. for public address

G09F 27/00

Installations of electric cables or lines in or on buildings or equivalent structures

H02G 3/00

Amplifiers

H03F

Broadcasting

H04H

Circuits for distributing signals to loudspeakers

H04R 3/12

H04R 27/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Inductive loop or similar systems to enable communication with the hard of hearing

References

Limiting references:

Teaching or communicating with deaf persons

G09B 21/00

Electric hearing aids

H04R 25/00

H04R 29/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Monitoring or testing arrangements for transducers, loudspeakers, microphones or public address systems

References

Informative references:

Testing of electronic circuits, e.g. by signal tracer

G01R 31/28

Diagnosis, testing or measuring for television systems or their details

H04N 17/00

Public address systems

H04R 27/00

H04R 31/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Apparatus or processes specially adapted for the manufacture of

transducers, including MEMS acoustictransducers

diaphragms therefor

means for securing diaphragm or cone resiliently to support by flexible material, springs, cords, or strands for diaphragms

References

Informative references:

Moulding of plastics

B29C 43/00, B29C 45/00, B29C 47/00, B29C 49/00

Shaping of plastics in general

B29C 67/00

Processes or apparatus specially adapted for the manufacture or treatment of micro-structural devices or systems

B81C

Adhesives

C09J

Electroplating

C25D 3/00, C25D 5/00, C25D 7/00, C25D 9/00

Anodizing of metals

C25D 11/02

Casings, cabinets, mountings therein

H04R 1/02

Diaphragms for electromechanical transducers characterised by the construction

H04R 7/02

Securing diaphragm or cone resiliently to support by flexible material, springs, cords, or strands

H04R 7/20

H04S - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Signal processing or circuitry for stereophonic sound reproduction, using loudspeakers or headphones, or for sound capturing

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Circuits or components specially adapted for stereophonic broadcast systems

H04H 20/47

Broadcast systems for the distribution of stereophonic information

H04H 20/88

Circuits or components specially adapted for stereophonic broadcast receiving

H04H 40/36

Informative references:

Arrangements for making sound effects on stages

A63J 5/04

Speech or audio signal analysis-synthesis techniques for redundancy reduction, e.g. in vocoders ; Coding or decoding of speech or audio signals, e.g. for compression or expansion, source-filter models or psychoacoustic analysis

G10L 19/00

Multichannel audio signal coding and decoding, i.e. using interchannel correlation to reduce redundancies, e.g. joint-stereo, intensity-coding or matrixing

G10L 19/008

Information storage on discs or tapes

G11B

Low frequency amplifiers, e.g. audio preamplifiers

H03F 3/181

Power amplifiers using a combination of several semiconductor amplifiers

H03F 3/21

Combinations of amplifiers using coupling networks with distributed constants

H03F 3/60

Combinations of amplifiers, e.g. multi-channel amplifiers for stereophonics

H03F 3/68

Remote control of amplification, tone, or bandwidth

H03G 1/02

Gain control

H03G 3/00

Tone control and equalizers

H03G 5/00

Compression or expansion

H03G 7/00

Combination of types of control

H03G 9/00

Multiplex systems in general

H04J

Stereophonic arrangements of loudspeakers, microphones or headphones

H04R 5/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Stereophonic system

two- or more channel system, e.g. quadraphonic, ambisonic or similar systems

H04S 1/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Pseudo-stereophonic systems

H04S 5/00

Indicating arrangements of stereophonic systems; Control arrangements, e.g. balance control of stereophonic systems

H04S 7/00

H04S 3/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Pseudo-stereophonic systems

H04S 5/00

Indicating arrangements of stereophonic systems; Control arrangements, e.g. balance control of stereophonic systems

H04S 7/00

H04S 5/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Systems wherein additional channels are generated from the existing channels to improve the spatial sound reproduction, e.g. wave field synthesis or virtual spatial sound, or the spatial sound capture, e.g. 4-channel ambisonic capture to 7.1-channel

References

Informative references:

Directing sound using electrical steering of transducer arrays, e.g. beam steering

G10K 11/34

Arrangements for producing a reverberation or echo sound

G10K 15/08

H04S 7/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Arrangements for producing a reverberation or an echo sound

G10K 15/08

Tone control circuits in amplifiers per se

H03G 5/00

Circuits for coupling gramophone pick-up, recorder output, or microphone to receiver

H04B 1/20

Circuits for correcting the frequency response of transducers

H04R 3/04

Adaptation of reverberation in public address systems

H04R 27/00

Monitoring or testing arrangements for transducers, loudspeakers, microphones or public address systems; Visual indication of acoustic signal levels

H04R 29/00

H04W - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Communication networks deploying an infrastructure for mobility management of wireless users connected thereto, e.g. cellular networks, wireless LANs.

Self organizing wireless communication networks, e.g. ad-hoc networks.

Wireless access networks, e.g. Wireless Local Loop.

Said networks are used for selectively establishing one or a plurality of communication links between a desired number of users or between users and network equipments for the purpose of transferring information via these communication links.

Arrangements or techniques for planning, deploying wireless networks.

Arrangements or techniques specially adapted for wireless service provisioning.

Arrangements or techniques specially adapted for wireless network operation.

References

Limiting references:

broadcast communication

H04H

communication systems using wireless links for non-selective communication, e.g. wireless extensions

H04M 1/72

Informative references:

wireless sensing of record carriers

G06K 7/10

transceivers, i.e. devices in which transmitter and receiver form a structural unit and in which at least one part is used for functions of transmitting and receiving

H04B 1/38

spread spectrum techniques in general

H04B 1/69

control of transmission; equalising

H04B 7/00

diversity systems

H04B 7/02

space‑based or airborne stations

H04B 7/185

for communication between two or more posts at least one of which is mobile

H04B 7/26

transmission systems employing electromagnetic waves other than radio waves

H04B 10/00

transmission systems employing sonic, ultrasonic or infrasonic waves

H04B 11/00

multiplex communication

H04J

arrangements for detection or preventing errors in the information received

H04L 1/00

arrangements for synchronising receiver with transmitter

H04L 7/00

data switching networks

H04L 12/00

telephonic communication

H04M

telephonic substation equipment

H04M 1/00

telephonic automatic or semi-automatic exchanges

H04M 3/00

metering arrangements; time controlling arrangements; time- indicating arrangements

H04M 15/00

prepayment telephone systems

H04M 17/00

arrangements using wireless links for the sole purpose of telecontrol or telemetry systems

H04Q 9/00

Special rules of classification

In this subclass, at each hierarchical level, in the absence of an indication to the contrary, classification is made in the first appropriate place.

When classifying in groups H04W 4/00 to H04W 74/00, subject matter relating to system, equipment, interface or protocol, which is considered to represent information of particular interest for search, may also be classified in (the most closely related group of) groups H04W 80/00 to H04W 92/00. Such non-obligatory classification should be given as "additional information".

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Access point

means an equipment providing wireless user access to a backbone network

BSC

Base Station Controller

BTS

Base Transceiver Station

Backbone network

designates equipment(s) for connecting one or several wireless access points to a wired or wireless infrastructure in order to allow communication(s) between users' inside or outside the wireless network

Care-of-address

designates the termination point of a tunnel toward a mobile node, for datagrams forwarded to the mobile node while it is away from home

Communication link

means a physical or logical connection selectively established for the purpose of conveying messages or information between users or networks

Connection

means network resource(s) allocated or reserved for an affiliated user

Connected state

designates the state of a user/terminal having active, i.e. allocated logical traffic/control channel, dormant or suspended, i.e. without allocated logical channels but with maintained service instances It also incorporates context (PDP context), User Plane, Control Plane operations

Control channel

transports control information used to control the function of the network element ("signalling channel", e.g. paging channel, broadcast channel, pilot channel)

Downlink

means the wireless link from a wireless access point or network towards the user or terminal equipment (see also "uplink")

Home network

designates the network performing functions at a permanent location regardless of the location of the user's access point The home network is responsible for subscription information management and for specific services not provided by the serving network; dedicated equipment used therefore is designed by HLR (Home Location Register); also for Home Agent, Home Subscriber Server

Idle state

designates the state of a user/terminal having no active traffic/control channel and no active service instances but being affiliated to the network (see also "Null state")

Mobility binding

designates the association of a home address with a care-of address, along with the remaining lifetime of that association

Mobility management

designates techniques or arrangements allowing operation of, or services to be provided to, a user capable of selecting or changing his point of attachment to the network

Mobile node

designates a host or router that changes its point of attachment from one network or sub-network to another, without changing its home address

Multi-call

means a plurality of communication links established over one or a plurality of networks for transferring information to one user/terminal

Network

means the physical or logical entities involved in providing communication services to users

Null state

designates the state of a user/terminal having no active traffic/control channel and no active service instances

Originating

means a user/terminal acting as a requester for communication towards a wireless access point

Partitioning

means distributing/committing specific resources to a particular/specific network component

Private networks

designates networks owned and operated by non-public authorities

QoS

Quality of Service

Resource allocation

means allocation a resource to a communication

Resource distribution

means committing a resource to an entity for future allocation thereof for communication

RNC

Radio Network Controller

Scheduling

means establishing an order of transmission of communication information based on precedence or priority policies

Serving network

designates the part of the network to which the access point providing user's access is connected. The serving network is responsible for path finding and transport of users data; dedicated equipment used therefore is designed by VLR (Visitor Location Register); also for Foreign Agent, Visiting Subscriber Server

SLA

Service Level Agreement

Subscriber

means an entity recognized and authorized as user

Terminal

means the equipment acting as/or on behalf of a user

Terminating

means a user/terminal specified as a recipient for communication from within or via a wireless network

Traffic channel

transports communication information (user data) to and from one or several users

Uplink

means the wireless link from the user or terminal equipment towards a wireless network or access point (see also "Downlink")

User

means an entity acting as an information source (sender, transmitter, server) or information sink (recipient, receiver, client)

Wireless extension

means equipment using a pre-defined dedicated wireless link

Wireless link

means a communication link established via radio, infra-red, inductive or other electromagnetic radiation

Wireless resource

means a communication link using a specific frequency, time, code or space (or combination thereof)

Zoned

designates an infrastructure deployment involving partitioning geographical areas in a plurality of sub-areas (zones, cells) for the purpose of reusing wireless resources

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the following expressions/words "Access point (AP)", "Base Station (BS)", "Node B" and "BTS" are often used as synonyms.

H04W 4/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Providing wireless communication services by or via one or a plurality of network equipments to one or a plurality of affiliated user or terminal equipments.

References

Informative references:

Charging, metering arrangements

H04L 12/14, H04M 15/00, H04M 17/00

Broadcast or conference in data switching networks

H04L 12/18

Message switching systems

H04L 12/58

Telephonic communication systems providing special services or facilities to subscriber

H04M 3/42

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Affiliated

means a user or terminal being recognized by a network and/or authorized to use network resources

H04W 4/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Providing communication services based on location information provided by the user/terminal or determined by the network.

References

Informative references:

Mobility data transfer

H04W 8/08

Access restriction based on user location or mobility data

H04W 48/04

Registration, e.g. affiliation to network; De-registration, e.g. terminating affiliation

H04W 60/00

Locating users or terminals for network management purpose

H04W 64/00

H04W 4/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The services are provided locally to users inside or in close proximity of , e.g. buildings or vehicles

H04W 4/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Allowing a plurality of users or terminals to be included in a single communication.

Delivery of a message signal substantially simultaneously to a plurality of recipients.

Providing services only to a limited group of users.

Special broadcast or group call services, e.g. emergency broadcast, CUG, VPN, PTT, PoC(PTT on Cellular), P2C (Press to Connect).

References

Limiting references:

Broadcast communication

H04H

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

selective broadcast

means the selective delivery of information to a specified user or group of users by a connection which is normally asymmetric, i.e. which normally transmits from one source to a plurality of recipients

Synonyms and Keywords

CUG

Closed User group

VPN

Virtual Private Network

H04W 4/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Affiliation of a (plurality of) subscribers to an existing group. De-affiliation thereof.

Creation, administration of group associations in a data repository. Transfer, updates thereof.

Assigning ID’s to members of services group (real or logical entities).

References

Informative references:

Self-organizing networks, e.g. ad-hoc networks or sensor networks

H04W 84/18

H04W 4/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Communication is established among members of a predefined group by an active user with a talk request over usually a half-duplex channel.

References

Informative references:

Trunked mobile radio systems

H04W 84/08

Synonyms and Keywords

PoC

Push-on-Call; Push-on-Cellular

P2C

Push-to-Call; Press-to-Connect

PTT

Push-to-Talk

H04W 4/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Arrangements for storage of a message signal, retrieval or delivery thereof.

Providing indication or alert to user or terminal of the reception or delivery of

messages.

References

Informative references:

Message switching systems

H04L 12/58

Notification of users

H04W 68/00

H04W 4/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Arrangements whereby the amount of message information is restricted to predetermined levels in order to allow delivery, in a single transmission, over generally a non-traffic channel.

H04W 4/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Special treatment of communication when parties are unreachable, unavailable or busy, e.g. call back.

Redirecting communication for a specified user or terminal to another destination, e.g. call blocking.

References

Informative references:

Systems providing special services or facilities to subscribers

H04M 3/42

H04W 4/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Modifying the format or nature of transmitted or received information by the network with, e.g. the purpose of adapting delivery to user or terminal, e.g. text to speech.

Synonyms and Keywords

TTY

teletype; speech to text conversion

H04W 4/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Transmission of signalling information, e.g. line identification over a system control channel for the purpose of informing the user.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

signalling information

means information produced and delivered by the network to the user, in order to control operation or inform the user

Synonyms and Keywords

CLID

Caller Line IDentification

H04W 4/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Summoning response to an urgent or hazardous situation.

References

Informative references:

Alarm systems in which the location of the alarm condition is signalled to a central station, e.g. fire or police telegraphic systems, using wireless transmission systems

G08B 25/10

H04W 4/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Computing a cost of usage or receiving a subscriber payment.

References

Informative references:

Data processing specially adapted for payment architectures, schemes or protocols, characterised by the use of specific wireless devices

G06Q 20/32

Data processing specially adapted for billing or invoicing

G06Q 30/04

Charging arrangements

H04L 12/14

Metering arrangements

H04M 15/00

Prepayment telephone systems

H04M 17/00

H04W 4/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Determining amount of provided services, e.g. time, number of used network resources, quantity of transferred information.

H04W 8/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Managing data used for controlling network operation or administration.

Storage, updating or transfer of networkmobility data, user or terminalservice data obtained or exchanged by network components.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

mobility data

means user or terminal affiliation and/or location data

service data

means user or terminal subscription data, e.g. service profiles, status

Synonyms and Keywords

HLR

Home Location Register

VLR

Visitor Location Register

In patent documents the following expressions/words "Home Location Register", "Home Subscriber Server" and "Home Agent" are often used as synonyms

In patent documents the following expressions/words "Visitor Location Register", "Visitor Subscriber Server" and "Foreign Agent" are often used as synonyms.

H04W 8/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Storage, updating of affiliation or location information obtained by the network or exchanged by network components, e.g. roaming. The involved equipments can be an integral part of a system, be shared among several authorities or be part of a public network.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

roaming

means affiliation to a network which is not the home network

H04W 8/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Storage of user or terminal affiliation or location information. The HLR serves normally as reference point for queries, respectively updates of user or terminalmobility data.

H04W 8/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Temporary or semi-permanent storage of user or terminalmobility data for a roaminguser.

H04W 8/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Retrieving and providing affiliation, location information to network components or external parties, e.g. for location dependent services.

H04W 8/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Transfer of mobility data between, normally, HLR and 3rd parties.

H04W 8/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Transfer of mobility data among mobility servers, e.g. for the purpose of sharing the load between mobility servers, or for supporting roaming.

H04W 8/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Transfer of mobility data among communicating users or terminals.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

corresponding node

designates a peer with which a mobile node is communicating. A corresponding node can be either mobile or stationary.

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the following expressions/words "corresponding", "correspondent" and "peer " are often used as synonyms

H04W 8/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The transmission of tracking information, i.e. affiliation or location information or the transfer of mobility data, is suspended by the network or the user.

H04W 8/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Subscribed services, preferences.

User or subscriber profiles.

Storage arrangements for said services, preferences or profiles, including dedicated record carriers in, or for use with terminal equipment.

Arrangements for updating or deleting service data in a network database or in subscriber equipment. The update or deletion can be performed by the network, the subscriber or an authorized third party on request.

References

Informative references:

Registration, e.g. affiliation to network; De-registration, e.g. terminating affiliation

H04W 60/00

H04W 8/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Arrangements for transferring all or part of service databetween network databases and subscriber equipment, or between network databases and authorized third parties. The transfer can be performed by the network or authorized third parties on request.

H04W 8/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Storage or updating, in a network component, of information related to condition, physical capabilities or status of terminal equipment, e.g. lost, stolen.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

terminal data

means data characterising the equipment for the purpose of communication, e.g. terminal capabilities or network management, e.g. IMEI (International Mobile Equipment Identity), ESN (Electronic Serial Number), PIN (Product Identification Number)

H04W 8/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Transfer of information between network and terminal equipment.

References

Informative references:

Program loading or initiating

G06F 9/445

H04W 8/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Assigning one or a plurality of permanent or temporary addresses to network components (also for services or other logical entities) for the purpose of handling mobility or establishing communications using said addresses.

H04W 8/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Assigning in a permanent way address(es) to a user independently of his subscription data.

H04W 8/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Ensuring reliability, fault tolerance of network data or restoring network data after accidental loss or network malfunction.

References

Informative references:

Arrangements for maintaining operational condition

H04W 24/04

H04W 12/00 - Definition fr

References

Limiting references:

Security arrangements for protecting computers against unauthorised activity

G06F 21/00

Arrangements for secret or secure communication

H04L 9/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

authorisation

means providing access to network resources after consultation of network stored user or terminal data or after checking a user’s credentials

H04W 12/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Providing protection of information, e.g. ciphering, privacy of users, e.g. aliases.

Arrangements for legally authorised parties to access said protected information, e.g. legal interception.

H04W 12/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Issuance of keying material.

H04W 12/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Verifying the identity of a user or network component or network services after consulting network stored user data, checking user’s credentials for allowing use of network.

H04W 12/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Restricting or preventing use of network resources or network services.

H04W 12/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Verifying information received.

H04W 12/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Detecting network intrusion or spoofing; counter-measures therefor.

H04W 16/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Arrangements and techniques for determining traffic capacity for network equipments and/or linking infrastructure.

Distribution of spectral resources at deployment stage, i.e. distributing wireless channels to access points; Re-distribution of said resources during operation on basis of predicted or predefined traffic patterns.

Providing wireless coverage by special arrangements of service areas or shape, e.g. cell structures.

References

Informative references:

Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements

H04W 24/00

Network resource management

H04W 28/00

wireless channel allocation

H04W 72/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

wireless channel

means a specific frequency, time, spreading code, service area or combination thereof over which communication takes place

distribution of spectral resources

means allocation at deployment stage of wireless channels to access points with the purpose of providing adequate coverage and/or traffic handling capacity

H04W 16/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Distribution, at initial stage of deployment, of spectral resources, e.g. channels among access points in a network.

Defining spectral resources to be re-distributed.

Sizing network equipments or network equipment links for the purpose of handling expected traffic.

H04W 16/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Part of the spectral resources can be re-distributed to the access points in order to autonomously optimize performance using long or short term variations in traffic, i.e. the network does not revert to the original distribution.

H04W 16/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Part of the spectral resources distributed to an access point can be relinquished to adjacent access points to avoid communication drops or regulate traffic load. When no longer needed, the relinquished resources are returned to the original access point.

H04W 16/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The expected traffic load is regulated by controlling the size of a service area by controlling the transmission power of an access point.

References

Informative references:

Hand-off or reselecting arrangements for handling the traffic

H04W 36/22

Transmission power control

H04W 52/04

H04W 16/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Partitioning of all spectral resources is performed autonomously among the access points, normally based on interference limiting criteria.

Dynamic channel distribution as such.

References

Informative references:

Wireless resource allocation

H04W 72/04

H04W 16/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

All of the available spectral resources are assigned in a fixed manner among the network’saccess points.

Cluster reuse wherein one or more reuse patterns are assigned to at least one access point.

H04W 16/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Service area(s) belonging to different wireless networks have at least one of their allocated spectral resources in common.

Techniques and arrangements for avoiding simultaneous use of the resource, e.g. for selecting interference-free channels in overlap areas.

References

Informative references:

Local resource management, e.g. allocation of wireless resources based on quality criteria

H04W 72/08

H04W 16/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

One of the networks being of small scale for non-public usage.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Private Base Station

designates a base station owned by a non-public authority and operating within the allocated spectrum of a public licensed system

H04W 16/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Coverage prediction tools or models.

Use of field measurements for network deployment, use of test access points for determining optimal or optimized locations for network deployment.

Arrangements and techniques for providing initial network coverage at network deployment and providing additional coverage at later deployment stage.

H04W 16/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

N/A

H04W 16/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Arrangements and techniques for predicting equipment or system link capacity or system performance.

H04W 16/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Arrangements where wireless coverage is provided by special arrangements of service areas (cells) or shape thereof.

H04W 16/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Techniques and arrangements where the service area is extended by dedicated relaying equipment or remote base station.

H04W 16/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The service area is defined by a focused beam in a desired generally variable direction of transmission or reception, e.g. electric antenna tilting or beam forming.

References

Informative references:

Arrangements for changing or varying the orientation or the shape of the directional pattern of the waves radiated from an aerial or aerial system

H01Q 3/00

H04W 16/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The service area differs substantially from a normally polygonal or sectorized shape, e.g. the outer borders of the ring are defined by preset values of an access point’s transmission powers.

H04W 16/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Partitioning spectral resources among access areas organized into ranks, each subordinate to the one above it.

Macro cell, micro cell overlays.

H04W 24/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Testing or monitoring arrangements specially adapted for wireless networks.

Arrangements for supervising performance of a deployed network.

Arrangements for evaluating current network performance under real or simulated traffic conditions.

System equipment reconfiguration or upgrades in order to improve overall network performance.

References

Informative references:

Monitoring and testing

H04B 17/00

Arrangements for maintenance or administration

H04L 12/24

Monitoring, testing arrangements

H04L 12/26

Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements for automatic or semi-automatic exchanges

H04M 3/22

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

re-configuration

means changing the operational characteristics of the network or network components in order to, generally, improve performance. The re-configuration or upgrade operation is normally performed after a period of monitoring or testing

H04W 24/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

System equipment reconfiguration or upgrades in order to improve overall network performance.

The permanent deployment of additional, i.e. non-planned, equipment or resources for performance improvement.

References

Informative references:

Service support; network management device

H04W 88/18

H04W 24/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Reliability aspects, stand-by arrangements, back-up or redundant systems or system components in a network.

References

Informative references:

For increasing reliability, e.g. using redundant or spare channels or apparatus

H04B 1/74

Arrangements for maintenance or administration in data switching networks

H04L 12/24

H04W 24/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The operational condition of the network is assessed using data generated outside normal operation or by self-testing operation.

H04W 24/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The operational condition of the network is assessed with data collected during normal operation.

H04W 24/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Generating measurement requests to monitoring equipment; collecting/receiving data from reporting equipment.

References

Informative references:

Hand-off or reselecting arrangements

H04W 36/00

Connectivity information management, e.g. connectivity discovery or update

H04W 40/24

H04W 28/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Arrangements or techniques for central control, by a network component, of traffic or admission policies for the purpose of, e.g. ensuring fair use of network resources among users or terminals or guarantying implicit or negotiated service level or quality agreements.

Management of negotiated local resources for further allocation.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Traffic

means pre-established rules or agreements for allocating network resources to services or service requests in order to achieve a predetermined goal

H04W 28/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Avoiding or regulating an actual or potential traffic overload condition.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

flow control

techniques and arrangements to regulate the amount of traffic information in the network

congestion control

techniques and arrangements whereby traffic information is transmitted over alternative transmission paths for balancing the load or when a preferred or desired path is unavailable due to excessive traffic carried over said path

H04W 28/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received

H04L 1/00

H04W 28/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Techniques and arrangements whereby transmission over a wireless link is optimized by e.g. adapting the format of the information, reducing the amount of associated control information, discarding data packets.

H04W 28/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Techniques and arrangements where communication information is transmitted over alternate transmission paths for balancing the load in the system or when a preferred or desired path is unavailable due to excessive traffic carried over said path, e.g. load shedding/sharing involving alternative entities.

References

Informative references:

Hand-off or reselecting arrangements for handling the traffic

H04W 36/22

Communication route or path selection based on wireless node resources

H04W 40/04

Access restriction based on traffic conditions

H04W 48/06

H04W 28/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Techniques and arrangements to regulate the amount of communication information in the network.

References

Informative references:

Packet switching systems

H04L 12/70

Local resource management with wireless trafficscheduling

H04W 72/12

H04W 28/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Supervisory or control information is exchanged between equipments involved in information transmission.

H04W 28/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The information is temporarily stored, buffered, queued for transmission.

References

Informative references:

Buffering or recovering information during reselection

H04W 36/02

H04W 28/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

(Re)negotiating communication parameters of connections involving at least one wireless communication link over which information is to be delivered with a requesting user/terminal from within or outside the system.

Grant or denial of requests from new users/terminals and conditions under which such requests are granted in view of keeping respectively meeting negotiated or implicit requirements for serviced users or terminals.

Establishment of communication parameters through actions other than negotiation, e.g. delegating/commanding the use of pre-established parameters, or determining by a device itself the set of parameters to use.

References

Informative references:

Local resource management

H04W 72/00

H04W 28/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

(Re)defining the wireless resources to be used to achieve the agreed SLA, QoS etc.

H04W 28/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

(Re)negotiating bandwidth of connection(s) via one or more communication links. The negotiated bandwidth may be provided via one or more communication links.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

bandwidth

means the transmission capacity available for communication as provided by a suitable combination of communication links of predefined capacity

H04W 28/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

(Re)negotiating transmission rate of connection.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

communication rate

means the information rate available for communication provided by a suitable combination of information coding and/or modulation techniques

H04W 28/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Negotiating prior to service or re-negotiating during communication the network resources required in order to achieve the desired service level.

Allowing temporary "graceful degradation" in order to maximize general network capacity.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

graceful degradation

means temporarily providing resources below an agreed service level in order to avoid service disruption

H04W 28/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Reservation of resources in backbone network; reservation of wireless resources to be allocated by local controller.

Reservation based on predicted user or terminal behaviour, e.g. moving direction or speed.

References

Informative references:

Wireless resource allocation

H04W 72/04

H04W 36/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Transferring on-going connection(s) of a user or terminal in connected state to different network resource(s) or administrative domains with the purpose of avoiding or limiting loss or degradation of said connection(s) due to user mobility, wireless link conditions or system loading. The reselection can take place at the user and/or system initiative based on fixed or agreed criteria and can be performed for all or part of the assigned resources.

(Re)ordering of candidates lists, temporary storage, buffering of connection data during reselection, performing registration, binding or location updates during reselection of network equipments or administrative domains.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

hand-off

means a change of a radio link while a connection is ongoing (active state) or readily set up although no data are currently transmitted (dormant state)

user mobility

means the user changing his point(s) of attachment in the network(s), e.g. access point due to movement in service areas

registration

means using system, user or terminal tracking information to detect user mobility

seamless

means a reselection whereby wireless links are temporarily added or deleted in such a manner that the terminal keeps at least one link connected

lossless reselection

means a reselection whereby information loss during reselection is prevented or avoided

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the expressions "handover" and "hand-off" are often used as synonyms

H04W 36/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Arrangements for avoiding loss of information transiting in the network during reselection of a, generally, new access point by temporary storage and subsequent delivery to the, generally, new selected access point.

Resending or duplicating of data; temporary suspension of information flow.

H04W 36/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The connection is transferred between access points providing communication in areas of significantly different coverage.

Macrocell/microcell hand-off, with the following features: hand-off within the same network authority and using the same air interface.

H04W 36/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Arrangements where wireless communication(s) channel(s) are locally re-arranged without altering the fixed networkconnection(s); e.g. intra-cell hand-off, hand-off between sectors of one access point.

H04W 36/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Arrangements where a different access point is normally selected. In case of failure the previous access point can be reselected e.g. intra BSC/RNChand-off.

H04W 36/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Arrangements where the reselected access point(s) belongs to a different access controller, e.g. inter BSC/RNChand-off.

H04W 36/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The connection is transferred between serving nodes in the backbone network e.g. inter-MSC, inter-SGSN.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

MSC

Mobile Switching Centre

SGSN

Serving General Packet Radio Service Support Node

H04W 36/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The connection is transferred to a different network or authority, e.g. inter-operator, inter-system hand-off.

H04W 36/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Wireless links are temporarily added or deleted in such a manner that the terminal keeps at least one link connected.

References

Informative references:

Diversity systems

H04B 7/02

H04W 36/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Transferring connections in order to avoid interference to/from neighbouring cells, e.g. confinement hand-off.

References

Informative references:

Allocation of wireless resources based on quality criteria

H04W 72/08

H04W 36/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Transferring connections in order to distribute the traffic to neighbouring cells, e.g. load shedding hand-off.

H04W 36/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The reselection is performed in order to meet service level agreements.

H04W 36/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The reselection may be performed for selected parts of a plurality of connections of a user or terminal.

H04W 40/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Techniques and arrangements for selectively establishing one or a plurality of communication paths involving at least one wireless path, from information sources to information sinks, over which information is communicated.

Techniques and arrangements for discovering, establishing, maintaining connectivity information among affiliated wireless equipments, e.g. routing lists.

Techniques and arrangements for path selection, path optimisation in network.

References

Informative references:

Packet switching systems

H04L 12/70

H04W 40/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Techniques and arrangements for selecting, based on predetermined criteria, one or a plurality of communication paths among the available ones.

H04W 40/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Route selection based on available or allocated resources to nodes or terminals, e.g. processing power, buffer capacity, memory.

References

Informative references:

Local resource management

H04W 72/00

H04W 40/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Route selection based on antenna selection, e.g. selecting one of a plurality of directional antennas.

H04W 40/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Routing performed by adapting transmission power or varying the gain in order to modify the range for avoiding a hop, for reaching a node directly.

H04W 40/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Route selection based on remaining energy or power consumption of the node.

H04W 40/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Route selection based on measured or obtained link quality information.

H04W 40/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Route selection based on e.g. link stability, association stability.

H04W 40/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Route selection based on measured or perceived interference, Carrier to Interference ratio (C/I), or Energy to Noise ratio (E/N).

H04W 40/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Routes calculated beforehand due to predicted change of topology.

H04W 40/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Route selection dependent on the position of source node or destination node (often along with geographical coordinates for routing).

References

Informative references:

Registration, e.g. affiliation to network; De-registration, e.g. terminating affiliation

H04W 60/00

Locating users or terminals for network management purposes

H04W 64/00

H04W 40/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Reaching a default gateway (BTS or AP) over an ad-hoc network router.

References

Informative references:

Terminal device for wireless communication networks adapted for relaying to or from another terminal or user

H04W 88/04

H04W 40/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Techniques and arrangements for establishing neighbour lists of network(s) or relaying or forwarding terminal devices, e.g. routing lists, routing tables; maintaining or updating established neighbour lists to reflect changes in connectivity information, e.g. (relaying or forwarding) terminal leaving or joining the network.

H04W 40/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The nodes announce regularly their routing tables and send a probe packet depending on the situation.

H04W 40/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Connectivity information is only exchanged when needed, e.g. on demand routing.

H04W 40/30 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Connectivity information is exchanged on a regular basis, e.g. table driven, systematic/periodic collection, upgrading, and transmission of connectivity information.

H04W 40/32 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Defining the membership to a cluster for routing purpose.

H04W 40/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

An already established route is modified to find a better one, e.g. adaptive routing.

References

Informative references:

Connection manipulation

H04W 76/04

H04W 40/36 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Hand-off triggers the changing of an existing route, e.g. a default gateway can be reached after hand-off with fewer hops.

H04W 40/38 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

A node gets out of reach so the routing tables need to be modified.

H04W 48/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Techniques or arrangements for selecting, by a user or terminal, one or a plurality of networks or access points, for the purpose of requesting affiliation or use of network or access point resources.

Techniques or arrangements for network or access point information delivery, e.g. discovery information delivery.

Techniques or arrangements for preventing user or terminal affiliation.

References

Informative references:

Registration, e.g. affiliation to network;De-registration, e.g. terminating affiliation

H04W 60/00

Local resource management

H04W 72/00

Wireless channel access, e.g. scheduled or random access

H04W 74/00

H04W 48/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Techniques or arrangements for selectively preventing one or a plurality of users or terminals to affiliate to a selected network or access point, e.g. by jamming broadcast, using barring information.

Preventing or restricting access to service.

Access to network or network services is normally prevented without prior consultation of network stored user data or is based on available terminal data.

References

Informative references:

Local resource management

H04W 72/00

H04W 48/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Access is prevented or restricted in specific areas, e.g. hospitals, or makes use of user or terminal behaviour information.

Access restriction to avoid influencing systems outside the network.

H04W 48/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Access is prevented or restricted in response to or to avoid a congestion situation, e.g. cell barring.

H04W 48/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Distribution, by network equipment to a user or terminal, of information for the purpose of selecting a network or an access point.

References

Limiting references:

Signalling during connection

H04W 76/00

H04W 48/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The information is distributed by network equipment or by separate equipment on a channel which is distinct from a network communication or control channel, e.g. bulletin board.

H04W 48/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

using part of/or a networkcontrol channel.

References

Informative references:

Wireless trafficscheduling using a grant channel

H04W 72/14

Non-scheduled access using an access channel

H04W 74/08

H04W 48/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The information is sent by the network or access point in response to a user query.

H04W 48/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Searching for available networks, access points and/or communication services they provide; receiving provided discovery information.

Storage, updating, processing discovery information, generally at terminal or user equipment.

H04W 48/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Based on processed network information, communication service information, or user defined criteria, one or a plurality of networks is (are) selected for immediate or deferred access or affiliation request.

Selection of an air interface within a network, or the selection of a service.

H04W 48/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Based on processed access point information, or user defined criteria, one or a plurality of access points is (are) selected for immediate or deferred access or affiliation request.

Selection of a cell served by an access point.

H04W 52/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Techniques and arrangements for optimizing network or terminal performance by regulating the amount of power used by a wireless terminal or network equipment.

H04W 52/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Techniques and arrangements in which network information, e.g. sleep, activity timing, is used to minimize power supply consumption, e.g. battery saving.

References

Informative references:

Battery saving arrangements for cordless telephones

H04M 1/73

Notification of users, e.g. alerting for incoming communication or change of service

H04W 68/00

H04W 52/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Techniques and arrangements for controlling the amount of power to provide adequate wireless link quality.

H04W 52/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Outer loop power control.

Updating the quality target or threshold value used for power control.

H04W 52/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Algorithms specific for power control in the uplink only or downlink only.

H04W 52/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Power values of different channels are related through an offset or gain factor.

H04W 52/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Using past power control commands, past power values or information, look-up tables, predicting future states of transmission or calculating statistics.

H04W 52/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Transmission power is based on a wireless path parameter representative of signal quality, e.g. SNR, CIR, RSS, path loss, interferences.

Synonyms and Keywords

SNR

Signal-to-Noise Ratio

CIR

Carrier-to-Interference Ratio

RSS

Received Signal Strength

H04W 52/26 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

TPC taking into account adaptive modulation and coding

H04W 52/28 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

TPC based on mobile position, speed, type of data or priority, user or terminal mode.

References

Informative references:

TPC in connection with interruption of transmission

H04W 52/44

TPC during retransmission after error or non-acknowledgement

H04W 52/48

H04W 52/32 - Definition fr

Synonyms and Keywords

In patent documents the following expressions/words "broadcast channel", "beacon channel", "shared channel", "common channel", "control channel", "pilot channel" and "multicast channel" are often used as synonyms

H04W 52/34 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

TPC with constraints in the total amount of available power in the cell, network or access point, base station.

Adjusting the maximum power of the base station.

Distribution of total cell power among different users, sub-channels or sub-carriers, e.g. in OFDM systems.

H04W 52/44 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

TPC during discontinuous transmission (DTX).

Synonyms and Keywords

DRX

Discontinuous Reception

DTX

Discontinuous Transmission

H04W 56/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Techniques and arrangements for establishing or maintaining a predetermined timing relationship between wireless terminal and network equipments or among wireless network equipments.

References

Informative references:

Synchronising arrangements in time-division multiplex systems

H04J 3/06

Arrangements for synchronising receiver with transmitter

H04L 7/00

H04W 60/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Registering, affiliating an authorized user or terminal to a network with the purpose of providing network services.

Tracking a registered user or terminal by monitoring transmitted information, e.g. location updates, communication information from the user or terminal either in response of a network’s query, trigger event, periodical request or of his own volition, e.g. periodic registration.

H04W 60/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The user or terminal is requested to transmit information at scheduled intervals.

H04W 60/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The information is transmitted upon occurrence of specific events, e.g. change of location or routing area, network query.

Also changing from idle to active mode at terminal in response to such queries.

H04W 60/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Indication to the network, access point, user or terminal that affiliation will cease immediately or in a deferred manner; the indication may include information for maintaining or resuming affiliation.

H04W 64/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Locating user or terminal for the purpose of network management, e.g. hand-off or for providing network services to the user or terminal.

Finding the geo-position of a user or terminal in the network using exclusively measurements on the wireless network links, e.g. delays, angle of arrival or "fingerprints"; the measurements are performed with the equipment normally used for communication(s).

References

Informative references:

Radio direction finding, determining distance or velocity by use of radio waves

G01S

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

fingerprint

designates a pre-established combination of measured spectral parameters related to the measurement area or location and used as template with actual measurements

H04W 68/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Notifying one or a plurality of users specified as recipients of an incoming communication or changes in provided services.

Selectively performing notifying in parts of the network, e.g. paging strategies.

Techniques to increase efficiency of the notification channel. The notification uses specific wireless channel(s) reserved/allocated for this purpose.

H04W 68/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Techniques for enhancing notification attempts, e.g. changing the characteristics of the transmitted notification signal or notification channel(s) between unsuccessful attempts such as power increase.

H04W 68/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The notification is performed using several attempts in an order based on user’s habits or recent network interaction data.

Notification based on mobility data, e.g. direction of move, speed.

H04W 68/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The notification is performed using several attempts involving different network areas between unsuccessful attempts.

H04W 68/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The notification is performed using several attempts and increasing the initial area by including surrounding network areas between unsuccessful attempts.

H04W 68/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The incoming communication is notified over the whole network.

H04W 68/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The notification is conducted simultaneously or sequentially in a plurality of networks.

Notification over other subscribed networks when user is unreachable/idle.

H04W 72/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Processing originatinguser or terminal resource requests for the purpose of allocating one or a plurality of wireless resources to the user or terminal.

Allocating one or a plurality of wireless resources in response to a terminatinguser or terminal communication request.

Controlling wireless access requests and wireless resource allocation among contending users or terminals.

Selection of wireless resources by user or terminal.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

relaying terminal

means terminal equipment (as such covered by H04W 88/02) considered as local access point for the requester

H04W 72/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Techniques and arrangements whereby a wireless resource distributed to an access point is autonomously selected by a user or terminal; preventing other users or terminals from selecting said resource.

References

Informative references:

Wireless channel access, e.g. scheduled or random access

H04W 74/00

H04W 72/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Allocation of wireless resources of an access point for the purpose of communication with user or terminal.

Allocation of channels to users.

H04W 72/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The wireless resources are allocated in a predetermined order established by the access point; the order relates to the use of the resources, e.g. preferred channels list.

H04W 72/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The wireless resources are allocated on the basis of perceived, measured, or requested quality. Selection of resources to avoid a local interference condition.

H04W 72/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

The wireless resources are allocated on the basis of precedence/priority of the information or priority of the information source/ recipient.

H04W 72/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Techniques or arrangements for:

establishing the order of transmission of pending traffic information over one or a plurality of the access point'swireless resources. The order of transmission is based on precedence/priority of the information, priority of the information source or recipient or defined resource usage policy;

notifying user(s) of granted request(s);

assigning traffic (of one of more users) to existing channels.

Wireless multiplexing of several flows into one single stream on the wireless interface. It applies to up- and downlink.

References

Informative references:

Packet switching systems

H04L 12/70

H04W 72/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

User(s) is/are notified of granted request(s) over a dedicated channel, e.g. downlinkcontrol channel.

H04W 74/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Techniques or arrangements for managing user or terminal access requests.

Techniques or arrangements for arbitration of access between contending users.

H04W 74/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Automatic selection of an access technique, e.g. scheduled or non-scheduled, for the purpose of improving throughput with respect to network, user(s) requirements or channel conditions.

H04W 74/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Users are scheduled for transmission in an orderly fashion generally by a controller or are aware of their scheduled transmission rights.

H04W 74/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Users are individually queried to determine access needs to the wireless media.

H04W 74/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Access request or user data is transmitted independently and/or regardless of other users states.

H04W 76/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Techniques and arrangements for selecting and establishing one or a plurality of communication paths or logical connections, recovering or reconnecting accidentally lost communication paths.

Switching, re-directing, re-routing connection or control function.

De-allocating, re-claiming one or a plurality of established communication resources no longer in use.

Signalling arrangements therefore.

Connection state management, e.g. idle mode.

H04W 76/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Techniques and arrangements for selecting and establishing one or a plurality of communication paths, e.g. multi-call, in the backbone network(s) meeting the implicit or negotiated communication parameters or service level.

Recovering or reconnecting accidentally lost communication paths.

Signalling therefor.

H04W 76/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Switching, re-routing connection or control function in addition to those necessary to establish or maintain connectionbetween users or terminals.

In-connection signalling, notification, connection state transition to and from e.g. hibernation or dormant mode.

H04W 76/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

De-allocating, re-claiming one or a plurality of established communication resources no longer in use.

Signalling therefor.

H04W 80/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Generic data protocols adapted for operation of wireless media and implemented at particular network layers.

The following is a list of the conventional OSI layers covered by the corresponding subgroup of H04W 80/00.

OSI Layer (Subgroup)

Layer 2

H04W 80/02

Layer 3

H04W 80/04

Layer 4

H04W 80/06

Layers 5 to 7

H04W 80/08

Layer 5

H04W 80/10

Layer 7

H04W 80/12

References

Informative references:

Communication control or communication processing characterised by a protocol

H04L 29/06

H04W 84/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Networks characterized by a specific organisation of wireless access points, network equipments or linking infrastructure thereof.

H04W 84/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Networks with a pre-established organization, i.e. users are normally not responsible for network configuration or management.

H04W 84/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Networks of large scale, e.g. nationwide, using a plurality of hierarchically interconnected selecting equipments for path finding or routing communication(s) within the network from/to a wireless user. The communication(s) can originate or terminate from/in an external network e.g. cellular systems.

H04W 84/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Dedicated systems in which, generally a half duplex communication channel is shared among a predefined group of users.

H04W 84/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Networks of small, local or limited size with a wired or wireless backbone connected to access points, e.g. private, corporate networks.

H04W 84/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Networks in which fixed subscribers have wireless access to a public network. The network does normally not perform mobility management for these subscribers.

Radio concentration equipment for subscriber premises.

H04W 84/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Networks in which wireless subscribers are connected by a Private Branch Exchange (PBX) to other subscribers or to a public network.

References

Informative references:

Substation extension arrangements, cordless telephones

H04M 1/72

H04W 84/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

User based networks without hierarchical organisation.

Users define network(s), affiliation(s), can elect a regulating authority (master), can act as relaying device on behalf of other users.

Affiliation of users to network(s) and user’s roles in the network(s) can be dynamically changed.

Creation and termination of user defined networks.

H04W 84/20 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Techniques and arrangements to (re-)elect a user as regulating authority based on agreed/negotiated criteria between users.

H04W 84/22 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Techniques and arrangements for connection of an ad hoc network to a wired network through an access point.

H04W 88/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Edge equipment to public telephone and data networks, e.g. gateways.

Service support, network management equipment.

Switching or routing equipment in wireless backbone network.

Wireless access network equipment e.g. access point, access controller.

Terminal equipment.

References

Informative references:

Transceivers

H04B 1/38

Data switching networks

H04L 12/00

Substation equipment for telephonic communication

H04M 1/00

Selecting

H04Q

Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus

H05K 5/00

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

backbone network

designates equipment for connecting one or several wireless access points to a wired or wireless infrastructure in order to allow communication between users inside or outside the wireless network

terminal

means the equipment acting as/or on behalf of a user

H04W 88/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Physical equipment acting as/on behalf of a user

References

Informative references:

Transceivers, i.e. devices in which transmitter and receiver form a structural unit and in which at least one part is used for functions of transmitting and receiving

H04B 1/38

Substation equipment for telephonic communication

H04M 1/00

H04W 88/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Techniques and arrangements in which a terminal equipment acts as a relay on behalf of a different user/terminal, i.e. forwards user or control information to/from said user/terminal. The information is normally transferred using selectively established wireless communication(s) link(s).

H04W 88/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Terminal equipment for communicating with one or a plurality of different networks using one or a plurality of networkcommunication links.

H04W 88/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Equipments providing wireless coverage and selective access to/from the network, e.g. radio base stations, BTS, Node B.

References

Informative references:

Transceivers, i.e. devices in which transmitter and receiver form a structural unit and in which at least one part is used for functions of transmitting and receiving

H04B 1/38

Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus

H05K 5/00

Constructional details common to different types of electric apparatus

H05K 7/00

Cordless telephones

H04M 1/72

H04W 88/10 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

This group covers access points that operate in different systems with different radio interfaces (e.g. analog-digital, WLAN-cellular, GSM900-GSM1800) or for different operators using the same radio interface.

H04W 88/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Equipments for controlling access points, e.g. BSC, RNC.

H04W 88/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Switching or routing equipments for establishing a connection between normally a public network and wireless user e.g. MSC/SGSN.

References

Informative references:

Data switching networks

H04L 12/00

Selecting

H04Q

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

MSC

Mobile Switching Centre

SGSN

Serving General Packet Radio Service Support Node

H04W 88/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Edge equipments and interfaces to public telephone or data networks, e.g. GMSC/GGSN.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

GMSC

Gateway Mobile Switching Centre

GGSN

Gateway General Packet Radio Service Support Node

H04W 88/18 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Network equipments specially adapted for wireless network services to user.

H04W 92/00 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Arrangements for interconnecting network components or networks.

Special equipment or adaptations therefor.

Control and signalling arrangements at interface.

The following is a list of specific interfaces between entities defined by specific standards.

System/standard: entities/ Interface (Subgroups)

GSM: BS-BSC/ A-bis

H04W 92/04, H04W 92/12

GSM: BSC-MSC/A

H04W 92/04, H04W 92/14

UMTS: Node B- RNC/ IuB

H04W 92/04, H04W 92/12

UMTS: RNC-MGW/ IuCS

H04W 92/04, H04W 92/14

UMTS: RNC- SGSN/ IuPS

H04W 92/04, H04W 92/14

UMTS: USIM-ME/ Cu

H04W 92/08

UMTS: RNC-RNC/ IuR

H04W 92/22

GSM: HLR-MSC/ B

H04W 92/24

GSM: MSC/VLR-HLR/ D

H04W 92/24

GSM: MSC-EIR/ F

H04W 92/24

GPRS: EIR-SGSN/ Gf

H04W 92/24

GPRS: HLR- SGSN/ Gr

H04W 92/24

GPRS: HLR- GGSN/ Gc

H04W 92/24

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

GSM

Global System for Mobile communications

UMTS

Universal Mobile Telecommunications System

MSC

Mobile Switching Center

MGW

Media Gateway

SGSN

Serving GPRS Support Node

GPRS

General Packet Radio Service

ME

Mobile Equipment

EIR

Equipment Identity Register

USIM

Universal Subscriber Identity Module

H04W 92/02 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Arrangements for interconnecting a plurality of networks. The networks may be either physically or logically separated.

H04W 92/04 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Interfaces like A-bis, IuB, A, IuCS, IuPS

H04W 92/06 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Interfaces between the wireless network and edge equipment of a public fixed telephone or data network.

H04W 92/08 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Interfaces like Cu.

H04W 92/10 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Radio transmission systems for communication between two or more posts, at least one of which is mobile

H04B 7/26

H04W 92/12 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Interfaces between controlled access points and wireless access controlling equipment, e.g. A-bis, IuB.

H04W 92/14 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Interfaces between BSC/RNC and switching/routing equipment of the network, e.g. A, IuCS, IuPS.

H04W 92/16 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Interfaces among access points, between switching/routing equipments, between support/management equipments.

H04W 92/24 - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Interfaces between switching/routing equipments and support/management equipment e.g. HLR, VLR, AuC, SMS-C.

Interfaces like B, D, F, Gf, Gr, Gc.

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

AuC

Authentication Centre

SMS-C

Short message Service-Centre

H05B - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Electric heating:

Heat sources utilising ohmic resistance, electric, magnetic or electromagnetic fields, electric discharge, or combinations thereof;

Light sources specially adapted for heating, e.g. infrared sources as used in light ovens.

This subclass covers not only the electric elements and circuitry designs but also the electric aspects of their arrangement, where these concern cases of general application. Heating elements used in specific applications are classified in subclasses for those applications.

Electric lighting:

Electric arc lamps, electroluminescent light sources and light sources using a combination of different types of light generation;

Circuit arrangements for electric light sources.

This subclass covers circuits and circuit elements for the above light sources. The above light sources when combined with light sources of a different kind are also covered by this subclass.

This subclass is residual for electric lighting.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Electric heating

Uses of electric heat sources, or apparatus incorporating such heat sources, are too numerous to mention and cover all possible areas of technology. Examples of places where such uses or apparatus can be found include A47J (domestic cooking); B21J, B21K (forging by heat); C21, C22, C23 (metallurgy); F24 (domestic heating and stoves); F27 (furnaces and ovens). See also the references below.

Electric lighting

Uses of electric light sources are also too numerous to mention and cover all possible areas of technology. See indexing schemes F21W and F21Y.

Class F21 covers the material arrangement of parts including electrical elements, i.e. their geometrical or physical position in relation to one another, such as the structures or constructional features of lighting devices incorporating a light source, electric or otherwise.

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Heating or cooling appliances for medical or therapeutic treatment

A61F 7/00

Joining of preformed parts by heating of plastics or substances in a plastic state

B29C 65/02

Apparatus for electrothermal treatment of ores or metallurgical products

C22B 4/08

Electron beam or ion beam tubes for localised treatment of objects

H01J 37/30

NB: This subclass is residual for electric lighting. See notes above.

Electric discharge tubes

H01J

Electric discharge lamps

H01J 61/00-H01J 65/00

Circuit elements structurally associated with the lighting element of an electric discharge lamp

H01J 61/56

Electric incandescent lamps

H01K

Semiconductor devices with at least one particular jump barrier or surface barrier, specially adapted for light emission

H01L 27/15, H01L 33/00

Organic light emitting devices (OLED)

H01L 27/32, H01L 51/50

Stimulated-emission devices

H01S

Plasma torches

H05H 1/26

Informative references:

Measuring of temperature by colorimeter

G01J

H05B 1/02 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Control of temperature in general

G05D 23/00

H05B 6/00 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Radiation therapy

A61N 5/00

H05B 7/11 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Non-insulated conductors or conductive bodies characterized by their form

H01B 5/00

Insulated conductors or cables characterized by their form

H01B 7/00

H05B 7/144 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Circuit arrangements or systems for supplying electric power in general

H02J

H05B 7/148 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Control of position or direction in general

G05D 3/00

Regulating electric power in general

G05F 1/66

H05C - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Electric means, e.g. circuits, specially designed for use in equipment for killing, stunning, enclosing or guiding living beings, including the constructional features of the equipment and arrangements for monitoring the equipment.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Catching, trapping or scaring of animals and apparatus for the destruction of noxious animals or noxious plants are covered by A01M Circuits for this sort of apparatus, used for killing, stunning, enclosing or guiding living beings, are classified in this subclass.

References

Limiting references:

Examples of places where the subject matter of this subclass is covered when specially adapted, used for a particular purpose, or incorporated in a larger system:

Electrified wire fencing for animal husbandry

A01K 3/00

Catching fish in bulk by electrocution

A01K 79/02

Stationary means for catching or killing insects by electric means

A01M 1/22

Apparatus for the destruction of noxious animals, other than insects, by electricity

A01M 19/00

Electric traps for animals

A01M 23/38

Slaughtering or stunning by electric current

A22B 3/06

Weapons with electric stunning means

F41B 15/04

Informative references:

Devices for protecting plants against animals, birds or other pests

A01G 13/10

Scaring devices for animals

A01M 29/00

Corrals

E04H 17/18

Burglar, theft or intruder alarms triggered by the breaking or disturbance of stretched cords or wires

G08B 13/12

H05C 1/04 - Definition fr

References

Informative references:

Mechanical self-interrupters

H01H

Electronic pulse-generators

H03K

H05F - Definition fr

Definition statement

This place covers:

Methods or arrangements for preventing the formation of electrostatic charges on bodies or for carrying-off these charges after formation.

Use of naturally-occuring electricity, e.g. lightning and static electricity.

Relationship between large subject matter areas

Spark gaps, sparking plugs and corona discharge devices are classified in subclass H01T.

Electrostatic machines are classified in subclass H02N.

References

Limiting references:

Installations of lightning conductors; Fastening thereof to supporting structure

H02G 13/00

Specific applications of methods or arrangements for preventing the formation of static electricity or for carrying off these charges after their formation. For example:

Garments protecting against electric shocks or static electricity

A41D 13/008

Footwear with earthing or grounding means

A43B 7/36

Carrying off electrostatic charges from living beings

A61N 1/14

Electric elements specially adapted for carrying off electrostatic charges from vehicles

B60R 16/06

Static discharge and lightning protection for aircraft

B64D 45/02

Arrangements in large containers

B65D 90/46

Structural protection against electrostatic charges or discharges for semiconductor devices

H01L 23/60

Protective earth or shield arrangements on coupling devices

H01R 13/648

Devices providing for corona discharge

H01T 19/00

Screening of printed circuits or components thereof against electric or magnetic fields

H05K 9/00

Informative references:

Domestic cleaning implements functioning electrostatically

A47L 13/40

Cleaning by electrostatic means

B08B 6/00

Apparatus for electrographic processes using a charge pattern

G03G 15/00

Electrostatic machines

H02N

Glossary of terms

In this place, the following terms (or expressions) are used with the meaning indicated:

Corona discharge or brush discharge

Discharge from a conductor when the potential difference between it and its surroundings exceeds a certain value but is not enough to cause a spark or an arc.

Spark gaps

Enclosed or non-enclosed discharge devices having cold electrodes and used exclusively to discharge a quantity of electrical energy in small time duration.

Coupling devices

Devices having two or more parts specially adapted so as to be capable of ready and repeated physical engagement or disengagement, without the use of a tool for the purpose or establishing or breaking an electrical path.

Electrostatic charge

They are used as synonyms for the electric charge at rest on the surface of an insulator or insulated body.